STATE NORMAL SCHOOL,
tOS HNGBItES, CAIi.
itOS
ELiLS, CAli.
CLASSIFIED CATALOGUE
OF THE
CARNEGIE LIBRARY OF PITTSBURGH
CLASSIFIED CATALOGUE
OF THE
CARNEGIE LIBRARY OF PITTSBURGH
18951902
IN THREE VOLUMES
VOLUME I
GENERAL WORKS PHILOSOPHY RELIGION
SOCIOLOGY PHILOLOGY NATURAL SCIENCE
USEFUL ARTS
PITTSBURGH
CARNEGIE LIBRARY
1907
71
. I
Contents
Page
BOARD OF TRUSTEES - iv
PREFACE - - - v
How TO USE THE CATALOGUE - - x
SYNOPSIS OF CLASSIFICATION
CATALOGUE
AUTHOR INDEX - - v.3
SUBJECT INDEX - - v.3
in
Carnegie Library of Pittsburgh
Original Board of Trustees
First Meeting, March 12, 1890
JAMES B. SCOTT, President
W. N. FREW, Secretary
H. C. FRICK, Treasurer
K. Q. BINGHAM J. S. LAMBIE
R. B. CARNAHAN REUBEN MILLER
E. M. FERGUSON GEORGE A. MACBETH
H. P. FORD WILLIAM McCALLIN
W. J. HOLLAND DAVID McCARGO
G. L. HOLLIDAY W. H. McKELVY
J. F. HUDSON ROBERT PITCAIRN
J. B. JACKSON H. K. PORTER
A. F. KEATING S. H. SHANNON
Board of Trustees
January i, 7907
W. N. FREW, President
ROBERT PITCAIRN, Vice-president
J. F. HUDSON, Secretary
JAMES H. REED, Treasurer
WILLIAM BRAND WILLIAM METCALF, Jr.
JOSEPH BUFFINGTON M. E. O'BRIEN
D. L. GILLESPIE H. K. PORTER
GEORGE W. GUTHRIE CHARLES L. TAYLOR
GEORGE A. MACBETH E. R. WALTERS
P. A. MANION J. C. WASSON
A. W. MELLON JOHN WERNER
IV
Preface
The Board of Trustees of me Carnegie Library of Pitts-
burgh was organized in 1890. The following year permission
was obtained from the city to erect in Schenley Park a central
building dedicated to its purposes, to be followed by the
erection of branches in other parts of the city. As this first
structure approached completion, the work of the Library
proper began early in 1895 with the organization of a staff
under the leadership of Edwin H. Anderson and in November
of that year the Library was opened to the public with a col-
lection of about 16,000 volumes.
A dictionary catalogue listing about 9,000 volumes of the
collection had been prepared in pamphlet form and was ready
for distribution at the formal opening of the Library to the
public. A second impression of this, with slight corrections,
was quickly supplied. Since that time no catalogue in book
form, attempting to cover the whole of the Library's collec-
tions, has been issued. A decision was soon reached, how-
ever, to issue regular monthly bulletins of additions to the
Library and these began to appear in April 1896. The next
year a department of printing was created and not only the
Monthly Bulletin but also the cards for the regular card
catalogues of the Library, including those of the branches as
established, were issued in printed form. The composition
was by linotype and the metal was preserved in the form of
type so that lists and catalogues of various kinds might be
printed from time to time without incurring the cost of re-
setting the matter. These type-forms have been used in the
making of a number of such lists.
In 1902 a decision was made to issue in book form a Clas-
sified Catalogue of all the books in the Library. The collec-
tions had grown rapidly and at that time numbered about
145,000 volumes, among which were included many dupli-
cate copies made necessary by the popular character of the
work of the Library and its organization of branches.
A number of elements conspired to bring about the de-
vi PREFACE
cision at that time to proceed with the printing of this cata-
logue, the most potent of which was the fact that a new and
more satisfactory type-face had been determined upon for use
in entry words and call numbers in all the catalogues of the
Library after July I, 1902. Thus the type which had until
that time been used in printing the catalogue cards and the
Monthly Bulletin might be used once more for a book cata-
logue and then melted down. Because of the change of type
only those books in the possession of the Library previous to
July 1902 could be included. Subsequent additions would
form a supplementary catalogue or a series of supplementary
catalogues. It may, perhaps, as well be stated here that the
first of these supplements is already in type forming two vol-
umes which are to be issued as soon as they can be got off the
press after the three volumes comprising this, the first Classi-
fied Catalogue in book form of this Library, have been issued.
The five volumes combined will make a complete catalogue
of the Library to January I, 1907, grown by that time to
242,000 volumes.
The use of the old linotype matter made it desirable that
few changes should be attempted. Some careful revision was
necessary, however, because in the years which had elapsed
since the work of printing the catalogue cards had begun, it
was inevitable that inconsistencies, and some inaccuracies,
should have accumulated. It was not deemed practicable to
make all the changes and corrections that were thought de-
sirable. In classification practically no revision was made
through the first five main classes of books and in the last five
only such changes were made as seemed most urgent, except
in the classes Natural science and Useful arts. There the
classification was altered and expanded considerably in con-
sonance with the work of the Institut International de Bibli-
ographic at Brussels.
Annotation has been a marked feature in catalogues and
lists made by the Library from an early day in its history and
it was felt that additional descriptive and explanatory notes
to many of the titles in this catalogue would have greatly en-
hanced its interest and value, but because of the time and
labor involved in their preparation few annotations were
PREFACE vii
added in the earlier parts of the work and none whatever were
added in the fiction list. Such notes as were already in type
for certain titles were used; other titles needing it no less re-
main without this feature. The great desirability of these
helps has been more strongly felt as the work proceeded and
in the latter portion thereof the practice has been so altered
that many new notes have been added to titles in the classes
Fine arts, History, Travel and description, and Biography.
The general arrangement of the catalogue is in agreement
with the divisions of the Decimal Classification, now in rather
common use in the United States, of which a brief synopsis is
given on page XII of this volume. Individual biographies,
however, are arranged in one alphabet and filed under the
name of the subject. Likewise books on history, and on
travel and description, although assigned numbers in accord-
ance with the regular classification, are arranged in a special
way by being placed together under the name of the country
treated. At the end have been added full author and subject
indexes. It is perhaps unnecessary to state that of course the
catalogue does not show the" entire resources of the Library \
upon a given subject, since it does not list specifically parts /"
of a book treating a particular subject. Entries of that char-/
acter are to be found only in the card catalogues of the
Library. Moreover it was not the intention to make a bibli-
ography, therefore many details commonly inserted even in
library catalogues w r ere here omitted, the object being to
make a simple catalogue for public use as a finding list.
The complete remodeling of the main structure origin-
ally erected for the Library and opened in 1895, together
with the building of very large additions thereto, brought
about conditions that have greatly retarded the preparation
and issue of this catalogue. These may be the more clearly
realized when it is understood that not only the processes of
cataloguing and proof-reading, but also all those of composi-
tion, presswork and binding have been accomplished without
the employment of other agencies than the Library's own
facilities within its Central Library building and have been
carried on continuously during the course of that reconstruc-
tion and enlargement mentioned above. To offset the incon-
Vlll
PREFACE
venient delay as far as possible for the public, the classes or
parts of the catalogue as they came from the press have been
issued in pamphlet form and may be bound up into complete
volumes by those possessing all the parts.
Generous acknowledgement is due the Board of Trustees
for its broad and liberal support of the whole work of the
Library. And beyond that statement it is only fair that there
should be singled out for personal mention the President of
the Board, Mr W. N. Frew, and the Chairman of the Com-
mittee on Administration, Mr George A. Macbeth, both of
whom in all the affairs of the Library have given of their time
and strength without stint, thereby making such a task as this
possible of accomplishment.
To Edwin H. Anderson, the former Librarian, belongs the
credit for the inception of the work and the conduct of a large
share of it. He saw through the press the first four parts of
the catalogue, covering the classes General works, Philoso-
phy, Religion, Sociology, Philology, Natural science and
Useful arts. In this he was ably seconded by Miss Henrietta
St. B. Brooks, to whom as chief of the Catalogue Department
at that time he committed the immediate supervision of the
work. Under her were issued the first two sections. Upon
leaving the service of the Library, she was succeeded by Miss
Margaret Mann, who has carried the work to its completion.
To Miss Mann especially and to her corps of assistants
generally should be given hearty recognition for the success-
ful accomplishment of a difficult task in the midst of other
heavy duties and under physical conditions that have been
most trying the reconstruction of the building having been
carried on all about them as they worked. Of her immediate
staff two have done work of so special a character that it
calls for notice. These are Miss Irene Stewart, who has re-
vised and edited the copy for printing, and Miss Marion A.
Knight, who has revised the classification, making changes
and expanding classes where necessary.
The Department of Printing and Binding, under the effi-
cient management of Mr William H. Schwarten, has suffered
heavily from the same conditions that have so hampered all
departments of the Library and is deserving of high com-
mendation for the results achieved.
PREFACE ix
These acknowledgements would not be complete without
a mention of Miss Mabel A. Frothingham, who as Editor of
Library Publications has read all the proof, except that of the
first three classes, with an eye both to general form and to
specific details after it had passed the usual proof-readers.
Further a spirit of cordial cooperation throughout the staff
has added many helpful touches here and there, small in them-
selves, but great in a way that I am unwilling to leave without
recognition.
ANDERSON H. HOPKINS,
21 February 1907. Librarian.
How to Use the Catalogue
The entries in this catalogue are arranged according to
the Decimal Classification, a system by which like subjects
are brought together and related subjects are grouped in an
order more or less logical. For a synopsis of the classes see
page XII.
To find a book by a known author first consult the author
index in volume 3. This index contains the author's name,
titles of his works, call number of each work and reference to
the volume and page of the catalogue on which the full entry
will be found. The call number opposite each title is the sym-
bol to be used in calling for the book, and should be copied
exactly. If the work is in more than one volume, the volume
wanted should be specified in addition to the full call number.
The titles and call numbers for works of -fiction are not in-
cluded in the author index; there the author's name only is
given, with a reference to the list of fiction, where the full en-
try will be found. Call numbers preceded by the letter "r" or
"b" designate books in the reference collection which are not
loaned for use outside the Library. These books, as well as
all others in the Library, may be consulted freely in the Refer-
ence room. The letter "j" prefixed to a call number indicates
that the book is in the Children's Department. The author in-
dex includes anonymous titles, names of societies and institu-
tions, and titles of all periodical publications.
To find the given resources on a general subject or class
the synopsis on p. XII of vol. I may be consulted. Only the
broad classes are outlined here, but the table serves to show
at a glance the scheme of arrangement followed in the cata-
logue and furnishes a key to the main classes of literature. A
more direct way to find books on a particular subject is to
consult the subject index in volume 3. The number following
the subject is the class-number standing for that subject and
shows its relative location on the shelves for example, all
books on chemistry will be in class 540. The page number
HOW TO USE THE CATALOGUE
refers to that place in the catalogue where the books on the
subject in question are entered and where the call number for
individual works may be ascertained.
Fiction has been filed after the general class Literature,
vol.2, p. 1722.
Description and travel is grouped with the history of the
country treated.
Biography, both collected and individual, has been placed
after the general class History, vol. 3, p.27o8. For individual
biography 92 has been used as the class number.
Errata for each volume will be found at the end of the
volume.
Synopsis of Classification
Class Volume and page
ooo General works i : i
oio Bibliography i : i
020
030
040
050
060
070
080
090
Class
Volume and page
Library economy i : 30
General encyclopedias i : 40
General collections i : 42
General periodicals i : 42
General societies i : 50
Newspapers i : 50
Special libraries
Book rarities i : 55
500 Natural science ........... i:575
510 Mathematics ............ i : 588
520 Astronomy ............... i : 595
530 Physics .................. i : 611
540 Chemistry ............... i : 644
550 Geology ................. i : 682
560 Paleontology ............ i : 726
570 Biology ................. i : 735
580 Botany .................. i : 768
590 Zoology ................. *'79Q
100 Philosophy i: 59 600 Useful arts i: 837
no Metaphysics 1:62
120 Metaphysical topics i : 63
130 Mind and body i : 64
140 Philosophical systems i : 72
150 Psychology i : 72
160 Logic 1:81
170 Ethics i : 83
180 Ancient philosophers i : 100
190 Modern philosophers i : 102
200 Religion i : 108
210 Natural theology i 120
220 Bible i 128
230 Doctrinal theology i 159
240 Devotional. Practical i 175
250 Homiletic i 183
260 Church. Institutions i 188
270 Religious history i 203
280 Churches and sects i 221
290 Ethnic. Non-Christian...! 247
610 Medicine i : 851
620 Engineering i : 888
630 Agriculture i : 980
640 Domestic economy i : 1002
650 Commerce. Business i : ion
660 Chemical technology . . . . i : 1033
670 Manufactures i : 1090
680 Mechanic trades i : noo
690 Building 1:1105
700 Fine arts 2: 1119
710 Landscape gardening. . . .2: 1145
720 Architecture 2:1153
730 Sculpture 2 : 1201
740 Drawing. Decoration. . .2: 1218
750 Painting 2: 1239
760 Engraving 2 : 1292
770 Photography 2 : 1298
780 Music 2:1313
790 Amusements 2 : 1413
300 Sociology i: 264 800 Literature 2: 1438
310 Statistics i : 279
320 Political science i : 289
330 Economics i : 319
340 Law i : 389
350 Administration i : 417
360 Associations. Institutions..!: 449
370 Education i : 465
380 Commerce i : 505
390 Customs. Folk-lore i : 529
400 Philology.. 1:555
410 Comparative i : 556
420 English i : 558
430 German i : 566
440 French i : 568
450 Italian i : 569
460 Spanish i : 569
470 Latin i : 570
480 Greek 1:571
490 Minor languages i : 571
810 American 2: 1459
820 English 2:1512
830 German 2 : 1639
840 French 2: 1656
850 Italian 2 : 1676
860 Spanish 2 : 1682
870 Latin 2 : 1684
880 Greek 2: 1697
890 Minor languages 2 : 1713
Fiction 2: 1 722
900 History 2: 2068
910 Geography and travel 2 : 2084
920 Biography 3 : 2708
930 Ancient history 2: 2116
940
950
960
970
980
990
Europe 2: 2154
Asia 2:2335
Africa 2: 2380
North America 3:2411
South America 3 : 2679
vOceanica. Polar regions.. 3: 2688
General works
oio Bibliography
BIBLIOGRAPHER; monthly. 6v. 1882-84 qroio 647
Continued by "Book-lore."
BIBLIOGRAPHICA; papers on books, their history and art;
quarterly. 3v. 1895-97 qroio 6473
v.3 contains a general index.
No more published.
BOOK-LORE; monthly. 6v. 1885-87 qroio 663
Continuation of "Bibliographer."
BOOKMAN literary year-book. 1898 roio 6631
BOOKMART; monthly. 8v. in 5. 1884-90 qroio 66313
No more published.
BOOKWORM; an illustrated treasury of old-time literature;
monthly. 7v. 1888-94 roio 66312
No more published.
BULLETIN of bibliography, v.i-date. i897-date qroio 687
BURTON, John Hill.
Book-hunter oio 695
CAMPBELL, Frank.
Theory of national and international bibliography, with
special reference to the introduction of system in the
record of modern literature. 1896 roio ClS
CLEGG, James, comp.
International directory of booksellers, and bibliophile's
manual, including lists of the public libraries of the
world. 1899 roio 55!
Bibliographical works of reference, p. 3 13-344.
DIBDIN, Thomas Frognall.
Bibliomania; or, Book-madness. 1876 qroio 054
ELTON, Charles Isaac, & Mary Augusta.
Great book-collectors. 1893. (Books about books.) oio 56
FIELD, Eugene.
Love affairs of a bibliomaniac. 1896 oio F45
"Field conceived the volume as recording the talk and recollections of
a collector of mature years, looking back fondly upon the passions of
his life and passing them on to his fellows with modesty, but withal a
conviction that he who makes two bibliomaniacs to grow frenzied
where only one was mad before is a benefactor to the human race."
New York tribune.
GENTLEMAN'S magazine library; ed. by G. L. Gomme; Bib-
liographical notes. 1889 oio G29
GROWOLL, Adolf.
American book clubs; their beginnings and history, and a
bibliography of their publications. 1897 roio G94
LANG, Andrew.
The library. 1892 oio L23
2 BIBLIOGRAPHY
LIBRARIAN, by James Savage ; monthly. 3v. in 2. 1808-09 roio L68
No more published.
LITERARY year-book. Y.I-S. 1897-1901 roio L74
MAXWELL, Sir Herbert Eustace.
Rainy days in a library. 1896 oio M52
MERRYWEATHER, F. Somner.
Bibliomania in the middle ages. 1849 roio M63
POWELL, G. H.
Excursions in Libraria; retrospective reviews and biblio-
graphical notes. 1896 roio P87
The same. 1896 oio P87
Contents: The philosophy of rarity. A Gascon tragedy, I4th century.
A shelf of old story-books. The pirate's paradise, 1740. A medley
of "Memoirs." With Rabelais at Rome, 1536. The wit of history.
POWER, John, comp.
Handy-book about books. 1870 roio P874
ROBERTS, William.
Book-hunter in London; historical and other studies of
collectors and collecting. 1895 oio R53
ROGERS, Walter Thomas.
Manual of bibliography. 1891 roio R6i
ROUVEYRE, fidouard, ed.
Connaissances necessaires a un bibliophile; accompagnees
de notes critiques et de documents bibliographiques.
lov. in 5. 1899 roio R78
SLATER, John Herbert, comp.
Library manual; a guide to the formation of a library roio 863
SLATER, John Herbert.
The romance of book-collecting. 1898 oio $63
Contents: In eulogy of catalogues. A comparison of prices. Some
lucky finds. The forgotten lore society. Some hunting-grounds of
London. Vagaries of book-hunters. How fashion lives. The rules
of the chase. The glamour of bindings. The hammer and the end.
UZANNE, Louis Octave.
Bouquinistes et bouquineurs; physiologic des quais de Paris
du Pont Royal au Pont Sully. 1893 oio U3S
Studies of the open-air booksellers and book-lenders and their stalls
along the Paris quays, with some account of the history of the trade.
WHEATLEY, Henry Benjamin.
Prices of books; an inquiry into the changes in the price of
books which have occurred in England at different
periods. 1898. (Library series.) oio WS9
BRUNET, Jacques Charles, comp.
Manuel du libraire, avec supplement. 8v. 1860-80 roil 683
DIBDIN, Thomas Frognall.
Library companion. 2v. 1824 roi i DS4
A general bibliography, descriptive and critical. It gives special atten-
tion to old and rare editions. Dibdin's bibliographical work was
severely criticised in contemporary reviews, which pronounced it in-
accurate and misleading, and it is largely as bibliographical curiosities
that his books retain interest to-day.
DUCLOS, 1'abbe, comp.
Dictionnaire bibliographique, historique et critique des
BIBLIOGRAPHY OF INDIVIDUAL AUTHORS 3
livres rares. 3v. 1790 roil D86
"Cet ouvrage auquel Cailleau passe pour avoir travaille, est tout entier
de Duclos." Qucrard.
GRAESSE, Johann Georg Theodor, comp.
Tresor de livres rares et precieux, avec supplement. 7v. in
8. 1859-69 qroi i G;6
WATT, Robert, comp.
Bibliotheca Britannica; or, A general index to British and
foreign literature. 4v. ^824 qroi i W32
012-013 Bibliography of individual authors
BAKER, William Spohn.
Bibliotheca Washingtoniana. 1889 qroi2 W27
CORNELL UNIVERSITY Library.
Catalogue of the Dante collection presented by Willard
Fiske. 2v. 1898-1900 qroi2 D23
v.i. Dante's works. Works on Dante (A-G).
v.z. Works on Dante (H-Z).
FISH, Daniel, comp.
Lincoln literature; a bibliographical account of books and
pamphlets relating to Abraham Lincoln. 1900 qroi2 L7I
KOCH, Theodore Wesley.
Growth & importance of the Cornell Dante collection.
1900. qroi2 D23k
Reprinted from the "Cornell magazine," June 1900.
KOCH, Theodore Wesley, comp.
Hand-list of framed reproductions of pictures and portraits
belonging to the Dante collection of Cornell university.
1900. (Cornell university. Publications.) qroi2 D23k
Bound with the above.
LINCOLN, Abraham.
Catalogue of Lincolniana; a collection of engravings, litho-
graphs, books, eulogies, orations, pamphlets, etc. relat-
ing wholly or in part to Abraham Lincoln. 1902 roi2 L7ic
MINER, William Harvey, comp.
Daniel Boone; a contribution toward a bibliography of
writings concerning Daniel Boone. 1901 roi2 B63m
OSWALD, Eugen, comp.
Goethe in England and America; bibliography. 1899.
(English Goethe society. Publications, no.8.) roi2 Gsso
Reprinted from "Die neueren sprachen," Marburg.
PHILADELPHIA Free library.
Bulletin, Nov. i898-date. v.i-date. i898-date qroi2 P49
v.i (no. i -4). Descriptive catalogue of the writings of Sir Walter Scott,
by John Thomson. Descriptive catalogue of the series of works
known as the Library of old authors, by John Thomson. Indexes to
the first lines and to the subjects of the poems of Robert Herrick.
Some notes on the bibliography of the Philippines, by T. C. Middle-
ton.
Issued irregularly. These four numbers are all that have appeared up
to August 1902.
SCOTT, Temple, comp.
Bibliography of the works of William Morris. 1897 roi2 Mgi
SHEA, John Gilmary, comp.
Bibliography of Hennepin's works. 1880 roi2 H44
4 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF SPECIAL COUNTRIES
SHEPHERD, Richard Herne, comp.
Bibliography of Carlyle; a list of the published writings of
Carlyle, 1820-1881. 1881 .' roi2 21
Bibliography of Coleridge; a list of the published and
privately-printed writings of Coleridge; enl. by W. F.
Prideaux. 1900 roi2 C68
Bibliography of Dickens; a list of the published writings of
Dickens, 1834-1880. 1880 roi2 D$5
Bibliography of Ruskin; a list of the published writings of
Ruskin, 1834-1879. 1879 roi2 R8g
Bibliography of Tennyson; a list of the published and pri-
vately-printed writings of Tennyson, 1827-1894. 1896. .roi2 T295
SPRINGFIELD, Mass. CITY LIBRARY ASSOCIATION.
Cromwell list; notes for the study of Oliver Cromwell and
his times, with special reference to Arthur Paterson's
novel "Cromwell's own," together with various other
writings relating to the life of the lord protector. 1899. .roi2 C8g
WINSHIP, George Parker, comp.
Cabot bibliography, with an introductory essay on the
careers of the Cabots, based upon an independent exami-
nation of the sources of information. 1900 roi2 Cn
UNITED STATES Library of Congress.
Preliminary list of books and pamphlets by negro authors;
comp. by Daniel Murray. 1900 roi3 U25
014 Anonyms, pseudonyms
BARBIER, Antoine Alexandre, comp.
Dictionnaire des ouvrages anonymes. 4v. 1872-79 roi4 623
GUSHING, William, comp.
Anonyms. 1890 qroi4 C93a
Initials and pseudonyms, ist-2d ser. 2v. 1885-88 qroi4 C93
HALKETT, Samuel, & Laing, John, comp.
Dictionary of the anonymous and pseudonymous literature
of Great Britain. 4v. 1882-88 qroi4 Hi6
015 Bibliography of special countries
AMERICAN catalogue, 1876-1900. v.i-6. 1889-1900 qrois ASI
ANNUAL American catalogue, i889-date. v.4~date. 1890-
date qrois A6i
BENT, W. pub.
London catalogue of books, 1800-1827. 1827 rois 644
BIBLIOGRAPHIE de la France; ou, Journal general de 1'im-
primerie et de la librairie; weekly, v.i-date. i8io-date. .qroi5 647
BOWKER, Richard Rogers, comp.
State publications; a provisional list of the official publica-
tions of the several states of the United States, from
their organization, v.i. 1899 rois B66s
v.i. New England states.
BIBLIOGRAPHY OF SPECIAL COUNTRIES 5
BOWKER, Richard Rogers, & Hickcox, J. H. comp.
United States government publications, July i, i884-June
30, 1890. 1891 qrois B66
Reprint of the appendix of the "American catalogue," 1884-90.
CARDIFF FREE LIBRARIES, Cardiff, Wales.
Catalogue of printed literature in the Welsh department.
1898 qrois CIQ
CATALOGUE annuel de la librairie franchise, 1893-1898;
redige par D. Jordell. 6v. 1894-99 rois C27
Continued as "Repertoire bibliographique de la librairie franchise,"
rois CZJT.
CUMULATED index to the books of i898-date. v.i-date.
i90O-date qrois 91
ENGLISH catalogue of books, 1835-1900. v.i-6. 1864-1901 . , qrois 64
ENGLISH catalogue of books; annual, :892-date. v.s6-date.
:893-date qrois E64a
v.s6-64, 1892-1900, bound with the "Annual American catalogue" for
the same years.
GROWOLL, Adolf.
Book-trade bibliography in the United States in the I9th
century, to which is added A catalogue of all the books
printed in the United States with prices and places
where published annexed, published by the booksellers
in Boston, January 1804. 1898 rois G94
Contains sketches of some American bookseller-bibliographers, including
Henry Stevens and Frederick Leypoldt.
HAIGHT, W. R. comp.
Annual Canadian catalogue of books, 1896. v.i. 1898. . . .rois Hi4a
Supplement to his "Canadian catalogue of books."
Canadian catalogue of books, 1791-1895. v.i. 1896 rois Hi4
HEINSIUS, Wilhelm, comp.
Allgemeines biicher-lexikon; oder, Vollstandiges alphabet-
isches verzeichniss der von 1700 bis 1893 erschienenen
biicher welche in Deutschland gedruckt worden sind.
I9v. in 26. 1812-94 qrois H42
HILDEBURN, Charles Swift Riche, ed.
Century of printing; the issues of the press in Pennsyl-
vania, 1685-1784. 2v. 1885-86 qrois H54
v.i. 1685-1763.
V.2. 1764-1784.
Amplification of his "List of the publications issued in Pennsylvania,"
giving full descriptions of titles, with collations, of books, pamphlets
and broadsides. Contains an autograph letter from the author.
List of the publications issued in Pennsylvania, 1685 to 1759.
1882 qrois H54l
A preliminary list, giving only short titles, with the name of the printer,
and the date of issue, amplified in his "Century of printing." Ms.
annotations by Isaac Craig.
HINRICHS, J. C. pub.
Verzeichnis der im deutschen buchhandel neu erschien-
enen und neu aufgelegten biicher, landkarten, &c. v.ioo-
date. i893-date qrois H$6
v.2o6-date title reads "Hinrichs' halbjahrs-katalog der im deutschen
buchhandel erschienenen bucher, landkarten, &c."
HODGSON, Thomas, pub.
London catalogue of books, 1831-1855. 1855 rois H66
6 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF SPECIAL COUNTRIES
KAYSER, Christian Gottlob, comp.
Vollstandiges biicher-lexicon. v.i-3O, in 24. 1834-1900. .qrois Ki4
LE SOUDIER, H. pub.
Bibliographic franchise; recueil de catalogues des editeurs
frangais. 6v. 1896 ................................... roi5 L64
The same. Ed. 2. lov. 1900 ........................... qrois L64b
Memorial de la librairie franchise; revue hebdomadaire
des livres; complement de la Bibliographic franchise,
i896-date. v.3-date. i896-date
LORENZ, Otto Henri, comp.
Catalogue general de la librairie franchise, 1840-1899. v.i-
14. 1867-1901 ........................................ rois L87
v.i-4. 1840-1865.
v.s-6. 1866-1875.
v.7-8. Table des matieres, 1840-1875.
.9-10. 1876-1885.
v.i i. Table des matieres, 1876-1885.
v.iz. 1886-1890; redige par D. Jordell.
v.i 3. Table des matieres, 1886-1890; redige' par D. Jordell.
v.i4. 1891-1899; redige par D. Jordell.
LOWNDES, William Thomas, comp.
Bibliographer's manual of English literature; new edition
by H. G. Bohn. 6v. 1869 ............................. rois Lg6
The same. 5v. in 4. 1858-64 ............................. rois L96b
NIJHOFF, Martinus, pub.
Sciences, belles-lettres et arts dans les Pays-bas, surtout
au 196 siecle; bibliographic systematique. v.i. 1895.. ..rois N34
v.i. Linguistique, histoire litteraire, belles-lettres.
PUBLISHERS' trade list annual, v.12, 16, 18, 20, 22-date.
i884-date ........................................... qrois
REFERENCE catalogue of current literature, 1894-1898. 3v.
1894-98 .............................................. rois
REPERTOIRE bibliographique de la librairie franchise,
i9OO-date; redige par D. Jordell. v.i-date. i9Oi-date. .rois C27r
Continuation of "Catalogue annuel de la librairie franchise," rois Ca7.
ROORBACK, Orville Augustus, comp.
Bibliotheca Americana; catalogue of American publications,
1820-1852. 1852 ...................................... rois R68
SAMPSON, Frederick Asbury.
Bibliography of Missouri authors. 1901 ................. qrois Si9
Reprint from "Encyclopaedic history of Missouri."
STEVENS, Henry, comp.
American books with tails to 'em; a private pocket list of
the incomplete or unfinished American periodicals,
transactions, memoirs, judicial reports, laws, journals,
legislative documents and other continuations and
works in progress supplied to the British museum and
other libraries, by Henry Stevens. 1873 ................ rois $84
TRUBNER, Nicolas, comp.
Bibliographical guide to American literature; a classed list
of books published in the United States during the last
40 years. 1859 ....................................... rois T77
BIBLIOGRAPHY OF SPECIAL SUBJECTS 7
UNITED STATES catalog; books in print, 1899; ed. by G. F.
Danforth and M. E. Potter. 1900 qroiS U2532
016 Bibliography of special subjects
Many other bibliographies, forming parts of books, will be found noted with the books,
under the subjects of which the books themselves treat.
AMERICAN LIBRARY ASSOCIATION.
Catalog of "A. L. A." library; 5000 volumes for a popular
library selected by the American library association
and shown at the World's Columbian exposition. 1893. .ro:6 ASI
Published by the United States bureau of education.
BEST reading, ist-4th ser. 4v. 1877-93 r i6 646
v.i ed. by F. B. Perkins; v.2-4, by L. E. Jones.
BOWKER, Richard Rogers, comp.
Publications of societies; a provisional list of the publica-
tions of American scientific, literary and other societies,
from their organization. 1899 roi6 B66
BRITISH MUSEUM.
Subject index of the modern works added to the library,
1891-1895. 1897 qroi6 675
HARVARD UNIVERSITY Library.
Bibliographical contributions; ed. by Justin Winsor. v.i,
no.i2; v.2, no.22, 31-37; v.3, no.38-5i; v.4, no.52-53, in 2.
1881-98 qro:6 H33
Partial contents: v.i 3. Lane, W. C. comp. Dante collections in the
Harvard college and Boston public libraries. Woodberry, G. E. Notes
on the ms. volume of Shelley's poems in the library of Harvard col-
lege. Weitenkampf, Frank, comp. Bibliography of William Hogarth.
Potter, A. C. comp. Bibliography of Beaumont and Fletcher. Gross,
Charles, comp. Classified list of books relating to British municipal
history. Lane, W. C. & Bolton, C. K. comp. Notes on special collec-
tions in American libraries. Weeks, S. B. comp. Bibliography of the
historical literature of North Carolina. Morgan, M. H. comp. Bibli-
ography of Persius. Albee, L. R. comp. The Bartlett collection; a list
of books on angling, fishing and fish culture in the Harvard college
library.
v.4. Potter, A. C. & Bolton, C. K. comp. Librarians of Harvard college,
1667-1877. Brown, W. G. comp. List of portraits in the various
buildings of Harvard university.
HASSE, Adelaide Rosalie, comp.
Reports of explorations printed in the documents of the
United States government; a contribution toward a bib-
liography. 1899. (United States Documents office.) . . roi6 U25
LADIES' HOME JOURNAL.
Five thousand books; a guide to the best books. 1895.. ..roi6 Li3
NEW YORK (state) Library.
Bulletin; bibliography, v.i-date. i895-date roi6 N26
v.i (no.i-ao). Guide to the study of Whistler, by W. G. Forsyth and
J. L. Harrison. Reading list; colonial New England, by M. C. Wil-
son. Select bibliography on travel in North America, by C. W. Plymp-
ton. Reading list on the history of the i7th century, by G. F. Leon-
ard. Selection of reference books for the use of cataloguers in find-
ing full names. Reading list on Japan, by H. K. Gay. Reading list
on Venice, by Helen Sperry. Reading list of out-of-door books, by
H. H. Stanley. Reading list on the Netherlands, by E. G. Thorne.
Reading list on renaissance art of the i$th and i6th centuries, by A. S.
8 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHY
Ames and E. P. Andrews. Reading list on history of latter half of
15th century, by Etheldred Abbot. Best books of 1897, with notes.
Fairy tales for children, by F. J. Olcott. Index to subject bibliog-
raphies in library bulletins, by Alice Newman. Reading list on Rus-
sia, by A. L. Morse. Illustrative material for nature study in primary
schools, by C. W. Hunt. Bibliography of biography of musicians, by
A. L. Bailey. Best books of 1898, with notes. College libraries of
the United States; contribution toward a bibliography, by Hugh Wil-
liams. Reading list on house decoration and furnishing, by E. E.
Miersch.
v.2 (no.2i~3o). Best books of 1899, with notes. Bibliography of do-
mestic economy, by R. K. Shaw. Reference list on Connecticut local
history by C. A. Flagg. Bibliography of New York colonial history, by
C. A. Flagg and J.T.Jennings. China and the Far East, 1889-99,
by Margaret Windeyer. Reference list on Maine local history, by
D. B. Hall. Best books, 1900, with notes. List of a $500 library
recommended for schools.
v-3 (no.3i 32). Monopolies and trusts in America, 1895-99, by Fanny
Borden. Biography for young people, by B. E. Hyatt.
NEW YORK (state) University Extension department.
Syllabus, no. 1-71. 3v. 1892-98 roi6 N26i
no. 1 8, 45 wanting.
SARGANT, E. B. & Whishaw, Bernhard.
Guide book to books. 1891 qroi6 824
SONNENSCHEIN, William Swan, comp.
Best books; a reader's guide. 1894 qroi6 S6g
Reader's guide to contemporary literature; ist supplement
to Best books. 1895 qroi6 S6gr
STEVENS, Benjamin Franklin, comp.
One thousand English books in handsome bindings recom-
mended for the English portion of an American home ,
library. 1874 roi6 884
016.01 Bibliography of bibliography
JOSEPHSON, Aksel Gustav Salomon, comp.
Bibliographies of bibliographies; chronologically arranged,
with occasional notes. 1901. (Chicago, Bibliographi-
cal society. Contributions to bibliography, no.i.) . . . .roi6.oi J44
OTTINO, Giuseppe, & Fumagalli, Giuseppe, comp.
Bibliotheca bibliographica Italica; catalogo degli scritti di
bibliologia, bibliografia e biblioteconomia pubblicati in
Italia e di quelli risguardanti 1'Italia pubblicati all'estero.
Sv. in i. 1889-1901 qroi6.oi 031
PETZHOLDT, Julius, ed.
Bibliotheca bibliographica; kritisches verzeichniss der das
gesammtgebiet der bibliographic betreffenden litteratur
des in- und aus-landes, in systematischer ordnung.
1866 roi6.oi P46
VALLfiE, Leon-, comp.
Bibliographic des bibliographies, avec supplement. 2v. in
i. 1883-87 roi6.oi Vl6
016.05-016.07 Bibliography of periodicals and newspapers
ANNUAIRE des journaux, revues et publications periodiques
parus a Paris; public par H. Le Soudier. v.i8, 22. 1898-
1900 roi6.o5 A6i
BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BOOK RARITIES
BOSTON Public library.
List of periodicals, newspapers, transactions and other
serial publications currently received in the principal li-
braries of Boston and vicinity. 1897 qro:6.O5 664
CARNEGIE FREE LIBRARY, Allegheny, Pa.
Catalogue of periodicals and newspapers. 1899 roi6.os C2i
CHICAGO LIBRARY CLUB, comp.
List of serials in public libraries of Chicago and Evanston,
corrected to Jan. 1901. 1901 roi6.os C43
STEIGER, Ernst, comp.
Periodical literature of the United States of America, with
index and appendices. 1873 qroi6.O5 S8i
UNITED STATES Library of Congress.
Union list of periodicals, transactions and allied publica-
tions currently received in the principal libraries of the
District of Columbia. 1901 qroi6.o5 U25
JAMES, Edmund Janes, & Loveless, M. J. comp.
Bibliography of newspapers published in Illinois prior to
1860. 1899. (Illinois state historical library. Publica-
tions, v.i.) roi6.O7 Ji6
UNITED STATES Library of Congress.
Check list of American newspapers in the Library of Con-
gress. 1901 ; qroi6.07 U25
WISCONSIN HISTORICAL SOCIETY.
Annotated catalogue of newspaper files in the library;
comp. by E. H. Blair. 1898 roi6.O7 W8i
016.09 Bibliography of book rarities
CARNEGIE LIBRARY OF PITTSBURGH.
Descriptive list of some old books and mss, some fine edi-
tions and fine bindings and some books on printing,
exhibited Nov. 5-Dec. 31, 1896. 1896 roi6.O9 C2i
QUARITCH, Bernard, comp.
Catalogue of the monuments of the early printers in all
countries, offered for cash by Quaritch. 1888 roi6.O93 Q 1 ^
Contents: Germany and the Low countries. Italy. France. Spain,
Portugal, north and east Europe, America and the East. England.
ROSENTHAL, Jacques, comp.
Incunabula typographica; catalogue d'une collection d'incu-
nables decrits et offerts aux amateurs a 1'occasion du
cinquieme centenaire de Guttenberg. 1900 roi6.O93 R72
BRITISH MUSEUM.
Catalogue of books in the library printed in England, Scot-
land and Ireland, and of books in English printed abroad,
101640. 3v. 1884 roi6.094 B75
GOLDSMID, Edmund, comp.
Complete catalogue of all the publications of the Elzevier
presses at Leyden, Amsterdam, The Hague and Utrecht,
with introduction, notes and appendix containing a list
of all works, whether forgeries or anonymous publica-
10 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF RELIGION
tions, generally attributed to these presses. 3v. in I.
1886-88. (Bibliotheca curiosa.) roi6.O94 Gs8
HARSNETT LIBRARY, Colchester, England.
Catalogue. 1888 qroi6.O94 HSI
Life of Bishop Harsnett, p. 5-34.
RENOUARD, Antoine Augustin.
Annales de rimprimerie des Aide; ou, Histoire des trois Ma-
nuce et de leurs editions, & supplement. 2v. 1803-12. .roi6.O94 R34
Bibliographical sketch of the Aldine press at Venice; tr.
and abridged from Renouard's Annales de rimprimerie
des Aides, and revised and corrected by Edmund Gold-
smid. 3v. in i. 1887 roi6.O94 R34-b
GROLIER CLUB, New York.
Catalogue of an exhibition of illuminated and painted manu-
scripts, together with a few early printed books with il-
luminations. 1892 roi6.0Q6 GQ3
Bibliography of mss, p. 57-64.
KRISTELLER, Paul.
Early Florentine woodcuts, with an annotated list of
Florentine illustrated books. 1897 qroi6.O96 K42
016.178 Bibliography of tobacco
BRAGGE, William.
Bibliotheca nicotiana; a catalogue of books about tobacco,
with a catalogue of objects connected with the use of
tobacco in all its forms. 1880 qroi6.i78 B68
016.2 Bibliography of religion
HURST, John Fletcher, comp.
Literature of theology; a classified bibliography. i896..roi6.2 Hgs
DORE, John Read.
Old Bibles; account of the early versions of the English
Bible. 1888 roi6.22 073
STEVENS, Henry, comp.
Bibles in the Caxton exhibition, 1877; or, A bibliographical
description of nearly 1000 representative Bibles in vari-
ous languages, chronologically arranged. 1878 roi6.22 884
WRIGHT, John.
Early Bibles of America. 1894 roi6.22 W93
Early prayer books of America. 1896 roi6.264 W93
Bibliography, p. 428-480.
BOWERMAN, George Franklin, comp.
Selected bibliography of the religious denominations of the
United States, with a list of the most important Catholic
works of the world, as an appendix, comp. by J. H. Mc-
Mahon. 1896 roi6.28 B66
SMITH, Joseph, bookseller, comp.
Bibliotheca anti-Quakeriana; or, A catalogue of books ad-
verse to the Society of Friends. 1873 qroi6.289 865
BIBLIOGRAPHY OF SOCIOLOGY n
D'OOGE, Benjamin L. comp.
Helps to the study of classical mythology for the lower
grades and secondary schools. 1899 roi6.29i D73
Under each mythological name and legend are given references to books
and magazines, subdivided as they consider the subject from the stand-
point of art, religion or literature. Contains a list of books indexed,
a table of contents and a very full index. Helpful for both teachers
and students.
016.3 Bibliography of sociology
BOWKER, Richard Rogers, & lies, George, ed.
Reader's guide in economic, social and political science.
1891 roi6.3 B66
ARMOR, William Crawford, comp.
Scotch-Irish bibliography of Pennsylvania. 1896 roi6.325 A73
UNITED STATES Library of Congress.
List of books, with references to periodicals, relating to the
theory of colonization, government of dependencies,
protectorates and related topics; comp. by A. P. C. Grif-
fin. 1900 ro:6.325 U25
FAIRCHILD, Mrs Mary Salome (Cutler), & Lord, I. E.
Scientific study of philanthropy, with Outline of study and
bibliography. 1898 qroi6.33 Fi5
Being a reprint from the "American journal of sociology," v.3, 1898.
MAROT, Helen, comp.
Handbook of labor literature. 1899 roi6.33 M39
Offers the more important literature of the labor question, under specific
headings, with author, publisher, price, etc. Particular attention has
been given to government publications and pamphlet literature. In
the annotations valuation of the books has been generally avoided, the
notes simply explaining more fully than the titles, the contents of the
books. The periodical literature, which is very important, has been
omitted, as it is already covered by Poole's index and its continuations.
Contains a list of labor periodicals.
COLLEGE SETTLEMENTS ASSOCIATION.
Bibliography of college, social, university and church set-
tlements; comp. by Mrs C.W.Montgomery for the
College settlements association. 1900 roi6.33i C6p
SAWYER, Ellen M. comp.
Bibliography of works on taxation in the State library of
Massachusetts. 1898. (Massachusetts State library.
Special bulletin.) roi6.336 827
UNITED STATES Library of Congress.
List of books, with references to periodicals, relating to
trusts; comp. by A. P. C. Griffin. 1900 roi6 U25
Bound with other pamphlets.
The same. Ed. 2 enl. 1902 qroi6.338 U25
PENNSYLVANIA State library.
Catalogue of law books; issued under the supervision of
G. E. Reed, prepared by W. W. Chisolm. 1899 qroi6.34 ?39
TOWER, Charlemagne.
Charlemagne Tower collection of American colonial laws.
1890 qroi6.34 T65
12 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF SOCIOLOGY
FOSTER, William Eaton, comp.
References to the constitution of the United States. 1890.
(Economic tracts.) roi6.342 F8i
BROOKS, Robert Clarkson, comp.
Bibliography of municipal problems and city conditions.
1901 roi6.352 677
Published originally, with a slightly different title, as v.i, no. i of
"Municipal affairs."
This, the zd ed., was issued as v.$, no.i of the same periodical.
GROSS, Charles, comp.
Bibliography of British municipal history, including gilds
and parliamentary representation. 1897. (Harvard his-
torical studies.) roi6.352 G93
COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY, New York Library.
Books on education in the libraries of Columbia university.
1901. (Library bulletins, no.2.) qroi6.37 C72
HALL, Granville Stanley, & Mansfield, J. M. comp.
Hints toward a select and descriptive bibliography of
education. 1893 roi6.37 Hi7
"The work is so comprehensive, and the result of such painstaking labor,
that it will be found of great value to every student and reader in the
broad field of pedagogics." Science.
MONROE, Will Seymour, comp.
Bibliography of education. 1897. (International education
series.) roi6.37 M83
Does not include text-books nor references to articles in periodicals.
UNITED STATES Education bureau.
Publications, 1867-1890, with subject index. 1891 roi6-37 U2S
Reprint of chapter 35 of the Report of the commissioner of education
for 1888-89.
AMERICAN MANUAL TRAINING ASSOCIATION, comp.
Bibliography of manual training. 1898 0)16.371 ASI
WILSON, Louis N. camp.
Bibliography of child study. 1898 roi6.372 W76
Appeared in the "Pedagogical seminary," v.s, p.54i-s89.
UNITED STATES Library of Congress.
List of books, with references to periodicals, on mercantile
marine subsidies; comp. by A. P. C. Griffin. 1900. . . .roi6.38 U25
UNITED STATES Documents office.
Bibliography of United States documents relating to inter-
oceanic communication across Nicaragua, Isthmus of
Panama, Isthmus of Tehuantepec, etc. 1899 ror6 U25
UNITED STATES Library of Congress.
List of books and of articles in periodicals relating to inter-
oceanic canal and railway routes; comp. by H. A. Mor-
rison. 1900. (56th cong. istsess. Senate. Doc. no.59.) . .roi6 U2$
Contents: Nicaragua route. Panama, Darien, and the valley of the
Atrato routes. Tehuantepec and Honduras routes. Suez canal.
Contains, as an appendix, a revised and enlarged edition of the "Bibliog-
raphy of the United States public documents relating to interoceanic
communication," issued by the superintendent of documents.
Bound with other pamphlets.
BIBLIOGRAPHY OF SCIENCE . 13
016.4 Bibliography of language
TRUBNER & CO.
Catalogue of dictionaries and grammars of the principal
languages and dialects of the world. 1882 roi6.4 T77
BRAUNHOLTZ, Eugen Gustav Wilhelm.
Books of reference for students & teachers of French; a
critical study. 1901 roi6.44 ^71
016.5 Bibliography of science
CARNEGIE FREE LIBRARY, Allegheny, Pa.
Catalogue of the Phipps scientific collection. 1893 roi6.5 C2I
ROYAL SOCIETY OF LONDON, comp.
Catalogue of scientific papers, 1800-1883. v.i-12. 1867-
1902 qroi6.5 R8i
v.i-6. 1800-1863. v.7-8. 1864-1873. v.9-11. 1874-1883.
v.i 2. Supplementary volume.
SCUDDER, Samuel Hubbard, comp.
Catalogue of scientific serials of all countries, including the
transactions of learned societies in the natural, physical
and mathematical sciences, 1633-1876. 1879. (Harvard
university Library. Special publications.) roi6.5 843
UNITED STATES Coast and geodetic survey.
Bibliography; descriptive catalogue of publications re-
lating to the Coast and geodetic survey, 1807 to 1896,
and to U. S. standard weights and measures, 1790 to
1896. 1898. (Special publication no.2.) roi6.5 U25
CARNEGIE FREE LIBRARY, Allegheny, Pa.
Catalogue of electricity. 1895 roi6.823 21
Bound with its "Catalogue of fiction."
SCHMIDT-HENNIGKER, Friedrich, comp.
Elektrotechnikers litterarisches auskunftsbuch; die littera-
tur der elektrotechnik, elektricitat, elektrochemie, elek-
trometallurgie, des magnetismus, der telegraphic, tele-
phonic, blitzschutzvorrichtung, Rontgen-strahlen, sowie
der acetylen- und carbid-industrie der jahre 1884 bis
1900. 1900 ro:6.S37 S35
BOLTON, Henry Carrington, comp.
Select bibliography of chemistry; first supplement, 1492-1897.
1899. (Smithsonian miscellaneous collections.) roi6.54 C42
The bibliography which this supplements, forms v.36 of the Smithsonian
miscellaneous collections. There is a second supplement covering
academic dissertations from 1492 to 1897, which forms v.4i of the
same set. Both of these are in the Library, call number, rso6 S66m.
MARGERIE, Emmanuel de, comp.
Catalogue des bibliographies geologiques. 1896 qroi6.55 M38
UNITED STATES Geological survey.
List of the publications of the survey. 1898 roi6.S5 U25
The same. 1900 roi6.55 U25l
IRON CITY MICROSCOPICAL SOCIETY.
Manuscript catalogue of the library of the society.. ..qroi6.578 128
14 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF USEFUL ARTS
DECAISNE, Joseph.
Catalogue de la bibliotheque de M. Decaisne. 1883. . . .1-016.58 D35
> JACKSON, Benjamin Daydon, comp.
Guide to the literature of botany, including 6000 titles not
given in Pritzel's Thesaurus. 1881. (Index society.
Publications.) roi6.58 Ji2
KEW GARDENS.
Catalogue of the library of the Royal botanic gardens, Kew.
1899. (Kew gardens. Bulletin of miscellaneous in-
formation, additional series.) roi6.58 K23
WHELDON, John, comp.
Botanical catalogue. 1886 roi6.s8 W6i
DEBY, Julien, comp.
Bibliography of the microscope and micrographic studies;
being a catalogue of books and papers in his library.
v.3. 1882 qroi6.589 D3S
v.3- Diatomaceae.
BIBLIOGRAPHIA zoologica. v.3-date. iSpS-date roi6.59 847
Published as a supplement to "Zoologischer anzeiger."
UNITED STATES Entomology division.
Bibliography of the more important contributions to Amer-
ican economic entomology. pt.i-S, 7, in 3v. 1890-
1901 roi6.S95 U2S
v.i, pt.i-3- The more important writings of Benjamin Dann Walsh and
Charles Valentine Riley; comp. by Samuel Henshaw.
v.z, pt-4-S- The more important writings of government and state ento-
mologists and of other contributors to the literature of American
economic entomology; comp. by Samuel Henshaw.
v.4, pt-7- The more important writings published between Dec. 31, 1896
and Jan. i, 1900; comp. by Nathan Banks.
016.6 Bibliography of useful arts
HAFERKORN, Henry Ernest, & Heise, Paul, comp.
Handy lists of technical literature; reference catalogue of
books printed in English from 1880 to 1888; to which is
added a select list of books printed before 1880 and still
kept on publishers' and jobbers' lists. 1890-93 ro:6.6 Hi3
SZCZEPANSKI, Fritz von, ed.
Bibliotheca polytechnica; a classified catalogue of all books,
annuals and journals published in America, England,
France and Germany, including their relation to legisla-
tion, hygiene and daily life, 1889. v.i. 1890 roi6.6 899
PENNSYLVANIA HOSPITAL, Philadelphia.
Catalogue raisonne of the medical library. 1857 roi6.6i P39
UNITED STATES Surgeon-general's office.
Index-catalogue of the library; authors and subjects. 1st.
ser. i6v. ; 2d ser. v.i-6. 1880-1901 qroi6.6i U25
WARING, Edward John, comp.
Bibliotheca therapeutica; or, Bibliography of therapeutics,
chiefly in reference to articles of the materia medica. 2v.
1878-79. (New Sydenham society. Publications.) . .roi6.6i5 W22
AMERICAN SOCIETY OF CIVIL ENGINEERS.
Catalogue of the library, June 1000. 1900 roi6.62 ASI
BIBLIOGRAPHY OF USEFUL ARTS 15
INSTITUTION OF CIVIL ENGINEERS.
Catalogue of the library. 1866 roi6.62 124
INSTITUTION OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERS.
Library catalogue, 1890 roi6.62 1247
BARNETT, Claribel Ruth, comp.
References to the literature of the sugar beet, exclusive of
works in foreign languages. 1897. (United States Agri-
culture, Department of. Library bulletin no.i6.).. .qroi6.63 ^25
CLARK, Josephine A. comp.
Reference list of publications relating to edible and poison-
ous mushrooms. 1898. (United States Agriculture,
Department of. Library bulletin no.2O.) roi6.63 U25
HASSE, Adelaide Rosalie, comp.
List of publications of the U. S. department of agriculture
from 1841 to June 30, 1895, inclusive. 1896. (United
States Agriculture, Department of. Library bulletin
no.9.) roi6.63 U25
THOMPSON, George Fayette, comp.
Index to authors, with titles of their publications, appear-
ing in the documents of the U. S. department of agri-
culture, 1841 to 1897. 1898. (United States Agricul-
ture, Department of. Bulletin of the Division of publi-
cations, no.4.) roi6.63 U25
The three preceding pamphlets are bound together.
Index to literature relating to animal industry in the pub-
lications of the Department of agriculture, 1837-1898.
1900. (United States Agriculture, Department of. Bul-
letin of the Division of publications, no. 5.) roi6.63 T38
UNITED STATES Agriculture, Department of.
Catalogue of the periodicals and other serial publications,
exclusive of U. S. government publications, in the li-
brary of the U. S. department of agriculture; prepared
under the direction of J. A. Clark. 1901. (Library bul-
letin no. 37.) roi6.63 U25c
List of publications relating to forestry in the department
library. 1898. (Library bulletin no. 24.) roi6.63 U25
Supplement to the general index of the agricultural reports
for 1877 to 1885, inclusive roi6.63 U2S
Bound with the above.
UNITED STATES Experiment stations office.
Some books on agriculture and sciences related to agricul-
ture published 1896-1898. 1898. (Circular no.38.) . .roi6.63 U253
BOWKER, Richard Rogers, comp.
Handy list of American publishers, as entered in the Amer-
ican catalogue, 1884-90. 1890 roi6.6ss B66
CASPAR, Carl Nicolaus, comp.
Caspar's directory of the American book, news and station-
ery trade. 1889 qroi6.6ss C2S
HOE, Richard March.
Literature of printing; a catalogue of the library illustra-
tive of the history and art of typography of R. M. Hoe.
1877 roi6.6S5 H67
16 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF FINE ARTS
LEE, John W. M. comp.
Bibliography of the Baltimore and Ohio rail road company,
1827 to 1879. 1879 roi6.6s6 L53
GARC.ON, Jules, comp.
Repertoire general, ou dictionnaire methodique de biblio-
graphic des industries tinctoriales et des industries an-
nexes, depuis les origines jusqu'a la fin de 1'annee 1896;
technologic et chimie. 3v. 1900-01 qroi6.66 Gi7
v.i. Introduction et avertissement general. Notice sur les sources
bibliographiques du dictionnaire. Tables.
v.2. Accidents de fabrication. Kermes.
v.3. Laboratoire. Zinc.
016.7 Bibliography of fine arts
HESSLING, Bruno, pub.
Verlagskatalog. 1899 qro:6.7 H49
HIERSEMANN, Karl W. comp.
New series of catalogues [no. 108-115] ', the fine arts; books
and prints on sale by K. W. Hiersemann. 1893 ,roi6.7 HS2
ILES, George, ed.
Annotated bibliography of fine art. 1897 qroi6.7 122
Contents: Painting, sculpture, architecture, arts of decoration and illus-
tration, by Russell Sturgis. Music, by H. E. Krehbiel.
LEWINE, J. comp.
Bibliography of i8th century art and illustrated books; a
guide to collectors of illustrated works in English and
French of the period. 1898 roi6.7 L67
016.72 Bibliography of architecture
BATSFORD, Herbert, comp.
Reference books on architecture and decoration, with hints
on the formation of an architectural library. 1895. .boi6.72 631
BOSTON Public library.
Catalogue of the books relating to architecture, construc-
tion and decoration in the library, Nov. 1, 1894. I&94- qboi6.72 664
CARNEGIE LIBRARY OF PITTSBURGH.
Catalogue of the J. D. Bernd department of architecture.
1898 boi6.72 C2i
COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY, New York Library.
Catalogue of the Avery architectural library; a memorial
library of architecture, archaeology and decorative art.
1895 qboi6.72 C72
LIVERPOOL, England Free public libraries.
Hand-list of books on architecture in the Reference de-
partment. 1894 . boi6.72 L74
Hand-list of books on the decorative arts in the Reference
department. 1899 boi6.72 L74
Bound with the above.
BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MUSIC 17
016.78 Bibliography of music
BECKER, Carl Ferdinand, comp.
Systematisch-chronologische darstellung der musikalischen
literatur. 2v. in i. 1836-39 qroi6.78 636
Die tonwerke des 16. und 17. jahrhunderts. 1855 qroi6.78 B36t
BREITKOPF & HARTEL, pub.
Verzeichniss des musikalien-verlages von Breitkopf &
Hartel. 1875 ro:6.78 672
BURNEY, Charles.
Catalogue of his library; sold by auction, June 1814.
1814 roi6.78 693
The prices at which the books were sold are given in ink on the margins.
ENGEL, Carl, comp.
Descriptive catalogue of the musical instruments in the
South Kensington museum. 1874 qroi6.78 E6$
ENGEL, Carl.
Literature of national music. 1879 roi6.78 63!
"A reprint of an essay published in instalments from July, 1878, to
March, 1879, in The Musical Times of London, [v.ig]. It is to be
commended to the student of folk-music as an aid in the most diffi-
cult feature of his study the procurement of evidence and authori-
ties." H. E. Krehbiel.
FORKEL, Johann Nicolaus, comp.
Allgemeine literatur der musik. 1792 roi6.78 F7/
HANDBUCH der musikalischen litteratur. 6v. in i.
1818-23 roi6.78 H23
MATTHEW, James Ebenezer.
Literature of music. 1896. (Book-lover's library.) ... .roi6.78 M47
RIANO, Juan Facundo.
Critical and bibliographical notes on early Spanish music.
1887 roi6.78 R38
Bibliography of fine arts Miscellaneous
GAYLEY, Charles Mills, & Scott, F. N. comp.
Guide to the literature of aesthetics. 1890 roi6.7oi 625
NEW YORK (city), PUBLIC LIBRARY.
Handbook of the S. P. Avery collection of prints and art
books in the New York public library. 1901 roi6.76 N26
SINGER, Hans Wolfgang, camp.
Sammlung Lanna Prag; das kupferstichkabinet wissen-
schaftliches verzeichniss. 2v. 1895 roi6.76 S6l
LOWE, Robert W. comp.
Bibliographical account of English theatrical literature,
from the earliest times to the present day. 1888. . . .roi6.792 L95
"Deals with theatrical literature: the wider field of dramatic literature
being touched upon only when in direct connection with theatres or
actors. Thus the mass of critical and speculative Shakspearean liter-
ature is excluded; and plays find no place in my scheme except where
there is published with them historical or critical matter." Preface.
i8 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF LITERATURE
WESTWOOD, Thomas, & Satchell, Thomas, comp.
Bibliotheca piscatoria; a catalogue of books on angling,
the fisheries and fish-culture, with bibliographical notes.
1883 roi6.799 WS7
016.8 Bibliography of literature
COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY, New York Library.
List of books chiefly on the drama and literary criticism.
1897. (Publications, no.i.) qroi6.8 72
DIXSON, Mrs Zella (Allen), comp.
Comprehensive subject index to universal prose fiction.
1897 roi6.8 D64
This work by the associate librarian of the University of Chicago is an
arrangement into an alphabetical subject list of works of fiction,
foreign as well as English, which are founded on fact, historical, physi-
cal, psychological or moral. It does not, however, include works
founded on fact where the facts have been so misrepresented as to mis-
lead rather than to inform the reader.
GAYLEY, Charles Mills, & Scott, F. N.
Introduction to the methods and materials of literary criti-
cism, the bases in aesthetics and poetics. 1899 016.8 025
Contents: Nature and function of literary criticism. Principles of art.
Principles of literature. The theory of poetry. The principles of
versification.
"For libraries and for all students of the subject it will prove an in-
valuable book of reference. This is an age of bibliographies, but we
need more bibliographies prepared, as this is, by specialists who are
competent to estimate, classify, and report on the books listed. The
plan here pursued involves a discussion of methodology, statement of
problems, subdivision of topics, and a classified and annotated bibliog-
raphy under each of the general heads." Nation, 1899.
INDIANAPOLIS Public library.
Finding-list of books in the classes of poetry and the
drama, literature and polygraphy. 1891 qroi6.823 124
Bound with other pamphlets.
BROWN UNIVERSITY Library.
Catalogue of American poetry; duplicates from the Harris-
Anthony collection in Brown university, to be sold at
auction, April 10-12, 1901. 1901 qroi6.8i 678
FOLEY, Patrick Kevin, comp.
American authors, 1795-1895; a bibliography of first and
notable editions, chronologically arranged. 1897. . . .roi6.8i F7I
STOCKBRIDGE, John Calvin, comp.
The Anthony memorial; a catalogue of the Harris col-
lection of American poetry, with biographical and bib-
liographical notes. 1886 qroi6.8i S86
WEGELIN, Oscar, comp.
Early American fiction, 1774-1830; a compilation of the
titles of American novels written by writers born or
residing in America and published previous to 1831.
1902 roi6.8i3 W43
HODGKINS, Louise Manning.
Guide to the study of igth century authors. 1898 ro:6.82 H66
Contents: Scott. Lamb. Wordsworth.- Macaulay. Coleridge. Shel-
ley. Keats. Byron. Thackeray. Dickens. Mrs Browning. Brown-
ing. Tennyson. Rossetti. Eliot. Carlyle. Ruskin. Arnold. Irv-
ing. Bryant. Hawthorne. Emerson. Longfellow. Whittier.
Holmes. Lowell.
BIBLIOGRAPHY OF LITERATURE 19
JAMES, Charles Canniff, comp.
Bibliography of Canadian poetry (English). 1899. (Vic-
toria university library. Publications, v.i.) roi6.82i Ji6
BATES, Katharine Lee, & Godfrey, L. B. comp.
English drama; a working basis. 1896 roi6.822 831
GREG, Walter Wilson, comp.
List of English plays written before 1643 and printed be-
fore 1700. 1900 roi6.822 G86
BOSTON Public library.
Catalogue of English fiction and books for the young.
1893 qroi6.823 664
BOWEN, Herbert Courthope, comp.
Descriptive catalogue of historical novels. 1882 roi6.823 B66
BROOKLINE, Mass. Public library.
Catalogue of English prose fiction, Jan. 1895. 1895. . . .roi6.823 677
The same, Jan. 1901. 1901 roi6.823 6770
CARNEGIE FREE LIBRARY, Allegheny, Pa.
Catalogue of fiction; authors, titles. 1895 roi6.823 C2I
Catalogue of fiction, including folk-lore, mythology and
juvenile books. 1895 0)16.823 C2I
Catalogue of French books. 1895 ro:6.823 C2I
Catalogue of German books. 1895 roi6.823 C2I
These four catalogues are bound together.
CARNEGIE LIBRARY OF PITTSBURGH.
Catalogue of English prose fiction. 1898 roi6.823 C2i6
GRISWOLD, William MacCrillis, comp.
Descriptiv list of novels dealing with ancient history.
1895 roi6.823 G93de
Descriptiv list of novels dealing with the history of North
America. 1895 roi6.823 G93d
This is the peculiar spelling adopted for a time by the author.
Descriptive list of British novels. 1891 roi6.823 G93
Descriptive list of international novels. 1891 roi6.823 693
Descriptive list of novels dealing with American city life.
1891 roi6.823 G93
Descriptive list of novels dealing with American country
life. 1890 1-016.823 G93
Descriptive list of novels dealing with life in France.
1892 roi6.823 G93
Descriptive list of novels dealing with life in Germany.
1892 1:016.823 G93
Descriptive list of novels dealing with life in Italy. 1892. . roi6.823 G93
Descriptive list of novels dealing with life in Norway.
1892 roi6.823 G93
Descriptive list of novels dealing with life in Russia.
1892 roi6.823 G93
Descriptive list of romantic novels. 1890 roi6.823 G93
The above 10 pamphlets are bound together.
HARTFORD Public library.
Author-list of all novels, short stories, selections and humor-
ous works, also of all other books added during 1892.
1893 roi6.823 H32
20 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF GEOGRAPHY
INDIANAPOLIS Public library.
Finding-list of books in the classes of English prose fiction
and juvenile fiction. 1892 ......................... qroi6.823 124
NEW BEDFORD, Mass. Free public library.
Catalog of English prose fiction, Aug. i, 1895. 1895. .1-016.823 N26
SALEM, Mass. Public library.
Class list no. i ; fiction. 1895 .......................... roi6.823 Si6
SAN FRANCISCO FREE PUBLIC LIBRARY.
Classified English prose fiction, including translations and
juvenile works. 1891 ............................. qroi6.823 S22
CARNEGIE FREE LIBRARY, Allegheny, Pa.
Catalogue of German fiction. 1897 ................... roi6.833 Caic
KLEMMING, Gustaf Edvard, comp.
Sveriges dramatiska litteratur till 1875; bibliografi.
1863-79 .......................................... roi6.839 K3i
BOSTON Public library.
Catalogue of the Spanish library and of the Portuguese
books bequeathed by George Ticknor to the library.
1879 .............................................. qroi6.86 664
MEADER, Clarence Linton, ed.
List of books recommended for a high school classical li-
brary by a committee of the Michigan schoolmasters'
club, 1897 .......................................... 016.87 MS5
The same. 1897 ...... ................................. roi6.87
016.9 Bibliography of geography and history
Bibliography of geography
BOUCHER de la RICHARDERIE, Gilles, comp.
Bibliotheque universelle des voyages; ou, Notice raisonnee
de tous les voyages anciens et modernes, avec des ex-
traits. 6v. 1808 .................................... roi6.9i 865
MILL, Hugh Robert, comp.
Hints to teachers and students on the choice of geographi-
cal books for reference and reading, with classified lists.
1897 .............................................. roi6.9i M68
RITCHIE, John, comp.
List of the books in the English language on travel, ex-
ploration and mountaineering, published within the year
ending Aug. 31, 1897. 1897. (Boston scientific society.
Occasional publications, no. 2.).. .................. . .roi6.9i R49
ROYAL GEOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY.
Classified catalogue of the library to Dec. 1870. 1871. . . .roi6.9i R8i
UNITED STATES Library of Congress.
Alaska and the northwest part of North America, 1588-
1898; maps in the Library of Congress; comp. by P. L.
Phillips. 1808. .... ................................. . . roi6 U2S
Bound with other pamphlets.
List of maps and views of Washington and District of
BIBLIOGRAPHY OF HISTORY 21
Columbia in the Library of Congress; comp. by P. L.
Phillips. 1900. (56th cong. ist sess. Senate. Doc.
no.i54.) roi6 U25
Bound with other pamphlets.
List of maps of America in the Library of Congress, pre-
ceded by a list of works relating to cartography, by P. L.
Phillips. 1901 qroi6.9i2 U25
Bibliography of history
ADAMS, Charles Kendall.
Manual of historical literature. 1889 ro:6.9 A2I
INDIANAPOLIS Public library.
Finding-list of books in the classes of biography, history
and travels. 1890 qroi6.823 124
Bound with other pamphlets.
016.942 Bibliography of English history
ALLEN, William Francis, comp.
Reader's guide to English history, with supplement extend-
ing the plan to other countries. 1898 roi6.942 A42
GARDINER, Samuel Rawson, & Mullinger, J. B.
Introduction to the study of English history. 1894.. ..roi6.942 Gi7
GROSS, Charles, comp.
Sources and literature of English history, from the earliest
times to about 1485. 1900 roi6.942 G-93
A systematic survey of the printed materials relating to the political,
legal, social and economic history of England, Wales and Ireland.
Scotland, except as she influenced the course of English history, is
omitted, because in the period considered her government and institu-
tions were entirely foreign to those of England. Material which is
worthless or obsolete is omitted, and most space is devoted to original
sources. Many brief explanatory and critical notes increase the value
of this work which the London "Athenaeum" (1900) considers "second
to no bibliography of national history in the world."
JOHNSTON, William Dawson, comp.
Annotated titles of books on English history published in
1897-1899. 3v. in i. 1898-1900 .qroi6.942 J37
016.97 Bibliagraphy of American history
BIBLIOTHECA Americana; a catalogue of a valuable col-
lection of books and pamphlets illustrating the history
& geography of North & South America and the West
Indies ; on sale by A. R. Smith. 1874 roi6.97 647
BOON, E. P.
Catalogue of books and pamphlets principally relating to
America. 1870 roi6.97 663
BRINLEY, George.
Catalogue of his American library, with index. 6v.
1878-93 roi6.97 675
CLARKE, (Robert), & CO. pub.
Bibliotheca Americana; catalogue of a valuable collection
of books and pamphlets relating to America, 1876, 1878,
1879, 1893. 4v. in 2, 1876-93 . . . . -. . ..-.. . : ;,; ^.; ,'. ...*. . roi6.97 CS3
22 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF AMERICAN HISTORY
DEANE, Charles.
Catalogue of the private library of Charles Deane; com-
prising a collection of rare Americana, including early
voyages and discoveries, to be sold at auction, March
1898. 2v. in i. 1898 roi6.Q7 D34
A pamphlet, giving the prices realized at the sale, is bound with the
catalogue.
FIELD, Thomas Warren.
Catalogue of his library. 1875 roi6.Q7 F45
Collection of books relative to the American Indians.
GEORGE, (William), SONS, pub.
New World book list. 1900 .roi6.97 GSI
Annotated sale catalogue of Americana.
GRIFFIN, Appleton Prentiss Clark, comp.
Bibliography of American historical societies. 1896. . . .roi6.97 G89
From the annual report of the American historical association for 1895.
GROLIER CLUB, New York.
Catalogue of early printed books relating to America, ex-
hibited at the Grolier club, 1888. 1888 roi6.97 G93
HARPER, Francis Parego.
Bibliotheca Americana; priced catalogue of a remarkable
collection of scarce and out-of-print books relating to the
discovery, settlement and history of the western hemi-
sphere; offered for sale by Francis P. Harper. 1901. .roi6.97 H28
LARNED, Josephus Nelson, ed.
Literature of American history; a bibliographical guide in
which the scope, character and comparative worth of
books in selected lists are set forth in brief notes by
critics of authority. 1902. (American library associa-
tion annotated lists.) qroi6.97 L32
"Sources," p. 1-20.
LECLERC, Charles, comp.
Bibliotheca Americana; histoire, geographic, voyages,
archeologie et linguistique des deux Ameriques et des
lies Philippines. 1878 qroi6.97 L49
PERKINS, Frederic Beecher, comp.
Check list for American local history, reprinted with addi-
tions from the bulletins of the Boston public library.
1876 ' roi6.97 P43
SABIN, Joseph, comp.
Catalogue of the books, manuscripts and engravings be-
longing to William Menzies of New York. 1875. . . .roi6.97 Sue
Dictionary of books relating to America. v.i-2O. 1868-91 . .ro:6.97 Si i
SMITH, John Russell, comp.
Bibliotheca Americana; a catalogue of books, pamphlets,
manuscripts, maps, engravings and engraved portraits
illustrating the history and geography of North and
South America and the West Indies, on sale by J. R.
Smith. 1865 roi6.97 S6s
STEVENS, Henry, comp.
Bibliotheca historica; or, A catalogue of books and manu-
scripts relating to the history and literature of North
and South America. 1870 roi6.97
BIBLIOGRAPHY OF UNITED STATES HISTORY 23
Catalogue of the first portion -of the collections of rare
books and manuscripts relating to the history and litera-
ture of America, sold by Sotheby, Wilkinson & Hodge.
1881. (Stevens's historical collections.) qroi6.97 $84
Includes "Lot 1269, Mr Henry Stevens's Franklin collection of manu-
scripts and printed books," p. 159-176.
Historical nuggets; bibliotheca Americana; or, A descrip-
tive account of my collection of rare books relating to
America. 2v. 1862 roi6.p7 S84h
TERNAUX-COMPANS, Henri, comp.
Bibliotheque americaine; ou, Catalogue des ouvrages rela-
tifs a 1'Amerique qui ont paru depuis sa decouverte
jusqu'a 1700. 1837 qroi6.97 TSI
WRIGHT, James Osborne, comp.
Catalogue of the American library of S. L. M. Barlow.
1889 qroi6.97 W93
GAGNON, Phileas.
Essai de bibliographic canadienne; inventaire d'une bib-
liotheque comprenant imprimes, manuscrits, estampes,
etc. relatifs a 1'histoire du Canada et des pays adjacents,
avec des notes bibliographiques. 1895 qroi6.97i Gi3
WRONG, George McKinnon, & Langton, H. H. ed.
Review of historical publications relating to Canada, 1896-
date. v.i-date. i897-date. (Toronto university. Studies
in history.) qroi6.97l W94
UNITED STATES Library of Congress.
List of books relating to Cuba, including references to col-
lected works and periodicals; comp. by A. P. C. Griffin,
with Bibliography of maps, by P. L. Phillips. 1898.
(56th cong. 2d sess. Senate. Doc. no.i6i.) roi6 U25
Bound with other pamphlets.
List of books, with reference to periodicals, on Porto Rico;
comp. by A. P. C. Griffin. 1901 qroi6.972 U25
Bound with the following.
List of books, with references to periodicals, on the Danish
West Indies; comp. by A. P. C. Griffin. 1901 qroi6.972 U2S
016.973-016.977 Bibliography of United States history
GRIFFIN, Appleton Prentiss Clark, comp.
Index of the literature of American local history in collec-
tions published in 1890-1895. 1896 roi6.973 G89
"This index supplements that contributed by the compiler to the Bulle-
tins of the Public. Library of the City of Boston, and published in
1889 as a volume of the Bibliographies of Special Subjects of that in-
stitution." Preface.
LUDEWIG, Hermann Ernst, comp.
Literature of American local history. 1846 0516.973 L97
SPARKS, Edwin Erie, comp.
Topical reference lists in American history, with lists in
English constitutional history. 1900 016.973 873
Th'e same. 1900 roi6.973 S73
24 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF HISTORY MISCELLANEOUS
WINSOR, Justin, comp.
Reader's handbook of the American revolution. 1893. .roi6.973 W7Q
"An admirable little guide-book for the use of students of the Revolu-
tionary period of our history. Beginning at the time of the first dis-
contents with British rule, the author indicates where the best in-
formation on each point is to be gathered." C. K. Adams.
FLAGG, Charles Allcott, & Jennings, J. T. comp.
Bibliography of New York colonial history. 1901.
(New York (state) Library. Bulletin; bibliography,
no.24.) roi6.974 59
GILMAN, Marcus Davis, comp.
Bibliography of Vermont. 1897 qroi6.974 G42
GRIFFIN, Appleton Prentiss Clark, comp.
Bibliography of the historical publications issued by the
New England states. 1895 roi6.974 G8gb
Reprinted from the "Publications of the Colonial society of Massachu-
setts," v.3.
PENNSYLVANIA State library.
Check-list of Pennsylvania county, town and township his-
tories, 1794-1892. 1892 roi6.974 ?39
THOMSON, Peter G. comp.
Bibliography of Ohio, with prices at which many of the
books have been sold since 1860. 1880 qroi6.977 T38
Bibliography of history Miscellaneous
GUIGARD, Joannis, comp.
Bibliotheque heraldique de la France. 1861 roi6.929 Gg6
GOODRICH, Arthur L.
Topics on Greek history; intended for use in secondary
schools. 1898 roi6.938 G62
List of authors and their works, p. 5-8; "Historical fiction, tales, poetry
and drama relating to ancient Greece," p.si 52.
Presents a full and systematic scheme for the study of Greek history by
the topical method, each topic being accompanied by ample references.
CORNELL UNI VERSITY Library.
Catalogue of the historical library of Andrew Dickson
White. 2v. in i. 1889-94 qroi6.94 C82
v.i. The Protestant reformation and its forerunners,
v.a. The French revolution.
GETCHELL, Merle Smith.
The study of mediaeval history by the library method.
1897 roi6.94 G33
A series of references to the historical literature relating to the middle
ages, arranged by periods.
QUARITCH, Bernard, pub.
Catalogue of medieval literature, especially of the romances
of chivalry and books relating to the customs, costume,
art and pageantry of the middle ages. 1890 qroi6.94 Qi8f
FORSTER, F.
Kritischer wegweiser durch die neuere deutsche historische
litteratur, fur studierende und freunde der geschichte.
1900. ..<.,,,.,,,,,,;../.. ;,;.,....... ; : roi6.943 F?8
LIBRARY AND SALE CATALOGUES 25
WENCKSTERN, Friedrich von, comp.
Bibliography of the Japanese empire; being a classified list
of books, essays and maps, in European languages, re-
lating to Japan, published from 1859-93, to which is
added a facsimile-reprint of Leon Pages Bibliographic
japonaise. 1895 qroi6.95 Wsi
UNITED STATES Library of Congress.
List of books relating to Hawaii, including references to
collected works and periodicals; comp. by A. P. C. Grif-
fin. 1898 roi6 U25
Bound with other pamphlets.
List of books, with references to periodicals, on Samoa and
Guam. 1901 qroi6.996 U25
017 Library and sale catalogues Classed
catalogues
BIRMINGHAM, England Free libraries.
Catalogues of various branches of the Birmingham free
libraries. 1890-97 roi7.i 648
BOSTON Public library.
Annual list of new and important books added to the li-
brary, selected from the Monthly bulletins, i8o6-date.
v.i-date. iSgS-date qroi7.i B64a
Bulletins, Oct. i867-date. v.i-date. :87i-date qro7i.i 664
v.i, no.2 wanting.
Finding list of books in the West End branch, Jan. 1896.
1896. .;............ qroi7.i B64f
BUFFALO LIBRARY.
Finding-list of books and pamphlets, Aug. i88s-July 1896.
3v. in i. 1885-96 roi7.i B86
v.i. History, politics, biography, geography, travel and anthropology.
v.2. Belles-lettres, with language, bibliography and general reference
books.
v.3. Science and arts, philosophy, religion, social science (except poli-
tics) and local history.
CARNEGIE FREE LIBRARY, Allegheny, Pa.
Classified catalogue of the books, except fiction, French
and German. 1895 roi7.i C2i
Supplement, no. i. 1898.
ENOCH PRATT FREE LIBRARY, Baltimore.
Finding list of books and periodicals in the branch libraries,
July 1895. 1895 roi7.i 65
ERIE Public library.
Finding list. 1900, roi7.i 74
KRUPP'SCHE BUCHERHALLE.
Biicherverzeichniss. 1899 roi7.i K42
LOWELL, Mass. City library.
Bulletin, Oct. i896-date. v.i-date. iSgo-date roi7.i Lgs
MILWAUKEE Public library.
Systematic catalogue. 1885-86 qroi7.i M72
26 LIBRARY AND SALE CATALOGUES
MOUNT VERNON, N. Y. Public library.
Class catalogue and author index. 1898 roi7.l MQ4
NEVINS MEMORIAL LIBRARY, Methuen, Mass.
Catalogue. 2v. 1887 qroi7.l N25
NEW YORK (state) Library.
Bulletin, additions, no. 1-4, 1891-96. 3v. 1891-97 qroi7.i N26i
NEW YORK (city) PUBLIC LIBRARY.
Bulletin, i897-date. v.i-date. i897-date qroi7.i N26n
NEWARK, N. J. Free public library.
Finding list; 2d supplement, books added 1893-1896. 1896. .roi7.i N26
OSTERHOUT FREE LIBRARY, Wilkes-Barre, Pa.
Class catalogue and author index. 1889 roi7.i 029
The same; first supplement, 1889-1895. 1895 roi7.l O29c
PENNSYLVANIA State library.
Catalogue. 1873 roi7.i P39
pt.i. Law books and state papers,
pt.a. Miscellaneous books.
PROVIDENCE, R. I. Public library.
Monthly bulletin, v.i-5. 1895-99 qroi7.i ?97
SALEM, Mass. Public library.
Bulletin, v.i-5. 1893-1901 qroi7.i Si6
SAN DIEGO, Cal. Free public library.
Finding list, 1895. 1895 roi7.i S2I
SCRANTON, Pa. Public library.
Finding list of the circulating department, Jan. 1893.
1893 qroi7.i S43
The same; first supplement, Aug. 1894. J 894 qroi7.l 843
Bound with the above.
BOOK-PRICES current; a record of the prices at which
books have been sold at auction, Dec. i886-date. v.i-
date. i888-date roi7-3 863
Index, v.i-io, 1887-1896. 1901.
DAUZE, Pierre, comp.
Index biblio-iconographique, 1894-1898. 5v. 1895-1901. .qro 17.3 D28
v.3 5 title reads "Index bibliographique."
No more published.
LIVINGSTON, Luther S. comp.
American book-prices current, i895-date. v.i-date. 1895-
date roi7-3 L74
SCOTT, Temple, comp.
Book sales, 1895-1898; a record of the most important
books sold at auction. 4v. 1896-99 roi7-3 $43
No more published.
VOYNICH, W. M. & Edgell, M. A.
A first list of books offered for sale. 1898 roi74 V39
Contents: Americana before 1550. Americana after 1550. Asiatic
presses. Bibles and Testaments. Chess. Condemned and burned
books. Cookery. English books before 1640. Music. Occult
sciences, palmistry, etc. Poland. Reformation and reformers. Early
printing before 1500. Early printing from 1500 to 1525.
LIBRARY AND SALE CATALOGUES 27
018 Library and sale catalogues Author
catalogues
ASTOR LIBRARY, New York.
Catalogue and supplement. 5v. 1857-66 qroiS.i A85
BRITISH MUSEUM.
Catalogue of printed books. 8iv. 1881-1900 qroiS.i 675
The same; supplement, nv. 1900-05 qroiS.i 6755
GRIFFIN, Appleton Prentiss Clark, comp.
Catalogue of the Washington collection in the Boston
Athenaeum, with the inventory of Washington's books
drawn up by the appraisers of his estate, and the later
history and present ownership of those not in the Athe-
naeum collection, by W. C. Lane. 2v. 1897-1900 roiS.i G89
v.2 is the index, compiled by F. O. Poole.
LENOX LIBRARY, New York.
Duyckinck collection, v.2 '. roiS.i L6i
LONDON LIBRARY, London.
Catalogue and appendix; comp. by Robert Harrison. 2v.
1888 qroiS.i L82
Appendix contains lists of contents of long sets and of works printed
by societies.
Report and List of books added, 1887/88, 1890/91-1893/94,
1896/97, 1898/99. 1888-99 roi8.i L82r
Report for 1896/97 and 1898/99 wanting.
MERCANTILE LIBRARY ASSOCIATION, Pittsburgh.
Catalogue; comp. by G. E. Appleton. 1866 roiS.i M6s
MICHIGAN State library.
Catalogue; United States documents, state documents, for-
eign exchanges. 1898 roiS.i M66
MILWAUKEE Public library.
Finding list of the circulating department; author list, May
1896. 1896 qroiS.i M72
PENNSYLVANIA State library.
Catalogue, with supplements for 1860-61. 1859-62 roiS.i ?39
The same, 1878. 2v. 1878 qroiS.i P39I
The same, 1859. 1859 .roiS.i ?392
SCRANTON, Pa. Public library.
Author list of books, Aug. 1894. 1894 qroi7.i 843
SYDNEY, PUBLIC LIBRARY OF NEW SOUTH WALES.
Current supplement to the catalogue, for 1896-98; reference
department. 1899 qroiS.i So8
UNITED STATES Library of Congress.
Alphabetical catalogue; authors. 1864 qroiS.i U253
Catalogue of books added, 1866-1869. 3v. 1868-70. . . .qroiS.i U253C
UNITED STATES War department.
Alphabetical list of additions made to the library, May
i884-June 1891. 1891 qroiS.i U25
28 LIBRARY AND SALE CATALOGUES
DALY, Augustin.
Catalogue of the literary and art property gathered by
Augustin Daly; to be disposed of at public sale March
1 9th, 1900 and following days. v.2. 1900 qroi8.2 Di7
v.2. Books.
FRENCH, Frederick William.
Catalogue of the collection of dramatic and literary auto-
graphs of the late Frederick W. French; to be sold by
auction May 2-3, 1901. 1901 roi8.2 F92
Catalogue of the collection of modern etchings and engrav-
ings, rare old mezzotint portraits, miniatures on ivory,
water colors, original drawings and oil paintings; to be
sold by auction May 10, 1901. 1901 roi8.2 92
Catalogue of the library of Frederick W. French of Bos-
ton; sold by auction April 23-25, 1901. 1901 roi8.2 F92
These three catalogues are bound together.
IVES, Brayton.
Catalogue of his collection of books and manuscripts; com-
prising early printed books, Americana, illustrated
French books, works of standard authors, classical
manuscripts, missals and books of hours; to be disposed
of by auction March 5-7, 1891. 1891 qroi8.2 133
The prices which the books brought at the auction are marked in the
margins.
PHILES, George Philip, comp.
Bibliotheca curiosa; catalogue of the library of A. J. Odell.
2v. in i. 1878-80 qroi8.2 ?49
BECKFORD, William.
Valuable library of books in Fonthill abbey; a catalogue
of the library, sold by auction 1823. 1823 roi8.3 B36
BOUTON, James Warren, pub.
Catalogue of typographical rarities and literary treasures,
1889. v.84. 1889. roi8.3 665
BROCKHAUS, Friedrich Arnold.
Vollstandiges verzeichniss der von der firma F. A. Brock-
haus in Leipzig 1805-1872 verlegten werke. 1872-75.^018.4 676
LONGMANS, GREEN & CO. comp.
General list of books in various branches of literature, pub-
lished and for sale by Longmans, Green & co. 1896.^018.4 L83
McDONOUGH, Joseph, comp.
Catalogues of second-hand books, no.92-iO7. 1894-95. . roi8.4 Mi4
MACMILLAN & CO. comp.
Bibliographical catalogue of Macmillan and co.'s publica-
tions, 1843-1889. 1891 roi8.4 M2I
019 Library and sale catalogues Dictionary
catalogues
ADVOCATES LIBRARY, Edinburgh.
Catalogue of the printed books, with supplement. 7v. in 9.
1863-79 qroig. I A24
LIBRARY AND SALE CATALOGUES 29
BIRMINGHAM, England Free libraries.
Catalogue of the reference department, 1869 roig.i 648
The same, 1875-79 roig. i B48ca
The same, 1880 roig.i 6480
The same, 1883-1890 qroig.i B48cat
BOSTON Public library.
Index to the catalogue of books in the upper hall. 1861 . . qroig.i 6644
The same; first supplement. 1866 qroig.i 66441
BOSTON ATHENAEUM LIBRARY.
Catalogue, 1807-71. 5v. 1874-82 qroig.i 664
BROOKLYN LIBRARY, Brooklyn, N. Y.
Analytical and classed catalogue. 1878-80. qroig.i 677
CARNEGIE LIBRARY OF PITTSBURGH.
Catalog of books. 1895 roig.i C2i
CLEVELAND Public library.
Alphabetic catalogue of the English books in the circulat-
ing department. 1889 qroig.i Cs8
EDINBURGH Public library.
Catalogue of books in the lending library. 1891 roig.i E28c
Catalogue of books in the reference library, with supple-
ment. 2v. 1891-94 roig.i 28
GUILLE-ALLfiS LIBRARY, Guernsey.
Encyclopaedic catalogue of the lending department roig.i Gg6
JERSEY CITY, N. J. Free public library.
Alphabetical finding-list, with ist-ad supplement. i8g3. .qroig.i J28
LEWISHAM, England Public libraries.
Catalogue of the lending department of the Perry Hill
branch library. i8g6 roig.i L67
LONG ISLAND HISTORICAL SOCIETY.
Catalogue of the library, i863~i8g3. i8g3 qroig.i L82
NEW HAVEN, Conn. Free public library.
Supplement to catalogue part i, 1892-1895. v.i-2, in i.
i&94-g5 : qroig.i N26
NEW YORK (city), YOUNG MEN'S CHRISTIAN ASSO-
CIATION Library.
Catalogue; circulating department, July igoo. igoi.. ..qroig.i N26i
PASSAIC, N. J. Free public library.
Alphabetic catalogue; authors, subjects and titles, Nov.
i8gs. i8gs roig.i P28
PEABODY INSTITUTE, Baltimore.
Catalogue of the library. 5v. i883-g2 qroig.i P33
The same; second catalogue, v.i-6. i8g6-igo2 qroig.i ?33S
REYNOLDS LIBRARY, Rochester, N. Y.
Reference catalogue. 1898 qroig.i R37
30 LIBRARY ECONOMY
WISCONSIN HISTORICAL SOCIETY.
Catalogue of the library, v.i-7. 1873-87 roig.i W8i
.1-2. 1873.
3- 1873-75.
.4. 1875-78.
.5. 1878-81.
.6. 1881-84.
.7. 1884-87.
BOHN, Henry George, comp.
Catalogue of books. 1841 roig.4 659
020 Library economy
AMERICAN LIBRARY ASSOCIATION.
Library tracts, v.i, no. 1-4. 1900-02 ro2O
v.i (no. i 4). Why do we need a public library? How to start a public
library, by G. E. Wire. Traveling libraries, by F. A. Hutchins.
Library rooms and buildings, by C. C. Soule.
HESSE, Leopold Auguste Constantin, (pseud. L. A. Constantin).
Bibliotheconomie; ou, Nouveau manuel complet pour 1'ar-
rangement, la conservation et I'administration des bib-
liotheques. 1841 ro2O H4&
MAIRE, Albert.
Manuel pratique du bibliothecaire. 1896 ro2O M26
SPOFFORD, Ainsworth Rand.
Book for all readers; an aid to the collection, use and pre T
servation of books, and the formation of public and
private libraries. 1900 020 76
The same. 1900 ro2O $76
WORLD'S LIBRARY CONGRESS.
Papers prepared for the congress held at the Columbian
exposition; ed. by Melvil Dewey. 1896 ro2o W89
Reprint of part of the Report of the commissioner of education for
1892/1893.
DANA, John Cotton.
Library primer. 1899 020.2 Dig
The same. 1900 ro2O.2 Di9
Considers the subject of library management for the small library.
Covers selection, buying and care of books, cataloguing, binding,
mending, etc. Contains signed articles by well-known library workers.
There are several useful bibliographies, and lists of reference books
and periodicals for a small library.
DENVER Public library.
Public library hand-book. 1895 020.2 043
The same. 1895 ro2O.2 043
PLUMMER, Mary Wright.
Hints to small libraries. 1894 ro2O.2 P72
The same. 1898 ro2o.2 P72h
The same. 1902 ro2O.2 P72h2
GARNETT, Richard.
Essays in librarianship and bibliography. 1899. (Library
series.) 020.4 Gi9
Contents: Address to the Library association. Public libraries and their
catalogues. The printing of the British museum catalogue. -The past,
present and future of the British museum catalogue. The British
museum catalogue as the basis of a universal catalogue. Introduction
LIBRARY ECONOMY 31
of European printing into the East. Paraguayan and Argentine bib-
liography. The early Italian book trade. Some book-hunters of the
1 7th century. Librarianship in the I7th century. The manufacture
of fine paper in England in the i8th century. On some colophons of
the early printers. On the system of classifying books on the shelves
followed at the British museum. Subject-indexes to transactions of
learned societies. Photography in public libraries. The telegraph in
the library. On the protection of libraries from fire. The sliding-
press at the British museum. On the provision of additional space in
libraries. Preface to Blades' "Enemies of books." Sir Anthony
Panizzi. John Winter Jones. Henry Stevens. Sir Edward A. Bond.
CENTRALBLATT fur bibliothekswesen; monthly. v.i4-
date. i897-date 1-020.5 32
The same; beihefte. v.7~date. :897-date qro2O.S C32b
v-7. Milkau, Fritz. Centralkataloge und titeldrucke. Heiland, Karl. Die
Lutherdrucke der Erlanger universitatsbibliothek, 15181523.- Bauch,
Gustav. Geschichte des Leipziger fruhhumanismus, mit besonderer
rucksicht auf die streitigkeiten zwischen Konrad Wimpina und Martin
Mellerstadt.
v.8, in 2. Hartwig, Otto, ed. Festschrift zum funfhundertjahrigen ge-
burtstage von Johann Gutenberg.
v.7 lacks heft 19.
LIBRARY; monthly, v.i-date. i88o-date ro2O-5 L683
Beginning with v.n, Dec. 1899, this magazine is issued quarterly.
LIBRARY association record; a monthly magazine of libra-
rianship and bibliography; ed. by Henry Guppy. v.i-
date. i899-date qro2O.5 L6823
LIBRARY chronicle, sv. 1884-88 qro2O.5 L682
No more published.
LIBRARY journal; monthly, Sept. i876-date. v.i-date. 1877-
date ro20.5 L68i
General index, v.i-22. 1898.
v.i has running title "American library journal."
LIBRARY notes; improved methods and labor-savers, June
1886-1898. 4v. 1887-98 ro20.S L68
Issued irregularly.
No more published.
LIBRARY world; a medium of intercommunication for libra-
rians; monthly, July iSgS-date. v.i-date. i899-date. .ro2O.5 L6822,
PUBLIC libraries; a monthly review of library matters and
methods, v.i-date. i896-date qro2O.5 P$8
INTERNATIONAL LIBRARY CONFERENCE.
Transactions and proceedings of the second international
library conference, held in London, July 13-16, 1897.
1898 qro2O.6 124
ADAMS, Herbert Baxter.
Public libraries and popular education. 1900. (New York
(state) University. Home education bulletin no.3i.). .ro2i A2I
Bibliography, p. 239-264.
GREEN, Samuel Swett, comp.
Libraries and schools. 1883 ro2i.3 G83
Contents: The public library and the public schools, by C. F. Adams.
The relation of the public library to the public schools, by S. S. Green.
Libraries as educational institutions, by S. S. Green. The public
library as an auxiliary to the public schools, by R. C. Metcalf. The
relation of libraries to the school system, by W. E. Foster. A plan
of systematic training in reading at school, by W. E. Foster.
WISCONSIN Free library commission.
Biennial report, i895-96-date. v.i-date. i896-date ro2i.8 W8l
32 LIBRARY BUILDINGS
VERMONT Library commissioners, Board of.
Biennial report, i895-o6-date. v.i-date. i8g6-date ro2i.8 27
022 Library buildings
BURGOYNE, Frank James.
Library construction, architecture, fittings and furniture.
1897. (Library series.) 022 Bgi
Lists of illustrations of libraries which have appeared in the "American
architect," "Architect," "British architect," "Builder" and "Building
news," p.3i5-326.
CARNEGIE FREE LIBRARY, Allegheny, Pa.
Specifications and conditions of submitting bids for the
erection and completion of the Carnegie free library
. . and music hall building, Allegheny,, Pa rO22 C2I
CLARK, John Willis.
The care of books; an essay on the development of libra-
ries and their fittings, from the earliest times to the end
of the eighteenth century. 1901 qro22 C52
Mr Clark says in his introduction, "From my special point of view books
are simply things to be taken care of; even their external features
concern me only so far as they modify the methods adopted for ar-
rangement and preservation." From this standpoint he traces the
methods adopted by man in different ages and countries to preserve
books and manuscripts and to make them accessible to others. His
investigation includes the position, size and arrangement of the rooms
in which these treasures were kept and the progressive development of
fittings, catalogues and other appliances. The volume contains 156
illustrations, many of them full-page plates, admirably executed.
"A work of... real learning and scholarship." Athenatim, 1901.
POOLE, William Frederick.
Organization and management of public libraries. 1876. . . .ro22 P79
Being v.i, chapter 25 of "Public libraries in the United States," pub-
lished by the United States bureau of education.
Bound with the following.
Remarks on library construction, to which is appended an
examination of Mr Smithmeyer's pamphlet entitled
Suggestions on library architecture, American and for-
eign. 1884 ro22 P79
Report on the progress of library architecture, and resolu-
tions of the American library association, 1882, concern-
ing the building for the Library of Congress. 1882.. ..ro22 P79
Bound with the above.
SMALL, Herbert.
Handbook of the new Library of Congress, with essays on
the architecture, sculpture and painting, by Charles
Caffin, and on the function of a national library, by A.
R. Spofford. 1897 022 $63
The same. 1897 ro22 863
025 Library administration
BONFORT, H.
Das bibliothekwesen in den Vereinigten Staaten. 1896.... 025 B62
LIBRARY ADMINISTRATION 33
CRUNDEN, Frederick Morgan.
How things are done in one American library ro25 C8g
A series of articles on the St. Louis public library, which appeared in
the "Library," v. 11-12, 1899-1901.
FOOTE, Elizabeth Louisa.
The librarian of the Sunday school; a manual, with a chap-
ter on the Sunday school library by M. T. Wheeler. 1897. .025 F74
Bibliography of descriptive lists of approved books for Sunday school
libraries, p.8i.
MACFARLANE, John, of the British museum library.
Library administration. 1898. (Library series.) 025 MiS
SHURTLEFF, Nathaniel Bradstreet.
Decimal system for the arrangement and administration of
libraries. 1856 qro25 56
RICHARD, Jules.
L'art de former une bibliotheque. 1883 ro25.2 R3Q
AMERICAN LIBRARY ASSOCIATION.
List of subject headings for use in dictionary catalogs.
1895 qro25.3 ASI
The same. Ed. 2. 1898 qro25.3 ASI!
BRITISH MUSEUM.
Rules for compiling the catalogues in the department of
printed books in the British museum. 1900 ro25_3 675
CUTTER, Charles Ammi.
Rules for a dictionary catalogue. (United States Edu-
cation bureau. Public libraries in the United States,
v.2.) ro27 U25 v.2
DEWEY, Melvil.
Library school rules. 1894 qro25-3
Simplified library school rules. 1898 qro25.3
Contents: Card catalog. Book numbers. Accession. Shelf list. Cap-
itals, punctuation, abbreviations, library handwriting.
HASSE, Adelaide Rosalie.
United States government publications; a handbook for
the cataloger. v.i. 1902 qro25.3 H34
v.i. The government at large; the constitution, statutes, treaties.
LINDERFELT, Klas August, comp.
Eclectic card catalog rules. 1890 qro25-3 L7I
PERKINS, Frederic Beecher.
Rational classification of literature for shelving and cata-
loguing books in a library. 1882 ro25-3 ?43
Bound with the following.
San Francisco cataloguing for public libraries. 1884 rO25_3 P43
QUINN, John Henry.
Manual of library cataloguing. 1899 ro25_3 CJ35
SYDNEY, PUBLIC LIBRARY OF NEW SOUTH WALES.
Guide to the system of cataloguing of the reference library,
with regulations for visitors, etc. 1898 qro25-3 SgS
BROWN, James Duff.
Manual of library classification and shelf arrangement.
1898 ro254 678
34 HISTORY OF LIBRARIES
DEWEY, Melvil.
Abridged decimal classification and relativ index. 1894. . 0)25.4
Decimal classification and relativ index. 1894 qro254 DSI
RICHARDSON, Ernest Gushing.
Classification, theoretical and practical, with an appendix
containing an essay towards a bibliographical history of
systems of classification. 1901 025.4 R4I
New York state library school association alumni lectures, 1900-1901.
ROYAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
International catalogue of scientific literature; report of
the committee, with schedules of classification. 1898. .ro25.4 R8i
O'CONOR, John Francis Xavier.
Facts about bookworms; their history in literature and
work in libraries. 1898 025.8 13
BLADES, William.
Enemies of books. 1888 025.9 651
The enemies enumerated by Mr Blades are: fire, water, gas and heat,
dust and neglect, ignorance and bigotry, the book-worm, bookbinders,
collectors, and servants and children.
027 History of libraries
BRITISH library year book; a record of library progress and
work; ed. by Thomas Greenwood, 1900/01. v.i. 1900.. ro27 675
CLARK, John Willis.
Libraries in the medieval and renaissance periods. 1894.. - 2 7 52
EDWARDS, Edward.
Libraries and founders of libraries. 1864 ro27 31
FLETCHER, William Isaac.
Public libraries in America. 1894 2 7 F^3
The same. 1895 ro27 F63
FLINT, Weston, camp.
Statistics of public libraries in the United States and Can-
ada. 1893. (United States Education bureau. Circu-
lar of information no. 201.) rO27 F64
GENTLEMAN'S magazine library; ed. by G. L. Gomme; Lit-
erary curiosities and notes. 1888 027 G29
Contents: Bookmaking and bookselling. Libraries and book clubs.
Bibles, prayer-books and devotional books.
GREENWOOD, Thomas.
Publit libraries; a history of the movement and a manual
for the organization and management of rate-supported
libraries. 1894 027 G8s
NORRENBERG, Constantin.
Kooperation verschiedener bibliotheken, [and] Oeffent-
liche bibliotheken in Amerika. 1896 ro27 R37
Bound with the following.
REYER, Ed.
Entwicklung und organisation der volksbibliotheken. 1893 . . ro27 R37
HISTORY OF LIBRARIES 35
UNITED STATES Education bureau.
Public libraries in the United States; their history, con-
dition and management. 2v. 1876-91 ro27 U25
Statistics of libraries and library legislation in the United
States. 1897 ro27 U25s
Chapters from the Report of the commissioner of education, 1895-96.
WILSON, James Grant.
World's largest libraries. (Hoffman library lectures.) ... .027 W?6
The same. (Hoffman library lectures.) ro27 W76
MERCANTILE LIBRARY ASSOCIATION, Pittsburgh.
Annual report, 1871-1873. v.24-26, in I. 1872-74 rO27.2 M63
QUINCY, Josiah, 1772-1864.
History of the Boston Athenaeum, with notices of its
founders. 1851 qro27.2 664
JEFFERSON COUNTY LIBRARY, Fairfield, Iowa.
Photographs and description of the Jefferson county
library, Fairfield, Iowa, erected by Andrew Carnegie,
1896 qro27.3 J23
BIRMINGHAM, England Free libraries.
Annual report of the committee, 1862, 1868-69, 1871-72,
:874-date. v.i, 7-8, 10-11, i3-date. i862-date 0)27.4 648
BOSTON Public library.
Annual report of the trustees. v.2-date. i854-date. . . .0)27.4 B64a
v-3, 6-1 1, 13, 16, 19, 24-25, 27, reports for 1855, 1858-63, 1865, 1868,
1870/71, 1875/761876/77, 1878/79, wanting.
Hand-book for readers in the library, containing the regu-
lations of the library, an account of the catalogues, a
bibliography of special subjects, list of indexes to peri-
odicals and other information. 1890 0327.4 B64h
Proceedings on laying the corner-stone, Sept 17, 1855.
1855 0)27.4 664
BROOKLINE, Mass. Public library.
Annual report of the trustees, i86s/66-date. v.9-date.
i866-date 0)27.4 677
v.io 12, 37, reports for 1867-69, 1894, wanting.
BUFFALO, N. Y. Library.
Annual report, i895-date. v.6o-date. i896-date 0)27.4 B86
CAMBRIDGE, Mass. Public library.
Annual report of the trustees, i882-date. v.25-date. 1883-
date 0)27.4 Ci4
v.a6 29, 31, 3334, reports for 188386, 1888, 189091, wanting.
CARNEGIE INSTITUTE, Pittsburgh.
Carnegie fine arts and museum collection fund; constitu-
tion and by-laws of the board of trustees, together with
Mr Carnegie's letter and deed of trust 0)27.4 C2ic
Bound with Carnegie library of Pittsburgh. Ordinances and by-laws.
"Founder's day, i897-date. i897-date 0)27.4 C2if
Accounts of the Founder's day exercises of Carnegie institute, beginning
with the second anniversary (1897) of the dedication of the building.
The first anniversary, in 1896, was celebrated very informally, and no
printed description was issued. Beginning with 1899 the title reads,
"Fourth [Fifth, Sixth, etc.] celebration of Founder's day at the Car-
negie institute."
For information concerning the dedication of the building in 1895, see
"Dedication souvenir" and "Presentation of the library to the people
of Pittsburgh," under Carnegie library of Pittsburgh.
36 HISTORY OF LIBRARIES
CARNEGIE LIBRARY OF PITTSBURGH.
Dedication souvenir. 1895 ro274 C2I
Ordinances and by-laws 0327.4 C2ic
Presentation of the library to the people of Pittsburgh,
with a description of the dedicatory exercises, Nov. 5,
1895. 1895 r0274 C2ip
CREDLAND, William Robert.
Manchester public free libraries; a history and descrip-
tion, and guide to their contents and use. 1899 0327.4 87
EDWARDS, Edward.
Free town libraries; their formation, management and his-
tory in Britain, France, Germany & America, with
notices of book-collectors and of the places of deposit
of their surviving collections. 1869 0327.4 31
ENOCH PRATT FREE LIBRARY, Baltimore.
Letters and documents relating to its foundation and
organization, with the dedicatory addresses and exer-
cises, Jan. 4, 1886. 1886 ro274 E6$
HARTFORD Public library.
Annual report of the executive committee, i895/i896-date.
v.s8-date. i896-date 0327.4 H32
JAMES BLACKSTONE MEMORIAL LIBRARY, Branford,
Conn.
Exercises at the opening, June 17, 1896. 1897 qro274 Ji6
JOHN CRERAR LIBRARY, Chicago.
Annual report, i895~date. v.i-date. :897-date qro274 J35
KRUPP'SCHE BtlCHERHALLE.
Bericht der Krupp'schen biicherhalle iiber das betriebs-
jahr 1899/1900-1900/01; mit anlage, Die verwaltung und
einrichtung der biicherhalle. v.i-2. 1900-01 qro274 K42
LANGFORD, John Alfred.
The Birmingham free libraries, the Shakspere memorial
library and the art gallery. 1871 0327.4 648!
LENOX LIBRARY, New York.
Annual report of the trustees, 1870-1894. v.i-25, in I.
1871-95 0327.4 L6i
LITHGOW LIBRARY, Augusta, Maine.
Lithgow library and reading room; history and descrip-
tion ro274 L74
LOS ANGELES, Cal. Public library.
Annual report, v.i-date. i889-date 0327.4 L8g
NEW HAVEN, Conn. Free public library.
Annual report, v.i-date. i887-date 03274 N26
NEW YORK (city) Free circulating library.
Annual report, 1887-1900. v.8-2i. 1887-1901 0327.4 N26i
v.i i, report for 1891, wanting.
Consolidated with the New York public library, Feb. 25, 1901.
NEW YORK LIBRARY CLUB.
Libraries of greater New York; Manual and historical
sketch of the New York library club. 1902 ro274 N26i2
READING AND AIDS 37
OGLE, John J.
The free library; its history and present condition. 1897.
(Library series.) 027.4 Oi7
Treats of British libraries only.
PRATT INSTITUTE, Brooklyn, N. Y.
Report of the library, :8o6/97-date. v.i-date. i8g7-date . . 0)27.4 P88
PROVIDENCE, R. I. Public library.
Annual report, :882-date. v.s-date. i883-date ro274 PQ7
v.io 13, 15, 17, reports for 1887-90, 1892 and 1894, wanting.
ST. LOUIS Public library.
Annual report, 1869/70-1896/97. 23v. in 2. 1870-98 rO274 Si4
Reports for 1876/1877, 1878/1879-1879/1880, 1889/1890 wanting.
SMALL, Herbert.
Handbook of the new public library in Boston. 1895 027.4 64
SPRINGFIELD, Mass. CITY LIBRARY ASSOCIATION.
Annual report, i86s/66-date. v.s-date. i886-date ro274 876
v.7, 910, reports for 1867/1868, 1869/18701870/1871, wanting.
STEVENSON, William Marshall.
Carnegie and his libraries. 1899 qro274 884
Reprinted from the "Presbyterian banner," v.86, Aug. 10, 1899.
ILLINOIS STATE HISTORICAL LIBRARY.
Trustees' report, 1894. 1895 rO27.5 122
NEW YORK (state) Library.
Annual report, i892/93-date. v.76-date. i894-date ro27.5 N26
PENNSYLVANIA State library.
Report of the librarian, i888-date. i889-date ro27-5 P3Q
UNITED STATES Library of Congress.
Report of the librarian, i897-date. i897-date ro27-5 U25
Report for 1900/01 contains a manual of the constitution, organization,
methods, etc. of the library.
WISCONSIN HISTORICAL SOCIETY.
Memorial volume of the State historical society of Wis-
consin; exercises at the dedication of its new building,
Oct. 19, 1900, with a description of the building, ac-
counts of the several libraries contained therein and a
brief history of the society; ed. by R. G. Thwaites.
1901 qro27.5 W8l
NEW YORK (state) University Extension department.
Traveling libraries. 1901. (Bulletin no.4O.) ro27.6 N26
Contents: Field and future of traveling libraries, by Melvil Dewey.
Summary of traveling library systems, by Myrtilla Avery.
HARVARD UNIVERSITY Library.
Report of the librarian, i896-date. i896-date ro27-7 H33
DUNNING, Albert Elijah.
Sunday-school library. 1884 ro27.8 D92
028 Reading and aids
ABBOTT, Lyman, ed.
Hints for home reading, with suggestions for libraries by
G. P. Putnam. 1892 028 Ai3
Contains priced lists of suggested selections of 500, 1000 and 2000 vol-
umes of the most desirable and important books.
READING AND AIDS
ATKINSON, William Parsons.
On the right use of books. 1880 028 A87
BALDWIN, James.
Book-lover; a guide to the best reading. 1895 028 BIQ
BALDWIN, James, comp.
Guide to systematic readings in the Encyclopaedia Britan-
nica. 1895 ro28 Bigg
BROOKINGS, Walter DuBois, & Ringwalt, R. C. ed.
Briefs for debate on current political, economic and social
topics. 1896 ro28 677
Bibliography of debating, by A. B. Hart, p. 41-47.
CALLER, Mary Alice.
Literary guide for home and school. 1895 028 13
Contains general suggestions on the reading of young girls, and outlines
a ten years' course in literature for girls from seven to seventeen;
there are also lists of historical novels illustrating the whole course
of English and American history.
COUNSEL upon the reading of books, with an introduction
by Henry Van Dyke. 1900 028 C83
Contents: History, by H. M. Stephens. Memories and biographies, by
Agnes Repplier. Sociology, economics and politics, by A. T. Hadley.
The study of fiction, by Brander Matthews. Poetry, by Bliss Perry.
Essay and criticism, by H. W. Mabie.
A short list of references precedes each chapter.
CRUMP, John F.
Witchery of books. 1900 028 C89
FARRAR, Frederic William, dean.
Great books. 1898 028 F25
Contents: Great books. John Bunyan. Shakespeare. Dante. Milton.
The imitation of Christ.
FOSTER, William Eaton.
Libraries and readers. 1883 ro28 F8i
Contents: Some hints on right reading. Correction of aimless reading.
The specializing of reading, for general readers. "Current litera-
ture" and "standard literature." Securing the interest of a com-
munity. What may be done at home. How to use a library; a rudi-
mentary chapter. Books and articles on reading.
GIBSON, Laurence M.
Handbook for literary and debating societies. 1898 rO28 G37
References at the end of each article.
HOFFMAN, Charles Frederick.
The library a divine child. 1893 028 H67
HUMPHREYS, Arthur L.
The private library; what we do know, what we don't know,
what we ought to know about our books. 1897 028 H92
IRELAND, Alexander, (pseud. Philobiblos), comp.
Book-lover's enchiridion. 1883 028 128
A treasury of thoughts on the solace and companionship of books, gath-
ered from the writings of the greatest thinkers, from Cicero to Ruskin.
KOOPMAN, Harry Lyman.
Mastery of books; hints on reading and the use of libra-
ries. 1896 ro28 K37
Annotated list of books on the subject of reading, p. 197-203.
READING FOR THE YOUNG 39
LARNED, Josephus Nelson.
A talk about books. 1897 028 L32
An address by the author of the "History for ready reference," to the
students of the Central high school, Buffalo, N. Y.
LEYPOLDT, Augusta H. & lies, George, comp.
List of books for girls and women and their clubs. 1895. .qroaS L67
Lists of books on various subjects, chosen by specialists, and furnished
with descriptive and critical notes. In addition to these lists are a
list of periodicals and hints for girls' and women's clubs.
MATSON, Henry.
References for literary workers. 1893 roaS M47
MATTHEWS, Brander.
Home library. 1883 028 M47
Chapters on the buying and owning of books, on fiction, on book-
binding, etc.
RAFFETY, Frank W.
Books worth reading; a plea for the best and an essay
towards selection, with short introductions to many of
the world's great authors. 1899 028 Rl4
RICHARDSON, Charles Francis.
Choice of books. 1885 028 R4I
RIGHT reading; words of good counsel on the choice and use
of books, selected from the writings of ten famous
authors. 1902 028 R45
List of authors: Sir Arthur Helps. Carlyle. Isaac D' Israeli. Emer-
son. Schopenhauer. Ruskin. j. C. Hare. John Morley. Lowell.
Frederic Harrison.
ROWTON, Frederic.
How to conduct a debate; a series of complete debates,
outlines of debates and questions for discussion, with
references to the best sources of information on each
particular topic; revised by W. Taylor ro28 R8i
SHAYLOR, Joseph, comp.
The pleasure of literature and the solace of books. 1898. . . .028 S53
Prose extracts from ancient and modern writers.
WINCHESTER, Caleb Thomas.
Five short courses of reading in English literature, with
biographical and critical references. 1892 ro28 W77
028.5 Reading for the young
BUFFALO, N. Y. Library.
Class-room libraries for public schools, listed by grades, to
which is added a list of books suggested for school
reference libraries. 1902 ro28.5 B86
BURT, Mary Elizabeth.
Literary landmarks. 1893 028.5 694
Guide to reading for the young. The volume contains many ingenious
illustrations designed to fix in the pupil's mind the story of literature,
and at the end is a carefully selected list of 700 books.
CARNEGIE LIBRARY OF PITTSBURGH.
Graded and annotated catalogue of books for the use of
the city schools. 1900 ro28.5 C2I
40 GENERAL ENCYCLOPEDIAS
FIELD, Mrs E. M.
The child and his book; some account of the history and
progress of children's literature in England. 1891 028.5 F45
GRISWOLD, William MacCrillis, comp.
Descriptiv list of books for the young. 1895 rO28.S Go,3
HARDY, George E. ed.
Five hundred books for the young. 1892 028.5 H26
The same. 1892 ro28.5 H26
HARTFORD Public library.
Boys' and girls' books in the library. 1895 rO28.5 H32
LAWRENCE, Isabel.
Classified reading; books for the school, the library and
the home, with a full bibliography of education. 1898. .ro28.5 L42
PRENTICE, May H. comp.
References to books in the Cleveland public library, in-
tended to aid the third grade teachers of the Cleveland
public schools. 1898 028.5 PQI
The same. 1898 0)28.5 PQi
Published by the Cleveland public library.
SARGENT, John Frederick, comp.
Reading for the young, with supplement for 1891-1895 by
M. E. and A. L. Sargent. 2v. in i. 1890-96 qro28.5 S24r
The same. 2v. 1890-96 qro28.5 524
WISCONSIN Libraries, State superintendent of.
List of books for township libraries of Wisconsin. 1901 . . ro28.5 W8i
The same. 1902 ro28.5 W8il
029 Literary methods
AUTHOR; a monthly magazine for literary workers. 3v. in
i. 1889-91 r029 A93
No more published.
BOOTH, William Stone, comp.
Notes for the guidance of authors. 1900 029 663
Brief chapters on the preparation of a manuscript, submitting a manu-
script to a publisher, copyright, forms of agreement, proof-reading,
proof showing corrections, and other helpful suggestions to persons
not accustomed to the ways of publishers. Compiled for the Mac-
millan co.
WALSH, William Shepard, comp.
Authors and authorship. (Literary life.) 029 Wi8
WRITER; a monthly magazine for literary workers, v.i-
date. i887-date ro2Q W93
Contains articles on subjects of particular interest to writers, especially
those doing newspaper work of any kind, advice to aspirants to the
profession of literature, lists of magazine articles interesting to liter-
ary workers, and descriptions of practical helps and conveniences.
030 General encyclopedias
AMERICAN annual cyclopaedia and register of important
events, 1861, 1864. v.i, 4. 1862-65 qro3i
Continued i876-date as "Appletons* annual cyclopaedia and register of
important events."
GENERAL ENCYCLOPEDIAS 41
APPLETONS' American cyclopaedia, ijv. 1883-84 ....... qro3i A64
APPLETONS' annual cyclopaedia and register of important
events, i876-date. New series v.i-date. :886-date. . .qro3i A64a
Title of earlier series reads "American annual cyclopaedia and register
of important events."
CENTURY cyclopedia of names. 1894 .................... qro3i C32
The same. 1895 ........................................ qro3i C32C
CHAMPLIN, John Denison.
Young folks' catechism of common things. 1886 ........ r jo3i C3Sy
CHAMPLIN, John Denison, comp.
Young folks' cyclopaedia of common things. 1894 ........ rjo3i C35
CHANDLER'S encyclopedia; an epitome of universal
knowledge; ed. by W. H. Chandler. 3v. 1898 ......... qro3i C36
COLUMBIAN cyclopedia. 32v. 1897 ....................... ro3i C72
INTERNATIONAL cyclopaedia, isv. 1895 ................ qro3i 124
INTERNATIONAL year book; a compendium of the world's
progress in every department of human knowledge,
i898-date; ed. by F. M. Colby and H. T. Peck, v.i-
date. i899-date ..................................... qro3i 1248
JOHNSON'S new universal cyclopaedia. 4v. 1875-78 ....... qn>3i J3S
The same; ed. by C. K. Adams. 8v. 1893-95 ............. qro3i J35u
The same; new ed. by C. K. Adams; revised and enl. by
Rossiter Johnson. I2v. 1902 ....................... qro3i J35U2
Title-page of the edition of 1902 reads "Universal cyclopaedia and atlas."
CHAMBERS'S encyclopaedia. lov. 1901 .................. qro32 C35
ENCYCLOPEDIA Britannica. 25v. 1878-89 ............. qro32 62
American supplement. 4v. 1893 ................ qro32 E62I
HAZELL'S annual for iSgo-date. v.5-date. iSgo-date ...... ro32 H38
v.6, 7 and 9 wanting.
PENNY cyclopaedia, with ist supplement. 29v. in 16.
1833-51 .............................................. qro32 P4i
QUILTER, Harry, ed.
What's what. v.i. 1902 ....................... . ......... ro32 Q32
A new kind of encyclopedia, more for reading than for reference. It
covers a wide field and in spite of inconsistencies, curious omissions
and lack of proportion, it contains some interesting and worthy ma-
terial.
REES, Abraham, comp.
The cyclopaedia; or, Universal dictionary of arts, sciences
and literature. 45v. 1819-20 ......................... qro32 R28
WILKES, John, of Sussex, England, comp.
Encyclopaedia Londinensis. v.i-io. 1810-11 ........... qro32 W72
ALLGEMEINES lexicon der kiinste und wissenschaften. 2v.
1767 ................................................. >33 A43
BROCKHAUS, Friedrich Arnold, comp.
Konversations-lexikon. I7v. 1892-97 ................... qrc33 676
HUBNER, Johann, comp.
Reales staats- zeitungs- und conversations-lexicon. i757-.ro33 H88
MEYERS kleines konversations-lexikon. 3v. 1892-93 ..... ro33 M6sk
MEYERS konversations-lexikon. v.i-date. i893-date ---- qrO33 M6$
42 GENERAL PERIODICALS
LAROUSSE, Pierre Athanase, comp.
Grand dictionnaire universel du IQC siecle, & 2 supple-
ments. I7v. 1865-90 qro34 L33
040 General collections
COTGREAVE, Alfred, comp.
Contents-subject index to general and periodical litera-
ture. 1900 rO4O 83
EVENS, William.
Scrap book compiled by William Evens qrO4O 95
Miscellaneous clippings collected by an old Pittsburgh musician.
FLETCHER, William Isaac, ed.
"A. L. A." index; an index to general literature. 1893. . . .qro4O F63
The same. 1901 qro4O F63a
050 General periodicals
Indexes
ANNUAL literary index, including periodicals and essays; ed.
by W. I. Fletcher and R. R. Bowker, i892-date. v.i-
date. :893-date qroso A6i
CUMULATIVE index to a selected list of periodicals, 1896-
date. v.i-date. i897-date qroso Cgi
DIETRICH, F. comp.
Bibliographic der deutschen zeitschriften-litteratur. v.i-
date. i897-date qro53 057
The same; supplementband, bibliographic der deutschen
rezensionen, i9OO-date. v.i-date. igoi-date qro53 0573
INDEX to the periodical literature of the world. See Review
of reviews. Annual index of periodicals.
POOLE, William Frederick, comp.
Alphabetical index to subjects treated in the reviews and
other periodicals to which no indexes have been pub-
lished, prepared for the library of the Brothers in unity,
Yale college. 1848 . ...roso P79a
The germ of Poole's invaluable "Index to periodical literature," com-
piled when the author was a student at Yale. He himself says of it,
"My work, though crude and feeble on its bibliographical side, answered
its purpose, and brought to me the whole body of students for a kind
of help they could not get from the library catalogues, nor from any
other source . . . The little book is now a curiosity in more senses than
one."
A second edition, with six times the amount of matter contained in the
first, appeared in 1853, and was incorporated later into the well-known
"Index" of :88a.
POOLE, William Frederick, & Fletcher, W. I. comp.
Index to periodical literature; and supplements, 1802-1896.
4v. in 5. 1888-97 qroso P79
The same; abridged edition covering the contents of thirty-
seven important periodicals, 1815-1899, by W. I. Fletcher
and Mary Poole. 1901 qroso ?79i
AMERICAN PERIODICALS 43
RfiPERTOIRE bibliographique des principales revues fran-
gaises; redige par D. Jordell, i8o8-date. v.2-date. 1900-
date qroS4 R3S
REVIEW OF REVIEWS.
Annual index of periodicals & photographs, iSpo-date.
v.i-date. iSgi-date qroso R36
v.2-4 title reads "Index to the periodical literature of the world."
v.s-date title reads "Index to the periodicals."
051 American periodicals
AMERICAN eclectic; or, Selections from the periodical liter-
ature of all foreign countries; ed. by Absalom Peters
and others; bi-monthly. 4v. 1841-42 rosi Asi22
No more published.
AMERICAN monthly review. 4v. in 3. 1832-33 rosi Asi23
No more published.
AMERICAN monthly review of reviews. See Review of
reviews.
AMERICAN notes and queries; weekly. 8v. 1888-92 rosi Asi2
AMERICAN quarterly review, Mar. i827~Dec. 1837. 22v.
1827-37 '. roso ASI
No more published.
AMERICAN review; a Whig journal; monthly. i6v. 1845-52. .rosi ASI
v.n-i6 title reads "American Whig review."
No more published.
AMERICAN review of history and politics; ed. by R. Walsh;
quarterly. 4v. 1811-12 rosi Asi3
No more published.
AMERICAN Whig review. See American review.
ANALECTIC magazine; containing selections from foreign
reviews and magazines; monthly, Jan. :8i3-June 1819.
v.i-13. 1813-19 rosi AS3
v.6-8 title reads "Analectic magazine and naval chronicle."
APPLETONS' journal of literature, science and art; weekly
and monthly. 26v. 1869-81 qrosi A6s
No more published.
ARENA; monthly, v.i-date. i89o-date rosi A68
ATLANTIC monthly, v.i-date. i8s8-date rosi A88
Index, v.i-62. 1889.
BAY state monthly. See New England magazine.
BOOK buyer; a summary of American and foreign literature;
monthly, v.i-date. i884-date rosi B63b
BOOK news; monthly. v.i6-date. i897-date qrosi 8631
BOOK reviews; monthly, v.3-9. 1895-1901 rosi 6632
No more published.
BOOKMAN; illustrated literary journal; monthly, v.i-date.
i89S-date qrosi 663
BOSTONIAN. See National magazine.
CALIFORNIAN; a Western monthly magazine. 6v.
1880-82 qrosi Ci3
Oct.-Dec. 1882 title reads the "Calif ornian and overland monthly." No
more published.
CANADIAN magazine of politics, science, art and literature;
monthly, v.i-date. i893-date rosi Ci6
44 AMERICAN PERIODICALS
CANADIAN monthly and national review, Jan. i872-June
1882. 2iv. 18/2-82 rosi Ci67
No more published.
CENTURY illustrated monthly magazine, v.i-date. 1882-
date rosi 8431
Being v.23~date of "Scribner's monthly."
The same. v.36-date. iSgo-date 051 8431
Being v.s8-date of "Scribner's monthly."
CHAP-BOOK; semi-monthly, gv. 1894-98 qrosi 36
No more published.
CHAUTAUQUAN; monthly, v.i-date. i88i-date qrosi C4I
CONSERVATIVE review, v.i-date. i899-date rosi C?5
CONTINENTAL monthly, devoted to literature and national
policy, Jan. i862-June 1864. v.i-5. 1862-64 rosi C76
COSMOPOLITAN; monthly, v.i-date. i886-date rosi C83
CRITIC; weekly. New series, v.i-date. i884-date qrosi C88
CURRENT literature; monthly, v.i-date. i888-date qrosi C93
DAGUERREOTYPE; a magazine of foreign literature and
science, comp. chiefly from the periodical publications
of England, France and Germany; semi-monthly, Aug.
7, i847-Apr. 17, 1849. v.i-3. 1847-49 qrosi Di4
DIAL; monthly and semi-monthly, v.i-date. i88i-date. . . .qrosi 053
ECLECTIC magazine of foreign literature, science and art;
monthly, v.i-date. i844-date rosi 25
v.i 32 begins a new series, and title reads "Eclectic magazine and monthly
edition of the Living age."
EMERSON'S magazine and Putnam's monthly. See Put-
nam's monthly magazine.
EVERY Saturday; weekly. I7v. 1866-74 qrosi 95
In Nov. 1874 this was incorporated with "Littell's living age."
FORUM; monthly, v.i-date. i886-date rosi F79
Index, v. 1-32. 1902.
FRANK Leslie's popular monthly. v.44-date. i897-date. . . .qrosi F87
GALAXY; semi-monthly and monthly, v.i-24, in 25. 1866-77. .rosi Gi4
Publication ceased with v.2$.
Incorporated with "Atlantic monthly."
GRAHAM'S magazine; monthly, Jan.-June 1851. v.38. 1851 . . qrosi G77
GRANITE monthly; a New Hampshire magazine devoted to
literature, history and state progress, v.i-date. 1877-
date rosi G78
GREAT round world; a history of our own times for boys and
girls; weekly, v.i-date. i896-date rjosi G82
The same. v.3-date. iSgo-date josi G82
HARPER'S new monthly magazine, v.i-date. i8so-date.. ..rosi H28
Index, v.i-8s. 1893.
The same, v.ioo-date. looo-date 051 H28
HARPER'S young people; weekly and monthly. 2ov.
1880-99 qrjosi H28
The same, v.2, 17-18. 1881-98 qjosi H28
v. 16-20 title reads "Harper's round table."
No more published.
HESPERIAN tree; an annual of the Ohio valley; ed. by J. J.
Piatt. v.i-date. looo-date qrosi H48
"Editor's aim has been to offer to the public in this annual a magazine
of literary miscellany in prose and verse comprising original stories,
sketches, essays and poems the contributors to which should be native
AMERICAN PERIODICALS 45
to or identified . with the Ohio Valley. . .with reproductions ... of pic-
tures and drawings, as well as works in sculpture, by artists also native
to or identified with our. . .valley." Editor's note.
HOURS at home; monthly, nv. 1865-70 1-051 H83
No more published.
ILLUSTRATED American; weekly. 25v. 1890-99 qrosi 122
v.22 23 wanting. .
No more published.
INTER ocean curiosity shop, 1880-1892. v.3-15. 1881-93.. .rosi 12481
Publication ceased with v.is.
INTERNATIONAL monthly; a magazine of contemporary
thought, v.i-date. igoo-date rosi 12482
INTERNATIONAL monthly magazine. SY. 1850-52 rosi 1248
No more published.
INTERNATIONAL review; bi-monthly. I4v. 1874-83 rosi 124
No more published.
KNICKERBOCKER; or, New- York monthly magazine.
v.i-6o. 1833-62 rosi K34
March 1844 wanting.
LAND we love; monthly, May i866-Mar. 1869. v.i-6. 1866-69. .rosi L2I
A general literary magazine published in the South and specially devoted
to Southern interests. It contains considerable material relating to
the Civil war.
The LIBRARY; weekly, March loth-Sept, ist, 1900. v.i,
no. 1-26. 1900. Pittsburgh qrosi L68
No more published.
LIPPINCOTT'S monthly magazine, v.i-date. i868-date. .rosi L73
LITERARY digest; weekly. v.i2-date. i896-date qrosi L74id
LITERARY world; monthly and semi-monthly. v.9-date.
i878-date qrosi L74I
LITTELL'S living age; weekly, v.i-date. i844-date rosi L74
Complete index, v.i-ioo. 1891.
LITTLE folks; monthly, v.i-date. i899-date rjosi L74
McCLURE'S magazine; monthly, v.i-date. i893-date rosi Mi3
MIDLAND monthly. v.8-ii. 1897-99 rosi M67
Publication ceased with v.n.
MISCELLANEOUS notes and queries, with answers; pub.
by S. C. & L. M. Gould; monthly, July i882-date. v.i-
date. i884-date rosi M73
v.i6 title reads "The grand man; notes and queries."
v. i7-date title reads "Notes and queries and historic magazine."
MUNSEY'S magazine; monthly, Oct. iSgi-date. v.6-date.
i892-date rosi Mg6
Prior to October 1891 this appeared as a weekly publication.
NATIONAL magazine; an illustrated monthly, v.i-date.
iSgo-date qrosi 664
v.i-3 published as the "Bostonian."
NATIONAL magazine; devoted to literature, art and reli-
gion; ed. by Abel Stevens and James Floy; monthly.
I3v. 1852-58 rosi Ni5
No more published.
NEW England magazine, v.i-date. i884-date rosi 633
v.i-3 published as the "Bay state monthly."
NEW-ENGLAND magazine; ed. by J.T.Buckingham and
others; monthly, July i83i-Dec. 1835. 9v. 1831-35. . .rosi N26i2
Continued as "American monthly magazine."
46 AMERICAN PERIODICALS
NEW Englander. s6v. 1843-92 1-051 N26l
Index, v.i 19. 1862.
v.44~s6 title reads "New Englander and Yale review."
Succeeded by the "Yale review."
NEW YORK review; half yearly and quarterly. lov. 1837-42. .rosi N26
No more published.
NORTH American review; bi-monthly and monthly, v.i-
date. i8i5-date rosi N45
NOTES and queries and historic magazine. See Miscellane-
ous notes and queries.
OLD and new; monthly, uv. 1870-75 rosi 023
No more published.
OPEN court; a monthly magazine, v.3, no.2-date. 1889-
date qro5 1 026
OUR day; a record and review of current reform; ed. by
Joseph Cook and others; monthly, v.i-8. 1888-91 .. .rosi 0327
OUR monthly; a religious and literary magazine. 4v. in 2.
1870-71 rosi 032
OUR young folks; monthly. 9v. 1865-73 rjosi 032
OVERLAND monthly, v.i-date. i868-date rosi 033
Discontinued from Jan. 1876 Dec. 1882.
PENN monthly magazine. I4v. in 13. 1870-82 rosi ?39
No more published; v.i4 consists of one number only.
The PHILISTINE; a periodical of protest, printed for the
Society of the Philistines; monthly, v.i-date. 1895-
date rosi P49
PUTNAM'S monthly magazine. i6v. 1853-70 rosi P99
No more published.
v.io title reads "Emerson's magazine and Putnam's monthly."
REVIEW of reviews; monthly, v.i-date. iSgo-date. qrosi R39
v.i 6 date title reads "American monthly review of reviews."
RIVERSIDE magazine; monthly. 4v. 1867-70 rjosi R52
No more published.
ST. LOUIS public library magazine; monthly, Apr. i897~Nov.
1898. v.4-5. 1897-1900 qrosi 814
A continuation of the "Bulletin of the St. Louis public library," under
which title the first three volumes were issued.
No more published.
ST. NICHOLAS; monthly, Nov. i873-date. v.i-date. 1874-
date rjosi 814
Index, v.i-21. 1894.
Index, v.i 27. 1901.
The same, v.i-date. i874-date josi Si4
SCRIBNER'S magazine; monthly, v.i-date. i887-date rosi 843
The same. v.27-date. looo-date 051 843
SCRIBNER'S monthly, v.i-date. i87i-date rosi 8431
v.23-date title reads "Century illustrated monthly magazine."
The same. v.58-date. :899-date 051 8431
SOUTHERN literary messenger; monthly, Jan. i837-June
1864. v.3-36. 1837-64 qrosi S72
Pts. of v.32 & 35 wanting.
v.i 2-1 3 title reads "Southern and Western literary messenger and
review."
WIDE awake; monthly. 37v. 1875-93 rjosi W67
Incorporated with "St. Nicholas" in Sept. 1893.
WORLD'S work; monthly, Nov. iox>o-date. v.i-date. 1001-
date qrosi W8p
YOUTH'S companion; weekly. v.57-date. i884-date qrjosi Y42
ENGLISH PERIODICALS 47
052 English periodicals
ALL the year round; a weekly journal; conducted by Charles
Dickens, April 30, i859-March 30, 1895. 76v. 1859-95. -qro52 A4I
After March 30, 1895, this publication was discontinued and the maga-
zine incorporated with "Household words."
ANGLO-SAXON review; a quarterly miscellany; ed. by Lady
Randolph Spencer Churchill. lov. 1899-1901 qro52 A58
No more published.
ANTIQUARIAN magazine & bibliographer; ed. by Edward
Waif ord ; monthly. I2v. 1882-87 ro52 A63
v.8-12 title reads "Walford's antiquarian magazine and bibliographical
review;" v. 11-12 are edited by G. W. Red way.
No more published.
ARGOSY ; monthly. 75v. 1866-1901 roS2 A6g
No more published.
BELGRAVIA; monthly. 98v. 1867-99 ro52 639
Publication ceased with June 1899.
BENTLEY'S miscellany; monthly. 64v. 1837-68 ro52 844
No more published. Incorporated with "Temple bar."
BLACKWOOD'S Edinburgh magazine; monthly, v.i-date.
i8i7-date ro52 651
General index, v.i-so. 1855.
BRITISH and foreign review; or, European quarterly journal.
i8v. 1835-44 ro52 6756
No more published.
BRITISH quarterly review. 83v. 1845-86 ro52 675
No more published.
CHAMBERS'S Edinburgh journal; weekly, v.i-date. 1833-
date qro52 C35
v.33-date title reads "Chambers's journal."
CONTEMPORARY review; monthly, v.i-date. i866-date. .ro52 76
CORNHILL magazine; monthly, v.i-date. i86o-date ro52 C82
COSMOPOLIS; an international monthly review. I2v.
1806-98 ro52 C83
No more published.
DARK blue; monthly, v.i-5, no.i, in 4. 1871-73 ro52 025
No more published.
DUBLIN university magazine; monthly. 96v. 1833-80 ro52 D8s
v.9i-96 title reads "University magazine."
v.96 consists of two quarterly numbers.
No more published.
EDINBURGH review; quarterly, Oct. :8o2-date. v.i-date.
i8i4-date. ro52 28
General index v.i 20. 1813.
General index v. 21-50. 1832.
General index v.si 80. 1850.
General index v.8i 110. 1862.
General index v. in 140. 1876.
ENGLISH illustrated magazine; monthly, i883-date. v.i-
date. i884-date qro52 64
FOREIGN quarterly review. 37v. 1827-46 ro52 F76
No more published.
FORTNIGHTLY review, v.i-date. i86s-date ro52 F79
FRASER'S magazine; monthly. io6v. 1830-82 ro52 F88
No more published.
48 ENGLISH PERIODICALS
GENTLEMAN'S magazine; monthly, I73i-May 1868. I38v.
in 221. 1806-68 1-052 G2Q
General index, 1731-1786. 2v. 1818.
General index, 1787-1818. 2V. 1821.
Complete list of plates and wood-cuts, 17311818. 1821.
V-3O, 1760; v.po, pt.i, Jan. -June 1820, wanting.
The same, new ser. June i868-date. v.i-date. i868-date . . ro52 G2pg
HOUSEHOLD words; a weekly journal; conducted by
Charles Dickens, igv. 1850-59 ro52 H83
Continued as "All the year round."
HO WITT'S journal of literature and popular progress; ed.
by William and Mary Howitt; weekly. 3v. 1847-48. .qro52 H86
In 1849 incorporated with the "People's journal" and continued as
"People's and Hewitt's journal."
IDLER; monthly, v.i-date. :892-date ro52 Ii4
ILLUMINATED magazine; ed. by Douglas Jerrold; monthly.
4v. 1843-45 qr052 122
No more published.
KNIGHT'S penny magazine. See Penny magazine.
LEISURE hour; weekly and monthly, v.i-date. i852-date. .qn>52 Ls6
Index, v. 1-25.
LITERATURE; ed. by H. D. Traill; weekly. 9v. 1898-1902. . qro52 L;4
United with the "Academy," Jan. 18, 1902.
LONDON magazine; or, Gentleman's monthly intelligencer.
v.i-54. 1732-85 ro52 L822
General index, v. 1-27. 1760.
v.s~i6 title reads "London magazine and monthly chronologer."
LONDON quarterly review, v.i-date. i853-date ro52 L82
LONDON review; quarterly. See Westminster review.
LONGMAN'S magazine; monthly, Nov. i882-date. v.i-date.
i883-date ro52 L83
MACMILLAN'S magazine; monthly, Nov. i859-date. v.i-
date. i86o-date ro52 M2I
MONTHLY review, v.i-date. i goo-date qro52 M86
MURRAY'S magazine; a home and colonial periodical;
monthly. lov. 1887-91 ro52 M97
No more published.
NATIONAL review; monthly, v.i-date. i883-date ro52 Ni55
NATIONAL review; quarterly, igv. 1855-64 ro52 Ni5
No more published.
NEW review; monthly. I7v. 1889-97 ro52 N28
No more published.
NINETEENTH century; monthly, v.i-date. i877-date. . . .ro52 N36
NORTH British review; quarterly. 53v. 1844-71 ro52 N45
No more published.
NOTES and queries; weekly, Nov. i849-date. v.i-date.
i8so-date ro52 N47
-Index v.i-12. 1856.
v. 13-24. 1862.
-Index
-Index
-Index
-Index
-Index
-Index
-Index
v. 25-36. 1868.
v. 37-48. 1874.
v.49 60. 1880.
v.6i-72. 1886.
v. 73-84. 1892.
v. 85-96.
ONCE a week; July 2, i859-Aug. 29, 1874. v.i~3O. 1859-74.^052 025
FOREIGN PERIODICALS 49
OUTLOOK in politics, life, letters and the arts; weekly, v.i-
date. iSgS-date qro52 032
PALL Mall magazine; monthly, v.i-date. i8Q3-date roS2 Pi8
PENNY magazine; weekly. i6v. in 15. 1832-46 qro52 P4i
v.i5~i6 title reads "Knight's penny magazine."
No more published.
PUNCH; weekly, July-Dec. 1896, i8o8-date. v.m, H4-date.
i896-date qro52 PgS
QUARTERLY review, Feb. i8o9-date. v.i-date. i8io-date. .ro52
-General
-General
-General
-General
-General
-General
-General
-General
-General
ndex
ndex
ndex
ndex
ndex
ndex
ndex
ndex
ndex
v.i 19. 1820.
v.2i-39. 1831.
v.41-59- 1839-
v.6i~79. 1850.
v.Si-99. 1858.
V.IOI I2O. 1867.
V.I 22 139. 1876.
v.141-159. 1885.
v.i6i 180. 1895.
RETROSPECTIVE review. i8v. 1820-54 ro52 R36
Not published between the years 1829 and 1852.
SCOTTISH review; quarterly, v.i-date. i883-date ro52 842
SPIELMANN, Marion Harry.
History of "Punch." 1895 052 875
SPIRIT of the public journals, 1797-1801. v.i-5. 1799-1802. . .ro52 875
Annual selections, chiefly prose, from the contemporary newspapers and
other publications.
STRAND magazine; an illustrated monthly, v.i-date. 1891-
date ro52 889
TAIT'S Edinburgh magazine; monthly, v.n-12. 1844-45 .. qroS2 Ti4
TEMPLE bar; a London magazine; monthly, v.i-date.
i86i-date ro52 T28
Index, v. 1-99, 1860-1893.
TIME; a monthly miscellany. 23v. 1879-90 ro52 T47
No more published.
UNIVERSAL review; ed. by Harry Quilter; monthly, May
i888-Dec. 1890. 8v. 1888-90 qro52 U25
No more published.
UNIVERSITY magazine. See Dublin university magazine.
WALFORD'S antiquarian magazine and bibliographical re-
view. See Antiquarian magazine.
WESTMINSTER review; quarterly and monthly, v.i-date.
i824-date qro5
For changes in title and numbering of volumes see Boston Athenaeu
catalogue, v.s, p.3297.
WORLD, by Adam Fitz-Adam; weekly. 4v. 1753-56 qro52 W89
Edited by Edward Moore, who wrote 61 out of 210 numbers. No more
published.
"My design in this paper is to ridicule, with novelty and good-humour,
the fashions, follies, vices and absurdities of the human species which
calls itself the World, and to trace it through all its business, pleasures
and amusements." Editor.
Among the contributors to the "World" were Lord Lyttelton, its pro-
jector, the earls of Chesterfield, Bath and Cork, and Horace Walpole.
53~55 Foreign periodicals
DEUTSCHE rundschau; hrsg. von Julius Rodenberg; month-
ly, v.i-date. i874-date ro53 048
Generalregister, v. i 40. 1885.
Generalregister, v.4i 80. 1896.
50 NEWSPAPERS
UBER land und meer; allgemeine illustrirte zeitung; weekly.
v.49-54- 1883-85 qro53 Ui2
REVUE des deux mondes; bi-weekly, 656 annee-date. v.132-
date. i895-date qrc>54 R37
REVUE politique et litteraire, revue bleue; weekly, series 4,
v.7-date. i897~date qro54 R37 r
NUOVA antologia di lettere, scienze ed arti; semi-monthly.
v.i69-date. ipoo-date ross N52
060 General societies
BROOKLYN INSTITUTE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES.
Year-book, 1893/94, 1898/99-1899/1900. v.6, 11-12. 1894-
1900 ro6i 677
ESSEX INSTITUTE, Salem, Mass.
Bulletin; monthly, quarterly and semi-yearly, i86o-date.
v.i-30. 1870-98 ro6i 84
No more published.
Proceedings, and communications, 1848-1870. 6v. in 3.
1856-71 ro6i 84?
v.,4-6, "Proceedings" and "Communications" have separate title-pages.
No more published.
ROYAL SOCIETY OF CANADA.
Proceedings and transactions, 1882-1894, igoo-date. v.i-12,
lo-date. i883-date qro6i R8i
v.i 2 contains a general index to v.i 12.
HUME, Abraham.
Learned societies and printing clubs of the United King-
dom. 1847 ro62 H92
070 Newspapers, journalism
BOURNE, Henry Richard Fox.
English newspapers; chapters in the history of journalism.
2v. 1887 072 B65
BUCKINGHAM, Joseph Tinker.
Specimens of newspaper literature. 2v. 1852 ro7i 685
COOPER, Charles Alfred.
An editor's retrospect; fifty years of newspaper work. 1896. .070 C78
DANA, Charles Anderson.
Art of newspaper making. 1895 070 Di9
GRANT, James.
Newspaper press; its origin, progress and present position.
3v. 1871 ro7o G78
v-3 title reads "The metropolitan weekly and provincial press."
HARTMANN, Martin.
The Arabic press of Egypt. 1899 079 H32
List of newspapers and periodicals that have appeared or are now (1899)
appearing in Egypt, p.52-86.
NEWSPAPER DIRECTORIES 51
HILL, Ashbel Fairchilds.
Secrets of the sanctum; an inside view of an editor's life.
1875 1-070 H55
HUDSON, Frederic.
Journalism in the United States, 1690-1872. 1873 071 H88
PERRIN, William Henry.
Pioneer press of Kentucky, from the printing of the first
paper west of the Alleghanies, Aug. n, 1787, to the
establishment of the daily press in 1830. 1888. (Filson
club. Publications.) qro7i P44
RITENOUR, John S.
Journalism as a profession. 1899 070 RSI
First published in the "Forum," .25.
Newspaper directories
HUB BARD'S newspaper and bank directory of the world.
v.3. 1883-84 ro70 H87
PETTENGILL'S newspaper directory and advertisers' hand-
book for 1877, comprising a complete list of the news-
papers and other periodicals published in the United
States and British America. 1877 ro7i ?46
REMINGTON, Edward Pym, pub.
Annual newspaper directory, 1901-02; a list of all news-
papers and other periodical publications of the United
States and Canada. 2v. 1901-02 ro7i R333
REMINGTON BROTHERS, pub.
Newspaper manual; a catalogue of the newspapers of the
United States and Canada, 1892. v.6. 1892 n>7i R33
ROWELL, (George P.) & CO. pub.
American newspaper directory, 1873, 1895, 1898, 1902. v.5,
27, 30, 34- 1873-1902 qro7i R79
WILLING, James, pub.
British & Irish press guide. v.22-date. iSgs-date ro72 W7S
071 American newspapers
AMERICAN manufacturer; weekly, v.12-13, no.28, in i.
1841-42. Pittsburgh qro7i Asi2
United with the "Pittsburgh mercury" to form the "Pittsburgh post."
AMERICAN weekly mercury, 1719-21. v.i-2. 1898 qro7i A$i
Republished in facsimile by the Colonial society of Pennsylvania.
BOSTON evening transcript; daily, Nov. i, i89S-date. 1895-
date qro7i 664
CHICAGO times-herald; daily, Nov. 5, i895-date. i89S-date. . qro7i C43
GREENSBURG, Pa. Farmers' register; weekly, June 21, 1799-
Apr. 24, 1802. v.i, no.5-v.2, no. 153, in I. 1799-1802 qro7i G84
v.i, no.6-n, 13, 34-35, 43, 47, 82-86, 93; v.2, no.m, 140, 146 wanting.
HARPER'S bazar; weekly, v.i-date. i867-date qro7i H284
v.2-32 wanting.
HARPER'S weekly, v.i-date. i857-date qro7i H28
52 AMERICAN NEWSPAPERS
ILLUSTRATED news, New York; weekly, v.i-2, 110.48.
1853 qro7i 122
INDEPENDENT; weekly. v.48-date. i8o6-date qro;: 124
INDEPENDENT balance, by Democritus the younger; wtek-
ly, Apr. 16, i8i7-May 13, 1818, May i6-June 13, 1821.
v.i-2, no.s; v.S, no.6-io, in i. 1817-21 qro7i ?3Q
v.i, no.i6, 25, 37, 46; v.2, 110.2; v.s, 110.9 wanting.
Bound with the "Pennsylvania farmer."
INDEX of Pittsburgh life; weekly, Oct. 6, iooo-date. v.6-
date. igoo-date qro7i 1242
NATION ; weekly, v.i-date. i86s-date qro7i Ni5
NEW-YORK daily times, May 9, i854-Nov. 29, 1896. v.3,
no.824-v.46, no.i4i27. 1854-96 qro7i N26d
v.3, no.824-825 title reads "New- York evening times." v.7, Jan.-Aug.
1858, wanting.
Sept. 6, i857~Nov. 29, 1896 title reads "New- York times."
NEW-YORK daily tribune, Jan. i, iSso-date. v.i8-date.
i859-date qro7i N26it
"New-York tribune," Nov. 67, 14, 1857; Dec. 3-5, 7-9, n, 19, 1857;
July 17, 19, 21, 26, 27, 28, 1858 bound with v.7~8, Sept.-Dec. 1858, of
the "New- York times."
April 10, i866-date title reads "New- York tribune."
Index to the daily Tribune, 1876-77, 1880-88, i89O-date.
i876-date ro7i N26i
NEW YORK, Evening post; daily. v.93-date. i894~date. .qro7i N26e
NEW-YORK mirror; a weekly journal. v.i6. 1838-39 qro7i N26
NEW YORK, Sun; daily, July i, i884-date. v.si, no.3O5-
date. :884-date qro7i N26s
OUTLOOK; weekly. v.48-date. i893-date qro7i 032
PENNSYLVANIA farmer; weekly, Aug. 26, i8i2-Sept. I,
1813. v.i-2, no.2, in i. 1812-13 qro7i P39
v.i, no.35, 39, 42 wanting.
PENNSYLVANIAN; daily, Nov. 13, i846-Dec. 30, 1850. v.28,
no.47Oi-v.35, no. 6977, in 4. 1846-50 qro7i P399
May-Dec. 1849 wanting.
PHILADELPHIA, North American; daily, Feb. 6, 1877-
Apr. 26, 1878. 1877-78 qro7i P49
Runing title reads "Philadelphia North American and United States
gazette."
PHILADELPHIA, Press; daily, Jan. 4, i8s8-date. v.i,
no.i3i-date. i8s8-date qro7i P49P
Dec. 1117, 1866; Feb. 6, 1877 Apr. 22, 1878, wanting.
July 5, i88o-Feb. 2, 1885 title reads "Philadelphia press."
PHILADELPHIA, United States gazette; semi-weekly, Apr.
7-Dec. 8, 1813. v. 13, no. 1 238-1308. 1813 qro7i P494
Imperfect.
PITTSBURG bulletin; a weekly journal, Nov. 9, i895-date.
v.32-date. i896-date qro7i P67b
PITTSBURGH chronicle telegraph; daily, Jan. 2, i884-date.
i884-date qro7i P674
Formed by the union of the "Pittsburgh morning chronicle" and the
"Pittsburgh evening telegraph."
PITTSBURGH commercial; daily, July i, i864-Feb. 14, 1877.
v.i, no.24O-v.i4, no. 134. 1864-77 qro7i P67c
On Feb. 15, 1877, the "Pittsburgh commercial" united with the "Pitts-
burgh gazette" under the title "Pittsburgh gazette-commercial."
AMERICAN NEWSPAPERS 53
The same; weekly, Nov. 9, i867-Oct. 31, 1868, 1869, 1872,
1875. v.5, v.6, no.9-v.7, no.8, V.Q, no.p-v.io, no.8, v.i2,
no.8-v.i3, no.7, in 4. 1867-75 qro7i P67co
PITTSBURGH, Daily advocate and advertiser; Oct. 18, 1839-
Nov. 6, 1840. v.8, no.i6-v.9, no.32. 1839-40 qro7i P67dai
The Pittsburgh "Weekly advocate and emporium," Nov. 13, 1840 Jan.
29, 1841; and the "Pittsburgh gazette," Nov. 20, 27, Dec. 18, 1840 are
bound with the Pittsburgh "Daily advocate and advertiser."
PITTSBURGH, Daily commercial journal; Dec. 3i-April 23,
1846, Jan. i, i848-April 30, 1849. v.4-5. 1846-49. .. .qr 071 P67d
PITTSBURG daily dispatch; Aug. 9, i847-Dec. 1850; Jan.
i855-Jan. 1863; Jan. i864-June 1864; Nov. 4, i895-date.
i847-date qro7i P67di
Nov. 4, iSgs-date title reads "Pittsburg dispatch."
PITTSBURG daily news, March 16, i896-Jan. 8, 1901. igv.
1896-1901 qro7i P67n
No more published.
PITTSBURGH, Daily Pittsburgher; Jan. 3, i84O-Oct. 28,
1840. v.i, no.2ii-v.2, no.142, in i. 1840 qro7i P67da
PITTSBURGH evening telegraph; daily, Apr. 16, i873-Dec.
31, 1883. 1873-83 qro7i P67te
United with the "Pittsburgh morning chronicle" to form the "Pittsburgh
chronicle telegraph."
May 6, i876-Dec. 1883 title reads "Pittsburgh telegraph."
The same; weekly, Mar. 27, i847-Mar. 22, 1848, Apr. 17,
i875-Aug. 21, 1880. 1847-80 qro7i P67te2
Mar. 27, i847-Mar. 22, 1848 title reads "Pittsburgh telegraph;" Apr. 17,
i875~Aug. 21, 1880 title reads "Pittsburgh weekly telegraph."
PITTSBURGH, Der freiheits freund; daily, Dec. 10, 1844-
date. i844-date qro7i P67f
May 8-Dec. 13, 1847, 1849, Jan.-June 1850, Mar. 28-July 19, 1853 want-
ing.
Dec. i844-Nov. 1845, Dec. i847-Dec. 1848, July-Dec. 1850 title reads
"Der freiheits freund und Pittsburger beobachter;" May 1851 Mar.
1852 title reads "Der tagliche freiheitsfreund;" July i86o-Dec. 1864
title reads "Der freiheits freund und Pittsburger courier;" Feb. 1901-
date title reads "Volksblatt und freiheits-freund."
The same; weekly, July 2, i852-June 29, 1866, Jan. 3, 1873-
June 27, 1890. 1852-90 qro7i P67I2
July i8s2-Sept. 1860 title reads "Der freiheits freund und Pittsburger
beobachter;" Oct. i86i-June 1866, Jan. i873-June 1890 title reads
"Der freiheits freund und Pittsburger courier."
PITTSBURGH gazette; daily, July 30, i833-date. v.48, no.gi-
date. :833-date qro7i P67g
Aug. i834-Dec. 1835, Apr. i2-Oct. 31, 1836, July i837-Oct. 16, 1839,
Feb. 25, 1 84 1 -July 23, 1844 wanting.
The "Pittsburgh gazette" for Nov. 20, 27, Dec. 18, 1840 is bound with
Pittsburgh, "Daily advocate and advertiser," v.8-9.
The "Weekly gazette" for Jan. i -March 18, 1868 is bound with v.82-83
of the "Pittsburgh gazette."
The "Pittsburgh weekly gazette" for Jan. i-June 28, 1873, is bound with
v.88 of the "Pittsburgh gazette."
Various titles read "Pittsburgh daily gazette and advertiser," "Pittsburgh
daily gazette," "Daily Pittsburgh gazette," "Daily Pittsburgh gazette
and commercial journal."
On Feb. 15, 1877 the "Pittsburgh commercial" united with the "Pitts-
burgh gazette" under the title "Pittsburgh gazette-commercial."
Feb. 26, :877-date title reads "Pittsburgh commercial gazette."
PITTSBURGH, Iron city and Pittsburgh weekly chronicle,
Nov. 27, i84i-Nov. 19, 1842, Jan. 5, i853-July 26, 1854.
v.i, v.i2, no.6-v.i3, no.40, in 2. 1841-54 qro7i P671
54 AMERICAN NEWSPAPERS
PITTSBURG leader; daily, Nov. 4, iSps-date. v.47, 110.146-
date. iSgs-date qro;i P6;l
PITTSBURGH mercury; weekly, July 9, i8i2-June 24, 1815;
July 4, i8i7-June 15, 1824; July 5, i826-June 3, 1828;
Jan. i, i835-Aug. 31, 1842. v.i-3, 6-12, 15-16, 23, 110.1183-
v.3i, no.27, in 10. 1812-42 qro7i P67me
United with the "American manufacturer" to form the "Pittsburgh post."
PITTSBURGH, Morning chronicle; daily, Feb.^6, i842-Sept.
29, 1883. 1842-83 qro7i P67m
July i, :848-Sept. 16, 1849, Mar. 29, iSss-Feb. 10, 1856, May 8, 1856-
Feb. 7, 1858, Aug. 12, i863-Feb. n, 1864, Feb. i-Aug. 31, 1868 want-
ing. Oct. 17, i8si-Sept. 29, 1883 title reads "Pittsburgh evening
chronicle." United with the "Pittsburgh evening telegraph" to form
the "Pittsburgh chronicle telegraph."
PITTSBURGH post; daily, v.i-date. i842-date qro7i P67
Formed by the union of the "American manufacturer" and "Pittsburgh
mercury."
PITTSBURG press; daily, Nov. 4, iSgs-date. v.i2, no.3O5-
date. i895-date qro7i P67p
PITTSBURGH, Saturday dollar chronicle, Aug. 27, i8so-Dec.
28, 1861. 1859-61 qro7i P67s
PITTSBURG times; daily, Nov. 4, i895-date. v.i6, no.259-
date. i895-date qro7i P67t
PITTSBURGH times; weekly, Nov. 8, i837-Nov. 21, 1838.
v.7-8, in i. 1837-38 qro7i P67ti
PITTSBURGH, Weekly mercury and manufacturer; Sept. 10,
i842-July 19, 1845. v.i, no.i-v.3, no.46, in 3. 1842-45 . . qro7i P67w
POULSON'S American daily advertiser, June 2, i8i9-Dec. I,
1819. v.48. 1819 qro7l P86
PUBLIC opinion; weekly, v.i-date. i886-date qro7i P$S
REMARQUES; a home news-magazine; weekly, Sept. 1, 1900-
Feb. 23, 1901, Sept. 13, i9O2-Jan. 28, 1905. v.i, 4-5.
1900-05. Pittsburgh qro7i R33I
Discontinued.
ROWELL, (George P.) & CO. pub.
American newspaper directory, 1873, 1895, 1898, 1902. v.5,
27, 30, 34. 1873-1902 qro7i R79
SATURDAY evening post; weekly, Oct. 14, i826-Dec. 29,
1832. v.5, no.272-v.i2, no. 596, in 2. 1826-32 qro7i 825
v.io-i2 title reads "Atkinson's Saturday evening post."
The TICKLER, by Toby Scratch 'em; weekly, v.2, no.i8-v.3,
no.14, in i. 1809-10 qro7i P39
v.2, no. 23, 27, 45, 47-48 wanting.
Bound with the "Pennsylvania farmer."
UNIONTOWN, Pa. Genius of liberty; weekly, Apr. 25, 1872-
Dec. 27, 1900. v.68-96. 1872-1900 qro7i U253
v.69, no.3o, 32; v.7O, no.n; v.7i, no.24, 47; v.75, no. 8; v.79, no.4, 28-31;
v.96, no-32 wanting.
The UNIVERSE; an illustrated weekly newspaper for young
people and busy men and women, v.i, pt.i-4, in 5. 1898-
Feb. 16, 1809 rjo7i U25
No more published.
WASHINGTON, (D. C.) Daily morning chronicle, Nov. 21,
i867-Sept. 5, 1870. v.6-8, in 6. 1867-70 qro7i
ENGLISH AND GERMAN NEWSPAPERS 55
WASHINGTON, (D. C.) Daily national intelligencer, Feb.
12, i836-March 30, 1867. v.24-67, in 38. 1836-67. . . .qro7i W27da
Jan. i838-Sept. 1840 wanting.
WASHINGTON, (D. C.) Daily union, May i, i846-March 6,
1847; Aug. 20, i848-May 13, 1849. v.2, 4-5, in 2. 1846-49. . qro7i W27
WASHINGTON, (D. C.) National intelligencer; tri-weekly,
Jan. 15, i8i8-Dec. 29, 1853. v.19-54, in 16. 1818-53. .qro7i W27n
Oct. iSip-Nov. 1829 wanting.
072-073 English and German newspapers
ACADEMY; monthly and weekly, v.i-date. i869-date . . . . qro72 Ai6
In Jan. 1902 "Literature" was incorporated with the "Academy" under
the title "Academy and literature."
ATHENyEUM ; weekly, v.i-date. i828-date qro72 A86
GRAPHIC; an illustrated weekly newspaper, Dec. i869-Dec.
1870,. Jan. igoo-date. v.i-2, 6i-date. :87O-date qro72 G79
ILLUSTRATED London news; weekly, May i842-date. v.i-
date. i843-date qro72 122
LONDON, Evening mail; semiweekly, Nov. 2-5, 1792, Oct.
23, i793-Apr. 8, 1795. 1792-95 qrc>72 L82I
LONDON, Times; daily, Jan. 2, i87i-date. i87i-date qro72 L82
Jan. i892-Oct. 22, 1895 wanting.
PALMER, Samuel, pub.
Index to the Times newspaper, April I, i873-date. v.4O-
date. i877-date ro72 Pig
SMITH'S index to the leading articles of the Times, for the
five years ended Dec. 1900. pt.i ro72 S66
pt.i. Proper names (places excepted).
SATURDAY review of politics, literature, science and art;
weekly, v.i-date. i8s6-date qro72 825
SPECTATOR; a weekly journal. v.5-date. i832-date qro72 874
v.26, 1853; v.32, 1859; v.36-43, 1863-1870, wanting.
Die NATION; wochenschrift fur politik, volkswirthschaft und
litteratur, Oct. 6, igoo-date. v.i8-date. igoo-date. . . . qro73 Ni5
090 Book rarities
GOSSE, Edmund William.
Gossip in a library. 1893 090 G6g
Contents: Camden's Britannia. A mirror for magistrates. A poet in
prison, Wither. Death's duel. Gerard's Herbal. Pharamond. A vol-
lume of old plays. A censor of poets, Winstanley. Lady Winchilsea's
Poems. Amasia. Love and business. What Ann Lang read. Cats.
- Smart's Poems. Pompey the Little. The life of John Buncle.
Beau Nash. The diary of a lover of literature. Peter Bell and his tor-
mentors. The fancy. Ultra-crepidarius. The duke of Rutland's
Poems. lonica. The shaving of Shagpat.
LAWLER, John.
Book auctions in England' in the I7th century (1676-1700).
1898. (Book-lover's library.) 090 L4I
56 BOOK RARITIES
ROBERTS, William.
Rare books and their prices, with chapters on pictures, pot-
tery, porcelain and postage stamps. 1896 nxjo R53
DRAPER, Lyman C.
Essay on the autographic collections of the signers of the
Declaration of independence and of the constitution.
1889 qropi 079
LECOY de la MARCHE, Albert.
Les manuscrits et la miniature. (Bibliotheque de 1'en-
seignement des beaux-arts.) 091 L49
MADAM, Falconer.
Books in manuscript. 1893. (Books about books.) 091 M23
List of books useful for the study of manuscripts, p. 175 181.
BRITISH MUSEUM.
Facsimiles from early printed books in the British museum;
selected pages from representative specimens of the
early printed books of Germany, Italy, France, Holland
and England. 1897 qro93 675
DUFF, Edward Gordon.
Early printed books. 1893. (Books about books.) 093 D87
APPIANUS, of Alexandria.
Delle gverre civili et esterne de Romani, aggiuntoui alia
fine un libro del medesimo delle guerre di Hispagna,
non piu ueduto. 2v. 1551 rc>94 A64
The imprint is In \'inegia, in casa de' figlivoli di Aldo.
CAXTON, William.
The golden legend; ed. by F. S. Ellis. 3v. 1892 qrc>94 29
This is the seventh of the publications of the Kelmscott press and was
set up from a transcript of Caxton's first edition loaned by the Cam-
bridge university library. It has a woodcut title, the first one designed
by William Morris, and two other woodcuts designed by Burne-Jones.
CLUVERIUS, Philippus.
Introdvctionis in universam geographiam, tarn veterem
quam novam, libri VI; accessit P. Bertij Breviarium
orbis terrarum. 1677 1*094 C62
The imprint is Amstelodami, apud Elzevirios.
GROTIUS, Hugo, and others.
Dissertationes de studiis instituendis. 1645 1*094 G94
The imprint is Amsterodami, apud Ludovicum Elzevirium.
HERODIANUS.
Historiarum libri 8, Graece pariter & Latine. 1524 .ro94 H47
The imprint is Venetiis, aedibus Aldi.
LONG ISLAND HISTORICAL SOCIETY.
Manuscripts and early printed books bequeathed to the
Long Island historical society by S. B. Duryea. 1895. .qro94 L82
LUTHER, Martin.
Etliche schone trost, schriffte des ehrwirdigen Herrn Doc-
toris Martini Lutheri; so er an den durchleuchtigste,
fiirsten un Herrn Hertzog Joannes, churfiirsten zu
Sachsen, gottseliger gedechtnis, und an andere seine
herrn und gute freunde gethan, sehr trostlichen zu
lesen. 1547 ro94 L98
MATURANTIUS, Franciscus.
De componendis carminibus opusculum; Nicolai Perotti
BOOK RARITIES 57
Sypontini De generibus metrorum; Eiusdem De Horatii
Flacci ac Severini Boetii metris; Omni boni Vicentini
De arte metrica libellus; Servii Mauri honorati gram-
matici Centimetrum. 1512. Venetiis 1-094 M48
Six commentaries upon metre and verse making, a fine example of the
typography of the Venetian press in the early i6th century. Contains
marginal annotations in manuscript. Printer unknown.
MIRANDULA, Octavianus, comp.
Illustrium poetarum flores, collect! & in locos communes
digesti. 1553. Lugduni 1-094 M73
Latin poems. Of interest chiefly as a specimen of early printing. Type
is mostly italic. Contains an index and is bound in the original
stamped calf. Printed by Tornaesius.
WAGNER, Bartholomseus.
Hundert alldachtiger gottseliger vund catholischer lehr-
reicher ausslegungen oder predigen uber alle sontag-
liche und feyertagliche evangelien dess gantzen jahrs.
1607 qro94 Wi3
Sermons for each Sunday and feast day. An example of early i/th
century printing.
DAVENPORT, Cyril.
English embroidered bookbindings. 1899. (English book-
man's library.) 095 029
CONWAY, Sir William Martin.
Woodcutters of the Netherlands in the isth century. 1884. .096 76
Contents: History of the woodcutters. Catalogue of the woodcuts.
List of the books containing woodcuts.
HUMPHREYS, Henry Noel.
The illuminated books of the middle ages, illustrated by
Owen Jones. 1849 qro96 H92
Account of the development and progress of the art of illumination as
a distinct branch of pictorial ornamentation, from the 4th to the I7th
centuries. The illustrations, printed in colors and of the size of the
originals, were chosen from the most beautiful mss of the period.
POLLARD, Alfred William.
Early illustrated books. 1893. (Books about books.) 096 ?76
QUARITCH, Bernard, pub.
Facsimiles of choice examples selected from illuminated
manuscripts, unpublished drawings and illustrated
books of early date. v.3. 1890 qroi6.94 Qi8f
Bound with his "Catalogue of medieval literature."
SHAW, Henry.
Handbook of the art of illumination as practised during
the middle ages, with a description of the metals, pig-
ments and processes employed. 1866 qrQ96 S53h
In early ages monasteries were the schools of art, and these beautiful ex-
amples of the work of the monks, still extant, in the illuminations of
both religious and profane books, are evidences of their skill and
patience. The art died out soon after the birth of printing. This
volume exhibits, in facsimile, some of the richest work in this line.
Illuminated ornaments selected from manuscripts and early
printed books from the 6th to the I7th centuries, with
descriptions by Sir Frederic Madden. 1833 qrcxjo" 853
TREDWELL, Daniel M.
Monograph on privately illustrated books; a plea for bib-
liomania. 1892 qrc>96 T7I
58 BOOK-PLATES
WYATT, Sir Matthew Digby.
Art of illuminating as practised in Europe from the earliest
times, illustrated by borders, initial letters and alpha-
bets, selected & chromolithographed by W. R. Tymms.
1860 qroo6 WQ7
M., T. of New York, contp.
Witty, humorous and merry thoughts roo/j Mil
This and the following book are examples of minute size and typog-
raphy. Each is accompanied by a magnifying glass.
STOKES, (Frederic A.) CO. pub.
Smallest English dictionary in the world roog S87
097 Book-plates
ALLEN, Charles Dexter.
American book-plates, with a bibliography by E. N. Hewins.
1894 097 A42
BOWDOIN, William Goodrich.
Rise of the book-plate; an exemplification of the art, from
its earliest to its most recent practice. 1901 097 B66
Bibliography, p.27~44.
Chief value lies in the reproduction of some hundreds of selected exam-
ples of book-plates, new and old, classified by countries. Contains also
a chapter by Henry Blackwell on the study and arrangement of book-
plates, and a register of the more important recent American designers
and engravers of book-plates.
CASTLE, Egerton.
English book-plates; an illustrated handbook. 1892 097 C27
Bibliography, p. 233-239.
FINCHAM, Henry Walter.
Artists and engravers of British and American book plates;
a book of reference for book plate and print collectors.
1897 qro97 F49
Contains the names of about 1500 artists and engravers of book-plates,
with lists of the plates executed by them. Gives also the approximate
date of each plate and a copy of the artist's signature. Illustrations of
many of the plates are given.
HAMILTON, Walter.
Dated book-plates, with a treatise on their origin and de-
velopment. 1895 qnxj7 H2I
French book-plates. 1896. (Ex-libris series.) 097 H2I
Bibliography, p.345-35.
LABOUCHERE, Norna.
Ladies' book-plates. 1895. (Ex-libris series.) 097 Ln
LEININGEN-WESTERBURG, Karl Emich, graf zu.
German book-plates; an illustrated handbook of German &
Austrian exlibris v 1901. (Ex-libris series.) 097 Ls6
Bibliography, p.497-so2.
SLATER, John Herbert.
Book plates and their value. 1898 097 $63
Contents: A survey; introductory and historical. Systems of classifica-
tion. Noted engravers of English plates. American plates. The
principles of valuation. Alphabetical list of some of the most noted
book-plates, arranged under their owners' names, with the prices
realized at auction for the same.
Philosophy
100 General works
RENAN, Ernest.
The future of science ; ideas of 1848. 1891 100 R33
HARRIS, William Torrey.
Introduction to the study of philosophy. 1894. 102 H29
ROBERTSON, George Croom.
Elements of general philosophy. 1896 102 R53
BALDWIN, James Mark, ed.
Dictionary of philosophy and psychology, giving a termi-
nology in English, French, German and Italian, v.i.
1900 qri03 619
v.i. A- Laws.
104 Essays
CLIFFORD, William Kingdon.
Lectures and essays. 1886 104 58
COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY, New York.
Contributions to philosophy, psychology and education.
v. i-date. iSgd-date riO4 C72
v.i. Wilde, Norman. Friedrich Heinrich Jacobi. Kant, Immanuel.
Kant's inaugural dissertation of 1770. Hertz, J. H. Ethical system
of James Martineau. Brandt, F. B. Friedrich Eduard Beneke.
v.2. Luqueer, F. L. Hegel as educator. MacVannel, J. A. Hegel's
doctrine of the will. Cole, L. T. Basis of early Christian theism.
Jones, A. L. Early American philosophers.
v.3. Washington, W. M. Formal and material elements of Kant's eth-
ics. Hyslop, J. H. Syllabus of psychology. Marvin, W. T. Syllabus
of an introduction to philosophy.
v-4. Grif fing, Harold. Sensations from pressure and impact. Lay,
Wilfrid. Mental imagery. Thorndike, E. L. Animal intelligence.
Dearborn, G. V. Emotion of joy.
v-5. Dexter, E. G. Conduct and the weather. Breese, B. B. On inhi-
bition. Franz, S. I. After-images. Woodworth, R. S. Accuracy of
voluntary movement.
v.6. Clews, E. W. Educational legislation and administration of the
colonial governments.
v.7. Spencer, F. C. Education of the Pueblo child. Dyke, C. B. Eco-
nomic aspect of teachers' salaries. Chamberlain, W. I. Education in
India. Hubbell, G. A. Horace Mann in Ohio.
v.8. Deahl, J. N. Imitation in education. Reeder, R. R. Historical
development of school readers. Thorndike, E. L. Notes on child study.
DRESSER, Horatio Willis.
In search of a soul; a series of essays in interpretation of
the higher nature of man. 1897 104 D8ii
Contents: Laws and problems of the human mind. Has man a soul?
Absolute being and the higher self. Individuality. Reincarnation
and receptivity. The unity of life.- The religious aspect of the new
thought. Spiritual poise. Soul-growth.
The perfect whole; an essay on the conduct and meaning
of life. 1897 104 D8i
Voices of freedom, and studies in the philosophy of indi-
59
6o PHILOSOPHICAL ESSAYS
viduality. 1899 104 DSlvo
Contents: Voices of freedom. The new thought. The philosophy of
activity. The freedom of the will. An interpretation of the Vedanta.
Is there an absolute? The ideal attitude. Individualism and the
social ideal.
Voices of hope, and other messages from the hills; a series
of essays on the problem of life, optimism and the
Christ. 1898 104 D8iv
JAMES, William, b. 1842.
The will to believe, and other essays in popular philosophy.
1897 104 Ji6
Other essays: Is life worth living? The sentiment of rationality. Re-
flex action and theism. The dilemma of determinism. The moral
philosopher and the moral life. Great men and their environment.
The importance of individuals. On some Hegelisms. What psychical
research has accomplished.
"Anyone who has met with either of Professor James's treatises upon
psychology is not likely to let the grass grow under his feet before
making acquaintance with any other obtainable writings from the same
witty pen... But the general public, that part of it which is interested
in the religious questions of the day without going so far as to read
formal treatises, must be advertised that in the collection of essays
here offered them, the Harvard Professor of Psychology, one of the
most acute and versatile of American men of science, has come for-
ward into the lists as a champion of religious faith against agnosti-
cism. He has called his book 'Essays in Popular Philosophy' because
he has written without technicalities so as to appeal to a wide audi-
ence." Spectator, 1897.
ORSTED, Hans Christian.
Soul in nature, with supplementary contributions. 1852.. .riO4 Oi5
Life of the author, p. 7-22.
PENNSYLVANIA UNIVERSITY.
Publications; series in philosophy, no.i, 3. 1890-99 riO4 P39
no. i. Fullerton, G. S. On sameness and identity.
no.3. Fullerton, G. S. On Spinozistic immortality.
RITCHIE, David George.
Darwin and Hegel, with other philosophical studies. 1893. .104 R49
Contents: Origin and validity. Note on heredity as a factor in knowl-
edge. Darwin and Hegel. What is reality? Note on logical neces-
sity. On Plato's Phaedo. What are economic laws? Locke's theory
of property. Contributions to the history of the social contract theory.
On the conception of sovereignty. The rights of minorities.
ROYCE, Josiah.
Studies of good and evil; essays. 1898 104 R8is
Contents: The problem of Job. The case of John Bunyan. Tennyson
and pessimism. The knowledge of good and evil. Natural law, ethics
and evolution. The implications of self-consciousness. Some observa-
tions on the anomalies of self-consciousness. Self-consciousness, social
consciousness and nature. Originality and consciousness. Meister
Eckhart. An episode of early California life, the squatter riot of 1850
in Sacramento. Jean Marie Guyau.
ROYCE, Josiah, and others.
The conception of God; a philosophical discussion con-
cerning the nature of the divine idea as a demonstrable
reality. 1897. (University of California. Publications
of the Philosophical union.) 104 R8i
Contents: Royce, Josiah. The conception of God. Mezes, S. E. Worth
and goodness as marks of the absolute; criticism. Le Conte, Joseph.
God, and connected problems, in the light of evolution. Howison,
G. H. The city of God, and the true God as its head. Royce, Josiah.
The absolute and the individual.
"A model of calm, judicious, respectful polemic writing." Independent,
1897.
HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY 61
SCHLEIERMACHER, Friedrich Ernst Daniel.
Monologen; Eine Neujahrsgabe; Die Weihnachtsfeier.
1869. (Bibliothek der deutschen nationalliteratur.) 104 834
SETH, Andrew.
Man's place in the cosmos, and other essays. 1897 104 849
Other essays: The present position of the philosophical sciences. The
new psychology and automatism. A new theory of the absolute; a re-
view of Bradley's "Appearance and reality." Mr Balfour and his
critics.
Originally written as criticisms of the leading contributions to philoso-
phy from 1891 to 1897.
105 Periodicals
JOURNAL of speculative philosophy; ed. by W.T.Harris;
quarterly, 1867-1888. v.i-22, in 16. 1867-93 rl 5 J46
MIND; a quarterly review of psychology and philosophy.
v.i-date. i876-date rios M72
The MONIST; a quarterly magazine, v.i-date. iSgo-date. .rios M82
PHILOSOPHICAL review; bi-monthly. v.9-date. looo-date. .rios P52
109 History of philosophy
BAX, Ernest Belfort.
Handbook of the history of philosophy. 1888 109 633
ERDMANN, Johann Eduard.
History of philosophy. 3v. 1892-93 109 72
v.i. Ancient and mediaeval philosophy.
v.2. Modern philosophy.
v.3. German philosophy since Hegel.
An outline of the book, by H. C. King is appended to v.3.
HEGEL, Georg Wilhelm Friedrich.
Lectures on the history of philosophy. 3v. 1892-96 109 H4i
HOFFDING, Harald.
History of modern philosophy; a sketch of the history of
philosophy from the close of the renaissance to our own
day. 2v. 1900 109 H67
LEWES, George Henry.
Biographical history of philosophy. 1891 109 L67
Written with the purpose of proving, as its motto from Goethe implies,
that "man is not born to solve the problem of existence;" yet its bio-
graphical character gives it a peculiar human interest. The predomi-
nance of this interest, however, obliges the author to omit a multitude
of details, for which he refers his readers to "more comprehensive his-
tories previously published."
MAURICE, Frederick Denison.
Moral and metaphysical philosophy. 2v. 1890 109 M49
v.i Ancient philosophy. First six centuries. Mediaeval philosophy.
v.2. i4th century to the French revolution, with a glimpse into the ipth
century.
MERZ, John Theodore.
History of European thought in the 19th century, v.i.
1896 109 M63
v.i. Scientific thought.
SCHWEGLER, Albert.
History of philosophy in epitome; tr. fr. the first edition
62 METAPHYSICS
of the original German by J. H. Seelye; revised fr. the
ninth German edition, with an appendix by B. E. Smith.
1899 109 841
UEBERWEG, Friedrich.
History of philosophy. 2v. 1891 109 Ui5
"It covers the whole ground of the history of the development of philo-
sophic ideas, was written by one of the most eminent interpreters of
philosophic thought, and has been translated with rare fidelity and
skill." C. K. Adams.
WEBER, Alfred.
History of philosophy. 1897 109 W37
no Metaphysics
ARISTOTLE.
Metaphysics; literally tr. fr. the Greek by J. H. M'Mahon.
1896 no A7I
FISKE, John.
Outlines of cosmic philosophy, based on the doctrine of
evolution. 2v. 1894 IID F54
By no means a mere reproduction of Spencer's philosophy, but an inde-
pendent exposition of evolutionism, showing originality, especially in
regard to social evolution and the relation of religion and science.
HAMILTON, Sir William.
Lectures on metaphysics and logic; ed. by H. L. Mansel
and John Veitch. 4v. 1874-77 no H2I
v. 1-2. Metaphysics.
v.3-4. Logic.
McCOSH, James.
First and fundamental truths; a treatise on metaphysics.
1889 no Mi2
ORMOND, Alexander Thomas.
Basal concepts in philosophy; an inquiry into being, non-
being and becoming. 1894 IIQ O28
"The purpose of this work is to propose a certain modification of the
Hegelian system, suggested by studies in philosophical theology. The
modification cuts pretty deep, being no less than the identification of
Being and Spirit, two of the primary categories of the Hegelian logic
. . .Two things are specially urged in it. . .one the idea that personality
is essential to being, the other that Nothingness has a sort of reality."
Nation, 1894.
PEARSON, Karl.
Grammar of science. 1892. (Contemporary science series.) .. no P35
Contents: The facts of science. The scientific law. Cause and effect;
probability. Space and time. The geometry of motion. Matter.
The laws of motion. Life. The classification of the sciences.
The same. 1900 no P35g
Contents: The facts of science. The scientific law. Cause, and effect;
probability.- Space and time. The geometry of motion. Matter. The
laws of motion. Life. Evolution (variation and selection). Evolu-
tion (reproduction and inheritance). The classification of the sciences.
Bibliographies at the end of each chapter.
POWELL, John Wesley.
Truth and error; or, The science of intellection. 1898 no P87
"Depths of metaphysics are here sounded where one may as well frankly
confess it is very difficult to follow the thought. In its reading the
question constantly presents itself how far this difficulty of comprehen-
sion is due to one's own incapacity to grasp such subjects and how far
to the writer's obscurity." Literary world, 1899.
METAPHYSICS 63
RICKABY, John.
General metaphysics. (Manuals of Catholic philosophy.) no R43
SCHLEGEL, Friedrich von.
Philosophy of life, and Philosophy of language. 1866 no 833
KANT, Immanuel.
Dreams of a spirit-seer, illustrated by dreams of metaphysics ;
tr. by E. F. Goerwitz, ed. by Frank Sewall. 1900. (Phi-
losophy at home series.) in Ki2
"That the 'Dreams of a spirit-seer' was a humorous critique aimed chief-
ly at the philosophers of his day, using Swedenborg as a convenient,
because non-combative and comparatively unknown mark for his blows,
is now generally conceded." Preface.
ROYCE, Josiah.
World and the individual; Gifford lectures; ist-2d ser. 2v.
1900-01 in R8i
v.i. The four historical conceptions of being,
v.z. Nature, man and the moral order.
SPENCER, Herbert.
First principles. 1894 "3 $74
Contains the general principles which underlie the author's "System of
synthetic philosophy." Commonly accepted as the ablest and most
systematic exposition of the philosophy involved in the theory of
evolution.
ILLINGWORTH, John Richardson.
Divine immanence; an essay on the spiritual significance of
matter. 1898 117 122
BALFOUR, Arthur James.
Foundations of belief. 1895 120 619
The author exhibits his own views in comparison and contrast with that
system of thought variously known as agnosticism, positivism, or
empiricism, but which he calls naturalism, and describes as the doc-
trine "that we may know 'phenomena' and the laws by which they
are connected, but nothing more." He intends the book for the
general reader rather than the specialist in philosophy.
BOWNE, Borden Parker.
Theory of thought and knowledge. 1897 121 B66
"A serious, able, logical work. . . The best introduction we know to
the problem, 'What should we think about reality.' " Pedagogical
seminary. '
LADD, George Trumbull.
Philosophy of knowledge ; an inquiry into the nature, limits
and validity of human cognitive faculty. 1897 121 Li3
ORMOND, Alexander Thomas.
Foundations of knowledge. 1900 121 028
Contents: Ground-concepts of knowledge. Evolution of the categories
of knowledge. The transcendent factor in knowledge.
JANET, Paul.
Final causes. 1892 124 Ji7
MOMERIE, Alfred Williams.
Personality, the beginning and end of metaphysics and a nec-
essary assumption in all positive philosophy. 1895 126 M8i
MENDELSSOHN, Moses.
Phadon; oder, Ueber die unsterblichkeit der seele; Jerusalem;,
oder, Ueber religiose macht und Judenthum. 1869.
(Bibliothek der deutschen nationalliteratur.) 128 M6i
5
64 MIND AND BODY
JOHNSTON, Charles, of the Bengal civil service.
Memory of past births. 1899 129 736
By a believer in reincarnation, who holds that it is possible for us to
recall, if we will, our past states of existence.
130 Mind and body
CARUS, Paul.
The soul of man; an investigation of the facts of physiological
and experimental psychology. 1900 130 24
A large section of the book is devoted to an anatomical and physiologi-
cal study of the brain, well illustrated. The author also considers
the philosophical problem of mind, some of the investigations of ex-
perimental psychology, (hypnotism, dreams and hallucinations, sug-
gestion and suggestibility, etc.) and the ethical and religious aspects
of soul-life.
WALDSTEIN, Louis.
The subconscious self and its relation to education and health.
1897 130 Wi6
BAIN, Alexander.
Mind and body, the theories of their relation. 1892. (Inter-
national scientific series.) 131 Bi6
CARPENTER, William Benjamin.
Principles of mental physiology. 1891 131 Caa
TUKE, Daniel Hack.
Illustrations of the influence of the mind upon the body in
health and disease. 1872 ri3i T83
132 Mental derangements
BINET, Alfred.
Alterations of personality; tr. by H. G. Baldwin. 1896 132 648
BUCKNILL, John Charles, & Tuke, D.H.
Manual of psychological medicine, containing the history and
treatment of insanity. 1862 ri32 685
BURTON, Robert.
Anatomy of melancholy. 1891 132 695
ESQUIROL, Jean fitienne Dominique.
Mental maladies, a treatise on insanity ; tr. fr. the French with
additions, by E. K. Hunt. 1845 rI 3 2 E84
HARRISON. George Leib, comp.
Legislation on insanity ; a collection of all the lunacy laws of
the United States to 1883, also laws of England on insan-
ity, legislation in Canada on private houses, and important
portions of the lunacy -laws of Germany, France, etc.
1884 ri32 H29
HOLLANDER, Bernard.
Mental functions of the brain; an investigation into their
localisation and their manifestation in health and dis-
ease. 1901 132 H72
An analysis of eight hundred cases of brain disease, including many of
interest to lawyers as well as physicians.
DELUSIONS, WITCHCRAFT, MAGIC 65
LINCOLN, David Francis.
Sanity of mind ; a study of its conditions and of the means to
its development and preservation. 1900 132 L/i
"Works on the prevention of insanity," p.i67-i68.
"Discussion of how the health of the mind is lost and how it may b
recovered. . .pays less attention to remedying than to preventing such
mischief .. .[Author] treats mind and body as interdependent as well
as coexistent, and believes that, where there are not marked anatom-
ical changes. . .the pulsation in the nervous functions depends upon
the fuel supplied to the engine of the mind ... Volume is small, un-
technical, and clear." Nation, 1901.
MACPHERSON, John, M. D.
Mental affections ; an introduction to the study of insanity.
1899 132 M22
MAUDSLEY, Henry.
Body and mind; their connection and mutual influence,
specially in reference to mental disorders; with psychologi-
cal essays. 1890 132 M48
Responsibility in mental disease. 1892. (International scien-
tific series.) 132 M48r
The same. 1890. (International scientific series.) ri32 M48r
MERCIER, Charles Arthur.
Sanity and insanity. 1890. (Contemporary science series.). . .132 M63
RIBOT, Theodule.
Diseases of memory; an essay in the positive psychology.
1893. (International scientific series.) 132 R39
TUKE, Daniel Hack, comp.
Dictionary of psychological medicine, with the symptoms,
treatment and pathology of insanity. 2v. 1892 ri32 T83
WILSON, George R.
Clinical studies in vice and in insanity< 1899 ri32 W76
Detailed studies of cases of insanity, especially those induced by alco-
holism.
WINSLOW, Lyttleton Stewart Forbes.
Mad humanity; its forms, apparent and obscure. 1898 132 W/9
The author aims to show that the increase of insanity, which has been
of a progressive nature for many years, is real and not apparent. He
believes that this increase is due to alcoholic indulgence. He com-
pares the condition of the insane as it existed a century ago with
what it is at the present time, draws attention to the more common
forms of mental disorder and gives a large number of examples.
Technicalities and all legal and medical considerations of the subject
have been avoided.
133 Delusions, witchcraft, magic
ASHTON, John.
Curious creatures in zoology. 1890 133 A82
A compilation, mostly from the old Greek and Latin authors, describing
fabulous and mythical animals and monstrosities mentioned in tradi-
tion and folklore.
AUBREY, John.
Miscellanies upon various subjects; with Hydriotaphia; or,
Urn burial, by Sir Thomas Browne 133
A collection of curious delusions, omens, portents and kindred super-
66 DELUSIONS, WITCHCRAFT, MAGIC
BUCKLEY, James Monroe.
Faith-healing, Christian science and kindred phenomena.
1892 133 B8s
Contents: Faith-healing. Astrology, divination and coincidences. .
Dreams, nightmare and somnambulism. Presentiments, visions and
apparitions. Witchcraft. Christian science a^id mind cure.
CARPENTER, William Benjamin.
Mesmerism, spiritualism, &c, historically and scientifically
considered. 1877 133 22
CROOKES, Sir William.
Researches in the phenomena of spiritualism. 1871 133 C8p
Reprinted from the "Quarterly journal of science.
DENDY, Walter Cooper.
Philosophy of mystery. 1845 ri33 042
ENCAUSSE, Gerard, (pseud. Papus).
The Tarot of the Bohemians; the most ancient book in the
world ; tr. by A. P. Morton. 1892 133 E62
ENNEMOSER, Joseph.
History of magic ; tr. fr. the German by William Howitt; to
which is added an appendix of the most remarkable and
best authenticated stories of apparitions, dreams, etc., se-
lected by Mary Howitt. 2v. 1893 133 65
FAIRFIELD, Francis Gerry.
Ten years with spiritual mediums. 1875 133 Fl6
FLAMMARION, Camille.
The unknown. 1900 133 F6i
Contents: On incredulity. On credulity. Of telepathic communications
made by the dying, and of apparitions. Admission of facts. Hallu-
cinations, properly so called. The psychic action of one mind upon
another. The world of dreams. Distant sight in dreams. Premoni-
tory dreams and divination of the future.
GOOD, Arthur, (pseud. Tom Tit).
Magic at home; a book of amusing science; tr. by Professor
Hoffmann. 1891 133 G62
Free translation from the French; rules for scientific recreation and
sleight-of-hand performance.
The same. 1891 ri33 G62
Magical experiments; or, Science in play. 1894 : 33 G62m
GOULD, Charles.
Mythical monsters. 1886 qi33 G73
HAMMOND, William Alexander.
Physics and physiology of spiritualism. 1871 133 H22
HARTMAN, Joseph.
Facts and mysteries of spiritism, with a sequel. 1885 133 H32
HOME, Daniel Douglas.
Incidents in my life. 1863 133 H75
HOOKER, Worthington.
Lessons from the history of medical delusions. 1850 ri33 H77
HOPKINS, Albert Allis, ed.
Magic; stage illusions and scientific diversions, including
trick photography. 1897 133 H78
Bibliography, p.537-sso.
The same. 1897 ri33 H78
In the first few chapters many of the best illusions of Robert Houdin,
Heller, Herrmann and Kellar are explained. "Ancient magic" takes
DELUSIONS, WITCHCRAFT, MAGIC 67
up the temple tricks of the ancient Egyptian, Greek and Roman won-
der workers, as well as a number of automata. Chapters follow on
Science in the theatre, Photographic diversions, etc.
HOPKINS, Nevil Monroe.
Twentieth century magic, and the construction of modern
magical apparatus. 1898 133 H78s
KINGSFORD, Mrs Anna (Bonus), & Maitland, Edward.
The perfect way; or, The finding of Christ. 1890. (Occult
series.) 133 K27
LANG, Andrew.
Book of dreams and ghosts. 1897 133 La3
In his preface Mr Lang says: ".The chief purpose of this book is, if
fortune helps, to entertain people interested in the kind of narratives
here collected." He does not discuss the scientific theories involved,
he only states the case and lets each reader draw his own conclusions.
There are many instances, new and old, and the book is interesting,
whether one believes in ghosts or not.
LELAND, Charles Godfrey.
Aradia ; or, The gospel of the witches. 1899 133 L$7
While pursuing the study of Italian folklore, the author obtained from
an Italian "sorceress" this gospel of a religion of which Diana is the
goddess and her daughter Aradia the female Messiah. It sets forth
how the latter was born, came down to earth, established witchcraft,
and then returned to heaven. Various incantations and ceremonial
forms are also included.
Gypsy sorcery and fortune telling. 1891 qi33 L$7g
MACKAY, Charles.
Memoirs of extraordinary popular delusions and the mad-
ness of crowds. 2v. 1852 133 Mi7
v.i. Mississippi scheme. South-Sea bubble. The tulipomania. The al-
chymists. Modern prophecies. Fortune-telling. The magnetisers.
Influence of politics and religion on the hair and beard,
v.a. The crusades. The witch mania. The slow poisoners. Haunted
houses. Popular follies of great cities. Popular admiration of
great thieves. Duels and ordeals. Relics.
MASSEY, Gerald.
Concerning spiritualism 133 M45
Contains also A tale of eternity, and other poems.
MATHER, Cotton.
The wonders of the invisible world; an account of the
tryals of several witches lately executed in New-Eng-
land; to which is added a farther account of the tryals
of the New-England witches, by Increase Mather.
1862 133 M46
MATHER, Increase.
Remarkable providences illustrative of the earlier days of
American colonization; with introductory preface by
George Offor. 1890 133 ^469-
A reprint of a collection of superstitious narratives showing the state
of public opinion in the seventeenth century, and the implicit faith
which then existed in the power of the invisible world to hold inter-
course with man.
NEVIUS, John Livingston.
Demon possession and allied themes; an inductive study of
phenomena of our own times. 1896 133 N25
"Bibliographical index," p. 439-459.
OWEN, Robert Dale.
The debatable land between this world and the next. 1872 133 034
Footfalls on the boundary of another world. 1865 ri33 034
68 PALMISTRY
PARISH, Edmund.
Hallucinations and illusions; a study of the fallacies of percep-
tion. 1897. (Contemporary science series.) 133 P23
ROBINSON, William E.
JSpirit slate writing and kindred phenomena. 1898 133 R$5
"Owing to the fact that the author has for many years been engaged in
the practice of the profession of magic, both as a prestidigitateur and
designer of stage illusions for the late Alexander Herrmann, and has
also been associated with Prof. Kellar, he feels that he is fitted to treat
of clever tricks used by mediums." Preface.
SACHS, Edwin T.
Sleight of hand ; a manual of legerdemain. 1900 133 Si2
SARGENT, Epes.
Scientific basis of spiritualism. 1891 133 S24
SCOTT, Sir Walter.
Letters on demonology and witchcraft. 1874 133 843
SULLY, James.
Illusions; a psychological study. 1893. (International
scientific series.) 133 895
WHITING, Lilian.
After her death; the story of a summer. 1897 133 W64
A tribute to the memory of Kate Field.
133.5 Astrology
AMES, Mrs Eleanor Maria (Easter brooks),- {pseud. Eleanor Kirk).
Influence of the zodiac upon human life. 1894 133-5 ^.51
Astrological. Details the characteristics of those born under the differ-
ent signs of the zodiac.
BUTLER, Hiram Erastus.
Solar biology; a scientific method of delineating character,
etc., from date of birth. 1899 133.5 897
LILLY, William. ^
Introduction to astrology; also a Grammar of astrology and
tables for calculating nativities, by Zadkiel. 1898 133-5 L-7I
SEPHARIAL, (pseud, of W. Corn Old).
New manual of astrology. 1898 133-5 $47
133.6 Palmistry
ALLEN, Edward Heron-.
Manual of cheirosophy. 1894 J 33-6 A42
BENHAM, William George.
Laws of scientific hand reading; a practical treatise on
palmistry. 1901 133-6 643
CHEIRO, (pseud, of Leigh Warner).
Guide to the hand 133-6 C4ig
Language of the hand. 1897 133.6 C4I
GALTON, Francis.
Finger prints. 1892 133.6 Gi5
HENRY, Edward Richard.
Classification and uses of finger prints. 1901 133-6 H45
This little volume gives a full and precise illustrated account of the the-
ory and practice of Mr Henry's now accepted system of finger-print
identification.
HYPNOTISM, PSYCHICS 69
OVIES, Blanca, countess de.
Psycho-palmistry key; a series of lesson talks on palmistry,
soul science, mental science, occultism, and palmistry of the
Bible. 1900 133.6 O33
SAINT-GERMAIN, C. comte de.
The practice of palmistry for professional purposes. 2v.
1897 qi33-6 813
134 Hypnotism, psychics
BINET, Alfred, & Fere, Charles.
Animal magnetism. 1896. (International scientific series.). .. .134 648
BORDERLAND; quarterly; ed. by W. T. Stead. 4v. 1894-
97 qri34 863
No more published.
A periodical devoted to the investigation and discussion of psychic phe-
nomena with the object of showing that they are worthy of more
serious consideration than they have yet (1894) received.
FLOURNOY, Theodore.
From India to the planet Mars ; a study of a case of somnam-
bulism. 1900 134 F6/
Embodies the results of five years' investigation of a Geneva medium,
whom the author calls Helene Smith. The phenomena attending
this woman's trances are extremely curious. Prof. Flournoy has
studied them patiently and intimately, and he states his conclusions
with candor.
FREER, A.Goodrich-, (pseud. Miss X).
Essays in psychical research. 1899 134 FQI
Contents: Psychical research in the Victorian era. Haunted houses.
Another theory of hauntings. On the faculty of crystal' gazing. The
fc divining rod, or the faculty of dowsing. How it came into my head,
the machinery of intuitions. Hypnotism. Obsession, or the impera-
tive idea. Holywell, the Welsh Lourdes. Saint Columba, the father
of second sight.
GURNEY, Edmund, and others.
Phantasms of the living, by Edmund Gurney, F. W. H.
Myers and Frank Podmore. 2v. 1886 134 G97
Under this title is embraced all transmission of thought and feeling
from one person to another by other means than through the recog-
nized channels of the senses, apparitions being included in the cases
described.
HART, Ernest.
Hypnotism, mesmerism and the new witchcraft. 1896 134 H3I
HINTON, Charles Howard.
Scientific romances, ist-2d ser. 2v. 1886-96 134 H57
v.i. What is the fourth dimension? The Persian king. A plane
world. A picture of our universe. Casting out the self.
v.2. The education of the imagination. Many dimensions. Stella. An
unfinished communication.
HUDSON, Thomson Jay.
Law of psychic phenomena. 1895 134 H88
JASTROW, Joseph.
Fact and fable in psychology. 1900 134 Jzi
Contents: The modern occult. The problems of psychical research.
The logic of mental telegraphy. The psychology of deception. The
psychology of spiritualism. Hypnotism and its antecedents. The
natural history of analogy. The mind's eye. Mental prepossession
and inertia. A study of involuntary movements. The dreams of the
blind.
70 HYPNOTISM, PSYCHICS
LANG, Andrew.
Cock Lane and common-sense. 1894 134
Discusses various psychical phenomena, including spiritualism, appari-
tions, ghosts, second sight, witchcraft, telepathy, etc.
"The book is neither an advocate for the reality of the marvellous nor
a consolation for the sceptic." Nation, 1894.
MASON, Rufus Osgood.
Hypnotism and suggestion in therapeutics, education and re-
form. 1901 134
"Emphasizes the increased scope of the mental factor in the treatment
of disease, and the specific opportunities afforded by hypnotic sugges-
tion in this respect. . .[Combines] much that is reliable and suggestive
(and still more that is interesting), with much more that is questiona-
ble." Dial, 1901.
Telepathy and the subliminal self; an account of recent inves-
tigations regarding hypnotism, automatism, dreams, phan-
tasms and related phenomena. 1899 134 M45
MOLL, Albert.
Hypnotism. 1890. (Contemporary science series.) 134 M79
"Probably the best general survey of the subject." American journal
of psychology, 1897.
The same. 1898 134 M7gh
PODMORE, Frank.
Apparitions and thought-transference. 1895. (Contempor-
ary science series.) 134 P73
Studies in psychical research. 1897 134 ?73S
Contents: Spiritualism as a popular movement. Physical phenomena of
spiritualism. Spiritualism and psychical research. Poltergeists.
Madame Blavatsky and theosophy. Experimental thought transfer-
ence. Telepathic hallucinations.^-Ghosts. Haunted houses. Premo-
nitions and previsions. Secondary consciousness. Impersonation,
obsession, clairvoyance.
Attempts to estimate the value of the work done by the Society for
psychical research, and sketch the conclusions reached at the present
time (1897).
QUACKENBOS, John Duncan.
Hypnotism in mental and moral culture. 1900 134 Q 12
A consideration of the value of hypnotic suggestion in the training of
degenerate or vicious children, and in work in reformatories and pris-
ons. The author is a physician, but this is written for the general
public.
SAVAGE, Minot Judson.
Psychics ; facts and theories. 1899 134 826
Accounts of ghosts, spirit rappings, trances, dreams, etc., with a chapter
on the present status of psychical inquiry.
SIDIS, Boris.
The psychology of suggestion; a research into the subcon-
scious nature of man and society. 1898 134 856
SOCIETY FOR PSYCHICAL RESEARCH.
Proceedings, i882-date. v.i-date. i883-date r 134 867
TUCKEY, Charles Lloyd.
Treatment by hypnotism and suggestion ; or, Psycho-thera-
peutics. 1900 134 T8r
Authorities, p.4-$.
Former editions published under the title "Psycho-therapeutics."
135 Sleep
BIGELOW, John.
The mystery of sleep. 1897 135 647
PHYSIOGNOMY. PHRENOLOGY 71
MACNISH, Robert.
Philosophy of sleep. 1850 1-135 M2i
MANACfilNE, Marie de.
Sleep, its physiology, pathology, hygiene and psychology.
1897. (Contemporary science series.) 135 M32
Bibliography at the end of each chapter.
SEAFIELD, Frank, (pseud, of Alexander Henley Grant).
Literature and curiosities of dreams. 2v. 1865 ri35 843
List of the principal authors, treatises and opinions cited, v.i, p. 15-33.
136 Mental characteristics. 137 Temperaments
ELLIS, Havelock.
Man and woman; a study of human secondary sexual charac-
ters. 1898. (Contemporary science series.) 136 53
GALTON, Francis.
Hereditary genius. 1892 136 GlS
MACDONALD, Arthur.
Girls who answer personals, a sociologic study of young
women. 1897 ri36 Mi4
First edition published under the title "Abnormal woman."
Bibliography, p. 246-250.
RIBOT, Theodule.
Heredity; a psychological study of its phenomena. 1895 136 R3Q
STEWART, Alexander, F.R.CS. Edin.
Our temperaments ; their study and their teaching. 1887 137 884
"I have endeavoured to provide a practical guide by which observers
may know the temperament of anyone by looking at him, and be en-
abled to associate with it certain mental qualities and traits of charac-
ter." Author's preface.
138 Physiognomy. 139 Phrenology
DARWIN, Charles.
Expression of the emotions in man and animals. 1892 138 D26
LAVATER, Johann Caspar.
Essays on physiognomy. 3v. in 5. 1810 qri38 L38
MANTEGAZZA, Paolo.
Physiognomy and expression. (Contemporary science series.) . .138 M34
WARNER, Francis.
Physical expression, its modes and principles. 1893. (Inter-
national scientific series.) 138 W23
BAIN, Alexander.
On the study of character, including an estimate of phrenology.
1861 .- 139 Bi6
FLOURENS, Marie Jean Pierre.
Phrenology examined. 1846 r 139 F67
FOWLER, Orson Squire, & Lorenzo Niles.
Self-instructor in phrenology and physiology; revised by Nel-
son Sizer. 1889 139 F84
SPURZHEIM, Johann Kaspar.
Lectures on phrenology ; ed. by A. T. Story 139 877
72 PHILOSOPHICAL SYSTEMS
140 Philosophical systems
FROTHINGHAM, Octavius Brooks.
Transcendentalism in New England. 1886 141 Fp7
HOWISON, George Holmes.
Limits of evolution, and other essays illustrating the
metaphysical theory of personal idealism. 1901 141 H86
Other essays: Modern science and pantheism. Later German philoso-
phy. The art-principle as represented in poetry. The right relation
of reason to religion. Human immortality, its positive argument.
The harmony of determinism and freedom.
HYDE, William De Witt.
Practical idealism. 1897 141 HQO
Contents: The world of sense-perception. The world of association.
The world of science. The world of art. The world of persons.
The world of institutions. The world of morality. The world of
religion.
"Its practical aim precludes the discussion of ultimate metaphysical
problems, and confines it to those concrete aspects of philosophy
which lie closest to the common concerns of men." Preface.
SURSUM corda; a defence of idealism. 1898 * 141 896
WATSON, John.
Schelling's Transcendental idealism ; a critical exposition.
1892 141 W32
LANGE, Friedrich Albert.
History of materialism and criticism of its present importance;
tr. by E.C.Thomas. 3v. 1892. (English and foreign phi-
losophical library.) 146 L24
Biographical notes of Lange, v.i, p. 9-16.
PLUMPTRE, C.E.
General sketch of the history of pantheism. 2v 147 P72
v.i. From the earliest times to the age of Spinoza.
v.2. From the age of Spinoza to the commencement of the ipth century.
ROMANES, George John.
Mind and motion, and Monism. 1895 147 R6$
INGE, William Ralph.
Christian mysticism; considered in eight lectures delivered
before the University of Oxford. 1899. (Bampton lec-
tures, 1899.) 149 124
PREL, Karl du.
Philosophy of mysticism. 2v. 1889 149 Pgi
v.i. Science, its capability of development. On the scientific impor-
tance of dreams. Dream a dramatist. Somnambulism. Dream a
physician.
v.2. The faculty of memory. The monistic doctrine of the soul.
RfiCfiJAC, E.
Essay on the bases of the mystic knowledge. 1899 149 R26
150 Psychology
ABERCROMBIE, John.
Inquiries concerning the intellectual powers and the investiga-
tion of truth ; adapted to the use of schools by Jacob Abbott. . 150 Ai4
The text of Abercrombie's "Treatise of the human mind," with the
exception of two articles, which were published in the original edition.
PSYCHOLOGY 73
AMERICAN journal of psychology; quarterly; ed. by G. S. Hall.
v.i-date. i888-date 050 ASI
BALDWIN, James Mark.
Fragments in philosophy and science ; essays and addresses.
1902 150
A selection from papers contributed to various journals during a period
of fifteen years. The majority are on psychological subjects.
Handbook of psychology. 2v. 1890-94 150
v.i. Senses and intellect.
v.2. Feeling and will.
Mental development of the child and the race ; methods and
processes. 1897 150 Bigm
Social and ethical interpretations in mental development ; a
study in social psychology. 1897 150 619
A continuation of the studies in psychology begun in "Mental develop-
ment in the child and the race." The author has endeavored to make
it available for use in universities in connection with courses in psy-
chology, ethics and social science.
The story of the mind. 1898. (Library of useful stories.) 150 8195
"Literature," p.233-236.
Short and easily understood.
BALDWIN, Joseph.
Elementary psychology and education; a text-book for high
schools and a manual for teachers. 1899. (International
education series.) 150 6195
It uses many happy devices in the way of illustrations and diagrams to
help in making an inventory of the mental processes and in familiariz-
ing beginners with technical terms.
BOWNE, Borden Parker.
Introduction to psychological theory. 1897 150 B66
BRYANT, Sophie.
Educational ends; or, The ideal of personal development. 1887,. 150 684
A discussion of the ethical and logical ends of education, from the
standpoint of philosophical idealism, concluding with the establishment
of the ultimate unity of the two ends.
CALIFORNIA UNIVERSITY.
Studies, v.r. 1893-99 qriSO Ci3
v. i.. Notes on the development of a child, by M. W. Shinn.
CALKINS, Mary Whiton.
Introduction to psychology. 1901 150 Ci33
Bibliography, p.492-so3.
Designed as a text-book. Author is (1901) professor of psychology in
Wellesley college.
COMPAYRfi, Gabriel.
Intellectual and moral development of the child, v.i. 1896.
(International education series.) 150 C73
DEWEY, John.
Psychology. 1891 150 DSI
Contains numerous bibliographies.
DEXTER, Thomas Francis George, & Garlick, A.H.
Psychology in the school room. 1899 150 052
DRUMMOND, W.B.
The child; his nature and nurture. 1901. (Temple primers.). -ISO D&4
List of references at end of book.
"Little book gives no more than it is indispensable that every mother
should know; the information is good and wise, both as regards the
physical care of the child and still more its moral and intellectual up-
bringing." Nation, 1901.
74 PSYCHOLOGY
FORBUSH, William Byron.
Boy problem ; a study in social pedagogy, with an introduction
by G. S. Hall. 1901 150 75
Contents: Boy-life. By-laws of boy-life. Ways in which boys spon-
taneously organize socially. Social organizations formed for boys by
adults. Some suggestions as to how to help boys. The boy problem
in the church. A directory of social organizations for boys. A list
of books and pamphlets about work with boys. A reading course on
the boy problem.
A sensible, practical discussion of the problem, not taking up the ques-
tion of home training.
GROSZMANN, Maximilian P.E.
A working system of child study for schools. 1897 150 Gp4
HALL, Granville Stanley, & Ellis, A.C.
A study of dolls. 1897 150 Hi7
Bibliography, p.<x>.
A psychological and historical study of dolls; the relation they bear to
child-life, their educational influence, and value in indicating character
development. Based upon the answers obtained from 800 circulars sent
to parents and teachers.
HALLECK, Reuben Post.
Psychology and psychic culture. 1895 150 Hi/S
HARRIS, William Torrey.
Psychologic foundations of education; an attempt to show
the genesis of the higher faculties of the mind. 1898. (In-
ternational education series.) 150 H29
"Education needs a psychology that will show how all activities, whether
individual or social, react on children or men so as to develop them."
Preface.
HASKELL, Ellen M. ed.
Child observations, ist ser. v.i. 1896 150 H33
v.i. Imitation and allied activities.
HERBART, Johann Friedrich.
Application of psychology to the science of education. 1898. .150 H46a
Text-book in psychology. 1891. (International education
series.) 150 H46
H5FFDING, Harald.
Outlines of psychology ; tr. by M. E. Lowndes. 1896 150 H67
English version of the work of a prominent Danish psychologist.
HOGAN, Mrs Louise E. (Shimer).
Study of a child. 1898 150 H68
A mother's record in diary form of the first seven years of an ordinary
boy's life.
HOLBROOK, Reginald Heber.
First principles of the science of education. 1901 riso H6Q
Paper read before the Pedagogical section of the Academy of science of
Pittsburgh, Dec. 10, 1901.
HOPKINS, Mark.
Outline study of man. 1878 150 H78
JAMES, William, 6.1842.
Principles of psychology. 2v. 1893. (American science se-
ries ; advanced course.) 150 Ji6
"A brilliant and suggestive work. Author is not an experimental psy-
chologist. As a whole, the volumes are for advanced students, but the
chapters on 'Habit' and 'Memory* can be enjoyed by every reader."
Psychology. 1893. (American science series; briefer
course.) 150 Ji6p
Based on his "Principles of psychology." About two-fifths of this book
are either new or rewritten. Omits the polemics, history and pure
PSYCHOLOGY 75
speculation of the advanced work. Directly available for the class-
room or the general reader who has some elementary knowledge of
the subject.
Talks to teachers on psychology, and to students on some of
life's ideals. 1899 150 Ji6t
Most of these articles were published in the Atlantic Monthly, v.83.
Includes the substance of lectures given in Cambridge (Mass.) in 1892.
Practical, popular, and entirely free from technicalities.
KROHN, William Otterbein.
Practical lessons in psychology. 1895 150 K42
KULPE, Oswald.
Outlines of psychology based upon the results of experi-
mental investigation. 1895 150 K43
LADD, George Trumbull.
Elements of physiological psychology ; the activities and nature
of the mind from the physical and experimental point of
view. 1894 150 Li3e
Outlines of descriptive psychology; a text-book of mental sci-
ence, for colleges and normal schools. 1900 150 Li3o
Philosophy of mind; an essay in the metaphysics of psychol-
ogy. 1895 150 Li3
Psychology, descriptive and explanatory. 1896 150 Li3p
LANGE, Karl.
Apperception ; a monograph on psychology' and pedagogy. 1898. . 150 L24
LE BON, Gustave.
The crowd; a study of the popular mind. 1896. (Crim-
inology series.) 150 L47
McCOSH, James.
Psychology, the cognitive powers. 1886 150 Mi2
Psychology ; the motive powers, emotions, conscience, will.
1887 150 Mi2p
MAKER, Michael.
Psychology. 1890. (Manuals of Catholic philosophy.) 150 Mas
MARHOLM, Mrs Laura Hansson-.
Studies in the psychology of woman. 1899 150 M3&3
MARION, Frangois Henri.
Legons de psychologic appliquee a 1'education. 1895 150 M38
MERCIER, Charles Arthur.
Nervous system and the mind; a treatise on the dynamics of
the human organism. 1888 150 M63
MIVART, St. George.
Nature and thought; an introduction to a natural philosophy.
1882 150 M75
MORGAN, Conway Lloyd.
Psychology for teachers. 1898 150 M8g
Contents: States of consciousness. Association. Experience. Percep-
tion. Analysis and generalization. Description and explanation.
Mental development. Language and thought. Literature. Character
and conduct.
MUNSTERBERG, Hugo.
Psychology and life. 1899 150
Contents: Psychology and life. Psychology and physiology. Psychology
and education. Psychology and art. Psychology and history. Psy-
chology and mysticism.
The author, who is professor of psychology in Harvard university, says
76 PSYCHOLOGY
that the controlling thought of his book is the "separation of the con-
ceptions of psychology from the conceptions of our real life... that
psychology is not at all an expression of reality, but a complicated
transformation of it."
OPPENHEIM, Nathan.
The development of the child. 1898 150 026
The work of a children's physician. Thoughtful and suggestive to
mothers and teachers.
Mental growth and control. 1902 150 O26m
A practical and readable book which lays down some definite principles
for the guidance of the intellectual life.
OSTERMANN, Wilhelm.
Interest in its relation to pedagogy; tr. under the auspices of
the Society for the comparative study of pedagogy; ed.
by E. R. Shaw. 1899 150 029
PEREZ, Bernard.
L'education morale des le berceau. 1896 150 P42e
A treatise on the development and training of character, based on a
psychological study of the growth of the emotions and the will.
L'enfarit de trois a sept ans. 1894 150 P42en
First three years of childhood. 1888 150 P42
PREYER, Wilhelm.
Mental development in the child. 1894. (International edu-
cation series.) 150 P93m
Mind of the child. 2v. 1890-92. (International education
series.) 150 P93
pt. i. Senses and the will.
pt.2. Development of the intellect.
Traces 'the development of the senses in the order of their unfolding,
the growth of the notions of space, time, and casuality, the advent of
language, the development of self-consciousness. The book has a val-
uable introduction by Dr W. T. Harris.
"Among all the nearly fourscore studies of young children, printed by
careful, empirical, and often thoroughly scientific observers, this work
...is the fullest, and on the whole the best." G.Stanley Hall.
PSYCHOLOGICAL review ; bi-monthly, v.i-date. 1 894- date, .qr 150 Pg7
Each volume contains the Psychological index; a bibliography of the lit-
erature of psychology and cognate subjects for the year.
The same; monograph supplements, v.i-date. i895-date. . .qriso P97m
v.i. On sensations from pressure and impact, by Harold Griffing.
Association, by M. VV. Calkins. The mental development of a child,
by K. C. Moore. A study of Kant's psychology with reference to x
the critical philosophy, by E. F. Buchner.
v.z. Problems in the psychology of reading, by J. O. Quantz. The
fluctuation of attention, by J. P. Hylan. Mental imagery, by Wil-
frid Lay. Animal intelligence, by E. L. Thorndike. The emotion
of joy, by G. V. Dearborn. Conduct and the weather, by E. G.
Dexter.
v.3. On inhibition, by B. B. Breese. On after-images, by S. I. Franz.
The accuracy of voluntary movement, by R. S. Woodworth. A
study of lapses, by H. H. Bawden. The mental life of the mon-
keys, by E. L. Thorndike. The correlation of mental and physical
tests, by Clark Wissler.
RICHMOND, Wilfrid John.
Essay on personality as a philosophical principle. 1900 150 R42
ROBERTSON, George Croom.
Elements of psychology; ed. fr. notes of lectures, 1870-1892,
by C. A. F. R. Davids. 1896. (University extension
manuals.) 150 RS3
PSYCHOLOGY 77
ROOFER, Thomas Godolphin.
"A pot of green feathers," a study in apperception. 1892.
(Teachers' professional library.) 150 R68
SANFORD, Edmund C.
Course in experimental psychology, v. i . 1898 1 50 822
v.i. Sensation and perception.
Bibliography at the end of each chapter.
SCHOFIELD, Alfred Taylor.
The unconscious mind. 1898 150 836
List of books quoted, p. 419-423.
SCRIPTURE. Edward Wheeler.
The new psychology. 1898. (Contemporary science series.). .150 84311
Thinking, feeling, doing. 1895. (Chautauqua reading circle
literature.) 150 843
Elementary work, first book in the English language on the new
psychology, based exclusively on experiment. Special attention to
practical applications in every-day life. Copiously illustrated.
.SHINN, Milicent Washburn.
Biography of a baby. 1900 150 855
Careful study by a trained observer of the development of a baby, day
by day, from birth to the end of the first year.
"Full of very acute observation^, and exhibits a real genius in interpret-
ing all the signs of a baby's slowly developing mental life... A book
which, whether for pleasure or for profit, no mother and no psycholo-
gist can afford to be without." Nation, 1900.
SNIDER, Denton Jaques.
Psychology and the psychosis; intellect. 1896 150 867
SPENCER, Herbert
Principles of psychology. 2v. 1895. (Synthetic philosophy,
v.4-5-) 150 874
STERRETT, John Douglas.
The power of thought. 1896 150 883
-STOUT, George Frederick.
Analytic psychology. 2v. 1896 150 S88a
Manual of psychology, v.i. 1899. (University tutorial
series.) 150 888
An introductory study of psychology made from the genetic standpoint.
The order followed is that of the successive stages of mental develop-
ment. The earlier stages of the growth of the mind are demonstrated
by reference to the mentality of animal life. The phases through
which the ideal construction of self has passed are illustrated by com-
parison with the mental condition of the lower races of mankind.
Contains an outline of the scope of psychology.
SULLY, James.
Children's ways; being selections from the author's Studies of
childhood ; with additional matter. 1897 150 S95c
"Prof. Sully has extracted from his large volume a smaller one. . .written
in popular language. . .so that it now is possible, by the light of 'Chil-
dren's ways,' for every parent of intelligence to observe for himself
the growth of mind in his own family." Academy, 1897.
Human mind ; a text-book of psychology. 2v. 1892 150 Sg^h
Contains numerous bibliographies.
Outlines of psychology. 1893 150 895
The same. 1884 riso 895
Studies of childhood. 1896 150 8955
Bibliography, p. 5 15-5 17.
"Not a complete treatise on child psychology, but merely deals with cer-
tain aspects of children's minds which happen to have come under my
notice, and to have had a special interest for me." Preface.
78 PSYCHOLOGY
On the ways and works of children from birth to sixth year. Valuable
to intelligent amateurs in child study.
The teacher's handbook of psychology, on the basis of "Out-
lines of psychology." 1897 150
"References for reading," p. 58 1-582.
TAYLOR, Albert Reynolds.
The study of the child; a brief treatise on the psychology of
the child. 1898. (International education series.) 150 T2$
Bibliography, p.ai 1-215.
THORNDIKE, Edward Lee.
Human nature club ; an introduction to the study of mental life.
1901 150 T39
"References," p.23o-23i.
Ingenious introduction to psychology, in the form of a story or dialogue.
"The psychological matter is well-grounded, suggestive, discriminatingly
used and clearly set forth." Science, 1901.
Notes on child study. 1901. (Columbia university. Con-
tributions to philosophy, psychology and education,
v.8, no.3-4.) 150 T39n
TITCHENER, Edward Bradford.
Experimental psychology; a manual of laboratory practice.
v.i in 2. 1901 150 T52e
v.i, pt.i. Qualitative experiments; student's manual,
v.i, pt.z. Qualitative experiments; instructor's manual.
Bibliography, v.i, pt.2, P-43O-433.
Outline of psychology. 1897 150 T.<>2
"My aim in writing this book has been to present in brief outline and
simple form the methods and most important results of experimental
psychology." Preface.
Primer of psychology. 1902 150 T52p
References at end of each chapter.
TORONTO UNIVERSITY.
Studies; psychological series, v.i. 1898 qriSO T63
v.i. Lane, W.B. Space-threshold of colours and its dependence on con-
trast phenomena.
TRACY, Frederick.
The psychology of childhood. 1897 150 T67
"Published sources of information," p. 162-167.
WOOD, Henry.
Studies in the thought world; or, Practical mind art. 1896. ..150 W8s
WUNDT, Wilhelm.
Grundziige der physiologischen psychologic. 2v. 1893... 150 Wc>6g
Outlines of psychology. 1897 150 Wg6
ZIEHEN, Theodor.
Introduction to physiological psychology ; tr. by C. C. Van Liew
and O. W. Beyer. 1899. (Introductory science text-books.) . .150 ZS9
151 Intellect
HIRSCH, William.
Genius and degeneration. 1896 151 H6i
Contents: The limits of insanity. The psychology of genius. Genius
and insanity. Degeneration. Influence of education upon genius.
Secular hysteria. Art and insanity. Richard Wagner and psychopa-
thology.
LOCKE, John.
Philosophical works. 2v. 1892 151 L75
"Locke's authority as a philosopher was unrivalled in England during
SENSE PERCEPTION 79
the first half of the eighteenth century, and retained great weight
until the spread of Kantian doctrines. . .His spiritual descendant, J. S.
Mill, indicates his main achievement b'y calling him 'the unquestioned
founder of the analytic philosophy of mind'... His own position...
was not consistent, and very different systems have been affiliated
upon his teaching." Dictionary of national biography.
Versuch iiber den menschlichen verstand; aus dem eng-
lischen iibersetzt. 3v. 1795-97 risi L75
LOMBROSO, Caesar.
Man of genius. 1891. (Contemporary science series.) 151 L8i
"Proposition. . .that genius is a mental disease, allied to epileptiform
mania and in a lesser degree to the dementia of cranks, or mattoids,
as he calls them; so that, far from being a mental perfection, it is a
degenerate and diseased condition." Nation, 1892.
RUSH, James.
Brief outline of an analysis of the human intellect. 2v. 1865. . .151 R8g
152 Sense perception
ALLEN, Grant.
Colour-sense, its origin and development. 1879 152
BONNIER, Pierre.
L'orientation. 1900. (Scientia; serie biologique.) 152 662
Brief study of the faculty which enables us to define the direction of ob-
jects in space with regard to our own position. The treatment is main-
ly physiological.
CLIFFORD, William Kingdon.
Seeing and thinking. 1890 152 C$8
DOWNS, James P. pub.
Quickness of perception. 1891. (Memory library.) 152077
Contents: Nature of perceptive powers. Quickness and accuracy of
sight. Quick and accurate hearing. Mental stimulus in games, by
E. W. Hassler. Games as factors in education, by C. N. Ironside.
GOBLET, H.F.
Theory of sight. 1869 ri52 G54
HALLECK, Rueben Post.
Education of the central nervous system. 1896 152 Hi7
Contains a chapter on "How Shakspere's senses were trained."
MACH, Ernst.
Contributions to the analysis of the sensations; tr. by C. M.
Williams. 1897 152 Mi6
"The most noteworthy characteristic of Professor Mach's 'Contributions
to the analysis of the sensations'. . .is the point of view by which they
are inspired, rather than the facts therein recorded or the results
reached. It is the point of view prominent in the writings of Helm-
holtz and insists upon the essential unity of the underlying aspects of
sensations and their causes." Dial, 1897.
153 Understanding
BINET, Alfred.
Psychology of reasoning; based on experimental researches
in hypnotism. 1899 153 648
RIBOT, Theodule.
Evolution of general ideas ; authorized translation from the
French, by F. A. Welby. 1899 153 R39
"Aim... is to study the development of the mind as it abstracts and
8o MEMORY
generalises, and to show that these two operations exhibit a perfect
evolution." Preface.
154 Memory
COLEGROVE, Frederick Welton.
Memory, an inductive study ; with an introduction by G. S.
Hall. 1900 154 C68
Bibliography of authorities consulted, p.353~36i.
DOWNS, James P. pub.
Eye and ear memory. 1891. (Memory library.) 1540776
The mastery of memorizing. 1891. (Memory library.) 154 077
Contents: The processes of memory. Development of the memory.
Hints on legal study, by W. R. Baird. Remarks on Bible memorizing,
by Bishop Vincent. Suggestions to students, by W. A. Dunning.
Hints on general study, by G. F. C. Smillie.
Memory and thought. 1891. (Memory library.) 154 D77m
Contents: Nature and processes of thought. Relation of memory and
thought. Development of thought. The abuse of Ihe memory, by
R. L. Wakefield. The memory and the will, by E. W. Hassler.
FULLER, Henry H.
Art of memory; a comprehensive and practical system of
memory culture. 1898 154 Fp8
GREEN, Frederic William Edridge-.
Memory and its cultivation. 1897. (International scientific
series.) 154 G8a
HASSLER, E.W. & Young, Ermentine. ^
Memory training of the young. 1891. (Memory library.) .... 154 H34
KAY, David.
Memory, what it is and how to improve it. 1895. (Interna-
tional education series.) 154 Ki4
LOISETTE, Alphonse, (pseud, of Marcus Dwight Larrowe).
Assimilative memory; or, How to attend and never forget.
1899 154 L78
MILES, Eustace Hamilton.
How to remember without memory systems or with them.
1901 154 M68
"Reference books," p. 266-267.
PICK, Edward.
Lectures on memory culture. 1899 154 P54
156 Intuition. Reason
McCOSH, James.
Intuitions of the mind inductively investigated. 1893 156 Mi4
MARSHALL, Henry Rutgers.
Instinct and reason; an essay concerning the relation of in-
stinct to reason, with some special study on the nature of
religion. 1898 156 M4I
MIVART, St. George.
The origin of human reason; an examination of recent hy-
potheses concerning it. 1889 156 M75
LOGIC 81
157 Emotions
GROOS, Karl.
Play of man ; tr. by E. L. Baldwin. 1901 157 693
"Scientific treatise on sport and pastime. . .The author includes in his
term the playful activity of the sensory apparatus in feeling, tempera-
ture, taste, smell, hearing and sight; the playful use of the motor ap-
paratus, and the playful use of the higher mental powers... The clos-
ing pages are devoted to the relation of play to pedagogics." Sci-
ence, 1901.
McCOSH, James.
Emotions. 1880 157 M 14
MARSHALL, Henry Rutgers.
Pain, pleasure and aesthetics ; an essay concerning the psychol-
ogy of pain and pleasure, with special reference to aesthetics.
1894 157 M4i
"Mr. ISiarshalFs theory of pleasure-pain will have to be reckoned with
by future writers on psychology. Briefly, it is that pleasure and pain
are not sensations, neither are they emotions; but 'differential quali-
ties of all mental states, of such nature, that -one of them must, and
either of them may, under proper conditions, belong to any element
of consciousness.' " Educational review, 1894.
MOSSO, Angelo.
Fear; tr. fr. the Italian. 1896 157 M93
RIBOT, Theodule.
Psychology of attention. 1896 157 R39
Psychology of the emotions. 1897. (Contemporary science
series.) .157 R3Qp
STANLEY, Hiram Miner.
Studies in the evolutionary psychology of feeling. 1895 !57 S78
159 Will
ALEXANDER, Archibald, Ph. D.
Theories of the will in the history of philosophy. 1898 159 A37
RIBOT, Theodule.
Diseases of the will. 1896 159 R39
SNIDER, Denton Jaques.
The will and its world ; psychical and ethical. 1899 159 867
160 Logic
BOOLE, George.
Investigation of the laws of thought, on which are founded
the mathematical theories of logic and probabilities. 1854. .160 663
CLARKE, Richard Frederick.
Logic. (Manuals of Catholic philosophy.) 160 C$3
COPPfiE, Henry.
Elements of logic, designed as a manual of instruction. 1858. . .160 C79
"References," p. 4-5.
JEVONS, William Stanley.
Elementary lessons in logic. 1888 160 J3ie
Continues, notwithstanding numerous additions to the literature of
82 LOGIC
logic, probably the most useful book for beginners. Peculiarly free
from the illustrations by which the science has often been degraded
to a sort of systematic intellectual trifling.
Logic. (Science primers.) 160 J3I
Principles of science. 1892 160 J3ip
May be taken up with advantage after the "Elementary lessons" by
those who wish to advance to the higher problems of logic. The first
chapters are comparatively uninteresting; they are followed by an ex-
cellent exposition of the principles underlying scientific generaliza-
tion and discovery; illustrations are drawn from many and diverse
modern triumphs of science.
LOTZE, Hermann.
Logic ; ed. by Bernard Bosanquet. 2v. 1888 160 Lo.2
MILL, John Stuart.
System of logic. 1893 160 M68
Marked a new epoch in the literature of logic, especially by its luminous
exposition of the methods of experimental inquiry, and its interesting
illustration of these in the achievements of modern science.
MINTO, William.
Logic, inductive and deductive. 1898 160 M73
READ, Carveth.
Logic ; deductive and inductive. 1898 160 R25
RICKABY, John.
First principles of knowledge. (Manuals of Catholic phi-
losophy.) 160 R43
SIDGWICK, Alfred.
Use of words in reasoning. 1901 160 $56
Contents: The nature of reasoning. Description and ambiguity. The
leading technicalities of formal logic. Summaries.
"This book is at once a criticism of formal logic, deductive and induc-
tive, and a course of instruction in regard to how formal logic should
be used. . .It has great value for the student at the period when he is
forming his habits of investigation; it offers the professional logician
a number of discussions conducted with. . .fairness and. . .authority."
Nation, 1901.
THOMSON, William, abp.
Outline of the necessary laws of thought ; a treatise on pure
and applied logic. 1892 160 T38
Contains a chapter on Indian logic by Max Muller.
WATTS, Isaac.
Logick; or, The right use of reason in the enquiry after
truth. 1797 r:6o W33
WELTON, James.
Logical bases of education. 1899 160 Wsi
WHATELY, Richard.
Elements of logic. 1843 n6o W59
CARROLL, Lewis, (pseud, of Charles Lutwidge Dodgson).
Symbolic logic, v.i. 1897 164 C23
v.i. Elementary.
No more published.
MACFARLANE, Alexander.
Principles of the algebra of logic, with examples. 1879 164 Mis
SIDGWICK, Alfred.
Fallacies; a view of logic from the practical side. 1890. (In-
ternational scientific series.) 165 Ss6
ETHICS 83
170 Ethics
DESJARDINS. Paul.
Le devoir present. 1892 170 046
"Created a sensation in the thinking world of Paris. ..While the critics
were still diagnosing over the pamphlet as a theory, a small band of
men, avowing the same convictions as Desjardins, proceeded to test it
as a practical truth. They enrolled themselves into a 'Union for mor-
al action,' which had for its object to associate together without regard
to religious or political beliefs, all serious-minded men who cared to
work for the formation of a healthy public opinion, for a moral awaken-
ing, and for the education and strengthening of the modern decadent
or enervated will power." Warner's "Library of the world's best litera-
ture."
DRESSER, Horatio Willis.
Book of secrets; with studies in the art of self-control. 1902. .170 D8ib
Contents: The secret of success. A secret of evolution. The secret of
adjustment. Social adjustments. Secrets of the age. A Christian
secret. Another secret. The secret of pessimism. The secret of
work. The art of health. The secret of self-help. The secret of
action. A vital secret. A personal letter. The secret of character.
Spiritual laws. A soul's message.
The power of silence; an interpretation of life in its relation
to health and happiness. 1898 170 D8l
ELIOT, Charles William.
The happy life. 1896 170 47
EVERETT, Charles Carroll.
Ethics for young people. 1893 170 95
Intended for minds advanced beyond childhood, and likely to be inquisi-
tive about the reasons why duty should be done. Adapted therefore
to introduce such minds to the science of ethics.
GENTZKEN, Friedrich.
Tractus ethico-physicus de affectibus humanis. 1722 ri7o G29
GILMAN, Nicholas Paine, & Jackson, E. P.
Conduct as a fine art. 1892 170 642
Contents: Oilman, N. P. Laws of daily aonduct. Jackson, E. P. Char-
acter building.
"These two books... were both adjudged a prize offered by the Ameri-
can Secular Union for a book to aid public school teachers in giving
moral instruction to their pupils apart from religious doctrine. The
authors are both friendly to religion, though not obtruding it either
as a speculative foundation or as a practical motive of morality."
J '. C. Murray.
GRIGGS, Edward Howard.
New humanism; studies in personal and social development.
1900 170 G89
Contents: The scientific study of the higher human life. The evolution
of personality. The dynamic character of personal ideals. The con-
tent of the ideal of life. Positive and negative ideals. Greek and
Christian ideals in modern civilization. The modern change in ideals
of womanhood. The ethics of social reconstruction. The new social
ideal. The religion of humanity.
HARALD, H.J.
Knowledge of life; a contribution to the story of religion.
1896 170 H24
Contains chapters on "Why women should legislate, and the evils of
the old system," and "Arguments against woman's rights."
HARDWICKE, Henry.
Art of living long and happily. 1895 170
"The author believes that the pursuit of happiness and of health may be
reduced to an art. Suggestions as to the best methods to be followed
84 ETHICS
are embodied in chapters entitled: Happiness should be systematically
pursued. Happiness derived from books. Cheerfulness."
* LARNED, Josephus Nelson, ed.
Multitude of counsellors ; a collection of codes, precepts and
rules of life from the wise of all ages, with an introductory
essay on the ancient and modern knowledge of good and
evil. 1901 170 L32
Selections, nearly all ethical in character, from philosophers of all times
and countries, from the Egyptian Ptah-hotep to Emerson and Thoreau.
LECKY, William Edward Hartpole.
Map of life; conduct and character. 1899 170 1*48
"The subject of this book, although nowhere explicitly stated, is in ef-
fect, 'How to make the most of life.' " Dial, 1899.
"Its strength lies rather in practical observations on conduct than in
close investigation of the theoretical grounds of morals." Athenaeum,
1899.
MacCUNN, John.
Making of character; some educational aspects of ethics. 1900. .170 Mi4
Contents: Congenital endowment: its nature and treatment. Educative
influences. Sound judgment. Self-development and self-control.
MARDEN, Orison Swett.
Architects of fate; or, Steps to success and power. 1896 170 M37
A later edition is published with the title "Rising in the world; or,
Architects of fate."
Character the grandest thing in the world. 1899 170 M37c
This little book points out. with a free use of anecdotes, the underlying
traits of strong character.
The secret of achievement. 1898 170 M37S
Success; a book of ideals, helps and examples for all desiring
to make the most of life. 1897 j 170 M37s
Winning out ; a book for young people on character building
by habit forming. 1900 j 170 M37w
Biographical sketches of successful men and women of obscure parent-
age who attained fame through personal effort and ambition.
MOSER, Justus.
Patriotische phantasien. 2v. 1871. (Bibliothek der deutschen
nationalliteratur.) 170 M76
QUIGLEY, Dorothy.
Success is for you. 1897 !?o Q3is
The way to keep young. 1897 170 0,31
SEWARD, Theodore F.
Don't worry; or, Spiritual emancipation, the scientific law of
happiness. 1897 170 851
Little book of helpful suggestions from the religious standpoint. It
started the "Don't worry" movement.
SHELDON? Walter Lorenzo.
Ethical Sunday school; a scheme for the moral instruction
of the young. 1900 170 854
TRINE, Ralph Waldo.
Character-building thought power. 1899 170 T74C
Greatest thing ever known. 1898 170 T74g
In tune with the infinite; or, Fullness of peace, power and
plenty. 1897 170 T74i
What all the world's a-seeking; or, The vital law of true
life, true greatness, power and happiness. 1899 170 T74
Service to others the foundation of any life worth living, is the author's
creed.
ETHICAL ESSAYS 85
WASHINGTON, Booker Taliaferro. ,
Sowing and reaping. 1900 170 W27
Amplified from several of his "Sunday evening talks to students" at the
Tuskegee institute.
170.4 Ethical essays
BOSANQUET, Bernard.
Civilization of Christendom, and other studies. 1893 174 ^64
Contents: Future of religious observance. Some thoughts on the tran-
sition from paganism to Christianity. The civilization of Christen-
dom. Old problems under new names. Are we agnostics ? The
communication of moral ideas as a function of an ethical society.
Right and wrong in feeling. Training in enjoyment. Luxury and
refinement. The antithesis between individualism and socialism philo-
sophically considered. Liberty and legislation.
BOWKER, Richard Rogers.
Arts of life. 1900 170.4 B66
Contents: Growth. Foreword. Firsts and lasts. Of education. Of
business. Of politics. Of religion. The end.
BRADFORD, Ampry Howe.
Art of living alone. 1899 170.4 B68
BRYANT, Sophie.
Short studies in character. 1894 170.4 684
BUSHNELL, Horace.
Moral uses of dark things. 1893 170.4 696
"Few will read these pages without being instructed. None but* uncom-
mon minds can read them without being enriched by the thoughts that
will help them to live more trustingly and bravely. The value of the
book consists not in its philosophical but in its practical character."
Nation, 1869.
CRAIK, Mrs Dinah Maria (Mulock).
Sermons out of church 1 70.4 C86
Contents: What is self-sacrifice? Our often infirmities. How to train
up a parent in the way he should go. Benevolence, or beneficence?
My brother's keeper. Gather up the fragments.
DYMOND, Jonathan.
Essays on the principles of morality, and on the private and
political rights and obligations of mankind. 1894 170.4 Dog
GARRISON, Wendell Phillips.
Parables for school and home. 1897 JI7O.4 Gi9
HAMERTON, Philip Gilbert.
Human intercourse. 1892 170.4 Hig
Graceful discussions of the rights of the guest, friendship, love, mar-
riage, and much else. The author rightly deems that life owes much
to the thoughtful and just cultivation of the social feelings.
The quest of happiness. 1897 170.4 Hioq
"Happiness, as the word will be understood in the present volume,
means that degree of satisfaction with our existence which, in spite
of minor vexations an.l disappointments, makes us willing to go on
living as we are now living without any important change." Chapter i.
HILLIS, Newell D wight.
The investment of influence; a study of social sympathy and
service. 1898 170.4 Hs6i
Man's value to society; studies in self-culture and character.
1897 170.4 Hs6
86 ETHICAL ESSAYS
HOLLAND, Josiah Gilbert.
Concerning the Jones family. 1891 170.4 H72C
Every-day topics, a book of briefs; ist-2d ser. 2v. 1888-93. -170-4 H72C
v.i. Culture. Literature and literary men. Criticism. The popular lec-
ture. Personal dangers. Personal development. Preachers and
preaching. Christianity and science. Revivals and reforms.
Christian practice. The church of the future. The common mo-
ralities. Woman. Woman and home. Amusements. The tem-
perance question. Social intercourse. Town and country. The
rich and the poor. Politics and political men. American life and
manners.
.a. Religion and the church. Art. Literature. Certain virtues and
virtuous habits. Education and industry. Town and country.
About woman. The curse of pauperism. Temperance. Domestic
economy. Social facts, forces and reforms. Matters of domestic
concern. M iscellaneous.
Gold-foil hammered from popular proverbs. 1895 170.4 H72g
Contents: An exordial essay. The Bible. Patience. Perfect liberty.
Trust and what comes of it. The ideal Christ. Providence. Does
sensuality pay? The way to grow old. Almsgiving.- The love of
what is ours. The power of circumstances. Anvils and hammers.
Every man has his place. Indolence and industry. The sins of our
neighbors. The canonization of the vicious. Social classification.
The preservation of character. Vices of imagination. Questions
above reason. Public and private life. Home. Learning and wis-
dom. Receiving and doing. The secret of popularity. The Lord's
business. The great mystery.
Lessons in life; a series of familiar essays. 1895 170.4 H72
Contents: Moods and frames of mind. Bodily imperfections and impedi-
ments. Animal content. Reproduction in kind. Truth and truthful-
ness. Mistakes of penance. The rights of woman. American public
education. Preverseness. Undeveloped resources. Greatness in little-
ness. Rural life. Repose. The ways of charity. Men of one idea.
Shying people. Faith in humanity. Sore spots and sensitive spots.
The influence of praise. Unnecessary burdens. Proper people and
perfect people. The poetic test. The food of life. Half-finished work.
The same. 1863 ri7O.4 H72
Plain talks on familiar subjects. 1895 170.4 H72p
Contents: The popular lecture. Hobby-riding. The elements of per-
sonal power. The social undertow. Fashion. Working and shirking.
Work and play. Cost and compensation. Art and life.
JORDAN, William George.
Kingship of self-control. 1899 . . . '. 170.4 J42
Contents: The kingship of self-control. The crimes of the tongue. The
red tape of duty. The supreme charity of the world. Worry, the
great American disease. The greatness of simplicity. Living life over
again. Syndicating our sorrows. The revelations of reserve power.
LUBBOCK, Sir John, baron Avebury.
Use of life. 1895 170.4 Lg6
Contents: The great question. Tact. On money matters. Recreation.
Health. National education. Self -education. On libraries. On
reading. Patriotism. Citizenship. Social life. Industry. Faith.
Hope. Charity. Character. On peace and happiness. Religion.
SANGSTER, Mrs Margaret Elizabeth (Munson).
Life on high levels; familiar talks on the conduct of life.
1897 170.4 822
SHELDON, Walter Lorenzo.
An ethical movement ; lectures. 1896 170.4 854
SIDGWICK, Henry.
Practical ethics. 1898 170.4 856
Contents: The scope and limits of the work of an ethical society. The
aims and methods of an ethical society. Public morality. The mo-
rality of strife, The ethics of religious conformity. Clerical veracity.
Luxury. The pursuit of culture. Unreasonable action.
"For ourselves we may say we have found Professor Sidgwick's dis-
THEORY OF ETHICS 87
courses extremely helpful and extremely illuminating. . .He is clear-
beaded, obviously very much in earnest, yet not without humor, and
above all markedly judicious, almost painfully careful to see all round
his subject and to give every point of view its due weight." Acad-
emy, 1898.
SMILES, Samuel.
Duty, with illustrations of courage, patience and endurance.
1880 170.4 S64
SOCIETY OF ETHICAL PROPAGANDISTS, ed.
Ethics and religion ; a collection of essays. 1900 170.4 S67
Contents: Ethics and religion, by J. R. Seeley. Freedom of ethical fel-
lowship, by Felix Adler. The ethical bond of union, by Felix Adler.
Ethical religion, by W. M. Salter. The true basis of religious un-
ion, by W. M. Salter. The scope and limits of the work of an ethi-
cal society, by Henry Sidgwick. Ethics and theology, by G. von Gizy-
cki. The communication of moral ideas as a function of an ethical
society, by Bernard Bosanquet. The aims of ethical societies, by Les-
lie Stephen. The ethical movement defined, by Stanton Coit. The
position of an ethical society, by J. H. Muirhead.
STEPHEN, Sir Leslie.
Social rights and duties. 2v. 1896 170.4 S82
v.i. The aims of ethical societies. Science and politics. The sphere of
political economy. The morality of competition. Social equality.
Ethics and the struggle for existence.
v.2. Heredity. Punishment. Luxury. The duties of authors. The
vanity of philosophising. Forgotten benefactors.
WAGNER, Charles.
Courage. 1894 170.4 Wi3
For young people. Treats of obedience, simplicity, faithfulness, manly
honor, etc. ; full of stimulation and practical suggestion.
Youth. 1893 170.4 Wi3y
Reviews influences affecting young people to-day; written with high
moral purpose, clear analysis of good and evil forces and enthusiastic
belief in humanity.
INTERNATIONAL journal of ethics; quarterly, Oct. 1800-
date. v.i-date. iSgi-date ri7O.S 124
170.9 History of ethics
LECKY, William Edward Hartpole.
History of European morals. 2v. 1894-95 1 7-9 L4
v.i. The natural history of morals. The pagan empire. The conver-
sion of Rome.
v.2. From Constantine to Charlemagne. The position of women.
"The work is very scholarly, and may be read with profit by every stu-
dent. It is, however, subject to one criticism. In dealing with the
ecclesiastical phases of the period, the author cannot resist the temp-
tation to indulge in innuendoes and sarcasm. A little less contempt
or pity for the religious zeal of the early monks, and a somewhat
larger allowance for the turbulence of the times, would have im-
proved the work." C. K. Adams.
171 Theory of ethics
BOYD, James Robert.
Moral philosophy. 1859 171 B66
"References," p.n.
COOK, Joseph.
Conscience, with preludes on current events. 1899. (Boston
Monday lectures.) 171 C77
D'ARCY, Charles Frederick.
Short study of ethics. 1895 171 024
88 THEORY OF ETHICS
DICKINSON, Goldsworthy Lowes.
Meaning of good ; a dialogue. 1901 171
"Attempt to present in dialogue form, shaped on the Platonic model,
something of the jangle of contemporary philosophising. . .The char-
acters comprise, among others, a chronic pessimist, a biologist, a util-
itarian, and the host who acts as moderator. . .The criteria of Good
are examined instinct, the general course of Nature, current con-
vention, pleasure." Academy, 1901.
HARRIS, George.
Moral evolution. 1896 171 H2g<
To establish the harmony of personal and social morality with the facts
of evolution.
JANET, Paul.
Elements of morals. 1884 171 Ji7e
The theory of morals. 1894 171 Ji7
KANT, Immanuel.
Critique of practical reason. 1889 171 Ki2
Metaphysic of ethics. 1869 171 Ki2m
KEDNEY, John Steinfort.
Problems in ethics; or, Grounds for a code of rules for
moral conduct. 1900 171 Ki$
"Thoughtful and admirable. . .both critical and constructive, positive on
the one hand, yet broad and impartial in tone. The real subject is the
attainment of morality as freedom the problem of Kant... The author
holds the cheering view that physical science will ultimately justify on
its own plane aesthetics, religion, and morality." Spectator, 1901.
McCOSH, James.
Our moral nature; a brief system of ethics. 1892 171 Mi3
MACKENZIE, John Stuart.
Manual of ethics. 1897. (University tutorial series.) 171 Mi8
"Its design is to give, in brief compass, an outline of the most impor-
tant principles of ethical doctrine so far as these can be understood
without a knowledge of metaphysics." Preface.
MARTINEAU, James.
Types of ethical theory. 2v. in I. 1891 171 M4J
MILL, John Stuart.
Utilitarianism. 1891 171 M68
Contents: General remarks. What utilitarianism is. Of the utilimate
sanction of the principle of utility. Of what sort of proof the prin-
ciple of utility is susceptible. Of the connexion between justice and
utility.
MORLEY, John.
On compromise. 1891 171
Contents: Of the possible utility of error. Intellectual responsibility and
the political spirit. Religious conformity. Realization of opinion.
MUIRHEAD, John Henry.
Elements of ethics. 1897. (University extension manuals.). ..171
Bibliography, p. 257-259.
PAULSEN, Friedrich.
System of ethics ; ed. and tr. by Frank Thilly. 1899 171 P32
The first part surveys moral philosophies from Greek times to the pres-
ent. The second reviews the fundamental questions of ethics, answer-
ing them in each case. The third defines virtues and duties. Modern
pessimism, hedonism, and Nietzscheanism, suicide, temperance, and
the life of necessity are among the subjects discussed.
"The book has the singular merit, in a treatise on moral philosophy,
that it can be made use of for the conduct of life. There are treatises
more systematically worked out from a single point of view, but we
do not know of any that brings larger insight to bear on the life of the
present day." Athenaeum, 1899.
STATE ETHICS
RICKABY, Joseph.
Moral philosophy; or, Ethics and natural law. (Manuals
of Catholic philosophy.) .- . 171 R43
ROYCE, Josiah.
Religious aspect of philosophy ; a critique of the bases of con-
duct and of faith. 1900 171 R8i
SCHURMAN, Jacob Gould.
The ethical import of Darwinism. 1893 171 839
A clear and interesting exposition of the difficulties connected with the
explanation of moral life on the common theory of evolution.
SIDGWICK, Henry.
Methods of ethics. 1893 171 856
The same. 1893 r 171 856
SMYTH, Newman.
Christian ethics. 1894 171 866
SPENCER, Herbert.
Principles of ethics. 2v. 1893-95. (Synthetic philosophy.) ... .171 874
"References," v.i, p. 563-572; v.2, p.482-487-
Specially designed to illustrate the laws of evolution in the sphere of
man's moral life.
STEPHEN, Sir Leslie.
Science of ethics. 1882 171 882
SULLIVAN, W. R. Washington.
Morality as a religion; an exposition of some first princi-
ples. 1898 171 895
"A plea for a reconsideration of the Religious question, and an inquiry
as to the possibility of reconstructing Religion by shifting its basis
from inscrutable dogmas to the unquestionable facts of man's moral
nature." Preface.
SUTHERLAND, Alexander.
Origin and growth of the moral instinct. 2v. 1898 171 896
"Main contention. . .is that the moral sentiments arise in the family life,
whence they slowly filter into the sphere of positive law, which orig-
inally aimed, not at justice, but at the preservation of some sort of
social order. The moral sentiments in their turn are developments of
the sympathetic emotions which are engendered by the family, and
these owe their growing strength to the fact that they most effectu-
ally minister to the preservation of the race. . .Mr. Sutherland's no-
tion of biological history is . . . Spencerian rather than Darwinian."
Nation, 1898.
THILLY, Frank.
Introduction to ethics. 1900 171 T36
Contains many bibliographies.
WUNDT, Wilhelm.
Ethics; an investigation of the facts and laws of the moral
life. 3v. 1897-1901 171 Wc)6
v.i. Facts of the moral life.
v.2. Ethical systems.
v.3- Principles of morality and the departments of the moral life.
172 State ethics
BALCH, George T.
Methods of teaching patriotism in the public schools. 1890 172 Bi8
BREWER, David Josiah.
American citizenship. 1902. (Yale lectures on the responsi-
bilities of citizenship.) 172 873
Contents: Obligations of citizenship. The maintenance of a good char-
90 STATE ETHICS
acter a primary obligation of every citizen. Service a responsibility
of citizenship. Obligation of obedience. The duty of striving to
better the life of the nation.
DOLE, Charles Fletcher.
The American citizen. 1893 j 172 D6g
Facts about the government of our country and our social institutions,
and also illustrations of the moral principles which underlie the life
of civilized man.
"Books for reference," p.3i7~320.
Citizen's catechism ; revised by many eminent sociologists.
1897. (Our country series.) 172 D6gc
Presents in simple and compact form, by the question and answer meth-
od, the leading principles of United States government and citizen-
ship.
Young citizen. 1899 JI72 D6gy
"Intended as a reader for the school and home, and aims to encourage
'the warm ethical and patriotic feeling, which moves instinctively with
the growing consciousness of the child, that right and wrong are in-
volved in politics.' " Nation, 1899.
ELLMAKER, Elias E.
Revelation of rights. 1847 172 53
EVERETT, William.
Patriotism; an oration delivered before the Phi Beta Kappa
of Harvard college, 28 June, 1900. 1900 172 95
FICHTE, Johann Gottlieb.
Reden an die deutsche nation. 1871. (Bibliothek der deut-
schen nationalliteratur.) 172 F44
HOBSON, John Atkinson.
Psychology of jingoism. 1901 172 H6s
A vigorous and uncompromising denunciation of the jingo spirit, particu-
larly in its manifestations in connection with the war in South Africa.
KELLOGG, Alice M. comp.
Flag day in the schoolroom; a collection of fresh material for
celebrating Flag day or any patriotic occasion. 1901 172 Ki6
LIEBER, Francis.
Manual of political ethics; designed chiefly for the use of
colleges and students at law; ed. by T. D. Woolsey. 2v.
1875 172 Lop
MacCUNN, John.
Ethics of citizenship. 1896 172 Mi4
Contents: The equality of men. Fraternity. "The rights of man."
Citizenship. The rule of the majority in politics; A plea for the rule
of the majority, "The tyranny of the majority." Party and political
- consistency. Elements of political consistency. Democracy and char-
acter. Some economic and moral aspects of luxury.
RUEMELIN, Gustav.
Politics and the moral law ; tr. by Rudolf Tombo ; ed. by F. W.
Holls. 1901 172 R83
"The learned author'^ argument is that politics has an ethical code of
its own, and that it is by no means. always subject to the moral law
which governs individuals. . .The editor's introduction and scholarly
annotations greatly increase the value of Ruemelin's striking essay."
Educational review, 1900.
WELLS, Amos Russell.
Citizens in training; a manual of Christian citizenship. 1898.
(Our workers' library.) 172 W49
Published by the Society of Christian endeavor. Gives outlines for
political reform campaigns, Sunday and Fourth of July observances,
temperance meetings, and training classes in citizenship.
WAR AND PEACE 91
War and peace
ADVOCATE of peace; monthly, iSgy-date. v.sg-date. 1898-
date qri72 A24
AMERICAN advocate of peace; quarterly; ed. by C. S. Henry.
v.i, no.i-3, 8. 1834-36 1-172 DQQ
Bound with other pamphlets.
ANITCHKOV, Mikhail.
War and labour. 1900 172 A 59
"Goes round about his subject instead of tackling it directly; he gives
a great deal of information, statistical and other, upon war and labour,
tariffs and corporation, wages and capital, closed frontiers and inter-
national tribunals, but his theorisings from his facts are dreamy and
lacking in genuine grip... If M. Anitchkow can be said to have a
panacea at all, it is free frontiers." Spectator, 1900.
DYMOND, Jonathan.
Inquiry into the accordancy of war with the principles of
Christianity. 1892 172 D99
The same. 1835 ri72 D99
FRIENDS, SOCIETY OF.
Memorial and address of Friends on military exactions. 1837. .ri72 099
Bound with other pamphlets.
GRIMKfi, Thomas Smith.
Address on the truth, dignity, power and beauty of the prin-
ciples of peace and on the unchristian character and influ-
ence of war and the warrior. 1832 ri72 H34
GROTIUS, Hugo.
On the rights of war and peace; an abridged translation by
William Whewell. 1853 172 694
Grotius was the founder of the science of international law. This is
an abridgement of his great work which was first published in Latin
in 1625, with the title, "De jure belli et pacis."
REFLECTIONS on the nature and dignity of the enterprise
for establishing universal and permanent peace. 1834 ri72 099
Bound with other pamphlets.
TRUEBLOOD, Benjamin Franklin.
The federation of the world. 1899 172 T77
Bibliography, p. 154-162.
"The aim of the discussion is to show that the nature of man and of
society is such as to indicate that a general federation of the face
ought to exist, that war ought to be abolished, that the whole of
humanity must move together in harmonious cooperation if it ever
fulfills its destiny." Preface.
WORCESTER, Noah.
Solemn review of the custom of war. 1829 ri72 099
Bound with other pamphlets.
173 Family ethics
ABBOTT, Jacob.
Gentle measures in the management and training of the
young. 1871 173 Ai3
CLARK, Mrs Kate (Upson).
Bringing up boys ; a study. 1899 173 C$2
92 FAMILY ETHICS
COX, Mrs Maria Mclntosh.
Home thoughts; ist-2d ser. 2v. 1901-02 173 Cn
Appeared first in the New York Evening post.
Essays full of thoughtful comment and wholesome advice to those who
care for the happiness of family life.
"Children as our judges," "Wives as partners," "Etiquette of family
life," "Music as a family bond," "Comradeship of husbands and
wives," are representative chapter headings.
DU BOIS, Patterson.
Beckonings from little hands; eight studies in childlife. 1895. - T 73 D8$
HARRISON, Elizabeth.
A study of child-nature from the kindergarten standpoint.
1895 173 H2Q
Talks by the principal of the Chicago kindergarten college; extremely
suggestive and helpful to thoughtful mothers and teachers.
HIPPEL, Theodor Gottlieb von.
Ueber die ehe. 1872. (Bibliothek der deutschen nationalliter-
atur.) 173 Hsg
HOARE, Mrs Louisa (Gurney).
Hints for the improvement of early education and nursery
discipline. 1821. Pittsburgh 073 H64
HORTON, Robert Forman.
On the art of living together. 1896 173 H8i
JACKMAN, Mrs Ellen R.
How to organize round tables for mothers' associations ; with
outlines for child-study. 1896 173 Ji22
Contains several bibliographies.
JACKSON, Mrs Helen Hunt.
Bits of talk about home matters. 1895 173 Ji2
Hardly treats of etiquette, strictly speaking, but of home relations and
the courtesies of life.
MALLESON, Mrs W. I.
Notes on the early training of children. 1898 173 M29
MASON, Charlotte M.
Home education; a course of lectures to ladies. 1899 173 M44
MEYER, Bertha.
Aids to family government; or, From the cradle to the school,
according to Froebel; tr. fr. the German by M. L. Hoi-
brook. 1879 173 M6s
Contents: The beginning of education. The care of the body. Mental
developement. Moral developement. Froebel's system of training.
The kindergarten. Kindergarten material. At home. The rights of
children and the true principles of family government, by Herbert
Spencer. One hundred hints and suggestions to parents concerning
family government.
PENN, William.
Fruits of a father's love 173 P39
POULSSON, Emilie.
Love and law in child training; a book for mothers. 1900 173 P86
Bibliography, p.8.
PROUDFOOT, Mrs Andrea Hofer.
A mother's ideals; a kindergarten mother's conception of
family life. 1897 173 ?97
SHERWOOD, Mrs Mary Elizabeth (Wilson).
Amenities of home. 1881 173 S5S
BUSINESS ETHICS 93
STETSON, Mrs Charlotte (Perkins), afterward Mrs Oilman.
Concerning children. 1900 173 S&4
TRUMBULL, Henry Clay.
Hints on child-training. 1893 173 T77
WARE, John Fothergill Waterhouse.
Home life, what it is and what it needs. 1864 173 W22
WINTERBURN, Florence Hull.
From the child's standpoint; views of child life and nature;
a book for parents and teachers. 1899 173 W79
Nursery ethics. 1899 173 W79n
"Intelligent and sympathetic papers for parents."
174 Business ethics
AMERICAN MEDICAL ASSOCIATION.
Code of medical ethics. 1879 ri74 ASI
ASHTON, John.
History of English lotteries ---174 A82
History of gambling in England. 1898 174 A82h
CARNEGIE, Andrew, and others.
Success and how to attain it. 1895 174 C2i
Contents: West Point; its purpose, its training and its results, by
P. S. Michie. Some inside views of the gubernatorial office, by
A. H. Rice. Military law, martial law, and the suspension of the
writ of Habeas Corpus, by J. W. Clous. American diplomacy, by
F. W. Seward. Politics and the duty of the citizen, by T. F. Bayard.
Architecture, by Montgomery Schuyler. Is electricity energy or only
matter? by Albon Man. Brains and muscles; their relative training
and development, by W. A. Hammond. The electro-magnetic tele-
graph, by A. B. Cornell. Wealth and its uses, by Andrew Carnegie.
Banking and currency, by H. W. Cannon. Roads, by F. V. Greene.
The postal service of the United States, by T. L. James.
CATHELL, Daniel Webster.
Book on the physician himself and things that concern his
reputation and success. 1895 174 C28
CLARK. Francis Edward, and others.
Our business boys, by F.E.Clark; Art of good manners, by
Mrs S. D. Power ; Business openings for girls, by S. J.
White. 1809 174 C52
COBBETT, William.
Advice to young men on the duties of life. 1851 ri74 C63
FARRAR, Frederic William, dean.
The paths of duty; counsels to young men. 1896 174 F25
GIBBONS, James, cardinal.
Ambassador of Christ. 1896 174 036
HALE, Edward Everett.
What career? papers on the choice of a vocation and the use of
time. 1893 174 Hi5
HARDWICKE, Henry.
Art of getting rich. 1897 174 Has
Tells how fortunes have been made from ancient days to the present
time, discussing particularly some modern fortunes, and suggesting
methods of doing business and investing money. It is not stated
whether the author successfully practiced the "art" himself.
94 SOCIAL ETHICS
HUBBARD, Elbert.
Message to Garcia; a preachment. 1899 174 H8/
Appeared in the Philistine magazine, March 1899.
MANN, Horace.
Few thoughts for a young man. 1887 174 M33
MATHEWS, William.
Getting on in the world. 1892 174 M47
Essays on success and failure, physical culture, self-reliance, aims,
methods, manner, economy of time, money, overwork, etc.
PARKHURST, Charles Henry.
Talks to young men. 1897 174 P24
PITCAIRN, E.H. ed.
Unwritten laws and ideals of active careers; essays. 1899 174 P66
Contents: Ambassadors, by Sir Edward Malet. The House of lords,
by Lord Monkswell. The House of commons, by Sir Reginald Pal-
grave. The royal navy, by C. C. P. Penrose-Fitzgerald. The British
army, by J. F. Maurice. Royal engineers, by J. J. M. Innes. Royal
artillery, by D. O'Callaghan. The clergy, by W. B. Trevelyan. The
judges, by Sir Herbert Stephen. Barristers, by Augustine Birrell.
The medical profession, by R. B. Carter. Vice-chancellors, by A. A.
Leigh. Schoolmasters, by J. E. C. Welldon. Boys at public schools,
by G. G. T. Heywood. Banking, by J. H. Tritton. Musicians, by
J. A. F. Maitland. Art, by G. F. Watts. Architects, by Alfred
Waterhouse.
"The editor obtained, from a score of representative men, a written
account of the special code of honor and special ideal of achievement
by which his profession is governed. . .In some ways disappointing,
yet contains much of great general interest." Spectator, 1900.
STRONG, Josiah.
The times and young men. 1901 174 892
A practical and simply stated philosophy of life, both social and in-
dividual. It is written in the hope of fixing in the minds of young
men some fundamental principles as to the right course of life.
STYRAP, Jukes.
Code of medical ethics, with remarks on the duties of prac-
titioners to the patients and the obligations of patients to
their medical advisers. 1878 ri74 893
THAYER, William Makepeace.
Aim high; hints and helps for young men. 1895 J 74 T34
WALLACE, Henry.
Letters to the farm boy. 1900 174 Wi7
Sensible, helpful papers on life and conduct. The author says, "I know
how the farm boy feels; for I have experienced his isolation, his
fears, his hopes, his ambitions, his lack of experience and knowledge
of the world, and hence I know his need of a kindly, sympathetic
friend."
WINGATE, Charles Frederick.
What shall our boys do for a living? 1898 174 W78
176-177 Social ethics
NATIONAL PURITY CONGRESS.
Papers and addresses; ed. by A. M. Powell, v.i. 1896 ri76 NiS
ALGER, William Rounseville.
Friendships of women. 1868 177 A3Q
ASHMORE, Ruth, (pseud, of Mrs Isabel (Sloan) Mallon).
The business girl in every phase of her life. 1898 177 A82b
Side talks with girls. 1895 177 A82
TEMPERANCE 95
BUSS, Frances Mary.
Leaves from her note-books; being selections from her
addresses to the girls of the North London collegiate
school. 1896 .-. 177 696
COBBE, Frances Power.
Duties of women. 1888 177 63
DICTIONNAIRE historique des anecdotes de 1'amour. Sv. 1832.^177056
FINCK, Henry Theophilus.
Romantic love and personal beauty. 1887 177 F49
The same. 1887 ri77 F49
GENLIS, Stephanie Felicite Ducrest de St. Aubin, comtesse
de, afterward Marquise de Sillery.
Lemons d'une gouvernante a ses eleves. 2v. 1791 ri77 G29
GREY, Mrs Maria Georgiana (Shirreff).
Last words to girls on life in school and after school. 1894. - 1 77 G88
HALE, Edward Everett.
How to do it. 1895 JI77 His
The same, and How to live. 1900 JI77 Hish
Chapters written in familiar style on "How to talk," "How to read,"
"How to write," and various other things that young people some-
times dread to do because they are not sure just "How to do it."
HAWEIS, Hugh Reginald.
Ideals for girls. 1897 177 H36
HOLLAND, Josiah Gilbert.
Titcomb's letters to young people. 1893 177 H72
KEDDIE, Henrietta, (pseud. Sarah Tytler).
Papers for thoughtful girls 177 Ki5
NORTON, H. E.
A book of courtesy. 1900 177 N46
Discusses courtesy and discourtesy in their practical, every day bear-
ings, illustrating with anecdotes and poems striking examples of each,
under such headings as international courtesy, practical jokes, respect
to inferiors, owning a wrong, etc. Suitable for young people.
PARKHURST, Charles Henry.
Talks to young women. 1897 J 77 P 2 4
SPURGEON, Charles Haddon.
John Ploughman's pictures; or, More of his plain talk for
plain people. 1896 177 S77J
John Ploughman's talk ; or, Plain advice for plain people 177 877
STARRETT, Helen Ekin.
Letters to a daughter, and A little sermon to school-girls. 1899. .177 879
THAYER, William Makepeace.
Womanhood; hints and helps for young women. 1895 177 T34
178 Temperance
AMERICAN TEMPERANCE UNION.
Report of the executive committee, 1843-1847. Sv. in i.
1843-47 .' ri78 ASI
BRITISH AND COLONIAL TEMPERANCE CONGRESS.
Papers and reports of the congress, London, July, 1886. 1886. .ri78 675
BUCKNILL, John Charles.
Habitual drunkenness and insane drunkards. 1878 ri78 685
7
g6 TEMPERANCE
CALKINS, Raymond.
Substitutes for the saloon ; an investigation made for the Com-
mittee of fifty under the direction of F. G. Peabody, E. R.
L. Gould and W. M. Sloane. 1901 .* 178 Ci3
Bibliography, p-389-391.
Author maintains that the saloon is the poor man's club, that its hold
on the community is explained by the fact that it satisfies the thirst
for sociability as well as the thirst for drink. Assuming that no ef-
fective attack can be made upon the saloon which does not take into
account this satisfaction of the social instinct, Mr Calkins discusses
the various possible substitutes for the saloon, agencies like lunch-
rooms, coffee-houses, missions, settlements, etc., estimating the pros-
pects for their successful competition with the saloon.
COLOGAN, W. H. & Cruise, Sir F.R.
Catholic temperance reader. 1900 178 C72
"One of the best, most moderate and most convincing books of the class
...should find a place in protestant schools and families as well as
catholic." Nation, igoo.
CYCLOPAEDIA of temperance and prohibition. 1891 qri78 C97
An exhaustive work from the prohibition standpoint, though written
with the aim of making an authoritative rather than a partisan pre-
sentation. Most useful to students of the liquor question.
DEMOCRITUS, Christianus.
Vitae animalis morbus et medicina suae vindicata orgini dis-
quisitione physico-medica. 1711 ri78 C66
Bound with Cohausen's Dissertatio satyrica.
DEWEY, Edward Hooker.
Chronic alcoholism ; its radical cure. 1899 178 DSI
FINCH, John B.
The people versus the liquor traffic. 1887 178 F49
GOUGH, John Bartholomew.
Sunlight and shadow ; or, Gleanings from my life work. 1881 . . 178 G73
GRIER, J.
Lecture on the use of intoxicating liquors. 1844 ri78 G&9
GUSTAFSON, Axel Carl Johan.
Foundation of death ; a study of the drink-question. 1885 178 698
Bibliography, p.513-577.
HORNADAY, William Temple.
Free rum on the Congo. 1887 178 H79
KEELEY, Leslie E.
Non-heredity of inebriety. 1806 178 Kis
KOREN, John.
Economic aspects of the liquor problem; an investigation
made for the Committee of fifty under the direction of H.
W. Farnam. 1899 . 178 K&
Bibliography, p.3i3-322.
McKENZIE, Fred A.
Sober by act of Parliament. 1806. (Social science series.). . . .178 Mi8
A statement of the actual results obtained from liquor laws in various
parts of the world, with the object of estimating the value of legis-
lation in promoting temperance.
MADDEN, John.
Shall we drink wine? a physician's study of th.e alcohol ques-
tion. 1899 178 M23
"Aims to give the evidence from an entirely judicial standpoint, but his
deductions are those of an extremist, and are not free from prejudice.
...Detailed account of alcohol as a stimulant is of the utmost interest,
forcibly presenting the modern belief... that the well-known effects
commonly termed 'stimulating' are hardly so at all in any true sense,
TOBACCO 97
being due almost entirely to blunting of the feeling of fatigue, and
'paralysis of the critical judgment' ... On the whole, there is much
potential influence for good in the book, and it deserves wide read-
ing." Nation, 1900.
PARK, William Hector, comp.
Opinions of over 100 physicians on the use of opium in China.
1899 ri78 P23
PITMAN, Robert Carter.
Alcohol and the state; a discussion of the problem of law as
applied to the liquor traffic. 1877 178 P66
REID, George Archdall O'Brien.
Alcoholism ; a study in heredity. 1901 178 R29
Traces the causes of intemperance on purely scientific lines and sug-
gests a remedy.
ROWNTREE, Joseph, & Sherwell, Arthur.
Temperance problem and social reform. 1899 178 R79
Authorities, p. 594-597.
Considers the question of temperance legislation in its relation to the
general social problem; the causes that create intemperance, and the
possible counteracting influences, with a resume of present conditions.
WINES, Frederick Howard, & Koren, John.
The liquor problem in its legislative aspects; an investigation
made under the direction of C. W. Eliot, Seth Low and
J. C Carter. 1897 178 W78
The three men under whose direction the investigation was made
formed a sub-committee on the Committee of fifty to investigate the
liquor problem.
The same. Ed.2. 1898 178 W7&1
The second edition contains a new chapter on "The operation of the
New York liquor tax law," (the Raines law), and brings down to
date the observations on the South Carolina dispensary system, Massa-
chusetts liquor legislation, and Pennsylvania liquor legislation.
WINSKILL, P. T.
Temperance movement and its workers, with an introduc-
tion by F. R. Lees. 4v. 1892 qi78
WORLD'S TEMPERANCE CONGRESS.
Temperance in all nations; history of the cause, with papers
and discussions of the World's temperance congress, in
Chicago, June, 1893; ed. by J. N. Stearns. 2v. 1893 178
T.I Historical.
v.a. Proceedings of the congress.
Tobacco
BARTHELEMY, Auguste Marseille.
L'art de fumer; ou, La pipe et le cigare; poeme. 1845 ri78 627
BLONDEL, Spire.
Le tabac; le livre des fumeurs et des priseurs. 1891 qri78 656
CEFALENO, Angelo Melissino.
Dissertazione sull' azione e sull' uso del tabacco. 1793 ri78 CS9
Bound with other pamphlets.
CHASE, B.W.
Tobacco, its physical, mental, moral and social influences.
1878 ri78 C38
CLINGMAN, Thomas Lanier.
Tobacco remedy. 1885 ri78 C59
98 TOBACCO
COHAUSEN, Johann Heinrich.
Dissertatio satyrica physico-medico-moralis de pica nasi sive
tabaci sternutatorii moderno abusu & noxa. 1716 ri78 C66
CONCERNING cigars; how to select them, with A word about
"clays." 1-178 C59
Bound with other pamphlets.
DISSERTATION on the use and abuse of tobacco in relation
to smoaking, chewing and taking of snuff. 1720 ri78 C59
Bound with other pamphlets.
A DOCTOR'S fallacy on smoking and smokers, by one who
smokes. 1857 "78 627
Bound with other pamphlets.
EVERAERTS, Gilles.
Panacea ; or, The universal medicine ; being a discovery of the
vertues of tobacco taken in a pipe, with its use both in
physick and chyrurgery. 1659 ri78 95
HAMER, John, comp.
Smoker's text-book. 1866 ri78 Hi9
JAMES I, king of England.
A counter-blaste to tobacco. 1885 178 Ji6c
Essayes of a prentise in the divine art of poesie; with A count-
erblaste to tobacco. 1869. (Arber, Edward, ed. English
reprints.) ri78 Ji6
JENKINSON, Alexander M. comp.
Whifflets. 1897 178 J25
A collection of poems on tobacco.
LAWRENCE, Mrs Margaret Oliver (Woods), (pseud. Meta Lander).
Tobacco problem. 1886 178 L42
MAGNEN, Jean Chrysostome.
Exercitationes de tabaco. 1658 ri78 M2S
MELLER, Henry James.
Nicotiana; or, The smoker's and snuff-taker's companion.
,1833 ri78 Ms8
The same. 1834 ri78 Ms8n
PAULLI, Simon.
Commentarius de abusu tabaci et herbae thee. 1681 ri78 P32
REYNOLDS, Thomas.
Counterblast. Fifty-four objections to tobacco, to which is
appended fifty medical opinions on tobacco smoking.
1876. (Smoke not.) .ri78 R37
ROGERS, J. Smyth.
Essay on tobacco, a brief history of that plant and its effects
on the human constitution. 1836 ri78 R6i
SNUFF and snuff-takers. 1846 ri78 59
Bound with other pamphlets.
STEINMETZ, Andrew.
Tobacco ; its history, cultivation, manufacture and adultera-
tions. 1857 ri78 S82
- THATCHER, Mrs Harriette Noel-.
The fascinator; or, The knight's legacy; an essay on the re-
sults of the use of tobacco. 1871 ri78 T33
OTHER ETHICAL TOPICS 99
THUS think and smoke tobacco; a rhyme, I7th century, with
drawings by G. W. Edwards. 1891 q78 T43
TOBACCO talk and smokers' gossip; an amusing miscellany
of fact and anecdote relating to the "great plant" in all
its forms and uses, including a selection from nicotian
literature. 1884 ri78 T$4
TOBACCO talk, by an old smoker. 1894 n;8 627 '
Bound with other pamphlets.
VENNER, Tobie.
Briefe and accurate treatise concerning the taking of the fume
of tobacco. 1650 ri78 C$9
Bound with other pamphlets.
179 Other ethical topics
ERNST, Harold Clarence, ed.
Animal experimentation ; a series of statements indicating its
value to biological and medical science. 1902 179 76
The statements of various remonstrants to the proposed law for further
restriction of vivisection for medical and biological purposes in Mass-
achusetts.
GURNHILL, James.
Morals of suicide. 1900 179 G97
By an avowed Christian socialist who approaches suicide as a symptom
of sin and misery beneath the surface of society. Analyzes statistics
from Morselli's well-known work and classifies the causes of suicide as
disclosed in 100 cases "just as they came," from newspaper reports.
Author looks to Christian therapeutics for the cure of suicide.
JACKSON, Abraham Willard.
Deafness and cheerfulness. 1901 179 Jrz
Contents: A prefatory word. Unconscious deafness. Early experience
of deafness. Social afflictions. Business embarrassments. Pathos of
deafness. Helps and consolations of deafness. Higher consolations.
"Mr. Jackson's object in writing this little book is to induce a habit of
cheerfulness in those who are suffering from the infirmity which has
pressed so heavily on his own life. . .To many who enjoy approximate-
ly perfect hearing, this account of the sorrows of deafness from a sen-
sitive and imaginative sufferer will be a startling revelation, and will
open for them new avenues of sympathy The book can safely be
commended to the deaf and their impatient friends." Nation, 1901.
HARDEN, Orison Swett.
Cheerfulness as a life power. 1899 179 M37c
MORSELLI, Enrico Agostino.
Suicide; an essay on comparative moral statistics. 1882. (In-
ternational scientific series.) 179 Mg2
PHILANTHROPOS, pseud.
Physiological cruelty ; or, Fact v. fancy ; an inquiry into the
vivisection question. 1883 179 P49
SALT, Henry Stephens.
Animals' rights considered in relation to social progress, also
an essay on Vivisection in America, by Albert Leffingwell.
1894 179 Si7
Bibliography of the rights of animals, p. 105- 132.
TODD, John.
Student's manual. 1882 179 TSS
TOO ANCIENT PHILOSOPHERS
TRINE, Ralph Waldo.
Every living creature; or, Heart-training through the animal
world. 1899 179 T/4
180 Ancient philosophers
BUSSELL, Frederick William.
The school of Plato, its origin, development and revival under
the Roman Empire. 1896 180 Bp6
"What Mr Bussell has published in the present volume might be best
described as a series of essays treating this great subject as exem-
plified in its historical aspect by the philosophies of Greece and
Roman Imperial times." Academy, 1896.
FERRIER, James Frederick.
Philosophical works, v.2-3. 1883-88 180 F42
v.2. Lectures on Greek philosophy.
v.3. Philosophical remains.
WINDELBAND, Wilhelm.
History of ancient philosophy. 1899 180 W78
Bibliography, p.38s~388.
CHWANG-TSZE.
Chuang Tzu, mystic, moralist and social reformer. 1889 qi8i 47
DAVIES, John.
Hindu philosophy; the Sankhya Karika of Iswara Krishna,
an exposition of the system of Kapila. 1894 181 D3i
GARBE, Richard.
Philosophy of ancient India. 1897 181 Gi7
HERMES TRISMEGISTUS.
Theological and philosophical works; tr. fr. the Greek by
J. D. Chambers. 1882 181 H47
LEGGE, James, ed.
Life and teachings of Confucius; with explanatory notes. 1895.
(Chinese classics translated into English.) 181 LS4
Contents: Preliminary essays: Of the Chinese classics generally. Of the
Confucian analects. Of the Great learning. Of the Doctrine of the
mean. Confucius; his influence and doctrines. The classics: Confu-
cian analects. The great learning. The doctrine of the mean.
Indexes.
Legge (1815-1897) was professor of Chinese at Oxford and devoted
many years to the study of Confucius.
MULLER, Max.
Six systems of Indian philosophy. 1899 181 M95
MYER, Isaac.
Oldest books in the world ; an account of the religion, wisdom,
philosophy, ethics, psychology, manners, proverbs, sayings,
refinement, etc., of the ancient Egyptians, as inscribed upon
monuments, papyri and other records. 1900 qriSr Mox)
"Mr. Myer's work contains fifteen chapters, of which seven are devoted
to the description of the papyri inscribed with moral precepts, such as
the instructions of Kaquemna, Ptah-hotep, Ani, and others; seven to
the description of the Book of the Dead and to subjects which are
intimately connected with it. . .and one to moral precepts of the Ptole-
maic and Graeco- Roman periods." Athenaeum, 1900.
VIJNANABHIKSU.
Samkhya-pravacana-bhasya ; or, Commentary on the exposi-
ANCIENT PHILOSOPHERS 101
tion of the Sankhya philosophy; ed. by Richard Garbe.
1895. (Harvard oriental series.) qn8i V32
Text is a transliteration of the Sanskrit.
VIVEKANANDA, Swami.
Yoga philosophy; lectures on Raja Yoga, also Patanjali's
Yoga aphorisms. 1896 181 35
BENN, Alfred William.
Philosophy of Greece; considered in relation to the character
and history of its people. 1898 ' 182 843
BURT, Benjamin Chapman.
Brief history of Greek philosophy. 1896 182 694
FAIRBANKS, Arthur, tr.
First philosophers of Greece, an edition and translation of the
remaining fragments of the pre-Sokratic philosophers,
with a translation of the more important accounts of
their opinions contained in the early epitomes of their
works. 1898 182 Fi6
GOMPERZ, Theodor.
Greek thinkers ; a history of ancient philosophy ; tr. by Laurie
Magnus, v.i. 1901 182 G59-
"The first volume. . .treats of the Pre-Socratics. . .[Prof. Gomperz] does
not confine himself to the exposition of systems, but endeavors to re-
place the Greek philosophers in the intellectual environment that fos-
tered them. He... traces the development of popular and mystic re-
ligion, orphism and the belief in immortality, studies the progress of
ethical reflection and the growth of purer moral ideals in poets and
historians, and brings out more fully than has hitherto been done the
contributions of Greek medicine to the creation of the scientific and
philosophic spirit." Dial, 1901.
ZELLER, Eduard. .
History of Greek philosophy to Socrates. 2v. 1881 182 Z45
DIOGENES LAERTIUS.
Lives and opinions of eminent philosophers. 1895 183 D62
GOD LEY, Alfred Denis.
Socrates and Athenian society in his day. 1896 183 GSS
ZELLER, Eduard.
Socrates and the Socratic schools. 1868 183 Z45
GROTE, George.
Plato and the other companions of Sokrates. 3v. 1867 184 G94
v.i. Speculative philosophy in Greece before and in the time of So-
krates. General remarks on the earlier philosophers, growth of
dialectic, Zeno and Georgias. Life of Plato. Platonic canon as
recognised by Thrasyllus. Platonic canon as appreciated and
modified by modern critics. Platonic compositions generally.
Apology of Sokrates. Kriton. Euthyphron. Alkibiades, i and a.
Hippias major, Hippias minor. Hipparchus, Minos. Theages.
Erastae or Anterastae, rivales. Ion. Laches. Charmides.
Lysis. Euthydemus.
T.a. Menon. Protagoras. Georgias. Phsedon. Phardrus, Symposion.
Parmenides. Theaetetus. Sophistes. Politikus. Kratylus.
Philebus.
v.3. Menexenus. Kleitophon. Platonic republic, abstract. Republic,
remarks on its main thesis. Republic, remarks on the Platonic
commonwealth. Timseus and Kritias. Leges and Epinomis.
Other companions of Sokrates. Xenophon.
PATER, Walter.
Plato and Platonism. 1895 184 P2Q
102 MODERN PHILOSOPHERS
ARISTOTLE.
Niconiachean ethics. 1893 185 Ayi
GROTE, George.
Aristotle; ed. by Alexander Bain and G. C. Robertson. 1880. . . .185 GQ4
WALLACE, Edwin, ed.
Outlines of the philosophy of Aristotle. 1887 185 Wi7
ZELLER, Eduard.
Aristotle and the earlier Peripatetics; a translation from Zel-
ler's Philosophy of the Greeks, by B. F. C. Costelloe and
J. H. Muirhead. 2v. 1897 185 Z4S
PATRICK, Mary Mills.
Sextus Empiricus and Greek scepticism. 1899 186 P29
Accompanied by a translation from the Greek of the first book of the
"Pyrrhonic sketches" by Sextus Empiricus.
"Authorities consulted," p.6-?.
PHILO JUD^US.
Works ; tr. by C. D. Yonge. 4v. 1855-94 186 PSI
The same. 4v. 1855-94 r:86 PSI
AURELIUS ANTONINUS, Marcus, emperor of Rome.
Meditations; tr. with notes by Meric Casaubon, and ed. with
an introduction, appendix and glossary by W. H. D.
Rouse. 1900 188 A9am
The introduction contains a biographical sketch of the author.
Thoughts; tr. by George Long. 1889 188 A92
Contains a sketch of Marcus Aurelius and a chapter on his philosophy.
CAPES, William Wolfe.
Stoicism. 1880 188 Ci8
EPICTETUS.
Selection from his discourses, with the Encheiridion 188 E6gs
Works; his discourses, the Enchiridion and fragments; tr. by
T. W. Higginson. 2v. 1891 188 69
ZELLER, Eduard.
Stoics, Epicureans and sceptics. 1892 188 Z45
The same. 1870 n88 Z45s
GARDNER, Alice.
Studies in John the Scot, (Erigena) ; a philosopher of the dark
ages. 1900 189 Gr8
"His greatness, as Miss Gardner says and shows, lay in this, that he
was a spiritualizer as against the materialists and traditionalists of his
time, a free-thinker as against the 'musty schoolmen' who followed
him; a soldier of the Lord and of liberty, standing alone for prin-
ciples which nobody but himself apprehended, and which it was left
for far-distant ages to develop and popularize. As such he claims
our respectful remembrance." Nation, 1900.
MAURICE, Frederick Denison.
Mediaeval philosophy, from the 5th to the I4th century. 1870. .189 M49
190 Modern philosophers
BOWEN, Francis.
Modern philosophy from Descartes to Schopenhauer and
Hartmann. 1894 190 B66
AMERICAN PHILOSOPHERS 103
ROYCE, Josiah.
Spirit of modern philosophy. 1896 190 R8i
Contents: Periods of modern philosophy. Rediscovery of the inner life;
from Spinoza to Kant. Kant. Fichte. Romantic school in philoso-
phy. Hegel. Schopenhauer. Rise of the doctrine of evolution.
Nature and evolution. Reality and idealism. Physical law and free-
dom. Optimism, pessimism and the moral order.
191 American philosophers
HODDER, Alfred, (pseud. Francis Walton).
Adversaries of the sceptic ; or, The specious present ; a new in-
quiry into human knowledge. 1901 191 H66
Contents: Metaphysics of the specious present: The dilemma of scepti-
cism. The specious present. Self-transcendence. Insufficient rea-
son. The unity of consciousness. The testimony of consciousness.
Ethics of the specious present: The morality that ought to be. The
morality that is. The part and the whole. The unit of ethics.
"Brilliant and incisive criticism of some widely prevalent views of Pro-
fessor Royce and Mr. Bradley. Dr. Hodder poses as a philosophical
skeptic, and is a valiant champion of the moment of experience, the
'specious present," beyond which nothing is certain, either in meta-
physics, logic, or ethics... In spite of reservation ... [his] book may be
recommended to all who have a taste for dialectical discussions and
excellence of style, as one of the most stimulating and enjoyable that
have appealed to the philosophic public in recent years." Nation, 1901.
McCOSH, James.
Realistic philosophy. 2v. 1890 191 Mi4
192 English philosophers
BACON, Francis.
Physical and metaphysical works. 1876 ri92 Bi3p
Works. 2v 192 613
v.i. Philosophical writings, (including an English translation of the
Novum organum).
v.2. Literary and religious works, (including the History of the reign
of Henry VII, and the Essays).
Life of Bacon by William Rawley, v. i, p.35-s8.
"Philosopher, statesman, and man of letters, whom Izaak Walton called
'the great secretary of nature and all learning.' To Bacon, the liter-
ature of philosophy is indebted for the impulse he gave to scientific
inquiry by his powerful and eloquent exposition of its methods in his
'Novum Organum' and 'Advancement of Learning,' while literature
in general owes acknowledgment to him for his popularization of the
essay. While his scientific treatises created a revolution in the do-
main of philosophy, and, as Macaulay says, produced a vast influence
on the opinions of mankind, it is 'in the essays alone that the mind
of Bacon is brought into immediate contact with the minds of ordin-
ary readers.' The essays are the observations and deductions of a
great intellect occupied with the problem of human life, and actuated
by the desire to disseminate prudential counsels in its direction and
guidance. Their wisdom, their pithiness of style, are unapproached
in English literature." G. Mercer Adam.
BERKELEY, George.
Works; ed. by A. C. Eraser. 3v. 1871 192 645
v.i-2. Philosophical works,
v. 3. Miscellaneous works.
BOLINGBROKE, Henry St. John, viscount.
Works. 4v. 1841 ri92 B6i
Partial contents:
v.i. Life of the author. Reflections upon exile. Remarks on the
history of England.
i<H ENGLISH PHILOSOPHERS
v.2. A dissertation upon parties. Letters on the study and use of
history.
v-3. A letter occasioned by one of Archbishop Tillotson's sermons.
Concerning the nature, extent and reality of human knowledge.
Containing some reflections on the folly and presumption of
philosophers. Concerning authority in matters of religion.
v.4. Concerning authority in matters of religion (continued).
Fragments or minutes of essays.
English statesman and philosopher (1678-1751).
"Bolingbroke's works excited only a momentary attention, and are too
fragmentary and discursive to be of much value. . .His dignified style,
his familiarity with foreign politics, and with history. . .impressed his
contemporaries. .. [In philosophy] his favourite topic is a supposed al-
liance between divines and atheists; and, in order to attack both, he
adopts a very flimsy deism." Leslie Stephen.
CRAIK, George Lillie.
Bacon; his writings and his philosophy. 3v. in i. 1846 riQ2 C86
FAIRBROTHER, William Henry.
Philosophy of Thomas Hill Green. 1896 192 Fis
FISCHER, Ernst Kuno Berthold.
Francis Bacon of Verulam; realistic philosophy and its
age. 1857 192 F52
HOBBES, Thomas.
English works; now first collected and ed. by Sir William
Molesworth. 1 1 v. 1839-45 . J9 2 H6p
HUME, Davi(J.
Enquiry concerning the human understanding, and An enquiry
concerning the principles of morals ; ed. by L. A. Selby-
Bigge. 1894 192 H92e
Treatise of human nature; ed. by L. A. Selby-Bigge. 1896 192 H92
Reprinted from the edition of 1739.
LEWES, George Henry.
Problems of life and mind, ist-3d ser. 3v. in 5. 1873-91 192 L67
v.i, pt.i. Foundations of a creed: The method of science and its appli-
cation to metaphysics. Rules of philosophizing. The limitations of
knowledge.
v.i, pt.2. Foundations of a creed: The principles of certitude. From
the known to the unknown. Matter and force. Force and cause.
The absolute in the correlations of feeling and motion. Appendix:
Imaginary geometry and the truth of axioms, Lagrange and Hegel,
Action at a distance.
v.2. Physical basis of mind: The nature of life. The nervous mechan-
ism. Animal automatism. The reflex theory.
v_3, pt.i. The study of psychology.
v.3, pt.2. Mind as a function of the organism. The sphere of sense
and logic of feeling. The sphere of intellect and logic of signs.
MACPHERSON, Hector Carsewell.
Spencer and Spencerism. 1900 192 M22
"Next to Mr. Fiske's Cosmic Philosophy, is perhaps the best general
exposition of the 'philosophy of evolution' for those who have neither
the time nor the inclination to attack the weighty tomes in which Mr.
Spencer has embedded his ideas." Spectator, 1900.
MASSON, David.
Recent British philosophy, including some comments on Mr
Mill's Answer to Sir William Hamilton. 1866 192 M46
MILL, John Stuart.
An examination of Sir William Hamilton's philosophy. 2v.
in i. 1884 192 M68
REID, Thomas.
Works; with notes and supplementary dissertations by Sir
GERMAN PHILOSOPHERS 105
William Hamilton. 2v. 1895 !Q 2 R3*
v.i. Dugald Stewart's account of the life and writings of Thomas Reid.
Letters. Inquiry into the human mind. Essays on the intellectual
powers of man.
v.z. Essays on the active powers of the human mind. Account of Aris-
totle's Logic. Essay on quantity. Account of the University of Glas-
gow. Editor's supplementary dissertations.
SMITH, William Henry, 1808-1872.
Gravenhurst ; or, Thoughts on good and evil, and Knowing
and feeling ; a contribution to psychology. 1875 192 S66
Memoir of the author, p. 5-121.
Thorndale ; or, The conflict of opinions. 1879 192 S66t
Contains also The confession of faith of an eclectic and Utopian philoso-
pher, 1850.
STEPHEN, Sir Leslie.
English utilitarians. 3v. 1900 192 S82
v.i. Jeremy Bentham.
v.2. James Mill.
v-3- John Stuart Mill.
A sequel to the author's History of English thought in the i8th century,
820.9 882.
193 German philosophers
CALDWELL, William.
Schopenhauer's system in its philosophical significance. 1896.
(Shaw fellowship lectures, 1893.) 193 Cij
CARUS, Paul.
Kant and Spencer ; a study of the fallacies of agnosticism. 1899.. 193 24
Contents: The ethics of Kant. Kant on evolution. Mr Spencer's ag-
nosticism. Mr Spencer's comment and the author's reply.
FEUCHTERSLEBEN, Ernst, freiherr von.
Zur diatetik der seele. 1861 ri93 F43
FICHTE, Johann Gottlieb.
Science of knowledge. 1889 193 F44
HAECKEL, Ernst.
Riddle of the universe at the close of the igth century. 1900. . .193 Hi3
Argument is mainly biological, the conclusions those of the monistic
philosophy. Author says of monism, "Dualism, in its widest sense,
breaks up the universe into two entirely distinct substances the ma-
terial world and an immaterial God, who is represented to be its crea-
tor, sustainer, and ruler. Monism, on the contrary (likewise taken in
its widest sense), recognizes one sole substance in the universe, which
is at once 'God and nature;' body and spirit (or matter and energy)
it holds to be inseparable. The extra-mundane God of dualism leads
necessarily to theism; and the intra-mundane God of the monist leads
to pantheism." Author is a distinguished German scientist.
HARRIS, William Torrey.
Hegel's logic, a book on the genesis of the categories of
the mind; a critical exposition. 1895 IQ3 H29
List of books on Hegel's philosophy, p.zo-ao.
Designed to help English readers to an understanding of the Hegelian
system. In an autobiographical preface Dr Harris, who is distinguished
for his philosophical work, describes his thirty years' study of Hegel,
whom he regards as "the interpreter of the deepest thought of all na-
tions."
HARTMANN, Eduard von.
Philosophy of the unconscious. 3v. 1893 193 H32
io6 GERMAN PHILOSOPHERS
HEGEL, Georg Wilhelm Friedrich.
Wisdom and religion of a German philosopher; selections
from the writing of Hegel; ed. by E. S. Haldane. 1897 193 H4i
KANT, Immanuel.
Critique of pure reason. 1893 193 Ki2c
The same. 1855 ri93 Ki2c
Kritik of judgment. 1892 193 Ki2
KRAUSE, Karl Christian Friedrich.
Ideal of humanity and universal federation ; a contribution to
social philosophy. 1900 193 K4I
The belief which Krause tried to impress upon the world is that the
human race, as part of a spiritual order, is destined to form a brother-
hood, and is, in fact, undergoing an organic and harmonious develop-
ment in that direction. The application of this idea of humanity to
all the public and private relations of life, to the promotion of the
social duties, to the cultivation of the sciences and arts, is the main
function of this work.
LEIBNITZ, Gottfried Wilhelm.
Philosophical works. 1890 193 LSS
LOTZE, Hermann.
Microcosmus; an essay concerning man and his relation
to the world. 2v. 1888 193 Lg2
MARTINEAU, James.
Study of Spinoza. 1895 193 S75zm
PAULSEN, Friedrich.
Introduction to philosophy. 1895 193 P$2
POLLOCK, Sir Frederick.
Spinoza ; his life and philosophy. 1899 193 P?6
Contains in an appendix The life of Benedict de Spinoza, by John
Colerus.
RUSSELL, Bertrand.
Critical exposition of the philosophy of Leibniz, with an ap-
pendix of leading passages. 1900 193 Rgi
"Minute criticism. . .which can appeal only to professed philosophical
students, and contains little, almost no, biographical matter. Nor is
it. . .historical, the whole purpose of the work being to examine Leib-
niz's philosophy as an objective system set out in its logical relations
and exposed to severely logical tests." Saturday review, 1901.
SAUNDERS, Thomas Bailey.
Schopenhauer ; a lecture. 1901 193 $25
A concise account of the leading ideas of Schopenhauer's philosophy.
SCHOPENHAUER, Arthur.
Lichtstrahlen aus seinen werken. 1874 193 837!
On the fourfold root of the principle of sufficient reason, and
On the will in nature; tr. by Mme Karl Hillebrand. 1897. .193 8370
Parerga und paralipomena, kleine philosophische schriften.
2v. 1878 193 837
Selected essays; with a biographical introduction, by E. B.
Bax. 1891 I 193 S37s
Die welt als wille und vorstellung. 2v. 1873 193 S37wi
World as will and idea. 3v. 1891 193 S37w
SPINOZA, Benedictus de.
Chief works. 2v. 1889-91 193 75
FRENCH PHILOSOPHERS 107
WILLIS, Robert, 1779-1878.
Benedict de Spinoza; his life, Correspondence and Ethics.
1870 193 W>5
194 French philosophers
COMTE, Auguste.
Cours de philosophic positive. 6v. in 3. 1892-94 194 C73C
Positive philosophy. 2v. 1893 ri94 C73p
The same. 3v. 1896 '. 194 C73
COUSIN, Victor.
Du vrai, du beau & du bien. 1898 194 C84d
Lectures on the true, the beautiful and the good; an appendix
on French art. 1893 194 C84
DESCARTES, Rene.
The Method, Meditations and selections from the Principles of
Descartes. 1897 194 045
Contents: Essay on Descartes by John Veitch. Discourse on method.
Meditations on the first philosophy. The principles of philosophy.
HOLBACH, Paul Henri Thirty, baron de.
System of nature; or, The laws of the moral and physical
world. 4v. 1797 ri94 H6g
For a time wrongly attributed to Mirabaud.
LfiVY-BRUHL, Lucien.
History of modern philosophy in France. 1899 194 L66
Bibliography, p.483-494.
Beginning with Descartes the author considers the representative French
philosophers since the opening of the iTth century. He also gives
much space to men who are not usually grouped with the philoso-
phers "by profession," such men as Pascal, Renan, Diderot and
Rousseau.
Religion
200 General works
201 Philosophy of Religion
ABBOTT, Lyman.
Evolution of Christianity. 1894 201 Ai3
ALLEN, Grant.
The evolution of the idea of God; an inquiry into the ori-
gins of religion. 1897 201 A42
Contents: Christianity as a religious standard. Religion and mythol-
ogy. The life of the dead. The origin of gods. Sacred stones.
Sacred stakes. Sacred trees. The gods of Egypt. The gods of
Israel. The rise of monotheism. Human gods. The manufacture of
gods. Gods of cultivation. Corn- and wine-gods. Sacrifice and sac-
rament. The doctrine of the atonement. The world before Christ.
The growth of Christianity. Survivals in Christendom.
BASCOM, John.
Philosophy of religion; or, The rational grounds of religious
belief. 1804 2OI 628
BUNSEN, Christian Karl Josias, freiherr von.
God in history; or, The progress of man's faith in the moral
order of the world. 3v. 1868-70 201 B88
CAIRD, John.
Introduction to the philosophy of religion. 1889 201 Cl2
CALDECOTT, Alfred.
Philosophy of religion in England and America. 1901 201 Ci29
COE, George Albert.
The spiritual life ; studies in the science of religion. 1900 201 C6s
The psychology of religion and some of its important bearings on the
practical side of religious life and work.
GAMBLE, Eliza Burt.
The god-idea of the ancients; or, Sex in religion. 1897 201 Gi6
GOULD, Sabine Baring-.
Origin and development of religious belief. 2v. 1892 201 G73
pt.i. Polytheism and monotheism.
pt.2. Christianity.
HEGEL, Georg Wilhelm Friedrich.
Lectures on the philosophy of religion; together with a work
on the Proofs of the existence of God. 3v. 1895 201 H4I
JASTROW, Morris.
Study of religion. 1901. (Contemporary science series.) . . . .201 J2I
Bibliography, p.399'415-
With- the purpose of developing a method for the study of religion Dr
Jastrow traces in Part i the history of the study itself and criticises
the leading systems of classification and the important definitions.
Part 2 devotes itself to a consideration of the factors involved in reli-
gious study, ethics, philosophy, mythology, psychology, history and
culture. Part 3 discusses some practical aspects of the study.
KALISCH, Marcus Moritz.
Path and goal. 1880 201 Ki2
1 08
DICTIONARIES 109
McCOSH, James.
The method of the divine government, physical and moral.
1883 201 Mi4
MANSEL, Henry Longueville.
Limits of religious thought. 1859. (Bampton lectures.) 201 M34
MARTINEAU, James.
Study of religion. 2v. 1888 201 M43
MULLER, Max.
Introduction to the science of religion. 1893 201 M9S
"Intended as an introduction to a comparative study of the principal
religions of the world." Preface.
PFLEIDERER, Otto.
Philosophy of religion on the basis of its history. 4v. 1886-
88 201 P48
SABATIER, Auguste.
Outlines of a philosophy of religion based on psychology and
history. 1897 201 Sil
STARBUCK, Edwin Diller.
Psychology of religion; an empirical study of the growth of
religious consciousness. 1899. (Contemporary science
series.) 201 879
"First notable attempt on any large scale to study statistically such phe-
nomena as conversion, and to correlate them with other phases of
mental evolution. . .Shows with scientific clearness that such a reli-
gious manifestation as conversion has its normal place in the mental
and physical changes in adolescence, and is a deep-seated social phe-
nomenon." Dial, 1900.
STERRETT, James Macbride.
Studies in Hegel's philosophy of religion. 1890 201 883
Appendix: Christian unity in America and the historic episcopate.
TYLER, Charles Mellen.
Bases of religious belief, historic and ideal; an outline of re-
ligious study. 1897 201 T97
WILLIAMSON, W.
The great law; a study of religious origins and of the unity
underlying them. 1899 201 W75
Interpretation of religious origins from the standpoint of theosophical
teachings.
203 Dictionaries
ABBOTT, Lyman, & Conant, T. J. comp.
Dictionary of religious knowledge for popular and pro-
fessional use; comprising full information on biblical,
theological and ecclesiastical subjects. 1885 qr2O3 Ai3
BENHAM, William, comp.
Dictionary of religion. 1891 r2O3 643
BLUNT, John Henry, comp.
Dictionary of doctrinal and historical theology. 1892 qr203 B57d
Dictionary of sects, heresies, ecclesiastical parties and schools
of religious thought. 1892 qr2O3 657
HOOK, Walter Farquhar, comp.
Church dictionary. 1896 r2O3 H77
i io ESSAYS
LEE, Frederick George, comp.
Glossary of liturgical and ecclesiastical terms. 1877 r2O3 LS2
List of works consulted, p. 3 1-39.
M'CLINTOCK, John, & Strong, James, comp.
Cyclopaedia of biblical, theological and ecclesiastical litera-
ture. I2v. 1894-95 qr203 Mi3
SCHAFF, Philip, comp.
Religious encyclopaedia, based on the Real-encyklopadie of
Herzog. 4v. 1894 qr2O3 829
SMITH, Sir William, & Cheetham, Samuel, ed.
Dictionary of Christian antiquities. 2v. 1880-93 r2O3 S66
204 Essays
ABBOTT, Lyman, and others.
The new puritanism, with introduction by R. W. Raymond.
1898 204 Ai3
Contents: The new puritanism, by Lyman Abbott. Puritan principles
and the modern world, by A. H. Bradford. Beecher's influence upon
religious thought in ^England, by C. A. Berry. The theological prob-
lem for to-day, by G. A. Gordon. The social problems of the future,
by Washington Gladden. The church of the future, by W. J. Tucker.
Retrospect anc outlook, by C. A. Berry. The descent from the
mount, by Lyman Abbott.
ALBREE, George.
Things of the kingdom. 1881 204 A34
ALLEN, Alexander Viets Griswold, and others.
Message of Christ to mankind; the William Belden Noble
lectures for 1898. 1899 204 A42
BARROWS, John Henry.
Christianity the world-religion; lectures delivered in India
and Japan. 1897 204 826
Bibliography, p.3Si-4o6.
BARTOL, Cyrus Augustus.
Radical problems. 1872 204 628
Short essays upon religious subjects.
BEECHER, Henry Ward.
Lecture-room talks. 1870 204 637
New star papers; or, Views and experiences of religious sub-
jects. 1859: 204 B37n
BELLOWS, Henry Whitney, and others.
Christianity and modern thought. 1891 204 641
Contents: Break between modern thought and ancient faith and wor-
ship, by H. W. Bellows. A true theology the basis of human progress,
by J. F. Clarke. The rise and decline of the Romish church, by
Athanaes Coquerel. Selfhood and sacrifice, by Orville Dewey. The
relation of Jesus to the present age, by C. C. Everett. The mythical
element in the New testament, by F. H. Hedge. The place of mind
in nature and intuition in man, by James Martineau. The relations of
ethics and theology, by A. P. Peabody. Christianity; what it is not
and what it is, by G. W Smith. The aim and hope of Jesus, by Oliver
Stearns.
BRYANT, William McKendree.
Life, death and immortality, with kindred essays. 1898 204 884
Contents: Life, death and immortality. Oriental religions. Buddhism
ESSAYS in
and Christianity. Christianity and Mohammedanism. The natural his-
tory of church organization. The heresy of non-progressive orthodoxy.
Miracles. Christian ethics as contrasted with the ethics of other
religions. Eternity, a thread in the weaving of a life.
Four of the essays have appeared in the Andover review and the Uni-
tarian review, and the last, "Eternity," in book form.
COMBS, George Hamilton.
Some latter-day religions. 1899 204 73
Contents: ^Jstheticism. Theosophy. Otherism. Faith cure. Pessi-
mism. Agnosticism. Materialism. Spiritualism. Liberalism. Mor-
monism. Christian science. Socialism.
COOK, Joseph.
Occident, with preludes on current events. 1884. (Boston
Monday lectures.) 204 C77
CRAUFOR-D, Alexander Henry.
Christian instincts and modern doubt; essays and addresses in
aid of a reasonable, satisfying and consolatory religion.
1897 204 C87
Contents: Some advice to agnostics. St. Paul in the third heaven; a
glimpse of the religion of the future. "Watchman, what of the
night?" The unwisdom of secularism. The present state of religious
thought in Great Britain.
"The point of view from which I write is that of absolutely free but
distinctively Christian thought." Preface.
DEARMER, Percy, ed.
Religious pamphlets. 1898. (Pamphlet library.) 204 D34
Contents: Septum hereses, by John Wiclif. Supplicacyon for the beg-
gars, by Simon Fish. Monstrous regiment of women, by John Knox.
Second admonition to the parliament, by Thomas Cartwright. Epi-
tome, by Martin Marprelate. Pappe with an hatchet, Almond for a
parrat, by Tom Nash and John Lyly. Reasons why Catholiques refuse
to goe to church, by Robert Parsons. Looking-glasse for lordly pre-
lates, by William Prynne. The letany, by John Bastwick. One sheet
for the ministry, by Richard Baxter. Concerning the rule, by George
Fox. Letter to a dissenter, by Lord Halifax. Shortest way with the
dissenters, by Daniel Defoe. The wolf stript, by Charles Leslie.
The abolishing of Christianity, by Jonathan Swift. Second letter to
the Bishop of Bangor, by William Law. Fifth letter on the subject
of the Catholics, by Sydney Smith. Seventh tract for the times, by
J. H. Newman.
DONALD, Elijah Winchester.
Expansion of religion. 1896 204 071
DRUMMOND, Henry.
The new evangelism, and other addresses. 1899 204 084
Other addresses: The method of the new theology, and some of its ap-
plications. Survival of the fittest. The third kingdom. The problem
of foreign missions. The contribution of science to Christianity.
Spiritual diagnosis.
ESSAYS and reviews. 1861 204 84
Contents: Temple, Frederick. Education of the world. Williams, Row-
land. Bunsen's Biblical researches. Powell, Baden. On the study of
the evidences of Christianity. Wilson, H. R. Seances historiques de
Geneve. Goodwin, C. W. On the Mosaic cosmogony. Pattison,
Mark. Tendencies of religious thought in England. Jowett, Benja-
min. On the interpretation of Scripture.
EVERETT, Charles Carroll.
Essays, theological and literary. 1902 204 95
Contents: Reason in religion. The historic and the ideal Christ. The
distinctive mark of Christianity. Kant's influence in theology. "Be-
yond good and evil" (Nietzsche). Naturalism and its results. In-
stinct and reason. The devil. The poems of Emerson. The "Faust"
of Goethe. Tennyson and Browning as spiritual forces. The philoso-
phy of Browning.
H2 ESSAYS
GLADDEN, Washington.
Burning questions of the life that now is, and of that which
is to come 204 G45b
Contents: Has evolution abolished God? Can man know God? Is man
only a machine? What is the use of prayer? Is death the end?
Who is Jesus Christ? Are the gospels fairy tales? Where is the
kingdom of God?
HAMILTON, Gail, (pseud, of Mary Abigail Dodge).
Stumbling-blocks. 1864 204 H2I
HERFORD, Brooke.
Small end of great problems. 1902 204 H46
Contents: The small end of great problems. The unseen things the
most real. On belief in things which cannot be proved. The mystery
of mind. The verifications of mind. The bugbear of the unknowa-
ble. The reality of revelation and authority. The human heart of
God. The foreordination of God. The healing forces of God. The
world's debt to Christ. Anything new in Christianity? All things
beginnings. The veiled life in man. The mystery of goodness. The
mystery of, pain. Life on the line of least resistance. One of the
meanings of great catastrophes. Immortality, whether we wish for it
or not. The nearness and reality of the heavenly world. The inspira-
tions of science.
HILLIS, Newell Dwight.
Influence of Christ in modern life; a study of the new
problems of the church in American society. 1900 204 Hs6
HUTTON, Richard Holt.
Aspects of religious and scientific thought. 1899 204 H97
Appeared first in the Spectator.
A series of essays showing the present status of opinion in regard to the
problems presented by the conflict of religion and science.
LE GALLIENNE, Richard.
Religion of a literary man. 1895 204 LS4
MABIE, Hamilton Wright.
Life of the spirit. 1809 204 Mil
MERRIMAN, Mrs Helen Bigelow.
Religio pictoris. 1899 204 M63
"Among our books we have a 'Religio medici' and a 'Religio poetae,'
but not a Religio pictoris, yet it may be well that the painter should
set forth the faith that is in him, because from the nature of his call-
ing he has some special advantages for dealing with the deeper prob-
lems of life." Introduction.
MILMAN, Henry Hart.
Savonarola, Erasmus, and other essays. 1870 204 M7I
Contents: Savonarola. Life of Erasmus. The popes of the i6th and 17th
centuries. Clement XIV and the Jesuits. Newman on the develop-
ment of Christian doctrine. Relation of the clergy to the people. Pa-
gan . and Christian sepulchres.
Originally appeared in the Quarterly review, and are partly historical,
partly controversial, attacking the doctrines and practices which the
leaders of the Tractarian movement were then [1846-1856] trying to en-
graft on the Church of England.
"It is his [Milman's] extensive learning, his vigorous style, his pictorial
brilliancy, and, above all, his power of conveying in a few sentences a
vivid and correct impression of character and events which have cre-
ated his fame... The first two [essays] in the volume are excellent sam-
ples of his pen." Athenaeum, 1870.
MORISON, James Cotter.
The service of man; an essay towards the religion of the
future. 1887 204 M89
PARKER, Theodore.
Views of religion. 1894 204 P24
ESSAYS 113
PATMORE, Coventry Kearsey Dighton.
Religio poetae, etc. 1898 204 P29
"Twenty-three short essays many of them rather sermons than essays
on such topics as 'Peace in Life and Art," 'Ancient and Modern Ideas
of Purity,' 'Emotional Art,' 'Conscience,' 'Distinction' .. .To the aver-
age reader the book must be nothing but the vainest speculation and
the dullest theory. Yet, in many ways, it is one of the most beautiful
and notable works in prose that have appeared in recent years... The
subjects with which these essays deal may be grouped under three
heads: religion, art, and woman." Athenaeum, 1893.
PFLEIDERER, Otto.
Evolution and theology, and other essays; ed. by Orello
Cone. 1900 204 P48
Other essays: Theology and historical science. Luther as the founder
of Protestant civilisation. The essence of Christianity. The notion
and problem of the philosopny of religion. The task of scientific
theology for the church of the present. Jesus' foreknowledge of his
sufferings and death. The national traits of the Germans as seen in
their religion. Is morality without religion possible or desirable?
Free from Rome!
QUINT, Alonzo Hall.
Common-sense Christianity; articles selected and arranged by
W. D. Quint. 1897 204 Qa8
Contents: Church and pulpit. The law and the gospel. Home and the
family. Lessons from life.
Appeared first in the Congregationalist.
SCHERER, Edmond.
Melanges de critique religieuse 204 832
Contents: La crise de la foi. De 1'inspiration de 1'Ecriture. Ce que
c'est que la Bible. Du peche. Conversations theologiques. L'apoca-
lypse de Commodien. L'Angleterre aux prises avec la critique re-
ligieuse; Sterling, Froude, Newman. Joseph de Maistre. Lamen-
nais. La correspondance de Lamennais. Le Pere Gratry. M. Veuil-
lot et le parti catholique. M. Taine ou la critique positiviste. M.
Proudhon ou la banqueroute du socialisme. M. Ernest Renan; le ra-
tionalisme et 1'histoire. L'exposition des tableaux d'Ary Scheffer.
SCHLEIERMACHER, Friedrich Ernst Daniel.
Ueber die religion. 1880. (Bibliothek der deutschen na-
tionalliteratur.) 204 834
SMITH, Henry Boynton.
Faith and philosophy. 1886 204 864
STEPHEN, Sir Leslie.
An agnostic's apology, and other essays. 1893 204 882
Other essays: The scepticism of believers. Dreams and realities. What
is materialism? Newman's theory of belief. Poisonous opinions.
The religion of all sensible men.
WARD, Mrs Elizabeth Stuart (Phelps).
Struggle for immortality. 1890 204 W2I
Contents: What is a fact? Is God good? What does revelation reveal?
The struggle for immortality. The Christianity of Christ. The
psychical opportunity. The psychical wave.
WESTCOTT, Brooke Foss, bp.
Lessons from work. 1901 204 Ws6
Contents: The position and call of the English church. Christian doc-
trine, the spirit and method of studying it. The condition and the
mode of revelation. The intellectual preparation of candidates for ho-
ly orders. The study of the Bible. The lesson of biblical revision.
The revised version of the New testament. Biblical criticism and so-
cial problems. Fellowship with Christ the rule and the message of the
Christian minister. Prayer the support of foreign missions. The
double witness. The prophetic call of laymen. Our creed and life.
Temperance. Life. Organization of industry. International concord.
Expenditure. Our attitude towards war. The empire. Progress.
114 PERIODICALS
WISEMAN, Nicholas, cardinal.
Essays on various subjects. 3v. 1853 204 W8i
v.i. Two letters on some parts of the controversy concerning the genu-
ineness of i John v./. Catholic versions of Scripture. The parables
of the New testament. The miracles of the New testament. Let-
ters to John Poynder upon his work entitled "Popery in alliance
with heathenism." Authority of the Holy See in South America.
A paper on ecclesiastical organization. The fate of sacrilege. On
prayer and prayer-books. On national holydays. Essay on the
minor rites and offices of the church. Ancient and modern Ca-
tholicity. The actions of the New testament.
T.2. The Hampden controversy. Tracts for the times. Froude's "Re-
mains." The high church theory of dogmatical authority. Angli-
can claims of apostolical succession. The Catholic and Anglican
churches. The Anglican system. Protestantism of the Anglican
church. Unreality of Anglican belief. Position of the high church
theory at the close of 1847. The fourth of October.
v-3. Papers on history, antiquities and art. Pope Boniface VIII. St.
Elizabeth of Hungary. Brief account of the council held at Con-
stantinople, 1166. On the writings of St. Ephrem. Account of a
recently discovered Christian inscription. Remarks on Lady Mor-
gan's statement regarding St. Peter's chair. The Roman forum.
Christian art. Spanish and English national art. Superficial trav-
elling. Italian guides and tourists. Religion in Italy. Italian
gesticulation. Early Italian academies. Sense v. science.
205 Periodicals
AMERICAN journal of theology; ed. by the divinity faculty of
the University of Chicago; quarterly, v.i-date. 1897-
date r2OS ASI
AMERICAN quarterly observer, July i833-Oct. 1834. 3v. in 2.
1833-34 r20S ASIZ
In Jan. 1835, united with the Biblical repository.
ANDOVER review; a religious and theological monthly.
v.i-ip. 1884-93 r2 5 ASS
ASSEMBLY herald; monthly, v.i-date. i8Q9-date r2OS A84
BALTIMORE literary and religious magazine, monthly;
conducted by R. J. Breckinridge and A. B. Cross. 7v.
1835-41 1-205 B2i
v.2, 4 missing.
Continued as "Spirit of the igth century."
BIBLICAL repertory and Princeton review; quarterly, v.24-
27. 1852-55 r205 647
Running title reads Princeton review.
BIBLICAL repository; quarterly. Jan. i83i-Oct. 1850. 3ov.
1831-50 : r205 84732
General index, v.i-2i, 1831-1844. 1845.
v.s-8 title page reads Biblical repository and quarterly observer.
v.9-24 title page reads American biblical repository.
v.25-30 title page reads Biblical repository and classical review.
No more published.
Elaborate original and translated articles for the theologian and biblical
student.
BIBLICAL world; monthly; new ser. v.i-date. i8g3-date. .r2O5 64733
Continuation of the Old and New testament student.
BIBLIOTHECA sacra, and theological review; quarterly.
v.i-date. i844-date r2O5 6473
Index to v.i-i3. 1857.
Changes in the title of this magazine are described in the Index volume.
PERIODICALS 115
CALVINISTIC monitor; monthly, July-Aug., Dec. 1839. v.i, no.
i, 2, 6. 1839 qrzos W$6
Bound with Western Presbyterian herald.
CHRISTIAN advocate; monthly. I2v 1823-34 T205 C46i
Continuation of the Presbyterian magazine.
No more published.
CHRISTIAN advocate; weekly, v.63-69. 1888-93 qr2OS C46l2
CHRISTIAN examiner and theological review; bi-monthly.
v.i-8s, in 36. 1824-68 r20S C4S9
v.6-35 title reads Christian examiner and general review.
v. 36-62 title reads Christian examiner and religious miscellany.
v.63-8s title reads Christian examiner.
CHRISTIAN observer, conducted by members of the Estab-
lished church; monthly. 77v. 1802-1877 r2OS C4S
No more published.
v.75-77 title reads Christian observer and advocate.
v.2i, which was to be an index volume, was never issued.
CHRISTIAN remembrancer ; monthly and quarterly. 56v. 1841-
68 r2os C4S94
No more published.
CHRISTIAN spectator; monthly and quarterly. 2Ov. 1819-
38 r205 C4593
v.i 1-20 title reads Quarterly Christian spectator.
No more published. In 1839 united with the American biblical repository.
CHURCH and the world; quarterly, v.i -3. 1872-74 r2O5 C468
CHURCH at home and abroad; published monthly by order
of the General assembly of the Presbyterian church.
24v. 1887-98 r205 C46
No more published.
CHURCH quarterly review; Oct. i875~date. v.i-date. 1876-
date r205 C4682
CRITICAL review of theological & philosophical literature;
quarterly, v.i-date. iSgi-date r2O5 C88
ENGLISH review; or, Quarterly journal of ecclesiastical and
general literature, igv. in 18. 1844-53 r2O S 64
No more published, v. 19 consists of one number only.
GOOD words; weekly and monthly, v.i-date. i86o-date. . . .r2O5 G62
JOURNAL of sacred literature; ed. by John Kitto and others;
quarterly. 4ov. 1848-68 r2O5 J46
v.i-u were edited by John Kitto.
v. 15-38 title reads Journal of sacred literature and biblical record.
No more published.
JOURNAL of the Society of biblical literature and exegesis;
semi-annually, June, :88i-date. v.i-date. i882-date. . .r2O5 J466
v.p-date title reads Journal of biblical literature.
LITERARY and theological review; quarterly. 6v. 1834-39 r2OS L74
No more published.
MERCERSBURG review; quarterly. 43v. 1849-96 r2o5 M63
v.i-4 published bi-monthly.
v.iS contains an index to the first 18 volumes.
v.26-43 title reads Reformed quarterly review.
METHODIST magazine; monthly, 1818-1828, 1834, 1839. v.i-
n, 16, 21. 1818-39 r2os M64m
From 1829 to 1840 title reads Methodist magazine and quarterly review,
and the review was published quarterly.
Continued as the Methodist quarterly review.
Called in Poole's index the American Methodist magazine.
Ii6 PERIODICALS
METHODIST quarterly review. 3d ser. v.i-date. 1841-
date r205 M64
Continuation of the Methodist magazine.
Beginning with sth ser. v. i title reads Methodist review, and the issue
is bi-monthly.
MODERN review; quarterly. 5v. 1880-84 T2OS M?6
No more published.
MONTHLY religious magazine; Jan. 1844- Feb. 1874. Siv. in 38.
1844-74 r205 M86
v. 15-24 title page reads Monthly religious magazine and independent
journal.
v.43-44 title page reads Monthly review and religious magazine.
v-45-Si title page reads Religious magazine and monthly review.
Continued as the Unitarian review and religious magazine.
NEW Princeton review; bi-monthly. 6v. 1886-88 r2O5 Na6i
A continuation of the Princeton review.
No more published.
NEW world; a quarterly review of religion, ethics and theology.
9v. 1892-1900 r205 N26
No more published.
NEW YORK observer; weekly, Aug. 4, i832-Dec. 28, 1865.
v.io, no.3i-v.43, no.52, in 18. 1832-65 qr2os N26i2
OPEN church; quarterly, Jan. i897-Sept. 1899. 3v. 1897-99 r 2OS 026
No more published.
PITTSBURG recorder; weekly, Jan. 25, i822-June 13, 1823.
v.i-2, no.2i, 1822-23 r2os P67
PRESBYTERIAN; weekly, Feb. 16, i83i-Dec. 25, 1834.
v.i-4, in 3. 1831-34 qr20S P9223
PRESBYTERIAN and reformed review; quarterly, v.i-date.
i8ox)-date qr2O5 Pg22i
v.io contains an index to v. i-io.
PRESBYTERIAN magazine; monthly. 2v. 1821-22 r2O5 P922
Continued as the Christian advocate.
PRESBYTERIAN quarterly review, June, i852-March, 1857,
July, i8s8-Oct. 1866, Jan. i868-Oct. 1871. v.i-S, 7-15, 17-20.
1853-71 T205 P9222
v. 12-17 title reads American Presbyterian and theological review; v.i8-2o,
American Presbyterian review; v.i-ao is so called in Poole's index.
Continued as the Presbyterian quarterly.
PRESBYTERIAN review; quarterly. lov. 1880-88 r2O5 92
Continued as the Presbyterian and reformed review.
PRINCETON review; new ser. bi-monthly. I4v. in 10. 1878-
84 r205 P95
A continuation of the Presbyterian quarterly.
Continued as the New Princeton review.
QUARTERLY register and journal of the American educa-
tion society. 'i5v. 1829-43 r2O5 Qi9
v.4-is title page reads American quarterly register.
No more published.
QUARTERLY review of the Evangelical Lutheran church, v.i-
date. i87i-date r2O5 Qi92
Title page of v.8-date reads Lutheran quarterly.
Continuation of the Evangelical review.
"SALVATION"; a new evangelical monthly, v.i. 1899 r2O5 Si8
SPIRIT of the i9th century; ed. by R. J. Breckinridge; monthly.
2v. 1842-43 raos S75
No more published.
Continuation of the Baltimore literary and religious magazine.
COLLECTED WORKS 117
SPIRIT of the Pilgrims; a monthly magazine. 6v. 1828-33. -r2O5 8759
No more published.
SUNDAY magazine; monthly, v.i-date. i86s-date qr20S Sg5
UNITARIAN review and religious magazine ; monthly, Mar. 1874-
Dec. 1891. 36v. 1874-91 r205 Uas
v. 27-36 title reads Unitarian review.
A continuation of the Monthly religious magazine.
No more published.
WEEKLY recorder; a newspaper conveying intelligence, under
the heads of theology, literature and national affairs, July
5, i8i4-June 28, 1815. v.i. 1814-15 qr2O5 W42
WESTERN Presbyterian herald ; weekly, Sept. 21, i837-Nov. 7,
1839. v.6, no.45-v.8, no.so, in i. 1837-39 qr2OS W$6
v.8 title reads Protestant and herald.
v.6, no.47, 51-52; v. 7, no. 2-4, 6-8, 11-16, 20-21, 23-25, 27-30, 39-40, 42,
45-46, 52; v.8, no. i, 3-8 wanting.
206 Societies. 207 Seminaries
BARROWS, John Henry, ed.
World's parliament of religions. 2v. 1893 206 B26
History and proceedings of the parliament of religions held at the
World's Columbian exposition in 1893, with the papers written by the
various representatives.
GREEN, Samuel Gosnell.
Story of the religious tract society for 100 years. 1899 2 6 G83
MILDMAY CONFERENCE.
Report of addresses, 1896. 1896 206 M68
GENERAL THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY, New York.
Dedication of Hoffman and Eigenbrodt halls, May 30, 1900,
with addresses r2O7 G2Q
PENNSYLVANIA BAPTIST EDUCATION SOCIETY.
Minutes of the anniversary, i84O-date. v.i-date. 1840-
date r207
v-52-59, 6 1 missing.
PRINCETON UNIVERSITY Theological seminary.
General catalogue. 1829 r207
WESTERN THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY, Allegheny, Pa.
Annual catalogue, 1845/46, 1860/61, 1901/02. 3v. in 2. 1846-
1902 r2O7
Volumes for 1845/46, 1860/61 are bound with pamphlets marked
T974.88 69.
208 Collected works
COUPLAND, William Chatterton, ed.
Thoughts and aspirations of the ages; selections from the
religious writings of the world. 1895 208 C83
DANA, John Monroe, comp.
Wider view; a search for truth. 1899 208 Dig
Selections in prose and verse on various religious subjects.
DEWEY, Orville.
Works. 1896 208
Biographical sketch of Dewey, by M. E. Dewey, p. 9-12.
Ii8 HISTORY OF RELIGION
DICK, Thomas.
Complete works. QV. in 3. 1848-50 r2o8 DS4
v. 1-3. On the improvement of society by the diffusion of knowledge.
The philosophy of a future state. The philosophy of religion; or, An
illustration of the moral laws of the universe.
v.4-6. The Christian philosopher; or, The connexion of science and phi-
losophy with religion. On the mental illumination and moral improve-
ment of mankind. An essay on the sin and the evils of covetousness,
and the happy effects which would flow from a spirit of Christian
beneficence.
v.7-9. Celestial scenery; or, The wonders of the planetary system dis-
played, illustrating the perfections of Deity and a plurality of worlds.
The sidereal heavens and other subjects connected with astronomy.
The practical astronomer.
IRVING, Edward.
Collected writings; ed. by Gavin Carlyle. 5v. 1864-65 208 Ia8
v.i. On the word of God. The parable of the sower. Missionaries
after the Apostolical school. Ordination charge. Historical view
of the Church of Scotland before the reforma'tion. Notes on the
standards of the Church of Scotland.
v.2. John the Baptist. The temptation. Homilies of baptism. Homi-
lies on the Lord's supper.
v.3. On prayer. On praise. On family and social religion. Dis-
courses delivered on public occasions.
v.4. Miscellaneous discourses.
v.s. The doctrine of the incarnation, opened. The church. On the
gifts of the Holy Ghost.
PALEY, William.
Works. 6v. 1830 208 Pr8
v.i. Memoirs of Paley, by G. W. Meadley. Natural theology.
v.2. A view of the evidences of Christianity. Tracts.
v.3. Principles of moral and political philosophy.
v.4 Horae Paulinae. The young Christian instructed. Clergyman's
companion.
v.5- Sermons on public occasions. Sermons on several subjects.
Tracts.
v.6. Sermons on various subjects.
TAYLOR, Jeremy.
Whole works; with a life of the author and a critical ex-
amination of his writings by Reginald Heber. lov.
1854-61 208 T25
v.i. Clerus Domini. Office ministerial. Discourse of friendship.
Rules and advices to the clergy. Life. Indexes.
v.2. Life of Christ.
v.3. Rule and exercises of holy living and dying.
v.4. Sermons.
v.s. Episcopacy. Apology for set forms. Reverence due to the altar.
Liberty of prophesying. Confirmation.
v.6. Real presence of Christ in the sacrament. Dissuasive from popery.
v.7. Unum necessarium. Deus justificatus. Letters to Warner and
Jeanes. Golden grove. Hymns.
v.8. Worthy communicant. Supplement of sermons. Collection of
offices,
v.p-io. Ductor dubitantium.
209 History of religion
ADENEY, Walter Frederic.
A century's progress in religious life and thought. 1901 . . . .209 A23
Contents: Introduction. Leading minds of the century. The Oxford
movement. Religion and science. Biblical criticism. The imma-
nence of God. The decline of Calvinism. Changed views of redemp-
tion. The future. Social questions. Preachers and preaching. Lit-
erature, art and recreation.
HISTORY OF RELIGION 119
BRINTON, Daniel Garrison.
Religions of primitive peoples. 1897. (American lectures
on the history of religions.) 209 675
CAIRO, Edward.
Evolution of religion; the Gifford lectures delivered before
the University of St. Andrews in sessions 1890-91 and
1891-92. 2v. 1899 209 Cii
The first lecture contains a general statement of the problem, and the
next six are devoted to an explanation of the principles upon which
the author bases his view of religion and its history. The rest of the
book is confined almost entirely to the development of the Jewish and
the Christian religions.
CLARKE, James Freeman.
Events and epochs in religious history. 1894 209 C53
Contents: The catacombs. The Buddhist monks of central Asia. The
Christian monks and monastic life. Augustine, Anselm, Bernard, and
their times. Jeanne d'Arc. Savonarola and the renaissance. Luther
and the reformation. Loyola and the Jesuits. The mystics in all re-
ligions. George Fox and the Quakers. The Huguenots. John Wes-
ley and his times.
DORCHESTER, Daniel.
Problem of religious progress. 1895 209 D73
EDKINS, Joseph.
The early spread of religious ideas especially in the far
East. 1893. (By-paths of Bible knowledge.) 209 28
Contents: The prae-Mosaic origin of the book of Genesis. Primaeval
monotheism in China and Persia. The philological history of the
names for God. How religious ideas spread in the ancient world.
Polytheism in China. The moral ideas of the Chinese. Early spread
of the belief in a future state.
JEVONS, Frank Byron.
Introduction to the history of religion. 1896 .209 J3I
Contents: The supernatural. Sympathetic magic. Life and death.
Taboo, its transmissibility. Things taboo. Taboo, morality and re-
ligion. Totemism. Survivals of totemism. Animal sacrifice; the
altar. Animal sacrifice; the sacrificial meal. Fetishism. Family
gods and guardian spirits. Ancestor-worship. Tree and plant wor-
ship. Nature-worship. Syncretism and polytheism. Mythology.
Priesthood. The next life. The transmigration of souls. Mysteries.
Eleusinian mysteries. Monotheism. The evolution of belief.
"The work is intended primarily for students who require an introduc-
tion to the history of religion, but will also, it is hoped, prove inter-
esting to students of folk-lore and anthropology, and to the wider
circle of general readers." Preface.
.LANG, Andrew.
Making of religion. 1898 209 L23
Partial contents : Anthropology and religion. Crystal visions, savage
and civilised. Anthropology and hallucinations. Demoniacal posses-
sion. Fetishism and spiritualism. High gods of low races. Theories
of Jehovah.
MACKINTOSH, William.
Natural history of the Christian religion; a study of the doc-
trine of Jesus as developed from Judaism and converted
into dogma. 1894 209 Mi8
RELIGIOUS systems of the world. 1892 209 R32
RfeVILLE, Albert.
Prolegomena of the history of religions. 1884 209 R36
TAYLOR, Henry Osborn. W '
Ancient ideals; a study of intellectual and spiritual growth
from early times to the establishment of Christianity.
120 NATURAL THEOLOGY
2v. 1896 209 T25
T.I. Egypt, Chaldaea and China. India. The Buddha. Iran. Greek
beginnings. Homer. Greek principles of life. Greek art and
poetry. Greek philosophy. Later Hellenism. The genius of
Rome. The republic as influenced by Greece.
v.a. The empire; the public hope. The empire; the spiritual change.
The empire; philosophy and religious revival. Israel; deliver-
ance and consecration. Israel's spiritual growth. Messianic
prophecy. The Psalter. Wisdom and the law; later Judaism.
Christianity; the synoptic presentation. The gospel of John.
Apostolic interpretation. The Roman world and Christianity.
UNIVERSITY ASSOCIATION.
Universal religion: a course of lessons, historical and sci-
entific, on the various faiths of the world, by a corps
of specialists in Asia, Europe and America; ed. by Ed-
mund Buckley. 1897 qr2O9 U25
Contains numerous bibliographies.
Being v-3 of "Progress."
210 Natural theology
ARGYLL, George Douglas Campbell, duke of.
The philosophy of belief; or, Law in Christian theology.
1896 210 A69f>
Contents: Intuitive theology. The theology of the Hebrews. Christian
theology. Christian belief.
Reign of law. 1868 210 A6o/
The same. 1868 r2io A6g
BOEDDER,^ernard.
Natural theology. 1891. (Manuals of Catholic philosophy.). .210 Bs8
CAIRD, John.
Fundamental ideas of Christianity; the Gifford lectures.
2v. 1899 210 Ci2
Memoir of the author, by Edward Caird, v.i, p. 9-141.
v.i. Natural and revealed religion. Faith and reason. The Christian
idea of God. The relation of God to the world. The origin and
nature of evil; the Augustinian theory.
v.2. The origin and nature of evil; the theory of negation or privation,
the predominance of sense over spirit, the theory of free will. The
possibility of moral restoration. The idea of the incarnation. The
idea of the atonement. The kingdom of the spirit. The future life.
FISHER, George Park.
Manual of natural theology. 1893 210 F53
FISKE, John.
Through nature to God. 1899 .210 F$4
Contents: The mystery of evil. The cosmic roots of love and self-
sacrifice. Tne everlasting reality of religion.
This little book is the natural sequel to two previous works of Mr Fiske
"The idea of God, as affected by modern knowledge," and "The des-
tiny of man, viewed in the light of his origin." It seeks "to solve the
tremendous mystery of evil so as to give man a fuller sense of his
high calling and a firmer assurance of the infinite wisdom and be-
nignity." It shows the range and power of love and self-sacrifice,
and emphasizes the religious lesson which nature teaches.
The second part is, with slight changes, the Phi Beta Kappa oration
delivered at Harvard university, Tune, 1895. Its original title was
"Ethics in the cosmic process."
GUYAU Marie Jean.
The non-religion of the future, a sociological study. 1897. .210 Gop
Contents: Religious physics. Religious metaphysics. Religious morals.
DEISM AND ATHEISM 121
Dogmatic faith. Symbolic and moral faith. Dissolution of religious
morality. Religion and non-religion among the people. Religion and
non-religion and the child. Religion and non-religion among women.
The effect of religion and non-religion on population and the future
of the race. Religious individualism. Association; the permanent ele-
ment of religions in social life. Theism. Pantheism. Idealism, ma-
terialism, monism.
HUTCHINSON, Woods.
The gospel according to Darwin. 1898 210 HQ/
LAING, Samuel.
Modern Zoroastrian. 1898 210 Li6
The author condenses many facts of the material and moral world,
obtaining as a result a single general law of mutual antagonistic prin-
ciples which he terms "the all pervading principle of polarity."
PALEY, William.
Natural theology; or, Evidences of the existence and attri-
butes of the Deity. 1817 r2io Pi8
The same. 1837 r266 M76
Bound with Moffat's Missionary labours in southern Africa.
The same. 1830. (In his Works, v.i.) 208 Pi8 v.i
SEELEY, Sir John Robert.
Natural religion. 1886 210 845
TIELE, Cornelis Petrus.
Elements of the science of religion; being the Gifford lec-
tures delivered before the University of Edinburgh in
1896 and 1898. 2v. 1897-99 210 T45
v.i. Morphological. v.2. Ontological.
"Prof. Tiele is a strong believer in the doctrine that there are laws of
development applicable to religion, and that they are special forms and
conditions of laws which are applicable to the human mind in general.
The whole object of his volumes, as he expressly states, is to show
that between pure science and true religion nothing but perfect and
abiding harmony can prevail." Spectator, 1899.
WALLACE, William.
Lectures and essays on natural theology and ethics; ed. by
Edward Caird. 1898 210 Wi7
Biography of Wallace, by Edward Caird, pref. p-7- 40.
"Gifford lectures delivered in the University of Glasgow in 1894 and
'895, " p.i-zio.
211 Deism and atheism
BONHAM, John M.
Secularism; its progress and its morals. 1894 211 B62
BOWNE, Borden Parker.
Philosophy of theism. 1887 211 679
FISKE, John.
Idea of God as affected by modern knowledge. 1895 211 F$4
"Earnest contention that evolution culminating in man is absolutely in-
explicable except as the expression of divine purpose... A feature of
the discussion. . .is the justification of an anthropomorphic conception
of God." Andover review, 1886.
FRASER, Alexander Campbell.
Philosophy of theism; being the Gifford lectures, ist-2d ser.
2v. 1895-96 2ii F88
The same. 1899 2I i F88p
"The work on its first appearance (1895-96) made a profound im-
pression as a masterly. . .vindication of the reasonableness of natural
religion, and the few years that have passed since then have not suf-
122 DEISM AND ATHEISM
ficiently altered the aspects of thought in the philosophical world, to
make any reason why its arguments and its eloquence should be less
cogent or less welcome to-day (1899)." Spectator, 1899.
HARRIS, Samuel.
Philosophical basis of theism. 1899 211 H2p
HOLYOAKE, George Jacob.
English secularism; a confession of belief. 1896 211 H75
INGERSOLL, Robert Green.
Works. I2v. 1900 r2i i 124
v.i. The gods Humboldt. Thomas Paine. Individuality. Heretics
and heresies. The ghosts. The liberty of man, woman and child.
About farming in Illinois. What must we do to be saved?
v.2. Some mistakes of Moses. Some reasons why. Orthodoxy. Myth
and miracle.
v.3- Shakespeare. Robert Burns. Abraham Lincoln. Voltaire. Liber-
ty in literature. The great infidels. Which way? About the Holy
Bible.
v.4. Why I am an agnostic. The truth. How to reform mankind.
A Thanksgiving sermon. A lay sermon. The foundations of faith.
Superstition. The devil. Progress. What is religion?
v.5- Six interviews on Talmage. The Talmagian catechism. A vindica-
tion of Thomas Paine.
v.6. The Christian religion. The Field-Ingersoll discussion. Col. In-
gersoll on Christianity. Rome or reason? Is divorce wrong? Di-
vorce.- Reply to Dr Lyman Abbott. Reply to Archdeacon Farrar.
Is corporal punishment degrading?
v.7. My reviewers reviewed. My Chicago Bible class. To the Indian-
apolis clergy. The Brooklyn divines. The limitations of toleration.
A Christmas sermon. Suicide of Judge Normile. Is suicide a
sin? Is avarice triumphant? A reply to the Cincinnati gazette and
Catholic telegraph. An interview on Chief Justice Comegys.
Reply to Drs Thomas and Lorimer. Reply to Rev. John Hall and
Warner Van Norden. Reply to the Rev. Dr Plumb. Reply to the
New York clergy on superstition.
v.8. Interviews.
v.9. An address to the colored people. Indianapolis speech. Speech
nominating Blaine. Centennial oration. Bangor speech. Cooper
union speech, New York. Indianapolis speech. Chicago speech.
Eight to seven address. Hard times and the way out. Suffrage ad-
dress. Wall street speech. Brooklyn speech. Address to the 86th
Illinois regiment. Decoration day address. Decoration day ora-
tion. Ratification speech. Reunion address. The Chicago and
New York gold speech.
v.io. Address to the jury in the Munn trial. Closing address to the
jury in the first Star route trial. Opening address to the jury in
the second Star route trial. Closing address to the jury in the
second Star route trial. Address to the jury in the Davis will case.
Argument before the vice-chancellor in the Russell case.
v.i i. Civil rights. Trial of C. B. Reynolds for blasphemy, address to
the jury. God in the constitution. A reply to Bishop Spalding.
Crimes against criminals. A wooden god. Some interrogation
points. Art and morality. The divided household of faith. Why
am I an agnostic? Huxley and agnosticism. Ernest Renan. Tol-
stoy and "The kreutzer sonata." Thomas Paine. The three phi-
lanthropists. Should the Chinese be excluded? A word about ed-
ucation. What I want for Christmas. Fool friends. Inspiration.
The truth of history. How to edit a liberal paper. Secularism.
Criticism of "Robert Elsmere," "John Ward, preacher," and "An
African farm." The libel laws. Rev. Dr Newton's sermon on a
new religion. An essay on Christmas. Has freethought a con-
structive side? The improved man. Eight hours must come. The
Jews. Crumbling creeds. Our schools. Vivisection. The census
enumerator's official catechism. The agnostic Christmas. Spirit-
uality. Sumter's gun. What infidels have done. Cruelty in the
Elmira reformatory. Law's delay. Bigotry of colleges. A young
man's chances to-day. Science and sentiment. "Sowing and reap-
ing." Should infidels send their children to Sunday school? What
would you substitute for the Bible as a moral guide? Governor
Rollins' fast-day proclamation. A look backward and a prophecy.
DEISM AND ATHEISM 123
Political morality. A few reasons for doubting the inspiration of
the Bible.
v. 12. Tributes and miscellany.
v.i2 contains full index.
IVERACH, James.
Theism in the light of present science and philosophy.
1900 211 133
LECKY, William Edward Hartpole.
History of the rise and influence of the spirit of rationalism
in Europe. 2v. 1893 211 L4&
"The author defines his purpose as an attempt to trace that spirit which
'leads men on all occasions to subordinate dogmatic theology to the
dictates of reason and of conscience, and, as a necessary consequence,
greatly to restrict its influence upon life'. . . The author traces the
declining sense of the miraculous; the aesthetic, scientific, and moral
developments of rationalism; the spirit of persecution; the seculariz-
ation of politics; and the industrial history of rationalism." C. K.
Adams.
MELLONE, Sydney Herbert.
Leaders of religious thought in the nineteenth century. 1902. . .211 M59
Contents: Light on the way. John Henry Newman. Newman's "Gram-
mar of assent." James Martineau. What is religious experience?
Forms of agnosticism and positivism. The agnosticism of Herbert
Spencer. Robert Browning. Summary.
MERRILL, William Pierson.
Faith and sight; essays on the relation of agnosticism to
theology. 1900 21 1 M63
NIETZSCHE, Friedrich.
Menschliches allzumenschliches; ein buch fur freie geister,
mit anhang. 2v. in i. 1878-79 211 N33
OWEN, John.
Evenings with the skeptics; or, Free discussion on free
thinkers. 2v. 1881 211 034
v.i. General causes of skepticism. Greek skepticism. Sokrates and
the Sokratic schools. Post-Sokratic skepticism. Hebrew and
Hindu skepticism.
v.2. Two-fold truth. Relation of Christianity to free-thought. The
skepticism of St. Augustine. Semi-skepticism of the schoolmen:
Erigena; Abelard; Aquinas. William of Ockam. Raymund of
Sabrieude.
The plan here adopted of discussions in the form of dialogues inter-
spersed with essays, enables the author to introduce the many differ-
ing views, to which he is inclined by his comprehensiveness and his
independence of thought.
PAINE, Thomas.
Age of reason; an investigation of true and fabulous the-
ology; ed. by M. D. Conway. 1899 211 Pi6
"Paine's confession of faith is simple. He was an ardent Deist believing
in a God who created the world, and who is known to mankind through
the world which he created. Nature was Paine's Bible, and science its
only interpreter. ..Surely these were not startling precepts. At the end
of the eighteenth century, Deism had long been known both in France
and England. . .Paine's language was not shaped for conciliation. He
spoke with the brutal freedom of a reformer. ..He wrote in clear, strong
English which the people could understand; and he wrote as one of
. them. . .Here was his originality and here his power. ..The shriek which
went up when The Age of Reason was published has echoed and re-
echoed unto this day. Its cause was partly horror, partly ignorance,
but chiefly fear." E. Sedgwick.
PEARSON, Karl.
Ethic of freethought. 1887 211 P35
Contents: The ethic of freethought. The prostitution of science. Mat-
124 THEOSOPHY
ter and soul. The ethic of renunciation. The enthusiasm of the
market-place and of the study. Maimonides and Spinoza. Meister
Eckehart the Mystic. Humanism in Germany. Note on Jacob Wimp-
feling. The influence of Martin Luther on the social and intellectual
welfare of Germany. The kingdom of God in Munster. The moral
basis of socialism. Socialism in theory and practice. The woman's
question. Sketch of the relations of sex in Germany. Socialism and
sex.
ROBERTSON, John Mackinnon.
Short history of freethought; ancient and modern. 1899 21 1 R54
RYLANCE, Joseph Hine.
Christian rationalism; essays on matters in debate between
faith and unbelief. 1808 211 Rp;
Contents: On free thought. On reason and faith. On inspiration and
infallibility. On the racking doubt. On existing dissensions between
science and religion. An historic foothold for faith.
SAUNDERS, Thomas Bailey.
Quest of faith; notes on the current philosophy of religion.
.1899 211 825
Discusses the aspect of the question whether and how far faith in the
existence of a God may be justified, as it stands at the close of the
igth century.
SCHURMAN, Jacob Gould.
Agnosticism and religion. 1896 211 839
"Full of thought, provocative of thought, clear in style, and pertinent
to present day intellectual and spiritual needs." Outlook.
SETH, Andrew.
Two lectures on theism; delivered on the occasion of the
sesquicentennial celebration of Princeton university.
1897 2ii 849
WARD, James, b. 1843.
Naturalism and agnosticism; the Gifford lectures delivered
before the University of Aberdeen, 1896-1898. 2v.
1899 211 W2i
WENDLING, George R.
Ingersollism from a secular point of view. 1883 211
212 Theosophy
BLAVATSKY, Mme Helene Petrovna (Hahn).
Isis unveiled; a master-key to the mysteries of ancient and
modern science and theology. 2v. 1886 212 854
The secret doctrine; the synthesis of science, religion, and
philosophy. 3v. 1893-95 r2i2 6543
v.i. Cosmogenesis. v.2. Anthropogenesis. v.3. Index*.
HARDING, Burcham.
Brotherhood, nature's law. 1897 T2I2 H2$
SINNETT, Alfred Percy.
The occult world. 1895 212 S6i
SOLOVYOFF, Vsevolod Sergyeevich.
Modern priestess of Isis; (Mme Blavatsky). 1895 212 S68
THEOSOPHICAL review; monthly; ed by Annie Besant and
G. R. S. Mead. v.26-date. I9oo-date r2i2 T34
RELIGION AND SCIENCE 125
213 Creation. 214 Providence
BASCOM, John.
Evolution and religion; or, Faith as a part of a complete
cosmic system. 1897 213 628
JEVONS, Frank Byron.
Evolution. 1900. (The churchman's library.) 213 J3i
"Object. . .is to raise the question: If we accept the theory of evolution
as true in science, how should it modify the thought and action of a
man who wishes to do his best in this world?" Preface.
LE CONTE, Joseph.
Evolution; its nature, its evidences and its relation to re-
ligious thought. 1895 213 L4Q
McCOSH, James.
The religious aspect of evolution. 1890 213 Mi4
SAVAGE, Minot Judson.
The religion of evolution. 1886 213 826
TEFFT, Benjamin Franklin.
Evolution and Christianity; or, An answer to the develop-
ment infidelity of modern times. 1885 213 T26
BRUCE, Alexander Balmain.
Moral order of the world in ancient and modern thought;
the Gifford lectures of 1898. 1899 214 682
KIDD, John.
On the adaptation of external nature to the physical condi-
tion of man. 1852 r2i4 K24
215 Religion and science
BEALE, Lionel Smith.
Life theories; their influence upon religious thought. 1871. ..r2i5 634
BURROUGHS, John.
The light of day; religious discussions and criticisms from
the naturalist's point of view. 1000. 215 694
"My polemic, so far as it is such, will be found, I hope, aimed more
at theology than at religion." Preface.
CECIL, Hugh Mortimer.
Pseudo-philosophy at the end of the igth century, v.i.
1897 215 C3i
v.i. Mr Kidd's Social evolution. Mr Drummond's Ascent of man.
Mr Balfour's Foundations of belief.
No more published.
An attack upon the books indicated in the list of contents. "He is one
who must be reckoned with as a clear thinker, a cogent reasoner, a
lucid and accomplished writer." Academy, 1897.
DALL1NGER, William Henry.
The Creator and what we may know of the method of crea-
tion. 1887. (Fernley lecture, 1887.) 215 Di6
DRAPER, John William.
History of the conflict between religion and science. 1893.
(International scientific series.) 215 079
DRUMMOND, Henry.
Natural law in the spiritual world. 1897 215 084
126 RELIGION AND SCIENCE
HUDSON, Thomson Jay.
Divine pedigree of man; or, The testimony of evolution and
psychology to the fatherhood of God. 1899 215 H88
HUXLEY, Thomas Henry.
Science and Christian tradition. 1894 2I 5 Ho8s
Contents: Prologue. Scientific and pseudo-scientific realism. Science
and pseudo-science. An Episcopal trilogy. The value of witness to
the miraculous. Possibilities and impossibilities. Agnosticism. Ag-
nosticism; a rejoinder. Agnosticism and Christianity. The keepers
of the herd of swine. Illustrations of Mr Gladstone's controversial
methods.
Science and Hebrew tradition. 1894 215 HgS
Contents: On the method of Zadig. Rise and progress of palaeontology.
Lectures on evolution. The interpreters of Genesis and the inter-
preters of nature. Mr Gladstone and Genesis. The lights of the
church and the light of science. Hasisadra's adventure. The evolution
of theology.
KINSLEY, William W.
Old faiths and new faiths. 1896 215 K27
Contents: Science and prayer. Science and Christ. Science and the
life beyond.
"Science and prayer" has been published separately in the Chautauqua
reading series.
LAING, Samuel.
Modern science and modern thought. 1898 215 Li6
Contains a supplemental chapter on Gladstone's "Dawn of creation" and
"Proem of Genesis," and on Drummond's "Natural law in the spirit-
ual world."
"There is nothing new about Mr. Laing's opinions, nor is any novelty
claimed for them. The new thing is that a Scotch politician and man
of business turned seventy should employ his leisure moments in com-
piling and publishing a popular handbook of Agnosticism." Academy,
1885.
LE CONTE, Joseph.
Religion and science. 1874 215 L49
MORRIS, Herbert William.
Present conflict of science with religion; or, Modern scepti-
cism met on its own ground. 1875 r2i5 M9i
PRESSENSfi, Edmond de.
Study of origins; or, The problems of knowledge, of being
and of duty. 1887 215 Pg2
"I shall be truly happy if this book... do something to dispel the fatal
misconception that science and conscience, liberty and religion, are
incompatible." Preface.
ROMANES, George John.
Thoughts on religion; ed. by Charles Gore. 1899 215 R6$
Contents: The influence of science upon religion. Notes for a work
on a candid examination of religion.
The two essays of Part I were written some time before 1889 but were
not published before the author's death (1894). The "Notes" were
among his unfinished papers. Show a tendency from a position of
unbelief to one of belief in the Christian revelation.
SHALER, Nathaniel Southgate.
Interpretation of nature. 1893 215 852
Scientist's survey of latest results in science; candid and hopeful, point-
ing toward ultimate harmony between religion and science.
SHIELDS, Charles Woodruff.
Religion and science in their relation to philosophy. 1875. .. .r2is S55
WHITE, Andrew Dickson.
History of the warfare of science with theology in Christen-
FUTURE LIFE 127
dom. 2v. 1896 215 W63h
The same. 2v. 1896 r2is W63h
In his preface the author emphasizes the point that in his opinion the
struggle is between science and theology, not between science and
religion.
"Considered alone as a popular presentation of modern views upon the
great scientific questions of the day the work deserves to be widely
read; but its value is greatly increased by the light which it sheds
upon the development of opinion and the clearness with which it estab-
lishes the contrast between the fruitful methods of science, and the
unfruitful ones of theology in the domain of nature." Popular sci-
ence monthly, 1896.
Warfare of science. 1893 2I S W63
218 Future life
ADAMS, Charles Josiah.
Where is my dog? or, Is man alone immortal? 1892 218 A2i
CHARLES, Robert Henry.
Critical history of the doctrine of a future life in Israel, in
Judaism and in Christianity; or, Hebrew, Jewish and
Christian eschatology from pre-prophetic times till the
close of the New testament canon; the Jowett lectures
for 1898-99. 1899 218 C37
Contains several bibliographies.
FISKE, John.
Destiny of man viewed in the light of his origin. 1895 218 F54
"Given the origin of Man as a derivative being, as of a genus belonging
to the Catarrh ine family of apes, to ascertain his destiny: this is the
problem to which our author addresses himself. It is the thesis upoli
which he addressed the famous Concord School of Philosophy, when
the question of immortality was there under discussion; and his essay
is now published in this little volume." Nation, 1884.
Life everlasting. 1901 218 Fs4l
The Ingersoll lecture on the immortality of man, Dec. 19, 1900.
The argument is on the lines of evolution, inferring from what man
has already become that the logical next step in his progress is the at-
tainment of the life everlasting.
HUDSON, Thomson Jay.
Scientific demonstration of the future life. 1895 218 H88
JAMES, William, b. 1842.
Human immortality; two supposed objections to the doc-
trine. 1898 218 Ji6
McCONNELL, Samuel D.
Evolution of immortality. 1901 218 Mi3
ROYCE, Josiah.
Conception of immortality. 1900. (Ingersoll lecture, 1899.).. 218 R8i
SAVAGE, Minot Judson.
Life beyond death; a review of the world's beliefs on the
subject, leading to the question as to whether it can be
demonstrated as a fact; with an appendix containing
some hints as to personal experiences and opinions.
1899 218 S26
SHALER, Nathaniel Southgate.
The individual; a study of life and death. 1900 218 S$2
"The reflections of a geologist and naturalist approaching old age upon
human life and death not at all however those of a typical geologist
and naturalist, but one of marked peculiarities; a sharp observer,
128 BIBLE
who has evidently always been much interested in individual men
and women... Book is interesting throughout. Many of its multitude
of suggestive ideas light up this thing or that by the side of the
road enchantingly." Nation, 1900.
STEWART, Balfour, & Tait, P. G.
Unseen universe; or, Physical speculation on a future
state. 1894 218 884
WHEELER, Benjamin Ide.
Dionysos and immortality; the Greek faith in immortality
as affected by the rise of individualism; Ingersoll lec-
ture on immortality, 1898-99. 1899 218 W6i
219 Analogies
CYCLOPAEDIA of nature teachings; a selection of facts, ob-
servations, suggestions, illustrations, examples and il-
lustrative hints taken from all departments of inani-
mate nature. 1896 r2i9 C97
220 Bible
Text
BIBLE. Whole.
Die Bibel; das ist die ganze Heilige schrift des Alten und
Neuen testaments nach Martin Luthers iibersetzung,
mit bildern der meister christlicher kunst; hrsg. von
Rudolf Pfleiderer. 3v. 1895 qr22O.5 B47bib
v. 1-2. Altes testament. v.3. Neues testament.
Die Bibel; oder, Die ganze Heilige schrift des Alten und
Neuen testaments nach der deutschen uebersetzung Mar-
tin Luthers r220.5 647
Bible in Arabic qr22O.5 B47a
Biblia; das ist die Heilige schrift Altes und Neues testaments;
nach der deutschen uebersetzung Martin Luthers.
1743 qr220.5 8473
A copy of the first edition of the famous Saur Bible, the first Bible
printed in America in a European language. For a full history of
this book see Wright's "Early Bibles of America," chapter 2.
Biblia Latina. 1477. Niirnberg qr220.4 647!
A rare example of early printing by Antony Koburger, one of the famous
German printers. In double columns, 51 lines to the column; the
initials of all the books done by hand in colored letters; bound in the
original oak boards, covered with pig-skin and brass knobs. This is
the second edition, the first being printed in 1475 and the third in 1478.
For a fuller description see Quaritch's Catalogue of typographical
monuments, r6ss.i Qi8.
Biblia; oder, Die ganze Heilige schrift; verdeutscht von
Martino Luthero. 1683 r22O-S B47bi
Biblia sacra polyglotta; textus archetypes versionesque prae-
cipuas ab ecclesia antiquitus receptas, necnon versiones
recentiores Anglicanam, Germanicam, Italicam. Gallicam
et Hispanicam complectentia; accedunt prolegomena auc-
tore Samuele Lee. 2v qr22o.5
BIBLE 129
Biblia sacra vulgatae editionis, Sixti V jussu recogn. et
Clement VIII auctoritate edita, accedunt perpetui G.
S. Menochii commentarii. 8v. 1755 T22O.4 847
The same T22O.4 B47b
Title-page missing.
Holy Bible, containing the Old and New testaments T22O.5 647 h
Sunday-school teacher's edition.
Holy Bible, containing the Old and New testaments with the
apocryphal books, in the earliest English versions made
from the Latin vulgate by John Wycliffe and his follow-
ers ; ed. by Josiah Forshall and Sir Frederic Madden. 4v.
1850 qr220.4 B47W
List of manuscripts, v.i, p. 39-64.
Holy Bible translated from the Latin vulgate; the Old testa-
ment first published by the English college at Douay,
1609, and the New testament first published by the English
college at Rheims, 1582. 1849 220.4 H75
Holy Bible, tr. out of the original tongues ; being the version
set forth in 1611 compared with the most ancient authori-
ties and revised, 1881-1885 ; newly ed. by the American re-
vision committee, 1901. 1901 T220.5 B47ho
The American revision committee have incorporated into the text the
changes they preferred in the revision of 1885, which were rejected
by the English committee, and have made many other changes in
that version with the hope of adapting it for more general use.
Riverside parallel Bible; being King James's version ar-
ranged in parallel columns with the revised versions of
1881 and 1885. 1884 qr220.5 RS2
Sacred books of the Old and New testaments; a new Eng-
lish 'translation, with explanatory notes and pictorial
illustrations, v.3, 6-7, 10, 12, 14. 1898 Q22O.5 6475
Polychrome edition.
v.3. Leviticus.
v.6. Joshua,
v.;. Judges,
v. 10. Isaiah,
v.i 2. Ezekiel.
v.i 4. Psalms.
La Sainte Bible; revue sur les originaux par David Martin.
1890 220.5 847
La santa Biblia, que contiene el Antiguo y el Nuevo testa-
mento; version de Cipriano de Valera. 1878 qr22O.5 6475
Scriptures, Hebrew and Christian: arranged and edited as
an introduction to the study of the Bible by E. T. Bart-
lett and J. P. Peters. 3v. 1886-94 220.5 B47sc
v.i. Hebrew story, from creation to the exile.
v.2. Hebrew literature.
v.3. Christian scriptures.
General works
BALDWIN, James.
Old stories of the East. 1896 J22O 619
BENNETT, William Henry, & Adeney, W. F.
The Bible story retold for young people. 1898 J22O 643
BIBLE stories for young people. 1894 J22O 847
Contents: The sacrifice of Noah, by W. E. Griff is. An ancient court-
130 BIBLE
ship, by Katharine Crooks. Esau selling his birthright, by J. R. Pax-
ton. Jacob before Pharaoh, by J. F. Hurst. Making bricks in Egypt,
by John Hall. Little Samuel, by W. M. Taylor. David and Jonathan,
by H. C. Potter. Esther and Ahasuerus, by R. S. MacArthur. The
nativity, by C. H. Parkhurst. "Suffer the little children to come unto
Me," by M. E. Sangster. Peter walking on the water, by J. M. Lud-
low. Mary in the garden, by J. H. Vincent.
BIBLE stories; in simple language for little children J22O 6473
FOSTER, Charles.
Story of the Bible told in simple language. 1877 J22O F8i
FRAZER, James George, comp.
Passages of the Bible chosen for their literary beauty and in-
terest. 1895 220 F8p
MEYER, Johann Friedrich von.
Bibeldeutungen. 1812 r22O M6$
PEAKE, Arthur Samuel
A guide to biblical study. 1897 220 P34
Contains a bibliographical appendix, and a chapter on the books most
useful to the student of the Bible.
''Intended for those who wish to make a systematic study of the Bible
. . .its purpose is to indicate the methods which should be employed,
and the problems to which attention should be directed. As it is not
designed for scholars, it is untechnical in character. . .and will, I hope,
meet the need of beginners." Preface.
TRUMBULL, Henry Clay, and others.
Hints on Bible study. 1898 220 T77
BRIGGS, Charles Augustus.
The Bible, the church and the reason. 1892 220.1 674
List of the chief modern authorities who hold the modern critical views,
p.236-247.
Biblical study; its principles, methods and history. 1884. .220.1 B74b
Contents: The advantages of biblical study. Exegetical theology. The
languages of the Bible. The Bible and criticism. The canon of scrip-
ture. The text of the Bible. The higher criticism. Literary study
of the Bible. Hebrew poetry. The interpretation of scripture. Bib-
lical theology. The Scriptures as a means of grace.
Catalogue of books of reference, p.429-488.
General introduction to the study of Holy scripture; the
principles, methods, history and results of its several
departments and of the whole. 1899 220.1 B74g
CHADWICK, John White.
Bible of to-day. 1891 220.1 C34
CLARIDGE, Richard.
Tractatus hierographicus; or, Treatise of the Holy scrip-
tures. 1893 . . .220.1 Csi
FARRAR, Frederic William, dean, and others.
The Bible and the child. 1896 220.1 F25
GLADDEN, Washington.
Who wrote the Bible? 1898 220.1 G45
Gives in compact and popular form the principal facts on which scholars
now generally agree concerning the literary history of the Bible.
LADD, George Trumbull.
What is the Bible? an inquiry into the origin and nature of
the Old and New testaments in the light of modern
biblical study. 1894 220.1 Li3
LIAS, John James.
Principles of biblical criticism. 1893 220.1 L68
BIBLE 131
RISHELL, Charles Wesley.
The higher criticism; an outline of modern biblical study.
1896 220.1 R49
Written to furnish a concise answer to questions frequently asked con-
cerning the higher criticism. Its province is not therefore to discuss
and weigh, but to report the facts. Nevertheless, the careful reader
will find the principles stated upon which the opponents of the critics
proceed in their refutations." Preface.
SANDAY, William.
Inspiration; lectures on the history and origin of the doctrine
of biblical inspiration. 1896. (Bampton lectures.) 220.1 821
SAVAGE, Minot Judson.
Beliefs about the Bible. 1883 220.1 826
WILLIAMS, M. B.
Among many witnesses; a book for Bible students.
1891 220.1 W74
ZENOS, Andrew Constantinides.
Elements of the higher criticism. 1895 220.1 Zsi
220.2 Concordances
CRUDEN, Alexander.
Complete concordance to the Old and New testaments.
1870 qr220.2 C89
STRONG, James, comp.
Exhaustive concordance of the Bible, showing every word of
the text of the common English version, together with a
comparative concordance of the authorised and revised ver-
sions ; also brief dictionaries of the Hebrew and Greek
words of the original, with references to the English words.
1901 qr220.2 892
YOUNG, Robert, 1822-1888, comp.
Analytical concordance to the Bible. 1893 qr22O.2 Y39
220.3 Dictionaries
BROWN, John, of Haddington, comp.
Dictionary of the Bible. 2v. 1811 T22O.3 878
DAVIS, John D. comp.
Dictionary of the Bible. 1808 T22O.3 031
ENCYCLOPAEDIA biblica; a critical dictionary of the Bible;
ed. by T. K. Cheyne and J. S. Black, v.i-3. 1899-
1902 qr22O-3 E62
HASTINGS, James, & Selbie, J. A. ed.
Dictionary of the Bible, dealing with its language, litera-
ture and contents, v.i-4. 1898-1902 qr22O-3 H34
"The work is on the whole a great advance upon the dictionaries of the
past Smith's as well as others and deserves a hearty welcome from
all Biblical students. At the same time the limitations which beset
especially the New Testament articles and those upon Biblical theol-
ogy must be recognized as seriously impairing the value of the work,
and this is the more to be deplored because its very freedom in other
parts seems to guarantee its scientific character, and this gives weight
to all its articles. It is cause for lasting regret that a work so good
132 BIBLE
in many respects should in other respects fall so far short of the ideal
of a modern Bible Dictionary." Nation, 1898.
SMITH, Sir William, comp.
Dictionary of the Bible. 4v. 1890-94 T22O.3 S66
WINER, Georg Benedict, comp.
Biblisches realwcerterbuch, zum handgebrauch fur studi-
rende, candidaten, gymnasiallehrer und prediger. 2v.
1847-48 T220.3 W;8
220.5 History of the Bible
BEARDSLEE, John Walter.
Bible among the nations; a study of the great translations.
1899 220.5 634
BERGHAUER, Johann Thomas Adalbert.
Bibliomacheia; das ist biblischer feld-zug und musterung
vieler jammerlich-verfalschten Bibelen. 1746 T22O.5 845
A satire on various Protestant translations of the Bible.
COPINGER, Walter Arthur.
The Bible and its transmission: an historical and biblio-
graphical view of the Hebrew and Greek texts, and the
versions prior to the reformation. 1897 qr22O.5 79
A sumptuous work containing 27 photographic facsimiles.
"The object has been to give a general idea of the condition of the texts
and the mode of their transmission, to briefly describe the more im-
portant MSS., and to specify the printed editions of the whole Bible,
Hebrew, Greek and Latin, in every age, and the vernacular versions
prior to the Reformation." Preface.
KENYON, Frederic George.
Our Bible and the ancient manuscripts; a history of the
text and its translations. 1898 220.5 Ki9
Bibliography, p. 28 1-283.
RANYARD, Mrs Ellen.
The book and its story; a narrative for the young. 1855. .r22O.5 Ri9
A history of the Bible, containing many interesting details of its transla-
tion and circulation. Contains also a history of the British and
foreign Bible society and the work it has accomplished.
SMYTH, John Paterson.
How we got our Bible. 1899 220.5 S66
220.7 Commentaries
BIBLE. Whole.
Holy Bible with an explanatory and critical commentary by
bishops and other clergy of the Anglican church; ed. by
F. C. Cook. lov. 1891-95 T220.7 H7S
v.i. Genesis to Deuteronomy.
v.2. Joshua to I Kings.
v-3. II Kings to Esther.
v.4. Job to the Song of Solomon.
v.5. Isaiah to Lamentations.
v.6. Ezekiel to Malachi.
v.7. St. Matthew to St. Luke.
v.8. St. John to the Acts.
v.g. Romans to Philemon.
v.io. Hebrews to Revelation.
Known as the "Speaker's commentary."
BIBLE 133
CAMBRIDGE Bible for schools and colleges; ed. by J. J. S.
Perowne. v.6-7, 9-15, 17-21, 23-53. 1894-98 7220.7 14
v.6. Joshua; ed. by G. F. Maclear.
v.7. Judges; ed. by J. J. Lias.
v.p-io. Samuel, I and II; ed. by A. F. Kirkpatrick.
v.u-12. Kings, I and II; ed. by J. R. Lumby.
v.13-14, in i. Chronicles; ed. by W. E. Barnes.
.15. Ezra and Nehemiah; ed. by H. E. Ryle.
v.i 7. Job; ed. by A. B. Davidson.
v.iS-ip. Psalms; ed. by A. F. Kirkpatrick.
v. 193. Psalms; ed. by A. F. Kirkpatrick.
v.2O. Proverbs; ed. by T. T. Perowne.
v.2i. Ecclesiastes; ed. by E. H. Plumptre.
v. 23-24. Isaiah; ed. by John Skinner.
v.2S. Jeremiah and Lamentations; ed. by A. W. Streane.
v.26. Ezekiel; ed. by A. B. Davidson.
v.27. Daniel; ed. by S. R. Driver.
v.28. Hosea; ed. by T. K. Cheyne.
v.29. Joel and Amos; ed. by S. R. Driver.
v.3o. Obadiah and Jonah; ed. by T. T. Perowne.
v.3i. Micah; ed. by T. K. Cheyne.
v.32. Nahum, Habakkuk and Zephaniah; ed. by A. B. Davidson.
v.33. Haggai, Zechariah, and Malachi; ed. by T. T. Perowne.
v.34. Maccabees I; ed. by VV. Fairweather and J. S. Black.
v.35. Matthew; ed. by Arthur Carr.
t v.36. Mark; ed. by G. F. Maclear.
v.37. Luke; ed. by F. W. Farrar.
v.38. John; ed. by Alfred Plummer.
v-39. Acts; ed. by J. R. Lumby.
v.4o. Romans; ed. by H. C. G. Moule.
v.41-42. Corinthians; ed. by J. J. Lias.
v.43- Galatians; ed. by E. H. Perowne.
v-44. Ephesians; ed. by H. C. G. Moule.
v.45. Philippians; ed. by H. C. G. Moule.
v.46. Colossians and Philemon; ed. by H. C. G. Moule.
v.47- Thessalonians; ed. by G. G. Findlay.
v.48. Timothy and Titus; ed. by A. E. Humphreys.
v.49. Hebrews; ed. by F. W. Farrar.
v-so. James; ed. by E. H. Plumptre.
v.si. Peter & Jude; ed. by E. H. Plumptre.
v-52. Epistles of John; ed. by Alfred Plummer.
v.53- Revelation; ed. by W. H. Simcox.
HENRY, Matthew.
An exposition on the Old and New testament, with prac-
tical remarks and observations. 5v. 1761-63 qr22O.7 H45
HURLBUT, Jesse Lyman, & Doherty, R.R.
Illustrative notes; a guide to the study of the international
Sunday school lessons, 1897, 1899. 1896-98 220.7 Hgs
PELOUBET, Francis Nathan, & Mrs M.A.
Select notes ; a commentary on the international lessons, 1896-
date. v.22-date. i895-date T22O.7 P38
The same, i9Oi-date. v.27-date. i9OO-date 220.7 ?38
SPENCE, Henry Donald Maurice, & Exell, J.S. ed.
Pulpit commentary. STV T22O.7 874
v.i. Genesis.
v.2-3. Exodus.
v.4. Leviticus.
T.S. Numbers.
v.6. Deuteronomy.
v.7- Joshua.
T.8. Judges. Ruth.
v.p. I Samuel.
v.io. II Samuel.
v.ii. I Kings.
v.i 2. II Kings.
v.i 3. I Chronicles.
134 BIBLE
v.14- II Chronicles.
v.iS- Ezra. Nehemiah. Esther.
v.i6. Job.
v.17-19- Psalms.
v.ao. Proverbs.
v.ai. Ecclesiastes.
v.22. Song of Solomon.
v. 23-24, Isaiah.
v.25-26. Jeremiah. Lamentations.
v.27-28. Ezekiel.
v.29. Daniel.
v-30. Hosea. Joel.
v-3i. Amos to Micah.
v.32. Nahum to Malachi.
v-33-34- Matthew.
v.35-36. St. Mark.
v-37-38. St. Luke.
v.39-40. St. John.
v. 41-42. Acts.
v.43. Romans.
v.44. I Corinthians.
v.45. II Corinthians.
v.46. Galatians. Ephesians.
v-47. Philippians. Colossians.
v.48. Thessalonians. Timothy. Titus. Philemon.
v.49. Hebrews. James.
v.so. Peter. John. Jude.
v.$i. Revelation.
220.8 Special topics
BENNETT, Sir James Risdon.
The diseases of the Bible. 1896. (By-paths of Bible
knowledge.) 220.8 643
BOLTON, Gambier.
Animals of the Bible. 1901 220.8 B6i
BOWEN, Francis.
Layman's study of the English Bible considered in its lit-
erary and secular aspect. 1885 220.8 B66
Contents: The Bible as an English classic. The narratives of the Old
testament. The parables of our Lord; the gospel narrative. The
philosophy of the Bible. The poetry of the Bible. The history con-
tained in the Bible; the character and the institutions of Moses.
BULLINGER, Ethelbert William.
Figures of speech used in the Bible explained and illustrated.
1898 qr220.8 B8;
Author finds 217 figures of speech used in the Bible. He defines each of
these, quotes the Bible passages in which it occurs, and interprets its
meaning in each instance.
DRYSDALE, A. H.
Early Bible songs, with introductions on the nature and
spirit of Hebrew song. 1890. (By-paths of Bible
knowledge.) 220.8 D8s
FARRAR, Frederic William, dean.
The Bible, its meaning and supremacy. 1897 220.8 Fas
FORBES, John.
Symmetrical structure of scripture; or, The principles of
scripture parallellism exemplified in an analysis of the
Decalogue, the Sermon on the mount and other passages.
1854 220.8 75
BIBLE 135
GILLESPIE, Charles George Knox.
The sanitary code of the Pentateuch. 1894. (By-paths of
Bible knowledge.) 220.8 G4I
"Chief authorities," p. 8.
GROSER, William Howse.
Scripture natural history; the trees and plants mentioned in
the Bible. 1895. (By-paths of Bible knowledge.) 220.8 Goj
HART, Henry Chichester.
Scripture natural history; the animals mentioned in the
Bible. 1888. (By-paths of Bible knowledge.) 220.8 H3I
MOULTON, Richard Green, and others.
The Bible as literature. 1896 220.8 MQ4
MOULTON, Richard Green.
Short introduction to the literature of the Bible. 1901. . .220.8 Mg4s
"Mr. Moulton's work for the literary study of the Bible has been as suc-
cessful as it has been brilliant and enthusiastic. . .In order to give the
Bible its rightful place in life there is, as Mr. Moulton says, one thing
still left to do read it. To read it understandingly and as literature
is the habit Mr. Moulton would build up, and to study this little book,
and to read the Bible in its light, is the best possible way to lay the
basis for that habit." Educational review, 1900.
WILLIAMSON, George Charles.
The money of the Bible. 1894. (By-paths of Bible knowl-
edge.) 220.8 W75
"Authorities," p.p.
220.9 Biblical geography and history
ARMSTRONG, George, comp.
Names and places in the Old and New testament and
Apocrypha with their modern identifications; revised
by Sir C. W. Wilson and C. R. Conder. 1895. (Pales-
tine exploration fund. Publications.) T22O.9 A73
An index to all names and places mentioned, with references to the
passages in which they occur. The modern names are given with
notes and the identifications adopted are those to be found on the
map published by the society.
BAHR, Karl Christian Wilhelm Felix.
Symbolik des Mosaischen cultus. 2v. 1837 220.9 615
BALL, Charles James.
Light from the East; or, The witness of the monuments; an
introduction to the study of biblical archaeology. 1899. . .q22O-9 621
"The work of an acknowledged authority., .gives, in popular form, a
collection of archaeological material, sumptuously printed and illus-
trated, and arranged in a somewhat bewildering fashion. The book
is not written with any apologetic purpose; the facts are left to speak
for themselves." Saturday review, 1899.
BIBLE atlas and gazetteer. 1862 qr220.9 647
BIBLE children J220.9 647
BROOKE, Stopford Augustus.
The Old testament and modern life. 1896 220.9 677
CONDER, Francis Roubillac, & Claude Reignier.
Handbook to the Bible; a guide to the study of the Holy
scriptures, derived from ancient monuments and modern
exploration. 1890 220.9 74
i 3 6 BIBLE
DAWSON, Sir John William.
Egypt and Syria, their physical features in relation to
Bible history. 1892. (By-paths of Bible knowledge.). .220.9 D33
DAY, Edward.
Social life of the Hebrews. 1901. (Semitic series.) 220.9 ^334
Contents: The time qf the judges. The time of the monarchy.
ENGEL, Moritz.
Die losung der paradiesfrage. 1885 r220.Q 63
FRIEDERICH, Ferdinand.
Symbolik der Mosaischen stiftshutte. 1841 220.9 F94
GRAY, George Buchanan.
Studies in Hebrew proper names. 1896 220.9 G8i
HILPRECHT, Herman Vollrat, ed.
Recent research in Bible lands, its progress and results.
1896 220.9 H4i
Contents: McCurdy, J.F. Oriental research and the Bible. Bliss, F.J.
The mounds of Palestine. Hilprecht, H.V. Explorations in Baby-
lonia. Sayce, A.H. Research in Egypt. Hommel, Fritz. Discoveries
and researches in Arabia. Ward, W.H. The Hittites. Mahaffy, J.P.
Early Greek manuscripts from Egypt. Ramsay, W.M. New light on
the book of Acts.
HUNTER, Henry.
Sacred biography; or, The history of the patriarchs; to which
is added the history of Deborah, Ruth and Hannah, and
also the history of Jesus Christ; a course of lectures deliv-
ered at the Scots church, London- Wall. Jv. in 3. 1803. .r220.9 H94
HURLBUT, Jesse Lyman.
Manual of Biblical geography. 1887 Q22O.9 HQS
JACOBS, Joseph.
Studies in biblical archaeology. 1894 220.9 J J 3
KEIL, Carl Friedrich.
Manual of biblical archaeology. 2v. 1887-88 220.9 Ki6
KING, James, of Berwick-upon-Tweed.
Recent discoveries on the Temple hill at Jerusalem. 1891.
(By-paths of Bible knowledge.) 220.9 K26
KITTO, John, ed.
Pictorial Sunday book qr22O-9 K3i
Memoir of Kitto, p-3-6.
KNIGHT, William.
The arch of Titus and the spoils of the Temple. 1896.
(By-paths of Bible knowledge.) 220.9 K34
MACLEAR, George Frederick.
Class-book of Old testament history. 1899. (Elementary
theological class-books.) 220.9 Mip.
NEUMANN, Wilhelm.
Die stiftshutte in bild und wort. 1861 220.9 N25
OORT, Henricus, & Hooykaas, Isaac.
Bible for learners. 3v. 1892 220.9 025,
v.i. Introduction. Generations before Moses. From Moses to David.
v.2. From David to Josiah. From Josiah to the supremacy of the
Mosaic law.
v.3. Narratives of the New testament.
OLD TESTAMENT 137
PETERS, Karl.
King Solomon's golden Ophir; a research into the most
ancient gold production in history. 1899 220.9 P45
RIGGENBACH, Christoph Johannes.
Die Mosaische stiftshiitte. 1867 Q22O.9 R45
Authorities, p. 3-4.
RULE, William Harris.
Oriental records. 2v. 1877 220.9 R86
v.i. Monumental; confirmatory of the Old testament scriptures.
v.2. Historical; confirmatory of the Old and New testament scriptures.
ST. CLAIR, George.
Buried cities and Bible countries. 1892 220.9 $13
SAYCE, Archibald Henry.
Fresh light from the ancient monuments. (By-paths of Bible
knowledge.) 220.9 $27
"Higher criticism" and the verdict of the monuments.
1895 220.9
SCHICK, Conrad von.
Die stiftshiitte, Der tempel in Jerusalem und Der tempelplatz
der jetztzeit. 1896 220.9
Bound with Neumann's Die stiftshiitte in bild und wort.
SCHRADER, Eberhard.
Cuneiform inscriptions and the Old testament. 2v. 1885-
88 220.9 S37
SMITH, George, 1840-1876.
Chaldean account of Genesis, from the cuneiform inscrip-
tions. 1880 220.9 S64
THOMPSON, Sir Edward Maunde, and others.
Bible illustrations; a series of plates illustrating biblical
versions and antiquities. 1896 220.9 ^38
The same. 1896 T22O.9 T38
YONGE, Charlotte Mary.
Young folks' Bible history. 1880 J22O.9 Y2Q
YOUNG, Dinsdale T.
Neglected people of the Bible. 1901 220.9 36
Contents: Isaac. Laban the Syrian. Simeon and Levi. Caleb and his
perpetual youthfulness. Saul and the witch of Endor. Barzillai the
Gileadite. Obadiah. Gehazi and his modern representatives. The
Rechabites. Ebed-Melech. Mark. Barnabas and his winsome disci-
pleship. Aquila and Priscilla. Apollos. Onesiphorus and the memo-
ry of his kindness.
221 Old testament
Text
BIBLE Old testament.
Bible stories; ed. by R. G. Moulton. 1899. (Modern reader's
Bible.) J22I B47b
Each period of Bible history is represented by its most important stories,
told in the language of Scripture, altered only by omissions. An in-
troduction and notes to each section weave all together by indicating
briefly the bearing of each story on the general history.
Select masterpieces of Biblical literature; ed. by R. G. Moul-
ton. 1897. (Modern reader's Bible.) 221 647
138 OLD TESTAMENT
Twenty-four books of the Holy scriptures; tr. according to
the Massoretic text, after the best Jewish authorities,
by Isaac Leeser. 1897 r22i 647
Vetus testamentum Grsecum ex versione septuaginta inter-
pretum. 2v. 1665 1221.4 &47
General works
ABBOTT, Lyman.
Life and literature of the ancient Hebrews. 1001 221 Ai3
BEALE, Mrs Harriet Stanwood (Elaine).
Stories from the Old testament for children. 1899 J22I 634
The writer has told the well-known stories of the Old testament in a
simple way, that children may understand and enjoy them, leaving
the moral to be deducted by the reader.
BUTLER, James Glentworth, ed.
Bible-work; Old testament, gv. 1892-99 qr22i 697
Genesis to Exodus, chap. 12.
Exodus, chap. 12. Leviticus. Numbers. Deuteronomy.
.3. Joshua. Judges. Ruth. Samuel. i Chronicles, n. i Kings, i-
ii. 2 Chronicles, 1-9.
.4. Psalms, 1-72.
.5. Psalms, 73-150.
.6. Job. Proverbs. Ecclesiastes. Song of Solomon.
.7. i Kings, 12-22. 2 Kings. 2 Chronicles, 10-36. Ezra. Nehemiah.
Esther. Isaiah, 4 chapters. Jeremiah, 18 chapters.
v.8. Isaiah. Jeremiah. Lamentations.
v.9- Ezekiel. Malachi.
CHURCH, Alfred John.
Stories from the Bible, ist-2d ser. 2v. 1890-91 J22I C46
DRIVER, Samuel Rolles.
Introduction to the literature of the Old testament. 1897.
(International theological library.) 221 D82
GLADDEN, Washington.
Seven puzzling Bible books; a supplement to "Who wrote
the Bible?" 1897 221 645
Contents: Judges. Esther. Job. Ecclesiastics. The song of songs.
Daniel. Jonah.
GOODSPEED, George Stephen.
Israel's messianic hope to the time of Jesus; a study in
the historical development of the foreshadowings of
the Christ in the Old testament and beyond. 1900 221 G6a
Selected bibliography, p.289-299-
OTTLEY, Robert Lawrence.
Aspects of the Old testament. 1897. (Bampton lectures.) 221 031
POLLARD, Josephine.
History of the Old testament, in words of one syllable. 1888. .J22i P76
RIEHM, Eduard Carl August.
Messianic prophecy; its origin, historical growth and relation
to New testament fulfilment. 1891 221 R44
SMITH, William Robertson.
The Old testament in the Jewish church; lectures on biblical
criticism. 1895 221 S66
DAVIDSON, Samuel.
An introduction to the Old testament; critical, historical,
and theological. 3v. 1862-63 221.1 029
OLD TESTAMENT 139
GREEN, William Henry.
General introduction to the Old testament; the canon. 1898. .221.1 G83g
'Treatises consulted on the canon," p. 15-1 7.
"The traditional as opposed to the modern views of the canon of the
Old Testament. . .deserves the attention of those who would hear both
sides... Dr. Green's statement that he treats his subject 'not theologi-
cally but historically,' is quite true as to the form of treatment. But
we do not know of any biblical scholar whose critical conclusions seem
more controlled, however unconsciously, by a theological theory."
Outlook, 1898.
McFADYEN, John Edgar.
Messages of the prophetic and priestly historians; the
writings of the historians of the Old testament, ar-
ranged so as to distinguish their principal sources, and
freely rendered in paraphrase. 1901. (Messages of
the Bible.) 221.1 Mi$
"Books of reference," P-349-352.
SMITH, George Adam.
Modern criticism and the preaching of the Old testament;
eight lectures on the Lyman Beecher foundation, Yale
university. 1901 221.1 864
Contents: The liberty and duty of Old testament criticism as proved
from the New testament. The course and character of modern criti-
cism. The historical basis in the Old testament. The proof of a di-
vine revelation in the Old testament. The spirit of Christ in the Old
testament. The hope of immortality in the Old tesament. The
preaching of the prophets to their own times, with some account of
their influence upon the social ethics of Christendom. The Christian
preacher and the books of wisdom.
WEIR, Thomas H.
Short history of the Hebrew text of the Old testament.
1899 221.4 W45
"Authorities consulted," p.4.
MOZLEY, James Bowling.
Ruling ideas in early ages and their relation to Old testa-
ment faith. 1896 221.6 M94
Lectures: Abraham. Sacrifice of Isaac. Human sacrifices. Extermi-
nating wars. Visitation of the sins of fathers upon children. Jael.
Connection of Jael's act with the morality of her age. Law of retalia-
tion. Retaliation; law of Goel. The end the test of a progressive
revelation. The Manichsans and the Jewish fathers.
MARCHANT, John.
Exposition on the books of the Old testament. 1745 qr22i.7 M37
MOULTON, Richard Green.
Literary study of the Bible. 1896 221.8 M94
"Deals with the Bible as literature, without reference to theological or
distinctively religious matters, or to the historical analysis which has
come to be known as 'the higher criticism.' "
221.9 History and biography
AGUILAR, Grace.
Women of Israel. 2v. in i. 1895 221.9 A.28
CHEYNE, Thomas Kelly.
Jeremiah; his life and times. 1888. (Men of the Bible.) . . .221.9 C42
"In the portrayal of the character of Jeremiah, and of the history of his
inner life, Prof. Cheyne has. . .succeeded unusually well. His wide
reading serves him with many side lights, such as the striking parallel
between Jeremiah and Savonarola with which the volume ends." An-
do-ver review, 1889.
i 4 o OLD TESTAMENT
DEANE, Henry.
Daniel; his life and times. 1888. (Men of the Bible.) 221.9 ^346
Bibliographical note, p.3.
Popular study of Babylonian history as related to the Jewish captivity.
DEANE, William John.
Abraham; his life and times. (Men of the Bible.) 221.9 0343
Bibliographical note, p.3~4-
David; his life and times. (Men of the Bible.) 221.9 ^34
Bibliographical note, p.3~4.
Joshua; his life and times. 1889. (Men of the Bible.) 221.9 D34J
Bibliographical note, p.3-4.
Samuel and Saul; their lives and times. (Men of the Bi-
ble.) 221.9 D34S
Bibliographical note, p. 3.
DRIVER, Samuel Rolles.
Isaiah; his life and times and the writings which bear his
name. 1888. (Men of the Bible.) 221.9 D82
Bibliographical note, p-3-4.
"Clear and judicious sketch of the history of Israel and Judah in the
time of Isaiah, as well as of the prophet's ministry, and a chronolog-
ical analysis of the text of the prophet without regard to the tradition-
al order of the chapters." Athenaeum, 1888.
FARRAR, Frederic William, dean.
Minor prophets. (Men of the Bible.) 221.9 Fasm
Brief popular studies of the personalities and messages of the 12 lesser
prophets.
Solomon; his life and times. (Men of the Bible.) 221.9 F2S
Brings out clearly the details of Solomon's reign, concluding with a full
analysis of his writings and of the legends connected with his life.
GEIKIE, Cunningham.
Hours with the Bible. 6v. 1894 221.9 ^28
v.i. Creation to Moses.
v.2. Moses to the Judges.
v.3. Samson to Solomon.
V.4. Rehoboam to Hezekiah, with contemporary prophets.
v.5. Manasseh to Zedekiah, with contemporary prophets.
v.6. From the exile to Malachi.
List of authorities, v.i, p. 7-15.
GIGOT, Francis E.
Outlines of Jewish history from Abraham to our Lord. 1897. .221.9 G38
Prepared specially for the use of Roman Catholic theological students.
LANG, John Marshall.
Gideon and the judges; a study, historical and practical. 1890.
(Men of the Bible.) 221.9 L23
Bibliographical note, p.4.
MILLIGAN, William.
Elijah ; his life and times. (Men of the Bible.) 221.9 M6g
RAWLINSON, George.
Ezra and Nehemiah; their lives and times. 1890. (Men of
the Bible.) 221.9 R23
Bibliographical note, p. 3-4.
Isaac and Jacob; their lives and times. 1890. (Men of the
Bible.) 221.9
Bibliographical note, p.3.
Follows Scripture narrative closely, supplementing it with information
about countries and customs.
Lives and times of the kings of Israel and Judah. 1889.
(Men of the Bible.) 221.9
Bibliographical note, p-3-4-
OLD TESTAMENT 141
Moses; his life and times. 1887. (Men of the Bible.) . .. .221.9 R23m
Bibliographical note, p.3~4-
SMITH, Sir William, ed.
Old testament history, (to 400 B.C.). 1894. (Student's
Scripture history.) 221.9 S66
TOMKINS, Henry George.
The life and times of Joseph in the light of Egyptian lore.
1893. (By-paths of Bible knowledge.) 221.9 T59
Studies on the times of Abraham 221.9 Tsgs
WHYTE, Alexander.
Bible characters. 3v. 1899 221.9 W66
v. i . Adam. Eve. Cain. Abel. Enoch. Jubal. Noah. Ham. Nim-
rod. Terah. Abraham. Lot. Sarah. Isaac. Esau. Rebekah. Ja-
cob. Joseph. Aaron. Miriam. Moses. Moses the type of Christ.
Pharaoh. Balaam. Joshua. Achan.
v.2. Gideon. Jephthah and his daughter. Samson. Ruth. Hannah.
Eli. Samuel. Saul. David. Jonathan. Nabal. Michal, Saul's
daughter. isolomon. Solomon, and a greater than Solomon. The
Queen of Sheba. Shimei. Joab. Absalom.
v.3. Ahithophel. Mephibosheth. Barzillai. Heman. Jeroboam. The
disobedient prophet. Rehoboam. Josiah. Elijah. Elisha. Naaman.
Job. Jonah. Isaiah. Jeremiah. Daniel. Nebuchadnezzar. Bel-
shazzar. Esther. Ezra. Sanballat. Nenemiah.
222 Historical books
HARPER, Henry A.
Bible and modern discoveries. 1895 222 H28
BIBLE. Old testament. Pentateuch.
Targums of Onkelos and Jonathan Ben Uzziel on the
Pentateuch, with the fragments of the Jerusalem targum.
1862 222.1 6471
Contents: Genesis. Exodus.
William Tyndale's five books of Moses, called the Penta-
teuch; a verbatim reprint of the edition of 1530, com-
pared with Tyndale's Genesis, of 1534, and the Penta-
teuch in the Vulgate, Luther and Matthew's Bible, with
various collations and prolegomena, by J. I. Mombert.
1884 qr222.i T96
Biographical notice of Tyndale, p. 17-53.
BISSELL, Edwin Cone.
Pentateuch; its origin and structure. 1892 222.1 849
BRIGGS, Charles Augustus.
Higher criticism of the Hexateuch. 1893 222.1 674
CARPENTER, Joseph Estlin, & Battersby, George Har-
ford-, ed.
Hexateuch, according to the revised version, arranged in
its constituent documents, by members of the Society
of historical theology, Oxford; with introduction, notes,
marginal references and synoptical tables. 2v. 1900. .qr222.i C22
v.i. Introduction and tabular appendices.
v.2. Text and notes.
GREEN, William Henry.
Higher criticism of the Pentateuch. 1896 222.1 G83
MacDILL, D.
Mosaic authorship of the Pentateuch defended against the
142 OLD TESTAMENT
views and arguments of Voltaire, Paine, Colenso, Reuss,
Graf, Kuenen and Wellhausen. 1896 222.1 Mi4
WHITNEY, Mrs Adeline Button (Train).
The open mystery; a reading of the Mosaic story. 1897 222.1 W6$
BIBLE. Old testament. Genesis.
Genesis; ed. by R. G. Moulton. 1897. (Modern reader's
Bible.) 222.1 B47g
DILLMANN, August.
Genesis critically and exegetically expounded. 2v. 1897.. 222.1 D$8
DODS, Marcus.
Book of Genesis. 1899. (Expositor's Bible.) 222.1 D67
FISKE, Amos Kidder.
Myths of Israel; the ancient book of Genesis, with analy-
sis and explanation of its composition. 1897 222.1 F54
LUTHER, Martin.
Creation; a commentary on the first five chapters of Gen-
esis. 1858 T222.I L98
SCHRADER, Eberhard.
Studien zur kritik und erklaerung der biblischen urgeschichte,
Gen. cap. i-n ; drei abhandlungen, mit einem anhange, Die
urgeschichte nach dem berichte des annalistischen und nach
dem des prophetischen erzahlers. 1863 r222.i 837
WORCESTER, Elwood C.
Book of Genesis in the light of modern knowledge. 1901 . . . .222.1 W88
Lectures delivered Sunday afternoons in St. Stephen's (Episcopal) church
in Philadelphia. Devotes most attention to the Flood.
BIBLE. Old testament. Exodus.
Exodus; ed. by R. G. Moulton. 1896. (Modern reader's
Bible.) 222.1 6476
CHADWICK, George Alexander, bp.
Book of Exodus. 1899. (Expositor's Bible.) 222.1 C34
KELLOGG, Samuel Henry.
Book of Leviticus. 1899. (Expositor's Bible.) 222.1 Ki6
WATSON, Robert Addison.
Book of Numbers. 1894. (Expositor's Bible.) 222.1 W32
BIBLE. Old testament. Deuteronomy.
Deuteronomy; ed. by R. G. Moulton. 1896. (Modern read-
er's Bible.) 222.1 B47d
DRIVER, Samuel Rolles.
A critical and exegetical commentary on Deuteronomy.
1896. (International critical commentary.) 222.1 D82
HARPER, Andrew.
Book of Deuteronomy. 1895. (Expositor's Bible.) 222.1 H28
BLAIKIE, William Garden.
Book of Joshua. 1893. (Expositor's Bible.) 222.2 652
BIBLE. Old testament. Judges.
Judges; ed. by R. G. Moulton. 1896. (Modern reader's
Bible.) 222.3 847
MOORE, George Foot.
Critical and exegetical commentary on Judges. 1895. (In-
ternational critical commentary.) 222.3 ^87
OLD TESTAMENT 143
WATSON, Robert Addison.
Judges and Ruth. 1899. (Expositor's Bible.) 222.3 W32
BLAIKIE, William Garden.
First and second books of Samuel. 2v. 1898. (Exposi-
tor's Bible.) 222.4 652
BUDDE, Karl.
Books of Samuel; critical edition of the Hebrew text
printed in colors exhibiting the composite structure of
the book. 1894 qr222.4 B8s
SMITH, Henry Preserved.
Critical and exegetical commentary on the books of Sam-
uel. 1899. (International critical commentary.) 222.4 $64
BIBLE. Old testament. Kings.
The Kings; ed. by R. G. Moulton. 1896. (Modern reader's
Bible.) 222.5 647
FARRAR, Frederic William, dean.
First and second books of Kings. 2v. 1899. (Expositor's
Bible.) 222.5 F25
BIBLE. Old testament. Chronicles.
Chronicles; ed. by R. G. Moulton. 1897. (Modern reader's
Bible.) 222.6 C46
BENNETT, William Henry.
Books of Chronicles. 1894. (Expositor's Bible.) 222.6 643
ADENEY, Walter Frederick.
Ezra, Nehemiah and Esther. 1893. (Expositor's Bible.) . .222.7
223 Poetical books
BIBLE. Old testament. Poetical books.
Biblical idyls; ed. by R. G. Moulton. 1896. (Modern read-
er's Bible.) 223 647
Contents: Song of Solomon. Ruth. Esther. Tobit.
CHEYNE, Thomas Kelly.
Job and Solomon; or, The wisdom of the Old testament. 1893. .223 42
Contains several bibliographies.
Critical and exegetical study of four of the books of the Old testament,
viz. Job, Proverbs, Ecclesiasticus and Ecclesiastes.
BIBLE. Old testament. Job.
Book of Job; ed. by R. G. Moulton. 1896. (Modern read-
er's Bible.) 223.1 647
EWALD, Georg Heinrich August von.
Commentary on the book of Job, with translation. 1882. .223.1 Eo6
WATSON, Robert Addison.
Book of Job. 1899. (Expositor's Bible.) 223.1 W32
BIBLE. Old testament. Psalms.
Hexaplar Psalter; the book of Psalms, Hebrew, Greek,
Latin and English in six parallel columns. 1843 qr223.2 647
The Psalms and Lamentations; ed. by R. G. Moulton. 2v.
1898. (Modern reader's Bible.) 223.2 647
BARTON, William Eleazar.
The Psalms and their story; a study of the Psalms as related
144 OLD TESTAMENT
to Old testament history. 2v. 1898 223.2 627
v.i. From the exodus to the exile.
v.2. From the exile to the advent.
BYTHNER, Victorin.
Lyra prophetica Davidis; sive, Analysis critico-practica
psalmorum. 1679 r223.2 699
CHEYNE, Thomas Kelly.
Origin and religious contents of the Psalter, in the light of
Old testament criticism and the history of religions.
1891. (Bampton lectures.) 223.2 42
CLOKEY, Joseph Waddell.
David's harp in song and story; a history of the Psalms.
1896 223.2 C6i
EWALD, Georg Heinrich August von.
Commentary on the Psalms and Lamentations. 2v. 1880-
81 223.2 96
MACLAREN, Alexander.
Psalms. 3v. 1899. (Expositor's Bible.) 223.2 Mig
v.i. Psalms, 1-38.
v.2. Psalms, 39-89.
v.3. Psalms, 90-150.
UNITED PRESBYTERIAN BOARD OF PUBLICATION.
An index to the Psalms. 1892 r223.2 U25
VAN DYKE, Henry.
Poetry of the Psalms, for readers of the English Bible.
1900 223.2 Vi8
WITHER, George.
Exercises upon the first psalme, both in prose and verse.
1882. (Spenser society. Publications, v.34.) T223.2 W82e
Peprint of the edition of 1620.
Consists of a metrical translation, several readings of the psalm accord-
ing to different interpreters, an exposition of its meaning, meditations
in verse, and a short prose paraphrase.
Preparation to the Psalter. 1884. (Spenser society. Publi-
cations, v.37.) qr223.2 W82
Reprint of the edition of 1619.
Study and exposition of the Psalms, discussing their authorship, titles,
poetry, doctrine, etc.
WITHER, George, tr.
Psalms of David translated into lyrick-verse, by George With-
er. 2v. in I. 1881. (Spenser society. Publications, v.3i-
32.) T223.2 W82p
Reprint of the edition of 1632.
The poetical translation of each psalm is preceded by a short argument,
and followed by a prayer or meditation.
BIBLE. Old testament. Proverbs.
Proverbs; ed. by R. G. Moulton. 1896. (Modern reader's
Bible.) 223.7 ?97
HORTON, Robert Forman.
Book of Proverbs. 1899. (Expositor's Bible.) 223.7 H8i
BIBLE. Old testament. Ecdesiastes.
Ecclesiastes, and the Wisdom of Solomon; ed. by R. G. Moul-
ton. 1897. (Modern reader's Bible.) 223.8 647
OLD TESTAMENT 145
BRADLEY, George Granville.
Lectures on Ecclesiastes; delivered in Westminster abbey.
1898 223.8 B68
COX, Samuel.
Book of Ecclesiastes; with a new translation. 1899. (Ex-
positor's Bible.) 223.8 C8s
RENAN, Ernest.
Cohelet; or, The preacher; tr. fr. the Hebrew, with a study on
the age and character of the books of Ecclesiastes 223.8 R33
ADENEY, Walter Frederic.
Song of Solomon, and the Lamentations of Jeremiah. 1895.
(Expositor's Bible.) 223.9 ^.23
RENAN, Ernest.
Song of songs; tr. fr. the Hebrew, with a study of the plan,
the age and the character of the poem 223.9 R33
224 Prophetical books
BIBLE. Old testament. Prophetical books.
Daniel and the minor prophets; ed. by R. G. Moulton.
1897. (Modern reader's Bible.) 224 B47d
CORNILL, Carl Heinrich.
Prophets of Israel; sketches from Old testament history.
1895 224 C82
EWALD, Georg Heinrich August von.
Commentary on the prophets of the Old testament. 5v.
1875-81 224 96
HITZIG, Ferdinand.
Die zwolf kleinen propheten. 1863 r224 H63
KIRKPATRICK, Alexander Francis.
The doctrine of the prophets; the Warburtonian lectures
for 1886-1890. 1897 224 K28
MAURER, Franz Joseph Valentin Dominik.
Commentarius grammaticus historicus criticus in prophetas
minores. 1840 r224 M49
SANDERS, Frank Knight, & Kent, C.F.
The messages of the earlier prophets; arranged in the order of
time, analyzed, and freely rendered in paraphrase. 1899.
(Messages of the Bible.) 224 S2im
The messages of the later prophets; arranged in the order of
time, analyzed, and freely rendered in paraphrase. 1899.
(Messages of the Bible.) 224 821
Contains prophecies of Ezekiel, Obadiah, Jeremiah, Isaiah, Haggai,
Zechariah, Neheniiah, Ezra, Joel and Jonah.
SMITH, George Adam.
The boo"k of the twelve prophets, commonly called the minor.
2v. 1898. (Expositor's Bible.) 224 864
v.i. Amos, Hosea and Micah, with an introduction and a sketch of
prophecy in early Israel.
v.2. Zephaniah, Nahum, Habakkuk, Obadiah, Haggai, Zechariah I-VIII,
Malachi, Joel, Zechariah IX-XIV, and Jonah; with historical and criti-
cal introductions.
146 NEW TESTAMENT
SMITH, William Robertson.
The prophets of Israel and their place in history to the close of
the 8th century B.C. 1897 224 S66
BIBLE. Old testament. Isaiah.
Isaiah; ed. by R. G. Moulton. 1898. (Modern reader's
Bible.) 224.1 847
Book of Isaiah in Hindustani. 1842 224.1 663
MITCHELL, Hinckley Gilbert
Isaiah; a study of chapters 1-12. 1897 224.1 M74
"Books and authors cited," p. 9-14.
SAYCE, Archibald Henry.
Life and times of Isaiah; as illustrated by contemporary mon-
uments. (By-paths of Bible knowledge.) 224.1 827
SMITH, George Adam.
Book of Isaiah. 2v. 1900. (Expositor's Bible.) 224.1 $64
v.i. Chapters 1-39.
v.i. Chapters 40-66; with a sketch of the history of Israel from Isaiah
to the exile.
BIBLE. Old testament. Jeremiah.
Jeremiah; ed. by R. G. Moulton. 1897. (Modern reader's
Bible.) 224.2 647
BALL, Charles James.
Prophecies of Jeremiah; with a sketch of his life and
times. 1899. (Expositor's Bible.) 224.2 621
BENNETT, William Henry.
Book of Jeremiah; chapters 21-52. 1895. (Expositor's
Bible.) 224.2 643
Forms a supplement to Prophecies of Jeremiah, by C. J. Ball, in the
same series.
KEIL, Carl Friedrich.
Prophecies of Jeremiah. 2v. 1873-80 T224.2 Ki6
BIBLE. Old testament. Ezekiel.
Ezekiel; ed. by R. G. Moulton. 1897. (Modern reader's
Bible.) 224.4 647
SKINNER, John.
Book of Ezekiel. 1899. (Expositor's Bible.) 224.4 S62
Bibliographical note, p.s-6.
FARRAR, Frederic William, dean.
Book of Daniel. 1895. (Expositor's Bible.) 224.5 F 2 5
"Authorities consulted," p.9-i2.
MITCHELL, Hinckley Gilbert.
Amos; an essay in exegesis. 1893 224.8 M74
MOORE, Thomas Verner.
Prophets of the restoration ; or, Haggai, Zechariah and Mala-
chi ; translation with notes. 1856 r224.g M87
SIMPSON, William.
The Jonah legend; a suggestion of interpretation. 1899 224.9 S6i
225 New testament
Text
BIBLE New testament.
Bible stories; ed. by R. G. Moulton. 1899. (Modern reader's
NEW TESTAMENT 147
Bible.) J225 B47b
Gospel, epistles and revelation of St. John; ed. by R. G.
Moulton. 1898. (Modern reader's Bible.) 226.5647
Historical New testament; the literature of the New testa-
ment arranged in the order of its literary growth and
according to the dates of the documents; a new trans-
lation, ed. with prolegomena, historical tables, critical
notes and an appendix, by James Moffatt. 1901 225 647!!
New testament in the original Greek; revised by B. F. West-
cott and F. J. A. Hort. 1895 "25.4 847
New testament of our Lord Jesus Christ; published for
Samuel Williams, formerly pastor of the First Baptist
church, Pittsburgh. 1881 r286 6473
Novum testamentum Jesu Christi. 1781 T225-5 647
St. Matthew and St. Mark and the general epistles; ed. by
R. G. Moulton. 1898. (Modern reader's Bible.) 226 847
St. Luke and St. Paul; ed. by R. G. Moulton. 2v. 1898.
(Modern reader's Bible.) 225 847
Variorum edition of the New testament, with renderings
and readings from the best authorities; ed. by R. L.
Clarke and others. 1881 r22S-5 6473
General works
AUGUSTINE, St.
The Sermon on the mount expounded, and The harmony
of the evangelists; tr. by William Findlay and S. D. F.
Salmond. 1873 225 A92
BEYSCHLAG, Willibald.
New testament theology; or, Historical account of the teach-
ing of Jesus and of primitive Christianity according to the
New testament sources. 2v. 1896 225 646
BURTON, Ernest de Witt, ed.
Records and letters of the Apostolic age; Acts, Epistles
and Revelation arranged for historical study. 1895 225 695
BUTLER, James Glentworth, ed.
Bible-work; New testament. 2v. 1892 qr22S 697
v.i. The fourfold gospel, the four gospels consolidated in a continuous
narrative.
v.a. The Acts. Epistles. Revelation.
DAVIDSON, Samuel.
Introduction to the study of the New testament, critical,
exegetical, and theological. 2v. 1894 225 D2Q
FARRAR, Frederic William, dean.
The Herods. 1898 225 F25
"Authorities and books consulted," p.335-*36.
The messages of the books; being discourses and notes on
the books of the New testament. 1897 225 F25m
FIELD, Frederick.
Notes on the translation of the New testament; being the
Otium Norvicense (pars tertia). 1899 r225 F45
148 NEW TESTAMENT
GLOAG, Paton James.
Introduction to the Johannine writings. 1891 225 G$i
GODET, Frederic.
Introduction to the New testament, v.i-2, pt.i. 1894-99. --225 GSS
v.i. Epistles of Paul,
v.z, pt. i. The collection of the four gospels and the gospel of St. Matthew.
GOULD, Ezra Palmer.
Biblical theology of the New testament. 1900 225 G73
POLLARD, Josephine.
History of the New testament, in words of one syllable.
1888 J225 P;6
REUSS, Eduard Wilhelm Eugen.
History of the New testament. 2v. 1884 225 R36
SALMON, George.
Historical introduction to the study of the books of the New
testament. 1888 225 817
STEVENS, George Barker.
Johannine theology; a study of the doctrinal contents of the
gospel and epistles of John. 1899 225 S84J
The theology of the New testament. 1899. (International
theological library.) 225 884
This work is neither apologetic nor controversial. It seeks to expound,
not to defend. It sets forth, in systematic form, the doctrinal con-
tents of the New testament according to its natural divisions. Brief
explanations of the mode of treating certain portions of the New
testament, with respect to which important critical differences exist
among scholars, are given in the chapters introductory to the several
parts of the work. There is a select bibliography (4p.) which com-
prises the most important recent literature of the subject. Author is
now, (1899), Dwight professor of systematic theology in Yale uni-
versity.
VINCENT, Marvin Richardson.
Student's New testament handbook. 1893 225 V34
Word studies in the New testament. 4v. 1890-1901 r22S V34
v.i. The synoptic gospels. Acts of the apostles. Epistles of Peter,
James and Jude.
v.2. The writings of John; the gospel, the epistles, the apocalypse.
v-3- The epistles of Paul; Romans, Corinthians, Ephesians, Philippians,
Colossians, Philemon.
v.4. The Thessalonian epistles. Epistle to the Galatians. The Pastoral
epistles. Epistle to the Hebrews.
List of authors and editions, v.i, p. 15-23; v.2, p.3-5; v.3, p.3-7-
LIGHTFOOT, Joseph Barber, bp.
On a fresh revision of the English New testament. 1871. .225.5 L69
225.7 Commentaries
LANGE, Johann Peter.
Commentary on the Holy scriptures; New testament; tr.
by Philip Schaff. v.i-7, 9. 1872 qr225-7 L24
v.i. Lange. J.P. Matthew.
v.2. Lange, J.P. Mark. Oosterzee, J.J. van. Luke.
v.3- Lange, J.P. John.
v.4. Lchler, G.V. Acts.
v.j. Lange, J.P. & Fay, F.R. Romans.
v.6. Kling, C.F. First and second Corinthians.
v.7. Schtnoller, Otto. Galatians. Braune, Karl. Ephesians. Philip-
pians. Colossians.
NEW TESTAMENT 149
v.p. Lange, J.P. & Oosterzee, J.J. van. James. Fronmueller, G.F.C.
First and second Peter. Braune, Karl. First, second and third
John. Fronmueller, G.F.C. Jude.
MEYER, Heinrich August Wilhelm, ed.
Critical and exegetical hand-book of the New testament, nv.
1887-95. (Bible students' library.) r2257 M6s
v.i. Meyer, H.A.W. Gospel of Matthew.
v.2. Meyer, H.A.W. Gospels of Mark and Luke.
v.3. Meye
v.4. Meye
v.s. Meye
v.6. Meye
v.7. Meye
v.8. Meye
H.A.W. Gospel of John.
H.A.W. Acts of the apostles.
H.A.W. Epistle to the Romans.
H.A.W. Epistles to the Corinthians.
H.A.W. Epistle to the Galatians and to the Ephesians.
H.A.W. Epistles to the Philippians, the Colossians, Phile-
mon and to the Thessalonians.
v.g. Huther, J.E. Epistles to Timothy and Titus. Lunemann, Gottlieb.
Epistle to the Hebrews.
v.io. Huther, J.E. General epistles of James, Peter, John and Jude.
v.n. Diisterdieck, Friedrich. Revelation of John.
Binders title reads Meyer's commentary on the New testament.
NICOLL, William Robertson, ed.
Expositor's Greek testament, v.i-2. 1897-1900 r2257 N32
v.i. The synoptic gospels, by A. B. Bruce. The gospel of St. John, by
Marcus Dods.
v.2. Acts, by R. J. Knowling. St. Paul's epistle to the Romans, by
James Denney. St. Paul's first epistle to the Corinthians, by G. G.
Findlay.
Authorities consulted, v.i, p. 58-60.
Contains Greek text.
SCHAFF, Philip, ed.
International illustrated commentary on the New testa-
ment, by American and English scholars of various
evangelical denominations. 4v. 1890-91 qr225.7 829
v.i. Gospels of Matthew, Mark and Luke.
v.2. Gospel of John, and the Acts.
v.3. Epistles of Paul.
v.4. Catholic epistles and Revelation.
SCHMIDT, Paul Wilhelm, & Holtzendorff, Franz von, ed.
Short Protestant commentary on the books of the New testa-
ment. 3v. 1882-84 225.7 835
225.9 History and biography
ABBOTT, Lyman.
Life and letters of Paul the Apostle. 1898 225.9 Ai3
BARNES, Arthur Stapylton.
St. Peter in Rome and his tomb on the Vatican hill.
1900 Q225-9 625
"He has not only set before his readers the Catholic tradition as to St..
Peter's connection with Rome, but he has given us the best account
in English of that wonderful building, or group of buildings, old St.
Peter's, which stood beneath the site of the mighty basilica of Bra-
mante and' Michael Angelo." Spectator, 1900.
BAUR, Ferdinand Christian.
Paul the apostle of Jesus Christ, his life and work, his epistles
and his doctrine. 2v. 1875-76 225.9 632
CONE, Orello.
Paul; the man, the missionary and the teacher. 1898 225.9 74
"To be commended for the light it throws upon the beginning of Chris-
tianity and for its lucid analysis of the character, work, and thought
of the greatest and most problematical personality of the apostolic age.
The complete indexes of subjects and passages enhance the value of
the book for reference."
150 NEW TESTAMENT
CONYBEARE, William John, & Howson, J. S.
Life and epistles of St. Paul. 2v. in i. 1894 225.9 76
FARRAR, Frederic William, dean.
Life and work of St. Paul. 1893 225.9 F2S
FOUARD, Constant, 1'abbe.
Saint Paul and his missions. 1899 225.9 F8a
"The best life of St. Paul in English by a Catholic writer." American
Catholic quarterly review, 1895.
GEIKIE, Cunningham.
New testament hours. 1894-97. 4v 225.9 G-28
v. i. Gospels.
v.a-3. Apostles, their lives and letters.
v. 4. St. Peter to Revelation.
GIGOT, Francis E.
Outlines of New testament history. 1898 225.9 G38i
Companion volume to his "Outlines of Jewish history," and like that
intended for the use of Roman Catholic theological students.
GILBERT, George Holley.
The student's life of Paul. 1899 225.9 638
Index of literature cited, p.279.
GOODWIN, Frank J.
A harmony of the life of St. Paul, according to the Acts of
the apostles and the Pauline epistles. 1895 225.9 63
HAUSRATH, Adolf.
History of the New testament times; the time of Jesus. 2v.
1878-80 225.9 H 3 5h
History of the New testament times; the time of the apostles.
4v. 1895 225.9 H35
IVERACH, James.
St. Paul; his life and times. (Men of the Bible.) 225.9 ^33
Bibliography, p.3-
LACORDAIRE, Henri Dominique.
Saint Mary Magdalene. 1900 225.9 Li2
Author, a Dominican friar and member of the French Academy, at-
tempts to identify Mary Magdalene with Mary of Bethany.
LEWIN, Thomas.
Life and epistles of St. Paul. 2v. 1890 qr225_9 L67
MACLEAR, George Frederick.
Class-book of New testament history. 1897. (Elementary
theological class-books.) 225.9 MIQ
MATHESON, George.
Spiritual development of St. Paul. 1897 225.9 M46
MEYER, Frederick Brotherton.
Paul, a servant of Jesus Christ. 1897 225.9 M6s
RENAN, Ernest.
Saint Paul. (History of the origins of Christianity.) 225.9 R33
SMITH, Philip.
New testament history. 1892. (Student's Scripture his-
tory.) 225.9 S6s
STALKER, James.
Life of St. Paul 225.9 S781
The two St. Johns of the New testament. 1895 225.9 878
NEW TESTAMENT 151
226 Gospels and Acts
BIBLE. Neu> testament. Gospels.
Holy Gospels; with illustrations from paintings by the
Italian, Flemish, German and French masters of the
I4th, I5th and i6th centuries; notes on the pictures by
Eugene Miintz, and a chronological and biographical
list of the painters. 2v. in I. 1900 qr226 647
BARROWS, John Henry.
Seven lectures on the credibility of the gospel histories. 1891. .226 Ba6
Binder's title reads "The gospels are true histories."
BENNETT, Edmund Hatch.
Four gospels from a lawyer's standpoint. 1899 226 643
BRUCE, Alexander Balmain.
Parabolic teaching of Christ; a systematic 'and critical study
of the parables of our Lord. 1899 226 882
CARPENTER, Joseph Estlin.
First three gospels. 1890 226 Caa
GARY, George Lovell.
The synoptic gospels, with a chapter on the text-criticism of
the New testament. 1900. (International handbooks to the
New testament.) 226 C24
Bibliography, p. 17-18.
''The books of the New Testament are treated as a literature which in
order to be understood must be explained, like all other ancient
literatures, in accordance with the accepted principles of the grammat-
ical and historical interpretation." General preface to the series.
CONE, Orello.
The gospel and its earliest interpretations; a study of the
teaching of Jesus and its doctrinal transformations in
the New testament. 1894 226 C74
Gospel-criticism and historical Christianity; a study of the
gospels and of the history of the gospel-canon during the
second century, with a consideration of the results of mod-
ern criticism. 1891 226 C74g
HALL, Thomas Cuming.
Messages of Jesus according to the synoptists; the discourses
of Jesus in the Gospels of Matthew, Mark and Luke, ar-
ranged in the order of time, and freely rendered in para-
phrase. 1901. (Messages of the Bible.) 226 Hi7
"Important synoptic literature," p. 233-236.
HAWKINS, Sir John Caesar.
Horae synopticae; contributions to the study of the synoptic
problem. 1899 r226 H36
TOLSTOI, Lyof Nikolaivitch, count.
The gospel in brief. 1896 226 Ts8
WILKINSON, John Herbert.
Four lectures on the early history of the gospels. 1898 226 W73
226.1 Harmonies of the Gospels
BIBLE. New testament.
The four gospels in one narrative. 1890 226.1 647
152 NEW TESTAMENT
BROADUS, John Albert, ed.
A harmony of the Gospels in the revised version. 1898. . .226.1 675
CALVIN, John.
Harmonia ex evangelistis tribus composita Matthseo, Marco
& Luca, commentariis Johannis Calvini exposita; euisdem
in Johannem evangelistam, commentarius. 1572 qr226 Ci4
EPHRAEM SYRUS.
Fragments of his commentary upon Tatian's Diatessaron;
ed. by J. R. Harris. 1895 r226.i E68
ROBINSON, Edward, 1794-1863.
Harmony of the four gospels in English according to the
common version; with notes by M. B. Riddle. 1886. . . .226.1 R54
The same. 1886 r226.i R54
STEVENS, William Arnold, & Burton, E. D.
A harmony of the gospels for historical study; an analyti-
cal synopsis of the four gospels in the version of 1881.
1898 226.1 8846
226.2 Matthew
BROADUS, John Albert.
Commentary on the gospel of Matthew. 1886. (American
commentary on the New testament.) r226.2 675
GIBSON, John Monro.
Gospel of St. Matthew. 1900. (Expositor's Bible.) 226.2 G37
GORE, Charles.
Sermon on the mount; a practical exposition. 1897 226.2 G66
MORISON, James.
Practical commentary on the gospel according to St.
Matthew. 1899 r226.2 M89
SCHAFF, Philip, ed.
Gospel according to Matthew. 1882. (International re-
vision commentary.) 226.2 S2
TRENCH, Richard Chenevix, abp.
Exposition of the Sermon on the mount; drawn from the
writings of St. Augustine; with an introductory essay
on Augustine as an interpreter of scripture. 1886 226.2 T72
226.3 Mark
BIBLE New testament. Mark.
The gospel according to St. Mark; the Greek text with intro-
duction, notes and indices; ed. by H. B. Swete. 1898 226.3 647
BADHAM, Francis Pritchett.
S. Mark's indebtedness to S. Matthew. 1897 226.3 614
"The object of this work is to prove that S. Mark is generally posterior
to S. Matthew." Preface.
CHADWICK, George Alexander, bp.
Gospel according to Mark. 1900. (Expositor's Bible.) .. .226.3 C34
GOULD, Ezra Palmer.
Critical and exegetical commentary on the Gospel accord-
NEW TESTAMENT 153
ing to Mark. 1896. (International critical commen-
tary.) 226.3 G73
MORISON, James.
Practical commentary on the gospel according to St.
Mark. 1892 r226.3 M89
RIDDLE, Matthew Brown, ed.
Gospel according to Mark. 1899. (International revision
commentary.) 226.3 R-43
WEIDNER, Revere Franklin.
Commentary on the gospel of Mark, embracing the version
of 1611 and of 1881. 1881 r226.3 W44
226.4 Luke
BIBLE New testament. Luke.
The gospel according to Luke, in Greek, after the Westcott
and Hort text; ed. with parallels, illustrations, various
readings and notes, by Arthur Wright. 1900 qr226.4 647
BURTON, Henry.
Gospel according to St. Luke. 1900. (Expositor's Bible.). ..226.4 ^95
GODET, Frederic.
Commentary on the gospel of St. Luke. 1870 r226.4 G55
PLUMMER, Alfred.
Critical and exegetical commentary on the Gospel according
to Luke. 1896. (International critical commentary.). .. .226.4 P? 2
RAMSAY, William Mitchell.
Was Christ born at Bethlehem? a study on the credibility of
St. Luke. 1898 226.4 Ri8
RIDDLE, Matthew Brown, ed.
Gospel according to Luke. 1882. (International revision
commentary.) 226.4 K.43
226.5 John
ABBOT, Ezra, and others.
The fourth gospel. 1891 226.5 Ai2
Contents: The authorship of the fourth gospel, external evidences, by
Ezra Abbot. Internal tokens of authorship in the fourth gospel, by
A. P. Peabody. Internal evidence for the authenticity and genuine-
ness of Saint John's gospel, by J. B. Lightfoot.
ABBOTT, Lyman.
An illustrated commentary on the gospel according to St.
John, for family use and reference. 1888 226.5 Ai3
AUGUSTINE, St.
Lectures, or tractates on the Gospel according to St. John;
tr. by John Gibb and James Innes. 2v. 1873 226.5 ^.92
BRITISH AND FOREIGN BIBLE SOCIETY.
St. John iii, 16, &c. in the languages and dialects in which the
society has printed the Holy scriptures. 1888 T226.5 875
CLARKE, James Freeman.
Fourth gospel; the question of its origin. 1886 226.5 53
154 NEW TESTAMENT
DODS, Marcus.
Gospel of John. 2v. 1899-1900. (Expositor's Bible.) 226.5
v.i. Chapters i-n.
v.2. Chapters 12-21.
GODET, Frederic.
Commentary on the gospel of John with an historical and
critical introduction. 2v. 1893 226.5 &S4
GREGG, David.
Studies in John's gospel; the gospel of Christ's deity. 1891. .226.5 G86
JACOBUS, Melancthon Williams.
Notes on the gospels; critical and explanatory; John.
1858 T226-5 Jl3
MAURICE, Frederick Denison.
Gospel of St. John; a series of discourses. 1888 226.5 M49
MEYER, Frederick Brotherton.
The life and light of men; expositions of John, 1-12 226.5 ^65
MILLIGAN, William, & Moulton.W. F. ed.
Gospel according to John. 1899. (International revision
commentary.) 226.5 M69
PEYTON, William Wynne.
The memorabilia of Jesus, commonly called the gospel of
St. John. 1892 226.5 P47
THOLUCK, August.
Commentary on the gospel of John. 1859 r226.5 T37
"The most important commentators on the gospel," p.45-55.
226.6 Acts
CALVIN, John.
Commentarii integri in Acta apostolorum. 1573 qr226 Ci4
Bound with Calvin's Harmonia ex evangelistis tribus.
HOWSON, John Saul, Sf Spence, H. D. M. ed.
Acts of the apostles. 1883. (International revision com-
mentary.) 226.6 H86
LUCKOCK, Herbert Mortimer.
Footprints of the apostles as traced by Saint Luke in the Acts.
2v. 1897 226.6 L97
A sequel to "Footprints of the Son of man."
RAMSAY, William Mitchell.
St. Paul the traveller and the Roman citizen. 1897 226.6 Ri8
Practically a commentary on the Acts of the Apostles, so far as that
book exhibits the career of St. Paul, the development of Christianity
and the extension of the Christian religion in the Roman Empire.
STOKES, George Thomas.
Acts of the apostles. 2v. 1897-98. (Expositor's Bible.) .. .226.6 887
ZELLER, Eduard.
Contents and origin of the Acts of the apostles, critically in-
vestigated, with Franz Overbeck's introduction to the Acts,
from de Wette's handbook. 2v. 1875-76 226.6 Z45
226.9 Lord's prayer
GLADDEN, Washington.
Lord's prayer ; seven homilies. 1899 226.9 45
NEW TESTAMENT 155
227 Epistles
BEET, Joseph Agar.
Commentary on St. Paul's epistles to the Ephesians, Philip-
pians, Colossians and to Philemon. 1895 r227 838
CALVIN, John.
Commentarii in omnes Pauli Apostoli epistolas, atque etia in
Epistolam ad Hebrseos; adjunximus ejusdem authoris
commentarios in omnes canonicas epistolas. 1557 qr226 Ci4
Bound with Calvin's Harmonia ex evangelistis tribus.
CONE, Orello.
Epistles to the Hebrews, Colossians, Ephesians and Philemon,
the pastoral epistles, epistles of James, Peter and Jude ; with
a sketch of the history of the canon of the New testament.
1901. (International handbooks to the New testament.) . .. .227 C74
The work is intended for Sunday-school teachers and superintendents,
and Bible students in general, and gives more prominence to the re-
sults of critical study than to the details. Presents the views of ad-
vanced biblical scholars.
DRUMMOND, James, b. 1835.
Epistles of Paul the apostle to the Thessalonians, Corinthians,
Galatians, Romans and Philippians. 1899. (International
handbooks to the New testament.) 227 D84
The author is [1901] principal of Manchester college, Oxford, and the
book, like others of the series, is written from the Unitarian stand-
point.
ELLICOTT. Charles John, bp.
St. Paul's epistles to the Philippians, the Colossians and Phile-
mon (Greek and English text) ; with a critical and gram-
matical commentary. 1888 r227 52
LIGHTFOOT, Joseph Barber, bp.
Dissertations on the apostolic age. 1892 227 L69
Contents: The brethren of the Lord. St. Paul and the three. The
Christian ministry. St. Paul and Seneca; the letters of Paul and
Seneca. The Essenes.
Reprinted from Dr Lightfoot's published commentaries upon St. Paul's
Epistles.
Saint Paul's epistles to the Colossians and to Philemon; a re-
vised Greek text with introductions, notes and disserta-
tions. 1897 T227 L6p
Dissertations: The name Essene. Origin and affinities of the Essenes.
Essenism and Christianity.
MACLAREN, Alexander.
Epistles of St. Paul to the Colossians and Philemon. 1900.
(Expositor's Bible.) 227 Mi9
RICKABY, Joseph.
Notes on St. Paul; Corinthians, Galatians, Romans. 1898 227 R43
Father Rickaby is a member of the Society of Jesus, his book being
issued with the approval of Cardinal Vaughan.
STEVENS, George Barker.
Messages of Paul; arranged in historical order, analyzed,
and freely rendered in paraphrase, with introductions.
1900. (Messages of the Bible.) 227 $84
Contains epistles to the Thessalonians, Galatians, Corinthians, Romans,
Colossians, to Philemon, the Ephesians and the Philippians.
156 NEW TESTAMENT
Messages of the apostles; the apostolic discourses in the Acts
and the general and pastoral epistles of the New testa-
ment arranged in chronological order, analyzed and freely
rendered in paraphrase. 1900. (Messages of the Bible.). .227 S84m
"Books of reference," p. 257-258.
BEET, Joseph Agar.
Commentary on St. Paul's epistle to the Romans. 1883. .. .r227.i 638
GORE, Charles.
St. Paul's epistle to the Romans ; a practical exposition. 2v.
1899-1900 227.1 G66
v.i. Chapters 1-8.
v.2. Chapters 9-16.
HORT, Fenton John Anthony.
Prolegomena to St. Paul's epistles to the Romans and the
Ephesians. 1895 .227.1 H8i
MOULE, Handley Carr Glyn.
Epistle of St. Paul to the Romans. 1899. (Expositor's
Bible.) 227.1 M94
RIDDLE, Matthew Brown, ed.
Epistle of Paul to the Romans. 1896. (International revision
commentary.) 227.1 R43
SANDAY, William, & Headlam, A. C.
A critical and exegetical commentary on the Epistle to
the Romans. 1896. (International critical commen-
tary.) 227.1 S2i
BEET, Joseph Agar.
Commentary on St. Paul's epistles to the Corinthians.
1895 T227.2 838
"Ancient authors quoted," p. 17-18.
DODS, Marcus.
First epistle to the Corinthians. 1899. (Expositor's Bible.). .227.2 067
ELLICOTT, Charles John, bp.
St. Paul's first epistle to the Corinthians (Greek text); with
a critical and grammatical commentary. 1887 227.2 52
BEET, Joseph Agar.
Commentary on St. Paul's epistle to the Galatians. 1807. ..r227.4 638
"Ancient authors quoted," p.2i-23.
ELLICOTT. Charles John, bp.
St. Paul's epistle to the Galatians (Greek text) ; with a criti-
cal and grammatical commentary and a revised translation.
1889 T227.4 ES2
FINDLAY, George Gillanders.
Epistle to the Galatians. 1899. (Expositor's Bible.) 227.4 F49
LIGHTFOOT, Joseph Barber, bp.
Saint Paul's epistle to the Galatians; a revised Greek text
with introduction, notes and dissertations. 1900 r227-4 L69
Dissertations: Were the Galatians Celts or Teutons? The brethren of
the Lord. St. Paul and the three.
RAMSAY, William Mitchell.
Historical commentary on St. Paul's Epistle to the GaJatians.
1900 227.4
An introduction of 234 pages treats of the history of Galatia and its
social, political and religious condition in the time of St. Paul.
NEW TESTAMENT 157
ELLICOTT, Charles John, bp.
St. Paul's epistle to the Ephesians (Greek text) ; with a
critical and grammatical commentary and a revised
translation. 1884 -. r227_5 52
FINDLAY, George Gillanders.
Epistle to the Ephesians. 1899. (Expositor's Bible.) 227.5 F49
GORE, Charles.
St. Paul's epistle to the Ephesians; a practical exposition.
1898 227.5 G66
LIGHTFOOT, Joseph Barber, bp.
Saint Paul's epistle to the Philippians; revised Greek text
with introduction, notes and dissertations. 1898 r227.6 L6g
Dissertations: The Christian ministry. St. Paul and Seneca.
RAINY, Robert.
Epistle to the Philippians. 1900. (Expositor's Bible.) ... .227.6 Ri6
VINCENT, Marvin Richardson.
Critical and exegetical commentary on the epistles to the
Philippians and to Philemon. 1897. (International
critical commentary.) 227.6 34
DENNEY, James.
Epistles to the Thessalonians. 1899. (Expositor's Bi-
ble.) 227.8 D43
ELLICOTT, Charles John, bp.
St. Paul's epistles to the Thessalonians (Greek text); with a
critical and grammatical commentary and a revised trans-
lation. 1880 T227.8 F.52
Pastoral epistles of St. Paul (Greek text); with a critical
and grammatical commentary and a revised transla-
tion. 1883 T227.8 E52p
PLUMMER, Alfred.
Pastoral epistles. 1900. (Expositor's Bible.) 227.8 P72
Epistles to Timothy and Titus.
AYLES, H.H.B.
Destination, date and authorship of the Epistle to the
Hebrews. 1899 227.8 A97
BRUCE, Alexander Balmain.
Epistle to the Hebrews; an exegetical study. 1899 227.8 682
EDWARDS, Thomas Charles.
Epistle to the Hebrews. 1898. (Expositor's Bible.) 227.8 32
MILLIGAN, George.
Theology of the Epistle to the Hebrews; with a critical
introduction. 1899 227.8 M6g
List of books referred to, p. 17-20.
WESTCOTT, Brooke Foss, bp.
Epistle to the Hebrews; the Greek text, with notes and
essays. 1892 r227.8 Ws6
MAYOR, Joseph Bickersteth.
Epistle of St. James; the Greek text with introduction,
notes and comments. 1897 . rzzj.g M54
PLUMMER, Alfred.
General epistles of St. James and St. Jude. 1899. (Ex-
positor's Bible.) 227.9 ?7 2
158 APOCALYPSE
HORT, Fenton John Anthony.
First Epistle of St. Peter; the Greek text with introduc-
tory lecture, commentary and additional notes. 1898. .227.9 H8i
Includes only chapter i and the first 17 verses of chapter a.
LUMBY, Joseph Rawson.
Epistles of St. Peter. 1893. (Expositor's Bible.) 227.9 L97
BIBLE New testament. John.
Three epistles of John, translated into Delaware Indian
by C. F. Dencke. 1818 T227.9 647
English and Indian text.
ALEXANDER, William, abp.
Epistles of St. John; twenty-one discourses, with Greek
text, comparative versions and notes chiefly exegetical.
1899. (Expositor's Bible.) 227.9 ^37
WESTCOTT, Brooke Foss, bp.
Epistles of St. John; the Greek text with notes and essays.
1892 227.9 Ws6
228 Apocalypse
BENSON, Edward White, abp.
The Apocalypse, an introductory study of the Revelation of
St. John the divine; a presentment of the structure of the
book and of the fundamental principles of its interpreta-
tion. 1900 q228 644
BLEEK, Friedrich.
Lectures on the Apocalypse. 1875 228 654
CONTEMPLATION of the first eight chapters of Genesis, con-
taining the history of the antedeluvian world and man's
creation; also a sketch from the Revelations. 1883 r228 C76
Running title is Alpha and Omega.
IRVING, Edward.
Prophetical works; exposition of the Book of Revelation;
ed. by Gavin Carlyle. 2v. 1867-70 228 128
MAURICE, Frederick Denison.
Lectures on the Apocalypse. 1885 228 M49
MILLIGAN, William.
Book of Revelation. 1899. (Expositor's Bible.) 228 M69b
Revelation of St. John. 1886. (Baird lecture, 1885.) 228 M69
Bibliography, p. 15-19.
REID, William James.
Lectures on the Revelation. 1878 228 R3i
ROBERTS, Robert.
Thirteen lectures on the things revealed in the last book of
the New testament commonly known as "Revelation;"
shewing their bearing on the events of history and on those
mightier events of the near future to which they have all
been leading. 1880 r228 RS3
TRENCH, Richard Chenevix, abp.
Commentary on the epistles to the seven churches in Asia,
Revelation, 2-3. 1897 228
DOCTRINAL THEOLOGY 159
VAUGHAN, Charles John.
Lectures on the Revelation of St. John. 1882 . .228 V23
229 Apocrypha ;,
BIBLE Old testament. Apocrypha.
The apocalypse of Baruch; tr. fr. the Syriac and ed. by R. H.
Charles. 1896 ; 229 6474
A composite work believed to be contemporaneous with the chief writ-
ings of the New testament. It was written by orthodox Jews as an
apology for Judaism, and an attack upon Christianity.
Assumption of Moses; tr. fr. the Latin 6th century ms., the
unemended text of which is published herewith, with the
text in its restored and critically emended form; ed. by
R. H. Charles. 1897 229 647
Ecclesiasticus; ed. by R. G. Moulton. 1896. (Modern
reader's Bible.) 229 23
BIBLE New testament. Apocrypha.
Apocryphal gospels, acts and revelations; tr. by Alexander
Walker. 1890. (Ante-Nicene Christian library.) 229 B47ap
BUDGE, Ernest Alfred Thompson Wallis, ed.
History of the blessed Virgin Mary, and The history of
the likeness of Christ which the Jews of Tiberias made
to mock at; English translations. 1899. (Luzac's Sem-
itic text and translation series.) 229 685
"Translations of two curious and interesting works, which, though styled
'Histories' by the Syrian translators, manifestly belong to the very-
large section of Syriac literature which contains the Apocrypha of the
New Testament." Preface.
230 Doctrinal theology
ABBOTT, Edwin Abbott.
The spirit on the waters; the evolution of the divine from the
human. 1897 230 Ai3
"The aphoristic style was deliberately adopted in order to repel all but
those who are genuinely interested in the subject for its own sake and
who find both in the world and in the Bible very serious obstacles to
intelligent and sincere faith. . .For them alone the author has attempted
to state his reasons, independently of miracles, for worshipping God as
the Father, the Son, and the Holy Spirit, and for accepting, in the
fullest spiritual sense, the Incarnation, the Resurrection, the Atone-
ment, and the Divinity, of Christ." Preface.
ABBOTT, Lyman.
The theology of an evolutionist. 1897 230 Ai32
A companion volume to the "Evolution of Christianity" and "Christianity
and social problems." It endeavors to indicate the direction in which
modern thought is looking and ought to look for the interpretation of
spiritual life.
ALLEN, Alexander Viets Griswold.
Christian institutions. 1897. (International theological
library.) 230 A42C
Contents Historical survey. Apostles, prophets, teachers. Presbyters,
bishops, deacons. Age of transition. Ignatian episcopate. Theories
regarding the origin of the episcopate. Christian ministry in the sec-
ond century. Age of Cyprian. Monasticism in its relation to the
160 DOCTRINAL THEOLOGY
episcopate and to the Catholic church. The Greek church; nationality
and the episcopate. Episcopate and the papacy. Organization of the
churches in the age of the reformation. Catholic creeds. Doctrine of
the Trinity; its place in history and its relation to human progress.
Historical significance of the miracle. Life of the spirit; doctrine of
the atonement; relation of the divine to the human. Person of Christ
in modern thought; difficulty with the miracle; Anglican and German
theology. Baptism. Development of principles which affected the
cultus. Christian cultus. Lord's Supper.
Continuity of Christian thought; a study of modern theol-
ogy in the light of its history. 1895 230 A42
ASKWITH, E. H.
Christian conception of holiness. 1900 230 A83
BOARDMAN, George Nye.
History of New England theology. 1899 230 857
"The present work had its origin in a series of lectures prepared for an
elective course in Chicago theological seminary. . .The aim... is to trace
the 'new divinity," formerly so called, in its development through the
century between 1730 and 1830, through its Berkshire and Hopkinsian
eras, to its final form as New England theology."
BRADFORD, Amory Howe.
Age of faith. 1900 230 B68
Contents: The age of faith. The conception of God. God interpreted
by fatherhood. The basis of optimism. Brotherhood. Suffering and
sorrow. Sin. Salvation. Prayer. Punishment or discipline. The im-
mortal life. The teacher for all ages.
BRIGGS, Charles Augustus.
Whither? a theological question for the times. 1889 230 874
Using the Westminster confession as a test of orthodoxy, author exam-
ines various departures from this standard in the Presbyterian
churches. Last two chapters discuss the question of church unity.
BRISSET, George, lord of Gratence.
Apologie; ed. by Edmund Goldsmid. 1884. (Bibliotheca
curiosa.) r23o 675
BRUCE, Alexander Balmain.
Kingdom of God; or, Christ's teaching according to the
synoptical gospels. 1896 230 682
CLARKE, James Freeman.
Common-sense in religion. 1890 230 C53
Essentials and non-essentials in religion. 1897 2 3 C53e
Contents: Faith and belief. Christ and Christianity. The Bible. The
church and worship. Christian experience. The future life.
Steps of belief; or, Rational Christianity maintained against
atheism, free religion, and Romanism. 1890 230 C53S
CLARKE, William Newton.
An outline of Christian theology. 1894 - 2 3 5370
Discusses the sources of Christian theology, which the author declares to
be Christian revelation, man and the universe, the Christian conception
of God, man, sin, Christ, the Holy Spirit and the divine life in man,
and finally, things to come. In its spirit the book is reverent, thor-
oughly devotional, but wholly candid. Its first paragraph contains the
keynote ot the whole work: "Religion is the reality of which theology
is the study."
What shall we think of Christianity? the Levering lectures,
1899. 1899 230 CS37
Contents: The Christian people. The Christian doctrine. The Chris-
tian power.
COTTERILL, Henry, bp.
Revealed religion expounded by its relations to the moral
DOCTRINAL THEOLOGY 161
being of God. 1884. (Bedell lectures.) 230 83
Contents: Fundamental principle of the science of theology. Relation
of this principle to the Christian doctrine of the Trinity. Redemption
of man the complete exponent of the principle that love is the being
of God.
CRANE, Frank.
Religion of to-morrow. 1899 230 C86
The author believes in the doctrines of evangelical Christianity, but also
believing that the common ideas concerning them contain much error
he here attempts to separate the false and artificial from the true and
real in modern theology. His fundamental proposition is that "reli-
gion is the personal influence of God."
D'ARCY, Charles Frederick.
Idealism and theology; a study of presuppositions; the
Donnellan lectures, 1897-98. 1899 230 D24
DOLE, Charles Fletcher.
Theology of civilization. 1899 230 D69
"I believe that the time for religious controversy has passed. We have
reached a point, through the labor of many thinkers, where we can
now see the harmony of views that once seemed to be contradictory,
and can therefore offer a broad and fresh interpretation, both ethical
and uplifting, and more satisfactory to the conscience and to the intel-
leTct than any previous interpretation." Preface.
FEUERBACH, Ludwig Andreas.
Essence of Christianity. 1893 230 F43
FISHER, George Park.
History of Christian doctrine. 1896. (International theo-
logical library.) 230 FS3
GARDNER, Percy.
Exploratio evangelica; a brief examination of the basis and
origin of Christian belief. 1899 230 Gi8
"Partly it is negative, or rather, critical, for it discusses with the mer-
ciless logic of history the basis of traditions on which, in the mind of
the plain man, Christianity rests: partly it is constructive, or,
rather, reconstructive, for it attempts to replace that basis, found un-
trustworthy, by another in the heart and moral ideals of men."
Academy, 1900.
GAR VIE, Alfred E.
Ritschlian theology, critical and constructive; an exposi-
tion and .an estimate. 1899 230 Gi9
GERHART, Emanuel Vogel.
Institutes of the Christian religion. 2v. 1894 230 631
GLADDEN, Washington.
How much is left of the old doctrines? a book for the peo-
ple. 1899 230 G4S
Contents: Belief in God. How the worlds were made. What is the
supernatural? What is the Bible? Is there a personal devil? What
do we inherit? The doctrine of the Trinity. The word made flesh.
How Christ saves men. Predestination. Conversion. The meaning
of baptism. The significance of the Lord's Supper. The hope of
immortality. The thought of heaven.
GORDON, George Angier.
New epoch for faith. 1901 230 G6$
Interpretation of present day religious conditions, taking the ground
that the whole trend of religious development during the last quarter
of the ipth century has been toward freer and fuller faith.
GREG, William Rathbone.
Creed of Christendom; its foundations contrasted with its
superstructure. 1878 230 G86
162 DOCTRINAL THEOLOGY
HARNACK, Adolf.
History of dogma. 7v. 1895-1900 230
The last volume contains a general index.
What is Christianity? lectures delivered in the University of
Berlin, 1899-1900 ; tr. by T. B. Saunders. 1901 230 H28w
HERRMANN, Willibald.
The communion of the Christian with God; a discussion in.
agreement with the view of Luther. 1895 230 H47
HUTTON, Richard Holt.
Theological essays. 1895 230 H97
Contents: The moral significance of atheism. The atheistic explana-
tion of religion. Science and theism. Popular pantheism. What is
revelation? Christian evidences, popular and critical. The historical
problems of the Fourth gospel. The incarnation, and principles of
evidence. M. Kenan's "Christ." M. Renan's "St. Paul." The hard
church. Romanism, Protestantism and Anglicanism.
HYDE, William De Witt.
God's education of man. 1899 230 H99g
Outlines of social theology. 1895 230 H99
ILLINGWORTH, John Richardson.
Personality, human and divine. 1899. (Bampton lectures.)'. .230 122
Contents: Development of the conception of human personality. Analy-
sis of the conception of human personality. Development of the con-
ception of divine personality. Analysis of the conception of divine
personality. Moral affinity needful for the knowledge of a person.
Religion in the prehistoric period. Religion in pre-Christian history.
Jesus Christ the divine and human person. Notes.
JONES, E. Griffith-.
Ascent through Christ; a study of the doctrine of redemption
in the light of the theory of evolution. 1900 230 J39
KAFTAN, Julius.
The truth of the Christian religion. 2v. 1894 230 Kn
v.i. The origin of dogma. The development of theology. Orthodox
dogmatics. The breaking up of ecclesiastical dogma. The judg-
ment of history.
v.z. Knowledge. The primacy of practical reason. Criticism of the tra-
ditional speculative method. The proof of Christianity.
KING, Henry Churchill.
Reconstruction in theology. 1901 230 K26
The questions most fully discussed are the influence upon theology of
modern science, miracles, evolution, and the historical and literary
criticism of the Bible.
KUYPER, Abraham.
Encyclopedia of sacred theology; its principles. 1898 r23O K44
In the original this work consists of three volumes. This translation
contains the first 53 pages of v. i of the original, and v.2 entire.
MACPHERSON, Rev. John.
Christian dogmatics. 1808 230 M22
Bibliographies at the beginning of each section.
A systematic presentation in methodical order, of all the leading doc-
trines of the Christian faith from the standpoint of a moderate Cal-
vinism. The history of dogma and the biblical element are included
only when necessary for the clear and intelligible statement of the
doctrine.
MARTINEAU, James.
Seat of authority in religion. 1891 230 M43
Dr Martineau holds that in the moral intuitions, in the response of the
soul to all spiritual excellence higher than its own, is the seat of
authority in religion.
Studies of Christianity. 1891 230 M43S
DOCTRINAL THEOLOGY 163
MEAD, Joseph.
Works. 1672 qr230 MSS
"Life of Joseph Mede," p.i-34.
MOHLER, Johann Adam.
Symbolism; or, Exposition of the doctrinal differences be-
tween Catholics and Protestants, as evidenced by their
symbolical writings. 1894 2 30 M76
Author was a German Roman Catholic theologian, professor at Tubin-
gen, and after 1835 at Munich. This is his chief work.
MORGAN, John Vyrnwy, ed.
Theology at the dawn of the twentieth century ; essays on the
present status of Christianity and its doctrines. 1901 230 M8o,
"Made up of many brief contributions of men of ability and prominence,
who represent a large variety of opinion . . . Though the themes con-
sidered are principally doctrinal, they include a few of a practical
character, as 'Divorce and Re-Marriage," 'Religious Condition of the
Anglo-Saxon Race,' etc. It is the progressive rather than the con-
servative element that is represented in the book." Dial, 1902.
MULFORD, Elisha.
Republic of God. 1893 230 MQS
ORR, James.
Progress of dogma; the Elliot lectures, delivered at the West-
ern theological seminary, Allegheny, 1897. 1901 230 O28p
A general survey of the growth of dogma. The first six chapters deal
with the early period of development, the seventh with the middle
ages, the eighth with the Reformation, and the last two with modern
developments. Mr Orr defends dogmatic teaching in general, and his
book supplies a corrective to present day tendencies toward the re-
jection of dogma in every form.
The Ritschlian theology and the evangelical faith. 1897 230 028
"Literature on the Ritschlian theology," p.272-276.
PFLEIDERER, Otto.
Paulinism; a contribution to the history of primitive Chris-
tian theology. 2v. 1891 230 ?48
v.i. Exposition of Paul's doctrine.
v.2. History of Paulinism in the primitive church.
ROBERTSON, Archibald.
Regnum Dei; eight lectures on the kingdom of God in the
history of Christian thought. 1901. (Bampton lectures.
1901.) 230 R53
"In the opening lecture, Dr. Robertson briefly discusses the idea of pur-
pose at the root of the problem of life; then he proceeds to trace the
varying conception of the Kingdom of God as set forth in the Old
and New Testaments, in St. Augustine, the medieval theocracy, and
so on to modern ideals, thought, work, and life." Contemporary re-
view, 1902.
SABATIER, Auguste.
Vitality of Christian dogmas and their power of evolu-
tion, a study in religious philosophy; tr. by Mrs Em-
manuel Christen. 1898 230 Sn
SAVAGE, Minot Judson.
The passing and the permanent in religion. 1901 230 826
Contents: Religions and religion. Theologies and theology. The uni-
verse. Man. Bibles. Gods and God. Saviours. Worship. Prayer.
The church. Hells. Heavens. The resurrection life.
The distinguished Unitarian divine here tries to disentangle the essen-
tials of religion from the non-essentials which the changing theories of
man in different ages have imposed upon it.
SCHAFF, Philip.
Theological propaedeutic; a general introduction to the
164 . GOD, TRINITY
study of theology, exegetical, historical, systematic and
practical; a manual for students. 1896 230 829
Contains a selected list of the best books in all the departments of a
theological education, which have appeared in English, with a few
books in other languages, by S. M. Jackson, p.539-596.
SLICER, Thomas Roberts.
One world at a time ; a contribution to the incentives of life.
1902 230 863
Contents: The sceptic. The agnostic. The believer. From the Sermon
on the mount to the Nicene creed. Why do Christians differ?
What is it to believe in Christ? "A cold and intellectual religion."
"A difficult religion." Does Unitarianism "pull down and not build
up?" What has been built up. How religion may be taught. The
passage from traditional to personal religion. %
STRONG, Josiah.
The next great awakening. 1902 230 892
Contents: The supreme need of the world. The law of spiritual quick-
ening. The kingdom of God. The social laws of Jesus. The social
teachings of Jesus not accepted. The social teachings of Jesus applied
will bring social healing. The social teachings of Jesus applied will
bring spiritual quickening.
TOLSTOI, Lyof Nikolaievitch, count.
Christian teaching. 1898 230 T8
TULLOCH, John.
Rational theology and Christian philosophy in England in
the I7th century. 2v. 1874 230 T83
v.i. Liberal churchmen. v.2. Cambridge Platonists.
"Gives the best account of the Cambridge Platonists and their fore-
runners."
TYRRELL, George.
Hard sayings; a selection of meditations and studies. 1900. .. .230 To8
In these meditations Father Tyrrell of the Society of Jesus illustrates
and presents anew some of the fundamental principles of the Roman
Catholic faith.
WILHELM, Joseph, & Scannell, T.B.
Manual of Catholic theology; based on Scheeben's Dogmatik.
2V. l899 230 W>2
v.i. The sources of theological knowledge. God. Creation and the
supernatural order.
v.2. The fall. Redemption. Grace. The church and the sacraments.
The last things.
231 God, Trinity
AUGUSTINE, St.
On the Trinity; tr. by A. W. Haddan. 1873 .231 Apa
BARROWS, John Henry.
I believe in God, the Father Almighty. 1892 231 626
BREWER, Ebenezer Cobham, conip.
Dictionary of miracles. 1889 r23i 673
CLARKE, William Newton.
Can I believe in God the Father? 1899 231 CS3
Lectures delivered at the Summer school of theology of Harvard uni-
versity, 1899.
DENISON, John Henry.
Christ's idea of the supernatural. 1895 231 042
GORDON, Adoniram Judson.
The ministry of the Spirit. 1896 231 G65
CHRISTOLOGY 165
HARRIS, Samuel.
God, the creator and lord of all. 2v. 1896 231 H2p
Self-revelation of God. 1899 231 H2gs
LAMBING, Andrew Arnold, comp.
Come, Holy Ghost; or, Edifying and instructive selections
from many writers on devotion to the third person of
the adorable Trinity. 1901 231 Li8
LYTTELTON, Arthur Temple, bp.
Place of miracles in religion; the Hulsean lectures for 1891.
1899 ' 231 L99
PAINE, Levi Leonard.
Critical history of the evolution of trinitarianism and its
outcome in the new Christology. 1900 231 Pi6
"Aim has been first to ascertain the exact historical truth concerning
this most important chapter of Christian theological thought, and next
to state all the facts thus gained with the utmost candor, sincerity
and freedom. ..Conclusions contain no a priori dogmatic element; they
are wholly drawn inductively from history itself." Preface.
Author is (1900) professor of ecclesiastical history in Bangor theologi-
cal seminary.
PIKE, Granville Ross.
The divine drama; the manifestation of God in the universe.
1898 231 Ps8
"A book of marked originality and merit. The appropriateness of its
title lies in the primitive idea of the word "drama" more than in the
modern. Not a divine spectacle, but a divine activity is its theme...
In its adjustment of the new lines of thought to the old landmarks it
is thoroughly modern in spirit and expression, and profoundly spiritual
in idea." Outlook, 1898.
The first section of the book deals with theology proper, the second is
anthropological, the third is sociological and the fourth is devoted to
eschatology.
SAVAGE, Minot Judson.
Belief in God; an examination of some fundamental theistic
problems, with The intellectual basis of faith, by W. H.
Savage. 1884 231 826
SUPERNATURAL religion; the reality of divine revelation.
2v. in I. 1875 231 S9S
232 Christology
ANDREWS, Samuel James.
Life of our Lord. 1891 232
ATONEMENT in modern religious thought; a theological
symposium, by Frederic Godet and others. 1900 232 A88
Series of articles contributed to the "Christian world" by Godet, Har-
nack, Sabatier, Abbott, Gladden, Munger, Farrar, Fremantle, Adeney,
Campbell, Cave, Dods, Forsyth, Home, Horton, Hunter and Snell.
BEECHER, Henry Ward.
Life of Jesus the Christ. 1871 Q232 837
BERNARD, Thomas Dehany.
Songs of the holy nativity. 1895 232 645
Contents: As recorded in Scripture. As in use in the church.
BRIGGS, Charles Augustus.
Messiah of the apostles. 1895 232 B74m
Messiah of the Gospels. 1894 2 32 674
166 CHRISTOLOGY
BRUCE, Alexander Balmain.
Humiliation of Christ in its physical, ethical and official as-
pects. 1895. (Cunningham lectures ; ser. 6.) 232 B82h
"I purpose in the following lectures to employ the teaching of Scripture,
concerning the humiliation of the Son of God, as an aid in the forma-
tion of just views on some aspects of the doctrine of Christ's person,
experience, and work, and as a guide in the criticism of various
Christological and Soteriological theories." Preface.
With open face; or, Jesus mirrored in Matthew, Mark and
Luke. 1896 232 682
"These popular sketches of the spirit and teaching of our Lord, as ex-
bited in selected scenes from the Evangelic Records, are the overflow
from severer studies meant to meet the want of professional students
of Scripture." Preface.
The last chapter sets forth for the instruction of children, in the form
of a historical catechism, the main facts concerning Jesus.
CLARKE, James Freeman.
Life and times of Jesus as related by Thomas Didymus.
1892 232 C53
COYLE, John Patterson.
The imperial Christ. 1896 232 C8si
Sketch of the author, by G. A. Gates, p. 7-63.
The spirit in literature and life. 1896 232 C8s
CROOKER, Joseph Henry.
Different New testament views of Jesus. 1891 232 C&j
DIDON, Henri.
Jesus Christ. 2v. 1891 232 D$6
DORNER, Isaak August.
History of the development of the doctrine of the person of
Christ. 5v. 1861-63 2 3 2 ^73
EDERSHEIM, Alfred.
Jesus the Messiah. 1898 232 27}
This is an abridged edition of Edersheini's "Life and times of Jesus the
Messiah."
Life and times of Jesus the Messiah. 2v. 1896 232 27
The same. 2v. 1886 r232 27
Prophecy and history in relation to the Messiah; the War-
burton lectures, 1880-1884; with two appendices on the
arrangement, analysis and recent criticism of the Pen-
tateuch. 1885 232 27?
FAIRBAIRN, Andrew Martin.
The place of Christ in modern theology. 1897 232 FiS
F.ARRAR, Frederic William, dean.
Life of Christ. 1895 232 F25
List of authorities, p.3i~32.
The same r232 F2S
FORREST, David W.
The Christ of history and of experience 232 78
FOUARD, Constant, 1'abbe.
Christ the son of God; a life of Christ. 2v. 1899 232 F82
Authorities, p.2i-2S.
Work of an able Roman Catholic priest, with a preface by Cardinal
Manning.
GARRETT, Alexander Charles.
Philosophy of the incarnation. 1891. (Baldwin lectures.) 232 Gio.
CHRISTOLOGY 167
GEIKIE, Cunningham.
Life and words of Christ. 2v. 1894 232 G28
The same. 2v. in i. 1895 232 GaSc
GILBERT, George Holley.
First interpreters of Jesus. 1901 232 G38f
Study of the New testament revelation of Jesus Christ.
Revelation of Jesus; a study of the primary sources of Chris-
tianity. 1899 232 G38r
Student's life of Jesus. 1898 232 G38
GORDON, George Angier.
Christ of to-day. 1896 232 G6s
GORE, Charles.
Incarnation of the Son of God. 1898. (Bampton lectures.) 232 G66
GORE, Charles, ed.
Lux mundi; a series of studies in the religion of the incar-
nation. 1890 232 G661
GRISWOLD, Rufus Wilmot, ed.
Life of the Saviour by the poets and painters. 1845 r232 G93
HALL, Charles Cuthbert.
Gospel of the divine sacrifice. 1898 232 Hi7
Interpretation of existing evangelistic beliefs.
HOFFMAN, Charles Frederick.
Christ, the patron of all true education. 1893 232 H67c
Gospel of youth in the God-man. 1895 232 H6/
HUGHES, Thomas.
Manliness of Christ 232 H8g
INNES, Alexander Taylor.
The trial of Jesus Christ; a legal monograph. 1899 232 124
KEIM, Theodor.
History of Jesus of Nazara freely investigated in its con-
nection with the national life of Israel. 6v. 1876-83. . . .232 Ki6
LANGE, Johann Peter.
Life of Christ, a complete critical examination of the ori-
gin, contents and connection of the Gospels. 4v. 1872. . . .232 L24
LEE, Gerald Stanley.
The shadow Christ; an introduction to Christ Himself.
1896 232 L$2
The author's theme is the connection between Moses, Job, David and
Isaiah, and Christ.
LIDDON, Henry Parry, canon.
Christmastide in St. Paul's; sermons. 1893 232 L68c
Divinity of Christ. 1894. (Bampton lectures.) 232 L68
Passiontide sermons. 1895 232 L68p
McKENZIE, Alexander, D.D.
The divine force in the life of the world. 1898. (Lowell
Institute lectures.) 232 Mi7
ORR, James.
The Christian view of God and the world, as centring in
the incarnation; being the Kerr lectures, 1890-91. 1897. .232 028
PAYNTER, Henry M.
The holy death; a critical exposition of all that is told us in the
New testament concerning the trial, condemnation and
168 CHRISTOLOGY
death of Jesus of Nazareth. 1883 232 P33ho
The holy life, comprising all that is told in the Gospels
concerning Jesus of Nazareth. 5v. 1886-89 232 ?33
v.i. History of Jesus' life until he entered upon His Judrean ministry.
v.a. The facts of Jesus' Judaean ministry.
v.3. Jesus' Galilaean ministry down to the close of His 3d circuit.
v.4. Closing months of Jesus' Galilaean ministry.
Y.S. Jesus' Peraean ministry.
The holy resurrection; a critical exposition of all that is told
us in the New testament concerning the resurrection and
ascension of Jesus. 1884 232 P33hol
The holy sorrow; a critical exposition of all that is told us
in the New testament concerning the sorrow in Gethsem-
ane. 1884 232 ?33h
PRESSENSfi. Edmond de.
Jesus Christ; his times, life and work. 1887 232 Pp2
The same. 1887 r232 Pg2
PROUDFOOT, Mrs Andrea Hofer.
Child's Christ-tales J232 Pg7
RENAN, Ernest.
Life of Jesus. 1896. (History of the origins of Christian-
ity.) 232 R33
Written from a sceptical standpoint similar to that of Strauss. Renan
considers Jesus only an extraordinary man, the highest moral re-
former the world has ever known. This is a new and very carefully
revised translation from the twenty-third and final French edition.
The same. 1896. (History of the origins of Christianity.) . . .r232 R33
The same. (History of the origins of Christianity.) 232 R33l
RHEES, Rush.
Life of Jesus of Nazareth. 1900 232 R38
"Books of reference on the life of Jesus," p.273~3o8.
"It is avowedly a study rather than a story, and as a companion to
the reading' of the gospels it seeks to answer some of the questions
which are raised by a sympathetic consideration of those narratives.
These answers are offered in an unargumentative way, even where
the questions are still in debate among scholars." Preface.
SAVAGE, Minot Judson.
Talks about Jesus. 1881 232 826
SCHWARTZKOPFF, Paul.
Prophecies of Jesus Christ, relating to His death, resur-
rection and second coming and their fulfilment. 1897. . . .232 839
SEELEY, Sir John Robert.
Ecce Homo; a survey of the life and work of Jesus Christ.
1894 232 845.
STALKER, James.
The Christology of Jesus; his teaching concerning himself
according to the synoptic gospels; Cunningham lec-
tures, 1899. 1900 232 S78c
Life of Jesus Christ. 1880 232 878
STAFFER, Edmond.
The death and resurrection of Jesus Christ. 1898 232 879.
STRAUSS, David Friedrich.
Life of Jesus critically examined; tr. fr. the German by George
Eliot. 1892 232 891
MAN 169
TAYLOR, J.
Life of Jesus Christ, likewise the lives of the apostles and
antient writers. 1818 r232 T25
Includes a life of John Huss, p. 234-272, and a life of Jerome of Prague,
p.273-299.
THOLUCK, August.
Light from the cross ; sermons on the passion of our Lord.
1869 232 T37
VALLINGS, James Frederick.
Jesus Christ, the divine man; his life and times. (Men of
the Bible.) 232 Vi6
Bibliographical note, p.3~4-
"Every effort has been made to present the physical and social environ-
ment briefly, yet accurately, in the light of modern research. In this
connection the archaeological and geographical labors of the Palestine
Exploration society have been largely drawn upon, and the most re-
cent records of travel." Preface.
VAN DYKE, Henry.
Gospel for a world of sin. 1899 *. 232 Vi8
WATSON, John Maclaren, (pseud. Ian Maclaren).
Life of the Master. 1901 q232 W32l
Published first in McClure's magazine, v. 14-16, Jan.-Nov. 1900.
A series of homilies on the life and character of Jesus, not a critical
study. Colored illustrations.
The upper room. 1895. (Little books on religion.) 232 W32
WEISS, Bernhard.
The life of Christ. 3v. 1892-94 232 W46
WENDT, Hans Hinrich.
Teaching of Jesus; tr. by John Wilson. 2v. 1897 232 W$i
WOODS, Francis Henry.
The hope of Israel ; a review of the argument from prophecy.
1896 232 W86
233 Man
BRADFORD, Amory Howe.
Heredity and Christian problems. 1895 2 33 B68
CAILLARD, Emma Marie.
Law and freedom. 1899 233 Ci2
Contents: The law of liberty. The relation of choice to freedom. The
Christian ideal of liberty. The limits of nature. Transcendentalism
and materialism.
Appeared first in the Contemporary review.
CHAUNCY, Charles.
Five dissertations on the scripture account of the Fall and
its consequences. 1785 r233 C4i
MERRIAM, George Spring.
Chief end of man. 1897 .' 233 M63
Contents: Our spiritual ancestry. The ideal of to-day. A traveler's note-
book.--Glimpses. Daily bread.
MULLER, Julius.
Christian doctrine of sin. 2v. 1885 233 M95
PHIPPS, Joseph.
Original and present state of man. 1876 233 ?S2
170 SALVATION
WESLEY, John.
Doctrine of original sin according to Scripture, reason and
experience, in answer to Dr. Taylor. 1817 r233
234 Salvation
ANDERSON, John, of Pennsylvania.
Scripture doctrine of the appropriation in the nature of saving
faith. 1875 234 AS4
CLARKE, James Freeman.
The Christian doctrine of forgiveness of sin; an essay.
1890 234 C53
COPINGER, Walter Arthur.
A treatise on predestination, election and grace; historical,
doctrinal and practical. 1889 234 C79
Bibliography, apx.p.i-2i6.
EDWARDS, Jonathan.
Careful inquiry into the freedom of the will. 1804 r234 31
The same. 1790 1*234 E3ici
MARSHALL, Walter.
The gospel-mystery of sanctification opened in sundry practi-
cal directions, to which is added a Sermon on justification.
1875 234 M4i
NEWMAN, John Henry, cardinal.
Essay in aid of a grammar of assent. 1898 234 N28
OLMSTEAD, Dwight Hinckley.
The protestant faith; or, Salvation by belief. 1897 234 023
PENTECOST, George Frederick.
Grace abounding in the forgiveness of sins ; five sermons.
1896 234 ?4i
ROBBINS, Wilford L.
Essay toward faith. 1900 234 R53
"Modest, unpretending little book. Small in bulk, it is charged with
spiritual meanings, and its style is as excellent as its thought. It
is, in effect, an effort to show to the faithless that the attitude of
faith in the unseen perfect Good is reasonable and wise, and to brace
up those 'fearful saints' whose spiritual courage is faint and low... It
would be difficult to find a wiser help to the inner life than this sug-
gestive little work." Spectator, 1900.
235 Angels, Devils, Satan
ASHTON, John.
The devil in Britain and America. 1896 235 A82
Bibliography, p. 340-363.
Account of demonology and witchcraft; compiled from original sources,
and containing many cases of witchcraft never before republished.
With reproductions of old' engravings.
CARUS, Paul.
History of the devil and the idea of evil, from the earliest
times to the present day. 1900 '. q235 C24
The same. 1900 qr235 C24
History and analysis of the conceptions of evil among the various
nations of the earth, discussing prehistoric devil worship, the beliefs
of the Accadians, Persians, Jews, Brahmans, Buddhists and early
FUTURE STATE 171
Christians, the demonology of the middle ages, the Inquisition, witch-
craft, and the history of the devil in verst and fable. Valuable chiefly
as a compilation and comparison of material and for its numerous
illustrations.
JOLY, Henri.
Psychology of the saints. 1898. (The saints.) 235 J3&
WHATELY, Richard.
View of the scripture revelations respecting good and evil
angels. 1856 r235 W$9
236 Death
ALDEN, Henry Mills.
Study of death. 1895 ". 236 A35
"A beautiful meditation on immortality not an argument but a clear,
deep emotion a message of a living universe and a divine love."
Critic, 1895.
ARNOLD, Sir Edwin.
Death and afterwards, with a supplement. 1897 236 A75
SMYTH, Newman
Place of death in evolution. 1897 236 S66
237 Future state
ALGER, William Rounseville.
Critical history of the doctrine of a future life. 1889 237 A3
CREMER, Hermann.
Beyond the grave. 1886 237 87
FARRAR, Frederic William, dean.
Eternal hope; five sermons. 1892 237 F25
Contents: What heaven is. Is life worth living?. "Hell," what it is
not. Are there few that be saved? Consequences of sin. Brief
sketch of eschatological opinions in the church.
GLADDEN, Washington.
Practice of immortality. 1901 237 G45
The author's idea is summarised in this quotation from the sermon:
"Suppose we stop speculating about the immortal life and begin to
practise it... You know well enough what kind of life it is that ought
to continue; live that life."
GORDON, George Angier.
Immortality and the new theodicy. 1897. (Ingersoll lecture.). .237 G6$
HILLIS, Newell Dwight.
Foretokens of immortality. 1897 2 37 Hs6
Contents: Foregleams of immortality. Immortality and life's withheld
completions. Christ and immortality. The witness of great men to
immortality.
HOGG, James, publisher, comp.
Wider hope; essays on the doctrine of future punishment.
1890 237 H68
Contents: On the supposed scriptural expression for eternity, by
Thomas De Quincey. Future punishment by J. H. Jellett, John Tul-
loch, William Arthur, J. B. Brown, John Hunt, R. F. Littledale, Ed-
ward White, George Salmon, E. H. Plumptre, Henry Allon, J. H.
Rigg, T. R. Birks, D. Gracey, A. J. B. Beresford-Hope, W. B. Rands
and J. E. B. Mayor. Eternal hope, by F. W. Farrar. Ionian me-
tempsychosis, by Francis Peek. Mercy and judgment, by F. W.
Farrar.
Bibliography, p. 409-436.
172 CREEDS
SEARS, Edmund Hamilton.
Forcgleams and foreshadows of immortality. 1890 237 843
Revised and enlarged edition of "Athanasia."
WELLDON, James Edward Cowell.
The hope of immortality. 1898 237 W48
238 Creeds, catechisms
BEVERIDGE, William, bp.
Church-catechism explained, for the use of the diocese of
St. Asaph. 1704 r238 646
BURN. A.E. .
Introduction to the creeds and to the Te Deum. 1899 238 692
DE WITT, John, and others.
Ought the confession of faith to be revised? 1890 238 DSI
EVANS, Llewellyn J. and others.
How shall we revise the Westminster confession of faith?
1890 238 DSI
Bound with De Witt's Ought the confession of faith to be revised?
FORD, Paul Leicester, ed.
The New-England primer; a history of its origin and devel-
opment, with a reprint of the earliest known edition.
1897. (The book lovers' library of early American litera-
ture.) r238 F76
Appendices: Reprint of the New English tutor. Reprint of Roger's Ex-
hortation unto his children. Cotton Mather's Plea for catechising.
Clarke's Saying the catechism. Reprint of the Holy Bible in verse.
Bibliography of the New England primer. Variorum of the New Eng-
land primer.
JACOBS, Henry Eyster, ed.
Augsburg confession; tr. fr. the Latin in 1536, by Richard
Taverner, with the variations of the English transla-
tions, directly or indirectly dependent thereon, by H.
E. Jacobs. 1888 r238 Ji3
LUTHERAN CHURCH.
Book of Concord; or, The symbolic books of the Evangel-
ical Lutheran church; ed. by H. E. Jacobs, v.i. 1882. . .r238 Lo8
v.i. The confessions.
MACLEAR, George Frederick.
Introduction to the creeds. 1898. (Elementary theological
class-books.) 238
MACLEAR, George Frederick, & Williams, W.W.
Introduction to the articles of the Church of England. 1895. .238
MITCHELL, Alexander Ferrier, & Struthers, John, ed.
Minutes of the sessions of the Westminster assembly of di-
vines, while preparing their directory for church govern-
ment, confession of faith and catechisms, 1644-1649. 1874. . .238 M74
MORRIS, Edward Dafydd.
. Theology of the Westminster symbols; a commentary on
the confession of faith and catechisms and the related
formularies of the Presbyterian churches. 1900 238 M9I
CREEDS 173
NEW-England primer, to which is added the Assembly of di-
vines and Mr Cotton's catechism r238 N26
The same, to which is added the Assembly's Shorter cate-
chism r238 N26p
NEW YORK TRIBUNE.
The Presbyterian faith; proposed revision of the Westminster
standards; Dr Briggs's appointment vetoed; proceedings of
the General assembly at Detroit. 1891. (Library of Tri-
bune extras.) qr238 N26i
Bound with the following.
Presbyterian issues; the General assembly of 1892; revision
and Dr Briggs. 1892. (Library of Tribune extras.) qr238 N26i
Bound with the following.
Presbyterianism and creed revision; the General assembly
of 1890. 1890. (Library of Tribune extras.) qr238 N26i
PALMER, Frederic.
Studies in the theological definition underlying the Apostles'
and Nicene creeds. 1895 238 Pig
PRESBYTERIAN CHURCH IN THE UNITED STATES
General assembly.
Constitution containing the confession of faith, the catechisms
and the directory for the worship of God; with the plan of
government and discipline. 1839 r238 P92
SCHAFF, Philip.
Creeds of Christendom. 3v. 1884-90 238 829
"Of these volumes, the first contains the historical narrative, while the
second and third contain the text of the creeds, both in the original
language and in translation. The first, therefore, is to be regarded
as a history of Christian doctrine, while the others are an embodi-
ment of the doctrines themselves. In the second volume are to be
found the Greek and Latin creeds, with translations; in the third,
the Evangelical Protestant creeds." C. K. Adams.
WARFIELD, Benjamin Breckinridge.
On the revision of the confession of faith. 1890 238 DSI
Bound with De Witt's Ought the confession of faith to be revised?
The significance of the Westminster standards as a creed.
1898 238 W22
An address of 36 pages delivered before the presbytery of New York,
Nov. 8, 1897.
WARNER, Beverley E.
The facts and the faith; a study in the rationalism of the
Apostles' creed. 1897 238 W23
A careful study in the light of the facts of history and the results of
scientific investigation, of the faith as set forth in the Apostles' creed,
and an answer to those who assert that Christianity is not in accord
with science.
WESTCOTT, Brooke Foss, bp.
Historic faith ; lectures on the Apostles' creed. 1900 238 W$6
WILLARD, Samuel.
Compleat body of divinity in two hundred and fifty lectures
on the Assembly's shorter catechism. 1726 qr238 W73
"Catalogue of the author's works," p.gis.
"First folio published in America." Allibone.
174 EVIDENCES OF CHRISTIANITY
239 Evidences of Christianity
ANDREWS. Samuel James.
Christianity and anti-christianity in their final conflict. 1899. .239 A$6
Contents: Teachings of the Scriptures respecting the antichrist. The
falling away of the church. Tendencies in our day preparing the
way of the antichrist. Reign of the antichrist. Summary and con-
clusion.
ARNOLD, Matthew.
God & the Bible; a review of objections to "Literature &
dogma." 1893 239 A75
Contents: The God of miracles. The God of metaphysics. The God of
experience. The Bible-canon. The fourth gospel from without. The
fourth gospel from within.
The same. 1 898 r239 A75
Literature & dogma; an essay towards a better apprehension
of the Bible. 1893 239 A75l
The same. 1898 r239 A75l
BRUCE, Alexander Balmain.
Apologetics; or, Christianity defensively stated. 1895 239 682
BUSHNELL, Horace.
Nature and the supernatural as together constituting the one
system of God. 1891 239 Bo6
BUTLER, Joseph, bp.
Analogy of religion to the course of nature. 1893 239 697
The same. 1863 r239 697
Works; ed. by W. E. Gladstone. 2v. 1896 239 B97w
v.i. Analogy of religion.
v.2. bermons.
CHATEAUBRIAND, Francois Auguste, vicomte de.
Genie du christianisme 239 C39g
The genius of Christianity; or, The spirit and beauty of
the Christian religion. 1884 239 C39
Contents: Mysteries and sacraments. Virtues and moral laws. The
truths of the Scriptures the Fall of man. Continuation of the
truths of Scriptures objections against the system of Moses. The
existence of God demonstrated by the wonders of nature. The im-
mortality of the soul proved by the moral law and the feelings. Gen-
eral survey of Christian epic poems. Of poetry considered in its rela-
tions to man. Of the marvellous; or, Of poetry in its relations to
supernatural beings. The Bible and Homer. The fine arts. Philoso-
phy. History. Eloquence. The harmonies of the Christian religion
with the scenes of nature and the passions of the human heart.
Churches, ornaments, singing, prayers, etc. Tombs. General view of
the clergy. Missions. Military orders or chivalry. Services ren-
dered to mankind by the clergy and by the Christian religion in
general.
Biographical sketch of the author, p. 23-42.
"An inefficient production from the point of view of serious argument
. . .A masterpiece of literary art." Encyclopaedia Britannica.
CHRISTLIEB, Theodor.
Modern doubt and Christian belief. 1895 239 C46
COOPER, Samuel M.
Evidences of Christianity. 1839 r239 C78
FISHER, George Park.
Grounds of theistic and Christian belief. 1896 239 F$3g
Manual of Christian evidences. 1892. (Chautauqua reading
circle literature.) 239 F53
DEVOTIONAL AND PRACTICAL THEOLOGY 175
FOX, James J.
Religion and morality; their nature and mutual relations his-
torically and doctrinally considered. 1899 239 F85
General bibliography precedes the introduction and brief lists follow the
chapters.
Dissertation for the doctorate in theology at the Catholic university
of America.
HODGE, Charles.
What is Darwinism? 1874 r239 H66
PALEY, William.
A view of the evidences of Christianity r266 Mj6
Bound with Moffat's Missionary labours and scenes in southern Africa.
The same. 1830. (In his Works, v.2.) 208 Pi8 v.2
RAWLINSON, George.
Historical evidences of the truth of the Scripture records.
1885. (Bampton lectures.) 239 R23
THOMSON, William, abp. ed.
Aids to faith; a series of essays, being a reply to Essays and
reviews. 1862 239 T38
Contents: On miracles as evidences of Christianity, by H. L. Mansel.
On the study of the evidences of Christianity, by William Fitzgerald.
Prophecy, by A. McCaul. Ideology and subscription, by F. C.
Cook. The Mosaic record of creation, by A. McCaul. On the
genuineness and authenticity of the Pentateuch, by George Rawlinson.
Inspiration, by E. H. Browne. The death of Christ, by William
Thomson. Scripture, and its interpretation, by C. J. Ellicott.
WRIGHT, George Frederick.
Scientific aspects of Christian evidences. 1898 239 W93
Contents: Limits of scientific thought. The paradoxes of science. God
and nature. Darwinism and design. Mediate miracles. Beyond
reasonable doubt. Newly discovered external evidences of Christian-
ity. The testimony of textual criticism. Internal evidences of the
early date of the four gospels. Positive results of the cumulative
evidence.
WYNNE, Frederick Richards, and others.
Literature of the 2d century; short studies in Christian evi-
dences. 1891 239 W99
Authorities, p.2.
240 Devotional and practical
BROOKS, Phillips, bp.
Best methods of promoting spiritual life, and A communion
address 240 677
BROWNE, Sir Thomas.
Religio medici; Letter to a friend; and Christian morals.
1892 '. 240 B8in
The same; with Urn-burial and other papers. 1862 240 B8ir
BUNYAN, John.
Works, with an introduction to each treatise, notes and a
sketch of his life, times and contemporaries; ed. by
George Offor. 3v. 1858 Q24O B88
v.i-2. Experimental, doctrinal and practical.
v. 3. Allegorical, figurative and symbolical, (including Pilgrim's
progress).
i;6 DEVOTIONAL AND PRACTICAL THEOLOGY
CHILD'S catechism, to which are added a serious address to chil-
dren and some important verses on various subjects. 1809.
Pittsburgh r24O C43
FfiNELON, Frangois.
Spiritual letters; letters to men. 1891 240 F35
Spiritual letters; letters to women. 1894 240 F35s
GLADDEN, Washington.
The Christian way; whither it leads and how to go on.
1877 240 G4S
MARTINEAU, James.
Hours of thought on sacred things. 2v. 1888-96 240 M43h
WARD, Mrs Humphry.
New forms of Christian education; an address to the Uni-
versity hall guild. 1898 .'240 W2i
FULLER, Thomas.
Holy and profane states; with account of the author 241 FgS
PENINGTON, Isaac.
Letters. 1828 241 P$g
TAYLOR, Jeremy.
Holy living and dying. 1891 241 T25
TOLSTOI, Lyof Nikolaievitch, count.
Life 241 Ts8
My confession, and The spirit of Christ's teaching 241 Ts8m
My confession, My religion, and The gospel in brief. 1899. .241 T58m2
My religion. 1884 241 TsSmy
Another translation has the title "What I believe."
AUGUSTINE, St.
Confessions ; ed. by W. G. T. Shedd. 1885 242 A92
The same; tr. by J. G. Pilkington. 1876 242 Ag2co
The same; ed. by Temple Scott. 1900 242 A92CO2
BAXTER, Richard.
Saint's everlasting rest. 1847 242 633
BOYD, Andrew Kennedy Hutchison, comp.
To meet the day through the Christian year. 1889 242 B66
KEBLE, John.
Christian year, with meditations from H. P. Liddon. 1887. .242 Ki5
MEIKLE, James.
The traveller; or, Meditations on various subjects written
on board a man of war, to which is added Converse
with the world unseen. 1815 r242 M$7
Life of the author, p. 156.
PASCAL, Blaise.
Pensees. 1858 242 P27p
Appendices: Lettre de Pascal sur la mort de son pere. Extraits de
quelques lettres a Mile de Roannez. Priere pour demander a Dieu
le bon usage des maladies. Preface sur Le traite du vide. De 1'esprit
geometrique. Difference entre Fesprit de geometric et 1'esprit de
finesse. De 1'art de persuader. Pensees sur 1'eloquence et le style.
Discours sur les passions de 1'atnour. Discours sur la condition des
grands, 1652-1653. Entretien de Pascal avec Sacy sur Epictete et
Montaigne.
"Vie de Pascal, ecrite par Mme Perier," p. 5-37.
Thoughts, letters and opuscules. 1893 242 P27
DEVOTIONAL AND PRACTICAL THEOLOGY 177
PATMORE, Coventry Kearsey Dighton.
The rod, the root and the flower. 1895 242 P2Q
Epigrams and short paragraphs upon religious and philosophical
subjects.
PUSEY, Edward Bouverie.
Spiritual letters; ed. by J. O. Johnston and W. C. E. New-
bolt. 1898 242 PpS
Chiefly letters of advice with regard to the trials of the spiritual life.
THOMAS A KEMPIS.
Of the imitation of Christ. 1887 242 T37
WELWOOD, Andrew.
Meditations representing a glimpse of glory; or, A gospel dis-
covery of Emmanuel's land. 1824 r242 Wsi
ZSCHOKKE, Johann Heinrich Daniel.
Meditations on death and eternity. 1863 242 Z83
Meditations on life and its religious duties. 1863 242 Z83m
Stunden der andacht, zur beforderung wahren Christenthums
und hauslicher Gottesverehrung. 8v. in 4. 1890 242 Z83S
BAXTER, Richard.
Call to the unconverted to turn and live r243 633
BOOTH, Mrs Catherine (Mumford).
Papers on aggressive Christianity. 1891 243 663
DEANE, William John.
The Christian's privileges. 1891 243 034
FABER, Frederick William.
Creator and the creature; or, The wonders of divine love.
1857 243 Fi I
Growth in holiness; or, The progress of the spiritual life.
1854 243 Fug
GUTHRIE, William, 1626-1665.
The Christian's great interest. 1815 r243 Go8
Memoir of the author, p.3-$6.
MILLER, William Haig.
Mirage of life. 1866 r243 M69
SPURGEON, Charles Haddon.
According to promise; or, The Lord's method of dealing with
his chosen people. 1887 243 877
WILCOCKS, Thomas.
Kostlicher honigtropfen aus dem felsen Christus; oder, Ein
kurzes wort der ermahnung an alle heilige und sunder. .. .r243 W7I
WITHER, George.
Paralellogrammaton. 1882. (Spenser society. Publica-
tions, v.33.) r243 W82
Reprint of the edition of 1662.
Exhortatory epistle addressed to the three nations of England, Scotland
and Ireland, drawing a parallel between their sins and those of Judah
and Israel, and warning the people to a timely repentance.
AIDS to the devout life. 1898 244 A28
Contents: "The pilgrim's progress" and the life divine, by John Brown.
"The imitation of Christ," by F. D. Huntington. The "Holy living
and dying," by A. H. Bradford. Browning's "Saul," by H. W. Mabie.
Keble's "Christian year," by Henry Van Dyke.
Reprinted from the "Outlook."
ASHWORTH, John.
Strange tales from humble life, ist-4th ser. v.i-4, in i.
178 DEVOTIONAL AND PRACTICAL THEOLOGY
1865-70 244 A83
True stories of experience among the very poor in an English manu-
facturing district.
CANTON, William.
W. V.'s golden legend. 1898 J244 17
"Stories of the saints and hermits, of the old abbeys and minsters, of
visions and miracles, and the ministry of angels," as told to little "W.
V." Throughout these tales there lingers a touch of quaintness and
strong imaginative feeling truly mediaeval.
CHARLES, Mrs Elizabeth (Rundle).
Sketches of Christian life in England in the olden time, and
Sketches of the United Brethren of Bohemia and Moravia.
1865 244 C37
Tales and sketches of Christian life in different lands and
ages. 1866 244 C37t
COLLINS, Mrs Jane Spear (Taylor).
Emma's triumph. 1891 r 244 C7i
The same. 1891 244 C7i
COMENIUS, Johannes Amos.
The labyrinth of the world and the paradise of the heart;
tr. by Count Liitzow. 1901 244 C73
"Founded on the world-old conceit that imagines the world as a city and
man as a pilgrim, who beholds and examines it... Of all allegorical
tales, the one that bears most resemblance to the 'Labyrinth' is the
'Pilgrim's Progress.' " Introduction.
ERASMUS, Desiderius.
Colloquies; tr. by N. Bailey; ed. with notes by E. Johnson.
2v. 1878 244 71
"He composed this work partly that young persons might have a book to
teach them the Latin language, and religious and moral sentiments,
and partly to cure the world, if possible, of the abuses and supersti-
tious devotion of which the monks were the authors and abettors.
He is not so well known to the public by any of his works as by his
'Colloquies.' They abound in wit and taste, biting satire and elegant
criticism, and contain very good descriptions of life and manners."
A. R. Pennington, in his "Life and character of Erasmus,"
FERRAR, Nicholas.
Story books of Little Gidding; the religious dialogues recited
in the Great room, 1631-2. 1899 244 F4i
Sketch of the author, by E. C. Sharland, p.8-40.
The community at Little Gidding was formed about 1626 by Nicholas
Ferrar, the members being his relatives. No vows were taken, his
aim being only the organization of a family life on the basis of putting
devotion in the first place among practical duties. The^e quaint reli-
gious dialogues, interludes, etc. were compiled by Ferrar to be re-
cited by the community on church feasts and holidays.
GASPARIN, Valerie (Boissier), comtesse de.
Under French skies. 1888 244 Gzi
Tales and sketches of French peasant life from a semi-religious point of
HEPWORTH, George Hughes.
Hiram Golf's religion. 1894 244 H4S
JACOBUS de VORAGINE.
Leaves from the Golden legend; chosen by H. D. Madge.
1899 244 Ji3
Biographical sketch of the author, p.7-8.
LUTHER, Martin.
Table talk. 1890 244 LgS
Life of Luther, by Alexander Chalmers, p. 25-97.
HYMNOLOGY 179
MUSINGS and memories. 1874 244 MoS
REIFSNIDER, Mrs Calvin Kryder.
True memory, the philosopher's stone, its loss through Adam
its recovery through Christ. 1896 244 R3I
SCHABALIE, John Philip.
The pilgrim soul; or, Dialogues between the pilgrim soul and
Adam, Noah and Simon Cleophas. 1838. Pittsburgh 244 829
SHELDON, Charles Monroe.
John King's question class. 1899 244 854
"This little story... was first read to my own Sunday evening congrega-
tion... Every Sunday a list of written questions was handed me by
the young people and during the week I put them into the chapter
of the story read at the next Sunday evening service.. .There has been
no attempt... to give long, complete, exhaustive answers to wise, theo-
logical, or deeply philosophical questions." Preface.
WALTON, Joseph, of the Society of Friends.
Footprints and waymarks. 1894 244 Wigl
WALTON, Joseph, of the Society of Friends, comp.
Incidents and reflections. 1888 ; 244 Wi9
245 Hymnology
AUSBUND, das ist schone christliche lieder. 1751 r24S A93
BENSON, Louis F. ed.
Best church hymns. 1899 245 644
BIBLE Old testament.
The whole Book of psalms in metre, with hymns suited to
the feasts and fasts of the church. 1806 .r2O4 C73b
Bound with the Book of common prayer.
BLAGDEN, Silliman.
Some poems to the praise of God. 1893 245 852
BROWNLIE, John.
Hymns and hymn writers of the church hymnary. 1899 r245 B82
BROWNLIE, John, tr.
Hymns of the Greek church, with introduction and notes.
1900 245 682
CHARLES, Mrs Elizabeth (Rundle).
Voice of Christian life in song; or, Hymns and hymn- writers
of many lands and ages. 1872 245 C37
CHRISTOPHERS, Samuel Woolcock.
Hymn-writers and their hymns 245 C46
Considers many of our familiar hymns, their origin, the circumstances
under which they were written, their character and influence.
DUFFIELD, Samuel Willoughby.
English hymns; their authors and history. 1894 245 D87
Latin hymn-writers and their hymns. 1889 245 087!
Bibliography, p. 416-445.
ERSKINE, Ralph.
Gospel sonnets; or, Spiritual songs. 1793 r24S 78
GREATRAKE, Laurence.
Harp of Zion. 1827 r24S G82
HAVERGAL, Frances Ridley.
Poetical works. 1896 245 H3S
i8o HYMNOLOGY
H ORDER, W.Garrett.
The hymn lover: an account of the rise and growth of English
hymnody 245 H79
HUNTER, Rev. William, comp.
Select melodies, comprising the best hymns and spiritual songs
in common use. 1858 r245 Hp4
HYMNS in Dakota for use in the missionary jurisdiction of
Niobrara. 1879 r245 HQ9
JULIAN; John, ed.
Dictionary of hymnology. 1892 r245 Jsi
Sets forth the origin and history of Christian hymns of all ages and na-
tions, with special reference to those contained in the hymn books of
English-speaking countries. Contains biographical and critical notices
of their authors and translators, and historical articles on national and
denominational hymnody, breviaries, missals, psalters, etc.
LOUGHRIDGE, R. M. & Winslett, David, comp.
Nakcokv esyvhiketv; Muskokee hymns. 1880 r24S L92
LUTHER, Martin.
Luther as a hymnist; comp. by Bernhard Pick. 1875 2 45
Biographical sketch of Luther, p.g-zg.
Translations of Luther's hymns.
MARCH, Francis Andrew, comp.
Latin hymns with English notes. 1874 245
NEU und vollstandig eingerichtete anweisung, zu denen hierin-
nen stehenden geistreichen psalmen und liedern r24S
PRESBYTERIAN BOARD OF PUBLICATION.
Nuevo himnario de las iglesias evangelicas. 1885 r245 Pg2
SCHAFF, Philip, comp.
Christ in song; hymns selected from all ages. 1879 245 829
Bibliography, p.g-io.
SCHLETTERER, Hans Michel.
Geschichte der geistlichen dichtung und kirchlichen tonkunst,
in ihrem zusammenhange, mit der politischen und socialen
entwickelung, insbesondere des deutschen volkes. v.i.
1869 r24S S34
Hymnologische quellenwerke, v.i, p.s63~s69.
SELBORNE, Roundell Palmer, earl of.
Book of praise from the best English hymn writers. 1891 245 846
SPIRIT of praise; a collection of hymns, old and new r245 875
WINKWORTH, Catherine.
Christian singers of Germany. 1869 245 W78
WITHER, George.
Haleluiah; or, Britans second remembrancer. 3v. in i.
1879. (Spenser society. Publications, v.26-27.) r245 W82
Reprint of the edition of 1641.
Collection of 273 hymns, VVither's best work as a religious poet.
Hymnes and songs of the church. 1881. (Spenser society.
Publications, v.3O.) r245 W82h
Reprint of the edition of 1623.
"Great part of this collection consists of metrical paraphrases -of the
Psalms and Song of Solomon, but there are also some hymns the in-
spiration of which is due to no one but Wither himself." Ward's "Eng-
lish poets."
RELIGIOUS ART, VESTMENTS, ETC. 181
246-247 Religious art, vestments, etc.
EVANS, Edward Payson.
Animal symbolism in ecclesiastical architecture. 1896 246 94
Bibliography, p. 343-349.
HULME, Frederick Edward.
History, principles and practice of symbolism in Christian
art. 1892 246 Hgi
MALE, fimile.
L'art religieux du XHIe siecle en France; etude sur
1'iconographie du moyen age et sur ses sources d'inspi-
ration. 1898 qr246 M28
"Index bibliographique," p.5i5-5i9.
PfiRATfi, Andre.
L'archeologie chretienne. 1892. (Bibliotheque de 1'en-
seignement des beaux-arts.) 246 P42
Bibliography, p.8.
TYRWHITT, Richard St. John.
Art teaching of the primitive church, with an index of sub-
jects, historical and emblematic 246 T98
The teaching of the primitive church as reflected in some of the ancient
relics and monuments of Christian art up to the time of the first
Italian renaissance. Contains a useful chapter on Lombard art and
an index of historical and emblematic subjects of sacred art.
BARRETT, William Alexander.
Flowers and festivals; or, Directions for the floral decora-
tions of churches. 1868 r247 626
BLOXAM, Matthew Holbeche.
Companion to The principles of Gothic architecture; a
brief account of the vestments in use in the church prior
to, and from the reign of Edward VI. 1882 247 656
PUGIN, Augustus Welby Northmore, comp.
Glossary of ecclesiastical ornament and costume. i868...qr247 Ps8
SEYMOUR, William Wood.
The cross in tradition, history and art. 1898 qr247 852
Bibliography, p.2i-3o.
STOKES, Margaret McNair.
Early Christian art in Ireland. 2v. in i. 1894. (South Ken-
sington museum art handbooks.) 247 S8/
Contents: Illumination. -Irish scribes on the cgntinent. Metal-work.
Sculpture. Building and architecture. Chronological table of exam-
ples of Irish art.
248 Personal religion
BABCOCK, Maltbie Davenport.
Thoughts for every-day living. 1901 248 Bri
BLACK, Hugh.
Culture and restraint. 1901 248 851
The subject is the old conflict between Hebraism and Hellenism, self-
repression and self-expression, the ascetic ideal and the aesthetic ideal.
"Not many books on ethical questions show such a breadth of sympathy
with divergent views; and it is not often that we find one which,
while free from casuistry, supplies its readers with such wholesome
guidance for the direction of their own practice." Nation, 1901.
182 PERSONAL RELIGION
CHARBONNEL, Victor.
Victory of the will; tr. by Emily Whitney. 1899 248 37
An argument for living an individual life and developing one's own per-
sonality by means of its inner power and its free will to live.
DALE, Robert William.
Laws of Christ for common life. 1898 248 Di6
DOLE, Charles Fletcher.
Religion of a gentleman. 1900 248 D6g
"Not of the superior and critical kind... His terms are taken in the
modern and democratic sense; by 'gentleman' he means any young
man who aims to know and do the right and the religion he recom-
mends is a life and not a convention. His ruling ideas are those of
his own time and not of former ages, and he urges them in a manly
and kindly way which leaves small room for objection." Nation, 1900.
DRESSER, Horatio Willis.
The Christ ideal; a study of the spiritual teachings of Jesus.
1901 248 D8i
DRUMMOND, Henry.
The ideal life. 1898 248 084
Memorial sketches of the author by Ian Maclaren and W. R. Nicoll,
P-i-45-
GOULBURN, Edward Meyrick.
Thoughts on personal religion. 1888 248 G73
JOHNSON, Elias Henry.
The highest life; a story of shortcomings and a goal, in-
cluding a friendly analysis of the Keswick movement.
1901 248 J36
A thoughtful discussion of some of the aspects of Christian living.
MARTINEAU, James.
Endeavors after the Christian life. 1895 248 M43
MEYER, Frederick Brotherton.
The secret of guidance. 1896 248 M6s
MILLER, James Russell.
Life's byways and waysides. 1895 248 M69
Making the most of life. 1891 248 Mogm
NATT, George Washington.
Plain sermons on personal religion. 1867 248 Ni5
NEWBOLT, William Charles Edmund.
Religion. 1899. (Oxford library of practical theology.) . . . .248 N26
PARKHURST, Charles' Henry.
Sunny side of Christianity. 1901 .248 P24
Contents: Love in the heart versus phosphorus in the brain. Love as
a theory and love as an experience. Acquiring the love lesson.
Love considered as a lubricant. Loving, a means of knowing.
ROMAN CATHOLIC CHURCH.
Kurtzer begriff deren nothwendigsten gebetteren eines
catholischen Christen, worinnen enthalten morgens-,
abends-, mess-, beicht- und communion-gebetter; ver-
fertiget von Matthaeo Vogel; nebst einem zusatz deren
tag-zeiten, litaneyen, bett stunden, und aller andachten
welche das jahr durch begangen werden. 1760 r248 R6s
SAVAGE, Minot Judson.
The religious life. 1885 248 $26
PREACHING 183
SEWARD, Theodore F.
School of life; divine Providence in the light of modern
science. 1894 248 851
SMITH, Mrs Hannah (Whitall).
Christian's secret of a happy life. 1888 248 864
250 Homiletic
LIDDON, Henry Parry, canon.
Clerical life and work ; sermons. 1895 250 L68
Contains sermons on Bishop Wilberforce, John Keble and E. B. Pusey.
WATSON, John Maclaren, (pseud. Ian Maclaren).
Church folks; practical studies in congregational life. 1900. .250 W32
Contents: How to make the most of a sermon. How to make the most
of your minister. The candy-pull system in the church. The mutineer
in the church. Should the old clergyman be shot? The minister and
the organ. The pew and the man in it. The genteel tramps in our
churches. Is the minister an idler? -The minister and his vacation.
The revival of a minister.
Appeared first in the Ladies' home journal.
CROSS, Jonathan.
Five years in the Alleghanies. 1863 1*253 C8g
Account of the author's experiences as a colporteur for the American
tract society in West Virginia and western Pennsylvania in the forties.
251 Preaching
BEHRENDS, Adolphus Julius Frederick.
Philosophy of preaching. 1890 251 638 '
BROADUS, John Albert.
Lectures on the history of preaching. 1901 251 675 ,
Contents: Specimens of preaching in the Bible. Preaching in the early
Christian centuries. Medieval and reformation preaching. The great
French preachers. The English pulpit.
Bibliography, p. 236-241.
BROOKS, Phillips, bp.
Lectures on preaching. 1893 251 677
GREER, David H.
The preacher and his place. 1895 251 G8s
JEFFERSON, Charles Edward.
Quiet hints to growing preachers in my study. 1901 251 J23
McCONNELL, Samuel D.
Sermon stuff. 1888 , 251 Mi3
Fifty-five sermon outlines, by an eminent preacher.
PATTISON, T. Harwood.
The making of the sermon; for the class-room and the
study. 1898 251 ?3i
RUSKIN, John.
Letters to the clergy on the Lord's prayer and the church,
with replies from clergy and laity; ed. with essays and
comments by F. A. Malleson. 1896 251 RSg
TUCKER, William Jewett.
Making and the unmaking of the preacher; lectures on the
Lyman Beecher foundation. 1898 251 T8i
Contents: Preaching under modern conditions. The making of the
>
184 SERMONS
preacher by education. The unmaking process. The preacher and his
art. What the preacher owes to the truth. What the preacher owes ' "
to men. The pulpit and the church. The optimism of Christianity. ' r-3
VAN DYKE, Henry.
The gospel.for an age of doubt; Yale lectures on preach- ,-;'- "'
ing, 1896. 1896 . v 25/'Vi8
In these lectures Dr Van Dyke has sought to point out what to preach
rather than how to preach. _,
WATSON, John Maclaren, (pseud. Ian Maclaren).
The cure of souls; Lyman Beecher lectures on preaching,
1896. 1896 .'.. i . '-. //. .. . .251 W32
252 Sermons \ <
ADAMS, John Coleman.
Leisure of God, and other studies in the spjrituarevolution.
1895 '.,:.",.' 252 A2i
ADLER, Liebman.
Sabbath hours; thoughts. 1893. (Jetyish publication so-
ciety of America.) :...'. 252 A23
ALEXANDER, Archibald, 1772-1851. .
Sermon delivered at the opening o^the General assembly
of the Presbyterian church in the 'United States, May
1808. 1808 ^ .". r26s Ri7
Bound with other pamphlets. v.
ANNAN, John Ebenezer. '; '
Sermons, doctrinal and practical. 1863 252 A6i
Memoir, p. 5-26.
BEECHER, Henry Ward.
Plymouth pulpit sermons. 4v. 1892 252 637
Sermons. 2v. 1868 252 6375
BOSSUET, Jacques Benigne, bp.
Oraisons funebres. 2v. in i. 1879 252 664
Oraison funebre de Henriette Marie de France, Henriette Anne d'An-
gleterre, Maria Therese d'Autriche, Anne de Gonzague de Cleves,
Michel le Tellier, chancelier de France, Louis de Bourbon, prince de
Conde, Pere Bourgoing, superieur de 1'Oratoire, Madame Yolande de
Monterby, Henri de Gornay, Nicolas Cornet.
BRACE, Charles Loring.
Short sermons to news boys, with a history of the forma-
tion of the News boys' lodging house. 1866 252 667
BROOKE, Stopford Augustus.
The gospel of joy. 1898 252 6772
Sermons on various subjects.
BROOKS, Phillips, bp.
Sermons; ser.i-& 8v. 1893-97 252 6775
v.i. Sermons.
v.2. Candle of the Lord, and other sermons.
v.3. Sermons preached in English churches.
v.4. Twenty sermons.
v.s. Light of the world, and other sermons.
v.6. Sermons.
v.7. Sermons for the principal festivals and fasts of the church year.
v.8. New starts in life, and other sermons.
"Behind the literary excellences. . .is a practical acquaintance with the
weakness and strength of men's souls not acquired in the study and
not often possessed by popular preachers." Academy, 1891.
SERMONS 185
BROWN, Matthew.
Discourse delivered in the Presbyterian church, Washing-
ton, Pa., on the occasion of his resigning his charge of
that congregation. 1823 r26s Ri7
Bound with other pamphlets.
BURTON, Nathaniel Judson.
In pulpit and parish; ed. by R. E. Burton; Yale lectures on
preaching. 1896 252 By^
Funeral addresses delivered at the funeral of the Rev. Dr. Burton by
Timothy Dwight and others, p.ii-28.
COLLYER, Robert.
The life that now is; sermons. 1890 252 71
CONTEMPORARY pulpit, Jan. i884-Dec. 1893; ist-2d ser.
2ov. 1884-93 252 C;6
Indices to the ist-2d ser. 2V. 1888-93.
Contains sermons, outlines of sermons and expositions by distinguished
English clergymen, besides articles on church life in different Eng-
lish towns, sermon notes, etc.
COPLEY, Josiah.
Gatherings in Beulah. 1878 252 C79
DAU, William Henry Theodore, ed.
"I am the resurrection and the life ;" a book of funeral ser-
mons by Lutheran pastors. 1899 252 D27
DRUMMOND, Henry.
Stones rolled away, and other addresses to young men,
delivered in America. 1899 252 D84
DWIGHT, Timothy.
Thoughts of and for the inner life; sermons. 1899 252 097
FARRAR, Frederic William, dean.
The fall of man, and other sermons. 1893 252 F25l
Saintly workers; five Lenten lectures. 1892 252 F25s
The silence and the voices of God, with other sermons. 1892. . .252 F25
FOXELL, W. J.
God's garden; Sunday talks with boys. 1896 252 F8$
HAMMOND, Henry.
Workes. v.i. 1574 qr252 H22
v.i. Collection of discourses.
Life of the author by John Fell, v.i, p. 1-56.
The date on the title page is a misprint for 1674.
HODGES, George.
The battles of peace; sermons. 1899 252 H66b
Christianity between Sundays. 1892 252 H66
Heresy of Cain, sermons. 1894 252 H66h
In this present world; sermons. 1897 252 H66i
The same. 1897 r2S2 H66
One day in seven; a sermon, Advent, 1889. 1889. (Calvary
church tracts, no.7.) 252 H66o
Path of life. 1900 252 H66p
Contents: Facing the dawn. The passing of opportunity. When Christ
came. The Christian minister. The Christmas message. Redeeming
the time. The social Epiphany. The conviction of sin. Repentance.
The grief of God. The renewing of the mind. The indifference of
the saints. The resurrection of the dead. Beyond the grave. The
Holy Spirit in the church. The ten lepers. At Decapolis. The
Christian in controversy. The lawyer's two questions. Continual
thanks.
186 SERMONS
Purpose and the lesson of the Bible ; a sermon, Epiphany 1890.
1890. (Calvary church tracts, no.8.) 252 H66o
Bound with his One day in seven.
HUNTER, Rev. William, ed.
Original sermons by ministers of the Pittsburgh, Erie and
western Virginia conferences of the Methodist Episcopal
church. 1850 r252 Hg4
JENNINGS, Obadiah.
Discourse delivered upon the occasion of the death, and con-
taining an account of the extraordinary exercises, of David
Acheson, who died August ist, 1826, in the I3th year of
his age r26s Ri7
Bound with other pamphlets.
JONES, Jenkin Lloyd.
Jess, bits of wayside gospel. 1899 252 J4I
Search for an infidel ; bits of wayside gospel, 2d ser. 1901 252 J4is
The ist series has the title, "Jess."
JOWETT, Benjamin.
Sermons; biographical and miscellaneous. 1899 252 J47
Contents: John-Wycliffe. Ignatius Loyola. John Bunyan and Benedict
Spinoza. Richard Baxter. Blaise Pascal. John Wesley. Arthur
Penrhyh Stanley. Canon Hugh Pearson. Leon Gambetta and Arch-
bishop Tait. Prof. Henry Smith. Prof. T. H. Green. Statistics and
faith. Church parties, (with addition on Charles Dickens). The
church, past, present and future. War. Courage. Ecce, quam bon-
um! Servants. Christmas and New Year.
Sermons on faith and doctrine; ed. by W. H. Fremantle.
1901 252 J47s
"The most notable fact as to Jowett's doctrinal position is that he lays
very little stress on the Church system of worship or that of dogma. . .
God and immortality were all in all to him... the image of Christ is
dominant in the preacher's thoughts." Preface.
The sermon subjects include evolution, natural religion, some non-Chris-
tian faiths, the authority of Christ, prayer, friendship and immortality.
KINGSLEY, Charles.
Good news of God; sermons. 1892 252 K27
Sermons for the times. 1890 252 K27s
The water of life, and other sermons. 1897 252 K27w
LAWRENCE, William, bp. of Massachusetts.
Visions and service. 1896 252 L42
LETINS, Constantin.
Theologia concionatoria. 2v. in i. 1790 r252 L65
LIDDON, Henry Parry, canon.
Easter in St. Paul's; sermons on the resurrection. 1895 252 L68e
Sermons on Old testament subjects. 1893 252 L68s
Sermons on some words of Christ. 1895 252 L68
McCOSH, James.
Gospel sermons. 1890 252 Mi4
MANGASARIAN, Mangasar M.
A voice from the Orient; a series of sermons. 1885 252 M32
MASSILLON, Jean Baptiste, bp.
CEuvres choisies, accompagnee de notes et precedee d'une
tude sur Massillon, par Frederic Godefroy. 2v. 1868. ...252 M44
Petit careme. 1879 252 864
Bound with Boussuet's Oraisons funebres.
SERMONS 187
MUNGER, Theodore Thornton.
Character through inspiration, and other papers. 1897 252 Mo6c
Other papers: Rest through humility. Nearness the secret of power.
How to live in the world. Character as four-fold. Pity as wisdom.
Reigning and serving.
Freedom of faith. 1893 252
A book of sermons, with a prefatory essay of 40 pages on "The new
theology."
Lamps and paths; sermons to children. 1889 J252
MURRAY, Andrew.
Absolute surrender, and other addresses. 1897 252 M97
NEWMAN, John Henry, cardinal.
Parochial and plain sermons. 8v. 1891-96 252 N28p
Sermons bearing on subjects of the day. 1891 252 N28
PEABODY, Francis Greenwood.
Afternoons in the college chapel; short addresses to young
men on personal religion. 1898 252 P33a
Mornings in the college chapel; short addresses to young men
on personal religion. 1896 252 P33
POTTER, Henry Codman, bp.
Sermons of the city. 1881 252 P8s
PUNSHON, William Morley.
Lectures and sermons. 1873 252 PgS
ROBERTSON, Frederick William.
Sermons preached at Brighton 252 R53
SAVERY, William.
Discourses delivered at meetings of the Quakers. 1806. . . .r252 826
SMITH, William, 1727-1803.
Discourses on public occasions in America. 1762 r252 S66
The same. 1759 r252 S66d
Dr. Smith was provost of the "College and academy of Philadelphia,"
and some of these discourses are on subjects suggested by his posi-
tion. Others are on patriotic subjects, such as a thanksgiving sermon
on the fall of Louisburg, an address to the colonies at the opening
of the campaign of 1755, a letter to a clergyman "on the frontiers of
Pennsylvania" concerning Braddock's defeat.
SMITHSON, William T. comp.
The Methodist pulpit, South; (sermons). 1859 252 S66
SPURGEON, Charles Haddon.
Messages to the multitude. 1892 252 77
Bibliography, p. 301-306.
Sermons. 4iv. 1874-95 2 5 2 ^775
v.i-7 contain sermons preached in New Park street chapel.
v.8-41 contain sermons preached in the Metropolitan tabernacle.
STANLEY, Arthur Penrhyn, dean.
Sermons for children. 1893 J252 578
Sermons preached before the Prince of Wales, during his
tour in the East, 1862, with notices of some localities
visited. 1873 252 8785
VAN DYKE, Henry.
Sermons to young men. 1898 252 Vi8
A new and enlarged edition of "Straight sermons."
i88 CHURCH INSTITUTIONS AND WORK
WATSON, John Maclaren, (pseud. Ian Maclaren).
Ideals of strength. 1897 252 W32i
Mind of the Master. 1896 252 W32
Sermons emphasizing the words of Jesus rather than later developed
creeds, as the substance of Christianity.
WILLIAMS, Rev. Samuel, of Pittsburgh.
Discourse preached on the occasion of the death of Maria E.
Denison, in the First Baptist church, Pittsburgh, Sept.
27, 1846. 1846 T252 W74
WOODSIDE, Nevin, and others.
Years of the Lord's right hand; sermons, addresses by friends
and ministers of other denominations, reports, letters, &c.,
delivered at the thirtieth anniversary of the ministry of
Rev. Nevin Woodside. 1897 252 W86
254 Celibacy
LEA, Henry Charles.
Historical sketch of sacerdotal celibacy in the Christian
church. 1884 254 L44
"The subject is traced in different countries with extreme care, and the
work is enriched with a great variety of interesting and valuable notes.
Though the book was written from a Protestant view, it has no con-
troversial character; indeed, in spirit it is as admirable as it is in
scholarship." C. K. Adams.
255 Deaconesses
BANCROFT, Jane M.
Deaconesses in Europe. 1889 255 B22
ROBINSON, Cecilia.
The ministry of deaconesses. 1898 255
260 Church institutions and work
STANLEY, Arthur Penrhyn, dean.
Christian institutions; essays on ecclesiastical subjects.
1890 260 578
Contents: Baptism. The Eucharist. The Eucharist in the early church.
The Eucharist sacrifice. The real presence. The body and blood
of Christ. Absolution. Ecclesiastical vestments. The basilica. The
clergy. The pope. The litany. The Roman catacombs. The creed
of the early Christians. The Lord's prayer. The council and creed
of Constantinople. The ten commandments.
ABBOTT, Lyman.
Christianity and social problems. 1896 261 Ai32
The object of the book is to make some application of Christ's teachings
to the social problems of our time.
BRACE, Charles Loring.
Gesta Christi; or, A history of humane progress under
Christianity. 1900 261 667
BROOKS, Phillips, bp.
Influence of Jesus. 1894 261 677
CHURCH INSTITUTIONS AND WORK 189
CHURCH sociables and entertainments. 1898 261 C46
Suggestions for new ways of raising money, for salable articles to make
for church fairs, and devices for making these occasions entertaining
as well as financially profitable.
COMMONS, John Rogers.
Social reform and the church, with an introduction by R. T.
Ely. 1894 261 C73
Contents: The Christian minister and sociology. The church and the
problem of poverty. The educated man in politics. The church and
political reforms. Temperance reform. Municipal monopolies. Pro-
portional representation.
EDE, W. Moore.
Attitude of the church to some of the social problems of
town life. 1896. (Hulsean lectures, 1895.) 261 26
Contents: The function of the church in the work of social reform.
The problem of the unemployed and the duty of the church. The
homes of the people. The attitude of the church towards the vices
of our towns.
"The lectures are not the speculations of a theorist." Bishop Westcott
in Prefatory note.
ELY, Richard Theodore.
Social aspects of Christianity, and other essays. 1889 261 573
A reprint of essays giving a forcible statement of the attitude of the
church toward social problems, with suggested principles and plans
for social reform.
The social law of service. 1896 261 57
The author, who is well known as a distinguished social economist, here
states what the Bible means to him, and what he considers to be the
application of its teachings to the relations of the social classes.
GIBBONS, James, cardinal.
Our Christian heritage. 1889 261 636
GLADDEN, Washington.
Applied Christianity; moral aspects of social questions. 1898. .261 G45
Contents: Christianity and wealth. Is labor a commodity? The
strength and weakness of socialism. Is it peace or war? The wage-
workers and the churches. Three dangers. Christianity and social
science. Christianity and popular amusements. Christianity and popu-
lar education.
Practical consideration of pressing social questions from the standpoint
of a liberal Christian minister.
The Christian pastor and the working church. 1898. (In-
ternational theological library.) 261 G4Sc
"It is not wholly a matter of methods and machinery. . .but it is a
study of the life of the church as it is manifested in the community
where it is planted." Preface.
Ruling ideas of the present age. 1895 261 G45r
An attempt at the interpretation of some of the intellectual and ethical
movements of the present day. This essay took the Fletcher prize at
Dartmouth college in 1894.
JUDSON, Edward.
The institutional church; a primer in pastoral theology.
1899. (Hand-books for practical workers.) 261 J49
LOOM IS, Samuel Lane.
Modern cities and their religious problems. 1887 261 L85
Contents: The growth of modern cities. The social composition of
American cities. The threat of the cities. Christian work in London,
the Church of England, Dissenting churches, Other movements. The
McAll mission. Suggestions regarding Christian work for our cities.
MATHEWS, Shailer.
The social teaching of Jesus; an essay in Christian sociol-
ogy. 1897 261 M47
Contents: Man. Society. The family. The state. Wealth. Social
ECCLESIASTICAL POLITY
life. The forces of human progress. The process of social regen-
eration.
"A clear and forcible essay on Christ's attitude toward society." Out-
look, 1897.
MEAD, George Whitefield.
Modern methods in church work. 1897 .................... 261 M55
"The modern church has waited long for such a book as this, because it
has waited for the facts which the book reports. Its cardinal merit is
that, while it sets forth what ought to be, it describes what has act-
ually begun to be." Outlook, 1897.
"Rich in suggestions of practical methods actually in successful use by
churches in all parts of the United States." Dial, 1897.
MILLER, John Bleecker.
Leo XIII and modern civilization. 1897 ...................... 261 Mop
PEABODY, Francis Greenwood.
Jesus Christ and the social question; an examination of
the teaching of Jesus in its relation to some of the
problems of modern social life. 1900 ................... 261 P33
Contents: The comprehensiveness of the teaching of Jesus. The social
principles of the teaching of Jesus. The teaching of Jesus concerning
the family. The teaching of Jesus concerning the rich. The teaching
of Jesus concerning the care of the poor. The teaching of Jesus con-
cerning the industrial order. The correlation of the social questions.
SHAIRP, John Campbell.
Culture and religion in some of their relations. 1871 .......... 261 852
STRONG, Josiah.
New era. 1893 ............................................... 261 892
Discusses the contributions to civilization made by the Hebrews, Greeks,
Romans and Anglo-Saxons; the widening influence of Jesus, popular
discontent, the problems of the city and country, and the separation
of the masses from the church. He urges the necessity of new
methods, of co-operation and personal contact, above all, of enthusiasm
for humanity.
Religious movements for social betterment. 1900. (Mon-
ographs on American social economics.) ............... 261 $92r
Discusses the nature, origin and results of the change which is taking
place in religious methods, outlining some of the new activities as they
are illustrated in the so-called institutional church of our large cities,
the Young men's Christian association, the Young women's Christian
association, and the Salvation army.
WARD, Julius Hammond.
Church in modern society. 1889 ......................... 261 W2i
262 Ecclesiastical polity
BARNES, Albert.
Trial of Albert Barnes before the synod of Philadelphia, Oc-
tober, 1835, on a charge of heresy preferred against him by
George Junkin ........................................... r262 625
The way of salvation, a sermon; together with his Defence of
the sermon, and his Defence before the second presbytery
of Philadelphia in reply to the charges of George Junkin.
1836 .................................................. T202 B25W
COOKE, R.J.
The historic episcopate; a study of Anglican claims and
Methodist orders. 1896 ............................... 262 C78
HOOKER, Richard.
Works. 2v. 1890 ....................................... 262 H77
Life of Hooker by Isaac Walton, v. i, p. 3-82.
PUBLIC WORSHIP 191
HUNTINGTON, Frederic Dan, bp.
Personal religious life in the ministry and in ministering
women. 1900 262 Ho4
MANNING, Henry Edward, cardinal.
The eternal priesthood 262 M33
PRESBYTERIAN CHURCH IN THE UNITED STATES.
Form of government, the discipline and the directory for wor-
ship r202 PQ2
WHITGIFT, John. abp. of Canterbury.
Works; ed. by John Ayre. 3v. 1851-53. (Parker society.
Publications.) 262 W64
.v.i-2. Defence of the answer to the admonition, against the reply of
Thomas Cartwright.
v-3. Defence, (continued). Sermons. Selected letters.
Biographical memoir of John Whitgift, v.3, p.5-23.
263 Sabbath, Sunday
BLAKELY, William Addison, comp.
American state papers bearing on Sunday legislation. 1891. . .r263 652
EARLE, Mrs Alice Morse.
Sabbath in Puritan New England. 1893 .263 17
"Good history, based on solid fact and told with much humor."
Academy, 1892.
HESSEY, James Augustus.
Sunday; its origin, history and present obligation. 1889.
(Bampton lectures.) 263 H48
MELLON, Thomas.
The Sunday question. 1883 263 Msg
264 Public worship, ritual
BAIRD, Thomas Dickson.
Inquiry into the privilege and duty of the Christian church
in the exercise of sacred praise; and An examination of
An apology for the Book of Psalms by Gilbert M'Master.
1825 r264 Bi6
CALENDAR of the Prayer-book; with an appendix of the
chief Christian emblems from early and medieval mon-
uments. 1888 r264 Ci3
CHRISTIAN worship; ten lectures delivered in the Union
theological seminary, New York, in the autumn of 1896.
1897 264 C45
Contents: Hall, C. C. The principles of Christian worship. Allen, A. V.
G. Primitive Christian liturgies. Smyth, E. C. The Greek liturgies.
Tiffany, C. C. The Roman liturgies. Jacobs, H. E. The Lutheran
liturgies. Rupp, William. The liturgies of the reformed churches.
Huntington, VV. R. Book of common prayer. Pollok, Allan. The
book of common order and the directory for worship. Boardman,
G. D. Worship in non-liturgical churches. Hastings, T. S. The ideal
of Christian worship.
Several of the chapters contain bibliographies.
CLARKE, James Freeman.
The Christian doctrine of prayer. 1890 264 53
13
i 9 2 PUBLIC WORSHIP
\
COMMON PRAYER, BOOK OF.
The annotated Book of common prayer; an historical, ritual,
and theological commentary on the devotional system of
the Church of England; ed. by J. H. Blunt. 1895 qra64 C73an
Army and navy prayer book. 1865 r264 C73a
Published in Richmond by the Diocesan missionary society of the
Protestant Episcopal church of Virginia. Contains "A prayer for the
president of the Confederate states."
The Book of common prayer according to the use of the
Protestant Episcopal church of America. 1806 r264 C73b
Book of common prayer according to the use of the
United church of England and Ireland. 1853 r264 73
The prayer book, interleaved with historical illustrations and
explanatory notes arranged parallel to the text, by W. M.
Campion and W. J. Beamont. 1898 r264 C73p
COXE, Arthur Cleveland, bp.
Thoughts on the services; an introduction to the liturgy.
1888 264 C85
The same; ed. by Cortlandt Whitehead. 1000 264 C8st
GASQUET, Francis Aidan, & Bishop, Edmund.
Edward VI and the Book of common prayer; an examination
into its origin and early history, with an appendix of un-
published documents. 1891 264 G2I
KINSLEY, William W.
Science and prayer. 1893. (Chautauqua reading circle liter-
ature.) 264 K27
LUCKOCK, Herbert Mortimer.
Studies in the history of the Book of common prayer.
1882 264 L97
Contents: The Anglican reform. The Puritan innovations. The Eliza-
bethan reaction. The Caroline settlement.
MAURICE, Frederick Denison.
Prayer-book considered in reference to the Romish sys-
tem, and Lord's prayer; sermons. 1893 264 M49
NEALE, John Mason.
Essays on liturgiology and church history; with an appen-
dix on liturgical quotations from the isapostolic fathers.
1867 r264 Ni7
NEALE, John Mason, & Littledale, R.F. tr.
Liturgies of Ss. Mark, James, Clement, Chrysostom and
Basil, and the church of Malabar. 1869 264 Ni7
NEW JERUSALEM, Church of the.
Liturgy for the New church, also hymns and songs. 1878. ..r264 N26
WHITTINGHAM, William.
A brief discourse of the troubles begun at Frankfort, 1554,
about the Book of common prayer and ceremonies.
1846 r26 4 W66
Reprinted from the black-letter edition of 1575.
WILSON, Harry.
Why and wherefore? simple explanations of the ornaments,
vestments and ritual of the church ; adapted to the use and
customs of the American church. 1897 r2O4 W76
SACRAMENTS 193
265 Sacraments
GREATRAKE, Laurence.
To Alexander Campbell r26s Ri7
Campbell (1788-1866) was a theologian of the Baptist denomination and
was at one time settled in western Pennsylvania. He was finally ex-
cluded from fellowship with the Baptists and formed the sect called
Campbellites. He took part in numerous religious controversies, one
of which called out this pamphlet by Greatrake. It is written in an-
swer to Campbell's review of his (Greatrake's) letters to Campbell.
Bound with other pamphlets.
LAMBING, Andrew Arnold.
Sacramentals of the Catholic church. 1892 265 Li8
PAYNTER, Henry M.
The holy Supper; a critical exposition comprising all that is
told us in the New testament concerning the Supper in-
stituted by our Lord. 1882 265 ?33
PHIPPS, Joseph.
True Christian baptism and communion 265 P$2
PRESBYTERIAN CHURCH IN THE UNITED STATES
General assembly.
Report of the committee appointed to draught a plan for dis-
ciplining baptized children. 1812 r26s Ri7
Bound with other pamphlets.
RALSTON, Samuel.
Brief review of a debate on Christian baptism between John
Walker, a minister of the secession and Alexander Camp-
bell, a Baptist minister, in a series of letters, now addressed
to the United Presbyterian congregations of Mingo Creek
and Williamsport. 1823 r26s Ri7
SPIRAGO, Francis.
Catechism explained; an exhaustive exposition of the
Christian religion, with special reference to the present
state of society and the spirit of the age; ed. by R. F.
Clarke. 1899 265 $75
Roman Catholic manual containing a system of private devotions and
an exposition of the Apostles' creed, the Ten commandments and the
sacraments of the church.
WALKER, Rev. John, & Campbell, Alexander.
Debate on Christian baptism. 1822 r265 Wi6
The WITNESS; published by Samuel Williams; monthly, v.i.
1842-43. Pittsburgh r26s W82
266 Missions
ARMSTRONG, E. S.
History of the Melanesian mission. 1900 266 A73
History of the work of the Church of England in the New Hebrides,
Solomon, ana other islands of Australasia, inaugurated in 1841 by
Bishop George Selwyn and continued by Bishops Patteson, John Sel-
wyn and Wilson.
BALDWIN, Stephen Livingston.
Foreign missions of the Protestant churches. 1900 266 Big
States some of the principles which underlie the missionary work of
Protestantism, discusses the methods by which this work is managed
194 MISSIONS
from the home side, and gives brief outline summaries of the work of
the various churches engaged in missionary enterprise.
BAPTIST home mission monthly, v.ip-date. i8p7-date qr266 6229
BAPTIST missionary magazine; monthly. v.77-date. 1897-
date r266 622
BARNES, Lemuel Call.
Two thousand years of missions before Carey, based upon
and embodying many of the earliest extant accounts. 1900. .266 625
Selected bibliography, p. 455-485.
The same. 1900 r266 625
BARROW, A.H.
Fifty years in western Africa; a record of the work of the
west Indian church on the banks of the Rio Pongo. 1900. .266 626
BLISS, Edwin Munsell.
Concise history of missions. 1897 266 655
Bibliography, p. 313-318.
The same. 1897 r266 6550
BLISS, Edwin Munsell, comp.
Encyclopaedia of missions. 2v. 1891 qr266 655
Covers two general departments, the origin, growth and work of mis-
sionary societies, and the countries in which the work is carried on.
Includes also a gazetteer of mission stations, biographical sketches of
missionaries, a list of Bible versions, maps and statistical tables.
BONAR, Horatius, ed.
A cry from the land of Calvin and Voltaire; records of
the McAll mission. 1887 266 B6i
CADDELL, Cecilia Mary.
History of the missions in Paraguay. 1896 266 Cn
CAMPBELL, James R.
Missions in Hindustan; with a description of the country.
1852 r266 Cis
CENTENARY CONFERENCE ON THE PROTESTANT
MISSIONS OF THE WORLD.
Report of the conference held in London, June 9-19, 1888. 2v. .266 C3I
Missionary bibliography, v.i, p.48o-538.
CHARLES, Mrs Elizabeth (Rundle).
Early Christian missions of Ireland, Scotland and England.
1893 266 C37
Contents: St. Patrick. St. Columba. lona and England; St. Aidan, St.
Hilda, St. Colman, St. Chad, St. Cuthbert. Missions of Ireland and
England in Europe; St. Columban. St. Boniface, apostle of Germany.
St. Margaret, queen of Scotland.
CHESTER, Samuel Hall.
Lights and shadows of mission work in the far East; the
record of observations made during a visit to the southern
Presbyterian missions in Japan, China and Korea in 1897.
1899 266 C42
CHOULES, John Overton, & Smith, Thomas.
The origin and history of missions. 2v. 1844 qr2(56 C4S
CHRISTIAN LITERATURE SOCIETY, pub.
History of Christianity in India, with its prospects; a
sketch compiled from Sherring, Smith, Badley, and re-
ports. 1895 266 C4S
MISSIONS 195
CLARKE, William Newton.
Study of Christian missions. 1960 266 C$3
CLOUGH, Emma Rauschenbusch-.
While sewing sandals; or, Tales of a Telugu Pariah tribe.
1899 266 C6i
Contents: A history not written in books. Ancient mother-worship.
Christianity and the gurus. From Nasriah to Christ. Battle-ground
for two religions. The power of Christianity.
"References," p.3ii~3i4.
COUSINS, George.
Story of the South Seas. 1894 266 C84
Bibliography, p. 6.
COUSINS, William Edward.
Madagascar of to-day; a sketch of the island, with chap-
ters on its past history and present prospects. 1895. . . .266 C843
"Can be ... recommended to any one who wishes to get a few simple
facts about the great African island, its nature and inhabitants, its his-
tory, and especially the growth of Christianity within its borders. The
author is a missionary of many years' standing, obviously familiar with
his subject. He writes in a calm, sensible way, and in particular his
judgment of political and religious conditions is surprisingly fair." Na-
tion, 1895.
CROIL, James.
Missionary problem; a history of Protestant missions in some
of the principal fields of missionary enterprise. 1883 266 C88
DENNIS, James Shepard, comp.
Centennial survey of foreign missions ; a conspectus of the
achievements and results of evangelical missions in all lands
at the close of the nineteenth century. 1902 r266 D43
A statistical supplement to the author's Christian missions and social
progress.
DENNIS, James Shepard.
Christian missions and social progress; a sociological
study of foreign missions, v.i-2. 1897-99 266 043
Bibliography at the end of each lecture.
D'ORSEY, Alexander James Donald, comp.
Portuguese discoveries, dependencies and missions in Asia
and Africa. 1893 266 074
Contents: The Portuguese in Europe and Asia. The Portuguese mis-
sions in southern India. The subjugation of the Syrian church.
Subsequent missions in southern India, with special reference to the
Syrians. The Portuguese missions, with special reference to modern
missionary efforts in south India.
"Authorities," p.379-384.
DOWNIE, David.
The lone star; the history of the Telugu mission of the Ameri-
can Baptist missionary union. 1893 266 077
ECUMENICAL MISSIONARY CONFERENCE, New
York, 1900.
Report of the ecumenical conference on foreign missions,
held April 21 to May I, 1900. 2v. 1900 r266 25
Bibliography, v.z, p.435-462.
EELLS, Myron.
History of Indian missions on the Pacific coast, Oregon,
Washington and Idaho. 1882 266 32
A history of the missions from 1834-82. Tells of Marcus Whitman's
journey and its consequences.
196 MISSIONS
ELLINWOOD, Frank Fields.
Questions and phases of modern missions. 1899 266 52
Contents: Present hindrances to missions, and their remedies. Reflex
influence of foreign missions on the Christian church. The foreign
mission board a university of beneficence. The place of higher educa-
tion in missionary work. Medical missions. The faith element in mis-
sions. Faith in one's star and faith in God. A Buddhist doctrine of
salvation by faith. Ancient Hindu doctrine of sacrifice and the gos-
pel of Christ. Napoleonism in America. The regeneration of Mexico.
The dawn of Hawaii. The acquisition of the Spanish colonies from
a missionary standpoint. An Anglo-Saxon alliance in foreign missions.
FISKE, Daniel T.
Faith working by love; as exemplified in the life of Fidelia
Fiske. 1868 T266 54
FOREIGN missionary chronicle; containing the proceedings of
the Western foreign missionary society, and a general view
of the transactions of other similar institutions, v.4-9.
1836-1841 T266 F;6
FOREIGN missionary of the Presbyterian church; monthly,
June, i879-Dec. 1886. v.38-45. 1879-86 r266 F;6;
v.38, nos.3-5, 7 missing.
GAMMELL, William.
History of American Baptist missions in Asia, Africa, Europe
and North America. 1850 r266 Gi6
GORDON, Andrew.
Our India mission; a history of the India mission of the
United Presbyterian church, 1855-1885. 1888 266 G65
GORDON, M.Lafayette.
An American missionary in Japan. 1893 266 G6s8
"As a means of informing the average person exactly what protestant
missionary work in Japan is, this is equal to a barrel of sectarian
literature." Nation, 1893.
GRAHAM, John A.
Missionary expansion since the reformation. 1899 266 G77
HALLO CK, William Allen.
The venerable Mayhews, and the aboriginal Indians of
Martha's Vineyard; condensed from Rev. Experience
Mayhew's history printed in London in 1727, and brought
down to the present century. 1874 r2 66 Hi8
HAMILTON, John Taylor.
History of the missions of the Moravian church during the
eighteenth and nineteenth centuries. 1901 266 H2I
"Essentially a reprint of portions of the History of the Moravian church
published by the author in 1900."
HAYDN, Hiram Collins, ed.
American heroes on mission fields; ist ser. v.i. 1894 266 H37
Contents: The march of four hundred years. John Eliot. David Zeis-
berger. Thomas Smith Williamson. Mr and Mrs Spalding. Titus
Coan. Mrs Clarissa Chapman Armstrong. Robert W. Logan.
Adoniram Judson. George Dana Boardman.
HECKEWELDER, John.
Narrative of the mission of the United Brethren among the
Delaware and Mohegan Indians, 1740-1808. 1820 r266 H39
"A full and undoubtedly faithful record of all the details of the Mission,
its wonderful success and its appalling destruction." Sabin.
Of great value for the early local history of Pennsylvania.
MISSIONS 197
HERVEY, George Winfred.
Story of Baptist missions in foreign lands, from the time of
Carey to the present date, (1793-1884). 1885 266 H47
HODDER, Edwin, ed.
Conquests of the cross; a record of missionary work
throughout the world. 6v qr266 H66
HODGKINS, Louise Manning.
Via Christi; an introduction to the study of missions. 1901. . . .266 H66
Bibliography, p.237-244.
A brief outline of the history of missions from the apostolic age to the
end of the i8th century. Issued under the auspices of a committee
representing the Women's boards of missions of the United States
and Canada.
HOLCOMB, Mrs Helen H.
Men of might in India missions ; the leaders and their epochs,
1706-1899. 1901 266 H69
Contents: Bartholomew Ziegenbalg, 1706-1719. Christian Frederick
Schwartz, 1750-1798. \Yilliam Carey, Joshua Marshman and William
Ward, i793-837- Henry Martyn, 1806-1812. Gordon Hall, 1812-
1826. Charles T. E. Uhenius, 1814-1838. John Scudder, 1819-1855.
John Wilson, 1829-1875. Alexander Duff, 1830-1863. John An-
derson, 1837-1855. Robert T. Noble, 1841-1865. Isidor Loewenthal,
1855-1864. Samuel H. Kellogg, 1864-1899.
Bibliography, p.2.
HOPKINS, Saleni Armstrong-.
Within the purdah; personal observations of a medical mis-
sionary in India. 1898 266 H78
Contents: Within the purdah. In the zenana homes of Indian princes.
Heroes and heroines of Zion. Conclusion, by G. F. Hopkins.
A vivid description of the servitude, ignorance and great needs of the
native Indian women. The "purdah" is the curtain which separates
the "zenana," or women's apartments from the rest of the house.
HUC, Evareste Regis.
Christianity in China, Tartary and Thibet. 2v. 1897 266 H88
Author was a French Catholic priest, who went to China in 1839,
learned the Chinese language, and labored there as a missionary. A
journey to Tartary and Thibet, where he penetrated to the sacred city
and had many curious and interesting adventures, has been described
in his book "Travels in Tartary, Thibet and China." He wrote also a
work on "The Chinese Empire." The Encyclopedia Britannica says,
"These works are written in a lucid, racy, picturesque style which has
secured for them an unusual degree of popularity."
HUMPHREY, S.J.
Eschol; a cluster from mission lands. 1893 .266 Ho/j
Contents: Maharajah Dhuleep Singh. Four memorable years at Hilo.
Evangelism in the Pacific. The story of Niwe. Missions and the
skeptics. An evening with an old missionary. A visit to the Dakotas.
The genesis of a windmill. Talamas-mic-o. Two catastrophes. Is
it a waste?
JACKSON, Sheldon.
Alaska and missions on the north Pacific coast. 1880 266 Ji2
JENNINGS, Obadiah.
Sermon delivered in the Second Presbyterian church, Pitts-
burgh, on the occasion of the organization of the mission
family, lately sent by the Board of trust of the Western
missionary society to the Ottoway tribe of Indians. 1822. .r265 Ri7
Bound with other pamphlets.
LAWRENCE, Edward A.
Modern missions in the East; their methods, successes and
limitations. 1895 266 42
Covers China, Corea, Japan, India, Turkey in Asia, etc.
198 MISSIONS
LEONARD, Delavan Lavant.
A hundred years of missions. 1895 266 L62
Review of the growth of missions all over the world during the nine-
teenth century.
Missionary annals of the igth century. 1899 266 L62m
LIGGINS, John.
Great value and success of foreign missions. 1888 r266 L69
A compilation of testimony in favor of missions by distinguished diplo-
mats, travelers, army and navy officers, naturalists, explorers, English
viceroys and governors in India, etc.
LONGRIDGE, George.
History of the Oxford mission to Calcutta; with a preface
by E. S. Talbot. 1900 266 L84
LOSKIEL, George Henry.
History of the mission of the United Brethren among the
Indians in North America. 3v. in i. 1794 r266 L8g
LOVETT, Richard.
History of the London missionary society, 1795-1895. 2v.
1899 r266 L94
List of authorities at the end of each chapter.
LOWE, John.
Medical missions, their place and power. 1886 266 L95
LOWRIE, John Cameron.
Manual of the foreign missions of the Presbyterian church.
1868 r266 L96
MACDOUGALL, Donald.
Conversion of the Maoris. 1899 266 Mi47
McDOWELL, W. F. and others.
The picket line of missions. 1897 266 Mi4
Contents: David Livingstone by W. F. McDowell. A. M. Mackay, the
hero of Uganda, by J. T. Gracey. Ion Keith-Falconer, pioneer in
Arabia, by A. T. Pierson. Sia Sek Ong by S. L. Baldwin. J. K.
Mackenzie, medical missionary to China, by J. M. Bingham. J. M.
Thoburn by W. F. Oldham. Mary Reed by M. L. Ninde. Polynesian
missions; John Williams, John Hunt, by W. H. Withrow.
MACKENZIE, W. Douglas.
Christianity and the progress of man as illustrated by
modern missions. 1897 266 Mi8
McLEAN, A.
A circuit of the globe; a series of letters of travel across the
American continent, through the Hawaiian republic,
Japan, China, the straits settlements, Burma, India, Cey-
lon, Australia, Egypt, Palestine, Syria, Turkey, Greece,
Italy, Switzerland, Germany, Scandinavia, France and
England. 1897 266 Mig
Gives an account of the various missions, their status and the work
being accomplished in the countries traversed.
MACLEAR, George Frederick.
History of Christian missions during the middle ages.
1863 266 Mi95
The Christianizing of Europe, 340-1520, A. D.
MARSH, Dwight W.
The Tennesseean in Persia and Koordistan; scenes and inci-
dents in the life of Samuel Audley Rhea. 1869 r266 M4I
Rhea was at Oroomiah as missionary to the Nestorians and Kurds,
1851-65.
MISSIONS 199
MAXWELL, Mrs Ellen Blackmar.
The bishop's conversion. 1892 206 M53
MERRIAM, Edmund F.
.
History of American Baptist missions. 1900 266 M63
METHODIST EPISCOPAL CHURCH Missionary society.
Annual report, 1891-1892, 1897-1898. v-73-74, 79-80, in 2.
1892-98 r266 M64
MILLER, Mrs M.A.
History of the Woman's foreign missionary society of the
Methodist Protestant church. 1896 266 M6g
The MISSIONARY herald; containing the proceedings of the
American board of commissioners for foreign missions;
monthly, v.19, 21, 23, 92-date. i823-date r266 M74
MISSIONARY review of the world; monthly, v.n-17, 2O-date.
i888-date r266 M743
MOFFAT, Robert.
Missionary labours and scenes in southern Africa. 1846. . .r266 M76
MONTGOMERY, Henry Hutchinson.
Foreign missions. 1902. (Handbooks for the clergy.) 266 M86
Contains bibliographies.
"A comprehensive view of the present condition of mission work in all
parts of the world... Each leading chapter has its bibliography. The
value of the book for the clergy should be great." Spectator, 1902.
MOTT, John Raleigh.
Evangelization of the world in this generation. 1901 266 Mg4
Bibliography, p. 21 1-234.
NOBLE, Frederic Perry.
Redemption of Africa; a story of civilization. 2v. 1899 266 N38
v.2 contains a chapter on Negroes.
"Principal authorities," v.z, p.82i-832.
PAGE, Jesse.
Amid Greenland snows; or, The early history of Arctic
missions 266 Pi4
PEERY, R. B.
The gist of Japan; the islands, their people and missions.
1897 266 P36
Treats chiefly of mission work in Japan.
PIERSON, Arthur Tappan.
Crisis of missions; or, The voice out of the cloud. 1886. . . .266 PS7C
Miracles of missions; ist-4th ser. 4v. 1891-1901 266 ?S7
Modern mission century viewed as a cycle of divine working;
a review of the missions of the nineteenth century with ref-
erence to the superintending providence of God. 1901 266 PS7m
Seven years in Sierra Leone; the story of the work of Wil-
liam A. B. Johnson, missionary of the Church missionary
society, 1816-1823. 1897 266 PS/S
POWERS, Laura Bride.
Missions of California; their establishment, progress and
decay. 1897 266 P87
"This little volume might well have gone forth to its destiny, known
as 'A plea for the Missions.' That interest might be aroused in behalf
of these decaying heirlooms ere it becomes too late, I have endeav-
ored to tell their tale of ascendency and ruin, hoping thereby to enlist
sympathy in the cause of their restoration and preservation." Preface.
200 MISSIONS
PRESBYTERIAN CHURCH IN THE UNITED STATES.
Annual report of (he board of foreign missions, 1838,
1899/1900. v.2, 63. 1839-1900 r266 ?92
PROTESTANT EPISCOPAL CHURCH Domestic and foreign
missionary society.
Triennial sermon before the Board of missions ; triennial meet-
ing of the Board of missions ; triennial report of the Board
of managers ; reports of standing committees , recognized
auxiliaries, missionary bishops, etc., for the year ending Aug.
31, 1898. 1898 r266 P97
RANKIN, Melinda.
Twenty years among the Mexicans. 1875 266 Ri9
Personal experiences of a pioneer missionary, 1852-71.
SCUDDER, Mrs. Frances Ann Rousseau.
Nineteen centuries of missions; a handbook primarily pre-
pared for young people. 1899 266 843
SHEA. John Gilmary.
History of the Catholic missions among the Indian tribes of
the United States, 1529-1854. 1855 266 853
SMITH, George, b. 1833.
Short history of Christian missions from Abraham and Paul
to Carey, Livingstone and Duff. 1897 266 864
SPEER, Robert Elliott.
Presbyterian foreign missions ; an account of the foreign mis-
sions of the Presbyterian church in the U. S. A. 1901 266 874
STEWART, Robert, missionary.
Life and work in India ; an account of the conditions, methods,
difficulties, results, future prospects and reflex influence of
missionary labor in India, especially in the Punjab mission
of the United Presbyterian church of North America. 1899. .266 S8$
STORROW, Edward.
Protestant missions in pagan lands; a manual of missionary
facts and principles relating to foreign missions through-
out the world. 1888 266 S88
STORRS, Richard Salter.
Addresses on foreign missions delivered before the Ameri-
can board of commissioners for foreign missions, 1887-1897.
1900 266 S8862
STOTT, Mrs Grace.
Twenty-six years of missionary work in China 266 S886
STUDENT VOLUNTEER MOVEMENT FOR FOREIGN
MISSIONS.
The student missionary enterprise; addresses and discussions
of the 2d international convention of the Student volun-
teer movement for foreign missions, Feb. 28-Mar. 4, 1894;
ed. by M. W. Moorhead. 1894 r266 893
THOMPSON, Augustus Charles.
Moravian missions; twelve lectures. 1883 r266 T37
"History and general characteristics of what has been in many respects
the most remarkable missionary enterprise of modern times. A well
written book and very readable."
Protestant missions; their rise and early progress. 1894 266 T37
MISSIONS 201
TRACY, Joseph.
History of the American board of commissioners for foreign
missions. 1842 r266 T67
TUCKER, Henry William.
English church in other lands; or, The spiritual expansion of
England. 1899. (Epochs of church history.) 266 T8i
Bibliography, p.6-7.
UNITED BRETHREN.
Act of incorporation and stated rules of the Society of the
United Brethren for propagating the gospel among the
heathen r266 U2Sc
Bound with Concise account of the present state of missions.
Bericht der directoren der Societat zur ausbreitung des
evangeliums unter den heiden. 1842 r266 U25b
Bound with the following.
Bericht der Heiden-societaet zu Bethlehem, Pa. 1846 r266 U2$b
Concise account of the present state of the missions of the
United Brethren, commonly called Moravians. i8oi..r266 U2$c
Directoren bericht von unsern indianer missionen, fur die
jahrliche versammlung der Heidensocietat, den 2iten
August 1863. 1863 r266 U25m
Bound with the following.
Missionary manual and directory of the Unitas Fratrum
or the Moravian church. 1880 r2(56 U2Sm
The same. 1892 r266 U2Sm2
Proceedings of the general meeting of the Society for propa-
gating the gospel among the heathen, 1864-1900. 87th-
I27th general meeting. 1864-1900 r266 U25
Proceedings of the 99th iO2d, H2th-ii4th, n6th, I2ist-i24th general
meetings are missing.
The i25th, i26th and i27th general meetings were all held in 1900.
Review of the foreign missions of the Moravian church,
July I, 1871 to July i, 1872; with special reports from
the missions in Canada and Kansas. 1872 r266 U25m
Bound with Missionary manual.
WALSH, William Pakenham, bp.
Christian missions; six discourses delivered before the Uni-
versity of Dublin; the Donnellan lectures for 1861. 1862. .266 Wi8c
Heroes of the mission field 266 Wi8
Contents: Apostolic and early missions, the first three centuries. St.
Martin of Tours.- Ulphilas, apostle of the Goths. St. Patrick and his
followers. St. Augustine in England. St. Boniface in Germany.
Anschar, the apostle of the north. Adalbert, missionary and martyr
amongst the Sclavonians. Otto, the apostle of Pomerania. Raymund
Lull, philosopher, missionary, martyr. Francis Xavier, missionary to
the Indies and Japan. Eliot, the apostle to the Indians. Hans Egede,
the apostle of Greenland. Christian Frederic Schwartz.
Modern heroes of the mission field. 1882 266 Wi8m
Contents: Henry Martyn, India and Persia, 1805-1812. William Carey,
India, 1793-1834. Adoniram Judson, Burmah, 1813-1850. Robert Mor-
rison, China, 1807-1834. Samuel Marsden, New Zealand, 1814-1838.
John Williams, Polynesia, 1817-1839. William Johnson, West Africa,
1816-1823. John Hunt, Fiji, 1838-1848. Allen Gardiner, South America,
1835-1851. Alexander Duff, India, 1829-1864. David Livingstone,
Africa, 1840-1873. Bishop Patteson, Melanesia, 1855-1871.
202 MISSIONS
WARNECK, Gustav.
Outline of the history of Protestant missions from the
reformation to the present time. 1884 266 W23
WATSON, Andrew.
American mission in Egypt, 1854-1896 .266 W3i
History of missionary work in Egypt carried on by the United Presby-
terian church in North America.
WEST, Maria A.
The romance of missions in the land of Ararat 266 Ws6
"A contribution to missionary literature that will have a wide circu-
lation and many eager readers. The author presents us with a series
of over two hundred pen-and-ink sketches, in a style that is simple,
vivacious and charming; the reader's curiosity is spurred, and the in-
terest sustained to the close... It is remarkable to find in it so little
use for the pruning knife." Baptist missionary magazine.
WESTERN missionary magazine; monthly, v.i, no.g, v.2 no.3-4,
6, 8, 10, in i. 1804-05 r266 Ws6
WHEELER, Mrs Crosby H.
Missions in Eden; glimpses of life in the valley of the Eu-
phrates. 1899 266 W6i
WILDER, R.G.
Mission schools in India of the American board of commis-
sioners for foreign missions. 1861 266 W7I
Fifteen years' work for the American board at Bombay, Ahmednuggur,
Satara, Kolapoor, Ceylon, Madura, Madras, etc. The chief aim of the
book is to gather the most important facts, incidents and results in the
history of the mission schools.
WILDER, Robert Parmelee.
Among India's students. 1899 266 W7ia
WILLIAMS, Rev. Samuel, of Pittsburgh.
Rev. William Knibb, missionary to the island of Jamaica;
comp. from an address by Rev. S. Williams r286 6473
Bound with other pamphlets.
WOLFF, Joseph.
Journal; in a series of letters to Sir Thomas Baring; con-
taining an account of his missionary labours, 1827-
1831 and 1835-1838. 1839 r266 W83
Joseph Wolff was the son of a Jewish rabbi. Converted to Christianity,
he became first a Roman Catholic and then a Protestant. For eight-
een years he traveled as a missionary through uncivilized parts of
Europe, Asia and Northern Africa.
WOMAN'S FOREIGN MISSIONARY SOCIETY OF THE
PRESBYTERIAN CHURCH, pub.
Historical sketches of the missions under the care of the Board
of foreign missions of the Presbyterian church. 1897 r266 W8$
WYLIE, Andrew.
Sermon delivered in the Presbyterian church, Washington,
Pa., September 2, 1823, on the occasion of the designation
of Ludovicus Robbins to the work of a missionary to the
heathen and to the office of superintendent of the mission
among the Ottawa Indians; to which is appended the ad-
dress and instructions of the Board of the Western mis-
sionary society, delivered to him on that occasion. 1823.^265 Ri7
Bound with other pamphlets.
YOUNG, Robert, of the Free church of Scotland.
Modern missions, their trials and triumphs. 1882 r266 Y3Q
RELIGIOUS HISTORY 203
267 Religious societies
DOGGETT, L.L.
History of the Young men's Christian association, v.i.
1896 267.3 D67
v.i. The founding of the association, 1844-1855.
"General and association literature," v.i, p. 186-191.
ILLINOIS YOUNG MEN'S CHRISTIAN ASSOCIATIONS.
Twenty years; a sketch of the work of the State executive
committee of Illinois Young men's Christian associations,
from 1880 to 1900. 1900 267.3 122
YOUNG MEN'S CHRISTIAN ASSOCIATION.
Jubilee of work for young men in North America. 1901 267.3 Y36
Contents: A report of the jubilee convention of North American Young
men's Christian associations, June 11-16, 1901. Reports of the com-
memorative services of the Montreal and Boston associations. A
world survey by countries of the association movement.
BACON, Leonard Woolsey, & Northrop, C. A.
Young people's societies. 1900. (Hand-books for practi-
cal workers.) 267.6 Bi3
"Literature," ^.253-259.
Two parts, "historical" and "practical," the former including accounts
of Lend-a-hand clubs, the King's daughters and sons, the Young peo-
ple's society of Christian endeavor, and kindred societies: the latter
treating such topics as, types of constitution; constituting of a young
people's society; form of constitution; the working of a young people's
society; conventions; federation, etc.
268 Sunday schools
BLACK, Israel Putnam.
Practical primary plans for primary teachers of the Sunday-
school. 1898 268 BSI
"Helpful books," p. 183-198.
BREWER, Abraham- Titus, and others.
How to make the Sunday school go. 1897 268 673
INTERNATIONAL SUNDAY SCHOOL UNION.
The World's third Sunday school convention held in Lon-
don, July nth to i6th, 1898. 1898 268 124
TRUMBULL. Henry Clay.
Sunday-school; its origin, mission, methods and auxiliaries.
1896 268 T77
Bibliographical index, p.s8i-392.
WELLS, Amos Russell.
Sunday-school success; a book of practical methods for Sun-
day-school teachers and officers. 1897 268 W49
270 Religious history
ALLEN, Joseph Henry.
Christian history in its three great periods. 3v. 1889-91 . . . .270 A42
v.i. Early Christianity.
v.2. Middle age.
v.3. Modern phases.
204 RELIGIOUS HISTORY
BENNETT, Charles Wesley.
Christian archaeology. 1898 270 643
Contents: Archaeology of Christian art. The archaeology of the consti-
tution and government of the early Christian church. The sacraments
and worship of the early church. The archaeology of Christian life.
Literature of Christian archatology, p-588-599.
DRUMMOND, James, b. 1835.
Via, veritas, vita; lectures on "Christianity in its most simple
and intelligible form." 1895. (Hibbert lectures.) 270 D84
FERGUSON, Henry.
Four periods in the life of the church. 1894 2 7O F38
FISHER, George Park.
Hi?tory of the Christian church. 1894 2 7 F53
Notes on the literature of church history, p.(>ji-6y^.
HORTIG, Johann Nepomuk.
Handbuch der christlichen kirchengeschichte. v.i, 2 pt.2.
1827-28 270 H67
"Literatur," v.i, p.7-z6.
v.2 was completed by J. J. I. von Dollinger.
KURTZ, Johann Heinrich.
Church history; authorized translation by John MacPherson.
3v. 1888-89 270 K43
v.i. Introduction. History of the preparation for Christianity. His-
tory of the beginnings. History of the development of the church
during the Graeco-Roman and Graeco-Byzantine periods. History
of the German-Roman church to A.D. 911.
v.z. History of the Germane-Romanic church, 911-1294. History of the
Germane-Romanic church, 1294-1517. Church history of the i6th
century.
v-3. Church history of the I7th century. Church history in the i8th
century. Church history of the igth century.
LEA. Henry Charles.
Studies in church history. 1883 270 L44
Contents: The rise of the temporal power. Benefit of clergy. Excom-
munication. The early church and slavery.
"These three essays, the first of which was published in a less amplified
form in the North American Review, are a presentation of facts de-
signed to show how the Church, in meeting the successive crises in its
career, succeeded in establishing the absolute theocratic despotism
which diverted it so strangely from its spiritual functions." C. K.
Adams.
McCLURE, Edmund.
Historical church atlas. 1897 qr27O Mi3
MOLLER, Wilhelm.
History of the Christian church. 3v. 1893-1900 270 M 76
v.i. A.D.i-6oo. v.2. Middle ages. v-3. Reformation to 1648.
Contains many bibliographies.
v.3 was largely the work of Dr Kaweran.
"There is no other book equally useful to students in giving a view of
the development of church history as a part of the general course of
human knowledge." Nation, 1892.
PARSONS, Reuben.
Studies in church history. 6v. 1896-1901 270 P26
v. i. Centuries 1-8. v.2. Centuries 9-14.
v. 3. Centuries 15-16. v.4. Centuries 17-18.
v.s-6. Century 19.
\Written from the Roman Catholic standpoint.
ST. JOHN, Wallace.
Contest for liberty of conscience in England. 1900. (Chicago
university. Divinity studies, no.i.) r27O 814
Bibliography, p. 147-153.
RELIGIOUS HISTORY 205
SCHAFF, Philip.
History of the Christian church, v.i-4, 6-7. 1892-94 270 829
Apostolic Christianity, A.D. i-ioo.
Ante-Nicene Christianity, 100-325.
.3. Nicene and post-Nicene Christianity, 311-600.
.4. Mediaeval Christianity, 590-1073.
.6. Modern Christianity The German reformation.
.7. Modern Christianity The Swiss reformation.
SOHM, Rudolf.
Outlines of church history. 1895 270 S68
STEARNS, Wallace Nelson.
Manual of patrology; a concise account of the chief persons,
sects, orders, etc., in Christian history, from the first cen-
tury to the period of the reformation. 1899 270 879
Contains bibliographical references.
USENER, Hermann Karl.
Religionsgeschichtliche untersuchungen. 3v. in 2. 1899.... 270 U28
v.i 2. Das weihnachtsfest. Christlicher festbrauch, schriften des aus-
gehenden mittelalters.
v-3. Die sintfluthsagen.
VASCOTTI, Claro.
Institutiones historiae ecclesiasticae novi foederis. 2v. 1873. .r270 V22
270.1 Apostolic age
BARTLET, James Vernon.
The apostolic age; its life, doctrine, worship and polity. 1899.
(Ten epochs of church history.) 270.1 627
BAUR, Ferdinand Christian.
Church history of the first three centuries. 2v. 1878-79. .270.1 632
BRIGHT, William.
Some aspects of primitive church life. 1898 270.1 674
EUSEBIUS PAMPHILUS, bp. of Caesarea.
Ecclesiastical history. 1851 r27o.i 93
FARRAR, Frederick William, dean.
Early days of Christianity. 1882 270.1 F25
FISHER, George Park.
Beginnings of Christianity, with a view of the state of the
Roman world at the birth of Christ. 1893 270.1 F53
"The author has three purposes in view: first, to give an account of the
ancient world, including heathen and Jewish society; second, to ex-
amine the New Testament doctrines from which our knowledge of the
Christian religion must be derived; and, third, to discuss the most
important topics connected with the life of Christ and the apostolic
age... It represents extensive study of the best literature on the sub-
ject, is without parade of learning, and is written in a style at once
clear and refreshing." C. K. Adams.
FOUARD, Constant, 1'abbe.
Saint Peter and the first years of Christianity. 1899 270.1 F82
"In the rapid development of English (Roman) Catholic literature, great
attention has been paid to the Prince of the Apostles.. .These works
for the most part, however, have a special end in view. They are
controversial in character.. .This work, then appears at a happy time
in its English form, and crowns our Petrine literature with the pages
of peace. Controversy is not found in the body of the work. . .Vivacity,
brilliancy at times, pervades the entire volume." American Catholic
quarterly review, 1893.
206 RELIGIOUS HISTORY
McGIFFERT, Arthur Cushman.
A history of Christianity in the apostolic age. 1897. (Inter-
national theological library.) 270.1 Mi6
Dr McGiffert is interpretive rather than argumentative, and the chief
value of his book is in his interpretation of Paul. The Outlook says:
"It might almost be said that Dr McGiffert has re-discovered Paul."
MILMAN, Henry Hart.
History of Christianity to the abolition of paganism in the
Roman Empire. 3v. in 2 270.1 Mji
"One of the early works by which Dean Milman laid the foundation
for his literary fame. It now stands as a fitting introduction to the
more mature and more famous 'History of Latin Christianity.' In
style it shows the author's well-known qualities, and it is marked by
his equally well-known freedom from bondage to the traditions of the
church." C. K. Adams.
MOXOM, Philip Stafford.
From Jerusalem to Nicnea; the church in the first three cen-
turies. 1895. (Lowell lectures.) 270.1 M<J4
NEANDER, Johann August Wilhelm.
History of the planting and training of the Christian
church by the apostles. 2v. 1898-1900 270.1 Ni8
v.z contains also Antignostikus; or, Spirit of Tertullian.
ORR, James.
Neglected factors in the study of the early progress of
Christianity; Morgan lectures, 1897. 1899 270.1 028
PLUMMER, Alfred.
Church of the early fathers; external history. 1898.
(Epochs of church history.) 270.1 P72
"Authorities," p.?-g.
"Limited to the Ante-Nicene period, and indeed to only a portion
of that. Neither the Apostolic Age nor the history of Arianism falls
within its scope. Its limits are, roughly speaking, the and and 3rd
centuries." Preface.
PURVES, George Tybout.
Christianity in the apostolic age. 1901 270.1 P98
Selected bibliography, p.323-328.
RAMSAY, William Mitchell.
Church in the Roman Empire before 170. 1893. (Mansfield
college lectures.) 270.1 Ri8
RENAN, Ernest.
Antichrist, including the period from the arrival of Paul in
Rome to the end of the Jewish revolution. 1897. (Histo-
ry of the origins of Christianity.) 270.1 R33
The same. (History of the origins of Christianity.) 270.1 R33a
Christian church, comprising the reigns of Hadrian and
Antoninus Pius (A.D. 117-161). (History of the origins
of Christianity.) 270.1 R33C
Marcus-Aurelius. (History of the origins of Christian-
ity.) 270.1 R33m
WEIZSACKER, Karl H. von.
Apostolic age of the Christian church. 2v. 1894-95 270.1 W47
270.2 Period of oecumenical councils
CARR, Arthur.
Church and the Roman Empire. 1898. (Epochs of church
RELIGIOUS HISTORY 207
history.) 270.2 C22
"Authorities," p-7-8.
"Here it is intended to trace in outline the relations between Christian-
ity and the Roman Empire, and the external growth of the Church,
during the 4th and sth centuries." Preface.
DU BOSE, William Porcher.
The ecumenical councils, with an introduction by T. F.
Gailor. 1897. (Ten epochs of church history.) 270.2 D86
Bibliography, p.i7-i8.
GWATKIN, Henry Melvill.
Arian controversy. 1898. (Epochs of church history.) .. .270.2 Goxj
Bibliography, p.p-n.
HOLME, L. R.
The extinction of the Christian churches in north Africa;
Hulsean prize essay, 1895. 1898 270.2 H73
Bibliography, p.2S7~2S9-
WATERMAN, Lucius.
The post-apostolic age. 1898. (Ten epochs of church
history.) 270.2 W2g
270.3-270.5 Mediaeval period
HEMANS, Charles Isidore.
A history of mediaeval Christianity and sacred art in Italy.
2v. 1869-72 270.3 H43
v.i. 900-1350.
v.a. In Italy from 1350 to 1400, in Rome from 1350 to 1500.
MAITLAND, Samuel Roffey.
The dark ages: essays intended to illustrate the state of re-
ligion and literature in the 9th, loth, nth and I2th cen-
turies. 1890 270.3 M27
"The re-publication at this late day, and under Catholic auspices, of
Dr. Maitland's great work is remarkable for more than one reason...
It was originally regarded by its author only as a passing contribu-
tion to an ephemeral controversy; and its author lived and died an
Anglican. Yet it contains but few passages that any Catholic can
take exception to." American Catholic quarterly review, 1890.
"A delightful book that tends to sweep away much narrow-mindedness."
C. K. Adams.
TRENCH, Richard Chenevix, abp.
Lectures on medieval church history. 1877 270.3 T72
"Very valuable and very interesting." C. K. Adams.
WELLS, Charles Luke.
The age of Charlemagne (Charles the Great). 1898. (Ten
epochs of church history.) 270.3 W49
Bibliography, p.is-ig.
STEPHENS, William Richard Wood, dean.
Hildebrand and his times. 1898. (Epochs of church
history.) 270.4 $83
'Authorities," p.8-io.
VILLEMAIN, Abel Frangois.
Life of Gregory VII; preceded by a sketch of the history of
the papacy to the nth century; tr. by J. B. Brockley.
2v. 1874 270.4 33
Contains a very clear exposition of the papal theory regarding the re-
lation of church and state.
"Among the long line of rulers who have occupied the chair of St.
Peter none has left a more permanent impress on the institutions
14
208 REFORMATION
which they developed than Gregory VII. His acts live to-day in the
Latin communion." Athenaeum, 1874.
VINCENT, Marvin Richardson.
The age of Hildebrand. 1896. (Ten epochs of church his-
tory.) 270.4 V34
Bibliography, p. 15-22.
WORKMAN, Herbert B.
Church of the West in the middle ages. 2v. 1898. (Books
for Bible students.) 270.4 W8p
v.i. From Gregory the Great to St. Bernard: The rise of the papal su-
premacy. Scholasticism. Monasticism.
v.2. From the death of St. Bernard (1153) to the transfer of the
papacy to Avignon and the death of Clement V (1314): Roma victrix.
The continuity of life. The fall of the papal supremacy.
Bibliography at the beginning of each chapter.
BALZANI, Ugo.
Popes and the Hohenstaufen. 1898. (Epochs of church his-
tory.) 270.5 621
LOCKE, Clinton.
The age of the great western schism. 1896. (Ten epochs of
church history.) 270.5 L75
"The author's style is vigorous, direct and very readable, the best and
latest authorities are used, and the whole book is done on the highest
plane of critical, scholarly history for general readers." Independent,
1897.
POOLE, Reginald Lane.
Wycliffe and movements for reform. 1896. (Epochs of
church history.) 270.5 ?79
Contents: Boniface the Eighth ; the papal position. The Franciscan
controversy; Marsiglio of Padua and William of Ockham. The popes
at Avignon; the papacy and England. The early life of John Wy-
cliffe. Wyclifie and English politics. Wycliffe's earlier doctrine.
Wycliffe and the great schism. Lollardy in England and Bohemia.
The divided papacy. The councils of Pisa and Constance. John
Hus. The end of the first reform movement. Religious revival in
Spain and Italy. Reform in Germany; the Lateran council.
VAN DYKE, Paul.
The age of the renascence; an outline sketch of the history of
the papacy, 1377-1527. 1897. (Ten epochs of church his-
tory.) 270.5 Vi8
WYLIE, James Hamilton.
Council of Constance to the death of John Hus; the Ford
lectures, 1000. 1900 270.5 Wo8
270.6 Reformation
AUBIGNfi, Jean Henri Merle d'.
History of the reformation of the i6th century from its com-
mencement to the death of Zwingle. 2v. 1835 270.6 A8o,
The same. 1844 T27O.6 A8g
"This can hardly be called a standard history of the Reformation, and
yet it is probably more used by Protestant readers than all other his-
tories of the Reformation combined. The causes of the great popu-
larity of the work are the grace and spirit of the author's style, the
enthusiastic Protestantism of his belief, and the great skill with which
he has marshalled his evidence." C. K. Adams.
BEARD, Charles, 1827-1888.
Reformation of the sixteenth century in its relation to
modern thought and knowledge. 1897. (Hibbert lee-
REFORMATION 209
tures, 1883.) 270.6 634
"Mr. Beard's lectures are. . .learned and scholarly without being above
the comprehension of the popular reader. .. [He] sees in the Reforma-
tion 'the manifestation upon religious ground of the intellectual forces
which inspire the speculation and have given us the science of to-
day.' " Athenaeum, 1883.
BETTANY, George Thomas.
Popular history of the reformation and modern Protes-
tantism. 1895 270.6 646
FISHER, George Park.
Reformation. 1894 270.6 F$3
The same 1899 T27O.6 53
List of works on the reformation, p. 567-591.
"A thorough piece of literary work, the result of many years of study.
The most distinct characteristic of the volume is the attempt on the
part of the author to interweave with the account of religious and the-
ological affairs such secular and political events as had an important
influence in shaping the great movement." C. K. Adams.
FROUDE, James Anthony.
Lectures on the Council of Trent. 1896 270.6 Fg7
HAUSSER, Ludwig.
Period of the reformation, 1517 to 1648. 1873 .270.6 Hi3
"The most distinguishing merit of the book is the great skill with
which it shows the intimate and often subtle relations of political with
religious affairs. This characteristic is notably conspicuous in the
treatment of Philip II. and the Netherlands, and also in the treat-
ment of the the Thirty Years' War. To this latter subject, so diffi-
cult in itself, eleven lectures are given, which for insight, clearness,
and comprehensiveness leave little to be desired." C. K. Adams.
LUTHER, Martin.
Primary works, with his shorter and larger catechism; ed.
with theological and historical essays by Henry Wace and
C. A. Buchheim. 1896 270.6 L98
Partial contents: Address to the Christian nobility of the German nation
respecting the reformation of the Christian estate. Concerning Chris-
tian liberty. On the Babylonish captivity of the church. The ninety-
five theses. Appendix; On the primary principles of Luther's life and
teaching, by Dr Wace. On the political course of the reformation in
Germany, 1517-1546, by Dr Buchheim.
SARPI, Pietro, called Fra Paolo.
Historic of the Councel of Trent; in which (besides the ordi-
narie actes of the Councell) are declared many notable oc-
currences which happened in Christendome, during the
space of fourtie yeeres and more, and particularly the
practises of the court of Rome to hinder the reformation
of their errors and to maintaine their greatnesse; tr. fr.
the Italian by Nathanael Brent. 1620 qr270.6 824
"A very remarkable book by a very remarkable man. Its appearance,
about the middle of the i7th century, was a literary and religious
event... The picture which Father Paul gives of the Church is
perhaps the most damaging ever painted. . .His representations evince
remarkable dramatic power. In a few words he is able to concentrate
the meaning of an event or a trait of character in a manner prob-
ably never excelled since the time of Tacitus. His portraits of the
popes are entitled to rank among the best specimens of clear, con-
cise, nervous, and comprehensive description to be found in modern
literature." C. K. Adams.
SPALDING, Martin John, abp.
History of the Protestant reformation in Germany and Swit-
2io MONASTIC ORDERS
zerland, and in England, Ireland, Scotland, the Nether-
lands, France and northern Europe. 2v. in i. 1875 270.6 873
WALKER, Williston.
The reformation. 1900. (Ten epochs of church his-
tory.) 270.6 Wi7
"Writer has chosen to treat with relative fulness the initial and form-
ative stages of the Reformation movement and the work of its few
preeminent leaders. He has therefore sketched but cursorily the
political struggles of the later Reformation age." Preface.
WARD, Adolphus William.
The counter- reformation. 1889. (Epochs of church
history.) 270.6 W2i
Summary of the religious causes and events of the Thirty years' war.
WATERWORTH, James, tr.
Canons and decrees of Council of Trent ; to which are pre-
fixed essays on the external and internal history of the
Council. 1848 T27O.6 W2O,
A translation of the canons and decrees of the Council prefaced by two
historical essays, the first covering the events leading up to the Coun-
cil, the second giving a connected narrative of the proceedings of the
assembled prelates and theologians, preparatory to each session.
YOUNG, M.
Life and times of Aonio Paleario; or, A history of the
Italian reformers in the i6th century; illustrated by
original letters and unedited documents. 2v. 1860. . . .r27o.6 38
Italian reformer and humanist, arrested by the Inquisition on a charge
of heresy, and executed in 1570. Author of several theological works,
a didactic poem in Latin, etc. This work, as the title indicates, is
practically a history of the Reformation in Italy in the i6th century,
special prominence being given to Paleario.
ZWINGLI, Huldreich.
Selected works of Zwingli, (1484-1531), the reformer of
German Switzerland; ed. with introductions and notes,
by S.M.Jackson. 1901. (Pennsylvania University.
Translations and reprints from the original sources of
European history, 2d ser., v.i.) 270.6 Zg6
Contents: Visit of the Episcopal delegation to Zurich, April 1522. The
petition of eleven priests to be allowed to marry, July 1522. The acts
of the first Zurich disputation, Jan. 1523. Zurich marriage ordinance,
1525. Refutation of the tricks of the Catabaptists, 1527.
\
271 Monastic orders
ECKENSTEIN, Lina.
Woman under monasticism; chapters on saint-lore and
convent life, 500-1500. 1896 271 25
McCABE, Joseph.
Life in a modern monastery. 1898 271 Mi2l
This popular description of modern monastic life is drawn from the
personal experience of the author, who was for twelve years a member
of the Franciscan order. Much prominence is given to the narrow
and sordid aspect of the life.
x Twelve years in a monastery. 1897 271 Mi2
The author was until very recently a monk of the Franciscan Order, but
coming to the conclusion that the doctrines of the church were not
credible, he resigned his position and here gives us an account of his
experiences. As far as an outsider can judge the book seems intelli-
gent and honest and quite free from extreme statements.
"The effect of forcing the average human being into a mould, which
JESUITS 21 T
corresponds to the spontaneous activity of men of romantic aspirations
and abnormal spiritual elevation, is a curious subject of speculation.
But upon that and upon many questions as to the actual working of
the Catholic system in England we can only refer to Mr. McCabe's
very curious book. It has the effect of letting the common light of
day into a region generally seen, if seen at all, through a halo of ro-
mance, and that effect is far too rare and valuable not to be heartily
welcomed." Literature, 1898.
MONTALEMBERT, Charles Forbes de Tryon, comte de.
The monks of the west, from St. Benedict to St. Bernard.
6v. 1896 271 M86
v.i. A sketch of monastic constitutional history, by F. A. Gasquet
Introduction. The Roman Empire after the Peace of the church.
Monastic precursors in the east. Monastic precursors in the west.
St. Benedict.
v.2. St. Gregory the Great, Monastic Italy and Spain in the 6th and
7th centuries. The monks under the Merovingians. St. Columbanus,
The Irish in Gaul and the colonies of Luxeuil. Christian origin of
the British Isles.
v.3- St. Columba, the apostle of Caledonia. St. Augustin of Canterbury
and the Roman missionaries in England. The Celtic monks and the
Anglo-Saxons. St. Wilfrid establishes Roman unity and the Benedic-
tine order.
v-4. St. Wilfrid establishes Roman unity and the Benedictine order,
(continued). Contemporaries and successors of St. Wilfrid. Social
and political influence of the monks among the Anglo-Saxons. The
Anglo-Saxon nuns.
v-5. The church and the feudal system, The monastic orders and so-
ciety. St. Gregory, monk and pope.
v.6. St. Gregory, monk and pope, (continued). The predecessors of
Calixtus II.
SMITH, Isaac Gregory.
Christian monasticism from the fourth to the ninth centuries.
1892 271 864
"Authorities," p.329~336.
WIGAND, Paul.
Geschichte der gefiirsteten reichs-abtei Corvey, und der stadte
Corvey und H oxter. 2v. in i. 1819 r27i W68
WISHART, Alfred Wesley.
Short history of monks and monasteries. 1900 271 W8i
Bibliography, p.i3~i6.
The aim is to sketch the history of the monastic institution from its
origin to its overthrow in the Reformation period. Chapters on:
Monasticism in the East; Monasticism in the West; Ante-Benedictine
monks, 340-480 A. D. ; The Benedictines; Reformed and military or-
ders; The Mendicant friars; The Society of Jesus; The fall of the
monasteries; Causes and ideals of monasticism; The effects of mon-
asticism.
WOODHOUSE, Frederick Charles.
Monasticism, ancient and modern; with an enquiry as to the
possibility of its revival. 1896 271 W86
271.5 Jesuits
CARTWRIGHT, William Cornwallis.
Jesuits, their constitution and teaching; an historical sketch.
1876 271.5 C24
"Indictment against the Society." Athenaeum, 1876.
GRAHAM, Robert Bontine Cunninghame.
Vanished Arcadia ; some account of the Jesuits in Paraguay,
1607-1767. looi 271.5 677
GRIESINGER, Theodor.
Jesuits; a complete history of their open and secret proceed-
\
212 PERSECUTIONS
ings, from the foundation of the order to the present time
(1872). 2v. 1883 r27i.5 G8g
Work written against the Jesuits.
MORSE, Samuel Finley Breese.
Proscribed German student; a sketch of Lewis Clausing.
1836 271.5 MQ2
"Treatise on the Jesuits," by L. C. H. Clausing, p-s^-a^.
MULLER, Herrmann.
Les origines de la Compagnie de Jesus; Ignace et Lainez.
1898 271.5 MQ5
PASCAL, Blaise.
Provincial letters. 1887 271.5 P27
List of works to be consulted with reference to Pascal and his writings,
p. 137-140.
Biography of Pascal, p. 15-81.
Les provinciates; ou, Les lettres ecrites par Louis de
Montalte a un provincial de ses amis 271.5 P27p-
In support of the Port-Royalists in their religious controversy with the
Jesuits.
"The first three and the last three deal with the affair of Arnauld and
the Sorbonne, and the questions under discussion as to the nature and
the need of divine grace... In the 12 letters intervening. . .Pascal
takes the offensive, and deploys an incomparably skilful attack on the
moral theology of the Jesuits. . .The effect of the 'Provincial letters'
was to carry the discussion of morals and theology before a new court
of appeal not the Sorbonne, but the public intelligence and the un-
sophisticated conscience of man. To French prose they added a mas-
terpiece and a model." Edward Doivden.
STEINMETZ, Andrew.
History of the Jesuits; from the foundation of their so-
ciety to its suppression by Pope Clement XIV; their
missions throughout the world, their educational sys-
tem and literature, with their revival and present state.
3v. 1848 271.5 S82-
THOMPSON, Richard Wigginton.
Footprints of the Jesuits. 1894 271.5 T3&
272 Persecutions
DRAKE, Samuel Gardner, ed.
Witchcraft delusion in New England; its rise, progress
and termination as exhibited by Cotton Mather in The
wonders of the invisible world, and by Robert Calef in
More wonders of the invisible world. 3v. 1866.
(Woodward's historical series.) r272 078-
v.i. Mather, Cotton. Wonders of the invisible world.
v.2-3. Calef, Robert. More wonders of the invisible world.
Memoir of Mather, by S. G. Drake, v.i, p.6$-g8; memoir of Calef, by
S. G. Drake, v.z, p. 11-29.
FOWLER, Samuel Page, ed.
Salem witchcraft; comprising More wonders of the invisible
world, by Robert Calef, and Wonders of the invisible
world, by Cotton Mather. 1861 272 F84
FOXE, John.
Book of martyrs q272 F85.
HUTCHINSON, Thomas.
Witchcraft delusion of 1692, from an unpublished manu-
HERESIES 213
script in the Massachusetts archives; with notes by W.
F. Poole. 1870 r272 HQ7
LACTANTIUS, usually called Lucius Ccelius (or Caecilius)
Firmianus.
De mortibus persecutorum, accesserunt animadversiones
variorum; recensuit Paulus Bauldri. 1692 r272 Li2
LEA, Henry Charles.
History of the Inquisition of the middle ages. 3v. 1887 272 L44
"This is probably the most scholarly work upon a considerable scale
which has ever been produced in the field of history in the United
States. Supplemented by the 'History of Confession and Indulgences,'
it forms an indispensable source for the student of the Mediaeval
church. The work treats not only the Inquisitorial process, but deals
with the spirit of the institution, the conception of heresy and its
treatment in relation to the jurisprudence of the time. The work
forms, in short, a negative history of the movement of reform before
1500, depicting the methods of the church for checking revolt and
innovation and describing the causes celebres of the Templars, Huss
and Joan of Arc." James Harvey Robinson.
MELIA, Pius.
Origin, persecutions and doctrines of the Waldenses.
l870 Q272 MS8
RULE, William Harris.
History of the inquisition, from the I2th to the ipth century.
2v. 1874 272 R86
A revision and enlargement of the same author's work published in
1868. The inquisitions of France, Italy, Spain, the Netherlands, Portu-
gal, the Spanish and Portuguese colonies in America, and India are
treated separately in chronological order.
UPHAM, Mrs Caroline E.
Salem witchcraft in outline. 1895 272 U26
Based upon the work of Charles Upham, the recognized authority on
Salem witchcraft. Concise and historically correct.
UPHAM, Charles Wentworth.
Lectures on witchcraft; a history of the delusion in Salem
in 1692. 1831 r272 U26
273 Heresies
AUGUSTINE, St.
The anti-Pelagian works; tr. by Peter Holmes and R. E.
Wallis. 3v. 1872-76 273 Apa
Writings in connection with the Manichsean heresy; tr. by
Richard Stothert. 1872 273 Ag2w
Contents: On the morals of the Catholic church. On the morals of
the Manichaeans. Against the epistle of Manichaeus called 'Fundamen-
tal. Reply to Faustus the Manichaean.
CHEETHAM, Samuel.
The mysteries, pagan and Christian; being the Bulsean
lectures for 1896-97. 1897 273 C4i
KING, Charles William.
Gnostics and their remains. 1887 qr273 K26
SACHSE, Julius Friedrich.
German pietists of provincial Pennsylvania, 1694-1708. 1895. .q273 Si2
The same. 1895 qr273 Si2
An account of the German pietists, or true Rosicrucian mystics, and of
their influence on the local history of Pennsylvania.
214 RELIGIOUS HISTORY GREAT BRITAIN
SAINTE-BEUVE, Charles Augustin.
Port-Royal, (in French). ?v. 1867-71 .273 815
^ VAUGHAN, Robert Alfred.
Hours with the mystics. 2v.ini. 1895 273 V23
Contents: Introduction. Early oriental mysticism. The mysticism of
the Neo-Platonists. Mysticism in the Greek church. Mysticism in
the Latin church. German mysticism in the I4th century.
274-279 General religious history
Great Britain
CATHCART, William.
Ancient British and Irish churches, including the life and
labors of St. Patrick. 1894 274.1 28
Contents: Christianity among the ancient Britons. Christianity among
the ancient Irish. Scotland and the conversion of the Picts. The
mission of the Scots to the Anglo-Saxons. British and Irish presby-
ters and bishops; their marriages and homes. Some of the doctrines
and observances of the ancient British and Irish Christians.
KNOX, John.
History of the reformation of religion within the realm of
Scotland; ed. for popular use by C. J. Guthrie. 1898. . .274.1 K35
LUCKOCK, Herbert Mortimer.
The church in Scotland. 1893. (The national churches.). . .274.1 L97
"Authorities," p.364-366.
MACLEAR, George Frederick.
Conversion of the West; the Celts. 1893 274.1 Mi9
MITCHELL, Alexander Ferrier.
Scottish reformation; its epochs, episodes, leaders and distinc-
tive characteristics; ed. by D. H. Fleming. 1900. (Baird
lecture, 1899.) 274.1 M74
Biographical sketch of the author by James Christie, p. 13-44.
OLDEN, Thomas.
The church of Ireland. 1892. (The national churches.) . .274.1 023
"Authorities quoted," p.43<>-432.
ABINGDON ABBEY.
Accounts of the obedientiars of Abingdon abbey; ed. by
jfi- R. E. G. Kirk. 1892. (Camden society. Publications,
n.s. v.Si.) 274.2 Ai4
Specimens of the financial accounts of nearly all the principal officers
of the abbey from 1322 to 1479, including those of the treasurer,
kitchener, chamberlain, lignar, sacristan, gardener, pittancer, infirm-
arer, refectorer, etc.
ATTHILL, William.
Documents relating to the foundation and antiquities of the
collegiate church of Middleham, in the county of York;
with an historical introduction and incidental notices of the
castle, town and neighbourhood. 1847. (Camden society.
Publications, v.38.) 274.2 A88
BAYNE, Peter.
Chief actors in the Puritan revolution. 1878 274.2 633
Contents: Three centuries ago. The transition period, James I. The
Anglo-Catholic reaction, Archbishop Laud. Henrietta Maria. Charles
I. The Covenanters, Charles II and Argyle. Montrose. Milton.
Sir Henry Vane. Oliver Cromwell. Clarendon.
"Published originally in the Contemporary Review. The chapters are
RELIGIOUS HISTORY GREAT BRITAIN 215
studies founded on the most recent researches, and are admirable spec-
imens of judicious, incisive, and well-sustained criticism." C. K.
Adams.
BEDE.
Ecclesiastical history of England; also The Anglo-Saxon
chronicle; ed. by J. A. Giles. 1900 274.2 637
"Life of Bede," p. 6-23.
Bede covers the period from Caesar's invasion to 731.
"It is no exaggeration to say that with respect to the period of English
history treated by Bede in the latter portion of this work, three-
fourths of our knowledge are derived from him, and that most of
what we find on the same subject in later historians is merely a
reflection or qualification of what they themselves found in his pages
. . .Of scarcely less importance than Bede's History, even for the peri-
od of which he treats, and of yet greater value in that it extends to
a much later period is the Anglo-Saxon Chronicle, which brings us
down to the year 1154." Gardiner & Mallinger's "Introduction to
the study of English history."
BLACKSTONE, Sir William.
Reply to Priestley's Remarks on the fourth volume of the
Commentaries. 1773 r274.2 PQ4
Bound with Priestley's Remarks on some paragraphs in Blackstone's
Commentaries.
BURNET, Gilbert, bp.
History of the reformation of the Church of England; ed.
by Nicholas Pocock. 7v. 1865 274.2 693
"The original history, while it had many of the characteristics of a great
book, abounded in errors and crudities. These it has been the editor's
effort to clear away, and his work is a monument of critical industry
and learning." C. K. Adams.
BYINGTON, Ezra Hoyt.
The Puritan in England and New England. 1897 274.2 699
CAMPBELL, Douglas.
Puritan in Holland, England and America. 2v. 1892 274.2 CiS
v.i. Introduction, the people and institutions of the United States.
The Netherlands before the war with Spain. Revolution in the Neth-
erlands, (1555-1585). England before Elizabeth. Elizabethan Eng-
land. English Puritanism.
v.2. The Scottish kirk and its influence on English and American Puri-
tanism. The English in the Netherlands, (1585-1588). The invinc-
ible Armada. England after the Armada. The Brownists, or Sepa-
ratists, the Baptists and the Quakers. King James and the Puritans.
War in the Netherlands, (1588-1648). The Netherland republic.
The Netherland republic and the English commonwealth. The Neth-
erland republic and the United States. The Scotch-Irish, the Puri-
tans of the South.
"A work which has commanded attention to the influence exerted by
the Dutch on the development of ideas and institutions in the United
States, and which has done so with good effect, though with some
exaggeration." J. N. Lamed.
CAPES, William Wolfe.
English church in the fourteenth and fifteenth centuries,
(1272-1500). 1900. (History of the English church, v.3.) . .274.2 Ci8
"Canon Capes' method is rather to describe the period in a series of
brilliant essays than to give a strictly consecutive narrative of events
...The chapters on the Clergy and Parish Life, on the Monasteries,
Friars, and Pilgrims, and the closing essay on the influence of the
Church on social life, are. . .delightful reading, full of quaint anec-
dotes and records which Canon Capes has unearthed among contem-
porary chronicles." Outlook in life, 1900.
CLARK, William, b. 1829.
The Anglican reformation. 1897. (Ten epochs of church
history.) 274.2 C$2
216 RELIGIOUS HISTORY GREAT BRITAIN
COBBETT, William.
History of the reformation in England and Ireland, in a
series of letters 274.2 C6j
COLLINS, William Edward.
Beginnings of English Christianity; with special reference to
the coming of St. Augustine. 1898 274.2 C7i
Contents: The Romano-British church and Celtic Christianity. The be-
ginnings of English Christianity. The Welsh church and the Eng-
lish. The English church and the Roman.
The English reformation and its consequences. 1898 .... 274.2 C7ie
Contents: The reformation of the English church. Romanism. Puri-
tanism. Sectarianism. Appendix of documents.
Appendix includes, Form of license to preach granted by Queen Mary;
The true meaning of the title "Supreme governor"; the Act of su-
premacy; The adoption of the Roman missal, etc., by the English
Romanists; the Bull of deposition against Elizabeth; Later modifica-
tions of the bull "Regnans in excelsis"; "A declaration of the sen-
tence and deposition of Elizabeth"; King James I's oath for recusants;
a Directory of church government; the Millenary petition; Richard
Baxter's prayer book, etc.
FURNEAUX, Philip.
Letters to Blackstone concerning his exposition of the act of
toleration and positions relative to religious liberty in his
Commentaries. 1773 r274.2 PQ4
Bound with Priestley's Remarks on some paragraphs in Blackstone's
Commentaries.
GASQUET, Francis Aidan.
Eve of the reformation; studies in the religious life and thought
of the English people in the period preceding the rejection
of the Roman jurisdiction by Henry VIII. 1900 274.2 G2I
Contents: The revival of letters in England. The two jurisdictions.
England and the pope. Clergy and laity. Erasmus. The Lutheran
invasion. The printed English Bible. Teaching and preaching.
Parish life in Catholic England. Pre-reformation guild life. Mediaeval
wills, chantries and obits. Pilgrimages and relics.
GEIKIE, Cunningham.
The English reformation; how it came about, and why we
should uphold it. 1879 274.2 G28
"An essay rather than a history. It is, however, a strong presentation
of the Protestant side of the Reformation. The book is argumentative
rather than judicial, and is written from the Church-of-England point
of view. It is interesting and forcible, but it should be regarded as a
plea rather than a decision." C. K. Adams.
HALE, William Hale, ed.
Domesday of St. Paul's of 1222; or, Registrum de visita-
tione maneriorum per Robertum decanum, and other
original documents relating to the manors and churches
belonging to the dean and chapter of St. Paul's, Lon-
don, in the I2th and I3th centuries. 1858. (Camden
society. Publications, v.69.) 274.2 Hi6
HALL, Thomas Cuming.
Social meaning of modern religious movements in Eng-
land; the Ely lectures for 1899. 1900 274.2 Hi7
Contents: The beginnings of Methodism. The Methodist movement.
England's condition and the Evangelical party. The Evangelical party
and social reform. Radicalism and reform. The broad church move-
ment. The high church reaction. The social significance in general.
Bibliography, p. 28 1-283.
RELIGIOUS HISTORY GREAT BRITAIN 217
HUNT, Rev. William.
English church, from its foundation to the Norman conquest,
(597-1066). 1899. (History of the English church.) 274.2
English church in the middle ages. 1895. (Epochs of
church history.) 274.2
INNES, Arthur Donald.
Cranmer and the reformation in England. 1900. (World's
epoch-makers.) 274.2 124
"The real subject is the movement, not the man, despite the title of the
series. . .The three great points in any life of Cranmer which aims at
exceeding the compass of a personal biography are, first, the arch-
bishop's policy towards Church and State in the reigns of Henry VIII,
Edward VI, and Mary; secondly, the lasting seal which he impressed
upon the Church of England; and thirdly, the conflicting views of his
public character which have been formed by Romanists, Anglicans of
the High Church party, and Evangelicals of all parties. Mr. Innes
keeps each of these matters before him in his accurate and thoughtful
essay." Nation, 1900.
JACOBS, Henry Eyster.
Lutheran movement in England during the reigns of Hen-
ry VIII and Edward VI, and its literary monuments.
1891 274.2 Ji3
The same. 1891 r274.2 Ji3
JESSOPP, Augustus.
Before the great pillage; with other miscellanies. 1901 274.2 J29
Contents: Parish life in England before the great pillage. The parish
priest in England before the reformation. "Robbing God." The cry
of the villages. The baptism of Clovis. David and Jonathan. Adam
and Eve. Cu Cu! Moles.
More than half the volume deals with the mediaeval parish history of
England. The rest of the book consists of miscellaneous papers, the
two entitled ''David and Jonathan" and "Adam and Eve" being hu-
morous accounts of two pairs of tortoises.
LAW, Thomas Graves, ed.
Archpriest controversy; documents relating to the dissen-
sions of the Roman Catholic clergy, 1597-1602; ed. fr.
the Petyt mss. of the Inner temple, v.i. 1896. (Cam-
den society. Publications, n.s. v.56.) 274.2 L39
MACLEAR, George Frederick.
Conversion of the West: the English. 1897 274.2 Mi9
MAITLAND, Samuel Roffey.
Essays on subjects connected with the reformation in
England. 1899 274.2 M27
Contents: Puritan veracity: George Joye, Anthony Dalaber, Thomas
Greene, John Careless. Puritan style: John Bale, Bishop Ponet,
Bartholomew Traheron. Puritan politics: John Knox, Bishop Ponet,
Wyat's rebellion, The duty of subjects to their rulers generally, Re-
specting Queen Mary in particular, The Spaniards, The change of
religion. The Puritan palinodia; the "Harborough" for faithful sub-
jects. The ribalds: Thomas, lord Cromwell, Act of six articles.
Bishop Gardiner and the king. Bishop Gardiner and Paget. Bishop
Gardiner and Bishop Bonner. Bishop Gardiner; his popery. Bishop
Bonner's cruelty.
MASON, Arthur James, ed.
Mission of St. Augustine to England, according to the origi-
nal documents;' a handbook for the thirteenth centenary.
1897 274.2 M44
Complete collection of authentic documents relating to Augustine's mis-
sion, from the works of Gregory and Bede, with translations and
explanatory notes. Contains also four essays by different writers on
the "Political outlook of Europe in 597"; the "Mission of Augustine
218 RELIGIOUS HISTORY GREAT BRITAIN
and his companions in relation to other agencies in the conversion of
England"; the "landing-place of St. Augustine, with a map"; and "On
some liturgical points relating to the mission."
OVERTON, John Henry.
Evangelical revival in the i8th century. 1898. (Epochs of
church history.) 274.2 O33
Bibliographical note, p. 5.
Contents: John Wesley. George Whitfield and others. Methodism and
evangelicalism. The evangelical clergy. The evangelical laity. Litera-
ture of the revival. Results of the revival. Opposition to the revival.
The doctrines of the revival. The evangelical revival compared with
other movements.
PERRY, George Gresley.
History of the reformation in England. 1898. (Epochs
of church history.) 274.2 ?44
"Authorities," p.6-7.
PRIESTLEY, Joseph.
Answer to Blackstone's Reply to Remarks on the fourth
volume of the Commentaries. 1773 T274.2 PQ4
Bound with the following.
Remarks on some paragraphs in Blackstone's Commentaries
relating to the dissenters. 1773 r274.2 Pp4
SEEBOHM, Frederic.
Oxford reformers; John Colet, Erasmus and Thomas
More. 1896 274.2 845
STEPHENS, William Richard Wood, dean.
English church, from the Norman conquest to the accession of
Edward I, (1066-1272). 1901. (History of the English
church, v.2.) 274.2 883
"Sound in its information and just in its general conclusions. . .provides
in a very convenient form an abundance of help towards the realisa-
tion of one of the most critical periods in the political and ecclesiasti-
cal history of our country [England]." Spectator, 1901.
STRYPE, John.
Annals of the reformation and establishment of religion, and
other occurrences in the Church of England, during Queen
Elizabeth's reign; with an appendix of original papers of
state, records and letters. 4v. in 7. 1824 274.2 92
Bibliographies at end of v.i and v.2.
"Strype's lack of literary style, unskilful selection of materials, and un-
methodical arrangement render his books tiresome. . .but to students of
ecclesiastical and political history of England in the sixteenth century
the vast accumulations of facts and documents of which his books con-
sist render them of the utmost value." Dictionary of national biography.
WAKEMAN, Henry Offley.
The church and the Puritans, 1570-1660. 1897. (Epochs
of church history.) 274.2 Wi4
Authorities, p.6.
WRIGHT, Thomas, 1810-1877, ed.
Three chapters of letters relating to the suppression of
monasteries; ed. fr. the originals in the British museum.
1843. (Camden society. Publications, v.26.) 274.2 W93
Composed of letters to Thomas Cromwell and others from abbots and
bishops, from Cromwell's agents, from the royal commissioners appoint-
ed to examine the monasteries, and also various documents, all between
1528-1558. Most important for the religious history of the time.
RELIGIOUS HISTORY GERMANY 219
Germany
GOULD, Sabine Baring-.
The church in Germany. 1891. (The national churches.). . .274.3 G73
LINDSAY, Thomas M.
Luther and the German reformation. 1900. (World's epoch-
makers.) 274.3 L?2
Bibliography, p. 293-296.
"He gives us much less of dogmatic theology than might be expected,
and much more of the popular culture which existed in Germany at
the close of the Middle Ages ... According to Dr Lindsay's plan, a
large part of the space is devoted to the different orders of society,
peasants, burgesses, knights, and nobles, to the national character of
the Lutheran revolt, to the effect of Luther's marriage on popular
opinion concerning sacerdotal celibacy, to the superstitions which were
prevalent in the i6th century, to Luther's educational views, and to
the reformer's home life. He shows at all points familiarity with
Luther's own works, whether theological or popular, and has formed
his judgment at first hand." Nation, 1900.
WILLIAMS, Edward F.
Christian life in Germany, as seen in the state and the
church. 1897 274.3 W>4
Other Countries of Europe
MACLEAR, George Frederick.
Conversion of the West: the Slavs. 1879 274 Mip
SLOANE, William Milligan.
French revolution and religious reform ; an account of eccle-
siastical legislation and its influence on affairs in France
from 1789 to 1804. 1901 274.4 $63
SMITH, Richard Travers.
The church in France. 1894. (The national churches.) 274.4 $65
LEA, Henry Charles.
Chapters from the religious history of Spain connected
with the inquisition. 1890 274.6 L44
Contents: Censorship of the press. Mystics and illuminati. Endemonia-
das. El Santo Nino de la Guardia. Brianda de Bardaxi.
MEYRICK, Frederick.
The church in Spain. 1892. (The national churches.). . . .274.6 M6$
EDWARDS, Charles E.
Protestantism in Poland ; a brief study of its history as an en-
couragement to mission work among the Poles. 1901 274.7 31
KRASINSKI, Valerian, count.
Historical sketch of the reformation in Poland, and of the
influence which the scriptural doctrines have exercised on
that country. 2v. 1838-40 274.7 ^41
MACLEAR, George Frederick.
Conversion of the West: the Northmen 274.8 Mi9
DITCHFIELD, Peter Hampson.
The church in the Netherlands. 1893. (The national
churches.) 274.9 063
List of works relating to the history of the church in the Netherlands,
p. 3 88-38 9 .
MARTYN, William Carlos.
The Dutch reformation. 1868 274.9 M43
220 RELIGIOUS HISTORY AMERICA
Asia
LYALL, Sir Alfred Comyns.
Asiatic studies; ist-2d ser. 2v. 1899 275.4
v.i. Religion of an Indian province. On the origin of divine myths
in India. Influence upon religion of a rise in morality. Witch-
craft and non-Christian religions. Missionary and non-missionary
religions. On the formation of some clans and castes in India.
The rajput states of India. Our religious policy in India. The
religious situation in India.
v.2. Letters from Yamadeo Shastri. On the relations between the
state and religion in China. "The golden bough, a study in com-
parative religion," (a review). Origins and interpretations of
primitive religions. Natural religion in India. History and fable.
Permanent dominion in Asia.
SMITH, George, b. 1833.
The conversion of India, 193-1893 275.4 $64
America
BACON, Leonard Woolsey.
History of American Christianity. 1897. (American
church history series.) 277 Bi3
"Traces American Christianity from the Spanish conquest down to the
present time We welcome the volume as a concise, and apparently
scrupulously accurate, summary." Outlook, 1897.
CARROLL, Henry King.
The religious forces of the United States, enumerated,
classified and described on the basis of the census of
1890; revised Jan. i, 1896. 1893. (American church his-
tory series.) 277.3 23
COBB, Sanford Hoadley.
Rise of religious liberty in America; a history. 1902 277.3 C63
Contents: The American principle. The old world idea. Colonial be-
ginnings. Church of England establishments. Puritan establishments.
Changing establishments. The free colonies. Colonial bishops.
The period of the Revolution. Final settlements.
"Authorities," p. 17-20.
DORCHESTER, Daniel.
Christianity in the United States to the present time. 1889. .277.3 073
STRAUS, Oscar Solomon.
Religious liberty in the United States. 1896 277.3 Sgi
ADAMS, Charles Francis, b. 1835.
Massachusetts; its historians and its history. 1893 277.4 A.2I
BLISS, William Root.
Side glimpses from the colonial meeting-house. 1894 277.4 655
FORD, David Barnes.
New England's struggles for religious liberty. 1896 277.4 F?6
LETTER from a gentleman in Boston to George Wishart, one of
the ministers of Edinburgh, concerning the state of religion
in New-England. 1883. (Clarendon historical society.
Reprints.) 277.4 L6s
Reprint of the edition of 1742.
The same. (In Clarendon historical society. Reprints,
v.i.) roo6 Csi v.i
WALKER, George Leon.
Some aspects of the religious life of New England, with
CHRISTIAN CHURCHES AND SECTS 221
special reference to Congregationalists. 1897. (Carew
lectures, 1896.) 277.4 Wi6
JAMES, Charles Fenton.
Documentary history of the struggle for religious liberty
in Virginia. 1900 277.5 Ji6
"Orderly and animated presentation of one phase of early ecclesiastical
history in Virginia, based directly on the original records. The suc-
cession of documents gives a beautiful exhibition of historical evolu-
tion the feeble beginnings, the steady progress, and the complete
triumph of a glorious principle." American journal of theology, 1901.
BROWN, Hubert William.
Latin America. 1901. (Students' lectures on missions,
Princeton theological seminary, 1901.) 278 678
Contents: The pagans. The Papists. The patriots. The Protestants.
The present problem.
"Books of reference," p. 285-289.
A course of lectures on the religious development and needs of Latin
America, delivered at various theological seminaries with the purpose
of awakening an interest in missions in Mexico, Central and South
America. The author has been for years a Presbyterian missionary
in Mexico.
280 Christian churches and sects
ARNOLD, Matthew.
St. Paul & Protestantism, with an essay on Puritanism &
the Church of England, and Last essays on church &
religion. 1883 280 A7S
The same. 1898 r28o A7S
CARPENTER, William Boyd.
Some thoughts on Christian reunion. 1895 280 C22
HENSON, Herbert Hensley.
Godly union and concord ; sermons preached mainly in West-
minster abbey in the interest of Christian fraternity. 1902. . .280 H45
Canon Henson advocates the admission of dissenters to the communion
of the Anglican church and the recognition of the authority of the
nonconformist ministry.
HUNTINGTON, William Reed.
The church-idea; an essay towards unity. 1899 280 H94
SCHELL, William Gallis.
Biblical trace of the church proving we are near the end of
the world, with a dissertation on false teachers. 1893 r28o 832
SCOTT, Walter.
Messiahship; or, Great demonstration. 1859 280 843
281.1-281.4 Apostolic church
APOSTOLICAL constitutions; ed. by James Donaldson.
(Ante-Nicene Christian library.) 281.1 Cs63
Bound with Clemens Romanus" Clementine homilies.
ARNOBIUS, the elder.
The seven books of Arnobius adversus Gentes; tr. by A.
H. Bryce and Hugh Campbell. 1895. (Ante-Nicene
Christian library.) 281.1 A75
222 APOSTOLIC CHURCH
AUGUSTINE, St.
Letters; tr. by J. G. Cunningham. 2v. 1872-75 281.1 Ap2
On Christian doctrine, and other papers; tr. by J.F.Shaw
and S. D. Salmond. 1873 281.1 Ap2o
Contents: On Christian doctrine. The Enchiridion. On the catechising
of the uninstructed. On faith and the creed.
Writings in connection with the Donatist controversy; tr.
by J. R. King. 1872 281.1 AQ2w
Contents: On baptism, against the Donatists. Answer to letters of
Petilian. On the correction ot the Donatists.
v BENSON, Edward White, abp.
Cyprian, his life, his times, his work. 1897 281.1 644
Bibliography, p.6ai-62S.
CLEMENS Romanus.
The Clementine homilies. (Ante-Nicene Christian
library.) 281.1 563
CLEMENT of Alexandria.
Writings; tr. by William Wilson. 2v. 1867-83. (Ante-
Nicene Christian library.) 281.1 C$6
CYPRIAN.
Writings, with the writings of Novatian, Minucius Felix, etc.;
tr. by R. E. Wallis. 2v. 1868-1884. (Ante-Nicene Chris-
tian library.) 281.1 CgS
GREGORY THAUMATURGUS.
Works of Gregory Thaumaturgus, Dionysius of Alexan-
dria and Archelaus; tr. by S. D. F. Salmond. 1882.
(Ante-Nicene Christian library.) 281.1 G86
HIPPOLYTUS, St., bp. of Portus.
Refutation of all heresies, and Writings, with Fragments of
writings of 3d century; tr. by J. H. Macmahon and S. D.
F. Salmond. 2v. 1868-69. (Ante-Nicene Christian
library.) 281.1 H59
v.a is bound with 281.1 128 v.a.
IRENvEUS, St., bp. of Lyons.
Writings; tr. by Alexander Roberts and W. H. Rambaut.
2v. 1868-69. (Ante-Nicene Christian library.) 281.1128
JUSTIN, St., surnamed the martyr.
Writings of Justin and Athenagoras; tr. by Marcus Dods and
others. 1867. (Ante-Nicene Christian library.) 281.1 J53
KRUGER, Gustav
History of early Christian literature in the first 3 centuries.
1897 281.1 K42
Contents: Primitive Christian literature. Gnostic literature. Literature
of the church.
Contains many short bibliographies.
LACTANTIUS, usually catted Lucius Ccelius (or Caelius)
Firmianus.
Works; tr. by William Fletcher. 2v. 1886. (Ante-Nicene
Christian library.) 281.1 Li2
v.2 includes The testaments of the twelve patriarchs, and Fragments of
the second and third centuries.
LITURGIES and other documents of the ante-Nicene period.
1883. (Ante-Nicene Christian library.) 281.1 L74
APOSTOLIC CHURCH 223
MENZIES, Allan, ed.
Ante-Nicene Christian library; additional volume.
1897 q28i.i M6a
Contents: Gospel of Peter. Diatessaron of Tatian. Apocalypse of Peter.
The Visio Pauli. Apocalypses of the Virgin and Sedrach. Testa-
ment of Abraham. Acts of Xanthippe and Polyxena. Narrative of
Zosimus. Apology of Aristides. Epistles of Clement, (complete text).
Origen's Commentary on John, books i-io, and Commentary on
Matthew, books 1-2, 10-14.
METHODIUS, St., bp. of Patara, and others.
Writings of Methodius, Alexander of Lycopolis, Peter of
Alexandria, and several fragments. 1883. (Ante-Nicene
Christian library.) 281.1 M64
ORIGEN.
Writings; tr. by Frederick Crombie. 2v. 1894-95. (Ante-
Nicene Christian library.) 281.1 Oa8
Life of Origen, v.2, p. 2 5-40.
PURVES, George Tybout.
The testimony of Justin Martyr to early Christianity; lec-
tures delivered on the L. P. Stone foundation at Prince-
ton theological seminary, in March, 1888. 1889 281.1 P98
SCHAFF. Philip, ed.
Select library of the Nicene and post-Nicene fathers of the
Christian church; ist ser. I4v. 1887-99 q28i.i 829
v.i. Confessions and letters of St. Augustin, with a sketch of his life
and work.
v.2. St. Augustin's City of God, and Christian doctrine.
v.3. ST. AUGUSTIN: On the Trinity, Doctrinal treatises, Moral
treatises.
v.4. Writings against the Manichaeans and against the Donatists.
v-s. Anti-Pelagian writings.
v.6. Sermon on the mount, Harmony of the gospels, Homilies on the
gospels.
v.7. Homilies on the Gospel of John, Homilies on the first Epistle of
John, Soliloquies.
v.8. Expositions on the Psalms.
v.9. ST. CHRYSOSTOM: On the priesthood. Ascetic treatises, Select
homilies and letters, Homilies on the statues,
v.io. Homilies on the Gospel of Saint Matthew,
v.i i. Homilies on the Acts and the Epistle to the Romans,
v 12. Homilies on the Epistles to the Corinthians.
v.i3. Homilies on Galatians, Ephesians, Philippians, Colossians, Thes-
salonians, Timothy, Titus and Philemon.
v.i4. Homilies on the Gospel of St. John and the Epistle to the
Hebrews.
SCHAFF, Philip, ed.
The teaching of the twelve apostles; or, The oldest church
manual, the Didache and kindred documents in the
original, with translations and discussions of post-apos-
tolic teaching, baptism, worship and discipline. 1890. .r28i.i 829
"The Didache literature," p.i4o-is8; 297-320.
SCHAFF, Philip, & Wace, Henry, ed.
Select library of Nicene and post-Nicene fathers, 2d ser; tr.
into English with prologomena and explanatory notes.
I4v. 1800-1000 q28i.i S20S
v.i. Eusebius: Church history, Life of Constantine, Oration in praise
of Constantine.
v.2. Socrates, Sozomenus: Church histories.
v.3. Theodoret, Jerome, Gennadius, Rufinus: Historical writings, etc.
v.4. St. Athanasius: Select works and letters.
v.$. Gregory of Nyssa: Dogmatic treatises, etc.
v.6. St. Jerome: Letters and select works.
15
224 GRECO-RUSSIAN CHURCH
v.7. S. Cyril of Jerusalem: Catechetical lectures. S. Gregory Nazian-
zen: Select orations.
v.8. St. Basil: Letters and select works.
v.p. St. Hilary of Poitiers: Select works. John of Damascus: Ex-
position of the orthodox faith.
-v.io. St. Ambrose: Select works and letters.
'v.n. Sulpitius Severus: Works. Vincent of Lerins: Commitory.
John Cassian: Works.
v.i a. Leo the Great: Letters and sermons. Gregory the Great: Book
of pastoral rule, and selected epistles.
v. 13. Gregory the Great: Selected epistles. Ephraim Syrus: Selections
from the Hymns and Homilies. Aphrabat: Select demonstrations.
v. 14. The seven ecumenical councils.
TATIAN.
Writings of Tatian and Theophilus, and The Clementine
recognitions; tr. by B. P. Pratten and others. 1883.
(Ante-Nicene Christian library.) 281.1 T23
TERTULLIAN.
Five books against Marcion; tr. by Peter Holmes. 1868.
(Ante-Nicene Christian library.) 281.1 T3if
Writings, with the extant works of Victorinus and Com-
modianus. 3v. 1884-95. (Ante-Nicene Christian li-
brary.) 281.1 T3i
WRITINGS of the .apostolic fathers; tr. by Dr Roberts and
others. 1867. (Ante-Nicene Christian library.) 281.1 WQ3
Contents: First epistle of Clement to the Corinthians. Second epistle of
Clement. Epistle of Polycarp to the Philippians. The martyrdom of
Polycarp. Epistle of Barnabas. Epistles of Ignatius. Epistles of
Ignatius, after the Syriac version. The martyrdom of Ignatius. Epis-
tle to Diognetus. The Pastor of Hermas. Fragments of Papias.
Spurious epistles of Ignatius.
281.5-281.6 Oriental churches
BURKITT, Francis Crawford.
Early Christianity outside the Roman Empire; lectures
delivered at Trinity college, Dublin. 1899 281.5 691
FORTESCUE, Edward Francis Knottesford.
Armenian church founded by St. Gregory the Illuminator;
a sketch of its history, liturgy, doctrine and ceremonies.
1872 281.6 F79
Appendix is a translation, by S. C. Malan, of the Confession of faith,
and the Rite of holy baptism.
281.9 Graeco- Russian church
DABOVICH, Sebastian.
Preaching in the Russian church; or, Lectures and ser-
mons by a priest of the Holy orthodox church. 1899. .281.9 Dn
GREEK CHURCH.
Book of needs of the Holy orthodox church, with an
appendix containing offices for the laying On of hands,
done into English by G. V. Shann. 1894 281.9 G82
HEARD, Albert F.
Russian church and Russian dissent, comprising orthodoxy,
dissent and erratic sects. 1887 281.9 H38
List of books consulted, p.?-g.
ROMAN CATHOLIC CHURCH 225
HORE, Alexander Hugh.
Eighteen centuries of the orthodox Greek church. 1899. .281.9 H79
MOURAVIEFF, Andrew Nicolaievitch.
History of the church of Russia. 1842 281.9 M94
NEALE, John Mason.
History of the Holy eastern church. SY. 1847-73 r28i.9 Ni7
v.i-2. General introduction.
7.3-4 Patriarchate of Alexandria.
T. 5. Patriarchate of Antioch.
ROMANOFF, H.C.
Sketches of the rites and customs of the Greco-Russian church.
1868 281.9 R66
STANLEY, Arthur Penrhyn, dean.
Lectures on the history of the Eastern church. 1884 281.9 878
"For the purposes of a student of general history this is the most use-
ful of Dean Stanley's works. It not only has to do with a subject of
very considerable importance, but it possesses the rare charm of a
graceful, scholarly, and eloquent method of treatment. It is one of
the few ecclesiastical histories that every genuine student of the
Middle Ages will find himself interested in reading." C. K. Adams.
TOZER, Henry Fanshawe.
Church and the Eastern empire. 1897. (Epochs of church
history.) 281.9 T67
"Authorities," p. 5-6.
282 Roman Catholic church
ADDIS, William E. & Arnold, Thomas, comp.
Catholic dictionary. 1893 r2 8 2 -^22
ALLIES, Thomas William.
Formation of Christendom. 4v. 1897-98 282 A43
v.i. The Christian faith and the individual.
v.2. The Christian faith and society.
v.3. The Christian faith and philosophy.
v.4. As seen in church and state.
A Roman Catholic study of the first few centuries of church history.
"Mr. Allies has published a third edition of his able work... The author
is well known for a width of learning., .conspicuous when he was
still an Anglican clergyman, and his piety and sincerity have con-
tributed to make his treatise one that can be perused with profit and
pleasure." Athenaeum, 1897.
ALZOG, Johann.
Manual of universal church history. 4v. 1889-95 282 A47
v.i. To 700. v.2. 700-1303. v.3. 1303-1648.
v.4. 1648-1878.
"The most important of Roman Catholic authorities on the general his-
tory of the Church. It is put forth with the official imprimatur, and
it is regarded by high authority as a book without a rival. The author
was one of the most influential of German professors of ecclesiastical
history... In his labors of preparation Dr Alzog made use of Protes-
tant and infidel, as well as of Roman Catholic, authorities. . .The work
is not free from dogmatism, and it not unfrequently puts forth views
which will startle the Protestant reader." C. K. Adams.
AMERICAN CATHOLIC HISTORICAL SOCIETY OF
PHILADELPHIA.
Records ; quarterly, i884-date. v.i-date. i887-date r282 ASI
BALMES, Jaime Lucio.
European civilization; Protestantism and Catholicity com-
pared in their effects on the civilization of Europe.
226 ROMAN CATHOLIC CHURCH
1850 282 B2i
Sketch of the author, p-7-12.
The author, a distinguished Spanish ecclesiastic of the first part of the
igth century, gives us the Roman Catholic view of the question.
COURCY, Henry de, & Shea, J. G.
Catholic church in the United States. 1856 282 C84
CREIGHTON, Mandell.
History of the papacy during the reformation. 5v. 1887-
94 282 87
v.i. 1378-1418. v.2. 1418-1464. v.3-4. 1464-1518.
v.S- I5'7-J527-
FAIRBAIRN, Andrew Martin.
Catholicism: Roman and Anglican. 1899 282 FiS
Contents: The churches and the ideal of religion. Catholicism and the
apology for the faith. Catholicism and religious thought. Catholi-
cism and historical criticism. Reason and religion. Cardinal Manning
and the Catholic revival. Anglo-Catholicism: the old and the new.
"The foundations of belief." Some recent English theologians.
Oxford and Jowett.
Appeared first in the Contemporary review.
FIFTY reasons why the Roman Catholic religion ought to be
preferred to all others r282 F46
FOSTER, Frank Hugh.
Fundamental ideas of the Roman Catholic church, explained
and discussed for Protestants and Catholics. 1899 282 F8i
GOFFINE, Leonhard.
Christkatholische handpostille; oder, Unterrichts- und er-
bauungsbuch. 1889 q282 Gs6
GREGORY, William.
Trial of Antichrist, otherwise the man of sin, for high
treason against the Son of God tried at the sessions
house of truth. 1830 r282 G86
An indictment of the Roman Catholic church, in the form of a state
trial. The pope is charged with high treason against the King of
Heaven, for usurping his supremacy, titles, power, etc. The indict-
ment goes back to the year 606, and historical events are brought for-
ward to support the charge. Legal phrases are used and the idea of a
court of justice is maintained throughout.
LEA, Henry Charles.
History of auricular confession and indulgences in the Latin
church. 3v. 1896 282 L44
v.i-2. Confession and absolution,
v. 3. Indulgences.
LfiPICIER, Alexius Maria.
Indulgences; their origin, nature and development. 1895 282 L62
"A doctrinal exposition of this point of Catholic teaching, viewed in con-
nection with other tenets of our creed and the perpetual practice of
the Church." Preface.
LYONS, Daniel.
Christianity and infallibility; both or neither. 1891 282 L99
MILMAN, Henry Hart.
History of Latin Christianity. 8v. in 4. 1893 282 M7I
"To the student of the middle ages this work is second in importance
only to that of Gibbon. . . Has received the heartiest commendation
of so prominent a Catholic as Cardinal Newman. Of especial excellence
is the . . . account of the establishment and growth of monastic
institutions and . . . orders. Worthy of note, also, is the struggle
between the pope and the emperor in the time of Gregory VII. In
chap. 8 of v.8 is a skilful account of Christian architecture. Of the
numerous works on the history of the church in the middle ages this
ROMAN CATHOLIC CHURCH 227
will generally be found at once the most readable, the most impartial,
and the most satisfactory." C. K. Adams.
"I know few books more delightful and more instructive to read than
Milman's 'History of Christianity.' And none better discharges the
work of a guide, both to the original authorities and, what we cannot
neglect, to modern German writers." . A. Freeman.
MIVART St. George, & Vaughan, Herbert, cardinal.
Under the ban; a scientist's heresies condemned by the
church; a correspondence between Dr St. George Miv-
art and Cardinal Vaughan. 1900 282 M75
Accompanied by two articles by Dr Mivart on "Some recent Catholic
apologists" and "The continuity of Catholicism."
MORRIS, John, ed.
Troubles of our Catholic forefathers related by themselves,
ist-3d series. 3v. 1872-77 282 Mgi
v.i. Mother Margaret Clement and the Carthusian monks. Imprison-
ment of Francis Tregian. Father Tesimond's landing in England.
Father Richard Blount and Scotney castle. The Babthorpes
of Babthorpe. St. Monica's convent in war, pestilence and pov-
erty. The Venetian ambassador's chaplain. The Southcote family.
The Tichbornes of Tichborne house.
v.a. Life of Father William Weston, S.J. Fall of Anthony Tyrrell.
v-3- An ancient editor's note book. A Yorkshire recusant's relation.
Father Richard Holtby on persecution in the north. Notes by a
prisoner in Ousebridge Kidcote. Mr John Mush's life of Margaret
Clitherow. Father Pollard's recollections of the Yorkshire mission.
NIPPOLD, Friedrich.
Papacy in the iQth century. 1900 282 N36
Being a part of Nippold's "History of Catholicism since the restoration
of the papacy."
"General outlines are firmly drawn, and represent the Roman Churc'u,
and more especially the Papacy, as profiting by every revolution of
the century, but indirectly, by availing itself of the several reactions
that have succeeded the several revolutions. . .The criticism is a sharp
and generally an effective one on the popes, the Roman Curia, and the
Jesuit order. It can hardly be objected to as religiously partisan, for
it is almost entirely political. . .Ably and carefully written, but disfig-
ured by a too splenetic manner in some parts." Nation, 1901.
OCHINO, Bernardino.
The tragedy; reprinted from Bishop Ponet's translation out of
Ochino's Latin manuscript in 1549; ed. by C. E. Plttmptre.
1899 282 Oi3
Severe indictment of the Church of Rome by a i6th century Italian.
"Apart from the question of Milton's possible debt to it, the work is in
itself interesting, both as 'a rattling party pamphlet' and as showing to
those who have even a slight acquaintance with modern phases of the
secular conflict between Rome and not-Rome how very little change
has come about in the positions taken up either by the attack or by
the defence." Athenaeum, 1900.
O'GORMAN, Thomas.
History of the Roman Catholic church in the United States.
1895. (American church history series.) 282 Oi7
PASTOR, Ludwig.
History of the popes, from the close of the middle ages; from
the secret archives of the Vatican and other original
sources. 6v. 1894-99 282 P28
"Authorities," v.i, p.n-4S; v.3, p.p-39; v.s, p.n-45.
"While as little of a party history as could possibly be expected, Profes-
sor Pastor's work is still too much of one to rank among examples of
genuine scientific research, or to achieve any special distinction save
that of a most useful guide to the contemporary literature of its sub-
ject, published and unpublished." Richard Garnett.
"A fair-minded and learned work." English historical review, 1893.
228 ROMAN CATHOLIC CHURCH
PENNINGTON, Arthur Robert.
The church in Italy. 1853. (The national churches.) 282
List of works consulted, p. 491-494.
RANKE, Leopold von.
History of the popes, i6th & I7th centuries. 3v. 1891 282 Rig
"Professor Ranke is a Protestant, but he carries forward all his work
with such fairness and impartiality as to command the general, if
not even the entire, respect of his religious opponents. . . As a
portrayal of the interior policy of the Church, and of the course that
led to the reaction against the Reformation, these volumes have no
equal. The distinguishing characteristic of Ranke is the deep in-
sight with which he penetrates to the very bottom of affairs, and
brings the causes and springs of action into the light." C. K. Adams.
REEVE, Joseph.
History of the Christian church. 1851 r282 Rz8
RENAN, Ernest.
Lectures on the influence of the institutions, thought and
culture of Rome on Christianity and the development of
the Catholic church. 1880. (Hibbert lectures.) 282 R33
SCHERER, Edmond.
What is Catholicism? tr. by T. A. Seed, with an introduction
by R. F. Horton. 1900 282 832
In a series of letters addressed to a suppositious "Monsieur le Cure,"
Scherer attacks the Roman Catholic system as a centre of reaction.
SHEA, John Gilmary.
History of the Catholic church within the United States.
4v. 1886-92 qr282 853
v.i. 1521-1763.
V.2. 1763-1815.
v.3. 1808-1843.
v.4. 1843-1866.
v.2 title-page reads Life and times of John Carroll.
SPALDING, James Field.
The world's unrest and its remedy. 1898 282 873
An exposition of Roman Catholic doctrine.
SYMONDS, John Addington.
Renaissance in Italy; the Catholic reaction. 2v. 1887 282898
Bibliography, v.i, p. 7-9.
The same. 2v. 1898 r282 898
THOMPSON, Richard Wigginton.
Papacy and the civil power. 1876 282 T3&
Contains many short bibliographies.
"Not an ultimate authority, but the best easily accessible sketch of the
subject of which it treats. It is hardly judicial in character, but is
rather a powerful indictment of the temporal policy of the catholic
church." C. K. Adams.
The same. 1876 r282 T38
THURSTON, Herbert.
Holy year of jubilee; an account of the history and cere-
monial of the Roman jubilee. 1900 282 T43
TUKER, M. A. R. & Malleson, Hope.
Handbook to Christian and ecclesiastical Rome. 4v. in 3.
1900 r282 T83
v.i. Christian monuments of Rome.
v.2. Liturgy in Rome; feasts and functions of the Church, the cere-
monies of Holy week.
v.3-4. Monasticism in Rome. Ecclesiastical Rome.
ANGLICAN AND PROTESTANT EPISCOPAL CHURCH 229
VIVIAN, Mrs Olive (Walton), & Herbert.
Romance of religion. 1902 282 V3S
Contents: The miraculous little doctor, (the Santo bambino). The dance
of the Seises. A strange Mount of Olives. The masked men of Tus-
cany. A city of nunneries, (Ghent). Where women never speak.
The votaries of eternal silence. Miraculous images. The Holy week
procession in Seville. The passion procession at Murcia. Our Lady
of Luxemburg. An opera in a cathedral. The pardon of S. Anne
d'Auray. The black virgin of Roc-Amadour. The hermits of the
Sierra Morena. The marvels of Montserrat. The fancy dress pil-
grimage of Walcourt. The night of the Redeemer at Venice. The
holy house of S. Ignatius. The holy coat of Treves. The church of
Servia. Easter in Bulgaria. The religious dance of Ethiopia. Cere-
monies at Constantinople.
Descriptions of some interesting religious ceremonies and institutions,
most of them connected with the Roman Catholic church.
WARD, Wilfrid.
William George Ward and the Catholic revival. 1893 282 W2i
AMERICAN Catholic historical researches ; quarterly, v.i-date.
i884-date r282.os Asi2
v.i-4 title page reads Historical researches in western Pennsylvania,
principally Catholic.
v.s-6 title page reads Documents relating to the history of the Catholic
church in the United States; comp. by M. I. J. Griffin, v. I 2.
AMERICAN Catholic quarterly review, v.i-date. 1876-
date qr282.os ASI
General index, v. 1-25, 1876-1900.
CATHOLIC world; a monthly magazine of general literature
and science, v.i-date. i86s-date r282.os C28
DUBLIN review; quarterly, v.i-date. i836-date . T282.O5 D8s
The MONTH; an illustrated magazine of literature, science and
art. v. i-date. i864-date T282.O5 M86
V.2O-43 title reads The month and Catholic review; v.44-date title reads
The month; a Catholic magazine and review.
283 Anglican and American Protestant Episcopal
church
BENTON, Angelo Ames, ed.
The church cyclopaedia. 1886 qr2&3 844
BLUNT, John Henry.
Reformation of the Church of England. 2v. 1882-92 283 657
v.i. 1514-1547.
V.2. l547-l66a.
CHURCH almanac, 1876-1880, 1895, 1900. v.46-50, 65, 70, in 3.
1875-99 r283 Asi2
v.6$, 70 title reads American church almanac and year book.
The CHURCH eclectic; monthly. v.6-date. i879-date r283 C46
CHURCH review and ecclesiastical register; monthly and
quarterly, Apr. i848-Jan. 1860, Apr. i863-Jan. 1867, Jan.
i88s-Dec. 1887, Apr. i889-Oct. 1890. v.i-12, 15-18, 45-
50, 53-59, in 26. 1848-90 r2&3 ASI
v.ii-12, 15-18 title reads American quarterly church review and ecclesi-
astical register; v.45~46 title reads American church review; v.47-59
title reads Church review.
COLEMAN, Leighton, bp.
The church in America. 1895. (The national churches.). ... .283 C68
230 ANGLICAN AND PROTESTANT EPISCOPAL CHURCH
CROCKFORD'S clerical directory, 1901; a statistical book
of reference for facts relating to the clergy and the
church. 33d issue. - 1901 qr283 C88
CRUTTWELL, Charles Thomas.
Six lectures on the Oxford movement, and its results on the
Church of England. i8oq 283 C8g
"A very fair review of the religious movement of the last three-quarters
of a century. The writer is a just, clear-sighted observer and student,
and a devoted adherent of the Anglican policy of comprehension."
Spectator, 1899.
CUTTS, Edward Lewes, comp.
Dictionary of the Church of England. 1889 r283 CQS
CUTTS, Edward Lewes.
Parish priests and their people in the middle ages in Eng-
land. 1808 283 CQS
DIX, Morgan, ed.
History of the parish of Trinity church in the city of New
York, v.i-2. 1898-1901 q283 D64
v.i. 1697-178.3.
V.2. 1783-1816.
Bibliography, v.i, p.488-498; v.2, p.333-336.
DIXON, Richard Watson.
History of the Church of England. 4v. 1884-93 283 0648
v.i. Henry VIII, 1529-1537.
v.2. Henry VIII, 1538-1547; Edward VI, 1547-1548.
v.3- Edward VI, 1 549-1 553.
v-4. Mary, 1553-1558.
DURRETT, Reuben Thomas.
Historical sketch of St. Paul's church, Louisville, Ky., pre-
pared for the semi-centennial celebration, Oct. 6, 1889.
1889. (Filson club. Publications.) qr283 094
ENGLAND, CHURCH OF.
Official year-book. [v.2o]-date. iooi-date r283 644
ENGLISH CHURCH UNION.
Annual directory, 1895 r2 83 64
FREEMAN, Edward Augustus.
History of the cathedral church of Wells, as illustrating the
history of the cathedral churches of the old foundation.
1870 283 Fgi
Outline of the history of the bishopric, the growth of the various
church offices, etc., combined with a sketch of the cathedral's archi-
tectural story. The only illustration is an historical ground plan.
GOODMAN, George.
The church in Victoria during the episcopate of Charles
Perry, first bishop of Melbourne. 1892 283 G62
GORE, Charles, ed.
Essays in aid of the reform of the church. 1898 283 G66
Contents: General lines of church reform. The position of the laity
in the early church, by R. B. Rackham. The principles ard condi-
tions of the Scottish establishment, by Lord Balfour. Church and
state, by H. S. Holland. Self-government of the church, by Arthur
Lyttelton. Legal and parliament possibilities, by Mr Phillimore.
Parochial church councils, by H. J. Torr. Reform of patronage,
by C. Y. Sturge. Pensions for the clergy, by the dean of Norwich.
The increase of the episcopate, by W. S. de Winton. ---Church reform
and social reform, by T. C. Fry. The position of the laity in the
American (Protestant Episcopal) church, by the bishop of Vermont.
Relation of the laity to church government in the province of South
- ANGLICAN AND PROTESTANT EPISCOPAL CHURCH 231
Africa, by J. W. Williams. Functions of the laity in the Scottish
(Episcopal) church, by T. N. Speir. The constitution of the church
of Ireland, by R. T. Smith. On ecclesiastical tribunals, by Mr
Phillimore. On the government of the Anglican churches in Canada,
New Zealand and Australia.
HARCOURT, Sir William Vernon.
Lawlessness in the national church. 1899 283 H25
Reprinted from the Times.
HAVERSTICK, Alexander C.
Churchman's ready reference. 1900 r283 H35
A manual of information concerning the tenets of Christianity, espe-
cially those of the Anglican and Protestant Episcopal churches. A
full index makes it a practical work of reference.
HOTCHKIN, Samuel Fitch.
Early clergy of Pennsylvania and Delaware. 1890 283 H82
LIVING church annual, 1883-1886, 1892-1893, 1897-1899, 1901.
v.2-5, 11-12, 16-18, 20, in 5. 1883-1900 r283 L74
v.5, 1886, title page reads Living church annual and clergy list quarterly.
v,n, i892-v.2o, 1901, title page reads Living church quarterly.
MacCOLL, Malcolm.
The reformation settlement examined in the light of history
and law. 1899 283 Mi38
"Canon MacColl is a practised and energetic controversialist, and it is
impossible to read his new volume without admiration for his skill of
fence and his sturdy adroitness of attack... It is a clever and pene-
trating criticism of many modern fallacies, political, historical, reli-
gious, and it is a criticism which boldly carries the war into the ene-
my's country." Literature, 1899.
"As a first-class fighting defence of the High Anglican position, we rec-
ommend the book, more especially as there is not, from the first page
to the last, one word of bitterness, and nothing but appreciation of
the labours and merits of Nonconformists." Methodist times.
McCONNELL, Samuel D.
History of the American Episcopal church. 1897 283 Mi3
MALLOCK, William Hurrell.
Doctrine and doctrinal disruption; being an examination
of the intellectual position of the Church of England.
1900 283 M29
Author is a Roman Catholic whose object is to show that the new criti-
cism of the Bible puts a new face upon Protestant authority. He
first explains and exposes the theories of authority as held by the
different parties in the Church of England and then sets forth the
Roman Catholic theory as the only true and satisfactory one.
OVERTON, John Henry.
The Anglican revival. 1897. (Victorian era series.) 283 033
The church in England. 2v. 1897. (National churches.) 283 C33c
"Authorities," v.2, p.423-439.
PERRY, William Stevens, bp. ed.
Historical collections relating to the American colonial church.
v.i-3. 1870-73 qr283
v.i. Virginia, 1650-1705.
v.2. Pennsylvania, 1680-1778.
v.3. Massachusetts, 1676-1785.
T.2 title-page reads Papers relating to the history of the church in
Pennsylvania.
Historical notes and documents illustrating the organization
of the Protestant Episcopal church in the United States.
1874
PERRY, William Stevens, bp.
History of the American Episcopal church, 1587-1883. 2v.
232 PROTESTANTISM
1885
v.i. 1587-1783.
V.2. 1783-1883.
PROTESTANT EPISCOPAL CHURCH.
Church calendar. 1902 r283 Pp7i
PROTESTANT EPISCOPAL CHURCH General convention.
Journal of the proceedings, 1892, 1895, 1898. 3v. 1893-99 . .. .r283 ?97
Journals of the general conventions of the Protestant Episco-
pal church, 1785-1835; ed. by W. S. Perry. 3v. 1874. . .r283 P97J
v.i. 1785-1821.
V.2. 1823-1835.
v-3. Historical notes and documents.
SATTERLEE, Henry Yates, bp.
New testament churchmanship and the principles upon which
it was founded. 1899 283 825
"An attempt to differentiate between church principles as set forth in
the New Testament itself, and church principles as they appeared at
the time of the Reformation, in the mediaeval setting and interpreta-
tion of the Church of Rome." Preface.
SEABURY centenary handbook; a comprehensive sketch of the
facts relating to, and the results of, the consecration of Dr
Seabury as the first bishop of the American church, by an
Edinburgh layman. 1884 283 843
SPENCE, Henry Donald Maurice.
History of the English church. 1900. (Temple primers.). . .283 S74
STANLEY, Arthur Penrhyn, dean.
Historical memorials of Canterbury. 1875 283 878
Historical memorials of Westminster Abbey. 2v. 1882. . .283 S78h
The same. 3v. 1887 r283 S78hi
TIFFANY, Charles Comfort.
History of the Protestant Episcopal church in the United
States. 1895. (American church history series.) 283 T45
Bibliography, p.i6-24.
TRACTS for the times by members of the University of Oxford.
v.i-2. 1839-40 r283 T67
For contents see contents book, p. 114; kept at the reference desk.
VAIL, Thomas Hubbard.
The comprehensive church; or, Christian unity in the
Protestant Episcopal church. 1883 283 Vi3
WAKELING, George.
Oxford church movement; sketches and recollections. 1895.. 283 Wi4
WARD, Wilfrid.
William George Ward and the Oxford movement. 1890 283 W2i
WHITTAKER'S churchman's almanac; Protestant Episcopal
almanac and parochial list. 44th, 48th year. 1898-
1902 r283 W6s
284 Protestantism
CORWIN, Edward T.
History of the Reformed church, Dutch, the Reformed
church, German, and the Moravian church in the United
States, by E. T. Corwin, J. H. Dubbs and J. T. Hamil-
ton. 1895. (American church history series.) 284 C83
CALVINIST 233
ENGLAND Council of state.
Ordinance appointing commissioners for approbation of
publique preachers. 1889. (Clarendon historical society.
Reprints.) qr2$4 64
Reprint of the edition of 1653.
HARNACK, Adolf.
Thoughts on the present position of Protestantism. 1899. .284 H28
LILLEY, J.P.
The principles of Protestantism; an examination of the doc-
trinal differences between the Protestant churches and the
Church of Rome. 1898 284 L6g
284.1 Lutheran
GOOD, James Isaac.
History of the Reformed church in the United States,
1725-1792. 1899 284.1 G62
JACOBS, Henry Eyster.
History of the Evangelical Lutheran church in the United
States. 1893. (American church history series.) 284.1 Jl3
Bibliography, p.9~i6.
JACOBS, Henry Eyster, & Haas, J.A.W. comp.
Lutheran cyclopedia. 1899 qr284-i Ji3
A summary of the chief topics comprised in the doctrine, life, customs,
history and statistics of the Lutheran church.
KRAUTH, Charles Porterfield, tr.
Augsburg confession, with the additions of the German
text incorporated; together with the general creeds.
1868 284.1 K4ia
KRAUTH, Charles Porterfield.
Conservative reformation and its theology. 1875 284.1 K4I
RUOFF, Frederick.
Geschichte der ersten deutschen vereinigten evangel.
Protest, gemeinde zu Pittsburgh, Pa., anlaszlich ihres
hundertjahrigen jubilaums, 1782-1882. 1882 r284.i R87
Contains interesting pictures of Pittsburgh.
With autograph letter by Frederick Ruoff.
TITZEL, John M. and others.
A history of the Reformed church within the bounds of
the Westmoreland classis. 1877 284.1 T54
284.2 Calvinist
CALVIN, John.
Institutes of the Christian religion. 2v 284.2 Ci4
KUYPER, Abraham.
Calvinism. 1899. (The L. P. Stone lectures for 1898-
1899.) 284.2 K44
Contents: Calvinism a life-system. Calvinism and religion. Calvinism
and politics. Calvinism and science. Calvinism and art. Calvinism
and the future.
234 HUGUENOTS
284.4 Waldenses
BOMPIANI, Sophia V.
Short history of the Italian Waldenses who have inhabited
the valleys of the Cottian Alps from ancient times to
the present. 1897 284.4 B6i
"The story of the persecutions of the valleys Dauphine and Savoy, and
in Calabria, can never lose its interest; but so much has been done in
modern times to elucidate it that there is no excuse for the reiteration
of the old fables which identify the Waldenses with Vigilantius and
the Leonistae." Nation, 1897.
284.5 Huguenots
BAIRD, Charles Washington.
History of the Huguenot emigration to America. 2v. 1885. -284.5 Bi6
Describes briefly the attempted settlements in Brazil and Florida and
the colonies established in Acadia, Canada and the New Netherlands.
The greater part is devoted to the consequences of the revocation
of the Edict of Nantes and the history of the refugees, with short
genealogical notes concerning some of their descendants.
BAIRD, Henry Martyn.
History of the rise of the Huguenots of France. 2v. 1895. .284.5 6167
"An excellent account of the Protestant movement in France from the
accession of Francis I, in 1515, to the death of Charles IX, in 1574.
The work is written with a judicial moderation too often wanting in
the writings of both Protestants and Catholics. But, while the work
is judicial in its tone, and is entirely free from all attempts at what
would be called fine writing, the narrative is not without genuine
spirit." C. K. Adams.
Huguenots and Henry of Navarre. 2v. 1886 284.5 Bi67hu
Huguenots and the revocation of the Edict of Nantes. 2v.
1895 284.5 Bi67h
POOLE, Reginald Lane.
History of the Huguenots of the dispersion at the recall of
the edict of Nantes. 1880 284.5 ?79
SMILES, Samuel.
Huguenots in France after the revocation of the edict of
Nantes, with Memoirs of distinguished Huguenot refu-
gees, and A visit to the country of the Vaudois. 1893. .284.5 S64h
"Authorities," p. 13.
The Huguenots; their settlements, churches and industries in
England and Ireland. 1867 284.5 $64
Huguenots in America, by G. P. Disosway, p. 427-442.
STAPLETON, Ammon.
Memorials of the Huguenots in America, with special reference
to their emigration to Pennsylvania. 1901 ^84.5 S?g
Sketches the history of the Huguenots in France, their colonies in vari-
ous parts of the world, and, in particular, their emigrations to Penn-
sylvania. The book is of special value to the genealogist.
WEISS, Charles.
History of the French Protestant refugees, from the revoca-
tion of the Edict of Nantes to our own days. 2v. 1854. . .284.5 W46
v.i. History of the French Protestants from the promulgation of the
Edict of Nantes by Henry IV, to its revocation by Louis XIV. Ref-
ugees in Brandenburgh. Refugees in England. Refugees in America.
v.2. Refugees in Holland. Kefugees in Switzerland. Of the establish-
ment of the refugees in Denmark, Sweden and Russia. American
Huguenots. Authentic documents.
PRESBYTERIAN 235
284.6 Moravian
HAMILTON, John Taylor.
History of the Moravian church, or the Unitas fratrum,
or the Unity of the brethren, during the eighteenth and
nineteenth centuries. 1900 284.6 H2i
Bibliography, p.5-8.
REICHEL, William Cornelius, ed.
Memorials of the Moravian church, v.i. 1870 r284-6 R29
No more published.
RITTER, Abraham.
History of the Moravian church in Philadelphia, from its
foundation in 1742 to the present time, (1856). 1857. . .284.6 RSI
The same. 1857 r284.6 RSI
SCHWEINITZ, Edmund de, & Schultze, Augustus.
Moravians and their faith; revised by J.T.Hamilton.
1900. (Special Moravian publication fund committee.
Leaflet, no.2.) r266 U25b
Bound with United brethren. Bericht der Heiden-societat zu Bethlehem.
285 Presbyterian
ALEXANDER, Gross.
History of the Methodist church, South, the United Pres-
byterian church, the Cumberland Presbyterian church
and the Presbyterian church, South, in the United
States, by Gross Alexander, J. B. Scouller, R. V. Foster
and T. C. Johnson. 1894. (American church history
series.) 285 A37
ALLIANCE OF THE REFORMED CHURCHES HOLDING
THE PRESYBTERIAN SYSTEM General council.
Minutes and proceedings, i88o-date. v.2-date. i88o-date r28s A43
Title-page of v.s-date reads Proceedings.
BREED, William Pratt.
Presbyterianism three hundred years ago. 1872 285 672
CHEESEMAN, Lewis.
Differences between old and new school Presbyterians.
1848 r28s C4i
CRAIGHEAD, J. G.
Scotch and Irish seeds in American soil; early history of
the Scotch and Irish churches and their relations to the
Presbyterian church of America. 1878 285 C86
The DIVINE right bf church government; wherein it is proved
that the Presbyterian government by preaching and ruling
elders in sessional, presbyterial and synodical assemblies, ,
may lay the only lawful claim to a divine right according
to the Holy scriptures, by sundry ministers of Christ with-
in the city of London. 1844 r28s 064
HAYS, George Peirce, and others.
Presbyterians; a popular narrative of their origin, progress,
236 PRESBYTERIAN
doctrines and achievements. 1892 285 H37
List of authorities, p.2i-22.
Chapter on the United Presbyterian church was written by Dr W. J.
Reid of Pittsburgh.
HETHERINGTON, William Maxwell.
History of the Church of Scotland from the introduction of
Christianity to the period of the disruption in 1843. 1851. .r28s H49
HOWARD, George Broadley.
Rise and progress of Presbyterianism. 1898 285 H84
MILLER, Hugh.
The headship of Christ, and The rights of the Christian
people. 1882 285 M69
MILLER, Samuel.
Presbyterianism; the truly primitive and apostolical con-
stitution of the church of Christ. 1840 r28s M6g
OGILVIE, J. N.
The Presbyterian churches, their place and power in mod-
ern Christendom, with a chapter on the Presbyterian
churches in the United States, by A. C. Zenos. 1897 285 Oi7
PLUMLEY, Gardiner Spring, ed.
Presbyterian church throughout the world. 1874 r28s P7I
ROCKWELL, J. E.
Sketches of the Presbyterian church, containing a brief
summary of arguments in favour of its primitive and
apostolic character and a view of its principles, order
and history. 1854 285
SCOTLAND, CHURCH OF General assembly.
Directory for family worship. 1880 r28$
Reprint of the edition published by Benjamin Franklin in 1745.
Bound with Westminster assembly's Directory for the publick worship
of God.
WESTMINSTER ASSEMBLY.
Directory for the publick worship of God; agreed upon by the
Assembly of divines at Westminster, with the commission-
ters from the Church of Scotland. 1880 r28s Ws6
Reprint of the edition published by Benjamin Franklin in 1745.
Form of presbyterial church-government and of ordination
of ministers; agreed upon by the Assembly of divines at
Westminster, with the commissioners from the Church of
Scotland. 1880 .r285 W$6
Reprint of the edition published by Benjamin Franklin in 1745.
Bound with the above.
285.1 Presbyterian church in America
ALLEN, Richard Howe, ed.
Leaves from a century plant; report of the centennial cele-
bration of Old Pine street church (Third Presbyteri-
an), Philadelphia, Pa., May 29, 1868. 1870 r28s.i A42
ARCH STREET PRESBYTERIAN CHURCH, Philadelphia.
History of the Arch street Presbyterian church. 1883 r28s.i A66h
Manual of the Arch street Presbyterian church. 1860 r28s.i A66
PRESBYTERIAN 237
BIRCH, George W.F.
Our church and our village. 1899 r28s.i 646
Contents: History of the Claysville Presbyterian church. Biographical
sketch of Rev. Thomas Hoge. Reminiscences of Claysville, Pa.
BLAIKIE, Alexander.
History of Presbyterianism in New England; its introduction,
growth, decay, revival and present mission. 2v. in i.
1881 r28s.i 652
BRIGGS, Charles Augustus.
Presbyterian church against C. A. Briggs; amended charges
and specifications as delivered to Dr Briggs by the mod-
erator in open session of judicatory, Nov. 9th, 1892.
1892 r28s. i 674
Presbyterian church against C. A. Briggs; argument of G.
W. F. Birch, of the prosecuting committee. 1892 r28s.i 674
Presbyterian church against C. A. Briggs; argument of J. J.
Lampe, of the prosecuting committee. 1892 r28s.i 674
Presbyterian church against C. A. Briggs; Dr Lampe's re-
ply to objections filed by Professor Briggs under sec-
tion 22 of the Book of discipline. 1892 r28s.i 674
Presbyterian church against C. A. Briggs; objections pre-
sented by Mr McCook to the motion to strike out charges
IV and VII from the amended charges and specifications.
1892 raSs. i 674
Presbyterian church in the United States of America; argu-
ment of J. J. McCook, of the prosecuting committee.
1892 r28s. i 674
The above six pamphlets are bound together.
CENTENARY memorial of the planting and growth of Presby-
terianism in western Pennsylvania and parts adjacent.
1876 r285.i C32
Contents: Life and labors of John McMillan, by D. X. Junkin. Re-
ligious history; early revivals, the "falling work," lay-helpers, etc, by
Aaron Williams. Educational history; colleges, academies and female
seminaries, also the history of the Western theological seminary, by
J. I. Brownson. Missionary history, domestic and foreign, with bio-
graphical sketches of missionaries, by E. E. tswift. Ecclesiastical his-
tory, organization of presbyteries and synods, with notices of the ear-
lier ministers, by S. J. M. Eaton. Pittsburgh in the last century, with
the early history of the First Presbyterian church, by W. M. Darling-
ton. The secular history, its connection with the early Presbyterian
church history of south western Pennsylvania, by James Veech. Ad-
dress, The future in the light of the past, by S. J. Wilson.
CHARTIERS PRESBYTERY, Pa.
Centennial pamphlet, containing addresses delivered at Char-
tiers and North Buffalo, in the U. P. presbytery of Char-
tiers, 1875. 1876 r285.i C38
CROCKER, Zebulon.
Catastrophe of the Presbyterian church in 1837, including a
full view of the recent theological controversies in New
England. 1838 r28s.i C88
List of publications on the Unitarian controversy, p. 298; list of pub-
lications on the New Haven controversy, p.299-3OO.
DONALDSON, Alexander.
History of the churches in the Blairsville presbytery; pre-
pared at its request and read before it in Blairsville, Janu-
238 PRESBYTERIAN
ary 28th, 1874. 1874 r28s.i 071
EATON, Samuel John Mills.
History of the presbytery of Erie. 1868 raSs.i 19
ENGLISH PRESBYTERIAN CONGREGATION, Harris-
burg, Pa.
Centennial memorial, 1794-1894. 1894 r28s.i 64
GILLETT, Ezra Hall.
History of the Presbyterian church in the United States. 2v.
1864 285-1 G4i
"Authorities," v.i, p.p-ia.
HODGE, Charles.
Constitutional history of the Presbyterian church in the United
States. 2v. 1839-40 r285.i H66
V.I. I705-I74I. V.2. I74I-I788.
HUNTINGDON PRESBYTERY, Pa.
Historical memorial of the centennial anniversary of the pres-
bytery of Huntingdon, held in 1895. 1896 qraSs.i Hg4
MURPHY, Thomas.
Presbytery of the Log college; or, The cradle of the Pres-
byterian church in America. 1889 qr28s.i M97
"Sources," p. 14-17.
Log college, established in 1725 in the presbytery of Philadelphia, was
the first institution in America for the education of Presbyterian
ministers, and the germ from which Princeton college sprang. This
history gives names and dates Qf the organizations, church edifices
and manses, pastors, elders, seminaries, and notable events con-
nected with the presbytery from the first.
NEVIN, Alfred.
Churches of the valley; or, An historical sketch of the old
Presbyterian congregations of Cumberland and Franklin
counties, Pa. 1852 r28s.i N25
OSMOND, Jonathan.
History of the presbytery of Luzerne, Pa. 1897 r28s.i 029
PATTERSON, Robert Mayne.
American Presbyterianism in its development and growth.
1896 285.1 P3i
PITTSBURGH, FIRST PRESBYTERIAN CHURCH.
Manual of work and organization. 1887 r28s.i P67
PITTSBURGH SYNOD.
Records of the synoo of Pittsburgh, from its first organiza-
tion Sept. 29, 1802, to Oct. 1832, 1870-1872, 1874-1881. 1852-
81 r28s.i P674
1876-1881 title reads Minutes of the synod of Pittsburgh. In 1881 the
synod was dissolved and became part of the synod of Pennsylvania.
PITTSBURGH, THIRD PRESBYTERIAN CHURCH.
Dedicatory services of the new edifice, with some account of
the history of the church. 1869 r28s.i P67d
PRESBYTERIAN banner; weekly, v.so-date. i863-date. . .qr285.i P922
v.63-64, 67-68, 76, 82 wanting.
PRESBYTERIAN CHURCH IN PENNSYLVANIA.
Minutes of the annual sessions (3d, 7th, uth-i2th, I4th-
date) of the synod of Pennsylvania, 1884, 1888, 1892-
1893, i895-date. :884-date r28s
PRESBYTERIAN 239
PRESBYTERIAN CHURCH IN THE UNITED STATES.
Constitution; its standards subordinate to the word of God.
1000 T285.I PQ2C
Contents: Confession of faith. The larger catechism. The shorter
catechism. The form of government. The book of discipline. The
directory for the worship of God. Constitutional rules. Acts of the
General assembly. General rules for judicatories.
Presbyterian reunion; a memorial volume, 1837-1871. 1870. .r28s.i PQ2p
Records; embracing the minutes of the presbytery of Philadel-
phia, 1706-16; minutes of the synod of Philadelphia, 1717-
1758; minutes of the synod of New York, 1745-1758; min-
utes of the synod of Philadelphia and New York, 1758-
1788. 1841 r28s.i Pp2r
PRESBYTERIAN CHURCH IN THE UNITED STATES
General assembly.
Acts and proceedings, 1790 and 1791. 1791 r28s.i P92
Addresses delivered at the centennial celebration, Phila-
delphia, May 24th, 1888. 1888 r28s.i Pg2ad
Addresses delivered at the quarter-century anniversary of the
reunion of the Old and New school Presbyterian churches,
held in Pittsburgh. May 23, 1895. 1895 285.1 Pg2a
The same. 1895 r285. i P92a
Addresses: The fundamental doctrines of the Presbyterian church, by
F. L. Patton. The influence of the Presbyterian church upon other
churches, by H. M. Booth. The growth and future of the reunited
church, by W. H. Roberts.
Digest compiled from the records of the General assembly
of the Presbyterian church and of the late synod of
New York and Philadelphia of their acts and proceed-
ings; with a short account of the missions conducted
by the Presbyterian church. 1820 r28s.i P92d
Minutes, 1821-1828, 1848-1849, 1853, 1866-1867, 1870-1872, 1874-
1877, 1879-1882, 1885-1890, 1892-1897. 1821-97 r285.i P92m
Report of the Assembly's committee on the revision of the
confession of faith; adopted in session at Portland,
Oregon, May 27, 1892. 1892 T285.I ?92re
PRESBYTERIAN popery; animadversions upon the decision
of the last general assembly of the Presbyterian church re-
specting the third congregation, Philadelphia. 1814 r285.i Pp222
PRESBYTERIANISM, the revolution, the declaration and the
constitution r28s. I PQ224
Extract from the Southern Presbyterian review.
REDSTONE PRESBYTERY.
Minutes of the presbytery of Redstone; from the organi-
zation, Sept. 19, 1781 to Dec. 1831. 1878 qr28s.i R27
SLOAN, D. H. ed.
History of the presbytery of Kittanning, with its churches
and schools. 1888 r28s.i $63
SMITH, Joseph, 1796-1868.
Old Redstone; or, Historical sketches of western Presby-
terianism. 1854 r28s.i 865
The same. 1854 285.1 865
16
240 PRESBYTERIAN
SWOPE, Gilbert Ernest.
History of the Big Spring Presbyterian church, Newville, Pa.,
1737-1898. 1898 285.1 809
THOMPSON, Robert Ellis.
History of the Presbyterian churches in the United States.
1895. '(American church history series.) 285.1 T$S
Bibliography, p. 11-13. '
WASHINGTON, Pa. FIRST PRESBYTERIAN CHURCH.
Sermons, addresses and proceedings connected with the
completion of the twenty-fifth year of the pastorate of
Rev. James I. Brownson in the First Presbyterian
church, Washington, Pa. 1874 r285.i W272
WASHINGTON PRESBYTERY, Pa.
History of the presbytery of Washington. 1889 r28s.i W27
WEBSTER, Richard.
History of the Presbyterian church in America until 1760,
with biographical sketches of its early ministers. 1858. . .r285.i W38
Memoir of the author, p. 11-43.
WILSON, Joseph Miller, ed.
Presbyterian historical almanac and annual remembrancer
of the church, v.2. 1860 r28s.i W76
WINES, Enoch Cobb.
Conversation becoming the gospel of Christ; a farewell ser-
mon preached in the church of Upper Ten-mile, March 27,
1859. 1859 r285.i W78
Bound with the following.
Historical discourse commemorative of the Presbyterian
church of Upper Ten-mile, Pa., delivered March 29, 1859.
1859 r28s.i W78
285.3 Cumberland Presbyterian
STEPHENS, J.V.
The causes leading to the organization of the Cumberland
Presbyterian church. 1898 285.3 $83
Bibliography, p-5-9.
285.4 United Presbyterian
HARPER, R.D.
Church memorial, containing facts connected with the Asso-
ciate and Associate reform churches previous to their
union as the United Presbyterian church. 1858 ^85.4 HzS
PITTSBURGH, FIRST UNITED PRESBYTERIAN CHURCH.
Quarter centennial anniversary of the installation of W. J.
Reid as pastor, April 7th, 1887. 1887 ^85.4 P67
REID, William James.
United Presbyterianism. 1892 285.4 R3 1
SCOULLER, James Brown, comp.
Manual of the United Presbyterian church of North America,
1751-1887. 1887 r285-4 S43
CONGREGATIONAL 241
285.5 Reformed Presbyterian
REFORMED PRESBYTERIAN CHURCH.
Memorial volume; covenant renovation by the synod of
the Reformed Presbyterian church in North America.
1872 285.5 R28m
Reformation principles exhibited by the Reformed Pres-
byterian church in the United States 285.5 ^^S
SPRAGUE, William Buel.
Annals of the American associate, Associate reformed and
Reformed Presbyterian pulpit. 1869 285.5 $76
The same as v.g of Sprague's "Annals of the American pulpit," except
that the latter contains also annals of the Lutheran and Reformed
Dutch churches.
285.6 Minor Presbyterian sects
BROWN, Rev. Thomas.
Annals of the disruption; consisting chiefly of extracts from
the autograph narratives of ministers who left the Scot-
tish establishment in 1843. 2v. in i. 1878 285.6 B8i
MACKERROW, John.
History of the Secession church. 1854 T285.6 Mi8
HISTORICAL notes relating to the Pennsylvania reformed
church; ed. by H. S. Dotterer; monthly, May 1899- Apr.
1900. v.i. 1900 qr285-7 H62
Xo more published.
285.8 Congregational
CONGREGATIONAL quarterly; Jan. i859-Oct. 1878. 20v.
1859-78 r28s.8 C74
No more published.
v.io contains an index to the first 10 volumes, v.2o, to the last 10.
DUNNING, Albert Elijah.
Congregationalists in America; a popular history of their
origin, belief, polity, growth and work. 1894 285.8 092
WALKER, Williston.
History of the congregational churches in the United States.
1897. (American church history series.) 285.8 Wi7
.Bibliography, p.g-ij.
285.9 Puritanism
BACON, Leonard.
Genesis of the New England churches. 1874 285-9 813
"The author's aim was first of all to search out the causes and courses
of events in the old world by which these New England churches were
brought into being. The present volume brings the pilgrims to Ply-
mouth and follows them through 10 years of their settlement at that
place." New Englander, 1875.
242 BAPTIST
286 Baptist
BAPTIST CONGRESS.
Proceedings of the Baptist congress (2d-date), i883-date.
i883-date r286 622
Proceedings of the 3d congress wanting.
Title page of v.2 reads Proceedings of the second annual Baptist autum-
nal conference.
BENEDICT, David.
General history of the Baptist denomination. 2v. 1813 r286 843
BRUMBAUGH, Martin Grove.
History of the German Baptist brethren in Europe and America.
1899 re86 683
Sect commonly known as the Bunkers.
CATHCART, William, ed.
Baptist encyclopaedia ; a dictionary of the doctrines, ordinances,
usages and general history of the denomination. 1881 qr286 C28
DAVIS, J.
History of the Welsh Baptists, 63-1770. 1835 r286 031
FALKENSTEIN, George N.
History of the German Baptist brethren church. 1901 q286 FIQ
Reprinted from the Proceedings of the Pennsylvania-German society,
v.io, where it appeared with the title, "German Baptist brethren, or
Bunkers."
GREAT BETHEL BAPTIST CHURCH, Uniontown, Pa.
Exercises commemorating the I25th anniversary of the
Great Bethel Baptist church, Nov. 1895. 1895 r286 G82
KURTZ, Henry, ed.
Brethren's encyclopedia, containing the united counsels and
conclusions of the Brethren at their annual meetings ; tr.
and arranged, with notes. 1867 r286 K43
LAMECH, & Agrippa.
Chronicon Ephratense; a history of the Seventh day Baptists
at Ephrata, Lancaster county, Pa. 1889 r286 Li8
NEWMAN, Albert Henry, ed.
Century of Baptist achievement. 1901 286 N28c
Thirty chapters by as many different contributors. There is first a
survey of Baptist history before 1801, then chapters on English,
Scotch and Welsh Baptists in the ipth century, followed by sketches
of Baptist conditions in the different sections of the United States,
in Canada and in Australia. There are also chapters on the mission-
ary work of the society, on its newspapers, periodicals, educational
work and contributions to literature, its pulpit and the movement of
its theological thought.
NEWMAN, Albert Henry.
History of the Baptist churches in the United States. 1894.
(American church history series.) 286 N28
Bibliography, p. 11-15.
PENNSYLVANIA BAPTIST CONVENTION.
Annual reports (i7th, 34th, 36th-37th, 4Oth-4ist, 44th, 46th-
47th, 49th-68th), for 1853, 1861, 1863-1864, 1867-1868,
1871, 1873-1874, 1876-1895. 1853-95 r286 P39
40th-62d reports, 1867-1889 title reads Pennsylvania Baptist general
association.
63d-68th reports, 1890-1895 title reads Pennsylvania Baptist state mission
society.
METHODIST 243
PITTSBURGH BAPTIST ASSOCIATION.
Minutes, i839-date. i839-date r286 P6/4
PITTSBURGH, FIRST BAPTIST CHURCH.
Directory, 1872. 1872 r286 P67d
PITTSBURGH, FOURTH AVENUE BAPTIST CHURCH.
Annual, 1884, i887/88-date. i88s-date r286 P6;
Approximate religious statistics in the cities of Pittsburgh
and Allegheny, 1884. 1884 r286 647
Bound with other pamphlets.
Calendar for the week, April 5, iSgi-date. iSgi-date r286 P67O
Continuation of Our church messenger.
Directory, 1875, 1883, 1892, 1894-1895, 1900. 1875-1901 r286 P67d
Directory for 1900 contains Synopsis of reports of the annual meeting
held Nov. 13, 1900.
Bound with Directory of the First Baptist church, Pittsburgh.
Our church messenger; weekly, Nov. 10, i888-March 28, 1891.
v.i-3, no.2i, in I. 1888-91 ?. .r286 P67o
Continued as Calendar for the week.
Report of the investigating committee in the case of the Rev.
Dr. Pearson. 1877 r286 647
Seventy-fifth anniversary of the First Baptist church, now the
Fourth Avenue Baptist church, 1812-1887. 1887 r286 647
Contains manuscript notes and clippings.
Bound with other pamphlets.
PITTSBURGH, UNION REGULAR BAPTIST CHURCH.
Members manual, containing a sketch of its origin, the declar-
ation of faith, church covenant, rules of order and discip-
line, and list of members. 1854 r286 8473
Bound with other pamphlets.
SACHSE, Julius Friedrich.
German sectarians of Pennsylvania ; a critical and legendary
history of the Ephrata cloister and the Dunkers. 2v.
1809-1900. (Religious history of Pennsylvania, v.2-3.) . ..qr286 Si2
v.i. 1708-1742.
V.2. 1742-1800.
The same. v.i. 1899. (Religious history of Pennsylvania,
v.2.) q286 Si2
SCHROEDER, Gustavus Wilhelm.
History of the Swedish Baptists in Sweden and America. 1898. .286 838
VEDDER, Henry Clay.
History of the Baptists in the middle states. 1898. (Baptist
history series.) 286 V24
Short history of the Baptists. 1891 286 245
Contents: The primitive church. The persecuted church. The evange-
lizing church.
WILLIAMS, Rev. Samuel, of Pittsburgh.
Reply to Lectures on the nature, subjects and mode of Chris-
tian baptism by J. T. Pressly. 1853 r286 6473
Bound with other pamphlets.
287 Methodist
ANNAN, William.
Difficulties of Arminian Methodism. 1861 287 A6i
244 UNITARIAN
BUCKLEY, James Monroe.
History of Methodists in the United States. 1896. (Ameri-
can church history series.) 28? B8s
Bibliography, p.n-is.
The same. 2v. 1898 287 B8sh
Bibliography, v.i, p.9-'3-
Title page of the 2 volume edition reads "History of Methodism in the
United States."
MARSDEN, Joshua.
Poems on Methodism, embracing "The conference," and
"American Methodism, a plea for unity," by William
Hunter. 1848 r28; M4i
METHODIST EPISCOPAL CHURCH.
Manual for the members and preachers within the bounds of
the Pittsburgh annual conference. 1836 T2&J M64
METHODIST EPISCOPAL CHURCH General conference.
Journal of the general conference held in Brooklyn, 1872; ed.
by W. L. Harris and G. W. Woodruff T2&7 M646
PITTSBURGH, FIRST METHODIST PROTESTANT
CHURCH.
Closing services, May, 1892. 1892 r2&7 P67
SIMPSON, Matthew, bp.
A hundred years of Methodism. 1876 287 S6i
SNELL, Frederick John.
Wesley and Methodism. 1900. (World's epoch-makers.) .. .287 S67
STEPHENS, David Stubert.
Wesley and episcopacy. 1892 r2&7 883
STEVENS, Abel.
Centenary of American Methodism, with a statement of
the plan of the centenary celebration of 1866, by John
M'Clintock. 1865 r287 S84C
Memorials of the introduction of Methodism into the east-
ern states. 1848 r287 884
WESLEY, John, & Charles.
Minutes of several conversations between John and Charles
Wesley and others. 1770 r287 W$S
With autograph letter by T. B. Sargent.
288 Unitarian
ALLEN, Joseph Henry.
History of the Unitarians and the Universalists in the
United States by J. H. Allen and Richard Eddy. 1894.
(American church history series.) 288 A42
Bibliography of Universalism, p.253-254-
Our liberal movement in theology; chiefly as shown in recol-
lections of the history of Unitarianism in New England;
with sequel. 2v. 1892-97 288
Contains chapters on Parker, Channing and Hedge.
Ten discourses on orthodoxy. 1889 288
Discourses: Orthodox theory of Christianity. General objections to or-
thodoxy. The Trinity. Deity of Christ. The vicarious atonement.
Depravity of human nature. Eternal punishment. Scripture infalli-
bility. History and position of orthodoxy. Liberal Christianity.
MINOR CHRISTIAN SECTS 245
ALLEN, Joseph Henry, and others.
Unitarianism; its origin and history. 1895 288 A42U
Contents: Early Christian doctrine, by J. H. Allen. Christianity from
the 5th to the isth century, by A. P. Peabody. Unitarianism and the
reformation, by S. C. Beach. Unitarianism in England, by Brooke
Herford. The contact of American Unitarianism and German thought,
by J. H. Allen.- The church and the parish in Massachusetts, by G. E.
Ellis. Early New England Unitarians, by A. P. Peabody. Channing,
by G. VV. Briggs. Transcendentalism, the New England renaissance,
by Francis Tiffany. Theodore Parker, by S. B. Stewart. Unitarian-
ism and modern literature, by Francis Hornbrooke. Unitarianism and
modern biblical criticism, by James De Normandie. Unitarianism and
modern scientific thought, by T. R. Slicer. The law of righteousness,
by George Batchelor. The relation of Unitarianism to philosophy, by
C. C. Everett. Ecclesiastical and denominational tendencies, by Grin-
dall Reynolds.
BARROWS, Samuel June.
A Baptist meeting-house, the staircase to the old faith, the
open door to the new. 1890 288 626
CLARKE, James Freeman.
Orthodoxy, its truths and errors. 1897 288 C$3
HALL, Edward Henry.
Ten lectures on orthodoxy and heresy in the Christian church.
1891 288 Hi;
HEDGE, Frederic Henry, and others.
Unitarian affirmations; seven discourses by Unitarian
ministers. 1895 288 H39
Contents: The universal and the special in Christianity, by F. H. Hedge.
The Bible, by J. F. Clarke. God, by A. P. Peabody. Jesus Christ,
by Brooke Herford. Man, by G. W. Briggs. The church; the society
which Jesus gathered, by Rufus Ellis. The life eternal; heaven and
hell, by S. R. Calthorp.
LLOYD, Walter.
Story of Protestant dissent and English Unitarianism.
1899 288 L75
"Principal authorities consulted," p. 11-15.
SAVAGE, Minot Judson.
My creed. 1887 288 826
Our Unitarian gospel. 1898 288 8260
Religion for to-day. 1897 288 S26r
Fourteen sermons preached to Mr Savage's New York congregation.
289 Minor Christian sects
TYLER, Benjamin Bushrod, and others.
History of the Disciples of Christ, the Society of Friends,
the United Brethren in Christ, and the Evangelical
association, by B. B. Tyler, A. C. Thomas, R. H. Thom-
as, D. Berger, and S. P. Spreng, and Bibliography of
American church history by S. M. Jackson. 1894.
(American church history series.) 289 T97
Each article is preceded by a bibliography.
JENNINGS, Obadiah.
Debate on Campbellism, held at Nashville, Tennessee, in
which the principles of Alexander Campbell are confuted
and his conduct examined. 1832 r28g.2 Ja6
"Memoir of the author," p. 5-27.
246 MINOR CHRISTIAN SECTS
NEW-CHURCH review; a quarterly journal of the Christian
thought and life set forth from the Scriptures by Eman-
uel Swedenborg. v.i-date. i894-date ^89.4 N26
NEW JERUSALEM magazine; monthly, July-Dec. 1870; Jan.
i887-Oct. 1893. Old ser. v.43; new ser. v.n-i;. 1870-93.^289.4 N28i
Index, 1827-1872, v.i-44. 1882.
v. 17 contains index for new ser. v. 1-17.
ODHNER, C. Theophilus.
Brief view of the heavenly doctrines revealed in the theo-
logical writings of Emanuel Swedenborg. 1897 289.4 Oi4
PARSONS, Theophilus.
The infinite and the finite. 1872 289.4 Pz6
The Swedenborg doctrine.
SWEDENBORG, Emanuel.
Angelic wisdom concerning the divine love and the divine
wisdom. 1885 289.4 S97an
Angelic wisdom concerning the divine providence. 1892 289.4 $97a
Apocalypse explained according to the spiritual sense. 6v.
1890-97 289.4 $97ap
Apocalypse revealed. 2v. 1883-87 289.4 S97apo
Arcana caelestia; the heavenly arcana. lov. 1882-92 289.4 S97ar
Compendium of his theological and spiritual writings, with a
life of the author. 1853 qr289_4 S97c
Delights of wisdom pertaining to conjugial love. 1892 289.4
Four leading doctrines of the New Church. 1892 289.4
Heaven and hell. 1885 289.4
Miscellaneous theological works. 1892 289.4 S97m
True Christian religion. 1892 289.4 S97t
BARCLAY, Robert, 1648-1690.
Apology for the true Christian divinity. 1675 289.6 823
Views of Christian doctrine held by the Society of Friends.
1882 289.6 B23v
BOWDEN, James.
History of the Society of Friends in America. 2v. 1850-54. .289.6 B66
EVANS, Charles, comp.
Friends in the I7th century. 1885 289.6 946
EVANS, Thomas.
Concise account of the Society of Friends 289.6 94
Exposition of the faith of the Society of Friends. 1878 289.6 940
HAZARD, Caroline.
Narragansett Friends' meeting in the i8th century; with a
chapter on Quaker beginnings in Rhode Island. 1899. .289.6 H37
PENN, William.
Collection of his works, to which is prefixed a journal of his
life. 2v. 1726 qr289.6 P39c
A key opening the way to distinguish the religion of the
Quakers from perversions and misrepresentations 289.6 ?39
Bound with his Rise and progress of the people called Quakers.
No cross, no crown 289.6 P39n
Primitive Christianity revived in the Quakers. 1857 r289.6 P39P
Memoir of Penn, by James W. Brown, p.7-6i.
Rise and progress of the people called Quakers 289.6 P39
NON-CHRISTIAN 247
Select works, to which is prefixed a journal of his life.
1771 qr28o..6
SEWEL, William.
History of the rise, increase and progress of the people called
Quakers. 2v. in i 289.6 851
SPEAKMAN, Thomas H.
Divisions in the Society of Friends. 1896 289.6 874
EADS, H. L.
Shaker sermons, scripto-rational; containing the substance
of Shaker theology. 1879 r289.8 Ei2
YOUNGS, Benjamin Seth.
Testimony of Christ's second appearing, exemplified by
the principles and practice of the true church of Christ,
published by the United Society called Shakers. 1856. .r289.8 41
OAHSPE; a new Bible in the words of Jehovih and his
angel ambassadors. 1891 qr289.g Oi I
ROBERTS, Robert.
Christendom astray; or, Popular theology shewn to be un-
scriptural, and the true nature of the ancient apostolic
faith. 1897 289.9 RS3
Originally published as "Twelve lectures on the true teaching of the
Bible."
TCHERTKOFF, Vladimir, ed.
Christian martyrdom in Russia; an account of the members
of the universal brotherhood of Doukhobortsi now migrating
from the Caucasus to Canada. 1899 289.9 T26
Contains a chapter and letter by Leo Tolstoi.
290 Non-Christian
BARROWS, John Henry.
Christian conquest of Asia; studies and personal observa-
tions of oriental religions; the Morse lectures of 1898.
1899 2 9 B26
CLARKE, James Freeman.
Ten great religions. 2v. 1894 290 CS2
FAITHS of the world. 1882 290 Fi7
Contents: Brahmanism, Buddhism, by John Caird. Confucianism, by
George Matheson. Zoroaster and the Zend Avesta, by John Milne.
Religion of ancient Greece, by William Milligan. Religion of ancient
Rome, by James MacGregor. Teutonic and Scandinavian religion, by
G. S. Burns. Ancient religions of Central America, by J. M. Lang.
Judaism, by M. C. Taylor. Mahommedanism, by J. C. Lees. Chris-
tianity in relation to other religions, by Robert Flint.
FRADENBURGH, Jason Nelson.
Fire from strange altars. 1891 290 F8s
Contents: Religion in the land between the rivers, (Babylonia and As-
syria). The gods of the Phoenicians. The faith of the pharaohs.
GREAT religions of the world. 1901 290 G82
Contents: Confucianism in the nineteenth century, by H. A. Giles.
Buddhism, by T. W. R. Davids. Mohammedanism in the nineteenth
century, by Oskar Mann. Brahminism, by Sir A. C. Lyall. Zoroas-
trianism and the Parsis, by D. Menant. Sikhism and the Sikhs, by
Sir Lepel Griffin. Postivism, its position, aims and ideals, by Fred-
eric Harrison. Babism, by E. D. Ross. Jews and Judaism in the
248 NON-CHRISTIAN
nineteenth century, by M. Caster. The outlook for Christianity, by
Washington Gladden. Catholic Christianity, by Cardinal Gibbons.
GROSS, Joseph B.
Heathen religion in its popular and symbolical develop-
ment. 1856 r20O G93
HOWARD, Eliot.
Studies of non-Christian religions. 1900. (Non-Christian
religious systems.) 290 H84
Contents: Pagan or heathen religions. Brahmanism or Hinduism. His-
torical and southern Buddhism. Religions of Tibet, Mongolia, China
and Japan. Mohammedanism or Islam.
The MESSAGE of the world's religions. 1898 290 M64
Contents: Judaism, by Gustav Gottheil. Buddhism, by T. W. R. Davids.
Confucianism, by A. H. Smith. Mohammedanism, by. George Wash-
burn. Brahmanism, by C. R. Lanman. Christianity, by Lyman Ab-
bott.
Reprinted from the Outlook.
Sympathetic, intelligent expositions, each by an authority on the subject
of which he treats. They are marred neither by hostile criticism nor
by uncritical sentimentalism.
MULLER, Max, ed.
Sacred books of the East; tr. by various Oriental scholars.
v.i-47, 49. 1879-1900 r29o Mgs
v.i, 15. Upanishads.
v.2, 14. Sacred laws of the Aryas.
v-3, 16, 27-28, 39-40. Sacred books of China.
v.4, 23, 31. The Zend-Avesta.
v.s, 18, 24, 37, 47. Pahlavi texts.
v.6, 9. The Qur'an.
v.7. The institutes of Vishnu.
v.8. Bhagavadgita, with the Sanatsugatiya and the Anugita.
v.io. Dhammapada.
v.i i. Buddhist Suttas.
v.i2, 26, 41, 43-44. Satapatha-Brahmana.
v.i3, 17, 20. Vinaya texts.
v.ig. Fo-sho-hing-tsan-king.
v.2 1. Saddharma-pundarika.
v.22, 45. Gaina sutras.
v.2$. Laws of Manu.
v.29-30. Grihya-sutras.
v.32, 46. Vedic hymns.
v-33. Minor law-books.
v.34, 38. Vedanta-sutras.
v.35-36. Questions of King Milinda.
v.42. Hymns of the Atharva-Veda.
v.49. Buddhist Mahay ana texts.
PAINE, Levi Leonard.
Ethnic trinities and their relations to the Christian Trinity; a
chapter in the comparative history of religions. 1901 290 Pi6
"Compares the Christian Trinity with the ethnic trinities, to the for-
mer's partial disadvantage; views the Bible as a purely human collec-
tion of imperfect writings; regards the wonder-stories attaching to the
birth and death of Jesus as deserving no credence; assigns to Jesus a
purely human nature; and... denies to Christianity any supernatural
character whatsoever . . . Professor Paine's study of the various ethnic
trinities is of great value." Nation, 1902.
Written during the author's professorship of ecclesiastical history in the
Bangor theological seminary.
PURCHAS, Samuel.
Purcas his pilgrimage; or, Relations of the world and the
religions observed in all ages and places discovered,
from the creation unto this present, in four parts, v.i.
MYTHOLOGY 249
1614 qr2QO PgS
v.i. A theological and geographical historic of Asia, Africa and Amer-
ica, with the ilands adjacent.
No more published.
TYLOR, Edward Burnett.
Primitive culture. 2v. 1889 290 Tgj
"His productions are clear in style, rich in learning, and methodical in
arrangement. The doctrine of the survival of culture, the bearing of
the use of directly expressive language and of the invention of num-
erals on the advancement of early civilization, the place of myth in the
early history of the human mind, the development of the animistic
philosophy of religion, and the origin of rites and ceremonies are some
of toe subjects that receive treatment at his hands." C. K. Adams.
291 Comparative and general mythology
COX, Sir George William.
Introduction to the science of comparative mythology and
folklore. 1883 291 C8si
Discusses the principal classical myths in connection with their early
Aryan prototypes, the cosmical origins of which are indicated and
explained.
Mythology of the Aryan nations. 1887 291 85
"A book that no one who pretends to speak with the slightest authority
on the subject of general mythology can afford to neglect. The author
adopts, in the main, the theories first promulgated by Professor Max
Miilller, and, by elaborating them, shows that the epic poems of the
Aryan nations are simply different versions of the same story, and
that this story has its origin in the phenomena of the natural world."
C. K. Adams.
DE KAY, Charles.
Bird gods. 1898 291 Da8
Traces the worship of birds in the ancient religions of Europe; showing
how many myths and legends, and even existing customs and associa-
tions have their origin in a far-distant bird worship.
FRAZER, James George.
The golden bough; a study in comparative religion. 2v.
1894 291 F8g
An attempt to explain the rule of succession to the priesthood of Diana
at Aricia. It throws light on some obscure or neglected facts in
primitive religion, especially in the early religion of the European
Aryans.
GOBLET d'ALVIELLA, Eugene, comte.
Histoire religieuse du feu. 1886 r29i 654
A consideration of the part played by fire in the development of theolo-
gy and mythology, and in the various religious observances of primi-
tive peoples.
HEWITT, James Francis Katharinus.
History and chronology of the myth-making age. 1901. . . .291 H49
Contents: The age of pole star worship. The age of lunar-solar worship.
Solar worship.
"It is the history of the various and consecutive series of year-reckon-
ings calculated by the dominant races, who ruled the growing world,
in their attempts to learn the laws of time measurement, which is the
principal subject dealt with in this book." Preface.
KASTNER, Jean Georges.
Les sirenes, essai sur les mythes relatifs a 1'incantation, suivi
de Le reve d'Oswald; ou, Les sirenes, symphonic drama-
tique. 1858
250 MYTHOLOGY
KEARY, Charles Francis.
Outlines of primitive belief among the Indo-European races.
1882 291
LANG, Andrew.
Custom and myth. 1885 291 L23
Contents: The method of folklore. The bull roarer. The myth of C o-
nus. Cupid, Psyche and the sun-frog. A far-travelled tale. Apollo
and the mouse. Star myths. Moly and Mandragora. The Kalevala.
The divining rod. Hottentot mythology. Fetichism and the in-
finite. The early history of the family. The art of savages.
Essays upon a variety of folk-lore topics, written in a popular and high-
ly agreeable style, in which the anthropologic, as opposed to the schol-
astic and linguistic method of research is advocated, with illustrations
drawn from the comparison of widely diffused customs and tales among
primitive peoples.
Magic and religion. 1901 291 L23ma
Contents: Science and superstition. Theory of loan-gods; or, Borrowed
religion. Magic and religion. Origin of the Christian faith. Ap-
proaches to Mr Frazer's theory. Attempts to prove the Sacrean crim-
inal divine. Zakmuk, Sacaea and Purim. Mordecai, Esther, Vashti
and Haman. Why was the mock-king of the Sacaea whipped and
hanged? Calvary. The ghastly priest. South African religion.
"Cup and ring," an old problem solved. First-fruits and taboos.
Walking through fire.
"Largely a criticism of Mr. J. G. Frazer's position in... The Golden
Bough, with special reference to Mr. Frazer's theory of the origin of
religion, and of the belief in Christ's divinity." Spectator, 1901.
Modern mythology. 1897 291 L23mo
Contents: Recent mythology. The story of Daphne. The question of
allies. Mannhardt. Philology and Demeter Erinnys. Totemism.
The validity of anthropological evidence. The philological method in
anthropology. Criticism of fetishism. The riddle theory. Artemis.
The fire-walk. The origin of death.
"A reply to Mr Max Miiller's 'Contributions to the science of mythol-
ogy.' " Preface.
Myth, ritual and religion. 2v. 1899 291 L23m
LETHABY, William Richard.
Architecture, mysticism and myth. 1892 291 L6s
A collection of some of the most general symbolisms of old architecture,
particularly those which reproduce the phenomena of the outer world.
MULLER, Max.
Contributions to the science of mythology. 2v. 1897 291 M95
MURRAY, Alexander Stuart.
Manual of mythology. 1892 r2gi M97
The same. 1873 291 M97m
Greek and Roman, Norse, Old German, Hindoo and Egyptian myths.
PHILPOT, Mrs J. H.
The sacred tree; or, The tree in religion and myth. 1897. . .291 PS2
VIGNOLI, Tito.
Myth and science; an essay. 1882. (International scientific
series.) 291 V32
Contains a chapter on Dreams, illusions, etc.
WHITE, Catherine Ann.
Student's mythology. 1895 r29i W63
The same. 1895 291 W63
292 Greek and Roman mythology
BALDWIN, James.
Old Greek stories. 1895 J292 619
MYTHOLOGY 251
BECKWITH, M.Helen.
In mythland. 1896 J2Q2 636
BULFINCH, Thomas.
Age of fable; ed. by J. L. Scott. 1898 292 6873
Greek, Roman, Eastern and Scandinavian myths.
The same; ed. by E. E. Hale. 1894 292 687
This copy is kept in the Children's room.
The same; ed. by E. E. Hale. 1894 r292 687
BURT, Mary Elizabeth, & Ragozin, Mme Z. A. ed.
Herakles the hero of Thebes, and other heroes of the myth.
1900 J292 694
CAMPBELL, Lewis.
, Religion in Greek literature; a sketch in outline. 1898 292 Ci5
Bibliography, p.s-6.
COX, Sir George William.
Tales of ancient Greece. 1891 292 C8$
DWIGHT, Mary Ann.
Grecian and Roman mythology. 1882 292 097
DYER, Louis.
Studies of the gods in Greece at certain sanctuaries recently
excavated; lectures given in 1890 at the Lowell institute.
1891 292 D98
"The chief service of the book is that it combines, as no other readily
accessible work does, recent German speculations in comparative my-
thology with the more tangible results of those excavations at Greek
shrines that have renewed the science of archaeology, and indeed, of
all classical antiquity, for this generation." Dial, 1891.
FIRTH, Emma M.
Stories of old Greece. 1894 J292 F$2
FRANCILLON, Robert Edward.
Gods and heroes; or, The kingdom of Jupiter. 1896 J292 F86
GAYLEY, Charles Mills, ed.
Classic myths in English literature, based chiefly on Bui-
finch's "Age of fable." 1898 292 G2$
A cyclopaedia ot classical mythology, adapted for use as a school-book.
Prefaced by a concise statement of the question of origin and distri-
bution involved in the study of myths, with a review of various ex-
planations. With maps, and a commentary giving literary references,
historical and linguistic notes, and interpretations. Has excellent
index.
The same. 1896 r292 G25
GUERBER, Helene Marie Adeline.
Myths of Greece and Rome. 1893 292 GQ$
Relates myths in popular style, bringing out influence on literature and
art by quotation, references and pictures.
The same. 1893 r292 G9S
HARRISON, Jane Ellen.
Myths of the Odyssey in art and literature. 1882 292
Contents: Cyclopes. Laestrygones. Circe. Descent into Hades. The
Sirens. Scylla and Charybdis.
"Appendix of authorities," p.2i^-2ig.
Miss Harrison's aim is to show the Greek artists' ideas of the Homeric
, legends, and her method is to give a prose version of a Homeric myth
and introduce descriptions of its different existing representations
whether on gems, vases or wall painting.
HAWTHORNE, Nathaniel.
Tanglewood tales for girls and boys; a second Wonder-
252 MYTHOLOGY
book J2Q2 H36
The same qJ292 H36t
The pygmies, The dragon's teeth, Circe's palace and other Greek myths
charmingly retold for children.
Wonder-book for girls and boys J292 H36wo
Wonder-book, Tanglewood tales and Grandfather's
chair J2Q2 H36w
HOLBROOK, Florence.
'Round the 3 r ear in myth and song J2Q2 H6g
The same r J2Q2 H6g
KEIGHTLEY, Thomas.
Mythology of ancient Greece and Italy; ed. by Leonard
Schmitz. 1896 292 Ki6
KINGSLEY, Charles.
Heroes; or, Greek fairy tales for my children. 1880 rJ2Q2 K27
The same. 1897 3292 K27
Contents: Perseus. The Argonauts. Theseus.
Binder's title reads "Greek heroes."
KUPFER, Grace H. ed.
Stories of long ago, in a new dress. 1897 J292 K43
The same. 1897 rJ292 K43
Greek and Roman myths told for children in a simple fairy tale style.
Following many of the stories are standard poems bearing directly on
the subjects. Illustrated.
LARNED, Augusta.
Old tales retold from Grecian mythology in talks around
the fire. 1876 J292 L32
LOWELL, D. O. S.
Jason's quest. 1893 J292 L95
Story of Jason's search for the Golden fleece.
NIEBUHR, Barthold Georg.
Greek hero-stories; tr. by Benjamin Hoppin. 1879 J292 N33
The same. 1879 r J292 N33
Contents: Voyage of the Argonauts. Stories of Hercules. The Herak-
leidae and Orestes.
PRATT, Mara L.
Greek myths. 3v. 1896 J292 P88
v.2-3 title page reads Myths of old Greece.
RUSKIN, John.
Queen of the air; a study of the Greek myths of cloud and
storm. 1893 292 R89
SEEMANN, O.
Mythology of Greece and Rome, with special reference to its
use in art. 1881 292 845
SHAHAN, Thomas Joseph, ed.
Book of famous myths and legends. 1901. (Young folks' li-
brary, v.6.) J292 852
Contents: The golden touch, The paradise of children, The three golden
apples, The miraculous pitcher, by Nathaniel Hawthorne. The Argo-
nauts, by Charles Kingsley. The Odyssey, by A. J. Church. King
Arthur ana the knights of the Round Table. Childe Horn. The
story of Beowulf. Rip Van Winkle, by Washington Irving. Selec-
. tions from Ossian. Glooskap the divinity; an Indian myth, adapted
by Charles Welsh.
MYTHOLOGY 253
SMYTHE, E. Louise.
Primary reader; old-time stories, fairy tales and myths retold
by children. 1896 J2O.2 S66
STEUDING, Hermann.
Greek and Roman mythology & heroic legend. 1901. (Tem-
ple primers.) 292 884
Bibliography, p. 124-125.
ZIMMERN, Alice.
Old tales from Greece. 1897 J292 Z6s
Contents: The beginning of the world. Stories of Argos. Stories of
Corinth. btories of Athens. Stories of Thebes. The Argonauts.
The story of Heracles. The story of Troy. The return of Odysseus.
The house of Tantalus.
These are stories taken directly from Greek authors, mostly from the
poets, and the book is intended to be used as a reading book in schools.
293 Teutonic and Northern mythology
ANDERSON, Rasmus Bjorn.
Norse mythology. 1891 293 AS4
"Perhaps the most convenient summary we have of the body of North-
ern mythology. As such it is not only interesting, but valuable. The
author believes in the essentially indigenous characteristics of the Teu-
tonic and Scandinavian myths, and also in their marked moral superi-
ority over the mythology of Greece and Rome." C. K. Adams.
BALDWIN, James.
Story of Siegfried. 1896. (Heroes of the olden time.) J293 619
The same. 1896. (Heroes of the olden time.) r J293 Big
Nibelungenlied and Siegfried myths woven into a continuous and inter-
esting narrative.
BRADISH, Sarah Powers.
Old Norse stories. 1900. (Eclectic school readings.) J293 B68
FOSTER, Mary Hammond, & Cummings, M. H.
Asgard stories; tales from Norse mythology. 1901 J293 F8i
GRIMM, Jakob Ludwig.
Teutonic mythology. 4v. 1882-88 293 Ggi
One of the best collections of Teutonic mythology and folk-lore, dis-
cussed from the side of comparative linguistics, and valuable for
reference to all students of folk-lore. The English translation is re-
garded as even better than the original.
GUERBER, Helene Marie Adeline.
Myths of northern lands. 1895 293 G95
KEARY, Annie, & Eliza.
Heroes of Asgard; tales from Scandinavian mythology.
1893 2 93
The same. 1900 293
LARNED, Augusta.
Tales from the Norse grandmother, (the Elder Edda).
1881 J293 L32
LITCHFIELD, Mary E.
The nine worlds: stories from Norse mythology. 1899 J293 L73
"References," p. 162-163.
MABIE, Hamilton Wright.
Norse stories retold from the Eddas. 1894 J 2 93
A charming little volume of the weird, grotesque and deeply significant
myths of our forefathers.
254 BRAHMANISM, BUDDHISM
PRATT, Mara L. ed.
Legends of Norseland. 1894 J 2 93 P88
RAGOZIN, Mme Zenaide Alexelevna.
Siegfried, the hero of the north, and Beowulf, the hero of
the Anglo-Saxons. 1898. (Tales of the heroic ages.) J2Q3 Ris
The same. 1898. (Tales of the heroic ages.) rJ2Q3 Ri$
RHYS, John.
Lectures on the origin and growth of religion as illustrated
by Celtic heathendom. 1898. (Hibbert lectures, 1886.) 293 R38
Author says little about the "origin and growth of religion," but con-
fines himself to the investigation of the extant vestiges of Celtic myth
in order to discover what the ancient Celtic religion was in its latest
form.
"An epoch-making book, even though but few of the theories advanced
should win their way to a place among scientific certainties." Acad-
emy, 1888.
STERN, Herman I.
The gods of our fathers; a study of Saxon mythology.
1898 293 S83
THORPE, Benjamin, comp.
Northern mythology. 3v. 1851-52 293 T4i
v.i. Northern mythology.
v.2. Scandinavian popular traditions and superstitions.
v.3. North German and Netherlandish popular traditions and super-
stitions.
A valuable and comprehensive work by an eminent English scholar.
Volume i includes an English rendering of the fables and myths
of the eddas. Volumes 2 and 3 contain a selection of the principal
later traditions and superstitions of Scandinavia, North Germany and
the Netherlands. The field of Germanic mythology from the earliest
times to the present is thus covered.
WAGNER, Wilhelm.
Asgard and the gods; the tales and traditions of our north-
ern ancestors, a manual of Norse mythology; ed. by
W. S. W. Anson. 1894 J293 Wi3
294 Brahmanism, Buddhism
ACVAGHOSA.
Discourse on the awakening of faith in the Mahayana; tr. fr.
the Chinese by Teitaro Suzuki. 1900 294 Ai8
Acvaghosha is the philosopher of Buddhism. His ^treatise on "The
awakening of faith" is recognized by all northern schools and sects
as orthodox and is used even to-day in Chinese translations as a text
book for the instruction of Buddhist priests.
AIKEN, Charles Francis.
Dhamma of Gotama the Buddha and the gospel of Jesus
the Christ; a critical inquiry into the alleged relations
of Buddhism with primitive Christianity. 1900 294 A29
Bibliography, p.325-344.
"Treatment is in three parts, first, a discussion of the relation of Bud-
dhism to the antecedent Brahminism; second, the presentation of the
system itself in its historical development, containing a chapter on
Buddha's life from the earliest and most trustworthy sources; third,
an examination of the alleged relations of Buddhism with Christiani-
ty." Dial, 1901.
BEAL, Samuel.
Buddhism in China. 1884. (Non-Christian religious sys-
tems.) 294 634
BRAHMANISM, BUDDHISM 255
BERRY, T.Sterling.
Christianity and Buddhism; a comparison and a contrast.
(Non-Christian religious systems.) 294 B45
BH ATTACH ARYA, Jogendra Nath.
Hindu castes and sects. 1896 294 646
Contains a chapter on Buddhism.
The author, himself a member of one of the most aristocratic Brahman
castes, discusses first the nature and origin of castes and then studies
them in detail, and the sects in the same way. Students of Indian civ-
ilization will find his book both useful and interesting. Intended for
the scholar rather than the general reader.
CARUS, Paul.
Buddhism and its Christian critics. 1897 294 C24
DAVIDS, Thomas William Rhys.
Buddhism; a sketch of the life and teachings of Gautama
the Buddha. 1894. (Non-Christian religious systems.) . .294 D2gb
Buddhism, its history and literature. 1896. (American lec-
tures on the history of religion.) . . . '. 294 D2gbu
Lectures on the origin and growth of religion as illustrated
by the history of Indian Buddhism. 1882. (Hibbert lec-
tures.) 294 029
DOWSON, John.
Classical dictionary of Hindu mythology and religion, geogra-
phy, history and literature. 1891 r294 077
EDKINS, Joseph.
Religion in China; brief account of the three religions of the
Chinese, with observations on the prospects of Christian
conversion amongst that people. 1893. (English and
foreign philosophical library.) 294 E28
GEDEN, Alfred Shenington.
Studies in eastern religions. 1900. (Books for Bible stu-
dents.) 294 G26
Contents: Brahmanism and Hinduism. Buddhism. Jainism.
GRIFFIS, William Elliot.
Religions of Japan, from the dawn of history to the era of
Meiji. 1896 294 G89
LILLIE, Arthur.
Buddha and Buddhism. 1900 294 L6p
MITCHELL, J. Murray, & Muir, Sir William.
Two old faiths; essays on the religions of the Hindus and
the Mohammedans. 1891. (Chautauqua reading circle
literature.) 294 M74
MULLER, Max.
India; what can it teach us? lectures before the University
of Cambridge. 1896 294 M95
Contents: What can India teach us? On the truthful character of the
Hindus. The human interest of Sanskrit literature. Objections.
The lessons of the Veda. Vedic deities. Veda and Vedanta.
OLDENBERG, Hermann.
Buddha, his life, his doctrine, his order. 1882 294 023
RAMABAI SARASVATI.
High-caste Hindu woman ; with introduction by the Board of
managers of the American Ramabai association. 1901 294 Ri7
Ramabai is a gifted Hindu woman who has accepted Christianity and
17
256 JUDAISM
given herself to the uplifting of the women of India. She is (1902)
principal of the Sharada Sadan, a secular school for the high-caste
child widows of India. The school is supported by American funds.
SIMPSON, William.
Buddhist praying-wheel; a collection of material bearing upon
the symbolism of the wheel and circular movements in cus-
tom and religious ritual. 1896 ............................. 294 S6i
Books referred to, p. 301-303.
WARREN, Henry Clarke, tr.
Buddhism in translations. 1896. (Harvard oriental series.). ..294 W24
Translated from the palm-leaf manuscripts of Ceylon and Burma, writ-
ten in Pali, a language very similar to Sanskrit. Aims to present in
English different Buddhist ideas and conceptions. Contains selec-
tions on the Buddha, the doctrine and the order and secular life.
WILLIAMS, Sir Monier Monier-.
Brahmanism and Hinduism; or, Religious thought and life
in India as based on the Veda and other sacred books.
1891 ................................................ 294 W74b
The first edition was published under the title, "Religious thought and
life in India."
Buddhism in its connexion with Brahmanism and Hinduism,
and in its contrast with Christianity. 1890 ................ 294 W74
The author combines scientific accuracy with a popular style, presents
from the standpoint of a believer in Christianity a comprehensive
survey of Buddhism from its origin to most recent times, and is
qualified for his work by life-long study and much travel.
Hinduism. 1894. (Non-Christian religious systems.) ....... 294
295 Parseeism
JACKSON, Abraham Valentine Williams.
Zoroaster, the prophet of ancient Iran. 1899 ...... ........... 295 Ji2
Bibliography, p. 11-15.
OLDENBERG, Hermann.
Ancient India, its language and religions. 1896 ............... 295 023
Contents: The study of the Sanskrit. The religion of the Veda.
Buddhism.
296 Judaism
AMERICAN Jewish year book; ed. by Cyrus Adler, Sept. 5,
i899/i900-date. [v.i]-date. i8o9-date ................ r 296 AS I
BAUDISSIN, Wolf Wilhelm Friedrich, graf von.
Jahve et Moloch ; sive, De ratione inter deum Israelitarum et
Molochum intercedente ; dissertatio inauguralis. 1874 ...... r2o6 632
BUDDE, Karl.
Religion of Israel, to the exile. 1899. (American lectures
on the history of religions.) ........................... 296 685
BURTON, Sir Richard Francis.
The Jew, the Gypsy and El Islam. 1898 ..................... q2g6 695
CHEYNE, Thomas Kelly.
Jewish religious life after the exile. 1898. (American lec-
tures on the history of religions.) ......................... 296 C42
DARMESTETER, James.
Les prophetes d'Israel. 1895 ............................. 296 D25
Contents: Les prophetes d'Israel. De 1'authenticite des prophetes.
JUDAISM 257
Coup d'oeil sur 1'histoire du peuple juif. L'histoire d'Israel et M.
Renan. L'histoire d'Israel et M. Graetz. Race et tradition. Joseph
Salvador.
DRUMMOND, James, b. 1835.
The Jewish Messiah; a critical history of the Messianic idea
among the Jews from the rise of the Maccabees to the clos-
ing of the Talmud. 1877 296 D84
List of authorities, P-393-395.
EDERSHEIM, Alfred.
History of the Jewish nation after the destruction of Jeru-
salem under Titus. 1896 296 27
Standard work by a Jewish scholar, written shortly after his admission
to the Scottish Free church.
ERRERA, Leo.
Russian Jews; extermination or emancipation? tr. fr. the
French by Bella Lowy. 1894 296 E77
FLEURY, Claude, 1'abbe.
Manners of the ancient Israelites; enlarged by Adam
Clarke r2g6 F63
FREDERIC, Harold.
New exodus; a study of Israel in Russia. 1892 296 F8g
GRATZ COLLEGE, Philadelphia.
Publications, v.i. 1897 296 G8i
Contents: Memoir of Hyman Gratz, by Moses Dropsie. President's re-
port. Additions to the library. Synopsis of lectures. Lectures.
Italian Jewish literature, by Sabato Morais. The history and
future of the text of the Talmud, by Marcus Jastrow. Jewish physi-
cians and the contributions of the Jews to the science of medicine, by
Aaron Friedenwald. The Psalms and their place in the liturgy, by
K. Kohler.
HIRSCH, Samson Raphael.
The nineteen letters of Ben Uziel; a spiritual presentation
of the principles of Judaism. 1899 296 H6i
Biographical sketch of the author, by Bernard Drachman, p.g-34.
HOSMER, James Kendall.
Story of the Jews. 1893. (Story of the nations.) 296 H82
ISAACS, Abram Samuel.
Stories from the rabbis of the Talmud. 1893 J296 129
JACOBS, Joseph.
Jewish ideals, and other essays. 1896 296 Ji3
Other essays: The God of Israel; a history. Mordecai; a protest against
the critics; a review of "Daniel Deronda." Browning's theology.
The true, the only and the complete solution of the Jewish question.
Jehuda Halevi, poet and pilgrim. Jewish diffusion of folk-tales.
The London Jewry, 1290. Little St. Hugh of Lincoln. "Aaron son
of the devil." Jewish history, its aims and methods.
JEWISH encyclopedia; a descriptive record of the history,
religion, literature and customs of the Jewish people;
ed. by Isidore Singer, and others, v.i-3. 1901-02. .. .qr296 J3I7
v.i. Aach-Apocalyptic literature.
v.2. Apocrypha-Benash.
v 3. Bencemero-Chazanuth.
JEWISH 'quarterly review, Oct. i889-July, 1890, Oct. i897-date.
v.2, lo-date. iSgo-date r296 J3i
KELLOGG, Samuel Henry.
The Jews; or, Prediction and fulfilment. 1887 : 296 Ki6
KUENEN, Abraham.
Religion of Israel to the fall of the Jewish state. 3v. 1882-83. .296 K43
258 JUDAISM
LAZARUS, Josephine.
Spirit of Judaism. 1895 296 I_44
LAZARUS, Moritz.
Ethics of Judaism; tr. fr. the German by Henrietta Szold.
v.i-2. 1900-01 296 L444
LUNDIUS, Johann.
Die alten jiidischen heiligthiimer, Gottesdienste und gewohn-
heiten fur augen gestellet in einer ausfuhrlichen beschrei-
bung des gantzen levitischen priesterthums. 1722 qr296 L97
MAGNUS, Katie, lady.
Outlines of Jewish history from B. C. 586 to 1890 A. D.;
revised by M. Friedlander. 1890 296
MANASSEH BEN ISRAEL.
Menasseh Ben Israel's mission to Oliver Cromwell ; being a
reprint of the pamphlets published to promote the re-ad-
mission of the Jews to England, 1649-1656 ; ed. with an in-
troduction and notes by Lucien Wolf. 1901 qr2g6
Contents: Introduction; The return of the Jews to England. The hope
of Israel (1652). To His Highnesse the Lord Protector of the com-
monwealth of England, Scotland and Ireland, the humble addresses
of Menasseh Ben Israel (1655). Vindiciae Judaeorum; or, A letter in
answer to certain questions propounded by a noble and learned gen-
tleman, wherein all objections are candidly and yet fully cleared
(1656).
These interesting pamphlets by the Jewish theologian and statesman are
printed in facsimile, not in photographic reproduction, but set in types
similar to the original. The editor's introductory essay is a new study
in the light of new facts. Illustrated with three portraits of Manas-
seh Ben Israel.
MIELZINER, Moses.
Introduction to the Talmud. 1894 296 M67
Contents: Historical and literary introduction. Legal hermeneutics of
the Talmud. Talmudical terminology and methodology. Outlines of
Talmudical ethics.
Appendix contains a key to the abbreviations used in the Talmud and
its commentaries.
MILMAN, Henry Hart.
History of the Jews. 3v. in 2. 1893 296 M71
"A popular presentation . . . striving to bring together into readable
form the results reached by the best scholarship of the day. . . A
civil and military, rather than a theological history of the Jews." C. K.
Adams.
MOOREHEAD, W.G.
Studies in the Mosaic institutions. 1896 296 M87
Aims to stimulate interest in the study of the Mosaic institutions and to
prove that Judaism and Christianity bear to each other the relation of
prediction and fulfillment.
MORRISON, William Douglas.
Jews under Roman rule. 1890. (Story of the nations.) 296 Mgi
PENNELL, Joseph.
Jew at home; impressions of a summer and autumn spent
with him. 1892 296 ?39
Contents: In Austria and Hungary. In Austrian Poland. In Russia.
"Gives the impressions of a summer and autumn in the portions of
southeastern Europe where Jews. . .congregate. The picture is a repul-
sive one... Mr. Pennell seems to be honest in his delineation and de-
scription of this type of Jew, and his little book is a valuable contribu-
tion to the literature of the subject." Critic, 1892.
PETERS, Madison C.
Justice to the Jew; the story of what he has done for the
JUDAISM 259
world. 1899 296 ?45
Shows that Jews have always been prominent in sciences, in literature,
art and statesmanship. Also aims to fix the responsibility of the Drey-
fus affair. Author is (1899) pastor of the Bloomingdale church, New
York city.
PHILIPSON, David.
Old European Jewries. 1895. (Jewish publication socie-
ty.) 296 ?49
Contents: Early settlements of Jews in Europe. The institution of the
Ghetto. The Ghetto in church legislation. The Judengasse of Frank-
fort-on-the-Main. The Judenstadt of Prague. The Ghetto of Rome.
The Russian Ghetto. Effects and results. The Ghetto in literature.
REMY, Nahida.
Jewish woman. 1807 296 R33
Contents: Antiquity. Christian idea about woman and marriage. Ish
and Ishah. Temperament and Talmud. Biblical women. Jewish
queens. In the dark middle ages. More light. Practical culture
work. Sarah Copia Sullam. The mother. The sacred language.
Apostates. The daughters of Daniel Itzig. Art among Jewish wom-
en. Jewish authoresses. Jewish benefactresses. The modern Jewess.
Register of names.
"Works of reference," p. 264.
ROBERTSON, James, b. 1840.
Early religion of Israel as set forth by biblical writers and
by modern critical historians; the Baird lecture for 1889.
1896 296 R54
RULE, William Harris.
History of the Karaite Jews. 1870 296 R86
"A sect among the Jews which rejects the traditional law as it is fixed
in the Talmud, and recognizes only the Pentateuch or five books of
Moses as binding." Century cyclopedia of names.
RUSSELL, Cyril, & Lewis, H.S.
The Jew in London, a study of racial character and present-
day conditions; two essays prepared for the Toynbee trus-
tees, with an introduction by Canon Barnett and a preface
by James Bryce. 1900 296 Rgi
"Its two young authors. . .are connected with Toynbee Hall. . .The vol-
ume proper consists of two essays by these workers in the East End,
who treat the Jewish question from different points of view. . .A map
of East London. . .showing by colour the proportion of the Jewish pop-
ulation to other residents, street by street, in certain quarters, is of
considerable significance. . .An excellent contribution to an important
subject." Athenaeum, 1900.
SCHECHTER, S.
Studies in Judaism. 1896 296 831
Originally published in the Jewish quarterly and the Jewish chronicle.
Contents: The chassidim. Nachman Krochmal and the "Perplexities of
the time." Rabbi Elijah Wilna, Gaon. Nachmanides. A Jewish
Boswell. The dogmas of Judaism. The history of Jewish tradition.
The doctrine of divine retribution in rabbinical literature. The law
and recent criticism. The Hebrew collection of the British museum.
Titles of Jewish books. The child in Jewish literature. Woman
in temple and synagogue. The earliest Jewish community in Europe.
SCHULTZ, Hermann.
Old testament theology; the religion of revelation in its
pre-Christian stage of development. 2v. 1895 296 838
STUBE, R. ed.
Jiidisch-babylonische zaubertexte; herausgegeben und erklart.
1895 r296 SQ3
26o JUDAISM
TALMUD.
New edition of the Babylonian Talmud, English transla-
tion; original text ed. by M. L. Rodkinson. v.i-i6, in
14. 1896-1902 qr2g6 Ti6n
.1-2. Tract Sabbath.
3. Tract Erubin.
4. Tracts Shekalim and Rosh Hashana; Hebrew and English text.
5. Tract Pesachim.
6. Tracts Yomah and Hagiga.
7. Tracts Betzah, Succah, and Moed Katan.
8. Tracts Taanith, Megilla and Ebel Rabbathi or Semahoth.
9. Tracts Aboth (Fathers of the synagogue), with Aboth of R.
Nathan, Derech Eretz, Rabba and Zuta.
10. Tracts Baba Kama.
.11-12. Tract Baba Metzia.
.13-14. Tract Baba Bathra.
.15-16. Tract Sanhedrin.
Talmud; tr. by Joseph Barclay. 1878 296 Ti6t
Treasures of the Talmud, compiled from the Babylonian
Talmud; tr. by P. I. Hershon. 1882. r2p6 Ti6t
Wit and wisdom of the Talmud; ed. by M. C. Peters, with
an introduction by H. P. Mendes. 1900 296 Ti6
TOY, Crawford Howell.
Judaism and Christianity; progress of thought from Old
to New testament. 1891 296 T67
WALDSTEIN, Charles.
Jewish question, and the mission of the Jews. 1894 296 Wi6
Contents: The Jewish question. The mission of the Jews. The social
position of the Jews in the middle ages and modern times. The influ-
ence of the Jews upon the civilization of the middle ages. Hebraic
societies. Money and the Jews. Anatole Leroy-Beaulieu and the
WHITE, Arnold.
The modern Jew. 1899 296 W62
Author was Baron de Hirsch's representative in Russia, and has had oth-
er exceptional advantages in the study of his subject, and he gives
many useful facts and suggestions. With the exception of the statis-
tics relating to the Russian Jews these chapters are now first pub-
lished.
WILKINSON, John.
Israel my glory; or, Israel's mission and missions to Israel.
1894 296 W73
WINES, Enoch Cobb.
Commentaries on the laws of the ancient Hebrews. 1855. .. .296 W78
WISE, Isaac Mayer.
Judaism; its doctrines and duties. 1872 296 W8ij
Selected writings; ed. by David Philipson and Louis
Grossmann. 1900 296 W8i
Contents : The law. Moses, the man and the statesman. The Wander-
ing Jew. The sources of the theology of Judaism. The outlines of
Judaism. The apologetics of Judaism. Aphorisms on ethics. Re-
formed Judaism. Paul and the mystics. Union. Establishment of
the union of American Hebrew congregations. The congregation.
The rabbi. An appeal for a college.--Address at opening of Hebrew
Union college. Women as members of congregations. Letter to a
gentleman who with his family wishes to embrace Judaism.
Biography of the author, p. 1-112.
Author was a leader of Jewish thought and activity in America during^
the latter half of the igth century. The founding of the Hebrew
union college in Cincinnati was largely due to his efforts, he being its
first president, from 1875 until his death in 1900. The biography
which precedes the selections was written by two of Dr. Wise's
pupils.
MOHAMMEDANISM 261
WOLF, Simon.
American Jew as patriot, soldier and citizen; ed by L. E.
Levy. 1895 296 W83
The same. 1895 1296 W&3
A large part of the book is devoted to lists of Jewish soldiers in the
Union and Confederate armies during the American civil war.
ZIRNDORF, Henry.
Some Jewish women; tr. fr. the German. 1892 296 Z68
Contents: From the Apocrypha. The Graeco-Roman period. The Tal-
mudic age.
297 Mohammedanism
ARNOLD, Thomas Walker.
The preaching of Islam; a history of the propagation of the
Muslim faith. 1896 297 A75
List of authorities, p. 373-383.
History of Mohammedan missions.
ATTERBURY, Anson Phelps.
Islam in Africa; its effects, religious, ethical and social,
upon the people of the country. 1899 297 A88
A study of Mohammedanism by the pastor of the Park Presbyterian
church, New York. He takes the middle ground between those who
view Islam as wholly an imposture, and those who claim that Moham-
medanism is a sort of preparatory school by which such countries as
Africa may be successfully brought to an ultimate civilization.
HAINES, Charles Reginald.
Islam as a missionary religion. 1889. (Non-Christian re-
ligious systems.) 297 His
Books consulted, P.T-II.
HUGHES, Thomas Patrick, comp.
Dictionary of Islam. 1885 r297 H89
JESSUP, Henry Harris.
The women of the Arabs. 1873 297 J29
Intended as a memorial of the early missionaries in Syria, with a record
of the work done for the women and girls of the native races. A
"Children's chapter," comprising more than one-third of the book,
contains an account of child life in Syria, and some oriental stories
and nursery rhymes.
KORAN.
Coranus Arabice, recensionis Fliigelianae, textum recognitum
iterum exprimi; curavit'G. M. Redslob. 1881 297 K38
Koran; or Alcoran of Mohammed with explanatory notes
from Savary's version, also preliminary discourse by
George Sale- 1891 r297 K38
Selections from the Kuran; by E. W. Lane. 1879 297 L23
MUIR, Sir William.
The Coran; its composition and teaching and the testimony
it bears to the Holy scriptures. 1896. (Non-Christian re-
ligious systems.) 297 M95
POOLE, Stanley Lane-.
Studies in a mosque. 1893 297 P79
A collection of essays treating some phases of the Mohammadan re-
ligion.
"The pleasant style of the writer, together with his wide study of the
literature of his subjects, combine to make the whole a readable and
valuable book." Academy, 1883.
262 MORMONISM
SMITH, Henry Preserved.
The Bible and Islam; or, The influence of the Old and New
testaments on the religion of Mohammed; being the Ely
lectures for 1897. 1897 297 864
SMITH, Reginald Bosworth.
Mohammed and Mohammedanism. 1875 *. 297 S6s
STOBART, James William Hampson.
Islam & its founder. 1895. (Non-Christian religious sys-
tems.) '. 297 S86
TISDALL, William St. Clair-.
Religion of the Crescent. 1895. (Non-Christian religious
systems.) ; 297 TSI
298 Mormonism
KELLEY, William H.
Presidency and priesthood. 1895 2 9& Ki6
KENNEDY, James Harrison.
Early days of Mormonism. 1888 298 Ki8
The same. 1888 r2g8 Ki8
MAYHEW, Henry.
Mormons; or, Latter-day saints, with memoirs of Joseph
Smith. 1851 r298 MS4
PATTERSON, Robert, of Pittsburgh.
Who wrote the book of Mormon? 1882 q2oS ?3i
Reprinted from Crumrine's Illustrated history of Washington county.
SCHROEDER, Albert Theodore.
Origin of the Book of Mormon, re-examined in its relation to
Spaulding's "Manuscript found." 1901 r2g8 838
Produces evidence to prove that the Book of Mormon is a plagiarism,
its distinguishing features being identical with those of a romance en-
titled "The manuscript found." This romance was written by Solomon
Spaulding, and while in the keeping of a prospective publisher, Robert
Patterson of Pittsburgh, was stolen by one Sidney Rigdon, of early
Mormon fame. It is asserted that Rigdon then showed Joseph Smith
the stolen manuscript, and from it the Book of Mormon was compiled.
For further evidence see Samuel Williams' "Mormonism exposed,"
(rapS W74> and Robert Patterson's "Who wrote the Book of Mor-
mon?" (qzgS PSI).
SEIBEL, George.
Mormon problem; the story of the latter-day saints and an
expose of their beliefs and practices. 1899 r298 845
SMITH, Joseph, 1805-1844.
Book of Mormon. 1888 qr2o8 S6s
The same. 1874 298 S6$b
Doctrine and covenants of the Church of Jesus Christ of latter-
day saints, containing the revelations given to Joseph
Smith. 1890 298 S6sd
Pearl of great price; a selection from his revelations, transla-
tions and narrations. 1888 298 S6$p
TALMAGE, James Edward.
Articles of faith; lectures on the principal doctrines of the
Church of Jesus Christ of the Latter-day saints. 1899. . .298 Ti6
WILLIAMS, Rev. Samuel, of Pittsburgh.
Mormonism exposed r298 W74
MINOR NON-CHRISTIAN RELIGIONS 26.3
299 Minor non-Christian religions
BUDGE, Ernest Alfred Thompson Wallis.
Egyptian ideas of the future life. 1899. (Books on Egypt
and Chaldsea, v.i.) 299 685
DAVIES, Edward.
The mythology and rites of the British Druids, with an-
cient poems and extracts, with remarks on ancient Brit-
ish coins. 1809 qr299 031
DOUGLAS, Robert Kennaway.
Confucianism and Taouism. 1899. (Non-Christian reli-
gious systems.) 299 075
JASTROW, Morris.
The religion of Babylonia and Assyria. 1898. (Handbooks
on the history of religions.) 299 Jai
Bibliography, with annotations, p.7O7~738.
The same. 1898. (Handbooks on the history of religions.) . .r299 J2I
KING, Leonard William.
Babylonian religion and mythology. 1899 299 K26
LEGGE, James.
Religions of China; Confucianism and Taoism described and
compared with Christianity. 1880 299 LS4
PETRIE, William Matthew Flinders.
Religion and conscience in ancient Egypt. 1898 299 P$6
Contents: The historical conditions of religions. The popular religion
of Egypt. The discordances of Egyptian religion. Analysis of the
Egyptian mythology. The nature of conscience. The inner duties.
The outer duties.
RENOUF, Peter Le Page.
Origin and growth of religion as illustrated by the religion
of ancient Egypt. (Hibbert lectures.) 299 R34
SAYCE, Archibald Henry.
Lectures on the origin and growth of religion as illus-
trated by the religion of the ancient Babylonians. 1891.
(Hibbert lectures.) 299 827
SMITH, William Robertson.
Lectures on the religion of the Semites; ist ser. 1894.
(Burnett lectures.) 299 S66
Subject is the religion of the group of kindred nations which includes
the Arabs, Hebrews and Phoenicians, Aramaeans, Babylonians and As-
syrians. Present series discusses some fundamental institutions, par-
ticularly that of sacrifice, to which half the volume is devoted.
ULLMANN, Karl.
De Hypsistariis, seculi post Christum natum quarti secta, com-
mentatio. 1823 , r299 U2j
The Hypsistarians were a religious sect living in Cappadocia in the 4th
century A. D. Their belief was a singular mixture of paganism and
Judaism.
WIEDEMANN, Alfred.
Religion of the ancient Egyptians. 1897 299 W68
"Wisely throwing aside any attempt to portray, as a whole, either the
Egyptian Pantheon or the Egyptian creed, he has compressed into a
volume of 300 pages, an account which leaves little to be desired, of
the Egyptian religion as it affected the daily life of the people."
Academy, 1897.
Sociology
300 General works
BASCOAl, John.
Sociology. 1887 300 628
HENDERSON, Charles Richmond.
Social elements; institutions, characters, progress. 1898 300 H44s
The social spirit in America. 1897. (Chautauqua reading
circle literature.) 300 H44
Contents: Home-making as a social art. Friendly circles of women
wage-earners. Better houses for the people. Public health. Good
roads and communication. The first factor of industrial reform; the
socialized citizen. What good employers are doing. Organizations of
wage-earners. Economic cooperation of the community. Political re-
forms. Social spirit in the state school system. Voluntary organiza-
tion of education. Socialized beauty and recreation. Charity and cor-
rection. Social spirit in conflict with anti-social institutions. Institu-
tions of ideals; the ancient confederacy of virtue.
The appendix contains bibliographies on the subjects of the different
chapters.
A description of what modern civilization and altruism are doing to
spread cleanliness and strength, mental, moral and physical, among
all classes of society.
301 Theory
BAGEHOT, Walter.
Physics and politics; or, Thoughts on the application of the
principles of natural selection and inheritance to political
society. 1890. (International scientific series.) 301 Bi5
BASCOM, John.
Social theory; a grouping of social facts and principles. 1895.
(Library of economics and politics.) 301 628
A study of the phases of progress offered by our own and by English
society, considered under the headings of Customs, Economics, Civics,
Ethics, and Religion. This work is independent of the author's pre-
vious work entitled "Sociology" and is designed more for the general
student than the specialist.
CROWELL, John Franklin.
Logical process of social development; a theoretical founda-
tion for educational policy from the standpoint of soci-
ology. 1898 301 C8g
GIDDINGS, Franklin Henry.
Elements of sociology; a text-book for colleges and
schools. 1898 301 G37e
Inductive sociology ; a syllabus of methods, analyses and classi-
fications, and provisionally formulated laws. 1901 301 G37i
Contents: The elements of social theory. The elements and structure of
society: The social population. The social mind. Social organization.
The social welfare.
264
SOCIOLOGY 265
Principles of sociology. 1896 301 G37p
Bibliography, p.423-442.
Theory of socialization; a syllabus of sociological principles,
with references to the third edition of "The principles of
sociology." 1897 ., 301 G37
HARRIS, George.
Inequality and progress. 1897 301 H29
"I contend that inequality always has been and always will be the con-
dition of progress." Author's introduction.
HERBERT, William.
World grown young; record of reforms, 1894-1914 301 H46
An elaborate description of a Utopia realized through the efforts of a
benevolent English millionaire who, having accumulated a fabulous
fortune, proceeds to restore society to its original state of youth,
health and innocence.
HOBSON, John Atkinson.
The social problem ; life and work. 1901 301 H6s
Contents: The science of social progress. The art of social progress.
"Intended as an informal introduction to the science and art of social
progress. Its plan is, first, to show that political economy, whether
of the older or newer type, does not and cannot handle successfully
the social problem; and, secondly. . .to examine in a tentative and in-
troductory way some of the main questions which go to make up the
problem of social progress for example, the rights of the individual
and of property, the rights of society as a maker of values, social
distribution accoiding to needs, and so on until the author arrives
at his ground principle of social distribution 'from each according
to his powers, to each according to his needs.' " Athenaeum, 1901.
KIDD, Benjamin.
Social evolution. 1895 301 K24
At the end of an able review in the Political science quarterly, Decem-
ber, 1894, Prof. Franklin H. Giddings says: "Altogether, then, Mr
Kidd's book is a curious mixture of truth and fallacy. But it is an
interesting book, and stimulating. It will make a great many people
do more serious thinking in sociology than they have ever done
before."
Holds that moral progress has no rational sanction and that the evolu-
tion slowly proceeding in human society is not primarily intellectual
but religious in character.
MACKENZIE, John Stuart.
Introduction to social philosophy. 1895 301 Mi8
MACKINTOSH, Robert.
From Comte to Benjamin Kidd; the appeal to biology for
human guidance. 1899 301 Mi84
Contents: Comtism, with some scattered parallels. Simple evolutionism;
Spencer, Leslie Stephen. Darwinism, or struggle for existence.
Hyper-Darwinism; Weismann, Kidd.
MALLOCK, William Hurrell.
Aristocracy and evolution; a study of the rights, the origin
and the social functions of the wealthier classes. 1898. . .301 M29
"The word aristocracy here means the exceptionally gifted and efficient
minority, no matter what the position in which its members may have
been born, or what the sphere of social progress in which their ex-
ceptional efficiency shows itself." Preface.
NASH, Henry Sylvester.
Genesis of the social conscience; the relation between the es-
tablishment of Christianity in Europe and the social ques-
tion. 1897 301 Ni4
"The book is more than a tacit protest against the materialistic ex-
planation of history. . .The pages glitter with bright sayings, and there
are many attractive passages." Dial, 1897.
"My aim is to show how the social question strikes its roots into the
266 SOCIOLOGY
soil of that Mediterranean civilization in which antiquity summed itself
up, and out of which modernity issued." Author.
PAYSON, Edward Payson.
Suggestions toward an applied science of sociology. 1898 301 P33
PEARSON, Charles Henry.
National life and character. 1894 301 P35
Contents: The unchangeable limits of the higher races. The stationary
order in society. Some dangers of political development. Some ad-
vantages of an enhanced national felling. The decline of the family.
The decay of character.
ROSS, Edward Alsworth.
Social control ; a survey of the foundations of order. 1901.
(Library of economics and politics.) 301 R73
Partial list of authorities cited, p. 443-448.
After considering the individual's contribution to social order, viz. sym-
pathy, sociability, sense of justice and of resentment, the author takes
up the social factors, public opinion, law, belief, education, custom,
SMALL, Albion Woodbury, & Vincent, G.E.
An introduction to the study of society. 1894 301 S63
SNIDER, Denton Jaques.
Social institutions in their origin, growth and interconnec-
tions, psychologically treated. 1901 301 S67
Contents: The secular institution. The religious institution. The edu-
cative institution.
SPENCER, Herbert.
Principles of sociology. 3v. 1892-97. (Synthetic philosophy,
v.6-8.) 301 S74P
References at the end of each volume.
Social statics, with Man versus the state. 1893 301 S74
Study of sociology. 1891 301 8745
Explains the scope of the science, its. utility and method, and gives
some of its more important general principles.
SPRAGUE, Franklin M.
Laws of social evolution; a critique of Kidd's Social evolution.
1895 301 876
STUCKENBERG, John Henry Wilburn.
Introduction to the study of sociology. 1898 301 893
TARDE, Gabriel.
Les lois de 1'imitation; etude sociologique. 1900. (Biblio-
theque de philosophic contemporaine.) 301 Ti9l
Social laws; an outline of sociology. 1899 301 Tig
WARD, Lester Frank.
Dynamic sociology. 2v. 1883 3Oi W2I
"The ablest systematic treatise in English on Sociology. Superior to
Comte or Spencer. The author, however, is biased by grossly mater-
ialistic views of Christianity. He should be read with constant refer-
ence to works like those of Fremantle and Westcott." /. R. Commons.
WRIGHT, Richard J.
Principia; or, Basis of social science; a survey of the subject
from the moral and theological, yet liberal and progres-
sive stand-point. 1876 301 W93
ESSAYS 267
302 Compends
HOLT, Henry.
Talks on civics. 1901 302 H74
"Authorities," p.iz-i3.
Attempts to make young people realize that social institutions are
evolved, not made outright, and that they will be vitiated or destroyed
by ignorant treatment. Particular attention is paid to discussion of
money, land-tenure and taxation, also to spreading a just conception
of contract as a preventive of labor troubles and private breaches of
faith.
WRIGHT, Carroll Davidson.
Outline of practical sociology, with special reference to Ameri-
can conditions. 1899. (American citizen series.) 302 WQ3
Contains many bibliographies.
303 Encyclopedias
BLISS, William Dwight Porter, ed.
Encyclopedia of social reform. 1897 Q r 3O3 655
Bibliography of bibliographies in social reform, p.i43i-i432.
LALOR, John Joseph, cd.
Cyclopaedia of political science, political economy and of the
political history of the United States. 3v. 1888-90 qr303 L44
"An invaluable work of reference, well up to date, articles in alphabeti-
cal arrangement, from a few lines to elaborate special treatises.
Nearly thirty leading American authorities are among the contribu-
tors in special subjects." Bowker & lies' "Reader's guide."
304 Essays
ABBOTT, Lyman.
Rights of man; a study in twentieth century problems.
1901 304 Ai3r
Contents: The conflict of the centuries. -The growth of democracy.
Political rights. Industrial rights. Educational rights. Religious
rights. The American democracy. American domestic problems.
American foreign problems. The perils of democracy. Safeguards.
The goal of democracy.
Bibliography, p.p-n.
ASHLEY, William James.
Surveys, historic and economic. 1900 304 A82
Partial contents: On the study of economic history. The history of Eng-
lish serfdom. The Anglo-Saxon "township." The beginnings of town
life in the middle ages. The Tory origin of free trade policy. The
commercial legislation of England and the American colonies, 1660-
1760. American smuggling, 1660-1760. The Canadian sugar combine.
American trusts. The economic atmosphere of America: "the Ameri-
can spirit." Jowett and the university ideal.
45 essays and book reviews, most of which have appeared in journals
and reviews from 1890 to 1900.
BASTIAT, Frederic.
CEuvres choisies; ed. by A. de Foville 304 629
BAX, Ernest Belfort.
Outlooks from the new standpoint. 1891. (Social science
series.) 304 633
Contents: The orator of the human race, (Clootz). The decay of pagan
thought. Liberalism v. socialism. The curse of law. A socialist's
notes on practical ethics. The economical basis of .history. Individual
rights under socialism. Marriage. Courage. The practical signifi-
cance of philosophy.
268 ESSAYS
BOSANQUET, Bernard, ed.
Aspects of the social problem. 1895 304 6643
Contents: The duties of citizenship. The children of working London.
The protection of children. The position of women in industry.
Marriage in east London. The industrial residuum. Character in its
bearing on social causation. Old pensioners. Pauperism and old-age
pensions. The meaning and methods of true charity. Some aspects
of reform. Origin and history of the English poor law. Some con-
troverted points in the administration of poor relief. Returns as an
instrument in social science. Socialism and natural selection. The
principle of private property. The reality of the general will.
These essays were written by B. Bosanquet, H. Dendy, M. M'Callum
and C. S. Loch.
Essays and addresses. 1891. (Social science series.) 304 664
Contents: Two modern philanthropists, (Moore and Leclaire). Indi-
vidual and social reform. Some socialistic features of ancient socie-
ties. Artistic handwork in education. On the true conception of an-
other world. The kingdom of God on earth. How to read the New
. testament. The philosophical importance of a true theory of identity.
On the philosophical distinction between knowledge and opinion.
BOSANQUET, Mrs Helen.
The standard of life, and other studies. 1898 304 6641
Other studies: The burden of small debts. Klassenkampf. The lines of
industrial conflict. The psychology of social progress. The education
of women. The industrial training of women. Little drudges and
troublesome boys. An apology for "false statements." A hundred
years ago. Two thousand years ago.
BROOKLYN ETHICAL ASSOCIATION.
Man and the state; studies in applied sociology. 1892 304 677
Sociology. 1893 304 6773
BUXTON, Sydney Charles.
Handbook to political questions of the day. 1892 304 698
Author's plan is to set forth the main arguments for and against the
leading questions of English domestic policy, leaving the reader to come
to his own conclusions. He begins with home rule, has chapters on
"church and state," on education, on the various reforms such as
electoral reform and shorter parliaments, on the land laws, the liquor
traffic, "taxation of ground values," etc.
The same; with supplement. 1892 304 B98h
Contents of supplement: Old age pensions. Elementary education. Sale
of intoxicating liquors to child-messengers. Intoxicating liquor laws.
CAIRNES, John Elliott.
Political essays. 1873 304 Ci2
Contents: Colonization and colonial government. The revolution in
America. International law. Fragments on Ireland. Our defences;
national or a standing army? Thoughts on university reform apropos
of the Irish educational crisis of 1865-6. Present position of the Irish
university question, 1873.
CARNEGIE, Andrew.
Empire of business. 1902 304 C2ie
Contents: The road to business success. The A. B. C. of money. The
common interest of labour and capital. Thrift as a duty. How to
win fortune. Wealth and its uses. The bugaboo of trusts. Anglo-
American trade relations. Business. Steel manufacture in the United
States. The cost of living in Britain. Oil and gas wells. The three
legged stool. Railroads past and present. Iron and steel at home and
abroad. The Manchester school and to-day. What would I do with
the tariff if I were czar?
The same. 1902 r 304 C2i
Most of these chapters appeared originally in magazines.
Gospel of wealth, and other timely essays. 1900 304 C2I
Contents: How I served my apprenticeship. The gospel of wealth.
The advantages of poverty. Popular illusions about trusts. An em-
ployer's view of the labor question. Results of the labor struggle.
ESSAYS 269
Distant possessions, the parting of the ways. Americanism versus
imperialism. Democracy in England. Home rule in America. Does
America hate England? Imperial federation.
CHAPMAN, John Jay.
Causes and consequences. 1808 304 C36c
Contents: Politics. Society. Education ; Froebel. Democracy. Gov-
ernment.
Frank but optimistic treatment of the evils of American politics and so-
cial life.
Practical agitation. 1900 304 C36
Contents: Election time. Between elections. The masses. Literature.
Principles. Conclusion.
"An attempt," the writer says, "to follow the track of personal influ-
ence across society." The first three chapters are taken up with
discussions of political reform, the fourth chapter with contemporary
journalism. The results of these discussions are then summarized in
the chapters called "Principles."
DEAN, George Alfred.
Fallacies and tendencies of the age. 1871 304 D34
ESSAYS on the spirit of legislation in the encouragement of
agriculture, population, manufactures and commerce; tr.
fr. the French. 1800 r3O4 84
These essays gained the premiums offered by the CEconomical society
of Berne, Switzerland, for the best compositions on this subject.
FARRAR, Frederick William, dean, and others.
My brother and I; selected papers on social topics. 1895 304 25
Contents: Farrar, F. W. Am I my brother's keeper? Hughes, H.P.
Christ the greatest of social reformers. Ely, R.T. The church and the
world. Cable, G.W. The negro question. Gustafson, Axel. The
world's drink problem. Gladden, Washington. Is labor a commodity?
Behrends, A.J.F. The Pauline doctrine of the sword. Hughes, H.P.
Gambling. Riis, J.A. The problem of the children. Mitchell, H.G.
Redemption of the slums.
GLADDEN, Washington.
Social facts and forces. 1897 304 G4S
Contents: The factory. The labor union. -The corporation. The rail-
way. The city. The church.
Attempts to seize only salient points and emphasizes tendencies affecting
conduct and character.
Social salvation. 1902 304 6453
Contents: Religion and the social question. The care of the poor. The
state and the unemployed. Our brothers in bonds. Social vices.
Public education. The redemption of the city.
"References and suggestions," p. 237-240.
HADLEY, Arthur Twining.
Education of the American citizen. 1901 304 Hi2
Contents: The demands of the twentieth century. Our standards of
political morality. Government by public opinion. The formation
and control of trusts. Socialism and social reform. The relation be-
tween economics and politics. Economic theory and political morality.
Ethics as a political science. Political education. The relation be-
tween higher education and the public welfare. The direction of
American university development. Fundamental requirements in
school education. The use and control of examinations. Yale prob-
lems, past and present.
HALE, Edward Everett.
Addresses and essays on subjects of history, education and
government. 1900 304 His
Contents: What will he do with it? The leaders lead. Democracy and
a liberal education. The professor of America. What is the Ameri-
can people? The education of a prince. The results of Columbus's
discovery. Puritan politics in England and New England. The Pil-
grim Fathers. The people's battle. The contributions of Boston to
American independence. R. W. Emerson. The state's care of its
children considered as a check on juvenile delinquency. Public amuse-
270 ESSAYS
ment for poor and rich. The colonization of the desert. New Eng-
land nationalism. Wealth in common. The ministry to a ward.
HAND, James Edward, ed.
Good citizenship. 1899 304 H23
Contents: The general functions of the state, by H. Rashdall. Of demo-
cratic government, by A. L. Lilley. Of the municipality, by G. L.
Gomme. Of capital, by J. A. Hobson. Of labour, by J. A. Hobson.
The housing of the poor, by J. E. Hand. Old age pensions, by G. L.
Gomme. The poor-law, by J. T. Dodd. Factories and workshops,
by Mona Wilson. The treatment of criminals, by W. D. Morrison.
Christian socialism and local government, by G. W. E. Russell.
The nation's duties to the empire, by W. P. Reeves. The obligation
of civil law, by H. S. Holland. The church and civilisation, by F. E.
Powell. The progress of morality in the relations of men and women,
by J. M. Wilson. Women in social life, by Mrs R. C. Phillimore.
The work of a ladies' settlement, by E. M. Portal. Women's work
on vestries and councils, by A. E. Busk. The obligations of social
service, by T. C. Fry. The churchman as a citizen, by Canon Bar-
nett. The economic duty of the consumer, by J. Carter. Citizen-
ship in poets, by Ronald Bayne. Art and the commonwealth, by
A. G. B. Atkinson.
HARRISON, Jonathan Baxter.
Certain dangerous tendencies in American life, and other pa-
pers. 1880 r304 Hap
Other papers: The nationals; their origin and their aims. Three typi-
cal workingmen. Workingmen's wives. The career of a capitalist.
Study of a New England factory town. Preaching. Sincere demagogy.
HART, Albert Bushnell.
Practical essays on American government. 1894 304 H3I
Contents: The speaker as premier. The exercise of the suffrage. The
election of a president. Do the people wish civil service reform?
The Chilean controversy; a study in American diplomacy. The
colonial town meeting. The colonial shire. The rise of American
cities. The biography of a river and harbor bill. The public land
policy of the United States. Why the South was defeated in the Civil
war.
HODGES, George.
Faith and social service; lectures before the Lowell institute.
1806 304 H66
The same. 1896 r304 H66
HUXLEY, Thomas Henry.
Evolution and ethics, and other essays. 1894 304 H98
Other essays: Science and morals. Capital, the mother of labour.
Social diseases and worse remedies: The struggle for existence in
human society, Letters to the "Times" on the "Darkest England"
scheme, Legal opinions respecting General Booth's acts, The articles
of war of the Salvation army.
KELLY, Edmond.
Evolution and effort and their relation to religion and
politics. 1895 304 Ki7
Contents: The conflict of science and religion. Perfectibility of man.
Determinism. Determinism and the evolution of love. Determinism
and courage. Religion; the historic view. Religion; the scientific
view. The church and the state. Municipal . misgovernment. The
problem of pauperism. Problem of socialism. The problem of educa-
tion. Party government. Summary and conclusion.
Protests against laissez-faire attitude, and holds that human progress is
dependent on conscious effort. Contains a specially valuable chapter,
"The problem of education," which advocates the establishment of
an endowed newspaper.
LODGE, Henry Cabot.
Historical and political essays. 1892 304 L76
Contents: William H. Seward. James Madison. Gouverneur Morris.
Why patronage in office is un-American. The distribution of ability
ESSAYS 271
in the United States. Parliamentary obstruction in the United States.
Parliamentary minorities. Party allegiance.
LORIMER, George Claude.
Christianity and the social state. 1898 304 L87
Contents: A gospel according to Zola. The clergy and social reform.
Other states and the social state. Religion and social evolution. The
conservation of the individual. The socialistic salvation. Corpora-
tions and co-operation. Time and taxes. The crime against humanity.
The redemption of childhood. The social value of liberty. Passing
of the war-god.
MOORE, J.Howard.
Better-world philosophy; a sociological synthesis. 1809 304 M8?
Contents: The problem of industry. Blunders. The social problem.
Egoism and altruism. The preponderance of egoism. The social
ideal. The derivation of the natures of living beings. Race culture.
Individual culture.
NORDAU. Max. x
Conventional lies of our civilization. 1884 304 N43
Considers every social, political, economic question of the day, giving
the condensed result of the investigations in all fields of thought,
and combining these with much of the striking original thought to
be expected from the author of "Degeneration."
POBYEDONOSTSEFF, Konstantin Petrovitch.
Reflections of a Russian statesman. 1898 304 P73
"The difficulty of pronouncing the name of the Procurator of the
Holy Synod of Russia... has not prevented him from becoming a
marked figure throughout the Western European world, standing as
he does for the ultra-Russian doctrine in Church and State, and for
the persecution of all Jews, Dissenters and infidels.. .Madame Novi-
koff seems to think that the book... may be described in brief as a
study of the decline and fall of Parliamentary government. But it is
a great deal more than that... The author writes on Churcff'and State,
on 'the great falsehood' (by which he means the doctrine of the
sovereignly of the people), against trial by jury, on the press, on
public education, on Authority, and similar topics." Athenaeum, 1898.
POTTER, Henry Codman, bp.
The scholar and the state, and other orations and addresses.
1897 304 P85
Contents: The scholar and the state. Character in statesmanship. The
scholar in American life. Scholarship and service. The heroisms of
the unknown. The relations of science to modern life. The rural re-
inforcement of cities. Christianity and the criminal. A phase of
social science. Nobility in business. The ministry of music. The
gospel for wealth. The Christian and the state. The higher uses of
an exposition. A hundred American years. The life-giving word.
The significance of the American cathedral.
"They are addressed in some cases to the clergy, but in the main they
appeal to all conscientious citizens, and their burden is the increasing
importance of our public duties." Nation, 1897.
-RICHARDSON, Sir Benjamin Ward.
Health of nations; a review of the works of Edwin Chad-
wick. 2v. 1887 304 R4i
v.i. Biographical dissertation on Edwin Chad wick. Essays, political
and economical, including "Practical remedies for intemperance."
Essays, educational and social.
v.2. Sanitary and preventive of disease. Prevention of pauperism and
poverty. Prevention of crime.
ROOSEVELT, Theodore.
American ideals, and other essays. 1897 304 R68
Other essays: True Americanism. The manly virtues and practical poli-
tics. The college graduate and public life. Phases of state legisla-
tion. Machine politics in New York city. Six years of civil service
reform. Administering the New York police force. The vice-presi-
18
272 SOCIOLOGY PERIODICALS
dency and the campaign of 1896. How not to help our poorer brother.
The Monroe doctrine. Washington's forgotten maxim. National
life and character. Social evolution. The law of civilization and decay.
The strenuous life; essays and addresses. 1900 304 R68s
Other essays: Expansion and peace. Latitude and longitude among
reformers. Fellow-feeling as a political factor. Civic helpfulness.
Character and success. The eighth and ninth commandments in poli-
tics. The best and the good. Promise and performance. The Ameri-
can boy. Military preparedness and unpreparedness. Admiral Dewey.
Grant.
The same. 1902 304 R68s2
This edition contains five additional essays entitled Manhood and state-
hood, Brotherhood and the heroic virtues, National duties, The labor
question, Christian citizenship.
SMITH, Goldwin.
Essays on questions of the day. 1894 304 864
Contents: Social and industrial revolution. Utopian visions. The ques-
tion of disestablishment. The political crisis in England. The em-
pire. Woman suffrage. The Jewish question. The Irish question.
Prohibition in Canada and the United States. The Oneida com-
munity and American socialism.
WOODS, Robert Archey.
English social movements. 1895. (Social science series.) 304 W86
Contents: The labor movement. Socialism. University settlements.
University extension. Social work of the church. Charity and philan-
thropy. Moral and educational progress.
305 Periodicals
AMERICAN journal of sociology; bi-monthly, July, :895-date.
v.i-date. i896-date raos A$i
AMERICAN SOCIAL SCIENCE ASSOCIATION.
Journal of social science, v.i-date. :86o-date r305 A5I2
Contains the Transactions of the American social science association.
FISHER'S National magazine and industrial record, June,
:84S-Nov. 1846. v.i-3. 1846 r305 F53
v.2 contains an index to the first and second volumes.
JOHNS Hopkins university studies in historical and political
science; ed. by H. B. Adams, v.i-date. i883-date r305 J3S
v.i. Local institutions.
v.2. Institutions and economics.
v.j. Maryland, Virginia and \Vasnington.
v.4. Municipal government and land tenure.
v.s. Municipal government, history and politics.
v.6. History of cooperation in the United States.
v.7. Social science, municipal and federal government.
v.8. History, politics and education.
V.Q. Education, history and politics.
v. 10. Church and state. Columbus and America.
v.n. Labor, slavery and self-government.
v.12. Institutional and economic history.
T.I3. South Carolina, Maryland and Virginia.
v.i 4. Baltimore, slavery, and constitutional history.
v.i 5. American economic history.
v.i6. Anglo-American relations, and Southern history.
v.i 7. Economic history, Maryland and the South.
v.i8. Taxation in Southern states; church and education.
v.ip. Diplomatic and constitutional history.
v.ao. Colonial and economic history.
JOHNS Hopkins university studies in historical and political
science; ed. by H. B. Adams, extra volumes, v.i-date.
SOCIOLOGY COLLECTED WORKS 273
i886-date 1305 JaSs
v. 5, 19 wanting.
v. i. Levermore, C.H. Republic of New Haven.
v. 2. Allinson, E.P. & Penrose, Boies. Philadelphia, 1681-1887.
v. 3. Brown, G.W. Baltimore and the igth of April, 1861.
v. 4. Howard, G.E. Introduction to the local constitutional history of
the United States, v.i.
v. 6. Brackett, J.R. The negro in Maryland,
v. 7. Willoughby, W.W. Supreme court of the United States,
v. 8. Nitobe, I.O. Intercourse between the United States and Japan,
v. 9. Vincent, J.M. State and federal government in Switzerland,
v.io. Blackmar, F.VV. Spanish institutions of the Southwest,
v.n. Cohn, M.M. Introduction to the study of the constitution.
\.I2. Andrews, C.M. The old English manor.
v.13. Scaife, W.B. America; its geographical history.
v.i4- Scaife, W.B. Florentine life during the renaissance.
v.is. Weeks, S.B. Southern Quakers and slavery.
v.i6. Hazen, C.D. Contemporary American opinion of the French rev-
olution.
v.i7. Lord, E.L. Industrial experiments in the British colonies of
^ North America.
v.i8. Adams, C.K. and others. State aid to higher education.
v.20. Hollander, J.H. Financial history of Baltimore.
v.2i. Callahan, J.M. Cuba and international relations.
v.22. Levasseur, Emile. The American workman.
MELIORA; a quarterly review of social science. I2v. 1859-
1869 raos Ms8
No more published.
STATESMAN'S year-book, 1869-1870, 1879, 1886-1892, 1895-
1897, i8Q9-date. 6th-7th, i6th, 23d-29th, 32d-34th, 3&th
annual publication-date. i869-date r 305 S79
306 Societies. 307 Teaching
AMERICAN ACADEMY OF POLITICAL AND SOCIAL
SCIENCE.
Annals, quarterly, v.i-date. iSgo-date r3o6 ASI
INTERNATIONAL CONGRESS OF CHARITIES, COR-
RECTION AND PHILANTHROPY, Chicago, 1893.
Sociology in institutions of learning; ed. by A. G. Warner.
1894 r307 124
308 Collected works
ADAMS, John, 1735-1826.
Works; ed. by C. F. Adams. lov. 1851-65 ..r3o8A2i
Life of John Adams, by C. F. Adams, v.i.
Volumes 2 and 3 are devoted to the autobiography, the .debates in the
constitutional convention, a dissertation on canon and feudal law, and
the independence of the judiciary; volumes 4, 5 and 6 to a defence
of the constitution, the discourses on Uavila, and letters on govern-
ment; volumes 7, 8 and 9 to official letters, messages and public
papers; and volume 10 to correspondence. Contains a very complete
index.
BEECHER, Henry Ward.
Patriotic addresses in America and England, from 1850 to 1885,
on slavery, the Civil war and the development of civil liber-
ty in the United States ; ed. with a review of Beecher's per-
sonality and influence in public affairs, by J. R. Howard.
1891 308 637
274 SOCIOLOGY COLLECTED WORKS
ELAINE, James Gillespie.
Political discussions, legislative, diplomatic and popular.
1887 308 B 52
CALHOUN, John Caldwell.
Works; ed. by R. K. Cralle. 6v. 1888 308 Ci3
v.i. A disquisition on the government, and A discourse on the con-
stitution and government of the United States.
v.2. Speeches, 1811-1837, (including chapters on state rights, and the
Bank of the United States).
v.3. Speeches, 1837-1841, (including a chapter on state rights).
v.4. Speeches, 1841-1850, (including a speech on the slavery question).
v.5- Reports and public letters, 1811-1846.
v.6. Reports and public letters, (including chapters on state rights).
CHURCHILL, Lord Randolph.
Speeches, 1880-1888; collected by L. J. Jennings. 2v. 1889. .308 46
v.i. Landlord and tenant. The prelude to coercion. The beginning of
coercion. Irish land legislation. The Parnellitcs and the liberal
party. Mr Gladstone's foreign and Irish policy. Parliamentary
procedure; the cloture. Egypt and England, 1883. The true mean-
ing of home rule. Financial reform. The radical party. Trust the
people. The desertion of Gen. Gordon. England and Egypt, 1884.
The government of failure. Mr Gladstone's errors. Extension of
the county franchise. Liberal redistribution schemes. Conserva-
tive clubs and newspapers. The Primrose League; England and
India. Russian aggression. Mr Gladstone's policy in Ireland
and the East. The ministry of many policies. Political life and
thought in England. Lord Ripon's policy in India. The true con-
servative policy. The agricultural labourer. Liberal dissensions
and policy. State parties in 1885. Disestablishment. Irish policy
o 1 the consf-vat'VP mr'y 188= *6
v.2. The proposed abandonment of Ulster. The union party suggested.
Mr Gladstone's home rule bill. Causes and objects of the union.
Conservative policy in Ireland. Policy of Lord Salisbury's first
ministry. The new conservative policy. Resignation as chancellor
of the exchequer. Perils of the union party. On his resignation.
The battle of the union. The revolutionary party in Ireland. Na-
tional expenditure. Economical ferocity. Departmental extrava-
gance and mismanagement. Our navy and dockyards. Economy
in the public service. Mr Gladstone's later policy. The revolu-
tionary party. Fair trade. The strength of the union party.
Home rule. Cost and condition of the British army Local gov-
ernment in England and Ireland. Reformed local government for
Ireland. The government of Ireland; public expenditure. Politi-
cal and social problems. Expedition to Suakim.
CLAY, Henry.
Life and speeches. 2v. 1843 r3o8 C54
The same; ed. by Daniel Mallory. 2v. 1844 r3o8 CS4l
CLEVELAND, Grover.
Writings and speeches. 1892 308 C">8
Contents: Speeches and letters accepting nominations. Inaugural mes-
sage, 1885, and speeches at Buffalo and Albany. Civil service reform.
Taxation and revenue. Centennial and anniversary celebrations. To
farmers' organizations. To commercial and business associations. To
religious and charitable organizations. Addresses before professional
bodies. On educational and patriotic questions. To political clubs and
organizations. Speeches in political canvasses. On some social and
economic questions. The character of Washington. The Coinage of
silver. On pensions, and to soldiers' organizations. The Indian prob-
lem. The public domain. Some notable vetoes. Characteristic mes-
sages. Estimates of public men. The maintenance of national honor.
Miscellaneous recommendations. Thanksgiving proclamations. Let-
ters and speeches of a personal nature.
COBDEN, Richard.
Political writings. 1886 308 C63
Contents: England, Ireland and America. Russia. 1836. 1793 and 1853.
SOCIOLOGY COLLECTED WORKS 275
A letter to Henry Ashworth. How wars are got up in India, the ori-
gin of the Burmese war. What next and next? The three panics,
1847-8, 1851-1852-1853, 1859-1860-1861.
First two, written in 1835-36, are the remarkable pamphlets which prac-
tically opened the career of the great English free trader, and contain
the substance of his whole policy; "1793 and 1853" is a protest against
the fear of a French invasion after the rise of the second empire;
"What next and next?" concerns the Crimean war; "Three panics" is
on national defence.
COX, Samuel Sullivan.
Eight years in Congress, 1857-1865; memoir and speeches.
1865 r3o8 C85
CROMWELL, Oliver.
Letters and speeches, with elucidations by Thomas Carlyle.
3v. 1885-86, (Works, v.6-8.) 308 C8g
The same. 3v. in 2 308 CSgle
The same. 4v. 1897 r3o8 C8g
"The chief strength and the greatest value of the book are in the orig-
inal papers here collected, many of which were now for the first
time published. Carlyle professes to write for no other purpose than a
mere elucidation of the text, but he has so far exceeded his profess-
ions as to frame the most powerful argument in behalf of Cromwell
ever written." C. K. Adams.
EVERETT, Edward.
Orations and speeches. 4v. 1892-95 308 95
v.i. The circumstances favorable to the progress of literature in
America. The first settlement of New England. The first battles
of the Revolutionary war. The principle of the American constitu-
tions. Adams and Jefferson. The history of liberty. Monument
to Harvard. The settlement of Massachusetts. Importance of
scientific knowledge to practical men, and the encouragements to
its pursuit. The working men's party. Advantage of scientific
knowledge to working men. Colonization and civilization of
Africa. Education in the western states. The Bunker Hill monu-
. ment. Temperance. The Seven years' war the school of the Revo-
lution. The education of mankind. Agriculture. Eulogy on
Lafayette. The battle of Lexington. The youth of Washington.
Education favorable to liberty, morals and knowledge. The battle
of Bloody Brook.
v.z. The boyhood and youth of Franklin. Fourth of July at Lowell.
American manufactures. Anecdotes of early local history. The
western railroad. Anniversary of the settlement of Springfield.
The importance of the militia. The iTth of June at Charlestown.
Harvard centennial anniversary. The settlement of Dedham. The
cattle show at Danvers. The Irish charitable society. Improve-
ments in prison discipline. Superior and popular education. The
Boston schools. The importance of the mechanic arts. Reception
of the Sauks and Foxes. Dr Bowditch. Fourth of July, 1838.
Education the nurture of the mind. Festival at Exeter. Accumu-
lation, property, capital, credit. Importance of education in a re-
public. The settlement of Barnstable. Normal schools. Open-
ing of the railroad to Springfield. The Scots' charitable society.
John Lowell. Dr Robinson's medal. British association at Man-
chester. University of Cambridge. Royal agricultural society at
Bristol. Agricultural society at Waltham. York minster. Lord
Mayor's day. The geological society of London. The Royal
academy of art. Royal literary fund. The agricultural society at
Derby. Reception at Hereford. Saffron Walden agricultural so-
ciety. Scientific association at Cambridge. The Pilgrim fathers.
University education. The new medical college. The famine in
Ireland. Aid to the colleges. Eulogy on John Quincy Adams.
The Cambridge high school. Second speech on aid to the colleges.
American scientific association. The departure of the Pilgrims.
Cattle show at Dedham. The ipth of April at Concord. The Bible.
v.3. Battle of Bunker Hill. Opening of the Brattle House. Cam-
bridge high school. The Ottoman Empire. The birthday of Wash-
276 SOCIOLOGY COLLECTED WORKS
ington. Conditions of a good school. Beneficial influence of rail-
roads. The husbandman, mechanic and manufacturer. Treatment
of animals. Effects of immigration. Festival of the alumni of
Harvard. Education and civilization. Dinner to Thomas Baring.
Progress of agriculture. The death of Daniel Webster. Coloniza-
tion of Africa. Abdul Kahaman. Discovery of America. Stability
and progress. The Pilgrim fathers. New Hampshire. Vice-presi-
dent King. Peter Chardon Brooks. Dorchester in 1630, 1776 and
1855. Boston school festival. Launch of the Defender. Ab-
bott Lawrence. Vegetable and mineral gold. Daniel Webster as a
man. Reception at Philadelphia. Mr Dowse's library. The uses
of astronomy. George Peabody. Obituary notice of Mr Dowse.
Memorial of the Franklin family. Academical education. The
statue of Warren. The importance of agriculture. Charitable in-
stitutions and charity. Dedication of the public library. Dedica-
tion of Crawford's Washington. Presentation of the cane of Wash-
ington. Recollections of Turkey. Washington abroad and at
home. The Fourth of July.
v.4. The character of Washington. Cattle-show at Springfield. The
New York state inebriate asylum. Agricultural society at Danvers.
Minot's Ledge light-house. Eulogy on Thomas Dowse. Frank-
lin the Boston boy. William Hickling Prescott. Henry Hallam.
Latin school prize declamation. Power's statue of Webster. Alex-
ander von Humboldt. Rufus Choate. Daniel Webster. Union
meeting at Faneuil hall. Washington Irving. Eliot school-house.
Henry D. Gilpin. American expedition to the Arctic sea. Sani-
tary convention. Vindication of American institutions. Inaugura-
tion of President Felton. Everett School-house. Flag-raising in
Chester square. The call to arms. Daniel Dewey Barnard. The
Questions of the day. "E pluribus unum." Nathan Appleton.
Fiftieth anniversary of graduation. The i2th Massachusetts regi-
ment. Agriculture as affected by the war. Dinner to Prince Na-
poleon. The causes and conduct of the Civil war. Cornelius Con-
way Felton. The Army of the Potomac. Opportunities of Har-
vard students. Female education. The duty of crushing the rebel-
lion. The demand for reinforcements. The Irish regiment.
Nathan Hale. Inauguration of the Union club. United States
naval academy. Harvard college in the war. The education of the
poor. National cemetery at Gettysburg. Aid to east Tennessee. *
The navy in the war. Russia and the United States. Josiah
Quincy. The administration of President Quincy. The duty of
supporting the government. The sailors' home. Reception of Cap-
tain Winslow. President Lincoln. Masachusetts electoral college
of 1864. The relief of Savannah.
FRANKLIN, Benjamin.
Complete works. lov. 1887-88 r3o8 F8/
FREYTAG, Gustav.
Politische auf satze. 1897 308 F$4
HARRISON, Benjamin.
Speeches; a complete collection of his public addresses
from Feb. 1888 to Feb. 1892; comp. by Charles Hedges.
1892 308 H29S
Biography of Harrison, p.7-8.
Views of an ex-president; Benjamin Harrison's addresses
and writings on subjects of public interest since the
close of his administration as president of the United
States ; comp. by M. L. Harrison. 1901 308 H29>
Partial contents: The development of the national constitution. The
colonial charters. Legal aspects of the controversy between the Ameri-
can colonies and Great Britain. Early attempts at union and the
union de facto. The confederation. The institution of state govern-
ments. The status of annexed territory and of its free civilized in-
habitants. Musings on current topics. Some hindrances to law re-
forms. Illinois inheritance tax cases. The obligations of wealth.
Military instruction in the schools and colleges. At the Republican
ratification meeting. Compulsory dishonesty.
SOCIOLOGY COLLECTED WORKS 277
JAY, John, 1745-1829.
Correspondence 'and public papers; ed. by H. P. Johnston.
4v. 1890-93 F308 J22
v.i. 1763-1781.
V.2. 1781-1782.
v.3. 1782-1793.
v-4. 1794-1826.
JEFFERSON, Thomas.
Correspondence, and miscellanies. 4v. 1829 r3o8 J23C
Jeffersonian cyclopedia; a comprehensive collection of the
views of Jefferson, classified and arranged in alpha-
betical order; ed. by J. P. Foley. 1900 qr3o8 J23J
Writings; ed. by P. L. Ford. lov. 1892-99 r3o8 J23
v.ip contains an index.
LINCOLN, Abraham.
Complete works; ed. by J. G. Nicolay and John Hay. 2v.
1894 308 L7i
Speeches; comp. by L. E. Chittenden. 1895 38 L7is
McKINLEY, William.
Speeches and addresses. 1893 308 Mi84
MACKINTOSH, Sir James.
Miscellaneous works. 3v. 1846 r3o8 Mi8
v.i. Dissertation on the progress of ethical philosophy, chiefly during
the i7th and i8th centuries. On the philosophical genius of Lord
Bacon and Mr Locke. A discourse on the law of nature and nations.
Life of Sir Thomas More. A refutation of the claim on behalf of
Charles I to the authorship of the Iconbasilike. Memoir of the affairs
of Holland, 1667-1686.
v.2. Review of the causes of the revolution of 1688. An account of the
partition of Poland. Sketch of the administration and fall of Struen-
see. Statement of the case of Donna Maria da Gloria as a claimant to
the crown of Portugal. Character of Charles, first marquis Corn-
wallis. Character of George Canning. Preface to a reprint of the
Edinburgh review of 1755. On the writings of Machiavel. Review
of Mr Godwin's Lives of Edward and John Philips, &c. &c. Review
of Rogers's poems. Review of Madame de Stael's "De I'Allemagne."
Discourse read at the opening of the Literary society of Bombay.
v.3. Vindicae Gallicx; a defence of the French revolution and its Eng-
lish admirers, against the accusations of Edmund Burke. Speeches.
The same. 1854. (Modern British essayists.) 308 Mi8
MADISON, James.
Writings; comprising public papers and private correspon-
dence; ed. by Gaillard Hunt, v.i-3. 1900-02 r3o8 M23
v.i. 1769-1783.
v.2. 1783-1787.
v.3. 1787. Journal of the Constitutional convention, v.i.
MILL, John Stuart.
Dissertations and discussions, political, philosophical and his-
torical, sv. 1874-82 308 M68
v.i. The contest in America. The right and wrong of state interference
with corporation and church property. The currency juggle. A
few observations on the French revolution. Thoughts on poetry
and its varieties. Professor Sedgwick's Discourse on the studies
of the University of Cambridge. Civilization. Aphorisms; a frag-
ment. Armand Carrel. A prophecy. Writings of Alfred de Vigny.
Bentham.
v.2. Coleridge. M. de Tocqueville on Democracy in America. Bailey
en Berkeley's theory of vision. Michelet's History of France.
The claims of labor. Guizot's essays and lectures on history.
Early Grecian history and legend.
v-3. Vindication of the French revolution of Feb. 1848, in reply to Lord
Brougham and others. Enfranchisement of women, by Mrs Mill.
278 SOCIOLOGY COLLECTED WORKS
Dr YVhewell on moral philosophy. Crete's History of Greece. A
few words on non-intervention. The slave-power. Utilitarianism.
v.4. Thoughts on parliamentary reform. Recent writers on reform.
Bain's Psychology. Austin on jurisprudence. Plato. -Inaugural
address delivered to the University of St. Andrews, Feb. i, 1867.
Y.S. Endowments. Thornton on labour and its claims. Professor Leslie
on the land question. Taine De 1'intelligence. Treaty obliga-
tions.- -Maine on Village communities. Crete's Aristotle. L'avere
e 1'imposta. Explanatory statement of the programme of the Land
tenure reform association. Speech on land tenure reform, May 15,
1871. Advice to land reformers. Speech on land tenure reform,
Mar. 18, 1873. The right of property in land.
MOLTKE, Helmuth, graf von.
Essays, speeches and memoirs; tr. by C. F. McClumpha
and others. 2v. 1893 308 M8i
v.i contains "Holland and Belgium in their mutual relations with each
other since their separation under Philip II, until their re-union under
William I," and "An account of the internal state of affairs and of
social conditions of Poland."
MONROE, James, 1758-1831.
Writings; including a collection of his public and private
papers and correspondence now for the first time printed,
v. 1-6. 1898-1902 r3o8 M83
v.i. 1778-1794. v.2. 1794-1796. v.3. 1796-1802. v.4. 1803-1806.
v-5. 1807-1816. v.6. 1817-1823.
PAINE, Thomas.
Writings; ed. by M. D. Conway. 4v. 1894-96 308 Pi6
v.i. 1774-1779, (including Common sense, and The American crisis).
v.2. 1779-1792, (including The rights of man).
v.3. 1791-1804, (including papers on the French revolution).
v.4. The age of reason, and other papers.
PHELPS, Edward John.
Orations & essays of E. J. Phelps, diplomat and statesman; ed.
by J. G. McCullough. 1901 308 ?48
Contents: The Bennington centennial. Chief Justice Marshall. United
States Supreme court and the sovereignty of the people. Law as a
profession. The relation of law to justice. Law of the land. Inter-
national relations. Farewell to England. Samuel Prentiss. Isaac F.
Redfield. The Monroe doctrine. Equitable estoppel. The constitu-
tion of the United States. The choice of presidential electors. Bryce's
"American commonwealth." The Bering sea controversy. The age of
words.
Memoir of the author, by J. W. Stewart, p-7-is.
ROUSSEAU, Jean Jacques.
Oeuvres. v.i, 4, 8, 10, 15, 16, 18. 1817 r3o8 R77
v.i. Discours sur la question; Si le retablissement des sciences et des
arts a contribue a epurer les moeurs. Discours sur cette question;
Quelle est la vertu la plus necessaire aux heros, et quels sont les
heros a qui cette vertu manque? Discours sur 1'origine et les
fondements de Pinegalite parmi les hommes. Discours sur 1'econo-
mie politique.
v.4. Julie; ou, La nouvelle Heloise, quatrieme partie.
v.8. Lettre a M. d'Alembert, sur son article Geneve, et sur le projet
d'etablir un theatre de comedie dans cette ville. Narcisse. Les
prisonniers de guerre. Pygmalion. L'engagement temeraire. Les
muses galantes. Le devin du village. La decouverte du nouveau
monde. Fragments d'Iphis. Fragments de Lucrece.
v.io. Dictionnaire de musique, (A Mus).
v.is. Quatre lettres a M. le president de Malesherbes. Les reveries du
promeneur solitaire. Rousseau, juge de Jean-Jacques.
v.i6. Correspondance.
v.i8. Correspondance.
SEWARD, William Henry.
Works; ed. by George Baker. 5v. 1887-90 308 Ssi
v.i. Biographical memoir, (to 1849). Speeches in the Senate of New
STATISTICS 279
York. Speeches in the Senate of the United States. Debates in the
Senate of the United States. Forensic arguments, (including the de-
fence of William Freeman).
v.2. Notes on New York. State papers. Official correspondence.
Pardon papers.
v.3. Orations and discourses, (including the speeches on Lafayette and
O'Connell). Occasional speeches and addresses. Executive speeches.
Political writings.- General correspondence. Letters from Europe.
Speeches in the Senate of the United States.
v.4. Memoir, (1849-1861). Orations and addresses. Biography of De
Witt Clinton. Political speeches. Speeches in the Senate of the
United States.
v.$. Memoir, (1861-1872). Diary or notes on the war. Selections from
diplomatic correspondence. Occasional speeches and miscellaneous
papers.
SPARKS, Jared.
Reply to the strictures of Lord Mahon and others on the mode
of editing the writings of Washington. 1852 r3o8 873
SUMNER, Charles.
Works, isv. 1875-95 r 3o8 895
TEMPLE, Sir William.
Works. 2v. 1720 qr3o8 T28
v.i. Life and character of Sir William Temple. Observations on the
United Provinces of the Netherlands. Miscellanea. Memoirs.
v.2. Letters. Introduction to the History of England.
The second volume was edited by Dean Swift.
TILDEN, Samuel Jones.
Writings and speeches; ed. by John Bigelow. 2v. 1885 308 T46
WASHINGTON, George.
Writings; ed. by W. C. Ford. I4v. 1889-93 r 3o8 W27
" 'The father of his country' is to be found entire in these volumes,
which cannot be read without increased admiration for Washington,
and without a sense of obligation to his latest editor." Nation, 1893.
Writings selected from the original manuscripts, with a life
of the author by Jared Sparks. i2v. 1834-37 r 38 W27s
With newspaper clippings and ms. annotations by Judge Veech.
v.i consists of the life of Washington by Sparks; v.2, of official letters
on the French war, and private letters before the Revolution; v.3-8,
letters and miscellaneous papers relating to the American revolution;
v.9, correspondence from 1783-1789, with illustrative documents; v.io-
ii, correspondence from the beginning of his presidency to the end of
his life; v.i 2, speeches, messages, proclamations and addresses.
WEBSTER, Daniel.
Works. 6v. 1854 308 W38
The same. 6v. 1851 r3o8 W38
Biographical memoir of the public life of Daniel Webster, by Edward
Everett, v.i, p. 13-160.
310-319 Statistics
For Registration and vital statistics, see 614.1
AMERICAN STATISTICAL ASSOCIATION.
Publications: quarterly. :888-date. v.i-date. i889-date r3io ASI
LONDON. STATISTICAL SOCIETY.
Journal; quarterly, May, i838-date. v.i-date. i839-date. . .r3io L82
v.so-date title page reads Journal of the Koyal statistical society.
-General index, v.i-is. 1854.
-General index, v. 16-25. l &>3-
-General index, v.26-35- 1874.
280 ALMANACS
General index, ^.36-50. 1889.
These indexes are bound in two volumes.
Jubilee volume, June 22-24, 1885. 1885 raio L82J
MULHALL, Michael George.
Balance-sheet of the world for ten years, 1870-1880. 1881. ..r3io
Dictionary of statistics. 1892 qr3io
The same. 1899 qr3io
Industries and wealth of nations. 1896 r3io
Progress of the world in arts, agriculture, commerce, manu-
factures, instruction, railways and public wealth, since
the beginning of the igth century. 1880 r3io
RUGGLES, Samuel Bulkley.
Reports of S. B. Ruggles, official delegate from the United
States to the International statistical congress at The
Hague in 1869. 1871. (42d cong. 1st sess. Senate.
Ex. doc. no.7.) 11466
SMITH, Richmond Mayo.
Science of statistics, v.i. 1895 r 3 10 S6s
v.i. Statistics and sociology.
YOUNG, Edward, b. 1814, and others.
Report of Edward Young, William Barnes and Edwin M.
Snow, official delegates from the United States to the
8th session of the International statistical congress held
at St. Petersburg, Aug. 1872. 1874. (43d cong. ist
sess. House. Ex. doc. 289.) ri6i5
Contains accounts of the seven preceding congresses.
BONAR, James.
Malthus and his work. 1885 312 B6i
Presents Malthus's contributions to political economy, and traces his
influence upon recent economic thought. Reviews his critics.
MALTHUS, Thomas Robert.
Essay on the principle of population. 1888 312 M29
"Although more or less anticipated, like most discoverers, Malthus gave
a position to the new doctrine by his systematic exposition, which it
has never lost... It was accepted by all the economists of the Ricardo
and Mill school, and Darwin states (Life, i. 68) that Malthus's essay
first suggested to him the theory which in his hands made a famous
epoch in modern thought... In his own time, Malthus's theory was ex-
posed to much abuse and misrepresentation." Dictionary of national
biography.
MEYERS historisch-geographischer kalender, auf das jahr 1898.
1898 r 3 i4 M65
Almanacs
ALMANACK Hachette; petite encyclopedic populaire de la vie
pratique; edition simple pour 1899. 1899 ^14.4 A44
AMERICAN agriculturist year book and almanac, 1898, 1900.
2v. 1898-1900 r3i7.3 A5I2
No more published.
AMERICAN almanac, v.i-32, in 17. 1830-61 ^17.3 ASI
AMERICAN almanac and treasury of facts, statistical, financial
and political; ed. by A. R. Spofford, 1882, 1887. v.5, 10.
1882-87 T3I7.3 A5I24
ALMANACS 281
AMERICAN farmers' almanac, 1830; arranged after the system
of German almanacs, by C. F. Egelmann. 1830 ^17.3 A5I23
CHRISTIAN almanack, 1826 ^17.3 C86
Contains a gazeteer of American missions for 1826 and a description of
Pittsburgh.
CONFEDERATE States almanac, 1862. 1862 ^17.3 122
Bound with Illustrated family almanac.
CRAMER'S magazine almanack, 1819, 1823, 1825 ^17.3 C86
The almanac for 1823 is called "Cramer's Pittsburgh almanack."
Industries of Pittsburgh, marriages, deaths, etc. Similar to the Pitts-
burgh magazine almanac, but larger and more inclusive.
FARMER'S almanac, 1820 ^17.3 C86
FRANKLIN almanac, 1825-1826, 1828. 3v. in i. 1825-28. Rich-
mond, Va r 3i7-3 F87Q
FRANKLIN magazine almanac, 1820-1821 ^17.3 F87
The almanac for 1820 is imperfect; the title for the issue of 1821 is
Franklin almanac.
Contains miscellaneous historical and geographical sketches, among
others, a description of Pittsburgh and its vicinity in 1820.
ILLUSTRATED family almanac for the United States for 1861.
1861 , ^17.3 122
JEFFERSON almanac, 1829. 1829 ^317.3 F879
Bound with Franklin almanac.
LOOMIS'S magazine almanac, 1835-1836. v.i-2, in I ^17.3 Ws6
Almanac for 1835 contains a biographical sketch of Zadok Cramer, who
set up his Pittsburgh press about 1800.
The almanac for 1836 is called Loomis's Pittsburgh almanac.
NATIONAL almanac and annual record. 1863-64. v.i-2 ^17.3 Ni5
igTH CENTURY almanac; a complete calendar from 1800 to
1900, with the principal events in each expired year.
1884 r 3 i7. 3 N36
PITTSBURGH almanac, 1863-1875, 1879. 1862-78 . ^317.3 P67
1863, published by J. P. Hunt; 1864-74, 1879, published by Henry Miner;
1875, published by S. C. Hill.
PITTSBURGH leader almanac, v.2. 1873 ^17.3 P67l
PITTSBURGH magazine almanac, 1822-1824. v.io-12 ^17.3 F87
Bound with Franklin magazine almanac.
The almanac for 1824 is called the Pittsburgh almanac and is bound
with Cramer's magazine almanack, "3'7-3 C86.
Contains stage roads leading from Pittsburgh, presiding justices of the
courts, dates and places of the yearly meetings of Friends, etc.
PITTSBURGH post almanac for i896-date. v.i-date. 1896-
date ^17.3 P67a
None published for the years 1897, 1899 to iqoi.
PITTSBURGH press almanac. i895-date ^17.3 P67al
TRIBUNE almanac comprehending the Politician's register and
the Whig almanac, i838-date. i868-date ^17.3 T73
VIRGINIA almanac, 1823; calculated by Joshua Sharp.
1823 T3I7.3 F879
WEEKLY telegraph edition of the British almanac. 1898 ^14.2 W42
WESTERN farmer's almanac, 1827-1829, 1832-1834, 1836. v.i-3,
6-8, 10, in i. 1827-35 r3i7_3 Ws6
v.i title page reads Farmers' & mechanics' almanac.
v.i-3 bound with Cramer's magazine almanack, ^17.3 C86.
Curious lists of stage routes leading from Pittsburgh to Philadelphia, to
Detroit, Buffalo, Morgantown. Wheeling, etc. Also annual lists of
marriages and deaths in Pittsburgh.
282 STATISTICS OF THE UNITED STATES
WHIG almanac and politician's register, 1845, 1847-1850, 1854.
1844-53 ............................................ r3i;.3 W62
WHITAKER'S almanack, i870-date. v.2-date. iSog-date ..... ^14.2 W62
WORLD almanac and encyclopedia, i894-date. v.i-date.
i894-date .......................... ................ ^17.3 W8g
Statistics of the United States
D1STURNELL, John, comp.
United States register or blue book for 1862. 1861 ........ ^17.3 063
GANNETT, Henry.
Building of a nation; the growth, present condition and re-
sources of the United States, with a forecast of the future.
1894 .................................................. 317-3 Gi6
Mainly statistical. A miscellaneous collection of maps, diagrams, fig-
ures and comparisons bearing upon the political, financial and indus-
trial history of the United States.
SCRIBNER'S statistical atlas of the United States, by F. W.
Hewes and Henry Gannett. 1883 ...................... qr3i7-3 843
SEYBERT, Adam.
Statistical annals of the United States, founded on official
documents, 1789-1818. 1818 ........................ qr3i7-3 Ssi
UNITED STATES Statistics bureau.
Statistical abstract of the United tates, 1879-1899. no. 2-
22. 1880-1900 .................................... T3I7-3 U25sta
nos.2-8 will be found in the sheep bound set of congressional docu-
ments, nos.igas, 1978, 2030, 2108, 2198 and 2392.
United States census reports
UNITED STATES Census office.
Statistical view of the population of the United States from
1790 to 1830; furnished in accordance with resolutions
of 26th February, 1833, and 3ist March, 1834. 1835. (23d
cong. ist sess. Senate. Doc. 505.) ................ qr3i7-3 U25s
UNITED STATES Census office. (3d census: 1810.)
Aggregate amount of each description of persons within the
United States and the territories thereof, agreeably to act-
ual enumeration made according to law, in 1810.
1811 ............................................ qr3i7-3 U25C3
Series of tables of the several branches of American manu-
factures, exhibiting them in every county of the Union,
so far as they are returned in the reports of the
marshals, and of the secretaries of the territories in the
year 1810; with returns of certain doubtful goods, pro-
ductions of the soil and agricultural stock. [Compiled
by Tench Coxe.] 1813 .......................... qr3i7-3 U25C3S
Forms the third part of a "Statement of the arts and manufactures of
the United States."
UNITED STATES Census office. (4th census: 1820.)
Census for 1820. 1821 .................................. q r 3i7-3 U25C4
UNITED STATES Census office, (sth census: 1830.)
Fifth census; or, Enumeration of the inhabitants of the
CENSUS 283
United States, 1830; to which is prefixed a schedule of
the whole number of persons within the several districts
of the United States taken according to the acts of
1790, 1800, 1810, 1820. 1832 qr3i7-3 U25C5
The above contains the three parts mentioned in the following:
"The printed results of the fifth census are contained in a large folio
volume of 163 pages; but the report was so badly printed that it was
republished the same year by direction of Congress under the im-
mediate supervision of the Secretary of State. The two reports were
bound together in one volume, and were preceded by a statement of
the population of the several districts of the United States at the
censuses of 1790, 1800, 1810, 1820, by counties, followed by a re-
capitulation by districts."
UNITED STATES Census office. (6th census: 1840.)
Census of pensioners for Revolutionary or military serv-
ices, with their names, ages and places of residence, as
returned byihe marshals of the several judicial districts,
under the act for taking the sixth census. 1841. . .qr3i7-3 U25c6p
Compendium of the enumeration of the inhabitants and sta-
tistics of the United States,' from the 6th census, with an
abstract of each preceding census. 1841 qr3i7-3 U2Sc6c
Sixth census; or, Enumeration of the inhabitants of the
United States, as corrected at the Department of state
in 1840. 1841 qr3i7-3 U25c6
UNITED STATES Census office. (7th census: 1850.)
Digest of the statistics of manufactures according to the
returns of the seventh census. (35th cong. 2d sess.
Senate. Ex. doc. no. 39.) ro84
Mortality statistics of the 7th census of the United States, by
J. D. B. De Bow. 1855 ^17.3
Report of the superintendent of the census for Dec. i, 1852,
and report for Dec. i, 1851. 1853 ^17.3
Binder's title reads Abstract of the seventh census.
Seventh census of the United States. 1853 q r 3i7-3 U2SC7
Statistical view of the United States; a compendium of the 7th
census; comp. by J. D. B. De Bow. 1854 ^17.3 U25c7c
UNITED STATES Census office. (8th census: 1860.)
[Final report of the 8th census.] 4v. 1864-66 qr3i7-3 U25c8
v.i. Population of the United States in 1860.
v.2. Agriculture of the United States in 1860.
v-3. Manufactures of the United States in 1860.
v-4. Statistics of the United States (including mortality, property, etc.)
in 1860.
Preliminary report on the 8th census, 1860, by J. C. G. Ken-
nedy. 1862 T3I7.3 U25c8p
UNITED STATES Census office, (gth census: 1870.)
Compendium of the gth census compiled under the direction
of F. A. Walker. 1872 T3I7-3 U25cgc
[Reports, final volumes.] 3v. 1872 qr3i7-3 U25CQ
v.i. Population and social statistics.
v.2. Vital statistics.
v-3. Wealth and industry.
Statistical atlas of the United States, based on the gth census,
1870; comp. by F. A. Walker. 1874 qr3i7-3 U25cQs
UNITED STATES Census office, (zoth census: 1880.)
Compendium of the loth census. 2v. 1883 ^317. 3 U25cioc
(, CENSUS
[Reports, final volumes.] 22v. 1883-^8 qr3i7-3 U25cio
Contents.
AGRICULTURE. Report on the productions of agriculture, embracing gen-
eral statistics and monographs, v.3.
ALASKA. Report on the population, industries and resources of Alaska,
by Ivan Petroff. In v.8.
BUILDING STONES. Report on the building stones of the United States,
and statistics of the quarry industry for 1880. In v.io.
CEREALS. Report on the cereal production of the United States, by W.
H. Brewer. In v.3, p.37i~553-
CHEMICALS. Report on the manufacture of chemical products and salt,
by W. L. Rowland. In v.2, p.gSs-iozS.
COAL. Coals of the United States. In v.is, p.6o3~796.
COKE. Report on the manufacture of coke, by J. D. Weeks. In v. 10.
COTTON. Report on the cotton manufacture of the United States, by
Edward Atkinson. In v.2, p.937-957-
Report on cotton production in the United States, by E. VV. Hilgard.
v.s-6.
DEFECTIVE CLASSES. Report on the defective, dependent and delinquent
classes of the United States, by F. H. Wines. v.2i.
FACTORY SYSTEM. Report on the factory system of the United States,
by C. D. Wright. In v.2, p.S27-6io.
FLOUR. Report on flour-milling processes, by Knight Neftel. In v.3,
P-555-582.
FORESTS. Report on the forests of North America (exclusive of Mexico),
by C. S. Sargent, v.p and portfolio of plates.
GLASS. Report on the manufacture of glass, by J. D. Weeks. In v.2,
P.IO29-H52.
ICE industry of the United States, by Henry Hall. In v.22.
IRON. Iron ores of the United States. In v. 15, p. 1-601.
Statistics of the iron and steel production of the United States, com-
piled by J. M. Swank. In v.2, p.729-goo.
MACHINE TOOLS. Report on machine tools and wood-working machinery,
by F. R. Hutton. In v 22.
MACHINERY. Report on the manufacture of interchangeable mechanism,
by C. H. Fitch. In v.2, p.6i 1-704.
Report on wool and silk machinery by Knight Neftel. In v.22.
MANUFACTURES. Report on the manufactures of the United States;
general statistics and monographs, v.2.
MARINE ENGINES. Report on marine engines and steam vessels in the
United States merchant service, by C. H. Fitch. In v.22.
MEAT. Report on cattle, sheep and swine; supplementary to enumer-
ation of live stock on farms in 1880, by Clarence Gordon. In v.3,
p.9Si-in6.
MINING INDUSTRIES. Report on the mining industries of the United
States (exclusive of the precious metals), with special investigations
into the iron resources of the republic, and as to the cretaceous coals
of the Northwest, by Raphael Pumpelly. v. 15.
MINING LAWS. United States mining laws and regulations, and state
and territorial mining laws, with local mining rules and regulations.
v.14.
NEWSPAPERS. History and present condition of the newspaper and per-
iodical press of the United States, with a catalogue of the publications
of the census year, by S. N. D. North. In v.8.
PETROLEUM. Report on the production, technology and uses of petroleum
and its products, by S. F. Peckham. In v. 10.
POPULATION. Statistics of the population of the United States, v.i.
POWER. Report on the statistics of steam- and water-power used in the
manufacture of iron and steel during the year ending May 31, 1880,
by Herman Hollerith. In v.22.
Statistics of power used in manufactures, by Herman Hollerith. In
v.2, ^487-525.
PRECIOUS METALS. Statistics and technology of the precious metals, by
S. F. Emmons and G. F. Becker. v.i3.
PRICES. Report on the average retail prices of the necessaries of life
in the United States, by J. D. Weeks. In v.2o.
PUMPS. Report on steam pumps and pumping engines, by F. R. Hutton.
In V.22.
SEALS. Report on the seal islands of Alaska, by H. VV. Elliott. In v.8.
SHIPBUILDING. Report on the ship-building industry of the United
States, by Henry Hall. In v.8.
SILK. Report on the silk manufacturing industry of the United States,
by W. C. Wyckoff. In v.2, p.9oi-935-
CENSUS 285
SOCIAL STATISTICS. Report on social statistics of cities, by G. E. Waring.
v.iS-ip.
STEAM ENGINES. Report on the manufacture of engines and boilers, with
a review. of the principal types of engines for manufacturing purposes,
by C. H. Fitch. In v.22.
STRIKES. Report on strikes and lockouts occurring within the United
States during 1880, by J. D. Weeks. In v.2o.
TOBACCO. Report on the culture and curing of tobacco in the United
States, by J. B. Killebrew. In v.3, p.s83-95o.
TOOLS. Report on the manufacture of hardware, cutlery and edge-tools,
also saws and files, by C. H. Fitch. In v.2, p. 705-727.
TRADE UNIONS. Report on trades societies in the United States, by J.
D. Weeks. In v.zo.
TRANSPORTATION. Report on the agencies of transportation, including
the statistics of railroads, steam navigation, canals, telegraphs and tel-
ephones. v.4-
VITAL STATISTICS. Report on the mortality and vital statistics of the
United States, by J. S. Billings, v. 1112 and portfolio of plates.
WAGES. Report on the statistics of wages in the manufacturing in-
dustries, by J. D. Weeks. In v.2o.
WATER-POWER. Reports on the water-power of the United States;
statistics of power and machinery employed in manufactures, v. 1617.
WATER-SUPPLY. Report on the water-supply of certain cities of the
United States, by W. G. Elliot. In v.i?, p.sos-788.
WEALTH. Report on valuation, taxation and public indebtedness, by R.
P. Porter, v.7.
WOOL. Report on wool manufacture in all its branches, by G. W.
Bond. In v.2, p.957-o84.
UNITED STATES Census office, (nth census: 1890.)
Abstract of the eleventh census, 1890. 1896 ^17.3 U25cua
Compendium of the nth census. 3v. 1892-97 qr3 J 7-3 U25ciic
[Monographs, by J. S. Billings.] 3v. in 2. 1894-95. q r 3 I 7-3 U25ciim
v.i-2. Report on the social statistics of cities in the United States.
Vital statistics of New York city and Brooklyn, covering a period of 6
years ending May 31, 1890.
v.3. Vital statistics of Boston and Philadelphia, covering a period of 6
years ending May 31, 1890.
Other monographs, except one by Dr Billings on Vital statistics of the
District of Columbia and Baltimore, are incorporated in the final re-
ports.
[Reports, final volumes.] 25v. 1892-96 q r 3i7-3 U25cn
Contents.
AGRICULTURE. Report on the statistics of agriculture in the United
States. In v.n.
ALASKA. Report on population and resources of Alaska, by R. P. Porter.
v. 10.
BLIND. Report on the insane, feeble-minded, deaf and dumb, and blind,
by J. S. Billings. v.2i.
CHARITIES. Report on crime, pauperism and benevolence in the United
States, by F. H. Wines, v. 18-19.
CHEMICALS and allied products, by Henry Bower and Henry Pemberton.
In v.i6, p.275-3o8.
CHURCHES. Report on statistics of churches in the United States, by
H. K. Carroll. v. 7 .
CLAY PRODUCTS. In v.i6, p.sos-54i.
COKE, by J. D. Weeks. In v.i6, p.343-356.
CRIME. Report on crime, pauperism and benevolence in the United
States, by F. H. Wines, v. 18-19.
DEAF AND DUMB. Report on the insane, feeble-minded, deaf and dumb,
and blind, by J. S. Billings. v.2i.
EDUCATION. Report on education in the United States, by J. H. Blod-
gett. In v-9.
ELECTRICAL INDUSTRIES in the state of New York, by A. R. Foote. In
v. 16, p.23o 272.
FARMS. Report on farms and homes: proprietorship and indebtedness,
by G. K. Holmes and J. S. Lord. v.2o.
FISHERIES. Report on statistics of fisheries in the United States. In
v. ii.
FOREST INDUSTRIES, by G. A. Priest. In v.i6, p. 593-645.
GAS. In v.i6, p.699~725.
GLASS, by J. D. Weeks. In v.i6, p. 31 1-340.
286 CENSUS
GLUE, by R. VV. Powell. In v.i6, p.37?-38o.
INDIANS. Report on Indians taxed and Indians not taxed in the United
States (except Alaska), v.6.
INSANE. Report on the insane, feeble-minded, deaf and dumb, and blind,
by J. S. Billings. v.2i.
INSURANCE. Report on insurance business in the United States, by C.
A. Jenney. v.4~5.
IRON. Iron and steel manufacture, by W. M. Sweet. Cast iron pipe
industry. Wrought iron and steel pipe. Locomotives. In v. 16, p.383-
501.
IRRIGATION. Report on agriculture by irrigation in the western part of
the United States, by K. H. Newell, v. n.
MANUFACTURES. Report on manufacturing industries in the United
States. Pt. t. Totals for states and industries. Pt.2. Statistics of cities.
Pt.3. Selected industries, v. 14-16.
MINERAL INDUSTRIES. Report on mineral industries in the United States,
by D. T. Day. v.i.
MORTGAGES. Report on real estate mortgages in the United States, by
G. K. Holmes and J. S. Lord. v. 17.
NEWSPAPERS and periodicals. In v.i6, p. 649-695.
PAUPERISM. Report on crime, pauperism and benevolence in the United
States, by F. H. Wines, v. 18-19.
PETROLEUM. Refining of petroleum, by J. D. Weeks. In v. 16, p.359-373-
POPULATION. Report on population in the United States, v.8-9.
SALT. In v.i6, p. 579-589.
SHIPBUILDING. In v. 16, p.545-575.
TEXTILES. Principal textile industries in the United States; Wool man-
ufacture, by S. N. D. North. Cotton manufacture, by Edward Stan-
wood. Silk manufacture, by Byron Rose. Dyeing and finishing tex-
tiles, by P. T. Wood. In v. 16, p.3-236.
TRANSPORTATION. Report on transportation business in the United States.
Pt.i. By land. Pt.2. By water, [including transportation by express
companies], v. 12-13.
VITAL STATISTICS. Report on vital statistics in the United States, by
J. S. Billings, v.22-25.
WEALTH. Report on wealth, debt and taxation-, by J. K. Upton, v.2-3.
Special census report on the occupations of the population
of the United States at the nth census, [by W. C.
Hunt]. 1896. (52d cong. 1st sess. House. Mis. doc.
340.) qr3i7-3 U25cnsp
"These statistics constitute a part only of the discussion and general
tables relating to occupations, which will appear in Part II of the Re-
port on Population."
Statistical atlas of the United States, based upon results of the
eleventh census by Henry Gannett. 1898 ...^317.3 U2Sciis
UNITED STATES Census office. (i2th census: 1900.)
Bulletins of the I2th census, no.ia, 4-246. 1900-02. . .qr3i7-3 U25CI2
Bulletins 1-3 were issued for routine official requirements and not for
general distribution.
no. 105, 168-174 missing.
Census reports, v.i-io. 1901-02 q r 3!7-3 U25ci2r
Contents.
AGRICULTURE. Pt.i. Farms, live stock, and animal products. Pt.2. Crops
and irrigation, v.5-6.
MANUFACTURES. Pt.i. United States by industries. Pt.2. States and ter-
ritories. Pt.3-4. Special reports on selected industries. v.7-io.
POPULATION, v. 1-2.
VITAL STATISTICS. Pt.i. Analysis and ratio tables. Pt.2. Statistics of
deaths. v.3~4.
WRIGHT, Carroll Davidson.
History and growth of the United States census, prepared for
the Senate committee on the census. 1900. (s6th cong.
ist sess. Senate. Doc. no.194.) ^17.3 WQ3
CENSUS 287
Special states
HOYT, Edmund S. comp.
Maine state yeaVbook; annual register for 1871, and legisla-
tive manual for 1870. 1869 T3I7-4 H86
MASSACHUSETTS Census, (1875).
Census of Massachusetts, 1875; prepared under the direction
of C. D. Wright, v.i-3. 1877 ^317.4 M45
v.i. Population and social statistics.
v.2. Manufactures and occupations.
v.3- Agricultural products and property.
v.4 was published as the 7th annual report of the Bureau of statistics
of labor, r33i M4$6 v.7.
Compendium of the census of Massachusetts, 1875; comp. by
C. D. Wright. 1877 ^17.4 M4SC
MASSACHUSETTS Census, (1895).
Census of Massachusetts, 1895. 7 V - 1896-1900 qr3i74 M4Sce
v.i -4. Population and social statistics.
v. 5. Manufactures.
v. 6. The fisheries, commerce and agriculture.
v. 7. Social statistics and general summaries.
VIRGINIA Convention, 1850-51.
Documents containing statistics of Virginia, ordered to be
printed by the state convention sitting in Richmond,
1850-51. 1851 T3I7.5 V34
Contents: Statement showing the number of patents issued annually
from the Virginia land office, from Jan. i, 1840 to Oct. 31, 1850, and
the amount of acres of land patented. Statement of the number of
persons paying taxes on land, slaves and other property, 1850.
Statement showing the value of the lands and lots in the counties
and districts of Virginia, under the assessment of 1850. Statement
showing the amount paid out of the treasury in each year for con-
vict slaves, from 1800 to 1850. Statement of expenditures of the
commonwealth for the year ending Sept. 30, 1850, divided among the
counties, cities & towns. Statement of taxes assessed for each
county, city and town, and the amount on each subject of taxation
for the year 1850. Table showing amount of tax that would be
payable by each county, city and town, under the recent assess-
ment of lands at the rate of taxation now prescribed by law. State-
ment shewing the amount of taxes assessed for each county, city
and town, for the years 1790, 1800, 1810, '20, '30 & '40. State-
ment shewing the average value of lands per acre, for the years
1800, 1820, 1840 and 1850. Statement shewing the value of all the
real estate and personal property in each of the counties, cities & towns,
taxed in 1849 and 1850. Tables shewing the number of free white
persons over the age of twenty years, in Virginia, who cannot read
and write, the number of free white, free colored & slave titheables in
1830, 1840 and 1850. Statement shewing the number of white males
& white females over twenty-one years of age, in Virginia. Report
of the second auditor in relation to the internal improvements to
which the state has contributed by subscriptions, loans and appropri-
ations. Statement shewing the appropriations made by the last Gen-
eral assembly to works of internal improvement. Statements from
the governor relative to the unfinished improvements in which the
state is interested. Report of the second auditor in relation to the
number of poor children sent to school, and the number of schools in
the state, and what portion of the literary fund has been loaned to
colleges, academies, &c. Statement of the second auditor shewing the
debt, liabilities & resources of Virginia, to April i, 1851. Statement
of causes pending in the court of appeals at Lewisburg, 22d Oct. 1850.
Statement of causes pending in the court of appeals at Richmond.
Abstracts from the reports of the clerks of the court of appeals and
of the circuit superior courts of law and chancery for the years end-
ing 3oth August, 1838 to 1849. Statement of the number of justices
of the peace in Virginia, from 1830 [to 1850].
19
STATISTICS OF OTHER COUNTRIES
INDIANA Statistics bureau.
Annual report (ist-6th), 1879-1884. 1880-85 1317.7 124
Third annual report, 1881, missing.
Beginning with the report for 1885-86 issued biennially. *
Until 1883 called Bureau of statistics and geology.
Biennial report (ist-date) of the Department of statistics,
for the two years ending :886-date. iSSj-date ^17.7 124
IOWA Secretary of state.
Census for 1880, and the same compared with the findings
of each of the other states, and with all former enumer-
ations of the territory now embraced within the limits
of the state of Iowa; with other historical and statisti-
cal data. 1883 r 3i77 125
Appendix: Register of the territory of Iowa. Register of constitutional
conventions. Register of the state of Iowa. State institutions.
Binder's title reads "Historical and comparative census, 1836-1880."
Statistics of other countries
SWEDEN Statistiska central-byran.
Bidrag till Sveriges officiela statistik; utrikes handel och
sjofart for ar 1894, 1895. 2v. in i. 1895-96 qr3i4.8 S97
WEST African year-book, 1901. v.i-date. i9Oi-date r 316.6 W $6
CANADA Agriculture, Department of.
Statistical year-book of Canada, 1892-1893, 1897, 1899-1901.
8th-9th, I3th, I5th-T7th year of issue. 1893-1902 T3I7.I Cl6
UNITED STATES Cuban census office.
Census of Cuba, bulletin, no. 1-3. 1900. (War depart-
ment.) T3I7.2 U25
no. i. Total population by provinces, municipal districts, cities, and
wards.
no.2. Population by age, sex, race, nativity, conjugal condition, and
literacy.
no.3- Citizenship, literacy, and education.
Report on the census of Cuba, 1899. 1900. (War depart-
ment.) T3I7.2 U25r
UNITED STATES Porto Rico census office.
Census of Porto Rico, bulletin, no. 1-3. 1900. (War de-
partment.) T3I7.2 U25C
no. i. Total population by departments, municipal districts, cities, and
wards.
no.2. Population by age, sex, race, nativity, conjugal condition, and
literacy.
00.3. Citizenship, literacy, and education.
Report on the census of Porto Rico, 1899. 1900. (War de-
partment.) T3I7.2 U25re
NEW ZEALAND Registrar general's office.
Statistics of New Zealand for the year iSgS-date; with
statistics of local governing bodies. i899-date Qi"3i9-3 N26s
NEW SOUTH WALES Statistician's office.
New South Wales statistical register for 1897 and previous
years; compiled from official returns. 1898 qr3i94 N26n
"The thirteen parts which this volume comprises have already been
issued separately." Preface.
Statistical account of the seven colonies of Australasia,
1897/98-1809/1900. 7th-8th issue. 1898-1900 ^19.4 N26
POLITICAL SCIENCE 289
Wealth and progress of New South Wales, 1897-8, by T.
A. Coghlan. nth issue. 1899 ...................... ^19.4 N26w
YEAR-BOOK of Australia; ed. by Edward Greville, 1900-1901.
I9th-20th year. 1900-1901 ........................... ^19.4 21
HAWAIIAN almanac and annual, iSgS-date. 24th year-date.
:8o8-date
320 Political science
KELLY, Edmond.
Government; or, Human evolution, v.i. 1900 ............. 320 Ki7
v.i. Justice.
"It has been deemed advisable to publish the present work on human
government in two parts the first of which, under the sub-title of
Justice, deals mainly with fundamental problems of theory; the second
under the sub-title, Individualism and collectivism, will deal with prob-
ably the most practical issues of the day." Preface.
LECKY, William Edward Hartpole.
Democracy and liberty. 2v. 1896 .......................... 320 L48
The same. 2v. 1899 ...................................... r32O L48
"The title selected for this book does not give a very clear intimation
of its contents, which embrace a discussion of the effect of universal
suffrage on representative institutions and on liberty; the limits of
State interference; Socialism and Socialist political economy; Church
and State; popular education; woman suffrage; the eight-hour move-
ment; divorce; Rousseau's theories; the Australian ballot; the ref-
erendum, and a host of other questions about which public interest
is aroused in different parts of the world, and which together may
be regarded as forming the network of problems affecting Liberty
woven by the tireless loom of Democracy. On nothing which the
author discusses does he fail to throw some light, often very brilliant.
His clear and interesting style gives attraction to the driest topics,
and his impartiality of manner disposes -you to accept his verdict,
even when it is directly opposed to all your preconceptions and preju-
dices." Nation, 1896.
LILLY, William Samuel.
First principles in politics. 1899 .............................. 320 L/i
LORIA, Achille.
Economic foundations of society. 1899. (Social science
series.) .................................................. 320 L87
NORDHOFF, Charles.
Politics for young Americans. 1875 ...................... J32O N43
"A good book for the first elements of the subject. Written as letters
to his son. From the standpoint of free trade and gold standard."
Bowker & lies' "Reader's guide."
PROAL, Louis.
Political crime. 1898. (Criminology series.) .............. 320 Pg6
Treats of "crimes perpetrated by governments for alleged reasons of
state, and by politicians for alleged reasons of expediency or for
political advantage." The teachings of political leaders, churchmen,
and moralists are examined, and the author tries to analyze the
general sentiment of society, as it has been historically manifested
at different times and places. A first attempt, conceived in the modern
spirit, to establish as a true induction the ancient conviction that
"righteousness exalteth a nation."
ROUSSEAU, Jean Jacques.
Petits chefs-d'oeuvre. 1894 .................................. 320 R77p
Contents: Discours sur cette question, Si le retablissement des sciences
et des arts a contribue a .epurer les nweurs. Discours sur 1'origine
290 THEORY OF THE STATE
et les fondements de 1'inegalite parmi les hommes. Du contrat social.
Jugement sur le projet de paix perpetuelle de M. 1'abbe de Saint
Pierre. Mandement de M. 1'archeveque de Paris, portant condamna-
tion d'un livre qui a pour titre, Emile; ou, De 1'education. J. J.
Rousseau, citoyen de Geneve, a Christophe de Beaumont, archeveque
de Paris. J. J. Rousseau, citoyen de Geneve, a M. d'Alembert sur son
article Geneve dans 1'Encyclopedie et particulierement sur le projet
d'etablir un theatre de comedie en cette ville. Quatre lettres a M.
de Malesherbes, contenant le vrai tableau de mon caractere et les
vrais motifs de toute ma conduite. Le Levite d'Ephraim, en quatre
chants.
SALTER, William Mackintire.
Anarchy or government? an inquiry in fundamental politics.
1895 320 Sl7
SCHULTZ, Frederick W.
Politics and patriotism. 1895 320 838
Bibliography, p. 24-25.
SEELEY, Sir John Robert.
Introduction to political science. 1896 320 845
These lectures enforce the view that "the right method of studying
political science is an essentially historical method, and that the
right method of studying political history is to study it as material
for political science."
SIDGWICK, Henry.
Elements of politics. 1891 320 856
The same. 1897 320 8560
WOOLSEY, Theodore Dwight
Political science. 2v. 1889 320 W8?
v.i. Doctrine of rights as the foundation of a just state. Theory of the
state. Practical politics,
v.z. Practical politics, continued.
"Divided into three parts oi unequal length, the first of which. . .deals
summarily with the nature of justice and the analysis of rights... The
second is concerned with the theory of the State... The third and by
far the larger portion of the work deals with the more practical aspect
of the subject in an historical summary of the distinctive types of
government as they have been realised in actual life... The work is
of real value. . .a solid and trustworthy and comprehensive text-book."
W. W. Capes, in the Academy, 1878.
320.1 Theory of the state
AMOS, Sheldon.
Science of politics. 1892. (International scientific series.). ..320.1 Asa
BLUNTSCHL1, Johann Kaspar.
Theory of the state. 1895 320.1 657
"This book is for the Modern State what Aristotle's 'Polities' is for the
Ancient. It cannot be too highly praised, both for its historical and
philosophical insight. It presents the State as the outcome of social
and economic forces, and in this regard its discussion of social classes
is especially able and important." J. R. Commons.
BOSANQUET, Bernard.
Philosophical theory of the state. 1899 320.1 864
CARYL, Charles W.
New era; presenting the plans for the New era union 320.1 C24
Utopian scheme, devised by the author, for a model city, built and
operated on a system of cooperation, where well paid employment may
be provided for all classes of labor.
GIERKE, Otto.
Political theories of the middle age; tr. with an introduc-
THEORY OF THE STATE 291
tion by F. W. Maitland. 1900 320.1 G37
List of authorities, p.63~77.
GRAHAM, William, of Belfast.
English political philosophy from Hobbes to Maine. 1899. .320.1 677
Contents: Hobbes. Locke. Burke. Bent ham. J. S. Mill. Maine.
HOBBES, Thomas.
Leviathan; or, The matter, forme and power of a common-
wealth ecclesiasticall and civill. 1881 320.1 H64
.Reprint of 1651 edition.
LOCKE, John.
Two treatises on civil government; preceded by Sir Robert
Filmer's Patriarcha. 1887 320.1 L7S
M'KECHNIE, William Sharp.
The state & the individual; an introduction to political
science, with special reference to socialistic and individu-
alistic theories. 1896 320.1 Mi7
MONTESQUIEU, Charles de Secondat, baron de.
Esprit des lois, livres 1-5, precedes d'une introduction de
1'editeur, et suivis d'un appendice contenant des extraits de
Montesquieu, et des notes explicatives, par Paul Janet.
1892 320.1 M8se
Spirit of laws. 2v. 1892-94 320.1 M8S
Memoir of Montesquieu, by J. V. Prichard, v.i, p.ij-26.
"This celebrated work was first published in 1748... and within
little more than a year it went through twenty-two editions and was
translated into nearly all the important languages of Europe. The
great object of the work was to show, not what laws ought to be, but
how the diversities in the physical and moral circumstances of the
human race have contributed to produce variations in their political
establishments and municipal regulations." C'. K. Adams.
MORE, Sir Thomas.
Utopia. 1894 320.1 M88
MULFORD, Elisha.
The nation; the foundations of civil order and political life
in the United States. 1891 320.1 M95
"This book had its beginning in a purpose to represent the nation in
its moral being; to assert this moral being in its true position in poli-
tics; but the aim has been throughout, as the conception widened to
define in their relative and positive character those principles which
are the ground of political science. . .The book may thus serve to in-
dicate, perhaps, in some measure the sources of the power of American
institutions in the formation of character." Preface.
RITCHIE, David George.
Principles of state interference; four essays on the political
philosophy of Herbert Spencer, J S. Mill and T. H.
Green. 1891. (Social science series.) 320.1 R49
ROUSSEAU, Jean Jacques.
Social contract; or, The principles of political rights. 1893. -32O.I R77
WALTHEW, George W.
The philosophy of government; a treatise on the fundamental
characteristics of man as exhibited in his relations to the
state, and the ultimate form of civil government certain
to result therefrom. 1898 320.1 Wi9
Includes "The government of cities," p. 182-197, and "Charter of the city
and county of San Francisco," p. 199-207.
292 FORM OF STATE
W1LLOUGHBY, Westel Woodbury.
Examination of the nature of the state. 1896 320.1 W>6
320.4 Essays
BELLOC, Hilaire, and others.
Essays in liberalism by six Oxford men. 1897 320.4 641
Contents: Belloc, Hilaire. The liberal tradition. Hirst, F. W. Liber-
alism and wealth. Simon, J. A. Liberals and labour. Philliraore,
J. S. Liberalism in outward relations. Hammond, J. L. A liberal
view of education. Macdonell, P. J. Historic basis of liberalism.
GREEN, Thomas Hill.
Lectures on the principles of political obligations. 1895. . .320.4 G83
Reprinted from the author's Philosophical works, v.z.
POLLARD, Albert Frederick, ed.
Political pamphlets. 1897. (Pamphlet library.) 320.4 ?76
Contents: Sexby's Killing no murder. Halifax's Rough draft of a new
model at sea. Halifax's Cautions for choice of members of Parliament.
' Arbuthnot's Art of political lying. Steele's Crisis. Swift's Thoughts
on the present state of affairs. Bolingbroke's State of parties at the
accession of George I. Swift's Drapier's letters, no. 4. Junius's let-
ter, no. i. Junius's letter to the Duke of Bedford. Junius's letter to
the king. Burke's Thoughts on the cause of present discontents.
Burke's letters on a regicide peace, no.3.
REVOLUTIONARY tendencies of the age, their cause and
their ultimate aim. 1897 320.4 R37
Discusses some present day political and economic problems, especially
the tendencies of modern democracy.
320.5 Periodicals
AMERICAN journal of politics; monthly, v.i-date. 1892-
date r32o.5 A$i
v.6-date title reads American magazine of civics.
CITIZEN, published by the American society for the exten-
sion of university teaching; monthly, March i895-Aug.
1898. 4v. 1896-98 qr320.5 C49
No more published.
POLITICAL science quarterly, v.i-date. i886-date T32O.5 P76
General index, 1886-1900, v.i-is. 1901.
YALE review; a quarterly journal of history and political science,
May i892-date. v.i-date. i893~date T32O.S YIJ
320.9 History of political science
JENKS, Edward.
History of politics. 1900. (Temple primers.) 320.9 J25
"Useful authorities," p. 157-1 58.
POLLOCK, Sir Frederick.
Introduction to the history of the science of politics. 1897. . .320.9 P76
321 Form of state
BROUGHAM, Henry Peter, baron Brougham and Vaux.
Political philosophy. 3v. 1849 321 677
v.i. Fundamental principles of government. Absolute monarchies of
the East. Effects of absolute monarchy. Government of China;
FORM OF STATE 293
Japan. Government of Russia. The feudal system. Constitutional
monarchy. The French monarchy. The Germanic empire. Ger-
man kingdoms. Papal states. Sicily and Naples. Petty princi-
palities. Lombardo-Venetian and Sardinian kingdoms. Spanish
and Portuguese monarchies. Danish and Swedish monarchies.
v.2. Of the nature of aristocracy in general. Of balances and checks.
Progress and changes of aristocracy; oligarchy. Foundations of
aristocracy in the nature of things, natural aristocracy. Of party.
Vices and virtues of the aristocratic polity. Of the feudal aristoc-
racy. Mixed aristocracies, Poland. Governments of Greece,
Athens. Italian governments, municipal constitutions and aris-
tocracy. Government of Venice. Italian governments, Venetian
terra firma. Mixed aristocracies, Hungary. Constitution of
Rome. Reflections on the Roman constitution. Governments of
Greece, Sparta. Government of Genoa. Italian governments,
Milan. Government of Florence. Lesser Italian governments, Pisa,
Bologna, Sienna, Lucca, San Marino. Swiss aristocracies.
v-3. Of the nature of democracy in general. Origin of democracies.
Natural limits of pure democracies. Extension of democracy;
proper federal principle, improper federal principle, Roman polity,,
representative principle. Origin and history of representation.
Qualities of representation. Modifications of the representative
principle; those only affecting the mode of election, restraints upon
the right of voting. Canons of representative government. Appli-
cation of the representative principle, foundations of mixed gov-
ernment. Exercise of popular power. Virtues of the democratic
polity. Vices of the democratic polity. Of religious establish-
ments. Provincial and colonial establishments. Nature and origin
of mixed government. Virtues and vices of mixed government.
Ultimate tendency of mixed government. Reserved powers of the
people. Government of England; its structure in the Anglo-Saxon
times, Anglo-Norman monarchy, foundation of its present consti-
tution, the Plantagenets, the Tudors, the Stuarts, commonwealth,
restoration, the Stuarts, revolution. Constitution of England.
Government of the United States. Government of France; repub-
lic, consulate, empire, restoration, existing constitution. Consti-
tution of Holland and Belgium. Government of Switzerland.
FISKE, John.
American political ideas. 1885 321 F$4
Contents: The town-meeting. The federal union. "Manifest destiny."
HEARN, William Edward.
The Aryan household, its structure and its development; an
introduction to comparative jurisprudence. 1891 321.1 H38
McLENNAN, John Ferguson, & Donald.
The patriarchal theory, based on the papers of J. F. McLen-
nan; ed. and completed by Donald McLennan. 1885 321.1 MIQ
BADEN-POWELL, Baden Henry.
The Indian village community, examined with reference to
the physical, ethnographic and historical conditions of
the provinces; chiefly on the basis of the revenue-settle-
ment records and district manuals. 1806 321.2 814
Origin and growth -of village communities in India. 1899.
(Social science series.) 3 2 i-2 6140
GOMME, George Laurence.
The village community, with special reference to the origin
and form of its survivals in Britain. 1800. (Contempor-
ary science series.) 3 21 - 2 GS9
The author's special object is to prove that the pre-Celtic inhabitants
of Britain must have helped in the fashioning of British institutions.
MAINE, Sir Henry Sumner.
Village communities in the East and West. 1889 321.2 Ma6
Contents: The East and the study of jurisprudence. The sources of
Indian law. The western village-community. The eastern village-
294 REPUBLIC
community. The process of feudalisation. The early history of price
and rent. The effects of observation of India on modern European
thought. Addresses to University of Calcutta. The theory of evi-
dence. Roman law and legal education.
"It is not only written in the judicious spirit always characteristic of the
author, but it is also the fruit of special study and observation."
C. K. Adams.
SEEBOHM, Frederic.
The English village community, examined in its relation to
the manorial and tribal systems and to the common or
open field system of husbandry. 1896 321.2 845
ENGLAND Public record office
Inquisitions and assessments relating to feudal aids; with other
analogous documents, 1284-1431; prepared under the super-
intendence of the deputy keeper of the records, v.i.
1899 qr32i.3 64
MAITLAND, Frederic William.
Domesday book and beyond; three essays in the early his-
tory of England. 1897 321.3 M27
Contents: Domesday book. England before the conquest. The hide.
"Particularly valuable. . .The best analysis of the contents of Domesday
. . .Throws much light on the early history of the manor, on feudalism,
classes of society, land tenures . . . Presents a new theory regarding
the origin of boroughs, and shows that the hide contained 120 acres."
Gross's Sources and literature of English history.
WHIBLEY, Leonard.
Greek oligarchies, their character and organisation. 1896... 321. 5 W62
FIGGIS, John Neuville.
Theory of the divine right of kings. 1896 321.6 F46
Bibliography, p. 9-14.
321.8 Republic
BORGEAUD, Charles.
Rise of modern democracy in old and New England. 1894.
(Social science series.) 321.8 663
BRADFORD, Gamaliel.
The lesson of popular government. 2v. 1899 321.8 B68
The author has devoted more than thirty years to the study of our in-
stitutions, and of the popular government of other nations, and believes
that a republic is the form of government which secures the greatest
good to the greatest number, but that there must be some modifica-
tions and readjustment of the machinery unless we are to end in a
military despotism. One practical step which he has long advo-
cated is to allow members of the cabinet to occupy seats on the floor
in both houses of Congress, with the right to join in debate on matters
relating to their respective departments.
BROWN, WJethro.
The new democracy; a political study. 1899 321.8 879
Contents: The present theory of representative government and democ-
racy. The real defects of democracy. The Hare system, with special
reference to its application in Tasmania. The referendum. The study
of history in relation to the problem of character. The problem of
union; the argument for federations stated and exemplified. The new
Australian constitution. Some opinions of Australian leaders on the
commonwealth bill.
BURNETT, Edmund C.
Government of federal territories in Europe. 1898. (Brown
REPUBLIC 295
university. Papers from the historical seminary.) 321.8 893
Reprinted from the Annual reports of the American historical associa-
tion, v.8, pt.i.
Outlines fundamental characteristics in the government of European fed-
eral dependencies, that is, subject territories which are not component
pans of the federation. Among others, the dependencies of the early
Grecian leagues, the territories of the Swiss confederation, of Italy and
the Netherlands, and the federal territory of Alsace-Lorraine are treated.
CLEVELAND, Frederick A.
Growth of democracy in the United States; or, The evolu-
tion of popular co-operation in government and its results.
1898 321.8 58
DEPLOIGE, Simon.
The referendum in Switzerland, with a letter on the referen-
dum in Belgium, by J. van den Heuvel. 1898. (Studies
in economics and political science.) .321.8 D43
Bibliography, 9.315-322.
FREEMAN, Edward Augustus.
History of federal government in Greece and Italy. 1893. .. .321.8 F9I
GARRAN, Robert Randolph.
The coming commonwealth; an Australian handbook of
federal government. 1897 321.8 GlQ
GIDDINGS, Franklin Henry.
Democracy and empire; with studies of psychological, eco-
nomic and moral foundations. 1900 321.8 G37
Contents: The democratic empire. The ethical motive. The psychology
of society. The mind of the many. The costs of progress. Industrial
democracy. The trusts and the public. The railroads and the state.
Public revenue and civic virtue. Some results of the freedom of
women. The nature and conduct of political majorities. The destinies
of democracy. The relation of social democracy to the higher educa-
tion. The popular instruction most necessary in a democracy. The
shadow and substance of republican government. The consent of the
governed. Imperialism. The survival of civil liberty. The ideals of
nations. The gospel of non-resistance.
The same. 1900 T32I.8 G37
<X)DKIN, Edwin Lawrence.
Unforeseen tendencies of democracy. 1898 321.8 GS5
Contents: Former democracies. Equality. The nominating system.
The decline of legislatures. Peculiarities of American municipal gov-
ernment. The growth and expression of public opinion. The Aus-
tralian democracy.
"Mr Godkin's style is terse and clear, and the papers in this collection
. . . show both philosophical breadth and close special knowledge."
Dial. 1898.
GOODNOW, Frank Johnson.
Politics and administration; a study in government. 1900. .321.8 G62
"Purpose. . .is to show. . .that the formal governmental system as set
forth in the law is not always the same as the actual system... The
concrete remedies proposed are first a greater centralization of our
state administrative system. . .and, second the subjection of the politi-
cal party, as a political organ recognized by law, to an effective
public control." Preface.
GUIZOT, Francois Pierre Guillaume.
Histoire des origines du gouvernement representatif et des
institutions politiques de 1'Europe, depuis la chute de
1'empire roman jusqu'au 146 siecle. 2v. 1880 321.8 Gg6h
History of the origin of representative government in Europe.
1861 321.8
"These lectures have deservedly obtained great popularity, not only on
account of the author's pleasing method, but also for the clear in-
296 REPUBLIC
sight they give into the comparative conditions of the several govern-
ments of Europe during the middle ages. The second part is devoted
exclusively to a consideration of the growth of representative govern-
ment in England." f. K. Adams.
HART, Albert Bushnell.
Introduction to the study of federal government. 1891. (Har-
vard historical monographs.) 321.8
Bibliography, p. 178-192.
HYSLOP, James Hervey.
Democracy; a study of government. 1809 321.8 H99
The author is professor of logic and ethics in Columbia university. The
theories of Lecky's "Democracy and liberty," and of Godkin's "Un-
foreseen tendencies of democracy," are reviewed and criticised. The
solution of the problems of democratic government, the author reasons,
must rest in the character and responsibility of office-holders. To
insure unselfish public spirit he proposes the following measures:
i, The universal adoption of civil-service reform; 2, The appointment
of legislative commissions with powers of investigation and report;
3, The establishment of a court of impeachment and removal in
municipalities, with an increase in the mayor's powers of appointment;
4, The limitation of the franchise for the election of municipal officers.
MAINE, Sir Henry Sumner.
Popular government. 1886 321.8 M26
Contents: The prospects of popular government. The nature of de-
mocracy. The age of progress. The constitution of the United States.
MAY, Sir Thomas Erskine.
Democracy in Europe, (to 1877). 2v. 1891 321.8 M$2
"After giving an account of the political constitutions of the principal
nations of antiquity, the author passes rapidly over the Middle Ages,
and then portrays at greater length the introduction of the popular
element into modern governments." C. K. Adams.
MILL, John Stuart.
Considerations on representative government. 1882 321.8 M68
"Well worth reading, -although some of the topics discussed have lost
their hold on public interest and attention." Bou'ker & lies' "Reader's
guide."
MOSES, Bernard.
Democracy and social growth in America. 1898 321.8 M93
Contents: A fundamental tendency. Conflict and socialism. Education
and democracy. Preservation of the democratic spirit.
POMEROY, Eltweed.
Paper on direct legislation, and other papers favoring legis-
lation by the referendum; presented July 8, 1898. 1898.
(United States 55th cong. 2d sess. Senate. Doc. no.
340.) r32i.8 P77
SMITH, Orlando Jay.
The coming democracy. 1900 321.8 865
The author does not believe ours is a real democracy and thinks that
the constitution is cumbersome and does not carry out the will of the
people, and that too much power has been absorbed by the President.
Other criticisms are made showing the source of many of our corrup-
tions in politics. In place of the present systems of elections, he pro-
poses the Free Man's ballot "one vote for one cause and for one
candidate." With explanations of this and other reforms is a glowing
picture of the future democracy.
STRAUS, Oscar Solomon.
Origin of republican form of government in the United States ;
with introductory essay by fimile de Laveleye. 1901 321.8 $91
Contents: De Laveleye's introductory essay. American colonies prior to
Revolution. The political causes of the Revolution. Religious causes
of the Revolution. The genesis of the republic. Monarchy and the
church. The Hebrew commonwealth, the first federal republic. The
SUFFRAGE 297
influence of the Hebrew commonwealth upon the origin of republican
government in the United States.
322 Church and state
ELLIOT, Arthur Ralph Douglas.
The state and the church. 1882. (English citizen series.) 322 52
FINDLEY, William.
Observations on "The two sons of oil," containing a vindi-
cation of the American constitutions and defending re-
ligious toleration against the strictures of the Rev. S. B.
Wylie. 1812 r322 F49
Rev. S. B. Wylie's "Two sons of oil," of which this book is a criticism,
is a treatise written in support of the union of church and state.
323 Internal and domestic relations
COBBETT, William.
Republican judge; or, The American liberty of the press as
exhibited in the base prosecution of William Cobbett for a
pretended libel against the king of Spain and his embassa-
dor, before the Supreme court of Pennsylvania; with an
address to the people of England. 1798 r323 63
Cobbett was a voluminous political writer, whose liveliness in controver-
sy involved him in several suits for slander. This pamphlet, provoked
by his prosecution for libel, is a discussion of the subject of libel and
of the liberty of the American press.
"The Republican judge was Gov. M'Kean; the Spanish Ambassador, the
Marquis of Casa Irujo, who married Gov. M'Kean's daughter; and
in this... piece Cobbett has taken his revenge in spice." Sabin's Bib-
liotheca Americana.
MILL, John Stuart.
On liberty; Subjection of women. 1885 323 M68
RITCHIE, David George.
Natural rights; a criticism of some political and ethical con-
ceptions. 1895 323 R49
"Serious... criticism of such a work would naturally proceed on two
lines, historical and philosophical. Historically the book leaves many
gaps for future investigators to fill... and if Professor Ritchie's history
is incomplete, it cannot be urged in compensation that his philosophy
is clear... [He] is combative and anecdotal; you enjoy his digressions,
but you lose the thread of the argument." Economic review, 1895.
STEPHEN, Sir James Fitzjames.
Liberty, equality, fraternity. 1873 323 S82,
324 Suffrage
CLARK, Charles Cotesworth Pinckney.
The "machine" abolished, and the people restored to power
by the organization of all the people on the lines of
party organization. 1900 324 CST
"Dr. Clark's plan, which is based upon the idea that the existence of
the machine is due to an imperfect election system, involves the forma-
tion of small primary assemblies in which the voter may become ac-
quainted with the man he votes for, with the duties which the candi-
date, if elected, will discharge and with his ability to do so. . .The book
is well worth careful reading." Municipal affairs, 1900.
298 WOMAN SUFFRAGE
LA WTO N, George W.
American caucus system; its origin, purpose and utility. 1885.
(Questions of the day.) 324 L43
O'NEIL, Charles Augustine.
American electoral system. 1895 324 025
"A discussion of the defects in the methods of choosing the President
and Vice-President of the United States, with suggestions for reform."
Bowker & lies' "Reader's guide."
WIGMORE, John Henry.
Australian ballot system as embodied in the legislation of
various countries. 1889 324 W6g
The same. 1889 r324 W6g
COMMONS, John Rogers.
Proportional representation. 1896. (Library of economics
and politics.) 324.2 C73
"Books, periodicals and societies," p. 292-294.
To show the historical significance of the movement for proportional
representation. Gives a detailed application of the reform to American
politics, especially to city government.
MAURICE, Frederick Denison.
Workman and the franchise; chapters from English history
on the representation and education of the people. 1866. ^324.2 M49
324.3 Woman suffrage
JACOBI, Mrs Mary (Putnam).
Common sense applied to woman suffrage. 1894. (Ques-
tions of the day.) 324.3 Ji3
"A plea to the Constitutional Convention of New York, 1894. Argues
that women should have suffrage because men have; that they will do
good if they vote: that they will do no harm if they do not vote."
Critic.
JOHNSON, Mrs Helen (Kendrick).
Woman and the Republic; a survey of the woman-suffrage
movement in the United States. 1897 324.3 J36
"The attitude of the writer is that of extreme opposition to woman suf-
frage. . .These vigorous chapters will provoke discussion." Dial. 1897.
The author thinks that "the movement to obtain the elective franchise
for woman is not in harmony with those through which woman and
government have made progress."
NATIONAL AMERICAN WOMAN SUFFRAGE ASSOCI-
ATION.
Political science study series, v.2, no.4; v.3, no. 3-4; v.4,
no.i-3. 1897-98 T324.3 NiSSp
Contents: The duties of women, by F. P. Cobbe. Speeches of G. W.
Curtis and H. W. Beecher. No distinction of sex in the right to
vote, by J. D. Long. The legal status of women, comp. by J. J. Cassi-
dy. The ballot and the bullet, comp. by C. C. Catt. Speeches on the
rights of women, by Wendell Phillips.
NATIONAL citizen and ballot box; monthly, May i878-Oct
1881. v.3, no.2-v.6, no.6, in i q r 324-3 Ni$
v.3, no.3 wanting.
STANTON, Mrs Elizabeth (Cady), and others, ed.
History of woman suffrage. 4v. 1887-1902 . 324.3 $79
v.i. 1848-1861. v.2. 1861-1876. v.3. 1876-1883. v.4. 1883-1900.
Written by leaders in the movement, describing the work done by and
for women during the preceding half-century. Contains portraits of
prominent woman suffragists.
COLONIES AND IMMIGRATION 299
325 Colonies and immigration
SMITH, Richmond Mayo.
Emigration and immigration. 1895 325.1 865
The same. 1898 ^25.1 865
Bibliography, p.3O3-3o8.
An historical and statistical survey. Discusses the political and social
effects of immigration, as also the economic gain derived from it.
UNITED STATES Immigration and naturalization com-
mittee.
Report of the select committee on immigration and natur-
alization, favoring H. R. 13175 amending acts relative to
immigration and the importation of aliens under con-
tract to perform labor. Jan. 14, 1891. 1891. (51 st cong.
2d. sess. House. Report, no.3472.) ^25.1 0253.3
Report on the workings of the United States immigration
laws and the expenditures in connection therewith, in-
cluding the cost of improvements at Ellis Island, etc.
July 28, 1892. (52d cong. ist sess. House. Report,
no.2000.) 025.1 02534
UNITED STATES Immigration commission.
Immigration service; report of the Immigration investi-
gating commission to the secretary of the treasury,
[Oct. 7, 1895]. 1895 r325.i U2532
Commission was appointed to report changes in existing rules necessary
to secure execution of laws prohibiting importation of contract laborers;
on the effect on wages of immigration; and on the existence of the
"padrone" system in the United States.
UNITED STATES Insular affairs division.
Immigration regulations for Porto Rico, June 7, 1899.
1899 T325.I U253
UNITED STATES Statistics bureau.
Arrivals of alien passengers and immigrants in the United
States from 1820 to 1892. 1893 ^25.1 U25a
WILKINS, William Henry.
Alien invasion. 1892. (Social questions of to-day.) 325.1 W?2
"Those who desire to acquaint themselves with the practice and the law
of various countries as they affect the destitute foreigner will find this
handbook essential to their studies." Athenaeum, 1892.
YOUNG, Edward, b. 1814.
Special report on immigration, accompanying information
for immigrants relative to the price and rentals of land,
the staple products, etc. with tables showing average
weekly wages in the several states for factory, mechani-
cal and farm labor, [etc.] in 1869-70. 1872. (United
States Statistics bureau.) ^25.1 37
325.3 Colonization. Imperialism
ANTI-IMPERIALIST; ed. by Edward Atkinson; monthly,
June-September, 1899. v.i. 1899 ^25. 3
Contains "The cost of a national crime," "The hell of war and its
penalties," and "Criminal aggression; by whom committed?"
300 COLONIZATION
BIGELOW, Poultney.
Children of the nations ; a study of colonization and its prob-
lems. 1901 32f3 847
Traces the history of colonization and examines the present day condi-
tions of nearly all the colonies or self governing nations which have
sprung from them. There is a brief chapter on the Philippines and
a calm statement of American shortcomings.
BOUTWELL, George Sewall.
Crisis of the Republic. 1900 325.3 665
Papers on the Venezuelan question and the Monroe doctrine, interna-
tional arbitration, Hawaiian annexation, and numerous topics that
have to do with our territorial expansion. The author is an anti-
imperialist.
CALDECOTT, Alfred.
. English colonization and empire. 1897. (University extension
manuals.) 325.3 Cia
"Books of reference," p. 274-276.
CHAMBERLAIN, Joseph.
Foreign & colonial speeches. 1897 325.3 C35
Contents: A mission to the United States and Canada. Egypt. The
unity of empire. The expansion of the empire. Imperial trade.
South Africa. Imperial policy.
CONANT, Charles Arthur.
United States in the Orient; the nature of the economic
problem. 1900 325.3 C74
Contents: The economic basis of imperialism. Russia as a world power.
The struggle for commercial empire. Can new openings be found
for capital? The new economic problems. The United States as a
world power; nature of the economic and political problem; advan-
tages in the competition for commercial empire.
Articles republished from the North American review, Atlantic monthly
and the Forum.
D1LKE, Sir Charles Wentworth.
Problems of Greater Britain. 1890 325.3 Ds8
EGERTON, Hugh Edward.
A short history of British colonial policy. 1897 325.3 35
Bibliography, p.48i-489.
GARDINER, Charles A.
Our right to acquire and hold foreign territory; an address de-
livered before the New York state bar association. 1899.
(Questions of the day.) 325.3 Gi7
IRELAND, Walter Alleyne.
Tropical colonization; an introduction to the study of the sub-
ject. 1899 325.3 128
Bibliography, p.227-259.
"Not... a very profound contribution to the subject, nor is it of such a
definite character as to deter any one else from entering the same
field... Its importance lies less in its permanent value than in the fact
that every serious discussion of colonial problems is just now worth
attentive consideration." Nation, 1899.
JORDAN, David Starr.
"Lest we forget;" an address delivered before the graduat-
ing class of 1898, Leland Stanford jr. university. 1898.
(Leland Stanford junior university publications.) 325.3 ]^2
Address on imperialism delivered during the Spanish-American war.
Author, present president of Leland Stanford jr. university (1900), is
an anti-expansionist.
K1DD, Benjamin.
The control of the tropics. 1808 325.3 K24
The "tropics" include Siam, Burma, East Africa, the Niger territories,
COLONIZATION 301
Egypt, and China; and the author deals with both the English and
American side of the situation. An appendix on "The principles of
the relations of our civilization to the tropics" is reprinted from the
author's "Social evolution."
"Mr. Kidd's little volume, which can be read in an hour, is worth
more than many a pretentious work of ten times its bulk. It ought to
be read all over the United States, because it lays down, in the light
of historical experience, the true administrative principles upon which
the United States should proceed in the practical work of making
itself useful in the Philippines and in dealing successfully with the
West Indies... We commend the book to all thoughtful minds as
highly pertinent to the current discussion of the American policy of
expansion." Review of reviews, 1898.
LEWIS, Sir George Cornewall.
Essay on the government of dependencies; ed. by C. P.
Lucas. 1891 325.3 L6;
Another edition has the title "Government of dependencies."
Prefaced by an editorial introduction which sketches the principal politi-
cal and social changes that have taken place since Lewis's "Essay"
was written in 1841.
"Lewis was a solid and shrewd thinker. He possessed a keen critical
faculty, and was indefatigable in research. . .His writings are. ..distin-
guished by the same practical good sense, as well as the same absence
of any desire for popularity, which were so noticeable in his parlia-
mentary career." Dictionary of national biography.
MORRIS, Henry Crittenden.
History of colonization from the earliest times to the present
day (1900). 2v. 1900 325.3 Mpi
Bibliography, v.2, p.32s-35S.
The first history of the whole subject for the general reader, previous
works being devoted to one special field, or written from the stand-
point of a particular nation, or so technical as to be useful only to the
specialist. An interesting introductory chapter treats of the motives
for the establishment of colonies, their use to the parent state, their
advantages and disadvantages.
PARKIN, George Robert.
Imperial federation; problem of national unity. 1892 325-3 ? 2 4
PAYNE, Edward John.
History of European colonies. 1889. (Freeman's historical
course for schools.) 325.3 P33
Very condensed account of the Portuguese, Spanish, French, Dutch
and English colonies during the earlier dependent period, and their
later development into independent or semi-independent states.
RANDOLPH, Carman F.
Law and policy of annexation with special reference to the
Philippines, together with observations on the status of
Cuba. 1901 325.3 Ri8
Examines legal, political, moral and commercial questions raised by the
acquisition of the Philippines. Advocates withdrawal of United States
sovereignty from the islands, and suggests the way.
REID, Whitelaw.
Problems of expansion as considered in papers and addresses.
1900 325.3 R3i
Appendices: Power to acquire and govern territory. The tariff in United
States territory. The resolutions of Congress as to Cuba. The proto-
col of Washington. The Peace of Paris.
REINSCH, Paul Samuel.
World politics at the end of the igth century, as influenced
by the oriental situation. 1900. (Library of economics
and politics.) 325-3 R32
Contents: National imperialism. The opening of China. The conse-
quences of the opening of China in world politics. German imperial
302 COLONIZATION
politics. Some considerations on the position of the United States
as a factor in oriental politics.
ROBINSON, Sir John, b. 1839.
The colonies and the century. 1899 325.3
Most of the contents of this volume was originally read before the
Royal colonial institute by the author, late premier of Natal.
Optimistic study of the development and experiences of the English
colonies during the igth century and of their present (1899) outlook.
SCHOLES, Theophilus E. S.
British empire and alliances; or, Britain's duty to her col-
onies and subject races. 1899 325-3 $36
"Authorities," p.3 5.
SEELEY, Sir John Robert.
Expansion of England. 1891 325.3 845
"A book of remarkable suggestiveness and power, holding that the ex-
pansion of England in America and India is the dominant historical
fact of the last three centuries." C. K. Adams.
SMITH, Goldwin.
Commonwealth or empire? a bystander's view of the question.
1902 325.3 864
An argument against imperialism.
STRONG, Josiah.
Expansion under new world-conditions. 1900 325.3 892
Contents: Exhaustion of our arable public lands. Our new manufac-
turing supremacy. Foreign markets a new necessity. The new China.
The new Isthmian canal. The new Mediterranean. The new Medi-
terranean an Anglo-Saxon sea. A new world life. A new world
policy.
WALDSTEIN, Charles.
Expansion of western ideals and the world's peace. 1899. ..325.3 Wl6
Contains also "The English-speaking brotherhood."
Author is an enthusiastic advocate of expansion. "[He] feels that
America, in entering among the colonizing nations, has made a dis-
tinct moral advance, and is taking up her share in the world duties
which the inheritance of ideals and standards, which belong to her
and to England alike, impose upon her. On the whole ... [the] book
is interesting from the glow and fervor with which it is written, but
we doubt if its reasoning is cogent enough to influence any one
seriously." Literary world, 1899.
ANDERSON, Rasmus Bjorn.
First chapter of Norwegian immigration, 1821-1840, its causes
and results. 1896 325.73 A$4
CONDIT, Ira Miller.
The Chinaman as we see him; and fifty years of work for him.
1900 325.73 C74
"Says little about the Mongolian race in its own country, and a great
deal concerning its conduct in America, particularly in San Francisco,
where... [the author] has been laboring among the Chinese for years
...It deserves careful study by those who are shaping our national
destinies." Dial, 1901.
HANNA, Charles A.
Scotch-Irish; or, The Scot in north Britain, north Ireland and
North America. 2v. 1902 325.73 Haj
Scotch-Irish bibliography, v.2, p.53i-ssi.
The same. 2v. 1902 ^25.73 H23
A general history of the origin and early history of the Scotch and of
their colonization of northern Ireland, designed as an introduction to
a series of historical collections on early Scotch-Irish settlements in
America which the author intends to publish later.
SCOTCH-IRISH SOCIETY OF AMERICA.
Scotch-Irish in America; proceedings and addresses of the
SLAVERY 303
Scotch-Irish congress (ist-date),i88o-date. iSpi-date. ^325.73 842
"Scotch-Irish bibliography of Pennsylvania," in Proceedings of the 8th
congress, p. 253-289.
326 Slavery
ABOLITION SOCIETIES.
Minutes of the proceedings of the fifth convention of dele-
gates from the abolition societies of the United States, as-
sembled at Philadelphia, June, 1/98. 1798 r326 Ai5
AFRICAN repository and colonial journal, v.io. 1834 r326 A2S
Published by the American colonization society.
AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR THE EXTENSION OF UNI-
VERSITY TEACHING.
Syllabus of lectures on the American negro, by G. R. Glenn and
others. 1900. (University extension lectures.) r326 ASI
"References," p.24.
AUTOGRAPHS for freedom; ed. by Julia Griffiths. 1853 r326 A93
BEECHER, Catharine Esther.
An essay on slavery and abolitionism. 1837 326 637
BRUCE, Philip Alexander.
Plantation negro as a freeman. 1889. (Questions of the
day.) 326 B8a
CABLE, George Washington.
Negro question. 1890 326 Cn
Silent South, with Freedman's case in equity, and Convict
lease system. 1895 326 Ciis
CAIRNES, John Elliott.
Slave power; its character, career & probable designs.
1862 r326 Ci2
CAREY, Henry Charles.
The slave trade, domestic and foreign; why it exists, and how
it may be extinguished. 1867 326 CIQ
CHASE, Ezra B.
Teachings of patriots and statesmen; or, "Founders of the
Republic" on slavery. 1860 r326 38
DEWEES, Jacob.
Great future of America and Africa, our whole duty to the
black man. 1854 r326 DSI
DU BOIS, William Edward Burghardt.
Suppression of the African slave-trade to the United States,
1638-1870. 1896. (Harvard historical studies.) 326 D85
Bibliography, p.299~325. ' %
EWBANK. Thomas.
Inorganic forces ordained to supersede human slavery. 1860. .r326 Ep6
Originally read before the American ethnological society.
GEISER, Karl Frederick.
Redemptioners and indentured servants in the colony and
commonwealth of Pennsylvania. 1901 r326
Bibliography, p. 120-125.
Supplement to the Yale review, v.io, Aug. 1901.
SO
304 SLAVERY
GOODWIN, Daniel Raynes.
Southern slavery in its present aspects, containing a reply to
Bishop Hopkins. 1864 r326 663
HAVEN, Gilbert, bp.
Sermons, speeches and letters on slavery and its war. 1869. . . .326 H3S
HOPKINS, John Henry, bp.
Scriptural, ecclesiastical and historical view of slavery,
from the days of Abraham to the igth century. 1864. . .r326 H78
in support of slavery. Author was at the time Episcopal Bishop of
Vermont, having been earlier, rector of Trinity church, Pittsburgh.
JAY, William.
An inquiry into the character and tendency of the American
colonization, and American anti-slavery societies. 1835. - r 326 J22
JOHNSON, Oliver.
William Lloyd Garrison and his times; or, Sketches of the
anti-slavery movement in America. 1881 326 J36
LIVERMORE, George.
Historical research respecting the opinions of the founders
of the Republic on negroes as slaves, as citizens and as
soldiers. 1863 r326 L74
LIVINGSTONE, W.P.
Black Jamaica; a study in evolution. 1899 326 L74
McHENRY, George.
The cotton trade; its bearing upon the prosperity of Great
Britain and commerce of the American republics, consid-
ered in connection with the negro slavery in the Confeder-
ate States. 1863 r326 Mi6
NEEDLES, Edward.
Historical memoir of the Pennsylvania society for promoting
the abolition of slavery. 1848 r326 Nig
NIEBOER, H.J.
Slavery as an industrial system; ethnological researches. 1900. .326 N33
List of authorities, p. 443-465.
"Remarkable work, written in excellent English by a Dutch scholar. . .
It is restricted in its view to slavery as an industrial system, and in
its scope to the collection of ethnological evidence of that system
It is somewhat novel to have the terms of political economy capital,
labour, profks, rent, and the rest of them applied to savage condi-
tions, but we think the result is wholly good." Athenaeum, 1900.
POOLE, William Frederick.
. Anti-slavery opinions before 1800, with Dr George Buchan-
an's Oration on the moral and political evil of slavery,
delivered 1791. 1873 r326 Pyg
The same. t 1873 977 P79
Bound with his Early Northwest.
SIEBERT, Wilbur H.
Underground railroad from slavery to freedom; with an in-
troduction by A. B. Hart. 1898 326 857
Bibliography, p.38o-402.
For his materials Prof. Siebert has searched anti-slavery literature,
letters and the few original records, and conversed with many people
, who knew the inner history of the work. He has compiled a list of
SLAVERY 305
over three thousand people who helped in the work, describes some
of the most striking escapes and examines the laws enacted or at-
tempted to be enacted to compel the return of fugitives. He has also
made the first map of the "railroad" and a most interesting chapter
describes the route in detail. Many maps and illustrations.
SMEDLEY, Robert C.
History of the underground railroad in Chester and the
neighboring counties of Pennsylvania. 1883. . . : 326 863
SPEARS, John Randolph.
American slave-trade; an account of its origin, growth and
suppression. 1900 326 874
STOWE, Mrs Harriet (Beecher).
Key to Uncle Tom's cabin presenting the original facts and
documents upon which the story is founded. 1853 r326 889
THOMAS, William Hannibal.
American negro; what he was, what he is, and what he may
become ; a critical and practical discussion. 1901 326 T37
TORREY, Jesse.
American slave trade; or, An account of the manner in which
the slave dealers take free people from some of the United
States and sell them as slaves in other of the states, with
reflections on the project for forming a colony of Ameri-
can blacks in Africa. 1822 r326 T63
UNITED STATES State department.
Report from the secretary of state, in response to House
resolution of April 9, 1860, requesting information con-
cerning the African slave trade. Dec. 6, 1860. 1861.
(36th cong. 2d sess. House. Ex. doc. no.7.) r326 U2S3
Copies of correspondence with foreign governments and with naval
officers and consuls on the west coast of Africa, including instruc-
tions to the African squadron, in regard to the suppression of the
slave trade.
WASHINGTON, Booker Taliaferro.
Future of the American negro. 1899 326 W27
Contains chapters on the practical education of the negro, the negro
in politics, the subject of lynching, the negro's place in American
civilization, etc.
WILLIAMS, George Washington.
History of the negro race in America, 1619-1880. 2v. in i.
1885 326 W74
"The author is one of the race whose history he has undertaken to re-
late. . .A certain amount of historical, biographical, and statistical in-
formation is conveniently brought together, but it will have to be used
with caution." Nation, 1883.
WILSON, Henry, 1812-1875.
History of the rise and fall of the slave power in America.
3v. 1872-77 326 W76
"The author took a prominent part in the antislavery struggle, and was
in many respects well fitted to perform the task he undertook. . .
The production has two limitations of some importance. In the first
place, the author gives the student no reference to authorities; and in
the second, he uses with great freedom the language of denunciation."
C. K. Adams.
The same. 3v. 1872-77 r326 W76
306 FOREIGN RELATIONS
327 Foreign relations
For Treaties, see 341.2
COBBETT, William.
Porcupine's political censor for November, 1796; containing
observations on the insolent and seditious notes communi-
cated to the people of the United States by the late French
minister Adet. 1796 r327 63
DILKE, Sir Charles Wentworth, & Wilkinson, H.S.
Imperial defence. 1897 327 D$8
FORD, Worthington Chauncey.
John Quincy Adams, his connection with the Monroe doctrine
(1823), by W. C. Ford, and with emancipation under mar-
tial law (1819-1842), by C. F. Adams. 1902 1-327 F76
Reprinted from the Proceedings of the Massachusetts historical society,
Jan. 1902.
FOSTER, John Watson.
Century of American diplomacy; a brief review of the
foreign relations of the United States, 1776-1876. 1900. . .327 F8i
Appendix contains a list of the secretaries of state from 1781 to 1900.
GALLATIN, Albert.
Right of the United States to the north-eastern boundary claimed
by them. 1840 r327 Gi4
GARDINER, Charles A.
Proposed Anglo-American alliance; an address delivered be-
fore the American social science association, 1898. 1898.
(Questions of the day.) 327 Gl7
HART, Albert Bushnell.
Foundations of American foreign policy ; with a working bib-
liography. 1901 327 H3i
Contents: The United States as a world power. The experience of the
United States in foreign military expeditions. Boundary controver-
sies and commissions. A century of Cuban diplomacy. Brother Jona-
than's colonies. What the founders of the union thought concerning
territorial problems. The Monroe doctrine and the doctrine of perma-
nent interest. A working bibliography of American diplomacy.
Appeared first in Harper's magazine, the Bond review and the American
historical review.
HENDERSON. John Brooks.
American diplomatic questions. 1901 327 H44
Contents: The fur seals and Bering sea award. The interoceanic canal
problem. The United States and Samoa. The Monroe doctrine.
The northeast coast fisheries.
"Greater part of the book is historical, and will be found to contain
much information not otherwise easily accessible." Nation, 1901.
HODGINS, Thomas.
British and American diplomacy affecting Canada, 1782-
1899; a chapter of Canadian history. 1900 327 H66
HUNT, Gaillard.
The American passport; its history, and a digest of laws,
rulings and regulations governing its issuance by the
Department of state. 1898. (United States State de-
partment.) r327 H93
LATANfi, John Holladay.
Diplomatic relations of the United States and Spanish
FOREIGN RELATIONS 307
America. 1900. (Albert Shaw lectures on diplomatic
history, 1899.) 327 L35
Contents: The Spanish- American revolt. Part played by the United
States and England in founding the Spanish-American republics. The
diplomacy of the United States in regard to Cuba. The proposed
Central American canal. French intervention in Mexico. The pres-
ent status of the Monroe doctrine.
McMASTER, John Bach.
Origin, meaning and application of the Monroe doctrine.
1896 327 M2i
MEXICO Investigating commission of the northern frontier.
Reports of the committee sent in 1873 by the Mexican gov-
ernment to the frontier of Texas. 1875 r327 M6s
The Texans claimed that depredations that had been made on both sides
of the Rio Grande were the work of Mexicans and Indians. These re-
ports of the Mexican investigating commission show that this claim
against Mexico was groundless.
REDDAWAY, William Fiddian.
The Monroe doctrine. 1898 327 R27
A careful and accurate history from the English point of view of the
Monroe doctrine from its first suggestion to its final development
under President Cleveland. The main conclusions of the essay are
"that the evolution of the Monroe doctrine was gradual; that the
peculiar form of the message of 1832 was due to John Quincy Adams;
that he, and he alone, logically applied it in politics; and that it
produced its desired effect as an act of policy, but in no way modi-
fied the law of nations."
SCHUYLER, Eugene.
American diplomacy and the furtherance of commerce.
1895 327 S39
Contents: The Department of state. Our consular system. Diplomatic
officials. The piratical Barbary powers. The right of search, and the
slave-trade. The free navigation of rivers and seas. Neutral rights.
The fisheries. Commercial treaties.
SMITH, Edward, of Walthamstow.
England and America after independence; a short examin-
ation of their international intercourse, 1783-1872. 1900 327 864
"Works consulted," p.383-384.
UNITED STATES Foreign affairs committee.
Report of the investigation of the relations of Robert C.
Schenck with the Emma silver mining company. 1876.
(44th cong. 1st sess. House. Report no. 579.) r327 U2535
UNITED STATES Foreign relations committee.
Report of the committee on foreign relations relative to
affairs in Cuba [submitting S. J. R. 149, for recognition
of independence of Cuba, demanding that Spain re-
linquish authority and withdraw forces, and directing
president to use forces of United States to carry resolu-
tions into effect] ; with views of minority. April 13,
1898. 1898. (55th cong. 2d sess. Senate. Report no.
885 [pt.i].) r327 U2536
Appended to the report proper are reprints of documents and reports
of the 54th and 55th congresses, with hearings and other material not
previously published in the public documents, including the report
of the Spanish naval board of inquiry as to the cause of the destruc-
tion of the Maine.
UNITED STATES Relations with Canada, Committee on.
Relations with Canada; testimony taken by the select commit-
tee on relations with Canada; submitted July 21, 1890.
3 o8 FOREIGN RELATIONS
(Sist cong. ist sess. Senate. Report no. 1530.) 7327 U253
This committee was appointed in 1888 "to report upon the commerce
and business relations of the United States and Canada, including the
effect upon our commerce and carrying trade of the Canadian system
of railways, the prospects of the displacement of any existing indus-
tries of the United States by industries established there; also, whether
the obligations of existing treaties and of international law are and
have been observed by them."
Includes all communications made to either house upon the question,
subsequent to the 4th of March, 1877.
UNITED STATES State department.
Documents and correspondence in relation to the recent ne-
gotiations with Great Britain concerning American fish-
ery interests in British North American waters. 1888.
(50th cong. ist sess. Senate. Ex. doc. no.H3.) r327 112538
Documents relative to Central American affairs and the
enlistment question [communicated to the Senate at
the ist session, 34th congress]. 1856 r327 U2532
Contents: Correspondence between Great Britain and the United States
in relation to Central American affairs. Correspondence in relation
to Central American affairs, and the Clayton and Bulwer convention.
Correspondence respecting the arbitration of differences between
the United States and Great Britain, of the construction of the conven-
tion of Washington of July 4, 1850. Correspondence in relation to
enlistment of troops within the United States [for the British army].
Papers relating to foreign affairs, i86i-date. i86i-date. . .r327 U25p
No volume was issued for 1869.
From 1870 title page reads "Papers relating to the foreign relations of
the United States." Binder's title, 1861-68, is "Diplomatic correspon-
dence;" from 1870, "Foreign relations of the United States."
"Contain the annually published correspondence relative to foreign af-
fairs conducted by the Department of State. This correspondence
was not issued in separate volumes until 1861. Such portions of the
same as prior to that date were from time to time published are
embraced in the Executive Documents of the Senate or House of
Representatives." For correspondence between 1789 and 1828 see
American state papers.
An index to the volumes from 1861 to 1899 has been issued, r327 Uzsg.
Passport regulations of foreign countries. 1897 r327 U25pa
Regulations prescribed for the use of the consular service.
1896. (54th cong. 2d sess. House. Doc. no.3O3.) r327 U25r
Appendices: Constitution of the United States. Extracts from the stat-
utes of the United States relative to the consular service. Treaties
and extracts from treaties relating to consular officers. Conventions
relating to naturalization. Miscellaneous. Forms.
Report of the secretary of state, in response to House reso-
lution of April 21, 1838, upon the existing relations be-
tween the United States and Mexico, April 27, 1838.
18.18. (25th cong. 2d sess. House. Ex. doc. no. 351.) . .r327 U25re
WILKINSON, Henry Spenser.
The nation's awakening; essays towards a British policy.
1896 327 W72
Contents: Our past apathy. The aims of the great powers. The defence
of British interests. The organisation of government for -the defence
of British interests. The idea of the nation.
WOOLSEY, Theodore Salisbury.
America's foreign policy: essays and addresses. 1898 327 W87
Contents: Our foreign policy and its relation to domestic problems.
The consequences of Cuban belligerency. Our duty to Spain. Re-
sponsibility for the "Maine." Cuba and intervention. The war with
Spain. The future of tilt Philippines. The law and the policy tor
Hawaii. An interoceanic canal in the light of precedent. An inter-
oceanic canal from the standpoint of self-interest. An inquiry con-
LEGISLATIVE BODIES 309
cerning our foreign relations. The fishery question. The Bering
sea award. The President's (McKinley's) Monroe doctrine. Some
thoughts on the settlement of international controversies. Some com-
ment upon the arbitration treaty. The United States and the Declara-
tion of Paris.
328 Legislative bodies and annals
328.1 Parliamentary law
GUSHING, Luther Stearns.
Manual of parliamentary practice; rules of proceeding and
debate in deliberative assemblies. 1886 328.1 93
The same. 1886 T328.I 93
A standard authority.
DICK & FITZGERALD, pub.
The debater; a manual for instruction and reference in all mat-
ters pertaining to the management of public meetings, ac-
cording to parliamentary usages. 1879 T328.I 054
HACKETT, Frank Warren.
Gavel and the mace; or, Parliamentary law in easy chap-
ters. 1900 328.1 Hi2
By the assistant secretary of the navy (1900). Explains in a clear, un-
technical way the leading principles upon which parliamentary practice
is founded. Has a good index.
REED, Thomas Brackett, comp.
Reed's rules; a manual of general parliamentary law.
1899 328.1 R28
The same. 1898 T328.I R28
ROBERT, Henry Martyn.
Pocket manual of rules of order for deliberative assemblies.
1896 328.1 R534
ROBERT, Joseph Thomas.
Primer of parliamentary law; twenty-four easy, pro-
gressive lessons illustrating parliamentary law and
practice. 1900 328.1 R53p
SHATTUCK, Mrs Harriette Lucy (Robinson).
Advanced rules for large assemblies; a supplement to "The
woman's manual of parliamentary law." 1898 328.1 S53a
Woman's manual of parliamentary law. 1895 328.1 853
By the president of the Boston political class. Planned for women's
clubs and other organizations. Full and clear.
328.42 Great Britain
ENGLAND House of commons.
Remonstrance of the state of the kingdom; to which is added
the petition of the House of commons which accompanied
it. 1883. (Clarendon historical society. Reprints.) 328.42 64
Reprint of the edition of 1641.
The same. (In Clarendon historical society. Reprints,
v.i.) r9o6 Csi v.i
ENGLAND House of lords.
Remembrances for order and decency to be kept in the upper
3 io PARLIAMENT
house of Parliament, 1660-1767 r 328.42 64
Binder's title reads Rules of order.
Manuscript note-book. Contains the following note: "Plundered by an
American soldier during the War of 1812."
GNEIST, Rudolf.
History of the English Parliament, its growth and develop-
ment, 800-1887. 1895 328.42 GS3
"An analysis tracing out the sources of the English parliament's sta-
bility, with comment on the dangers now held to be threatening that
stability. Of interest to those who believe influences to be at work
in opposition to American institutions for local selt-government."
Bowker & lies' "Reader's guide."
Student's history of the English Parliament. 1887 r 328.42 GS3
MACDONAGH, Michael.
The book of Parliament. 1897 328.42 Mi4
"He shows us how the legislative machine is constructed and how it
works . . . has much that is interesting to tell us about the consti-
tution of the cabinet, about the process of legislation, the sergeant-at-
arms, the Lobby, the reporter's gallery, and various other matters."
Spectator, 1897.
POLITICS in 1896; an annual. 1897 ^28.42 ?76
Contents: General retrospects, by H. D. Traill and others. Foreign
affairs, by G. VV. Steevens. The services; the navy, by H. VV. Wil-
son, the army, by F. N. Maude. The United States, by Albert Shaw.
London, by Robert Donald. A diary for 1896.
The retrospects are from the conservative, liberal and socialistic stand-
points. The intention of the publishers is to issue a similar volume
annually, and by naving the articles done by well known writers to
make it of permanent value. They have succeeded in making this
volume interesting as well as valuable for reference.
The SENATOR; or, Clarendon's parliamentary chronicle, con-
taining a weekly register, recording the proceedings and
debates of the Houses of lords and commons, [Nov. 25,
1790-June 10, 1791]. v.i-3 r 328.42 847
TEMPLE, Sir Richard.
House of commons. 1899 328.42 T28
Contents: House of commons as a club. The precincts and the build-
ings. Life in Parliament. Manners and customs of the House.
Scenes in the House. Leading figures in Parliament. The Irish
nationalist party. The Lords as seen by the Commons.
WALPOLE, Spencer.
The electorate and the legislature. 1892. . (English citizen
series.) 328.42 Wi8
WHITE, William, 1807-1882.
Inner life of the House of commons; ed. by Justin McCarthy.
2v. 1898. (Reformer's bookshelf.) 328.42 W63
Biography of White, p.2i-22.
"A reporter's sketches of notable debates and debaters in the Commons,
i8s6-i87; from the Illustrated times; contains sketches of Brougham,
Palmerston, Peel, Lewis, Russell, Cobden, Bright, Lytton, Disraeli,
Gladstone, J. S. Mill, Roebuck, Northcote, Miall, Kinglake, Lowe,
Stratford, Canning, Salisbury, Lefevre, Hughes, Forster, Dilke, etc.;
of value to the historian and of general interest; a supplement to the
works of Jennings, Lucy and others on the later period." Johnston.
328.73 United States
No entry is made in .this catalogue for the sheep bound set
of Congressional documents. A list of the volumes of
this set, which are in the Library, will be found at the
CONGRESS 311
Reference desk, as well as various catalogues and
indexes issued by the government.
Proceedings of Congress
UNITED STATES Continental congress.
Extracts from the votes and proceedings of the American
Continental congress, held at Philadelphia, 5th Septem-
ber, 1774. Containing the Bill of rights, a List of griev-
ances, occasional resolves, the Association, an Address
to the people of Great-Britain, and a Memorial to the
inhabitants of the British American colonies. 1774. ^328.73 112538
Secret journals of the acts and proceedings of Congress;
from the first meeting to the dissolution of the con-
federation by the adoption of the constitution of the
United States. 4v. 1820-21 ^28.73 U2538s
v.i. Domestick affairs. History of the confederation.
v.2-4. Foreign affairs.
STATE papers and publick documents of the United States, from
the accession of George Washington to the presidency, in-
cluding confidential documents now first published. I2v.
1817-19 T328.73 S79
v.i. 1780-1794. v.2. 1794-1797. v-3. 1797-1798.
v.4- 1798-1803. v.5. 1803-1807. v.6. 1807-1808.
v.7. 1808-1810. v.8. 1810-1812. v.g. 1812-1815.
v.io. Confidential documents, v.n. 1815-1818. v.iz. 1818.
Published by Thomas B. Wait under the patronage of Congress.
"The importance of the collection is in the fact that it contains docu-
ments, both public and confidential, designed to give a complete view
of the foreign relations of the country from the adoption of the Con-
stitution down to the publication of the last volume." C. K. Adams,
AMERICAN .^tate papers; documents, legislative and execu-
tive, from the ist session of the ist congress to the 2d
session of the 25th congress, 1789 to 1838; ed, by Walter
Lowrie and others; ist-2d ser. 38v. 1832-61 qr328.73 ASI
v. 1-6. Foreign relations, 1789-1828.
v. 7-8. Indian affairs, 1789-1827.
v. 9-13. Finance, 1789-1828.
v. 14-15. Commerce and navigation, 1789-1823.
v.i6-22. Military affairs, 1789-1838.
v.23-26. Naval affairs, 1794-1836.
v. 27. Post office department, 1790-1833.
v.28-35. Public lands, 1789-1837.
v. 36. Claims, 1790-1823.
^.37-38. Miscellaneous, 1789-1823.
"The collection is invaluable, indeed indispensable, to one who would
make a thorough study of the early history and development of our
country from original sources. The volumes are divided into ten
groups, each group appertaining to a distinct class of affairs. The
papers in each series are arranged in chronological order; and each
volume is preceded by a very complete table of contents." C. K.
Adams.
ANNALS of Congress; debates and proceedings; with appen-
dix containing important state papers and public docu-
ments, and all the laws of a public nature from March
3, 1789 to May 27, 1824; compiled by Joseph Gales and
W. W. Seaton. 42v. 1834-56 ^28.73 Jj25a
Continued as Register of debates.
REGISTER of debates, 1824-1837; with appendix containing
the most important state papers and public documents;
comp. by Joseph Gales and W. W. Seaton. i4v. in 28.
3 i2 CONGRESS
1825-37 T328.73 U25b
v. 14, pt. i missing.
Continued as the Congressional globe.
CONGRESSIONAL globe, Dec. 2. :833-Mar. 3, 1873. 46v. in
109. 1835-73 qr328.73
Continued as the Congressional record.
CONGRESSIONAL record containing the proceedings and de-
bates of Congress, (43d-date) i873~date. v.i-date. 1874-
date qr328.73
The Record for the $oth congress, ist sess. pts.2, (Feb. 7-March 13,
1888), 7-10 (July p-Oct. 20, 1888) and index; $ist congress, (Dec.
2, iSSp-March 3, 1891); 52d congress, ist sess. pt.6 through the 53d
congress, 2d sess. (June 4, i892-Aug. 28, 1894) is wanting.
BENTON, Thomas Hart, comp.
Abridgment of the debates of Congress, from 1789 to 1856.
v.i-13, 15-16. 1857-61 qr328.73 6443
v.i. 1780-1796. v.2. 1796-1803. v.3. 1803-1808. v.4. 1808-1813.
v-5. 1813-1817. v.6. 1817-1821. v-7. 1821-1824. v.8. 1824-1826.
v.g. 1826-1828. v.io. 1828-1830. v.n. 1830-1832. v.i2. 1832-1836.
v.i3. 1835-1839. v.is- 1843-1846. v.t6. 1846-1850.
"One of the most noteworthy and valuable [collections]. The conden-
sations were made by Mr. Denton with so much fidelity and skill that
they -may generally be relied upon as giving a true representation of
the speeches as they were delivered." C. K. Adams.
UNITED STATES Senate. '
Journal, 4th cong. 2d sess., 5th cong. ist and 3d sess., I4th
cong. ist sess. 57th cong. ist sess. 1815-1902. . . .qr328.73 112533;
Binder's title reads Senate journal.
Journals for the i4th cong. 2d sess., i6th cong. ist and 2d sess., I7th
cong. 2d sess., igth cong. ist sess. to 24th cong. 2d sess., 29th cong.
ist sess. to 33d cong. 26. sess., ssth cong. 2d-3d sess., wanting.
UNITED STATES House.
Journal, ist cong. ist sess.-2d cong. ist sess., 3d cong. ist
sess., I4th cong. ist sess., 25th cong. ist sess. 53d
cong. 2d sess. 1789-1894 qr328.73 U253
Binder's title reads House journal.
Volumes for 2gth cong. ist sess. to 3 ist cong. 2d sess., 32d cong. ad
sess., 34th cong. 2d sess., 46th cong. 2d sess. wanting.
Volume for ist cong. ist sess. is incomplete, running to Aug. 28, 1789,
only.
UNITED STATES House 56th cong. 2d sess.
Calendars of the House of representatives, including the final
action on every bill reported, and a statement of the work
of this congress compared with preceding congresses.
iQOi qr328.73 U2537
Manuals
FURBER, George P.
Precedents relating to the privileges of the Senate of the
United States. 1893. (52d cong. 2d sess. Senate. Mis.
doc. no.68.) ^28.73 FoS
HINDS, Asher Crosby.
Parliamentary precedents of the House; collected from
the journals and records of debates. 1899. (United
States 55th cong. 2d sess. House. Doc. no.576.) . .qr328.73
SMITH, Henry Harrison, comp.
Revision of rules of the House of representatives in the
thirty-sixth and forty-sixth congresses. 1885. (49th
CONGRESS 313
cong. ist sess. House. Mis. doc. 16.) Q r 557-9 R9*
Bound with Russell's Geological history of Lake Lahontan.
UNITED STATES Congress.
Congressional directory, ist cong. 3d sess.-date. 1870-
date r328.73 74
Directories for 47th cong. ist & 2d sess. & soth cong. ist & zd sess.
will be found in the sheep bound set of congressional documents
numbered respectively, 1994, 2083, 2516 & 2614.
Directories for the 42d cong. 3d sess., 53d cong. extra sess., 55th cong.
ist sess., missing.
UNITED STATES House.
Digest and manual of the rules and practice of the House
of representatives, the constitution of the United States,
Jefferson's manual, etc. soth cong. ist sess. 1888. ^328.73 U2532
The same. 1898. (55th cong. 2d sess. House. Doc. no.
560.) T328.73 U2532
The same. 1000. (55th cong. 3d sess. House. Doc. no.
229.) T328.73 U2S32
The same. 1900. (s6th cong. ist sess. House. Doc. no.
324-) T328.73 U2532
The same. 1900. (s6th cong. 2d sess. House. Doc. no.
18.) T328.73 U2532
Binder's title reads House manual.
UNITED STATES Senate.
Rules of the Senate, consisting of special rules of the Sen-
ate, joint rules of the two houses, and such provisions
of the constitution as relate to the organization, power,
privileges, proceedings, and duties of the Senate ^28.73 U25
Senate manual, containing the standing rules and orders
of the Senate, the constitution of the United States,
Declaration of independence, Articles of confederation,
the Ordinance of 1787. Jefferson's Manual, etc. 1896.
(54th cong. ist sess. Senate. Doc. no. 304.) ^28.73 U2533
The same. 1901. (s6th cong. 2d sess. Senate. Doc. no.
237-) T328.73 U2533
Checklists and indexes to documents
GREELY, Adolphus Washington, comp.
Public documents of the first fourteen congresses, 1789-1817;
papers relating to early congressional documents. 1900.
(56th cong. ist sess. Senate. Doc. no.428.) ^28.73 G82
"List of the most important publications containing reprints, in whole or
in part, of the proceedings, journals, documents, etc., of the early
congresses; also of indexes and other finding lists pertaining to the
congressional documents in their original form," p. 856-858.
List of the documents with notes showing their general character and
the libraries in which the original editions are to be found.
POORE, Benjamin Perley, comp.
Descriptive catalogue of the government publications of
the United States, Sept. 5, 1774-Mar. 4, 1881. 1885. . ^328.73 P8i
UNITED STATES Documents office.
Checklist of public documents from the ist-^d congress.
1895 T328.73 U2535ch
Tables of and annotated index to the congressional series
3 I4 CONGRESS
of United States public documents. 1902 qr328.73 U2S35t
Part 2 of the revised checklist.
Catalogue of United States public documents; monthly.
no.25-date. iSpy-date ^28.73 U2S3Sca
Comprehensive index of the publications of the United
States government, iSSp-date. v.i-date. 1894-
date qr328.73 U253SC
v.i. 1889-1893; compiled by J. G. Ames.
v.2. Catalogue of the public documents of the 5 3d congress and of all
departments of the government, March 4, i893-June 30, 1895.
v.3. Same, 54th congress, ist session, July i, iSps-June 30, 1896.
v.4. Same, S4th congress, 2d session, July i, i896-June 30, 1897.
v.s. Same, ssth congress, July i, i897-June 30, 1899.
For earlier catalogue see Poore's Descriptive catalogue of government
publications, Sept. 5, 1774-Mar. 4, 1881, qr328.73 P8i.
Index to the documents and reports, 54th cong. ist sess.-
date. [v.i]-date. i897-date 028.73 U252
[v.i.] 54th cong. ist sess. Dec. 2, i895-June n, 1896.
[v.2.] 54th cong. 2d sess. Dec. 7, i8g6-Mar. 3, 1897.
[v-3-] 55th cong. ist sess. Mar. is-July 24, 1897.
[v.4.] 55th cong. 2d sess. Dec. 6, i897-July 8, 1898.
[v.5-1 55th cong. 3d sess. Dec. 5, iSgS-Mar. 4, 1899.
[v.6.] s6th cong. ist sess. Dec. 4, iSgg-June 7, 1900.
C v -7-l s6th cong. 2d sess. Dec. 3, igoo-Mar. 4, 1901.
[v.8.] 57th cong. ist sess. Dec. 2, igoi-July i, 1902.
UNITED STATES House.
Digested index to the executive documents and reports of
committees of the House of representatives from the
i8th to the 2ist congress both included. 1832 ^28.73 U2S3d
Index to the executive documents and reports of com-
mittees of the House from the 22d to the 25th congress,
Dec. i83i-March 1839. 1839 ^28.73 U2534
Sale and distribution of documents
AMES, John Griffith.
Special report relative to public documents, [especially
the system and regulations governing their distribu-
tion]. 1894. (United States Document division.) . ^328.73 U2536
Bound with Annual report of the Document division.
UNITED STATES Document division.
Annual report regarding the receipt and distribution of
public documents on behalf of the government by the
Department of the interior, July i, 1883 to Nov. 30, 1884;
July i, 1886 to June 30, 1887. 1885-88 ^28.73 U2536
This report will also be found in the sheep bound set of .congressional
documents.
UNITED STATES Documents office.
Annual report of the superintendent, i894/95-date. v.i-
date. i895-date ^28.73 U2535
The third annual report was not printed in separate form, but is in-
cluded in the Report of the Public printer for the year ended June 30,
1897, and will be found in the sheep bound set of congressional docu-
ments, no.359o.
Congressional government
ALTON, Edmund, (pseud, of Edmund Bailey).
Among the law-makers. 1892 J328.73 A46
Appeared first in St. Nicholas, v.i2-i3, Nov. i884-March 1886.
CONGRESS 315
Describes and illustrates the three departments of the federal govern-
ment in an interesting way for young people.
The same. 1898 1^328.73 A46
BENTON, Thomas Hart.
Thirty years' view; or, A history of the working of the Amer-
ican government for thirty years, 1820 to 1850. 2v.
1893 328.73 B44
The same. 2v. 1854-56 ^28.73 644
"In no other work can be obtained so good an account of passing
political events during the important years from 1820-1850." C. K.
Adams.
ELAINE, James Gillespie.
Twenty years of Congress. 2v. 1884-93 328.73 B$2
CHADWICK, French Ensor.
An unsolved problem in our governmental system. 1901 . . . ^328.73 C34
Short paper discussing the evils of the standing committee system in
Congress, the absence of full public discussion and of direct legislative
responsibility.
FOLLETT, Mary Parker.
Speaker of the House of representatives. 1896 328.73 F72
McCONACHIE, Lauros G.
Congressional committees; a study of the origins and devel-
opment of our national and local legislative methods. 1898.
(Library of economics and politics.) 328.73 Mi3
MACLAY. William.
Journal, 1780-1791. 1890 328.73 Mi9
The journal was kept while Maclay was a member of the United States
Senate and contains a record of the debates of the Senate.
Sketches of debate in the first Senate of the United States,
1789-1791; ed. by G. W. Harris. 1880 ^28.73 Mi
The author was United States senator from Pennsylvania from 1789 to
1791. A later edition of this work was published with the title "Journal
of William Maclay."
McPHERSON, Edward, comp.
Hand-book of politics for 1872-1884, 1894. 8v. 1872-94 ^28.73 M22
Issued every other year.
Political history of the United States during the great re-
bellion. 1876 T328.73 M22p
Political history of the United States during the period of
reconstruction, 1865-1870. 1880 ^28.73 M22po
WILSON, Woodrow.
Congressional government; a study in American politics.
1892 328.73 W77
"Analyzes congressional government, and points out defects. Advocates
the abolition of standing committees, recommends that the cabinet
should have seats in Congress, and be advisers of both President and
Congress." Bowker & lies' "Reader's guide."
328.74 Pennsylvania
PENNSYLVANIA General assembly.
Legislative record; containing the debates and proceedings
of the Pennsylvania legislature; ed. by George Bergner;
daily, Jan. 7, i862-Aug. 16, 1864. 3v. 1862-64 qr328.74
316 PENNSYLVANIA
[Executive documents] for the year ending Nov. 30, 1874.
1875 ............................................. T328.74
Contents: Annual message of the governor, Jan. 6, 1873. Annual re-
port of the auditor general on the finances for the year ending Nov.
30, 1874. Detailed report of the state treasurer showing the receipts
and expenditures of the treasury [for the year ending] Nov. 30, 1874.
Annual report of the surveyor general for the year ending Nov.
30, 1874. Annual report of the adjutant general for the year 1874.
Annual report (4ist) of the superintendent of common schools for
the year ending June i, 1874. Annual report of the superintendent
of soldiers' orphans schools for the year 1874. Report of the state
commissioners of fisheries for the year 1874.
Title page reads Reports of the heads of departments transmitted to the
governor of Pennsylvania for the year ending Nov. 30, 1874.
Manual for the government of the Senate and House of rep-
resentatives of Pennsylvania; comp. by Jacob Ziegler.
1871 ............................................... 328.74 P39
Small's legislative hand book and manual, i867-date. 1867-
date .............................................. T328.74 P39
Earlier titles vary. There was no issue for 1880, 1882, 1884 or 1886.
PENNSYLVANIA Governor. (D. H. Hastings.)
Vetoes; bills returned to the legislature by the governor,
with his objections thereto, during its regular session,
ending July i, 1897. 1897. .................... r 328-74 P3992
PENNSYLVANIA House of representatives.
Journal for the session begun at Harrisburg, on the third
day of Jan. 1899. 2v. 1899 ........................... r 3 2 8-74 P39Qh
Journal of the sixteenth House of representatives, com-
menced at Lancaster the third day of December 1805.
1805 ............................................. T328.74 P399
Journals, beginning the twenty-eighth day of Nov. 1776
and ending the second day of Oct. 1781, with the pro-
ceedings of the committees and conventions, before and
at the commencement of the American revolution, v.i.
1782 ............................................ qr328.74 P399J
No more published.
PENNSYLVANIA Senate.
Journal [of the sessions held 1806/07, 1808/09, 1810/11-
1813/14, i8r6/i7, 1822/23-1823/24, 1826/27-1827/28,
1829/30-1831/32, 1809]. 1806-99 ................... T328.74 P399S
Journal for sessions of 1826/27 and 1827/28 is in 2 volumes; 1829/30,
in 3 volumes; 1830/31, in 2 volumes, of which the Library has only
v.a; 1831/32, in 3 volumes, of which the Library has only v.3.
Earlier journals have volume numbers.
Pittsburgh
PITTSBURGH Councils.
Manual for 1880/81, 1883/84-1892/93, 1895/96-1896/97, I9OO/
01, 1902/03. 1880-1902 .............................. T328.74 P67
There are two editions for 1890/91, and two for 1892/93.
Municipal record; minutes of the proceedings of councils,
i868-date. v.i-date. i868-date
328.76 Tennessee
TENNESSEE.
Official and political manual of Tennessee; prepared by
POLITICS 317
C. A. Miller. 1890 ^328.76 T2Q
"Prepared. . .voluntarily, and at individual expense." Preface.
329 Politics
ADDRESS to the freemen of Pennsylvania from the com-
mittee of correspondence for the city of Philadelphia,
appointed by the friends of James Ross, to correspond
with their fellow citizens on the subject ot the election
of a governor. 1799 r28$.i Pg222
Bound with Presbyterian popery.
BROOKS, Noah.
Short studies in party politics. 1895. 329 677
BRYAN. William Jennings.
The first battle; a story of the campaign of 1896. 1897 329 684
Biographical sketch of the author by his wife, p.27-68.
COOPER, Thomas V. & Fenton H.T.
American politics to date [1882]. 1882 r329 078
Contents: History of the political parties. Political platforms. Great
speeches on great issues. Parliamentary practice. Existing political
laws. Federal blue book. Tabulated history of politics.
DALLINGER, Frederick William.
Nominations for elective office in the United States. 1897.
(Harvard historical studies.) 329 Di6
Bibliography, p. 221-224.
"A work which ought to have been done long ago is here done ex-
ceedingly well . . . for the first time, the elaborate machinery by
which candidates for all the important offices are selected is dealt with
systematically by a scholar who has the patience to explore all the
sources of information, many of which are hidden to ordinary writers,
and who knows the value of thoroughness and accuracy." Critic, 1897.
GORDY, John Pancoast.
History of political parties in the United States, v.i-2
1900-02 329 G66
v.2 title reads Political history of the United States.
HOPKINS, James Herron.
History of political parties in the United States, with a con-
sideration of the conditions, attending their formation and
development, and a reprint of the several party platforms.
1900 329 H78
HUGHES, R.E. and others.
That Kentucky campaign; or, The law, the ballot and the
people in the Goebel-Taylor contest. 1900 329 H8g
JOHNSTON. Alexander.
History of American politics. 1892 329 J36
"Authorities," p.$ 7.
"A little book of unusual merit." C. K. Adams.
The same. 1880 r329 J36hi
LINCOLN, Abraham, & Douglas, S.A.
Political debates in the campaign of 1858 in Illinois. 1860. . . .r329 L7I
The same. 1895 329 L7i
3 i8 POLITICS
LUCKEY. George J. and others, comp.
American voters' vade mecum; containing proceedings of the
Republican and Democratic national conventions of 1884,
lives and public services of Elaine and Logan, and Cleve-
land and Hendricks, &c. 1884 r32Q Loj
McCLURE, Alexander Kelly.
Our presidents and how we make them. 1900 329 Mi3
"I have endeavored., .to supply a want in our political history by giving
not only a detailed and reliable report of the nomination and election
of every President of the United States, but by giving with it many
important sidelights relating to the selection and character of our
chief magistrates." Preface.
McKEE, Thomas Hudson.
National conventions and platforms of all political parties.
1789 to 1900; convention, popular and electoral vote.
1900 r329 Mi7
MEYER, Ernst Christopher.
Nominating systems: direct primaries versus conventions
in the United States. 1902 329 M6s
Contents: The caucus and convention system. Direct primary legisla-
tion in the United States. An analysis of the main arguments for
and against the direct primary. The direct primary in its relation to
other reforms.
Contains bibliographies.
PATTON, Jacob Harris.
Political parties in the United States; their history and influ-
ence. 1896 329 ?3i
A popular history for general readers.
QUAY, Matthew Stanley.
Pennsylvania politics ; the campaign of 1900 as set forth in his
speeches. 1901 329 Q2i
REMSEN, Daniel Smith.
Primary elections; a study of methods for improving the
basis of party organization. 1895. (Questions of the day.) . .329 R33
SPIRIT of '76; weekly, May-Oct. 1840. no. 2-34. 1840.
Nashville, Tenn qr329 S75
110.4-7, 12, 17-20 waning.
A campaign publication advocating the election of William Henry
Harrison in 1840.
STANWOOD, Edward.
History of presidential elections. 1892 329 879
For later edition see his "History of the presidency."
History of the presidency. 1898 . ^329 879
Based on the "History of presidential elections."
STOREY, Moorfield.
Politics as a duty and as a career. 1889. (Questions of the
day.) 329 S88
UNITED STATES Privileges and elections committee.
Majority and minority report in regard to alleged election
outrages at Danville, Va., Nov. 3, 1883, with testi-
mony. 1884. (48th cong. ist sess. Senate. Report
nr>-579-) r329 U2S
VAN BUREN, Martin.
Inquiry into the origin and course of political parties in
the United States. 1867 r329 Vi7
ECONOMICS 319
NORCROSS, Jonathan.
History of democracy considered as a party name and as a
political organization. 1883 ^29.3 N43
REPUBLICAN NATIONAL CONVENTION.
Proceedings of the ist-i2th Republican national conven-
tions, 1856-1000. 1892-1903 r329.6 R3S
Conventions have been held in the following places; ist, 5th and I2th,
Philadelphia; ad, 4th, 7th, 8th and pth, Chicago; 3d, Baltimore; 6th,
Cincinnati; xotli, Minneapolis; nth, St. Louis.
SMITH, Theodore Clarke.
The Liberty and Free Soil parties in the Northwest. 1897.
(Harvard historical studies.) 329.8 S66
Bibliography, p.3C9-3i6.
Most historical writers have approached this subject from the national
point of view, and Dr Smith has given us a valuable addition to
our historical literature by working out the local history of this move-
ment in a region of which the importance in our national develop-
ment has not been sufficiently realized, and has added materially to
our knowledge of the growth of the American party system. The
principal sources of material are the newspapers cf the time, especially
the Liberty and Free Soil press.
SOCIALIST LABOR PAR i Y.
Proceedings of the loth national convention of the Social-
ist labor party, held in New York, June 2-8, 1900.
1901 r329.8 867
Appendix contains the constitution and platform of the party, and his-
toric and official documents.
KENT, Clement Boulton Roylance.
English radicals; an historical sketch. 1899 3 2 9-9
"Any man interested in the constitutional annals of England will find
it impossible to read through Mr. Kent's historical sketch of the
English Radicals or, in other words, of the men, whether thinkers
or politicians, who, for some century and a half, have labored to turn
the aristocratic institutions of England into a democracy without
feeling that the book has suggested to him a good number of thoughts,
though they almost inevitab.y take the form of questions." Nation, 1900.
330 Economics
ALMANACK de la question sociale, pour 1900-1901 ; sous la di-
rection de P. Argyriades. loe-ne annee. 1900-01 r33O A44
ANDREWS, Elisha Benjamin.
Institutes of economics. 1894 330 A$6
Text-book, concise and thorough in analysis, and excellent for refer-
ence. Indicates the best authorities on special themes.
BAKER, Ray Stannard.
Our new prosperity. 1900 330 Bi7
Contents: The beneficence of hard times. How prosperity came. In-
fluence of speculation and trusts on prosperity Effects of the
prosperity wave at home. Expansion of foreign commerce. Ameri-
can commercial invasion of the world. Iron and steel. Prosperity
on the great lakes. A self-reliant South. The rise in the price of
meat. Corn, wheat and the West. Coal and coke. Wool and lumber.
Labour. The edge of the future, the country's greatness.
Groups the significant facts of the present era of American prosperity
(1900), so as to indicate the national, financial, commercial, industrial,
and political tendencies.
BOWEN, Francis.
American political economy, including strictures on the
21
320 ECONOMICS
management of the currency and the finances since 1861.
1890 330 B66a
BOWKER, Richard Rogers.
Economics for the people; being plain talks on economics.
189.3 330 B66
BYLES. Sir John Barnard.
Sophisms of free-trade and popular political economy. 1888. . .330 699
CAREY. Henry Charles.
Miscellaneous works 330 Cigm
Contexts: Harmony of interests. Letters on international copyright.
Money. Letters on the foreign and domestic policy of the Union.
Financial crises. Letters to Schuyler Colfax on the paper, the iron,
the farmer's, the railroad and the currency questions. Resources of
the Union. The public debt, local and national. Contraction or ex-
pansion? repudiation or resumption? The national policy. Review of
the decade, i8s.--6.-. Reconstruction. The finance minister; the cur-
rency and the public debt. Shall we have peace? How protection,
increase of public and private revenues, and national independence
march hand in hand together; review of the report of D. A. Wells.
The past, the present and the future. 1869 330 Cigp
Principles of social science. 3v. 1888 330 Cip
CHALMERS, Thomas.
Christian and civic economy of large towns; abridged and with
introduction by C. R. Henderson. 1900 330 C35
Biography of the author, p.i-6.
First published in 1821-26.
"The material presented in the Introduction is intended to be a criti-
cism of the obsolete doctrines of the author and an appreciation of
tho.se teachings which have contemporary interest. . .The theme of
this work touches the essence of Chalmers' own life: the social welfare
of th- laboring classes; the obstacles to that welfare; the means of
promoting i* " C. R. Henderson.
COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY, New York.
Studies in history, economics and public law. v.i-date. 1891-
date r330 C/2
v.i. Willcox, W.F. Divorce problem; a study in statistics. Goss. J D.
History of tariff administration in the United States. Black, G.
A. History of municipal ownership of land on Manhattan Island.
Douglas, C.H.J. Financial history of Massachus. tts.
v.2. Hourwich, ].A. Economics of the Russian village. Dunscomb, S.
W. Bankruptcy; a study in comparative legislation. Rosewater,
Victor. Special assessments; a study in municipal finance.
v.3. Bishop, C.F. History of elections in the American co'onies. ^e^r,
G.L. Commercial policy of Eng'and toward the American co'onies.
v.4. Pipley. W.Z. Financial history of Virginia, 1609-17-6. West, Max.
Inheritance tax. Wood, F.A. History of taxation in Vermont.
v.s. Walker, Francis. Double taxation in the United States Handy,
William. Separation of governmental powers in history, in th ory
and in the constitutions. Wilcox, D. V. Municipal government in
Michigan and Ohio; a study in the relations of city and common-
wealth.
v.6. Shepherd, W.R. History of proprietary government in Pennsyl-
vania.
v.;. Cushing, H.A. History of the transition from provincial to com-
monwealth government in Massachusetts Emery. H C. Specula-
tion on the stock and produce exchanges of the United Stit^s.
v.8. Chadsey, C. E. Struggle between President Johnson and Congress
over reconstruction. Webster. W.C. Recent centralizing tenden-
cies in state educational administration. Stark. F. R. Abo! ; t : on of
privateering and Declaration of Paris. Whitten, R.H. Public ad-
ministration in Massachusetts.
v.p. Maltbie, M.R. English local government of to-day. Crook J W.
German wage theories. Fairlie, J.A. Centralization of adminis-
tration in NPW York state. ,
v.io. Hall, F.S. Sympathetic strikes and sympathetic lockouts. Bat^s,
F.G. Rhode Island and the formation of the Union. Sites, C.M.
ECONOMICS 321
L. Centralized administration of liquor laws in the American com-
monwealths.
v.i i. Weber, A.F. Growth of cities in the igth century.
v.i 2, Burke, VV.M. History and functions of central labor unions.
Proper, E. E. Colonial immigration laws. Glasson, W.H. History
of military pension legislation in the United States. Merriam, C.
E. History of the theory of sovereignty since Rousseau.
v.13. Loeb, Isidor. Legal property relations of married parti's. Scisco,
L.D. Political nativism in New York state. Woolley, E.C. Re-
construction of Georgia.
v. 14. Flick, A.C. Loyalism in New York during the American revolu-
tion. Willett, A. H. Economic theory of risk and insurance.
Duggan, S. P. H. The Eastern question; a study in diplomacy.
v.i 5. Hall, A. C. Crime in its relations to social progress.
v. 16. Kinosita, Yetaro. Past and present of Japanese commerce. Wil-
lett, M. H. Employment of women in the clothing trade.
COSSA, Luigi.
Introduction to the study of political economy. 1893 330 C83
CUNNINGHAM, William, b. 1849.
Modern civilisation in some of its economic aspects. 1896.
(Social questions of to-day.) 330 92
DANSON. J.T.
Wealth of households. 1886 330 D23
An elementary treatise on political economy, written in a clear, concise
and simple style. The author is a man of business, and the chapters
on credit, money, banking and insurance are particularly good.
DEVAS, Charles Stanton.
Political economy. 1891. (Manuals of Catholic philoso-
phy.) 330 048
DEVINE. Edward Thomas.
Economics. 1898 330 D4Q
A simple and clear presentation of the subject in a manner suited to
popular use.
ELDER, William.
Conversations on political economy. 1882 r330 43
Questions of the day; economic and social. 1871 330 E43Q
Contains a chapter on Secret societies.
ELY, Richard Theodore.
Outlines of economics. 1893 330 57
Bibliography, p.4OO-426.
The same. 1893. (Chautauqua reading circle literature.) ... .330 5701
With a bibliography at the end of each chapter.
FAIRCHILD, George Thompson.
Rural wealth and welfare; economic principles illustrated
and applied in farm life. 1900. (Rural science series.) . . .330 FiS
FAWCETT, Henry.
Manual of political economy. 1888 330 F2Q
"Readers who have not the time or the preliminary training required
by the more comprehensive works, will find in this volume a briefer
and simpler statement of the doctrine taught by Mill." Bowker & lies'
"Reader's guide."
GEORGE, Henry.
Progress and poverty; an inquiry into the cause of industrial
depressions, and of increase of want with increase of
wealth; the remedy. 1897 330 G3i
"The author's proposal of a 'single tax' equal to ground-rent has called
forth world wide discussion. For criticism see last chapter of John
Rae's 'Contemporary socialism.' " George lies.
The science of political economy. 1898 330 G3isc
Though this book was left unfinished at Mr George's death, he him-
self considered the work complete in its essentials. It is the outcome
322 ECONOMICS
of his effort to write a small text book on political economy which
should trace the rise and development of the science a century ago,
and its abandonment, as he considers it, by its teachers of to-day, ac-
companying this by an account of the extension of the philosophy of
the "natural order" as he calls the single tax.
Social problems. 1893 330 G3is
GIDE, Charles.
Principles of political economy. 1892 330 637
"Noteworthy as parting company in some respects with the classic
French economists." Bowker & lies' "Reader's guide."
GRONLUND, Laurence.
The new economy; a peaceable solution of the social problem.
1898 330 GQ3
Partial contents: Industrial democracy inevitable. Industrial democracy
a most noble ideal. State aids to employed labor. State help to unem-
ployed labor. Municipal enterprises under state control. A national
telegraph. National banks of deposit and banks of loans. National
control of fares and freight-rates. The new education.
HADLEY, Arthur Twining.
Economics; an account of the relations between private prop-
erty and public welfare. 1896 330 Hl2
HAKE, Alfred Egmont, & Wesslau, O.E.
Coming individualism. 1895 330 His
HIRSCH, Max.
Democracy versus socialism ; a critical examination of social-
ism as a remedy for social injustice, and an exposition of
the single tax doctrine. 1901 330 H6i
Contents: Analysis of socialism. Economics. Ethics. Outcome of
socialism. Single tax.
The author is an Australian.
"Whatever objection may be taken to any of the positions developed in
this work, it must be conceded that the book itself is a real contri-
bution to the study of the existing relations of land, industry and
capital." Spectator, 1901.
HOBSON, John Atkinson.
Economics of distribution. 1900. (Library of economics
and politics.) 330 H6s
JEVONS, William Stanley.
Political economy. 1878. (Science primers.) 330 J3I
"Less available for general readers, because it employs the methods
and nomenclature of pure mathematics, but, partly for this reason,
it is one of the recent works which have contributed most to the
progress of the science. His view is that value depends entirely
upon utility." Bowker & lies' "Reader's guide.
JONES, Edward David.
Economic crises. 1900. (Library of economics and poli-
tics.) 330 J39
Bibliography, p. 225-245.
KELLEY, William Darrah.
Speeches, addresses and letters on industrial and financial
questions. 1872 330 Ki6
Contents: Protection to American labor. Trade with British America.
How our war debt can be paid. The South, its resources and wants.
American industry and finance Contraction, the road to bank-
ruptcy, not to resumption. Internal revenue. Report of special
commissioner of the revenue. The eight-hour system. Mr Wells'
report. Personal exp'anation. Farmers, mechanics and laborers need
protection, capital can take care of itself. The value of an inexporta-
ble currency. Judge Kelley's acceptance of the nomination for Con-
gress, July 2, 1870. Letter on the Chinese question, Aug. 22, 1870.
ECONOMICS 323
Centennial celebration and international exposition. Dominica.
Revenue 'reform. The new Northwest.
KEYNES, John Neville.
Scope and method of political economy. 1891 330 K23
LAUGHLIN, James Laurence.
Study of political economy. 1885 330 L36s
"Teacher's library, selected from English, French and German authors,"
P-9-J2.
"Brings out the value of economics in discipline. Gives important hints
to the teacher, minister, journalist, and lawyer. The ordinary student
will find this manual of much directive service." Bowkef & lies'
"Reader's guide."
LAVELEYE, fimile de.
Elements of political economy. 1889 330 L38
LOVE, James.
Japanese notions of European political economy; a sum-
mary of a report forwarded to the Japanese govern-
ment, by Tentearo Makato, preceded by a sketch of a
preliminary inquiry into the same subject, by Mr
Teremoto. 1900 330 LQ3
Work of an American "single-taxer" who used the Japanese pseudonym
to attract attention to his pamphlet.
Appendix contains extracts from 18 economic writers.
LUSK, Hugh H.
Our foes at home. 1899 330 L98
Contents: On the threshold of the future. A century of progress.
The people's bank. A spendthrift policy. The degradation of the
land. The redemption of the people's estate. The taxation of the
people. Profitable taxation. Monopoly according to law. Monopolies
in the people's hands. Monopolies in defiance of law. Well-being
and liberty. State guardianship of liberty. The enemies of reform.
The rule of the people.
Mr Lusk was formerly a member of the New Zealand Parliament, and
suggests an adoption of Australian practices as a remedy for many of
our American political and economic evils.
MARSHALL, Alfred.
Elements of economics, v.i. 1899 330 M4ie
v.i. Elements of economics of industry.
An adaptation of his "Principles of economics."
Principles of economics, v.i. 1895 330 M4I
MILL, John Stuart.
Principles of political economy. 2v. 1895 330 M68
First published in 1848. Present edition is brought down to 1895.
"The Political Economy speedily acquired an authority unapproached
by any work published since the Wealth of Nations. In spite of
many attacks, it still holds a position among standard textbooks. . .It
owed its success in a greater degree to the constant endeavour to trace
the bearings of merely abstract formulae upon the general questions
of social progress." Sir Leslie Stephen in his English utilitarians,
PATTON, Jacob Harris.
Political economy for American youth. 1892 J330 P3i
Practical, aiming to be concise but clear, and to set forth both sides of
vexed questions.
PENNSYLVANIA UNIVERSITY.
Publications; political economy and public law series, v.i,
no.2-date. i887-date r33O P39
v.i. Cheyney, E.P. The anti-rent agitation in the state of New York,
1839-1846. Allinson, E.P. & Penrose, Boies. Ground rents in
Philadelphia. Patten, S.N. The consumption of wealth. Falkner,
R.P. Prison statistics of the United States for 1888. Patten, S.N.
Principles of rational taxation. James, E.J. tr. The federal con-
ECONOMICS
stitution of Germany. James, E.J. tr. The federal constitution of
Switzerland.
v.a. Lewis, W.D. Our sheep and the tariff.
v.3. Robinson, J.H. The German bundesrath. Patten, S.N. Theory
of dynamic economics.
v.4, pt.i. Oberholtzer, E.P. Referendum in America; a discussion of
law-making by popular vote.
v.4, pt.2. Johnson, J.F. A discussion of the interrogatories of the
monetary commission of the Indianapolis convention.
v.$. Du Bois, W.E.B. The Philadelphia negro.
PERRY, Arthur Latham.
Political economy. 1892 330 P44
Contains a general review of the entire subject, with special reference
to economical conditions in the United States.
RICARDO, David.
Principles of political economy and taxation. 1891 330 R39
"Chief works on Ricardo," p.44i~446.
Ricardo was a retired hanker who devoted himself to study. "His
fame rests on the theory of rent, already expounded by Anderson
(i/~"), West (1815), and Malthus, but with less profundity and full-
ness." Cosset.
ROGERS. James Edwin Thorold.
Social economy. 1893. (Questions of the day.) 330 R6i
"The object of this little book is to give instruction in the rudiments of
social science, and to do so in such language and in such a form as
will make the subject clear to the youngest students." Preface, 1871.
SARGENT, Arthur John.
The economic policy of Colbert. 1899. (Studies in economics
and political science.) 330 824
Bibliography, p.ii8-i33.
The book is merely a short study; its object, to give a consistent view of
the character and policy of an administrator and practical economist
little known to English students, and to indicate the original sources
of information.
SAY, Jean Baptiste.
Treatise on political economy ; or, The production, distribution
and consumption of wealth ; tr. fr. the French by C. R. Prin-
sep, ed. with additional notes by C. C. Biddle. 1846 r33O 827
SMITH, Adam.
Inquiry into the nature and causes of the wealth of na-
tions. 2v. 1892 330 S64
"A connected and comprehensive grasp of principles was the great
achievement of Adam Smith ; for though not without faults, 'The
Wealth of Nations' has been the basis of all subsequent discussion and
advance in political economy." Bowker & lies' "Reader's guide."
The same. 2v. 1776 q r 330 864
First edition.
SODERINI, Eduardo. conte.
Socialism and Catholicism. 1896 330 S67
SWANK. James Moore.
Notes and comments on industrial, economic, political and
historical subjects. 1897 330 Sq/
The same. 1897 i"33O 897
Selected from the editorial contributions of the author to the publica-
tions of the American iron and steel association. There is a chapter
on the early history of Pittsburgh, others on immigration, reciprocity,
treaties, etc., but the larger part of the book is devoted to ihe 'ariff
question in the United States and in England.
THOMPSON, Robert Ellis.
Elements of political economy, with special reference to
ECONOMICS
the industrial history of nations. 1895 330
This work forms a third and revised edition of the author's "Social
science and national economy." Deals specially with American prob-
lems; favors protection.
Social science and national economy. 1875 330 T38s
THURSTON, Henry Winfred.
Economics and industrial history for secondary schools.
1899 330 T43
"Authorities cited," p.288-2gi.
TORONTO UNIVERSITY.
Studies; economic series, v.i. 1898 q r 33O T63
v.i Perry, J.R. Public debts in Canada.
UNIVERSITY ASSOCIATION.
Political economy, political science and sociology; a practical
and scientific presentation of social and economic subjects,
by a corps of specialists under the supervision of R. T.
Ely. 2v. 1898-1900 qr330 U25
Contains numerous bibliographies.
Being v.4~5 of "Progress."
WAKEFIELD, Edward Gibbon.
England and America; a comparison of the social and politi-
cal state of both nations. 1834 r330 Wi4
Contents: The wealth of England. Misery of the bulk of the people.
Uneasiness of the mid Me class. Coincidence of overflowing national
wealth with the uneasiness and misery of individuals. Political pros-
pects of the English. Free trade in corn as a means of enlarging
the field of employment for English capital and labour. Close re-
lation between the foreign corn-trade of England and the foreign
trade of China. Means of extending free trade to the whole coast
of China. Some social peculiarities of the Americans. Origin, pro-
gress and prospects of slavery in America. Apology for the Ameri-
can tariff. The art of colonization.
WALKER, Francis Amasa.
Discussions in economics and statistics. 2v. 1899 330 Wl6d
v.i. Finance and taxation. Money and bimetallism. Economic theory.
v.2. Statistics. National growth. Social economics.
Most of these papers have been already published.
A complete bibliography of Mr Walker's writings may be found in
"Publications of the American statistical association," v.s, (1897), p.
276-290.
First lessons in political economy. 1893. (American science
series ; elementary course.) 330 Wi6f
"For use in high schools and academies. Suitable for youths of from 16
to 18." Bowker & lies' "Reader's guide."
Political economy. 1888. (American science series; ad-
vanced course.) 330 Wi6p
"Specially valuable in its elucidations of the questions of land and
wages." Bowker & lies' "Reader's guide."
Political economy. 1892. (American science series;
briefer course.) 330 Wl6
"A condensation of the author's 'Advanced Course.' The best intro-
duction to political economy in the English language." Prof. E. R. A.
Seligman.
WELLS, David Ames.
Recent economic changes. 1895 330 W49
"A graphic recital of the economic revolution effected by the progress of
invention and enterprise. Tendencies now supreme in commerce
and finance are traced to their origin, with incidental light on their
- probable course in the future. The work is a storehouse of fact ad-
mirably digested." Bowker &r lies' "Reader's guide."
ESSAYS ON ECONOMICS
WILLO.UGHBY, Westel Woodbury.
Social justice; a critical essay. 1900 330 W76
WISCONSIN UNIVERSITY.
Bulletin; economics, political science and history series.
v.i-2. 1896-99 r33O W8i
v.i. Libby, O.G. The geographical distribution of the vote of the
thirteen states on the federal constitution, 1787-8. Bullock,. C.J. The
finances of the United States from 1775 to 1789, with special refer-
ence to the budget. Coffin, Victor. The province of Quebec and the
early American revolution.
v.2. Alden, G.H. New governments west of the Alleghenies before
1780. Sparling, S.E. Municipal history and present organization of
Chicago. Sanborn, J.B. Congressional grants of land in aid of
railways. Reinsch, P.S. English common law in the early American
colonies.
330.1 Theories of economics
BLAIR, Thomas S
Human progress, what can man do to further it? 1896 330.1 652
BORDEN, John.
Essay on value, with a short account of American currency.
1897 330.1 663
DAVENPORT, Herbert Joseph.
Outlines of economic theory. 1896 33O.I D29
DENSLOW, Van Buren.
Modern thinkers, principally upon social science; what they
think and why. 1880 ^3.30.1 D43
Discusses the theories of Swedenborg, Adam Smith, Bentham, Thomas
Paine, Fourier, Herbert Spencer, Haeckel and Comte,
HIGGS, Henry.
The physiocrats; lectures on the French economistes of
the i8th century. 1897 33O.I HS3
"Authorities quoted," p.i53-i54.
MACFARLANE, Charles William.
Value and distribution; an historical, critical and constructive
study in economic theory. 1899 33O.I Mis
SMART, William.
Introduction to the theory of value, on the lines of Men-
ger, Wieser and Bohm-Bawerk. 1891 33O.I 863
VEBLEN, Thorstein B.
Theory of the leisure class; an economic study in the evo-
lution of institutions. 1899 33O.I V24
330.3 Encyclopedias
PALGRAVE, Robert Harry Inglis, ed.
Dictionary of political economy. 3v. 1894-99 T33O.3 Pi8
330.4 Essays on economics
ADAMS, Brooks.
America's economic supremacy. 1900 330.4 Aar
Contents: The Spanish war and the equilibrium of the world. The new
struggle for life among nations. England's decadence in the West
Indies. Natural selection in literature. The decay of England.
Russia's interest in China.
327
All except one- of these chapters have been previously published as
magazine articles.
AMERICAN ACADEMY OF POLITICAL AND SOCIAL SCI-
ENCE.
Corporations and public welfare; addresses at the annual
meeting of the academy, April 19-20, 1900. 1900.
(American academy of political and social science.
Annals.) 330.4 ASI
Contents: The control of public-service corporations. Influence of
corporations on political life. Combination of capital as a factor in
industrial progress. The future of protection.
ATKINSON, Edward.
Industrial progress of the nation. 1889 Q33O.4 A87
Partial contents: The food question in America and Europe. The rela-
tive strength and weakness of nations. The distribution of products.
What shall be taxed? What shall be exempt? Slow-burning con-
struction. A single tax on land.
BAGEHOT, Walter.
Economic studies. 1895 330.4 615
Contents: The postulates of English political economy: The trans-
ferability of labour, The transferability of capital. The preliminaries
of political economy. Adam Smith and our modern economy.
Malthus. Kicardo. The growth of capital. Cost of production.
"The comments of a specialist of remarkable acumen and power."
C. K. Adams.
BASTIAT, Frederic.
Essays on political economy. 1893 33-4 ^29
BUCHER, Carl.
Industrial evolution ; tr. fr. the third German ed. by S. M.
Wickett. 1901 330.4 684
Contents: Primitive economic conditions. The economic life of primi-
tive peoples. The rise of national economy. A historical survey of
industrial systems. The decline of the handicrafts. The genesis of
journalism. Union of labour and labour in common. Division of la-
bour. Organization of work and the formation of social classes. In-
ternal migrations of population and the growth of towns considered
historically.
ELY, Richard Theodore.
Problems of to-day; a discussion of protective tariffs, tax-
ation and monopolies. 1888 33O-4 57
Reprint of newspaper and magazine articles on protection and natural
monopolies. Contains suggestions for reform.
GEORGE, Henry. j-
Our land and land policy. 1901 330-4 31
Contents: Our land and land policy. The study of political economy.
The American republic. The crime of poverty. Land and taxation.
"Thou shalt not steal." To workingmen. "Thy kingdom come."
Justice the object, taxation the means. Causes of the business depres-
sion. Peace by standing army.
PETTY, Sir William.
Economic writings; with Observations upon the bills of
mortality, more probably by John Graunt; ed. by C. H.
Hull. 2v. 1899 330-4 P46
Life of the author, v.i, p.i3-33-
Bibliography of the writings of Sir William Petty, v.a, p.633-6$2; list
of books and manuscripts used, v.z, p.66i-672.
"The first authoritative and, it may be said, the definitive edition of
the collected essays in economics of one among the two or three really
important writers of the i7th century. ..Section of the introduction
deals with the life of Graunt and the question of his authorship of
the 'Natural and political observations upon the Bills of mortality."
...The editorial footnotes are sparing, but almost always to the point.
328 ECONOMICS PERIODICALS
...A welcome edition to the working library of every economist."
Political science quarterly, 1899.
RUSKIN, John.
Communism of Ruskin; ed. by W. D. P. Bliss. 1891. (Social
science library.) 330.4 RSox:
Contents: Unto this last. Two lectures from the Crown of wild olive.
Selections from Fors clavigera.
Munera pulveris; essays on political economy. 1891 330.4 R8$
The same. 1871 330.4 R8gu
Round with his "Unto this last."
"Unto this last;" four essays on the first principles of political
economy. 1862 330.4 R8gu
"A glowing attack on orthodox political economy, culminating in more
or less socialistic teachings." Bowker &r lies' "Reader's guide."
SANDERS, George A.
Reality; or, Law and order vs. anarchy and socialism. 1898. .330.4 S2i
SEAMAN, Ezra Champion.
Essays on the progress of the nations in civilization, produc-
tive industry, wealth and population; ist-2d ser. 2v.
1868 330.4 S43
"References," v.i, p.p.
SHRIVER. Edward Johns.
Want and wealth; a discussion of some economic dangers of
the day. 1890. (Questions of the day.) 330.4 Ss6
Contents: Why are we poor? Scylla and Charybdis. The tariff ques-
tion. The single tax.
SUMNER, William Graham.
What social classes owe to each other. 1883 330.4 $95
Maintains that classes owe each other not interference but simply
justice; a trenchant argument for individualism.
WELLS, David Ames.
Practical economics; essays respecting recent economic ex-
periences of the United States. 1894 330.4 W49
330.5 Periodicals
ECONOMIC journal; quarterly. Mar. iSgi-date. v.i-date. 1891-
date qr330-S 25
ECONOMIC review; quarterly, v.i-date. i8gi-date r 330.5 258
Published by the Oxford university branch of the Christian social union.
HAZARD, Samuel, 1784-1870, ed.
United States commercial and statistical register; weekly,
July. i839-Dec. 29, 1841. v.i-S. 1840-41 qr33O-5 H37
JOURNAL of political economy; quarterly, Dec. iSgS-date.
v.7-date. i89Q-date r 33O-5 J46
QUARTERLY journal of economics, published for Harvard
university, v.i-date. i887-date r 33O.5 QiQ
Index, v.i-io, 18861896. 1896.
SOCIAL economist; monthly, iSgi-date. v.i-date. 1892-
date T330.5 S67
v.io-date title reads Gunton's magazine.
330.6 Societies
AMERICAN ECONOMIC ASSOCIATION.
Economic studies. 4v. 1896-99 T33O.6 ASIC
HISTORY OF ECONOMICS 329
No more published.
Brief popular studies of leading present day problems, less scientific
than the longer monographs published by the association.
Hand-book, 1890-1891. 1890 ............................... T33O.6 A$i
Publications, v.i-date. i887-date ....................... r330.6
- General contents and index, v.i-n. 1886-1896.
For contents see contents book p.i86, kept at the reference desk.
During 1896-1899 the association issued its publications in two series,
viz., the bi-monthly Economic studies (r33<x6 A$ie) and the "new se-
ries" of larger monographs. Of the latter, two only, were issued,
(r33<>.6 Asip, v.12-13). In 1900 appeared v.i of a "third series,"
330.9 History of economics
ASHLEY, William James.
Introduction to English economic history and theory, v.i
in 2. 1894-98 ........................................ 33O.9 A82
v.i, pt.i. The middle ages.
v.i, pt.2. The end of the middle ages.
BEARD, Charles, writer on industrial history.
The industrial revolution. 1901 ......................... 330.9 634
Bibliography, p. 106.
Gives in small space a history of the development of English industries
since 1760 and exposes some of the weak points in the existing social
organization.
BLANQUI, Jerome Adolphe.
History of political economy in Europe. 1880 ............ 330.9 653
"Not always trustworthy in its statements and criticisms, and half a cen-
tury old. 'A brilliant but light writer,' says Cossa." Bowker & lies'
"Reader's guide."
BOECKH, August.
Public economy of the Athenians. 1857 ................. 330.9 657
"Though many books on Grecian antiquities have since appeared, the
importance of that of Boeckh has not been diminished. . . A book
which investigators find indispensable, and which every student of
Grecian affairs will find as interesting for its methods as it is remarka-
ble for its scholarship." C. K. Adams.
CHEYNEY, Edward Potts.
Introduction to the industrial and social history of England.
1901 .................................................... 330.9 42
Contents: Growth of the nation to the middle of the fourteenth century.
Rural life and organization. Town life and organization. Medi.-e-
val trade and commerce. The Black death and the peasants* rebellion.
The breaking up of the medieval system. The expansion of Eng-
land. The period of the industrial revolution. Factory laws, the
modification of land ownership, sanitary regulations and new public
services. Trade unions, trusts and cooperation.
Contains numerous bibliographies.
CUNNINGHAM, William, b. 1849. & McArthur, E.A.
Outlines of English industrial history. 1898. (Cambridge
historical series.) ........................................ 330-9 C92
Contents: Immigrants to Britain. Physical conditions. The manors.
The towns. The beginnings of national economic life. The various
sides of national and economic life: The food supply. Industrial life,
Commercial development, Economic policy. Money, credit and
finance. Agriculture. Labour and capital. Results of increased com-
mercial intercourse.
GIBBINS, Henry de Bettgens.
Industrial history of England. 1894. (University extension
series.) ................................................. 33Q-9 G35
"Authorities for industrial history," 9.225-226.
Industry in England; historical outlines. 1896 ............. 330-9 6351
330 CAPITAL. LABOR AND WAGES
INGRAM, John Kells.
History of political economy. 1893 33O-9 124
Bibliographical note, p. 14-15.
"A history of economic theory, reprinted with additions from the ninth
edition of the Encyclopedia Britannica, with a preface by Prof. E. J.
James. 'The best outline in the English language, says Ely."
Bou-ker & lies' "Reader's guide."
MACLEOD, Henry Dunning.
History of economics. 1896 330.9
Contents: On the nature and history of economics. The fundamental
concepts and axioms of economics.
Contains much information and sensible criticism of other writers. The
author's own peculiar theories and his extraordinary claims for them
have been sharply criticized.
NYS, Ernest.
Researches in the history of economics. 1899 33O.9
Contains many short bibliographies.
Contents: The Byzantine and Musulman influences. Norman Sicily
and the government of Frederick II. The towns in the middle ages.
Commercial and industrial Europe. The politics of trade. The
economic theories of the middle ages. The Jews of the middle ages.
Merchants and bankers. The exchequer of the church; the Tem-
plars; the Hospitallers. Money. Taxation; treasure; loans. The
institutions of commercial law; the bill of exchange and the commen-
da. The beginnings of the modern age.
ROGERS, James Edwin Thorold.
Industrial and commercial history of England. 1892 T330-9 R6i
WARNER, George Townsend.
Landmarks in English industrial history. 1899 330.9 W23
"The intention of this book is to bring before the reader the salient
features of England's industrial and commercial progress in the past.
...I have chosen what appears to me to be the chief landmark of each
age, and grouped round it the events which led up to it, and the con-
sequences which came from it. This has involved the sacrifice of any
attempt at a strict adherence to a chronological order... but the com-
pensation will be found in... a clearer impression of the main out-
lines of our country's economic development." Preface.
331 Capital. Labor and wages
ASHLEY, Ossian Doolittle.
Railways and their employees. 1895 331 A82
ATKINSON, Edward.
The margin of profits; how it is now divided; what part of
the present hours of labor can now be spared. 1887.
(Questions of the day.) 331 A87
AVELING, Edward Bibbins.
Students' Marx; an introduction to the study of Karl Marx'
"Capital." 1897. (Social science series.) 331 Ap4
Contents: Commodities and money. The transformation of money into
capital. The production of absolute surplus-value. Production of
relative surplus-value. The production of absolute and of relative
surplus-value. Wages. The accumulation of capital. The so-called
primitive accumulation.
"This volume may be of use as a brief analysis of the main facts, reason-
ings, and conclusions to be found in so much of 'Das Kapital" as is at
present (1897) rendered into English." Preface.
AVELING, Edward Bibbins, & Mrs Eleanor (Marx).
Working-class movement in America. 1891. (Social science
series.) 331
CAPITAL. LABOR AND WAGES 331
BAGEHOT, Walter.
Postulates of English political economy. 1891. (.Questions of
the day.) 331 815
Contents: The postulates of English political economy. The transfera-
bility of labour. The transferability of capital.
These three papers were originally published in the Fortnightly review,
1876, and are republished with other matter in Bagehot's "Economic
studies."
"An examination of two leading postulates the transferability of labor
and of capital masterly and suggestive. Points out to opposite parties
the common ground on which they can be reconciled. Part of a com-
prehensive survey which the author did not live to complete."
Bou'ker & lies' "Reader's guide."
BARNS, William Eddy. ed.
Labor problem. 1886 331 825
BEVAN. George Phillips.
Industrial classes, and industrial statistics; textiles and
clothing, food and sundry industries. 1877 r33i 646
BOHM-BAWERK, Eugen von.
Capital and interest. 1890 331 6580
"A critical work of great ability, covering not only capital and interest,
but other important questions of political economy. For advanced
students." Bowker & lies' "Reader's guide."
Positive theory of capital; tr. by William Smart. 1891 331 658
BRASSEY, Thomas, lord, b. 1836.
Work and wages. 1894. (Papers and addresses.) 331 871
BRENTANO, Ludwig Joseph, called Lujo.
Relation of labor to tne law oi to-day. 1895 331 673
CLARK, John Bates.
Distribution of wealth; a theory of wages, interest and
profits. 1899 331 C523d
Philosophy of wealth. 1894 331 C523
"Not a text-book nor an exhaustive treatise, yet may be used with ad-
vantage by classes instructed partly by lectures and partly by topical
reading. A work thoroughly scientific in treatment, fully recognizing
the influence of moral forces in the economic field." Bowker & lies'
"Reader's guide,."
CLARKE, Allen.
Effects of the factory system. 1899 331 C$2
COURNOT, Antoine Augustin.
Researches into the mathematical principles of the theory of
wealth. 1897. (Economic classics.) 331 C84
Bibliography of mathematical economics, p. 173-209.
DEPASSL, Hector.
Du travail et de ses conditions (chambres et conseils du tra-
vail). 1895. (Bibliotheque d'histoire contemporaine.) 331 043
DRAGE, Geoffrey.
The labour problem. 1896 33i
The unemployed. 1894 331
FAWCETT, Henry.
Economic position of the British labourer. 1865 331 F29
Contents: The land tenure of England. Cooperation. The causes
which regulate wares. Trades unions and strikes. Emigration.
GALTON, Frank W. ed.
Workers on their industries. 1896. (Social science series.). . . .331 Gi5
Contents: Millis, C.T. The need and value of technical education.
Hicks, Frances. Dressmakers and tailoresses. Steward, W.A. Work-
ers in precious metals. Stedman, W.C. Ship-building. Crossfield,
332 CAPITAL. LABOR AND WAGES
Henry. Wood engraving. Salmon, W. Corn-milling, ancient and
modern. Swift, J. Engineering. Crooks, VV. Cask-making.
Rogers, Frederick. The art of bookbinding. Verinder, Frederick.
Agricultural labourer. Taylor, H.R. Bricklayers. Thomas, S.J.
Pottery. Holyoake, E.A. Need of organisation among women.
Tillett, Ben. Need of labour representation.
GOHRE. Paul.
Three months in a workshop; tr. fr. the German. 1895.
(Social science series.) 331 G57
GRAHAM, P. Anderson.
Rural exodus; the problem of the village and the town. 1892.
(Social questions of to-day.) 331 GjJ
Study of the country districts of England, and the influences which
attract the population to the large cities. Considers the extent of
the movement, its causes and the possible remedies.
HOBHOUSE, Leonard Trelawney.
Labour movement. (Reformers' book-shelf.) 331 H6SI
Contents: The aims of labour. Trade unionism and the control of pro-
duction. The aims and methods of co-operation. The distribution of
wealth. The control of industry and the liberty of the individual.
HOBSON. John Atkinson.
The evolution of modern capitalism: a study of machine pro-
duction. 1808. (Contemporary science series.) 331 H6se
Contents: The structure of industry before machinery. The order of
development of machine industry. The structure of modern industry.
The formation of monopolies in capital. Economic powers of the
trust. Machinery and in 4 ustrial depression. Machinery and demand
for labour. Machinery and the quality of labour. The economy of
high wages. Some effects of modern industry upon the workers as
consumers. Women in modern industry. Machinery and the modern
town. Civilisation and industrial development.
Problem of the unemployed. 1896. (Social questions of
to-day.) 331 H65
JEVONS, William Stanley.
State in relation to labour. 1894. (English citizen
series.) 331 J3i
Factory acts, trades-union legislation, law of industrial conspiracy, co-
operation and arbitration.
LAVELEYE. fimile de.
Luxury. 1891. (Social science series.) 331 L38
LEVASSEUR, femile.
The American workman. 1900. (Johns Hopkins university
studies in historical and political science; extra volumes,
v.22.) 331 L66
LIEBER, Francis.
Essays on property and labour as connected with natural law
and the constitution of society. 1841 331 Lop
LLOYD, Henry Demarest.
Wealth againFt commonwealth. 1894 331 L75
"Chiefly a history of the Standard Oil Combination, taken from court
records and testimony presented to State legislative and Congression-
al committees. The author does not hide his hatred of 'Trusts:'
he has studied them since their birth." George lies.
LUDLOW, John Malcolm, & Jones, Lloyd.
Progress of the working class, 1832-1867. 1867 r33i L97
MALLOCK, William Hurrell.
Labour and the popular welfare. 1895 331
"Undertakes to show the enormous additions which mind, as distin-
CAPITAL. LABOR AND WAGES 333
guished from manual labor, has made to the wealth of the world.
Of all expositions of the kind, this is the most cogent, detailed, and
the best fortified. Its importance can hardly be overrated." Nation,
1894.
MARX, Karl.
Capital. 1886 331 M43
"Works and authors quoted," p.495-.so6.
Expounds the theory of surplus value.
"The 'Bible of Socialism." Very difficult reading, except in the historical
parts. Marx's arguments are summarized by other writers, especially
Hyndman." /. R. Commons.
Kapital; kritik der politischen oekonomie. 2v. 1883-85 331 M43k
MASSACHUSETTS Board to investigate the subject of the
unemployed.
Report of the board. Mar. 13, 1895. 1895 i"33i M45
Contents: Relief measures. Wayfarers and tramps. Public works.
Causes. Final report.
MEANS, David McGregor, (pseud. Henry Champernowne).
Industrial freedom. 1897 33 1 MSS
"The author considers the existing methods of distributing the products
of human activity by means of the wages system, and demonstrates
that it tends to establish working people in a state of independence
rather than subjection." Introduction.
MENGER, Anton.
The right to the whole produce of labour; the origin and de-
velopment of the theory of labour's claim to the whole
product of industry. 1899 331 M6a
Bibliography of the English socialist school, by H. S. Foxwell, p.i89-267.
The same. 1899 r33i M6a
MINTON, Francis.
Capital and wages. 1888 331 M73
NICHOLSON, Joseph Shield.
Strikes and social problems. 1896 331 N3i
PETERS, John Punnett, ed.
Labor and capital; a discussion of the relations of em-
ployer and employed, with an introduction. 1002.
(Questions of the day.) 331 ?45
Contents: General questions. Combinations of employers and employed
are they mutually beneficial? Trusts and labor unions from a legal
aspect. Conciliation and arbitration. Model industries. Socialism
and single tax. The unemployed.
A symposium originally contributed to a syndicate of newspapers by
qualified leaders of public opinion on these questions. Among the
45 contributors are Cardinal Gibbons, Henry D. Lloyd, Anson Phelps
Stokes and several of the most prominent men of the labor world, in-
cluding John Mitchell, president of the United mine workers.
ROGERS, James Edwin Thorold.
Six centuries of work and wages; the history of English
labour 33* R6i
ROUSIERS, Paul de
Labour question in Britain. 1896 331 R?7
SMART, William.
Distribution of income. 1809 33* S63d
"Authorities consulted," p. 11-12.
Studies in economics. 1895 33 1 $63
Contents: Studies in wages, (including women's wages). Studies in
currency. Studies in consumption. The place of industry in the
social organism.
334 CAPITAL. LABOR AND WAGES
SPAHR, Charles Barzillai.
America's working people. 1900 331 873
Appeared first in the Outlook, v.6i-63, Feb.-Nov. 4, 1899.
"The impressions received were as far from supporting the belief that
nothing need be done to better conditions, as from supporting the
belief that nothing can be done. The distinguishing spirit of
America's working people is hopeful discontent. . .As compared with
other volumes upon America, the present devotes unusual attention
to conditions upon farms and in villages." Preface.
Essay on the present distribution of wealth in the United
States. 1896. (Library of economics and politics.) 331 8736
SPYERS.T.G.
The labour question; an epitome of the evidence and the re-
port of the Royal commission on labour. 1894. (Social
science series.) 331 877
STEPHENS, W.Walker.
Higher life for working people, its hindrances discussed; an
attempt to solve some pressing social problems without
injustice to capital or labour. 1899 331 883
Contents: The greatest problem: work for the unemployed. Reformed
poor law administration. Old age annuities. Prevention of strikes.
Minor social problems. The eight hours day. Self-help. Reforms
conducive to a wider distribution of wealth. A note of warning.
STIMSON, Frederic Jesup.
Handbook to the labor law of the United States. 1896 331 S8sh
Labor in its relation to law. 1895 331 S8s
SYMONS, Jelinger Cookson.
Arts and artisans at home and abroad; with sketches of the
progress of foreign manufactures. 1839 r33i 898
TAYLOR, Richard Whately Cooke.
Factory system and the factory acts. 1894. (Social ques-
tions of to-day.) 331 T25
Appendix contains "Requirements of the factory acts."
UNITED STATES Education and labor committee.
Report of the committee upon the relations between labor
and capital, and testimony taken by the committee.
v.i-4. 1885 r33i U2532
v. 1-4. Testimony.
v.s, supposed to contain the report, is said to have been suppressed.
UNITED STATES Foreign commerce bureau.
Labor in foreign countries. 3v. 1885. (United States
consular reports.) r33i U253
v.i-2. Labor in Europe.
V-3. Labor in America, Asia, Africa, Australasia and Polynesia.
Reports from United States consuls on rates of wages, cost of living,
past and present wages, etc.
State of labor in Europe, 1878; reports from United States
consuls on the rates of wages, cost of living, etc. 1879.
(45th cong. ist sess. House. Ex. doc. no.S.) r33i U2S3S
UNITED STATES Industrial commisson.
Reports, igv. in 17. 1900-02 r33i U2$33
v.i. Preliminary report on trusts and industrial combinations, with testi-
mony, review of evidence, charts showing effects on prices, and topical
digest.
v.z. Trusts and industrial combinations; statutes and decisions of fed-
eral, state and territorial law, with a digest of corporation laws appli-
cable to large industrial combinations.
v-3. Prison labor.
CAPITAL. LABOR AND WAGES 335
v.4- Transportation, including review of evidence, topical digest of evi-
dence, and testimony so far as taken May i, 1900.
v.$. Labor legislation, including digests of the laws of the states and ter-
ritories relating to labor generally, to convict labor, and to mine labor.
v.6. Distribution of farm products.
v.7. Relations and conditions of capital and labor employed in manu-
factures and general business, including testimony so far as taken Nov.
i, 1900, and digest of testimony.
v.8. Chicago labor disputes of 1900, with especial reference to the dis-
putes in the building and machinery trades.
v.p. Transportation, including testimony taken since May i, 1900, re-
view and topical digest of evidence, and special reports, on railway leg-
islation and taxation.
v.io. Agriculture and agricultural labor, including testimony, with re-
view and topical digest thereof.
v.i i. Agriculture and taxation, including reports relating to fictitious
sales of farm products, the tobacco trade, American farm labor, laws
regarding agricultural boards, warehouse and elevator laws, adultera-
tion of food products and taxation systems.
v.i 2. Relations and conditions of capital and labor employed in the min-
ing industry.
V.I3. Trusts and industrial combinations, including testimony taken
since March i, 1900, with review and digest thereof, and special reports
on prices and on the stocks of industrial corporations.
v. 14. Relations and conditions of capital and labor employed in manu-
factures and general business; including testimony taken after Nov. i,
1900, with review and digest thereof, and a special report on domestic
service.
v. 15. Immigration, including testimony, with review and digest, and
special reports; and on education.
v.i6. Condition of foreign legislation upon matters affecting general
labor; report by F. J. Stimson.
v.i 7. Labor organizations, labor disputes, and arbitration, and on railway
labor.
v. 18. Industrial combinations in Europe.
v.i 9. Final report.
VILLECROSSE, Julien.
Les lamentations du peuple. 1898 r33i V33
Contents: La grande douleur populaire. Les enfants du peuple. Les
campagnards. Les travailleurs.de la mer. Femmes du peuple. Types
d'ouvriers. Patrons et ouvriers. La France. L'Europe. L'human-
ite.
WEBB, Sidney James, & Mrs Beatrice (Potter).
Problems of modern industry. 1898 331 W36
Contents: The diary of an investigator. The Jews of East London.
Women's wages. Women and the factory acts. The regulation of
the hours of labour. How to do away with the sweating system.
The reform of the poor law. The relation between co-operation and
trade unionism. The national dividend and its distribution. The
difficulties of individualism. Socialism: true and false.
WRIGHT, Carroll Davidson.
Industrial evolution of the United States. 1895. (Chautauqua
reading circle literature.) 331 W93
Sketches development of mechanical industries, growth of factory
system, labor movement and influence of machinery.
YOUNG, Edward, b. 1814.
Labor in Europe and America; a special report on the rates
of wages, cost of subsistence and condition of the working
classes in Europe; also in the United States and British
America. 1875. (United States Statistics bureau.) .. .r33i 37
Publications of labor bureaus
ILLINOIS Labor statistics bureau.
Annual report; coal in Illinois, (i3th-i4th, igth-aoth) 1894-
1895, 1900-1901; containing the nth-i2th, I7th-i8th an-
22
336 LABOR
nual reports of the inspectors of mines. 1895-1902 r33i 122
I9th-20th reports contain also the 2d-3d annual reports of the Illinois
free employment offices for the year ended Oct. i, igoo-Oct. i, 1901.
For index consult "Index of reports, issued by bureaus of labor statis-
tics," published by the Department of labor (r33i Uzsi). isth report
is not indexed.
Biennial re; ort (7th-date), [for the two years ending Nov.
i, iSQ2-date]. iSgvdate r33i I22b
v.7. \Yorking women in Chicago. The sweating system. Coal in Illi-
nois, with the reports of the inspectors of mines and the report
of the board of examiners.
v.8. Taxation.
v.g. Franchises and taxation.
v.io. Private and municipal ownership of public works. Public em-
ployment agencies. Gas works tables. Electric light and power
plant tables. Water works tables. Labor legislation, 4ist General
assembly.
v.i i. Manufactures. Kindergartens; manual training.
For index consult "Index of reports issued by bureaus of labor statis-
tics," published by the Department of labor (r33i Uasi) which covers
the first 10 reports.
MASSACHUSETTS Labor statistics bureau.
Annual report, (i?t-date), i869/7O-date. iSyo-date r33i M456
v.20 contains an index for the first 20 volumes of the report.
v.zi. Labor laws of Massachusetts. Abandoned farms in Massachusetts.
Net profits in manufacturing industries.
v.22. A tenement house census of Boston; section i. Tenements,
rooms and rents.
v.23- A tenement house census of Boston; section 2. Sanitary condi-
tion of tenements. Section 3. Place of birth, occupations, etc.
of residents in tenement houses.
v.24. Unemployment.
v.25. Compensation in certain occupations of graduates of colleges
for women. The distribution of wealth, probates.
v.26. Relation of the liauor traffic to pauperism, crime and insanity.
Graded weekly wages, 1810-1891, occupations A-C.
v.27. Social and industrial changes in, the county of Barnstable.
Graded weekly wasres, 1810-1891, occupations D-G.
v.28. Comparative wages and prices, 1860-1897. Graded weekly wages,
1810-1891, occupations H-O.
v.2g. Sunday labor. Graded weekly wages, 1810-1891, P-Z.
v.3o. Changes in conducting retail trade in Boston since 1874. Labor
chronology, 1899.
v.3i. Population of Massachusetts, 1900. The insurance of working-
men. Graded prices; Massachusetts, other United States and for-
eign countries, 1816-1891.
For index consult "Index of reports issued by bureaus of labor statis-
tics," published by the Department of labor (r33i U2$i) which covers
the first 30 reports.
Labor bulletin; quarterly, no.o-date. iSgo-date Q r 33i M4561
MISSOURI Labor statistics bureau.
Annual report (8th, igth-date) for the year 1886, 1897-
date. i887-date r33i
8th report contains Proceedings at the 4th annual session of the
National convention of chiefs and commissioners of the various
bureaus of statistic? of labor, and The official history of the great
strike of 1886, on the Southwestern railway system.
JSt-23d reports are indexed in "Index of reports issued by bureaus of
labor statistics," published by the Department of labor, r33i U25i.
NATIONAL CONVENTION OF CHIEFS AND COMMIS-
SIONERS OF STATE BUREAUS OF STATISTICS
OF LABOR.
Proceedings of the [first] convention held at Columbus,
Sept. 26, 1883; comp. by H.A.Newman and Henry
Luskey. 1883 r33i
LABOR 337
The same; second convention, St. Louis, June 9, 1884. (In
First biennial report of the Bureau of labor statistics of
Wisconsin, p. 13-16.) r33T W8i v.i
The same; fourth convention, Trenton, June 1-3, 1886. (In
Eighth annual report of the Bureau of labor statistics
of Missouri, p. 291-346.) r33i M74 v.8
The same; sixth convention, Indianapolis, May 22-23, 1888.
(In Second biennial report of the Indiana bureau of
statistics, p. 18-27.) 1*317-7 124 v.8
The same; fourteenth convention, Detroit, June 14-17, 1898.
(In Twentieth annual report of the Bureau of labor
statistics of Missouri, p. 232-256.) r33i M74 v.2o
The same; sixteenth convention, Milwaukee, July 10-11,
1900. (In Twenty-second annual report of the Bureau
of labor statistics of Missouri, p.448-453.) r33i M74 v.22
NEBRASKA Labor and industrial statistics bureau.
Biennial report (6th) for the years 1897 and 1898. 1898. .. .r33i Ni8
For index consult "Index of reports issued by bureaus of labor statis-
tics," published by the Department of labor, r33i U2si.
OHIO Labor statistics bureau.
Annual report (ist-5th) for the year 1877-1881. 1878-82. . .r33i Oi8
For index consult "Index of reports issued by bureaus of labor statis-
tics," published by the Department of labor, r33i U2si.
ONTARIO Industries bureau.
Labor, wages and cost of living, and minerals and mining in
the province of Ontario. 1886 r33i 025
Part of the Annual report of the Bureau of industri*".-* *or 1885.
PENNSYLVANIA Industrial statistics bureau.
Annual report, (ist-date) for the years i872/73-date.
i874-date r33i ?39
The first and second reports were issued by the Bureau of statistics
of labor and agriculture. Beginning with the third report this report
forms pt.3 of the report of the secretary of internal affairs.
ist-23d reports are indexed in "Index of reports issued by bureaus of
labor statistics," published by the Department of labor, r33i Uasi.
TENNESSEE Labor statistics and mines bureau.
Annual report, (3d, 6th), 1893, 1896. 1894-97 Q r 33i T2Q
For index consult "Index of reports issued by bureaus of labor statis-
tics," published by the Department of labor, 1331 Uasi.
UNITED STATES Labor department.
Analysis and index of all reports issued by bureaus of
labor statistics in the United States prior to Nov. i,
1892. 1893. (3d special report of the commissioner,
1893.) r33
Annual report (ist-date), i886-date. i886-date r33i
v.i. Industrial depressions.
v.2. Convict labor.
v.3. Strikes and lockouts.
v.4. Working women in large cities.
Y.S. Railroad labor.
v.6. Cost of production; iron, steel, coal, etc.
v.7. Cost of production; textiles and glass. 2V.
v.8. Industrial education.
V.9. Building and loan associations.
v. 10. Strikes and lockouts. 2V.
v.i i. Work and wages of men, women and children.
v.i 2. Economic aspects of the liquor problem.
v. 13. Hand and machine labor. 2v.
338 RELATIONS OF CAPITAL TO LABOR
.14. Water, gas and electric-light plants under private and municipal
ownership.
.15. Compilation of wages in commercial countries from official sources.
2V.
v. 12 will be found in the sheep bound set of congressional documents,
no. 3696.
ist-i6th reports are indexed in "Index of reports issued by bureaus of
labor statistics." published by the department, r33i Uzs'i. -
Bulletin, bi-monthly, Nov. i8os-date. v.i-date. i8g6-date. . .r33i U2Sb
Bulletins 1-30 are indexed in "Index of reports issued by bureaus of
labor statistics," published by the department, r33i Ij2$\.
Labor laws of the various states, territories and the Dis-
trict of Columbia. 1892. (2d special report of the
commissioner, 1892.) r33i U2S
Monographs on social economics; ed. by C. H. Verrill.
no. 1-6. 1901 331 U25
no. 1-5. Working of the Department of labor, by C. D. Wright. The
value and influence of labor statistics, by C. D. Wright. Employer
and employee under the common law, by V. H. Oltnsted and S. D.
Fessenden. Present status of employers' liability in the United States,
by S. D. Fessenden. Protection of workmen in their employment, by
S. D. Fessenden.
no. 6. Public baths in Europe, by E. M. Hartwell.
no.6 is bound separately, call number, 614 025.
Special reports of the commissioner are classified separ-
ately and appear under the subjects with which they
deal.
WISCONSIN Labor statistics bureau.
Biennial report (ist-2d), 1883-1886. 1884-86 r33i W8i
For index consult "Index of reports issued by bureaus of labor statis-
tics," published by the Department of labor, r33i Uasi.
331.1 Relations of capital to labor
BOLLES, Albert Sidney.
Conflict between labor and capital. 1876 r 33i.i B6i
CONGRESS OF INDUSTRIAL CONCILIATION AND AR-
BITRATION.
Proceedings of meeting held -at Chicago, Nov. 13-14, 1894.
1894 r34i.6 124
Bound with International arbitration; historical notes and projects.
ILLINOIS Arbitration board.
Annual report (ist-date), i895/96-date. i897-date r 33i.i 122
JEANS, James Stephen.
Conciliation and arbitration in labour disputes; a historical
sketch and brief statement of the present position of the
question at home and abroad. 1894 r33i.i J 22
LLOYD, Henry Demarest.
Country without strikes; a visit to the compulsory arbitration
court o'f New Zealand. 1900 331.1 L75
An original investigation a study made on the ground of the com-
pulsory arbitration system in force in New Zealand, which has re-
sulted so far in the complete prevention of labor troubles in that
colony, to the entire satisfaction of both employers and employees.
Mr Reeves, who furnishes the introduction, is ex-minister of labor in
New Zealand and author of the Compulsory arbitration law.
LOWELL, Mrs Josephine Shaw.
Industrial arbitration and conciliation. 1894. (Questions of
WAGES 339
the day.) 331.1 Lgs
Presents the various methods of successful labor arbitration, employed
since 1860 in England, Belgium, and the United States. A concise and
interesting statement.
MASSACHUSETTS Arbitration board.
Annual report (sth, /th-8th) of the State board of arbitra-
tion, for the year 1890, 1892-1893. 1891-94 r33i.i M4S
NEWCOMB, Simon.
Plain man's talk on the labor question. 1886 33I.I N26
PRICE, Langford Loyell Frederick Rice.
Industrial peace, its advantages, methods and difficulties;
a report of an inquiry made for the Toynbee trustees.
1887 331.1 PQ4
"Describes the practical workings of arbitration." /. R. Commons.
TOYNBEE, Arnold.
Lectures on the industrial revolution of the i8th century in
England, popular addresses, notes and other fragments.
1896 331-1 T6>
Memoir of the author by Benjamin Jowett, p. 5-27.
A review of the introduction of machinery during the ipth century
and the result of increased dependence of labor upon capital.
"Contributes admirably to a clear understanding of the rise and
causes of present industrial problems." J. R. Commons.
WEEKS. Joseph Dame.
Industrial conciliation and arbitration in New York, Ohio
and Pennsylvania. 1881 33H W42
From the I2th annual report of the Massachusetts Bureau of statistics
of labor.
WILLEY, Freeman Otis.
The laborer and the capitalist. 1896 33I-I W73
WRIGHT, Carroll Davidson, comp.
Industrial conciliation and arbitration; comp. from material
in the possession of the Massachusetts Bureau of sta-
tistics of labor. 1881 r33i.i W03
331.2 Wages. Compulsory insurance. Profit sharing
ATKINSON, Edward.
Distribution of products. 1892 331.2 A87
The same. 1885 r33i.2 A87
Contents: What makes the rate of wages? What is a bank? The
railway, the farmer and the public.
BOWLEY, Arthur Lyon.
Wages in the United Kingdom in the igth century; notes for
the use of students of social and economic questions.
1900 331.2 B66
Bibliography, p. 139-144.
BROOKS, John Graham.
Compulsory insurance in Germany, including an appendix
relating to compulsory insurance in other countries
in Europe. 1893. (United States Labor department.
4th special report of the commissioner, 1893.) T33 1 - 2 677
"Literature," p.2g4-2gg.
340
WAGES
CLARK. John Bates, & Giddings, F.H.
Modern distributive process. 1888 331-2 C$2
Contents: The limits of competition. The persistence of . competition.
Profits under conditions. The natural rate of wages.
Reprinted from Political science quarterly.
DAVIDSON, John, M.A.
The bargain theory of wages; a critical development from the
historic theories, together with an examination of certain
wages factors, the mobility of labor, trade unionism and
the methods of industrial remuneration. 1898 331-2 D2Q
"Suggestive and deserves the attention of economists." Nation, 1898.
GILMAN, Nicholas Paine.
Dividend to labor; a study of employers' welfare institutions.
1899 331 2 G42d
Bibliography, p.389~392.
The closing portion of the volume is devoted to profit-sharing. Ex-
tended accounts of five notable applications of this system and a care-
ful summary of its present condition bring the narrative down to
date.
Profit sharing between employer and employee. 1891 331-2 G42
Bibliography, p. 446-448.
LAWRENCE, Frederick William.
Local variations in wages. 1899. (Studies in economics and
political science.) qr33i.2 L42
Deals with the wages of the artisan class in England and Wales.
LEVI, Leone.
Wages and earnings of the working classes; report to Sir
Arthur Bass. 1885 -. . . .r33i.2 L66w
Wages and earnings of the working classes; with facts illustra-
tive of their economic condition; report to M. T. Bass.
1867 T33I.2 L66
MALLOCK, William Hurrell.
Classes and masses; or. Wealth, wages and welfare in the
United Kingdom. 1896 331-2 M2Q
NICHOLSON, Joseph Shield.
Effects of machinery on wages. 1892. (Social science
series.) 331-2 N3I
SCHLOSS, David F.
Methods of industrial remuneration. 1894 331-2 834
SCHOENHOF, Jacob.
Economy of high wages; an inquiry into the cause of high
wages and their effect on methods and cost of production.
1893. (Questions of the day.) 331.2 $36
SENIOR, Nassau William.
Three lectures on the rate of wages, delivered before the Uni-
versity of Oxford, 1830; with a preface on the causes and
remedies of the present disturbances. 1830 r33i.2 847
TAUSSIG, Frank William.
Wages and capital; an examination of the wages fund doc-
trine. 1896 J3I.2 T24
WALKER, Francis Amasa.
Wages question; a treatise on wages and the wages class.
LABOR OF WOMEN AND CHILDREN 341
1891 331.2 Wi6
"Holds that wages are paid out of production in opposition to the
wage-fund theory. Describes causes which render competition be-
tween capital and labor imperfect to the disadvantage of labor. Brings
out the importance of the entrepreneur, or captain of industry, who
stands between capital and labor. Discriminates real from nominal
wages. A work which takes account of sentiment as affecting eco-
nomic forces." Bowker & lies' "Reader's guide."
WILLOUGHBY, William Franklin.
Workingmen's insurance. 1898 331-2 W76
Bibliographical note, p-3/9-386.
"In the present work... it is our intention, not only to describe the
experiment of compulsory insurance, but to consider all of the various
methods by which workingmen make provision through common
action for the time when they shall be incapacitated for work. The
history of the insurance institutions and the present condition of the
problem will be given for each country separately." Preface.
331.3-331.4 Labor of women and children
For occupations of women, see 396.5
HIRD, Frank.
The cry of the children; an exposure of certain British in-
dustries in which children are iniquitously employed.
1898 331-3 HS9
BULLEY, Agnes Amy, & Whitley, Margaret.
Women's work. 1894. (Social questions of to-day.) 331-4 687
CAMPBELL, Mrs Helen.
Prisoners of poverty; women wage-workers, their trades
and their lives. 1895 331.4 ClSp
Prisoners of poverty abroad. 1890 331-4 Cispr
"The studies, the result of fifteen months' observation abroad (in Eng-
land and France), deal directly with the workers in all trades open to
women." Preface.
Women wage-earners; their past, present and future. 1893. ..331.4 ClS
"Authorities consulted," p.2gi-293.
Bibliography of woman's labor and the woman question in Germany,
France and England, p.2g.(-303.
Begins with a review of the position of women in past ages, notes
the employment for women during the colonial period and early as-
pects of the factory system. The author considers the work of labor
bureaus in relation to women, the general conditions of working
women abroad and in this country, and has some suggestions and
remedies for the specific evils and abuses in factory life and general
trades.
HAUSSONVILLE, Gabriel Paul Othenin de Cleron, vicomte d'.
Salaires et miseres de femmes. 1900 331-4 H3S
ROBINSON, Mrs Harriet Jane (Hanson).
Loom and spindle; or, Life among the early mill girls, with
a sketch of "The Lowell offering" and some of its con-
tributors. 1898 331.4
The story of the Lowell factories in the forties, when Lucy Larcom
was one of the operatives.
" 'Loom and spindle,' valuable as it is for its details of economic his-
tory, for the inspiration which comes from studying the lives and
characters of noble women, teaches the lesson which the author and
her associates taught, that whatever is honest in employment is in
the service of God." Carroll D. Wright.
342 LABORING CLASSES
331.5-331.6 Convict and contract labor
MASSACHUSETTS General court.
Report of the joint special committee on contract convict labor.
1880 T33I.5 M45
UNITED STATES Immigration, Select committee on.
Report of the select committee to inquire into the alleged
violation of the laws prohibiting the importation of
contract laborers, paupers, convicts and other classes,
with the testimony, documents and consular reports
submitted to the committee; [to accompany H. R. 12291
to prevent the importation of contract laborers, &c.].
Jan. 19, 1889. 1889. (soth cong. 2d sess. House. Re-
port no.3792.) r33i.6 U253
UNITED STATES Labor department.
Italians in Chicago; a social and economic study. 1897.
(9th special report of the commissioner of labor,
1897-) T33I.6 U2S
The same. (In Bulletin, v.2, p.69i~727.) r33i U25b v.2
331.8 Laboring classes
See also 339, Pauperism and poor laws
AVENEL, Georges, vicomte d'.
Paysans et ouvriers depuis sept cents ans. 1899 331-8 A95
BANKS, Louis Albert.
White slaves; or, The oppression of the worthy poor. 1893. .331.8 622
BOOTH, Charles, ed.
Life and labour of the people in London, v.i-g. 1892-
97 331-8 6631
BOOTH, Gen. William.
In darkest England and the way out. 1891 331.8 B6j
"By the founder of the Salvation army. Mainly a proposal that 'the
submerged tenth' be set to work in city refuges, farm colonies and
colonies over the sea." Bowker & lies' "Reader's guide."
BOSANQUET, Mrs Helen.
Rich and poor. 1806 331.8 664
"In the following study of a London parish I have attempted to pre-
sent a concrete idea of the conditions under which social work must
be carried on." Introductory chapter,
CHANCE, William.
Our treatment of the poor 331.8 C36
Contents: A model union and its lessons. Old age pensions. The
English poor law and friendly societies. Public and private charity.
In defence of poor law schools.
CHICAGO MERCHANTS, FARMERS & MECHANICS'
SAVINGS BANK, pub.
Labor question; extracts, magazine articles and observations
relating to social science & political economy, as bearing
upon the subjects of labor, trades unions, co-operative so-
cieties and model houses and cottages. 1867 T33I-8 C43
DAWSON, William Harbutt.
Social Switzerland; present-day social movements and legis-
LABORING CLASSES 343
lation in the Swiss republic. 1897 331-8 033
Contents: The organisation and protection of labour. Industrial peace.
The problem of the unemployed. Poor-law agencies. Technical
education. The control of the drink traffic.
DUCKERSHOFF, Ernest.
How the English workman lives, by a German coal miner.
1899 331-8 D86
ELY, Richard Theodore.
Labor movement in America. 1886 331-8 57
A history which includes the platform of the principal labor organi-
zations.
"An historical account of labor organization and communistic and
socialistic movements in U. S. Appendix gives platform of labor
organizations and illustrative extracts from labor literature." /. R.
Commons.
ENGELS, Friedrich.
Condition of the working-class in England in 1844; tr. by
F. K. Wischnewetzky. 1892. (Social science series.) . .331.8 63
GILLETTE, John Morris.
Culture agencies of a typical manufacturing group, South Chi-
cago ; a paper presented to the Department of sociology in
the University of Chicago, 1901, in candidacy for the degree
of doctor of philosophy. 1901 ....'. r33i.8 641
Bibliography, p. 67.
A study of a typical laboring community. After giving a detailed state-
ment of the classes of steel employes, their nationality and naturaliza-
tion, wages, and the conditions of accidents in that industry, the
author describes the various religious, educational and social agencies
at work in the community.
HOBSON. John Atkinson.
Problems of poverty; an inquiry into the industrial condition
of the poor. 1899. (University extension series.) 331-8 H6s
List of authorities, p. 228-232.
HULL-HOUSE maps and papers. 1895. (Library of eco-
nomics and politics.) 331-8 Hgi
Contents: Holbrook. A.S. Map notes and comments. Kelley. Florence.
The sweating-system. Kelley, Florence, & Stevens, A. P. Wage-earn-
ing children. Eaton, Isabel. Receipts and expenditures of cloak-
makers in Chicago. Zeublin, Charles. The Chicago Ghetto. Zeman,
J.H. The Bohemian people in Chicago. Mastro-Valerio, Alessandro.
Remarks upon the Italian colony in Chicago. Lathrop. J. C. The
Cook county charities. Starr, E.G. Art and labor. Addams, Jane.
The settlement as a factor in the labor movement. Hull-house, a
social settlement.
JESSOPP, Augustus.
Arcady, for better for worse; a study of rural life in Eng-
land. 1887 331-8 J29
Considers the economic and social condition of the English country-folk
in the early eighties.
McKENNA, M.J.
Our brethren of the tenements and the Ghetto. 1899 331-8 Mi7
MARKEN, J.C. van.
Industrial social organisation; tr. by S. De Jastrzebski.
1900 q.^31-8 M39
Describes the system of cooperation between employers and employed in
the Netherlands yeast and spirit company and the Van Marken press,
of Delft, Holland. Some features of the organization are profit-
sharing, premiums for skill, voluntary and compulsory savings-banks,
refreshment rooms, baths, allotment gardens, schools, kindergartens,
libraries, amusements, etc.
344 LABORING CLASSES
MASTERMAN, Charles F.G. and others.
Heart of the empire ; discussions of problems of modern city
life in England, with an essay on imperialism. 1901 331-8 M4&
Contents: Realities at home, by C. F. G. Masterman. The housing
problem, by F. W. Lawrence. The children of the town, by R. A.
Bray. Temperance reform, by Xoel Buxton and Walter Hoare. The
distribution of industry, by P. W. Wilson. Some aspects of the prob-
lem of charity, by A. C. Pigou. The church and the people, by F. W.
Head. Imperialism, by G. P. Gooch. The past and future, by G. M.
Trevelyan.
PENNSYLVANIA Factory inspector.
Annual report (4th-date), for the year i893-date. 1894-
date T33I.8 ?39
POOR in great cities; their problems and what is doing to solve
them. 1895 331-8 ?7
Contents: Woods, R.A. Social awakening in London. Elsing, W.T.
Life in New York tenement-houses as seen by a city missionary.
Riis, J.A. Children of the poor. Parsons, Willard. Story of the
fresh-air fund. Wendell, E.J. Boys' clubs in New York. Tucker,
W.J. Work of the Andover house in Boston. Kirkland, Joseph.
Among the poor of Chicago. Besant, Sir Walter. Riverside parish.
Spt-arman, E. R. School for street Arabs Mario. J. \V. I'oor
in Naples. Craig, Oscar. Agencies for the prevention of pauperism.
Flagg, Ernest. New York tenement-house evil and its cure.
Jacob Riis's chapter on the "Children of the poor" is taken from his
book of the same name.
POWDERLY. Terence Vincent, & Wright, A- W. ed.
Labor day annual, 1893. v.i. 1893 qr33i.8 P87
Contains sketches of prominent men, discussions of great economic ques-
tions, a digest of the labor laws, etc. Aims to be strictly impartial in
its attitude toward labor organizations.
RIIS, Jacob August.
Children of the poor. 1893 331-8 R45c
How the other half lives. 1892 331-8 R45
Studies of tenement life in New York city. Mr Riis bases his work upon
close observation of the poor, whose condition he vividly and sym-
pathetically describes.
Ten years' war; an account of the battle with the slum in New
York. 1900 331.8 R45t
SHERWELL, Arthur.
Life in West London; a study and a contrast. 1897. (Social
questions of to-day.) 331-8 Sss
SHUEY, Edwin L.
Factory people and their employers; a handbook of prac-
tical methods of improving factory conditions and
the relations of employer and employe. 1900. (Hand-
books for practical workers in church and philan-
thropy.) 331.8 S$6
TOLSTOI, Lyof Nikolaievitch, count.
Slavery of our times. 1900 331-8 Ts8s
The "slavery" is labor under the present [1900] economic and social con-
ditions in Russia.
What is to be done? and Life. 1899 331.8 Ts8w
What to do? 331.8 Ts8
UNITED STATES Labor department.
Slums of Baltimore, Chicago, New York and Philadelphia.
1894. (7th special report of the commissioner, 1894.). .r33i.8 U2S
LABORING CLASSES 345
WOODS, Robert Archey, ed.
The city wilderness; a settlement study, by residents and asso-
ciates of the South End house, (Boston). 1898 331.8 W86c
Contents: Introductory, by W. I. Cole. Historical, by F. E. Haynes.
Population, by F. A. Bushee. Public health, by C. D. Underbill.
Work and wages, by K, A. Woods. The roots of political power.
Criminal tendencies, by W. I. Cole. Amusements, by F. E. Haynes.
The church and the people, by VV. 1. Cole. Strongholds of edu-
cation. Social recovery, by R. A. Woods. The total drift, by R. A.
Woods.
WYCKOFF, Walter Augustus.
A day with a tramp, and other days. 1901 331-8 Wg8d
Contents: A day with a tramp. With Iowa farmers. A section-hand
on the Union Pacific railway. A burro-puncher. Incidents of the
slums.
Appeared first in Scribner's magazine, v.29-3o, April-Oct. 1901.
The workers, an experiment in reality. 2v. 1897-98 331-8 Wg8
v.i. The East. v.2. The West.
In the first volume the author gives his experiences as an unskilled
laborer dependent on daily earnings as summer-hotel porter, as farm
hand, in a Pennsylvania logging camp, etc. In the second volume he
gives his experiences in Chicago and on his way to the Pacific coast.
Valuable for the glimpses it affords of socialistic and anarchistic
conditions in Chicago.
"While Professor Wyckoff's work was not a scientific one, it is safe
to say that no other book of the year will exert a greater influence
in sociological questions. ..Certainly no discussion of the question of
labor will ever be presented in a form more attractive." Charities
review, 1899.
331.81 Hours of labor
HADFIELD, R.A. & Gibbins, H. de B.
Shorter working day. 1892. (Social questions of to-day.). .331.81 Hi2
RAE, John, b. 1845.
Eight hours for work. 1894 33i-8i RiJ
ROBERTSON, John Mackinnon.
Eight hours question. 1899. (Social science series.) ... .331.81 R54
Argues against Eight hours legislation.
331.83 Housing
BOWMAKER, Edward.
The housing of the working classes. 1895. (Social questions
of to-day.) 331-83 B66
List of authorities, p. 151-156.
GOULD, Elgin Ralston Lovell.
The housing of the working people. 1895. (United States
Labor department. 8th special report of the com-
missioner, 1895.) T33I.83 673
HAW, George.
No room to live; the plaint of overcrowded London.
1900 331-83 H36
NEW YORK (state) Tenement house committee.
Report transmitted to the Legislature, Jan. 17, 1895. 1895. -T33I-83
In accordance with a law passed by the New York legislature in 1894,
a committee of seven, citizens and residents of New York, was ap-
pointed by the governor to examine the tenement houses of New York
city, their condition as to construction, health fulness, safety, rentals,
and all other phases of the tenement-house question that can affect
346 CLUBS. SOCIAL SETTLEMENTS
the public welfare. The report is an interesting and valuable docu-
ment.
RAFFALOVICH, Arthur.
Le logement de 1'ouvrier et du pauvre. 1887 331-83 Ri4
Contents: Etats-Unis. Grande-Bretagne. France. Allemagne. Belgi-
que.
Bibliographic, p.478-482.
331.84 Thrift
BROWN, Mary Willcox.
Development of thrift. 1899 331 84 879
Contents: Thrift habit. Thrift in the family. Individualistic savings
agencies. Cooperative savings and building-loan associations. Peo-
ple's banks. Provident loan associations. Insurance. English friendly
societies. Concluding remarks. Appendix. Index.
"Written from a special point of view that of a charitable worker and
dealing with forces that are largely artificial. It has a special interest,
however, in showing what has been done toward uplifting the poor,
both by organized philanthropy and the cooperative effort of the poor
themselves." Literature, 1899.
WILKINSON, John Frome.
Mutual thrift. 1891. (Social questions of to-day.) 331-84 W/3
List of principal authorities consulted, p.g-io.
331.85 Clubs. Social settlements
COIT, Stanton.
Neighbourhood guilds. 1892. (Social science series.) .. .331.85 67
HENDERSON, Charles Richmond.
Social settlements. 1899 33I-8S H44
Author is now (1899), professor of sociology in the University of Chi-
cago. Traces briefly the growth of the movement, describes the settle-
ments in England and America, and gives practical suggestions for
establishment and management.
KINGSLEY house record; monthly, Dec. iSgd-date. v.i-
date. i896-date qr33i-85 27
NEUMAN, Berman Paul.
Boys' club in theory and practice, a manual of suggestions
for workers; with supplementary chapters by A. F.
Jenkin, E. M. S. Pilkington and T. E. Gray. 1900 331-85 N25
"Full of practical suggestions in regard to formation, membership, gov-
ernment, and the provisions for education and recreation, with fre-
quent references to the experiences of successful London clubs. The
author bases his work on the conviction that almost nothing is done
for the great number of boys who, after leaving school, must become
wage-earners, to whom night schools have no attractions, and from
whom a large part of the criminal class is drawn. . .There are sup-
plementary chapters by experts on gymnastics, cricket, rowing, and
swimming." Nation. 1901.
NEW YORK (city) Education department.
Course of study; vacation schools ^331.85 N26o
Games and songs for the kindergarten division of the summer
playgrounds of the boroughs of Manhattan and the Bronx,
1901. 1901 r33i.8s N26o
Outline of work ; gymnastics and athletics ; drills, tactics, ap-
paratus, work and games ; playgrounds of the boroughs of
Manhattan and the Bronx, 1901. 1901 ^31.85 N26o
Report on play schools; annual report (2d-3d) of the com-
mittee on play schools, for the summers of 1899-1900.
1900-01 r 33 1. 85 N26
TRADE UNIONS 347
REASON, Will, ed.
University and social settlements. 1898. (Social questions of
to-day.) 331.85 R25
Contents: On university settlements, by Sir Walter Besant. Univer-
sity settlements, by S. A. Barnett. Settlements in relation to local ad-
ministration, by Percy Alden. Settlements and education, by Will
Reason. Settlements and the administration of the poor law, by J. S.
Lidgett. Settlements and recreations, by Will Reason. Women's
settlements in England, by M. A. Sewell and E. G. Powell. Working
girls' clubs, by Emmeline Pethick. Settlements and the labour move-
ment, by Arthur Sherwell. American settlements, by Percy Alden.
Appendices. Directory of settlements.
STANLEY, Maude.
Clubs for working girls. 1890 331.85 $78
"Gives details of the managment of English clubs for working girls,
with descriptions of these clubs by the girls themselves, as also of
their excursions to the country in tne summer. Miss Grace Dodge
gives an account of working-girls' clubs in New York. . . A book
which one cannot read without a feeling of profound admiration."
Nation, 1890.
WOMEN'S CLUBS OF PITTSBURGH AND VICINITY,
JOINT COMMITTEE OF.
Report on the vacation schools and summer playgrounds,
i897-date. i897-date .331.85 W8$
331.86 Apprenticeship
WANDER-BUCH fur Josef Einstein, [1855-1856] r33i.86 Wi?>
One of the books which all German apprentices had to carry during
the period of travel which was required before they could become
masters. It contains the laws relating to apprentices, a description
of the Joseph Einstein whose book this was, signatures of masters
he served, and official signatures and stamps of the towns where he
stopped. This, dated 1855-1856, is a late example, as the custom
had already been abolished in several German states.
331.87-331.88 Trade unions
POWDERLY, Terence Vincent.
Thirty years of labor, 1859-1889; the National labor union of
1866, the Industrial brotherhood of 1874 and the Knights
of labor. 1890 331.87 P87
HOWELL, George.
Conflicts of capital and labour; a history of the trade
unions of Great Britain. 1890 331.88 H8sc
List of books and authorities, p.532-536.
The same. 1878 ' r33i.88 H85c
"Treats of British trades-unions from the standpoint of a ^trades-
unionist. A most important work." Bowker & lies' "Reader's guide."
Trade unionism new and old. 1894. (Social questions of
to-day.) 331-88 H85
PARIS, Louis Philippe Albert d'Orleans, comte de.
Les associations ouvrieres en Angleterre, (trades-unions).
1869 331-88 P23
SELECT documents illustrating the history of trade unionism,
v.i. 1896. (Studies in economics and political science,
v.2.) 331-88 Gi5
v.i. Galton, F.W. ed. The tailoring trade.
Bibliography, p. 224 - 237.
348 STRIKES
WEBB, Sidney James, & Mrs Beatrice (Potter).
History of trade unionism. 1894 331.88 W36
Bibliography, p.499-543-
Indu trial democracy. 2v. 1897 331-88 W36i
Bibliography, v.2, p.8;(>-9oo.
331.89 Strikes
ASHLEY, William James.
Railroad strike of 1894; the statements of the Pullman com-
pany and the report of the commission, together with an
analysis of the issues. 1895. (Church social union.
Publications.) 331.89 A82
Bibliography, by F. W. Lee, p.ij-is.
The same. 1895. (In Church social union. Publications,
v.2.) .r3357 C46 v.2
CARWARDINE, William Horace.
Pullman strike. 1894 ^31.89 C24
COGLEY, Thomas S.
The law of strikes, lockouts and labor organizations. 1894. .331.89 C66
DEMPSEY, Hugh F.
In re application for the pardon of H. F. Dempsey, convicted
at no. 444 December sessions, 1892, in the court of quarter
sessions of Allegheny county, of felonious assault and
battery; argument on behalf of the Commonwealth.
1892 331 .89 D42
Dempsey was accused of poisoning the food of non-union workmen
employed by the Carnegie steel company at Homestead during the
strike of 1892.
PEEL, Frank.
Risings of the Luddites. 1880 ^31.89 P36
The Luddites were bands of rioters organized for the destruction of
machinery, believing that its use operated directly in producing a
scarcity of employment. The riots occurred in Nottingham in 1811-12
and were resumed in 1816.
PULLMAN PALACE CAR COMPANY.
Strike at Pullman; statements of G. M. Pullman and T. H.
Wickes before the U. S. strike commission; also pub-
lished statements of the company during the strike. . ^331.89 PgS
SALMONS, Charles H. comp.
Burlington strike; including the causes of the strike, the great
dynamite conspiracy, and Forty-seven years on a locomo-
tive, by C. H. Frisbie. 1889 331.89 Si7
STOWELL, Myron R.
Fort Frick ; or, The siege of Homestead ; a history of the strug-
gle between the Amalgamated association of iron and steel
workers and the Carnegie steel company, limited. 1893. . ^331.89 $89
SWINTON, Archibald.
Report of the trial of Thomas Hunter, Peter Hacket, Richard
M'Neil, James Gibb and William M'Lean, cotton-spinners
in Glasgow, for illegal conspiracy and murder, 1838.
1838 T33I.89 S97
Trial for outrages committed during the strike of cotton-spinners in
Glasgow, 1836-37.
BANKS AND MONEY 349
UNITED STATES rDetectives, Committee to investigate
the employment of.
Report from the select committee to investigate the facts
in relation to the employment for private purposes of
armed men or detectives. Feb. 10, 1893. 1893. (5 2 d
cong. 2d sess. Senate. Report no. 1280.) r 331.89 U253
Investigation of the part played by Pinkerton detectives in the Home-
stead strike.
UNITED STATES Judiciary committee.
Report on the employment of Pinkerton detectives by cor-
porations, and in connection with the labor troubles at
Homestead, Pa. Feb. 7, 1893. 1893. (52d cong. 2d
sess. House. Report no.2447.) ^31.89 U253
UNITED STATES Labor troubles in Pennsylvania, Com-
mittee on.
Report of the select committee on existing labor troubles
in Pennsylvania to accompany H. R. 12654, on labor
troubles in the anthracite regions of Pennsylvania,
1887-88. 1889. (soth cong. 2d sess. House. Report
no.4i47.) T33I.89 U2532
Investigation of the affairs of the Reading railroad company.
UNITED STATES Missouri Pacific railway strike, Com-
mittee on.
Report of the select committee appointed to investigate the
labor troubles in Missouri, Arkansas, Kansas, Texas
and Illinois between the Missouri Pacific railway and
its employees in 1886. Presented March 3, 1887. 1887.
(49th cong. 2d sess. House. Report no.4i74.) ^31.89 U2533
UNITED STATES Strike commission.
Report on the Chicago strike of June-July, 1894; with
testimony, proceedings and recommendations. 1895.^331.89 U25r
The same. 1895 331-89 A82
332 Banks and money
B ELMO NT, Perry.
Republican responsibility for present currency perils. 1898. .. .332 641
BROUGH, William.
Natural law of money ; the successive steps in the growth of
money traced from the days of barter to the introduction .
of the modern clearing-house, and monetary principles ex-
amined in their relation to past and present legislation.
1896 332 677
Contents: The beginning of money. Bi-metallism and mono-metallism.
Paper-money and banking. Paper-money in colonial times. Mone-
tary system of Canada as contrasted with that of the United States.
Money, capital and interest. Mandatory money and free money.
The hoarding panic of July 1893.
"One of the most meritorious of recent publications upon monetary sci-
ence." Nation, 1894.
BURTON. Theodore Elijah.
Financial crises and periods of industrial and commercial de-
pression. 1902 332 695
Bibliography, p. 34^-377.
"The purpose of this book is to discuss the nature and causes of these
350 BANKS AND MONEY
recurring disturbances, and to offer some practical suggestions con-
cerning indications of their approach and the possible means for
their prevention or mitigation." Preface.
CANNON, James Graham.
Clearinghouses; their history, methods and administra-
tion. 1900 332 Ci7
CARROLL, Edward.
Principles and practice of finance, with legal rates of in-
terest and a glossary of commercial and financial
terms. 1895 332 C23
CHICAGO banker; monthly, v.i-date. iSpg-date r332 C43
CORNWELL, William Carlyle.
Sound money monographs. 1897 332 C82
DANIEL, John Warwick.
Treatise on the law of negotiable instruments. 2v. 1891. . .r332 D22
DEL MAR, Alexander.
Science of money. 1896 332 041
Bibliography, p. 17 21.
FINANCIAL register of the United States; semi-monthly. July,
i837-July, 1838. v.i. 1838 qr332 F47
FOOTE, Allen Ripley.
Sound currency and banking system; how it may be secured.
1895. (Questions of the day.) 332 F74
G1LMAN, Theodore.
Federal clearing houses. 1899 332 642
"The object of this book is to present the reasons why the clearing
houses of our country should be incorporated under a federal law...
Some of the chapters have appeared in the Banker's monthly. Sound
money. New York tribune, etc," Preface.
HAIGHT & FREESE, pub.
Guide to investors; information to investors in stocks, grain,
provisions & cotton; statistics on railroad, industrial and
miscellaneous securities; highest and lowest prices of
stocks from 1886. 1897 032 Hi4
HAMILTON, Alexander.
Official reports on publick credit, a national bank, manu-
factures, and a mint, [v.i.] 1821 r332 H 19
The report on manufactures is an argument in favor of a protective
tariff.
INDIANAPOLIS MONETARY CONVENTION.
Report of the monetary commission of the Indianapolis con-
vention of boards of trade, chambers of commerce, com-
mercial clubs, and other similar bodies of the United States.
1898 332 124
Contents: Metallic money. Banking. Demand obligations of the gov-
ernment. Selected laws of the United States relating to coinage, cur-
rency and banking. Statistics of money and banking.
JEVONS, William Stanley.
Money and the mechanism of exchange. 1894. (Inter-
national scientific series.) 332 J3r
The same. 1875. (International scientific series.) r332 J3I
"Very simple and elementary. It contains descriptions of the Clearing
House and the Check bank. It is the best popular book for laying
a basis of sound doctrines." Bowker & lies' "Reader's guide."
BANKS AND MONEY 351
JUGLAR, Clement.
Brief history of panics and their periodical occurrence in the
history of the United States. 1893. (Questions of the day.) . .332 J49
KELLOGG, Edward.
New monetary system; the only means of securing the respec-
tive rights of labor and property and of protecting the
public from financial revulsions; revised from his "Labor
and other capital." 1875 332 Ki6
Biographical sketch of the author, p. 11-24.
LEAVITT, Samuel.
Our money wars, the example and warning of American
finance. 1894 332 L46
MILLER, Henry A.
Money and bimetallism. 1898 332 M6g
The same. 1898 r332 M6p
MUHLEMAN, Maurice Louis.
Monetary systems of the world. 1895 332 M95
The money of the United States; its character and legal status
from 1793 to 1893, and its volume from 1873 to 1893; with
an abstract of various plans proposed for the solution of
the currency problem. 1894 332 M9Sm
NICHOLSON, Joseph Shield.
Treatise on money and essays on monetary problems.
1901 332 N3i
PARSONS, Frank.
Rational money; a national currency intelligently regulated
in reference to the multiple standard. 1898 332 -P26
POOR, Henry Varnum.
The money question; a handbook for the times. 1897 332 P79
PORTER, Robert P.
Report on the currency question of Porto Rico, Jan. 3,
1899. 1899. (United States Treasury department.) r332 P83
SCHUCKERSJ.W.
New York national bank presidents' conspiracy against indus-
try and property; a history of the panic of 1893. I&94 33 2 $38
SCHURZ, Carl.
Honest money and labor. 1879 332 839
SHAW, William Arthur.
History of currency, 1252-1894. 1896 332 SS3
"Authorities," p. 16-28.
The first serious work in English on this subject for more than a cen-
tury. The author reviews the evidence afforded by the history of the
more important European nations since the thirteenth century, and
pronounces what he considers its "clear and crushing and final" ver-
dict on the subject of bimetallism.
SUMNER, William Graham.
History of American currency, with chapters on the Eng-
lish bank restriction, Austrian paper money and The
bullion report, (1810). 1884 332 Sg5
"Deals with facts more than with theories. The historical information
which it contains has never been brought together before within the
compass of a single work. The English 'Bullion Report' of 1810 is
given in full in an appendix." Bowker & lies' "Reader's guide."
23
352 BANKS AND BANKING
SWAN, Charles Herbert.
Monetary problems and reforms. 1897. (Questions of
the day.) 332 897
TRENHOLM, William Lee.
The people's money. 1893 332 Tjz
Explains basis, relations and forms of money; discusses standard of
value; concludes that gold monometallism must prevail in this
country.
UNITED STATES Banking and currency committee.
Hearings and arguments before the committee on bank-
ing and currency, 54th congress, ist and 2d sessions,
1896-97. 1897 r332 U25
WALDRON, George B. comp.
Handbook on currency and wealth. 1896 332 Wi62
WALKER, Francis Amasa.
Money. 1891 332 Wi6m
"Author rejects the word Currency and extends the term money " to
include bank-notes. Substitutes the definition 'common denominator in
exchange' for 'measure of value.' Holds that paper money, nominally
or really convertible into coin, is liable to over-issue. States and
impartially examines the various theories of money." Bowker &
lies' "Reader's guide."
Money in its relations to trade and industry. 1889 332 Wi6
"In part an abridgment of 'Money,' with chapters on the relations of
money to trade and industry." Bowker & lies' "Reader's guide."
WHITE, Horace.
Money and banking. 1896 332 W63
Bibliography, p. 469-477.
"Reviews the various developments of paper and silver currency, and
gives the experience of Europe with the gold standard. Explains what
a bank does, describes the successive phases of American banking,
and forecasts its probable future. Among the appendices are 'The
Baltimore Plan,' 'Secretary Carlisle's Plan, and 'Recent Bimetallist
Movements in Germany." Mr. White is an uncompromising upholder
of the gold standard, and an able critic of American currency and
banking systems. He is editor of the New York Evening Post, and
an acknowledged authority in finance." George lies.
WILSON, Alexander Johnstone.
The national budget; the national debt, taxes arid rates.
1882. (English citizen series.) 332 W76
WORLD'S CONGRESS OF BANKERS AND FINANCIERS.
Addresses upon financial subjects and papers on banking in
the several states and territories; presented at Chicago,
June, 1893. 1893 332 W8g
332.1 Banks and banking
BAGEHOT, Walter.
Lombard street; a description of the money market. 1892. . .332.1 Bi5
CONANT, Charles Arthur.
History of modern banks of issue, with an account of the
economic crises of the present century. 1896 332.1 C74
Authorities, p.577-s8i.
DEAN, Sidney, ed.
History of banking and banks, 1171-1883; including the
establishment and progress of the present national
banking system of the United States. 1884 qr332.i 034
BANKS AND BANKING 353
DODSWORTH, William, ed.
History of banking in all the leading nations. 4v.
1896 qr332.i D6;
v.i. Sumner, W. G. History of banking in the United States.
v,*, MacLeod, H.D. History of banking in Great Britain. Horn, A.E.
Banking in the Russian empire. Townsend, J.P. Savings-bank*
in the United States.
v.3. Essars, Pierre des. History of banking in the Latin nations. Raf-
falovich, Arthur. Banks of Alsace-Lorraine after the annexation.
Walker, B.E. History of banking in Canada.
v.4. Wirth, Max. History of banking in Germany and Austria-Hun-
gary. Van der Borght, Richard. In the Netherlands. Jensen,
Adolph. In the Scandinavian nations. Soyeda, Juichi. In Japan.
Jernigan, T.K. In China.
DUNBAR, Charles Franklin.
Chapters on the theory and history of banking. 1895 332.1 D8g
A concise description of the ordinary banking business, having chapters
on discount, deposit and issue, the check system, etc. Also has a
short history of some of the great banks and banking systems, the
Bank of France, Bank of England, etc. Originally prepared for the
use of college students in political economy.
GILBART, James William.
History, principles and practice of banking. 2v. 1893. .. .332.1 638
Biographical notice of the author, v.i, p.9 15.
"A standard work. The most exhaustive on the subject." Bowker 6r
lies' "Reader's guide."
HANDY, William Matthews.
Banking systems of the world; an impartial statement of
the conditions of note issue by banks in all nations,
and the workings of the systems; also postal savings
banks, detailing the systems in those nations where
they exist. 1897 332.1 H23
Bibliography, p.6.
KNOX, John Jay.
History of banking in the United States; revised and
brought up to date by Bradford Rhodes and E. H.
Youngman. 1900 r332.i K35
Sketch of the author, p.7~io.
Author was for many years U. S. comptroller of the currency.
PATTEN, Claudius Buchanan.
Methods and machinery of practical banking. 1901 332.1 P3i
Reprinted from Rhodes' journal of banking.
Author was for twenty years cashier of the State national bank of Bos-
ton, Mass. Book is the outcome of his personal experience.
PENNSYLVANIA Auditor general's office.
Report of the auditor general, accompanied with a state-
ment of certain banks and saving institutions, 1827-1830.
(Appended to Senate journals, 1827/28-1830/31.). .^328.74 P399S
The same, 1836, 1838. 1836-39 r332.i P399
Continued as:
Returns of banks and savings institutions [for the year
1853] communicated by the auditor general to the legis-
lature, 1854. 1854.
Continued as: .
Reports of banks and savings institutions [for the year
1882, 1884-1891]. 1883-92.
Continued as:
Reports of banks, savings institutions and trust companies
354 BANKS AND BANKING
at the end of the fiscal year Nov. 30, 1892-1894; [ist-3d
annual reports of the superintendent of banking for
1892-1894]- 1893-95.
Continued as:
Annual report (ist-date) of the commissioner of banking;
being the 4th-date reports of the banking department
for the year iSgs-date. i896-date.
Pt.2 of the report for 1898 is missing.
PENNSYLVANIA BANKERS' ASSOCIATION.
Proceedings of the annual convention (2d-3d), 1896, 1897.
1897-98 r332.i P39
Accounts of later conventions will be found in the Pittsburgh banker.
STONE Y, R.J.pub.
Pittsburgh banker; containing official reports of Alle-
gheny county national banks to the comptroller of the
currency, and of state banks and trust companies to
the commissioner of banking of Pennsylvania; bi-
monthly, May i893-Feb. 1894, May iSgS-date. v.3,
ID-date. :894-date T332.I S88
v.3 title reads Pittsburgh bank returns; v. i3~date title reads The banker.
UNITED STATES Treasury department.
Letter from the secretary of the treasury in response to Senate
resolution of July 26, 1892, relative to banking statistics of
state banks, banking institutions, savings banks and nation-
al banks, etc., from 1830 and 1863, respectively. 1893. (52d
cong. 2d sess. Senate. Ex. doc. 38, pt.i.) T332.I Uasl
Bibliography, by A. R. Spofford, p.ao-as.
Pts. 2 and 3 of this document have not been compiled.
UNITED STATES Comptroller of the currency, Office of.
Instructions and suggestions relative to the organization and
management of national banks. 1897 r332.n U25
National bank act, and other laws relating to national banks,
from the revised statutes of the United States; with
amendments and additional acts; comp. by Edward
Wolcott. 1875 r332.ii U253
STETSON, Amos W.
Historical sketch of the State bank, 1811-1865, the State
national bank, 1865-1891, of Boston 332.12 884
Account of these Boston banks by an ex-president of the State national
bank.
UNITED STATES Comptroller of the currency, Office of.
Annual report, i86s-date. i866-date T332.I2 U25I
Report for 1865-66, 1869-71, 1873-77, 1880, 1882-83, will be found in
the sheep bound set of congressional documents numbered respectively
1254, 1287, 1415, 1451. 1508, 1604, 1642, 1684, 1753, 1804, 1854,
1964, 2105, 2195.
Includes the report on banks, which before 1863 was issued by the
secretary of the treasury.
UNITED STATES Treasury department.
Annual report of the secretary on the condition of the
banks in the United States, 1838-1863. 1838-63 T332.I2 U25
Reports for 1839, 1858-1863 will be found in the sheep bound set of con-
gressional documents numbered respectively, 348, 958, 1014, 1050, 1101,
1161, 1187.
ist report was issued in 1833. After 1863 this report forms part of the
annual report of the comptroller of the currency, (r332.i2 11251)-
COINS AND COINAGE 355
ROGERS, James Edwin Thorold.
First nine years of the Bank of England. 1887 332.15 R6i
332.2 Savings banks
KEYES, Emerson Willard.
History of savings banks in the United States, 1816-1877.
2V. 1876-78 T332.2 K23
332.31 Mississippi bubble
THIERS, Adolphe.
The Mississippi bubble, a memoir of John Law, with ac-
counts of the Darien expedition and the South Sea
scheme. 1859 332-31 T36
332.4 Coins and coinage. 332.42 Bimetallism
CAREY, Henry Charles.
Answers to the questions: what constitutes currency? what
are the causes of unsteadiness of the currency? and what
is the remedy? 1840 r33 2 -4 Ci9
DONNELLY, Ignatius.
American people's money. 1895 r33 2 4 ^72
ENGLAND Indian currency commission.
Report of the commission appointed to inquire into the In-
dian currency, with accompanying correspondence and
testimony. 1893. (53d cong. 1st sess. Senate. Mis.
doc. 23.) T332.4 64
This report is known as the Herschell report on the coinage of silver in
India.
MEYER, J.
World's money; theory of the coin, coinage and monetary
system of the world. 1878. (45th cong. 3d sess. House.
Mis. doc. no.8.) n86i
NELSON, Henry Loomis.
The money we need; a short primer on money and currency.
1895 332.4 N22
NORMAN, John Henry.
Complete guide to the world's twenty-nine metal monetary
systems, also to the exchanges of gold, silver and incon-
vertible paper on the unit of weight system, with aids to
the construction of the science of money. 1892 332.4 N44
PRESTON, Robert E.
History of the monetary legislation and of the currency sys-
tem of the United States, with a speech on our currency
system by J. H. Eckels. 1896 ^32.4 PQJ
The same. 1896 332.4 ?93
This book also contains: Robert Morris, "On a coinage scheme for
the United States;" Thomas Jefferson, "On a money unit;" Alexan-
der Hamilton, "On the establishment of a mint;" John Sherman, "On
the part silver should play in our currency system."
356 COINS AND COINAGE
UPTON, Jacob Kendrick.
Money in politics. 1895 332-4 U26
A study of the financial history of the United States.
WATSON, David K.
History of American coinage. 1899 332.4 W3I
WELLS, David Ames.
Robinson Crusoe's money. 1896 332.4 W49
The same. 1896 ^32.4 W49
ENGLAND Gold and silver commission.
Final report of the Royal commission appointed to inquire
into the recent changes in the relative value of the
precious metals. 1889. (5oth cong. 2d sess. Senate.
Mis. doc. 34.) ^32.41 64
McPHERSON, Logan G.
Monetary and banking problem. 1896 332.41 M.22
UNITED STATES Mint bureau.
Report upon the production of the precious metals during
the calendar year, i88o-date. i88i-date ^332.41 U2S
Binder's title reads "Production of gold and silver in the United States."
ADAMS, Brooks.
Gold standard; an historical study. 1896 332.42 Aai
ANDREWS, Elisha Benjamin.
An honest dollar. 1896 332.42 A$6
The same. (In American economic association. Publications,
v-4-) T330.6 Asip v.4
ATKINSON, Edward.
Report upon the present status of bimetallism -in Europe,
Oct. 1887. 1887. (soth cong. ist sess. Senate. Ex. doc.
no.34.) r2504
Appendix D consists of "Materials toward the elucidation of the
economic conditions affecting precious metals and the question of
standards," by Adolf Soetbeer.
BARCLAY, Robert, of Manchester, England.
The disturbance in the standard of value. 1896 332.42 623.
BARKER, Wharton.
Bimetallism; or, The evils of gold monometallism and the
benefits of bimetallism. 1896 332.42 624
CARGILL, John F.
Freak in finance; a reply to Coin's financial school. 1895. ..332.42 Cig
The same. 1895 ^32.42 Ci9
CARNEGIE, Andrew.
The A B C of money. 1891 ^32.42 C2i
Reprinted, with additions, from the North American review, June, 1891.
The same. (In his Empire of business, p.2i-67.) 304 C2ie
COWPERTHWAIT, John Howard.
Money, silver and finance. 1896 332.42 C84
DARWIN, Leonard.
Bimetallism, a summary and examination of the arguments
for and against a bimetallic currency. 1897 332.42 D26
Contents: The bimetallic theory. The choice of a ratio. Bimetallism
versus monometallism. Rising: and falling- prices. Foreign trade.
COINS AND COINAGE 357
DELL, Sidney.
Free silver. 1894 332.42 D4I
EASTERN BIMETALLIC LEAGUE.
Publications. 1894 332.42 Ei8
Contents: The adverse influence of gold appreciation upon the trade
of gold-standard countries with the East, exemplified in China, by
W. H. Talbot. Gold monometallism and its effects upon wages, by W.
S. Wetmore. An illustration of some of the evils inflicted upon gold
standard countries by their attempt to demonetize silver, by W.
H. Talbot. Appreciation of gold the cause of industrial depression
in England, by George Jamieson. The appreciation of gold: notes
illustrative of the disastrous effect upon foreign commercial interests
in the far East and upon the industries and wage-earners of the west,
by H. Kopsch. A protest, by W. S. Wetmore.
EDGCUMBE, Sir Robert P.
Popular fallacies regarding bimetallism. 1896 332.42 28
EHRICH, Louis R.
Question of silver. 1896. (Questions of the day.) 332.42 38
FONDA, Arthur I.
Honest money. 1895 332.42 F73
FRASER, John A. & Sergei, C.H.
Sound money; a reply to Coin's financial school. 189.5 ^32.42 F88
GOLD-SILVER controversy; essays from the Political
science quarterly. 189^ , 332.42 GS7
Contents: Finance and politics, by Edward Gary. The late bond syn-
dicate contract, by A. D. Noyes. The gold reserve, by Frank Fetter.
The gold standard in recent theory, by J. B. Clark. Free coinage and
prosperity, by J. B. Clark. Free silver and wages, by R. Mayo-
Smith. Silver in commerce, by W. C. Ford. After effects of free coin-
age of silver, by J. B. Clark. The ideal American commonwealth, by
J. W. Burgess.
HARVEY, William Hope.
Coin's financial school. 1894 332.42 H33
A widely circulated argument in favor of free and unlimited coinage of
silver by the United States. See, for reply, Horace White's "Coin's
financial fool."
Coin's financial school up to date. 1895 332.42 H33
Bound with the above.
HORR, Roswell G. & Harvey, W.H.
Great debate on the financial question. 1895 332.42 H8l
HORTON, Samuel Dana.
The monetary situation, an address delivered May 21, 1878;
with an appendix from the following papers: Prussian
anti-silver theory and its origin in an historical error;
General restoration of silver a condition precedent to
successful cancellation of paper money; Vindication of
the practicability of bi-metallic union. 1878 332.42 H8l6
Silver and gold and their relation to the problem of re-
sumption; to which is added Sir Isaac Newton and
England's prohibitive tariff upon silver money.
1895 332.42 H8i6si
Bibliography, p. 188-193.
Silver in Europe. 1892 332.42 H8i6s
"By a leading bimetallist. Includes review of Paris Monetary Congress
(September, 1889); and Questions of the Royal (British) Commission
on Gold and Silver (1870), and answers." Bowker & lies' "Reader's
guide."
358 COINS AND COINAGE
HUDSON, James Fairchild.
A silver symposium; an analysis of the money issue. 1896. .332.42 H88
JORDAN, William Leighton.
Standard of value. 1896. 332.42 J42
LAUGHLIN, James Laurence.
Facts about money, including the debate with W. H. Harvey,
1895. 1895 332-42 L36f
The same. 1895 ^32.42 L36f
History of bimetallism in the United States. 1894 332.42 L36
Exhaustive; presenting extensive array of facts and figures. Holds that
gold has not appreciated and silver has declined in value; maintains
that coinage of silver dollars should cease. Bibliography.
MACLEOD, Henry Dunning.
Indian currency. 1898 332.42 MlQ
MASAYOSHI, Count Matasukata.
Report on the adoption of the gold standard in Japan.
1899 qr332.42 M44
MITCHELL, W.B.
Dollars or wliat? a little common sense applied to silver as
money. 1895 332.42 M74
PRESENT problems; bi-weekly, v.i, no.i-15. 1896-97 ^32.42 Pga
Contents: Dembitz, L.N. The free coinage problem. Hull, A.P. A
horrible crime; the demonetization of iron 2,200 years ago. Graham,
Whidden. "16 to i" in Egypt. Warner, J. De W. "Free coinage"
dissected. Wages vs. 16 to i. Yeaman, C.H. The silver standard.
Procter, J.R. The dollar of the fathers. A free coinage catechism.
Free coinage and the farmer. Silas Balsam's letters on law, repudia-
tion and honor; ed. by Jedediah Buck. Petroleum V. Nasby on silver.
Nichols, Acosta. The value and effects of the free coinage dollar.
Townsend, J.P. Wall street and its relation to wage earners and farm-
ers. Warner, J. De W. Wages vs. 16 to i, second edition. Patterson,
C.S. An argument for the gold standard. Powers, P.P. Jefferson and
Jackson on present problems.
No more published
ROBERTS, Isaac, political economist.
Wages, fixed incomes and the free coinage of silver; or, The
danger involved in the free coinage of silver at the ratio
of 16 to i. 1896 T332.42 RSJ
The same. 1896 332.42 R53
SMITH, W.H.
Effects of the gold standard; or, Bimetallists' catechism.
1896 332.42 S66
SOUND currency. v.2-date. i895-date ^32.42 8724
The same, v.2-3. 1895-96 332.42 872
Issued by the Reform club, New York.
SOUND MONEY LEAGUE OF PHILADELPHIA.
Documents. 2v. 1895 ^32.42 872
v.i. Report of the proceedings of the sound money meeting, May 28,
1893. Address, by G. F. Edmunds. Address, by W. L. Trenholm.
Address, by M. D. Harter. Address, by C. E. Smith. Gold,
silver and money, by S. R. Shipley. The action of the Union
league of Philadelphia. Sound money speech, by C. S. Patter-
son. The money unit of 1792, by Marriott Brosius. The cost of
bad money, by Edward Atkinson. The future price of silver, by
Ellis Clark. Sound money speech, by G. B. Roberts.
v.a. The silver question in a nutshell, by T. C. Knauff. To the farmers
of Pennsylvania, by Marriott Brosius. A dissatisfied farmer, by
T. C. Knauff. An argument for the gold standard, by C. S.
COINS AND COINAGE 359
Patterson. A currency catechism, by C. S. Patterson. Work of
the Sound money league of Pennsylvania, to Sept. 1896. The
people's friend? by T. C. Knauff.
STEVANS, CM.
Silver vs. gold, free silver and the people; a campaign hand-
book for the struggling millions against the gold-hoarding
millionaires. 1896 332-42 S84
STOKES, Anson Phelps.
Joint-metallism. 1895. (Questions of the day.) 332.42 S8;
The same. 1896. (Questions of the day.) .-. ^32.42 S87J
TAUSSIG, Frank William.
Silver situation in the United States. 1894. (Questions of
the day.) 332.42 T24
Revised edition of paper published by American economic association;
reviews legislation and conditions from 1878 to close of 1892; advo-
cates monometallism but considers bimetallist arguments fairly.
TELLER, James H.
Battle of the standards. 1896 332.42 T27
The same. 1896 ^32.42 T27
TOURGfiE, Albion Winegar.
War of the standards; coin and credit versus coin without
credit. 1896. (Questions of the day.) 332.42 T6$
UNITED STATES Monetary commission, 1876.
Report, and accompanying documents. 2v. 1877-79 ^32.42 U25
UPTON, Jacob Kendrick.
Coin catechism. 1895 ^32.42 U26
WALKER, Francis Amasa.
International bimetallism. 1896 332.42 Wi6
Reviews briefly history of gold and silver currency and makes a strong
argument for international bimetallism. Opposes free coinage of
WALSH, William J. abp.
Bimetallism and monometallism. 1893 ^32.42 Wi8
WHEELER, Everett P. Epperell.
Real bi-metallism. 1895. (Questions of the day.) 332.42 W6i
WHITE, Horace.
Coin's financial fool. 1895 332.42 W63
The same. 1895 ^32.42 W63
A reply to "Coin's financial school," with illustrations by Dan. Beard.
BERLIN SILVER COMMISSION, 1894.
Proposals submitted and debate on the proposals; report
of proceedings, to which is appended, report of the pro-
ceedings of the International bimetallic conference,
London, 1894. 1895. (United States. 53d cong. 2d
sess. Senate. Mis. doc. 274.) ^32.44 645
INTERNATIONAL MONETARY CONFERENCE, Paris,
1878.
Proceedings and exhibits, followed by the report of the
American commission, and historical material for, and
contributions to, the study of monetary policy, by S. D.
Horton. 1879 ^32.44 124
Bibliography of money, $.737-773.
360 COINS AND COINAGE
INTERNATIONAL MONETARY CONFERENCE, Paris,
1881.
Proceedings and exhibits of the conference held in Paris,
April-July, 1881. 1887 ^32.44 I24p
RUSSELL, Henry Benajah.
International monetary conferences, their purposes, character
and results, with a study of the conditions of currency and
finance in Europe and America daring intervening periods,
and in their relations to international action. 1898. . . .332.44 Rpi
"A clear, convincing, and interesting history of the struggle for the
restoration of silver as a money metal. It is especially important at
the first full explanation of the demonetization of silver."
WILLIS, Henry Parker.
History of the Latin monetary union; a study of internation-
al monetary action. 1901. (Chicago. university. Econom-
ic studies, v.5.) 332-44 W75
Bibliography, p. .314-319.
"Remarkable for its insight and grasp on economic principles, but still
more for its laborious sifting of all the documentary and contempora-
neous evidence available in the several countries forming the Latin
Union." Nation, 1901.
The Latin union, established in 1865, was a monetary alliance of France,
Belgium, Italy and Switzerland, its object being the maintenance and
regulation of a uniform interchangeable gold and silver coinage.
BROOKS, H. K. pub.
Foreign exchange ; tables converting foreign money into United
States money, and United States money into foreign
money at all commercial rates of exchange used in
financial transactions. 1900 ^32.45 677
GOSCHEN, George Joachim, viscount.
Theory of foreign exchanges. 1896 332.45 G6g
UNITED STATES Mint bureau.
Annual report (4th, 8th-date) of the director of the mint,
for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1876, i88o-date.
i876-date ^32.46 U25
From 1873 the report of the director of the mint has been included in
the Annual report of the secretary of the treasury, ^53.2 UaS3.
RAND, McNALLY & CO. pub.
Gold and silver coinage under the constitution; laws en-
acted thereon by Congress from the organization of
the federal government to the present time (1896).
1896 T332.47 Ri8
DEL MAR, Alexander.
History of monetary systems. 1896 332.49 041
Bibliography, p. 11-16.
EVANS, George G. ed.
Illustrated history of the United States mint; with a descrip-
tion of American coinage, and biographical sketches of the
mint officers. 1894 T332-49 94
HORTON, Samuel Dana.
The silver pound and England's monetary policy since the
restoration, with the history of the guinea. 1887 332.49 H8i
LAND 361
332.5 Paper money
KNOX, John Jay.
United States notes; a history of the issues of paper
money. 1894 332.5 K35
"Mr. Knox was comptroller of the currency from 1872 until 1884.
Previous to the former date he had been in the service of the
Treasury Department of the United States since 1862. . .Especial
emphasis is given to the development of the doctrine of the consti-
tutionality of government paper money. The work... is historical
rather than controversial. . .and for the topics considered, while not
exhaustive, an adequate and interesting authority. In the appendix
are opinions given by the Supreme Court in 1884 on the constitution-
ality of the issue of United States notes in times of peace." Larned's
Literature of American history.
Chapter XII is an historical sketch of the distribution of the surplus
among the states.
332.6 Stocks and bonds
AUBREY, William Hickman Smith.
Stock exchange investments. 1896 332.6 A8o.
CLEWS, Henry.
Twenty-eight years in Wall street. 1887 332.6 58
LEE, Joseph M.
Lee's manual of financial values and fluctuations; (annual).
v.i-2. 1896-98 qr332.6 L$2
Vol.i covers the six years from 1890-1895 and is called the ist edition.
Vol.2 covers the six years from 1892-1897.
Lee's monthly financial values and fluctuations, v.i, no.4-
12. 1896 qr332.6 LS2l
No. 4 is the first number published; publication ceased with no. 12.
333 Land
COX, Harold.
Land nationalization. 1892. (Social questions of to-day.) 333 C8s
List of works referred to, p. 184.
DUTT, Romesh Chunder.
Open letters to Lord Curzon, on famines and land assess-
ments in India. 1900 333 D95
GEORGE, Henry.
Perplexed philosopher; an examination of Herbert Spen-
cer's various utterances on the land question, with
some incidental reference to his Synthetic philosophy.
1892 333 G3 1
Contrasts Spencer's opinions on the land question as stated in "Social
statics" with those expressed in "Justice," condemning the latter.
GILMAN, Bradley.
Back to the soil; or, From tenement house to farm colony; a
circular solution of an angular problem, with an introduc-
tion by E. E. Hale. 1901 333 642
In fiction form the author earnestly advocates a new plan for relieving
the over-crowded districts of large cities, by the forming of what he
calls "farm colonies," where the people may have varied, profitable
and healthful occupations, and still avoid the solitude which is now
the greatest barrier to country life for the city-bred poor.
362 FISHERIES
GREEN, J.L.
Allotments and small holdings. 1896. (Social science series.). .333 G8a
KINNEAR, John Boyd.
Principles of property in land. 1880 333 K27
"Regards land-owning as one of the social and conventional rights which
for the general good communities accord to individuals." Bowker &
' lies' "Reader's guide."
MOORE, Harold E.
Back to the land. 1893. (Social questions of to-day.) 333 M87
Deals with labor colonies, with cooperative farms, with the Salvation
army estate, and with many practical matters concerning peasant in-
dustries. Author advocates a national organization uniting under one
control a training farm, a home settlement and an efficient scheme of
colonization.
POLLOCK, Sir Frederick.
The land laws. 1896. (English citizen series.) 333 P?6
"To make the principles and leading features of the English law of real
property intelligible to a reader who is without legal training, but is
willing to take some little pains to understand." Preface.
WALLACE, Alfred Russel.
Land nationalisation; its necessity and its aims. 1896. (Social
science series.) 333 Wi7
Bibliography, p.253-256.
333.9 Fisheries
PARIS, BERING SEA TRIBUNAL OF ARBITRATION,
1892.
Fur seal arbitration. Proceedings of the tribunal of arbi-
tration, convened at Paris under the treaty between
the United States and Great Britain concluded Feb.
29, 1892, for the determination of questions concerning
the jurisdictional rights of the United States in the
waters of Bering Sea. i6v. 1895 ^33.9 P23
v.i. Final report of agent of United States; protocols of proceed-
ings; award; opinions of Harlan and Morgan.
v.2. Case of United States, including reports of Bering Sea Com-
mission; appendix to case of United States, v.i [diplomatic cor-
respondence and other papers]. 1892.
v.3. Appendix to case of United States, v.2 [testimony]. 1892.
v-4. Case presented on part of government of Her Britannic Majesty;
schedule of claims; appendix, v.i-2 [correspondence and treaties].
1895-
v.5- Appendix to case of Her Majesty's government, v.3 [correspondence
and treaties; v.4, maps].
v.6. Joint report of Behring Sea Commission; and report of British
commissioners, June 21, 1892, with appendixes.
v.7. Counter case of United States including appendix. 1893.
v.8. Counter case of Great Britain; appendix, v. 1-2.
v.9. Argument of United States [including appendix]. 1893.
v.io. Argument of Great Britain,
v.i i. Oral arguments on preliminary motions.
v.i 2. Oral arguments of Carter and Coudert on behalf of United States.
v.i 3. Oral arguments of Russell, Webster and Robinson on behalf of
Great Britain.
v.i 4. Oral arguments on regulations, by Russell, Webster and Robinson,
v.i 5. Oral arguments of Phelps on behalf of United States.
v.i6. Facsimiles of documents in the Alaskan archives, Department of
state, to accompany case and counter-case of United States
UNITED STATES State department.
Information from the State, Treasury and Navy depart-
ments relating to the enforcement of the regulations
COOPERATION 363
respecting fur seals. Feb. u, 1895. 1895. (53d cong.
3d sess. Senate. Ex. doc. no.67.) T333-9
334 Cooperation
HALE, Edward Everett.
Sybaris, and other homes; to which is added How they lived
in Hampton. 1900 334 His
Contents: My visit to Sybaris. How they lived at Naguadavick. How
they live in Vineland. How they live in Boston, and how they die
there. Homes for Boston laborers. How they lived in Hampton.
Suggestive sketches on practical economic subjects, model villages,
housing of the poor, etc.
"How they lived in Hampton" is the account of an experiment in co-
operation.
HOLYOAKE, George Jacob.
History of co-operation in England. 2v. 1875-85 334 H75
v.i. Pioneer period, 18121844.
v.2. Constructive period, 1845-1878.
HUGHES, Thomas, & Neale, E.V. ed.
Manual for co-operators. 1888 334 H8o.
WEBB, Mrs Beatrice (Potter).
Co-operative movement in Great Britain. 1895. (Social
science series.) 334 W36
WRIGHT, Carroll Davidson.
Manual of distributive co-operation. 1885 334 Wp3
Published by the Massachusetts bureau of statistics of labor.
DEXTER, Seymour.
Treatise on co-operative savings and loan associations.
1894 334-1 D52
Clear and full description of typical forms of building and loan associ-
ations, mutual associations and loan associations, and co-operative
banks. Gives history of their growth in the United States, dis-
cussion of the advantages of different forms, and description of mode
of organization under New York law.
ROSENTHAL, Henry S.
Manual for building and loan associations. 1888 r334-i R?2
HOLYOAKE, George Jacob.
Co-operative movement to-day. 1896. (Social questions of
to-day.) 334.5 H75
LLOYD, Henry Demarest.
Labor copartnership; notes of co-operative workshops, fac-
tories and farms in Great Britain and Ireland. 1898 334-6 L75
BAERNREITHER, J.M.
English associations of working men. 1893 334-7 Bi4
335 Socialism
BARNETT, Samuel Augustus, & Mrs Henrietta O.
Practicable socialism. 1894 335 B25
BAX, Ernest Belfort.
Ethics of socialism. 1893. (Social science series.) 335 633
Religion of socialism; essays in modern socialist criticism.
1896. (Social science series.) 335
364 SOCIALISM
BEHRENDS, Adolphus Julius Frederick.
Socialism and Christianity. 1886 335 638
Contents: Social theories. Historical sketch. Assumptions of modern
socialism. The economic fallacies of modern socialism. The rights of
labor. The responsibilities of wealth. The personal and social causes
of pauperism. Historical causes of pauperism and its cure. Treat-
ment of the criminal classes. Modern socialism, religion, and the
family.
BLATCHFORD, Robert, (pseud. Nunquam).
Merrie England. 1895 335 654
"Written to give the general public an idea of what Socialism is, to
remove the prejudices existing against Socialism, and to answer the
arguments commonly brought forward by its opponents." Preface.
BLISS, William Dwight Porter.
Handbook of socialism. 1895. (Social science series.) 335 BSS
Biographical notes on socialist writers and leaders, p.2os-263; bib-
liography, p. 264-286.
BROWN, Thomas Edwin.
Studies in modern socialism and labor problems. 1886 335 679
Bibliography, p.234-268.
DAWSON, William Harbutt.
German socialism and Ferdinand Lassalle; a biographical
history of German socialistic movements during this cen-
tury. 1899. (Social science series.) 335 D33
ELY, Richard Theodore.
French and German socialism in modern times. 1883 335 57
Socialism, with suggestions for social reform. 1894. (Li-
brary of economics and politics.) 335 573
Fair and conservative treatment of the strength and the weakness of
socialism. Advocates social reform in the way of factory and sani-
tary legislation, state ownership of railways, telephone, telegraph, etc.
ENGELS, Friedrich.
Socialism; Utopian and scientific. 1892. (Social science
series.) 335 63
GILMAN, Nicholas Paine.
Socialism and the American spirit. 1893 335 G42
Bibliography, P-367-37O.
Maintains that socialism and extreme forms of individualism are alike
contrary to American principles, and that moral improvement is more
needed than economic changes. Readable and judicial in spirit.
CONNER, Edward Carter Kersey.
Social philosophy of Rodbertus. 1899 335 G6i
"Writings of Rodbertus," p.p-io.
"Those who desire to know what can be said for Socialism by one who^
has some claim to be regarded as a philosophical historian will find
what they are in search of in Prof. Conner's carefully prepared
volume." Academy, 1899.
GRAHAM, William, of Belfast.
Socialism, .new and old. 1893. (International scientific
series.) 335 G77
GRONLUND, Laurence.
Co-operative commonwealth, an exposition of socialism.
1893 335 G93
"A statement of the case for state socialism, with plans for its operation."
Bowker & lies' "Reader's guide."
GUESDE, Jules.
Le socialisme au jour le jour. 1899 r33S Gps
SOCIALISM 365
JAURfiS, Jean Leon.
Action. socialiste; ire ser. v.i. 1899 r 335 J 21
Contents: Le socialisme et 1'enseignement. Le socialisme et les peuples.
KAUFMANN, Moritz.
Socialism and modern thought. 1895. (Social questions of
to-day.) 335 Ki4
KIRKUP, Thomas.
History of socialism. 1892 335 K28
Limited to ipth century. Gives friendly interpretation to theories, op-
poses state control and advocates a form of socialism equivalent to co-
operation.
KROPOTKIN, Petr Alexeievitch, prince.
L'anarchie; sa philosophic, son ideal; conference qui devait
etre faite le 6 mars 1896, a Paris. 1896. (Bibliotheque
sociologique.) r335 K42
LAFARGUE, Paul.
Evolution of property from savagery to civilization. 1890.
(Social science series.) 335 Li4
LE BON, Gustave.
Psychology of socialism. 1899 335 L47
Contents: The socialistic theories and their disciples. Socialism as a
belief. Socialism as affected by race. The conflict between economic
necessities and the aspirations of the socialists. The conflict between
the laws of evolution, the democratic ideal and the aspirations of the
socialists. The destinies of socialism.
LETOURNEAU, Charles.
Property; its origin and development. 1892. (Contemporary
science series.) 335 L6s
LONDON, FABIAN SOCIETY.
Fabian essays in socialism. 1889 335 L82
Contents: The basis of socialism: Economic, by G. B. Shaw; Historic,
by Sidney Webb; Industrial, by William Clarke; Moral, by Sidney
Olivier. The organization of society: Property under socialism, by
Graham Wallis; Industry under socialism, by Annie Besant. The tran-
sition to social democracy: Transition, by G. B. Shaw; The outlook,
by Hubert Bland.
Most of these essays were delivered as lectures in London and elsewhere,
by members of the executive council of the Fabian society, and may
be considered as voicing the opinions of the moderate party among
English social democrats.
MACKAY, Thomas, ed.
Plea for liberty; an argument against socialism and socialistic
legislation. 1891 335 Mi7
Contents: From freedom to bondage, by Herbert Spencer. The im-
practicability of socialism, by E. S. Robertson. The limits of liberty,
by Wordsworth Donisthorpe. Liberty for labour, by George Howell.
State socialism in the antipodes, by Charles Fairfield. The discon-
tent of the working-classes, by Edmund Vincent. Investment, by
Thomas Mackay. Free education, by B. H. Alford. The housing of
the working-classes and of the poor, by Arthur Raffalovich. The evils
of state trading as illustrated by the post office, by Frederick Millar.
Free libraries, by M. D. O'Brien. The state and electrical distribu-
tion, by F. W. B. Gordon. The true line of deliverance, by Auberon
Herbert.
MALATO, Charles.
L'homme nouveau. 1898. (Bibliotheque sociologique.) r335 K^2
Bound with Kropotkin's L'anarchie.
MORRIS, William.
Signs of change; lectures. 1888 335 Mgi
Contents: How we live and how we might live. Whigs, democrats and
366 SOCIALISM
socialists. Feudal England. The hopes of civilization. The aims
of art. Useful work versus useless toil. Dawn of a new epoch.
MORRIS, William, & Bax, E.B.
Socialism; its growth & outcome. 1893. (Social science
series.) 335 MQIS
PAOLI, Louis.
Les ecoles economiques et sociales. 1900 r33S P22
The PEOPLE; bi-weekly. v.7-date. i897-date qr33S P4I
April 28, ipoi-date, v.n, no.4-date, title reads the Worker.
Published at William St., New York.
The PEOPLE ; weekly, v.g-date. iSog-date qr33S ?4ia
June 23, ipoo-date, v.io, no.i3-date, title reads Weekly people.
Published at Beekman St., New York; later numbers at New Reade st.
PROUDHON, Pierre Joseph.
What is property? 335 ?97
PUBLIC ownership review; devoted to the spread of public
ownership facts; monthly, Feb. i897-March 1899. 3v.
1897-99 qr335 P98
No more published.
February to June 1897, wanting.
RAE, John, b. 1845.
Contemporary socialism. 1894 335 Ri3
"States and criticises in a masterly way the principles of Lassalle, Marx,
Karl Mario, the Socialists of the Chair, the Christian Socialists, the
Russian Nihilists, and Henry George; with a general chapter on Social-
ism and the Social Question." Bowker & lies' "Reader's guide."
RUSSELL, Bertrand.
German social democracy. 1896. (Studies in economics and
political science.) 335 Rgi
Contains an appendix by Alys Russell, on "Social democracy and the
woman question in Germany," p.i73-i95.
Bibliography, p.7~io.
SCHAFFLE, Albert.
Quintessence of socialism. 1894. (Social science series.) .. .335 829
SHAW, George Bernard, ed.
Fabianism and the Empire; a manifesto by the Fabian socie-
ty. 1900 335 S5J
"Mr. Bernard Shaw has for so long a period been the delight of men of
letters rather than of his brother Socialists that it is almost startling
to find him in a serious mood, dealing with questions like Army Re-
form, Imperial Policy, and South Africa... As a contribution to politics
it deserves consideration, and the ordinary politician will find it far
more weighty than he will expect from a Socialist source." Athenaum,
SOMBART, Werner.
Socialism and the social movement in the igth century, with
a chronicle of the social movement, 1750-1896. 1898 335 S6g.
"Contains little that is directly controversial; but it gives the impres-
sion that the purpose of the socialists is based on a fallacy, that it is
not, in reality, in harmony with evolution, and that it will not prevail."
Introduction, by J. B. Clark.
SOTHERAN, Charles.
Horace Greeley and other pioneers of American socialism.
1892. (Social science library.) 335 871
SPRAGUE, Franklin M.
Socialism from Genesis to Revelation. 1893 335 876
STEPNIAK, (pseud, of Serge Michaelovitch Kravchinsky).
Nihilism as it is; being Stepniak's pamphlets [What is
CHRISTIAN SOCIALISM 367
wanted? and, The agitation abroad] translated by E.
L. Voynich, and Felix Volkhovsky's "Claims of the Rus-
sian liberals" 335 883
TANDY, Francis Dashwood.
Voluntary socialism. 1896 335 Ti7
VAIL, Charles Henry.
Modern socialism. 1897 335 Vi3
VANDERVELDE, fimile.
Le collectivisme et 1'evolution industrielle. 1900. (Biblio-
theque socialiste.) r335 Vi8
Bibliography, p. 276-279.
WEBB, Sidney James.
Socialism in England. 1893. (Social science series.) 335 W36
The same. (In American economic association. Publications,
v.4.) T330.6 Asip v.4
WRIXON, Sir Henry John.
Socialism; being notes on a political tour. 1896 335 W93
Contents: Sydney. The Pacific, Fiji and Honolulu. Canada. Eng'and.
Socialism in England. Meetings. Socialists I have met. United
States. Socialist literature. Thoughts of the man in the street. Re-
ligion and the family under socialism.
ZENKER, Ernst Viktor.
Anarchism; a criticism and history of the anarchist theory.
1897 335 247
"As regards the standpoint which I have taken in this book upon ques-
tions of fact, it is strictly the coldly observant and critical attitude of
science...! was not concerned to write either for or against Anarch-
ism, but only to tell. . .what Anarchism really is." Preface.
335-7 Christian socialism
CHURCH SOCIAL UNION.
Publications. V.i-date. iSgs-date 035.7 46
1895-96 was issued in two series marked A and B. Series A was issued
about the first of each month and series B the middle of each month.
The two series are bound separately.
Until Dec. 1.899 each number consisted of a single article. From that
time on the publication is called the Monthly leader, and is made up of
many short articles. Supplements are issued, which are of the same
character as the early numbers.
For contents see contents book, p. 164; kept at the reference desk.
GLADDEN, Washington.
Tools and the man; property and industry under the
Christian law. 1894 335.7 G45
"Applies moral tests to the institution of property, the system of wage
earning, the process of competition, and the existing organization of so-
ciety. Inquires how the industrial system can be Christianized The
book will not fail to clarify the view of those who are willing to
work for society and are seeking direction." Political science quarter-
ly, 1893.
KAUFMANN, Moritz.
Christian socialism. 1888 335-7 Ki4
WARRINER, Edward Augustus.
Gate called beautiful ; an institute of Christian sociology.
1898 335.7 W24
Sermons recast into the form of essays, applying the principles and
teachings of the Christian religion along sociological lines. Harsh in
denunciation of existing conditions in church and society.
24
3 68 SOCIALISTIC COMMUNITIES
335-9 Socialistic communities
CODMAN, John Thomas.
Brook Farm; historic and personal memoirs. 1894 335-9 65
Dr Codman was a member of the Brook Farm community, and his
work is therefore based upon personal knowledge of the scheme and
of the character and personalities of those interested in it. The
volume provides data for a thorough understanding of the theoretical
and fiscal basis of the community.
NORDHOFF, Charles.
Communistic societies of the United States. 1875 335-9 N43
NOYES, John Humphrey.
History of American socialisms. 1870 335-9 N48
RANDALL, Emilius Oviatt.
History of the Zoar society, from its commencement to its
conclusion; a sociological study in communism. 1900 335-9 Ri8
RUSSELL, Amelia Eloise.
Home life of the Brook Farm association. 1900 335-9 R9*
Biographical sketch of the author, $.7-41.
SWIFT, Lindsay.
Brook Farm; its members, scholars and visitors. 1900 335-9 $97
The romantic story of the Brook Farm experiment begun in West
Koxbury in 1841. An account is given of the organization of Brook
Farm, its buildings, industries, amusements, etc.
"Mr. Swift has done his work so well that the task seems to have
waited for his coming, and there can be no good excuse for any
one's taking it up again hereafter. The complaint that is likeliest
to be made against him is that of imperfect sympathy with the ex-
periment; but, while it is easy to conceive that a more perfect sym-
pathy might have been combined with an equal measure of critical
detachment, Mr. Swift's treatment leaves little to desire." Nation, 1900.
WILLIAMS, Aaron.
Harmony society at Economy, Penn'a. 1866 ^35.9 W74
336 Finance
For Municipal finance, see 352.1 .
ADAMS, Henry Carter.
Science of finance; an investigation of public expenditures and
public revenues. 1898. (American science series; advanced
course.) 336 A2i
BAST ABLE, Charles Francis.
Public finance. 1895 336 629
COMMERCIAL & financial chronicle, weekly, v.34-41, 43-45,
62-date. i882-date q r 336 C73
A continuation of the Merchants' magazine.
The same, the investors' supplement; quarterly, v.36-43, 62-
date. i883-date qr336 C731
The same, the quotation supplement; monthly. v.62-date.
i8o6-date qr336 C73q
The same, state and city supplement; semi-annual. v.62-date.
i896-date qr336 C73S
The same, street railway supplement; quarterly. v.6o-date.
i895-date '.
FINANCE. STATE DOMAIN 369
DANIELS, Winthrop More.
Elements of public finance; including the monetary system of
the United States. 1899 336 D22
"Satisfactory iiK plan and clear in its historical statements, but is at
times unexpectedly feeble and careless in its discussion of present
problems." Outlook, 1899.
Author is (1899) professor of political economy in Princeton university.
The FINANCIAL review; annual, iSgy-date. i897~date qr336 F49
MERCHANTS' magazine and commercial review; monthly.
v.i-57. 1839-67 r336 M63
v.23-43 title reads Hunt's merchants' magazine.
After 1870 included in the Commercial and financial chronicle.
PENNSYLVANIA Ways and means committee.
Report of the committee of ways and means relative to the
finances of the commonwealth, March 7, 1827. 1827. . . '. .r386 ?39
Bound with other pamphlets.
PLEHN, Carl Copping.
Introduction to public finance. 1896 336 P6g
Brief bibliography for advanced students, p.354-355-
An elementary text-book treating of public expenditure, customs, duties,
the incidence of taxation, forms of public debts, etc,
QUESNAY, Francois.
Tableau oeconomique. 1894 Q r 336 Q27
Bibliography, p. 7-8.
First printed in 1758 and now reproduced in facsimile for the British
economic association.
"Essays, by analysis of the circulation of wealth, to show the importance
of wise consumption in the accumulation of reproductive capital."
Preface.
Author was a noted French political economist and physician; one of the
founders of the school of the physiocrats.
336.1 State domain
BERNER, Robert L.
Report relative to the entries of lands within the limits of the
Des Moines river land grant. May 16, 1894. 1894.
(United States. 53d cong. 2d sess. Senate. Ex. doc.
no.97.) qr336.i 645
DONALDSON, Thomas.
Public domain; its history, with statistics, revised to 1883.
1884. (United States Public lands commission.) ... .r336.i 071
McCRELLIS, James Bradford, comp.
Military reservations, national military parks and national
cemeteries; title and jurisdiction. 1898 T336.I Ml4
SPAIN Crown.
Spanish public land laws (English translation) in the Philip-
pine islands, and their history to Aug. 13, 1898; tr. and
comp. in the United States forestry bureau under the direc-
tion of G. P. Ahern. 1901. (United States Insular af-
fairs division.) r336.i 873
UNITED ILLINOIS AND WABASH LAND COMPANIES.
Memorial of the United Illinois and Wabash land compan-
ies to the Senate and House of representatives of the
United States, Jan. 24, 1816. 1816 r343-i C38
Bound with Chase's "Answer and pleas."
Concerning the title to land purchased from the Indians in 1773 and
I 775> situated on the Illinois and Wabash rivers.
370 STATE DOMAIN
UNITED STATES General land office.
Annual report of the commissioner, for the year 1828,
1837-44, i849-date. i828-date r336.
Reports for 1828, 1837-44 W 'H be found in the sheep bound set of
congressional documents, numbered respectively, 181, 314, 322, 338,
345, 354, 364, 377, 383, 396, 401, 414, 419, 432, 441, 449.
Reports for 1849-59, 1862-64, 1876, 1881-83, 1886-90 will be found in
the annual reports of the secretary of the interior for the corresponding
years, 1-353.3 Uas.
Circular showing the manner of proceeding to obtain title to
public lands under the homestead, desert land and other
laws. 1899 r336.i U25
Decisions of the Department of the interior and the General
land office in cases relating to public lands, July 1881-
date. v.i-date. i887-date r336.i U25de
Digest of decisions of Department of the interior and Gen-
eral land office in cases relating to public lands, also
tables of cases reported and overruled, statutes, circu-
lars and rules of practice cited and construed, v.i-22,
1881-1896. 1897 r336.i U25d
UNITED STATES Public lands commission.
Existing laws of the United States of a general and permanent
character and relating to the survey and disposition of the
public domain, Dec. i, 1880, with supplement. 1884. .. .r336.i U2$3e
Laws of the United States of a local or temporary character;
exhibiting the entire legislation of Congress, upon which
the public land titles in each state and territory have de-
pended to Dec. i, 1880. 2v. 1884 r336.i U2531
UNITED STATES Senate 24th cong. 2d sess.
General public acts of Congress respecting the sale and dispo-
sition of public lands, with instructions issued by the secre-
tary of the treasury and commissioner of the General land
office and official opinions of the attorney general on ques-
tions arising under the land laws. Prepared and printed
by order of the Senate. 2v. 1838 r336.i U2532
v.i. Laws. v.2. Instructions and opinions.
Y., X.
Review of the late negociation and arrangement with the
British government respecting the West India trade; the
letters which appeared in the United States gazette, in
1831. 1831 r 33 6.i W38
Bound with other pamphlets.
336.2 Taxation
For Protection and Free trade, see 337
ANDREWS, M. P. comp.
Laws of the United States relating to customs, with por-
tions of certain commercial treaties. 1899. (United
States Treasury department doc. 2012.) r 336.2 As6
BARNES & CARROLL, comp.
Tariff; or, Rates of duty from 3ist Dec. 1833 until 3Oth June
1842, containing also, rules and examples for calculat-
TAXATION 37*
ing duties on goods; with rules and tables for ascertain-
ing duties on British goods. 1837 r336.2 625
BOUTWELL, George Sewall, comp.
Manual of the direct and excise tax system of the United
States, including the forms and regulations established by
the commissioner of internal revenue, the decisions and
rulings of the commissioner, with extracts from the cor-
respondence of the office. 1863. (United States In-
ternal revenue office.) T336.2 665
CAMPBELL, James, comp.
Tariff; or, Rates of duties payable on goods imported into
the United States, 1836-1837, with the rates of duty of the
tariff of 1828; and an appendix containing important laws
of the United States and the state of New York, relating
to commerce r 336.2 CiS
COLLET, Collet Dobson.
History of the taxes on knowledge; their origin and repeal.
2v. 1899 336.2 C6p
History of the English taxes on newspapers, advertisements and paper
from the enactment of the first newspaper stamp law in 1712 down to
the repeal of the paper duty, the last to be abolished, in 1861. The
author was secretary of the association which was largely instrumental
in securing the repeal of these taxes.
CONFEDERATE STATES OF AMERICA Quarter-
master's department.
Instructions to be observed by officers and agents receiv-
ing the tax in kind, March 29, 1864. 1864 T973-7 CS5
Bound with other pamphlets.
COSSA, Luigi.
Taxation; its principles and methods; tr. by Horace White.
1893 336.2 C83
DEGRAND, Peter Paul Francis, comp.
Tariff of duties on importations into the U. States, and
Revenue laws and custom-house regulations. 1828. . . .r336.2 038
EASTMAN, Frank Marshall.
Taxation for state purposes in Pennsylvania; containing
full information in regard to every state tax and license;
the text of all laws now in force; with chapters on local
taxation, suggestions to officers of corporations and
hints to legislators. 1898 336.2 Ei8
ELY, Richard Theodore.
Taxation in American states and cities. 1888 336.2 57
"A popular work, describing taxation as it is, with suggestions for
reform. Presents much illustrative information. Holds that a referen-
dum should decide proposed loans in cities."
EVANS, Charles Henry.
Comparison of the tariff act of Aug. 28, 1894, with the law
of July 24, 1897, with estimated revenue under each
based upon importations for 1896; prepared under direc-
tion of the committee on finance. July 24, 1897.
(United States. 55th cong. ist sess. Senate. Doc.
no.iSS.) qr336.2 94
EVANS, Charles Henry, comp.
Imports and exports. 2v. in i. 1894. (United States. 53d
372 TAXATION
cong. ad sess. Senate. Report 110.259.) ^36.2 94!
v.i. Imports from 1867 to 1893 inclusive; a compilation of foreign
commodities imported and entered for consumption showing quanti-
ties, values, rates of duty, etc., comp. from Annual reports of
commerce and navigation.
v.z. Exports, domestic and foreign from the American colonies to
Great Britain, 1697-1789 inclusive. Exports, domestic, from the
United States to all countries, 1789-1893 inclusive.
FOSTER, Roger, & Abbot, E.V.
Treatise on the federal income tax under the act of 1894.
1895 336.2 F8i
HALL, Bolton, ed.
Who pays your taxes? 1892. (Questions of the day.) 336.2 H 17
Bibliography, $.219-232.
Issued by the authority of the New York tax reform association.
HOWE, Frederic Clemson.
Taxation and taxes in the United States under the internal
revenue system, 1791-1895. 1896. (Library of economics
and politics.) 336.2 H8s
Bibliography, 0.269272.
JONES, William Hiter.
Federal taxes and state expenses; or, The public good, as dis-
tinct from the general welfare of the United States. 1890.
(Questions of the day.) 336.2 J4I
McKINNEY, Mordecai, comp.
Digest of the laws of Pennsylvania relative to county and
township rates and levies, including road, school and poor
taxes, and to state taxes and duties, with notes of judicial
decisions. 1855 r336.2 Mi8
OLMSTED, Marlin Edgar.
Riter tax bill (House bill no.239) ; argument of M. E. Olm-
sted on behalf of certain corporate interests, before the
ways and means committee of the House of representa-
tives of Pennsylvania, March 19, 1895. I ^95 qr336.2 O23
PENNSYLVANIA Revenue commission.
Report of the Revenue commission appointed by the legis-
lature May 25, 1889, [to prepare a uniform revenue law
covering both state and local taxation]. 1890 036.2 P39
PORTER, Robert P.
Report and recommendations on the customs tariff of the
island of Porto Rico. Jan. 19, 1899. 1899. (United
States Customs division.) 036.2 U253&
Bound with other pamphlets.
PROCTOR, Robert G. comp.
Tariff acts passed from 1789 to 1897, including all acts,
resolutions and proclamations modifying or changing
those acts; comp. under the direction of the joint com-
mittee on printing. 1898. (United States. 55th cong.
2d sess. House. Doc. no.562.) qr336.2 P96
SELIGMAN, Edwin Robert Anderson.
Essays in taxation. 1895 336.2 S46e
Contents: The development of taxation. The general property tax.
The single tax. Double taxation. The inheritance tax. The taxation
of corporations. The classification of public revenues. Recent re-
forms in taxation. The betterment tax. Recent European literature
in taxation. American reports on taxation.
TAXATION 373
Shifting and incidence of taxation. 1899 336.2 846
Bibliography, p.3i7~334-
Revised and enlarged edition of an essay published by the American
economic association, entitled "On the shifting and incidence of taxa-
tion."
Part i gives a detailed critical history of the doctrine of incidence and
discusses various theories: physiocratic, absolute, equal-diffusion, capi-
talization, eclectic, agnostic, socialistic and quantitative. Part 2 con-
siders the chief separate taxes, one by one, and draws some general con-
clusions applicable to the science of public finance. The author is
(1901) professor of political economy and finance in Columbia univer-
sity.
SHEARMAN, Thomas Gaskell.
Natural taxation. 1895. (Questions of the day.) 336.2 853
The same. 1898 r336.2 853
SMART, William.
Taxation of land values and the single tax. 1900 336.2 863
TOBACCO question; a statement shewing that under the pres-
ent duty, a sum of money is raised on the labouring
classes, sufficient to pay the expense of the service of
the navy, army, customs, excise and pension list. Ed-3.
1837 r336.2 TS4
The same. Ed.4. 1837 T336.2 TS4
Bound with the above.
UNITED STATES Alcohol in the arts, Joint committee on.
Alcohol in the manufactures and arts; report [under
sec. 2 of act of June 3, 1896, opposing removal of in-
ternal revenue tax on alcohol; with hearings]. Dec.
17. J897. 1897. (55th cong. 2d sess. Senate. Report
no.4ii.) r336.2 U2$45
Alcohol in the manufactures and arts; report under sec. 2
of the act of June 3, 1896 [with reports of Henry
Dalley, jr., and hearings]. 1897. (54th cong. 2d sess.
Senate. Report no. 1 141.) r3474
UNITED STATES Customs division.
Customs regulations of 1899, prescribed for the instruction
and guidance of officers of customs. 1900. (Treasury
department doc. 2153.) T336.2 U253C
Tariff of 1897 on imports into the United States, with the
Customs administrative act of June 10, 1890, with
amendments to sections 7 and n, and the War-revenue
act of June 13, 1898. 1899. (Treasury department doc.
2099.) T336.2 U253t
Tariff on imports into the United States and the free list
and Hawaiian reciprocity treaty. 1880. (Treasury de-
partment, doc. 73.) r336.2 U253tar
Tariff on imports into the United States and the free list
as contained in act of March 3, 1883, also the Hawaiian
reciprocity treaty. 1883. (Treasury department doc.
4I5-) T336.2 U253tar
Bound with the above.
Tariffs of 1883 and 1890 on imports into the United States.
2v.ini. 1890. (Treasury department doc. 1372.) r336.2 U253
Tariffs of 1890 and 1894 on imports into the United States,
374 TAXATION
[with the Customs administrative act of June 10, 1890].
1894 r 336.2 U253ta
UNITED STATES Finance committee.
Alcohol in the arts; customs, laws and regulations for the use
of methylated and unmethylated alcohol in the arts.
Jan. 12, 1895. 2v. in i. 1895-96. (53d cong. 3d sess.
Senate. Report no. 760.) r336.2 U2532a
v.i. Great Britain.
v.2. Germany, Switzerland, the Netherlands, Belgium, France, Italy,
Russia, Sweden, Norway, Portugal, Austria-Hungary.
Bulletin of the committee on finance. 110.1-56, 61-62, in
8v. 1894-95 r336.2 U2532b
Chiefly replies from merchants and manufacturers to tariff inquiries,
no. 57-60, 63-64 not published.
Comparison of the tariffs of 1897, 1894 and 1890, with in-
dex. 2v. in i. 1897-98. (55th cong. ist sess. Senate.
Doc. no. 192.) T336.2 U254IC
Existing tariff on imports into the United States, etc. and the
free list, with comparative tables of present and past tariffs
ancl other statistics relating thereto. Jan. 4, 1884. 1884.
(48th cong. ist sess. Senate. Report no. 12.) r336.2 U2532C
Internal revenue laws from Aug. 5, 1861 to Mar. 3, 1873.
May 19, 1898. 1898. (55th cong. 2d sess. Senate. Re-
port no. 1 123.) r336.2 U2532i
Report on the changes in text and rates of duty of the tariff
act of 1890, and of the administrative act of June 1890,
made by tariff bill as it passed the House, and also as
reported to Senate by committee, with statistics, and
rates of duty proposed by Mills bill of 1888. April 17,
1894. 1894. (53d cong. 2d sess. Senate. Report no.
334-) qr336.2 U2532re
Report recommending a substitute for the bill (H. R. 9051)
to reduce taxation and simplify the laws in relation to
the collection of the revenue, with testimony. Oct. 4,
1888. 3pts. in iv. 1888. (5oth cong. ist sess. Senate.
Report no.2332.) T336.2 U2532r
Tariff and administrative customs acts of 1890, and the bill
H.R. 4864, as reported to the Senate from the finance com-
mittee, Mar. 20, 1894. April 2, 1894. 1894. (53d cong.
2d sess.) r336.2 U2535
UNITED STATES Insular affairs division.
Customs tariff for the Philippine archipelago. Sept. 1901.
1901 T336.2 U2538c
UNITED STATES Internal revenue office.
Annual report of the commissioner for the year ending
June 30, i863-date. i864-date r336.2 U25
Reports for 1865/66, 1868/69-1877/78, 1879/80, 1881/82-1882/83, i884/
85, 1886/87-1887/88 and 1892/93 will be found in the sheep bound set
of congressional documents numbered respectively, 1291, 1416, 1452,
1508, 1563, 1604, 1642, 1684, 1753, 1804, 1854, 1964, 2105, 2195, 2387,
2550, 2645 and 3218.
Compilation of decisions rendered by the commissioner of in-
ternal revenue under the war-revenue act of June 13, 1898.
TAXATION 375
[v.i]-date. iSgp-date T^6.
[v.i.] June i8g8-Dec. 31, 1898.
v.2. Jan. i, iSgp-Jan. 9, 1900.
v.3 wanting.
v-4- Jan. i-Dec. 31, 1901.
Gaugers' weighing manual, embracing regulations and
tables for determining the taxable quantity of distilled
spirits by weighing, Nov. I, 1900. 1900. ([Regula-
tions] no. ii, revised, supplement i; Treasury depart-
ment doc. 2191.) T336.2 U25g
Internal revenue laws in force August 28, 1894, with an
appendix containing laws of a general nature and mis-
cellaneous provisions applicable to the administration
of the internal revenue laws. 1894. (Treasury depart-
ment doc. 1715.) T336.2 U25i
The same, Jan. i, 1900. 1900. (Treasury department doc.
2157.) T336.2 U2512
Regulations; ser.7. no.3~4, 8-9, 21, 25-26. 1894-1900. . . ^336.2 U25r
The same; ser.7; no.n, revised T336.2 U25u
The same; ser.7, no.ii, revised, supplement i ^36.2 U25g
United States internal-revenue gangers' manual, embracing
regulations and instructions, and tables prescribed by
the commissioner, March 1900. 1900. ([Regulations]
ser.7, no. ii, revised; Treasury department doc.
2159.) T336.2 U25u
UNITED STATES Revenue commission.
Report of a commission [David A. Wells, Stephen Colwell,
Samuel S. Hays] appointed for a revision of the reve-
nue system, 1865-66. [General report, with special re-
ports no. 1-13.] 1866 T336.2 U2543
Special reports: Tea as a source of national revenue. Coffee as a
source of national revenue. Cotton as a source of national revenue.
Sugar and molasses as sources of national revenue. Distilled
spirits as a source of national revenue. Report of the commissioners
appointed by the United States brewers' associations, to the United
States revenue commission on the taxation and manufacture of malt
liquors in Europe. Petroleum as a source of national revenue.
Proprietary and other medicines, perfumery, playing cards, &c. as
sources of national revenue. Influence of duplication of taxes on
American industry. Relations of foreign trade to domestic industry
and internal revenue. Copper mining and manufacture. Iron and
steel. Wool and manufactures of wool.
UNITED STATES Revenue, Special commissioner of the.
Annual report of David A. Wells, special commissioner of
the revenue, 1866-1869. 1867-69 T336.2 U2544
The reports for 1867-1869 will be found in the sheep bound set of con-
gressional documents, no. 1332, 1372, 1416.
The report for 1867 contains a digest of laws relating to duties on im-
ports, enacted from March, 1861 to July, 1866, a comparative state-
ment of the rates of duty and imposts under the several tariff acts
from 1842 to 1866, and a form of a bill establishing rates of duty on
goods, wares and merchandise imported into the United States.
UNITED STATES State department.
Reports on taxatipn prepared by the consular officers of
the United States. 1888. (5oth cong. ist sess. House.
Ex. doc. no.400.) T336.2 U2542
On taxation in the different countries of Europe, in Argentine Republic,
Mexico and India.
376 TAXATION
UNITED STATES Statistics bureau.
Operations of the tariff act of March 3, 1883, for the six
months ended Dec. 31, 1883, [as compared with the
operations during the corresponding six months of
1882, of the law then in force]. 1884 r336.2 U253ta
UNITED STATES Tariff commission, 1882. -
Report of the tariff commission appointed under the act of
May 15, 1882. 2v. 1882 T336.2 U253J
UNITED STATES Tariff, Senate subcommittee on.
Comparison of tariff schedules, showing rates by existing
law, the bill, H. R. 9051 and the Senate substitute. 1888.
(SOth cong. 1st sess.) qr336.2 U2537
UNITED STATES Treasury department.
Report of the secretary [Daniel Manning] on the revision
of the tariff, with accompanying documents. Feb. 16,
1886. 1886 T336.2 U253r
UNITED STATES War department.
Customs regulations for ports in the island of Cuba, 1901.
1901 T336.2 U2538c
Customs tariff and regulations for ports in Cuba in posses-
sion of the United States. 1898 T336.2 U2538
Bound with other pamphlets.
Customs tariff and regulations for ports in Porto Rico in pos-
session of the United States. 1898 T336.2 U2S38
Customs tariff and regulations for the Philippine islands.
1898. (Treasury department doc. 2022.) r336.2 U2S38
Bound with other pamphlets.
UNITED STATES Ways and means committee.
Revision of the tariff; hearings before the committee on
ways and means, Sist cong. ist sess. i889-'9O. 1890.
(5ist cong. ist sess. House. Mis. doc. no. 176.) r336.2 U2539
Tables showing the rates of duties imposed by the tariff acts
of 1816, 1824, 1828 and 1832; also the rates of duties pro-
posed to be imposed by the several bills which have been
presented to the House at the present session; to which
are appended the tariff laws from 1789 to 1833. To
accompany revenue bill 472. 1842. (27th cong. 2d sess.
House. Doc. no.244.) r336.2 U2534
Tariff hearings before the committee on ways and means.
J 893. (53d cong. ist sess. House. Mis. doc. no.
43-) T336.2 U2539U
Tariff hearings before the committee on ways and means;
[schedules A-N, free list, etc., and appendix]. 2v.
1897. (S4th cong. 2d sess. House. Doc. no. 338.) . . .r336.2 U2539t
WELLS, David Ames.
Theory and practice of taxation. 1900 336.2 W49
YOUNG, Edward, b. 1814.
Special report on the customs-tariff legislation of the
United States, with appendixes; [Aug. n, 1871].
(United States Statistics bureau.) T336.2 37
Appendix A : Comparative statements of the rates of duties under the
several tariff acts from 1789 to 1870.
PUBLIC DEBTS 377
336.3 Public debts
ADAMS, Henry Carter.
Public debts; an essay in the science of finance. 1893 336.3 A2I
FENN, Charles.
Fenn on the funds; a handbook of public debts; details and
histories of the debts, budgets and foreign trade of all na-
tions; ed. by S. F. Van Oss. 1898 ^36.3 F36
NEWCOME, Frederick N.
Plan to liquidate the national debt with less than the cost of
interest; a paper on diminishing sinking funds. 1880. . . .336.3 Nz6
PENNSYLVANIA Sinking fund commissioners.
Report for the year ending Nov. 30, i887-date. 1887-
date T336.3 P39
Reports for 1893 and 1899 are wanting.
SCOTT, William Amasa.
The repudiation of state debts; a study in the financial history
of Mississippi, Florida, Alabama, North Carolina, South
Carolina, Georgia, Louisiana, Arkansas, Tennessee, Min-
nesota, Michigan and Virginia. 1893. (Library of eco-
nomics and politics.) 336.3 843
336.4-336.9 Finance of special countries
COBBETT, William.
Paper against gold, and glory against prosperity; or, An ac-
count of the rise, progress, extent and present state of the
funds and of the paper-money of Great Britain, to 1814.
2v. in I. 1815 ^36.4 C63
NECKER, Jacques.
Treatise on the administration of the finances of France. 3v.
1785 r 336.4 Nig
POSTLETHWAYT, Malachy.
Great-Britain's true system, to which is prefixed an introduc-
tion, relative to the forming a new plan of British politicks
with respect to our foreign affairs, and our connections on
the continent. 1757 ^36.4 P84
"During the first 60 years of the i8th century, the financial condition
and the fiscal possibilities of England were the chief topics to which
economic writers addressed themselves. . .Postlethwayt was the most
celebrated of these writers... He compares the commercial and colonial
policy of England with that of Holland and France, and tries to show
how the British system might be improved, so as to outdo our rivals."
W. Cunningham's "Growth of English industry and commerce."
RUSSIAN journal of financial statistics, Feb. 1901. 1901 ^336.4 Ro2
JAPAN Finance department.
Financial annual of Japan, 1901/02-1902/03. no. 1-2. 1901-
02
no. 2 title reads Financial and economical annual of Japan.
378 FINANCE OF THE UNITED STATES
United States
BOURNE, Edward Gaylord.
History of the surplus revenue of 1837. 1885. (Questions of
the day.) 336.7 665
Bibliography, p. 151-161.
BULLOCK, Charles Jesse.
Essays on the monetary history of the United States. 1900.
(Library of economics and politics.) 336.7 687
Contents: Three centuries of cheap money in the United States. The pa-
per currency of North Carolina. The paper currency of New Hamp-
shire.
Bibliography, p. 273-288.
"Author's general thesis is that the movements in this country in favor
of cheap money., .have been chiefly due to the constant spread of set-
tlement westward over large areas that have long remained thinly pop-
ulated. The inflationist movement finds its strength in the sparsely
settled regions where the scarcity of capital is experienced most keen-
ly. . .Throughout the work there is a wealth of notes and references...
The studies are 'original' in the truest sense of the term." American
historical review, 1901.
CONFEDERATE STATES OF AMERICA Treasury de-
partment.
Report of the secretary of the treasury, April i to Oct. I,
1864 ! r9737 C74S
Bound with other pamphlets.
DE KNIGHT, William Francis.
History of the currency of the country and of the loans of the
United States, from the earliest period to June 30, 1900.
1900. (United States Register of treasury.) qr336.7 038
Treasury department doc. no. 1943.
DUNBAR, Charles Franklin, comp.
Laws of the United States relating to currency, finance
and banking, 1789-1891. 1893 336.7 D8g
"Presents the exact text of the more important acts or parts of acts."
Bou'ker & lies' "Reader's guide."
GORDON, Armistead Churchill.
Congressional currency; an outline of the federal money sys-
tem. 1895. (Questions of the day.) 336.7 G6s
An outline of the federal money system as it exists to-day, and a sketch
of the legislation by Congress in regard to money and currency from
'1861 to the present time (1895).
KINLEY, David.
History, organization and influence of the independent
treasury of the United States. 1893. (Library of
economics and politics.) 336.7 K27
NOYES, Alexander Dana.
Thirty years of American finance; a short financial history
of the government and people of the United States
since the Civil war, 1865-1896. 1898 336.7 N48
List of authorities, p. 13-15.
PHILLIPS, Henry.
Historical sketches of the paper currency of the American
colonies prior to the adoption of the federal constitution;'
ist-2d ser. 2v. 1865-66 qr336.7 ?5i
Title page of the second series reads Continental paper money; histori-
cal sketches of American paper currency.
FINANCE OF PENNSYLVANIA 379
SUMNER, William Graham.
The financier and the finances of the American revolu-
tion. 2v. 1892 336.7 895
"A biography of Robert Morris and a financial history of the period of
the American revolution." Preface.
UNITED STATES Finance committee.
Coinage laws of the United States, 1792-1893, with statistics.
1893 T336.7 U2$
UNITED STATES Loans and currency division.
Information respecting United States bonds, paper currency,
coin production of precious metals, etc., July I, 1896.
1896. (Treasury department circular 123.) ^36.7 U25
UNITED STATES Treasury department.
Annual reports of the secretary of the treasury on the state
of the finances, 1849-1850, i852-date. i850-date ^36.7 Uasr
Reports for 1859, 1864-1865, 1868, 1870 and 1871 will be found in the
sheep bound set of congressional documents, numbered respectively,
1027, 1222, 1254, 1370, 1451 and 1507.
The report of the comptroller of the currency, which forms part of this
report, is catalogued separately, T332.I2 U25i.
VIRGINIA Auditor's office.
Financial statement and suggestions relative to defects in
the revenue laws, by the auditor of public accounts,
Dec. 10, 1860. 1860. (Doc. no.2.) ^73.7 55
Bound with other pamphlets.
WALL street journal; weekly, v.io-12, in 2. 1867-68. .. .qr336.7 Wi7
v.io, no.8 9; v.n, no.i4-is wanting.
Pennsylvania
PENNSYLVANIA Auditor general's office.
Report on the finances of Pennsylvania for the year 1826.
1826 r386 P39
Bound with other pamphlets.
The same, 1827. 1827. (Appended to Senate journal, 18277
28, v.i.) T328.74 P399S
The same, for the year ending Nov. 30, 1874. (In Executive
documents, 1874.) ^53.9 P3992
The same, i87S-date. i875-date ^36.7 P39r
PENNSYLVANIA Comptroller-general.
Brief view of the accounts of the treasury of Pennsylvania,
from the commencement of the Revolution to Oct. I,
1781; also the accounts of the state treasurer from Oct.
i, 1781 to Oct. i, 1782; likewise the accounts of the
several counties for their taxes to Oct. 1782. 1784. . . ^336.7 P399
PENNSYLVANIA Treasurer.
Report of the state treasurer shewing the receipts and ex-
penditures at the treasury from Dec. i, 1826 to Nov. 30,
1827. 1827. (Appended to Senate journal, 1827/28,
v.i.) T328.74 P399S
Detailed report of the state treasurer showing the receipts
and expenditures of the treasury from Dec. i, 1873-
Nov. 30, 1874. (In Executive documents, 1874.) ^28.74 ?39e
380 PROTECTION AND FREE TRADE
Report of the state treasurer [with detailed report] for the
fiscal year ending Nov. 30, i882-date. i883~date ^36.7 ?39
Report of the state treasurer upon the subject of the
finances of the commonwealth [read Dec. 6, 1833].
i833-'34 r622.33 W66
"Confined to those subjects connected with the condition of the Treas-
ury and finances of the State, necessary to support the faith and
credit of the Commonwealth. . .referring. . .for detailed exhibits of
the public finances, to the reports of the Auditor General, the Com-
missioners of the Internal Improvement Fund, and the printed report
of the State Treasurer."
Bound with Whittlesey's Dissertation upon the origin of mineral coal.
337 Protection and free trade
BALDWIN, Henry.
Speeches in the House of representatives on the bills reported
by him as chairman of the committee of manufactures; to-
gether with that of Mr Clay on the tariff bill. 1820 r337 Big
BASTABLE, Charles Francis.
Commerce of nations. 1802. (Social questions of to-day.). .337 629
Theory of international trade, with some of its applications
to economic policy. 1897 337 B2gt
CHANTELOUP, Jean Antoine Chaptal, comte de.
Essay on impost duties and prohibitions. 1821 r337 619
Bound with Baldwin's Speeches in the House of representatives.
FURBER, H.W. comp.
Protection or free trade; a collection of articles on both sides
of the issue. 1890 337 Fp8
MASON, David Hastings.
Short tariff history of the United States, 1783-1789. pti.
1884 337. M44
RABBENO, Ugo.
American commercial policy; three historical essays.
1895 337 Ril
Contains many short bibliographies.
Contents: The English commercial policy in the North American
colonies. The causes of the commercial policy of the United States.
The theory of protectionism in the United States and the historical
circumstances of its development; Alexander Hamilton, Frederick
List, Henry C. Carey, Simon N. Patten.
SHAW, Albert, ed.
National revenues; a collection of papers by American
economists. 1888 337 S53
Contents: Introductory, by the editor. Protective tariffs as a ques-
tion of national economy, by W. W. Folwell. Surplus financiering,
by H. C. Adams. The tariff and trusts; expenditures for internal im-
provements, by R. T. Ely. Shall the internal revenue be retained?
by R. M. Smith. A defense of the protective policy, by R. E.
Thompson. The readjustment of the revenues, by E. R. A. Seligman.
The theory and practice of protection, by Jesse Macy. The cer-
tainties of the tariff question, by J. B. Clark. Taxation and appro-
priation, by Woodrow Wilson. Equality in taxation; Commercial
union with Canada, by A. D. Morse. A general view, by I. J.
Manatt. Steamship subsidies as a means of reducing the surplus,
by A. T. Hadley. The immediate task; protection and American
agriculture, by F. A. Walker. The tariff and the western farmer, by
J. H. Canfield. Internal taxation and a revenue tariff, by Arthur
Yager. A plan of tariff reduction, by E. W. Bemis. Wages and the
FREE TRADE 381
tariff, by J. L. Laughlin. The scientific basis of tariff legislation, by
C. D. Wright. Appendix of statistical tables.
TAUSSIG, Frank William, comp.
State papers and speeches on the tariff. 1893 337 T24S
TAUSSTG, Frank William.
Tariff history of the United States. 1893. (Questions of
the day.) 337 T24
"Comprises the material contained in 'Protection to young industries,"
and 'History of the present tariff,' together with the revisions and
additions needed to complete the narrative. A valuable record of
facts. Author a tariff reformer." Bou'ker & lies' "Reader's guide."
337.1 Free trade
ATKINSON, Edward.
Taxation and work; treatises on the tariff and the currency.
1892 337.1 A87
BASTIAT, Frederic.
Sophisms of protection. 1893 337-1 629
BLAIR, Lewis H.
Unwise laws; a consideration of the operations of a protec-
tive tariff upon industry, commerce and society. 1886.
(Questions of the day.) 337-1 652
FREE trade advocate and journal of political economy; ed. by
Condy Raguet; weekly, Jan.-Nov. 1829. 2v. 1829. . . .qr337.i F8g
No more published.
GEORGE, Henry.
Protection or free trade ; an examination of the tariff question
with regard to the interests of labor. 1893 337-1 G3i
MEDLEY, George Webb.
Pamphlets and addresses. 1899 337-1 Ms6
Contents: Reciprocity craze. England under free trade. House of
commons and its place in the state. The coming democracy. Trade
depression. Fair trade unmasked. Agriculture and bimetallism.
Triumph of free trade. German bogey.
SCHOENHOF, Jacob.
Destructive influence of the tariff upon manufacture and com-
merce, and the figures and facts relating thereto. 1891.
(Questions of the day.) '. 337.1 836
Authorities, p.6.
SHERMAN, Porter.
Tariff primer; the effects of protection upon the farmer and
laborer. 1891. (Questions of the day.) 337.1 W49
Bound with Wells's Relation of the tariff to wages.
STRANGE, Daniel.
Farmers' tariff manual, by a farmer. 1892. (Questions of the
day.) 337.1 S8g
Contains also "The tariff war on the farmer," by T. E. Wilson.
Attacks the protective tariff.
SUMNfiR, William Graham.
Protectionism; the -ism which teaches that waste makes
wealth. 1888. 337.1 595
Able and severe criticism of protection by the professor of political and
social science, Yale university.
TRUMBULL, Matthew Mark.
Free trade struggle in England. 1892 337.1 T86
382 PROTECTION
UNITED STATES Manufactures committee.
Report of the committee on manufactures, on the various
memorials praying for, and remonstrating against, an
increase of the duties on imports, Jan. 1$ 1821. 1821. ..r337 Big
Bound with other pamphlets.
UNITED STATES President, (Grover Cleveland).
President's message, 1887. 1888 r337.i U25
The "tariff message" of Dec. 1887; an appeal for reduction. Illustrated^
with caricatures by Thomas Nast.
WELLS, David Ames.
Relation of the tariff to wages. 1888. (Questions of the
day.) 337.1 W49
WISE, Bernhard Ringrose.
Industrial freedom; a study in politics. 1692 337-1 W8i
For seven years the author was engaged with Sir Henry Parkes in an
active struggle with the protectionists of New South Wales, and in his
preface he says, "The aim of the work is to make use of this special
knowledge of Protectionist arguments, to put together a complete and
scientific statement of the Free Trade case, from the point of view of
one who is addressing himself to the voters of a Democratic country."
337.3 Protection
AMERICAN laborer, devoted to the cause of protection to
home industries; monthly, 1842-1843. v.i. 1843 1*337.3 A$i
No more published.
BIGELOW, Erastus Brigham.
Tariff policy of England and of the United States contrasted.
18/7 337-3 B47
CAREY, Henry Charles.
Harmony of interests, agricultural, manufacturing and com-
mercial. 1890 337-3 Ci9
CURTISS, George Boughton.
Protection and prosperity; an account of tariff legislation
and its effect in Europe and America. 1896 Q337-3 C93
DIXWELL, George Basil.
Premises of free trade examined. 1881 r 337-3 064
From the Bulletin of the National association of wool manufacturers.
HOME market bulletin; monthly, v.g-io. 1897-99 Qi"337-3 H75
No more published.
HOYT, Henry Martyn.
Protection versus free trade. 1886 . .337.3 H86
MASON, David Hastings.
How western farmers are benefited by protection. 1875. ^337.3 M44
MORRELL, Daniel J.
Protective question at home; the substance of a report of the
committee on manufactures, submitted to the 40th con-
gress; with supplementary notes by J. L.Hayes. 1871. .337.3 Mgi
PATTEN, Simon Nelson.
Economic basis of protection. 1895 t 337-3 P3I
PHILADELPHIA SOCIETY FOR THE PROMOTION
OF NATIONAL INDUSTRY.
Addresses. 1820 ^37.3 P49
Advocate a protective tariff.
PROTECTION 383
ROBERTS, Ellis Henry.
Government revenue, especially the American system; an
argument for industrial freedom against the fallacies of free
trade. 1888 337-3 R53
The same. 1884 ^337.3 R$3
STEBBINS, Giles Badger.
The American protectionist's manual. 1883 337-3 S8i
SULLIVAN, Sir Edward Robert.
Protection to native industry. 1872 337-3 894
THOMPSON, Robert Ellis.
Protection to home industry. 1886 337.3 T38
Four lectures advocating protection, delivered at Harvard university.
WILLIAMS, Ernest Edwin.
Case for protection. 1899 337-3 W74
Contents: On general principles. England's commercial growth under
protection. The agricultural case. Foreign competition in manufact-
ures.- -The arguments of Prof. Fawcett. The arguments of Prof.
Bastable. Preferential trade within the empire. Practical protection.
WHITMAN, Edmund Allen.
Flax culture; an outline of the history and present condi-
tion of the flax industry in the United States, and a con-
sideration of the influence exerted on it by legislation.
1888 T337-5 W64
MINER, Charles.
Argument and remonstrance against the proposed repeal
of the duty on foreign coal, adopted at a public meet-
ing at Wilkes-Barre, Pa. and presented to Congress.
1837 r622.33 W66
Broadside.
Bound with Whittlesey's Dissertation upon the origin of mineral coal.
NATIONAL RECIPROCITY CONVENTION.
Proceedings of the convention, held under the auspices of the
National association of manufacturers of the United States,
Washington, Nov. 19-20, 1901. 1901. (National associa-
tion of manufacturers of the United States. Circular of in-
formation, no.43.) T337-9 NiS
UNITED STATES Ways and means committee.
Report concerning reciprocity and commercial treaties.
June 6, 1896. 1896. (54th cong. ist sess. House. Re-
port no.2263.) r337_9 U25
338 Production. Manufacture. Prices
AVENEL, Georges, vicomte d'.
Le mecanisme de la vie moderne; ire-4me. ser. 4v. 1900-02.. 338 A95
v.i. Les magasins de nouveautes. L'industrie du fer. Les magasins
d'alimentation. Les etablissements de credit. Le travail des vins.
v.2. Le papier. L'eclairage. Les compagnies de navigation. La soie.
Les assurances sur la vie.
v.3- La maison parisienne. L'alcool et les liqueurs. Le chauffage.
Les courses.
v-4. L'habillement feminin. La publicite. Le theatre (decors, acteurs,
public et directeurs). Le pret populaire.
is enlivened by many anecdotes and bits of history that are at once
"It tells all about these things as they exist to-day in Paris... The whole
25
384 PRODUCTION. MANUFACTURE. PRICES
instructive, curious, and amusing. The French art of making a book
was never more consummate. It is a mass of facts and statistics
dressed up to make a charming 'article-Paris.' " Nation, 1900.
KROPOTKIN, Petr Alexeievitch, prince.
Fields, factories and workshops. 1899 338 K42
"A discussion of the advantages which civilised societies could derive
from a combination of industrial pursuits with intensive agriculture,
and of brain work with manual work." Preface.
PETO, Sir Samuel Morton.
Resources and prospects of America, ascertained during a
visit to the States in 1865. 1866 r338 ?46
Contents: Population. Agriculture. Manufactures. Minerals. Com-
merce. Railroads. The South. Finance.
RODBERTUS, Johann Karl.
Overproduction and crises. 1898. (Social science series.). .338 Rs8
SCHOENHOF, Jacob.
Industrial situation, and the question of wages; a study in
social physiology. 1885. (Questions of the day.) 338 836
WILLIAMS, Ernest Edwin.
"Made in Germany." 1896 338 W74
Contents: The departing glory. Iron and steel. Ships, hardware and
machines. Textiles. Chemicals. The lesser trades. Why Germany
beats us. What we must do to be saved.
A careful and particular inquiry, drawn from the best official informa-
tion available, into the encroachments of German competition upon
British trade.
CROOKES, Sir William.
Wheat problem; based on remarks made in the presidential
address to the British association at Bristol in 1898; with
chapters on the future wheat supply of the United States,
by C. W. Davis and John Hyde. 1900. (Questions of the
day.) 338.1 89
ELLIOTT, J.R.
American farms; their conditions and future. 1890. (Ques-
tions of the day.) 338.1 52
MARSTON, Robert Bright.
War, famine and our food supply. 1897 338.1 M42
Advocates the forming of a reserve supply of wheat in England for use
in time of war.
GOLDMAN, Charles Sydney.
South African mines; their position, results & developments;
together with an account of diamond, land, finance and
kindred concerns. 3v. 1895-96. qr338.2 Gs8
v.i. Rand mining companies.
v.2. Miscellaneous companies.
v-3. Maps and plans.
UNITED STATES Merchant marine and fisheries committee.
Investigation of the fur-seal and other fisheries of Alaska;
report to accompany bill H. R. 12332 to prevent the
extermination of fur-bearing animals in Alaska. Jan.
29, 1889. 1889. (soth cong. 2d sess. House. Report
no. 3883) T338.3 U2$
LONDON, TIMES.
American engineering competition; a series of articles result-
ing from an investigation made by the "Times," London.
1901 338.4 L&
First published in the Times, 1900-1901.
PRICES 385
A review of American procedure in the engineering industries, resulting
from a personal inspection of some of the leading works by an Eng-
lish engineer. The author takes a very favorable view of American
practice, and considers American competition a serious menace to Brit-
ish foreign trade.
338.5 Prices
BENNER, Samuel.
Prophecies of future ups and downs in prices. 1876 338.5 843
ROGERS, James Edwin Thorold.
History of agriculture and prices in England, 1259-1793,
compiled entirely from original and contemporaneous
records. 7v. in 8. 1866-1902 338.5 R6i
V.I-2. I259-I40O.
v.3-4. 1401-1582.
v.s-6. 1583-1702.
v./, pt.i-2. 1703-1793-
Contains summaries of the chief economical conditions of different
periods, and records the prices of all kinds of agricultural produce,
of fuel and lights, building materials, textile fabrics, of wages and
rent and the varying tax rate. There is much curious information
about prices of labor and various miscellaneous articles, and notes on
current events and social facts which throw much light on political and
social life. This mass of information is arranged chronologically in
classified lists alphabetically arranged under the names of towns and
the whole is made very accessible by three indexes, respectively,
of places, of prices, and of weights and measures.
SCHOENHOF, Jacob.
History of money and prices. 1896. (Questions of the
day.) 338.5 S36
"Mr Schoenhof renews his attack upon the theory that the quantity
of money in circulation determines money prices. His present argu-
ment is chiefly historical. Many figures from Thorold Rogers,
D'Avenel, and Beissel are cited to prove that prices 'from the thir-
teenth century to the present time" have not increased proportion-
ately to the contemporaneous increase in the volume of money."
Nation, 1896.
TOOKE, Thomas.
History of prices and of the state of the circulation. 3v.
1838-40 r338.5 T6ih
v. 1-2. 1793-1837; with a brief sketch of the state of the corn trade in
the last two centuries,
v. 3. 1838-1839; with remarks on the corn laws, and on some of the
alterations proposed in our banking system.
Thoughts and details on the high and low prices of the last
thirty years. 2v. 1823 ^38.5 T6i
v.i. On the alterations in the currency.
v.a. On the effect of war. On the effect of the seasons. A table of the
prices of various commodities, from 1782 to 1822, with statements
of quantities.
UNITED STATES Finance committee.
Retail prices and wages; report by Mr Aldrich from the
committee on finance, July 19, 1892. 3v. 1892. (52d
cong. ist sess. Senate. Report no.986.) r 338-5 U25r
Wholesale prices, wages and transportation, 1840-1891;
report by Mr Aldrich from the committee on finance,
Mar. 3, 1893. 4v. 1893. (52d cong. 2d sess. Senate.
Report no.i394.) ^38.5 U25
386 TRUSTS
338.6 Gilds
HAZLITT, William Carew.
Livery companies of the city of London. 1892 qr338.6 H38
UNITED STATES Foreign commerce bureau.
Trade guilds of Europe; reports from the consuls of the
United States on the trade guilds of Europe, and the
laws and regulations by which they are governed. 1885.
(United States consular reports.) 1^2413
Forms part of House Mis. doc. no. 29, 49th cong. ist sess.
338.8 Trusts
BAKER, Charles Whiting.
Monopolies and the people. 1899. (Questions of the day.). .338.8 617
CHICAGO CONFERENCE ON TRUSTS.
Speeches, debates, resolutions, list of the delegates, commit-
tees, etc.; held Sept. 13-16, 1899. 1900 T338.8 C43
CLARK, John Bates.
Control of trusts ; an argument in favor of curbing the power
of monopoly by a natural method. 1901 338.8 C52
Composed mainly of articles which have appeared in the Political sci-
ence quarterly, the Atlantic monthly and the Independent.
"An optimistic view of trusts... The author believes that if the public
requires publicity for trust accounts, prevents railway discrimination in
favor of large shippers, and makes the local cutting of prices to injure
rivals illegal, then the possibility of competition will protect the public
from extortion." Outlook, 1901.
COLLIER, William Miller.
Trusts; what can we do with them? what can they do for
us ? 1900 338.8 C6p
Appendices: The federal anti-trust law (Sherman act). Analysis of
amendments proposed to same. Selections of New York anti-monopoly
law. List of anti-trust laws.
DOS PASSOS, John Randolph.
Commercial trusts, the growth and rights of aggregated
capital; an argument delivered before the Industrial
commission at Washington, D. C., Dec. 12, 1899. 1901.
(Questions of the day.) 338.8 074
An argument in favor of trusts.
ELY, Richard Theodore.
Monopolies and trusts. 1900. (The citizen's library of eco-
nomics, politics and sociology.) 338-8 57
This is a part of the large work "The distribution of wealth."
GREENE, Thomas Lyman.
Corporation finance; a study of the principles of the manage-
ment of finances of corporations in the United States, with
special reference to the valuation of corporation securi-
ties. 1897 338.8 G83
GUNTON, George.
Trusts and the public. 1899 338.8 GQ7
"Not a treatise on trusts, but a collection of articles and addresses
previously published, discussing the different aspects of the subject as
they have arisen during the last 12 years (1887-99). . .About every phase
of the trust question is discussed. . .and, while in the main the principle
of trusts as an economic development is defended, the abuses of the
trust principle are pointed out and criticised." Preface.
TRUSTS 387
HALLE, Ernst von.
Trusts; or, Industrial combinations and coalitions in the
United States. 1895 338.8 Hi;
Bibliography, p.338-350.
"Gives in concise, intelligible form all that an industrious collector of
facts can find out concerning Trusts. The arrangement of facts is
excellent. There is little bias in the treatment; the author considers it
too early yet to form any decision." Nation, 1895.
JEANS, James Stephen.
Trusts, pools and corners as affecting commerce and industry;
an inquiry into the principles and recent operation of com-
binations and syndicates to limit production and increase
prices. 1894. (Social questions of to-day.) 338.8 J22
JENKS, Jeremiah Whipple.
Trust problem. 1900 338.8 J25
A work on industrial combinations, treating of such topics as competi-
tion, monopoly, organization and management, wages and legislative
control. Presents and discusses the plans of Roosevelt, W. J. Bryan,
and Comptroller Coler with regard to trust legislation. An appendix
contains the preliminary report of the United States industrial com-
mission, Governor Roosevelt's anti-trust bill, and other valuable ma-
terial. Illustrated with five charts in colors, demonstrating the effects
of trusts on prices.
MACROSTY, Henry W.
Trusts and the state; a sketch of competition. 1901. (Fabian
series.) 338.8 M22
"The relations of the State to the production of wealth and the organi-
sation of industry. Recognizing the economic tendency toward monop-
oly, the thesis has been maintained that the State ought to guide that
tendency by proper regulations, so that it will terminate in the pass-
ing of industry into public ownership." Author.
NATIONAL ANTI-TRUST CONFERENCE, Chicago, 1900.
Official report of the National anti-trust conference, held
Feb. 12-14, 1900, Chicago. 1900 338.8 Ni$
SMITH, Edward James.
New trades combination movement; its principles, methods
and progress. 1899 338.8 S64
Appeared in the Economic review, v.8.
UNITED STATES Manufactures committee.
Report on investigation of trusts. July 30, 1888. 1888.
(5Oth cong. ist sess. House. Report no. 31 12.) 038.8 Uzs
This report contains the testimony taken in relation to the Standard oil
and sugar trusts.
WILGUS, Horace Lafayette.
A study of the United States steel corporation in its industrial
and legal aspects ; three lectures delivered to the class in
private corporations, in the University of Michigan, 1901.
1901 338.8 W>2
Appendix of documents includes the charter and by-laws of the United
States steel co., the Carnegie co. and the Federal co. ; the Standard oil
agreement; the Sherman anti-trust act and the Michigan anti-trust acts.
338.9 Industrial legislation
HOWELL, George.
Handy-book of the labour laws; a popular guide to the em-
ployers and workmen act, 1875; conspiracy and protec-
tion of property act, 1875; trade union acts, 1871 and
PAUPERISM
1876; Russell Gurney's act, 1868; arbitration act, 1872;
with introductions, notes and the authorized rules and
forms, for the use of workmen. 1876 r33&-9 H8s
WILSON. Mona.
Our industrial laws; working women in factories, workshops,
shops and laundries, and how to help them. 1899 338.9 W77
339 Pauperism
For Laboring classes, see 331.8
ASCHROTT, Paul Felix.
English poor law system, [to 1884]. 1888 r339 A8i
BEITEL, Calvin G.
Treatise on the poor laws of Pennsylvania. 1899 339 639
BOOTH, Charles.
Pauperism and the endowment of old age. 1892 339 663
ENGLAND Poor law commissioners.
Report from His Majesty's commissioners for inquiring
into the administration and practical operation of the
poor laws, 20 Feb. 1834. [1834.] qr339 64?
Running title is "First report from Poor law commissioners."
ENGLAND Poor law relief committee.
Report from the select committee of the House of lords
on poor law relief, with the proceedings of the commit-
tee and minutes of evidence, n Aug. 1888. 1888 qr339 64
FLYNT, Josiah, (pseud, of Frank Willard).
Tramping with tramps; studies and sketches of vagabond
life. 1899 339 F6>
Partial contents: The criminal in the open. The children of the road.
Club life among outcasts. The American tramp considered geo-
graphically. The city tramp. What the tramp eats and wears.
"The author has had a gift for vagabondage like another man's gift
for music. He began his investigations at the age of 3 by running
away from home; fcr 28 years he has at intervals continued them.
'Tramping with tramps' belongs to the class of books that are light
reading for indolent readers, but it belongs also to the class of books
that become recognized authorities to students. The literature of
criminology has in recent years become voluminous, but it would be
difficult to name another book on the subject that is based on so
intimate and extensive a knowledge." Nation, 1899.
FOWLE, Thomas Welbank.
Poor law. 1893. (English citizen series.) 339 F84
The same. 1881. (English citizen series.) r339 F84p
KRAUTH, Charles Porterfield.
Poverty; three essays for the season. 1858 r339 K4I
LEONARD, E.M.
Early history of English poor relief. 1900 339 L6.2
Contains an appendix of documents.
MACMORRAN, Alexander, & Lushington, S.G. ed.
Orders issued by the Local government board and their
predecessors under the acts relating to the relief of the
poor, the elementary education act, 1876, and the vac-
cination acts, 1867, 1 87i, 1874, with notes. 1890 r339 M2i
MAYHEVV, Henry.
London labour and the London poor; the condition and
LAW 389
earnings of those that will work, cannot work, and will
not work. 4v. 1861 r339 M$3
v. i -3. Street- folk.
v. 4. Those who will not work.
NICHOLLS, Sir George.
History of the English poor law, in connexion with the
legislation and other circumstances affecting the con-
dition of the people. 2v. 1854 r339 N3ih
"Convenient summary of all the economic legislation of England (924-
1853)... The latter part of the book, dealing with the evils that called
forth the great reform of 1834, and with the first 20 years' administra-
tion of the act... forms the most complete account of the poor law
history of the period." Nation, 1898.
History of the Scotch poor law in connexion with the con-
dition of the people. 1856 r33Q N3I
PAULIAN, Louis.
The beggars of Paris. 1897 339 ?3 2
TURNER, Charles J. Ribton-.
History of vagrants and vagrancy, and beggars and begging.
1887 339 T86
340 Law
General works
ABBOTT, Benjamin Vaughan.
Judge and jury. 1880 340 Ai3
AMERICAN BAR ASSOCIATION.
Report of the twenty-third annual meeting, held at Sara-
toga, Aug. looo. 1900 r34o AS 12
Binder's title reads "Reports of American bar association, v.23."
ANDERSON, William C.
Dictionary of law. 1893 Q r 34o A55
BALDWIN, Simeon Eben.
Modern political institutions. 1898 340 619
Contents: Introduction. The centenary of modern government. The
first century's changes in our state constitutions. Absolute power, an
American institution. The exemption of the accused from examination
in criminal proceedings. Freedom of incorporation. American juris-
prudence. The decadence of the legal fiction. The recognition of
habitual criminals as a class to be treated by itself. The detence by
the state of suits attacking testamentary charities. Salaries for mem-
bers of the legislature. Permanent courts of international arbitration.
The Monroe doctrine in 1898.
BOUVIER, John, comp.
Law dictionary; ed. by Francis Rawle. 2v. 1897 qi"34O B66
BRYCE, James.
Studies in history and jurisprudence. 1901 340 684
Contents: The Roman empire and the British empire in India. The ex-
tension of Roman and English law throughout the world. Flexible
and rigid constitutions. The action of centripetal and centrifugal
forces on political constitutions. Primitive Iceland. The constitution
of the United States as seen in the past. Two South African consti-
tutions. The constitution of the Commonwealth of Australia. Obedi-
ence. The nature of sovereignty. The law of nature. The methods
of legal science. The relations of law and religion. Methods of law-
making in Rome and in England. The history of legal development
390 LAW
at Rome and in England. Marriage and divorce in Roman and in
English law. Inaugural lecture as professor of civil law at Oxford.
Valedictory lecture as professor of civil law at Oxford.
HUBBELL, J. H.comp.
Hubbell's legal directory for lawyers and business men ; con-
taining a synopsis of the collection laws of each state and
Canada, with instructions for taking depositions, the execu-
tion and acknowledgment of deeds, wills, a synopsis of
patent laws and times for holding courts, 1902; also a list
of U. S. consuls, with the officers of the American bar as-
sociation, and a list of prominent banks and bankers through-
out the U. S. and a synopsis of the bankruptcy law. 1901 . . .r340 H87
LEE, Guy Carleton.
Historical jurisprudence; an introduction to the systematic
study of the development of law. 1900 340 L53
MACDONALD, Duncan Black.
Development of Muslim jurisprudence. 1900 r34O Mi4
Reprinted from the Hartford seminary record, May, 1900.
340.1 Philosophy of law
AMOS, Sheldon.
Science of law. 1896. (International scientific series.) 340.1 A$2
The same. 1881. (International scientific series.) r34O.i A52
AUSTIN, John.
Lectures on jurisprudence; or, The philosophy of positive
law. 2v. 1885 340.1 A93
340.3 Antiquities
LEA, Henry Charles.
Superstition and force. 1892 340.3 L44
"The volume is [1888] by far the most complete and satisfactory account
we have in English of what may be called the methods of administering
injustice in the Middle Ages. The ability and learning of the book
would be creditable to the historical literature of any language."
C. K. Adams.
MAINE, Sir Henry Sumner.
Ancient law. 1888 340.3 M26a
The same. 1864 r 34O-3 M26a
"The object . . . has been 'to indicate some of the earliest ideas of
mankind as they are reflected in Ancient Law, and to point out the
relation of those ideas to modern thought.' . . The most distin-
guishing merit of the work is in the great ability and learning of those
generalizations by which the author shows 'the steady progress of
mankind from an age of formalities and ceremonies to an era of
simplicity and symmetrical development.' . " . It is a book not for
novices, but for the most scholarly and advanced students."
C. K. Adams,
Dissertations on early law and custom. 1886 340.3 M26
Lectures on the early history of institutions. 1888 340.3 M261
The same. 1888 ^340.3 M261
"A work properly to be regarded as supplementary to the same author's
volume on Ancient Law. The lectures are of especial interest to the
student of early legal forms and methods. The subject which to
most students will be newest ... is a description of the native
institution of Ireland known as the Brehon Law." C. K. Adams.
MEDICAL JURISPRUDENCE 391
340.6 Medical jurisprudence
CASPER, Johann Ludwig.
Handbook of the practice of forensic medicine based upon
personal experience. 4\ T . 1861-65. (New Sydenham so-
ciety. Publications.) r340.6 C25
Biographical notice of Casper by G. W. Balfour, v.4, p.$-i2.
v.i-2. Thanatological division.
v. 3. Bio-thanatology of new-born children and the first part of the bio-
logical division,
v. 4. Biological division.
HENKE, Adolph Christian Heinrich.
Lehrbuch der gerichtlichen medicin. 1841 r34o.6 H44
NEW YORK (city), MEDICO-LEGAL SOCIETY.
Papers read before the society, ist ser. 1889 T34O.6 N26
For contents see contents book, p. 32; kept at the reference desk.
REESE, John James.
Text-book of medical jurisprudence and toxicology. 1895. .340.6 R28
TAYLOR, Alfred Swaine.
Manual of medical jurisprudence; ed. by Thomas Stevenson.
1897 T340.6 T25
TAYLOR, Arthur Nelson.
Law in its relations to physicians. 1900 34O.6 T2$
"A mass of adjudicated cases which should serve as a complete guide
to the medical practitioner so far as his legal responsibilities for his
professional contact with his patients is concerned.. .Covers all matters
on both the civil and criminal sides of medical jurisprudence, and is
enlivened by many curious and entertaining incidents." Dial, 1900.
WHARTON, Francis, & Stille, Moreton.
Treatise on medical jurisprudence. 1855 T34O.6 W59
340.7 Law schools
LOFTIE, William John.
The inns of court and chancery. 1895 340.7 L77
Besides describing the various halls, inns, chapels, etc., this book traces
their history from the foundation down, interspersing the narrative
with anecdotes of such famous occupants as More, Donne, Lamb,
Cooper, Boswell, Thurlow, Brougham, and many others.
340.9 Legal anecdotes
ANDREWS, William, ed.
The lawyer; in history, literature, and humour. 1896 340.9 AS7
Contents: Axon, W.E.A. Law amongst primitive races. Axon, W.E.A.
Ivo, saint and lawyer. Page, J.T. Benefit of clergy. Thompson,
W.H. Chaucer's "Man of law." Clarke, S.W. The law of Shake-
speare. Revels at the inns of court. Burgess, S. The law in Scott.
Frost, Thomas. Dickens' lawyers. Walters, Cuming. Literary, law-
yers. Walters, Cuming. The law in rhyme. Frost, Thomas. Fight-
ing lawyers. Axon, W.E.A. The costume of the law. Frost, Thomas.
Curious circuit customs. The last execution for witchcraft in Eng-
land. Hewlett, England. Curious legal facts, customs and fictions.
Andrews, William. People in the pillory. Frost, Thomas. Amenities
of the bench and the bar. Frost, Thomas. Curiosities of the witness-
box. Law and laughter. King, George. Lawyers and eloquence.
Phillimore, W.P.W. Sealed and delivered.
392 INTERNATIONAL LAW
WATT, Francis.
The law's lumber room. 1896 340.9 W32
Contents: Benefit of clergy. Peine forte et dure. A passage in Shake-
speare (fines and recoveries). Custom of the manor. Deodands. Law
of the forest. Par nobile fratrum, (John Doe and Richard Roe).
Sanctuary. Trial by ordeal. Wager of battle. Press gang. Sumptu-
ary laws.
341 International law
BOWEN, Herbert Wolcott.
International law, a simple statement of its principles. 1896.. .341 B66
CADWALADER, John Lambert, comp.
Digest of the published opinions of the attorneys-general
and of the leading decisions of the federal courts, with
reference to international law, treaties and kindred sub-
jects. 1877. (United States State department.) ri7i9
DAVIS, George Breckinridge.
Elements of international law, with an account of its origin,
sources and historical development. 1898 341 D3ie
"List of authorities," p.2i-26.
There has been a general revision of the text of this edition, and the
insertion of some of the more important cases to which the interna-
tional experience of the last fifteen years (1885-1900) has given rise.
The volume remains, what it was intended to be from the first, a
text-book for the use of students.
Outlines of international law, with an account of its origin
and sources and of its historical development. 1898 341 031
List of authorities, p. 19-24.
HALL, William Edward.
Treatise on international law. 1895 341 Hi7
HOLLAND, Thomas Erskine.
Studies in international law. 1808 341 H72
Contents: Alberico Gentili. The early literature of the law of war.
The Brussels conference of 1874. The progress toward a written law of
war. The bombardment of open coast towns. International law in
the war between Japan and China. Pacific blockade. Recent diplo-
matic discussions. The literature of international law in 1884. Inter-
national law and acts of Parliament. The treaty relations of Russia
and Turkey, 1774-1853. The execution of the Treaty of Berlin. Bul-
garia, Greece, and the Treaty of Berlin. The international position of
the Suez canal. Biographical sketches.
List of the writings of Albericus Gentilis, p-33-36; List of books on
Gentilis published between 1874 and 1896, p. 38-39.
HOSACK, John.
Rise and growth of the law of nations as established by gen-
eral usage and by treaties, [to 1714]. 1882 r34i H8i
LEVI, Leone.
International law, with materials for a code of international
law. 1888. (International scientific series.) 341 L66
"Literature of international law," p. 7-8.
SMITH, Frederick Edwin.
International law. 1900. (Temple primers.) 341 S64
"Short list of authorities," p. 11-12.
SNOW, Freeman.
International law; a manual based upon lectures delivered at
the Naval war college. 1898 341 867
WALKER, Thomas Alfred.
History of the law of nations, v.i. 1899 341 Wi7
INTERNATIONAL CONGRESSES. TREATIES 393
v.i. From the earliest times to the Peace of Westphalia, 1648.
Bibliography, v.i, p.y-u.
Manual of public international law. 1895 34 1 Wi7m
WHARTON, Francis, ed.
Digest of the international law of the United States, taken
from documents issued by presidents and secretaries of
state and from decisions of federal courts and opinions of
attorneys-general. 3v. 1887 r34i W$9
WHEATON, Henry.
Elements of international law; ed. with notes and an appen-
dix of statutes and treaties, by A. C. Boyd. 1889 qr34i WS9e
WOOLSEY, Theodore Dwight.
Introduction to the study of international law; designed as
an aid in teaching and in historical studies. 1894 341 W87
"Brief selection of works and documents bearing on international law,"
P-405-422.
A standard authority.
"The men who rate it highest are those, like Sir Henry Maine, who
themselves stand highest and see clearest." Nation, 1889.
341.1 International congresses
HOLLS, George Frederick William.
Peace conference at The Hague and its bearings on interna-
tional law and policy. 1900 341.1 ?34
Author was one of the American members of the conference, and aims
to describe its proceedings with sufficient fullness for the student of
international law, and still make the book interesting to the general
reader.
"A valuable, because an accurate and a fair account of the proceedings."
Athenaeum, 1900.
INTERNATIONAL AMERICAN CONFERENCE (ist),
Washington, D. C., 1889.
Minutes, (English and Spanish). 1890 qr34i.i 124
Reports and recommendations. 1890 r 34i-i I24re
Contents: Plan of arbitration for the American republics. Reciprocity
treaties with Latin America. Report relative to an intercontinental
railway line; including the reports of delegates upon the railways in
their own countries, and a report upon the railways of Spanish
America, by G. A. Zinn. Postal and cable communication. Sanitary
regulations. Customs regulations. International monetary union.
Patents and trade-marks. Weights and measures. Port dues. Inter-
national law. Extradition treaties. International American bank.
Reports of committees and discussions thereon, with ap-
pendices. 4v. 1890 qr34i.i
v.3 is the excursion appendix; narrative of the tour of the delegates
through the United States.
v.4 is an historical appendix on the congress of 1826 at Panama and
subsequent movements towards a conference of American nations.
v.i~3 in Spanish will be found in the sheep bound set of congressional
documents, ^5.2694-2696.
341.2 Treaties
Treaties made between the United States and other countries during any
one Congress are published in the Statutes at large, issued at the end
of each Congress, qr34$ U2S34.
BRYAN, Henry L. comp.
Compilation of treaties in force; prepared under act of
394 LAW OF WAR
July 7, 1898. 1899. (United States. 55th cong. 3d sess.
House. Doc. 110.276.) 041.2 684
GUSHING, Caleb.
Treaty of Washington; its negotiation, execution and the dis-
cussions relating thereto. 1873 041.2 C93
[HASWELL, John H. comp.]
Treaties and conventions concluded between the United
States and other powers since July 4, 1776, [to Septem-
ber 1887] ; containing notes, with references to negoti-
ations preceding the several treaties, to the construc-
tion of them, and to the causes of the abrogation of
some of them, a chronological list of treaties and an
analytical index. 1889 041.2 H34
Also issued as Senate ex. doc. 47, 48th cong. zd sess.
UNITED STATES State department.
Report from the secretary of state, in response to House
resolution of Jan. 17, 1858, calling for information in
regard to the execution of the treaty of 1858 with China
for the settlement of claims. 1869. (40th cong. 3d sess.
House. Ex. doc. no. 29.) 041.2 U2$
UNITED STATES. Treaties.
Treaty of peace between the United States and Spain, signed
at Paris, Dec. 10, 1898, with accompanying papers and
maps. 3v. in i. 1899. (55th cong. 3d sess. Senate. Doc.
no.62.) O4I-2 U253
Accompanying papers: Consular reports on Philippine affairs. State-
ment of Gen. Merritt before the commission. Memoranda concerning
the situation in the Philippines, by Gen. Greene. Statement of John
Foreman before the commission. Statement of Commander Bradford.
Statement of Gen. Whittier. Preliminary report of Dr Becker on
the geological and mineral resources of the Philippines. Data con-
cerning the Philippine islands; their history, people, geography, geol-
ogy, resources and strategic importance. A sketch of the economic
condition of the Philippines, by M. L. Tornow. Protectorates, colonies
and nonsovereign states. The federated Malay states, a sketch of
their growth and political organization, by F. B. Forbes.
341.3 Law of war
BOWLES, Thomas Gibson.
Declaration of Paris of 1856; an account of the maritime
rights of Great Britain, a consideration of their impor-
tance, a history of their surrender by the signature of the
Declaration of Paris, and an argument for their resump-
tion by the denunciation and repudiation of that declara-
tion. 1900 Q34I-3 B66
GROTIUS, Hugo.
De jure belli ac pacis; libri tres in quibus jus naturae & gen-
tium, item juris publici prsecipua explicantur. 1712. . .041.3 G93
MACQUEEN, John Eraser.
Chief points in the laws of war and neutrality, search and
blockade, with the changes of 1856 and those now pro-
posed. 1863 041.3
INTERNATIONAL ARBITRATION 395
MAINE, Sir Henry Sumner.
International law. 1888 341-3 M~26
Treats chiefly of the law of war.
RISLEY, John Schuckburgh.
The law of war. 1897 341-3 R49
341.6 International arbitration
AMERICA and Europe; a study of international relations.
1896. (Questions of the day.) 341-6 A$i
Contents: Wells, D.A. United States and Great Britain. Phelps, EJ.
Monroe doctrine. Schurz, Carl. Arbitration in international disputes.
Mr Wells's article, an enlargement of an article originally published in
the North American review, considers the true governmental and
commercial relations of the two countries. Mr Schurz's contribution
to this volume is an address delivered at the arbitration conference in
Washington.
AMERICAN CONFERENCE ON INTERNATIONAL
ARBITRATION, Washington, 1896.
Proceedings and addresses, Washington, April, 1896.
1896 qr34i.6 A5I2
BALCH, Thomas Willing.
The Alabama arbitration. 1900 341-6 Bi8a
The appendix contains the text of the decision and award of the
Geneva tribunal. During the Civil war the Alabama, a Confederate
cruiser, built in England, was allowed to sail from British ports to
prey upon American commerce. The United States claimed damages
and, the matter having been submitted to arbitration, was awarded
$15,500,000.
International courts of arbitration. 1899 341-6 BiS
First published in 1874.
Argues in favor of this mode of settling disputes between nations.
DARBY, W. Evans, comp.
International tribunals ; a collection of the various schemes
which have been propounded, and of instances since 1815.
1900 1-341 -6 D24
Gives outlines or texts of the arrangements of the Amphictyonic coun-
cil, of the Grand dessein of Henry IV, of the schemes of William
Penn, St. Pierre, Kant and Mill, the Institute of international law,
etc., and the chief arbitration treaties and conventions of the last thir-
ty years. Also a list of 158 instances in which arbitration or media-
tion has been successfully tried since 1813.
DAVIS, John Chandler Bancroft.
Mr Fish and the Alabama claims; a chapter in diplomatic
history. 1893 341-6 031
HALIFAX COMMISSION, 1877.
Award of the fishery commission; documents and proceed-
ings of the Halifax commission under the Treaty of
Washington, 1871. 3v. 1878 r 34i.6 Hi6
INTERNATIONAL arbitration; historical notes and projects;
national conference at Washington, Apr. 22-23, 1896. . .r34i.6 124
Contents: Historical introduction. Arbitration in the East and in Greece.
Arbitration under the Roman empire. Arbitration in the middle
ages and in more recent times. Arbitrations of the United States.
Partial list of modern arbitrations. Resolutions of the Congress of
the United States and of the British House of commons. Rules pro-
posed by the Institute of international law. Project of a permanent
treaty between the United States and Switzerland, adopted by the
Swiss federal council, July 24, 1883. Plan of a permanent tribunal
of arbitration adopted by the International American conference, Apr.
18, 1890. Proposed rules for the organization of an international
396 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW AND HISTORY
tribunal of arbitration, submitted by W. A. Butler and others to the
Universal peace congress at Chicago in 1893. Resolution adopted
by the International parliamentary conference at Brussels in 1895,
concerning the establishment of a permanent court of international
arbitration.
LAKE MOHONK CONFERENCE ON INTERNATIONAL
ARBITRATION.
Report of the annual meeting (ist-date), iSgs-date.
i8g5-date r 34i.6 Li6
MOORE, John Bassett.
History and digest of the international arbitrations to which
the United States has been a party. 6v. 1898 r34i.6 M87
UNITED STATES State department.
[Alabama claims.] Case of Great Britain as laid before
the tribunal of arbitration to meet at Geneva under
Treaty of Washington, 1871. 3v. 1872 r 34i.6 U2$
Same, without appendix. (In United States State depart-
ment. Papers relating to Treaty of Washington, v.i,
p.205-415.)
[Alabama claims.] Correspondence concerning claims
against Great Britain, transmitted to the Senate of th<:
United States in answer to resolution [of] May 27,
1868. v.i-5 r34i
[Alabama claims.] Counter case of Great Britain as laid be-
fore the tribunal of arbitration at Geneva under Treaty
of Washington, 1871. 1872 T34I-6 U25a
Same, without appendix. (In United States State depart-
ment. Papers relating to Treaty of Washington, v.2,
p.i97-4io.)
342 Constitutional law and history
For Administrative law, see 350
BURGESS, John William.
Political science and comparative constitutional law. 2v.
1896. (Systematic series; ed. by the faculty of political
science in Columbia college.) 342 689
v.i. Sovereignty and liberty.
v.2. Government.
Constitutions of the United States, Germany, Prussia and France are
contained in the apx. v.i, p.26s-33T.
JAMESON, John Alexander.
Treatise on constitutional conventions. 1887 r342 Ji6
ARISTOTLE.
On the constitution of Athens. 1891 342.38 A7I
BOTSFORD, George Willis.
Development of the Athenian constitution. 1893. (Cornell
studies in classical philology, no.4.) 342.38 664
Bibliography, p.235-24i.
FUSTEL de COULANGES, Numa Denis.
Ancient city; a study on the religion, laws and institutions of
Greece and Rome. 1894 342.38 F99
"Whatever is written by Coulanges is worthy of the student's most
thoughtful attention. He possesses the rare gift of uniting a very pro-
CONSTITUTIONAL LAW AND HISTORY 397
found and broad scholarship with a spirited and entertaining literary
style... In no other book has the organization of the ancient family
been so briefly and clearly described; and nowhere else have the pecul-
iarities of the Greek religious systems been so well presented." C. K.
Adams.
LOWELL, Abbott Lawrence.
Governments and parties in continental Europe. 2v. 1896. . .342.4 LQS
The constitutions of France, Italy, Germany, Austria and Switzerland
are contained in the apx. v.2, P-337-43I.
342.4 Great Britain
AMOS, Sheldon.
Primer of the English constitution and government.
1895 342.4 A52
"Authorities," p. 15-16.
ANSON, Sir William Reynell.
Law and custom of the constitution. 2v. 1892-96 342.4 A62
v.i. Parliament.
v.2. The crown
"A very able exposition of the processes of the English constitution
as they have been historically developed." C. K. Adams.
ATHERTON, George W. ed.
Magna carta; a comparative view of the Barons' article
and the Great charter. 1900 342.4 A86
BAGEHOT, Walter.
English constitution, and other essays. 1895 342-4 615
Other essays: Lord Brougham. Sir Robert Peel.
"Bagehot'-s leading characteristic is not so much that he describes the
English government as that he penetrates beyond its forms and ex-
amines the essence and significance of whatever part of it he has in
hand. To a student, therefore, who already knows something of the
organization of the government, Bagehot is likely to be the most sug-
gestive and awakening of all writers. The work is so free from all
controversial spirit that it is not easy to decide from it whether the
author ranks himself as a Liberal or as a Conservative." C. K.
Adams.
BARRINGTON, Boyd Cummings.
The Magna charta, and other great charters of England.
1900 342.4 826
Historical summary of the causes which finally resulted in the granting
of Magna charta. Contains the text of that and several other impor-
tant charters.
COURTNEY, Leonard Henry.
Working constitution of the United Kingdom. 1901 342.4 C84
"As good a book as could be found for introducing an intelligent stu-
dent to the study of the British Constitution. It is in style clear and
terse; it sums up, and sums up in a very small number of pages, the
best established and most generally received principles of English con-
stitutional practice or custom... It bears hardly a trace of that knowl-
edge of men and that practical acquaintance with the working of parlia-
mentary institutions which. ... [Mr. Courtney] must have gained from
long experience of public life. The contrast in this respect between
our author and Bagehot is as noteworthy as it is paradoxical." Na-
tion, 1901.
The book by Bagehot referred to in the note is "The English constitu-
tion," 342-4 Bis.
DICEY, Albert Venn.
Introduction to the study of the law of the constitution.
1893 342-4 054
398 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW AND HISTORY
DICKINSON. Goldsworthy Lowes.
Development of Parliament during the ipth century. 1895.. 342.4
"Traces the process by which the political predominance has been trans-
ferred from an aristocratic oligarchy to a democracy which is, as he
believes, Socialistic in tendency and purpose... A highly important
chapter deals with the change in the position of the House of Lords,
caused by the passing of the Reform Bill, its relations since that time
with the other House, and its attitude toward popular legislation."
Spectator, 1896.
FREEMAN, Edward Augustus.
Growth of the English constitution. 1894 342.4
"Its object is to show 'that the earliest institutions of England and of
other Teutonic lands are not mere matters of curious speculation, but
matters closely connected with our present political being." It is a
successful attempt to explain in a popular way the continuity of
English political life." C. K. Adams.
GNEIST, Rudolf.
History of the English constitution. 1891 342.4
"Two principles are brought out with special prominence that the
national government of England has been for generations supreme
over every personal body throughout the State, and that Englishmen
are determined to be ruled by law." Bowker & lies' "Reader's guide."
HALLAM, Henry.
Constitutional history of England, [1485-1760]. 3v. 1884.. 342.4 Hi/
"The result of most laborious research, and. . .written with so judicial
a spirit that Macaulay, in his essay on the work, characterized it as the
most impartial book he had ever read. But, notwithstanding these
great qualities, the work no longer has quite the value it formerly
possessed. . .The subsequent investigations of Stubbs, Gardiner, Forster,
and Bisset have thrown floods of new light on many of the questions
which Hallam discussed." C. K. Adams.
HEARN, William Edward.
Government of England, its structure and its development.
1886 342-4 H3&
HOSMER, James Kendall.
Short history of Anglo-Saxon freedom. 1890 342.4 H82
LANGMEAD, Thomas Pitt Taswell-.
English constitutional history, (450-1893). 1896 342.4 L25
"Notwithstanding some lack of skill in the literary workmanship of the
volume, it should be prized for the vast amount of information it
brings to the reader. It was intended as a text-book for the use of
students at the English universities and inns of court." C. K. Adams.
LAPSLEY, Gaillard Thomas.
County palatine of Durham; a study in constitutional history.
1900. (Harvard historical studies.) 342.4 L32
List of ^orks cited, p.338-346.
"During the middle ages, and in a restricted sense up to the present
century, the county of Durham was withdrawn from the ordinary ad-
ministration of the kingdom of England and governed by its Bishop
with almost complete local independence. . .There developed in the
county a group of institutions reproducing all the essential charac-
teristics of the central government. To exhibit the growth of these
institutions, their organization, and their relation to the central gov-
ernment is the object of the present study, which thus becomes the
constitutional history of an English county." Author.
"Treatise which is likely long to remain authoritative, and which will
enormously facilitate the toils of future historians." Nation, 1900.
MACY, Jesse.
The English constitution; a commentary on its nature and
growth. 1807 342.4 M22
MAY, Sir Thomas Erskine.
Constitutional history of England, 1760-1860. 3v. 1891. .. .342.4 M$2c
CONSTITUTIONAL LAW AND HISTORY 399
"Takes up the subject very nearly where Hallam left off, that is, com-
mencing with accession of George III. . . May's literary style is
more entertaining than Hallam's, and the work is one of historical
value." R. G. Thwaites.
MEDLEY, Dudley Julius.
Student's manual of English constitutional history. 1898. .. .342.4 M$6
MONTAGUE, Francis Charles.
Elements of English constitutional history, from the
earliest times to the present day [1888]. 1897 342-4 M84
PALGRAVE, Sir Francis.
Rise and progress of the English commonwealth; Anglo-
Saxon period. 2v. 1832 qr342.4 Pi8
PHILOBIBLON CLUB, Philadelphia.
Excellent priviledge of liberty and property; a reprint and fac-
simile of the first American edition of Magna charta,
printed in 1687 under the direction of William Penn, by
William Bradford. 1897 qr342.4 PSI
Contents: Introduction by F. D. Stone. Magna charta. The comment
on Magna charta. A confirmation of the charters of the liberties of
England, and of the forest, made anno XXV, Edward I. The sentence
of the clergy against the breakers of those articles. The sentence or
curse given by the bishops against the breakers of the great charter.
A statute made anno XXXIV, Edward I, commonly called De tallagio
non concedendo. The comment upon the statute De tallagio non
eoncedendo. An abstract of the patent granted by the king to
William Penn and heirs and assigns for the province of Pennsylvania.
The frame of the government of the province of Pennsylvania and
territories thereunto annexed in America. List of the principal dates
mentioned in this work. Fac-simile of The excellent priviledge of lib-
erty and property.
PORRITT, Edward.
The Englishman at home; his responsibilities and privileges.
1893 342.4 P82
Clear account of English governmental system, poor laws, taxation,
elections, established church and nonconformity, labor legislation, land
ownership, public press, etc.
RANSOME, Cyril.
Rise of constitutional government in England. 1898 342.4 Ri9
ROSE, John Holland.
The rise of democracy. 1897. (Victorian era series.) 342.4 R7i
STUBBS, William.
Constitutional history of England. 3v. 1887-91 342.4 93
Closes with the reign of Richard III, thus ending where Hallam begins.
"In a long and careful study of the Bishop of Chester's writings, I
will not say that I have always agreed with every inference that he
has drawn from his evidence; but I can say that I have never found
a flaw in the statement of the evidence. ..After five-and-thirty years'
knowledge of him and his works, I can say without fear that he
is the one man among living scholars to whom one may most freely
go as to an oracle, that we may feel more sure with him than with
any other that in his answer we carry away words of truth which he
must be rash indeed who calls in question." E. A. Freeman.
STUBBS, William, ed.
Select charters and other illustrations of English constitu-
tional history, from the earliest times to the reign of
Edward the First. 1895 ^42.4 93
TAYLOR, Hannis.
Origin and growth of the English constitution. 2v. 1895-
26
400 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW AND HISTORY
98 342-4 Tas
v.i. The making of the constitution.
v.2. The after-growth of the constitution.
Beginning with the primitive Teutonic constitution the author traces
the development of the English constitution and the growth out of
that of the political system of the United States.
TODD, Alpheus.
Parliamentary government in the British colonies. 1894. . ^342.4 TSS
"Written primarily for the use of Canadian readers, but it is well
adapted to the use of all students who would make themselves famil-
iar with the recent development of English political methods. It is
not quite so readable a volume as the work on the same general sub-
ject by Sir Edward Creasy; but what it loses on this account it fully
makes up by its more philosophical methods of treatment." C. K.
Adams.
TRAILL, Henry Duff.
Central government. 1892. (English citizen series.) 342.4 T68
Deals with the machinery of the English constitution, and the broad
lines upon which it has been constructed.
342.44 France
CURRIER, Charles F.A. tr.
Constitutional and organic laws of France. 1893. (American
academy of political and social science. Supplement to
the Annals, March 1893.) 34 2 -44 C93
Also published in the American academy of political and social science.
Annals, r3o6 ASI v.3.
DESCHANEL, Paul.
La republique nouvelle. 1898 342.44 045
Eleven speeches, the majority of which were delivered before the French
chamber of deputies. They are all concerned with French politics and
constitutional questions.
DUGUIT, Leon, & Monnier, Henry, comp.
Les constitutions et les principales lois politiques de la France
depuis 1789, collationnees sur les textes officiels, precedees
de notices historiques, et suivies d'une table analytique de-
taillee. 1898 ^42.44 D88
LOCKWOOD, Henry C.
Constitutional history of France, [1789-1889], with text of
the constitutions and constitutional laws in operation.
1890 342.44 L76
342.49 Switzerland
ADAMS, Sir Francis Ottiwell, & Cunningham, C.D.
Swiss confederation. 1894 342.49 A2I
A constitutional history of the Swiss confederation. There are separate
chapters devoted to the communes, the cantons, the army, education,
the referendum, etc.
MOSES, Bernard.
The federal government of Switzerland; an essay on the con-
stitution. 1889 342.49 Mg3
VINCENT, John Martin.
Government in Switzerland. 1900. (Library of economics
and politics.) 342.49 V34
"Literature of Swiss constitutional history," p.34i-36o.
CONSTITUTIONAL LAW AND HISTORY 401
WINCHESTER, Boyd.
Swiss republic. 1891 342-49 W77
342.71 Canada
BOURINOT, Sir John George.
How Canada is governed. 1895 342.71 665
Bibliographical notes at the end of each part.
"A concise account of the growth of the Canadian Constitution; the
Dominion, Provincial, municipal and school governments of Canada.
The Imperial control over Canada is described and the Constitution
of the Dominion is appended. Author is [1895] Clerk of the Canadian
House of Commons." George lies.
342.7 United States
BANCROFT, George.
History of the formation of the constitution of the United
States. 2v. 1893 342.7 B22
BASCOM, John.
Growth of nationality in the United States; a social study.
1899 342.7 B28
Contents: Introduction. The Supreme court. Strife between the states
and the United States. Strife between groups of states for control.
Reconstruction and nationality. Strife between departments. Strife
between classes. Conclusions.
BRANNON, Henry.
Treatise on the rights and privileges guaranteed by the four-
teenth amendment to the constitution of the United States.
loot r.342.7 671
BROOKS. Elbridge Streeter.
Century book for young Americans, showing how a party
of boys and girls who knew how to use their eyes and
ears found out all about the government of the United
States. 1894 J34 2 -7 677
The same. 1894 ^342.7 677
BRYCE, James.
American commonwealth. Ed. 3 enl. 2v. 1895 342.7684
The same. Ed. 2. 2v. 1891 342.7 B84a
The same. Ed. 3 enl. 2v. 1898 r342.7 684
The same; abridged edition. 1898 342.7 68432
"There are few thins?! for which a civilized people have more cause to
be thankful than for an impartial but kindly estimate of their institu-
tions and their character by a thoroughly competent judge. . .All who
have a patriotic and intelligent interest in the country will welcome
Professor Bryce's hook as one of the most weighty and important
contributions ever offered us in the study of the gravest questions
of public and social concern. . .Prof. Bryce divides his work into
four principal parts: first, the framework and constitutional machinery
of the nation; second, the same of the several States; third, the
methods by which this machinery is worked, including party organiza-
tions and the men who 'run' them; fourth, the ulterior forces which
move the whole and give it direction. This last includes (as sub-
divisions) public opinion, the influence of religion and of various
social institutions. Illustrations of the good and bad working of
methods and of forces are introduced; and the whole is supplemented
by estimates of the worth of what has been here developed, with
some forecast of the future... No earnest and, intelligent American
can afford to remain ignorant of this work. His education will be in-
402 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW AND HISTORY
complete as a preparation for his duties as a citizen if he does not take
advantage of the helps to a sound judgment and a noble purpose which
are here given." Nation, 1889.
CARSON, Hampton Lawrence, ed.
History of the celebration of the one hundredth anniversary
of the promulgation of the constitution of the United
States 2v. 1889 qr342.7 C23
CHITTENDEN, Lucius Eugene.
Report of the debates and proceedings in the secret sessions
of the conference convention, for proposing amendments
to the constitution of the United States, held at Washing-
ton, D. C., Feb. 1861. 1864 ^342.7 C<\4
CLARK, Frederick Hiram.
Outlines of civics; a supplement to Bryce's "American com-
monwealth;" for use in high schools and colleges.
1899 342.7 CS2
"Book list," p. 243-255.
CURTIS, George Ticknor.
Constitutional history of the United States, from their
Declaration of independence to the close of their Civil
war. 2v. 1895-96 342.7 C93
The same. 2v. 1895-96 ^42.7 C93
Bibliography compiled by P. L. Ford, v.2, p. 708-766.
ELLIOT, Jonathan, ed.
Debates, resolutions and other proceedings in convention on
the adoption of the federal constitution as recommended
by the general convention at Philadelphia, 1787. 4v.
1827-30 T342.7 E$2
v.i. Debates in Massachusetts and New- York.
v.2. Debates in Virginia.
v-3. Debates in North Carolina and Pennsylvania.
v.4- Journal and debates of the Federal convention held at Philadel-
phia, 1787.
"Its importance is in the fact that it reveals how each principle em-
bodied in the Constitution took root and grew up into its final shape.
The work is a necessary and a favorite authority with all investigators
of the period with which it deals." C. K. Adams.
FEDERALIST.
Federalist; a commentary on the constitution of the United
States; essays written in support of the constitution
agreed upon Sept. 17, 1787, by the Federal convention;
from the text of Alexander Hamilton, John Jay and
James Madison; ed. by H. C. Lodge. 1894 342-7 F3I
Published originally in serial form in New York newspapers, 1787-1788;
collected soon after in book form under the title "The Federalist."
Had strong influence in turning public opinion in favor of the
constitution.
"Was the first authoritative interpretation of the Constitution, and was
mainly written by the two principal authors of that instrument. . .It
has acquired all the weight and sanction of a judicial decision, and
has been constantly used as an authority in the settlement of consti-
tutional questions." Editor's introduction.
FISHER, Sydney George.
Evolution of the constitution of the United States, showing
that it is a development of progressive history, and not an
isolated document struck off at a given time, or imitation
of English or Dutch forms of government. 1897 342.7 FSJ
CONSTITUTIONAL LAW AND HISTORY 403
FISKE, John.
Civil government in the United States, considered with some
reference to its origins. 1890 342-7 FS4
With bibliography at the end of each chapter.
"Government is not a royal mystery to be shut off ... from the or-
dinary business of life. Questions of civil government are practical
business questions, the principles of which are as often and as forcibly
illustrated in a city council or a county board of supervisors, as in the
House of Representatives at Washington. It is partly because too
many of our citizens fail to realize that local government is a worthy
study, that we find it making so much trouble for us." Preface.
FORD, Henry Jones.
The rise and growth of American politics. 1898 342.7 762
"The purpose of this work is to tell the story of our politics so as to
explain their nature and interpret their characteristics. Consideration
of questions of public policy or of party issues does not enter into
the plan, and they are referred to only as they have affected the
formation of political structure; but in this respect their influence has
been so continuous that the work presents a view of our political his-
tory from colonial times to the present day. The object, however, has
been to give an explanation of causes rather than a narrative of
events, so that the reader may understand the actual system of gov-
ernment under which we live." Preface.
FORD, Paul Leicester, ed.
Pamphlets on the constitution of the United States, published
during its discussion by the people, 1787-1788. 1888 r342.7 F76
Bibliography and reference list of the history and literature of the
United States constitution, 1787-1788, p.38i-44i.
FORD, Worthington Chauncey.
American citizen's manual. 2v. in i. 1892. (Questions of
the day.) 342.7 F76
FOSTER, Roger.
Commentaries on the constitution of the United States, his-
torical and juridical, v.i. 1895 T342.7 F8i
GIFFIN, William Milford.
Civics for young Americans; or, First lessons in govern-
ment; a brief description of the different forms of govern-
ment and a full explanation of the important clauses of our
constitution. 1888 342-7 G37
HARDING, Samuel Bannister.
Contest over the ratification of the federal constitution in
Massachusetts. 1896. (Harvard historical studies.) 342.7 H2$
HARE, John Innes Clark.
American constitutional law. 2v. 1889 ^42.7 H26
"We have here ... a competent and worthy exposition ... of
that body of legal doctrine to which the Constitution of the United
States has given rise in the aspect which it presents to-day. It is a
book of the first importance, dealing in a large way with great and
difficult questions, yet careful, close of texture, and showing a keen
discrimination." Nation, 1889.
HARRISON, Benjamin.
This country of ours. 1897 342-7
"A view of the machinery of our national government in motion, and
some instruction as to the relations and uses of its several parts."
Preface.
HAYNES, George Henry.
Representation in state legislatures. 1900. (American acade-
my of political and social science. Publications, Aug. 21,
404 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW AND HISTORY
1900.) T342.7 H37
Reprinted from the Annals of the American academy of political and
social science, v. 15-16, 1899-1900.
HITCHCOCK, Henry.
American state constitutions. 1887. (Questions of the
day.) 342.7 H6a
HOLST, Hermann von.
Constitutional and political history of the United States,
(1750-1861). 8v. 1881-92 342.7 H74
v.8. Index and list of authorities, by I. H. Brainerd.
"The author's method combines the narrative with the argumentative.
His purpose, evidently, is not to give a history of events, but a
searching review of them. . . The point of view from which the
volumes are written may be said to be that of a political pessimist.
It would be difficult to find a passage in the course of the whole work
that shows an admiration of any one feature of our institutions. .
It is not injurious to know the worst that can be said of us; and,
therefore, every student of robust intelligence may receive advantage
from the stimulus it will afford." C. K. Adams.
The same. 8v. 1881-92 r 342-7 H74
Constitutional law of the United States. 1887 342-7 H74C
List of authorities at the beginning of each chapter.
HOUGH, Franklin Benjamin, comp.
American constitutions, comprising the constitution of each
state and of the United States. 2v. 1872 ^42.7 H83
JUDSON, Harry Pratt.
Young American; a civic reader. 1897 J34 2 -7 J49
Outlines of our system of government, interspersed with patriotic selec-
tions in prose and verse.
LANDON, Judson Stewart.
Constitutional history and government of the United States.
1900 , 342.7 L22
McCLEARY, James Thompson.
Studies in civics ; revised to 1897. 1897 342.7 Mi3
Contents: Government: what it is and why it is. Government within
the state. The state. The nation. Government in general. Com-
mercial law.
A text-book of United States civil government.
McINTOSH, Kenneth.
Notes on the constitutional history of the United States.
1877 T342.7 Mi7
MACY, Jesse.
Our government; how it grew, what it does and how it does
it. 1894 J342-7 M22
"Gives a concise account of the origin of our governmental institutions. . .
Specially adapted for schools." Bowker & lies' "Reader's guide."
MADISON, James.
Papers; ed. by H. D. Gilpin. 3v. 1840 T342-7
v.i. Debates in 1776 on the Declaration of independence. Letters pre-
ceding the debates of 1783. Debates in the Congress of the confeder-
ation, Nov. 4, 1782-June 21, 1783. Letters contemporary with and
subsequent to debates of 1783.
v.2. Debates in Congress, Feb. 19, i787-Apr. 25, 1787. Correspondence
during and subsequent to debates, Feb. 15, i787-Nov. 2, 1788. De-
bates in the Federal convention, May 14, i787-Aug. 6, 1787.
v-3. Debates in the Federal convention, Aug. 7, 1787-Sept. 17, 1787.
"Madison's Debates are by far the fullest and most trustworthy report
of the [Constitutional] Convention [1787]. He was present at every
session and took careful notes, which he wrote out at the close of each
session. Toward the end of his life... he digested this material into
CONSTITUTIONAL LAW AND HISTORY 405
the form in which it appeared in Gilpin's Madison papers." Larned's
Literature of American history.
The Debates are also to be found in the Documentary history of the
constitution issued by the United States Rolls and library bureau,
(qr342.7 Uzs) and in Madison's Writings edited by Hunt, (r3o8 Mas).
MEIGS, William Montgomery.
Growth of the constitution in the Federal convention of
1787; an effort to trace the origin and development of
each separate clause from its first suggestion in that
body to the form finally approved. 1900. 342-7 M57
POORE, Benjamin Perley, comp.
Federal and state constitutions, colonial charters and other
organic laws of the United States. 2v. 1878 ^342.7 P8i
PREROGATIVE rights and public law. 1863 ^42.7 Po2
Reprinted from the Law reporter, Jan. 1863.
Critical review of the doctrines of high prerogative advanced in William
Whiting's "War powers of the president and the legislative powers
of Congress in relation to rebellion, treason and slavery."
SCHOULER, James.
Constitutional studies, state and federal. 1897 342-7 837
Contents: Early charters and constitutions. The federal union. State
constitutions since 1789.
SPEER, Emory.
Lectures on the constitution of the United States. 1897 342-7 S74
STEVENS, Charles Ellis.
Sources of the constitution of the United States considered in
relation to colonial and English history. 1894 342-7 $84
The same. 1894 ^42.7 884
STORY, Joseph.
Commentaries on the constitution of the United States, with
a review of the constitutional history of the colonies. 2v.
1891 T342.7 S88
Familiar exposition of the constitution of the United States.
1893 342-7 S88
THORPE, Francis Newton.
Constitutional history of the American people, 1776-1850.
2v. 1898 342.7 T4ic
History of the formation of state constitutions rather than a constitution-
al history of the United States. Special emphasis is laid upon the sub-
jects of citizenship, suffrage and eligibility for office.
"A valuable section of a possible larger whole, but wanting in the
broad conception of the subject which [the] title implies... It never-
theless makes important additions to our knowledge of American
history." Nation, 1899.
Constitutional history of the United States, 1765-1895. 3v.
1901 342.7 T4ico
v.i. 1765-1788. v.2. 1788-1861. v.3. 1861-1895.
Story of the constitution of the United States. 1891. (Chau-
tauqua reading circle literature.) 342.7 T4I
TOCQUEVILLE, Alexis de.
Democracy in America. 2v. 1889 342.7
Biographical notice of the author by Henry Reeve, p.g - 41.
Also published under the title "Republic of the United States of
America."
The author spent a year in America for the purpose of observing our
political institutions, and published this book about 1835.
"As a successful investigation by a foreigner of the nature and working
of institutions dissimilar from those of his own country, and in many
406 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW AND HISTORY
essential respects different from any which were elsewhere established,
it stands quite alone in political literature. . .It is a manual alike for
the political theorist and the practical statesman; and whatever changes
our institutions may undergo, its value will remain undiminished."
Charles Eliot Norton.
Republic of the United States of America. 2v. in i 342-7 T54
Also published under the title "Democracy in America."
"Universally regarded as a sound, philosophical, impartial and remarkably
clear and distinct view of our political institutions, and of our man-
ners, opinions, and habits, as influenced by those institutions." /. C.
Spencer, in preface.
TUCKER, John Randolph.
Constitution of the United States; a critical discussion of its
genesis, development and interpretation; ed. by H. St. G.
Tucker. 2v. 1899 342.7 T8i
Contains a "Table of cases cited." The appendix, in v.2, gives the text
of the following documents: Magna charta, Petition of right, Bill of
rights, Resolutions of Congress, Oct. 14, 1774, Virginia resolutions,
Kentucky resolutions, Action of states on Virginia resolutions, Con-
stitution of the United States, Declaration of independence, Articles
of confederation, and Resolutions transmitted to Congress by the
Federal convention, Sept. 17, 1787.
[UPSHUR, Abel Parker.]
Brief enquiry into the nature of our federal government; a
review of Story's Commentaries on the constitution.
1840 T342-7 U26
For Story's Commentaries on the constitution see '342. 7 S88.
VIRGINIA Convention of 1788.
Debates and other proceedings of the convention of Virginia,
convened at Richmond, June 2, 1788, for the purpose of
deliberating on the constitution recommended by the
Federal convention. 1805 ^42.7 V349
WILSON, Woodrow.
State and federal governments of the United States. 1889. . .342.7 W77
"Reprint of the chapter... on the United States contained in the same
author's The state... In its present form the book makes a serviceable
manual for school use." Larned's Literature of American history.
YATES, Robert.
Secret proceedings and debates of the convention as-
sembled at Philadelphia, in 1787, for the purpose of
forming the constitution, from notes taken by Yates;
including "The genuine information" laid before the
legislature of Maryland by Luther Martin; also other
historical documents, relative to the federal compact
of the North American union. 1845 ^42.7 Yi8
"Yates's notes on the debates are brief summaries of the discussions be-
tween May 25 and July 5, at which date Yates withdrew, owing to
his hostility to the plan favored by the majority. . .Madison criticised
them severely for inaccuracy."
"Luther Martin's Genuine information is a general summary of the
course of the debates, with a running criticism on the provisions of
the Constitution, and was delivered orally as a report to the legislature
of Maryland." Larned's Literature of American history.
Separate states
ARKANSAS. Constitution.
Constitution of Arkansas as adopted in convention, Jan.
30, 1836. (Appended to the Constitution of the state
of Michigan as adopted May n, 1835.) rQ77
CONSTITUTIONAL LAW AND HISTORY 407
MICHIGAN. Constitution.
Constitution of Michigan as adopted in convention, May
11, 1835. 1835 r977 T32
Bound with other pamphlets.
ADDRESS of the Society of constitutional Republicans of the
borough of Carlisle to the citizens of Pennsylvania and
particularly to the Republicans of the county of Cumber-
land. 1805 T342-7 667
The authorship of this pamphlet is attributed to Francis Gibson.
Bound with other pamphlets.
BRACKENRIDGE, Hugh Henry.
Standard of liberty; an occasional paper, by Democritus. ^342.7 667
Bound with other pamphlets.
HARLAN, A.D.
Pennsylvania constitutional convention, 1872 and 1873; its
members and officers and the result of their labors.
1873 T342.74 H27
PENNSYLVANIA. Constitution.
Constitution of the commonwealth of Pennsylvania as al-
tered and amended by the convention for that purpose
freely chosen and assembled [1789-1790], and by them
proposed for the consideration of their constituents.
1790 T342.74 P39c
PENNSYLVANIA Constitutional convention, 1776.
Proceedings relative to calling the conventions of 1776 and
1790; the minutes of the convention that formed the pres-
ent constitution of Pennsylvania; together with the charter
to William Penn; the constitutions of 1776 and 1790; and a
view of the proceedings of the convention of 1776 and
the Council of censors. 1825 r 342.74 P39p
PENNSYLVANIA Constitutional convention, 1837.
Daily chronicle and convention journal, containing the pro-
ceedings of the convention; ed. by E. Guyer. v.i-3, no.
12, in I. 18^7 qr342.74 P39
No more published.
Journal of the convention. 2v. 1837-38 ^342.74 P39JO
Minutes of the committee of the whole. 1837 ^42.74 ?39Jo v.2
Proceedings and debates of the convention; reported by John
Agg. 1 3v. 1837-39 T342.74 P39CO
v.5 wanting.
PENNSYLVANIA Constitutional convention, 1872.
Debates of the convention, gv. 1873 ^42.74 P39d
v.g is a general index.
Journal of rhe convention. 2v. 1873 ^42.74 ?39J
TEXAS. Constitution.
Constitution of the republic of Texas [adopted by the con-
vention of delegates March 17, 1836], to which is pre-
fixed the declaration of independence made in con-
vention, March 2, 1836. 1836 r977 T32
Bound with other pamphlets.
VIRGINIA- Constitutional convention, 1830.
Proceedings and debates of the Virginia state convention,
408 CRIMINAL LAW
1829-30, to which are subjoined the new constitution of
Virginia and the votes of the people. 1830 ............ ^42.75 V34
343 Criminal law
BARROWS, Samuel June, comp.
New legislation concerning crimes, misdemeanors and pen-
alties; comp. from the laws of the 55th congress and
from the session laws of the states and territories for
1897 and 1898. [Report of the commissioner for the
United States on the International prison commission,
prepared for the Sixth international congress, 1900.]
1900. (United States. 56th cong. ist sess. Senate.
Doc. no. 283.) ........................................ r343 B26
343.1 Trials
ATLAY, James Beresford.
Famous trials of the century. 1899 ....................... 343-1 A88
Contents: Weare and Thurtell. The King against Burke and M'Dougal.
The Queen against Courvoisier. A miscarriage of justice. The
Queen against Madeleine Smith. The road mystery. The Queen
against Dr Pritchard. The Tichborne case.
CHASE, Samuel.
Answer and pleas of Samuel Chase, one of the associate
justices of the Supreme court of the United States, to
the articles of impeachment exhibited against him by
the House of representatives. Printed by order of the
Senate. 1805 ....................................... r343.i 38
Presented Feb. 4, 1805.
CLINTON, Henry Lauren.
Celebrated trials. 1897 .................................. 343.1 C59
Gives, among others, accounts of the trials of "Boss" Tweed in 1873;
the case of John Kelly, the leader of Tammany hall, against Mayor
Havemeyer, for libel; and the trial of Richard Croker, the noted poli-
tician, for the murder of John McKenna, in 1874.
HOGAN, Edmund, ed.
Pennsylvania state trials, containing the impeachment, trial
and acquittal of Francis Hopkinson and John Nicholson,
the former being judge of the court of admiralty, and the
latter, the comptroller-general of Pennsylvania, v.i.
1794 .................................................. r343.i H68
No more published.
Hopkinson was charged with receiving and exacting unwarrantable fees
of office and with accepting prizes from the captors of ships, previous
to their condemnation or sale. The charge against Nicholson was for
authorizing the redemption of the so-called New-loan certificates of the
state of Pennsylvania.
SHIPPEN, Edward, and others.
Report of the trial and acquittal of Edward Shippen, chief
justice, and Jasper Yeates and Thomas Smith, assistant
justices of the Supreme court of Pennsylvania, on an im-
peachment before the Senate of the commonwealth, Jan-
uary, 1805; by William Hamilton. [1805.] ............ 1*343. i S55
Shippen, Yeates and Smith were impeached "for high misdemeanor in
office by arbitrarily and unconstitutionally fining and imprisoning
Thomas Passmore" for alleged contempt of court.
CRIMINAL LAW 409
STEPHEN, H. L. ed.
State trials, political and social. 2v. 1899 343-1 882
v.i. Sir Walter Raleigh. Charles I. The regicides. Colonel Turner
and others. The Suffolk witches. Alice Lisle.
v.2. Lord Russell. The Earl of Warwick. Spencer Cowper and others.
Samuel Goodere and others.
UNITED STATES House 8th cong. 2d sess.
Replication by the House of representatives to the answer
of Samuel Chase, one of the associate justices of the
Supreme court of the United States, to the articles of
impeachment exhibited against him; presented by the
managers of the House, Feb. 7th, 1805. 1805 r343.i 38
Bound with Chase's "Answer and pleas."
343.2 Punishment of criminals
BERTRAM, James Glass.
Flagellation & the flagellants; a history of the rod in all
countries from the earliest period 343-2 646
"List of authorities," p. 535-538.
OLDFIELD, Josiah.
Penalty of death; or, The problem of capital punishment; a
consideration of the causes which led to the adoption and
perpetuation of this terrible penalty, an attempt to consider
the fitting time for its termination, and the substitutes by
which to replace it. 1901 343-2 023
Bibliography, p.24.
PALM, Andrew J.
Death penalty; a consideration of the objections to capital
punishment; with a chapter on war. 1891. (Questions of
the day.) 343-2 Pig
SCHMUCKER, Samuel Simon.
Dissertation on capital punishment r$65 Pg$ v.2
Bound with other pamphlets.
SPEAR, Charles.
Essays on the punishment of death. 1844 343-2 874
Gives arguments against capital punishment.
343.4-343.9 Criminal law of special countries
MAITLAND, Frederic William.
Justice and police. 1885. (English citizen series.) 343-4 M27
SPAIN Crown.
Translation of the law of criminal procedure for Cuba and
Porto Rico, (with Spanish text) ; with annotations, ex-
planatory notes and amendments made since the American
occupation. 1901. (United States Insular affairs di-
vision.) T343-7 S73
Translation of the penal code in force in Cuba and Porto
Rico. 1900. (United States Insular affairs di-
vision.) T343-9 S73
Bound with Translation of the penal code in force in the Philippines.
Translation of the penal code in force in the Philippines.
1900. (United States Insular affairs division.) ^43.9 873
4 io MARTIAL LAW
344 Martial law
LAUCHHEIMER, Charles Henry, comp.
Forms of procedure for general and summary courts-martial,
courts of inquiry, investigations, naval and marine examin-
ing and retiring boards; comp. under direction of judge-
advocate-general, Navy department. 1896 ^344 L36
LEE, C.H. comp.
Judge advocate's vade mecum, embracing a general view
of military law. and the practice before courts martial,
with an epitome of the law of evidence, as applicable to
military trials. 186.3 r 344 L52
Appendix: Articles of war; an act for establishing rules and articles
for the government of the armies of the Confederate States.
LIEBER, Guido Norman.
Justification of martial law. 1898 r344 L6g
Reprint from the North American review, v. 163.
Use of the army in aid of the civil power. 1898 1*344 ^69
Bound with his Justification of martial law.
SCHUYLER, Gen. Philip John.
Proceedings of a general court martial held at Maj.Gen.
Lincoln's quarters near Quaker-hill in New York by
order of Gen. Washington, for the trial of Maj.Gen.Schuy-
ler, Oct. i, 1778. 1778 qr344 Sag
By this court-martial Schuyler was acquitted of all blame for the loss of
Ticonderoga.
The same. (In New York historical society. Collections;
publication fund series, v.i2, p. 3-211.) qr974_4 N26i v.12
UNITED STATES War department.
Manual for courts-martial and of procedure under military
law. 1898 r344 U25
Military laws of the United States. 1901 r344 U25m
345 Statutes
United States
ABERT, William Stone, & Lovejoy, E.G. comp.
Compiled statutes in force in the District of Columbia, in-
cluding the acts of the 50th congress, 1887-89. 1894. . .qr345 Ai4
UNITED STATES. Statutes.
Revised statutes of the United States, 1789-1878. 1878. ..qr345 U25
Forms part of v. 18, pt. i of the Statutes at large.
Supplement, v.i, 2, pt.i-8. 1895-1900 Q r 345 U2$s
v.i. 1874-1891.
v.2, pt. i-8. 1892-1899.
Statutes at large, and recent treaties, conventions and ex-
ecutive proclamations. v.i8, pt.2, v.28-32. 1875-1902. .qr345 U2534
v.i8, pt.2. 43d cong. ist sess. 1873-1874; Revised statutes relating to
District of Columbia, post-roads and public treaties.
v.28. 53d cong. Aug. i893-March, 1895.
v.29. 54th cong. Dec. iSgs-March, 1897.
V.30. 55th cong. March, i897-March, 1899.
v.3i. s6th cong. Dec.r899-March, 1901.
v.32. 57th cong. Dec. igoi-March, 1903.
STATUTES 411
Laws of the United States [comp. by J. B. Colvin]. v.4,
g. 1816-39 r345 U2sl
v.4. 9th-i3th cong., Dec. i8os-Mar. 1815.
v.9. 23d-2Sth cong., Dec. i833~Mar. 1839.
Known as the Bioren edition.
Acts and resolutions passed at the 3d session of the 42d
congress, Dec. 2, i872-March 3, 1873; 1 t session of the
43d congress, Dec. i, 18/3-June 23, 1874. 2v. 1873-
74 r34S U253
UNITED STATES Court of claims.
Cases decided in the court of claims of the United States.
v.32-date. i8g7-date r345 U2S33
v-32. Term of 1896-97.
v.33. Term of 1897-98.
v-34- Term of 1898-99.
v-35- Term of 1899-1900.
v-36. Term of 1900-01.
v.37. Term of 1901-02.
HINMAN, Royal Ralph, (pseud. An antiquarian), comp.
The blue laws of New Haven colony, usually called blue laws
of Connecticut, Quaker laws of Plymouth and Massachu-
setts, blue laws of New York, Maryland, Virginia and
South Carolina, first record of Connecticut. 1838 345 Hs6
TRUMBULL, James Hammond, ed.
True-blue laws of Connecticut and New Haven, and the false
blue-laws invented by Samuel Peters; also specimens of
the laws and judicial proceedings of other colonies and
blue-laws of England in the reign of James I. 1876 345 T78
Separate states
ILLINOIS. Statutes.
Revised statutes, 1874; comprising the revised acts of
1871-2 and 1873-4, with all other general statutes in
force, July i, 1874; ed. by H. B. Hurd. 1874 Q r 34S 122
JAMES, Edmund Janes.
Information relating to the territorial laws of Illinois passed,
1809-1812. 1899. (Illinois state historical library. Publi-
cations, v.2.) r345 J:6
MAINE townsman; or, Laws for the regulation of towns, with
forms and judicial decisions adapted to the revised statutes
of Maine; revised and enlarged by Benjamin Kingsbury. . .r34S M26
NEW YORK (state). Statutes.
Laws of New-York from the year 1691 to 1751 inclusive.
1752 qr34S N26i
NEW YORK (state) Library.
Bulletin; legislation, no.i-date. iSgi-date r34S Na6
Annual summary of the new laws passed by all the states of the Union.
PURDON, John, comp.
Digest of the laws of Pennsylvania, 1700-1861; ed. by F. C.
Brightly. Ed.g. 1862. (Pennsylvania. Statutes.) ... .qr345 Pg8
The same, 1700-1894; ed. by F. F. Brightly. Ed. 12. 2v.
1894. (Pennsylvania. Statutes.) qr345
412 STATUTES
The same: Supplement, sess. 1895. 1895. (Pennsylvania.
Statutes.) qr345
The same: Annual digest of the laws, 1862 to 1870; by F. C.
Brightly. 1870. (Pennsylvania. Statutes.) r345
PENNSYLVANIA. Statutes.
Statutes at large from 1682 to 1801; comp. by J. T. Mitchell
and Henry Flanders, v.2-3. 1896 qi"345
V.2. 170O-I7I2.
v.3. 1712-1724.
Laws of the commonwealth from 1700-1790; republished
by A. J. Dallas, v.i-2. 1793-97 Qf345 P39*
V.I. 1/001781. V.2. 1782-1/90.
The same, 1700-1802; republished by M. Carey and J.
Bioren. v.6. 1803 r34S P39
''With an appendix containing ancient charters, public records, and
legislative acts formerly in force in Pennsylvania, and still connected
. . . with the laws and policy of the commonwealth."
Acts of assembly of the province of Pennsylvania, compared
with the originals; and an appendix containing such acts,
and parts of acts relating to property, as are expired, al-
tered or repealed; with royal, proprietary, city and bor-
ough charters and the original concessions of William
Penn to the first settlers of the province; [ed. by Joseph
Galloway] . 1775 qr34S P39ac
Laws of the General assembly of Pennsylvania, passed at
the session of 1825, 1826/27, 1864, 1874, 1875, 1876, 1885
and special session of 1883, 1887, 1889, 1895, 1897, 1899,
1901. 1826-1902 r345
Title of the volume for the session of 1825 is "Acts of the General
assembly passed at a session begun at Harrisburg, 6 Dec. 1825."
Sessions semi-annual 1776-80; 3 a year 1781-89; annual 1790-1879; bi-
ennial since, in odd years, beginning January. A list of the sessions
of the Provincial assembly, 1682-1776, and of the Legislature, 1776-
1899, will be found in the Report of the state librarian for 1900, p.
314-326, ro27.s P39.
Acts relating to the circuit courts in Pennsylvania, pub-
lished by way of appendix to the pamphlet laws, agree-
ably to a resolution of the legislature of April 9th, 1827.
1827 r 3 4S
Bound with the Laws passed by the General assembly of Pennsylvania
at the session of 1826/27.
VIRGINIA. Statutes.
Acts passed at called session, 1862. 1862 r 973-7 C$5
Bound with other pamphlets.
Sketches of the acts and joint resolutions of the assembly,
1861. 1861 r9737 CSS
Lacks pages after 16.
Bound with other pamphlets.
CONFEDERATE STATES OF AMERICA. Statutes.
Acts and resolutions of the fourth session of the provisional
congress held at Richmond, Va. 1862 r 973.7 C74a
Bound with other pamphlets.
Public laws passed at the ist congress, ist-4th sessions, and
the 2d congress, ist session, 1862-1864, carefully collated
with the originals at Richmond ; ed. by J. M. Matthews.
1862-64 r34S C74
Cover has the title Statutes at large.
TREATISES ON LAW 413
Statutes at large of the provisional government of the Con-
federate States of America, from the institution of the gov-
ernment, Feb. 8, 1861, to its termination, Feb. 18, 1862, ar-
ranged in chronological order, with the constitution for the
provisional government and the permanent constitution of
the Confederate States, and the treaties concluded with In-
dian tribes ; ed. by J. M. Matthews. 1864" r34S C74
347 Treatises on law
BLACKSTONE, Sir William.
Commentaries on the laws of England; ed. by T. M. Cooley.
2v. 1884 qr347 651
"The grace, clearness, and dignity of style in which Blackstone wrote
have made his work a favorite text-book with young lawyers for
somewhat more than a century. . . Blackstone was not a profound
historical scholar; and he wrote at a period before the investigation of
sources had taught students what to accept and what to reject. It is
not singular, therefore, that many of his statements of fact have been
shown to be erroneous, and that some of his conclusions have been
overthrown." C. K. Adams.
CARTER, A.T.
Outlines of English legal history. 1899 r347 C23
FORSYTH, William.
Hortensius; an essay on the office and duties of an advocate.
1879 347 F79
HOLMES. Oliver Wendell, jr.
Common law. 1881 347 H73
INDERWICK, Frederick Andrew.
King's peace; a historical sketch of the English law courts.
1895. (Social England series.) 347 124
Bibliography, p. 238-246.
"The value of the book is qualified by the character of the premises:
That the English law, the English peace, is the King's law and the
King's peace, is the theory of the older jurists... In spite of these
failures, the failures of a legal antiquarian rather than of an historian,
the book will possess a value and an interest for the general reader,
an interest enhanced by several well-chosen illustrations, and a value
increased by the presentation of a short bibliography." American
historical review, 1895.
KENT, James.
Commentaries on American law; ed. by C. M. Barnes. 4v.
1884 r347 Kig
POLLOCK, Sir Frederick, & Maitland, F. W.
History of English law before the time of Edward I. 2v.
1808 347 P7<S
"The authoritative treatise upon the history of early English law; based
upon an exhaustive research in the original sources and a critical
study of the secondary sources; contains a chronological discussion
of (i) Anglo-Saxon law, (2) Norman law, (3) England under the Nor-
man kings, (4) Roman and canon law, (5) the age of Glanvill, (6) the
age of Bracton; topical discussions of tenure, classes, political divis-
ions, ownership and possession, contract, inheritance, family law, crime
and tort, procedure, with bibliography and index; of value to the
student of English history, of constitutional and legal history, for
the Angevin period in particular; maintains in opposition to the
theories of the Celtic and Roman origin of English law, its Teutonic
German, Scandinavian, Prankish origin, influenced in its development
by the Roman ecclesiastical law and the classical Roman law of Jus-
tinian; accurate, critical and exhaustive." W. Dawson Johnston.
4H TREATISES ON LAW
THORNTON, W.W. ed.
National cyclopaedia of law. 2v. 1891 T347 T4i
AMERICAN law review ; quarterly and bi-monthly, Oct. 1866-
date. v.i-date. i867-date r 347.05 AS i
Index, v. 1-13, 1866-1879. 1879.
GREEN bag; a magazine for lawyers; monthly, v.i-date.
iSSp-date qr347x>5 G82
v.io contains an index to v.i-io.
LAW quarterly review, v.i-date. i88s-date ^47.05 LZQ
v.io contains an index to v.i-io, v.is to v.n-is.
LEGAL journal; weekly, June 25, i859-Oct. 22, 1860, Oct. 14,
i867-Sept. 21, 1868. v.6-8, in i, v.is. 1859-67 qr347.o5 L54
. v.6-8 incomplete.
Running title reads Pittsburgh legal journal.
PENNSYLVANIA. Statutes.
General corporation act, and act for the taxation of cor-
porations, 1874 T347.I P39
SPAIN Crown.
Translation of the law of eminent domain, extended to Cuba
and Porto Rico by royal decree of June 13, 1884, and regu-
lations for its application. 1901. (United States In-
sular affairs division.) r 347.2 S73t
Translation of the mortgage law for Cuba, Puerto Rico and
the Philippines, 1893. 1899. (United States War de-
partment.) T347.2 S73
WATT, Welstood Alexander.
Theory of contract in its social light. 1897 347-4 W32
347.6 Marriage and divorce
UNITED STATES Labor department.
Report on marriage and divorce in the United States, 1867-
1886; including an appendix relating to marriage and di-
vorce in certain countries in Europe. 1891. (ist spe-
cial report of the commissioner, 1889.) H47-6 U25
"Its 1074 pages bring together from original sources in an exact order,
with clear statement, a vast amount of hitherto unpublished material
and put along with this in condensed form nearly all kindred matter
that could be found in previous publications. It must immediately
become the leading authority in its field, while its references to the
published sources of information will guide the student to the best
authorities elsewhere." S. W. Dike, in Political science quarterly, 1889.
WHITNEY, Henry C.
Marriage and divorce; effect of each on personal status and
property rights, with a consideration of fraudulent di-
vorces and the ethics of divorce. 1894 T347-6 W6$
347.7 Commercial and maritime law
BOLLES, Albert Sidney.
Elements of commercial law. 1896 347-7 B6i
Convenient and trustworthy manual for ready reference.
CONYNGTON, Thomas.
Organization and management of a business corporation, with
special reference to the laws of New York, New Jersey,
COMMERCIAL AND MARITIME LAW 415
Delaware, West Virginia; complete forms for by-laws,
comparison of corporations and co-partnerships, and pro-
visions for the protection of minority interests. 1900. .r 347.7 76
GREELEY, Arthur P.
Foreign patent and trademark laws, a comparative study;
with the text of the International convention for the
protection of industrial property, concluded at Paris,
March 20, 1883, and other conventions and treaties of
the United States relating to patents and trademarks.
1899 ............................................... T347.7 G8a
KNIGHT, George H. comp.
Patent-office manual, including the law and practice of cases
in the United States patent office and the courts holding a
revisory relation thereto. 1894 ........................ ^347-7 K34
LORING, Augustus Peabody.
A trustee's handbook. 1898 ............................. 347-7 L87
PARSONS, Theophilus.
Laws of business for all the states and territories of the
Union and the Dominion of Canada. 1898 ............ 347-7 26
The same. 1900 ......................................... ^47.7 P26
POCKET lawyer; or, Self-conveyancer. 1831 .............. ^47.7 P73
Forms for promissory notes, bills of exchange, assignment of bonds,
leases, bills of sale, mortgages, deeds, wills, etc.
SPAIN Crown.
Translation of the code of commerce in force in Cuba, Porto
Rico and the Philippines, amended by the law of June 10,
1897. 1899. (United States Insular affairs division.) . .047.7 873
STICKNEY, Albert.
State control of trade and commerce by national or state
authority. 1897 ...................................... 347-7 S8s
UNITED STATES Navigation bureau. (Treasury department.)
Laws of the United States relating to navigation and the
merchant marine; pt.2 of the Report of the com-
missioner of navigation to the secretary of the treas-
ury, 1895. 1895 ..................................... r3477 U25
UNITED STATES Supreme court.
General orders and forms in bankruptcy; adopted and estab-
lished Nov. 28, 1898. 1808 ............................. r3477
347.9 Civil trials
BINNS, John.
Binns's justice; digest of the laws and judicial decisions of
Pennsylvania, touching the authority and duties of justices
of the peace. 1840 .................................. qr347-9 648
THAYER, James Bradley.
Preliminary treatise on evidence at the common law.
1808 ................................................ 347.9 T 34
Contents: The older modes of trial. Trial by jury and its development.
Law and fact in jury trials. The law of evidence, and legal reason-
ing as applied to the ascertainment of facts. Judicial notice. Pre-
2 7
416 CANON LAW. ROMAN LAW
sumptions. The burden of proof. The "parol evidence" rule. The
''best evidence" rule. The present and future of the law of evidence.
Presumptions of law and presumptive evidence. The presumption
of innocence in criminal cases. On the principles of legal interpreta-
tion, with reference especially to the interpretation of wills, by F. V.
Hawkins.
348 Canon law
AUGUSTINE, St.
The city of God; tr. by Marcus Dods. 2v. 1871 348
De civitate Dei libri XXII; opera & cura Bonifacii Sadler.
4v. in 2. 1737 r348 Ap2
PEHEM, Joseph Johann Nepomuk.
Praelectionum in jus ecclesiasticum universum. 2v. 1791. .. .r348 P$6
PERMANEDER, Michael.
Handbuch des gemeingiiltigen katholischen kirchenrechts,
mit steter hinsicht auf die katholisch-kirchlichen verhalt-
nisse Deutschlands und insbesondere Bayerns. 2v. 1846. .r348 P43
SCHENKL, Maurus de.
Institutiones juris ecclesiastici, Germaniae inprimis et
Bavariae accommodatae. 2v. 1823 r348 832
ZALLWEIN, Georg.
Principia juris ecclesiastici universalis & particularis Ger-
maniae. 4v. 1781 r348 Z22
349 Foreign law. Roman law
AUSTRIA.
Allgemeines burgerliches gesetzbuch fur die gesammten
deutschen erblander der oesterreichischen monarchic.
4v. in I. 181 1 r349 Ap3
HADLEY, James.
Introduction to Roman law. 1894 349 Hi2
Valuable short account of the nature and importance of the body of
Roman law.
"As the lectures were prepared for undergraduate students, they are free
from embarrassing technical details, while at the same time they are
sufficiently elaborate to give a definite idea of the nature and the
greatness of the subject." C. K. Adams.
JUSTINIAN I, the Great.
Institutionum, libri 4, with introductions, commentary, ex-
cursus, and translation, by J. B. Moyle. 2v. 1889-90 349 J53
v.i. Text.
v.2. Translation.
KYSHE, James William Norton-.
History of the laws and courts of Hongkong, [to 1898].
2v. 1898 qr349 K44
MOREY, William Carey.
Outlines of Roman law, comprising its historical growth and
general principles. 1896 349 M88
Bibliography at the end of each chapter.
ADMINISTRATION. CIVIL SERVICE 417
350 Administration
WILSON, Woodrow.
The state; elements of historical and practical politics.
1894 350.9 W>7
"A sketch of Institutional History and Administration from ancient
times to the present day." Bowker & lies' "Reader's guide."
351 Administration of central government
WENZEL, John.
Comparative view of the executive and legislative depart-
ments of the governments of the United States, France,
England and Germany. 1897 r 35* W$2
351.1 Civil service
CHICAGO Civil service commission.
Annual report (2d-date), for the year iSgo-date. 1897-
date rasi.i C43
CLARKE, William Harrison.
Civil service law, a defence of its principles. 1897 35I-I C53
EATON, Dorman Bridgman.
Civil service in Great Britain. 1880 35I-I 19
LEUPP, Francis Ellington.
How to prepare for a civil service examination. 1898 35I-I L6s
After a clear exposition of what the government classified service now
is, it states the qualifications required in candidates, and gives many
examples of the actual papers set before applicants in recent examina-
tions. The volume thus serves an excellent purpose, not only in the
way of useful guidance to those intending to take the examinations,
but also in dissipating the misleading accounts of their nature spread
abroad by the opposition to the reform, and in proving once more
how firm a hold the new methods now have in law and practice.
LOWELL, Abbott Lawrence.
Colonial civil service; the selection and training of colonial
officials in England, Holland and France, with an ac-
count of the East India college at Haileybury (1806-
1857), by H. M. Stephens. 1900 351.1 L95
UNITED STATES Civil service and retrenchment committee.
Examination of the civil service, and inquiry as to dis-
charges at the South Omaha bureau of animal industry;
report and testimony. March 9, 1898. 3v. in I. 1898.
(55th cong. 2d sess. Senate. Report no.659.) r 35i.i U253
UNITED STATES Civil service commission.
Manual of examinations for the classified civil service of the
United States. 1899 051.1 U25m
Revised to Jan. i, 1899.
Report (ist-date), i884-date. i884~date r 35i.i
Fifth report will be found in the sheep bound set of congressional docu-
ments, no.26i3.
Fourth report contains the civil service law (1883), rules and regulations.
Ninth report contains a civil list, methods of appointment and term and
tenure of office.
418 PENSIONS
Schedule of examinations and instructions to applicants,
classified civil service; revised to Jan. 1897. 1897. . . .r35i.i U25s
Tables showing the number of positions in the executive civil
service, June 30, 1896, with their compensation and status
under civil service rules. 1897. (S4th cong. 2d sess.
House. Doc. 110.202.) qr35i.i U25t
UNITED STATES Civil service investigating committee.
Report to accompany Senate resolution of March 13, 1888,
on the operations of the civil service law. Oct. 10, 1888.
1888. (soth cong. ist sess. Senate. Report no.
2373.) r3Si.i U2532
UNITED STATES Philippine civil service board.
Manual of information relative to the Philippine civil service.
1902 r35i.i U2S33
351.2 Civil lists
NOTITIA vtraqve cvm Orientis tvm Occidentis vltra Arcadii
Honoriiqve Caesarvm tempora. 1552 qr35i.2 N47
Contents: Alciati, Andrea. Libellus de magistratibus ciuilibusque ae
militaribus officijs, partim ex hac ipsa Notitia, partim aliunde desump-
tus. Descriptio urbis Romae, quae sub titulo Pub. Victoris circura-
fertur, & altera urbis Constantinopolitanae, incerto autore. Liber de
rebvs bellicis ad Theodosium Aug. & filios eius Arcadium atque
Honorium ut uidetur, scriptus, incerto autore. Disputatio Adrian!
Aug. & Epicteti philosophi.
First printed edition of an official almanac of the Roman Empire, which
was compiled in ms. by some unknown person before 408 A.D. A
work of great historical importance, full of interesting wood cuts by
Andrea Alciati, printed by the celebrated German printer, Johann
Froben, the friend of Erasmus.
UNITED STATES Interior department.
Official register of the United States; [biennial], 1823, 1843,
1851, 1855, 1861-1867, i87i-date. i824-date Q r 35i.2 U2$
Known as the United States blue book.
Previous to 1861 this register was published by the State department.
Earlier title pages read Register of officers and agents, civil, military and
naval in the service of the United States.
1879 date each issue is in z\.
v.i. Legislative, executive and judicial; v.2. Post-office department and
postal service.
351.5 Pensions
ELDRIDGE, William C. & Ginn, L.R. comf.
Elementary manual of practice, Civil war claims; comp.
by W. C. Eldridge and L. R. Ginn. 1000. (United States
Auditor's office.) r 35i-S 43
Treasury department doc. 2171.
LIVRE rouge; or, Red book; being a list of secret pensions
paid out of the public treasure of France. 1790 r3Si. 5 L-75
METCALFE, John.
Case for universal old age pensions. 1899 351-5 ^64
UNITED STATES Interior department.
Decisions in appealed pension and bounty-land claims.
v.i-date. i887-datc r 35i.5 U25I
v.i-s title reads Decisions relating to pension claims and the laws of
REFORM 419
the United States granting and governing pensions.
Prepared in the Board of pension appeals.
UNITED STATES Pension bureau.
Laws of the United States governing the granting of army
and navy pensions; with the regulations relating there-
to; Sept. 1897. 1897 r35i.5 U2531
The same, July 1902. 1902 ^51.5 U253la
List of pensioners on the roll, Jan i, 1883, giving name of
each pensioner, cause for which pensioned, post-office
address, rate of pension per month and date of original
allowance. 5v. 1883. (47th cong. 2d sess. Senate.
Ex. doc. no.84.) r 351.5 U253H
Treatise on the practice of the bureau governing the adjudi-
cation of army and navy pensions. 1898 r35i-5 U253
UNITED STATES Pension office investigation committee.
Report of the select committee investigating the methods,
management and practices of the Bureau of pensions,
July 14, 1892. 2v. 1892. (52d cong. ist sess. House.
Report no.i868.) ^51. 5 U2532
Majority report recommends removal from office of Commissioner Green
B. Raum.
351.6 Reform
GOOD government; monthly. v.i2-date. i892-date qr35i.6 G6a
Official journal of the National civil service reform league.
REFORM ministry and the reformed Parliament. 1833 r35i.6 S65
Reprinted from the sth London edition.
In 1830 tarl Grey became premier, adopting for his policy peace, re-
trenchment and reform, and finally succeeding in passing the great
Reform bill of 1832. The "Reformed Parliament," which met in 1833,
abolished colonial slavery and the monopoly of the East India com-
pany. This little pamphlet gives an account of these and other im-
portant measures undertaken by this parliament, from the point of
view of an admirer.
Bound with other pamphlets.
TYLER, Lyon Gardiner.
Parties and patronage in the United States. 1891. (Questions
of the day.) 351.6 Tg?
351.76 Prostitution
LACROIX, Paul, (pseud. Le bibliophile Jacob).
Histoire de la prostitution. 6v. 1851-53 ^51.76 Li2
NEW YORK (city), COMMITTEE OF FIFTEEN.
Social evil, with special reference to conditions existing in the
city of New York. 1902 ^51.76 N26
PARENT DUCHATELET, Alexandre Jean Baptiste.
De la prostitution dans la ville de Paris. 2v. 1857 1*35 1.76 P23
SANGER, William W.
History of prostitution throughout the world. 1858 ^51.76 S22
352 Local government
ALLEGHENY, Pa.
Municipal reports for the year 1856-1857, 1859, 1872-1874,
420 LOCAL GOVERNMENT
1878, 1881-1883, 1886-1887, 1889, 1891-1893. 1857-94 r352 A42
Reports for 1856-1857, 1859 bound with rp74.88 A.$2.
No reports of the city of Allegheny were printed before the one for
1856. The report for 1862 was not printed. The fiscal year ends
with Dec. 31 until 1888, from which time it ends with Feb. 28. The
report for 1888 covers 14 months, Jan. i, 1888 to Feb. 28, 1889.
Beginning with the report for 1865 the ordinances passed during the
year are included.
Titles of the set of reports vary, the following being the titles of the
complete set :
1856-1857. Annual reports of the auditing committee. . .of councils.
1863-1864. Annual reports of standing committees of councils.
1865. Annual reports of councils.
1866. Ordinances of councils, also reports of city officers, committees
of councils, &c.
1867-68. Annual reports of committees of councils, with report of con-
troller and other city officers.
1869-1872. Annual reports of the several departments of the city.
1873-1875. Annual report of the controller and reports of the various
departments.
1876-1886. Annual reports of the various officers and standing com-
mittees.
1887-1890. Municipal reports.
1891-1892. Financial reports.
i893-date. Municipal reports.
ALLEGHENY, Pa. Charter.
Charter of the city of Allegheny, a collection of special
acts of assembly and ordinances of the city, indexed;
also the acts of assembly incorporating the borough
and city of Allegheny, in operation previous to 1870; by
John C. McCombs. 1870 r3S2 A42C
ALLEGHENY, Pa. Public safety department.
Annual report (ist-2d, 5th) of the chief, and reports of
bureaus of the department, for the year i89i-[i892,
1895]. 1892-96 r352 A422
The 2d report covers 14 months, Jan. i, 1892 to Feb. 28, 1893. Subse-
quent reports are for the fiscal year ending Feb. 28, and are included
in the Municipal reports, r3$2 A42.
BALTIMORE. Charter.
New charter of Baltimore city, [approved March 24, 1898;
with report of the new chatter commission]. 1898 r352 6217
BALTIMORE Mayor.
Mayor's message and reports of city officers, i897-date.
:898-date r352 621
BARNES, Lemuel Call.
Socialism and a municipal commonwealth. 1895 r352 625
From the American magazine of civics, v.6, p.26o-266, 1895.
BELL, Sir James, & Paton, James.
Glasgow, its municipal organization and administration.
1896 Q352 841
Glasgow is considered one of the best-governed cities in the world. This
is an exhaustive description of the manner in which the city govern-
ment is administered, and is full of suggestion and instruction for
those interested in better municipal government in the United States.
BEMIS, Edward Webster, ed.
Municipal monopolies. 1899. (Library of economics and
politics.) 352 642
Contents: Water-works, by M. N. Baker. Municipal electric lighting,
by J. R. Commons. The latest electric light reports, by E. W. Bemis.
Validity of electric light comparisons, by F. A. C. Perrine. The tele-
phone, by Frank Parsons. Municipal franchises in New York, by
Max West. Legal aspects of monopoly, by Frank Parsons. Street
LOCAL GOVERNMENT 421
railways, by E. W. Bemis. Gas, by E. W. Bemis. Regulation or
ownership, by E. W. Bemis.
BOSTON Mayor.
Address of Josiah Quincy, mayor of Boston, to the city council,
Jan. 4, 1897. 1897 r3S2 664
Mayor Quincy's executive address touches upon some suggestive features
of municipal administration, including public baths, playgrounds, parks,
etc.
BREEN, Matthew Patrick.
Thirty years of New York politics up-to-date. 1899 352 672
CHALMERS, Mackenzie Dalzell Edwin Stewart.
Local government. 1883. (English citizen series.) 352 C3S3
CHAPMAN, Sydney John.
Local government and state aid; an essay on the effect on
local administration and finance, of the payment to local
authorities of the proceeds of certain imperial taxes. 1899.
(Social science series.) 352 C36
COLER, Bird Sim.
Municipal government as illustrated by the charter, finances
and public charities of New York. 1900 352 C68
Contents: The city charter. Public charity. Charity regulated. In-
come and expenses. Water supply. Transportation. City develop-
ment. The church in politics. Political. machines.
CONKLING, Alfred Ronald.
City government in the United States. 1895 352 C72
The same; with a chapter on the Greater New York charter of
1897. 1899 352 C/2C
List of authorities, p.is.
A comprehensive survey, with suggestions for reform, by an ex-alder-
man of New York. Describes functions of each department, points
out defects and draws instructive comparisons with European cities.
DEVLIN, Thomas C.
Municipal reform in the United States. 1896. (Questions of
the day.) 352 049
DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA Commissioners.
Annual report, i874~date. i874~date r352 063
The reports for 1874-1878, 1881-1884 will be found in the sheep bound
set of congressional documents, numbered respectively, 1641, 1682,
1751, 1802, 1852, 1913, 2021, 2103, 2193, 2290.
DOLMAN, Frederick.
Municipalities at work; municipal policy of six great Eng-
lish towns and its influence on their social welfare.
1895. (Social questions of to-day.) 352 D69
The towns are Birmingham, Manchester, Liverpool, Glasgow, Bradford,
Leeds.
DUNLOP, James.
Treatise on the duties of county and township officers of
Pennsylvania, pt.i. 1843 r352 Dg2
pt. i. The duties of county commissioners, assessors and collectors of
taxes, and the mode of assessing and collecting the taxes.
EATON, Dorman Bridgman.
The government of municipalities. 1899 352 19
FAIRLIE, John Archibald.
Municipal administration. 1901 352 Fl6
Part i is an historical survey of cities and municipal government, treat-
ing briefly of ancient and mediaeval cities and more at length of the
development during the nineteenth century. Part 2 discusses the active
422 LOCAL GOVERNMENT
functions of municipal administration; part 3 deals with the problems
of municipal finance; and part 4 with the various methods and prob-
lems of municipal organization, with special reference to recent ten-
dencies and proposed reforms in American cities.
FIELDE, Adele Marion.
Political primer of New York state and city. 1897 352 45
Handbook explaining through questions and answers, the legislative,
executive and judicial systems, political methods, rights and duties
of citizens.
FOOTE, Allen Ripley.
Municipal public service industries. 1899 352 F74
Contents: How should the franchise question be settled? Powers of
municipalities. Cost of service to users and taxpayers.
FRANCISCO, MJ.
Municipal ownership vs. private corporations; with legal and
editorial opinions, tables and costs of lights as furnished
by private companies and municipal plants, with list of
municipal plants that have been sold or abandoned; con-
taining also a comparison of English and American gas
and railway plants. 1898 352 F87m
Municipalities vs. private corporations; political and busi-
ness management compared. 1900 352 F87
Opposed to municipal ownership.
GLADDEN, Washington.
Cosmopolis city club. 1893 352 645
First published in the Century magazine, v.23.
Discusses problems of municipal reform and outlines in story form
practical beginnings by a few public spirited citizens.
GOMME, George Laurence.
London in the reign of Victoria, (1837-1897). 1898. (Vic-
torian era series.) 352 G59
After an interesting brief account of the London of 1837 the author
considers the trade and commerce, industries, growth in population,
street architecture, parks, education, London local government, and
taxation, and gives some statistical tables concerning occupations,
food supplies, railways, etc.
GOOD NOW, Frank Johnson.
Municipal home rule. 1895 352 G62m
Municipal problems. 1897 352 G62
GREEN, Mrs Alice .Sophia Amelia (Stopford).
Town life in the isth century. 2v. 1894 352 G82
The author was closely associated with her husband, the late J. R.
Green, the historian, in all his work and was familiar with the material
he had accumulated for future labors. She considers the different
features of domestic and social life, the labor question, crafts and
guilds, town councils, and pays particular attention to the contrasted
fortunes of towns upon the royal demesne, and those on baronial or
church estates.
HARRISBURG LEAGUE FOR MUNICIPAL IMPROVEMENT.
Proposed municipal improvements for Harrisburg, Penn'a. ;
report of executive committee to the subscribers to fund
for investigating municipal improvements, Nov. 21, 1901,
embodying reports and recommendations of experts em-
ployed, including J. H. Fuertes, W. H. Manning and M. R.
Sherrerd. 1901 r3S2 H29
JAMES, Edmund Janes.
Municipal administration in Germany as seen in the govern-
LOCAL GOVERNMENT 423
ment of a typical Prussian city, Halle, a/S. 1901. (Chi-
cago university. Studies in political science.) 352 Ji6
JENKS, Edward.
An outline of English local government. 1894. (University
extension series.) 352 J2$
LONDON manual for 1899-1900; ed. by Robert Donald; con-
taining the full text of the London government bill and
an explanation of the constitution, &c., of the new Lon-
don boroughs. [1899.] r3$2 L82
MEANS, David McGregor, (pseud. Henry Champernowne).
The boss; an essay upon the art of governing American cities.
1894 -352 MSS
MINNEAPOLIS.
Annual reports of the city officers for the year 1894, 1898-
1901. 1895-1901 r352 M72
MUNICIPAL affairs; a quarterly magazine devoted to the
consideration of city problems, v.i-date. i897-date. . .r352
MUNICIPAL year book of the United Kingdom for 1897,
i899-date; ed. by Robert Donald. i8g7-date r352
Describes what may be called the constructive rather than the adminis-
trative work of the cities and towns of the United Kingdom, especially
the supplying of water, gas and electricity, the management of tram-
ways, the erection of artisans' dwellings and municipal lodging
houses. Contains directory of town councils.
NATIONAL CONFERENCE FOR GOOD CITY GOVERN-
MENT.
Proceedings of the conference (ist-date), Jan. i894-date.
i894-date r35
Proceedings of the ist conference contain a Bibliography of municipal
government and reform. Beginning with the proceedings of the ad
conference the Proceedings of the annual meeting of the National
municipal league, are included.
Proceedings of the 4th conference contain a chapter on Municipal con-
dition of Pittsburg, by G. VV. Guthrie.
NATIONAL MUNICIPAL LEAGUE.
A municipal program; report of a committee, adopted by the
league, Nov. 17, 1899, together with explanatory and
other papers. 1000 352 Ni5
Contents: Municipal development in the United States, by J. A. Fairlie.
Municipal problem in the United States, by H. E. Deming. The city
in the United States; the proper scope of its activities, by Albert
Shaw. The place of the council and of the mayor in the organiza-
tion of municipal government, by F. J. Goodnow. Public accounting
under the proposed municipal program, by L. S. Rowe. The power
to incur indebtedness under the proposed municipal program, by B. S.
Coler. Municipal franchises, by Charles Richardson. Political parties
and city government under the proposed municipal program, by F. J.
Goodnow. Public opinion and city government under the proposed
municipal program, by H. E. Deming. A summary of the program,
by L. S. Rowe. Proposed constitutional amendments. Proposed
municipal corporations act. An examination of the proposed munici-
pal program, by D. F. Wilcox.
ODGERS, William Blake.
Local government. 1899. (English citizen series.) 352 Oi4
Based upon "Local government," written in 1883 by M. D. E. S. Chal-
mers (call number, 332 C353), but worked over to bring it to date
(1899).
424 LOCAL GOVERNMENT
PARSONS. Frank.
The city for the people; or, The municipalization of the city
government and of local franchises. 1900 352 P26
PHILADELPHIA Mayor.
Fourth annual message, Edwin H. Fitler, mayor, with
Annual report of the Department of public safety and
Annual report of the Board of health for the year 1890.
1891 > r3S2 P4Q
PITTSBURGH Controller.
Report of the city controller for the year ending Jan. 31,
i87i-date. i872-date r352 P67r
The report for the year ending Jan. 31, 1871 was the first to be printed
separately. Before that date, beginning with 1858, the report will be
found in the appendix to the yearly issue of the ordinances.
PITTSBURGH. Ordinances.
By-laws and ordinances of the city of Pittsburgh, and the
acts of Assembly relating thereto; with notes and refer-
ences to judicial decisions thereon, and an appendix, re-
lating to seA^eral subjects connected with the laws and
police of the city corporation. 1828 r3S2 P6/b
Ordinances passed by councils since the 25th day of
August, 1828 [Dec. 3, i82&-Feb. 23, 1829] r352 P6;b
Ordinances passed by councils since the 23d day of Febru-
ary, 1829 [June 25, i829-May 31, 1830] r3S2 P6;b
Ordinances passed by councils since the 3ist day of May,
1830 [Aug. 2, i830-May 27, 1833] r3S2 P67b
The three supplements are bound with the volume printed in 1828.
Digest of ordinances of the city of Pittsburgh; to which is
prefixed a collection of the acts of Assembly relating to
the corporation. 1849 r3S2 P67b4
Title-page, p.i 10, 127-129, 353, missing.
Ordinances passed by the select and common councils,
Jan. 15, i849-Dec. 31, 1869, with the financial reports
of the city and reports of city officers for 1849-1869.
[2ov. in 3.] 1850-70 r352 P67b5
Publication of the ordinances in this form was discontinued with the
issue for 1869, as they appear in the Municipal record.
Title pages vary.
Digest of acts of Assembly, the codified ordinance of the
city of Pittsburgh adopted Oct. 6, 1859, and a digest of
other ordinances now in force; comp. by A. W. Foster.
1860 r352 P67b6
Digest of the acts of Assembly and a code of the ordin-
ances of the city, with an appendix containing ordinances
and references to acts and ordinances remaining in
force; prepared by J. F. Slagle. 1869 r352 P67b7
Digest of the acts of Assembly relating to, and the general
ordinances of the city, from 1804 to Sept. i, 1886, with
references to decisions thereon; prepared by W. W.
Thomson. 1887 r352 P67b8
Same, from 1804 to Jan. I, 1897, with reference to de-
cisions thereon. 1897 r352
PITTSBURGH Public safety department.
Annual report (ist-i2th) of the chief, and reports of the
LOCAL GOVERNMENT 425
bureaus of the department, for the year ending Jan. 31,
1889-1900. 1889-1900 r352 P6/4
Reports for 1 900/01 and 1901/02 have not been printed.
SHAW, Albert.
Municipal government in continental Europe. 1895 352 SS3m
Contents: Paris, the typical modern city. The French municipal sys-
tem. The systems of Belgium, Holland and Spain. Recent progress
of Italian cities. The framework of German city government. Munic-
ipal functions in Germany. The free city of Hamburg and its sanitary
reforms. The transformation of Vienna. Budapest, the rise of a
new metropolis. APPENDICES: The budget of Paris, The budget of
Berlin, The French municipal code.
Municipal government in Great Britain. 1895 352 853
"Gives a good description of municipal government in Great Britain
at the present time. . .Apart from its comparison of English with
American conditions, and apart from the evident desire to apply the
English system to American conditions, the book is deserving of great
praise." F. J. Goodno-w in Political science quarterly, 1895.
SHERMAN, Philemon Tecumseh.
Inside the machine ; two years in the Board of aldermen, 1898-
1899 ; a study of the legislative features of the city govern-
ment of New York city under the Greater New York char-
ter. 1901 352 Sss
The author, a son of General W. T. Sherman, was elected in 1897 on
the Citizens' Union ticket to represent the "Tenderloin" district in
the Board of aldermen. The unique surroundings and associations
into which he was thus thrown appealed to his sense of humor, while
the manifold evils of the municipal government system under the
present charter invited his caustic analysis. This book is the result.
STALLARD, Joshua Harrison.
Problem of municipal government as illustrated by the mu-
nicipal government of San Francisco. 1897 r3S2 878
Reprinted from the Overland monthly, Jan.-May, 1897.
STRONG, Josiah.
The twentieth century city. 1898 352 92
Contents: The materialism of modern civilization. A nation of cities.
The materialistic city a menace to itself. The materialistic city a
menace to state and nation. Remedies; the new patriotism; twentieth
century Christianity; twentieth century churches; practical sugges-
tions.
Dr Strong thinks the greatest peril of modern civilization is its mater-
ialism, and as the movement of population is towards the cities, it
is in the cities of the twentieth century that this danger must be met.
TIEDEMAN, Christopher Gustavus.
Treatise on the law of municipal corporations in the United
States. 1900 r352 T44
WEBB, Sidney James.
The London programme. 1891. (Social science series.) 352 W36
"'The London Programme' is. . .commonly understood as the name for
the series of proposals for metropolitan reform which have been pressed
forward by the London Radical members since the year 1888." The
book describes the most important of these reforms in the administra-
tion of the city.
WHELEN, Frederick.
London government. 1898 352 W59
WHITE, Arnold.
The problems of a great city. 1887 352 W63
WILCOX, Delos Franklin.
The study of city government. 1897 352 W7I
List of authorities, p.245-248.
426 POLICE. FIRE DEPARTMENT
WISCONSIN UNIVERSITY.
Mayor vs. council; should a system of municipal government
concentrating all executive and administrative powers in
the mayor, be- adopted in cities of the United States?
twenty-seventh annual joint debate [between the Athe- .
nae and Philomathia societies]. 1897 r3$2 78
Bibliography, p.95-io3.
Bound with Stallard's Problem of municipal government.
BIRMINGHAM, England.
General and detailed financial statement for the year 1870-
date. i87i-date qr352.i 648
Until and including 1889 the year .ends Dec. 31; the following issue
covers 3 months only, Jan. March 1890, after which time the fiscal
year ends March 31.
Binder's title reads Blue book.
DURAND, Edward Dana.
The finances of New York city. 1898 352.1 Dp3
Part i is devoted to a history of the finances from early Dutch times
(1652), through the era of the Tweed ring and the period of re-
construction. In part 2 is considered in detail the working of the
present financial system, beginning with the charter of 1873. Finan-
cial statements of fact are based on official records.
352.2 Police
COSTELLO,Augustine E.
History of the fire and police departments of Minneapolis;
their origin, progress and development. 1890 r352.2 C83
MANN, Henry, ed.
Our police; a history of the Pittsburgh police force under
town and city. 1889 T352.2 M33
NEW YORK (state) Lexow committee.
Report and proceedings of the senate committee appointed to
investigate the police department of the city of New York.
5v. 1895 r352.2 N26
Called the Lexow committee from the name of the chairman.
STEAD, William Thomas.
Satan's invisible world displayed. 1897 352.2 S79
Claims to give the gist of the evidence taken before the Lexow com-
mittee, in 1894-95.
352.3 Fire department
ALLEGHENY, Pa. Fire department.
History of the Allegheny fire department qr352.3 A42
DAWSON, Charles T. ed.
Our firemen; the history of the Pittsburgh fire department,
[to 1889]. 1889 T352.2 M33
Bound with Mann's Our police.
HILL, Charles Thaxter.
Fighting a fire. 1897 352-3 H55
Contents: Fighting a fire. A school for firemen. An alarm of fire by
telegraph. The risks of a fireman's life. Peter Spots, fireman.
Floating fire-engines. The fire patrol.
These chapters appeared in St. Nicholas, July i896-Oct. 1897.
Describes the workings of the New York city fire department.
The same. 1897 J352-3
PUBLIC HEALTH. PUBLIC WORKS 427
PITTSBURGH Fire commission.
Annual report (ist-7th, i6th) of the Board of fire commis-
sioners, May 5, iSyo-Jan. i, 1877, Jan. i, i886-Jan. 31,
1887. 1871-87 T3S2.3 P674I
PITTSBURGH Public safety department.
Annual reports of the Bureau of fire, Bureau of electricity,
Firemen's disability board, and Board of fire escapes,
for the year 1893-1894, 1896. 1894-97 ^52.3 P674
These reports may also be found in the Annual report of the Depart-
ment of public safety.
352.4 Public health
NASHVILLE, Tenn. Health board.
Report (2d), for the year ending July 4, 1877. 1877 ^52.4 Ni4
PITTSBURGH Health bureau.
Annual report for the year 1873, 1880-1-2-3-4-5-6, 1880-
1887, 1888-1899. 1873-1900 r352.4 P67a
No separate reports were issued from 1880 to 1886, but in 1886 a report
was printed covering those years; there is a separate report for 1887,
which was also issued with a reprint of the report, 1 880-6, under a
new title page, as 1880-1887.
Reports for the years 1900, 1901 and 1902 have not been printed.
Manual of laws, and rules and regulations relating to the pub-
lic health, and the construction and inspection of plumbing
and house drainage. 1895 ^52.4 P67
PITTSBURGH Public safety department.
Code of laws and manual governing the Bureau of health,
1889. [1889.] T352.4 P67C
352.5-352.7 Public works
ALLEGHENY, Pa. Public works department.
Report, April 6, iSgi-Feb. 28, 1893. 2v. 1892-93 T352.S A42
CHICAGO Public works department.
Mayor's annual message and the annual report (22d, 25th-
26th) of the department, 1897, 1900-1901. 1898-1902. . .r352.5 C43
PITTSBURGH Public works department.
Annual report of the department for the year 1889-1898,
[Feb. i, i889-Jan. 31, 1899]. 1890-99 ^52.5 P67
Reports for the years 1900 and 1901 have not been printed.
BOSTON Water commission.
Annual report (5th), for the year ending Jan. 31, 1900.
1900 T352.6 664
MASSACHUSETTS Metropolitan sewerage commission.
Annual report (8th, loth), for the year ending Sept. 30,
1896, 1898. 1897-99 r352.6 M455
Report upon a high-level gravity sewer for the relief of
the Charles and Neponset river valleys; resolves of
1898, chapter 4. 1899 T352.6 M455r
MASSACHUSETTS Metropolitan water board.
Annual report (4th), 1898. 1899 T352.6 M45
428 UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT
NEW YORK (city), MERCHANTS' ASSOCIATION.
Inquiry into the conditions relating to the water-supply of
the city of New York. 1900 r 352.6 N26
PITTSBURGH Board of examiners and hydraulic engineers.
Pittsburgh new waterworks; report [to city councils] of
the Board of examiners and hydraulic engineers [E. S.
Chesborough and Moses Lane] with estimates of cost
of work, submitted March, 1871. 1871 T352.6 P67
One of the too copies which contain the map entitled: "Pittsburgh new
water works. 1871. Map of the city of Pittsburgh, showing proposed
location of pumping works, reservoirs, force mains & distribution
mains. Scale 4 inches equal one mile."
The Library contains also one of the copies issued without the map.
This is bound with Roberts' Report on the new water works, r3$2.6
RS3-
ROBERTS, William Milnor.
Report [to the finance committee] on the new water
works of the city of Pittsburgh. Feb. 19, 1874. 1874.
(Pittsburgh Councils.) T352.6 RS3
Report made in accordance with resolution of councils, passed Dec. 8,
1873: "That the Finance committee are hereby instructed. . .to em-
ploy a competent engineer. . .to measure and estimate all work done,
and material furnished, and report to Councils, whether the same
corresponds with the money expended."
BOSTON Street department.
Annual report of the Street' department for the year 1899,
1900. 1900 r 352.7 664
NEW YORK (city) Street cleaning department.
Report, 1900. 1900 ^52.7 N26
For Col. Waring's report of the work of the department, 1895-97, sfi e
628.4 W220.
PITTSBURGH Highways and sewers bureau.
Official hand book; compendium and historical sketch,
Bureau of highways and sewers; ed. for the bureau by
J. M. Kelly. 1898 ^52.7 P67
353 United States government
For Constitutional law and history of the United States, see 342.7
AUSTIN, Oscar Phelps.
Uncle Sam's secrets; a story of national affairs J353 A93
"Much interesting information about currency, the mint, railway postal
service, foreign mail, banking and revenue systems, etc., conveyed
in a stiff and unreal story."
BARTLETT, William H.
Facts I ought to know about the government of my
country. 1894 353 827
"Reference books," p.i57-:s8.
"Aim of the writer has been to prepare such a work as an American
father might wish to place in the hands of his son, or an American
teacher in the hands of his pupils, to serve as the basis of a com-
plete knowledge of the facts and principles of the government of
the United States." Preface.
BROOKS, Noah.
How the Republic is governed. 1895 353 877
Describes briefly the legislative, executive and judiciary systems of the
United States, the official business methods, and regulation of rev-
UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT 429
enues, coinage, pensions, suffrage, public lands, etc.
The same. 1897 rJ3S3 B;;
DAWES, Anna Laurens.
How we are governed; an explanation of the constitution
and government of the United States. 1896 J353 D32
The same. 1896 rJ3S3 032
GILLET, Ransom H.
Federal government; its officers and their duties. 1871 353 041
JAMES, James Alton, & Sanford, A. H.
Government in state and nation. 1902 353 Ji6
"Reference books," p.375-378.
MASON, Edward Campbell.
Veto power; its origin, development and function in the
government of the United States, (1789-1889); ed. by
A. B. Hart. 1891. (Harvard historical monographs.) . .353 M44
Bibliography, p. 219-221.
MOWRY, William Augustus.
Elements of civil government; local, state and national; a
course for schools. 1898 J353 M94
PEYTON, Balie.
Speech upon the resolution of Mr Wise, proposing a select
committee of investigation of the executive departments,
and Mr Pearce's amendment to the same; delivered in the
House of representatives, Dec. 15, 1836. 1836 r353 P47
STRONG, Frank, & Schafer, Joseph.
The government of the American people. 1901 353 892
Contents: Township and county government. City government. State
government. Origin of the national government. The national gov-
ernment.
UNITED STATES Covode committee.
Covode investigation; report of the committee appointed
to investigate charges that improper means had been
used by President Buchanan to influence the action of
Congress on the Lecompton bill, &c. 1860. (36th cong.
ist sess. House. Doc. no. 648.) r353 U253
UNITED STATES Executive departments, Committee to
investigate.
Journal [and reports] of the select committee to investigate
the executive departments. 1837 r 353 ?47
Bound with other pamphlets.
UNITED STATES President.
Compilation of the messages and papers of the presidents,
1789-1897, by J. D. Richardson. lov. 1896-99 r3S3 U2S
v.io contains a full index, and gives historical synopses of topics in-
dexed. ''
Veto messages of the presidents from Washington to Cleve-
land, with the action of Congress thereon; comp. by B. P.
Poore. 1886. (49th cong. 2d sess. Senate. Mis. doc.
no.53.) r245i
WHITNEY, Reuben M.
Protest against the proceedings of the select committee of the
House of representatives to investigate the executive
departments, Jan. 25, 1837. 1837 r353 P47
Bound with Peyton's Speech upon the resolution of Mr Wise.
430 TREASURY DEPARTMENT
353.1 State department
MICHAEL, William Henry.
History of the Department of state of the United States ; its
formation and duties, together with biographies of its pres-
ent officers and secretaries from the beginning. 1901.
(United States State department.) i"353.i M66
UNITED STATES State department.
Register, 1887-1888, 1892, 1893, 1897. 1888-97 ^53.1 U25
353.2 Treasury department
MAYO, Robert.
Synopsis of the commercial and revenue system of the
United .States as developed by instructions and de-
cisions of the Treasury department for the administra-
tion of the revenue laws, with supplement. 2v. 1847. .qr3S3.2 M54
Title of the supplement reads, "Treasury department and its fiscal
bureaus; their origin, organization and practical operations illustrated.
UNITED STATES Comptroller of the treasury, Office of.
Decisions, [Oct. i, i894-date]. v.i-date. i89(5-date.
(Treasury department.) r 353.2 U25
Digest of decisions of the Second comptroller of the treas-
ury. v.4. 1899. (Treasury department.) r 353.2
The office of Second comptroller was abolished by act of July 31, 1894,
and his duties transferred to the First comptroller who became Comp-
troller of the treasury.
UNITED STATES Customs division.
Digest of decisions of the Treasury department and of the
Board of U. S. general appraisers under tariff acts of 1883,
1890, 1894 and 1897, rendered during 1898-1900. 1901. ^353.2
UNITED STATES Treasury department.
Synopsis of the decisions of the department on the con-
struction of the tariff, navigation, and other laws for 1880.
1881 T3S3.2 U253&
353.3 Interior department
UNITED STATES Abstracted Indian trust bonds committee.
Report of the select committee to inquire into and report
the facts in relation to the fraudulent abstraction of cer-
tain bonds held by the government in trust for the In-
dian tribes from the Department of the interior. 1861.
(36th cong. 2d sess. House. Doc. 110.78.) r 353-3 U25J
UNITED STATES Interior department.
Annual register, containing a list of the persons employed in
the department, 1877, 1883. 1877-83 ^53.3 U2$a
Annual report of the secretary of the interior, i849~date.
i849-date ^53.3 U25
pts.2-3 of the report for 1890 are wanting.
A part of the report for 1851 is bound with the report of the secretary of
the navy for 1851, r 3S3-7 U2$.
The reports of the Geological survey (qrss7.3 Uzsa), the commissioner
POST-OFFICE DEPARTMENT 431
of education ^379.7 Uas), the Department of labor (r33i U25an) and
the Land office report 0336. i Uzsde), which form part of this report
are catalogued separately.
A list of the bureaus, &c., whose reports are made to the secretary of
the interior and are, therefore, included in his report, will be found
on p.i46 of the Document check list, 1895. This is kept at the refer-
ence desk.
List of books, reports, documents and pamphlets, printed or
published by this department from 1789 to 1881. 1882.'
(47th cong. ist sess. Senate. Ex. doc. no. 182.)
353.4 Post-office department
DORSEY, John W. and others.
Proceedings in the trial of the case of the United States vs.
J. W. Dorsey, J. R. Miner and others for conspiracy. 3v.
1882 .................................................. F3S3-4 D74
Binder's title reads "Record of the star route trials."
NEWCOMB, Harry Turner.
Postal deficit; an examination of some of the legislative and
administrative aspects of a great state industry. 1900 ..... 353-4 N26
UNITED STATES Post-office and post-roads committee.
Report on the condition of the Post-office department, pre-
sented June Qth, 1834. J 834- ( 2 3d cong. ist sess. Sen-
ate. Doc. no.422.) .................................. r3S34 G94
Bound with other pamphlets.
UNITED STATES Post-office department.
Annual report of the postmaster-general, 1837-1842, 1847-1849,
1851, i853-date. i848-date .......................... r3534 U25a
Report for 1877 wanting.
Report for 1849 is bound with the report of the secretary of war for
1849, T353.6 U2$.
Report for 1851 is bound with the report of the secretary of the navy for
1851, T3S3.7 U25.
Reports for 1837-42, 1853-54, 1856, 1859, 1862-63, 1865-67, 1869, 1872 and
1876 will be found in the sheep bound set of congressional documents,
numbered respectively, 321, 344, 363, 375, 401, 418, 712, 778, 894, 1025,
1159, 1184, 1254, 1286, 1327, 1411, 1562 and 1748.
Official postal guide, Jan. 1895, Jan. 1897, Jan. 1899, Jan.
igoi-date. i895-date ............................... r 3534 U2S
Postal laws and regulations of the United States. 1887. (50th
"cong. ist sess. House. Mis. doc. no. 63.) ............ T353-4 U25p2
The same. 1893. (5 2 d cong. 2d sess. House. Mis. doc. no.
90.) .................................................. r3534 U2Sp
353-5 Judiciary department
CARSON, Hampton Lawrence.
Supreme couitf of the United States; its history and its cen-
tennial celebration, Feb. 4th, 1890. 2v. 1891 ........ qr353-5 C23
Published under the direction and authority of the Judiciary centen-
nial committee of the New York state bar association.
The same; supplement, pt.i. 1892 .................. QF353-5 C23 v.3
pt.i. George Shiras, jr.
GARLAND, A.H.
Experience in the Supreme court of the United States;
with some reflections and suggestions as to that tri-
bunal. 1898 ......................................... 353-5 Gi8
28
432 WAR DEPARTMENT
UNITED STATES Congress, 7th, ist sess.
Debates in the Congress of the United States on the bill for
repealing the law "for the more convenient organization
of the courts of the United States," during the first
session of the seventh congress, [Jan. 4-Mar. 3, 1802].
1802 r353.5 U25
UNITED STATES Justice. Department of.
Annual report of the attorney-general for the year 1870-
date. i87o-date ^53.5
Reports for years 1870-1873, 1875-1879, 1881-1883 will be found in
sheep bound set of congressional documents, numbered respectively,
1454. 1510, 1545, 1606, 1686, 1751, 1802, 1852, 1913, 1986, 2103 and
2193.
Digest of the official opinions of the attorneys-general,
comprising all of the published opinions contained in
v.i-i6 inclusive, and embracing the period from 1789
to 1881 ; prepared by A. J. Bentley. 1885 ^53.5
Official opinions of the attorneys-general of the United
States, advising the president and the heads of depart-
ments in relation to their official duties, and expound-
ing the constitution, treaties, and the public laws of the
country. v.i7-date. iSpi-date. T353-5 U253
Opinions of the attorneys-general giving construction to
public laws not of a temporary character, 1789 to
March I, 1841. 1841. (26th cong. 2d sess. House.
Ex. doc. no. 123.) T353.5 U253O
Register of the Department of justice and the judicial of-
ficers of the United States, corrected to Sept. i, 1874.
1874 r3S3_5 U2532
353.6 "War department
A
GARDNER, Charles K. comp.
Dictionary of all officers who have been commissioned or ap-
pointed and served in the army of the United States, 1789-
1853- 1853 T353.6 Gi8
HEITMAN, Francis Bernard, comp.
Historical register of the officers of the Continental army.
1893 qr353-6 H42h
Historical register of the United States army from its organ-
ization, 1789 to 1889. 1890 qr3S3-6 H42
LIEBER, Guido Norman.
Remarks on the army regulations and executive regulations
in general. 1898 ^ r353.6 L6g
POWELL, William Henry, comp.
List of officers of the army of the United States, from 1779
to 1900. 1900 T353.6 P87
Embraces a register of all appointments by the president in the vol-
unteer service during the Civil war, and of the volunteer officers in
the service June i, i^oo.
Published by L. R. Hamersly & co., New York.
RODENBOUGH, Theophilus Francis, comp.
From everglade to canon with the Second dragoons, (2d
WAR DEPARTMENT 433
United States cavalry) ; an account of services in
Florida, Mexico, Virginia, and the Indian country, 1836-
1875- i8?5 353-6 R58
RODENBOUGH, Theophilus Francis, & Haskin, W.L. ed.
The army of the United States; historical sketches of staff and
line, [1789-1895]- 1896 r353.6 Rs8
UNITED STATES Adjutant-general's office.
Official army register, 1882-1883, i896-date. i882-date. .r3S3.6 U25o
Official register of officers of volunteers in the service of the
United States, organized under the act of Mar. 2, 1899.
1500 T353.6 U2532
UNITED STATES House 2 4 th cong.
Resolutions, laws and ordinances relating to pay, half pay, and
other promises made by Congress to the officers and sol-
diers of the Revolution; to the settlement of the accounts
between the United States and the several states and to
funding the Revolutionary debt. 1838 T3S3.6 U253
Binder's title reads "Revolutionary claims."
UNITED STATES Judge-advocate-general.
Digest of opinions of the judge-advocates general of the army;
originally compiled by W. Winthrop, revised ed. (including
opinions to Jan. i, 1901), by Charles McClure. 1901. (War
department. Doc. no.i37.) r353.6 U2S34
UNITED STATES Surgeon-general's office.
Circular, no.5-7. 1866-67 qr353-6 U2S33
no.s. Report on epidemic cholera in the army of the United States,
during the year 1866.
no.6. Reports on the extent and nature of the materials available for
the preparation of a medical and surgical history of the Rebellion.
no.7. Report on amputations at the hip-joint in military surgery.
Drill regulations and outlines of first aid, for the hospital
corps. United States army. 1900 T353.6 U25d
UNITED STATES War department.
Annual reports of the War department, 1837-1843, 1847-
1849, i8si-date. i838-date r3S3.6 U25
Before 1898 this report was called Annual report of the secretary of war.
v.2,3 and, from 1875 to 1891, v.4 have been classified and catalogued
separately, as follows: v.2, report of the chief of engineers (qr627U2S3) ;
v.3, report of the chief of ordnance (r623-4 U25i), v.4, report of the
chief signal officer (rssi.s U2S3).
Before ^75 the report of the chief of ordnance was included in v.i.
Before 1875 and since 1892 the report of the chief signal officer is
also in v.i.
Reports for 1837-43, 1848, 1856, 1863 & 1874 will be found in the sheep
bound set of congressional documents, numbered respectively, 321,
338, 363. 375, 401, 418, 537, 894, 1184, 1635.
Medals of honor issued by the department up to and includ-
ing Oct. 31, 1807; with the laws, orders and regulations
relative to the medal, the ribbon to be worn with the
medal and the knot to be worn in lieu of the medal.
1897 qr353-6 U2Sm
The military laws of the United States, prepared by George
B. Davis. 1897 T353.6 U2Smi2
The same; appendix containing legislation subsequent to
March 4, 1897, and including May 18, 1898. 1898. . .r353.6 U2Smi3
The same. Ed.4. 1901 T353.6 U25mi
434 NAVY DEPARTMENT
353.7 Navy department
CALLAHAN, Edward William, ed.
List of officers of the navy of the United States and of the
marine corps, from 1775 to 1900; compiled from official
records. 1901 T353-7 Ci3
Published by L. R. Hamersly & co., New York.
HAMERSLY, Lewis Randolph, comp.
Records of living officers of the U. S. navy and marine corps.
1902 qr353-7 Hip
KELLEY, James Douglas Jerrold.
Our navy, its growth and achievements. 1897 q r 353-7 Ki6
MICHAEL, William Henry, comp.
United States laws relating to the navy, marine corps, etc.;
comp. from the revised statutes and subsequent acts of
June 17, 1898, with a digest of the decisions of the courts
and opinions of the attorneys-general. 1898 T353-7 M66
UNITED STATES Naval contracts and naval expenditures
committee.
Report, with testimony. (35th cong. 2d sess. House.
Doc. no.i84.) ^353.7 U2$3
This committee was appointed to investigate the management of the
Brooklyn and Philadelphia navy yards, the purchase of anthracite
coal for the navy and the contracts made in 1857 and 1858 for live-
oak for the navy.
UNITED STATES Navigation bureau. (Navy department.)
List and station of the commissioned and warrant officers
of the navy and of the marine corps, 1898-1903. 6v.
1898-1903 r3537 U2534
UNITED STATES Navy department.
Register of the commissioned and warrant officers of the navy
and of the marine corps, 1867, i89S-date. i867-date r 3537 U2$r
Register for i8p8-date is bound with the army register for the same year,
T353-6 Uzso.
Report of the secretary of the navy, 1837-1842, 1847-1849,
i85i-date. i837-date T3S37 U2S
Reports for 1849 and 1852 are bound with the reports of the secretary of
war for the corresponding years, 1353.6 Uas.
Reports for 1837-42, 1848, 1853, 1859, 1866-67, 1869, 1871-72, 1876 will
be found in the sheep bound set of congressional documents, numbered
respectively, 321, 338, 363, 375, 401, 537, 712, 1025, 12^6, 1327,
1411, 1507, 1562 and 1748.
353.9 State government
New York
NEW YORK (state) Adjutant-general's office.
Annual report of the adjutant-general, for the year ending
Dec. 31, 1867. 3v. 1868 r353.9 N26a
v.2-3. Register of officers commissioned in the volunteer regiments
from N. Y., 1861-1865.
New York in the Spanish- American war, 1898. 3v. 1900. . T353-9 Nz6
Being part of the Report of the adjutant-general for 1900.
ROBERTS, James A. ed.
New York in the Revolution as colony and state; records
STATE GOVERNMENT 435
discovered, arranged and classified in 1895-1898.
1898 qr353-9 R53
Gives the names, rank and organization of the men furnished by New
York during the Revolution. These are taken from the original mus-
ter and pay-rolls in the state archives, and show that New York fur-
nished a much larger quota than she is generally credited with, pre-
vious lists taken from other than original sources being very incom-
plete.
Ohio
OHIO State department.
Annual report of the secretary of state, including the sta-
tistical report to the General assembly for the year end-
ing Nov. 15, 1872-1873, 1875, 1878-1879. 1873-^0 r353.9 Oi8a
Report for 1875 contains a list of members and officers of the several
constitutional conventions and general assemblies, with abstract of
votes for governor at each election since the organization of the state
government.
Report for 1878 contains a list of Ohio territorial and state governors
from 1788 to 1880, and senators and representatives in Congress from
1789 to 1881.
Pennsylvania
PENNSYLVANIA Adjutant general.
Annual report, i863~date. i864~date T353-9 P3996
The report for 1874 will be found in the Executive documents, 1874,
T328.74 Page.
The reports for 1867, 1872-1873 are wanting.
The report for 1866 contains rosters of field and staff of regiments and
of officers of unattached companies and independent batteries.
PENNSYLVANIA Attorney general.
Report, for the year ending Dec. 31, i887~date. 1889-
date r353.9 P$ga.
PENNSYLVANIA Electoral college.
Proceedings, Dec. 2, 1840. 1840 ^53.9 N24
Bound with other pamphlets.
Another copy is bound with other pamphlets and marked, ^74.8 348.
The same, Dec. 4-5, 1844. 1844 ' r327 U2S33
Bound with other pamphlets.
PENNSYLVANIA Governor. (J. A. Beaver.)
Message to the General assembly, Jan. i, 1889. 1889. . . ^353.9 ?39g
Contains the report of the secretary of the commonwealth, Jan. 18, 1887
to Dec. 19, 1888.
PENNSYLVANIA House of representatives.
Report of the majority and minority of the select committee
appointed to inquire into the charge of bribery preferred
against Daniel M'Cook. 1846 ^53.9 N24
Bound with other pamphlets.
PENNSYLVANIA Internal affairs department.
Annual report of the secretary for the year ending Nov.
30, i879-date; pt.i, Land office, boundary lines, state
weather service; pt.2, Assessments and taxes. 1880-
date r353.9 P3998
Early reports include reports on the Land office and assessments only.
1896 is the last year for which the Weather bureau issued a report.
pt.3, Report of the Bureau of industrial statistics, is marked r33i P39.
pt-4 on Railroads, canals, &c. is marked r6$6 P399i.
pt.s, Report of inspectors of mines, is marked 1622.33 Psgm.
436 STATE GOVERNMENT
PENNSYLVANIA Military department.
Annual report, for the year ending Dec. i, 1864-1865. 2v.
1865-66 T353.9 P39
Contains Roster of commissions issued to officers of Pennsylvania vol-
unteers, Dec. i, i863~Dec. i, 1865, with date of rank.
PENNSYLVANIA Public printing and binding, Office of
superintendent of.
Annual report of the superintendent of public printing and
binding for the year ending June 30, i894~date. 1894-
date T353.9 P399
PENNSYLVANIA Secretary of state.
Report, Jan. 18, 1887 to Dec. 19, 1888. (In Pennsylvania
Governor. (J. A. Beaver.) Message to the General
assembly, Jan. i, 1889, p-47-59-) ^53.9 P39g
The same, for the two years ending Nov. 30, 1890, 1898.
1890-98 T353.9 P3994
Report for the period ending Nov. 30, 1890 covers 23 months only.
PENNSYLVANIA. Statutes.
Military code of Pennsylvania, printed for the use of the Na-
tional guard of Pennsylvania. 1898 ^353.9 P3997
SHIMMELL, Lewis S.
Pennsylvania citizen. 1900 353-9 S55
A complete history of the civil government of Pennsylvania, containing
also the essentials of the national government. Specially adapted for
use in grammar schools.
Rhode Island
SMITH, Joseph Jencks, comp.
Civil and military list of Rhode Island, 1800-1850 ; a list of of-
ficers elected by the General assembly from 1800 to 1850,
also officers in Revolutionary war, appointed by Conti-
nental congress, and in the regular army and navy, to 1850,
including volunteer officers in War of 1812 and Mexican
war, and officers in privateer service during colonial and
Revolutionary wars, and the War of 1812. 1901 qr353-9 S6s
South Carolina
SOUTH CAROLINA Legislature.
Address of the minority of the Legislature to the people, ex-
plaining their reasons for accepting the report of the joint
committee on federal relations, on the amendment of the
constitutional oath of office; with accompanying docu-
ments. 1834 r353.9 N24
Bound with other pamphlets.
Confederate States
CONFEDERATE STATES OF AMERICA Justice, De-
partment of.
Report of the attorney general, [for the six months ending
Nov. i, 1864], with the report of the superintendent of
FOREIGN STATE GOVERNMENTS 437
public printing [April 26-Oct. 26, 1864]. 1864 ^973-7 C$S
Bound with other pamphlets.
354 Foreign state governments
ALMANACK de Gotha, 1868, 1871-1872, 1875-1888, i8o6-date.
1056, loSe-ioge, 1126-1256, 1336 annee-date. i867-date. .r354 A44
FORBES, Archibald.
The Black Watch; the record of an historic regiment.
1897 354-42 F75
FORD, Worthington Chauncey, comp
British officers serving in America, 1754-1774. 1894 qr354_42 F7O
Reprinted from the New-England historical and genealogical register,
1894.
British officers serving in the American revolution, 1774-1783.
1897 qr3S4-42 F76b
A continuation of "British officers serving in America, 1754-1774."
FORTESCUE, John William.
. History of the British army [to 1870]. v.i-3. 1899-1902. .354.42 F79
v.i-2. To the close of the Seven years' war.
v.3. From the close of the Seven years' war to the second Peace of
Paris, 1763-1793-
Contains many battle maps.
"He has dealt not merely with the story of its embodiment, arming,
equipment, and organization, but with the general history of all the
wars in which it has been engaged... We have not found a single
campaign of any importance on which Mr. Fortescue has not brought
new information and judicious criticism to bear." Literature, (Eng.),
1899.
History of the I7th Lancers. 1895 qr354-42 F79
GRIFFITHS, Arthur George Frederick.
English army; its past history, present condition, and future
prospects 354-42 G8g
MAURICE, Col. Frederick.
National defences. 1897. (English citizen series.) 354-42 M49
NORWAY, Arthur Hamilton.
History of the post-office packet service. 1895 354-42 N46
Account of that portion of the English navy engaged in the foreign
packet trade, from its beginning in 1688 to 1815, compiled mostly from
the official records of the Post-office service. Sketches the engage-
ments with American privateers during the War of 1812.
POLITICIAN'S handbook; a review and digest of the state
papers, diplomatic correspondence, reports of royal com-
missions, select committees, treaties, consular reports,
&c.; ed. by H. Whates, session i8oo-date. [v.i-date.]
i899-date ^354.42 Py6
RICHARDS, Walter.
Her Majesty's army; a descriptive account of the various regi-
ments now comprising the Queen's forces, from their first
establishment. 3v qr354-42 R4i
COLDSTREAM, John Phillip.
Institutions of Austria. 1895 354-43 C68
Brief summary of the history, government, law, religion, education, army
and navy, commerce and industry of Austria.
ALMANACK royal, 1779 ^54.44 A44
438 MILITARY SCIENCE
BODLEY, John Edward Courtenay.
France. 2v. 1898 r 354-44 658
v.i. The revolution and modern France. The constitution and the chief
of the state.
v.2. Parliamentary system. Political parties.
Each volume has its own index.
This work is the result of wide reading and study, of seven years' resi-
dence in many parts of France, of much converse with people of all
ranks and parties, from such men as Renan, Taine and Clemenceau,
to peasants and shopkeepers.
"A work which is the worthy outcome of well-spent years and which
will take rank with Mr Bryce's 'America' and Sir Donald Mackenzie
Wallace's 'Russia' among the few books which enable nations to
understand nations." The Times, (London), 1898.
UNITED STATES Insular commission.
Report of the United States insular commission to the
secretary of war upon investigations made into the civil
affairs of Porto Rico, with recommendations, June 9,
1899. 1899. (United States Insular affairs division.) . ^354.7 U25
DOUGLAS, James.
Canadian independence, annexation and British imperial
federation. 1894. (Questions of the day.) 354-71
355 Military science
For United States war department, see 353.6
For Military engineering, see 623
An ABSENT-MINDED war; some reflections on our reverses
and the causes which have led to them, by a British
staff officer. 1900 355 Ai6
Inspired by the Anglo-Boer war of 1899-1901. In large part a criticism
of the methods of training English army officers.
ARCHIBALD, James Francis Jewell.
Blue shirt and khaki; a comparison. 1901 355 A67
Contents: The new soldier and his equipment. British and American
recruits. The common soldier in the field. The officers. American
and British tactics. Feeding the two armies. The railroad in mod-
ern war. Transportation of troops by sea. The last days of the
Boer capital. The British in Pretoria.
By an American war correspondent who has been through both the Cu-
ban and South African campaigns and who compares English and
American army methods. Book makes a powerful, if not altogether
just, appeal to American national vanity.
The ARMIES of to-day. 1893 355 A72
Contents: The army of the United States, by Gen. Merritt. The stand-
ing army of Great Britain, by Gen. Wolseley. The German army,
by Col. Exner. The French army, by Gen. Lewal. The Russian
army, by a Russian general. The Austro-Hungarian army, by Gen.
von Kuhn. The Italian army, by Goiran. The Mexican army, by T. A.
Janvier. The military situation in Europe, by Col. Exner.
The same. 1893 r355 A72
ATTERIDGE, Andrew Hilliard.
Wars of the 'nineties; a history of the warfare of the last ten
years of the igth century. 1899 qr355 A88
Contents: The reconquest of the Soudan. The Spanish-American war.
Chitral and the N. W. frontier campaign. The Chino-Japanese war.
The Greco-Turkish war. The Matabele wars. The French conquest
of Madagascar. Recent campaigns in West Africa. Civil wars in
South America. Campaigns in eastern and central Africa. 1890-1899.
MILITARY SCIENCE 439
The second civil war in the Philippines. Siam, the French on the
Menam river. Manipur and Thobal. Note on the Shirkeleh expedi-
tion and the pursuit of the khalifa.
AUSTIN, Oscar Phelps.
Uncle Sam's soldiers; a story of the war with Spain J355 Ap3
Story based upon the experience of two boys verging upon manhood
who served with the armies in Cuba, Puerto Rico, and the Philippines.
Designed to give young readers information about modern military
methods.
BALDOCK, Thomas Stanford.
Cromwell as a soldier. 1899. (Wolseley series.) 355 Big
"The aim... is to give a succinct account of Cromwell's life as a soldier,
pointing out how his genius taught him to reject one after the other
the principal military errors of his day, and how, under his guidance,
a crude untrained militia developed in a few years into the most per-
fect regular army of that period." Preface.
BARRIE, George, pub.
Army and navy of the United States from the Revolution to
the present day; a record of the formation, organization,
and general equipment of the land and naval forces of the
republic, ed. by William Walton, A. B. Gardiner and H.
C. Taylor. 2v. 1889-95 qr355 626
Has the official approval of the State, War and Navy departments. There
are several hundred illustrations, many of them full-page and colored,
illustrating every branch of the service at all periods. A supplement
contains lists of officers and estimates of forces from the beginning of
the Revolution through the Civil war.
BELL, Charles Perceval Lynden Lynden.
Primer of tactics, fortification, topography and military law.
1899 355 639
BIGELOW, John, jr.
Principles of strategy illustrated mainly from American cam-
paigns. 1891 qr355 647
BLOCH, Ivan Stanislavovitch.
Future of war in its technical, economic and political rela-
tions; is war now impossible? 1899 355 655
Translation of the sixth volume of the original work. Author is a well-
known political economist of Warsaw. He attempts to prove that there
can never be another largely destructive international war.
"Aside from its optimistic theory, M. Bloch's book is valuable as a thor-
oughly intelligible compendium of information on the military and
naval strength and the economic- conditions of the great European
States." Independent, 1899.
BLOOMFIELD, B. comp.
Quartermaster's guide; being a compilation from the
army regulations and other sources. 1862 r355 Cy4g
Author was quartermaster in the Confederate army.
Sound with other pamphlets.
BUCKHOLTZ, L. von, comp.
Tactics for officers of infantry, cavalry and artillery. 1861 . .r355 685
BURNHAM, William Power.
Three roads to a commission in the United States army.
1898 355 693
CONFEDERATE STATES OF AMERICA Adjutant and
inspector general's office.
General orders from the Adjutant and inspector general's
office, Confederate States army, for the year 1863.
1864 r355 C74g
440 MILITARY SCIENCE
CONFEDERATE STATES OF AMERICA War depart-
ment.
Army regulations adopted for the use of the army of the
Confederate States, in accordance with the late acts of
Congress, [with] an act for the establishment and or-
ganization of the army, also [the] articles of war. 1861. .r3S5 C74
The same, 1864. Ed. 3. 1864 - r355 C74r
Title page reads Regulations for the army.
Regulations for the army of the Confederate States and
for the Quartermaster's department and Pay depart-
ment. 1861 r9737 C74a
Bound with other pamphlets.
Regulations for the Subsistence department. 1861 r3S5 C74g
Bound with other pamphlets.
Regulations of the Confederate States army for the
Quartermaster's department including the pay branch
thereof. 1864 r3S5
Bound with other pamphlets.
CONFEDERATE STATES OF AMERICA War depart-
ment Department of Northern Virginia.
General orders, no. 64, May 18, 1863 r 973-7
Orders relating to findings of various courts martial.
Bound with other pamphlets.
CONNELL, F.Norreys.
How soldiers fight; an attempt to depict for the popular un-
derstanding the waging of war and the soldier's share in
it- 1809 355 C75
Popular and elementary, mainly addressed to the young volunteer. De-
scribes old-time warfare, modern cavalry, artillery and infantry, and
makes some prophecies concerning battle in the future.
DECLE, Lionel.
Trooper 3809, a private soldier of the third republic. 1899. .355 036
Detailed account of the French army system from the actual experience
of a cavalry trooper. The introduction describes the military organi-
zation. The author aims to show that the conditions which make pos-
sible a Dreyfus case, are owing to arbitrary, unjust and defective
discipline.
FARROW, Edward S. comp.
Military encyclopedia; with supplement. 3v. 1895 V355 F2$
FORSYTH, Gen. George Alexander.
Story of the soldier. 1900. (Story of the West series.) 355 F78
FURSE, George Armand.
Provisioning armies in the field. 1899 355 F99
GOLTZ, Colmar, freiherr von der.
The conduct of war; a brief study of its most important prin-
ciples and forms. 1896 355 GS9
Refers to our Civil war in illustration of some of the points discussed.
HAM LEY, Sir Edward Bruce.
Operations of war explained and illustrated. 1889 qr355 Hai
HART, Reginald Clare.
Reflections on the art of war. 1897 355 H3I
HO EN I G, Fritz August.
Inquiries into the tactics of the future, developed from modern
military history; tr. fr. the German by Carl Reichmann.
1898 355 H67
The same. 1898 r3S5 H67
MILITARY SCIENCE 441
HOHENLOHE-INGELFINGEN, Kraft, prinz zu.
Letters on strategy; ed. by W. H. James. 2v. 1898. (Wolse-
ley series.) 355 H68
v.i. The campaign of 1806, from the 8th to I4th Oct. The campaign of
1859, from the 29th April to 4th June. The campaign from the ist
to 8th Aug., 1870.
v.2. The campaign from the 23d Aug. to the ist Sept., 1870.
JERRAM, Charles S. comp.
Armies of the world. 1900 r355 J28
"Gathers from official and other trustworthy documents the main facts
as to the strength and organization of the military forces of the
civilized nations, their cost, mode of recruitment, tactics and supply
sources. The details of army structure and management are en-
livened by comments upon the political and economic significance
of war preparation." Nation, 1900.
JOURNAL of the Military service institution of the United
States ; quarterly, v.i-date. i88o-date r355 J^6
v.io-date published bi-monthly.
KOPPEN, Fedor von.
Armies of Europe. 1890 r3S5 K38
"An admirably constructed volume, giving an accurate view of the
armies of Europe, but so intensely German in tone as not to be quite
fair to the French." Athenaeum, 1890.
Colored plates.
LEE, J. K. ed.
Volunteer's hand book; containing an abridgement of
Hardee's Infantry tactics. 1861 ^73.7 Lsa
Author was captain of ist Virginia volunteers.
Bound with other pamphlets.
LIEBE, Georg.
Der soldat in der deutschen vergangenheit, i5.-i8. jahrhun-
dert. 1899 qr3S5 L68
"A series of 183 most interesting illustrations, all reproductions of early
engravings and woodcuts., .taken from. . .chronicles, beginning with
1482, and well authenticated. ..Here are early artillery and matchlocks,
single combats and battle scenes, fortifications and sieges, fighters
and camp followers, the plundering soldier and the plundered peasant,
the soldier's sweetheart and his victim, the early surgeon and the
executioner, also a bit of 'Wallenstein's camp' together with curious
old verse. An intelligent text connects the whole, which may serve
as a companion to Gustav Freytag's 'Bilder aus der Vergangenheit.' "
Saturday review, 1899.
McCLELLAN, Gen. George Brinton.
The armies of Europe, comprising descriptions in detail of the
military systems of England, France, Russia, Prussia, Aus-
tria and Sardinia, adapting their advantages to all arms of
the United States. 1861 r355 Mi3
Report of observations in Europe during the Crimean war.
MAGUIRE, Thomas Miller.
Outlines of military geography. 1899 355 M2$
Contents: The importance of the study of military geography. The lead-
ing principles of strategy and military geography. Other strategical
considerations. Command of the sea. The strategic importance of the
Mediterranean. The United Kingdom with regard to sea power.
The strategic relations of Europe with other continents. Frontiers in
their relation to military operations. Fortification as related to mili-
tary geography. The principal routes of invasion and main lines of
communication. European defiles and roads. Historic lines of in-
vasion. Influence of climate on military operations.
MAURICE, Col. Frederick.
Balance of military power in Europe. 1888 355
442 MILITARY SCIENCE
War. 1891 355 M49
Bibliography, p. 126-144.
Reproduced with amendments from the "Encyclopaedia Britannica."
MILES, Gen. Nelson Appleton.
Military Europe; a narrative of personal observation and per-
sonal experience. 1898 q355 M68
Contents: With the Turkish and Greek armies in time of war. The
military and naval glory of England as seen at the Queen's jubilee,
June 1897. Military manoeuvers.
NAPOLEON I, emperor of the French.
Military maxims of Napoleon ; tr. fr. the French by Sir G. C.
D'Aguilar; with an introduction by the author of "An ab-
sent-minded war." 1901 355 Ni2
Rules concerning the conduct of a campaign and the tactics of the bat-
tlefield. The introduction applies the maxims to certain operations in
the South African war.
OMAN, Charles William Chadwick.
A history of the art of war. v.2. 1898 355 024
v.2. Middle ages, 4th to I4th century.
"The present volume is intended to form the second of a series of
four, in which I hope to give a general sketch of the history of the
art of war from Greek and Roman times down to the beginning of
the nineteenth century." Preface.
PATTEN, George Washington, comp.
Cavalry drill and sabre exercise; compiled agreeably to the
latest regulations of the War department from standard
military authority. 1862 r355 C74g
Bound with other pamphlets.
REED, Hugh T.
Cadet life at West Point. 1896 355 R.28
Containing an appendix on the method of appointment of cadets, some
specimen examination papers, and the course of study and books used
at the academy.
STONE, F. Gleadowe.
Tactical studies from the Franco-German war, 1870-71.
1886 355 S87
TUTHERLY, Herbert E.
Elementary treatise on military science and the art of war.
1898 355 T88
Contains an appendix on the Cuban war.
"Authorities consulted," p-3.
UNITED service; a quarterly review of military and naval
affairs, Jan. i879-Apr. 1897, icx>2-date. v.i-date. 1879-
date qr355 112535
Beginning with v.2 the periodical was published monthly.
New ser. v. 1-17 is numbered v. 15-31.
Third ser.v. i-date is numbered v.32-date.
No numbers published between April 1897 and Jan. 1902.
UNITED STATES Adjutant-general's office.
The soldier's handbook for use in the army of the United
States. 1898 r355 U25s
The same. 1900 r355 U25S2
UNITED STATES Military academy, Select committee to
investigate hazing at.
Report submitting H. 14127, to aid in enforcement of dis-
cipline at Military academy; with testimony upon haz-
ing of O. L. Booz, and upon the subject of the practice
MILITARY SCIENCE 443
of hazing at the academy. Feb. 9, 1901. 3v. 1901.
(56th cong. 2d sess. House. Report no. 2768.) r355 112536
UNITED STATES Military commission to Europe, 1854-56.
Reports. 3v. 1857-61 qr355 U2533
v.i. Report on the art of war in Europe in 1854, 1855 and 1856, by R.
Delafield.
v.a. Report, by G. B. McClellan.
v.3. Report, by Alfred Mordecai.
UNITED STATES Military information division.
Notes and tables on organization and establishment of the
Spanish army in the peninsula and colonies. 1898.
(Adjutant-general's office.) r355 U2534
[Publications.] no.i7-date. iSgS-date. (Adjutant-gener-
al's office.) ." r355 U2534P
For contents see contents book, v.2, p.25s; kept at the reference desk.
UNITED STATES Ordnance office.
Description and rules for the management of the U. S. maga-
zine rifle and carbine, calibre .30. 1898 r355 U25de
UNITED STATES Quartermaster's department.
Manual for the Quartermaster's department in the army of
the United States. 1897 r355 U25m
Manual of instructions for quartermasters serving in the
field, prepared by D. E. McCarthy. 1900 r355 U25mal
Regulations and decisions pertaining to the uniform of the
army of the United States. 1897 r355 U25re
The same. 1899 r355 U25re2
UNITED STATES Signal office.
Property and general regulations of the signal corps. 1898. .r355 U25p
UNITED STATES Subsistence department, Army.
Handbook of subsistence stores for use in the army. 1896.^355 U25h
How to feed an army; published by authority of the secretary
of war for use in the army of the United States. 1901 . . . r355 U25ho
Reports, by the various commissary officers who served during the Civil
war, in response to a circular issued at the close of the war, "re-
questing information concerning the duties which they had performed,
the methods adopted in executing the same, and any recommenda-
tions they might see fit to make."
Manual for army cooks. 1896 r355 U25ml
UNITED STATES Surgeon-general's office.
Drill regulations for the hospital corps, United States army.
1896 r355 U25d
Manual for the Medical department for use in the army of the
United States. 4v. 1896-1900 r355 U25mu
UNITED STATES War department.
Compendium of regulations for the Quartermaster's depart-
ment. 1898 r355 U25c
Infantry & rifle tactics. 1861 r355 U25
Manual for the Pay department. 1896 r355 U25ma
The same, revised to April 30, 1898. 1898 r355 U25ma2
Manual for the Subsistence department, corrected to April
23, 1898. 1898 r355 U25man
Manual of guard duty, United States army, approved
Jan. 7, 1893. 1893 r 355 U25mn
444 MILITARY SCIENCE
_
Regulations for the army of the United States, 1895. 1895.^355 U25r
The same, 1895, with appendix showing changes to Jan. i,
1899. 1899
The same, 1895, with appendix showing changes to Jan. I,
1901. 1901
The same, 1901, with appendix showing changes to June 30,
1902. 1902
The same, appendix showing changes to Dec. 31, 1902 r355 U25r5
UNITED States army and navy journal; weekly. v.3S-date.
i897-date qr355 U2S32
Running title reads "Army and navy journal."
UNITED States service magazine; monthly. Sv. 1864-66 r3S5 U2S3
No more published.
VERDY du VERNOIS, Julius von.
With the royal headquarters in 1870-71. 1897. (Wolseley
series.) 355 V26
The author of the volume is a well known German writer on military
subjects and a member of the Prussian general staff. He was in
constant personal contact with the great leaders of the Franco-Prus-
sian war, and his book is historically valuable and interesting be-
cause it was written from the inside, and reveals the view of the war
which presented itself to those in command.
WAGNER, Arthur Lockwood.
Organization and tactics. 1894 355 Wi3
Bibliography, p. 13-16.
Officially recommended from the headquarters of the United States
army to officers subject to examination for promotion.
Service of security and information. 1899 355 Wi3S
List of books consulted, p.S-p.
"Manual for advance and rear guards of all arms and of varying force,
from a small escort of light cavalry to a full division of infantry and
cavalry... It gives attention also to the laws of war in regard to
flags of truce, and to the regulations of commanding officers limiting
and controlling the sending and receiving of such flags." Nation, 1893.
WELLINGTON, Arthur Wellesley, duke of.
General orders in Portugal, Spain and France, 1809-1815.
1832 r3SS W49
WHITAKER'S naval and military directory and Indian army
list, 1899-1900. [2d-3d issue.] 1899-1900 r355 W62
WILKINSON, Henry Spenser.
War and policy; essays. 1900 355 W72
Contents: MILITARY HISTORY: The American civil war. Gustavus
Adolphus. Valmy. Scharnhorst. The archduke Charles. A forgot-
ten war, between Denmark and Germany, 1848-1849. The archduke
Albrecht. The defence of Plevna. Nelson. THE ART OF WAR: Mili-
tary literature. Evolution not revolution in modern warfare.
Moltke's tactical problems. The character of modern war. PROBLEMS
OF POLICY: The Khyber pass. Chitral. Russia's strength. Constan-
tinople. Helpless Europe. NATIONAL DEFENCE: The command of
an army. The civilian minister. Trifling with national defence.
The defence of London. An enquiry concerning the nation and the
navy. The command of the sea and British policy. THE SOUTH
AFRICAN WAR: Military aspect of the crisis. Moral factors in the
war. On the art of going to war. War and government. Surprise
in war. The American civil war and the war in South Africa.
WYNDHAM, Horace.
Queen's service; or, The real "Tommy Atkins." 1899 355 W98
Actual life of a private soldier in the British infantry. Though never
detailed for active service, his plain, unvarnished account of army
routine at home and abroad may serve to disillusionize by its practi-
cal common sense, readers who have been captivated by enthusiastic
stories of British military life.
NAVAL SCIENCE 445
YOUNGHUSBAND, George John.
Indian frontier warfare. 1898. (Wolseley series.) 355
A study of conditions of warfare in India. Conclusions are drawn from
the campaigns and expeditions of twenty years.
ZOGBAUM, Rufus Fairchild.
Horse, foot and dragoons; sketches of army life at home and
abroad. 1888 355
356 Infantry. 357 Cavalry. 358 Artillery
UNITED STATES War department.
Infantry drill regulations, adopted Oct. 3, 1891. 1891 r356 U25
The same. 1891 356 U2S
Infantry drill regulations; the manual of arms adapted to the
magazine rifle, caliber .30. 1897 - r 3S6 U2Si
DAVIS, J. Lucius, comp.
Trooper's manual; or, Tactics for light dragoons and
mounted riflemen. 1861 1*357 031
UNITED STATES War department.
Drill regulations for cavalry. 1896 r357 U25
Drill regulations for coast artillery. 2v. 1898 q r 358 U25d
v.z consists of plates.
Drill regulations for light artillery, United States army.
1896 r358 U25
359 Naval science
For Naval engineering, see 623.8
ALDRICH, M.Almy.
History of the United States marine corps. 1875 359 A36
ALL the world's fighting ships; naval encyclopedia and year-
book, 1898. [ist] year of issue. 1898 059 A4I
Text in English, French, German and Italian.
ANNAPOLIS NAVAL ACADEMY.
Regulations, as approved by the secretary of the navy, Jan.
i, 1876. 1876 r359 A6i
BENJAMIN, Park.
United States naval academy. 1900 359 643
"It is the province of this book to describe the education of our young
naval officers, in the past, as well as the present. This involves not
only the tracing of the history of the United States Naval academy
and of the naval schools which preceded it, but the telling of the
story of the American midshipman." Preface.
BENNETT, Frank Marion.
Monitor and the navy under steam. 1900 359 6439
Contents: Origin and process of steam navigation. Building and battle
of the iron-clads. Some naval events of the Civil war. Evolution of
the battleship. Principal acts of the navy in the war with Spain.
BRADY, Cyrus Townsend.
Under tops'ls and tents. 1901 359 B68
Contents: Where admirals are made. Out with the United States vol-
unteers. Stories of army and navy life.
Reflections of the author's experiences as a naval cadet at Annapolis
and on the practice-ships, and as chaplain in camp and at the front
446 NAVAL SCIENCE
during the war with Spain. An entertaining and humorous picture of
the American midshipman.
BRIGGS, Sir John Henry.
Naval administration, 1827-1892; the experience of 65 years;
ed. by Lady Briggs. 1897 359 874
BULLEN, Frank Thomas.
The way they have in the navy; a day-to-day record of a cruise
in H. M. battleship 'Mars' during the naval manoeuvres
of 1899. 1899 359 687
CALLWELL, Charles Edward.
Effect of maritime command on land campaigns since Water-
loo. 1897 359 Ci3
CLARKE, Sir George Sydenham.
Russia's sea-power past and present; or, The rise of the Rus-
sian navy. 1898 359 C53
"A clear and condensed statement of the many facts connected with the
history of the Russian navy since its inception by Peter the Great,
as well as their bearing upon the affairs of Europe during nearly
200 years."
CLOWES, Sir William Laird, and others.
The royal navy; a history from the earliest times to the
present [1900] . 7v. 1897-1903 qr359 C62
Comprehensive but uncritical work, of value for reference, v.6 contains
"The war with the United States, 1812-1815," by Theodore Roosevelt.
HAMERSLY, Lewis Randolph, ed.
Naval encyclopaedia. 1881 qr359 Hi9
HAMILTON, Sir Richard Vesey.
Naval administration; the constitution, character and func-
tions of the Board of admiralty, and of the civil depart-
ments it directs. 1896. (Royal navy handbooks.) 359 H2I
Bibliography, p.2oi-2O7.
HANNAY, David
Short history of the royal navy, 1217 to 1688. 1898 359 H23
List of authorities at the beginning of each chapter.
A popular but clear and accurate account. _A second volume is prom-
ised covering the struggle with France and her allies from 1689 to the
close of the Napoleonic wars. Much the larger part of this volume is
given to the struggle with Holland under the Stuarts, and there is "
also a spirited chapter devoted to the Spanish Armada.
HILL, Frederic Stanhope.
"Lucky little Enterprise" and her successors in the United
States navy, 1776-1900. 1900 r359 H$5
The original Enterprise, an armored schooner, was built in 1799, and
acquired her title in the War of 1812, during which she had an ex-
citing fight with the Boxer. The present steam sloop-of-war Enter-
prise, fourth of her name, is now (1900) the Massachusetts school-ship.
JAMES, William, d. 1827.
Naval history; a narrative of the naval battles fought in the
days of Howe, Hood, Nelson and others, [1793-1816];
epitomised in one volume by Robert O'Byrne. 1888 359 Ji6
Naval history of Great Britain, 1793-1827. 6v. 1886 359 Ji6n
"This remarkable work, which took as its motto Verite sans peur, aimed
at an exact account of every operation of naval war during the period
named. The author consulted not only every published work bearing
on the subject, and especially the official narratives, both French and
English, but also the logs of the several ships, and, whenever possible,
the actors themselves. He thus produced a work 'of which it is not
too high praise to assert that it approaches as nearly perfection in
NAVAL SCIENCE 447
its own line, as any historical work ever did." (Edinburgh review.)
It is however, a chronicle rather than a history, and while it describes
events in minute detail, makes little attempt to show their relation
to each other or to the current course of politics or diplomacy. . . A
more serious fault is due to the strong national bias which affects
the whole work. The facts, although related with scrupulous accu-
racy, not infrequently, especially in the case of the American war,
convey a false impression." Dictionary of national biograpliy.
JANE, Fred T.
Imperial Russian navy, its past, present and future. 1899 Q359 Ji7
KELLEY, James Douglas Jerrold.
The ship's company and other sea people. 1897 359 Ki6
Contains a chapter on "Midshipmen, old and new."
KIPLING, Rudyard.
A fleet in being; notes of two trips with the Channel squad-
ron. 1899 359 K27
MAHAN, Capt. Alfred Thayer.
Interest of America in sea power present and future. 1897. .359
Contents: The United States looking outward. Hawaii and our future
sea power. The Isthmus [of Panama] and sea power. Possibilities of
an Anglo-American reunion. The future in relation to American naval
power. Preparedness for naval war. A twentieth-century outlook.
Strategic features of the Caribbean sea and the Gulf of Mexico.
These articles originally appeared in the Atlantic monthly and other
magazines.
Lessons of the war with Spain, and other articles. 1899. . .359
Other articles: Peace conference and the moral aspect of war. Rela-
tions of the United States to their new dependencies. Distinguishing
qualities of ships of war. Current fallacies upon naval subjects.
MASSON, Tom.
The Yankee navy. 1898 359 M46
MORRIS, Charles.
The nation's navy; our ships and their achievements. 1898. .359 Mgi
Contents: History of the American navy. Our new navy. Armor and
armament.
NAVAL annual, i897-date. nth year of publication-date.
i897-date qr3S9 Ni6
This annual contains reliable information about the navies of the world,
and especially of Great Britain. It has chapters on naval progress,
relative strength of navies, marine engineering, armor and ordnance,
with descriptions, illustrations and plans of battleships, torpedo-boats,
etc.
Annuals for 1897-1899, 1902 are edited by T. A. Brassey, for 1900-1901,
by John Leyland.
OPPENHEIM, M.
History of the administration of the royal navy and of mer-'
chant shipping, v.i. 1896 359 O26
v.i. 1509-1660.
RAWSON, Edward Kirk.
Twenty famous naval battles; Salamis to Santiago. 2v.
1899 359 R23
v.i. Salamis. Actium. Lepanto. Gravelines; the defeat of the Span-
ish Armada. The "Revenge." Dungeness. La Hougue. "Bon
Homme Richard" and "Serapis." The Nile. "Foudroyant" and
"Guillaume Tell." Trafalgar.
v.2. "Constitution" and "Guerriere." Lake Erie. "Monitor" and
"Merrimac." "Kearsarge" and "Alabama." Mobile Bay. Lissa.
Angamos; the capture of the "Huascar." Manila Bay. Santiago.
ROBINSON, Charles Napier.
The British fleet. 1894 359 R54
Contents: Naval power. Naval administration. Naval material. The
personnel of the navy.
*9
448 NAVAL SCIENCE
SCIENTIFIC AMERICAN.
Development of the U. S. navy since the Spanish war ; the
number of the Scientific American for Dec. 14, 1901. 1901. .qr35Q 841
SOLEY, James Russell.
Report on foreign systems of naval education. 1880. (United
States. 46th cong. 2d sess. Senate. Ex. doc. no.si.) . . .r3S9 S68
STEEVENS, George Warrington.
Naval policy, with some account of the warships of the prin-
cipal powers. 1896 359 S8i
States the element of force in warships, then considers the British
navy, foreign navies and their relative strength, discusses shipbuilding
and manning, and finally asks "are we ready for war?" Mr Steevens
does not pretend to be an expert and in the prefac; acknowledges
indebtedness to various authorities, but he makes his subject plain
and interesting to the general reader, who may not find statistics and
technical works either readable or comprehensible.
UNITED STATES Naval intelligence office.
Characteristics of principal foreign ships of war; prepared for
the Board on fortifications, etc. 1885 q r 359 U2S33C
Information from abroad; general information series.
no.3, 6, 9, 13, 17-date. i884-date r3S9 U2$33inf
"Intended to bring to the attention of naval officers and others. . .the
year's progress in naval development abroad." Much of this in-
formation has already appeared in professional papers and journals.
Information from abroad; war notes, no.i-8, in iv. 1899-
1900 r359 U2S33in
no. 1-8. Battles and capitulations of Santiago de Cuba, by Jose Miiller
y Tejeiro. Comments of Rear-admiral Pliiddemann on the main
features of the war with Spain. Sketches from the Spanish-
American war, by Commander J... The same concluded.
Effect of the gun fire of the United States vessels in the bat-
tle of Manila Bay, by J. M. Ellicott. The Spanish- American
war; blockades and coast defense, by S. G. Nunez. The Span-
ish-American war; a collection of documents relative to the
squadron operations in the West Indies arranged by Admiral
Pascual Cervera y Topete. The squadron of Admiral Cervera,
by V. M. Concas y Palua.
Information from abroad; war series, no.i-3, in iv. 1885. - r 359 U2S33J
no.i. Operations of the French navy during the recent war with Tunis,
1880-1881; tr. by M.F. Wright.
no.2. The war on the Pacific coast of South America between Chile
and the allied republics of Peru and Bolivia, 1879-81, by T. B. M.
Mason.
no-3- Report of the British naval and military operations in Egypt, 1882,
by C. F. Goodrich.
Study of exposed points on our frontier, lines of communica-
tion and possible bases of hostile operation; prepared for
the Board on fortifications, etc. 1885 qr359 U2533
UNITED STATES Navigation bureau. (Navy department.)
Manual for officers serving on board U. S. cruising train-
ing ships, 1899. 1899 r359 U2532
UNITED STATES Navy department.
Regulations for the government of the navy. 1865 r359 U2S
UNITED STATES NAVAL INSTITUTE.
Papers and proceedings; quarterly, i874-date. v.i-date. 1875-
date
General index, [1874-1901], v. 1-27.
ASSOCIATIONS AND INSTITUTIONS 449
WILLIAMS, Hamilton.
Britain's naval power; a short history of the growth of the
British navy. 2v. 1896-98 359 W74b
v.i. From the earliest times to Trafalgar.
v.2. From Trafalgar to 1893.
WILLIAMS, Harry.
The steam navy of England, past, present and future.
1895 359 W74
WILMOT, Sydney Marow Eardley-.
Our navy for a thousand years; a concise -account of all the
principal operations in which the British navy has been
engaged from the time of King Alfred to the recapture
of Kartoum. 1899 359 W764
WILSON, Henry Walter.
Ironclads in action; a sketch of naval warfare from 1855 to
1895. 2v. 1896 359 W;6
ZOGBAUM, Rufus Fairchild.
"All hands;" pictures of life in the United States navy. 1897. .qr359 Z74
360 Associations and institutions
INDIA Famine charitable relief fund, 1897.
Report of the central executive committee, with complete ac-
counts and proceedings, and the provincial committees'
reports, Jan. to Oct. 1897. 2v. 1898 qr36o 124
INDIA Famine charitable relief fund, 1900.
Report of the central executive committee, with complete ac-
counts and proceedings, including the reports of the pro-
vincial committees. 1901 qr36o I24r
MACKAY, Thomas.
The state and charity. 1898. (English citizen series.) 360 Mi7
PEDRICK, Alexander K. comp.
State prisons, hospitals, soldiers' homes and orphan
schools controlled by Pennsylvania; their history,
finances and the laws by which they are governed. 2v.
1897. (Pennsylvania Auditor general's office.) r36o P36
v.i. Historical and descriptive.
v.2. Financial and statistical.
TOLMAN, William Howe, & Hull, W.I. comp.
Handbook of sociological information, with especial refer-
ence to New York city. 1894 r36o Ts8
Contents: Bibliography. Applied sociology.
Prepared for the City vigilance league.
WARNER, Amos Griswold.
American charities; a study in philanthropy and economics.
1894. (Library of economics and politics.) 360 W23
"Social treatment of the criminal is only incidentally touched. Atten-
tion is concentrated upon the almshouse, out-door relief, the un-
employed dependent children, the destitute sick, the insane and
feeble-minded." Dial, 1895.
450 CHARITABLE INSTITUTIONS
361 Charitable institutions
ADAMS, Henry Carter, ed.
Philanthropy and social progress. 1893 361 A2I
Contents: Addams, Jane. The subjective necessity for social settle-
ments. The objective value of a social settlement. Woods, R. A.
The university settlement idea. Huntington, J.O.S. Philanthropy,
its success and failure. Philanthropy and morality. Giddings, F.H.
The ethics of social progress. Bosanquet, Bernard. The principles
and chief dangers of the administration of charity.
ALLEGHENY, Pa. Charities department.
Annual report for the year ending Feb. 29, 1893, Feb. 28,
1900. 1893-1900 r36l A42
AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL RELIEF COMMITTEE
FOR THE SUFFERING OPERATIVES OF GREAT
BRITAIN, 1862-1863.
Report [showing the results of the committee's labors].
1864 '. r36i N26i v.i8-22
Bound with other pamphlets.
BALTIMORE, CHARITY ORGANIZATION SOCIETY.
Annual report (2d-i6th), for the year ending Nov. i, 1883-
1897. 1883-97 1*361 621
5th and nth reports wanting.
BARTON, Clara.
The Red Cross ; a history of this international movement in
the interest of humanity. 1898 361 627
BOSTON, ASSOCIATED CHARITIES.
Annual report (2d-date), i88i-date. i88i-date r36i B64
3d-4th, 7th, I3th-i4th reports wanting.
BROOKLYN ASSOCIATION FOR IMPROVING THE
CONDITION OF THE POOR.
Annual report (33d-date), for the year i876-date. 1876-
date r36i 677
From 1876-1891, the year ended Oct. ist; from iSpa-date, April 3Oth.
BROOKLYN. BUREAU OF CHARITIES.
Annual report (ist-date), i882-date. i882-date r36i 6772
I7th-i8th reports wanting.
BUFFALO, CHARITY ORGANIZATION SOCIETY.
Annual report (3d-20th, 24th-25th), Oct. i879-Dec. 1897,
1901-1902. [1881-1903.] r36i B86
3d to 6th reports have the title "Proceedings at the annual meet-
ing." The third report covers the period from Oct. 1879 to Jan. i,
1881.
CHARITIES; the official organ of the Charity organization
society of the city of New York; monthly and weekly,
Dec. i897-date. v.i-date. i897-date r36i C3732
v.2, 110.24; v-3, no.iz wanting.
CHARITIES review; monthly. v.6-date. iSgy-date r36i C373
With v.6 Lend-a-hand united with this periodical.
v.8 contains an index to v. 1-8.
CINCINNATI, ASSOCIATED CHARITIES.
Annual report (nth-date), for the year ending May i,
iSgi-date. iSgi-date r36i C48
COLUMBUS, Ohio, FEMALE BENEVOLENT SOCIETY.
Semi-centennial manual, with annual reports, 1888. 1889 r36i C72
CHARITABLE INSTITUTIONS 451
DENVER, CHARITY ORGANIZATION SOCIETY.
Annual report (ist-ioth), for the year 1889-1897. 1889-
97 r36i 042
3d and sth reports wanting.
GOLD IE. John.
The poor and their happiness; missions & mission philan-
thropy. 1895 361 Gs8
A very suggestive book. After twenty years of charitable work the
author has come to the conclusion that what he calls "natural philan-
thropy," by which he means philanthropy based on natural laws and
dispensed by individuals instead of by organizations, is the only hope
for the elevation of the poor. He believes that the number of impos-
tors created by the organized charities is greater than the number of
the deserving poor that they relieve. The last two chapters are most
practical in their suggestions for personal work among the poor.
INTERNATIONAL CONGRESS OF CHARITIES, COR-
RECTION AND PHILANTHROPY, Chicago, 1893.
General exercises with list of officers and members, pro-
gramme and rules. 1894 ^62.5 124
Other pamphlets are bound with this.
Organization of charities; ed. by D. C. Gilman. 1894 r36i 124
LEND a hand ; monthly. i8v. 1886-97 qi"36l L2I
United with the Charities review, March 1897.
LOCH, Charles Stewart.
Charity organisations. 1892. (Social science series.) 361 L7S
LONDON, CHARITY ORGANISATION SOCIETY.
Charities register and digest; a classified register of charities
for London. 1890 r36i L82
LOWELL, Mrs Josephine Shaw.
Public relief and private charity. 1884. (Questions of the
day.) 361 LQS
NATIONAL CONFERENCE OF CHARITIES AND COR-
RECTION.
Proceedings of the annual session (ist-date), i874-date.
i877-date r36i NiS
Proceedings of zd annual session, 1875, wanting.
NEW YORK (state) Charities, Board of.
Annual report (24th), for the year 1890. 1891 r36i N26c
NEW YORK (city), ASSOCIATION FOR IMPROVING
THE CONDITION OF THE POOR.
Annual report (ist, 4th-4Oth, 5oth-5ist, 54th), for the year
1845, 1847-1883, 1893-1894, 1897. 1845-97 r36i N26i
The report for 1845 is the first published report, and the title page reads
First annual report, although it is the report for the work of the
second year of the society's existence.
NEW YORK (city), CHARITY ORGANIZATION SOCIETY.
Annual report (2d-i5th), 1883/1884-1896/1897. 1884-97. ^361 N26a
New York charities directory; a classified and descriptive di-
rectory to the philanthropic, educational and religious re-
sources of New York. 1898 r36i N26
OHIO Charities, Board of.
Annual report (isth, i7th), for the year ending Nov. 15,
1890, 1892. 1890-92 r36i Oi8
452 HOSPITALS
OREGON Charities and corrections, State board of.
Biennial report (ist), for period ending Dec. 31, 1892.
1892 r36i O28
PEDRICK, Alexander K. comp.
Charitable institutions of Pennsylvania, which received state
aid in 1897 and 1898. 2v. 1898. (Pennsylvania Audi-
tor general's office.) r36i P36
PENNSYLVANIA, ASSOCIATION OF DIRECTORS OF
THE POOR AND CHARITIES.
[Proceedings of the] annual session (2ist-date), i89S-date.
i895-date r36i P39
PORTLAND, Ore., CITY BOARD OF CHARITIES.
Annual report (ist-4th), for the year ending Nov. 1889-
1893, and Biennial report for the two years ending Nov.
1897. 1890-98 r36i P83
RICHMOND, Mary E.
Friendly visiting among the poor; a handbook for charity
workers. 1899 361 R42
Bibliographies at the end of each chapter.
ST. PAUL, ASSOCIATED CHARITIES.
Annual report (ist-date), for the year ending Sept. 30,
i893-date. i894-date r36i Si4
The ist and zd reports were issued together and cover the two years
ending Aug. 31, 1894.
SCHULTZE, Augustus, comp.
Brief history of the Widows' society of Bethlehem, compiled
from the Minutes of the society. 1880 qr36i 536
UNITED STATES District of Columbia, Joint select com-
mittee to investigate charities and reformatory institu-
tions in.
Report. 3 pts. in iv. 1897-98 r36i U25
pt.i. Hearings, statements, reports from cities, suggestions for a board
of charities, comp. by Charles Moore.
pt.2. Report.
pt-3. Historical sketches of the charities and reformatory institutions
of the District of Columbia, comp. by Charles Moore.
362 Hospitals
BURDETT, Sir Henry Charles.
Hospitals and charities, [9th year-date], iSgS-date. 1898-
date .r362 689
PENNSYLVANIA Public charities commission.
Annual report (ist-date) of the Board of commissioners
of public charities, :87O-date. i87i-date qr362 P39
Beginning with the report for 1883, the Report of the committee on
lunacy is included.
WESTERN PENNSYLVANIA HOSPITAL.
Annual report of the managers, 1847/48-1900/01. v.i-49, in 9.
1848-1902 r3
No reports were published for 1848/49, 1851/52, 1853/54-1854/55.
The reports for 1856 and 1857 are in manuscript.
Rules and regulations of the twelfth ward department, 1872.
1872 r36
Bound with its Annual report.
INSANE 453
Rules and regulations ; with the act of incorporation, list of
officers and physicians and surgeons. 1853 r^62 W$6
Bound with its Annual report.
BOSTON City hospital.
Annual report (4th) of the trustees, for the year 1867.
1868 r362.i 664
INTERNATIONAL CONGRESS OF CHARITIES, COR-
RECTION AND PHILANTHROPY, Chicago, 1893.
Hospitals, dispensaries and nursing; papers and discussions;
ed. by J. S. Billings and H. M. Hurd. 1894 r362.i 124
MEIGS, John Forsyth.
History of the first quarter of the second century of the
Pennsylvania hospital. 1877 r362.i MS7
MORTON, Thomas George, & Woodbury, Frank.
History of the Pennsylvania hospital, 1751-1895. 1895. .qr362.i Mg2
362.2 Insane
DIX, Dorothea Lynde.
Memorial soliciting a state hospital for the insane, submitted
to the legislature of Pennsylvania, Feb. 3, 1845. 1845. ^365 P95 v.2
Bound with other pamphlets.
INTERNATIONAL CONGRESS OF CHARITIES, COR-
RECTION AND PHILANTHROPY, Chicago, 1893.
Commitment, detention, care and treatment of the insane; ed.
by G. A. Blumer and A. B. Richardson. 1894 r362.2 124
MASSACHUSETTS Lunacy and charity, State board of.
Annual report (i3th, I5th, I7th), for the year 1891, 1893,
1895. 1892-96 F362.2 M45
PENNSYLVANIA, MEDICAL SOCIETY.
Proceedings in relation to the hospital for the insane at Dix-
mont, May 31, 1878. 1878 r362 W$6
Bound with Western Pennsylvania hospital. Annual report.
PHILADELPHIA, CITIZENS' COMMITTEE FOR THE
RELIEF OF THE INSANE POOR.
An appeal to the people of Pennsylvania on the subject of an
asylum for the insane poor. 1838 r36s Pg$ v.2
Bound with other pamphlets.
362.4 Deaf and dumb. 362.5 Paupers
PENNSYLVANIA Western Pennsylvania institution for
the education of the deaf and dumb.
Report (ist date) of the board of trustees, i877-date.
i878-date r 362.4
Reports for 1877-86 issued annually, i888-date, biennially.
INTERNATIONAL CONGRESS OF CHARITIES, COR-
RECTION AND PHILANTHROPY. Chicago, 1893.
Public treatment of pauperism; ed. by J. H. Finley.
1894 T362.5 124
Bound with its General exercises.
454 POLITICAL ASSOCIATIONS
362.7 Children. 362.8 Soldiers' homes
CHANCE, William.
Children under the poor law; their education, training and
after-care, together with a criticism of the report of
the departmental committee on metropolitan poor law
schools. 1897 362.7 Ca6
FOLKS, Homer.
Care of destitute, neglected and delinquent children. 1902.
(American philanthropy of the nineteenth century.) 362.7 F7I
Contains numerous bibliographies.
INTERNATIONAL CONGRESS OF CHARITIES, COR-
RECTION AND PHILANTHROPY, Chicago. 1893.
Care and training of the feeble-minded; ed. by G. H. Knight.
1894 T362.2 124
Bound with its Commitment, detention, care and treatment of the
insane.
Care of dependent, neglected and wayward children; ed. by
A. G. Spencer and C. W. Birtwell. 1894 r3O7 124
Other pamphlets are bound with this.
PAUL, James Laughery.
Pennsylvania's soldiers' orphan schools. 1876 ^62.7 P3I
PENNSYLVANIA Soldier's orphans schools commission.
Annual report, i877-date. i877-date ^62.7 P39
Previous to 1890 the reports were issued by the Superintendent of sol-
diers' orphans.
The report for 1874 is included in the Pennsylvania Executive docu-
ments, 1874, T328.74 P39e.
UNITED STATES Soldiers' home, Leavenworth, Investi-
gating committee.
Report submitting H. R.IO3S7, relating to management of
National home for disabled volunteer soldiers, and re-
port of investigation. Feb. 24, 1897. (54th cong. 2d
sess. House. Report no.3O3S.) r362.8 Uas
363 Political associations
MYERS, Gustavus.
History of Tammany hall. 1901 363 M99
History of the famous New York city political organization from 1789 to
1900. Based upon records which the author says "show that Tammany
has been, from the beginning, an evil force in politics."
PHILADELPHIA, UNION LEAGUE.
Chronicle, 1862-1902. 1902 q r 363 P49
A social and political club organized during the Civil war. Its stated
objects were to promote and sustain absolute and unqualified loyalty
to the government of the United States and to support its measures
for the suppression of the Rebellion. This volume traces the history
of the club from 1862 to 1902.
SPEED, Thomas.
The political club, Danville, Kentucky, 1786-1790; an account
of an early Kentucky society, from the original papers.
1894. (Filson club. Publications.) qr363 874
CRIMINAL CLASSES 455
364 Criminal classes
BARCLAY, James J.
Address delivered at the laying of the corner stone of the
House of refuge for colored juvenile delinquents, [Phil-
adelphia], 1848. 1848 r36s ?95 v.2
Bound with other pamphlets.
BARROWS, Samuel June, comp.
Reformatory system in the United States; reports pre-
pared for the International prison commission. 1900.
(United States. s6th cong. ist sess. House. Doc.
no.459.) r3988
BECKE, Louis, ed.
Old convict days. 1899 364 636
Autobiographical account of a convict's life in Tasmania about the mid-
dle of the century, contributed by him to a Sidney paper, after he
had worked his way to a position of respectability. An excellent
picture of prison methods of the time.
BERREY, RJ.Power-.
Bye-ways of crime; with some stories from the Black museum.
1899 364 645
BOIES, Henry Martyn.
Science of penology ; the defence of society against crime. 1901 . .364 659
BOOTH, Mrs Ballington.
Branded; a monograph on prison work. 1897 364 663
A plea for the assistance of discharged convicts.
DRAHMS, August.
The criminal; his personnel and environment. 1900 364 D78
List of works upon criminology in English, p-391-394.
DU CANE, Sir Edmund Frederick.
Punishment and prevention of crime. 1885. (English
citizen series.) 364 D86
DUGDALE, Richard L.
"The Jukes;" a study in crime, pauperism, disease and heredity.
i895- (Questions of the day.) 364 D87
*'A wonderful book. Well worth careful study. Shows by personal in-
vestigations of a single pauper tribe, traced back a hundred and fifty
years, the relations of heredity and crime." John R. Commons.
The same. 1891. (Questions of the day.) ^64 D87
ELLIS, Havelock.
The criminal. 1890. (Contemporary science series.) 364 53
"A review of results thus far reached by students of criminal anthro-
pology in Italy, France, Germany, England, and the United States, with
criticism." Bowker & lies' "Reader's guide."
FERRI, Enrico.
Criminal sociology. 1896. (Criminology series.) 364 F4I
"It is Professor Ferri's contention that the volume of crime will not
be materially diminished by codes of criminal law, however skilfully
they may be constructed, but by an amelioration of the adverse
individual and social conditions of the community as a whole." W. D.
Morrison, in preface.
FLYNT, Josiah, (pseud, of Frank Willard).
Notes of an itinerant policeman. 1900 364 F67n
Facts concerning the tramps and criminals with whom the author came
in contact as railway policeman, with suggestions as to the treatment
of criminals.
456 CRIMINAL CLASSES
World of graft. 1901 364 F67w
Contents: Introductory. Metropolitan grafting. By word of mouth.
Inside wisdom. Recommendations of certain dead ones. Glossary.
Some of these papers appeared in McClure's magazine.
"In regard to the word 'graft,' which is used freely in the text, I de-
sire to state that it is a generic slang term for all kinds of theft and
illegal practices generally. It is used mainly by tramps, thieves, and
thief-catchers, but is not wholly tabooed in Upper World circles."
Josiah Flynt.
"A severe arraignment of the police in large cities perhaps the sever-
est arraignment that they have received. A descriptive sub-title of
the book might run 'What the professional thief knows and thinks
about municipal corruption.' It is a record of a number of conversa-
tions with professional thieves 'in the open,' in circumstances in
which there was no reason why a man should falsify or conceal what
he knew." Nation, 1901.
FLYNT, Josiah, (pseud, of Frank Willard), & Hodder, Alfred,
(pseud. Francis Walton).
Powers that prey. 1900 364 F67
Contents: In the matter of His Nibs. A bill from Tiffany's. The re-
venge of the four. The order of the penitents. The prison demon.
The great idea. Found guilty. On sentence day. Peggie Niven.
A dead one.
Realistic stories as well as contributions to sociology. Mr Willard says
"the book is the result of ten years' wandering with tramps and two
years spent with police organizations."
GRIFFITHS, Arthur George Frederick.
Mysteries of police and crime; a general survey of wrong-
doing and its pursuit. 2v. 1898 1*364 G8p
HOLMES, Thomas.
Pictures and problems from London police courts. 1900. ..364 H73
"Mr... Holmes has held for many years the position of 'Police Court
Missionary' in London... He has been able to learn much more of the
history and the character of the wretched people who appear in the
police courts than is disclosed by the ordinary process of law... His
book is... a rambling narrative of his experiences... It shows what prog-
ress has been made in improving the administration of the police
courts of London, and. . .suggests some contrasts unfavorable to our
own systems." Nation, 1901.
INTERNATIONAL CONGRESS OF CHARITIES, COR-
RECTION AND PHILANTHROPY, Chicago, 1893.
Prevention and repression of crime; ed. by F. H. Wines.
1894 T362.2 1^4
Bound with its Commitment, detention, care and treatment of the
insane.
KELLEY, William Darrah.
Address delivered at the colored department of the House of
refuge, [Philadelphia], 1849. 1850 ^65 P9S v.2
Bound with other pamphlets.
LOMBROSO, Caesar, & Ferrero, William.
Female offender. 1895. (Criminology series.) 364 L8i
McKIM, W. Duncan.
Heredity and human progress. 1900 364 Mi8
MORRISON, William Douglas.
Crime and its causes. 1891. (Social science series.) 364
Juvenile offenders. 1897. (Criminology series.) 364
"Author writes, naturally, from the English point of view, yet in the
most catholic spirit and with a mastery of the sources of knowledge
for all modern nations. As chaplain of Wandworth prison and a
patient student of criminplogy and penology, his recommendations
bear the stamp of a high degree of authority. The treatment is
thorough and exact, but. ..free from all technical difficulty. The
PRISONS 457
book will be indispensable for every serious student of the child-saving
problem." American journal of sociology, 1897.
NEW YORK (state) Reformatory at Elmira.
Year book (i7th), for the year ending Sept. 30, 1892. 1893. ^364 N29
Continuation of the Annual report.
PHILADELPHIA, HOUSE OF REFUGE.
Annual report (4th, 20th), for the year ending May I, 1832,
and for the year 1847. ' 1832-48 r36s PQ$
Bound with Annual report of the Prison discipline society.
Design and advantages of the House of refuge. 1850 r36s Pgs v.2
Bound with other pamphlets.
ROOK, Clarence.
The Hooligan nights; the life and opinions of a young and,
unrepentant criminal, recounted by himself. 1899 364 R67
"This is not a novel, or in any sense a wprk of imagination. Whatever
vahi or interest the following chapters possess must come from the
fact that their hero has a real existence. I have tried to set forth, as
far as possible in his own words, certain scenes from the life of a
young criminal with whom I chanced to make acquaintance, a boy
who has grown up in the midst of those who gain their living on the
crooked, who takes life and its belongings as he finds them, and is
not in the least ashamed of himself." Preface.
TALLACK, William.
Penological and preventive principles with special reference
to Europe and America. . 1889 364 TiS
WINES, Frederick Howard.
Punishment and reformation; an historical sketch of the
rise of the penitentiary system. 1895. (Library of
economics and politics.) 364 W78
WINTER, Alexander.
New York state reformatory in Elmira. 1891. (Social
science series.) 364 W79
365 Prisons. Discipline
BARROWS, Samuel June, comp.
Prison systems of the United States ; reports prepared for the
International prison commission. 1900. (United
States. 56th cong. 1st sess. House. Doc. no. 566.) r 3995
ENGLAND Inspectors of prisons for the home district.
Extracts from the second report of William Crawford and
Whitworth Russell. 1838 r36s Pgs v.2
Bound with other pamphlets.
FUNCK-BRENTANO, Frantz.
Legends of the Bastille. 1899 365 Fg8
Bibliography, p.4.
Contains a chapter on The man in the iron mask.
HORSLEY, John William.
Prisons and prisoners 365 H8i
INTERNATIONAL PENITENTIARY CONGRESS, Lon-
don, 1871.
Preliminary report of the United States commissioner. 1872.
(United States. 42d cong. 2d ses. Senate. Ex. doc.
no.39.) 1-1475
458 PRISONS
INTERNATIONAL PRISON CONGRESS (5th), Paris.
Report of the delegates of the United States to the fifth
International prison congress, held at Paris, July 1895.
(United States. 54th cong. ist sess. Senate. Doc. no.
181.) rz6s 124
Contains special reports: British and continental prisons, by Roeliff
Brinkerhoff. The Bertillon system, by R. W. McClaughrey. Anthro-
pometric measurements, by P. R. Brown. The discharged convict in
Europe, by S. J. Barrows.
JOURNAL of prison discipline and philanthropy. New series,
no.39-date. ipoo-date r36s J46
Published annually under the direction of the Pennsylvania prison
society.
LIEBER, Francis.
Popular essay on subjects of penal law and on uninterrupted
solitary confinment at labor as contradistinguished to soli-
tary confinement at night and joint labor by day.
1838 r365 PQS v.2
Bound with other pamphlets.
LINGUET, Simon Nicolas Henri.
Memoirs of the Bastille; ed. by Edmund Goldsmid. 2v. in
i. 1884-85. (Collectanea adamantaea.) r36s L72
McNAIR, John Frederick Adolphus.
Prisoners their own warders; a record of the convict prison
at Singapore. 1899 365 M2I
MEDINA y ORMAECHEA, Antonio A. de.
Mexico ante los congresos internacionales penitenciarios.
1892 -. r36s Ms6
NATIONAL PRISON ASSOCIATION.
Proceedings of the annual congress (i6th-26th), 1887-1897.
1888-98 r365 Ni5
Proceedings of the 2d annual meeting of the association are appended to
the Report of E. C. Wines on the International penitentiary congress
of London, ^65 W78.
PACKARD, Frederic Adolphus.
Inquiry into the alleged tendency of the separation of con-
victs one from the other to produce disease and derange-
ment, by a citizen of Pennsylvania. 1849 r365 P95 v.2
Bound wkh other pamphlets.
Prison discipline; the Auburn and Pennsylvania systems
compared. 1840 r36s P95 v.2
Bound with other pamphlets.
Vindication of the separate system of prison discipline from
the misrepresentations of the North American review,
July 1839. 1839 r365 P95 v.2
Bound with other pamphlets.
PENNSYLVANIA Eastern penitentiary, Philadelphia.
Annual report (ist-3d, 20th, 39th, 48th-5ist, 53d-55th, 57th,
6ist) of the inspectors, for the year 1829-1831, 1848, 1867,
1877-1880, 1882-1884, 1886, 1800. 1831-91 r36s P39e
The ist-ad and zoth reports are bound with other pamphlets and
marked ra6s Pps.
PENNSYLVANIA General assembly.
Report from the committee' on the judiciary system on the
expediency of abolishing public executions, 1833.
SECRET SOCIETIES 459
1833 r36s P95 v.i
Bound with other pamphlets.
PENNSYLVANIA. Statutes.
Acts of the General assembly relating to the Eastern
state penitentiary and to the new prisons in the city
and county of Philadelphia. 1831 -. . .7365 Pps v.i
Bound with other pamphlets.
PENNSYLVANIA Western penitentiary, Allegheny.
Report of the inspectors for the year 1840-1858, 1889-1892,
1895-1902. 1841-1902 r36s P39
Reports for 1844, 1847 and 1854 wanting.
Reports for 1840, 1843 and 1845 will be found in r36$ Pps v.2.
Beginning with 1881 reports are biennial for the two years ending Dec.
31, 1882.
PRISON DISCIPLINE SOCIETY.
Annual report (5th-8th, I3th) of the board of managers,
1830-1833, 1838. 1830-38 r36s P95
SMITH, George Washington.
Defence of the system of solitary confinement of prisoners
adopted by Pennsylvania. 1833 r365 P95 v.i
Bound with other pamphlets.
WINES, Enoch Cobb.
Report on the International penitentiary congress of Lon-
don, held July 3-13, 1872, by E. C. Wines, United States
commissioner; appended, Second annual report of the
National prison association of the United States, con-
taining the Transactions of the National prison re-
form congress, held at Baltimore, Jan. 21-24, 1873.
1873 r 3 65 W78
Report on the International prison congress of Stockholm,
held Aug. 20-26, 1878. 1879. (United States. 45th
cong. 3d sess. House. Ex. doc.86.) n8s8
366 Secret societies
HECKETHORN, Charles William.
Secret societies of all ages and countries. 2v. 1897 366 H39
The same. 2v. 1897 r366 H39
KEIGHTLEY, Thomas.
Secret societies of the middle ages. 1846 366 Ki6
Contents: The Assassins. The Templars. Secret tribunals of West-
phalia.
LAWRENCE, John.
Plain thoughts on secret societies. 1852 366 L42
PINKERTON, Allan.
Molly Maguires and the detectives. 1887 366 P63
PRIZE essays: secrecy and citizenship; by I.J.Lansing, B.
F. Trueblood and D. M. Sleeth. 1897 366 Pg6
Essays, written at the instigation of the New England Christian associa-
tion to expose the moral and social evils* originating in secret societies.
STEVENS, Albert Clark, comp.
Cyclopaedia of fraternities ; the origin, derivation, founders, de-
velopment, aims, emblems, character and personnel of more
than 600 secret societies in the United States. 1899 qr3<56 $84
460 MASONS
366.1 Masons
ADDISON, Charles Greenstreet, and others.
Knights templars; a complete history of masonic knighthood,
from the origin of the orders to the present time, [1871],
adapted to the American system by Robert Macoy. 1874. .366.1 Aza
ANDERSON, James, comp.
Constitutions of the Free-masons, containing the history,
charges, regulations, &c. 1855 qr366.i A54
A facsimile of the 1723 edition.
BROWNELL, John H. comp.
Gems from the quarry and sparks from the gavel; selected
orations, essays, etc. from men of this era of masonic
light. 3v. 1893-1900 qr366.i B8i
CHASE, George Wingate, comp.
Digest of masonic law. 1859 r366.i C38
CREIGH, Alfred.
History of the Knights templar of the state of Pennsyl-
vania ; 2d ser. 1868 366. i C87h
Masonry and anti-masonry; a history of masonry as it has
existed in Pennsylvania since 1792. 1854 366.1 C87
FAIR ALL, Herbert S.
The Iowa masonic library. 1899 366.1 FiS
FOLGER, Robert B.
Ancient and accepted Scottish rite in thirty-three degrees.
1881 366.1 F7i
FORT, George Franklin.
Early history and antiquities of freemasonry, as connected
with ancient Norse guilds and the oriental and mediaeval
building fraternities. 1877 366.1 F7Q
FREEMASONS.
A reply for the Ancient and accepted Scottish rite of free-
masonry to the letter "Humanum genus" of Pope Leo
XIII. 1884 r366.i H7S
Contents: Pike, Albert. Praelocution. A reply of free-masonry in be-
half of humanity to the encyclical letter "Humanum genus" of Pope
Leo XIII. Pelletan, Eugene. From his "Profession of faith of the
ipth century."
Bound with other pamphlets.
FREEMASONS Ancient and accepted Scottish rite Gourgas
grand lodge of perfection.
By-laws of Gourgas grand lodge of perfection, of the Ancient
accepted Scottish rite, valley of Pittsburgh; to which are
prefixed extracts from the constitutions of the Supreme
council 33, for the northern masonic jurisdiction of the
United States. 1883 r366.i
FREEMASONS Grand lodge* of Iowa.
Annals of the Grand lodge of Iowa, i896-date. v.15-
date. i896-date r366.i
FREEMASONS Grand lodge of Pennsylvania.
The Ahiman Rezon; or, Book of the constitution of the
MASONS 461
Grand lodge of Pennsylvania. 1878 T366.I FQia
Dedication memorial of the new Masonic temple, Philadelphia,
Sept. 26, 29-30, 1873. 1875 r366.i
Report of the ceremonies on St. John's day, 1882, of the
sesqui-centennial anniversary of the formation of the
Grand lodge of Pennsylvania. 1882 T366.I
FREEMASONS Knights templars and appendant orders
Grand commandery of Pennsylvania.
Proceedings of 25th annual conclave, held in Altoona, May
28-30, 1878. 1878 r366.i FQI3
FREEMASONS Knights templars and appendant orders,
United States.
Proceedings of the grand encampment, i8th triennial session,
Baltimore, Md., Sept. 19-23, 1871. 1871 r366.i Fgi
GOULD, Robert Freke, and others.
History of freemasonry, its antiquities, symbols, constitutions,
customs, etc. 4v. 1885-89 qr366.i G73
HARPER, Samuel.
An address delivered at the request of St. John's lodge, no.2i9,
F. & A. M., April I2th, 1883, on the history of the lodge
and the establishment of freemasonry in Pittsburgh.
1883 r 3 66.i H28
HUTCHINSON, William, 1732-1814.
Spirit of masonry. 1800 r366.i H97
LEO XIII, pope.
The letter "Humanum genus" against free-masonry and
the spirit of the age. 1884 r366.i H7S
Original Latin, and English translation.
Bound with other pamphlets.
McCLENACHAN, Charles Thompson.
The book of the Ancient and accepted Scottish rite of free-
masonry, containing instruction in all the degrees. 1895. .366.1 Mi3
MACKENZIE, Kenneth Robert Henderson, ed.
Royal masonic cyclopaedia of history, rites, symbolism and
biography.- 1877 r366.i Ml8
MACKEY, Albert Gallatin, comp.
Encyclopaedia of freemasonry and its kindred sciences.
1887 r366.i Mi82
MARVIN, William T.R.
Medals of the masonic fraternity. 1880 366.1 M43
MORRIS, Robert, 1818-1888.
Code of masonic law. 1856 r366.i Mgi
RESOLD, Emmanuel.
General history of free-masonry in Europe; based upon the
ancient documents relating to, and the monuments erected
by this fraternity from its foundations; tr. and comp. by J.
F. Brennan. 1867 T366.I R26
REYNOLDS, L.E.
Mysteries of masonry. 1870 366.1 R37
SOUTHERN and western masonic miscellany; ed. by A. G.
Mackey; monthly, v.i. 1850 r366.i 872
462 INSURANCE
WEEKS, Joseph Dame.
History of the Knights of Pythias, with the Life and times
of Damon and Pythias. 1874 T366.2 W42
367 Social clubs
LEIGH, E.C.Austen, comp.
List of English clubs in all parts of the world, 1901. Qth
year. 1901 r^fy L$6
PITTSBURGH, UNIVERSITY CLUB.
Charter, constitution, rules and list of officers and members,
1895. 1895 r367 P67
TIMES, John.
Clubs and club life in London; with anecdotes of its famous
coffee houses, hostelries and taverns from the I7th century
to the present time. 1898 367 T47
368 Insurance
BAILY, Francis.
The doctrine of life-annuities and assurances. 1864 368 Bi6
CROSBY, Everett U. & Fiske, H. A.
Hand-book of fire protection for improved risks. 1901 r368 C89
"The very features that make this book useful for underwriter in-
spectors render it valuable for architects and engineers who are called
upon to design safe buildings and make plans for their protection
against fire. Owners and superintendents of buildings, also, will find
it useful." Engineering news.
DAWSON, Miles Menander.
Principles of insurance legislation. 1895 368 033
FLEISHMAN, Solomon Louis.
Fallacies of the assessment plan of life insurance. 1897 368 F62
HOFFMAN, Frederick Louis.
History of the Prudential insurance company of America (in-
dustrial insurance), 1875-1900. 1900 . ." 368 H67
PENNSYLVANIA Insurance commission.
Annual report (2d-datc), i874-date. i87S~date r368 P39
Each report consists of 2 pts; pt.i, Fire and marine insurance, pt.2, Life
and accident insurance.
Pt.2 of the reports for 1875-1881, 1885 and 1890 are wanting.
PHELPS, Edward Bunnell, comp.
Tropical hazards ; or, Life insurance risks in Cuba, Porto Rico
and the Philippines. 1901 368 P4&
WALFORD, Cornelius, comp.
Insurance cyclopaedia, v.i-6, in 5. 1871-80 r368 Wi6
v. I . Aba-corn.
v.2. Com-equ.
v.3. Equ-fir.
V.4. Fir-frL
Y.S. Fri-ham.
v.6. Ham-her.
No more published.
WILLEY, Nathan.
Principles and practice of life insurance; containing an arith-
metical and an algebraical demonstration of the theories
PATRIOTIC ASSOCIATIONS 463
and methods involved in the computation of premiums
and reserves; with tables. 1898 - 368 W>3
tf
369 Patriotic associations
AMERICAN monthly magazine. v.i4-date. iSgo-date r^6g AST
Published by the Daughters of the American revolution.
BEATH, Robert B.
History of the Grand army of the Republic. 1889 369 634
DAUGHTERS OF THE AMERICAN REVOLUTION.
Report (ist-date), iSgo-date. i899-date ^69 D28
ist report covers the period from 1890-1897.
GRAND ARMY OF THE REPUBLIC.
Journal of the annual session (nth, i4th, i6th-i8th, 2Oth-
33d) of the national encampment, 1877, 1880, 1882-84,
1886-99. 1877-99 r369 67782
Issues for 1877 and 1880 are entitled Proceedings of the annual meeting.
GRAND ARMY OF THE REPUBLIC, Department of Penn-
sylvania.
Roster, general orders and proceedings of the annual en-
campment (32d-date), :882-date. i882-date ^69 G778
From 1882-1895 the encampments were held semi-annually, from 1895-
date, annually.
Title pages beginning with the issue for the 42d encampment read
General orders and" proceedings of encampments.
NEW YORK, HOLLAND SOCIETY.
Year book, i887~date. [v.i-date.] i887-date qr369 N26
PITTSBURGH, Citizens' executive board, 28th national en-
campment, G. A. R.
Cash book. 1894 qr3O9 G77C
Manuscript copy.
Correspondence. 2v. 1894 qr36g G77
Manuscript copy.
Ledger. 1894 q r 36g 677!
Manuscript copy.
List of contributors. 1894 V3&9 G77li
Manuscript copy.
Minutes. 2v. 1894 q r 36"9 G77mi
Manuscript copy.
Miscellaneous books. 1894 r^6g G77m
Contents: Rules, committees, etc. Book of information and guide to
Pittsburgh. List of hotels and boarding houses. Reports of the offi-
cers and members of the executive council. Information bureau.
Circular, no. 1-2.
Manuscript copy.
Official souvenir. 1894 qr36g G77of
Order book. 1894 r^6g 6770
Manuscript copy.
Synopsis of contracts. 1894 qr36g 6775
Manuscript copy.
Warrants. 4\-. 1894 qr3O9 G77\v
Manuscript copy.
SCHUYLER, John.
Institution of the Society of the Cincinnati, with extracts from
the proceedings of its general meetings and from the trans-
actions of the New York state society. 1886 qr36g 839
Contains an historical sketch of the society and a list of its officers since
30
464 PATRIOTIC ASSOCIATIONS
1784; list of officers and members of the New York state society, ex-
tracts from its transactions, and biographies of its original members.
SOCIETY OF MAYFLOWER DESCENDANTS.
Year book (ist-2d), 1896, 1900. 1896-1900 ^69 8678
SOCIETY OF MAYFLOWER DESCENDANTS, Pennsylvania.
Constitution and by-laws. 1899 ^69 867
SONS OF DELAWARE: OF PHILADELPHIA.
Year book, i897-date. i89/-date nog 86992
SONS OF THE AMERICAN REVOLUTION.
National year book, 1893, 1896/97, i goo-date. i893-date. ^369 86998
Include Proceedings of the national congress and triennial conclave.
SONS OF THE AMERICAN REVOLUTION, District of
Columbia.
Register, 1896. 1896 qr36g 8699
SONS OF THE AMERICAN REVOLUTION, Massachusetts.
Historical memoranda, with lists of members and their
Revolutionary ancestors. 1899 ^69 86997
SONS OF THE AMERICAN REVOLUTION, Missouri.
Year book. 1899 r^6g 86994
SONS OF THE AMERICAN REVOLUTION, New Jersey.
Proceedings, 1889-1893; ed. by John Whitehead. 1893... r36g 86990
SONS OF THE AMERICAN REVOLUTION, Pennsylvania.
Officers, committees and membership roll. 1901 T^6g 86996
SONS OF THE REVOLUTION.
Explanation of some of the differences between the society
of Sons of the Revolution and the society of Sons of the
American revolution. 1890 r^6g 86999
SONS OF THE REVOLUTION, Colorado.
Register of members. 1900 q r 36g 86995
SONS OF THE REVOLUTION, New York.
Year book. 1899 qr36g 86993
SONS OF THE REVOLUTION, Pennsylvania.
Annual proceedings, i898/i899-date, [nth annual meeting-
date] . i899-date q r 369 S6gan
Annual report (8th), with sermons and addresses delivered
before the society, 1895-96. 1896 ^69 8693
pth report published with the register, 0^369 S69r.
Decennial register, 1888-1898. 1898 q^69 S6gd
Register, 1893, 1895. 1893-95 qn6g 869
The same, with Annual report of the board of managers,
annual sermon and historical address, 1896/97. 1897. .qr$6g S6gr
The same, with miscellaneous statistical information con-
cerning the society, 1902. 1902 q r 3&9 S6gre
Contains bibliography of the society's publications, p. 117-122.
ZIEBER, Eugene, comp.
Ancestry; the objects of the hereditary societies and the mili-
tary and naval orders of the United States and the re-
quirements for membership. 1895 ^69 57
EDUCATION 465
370 Education
ENGLAND Education department.
Special reports on educational subjects, v.i-date. iSoj-date . . r370 E64
For contents see contents book, p. 131; kept at the reference desk.
FINDLAY, Joseph John, ed.
Arnold of Rugby, his school life and contributions to educa-
tion. 1897 370 F4Q
Contents: Biographical notice, with Life at Laleham, from Stanley's Life
of Dr Arnold, and extracts from letters. School life at Rugby, from
Stanley's Life of Dr Arnold. Selected sermons preached chiefly in
Rugby chapel. Essays on educational topics, from the miscellaneous
works of Thomas Arnold. Bibliography of works relating to Arnold's
influence as a teacher, and to public school education before and after
his time.
"This is a volume which well deserves the careful attention of all who
are engaged in teaching. It may be regarded as supplementary to the
late Dean Stanley's life of the Headmaster of Rugby... Mr Findlay's
object is to deal with him as a schoolmaster." Saturday review, 1897.
HTNSDALE, Burke Aaron.
President Garfield and education. 1882 370 H57
JOLY, Henri.
Notions de pedagogic. 1884 370 J38
Bibliographic, p.287-2g6.
NATIONAL EDUCATIONAL ASSOCIATION Committee of
fifteen.
Report; read at the Cleveland meeting of the Department of
superintendence, 1895, with the debate. 1895 370 Ni5
Contents: Correlation of studies in elementary schools, by W. T.
Harris. Organization for city school systems, by A. S. Draper. On
the training of teachers, by H. S. Tarbell.
PRIESTLEY, Joseph.
Miscellaneous observations relating to education. 1780 r37o Pg4
STUDIES in education; a series of 10 numbers devoted to child-
study and the history of education, 1896-97; ed. by Earl
Barnes. 1896-97 370 893
TARVER, John Charles.
Some observations of a foster parent. 1897 370 T22
Contents: On the detestability of schoolmasters. On the limited power
of education. Of education and instruction. On reading and writing.
On arithmetic. Educational subjects. Tommy's mind. Some of
Tommy's blunders. What is stupidity? A defence of Latin. Greek
and elementary science. The place of Greek. Entrance examinations.
The preparatory school. An early preparatory school. Education
and parental control. Eton and Clifton. Educational questions in 425
B.C. History, geography and English. Educational authorities. Sec-
ondary education. The universities. Considerations suggested by the
voluntary school question. Tommy's honesty. Tommy's health.
Punishment. Athletics. Day school v. boarding school. The foster
parent again to the real parent.
"A book about education that is positively entertaining, and manages to
be both wise and witty in good literary English, and that does not
mention 'psychology' or 'pedagogy' this is really a book to be grate-
ful for." Nation, 1897.
WARE, Fabian.
Educational reform; the task of the Board of education.
1900 370 W22
466 EDUCATION
ADAMS, John, of Aberdeen.
The Herbartian psychology applied to education. 1898. .370.1 A2I
BAIN, Alexander.
Education as a science. 1892. (International scientific
series.) 370.1 Bi6
COMENIUS, Johannes Amos.
Great didactic; now first Englished by M. W. Keatinge.
1896 370.1 73
Biography of Comenius, p. i-ioi.
DAVIDSON, Thomas.
Rousseau and education according to nature. 1898.
(Great educators.) 37O.I D29
DE BRATH, Stanley.
Foundations of success; a plea for rational education. 1896. .370.1 035
DEWEY, John.
School and society. 1899 370.1 DSI
Contents: The school and social progress. The school and the life of
the child. Waste in education. Three years of the university elemen-
tary school.
DRESSER, Horatio Willis.
Education and the philosophical ideal. 1900 37O.I D8i
An interesting discussion as to the true end of education. The author's
ideal is the attainment of a harmony which may be described in a word
as "equanimity." Each individual is to be brought into such a condi-
tion of calm by attention to his inner being that all the events of his
life shall prove of spiritual value to him.
ELSLANDER, J.
L'education au point de vue sociologique. 1898 37O.I 55
Contents: L'education au point de vue sociologique. L'education
moderne. L'education rationnelle.
FELKIN, Henry M. & Mrs Emmie.
Introduction to Herbart's Science and practice of educa-
tion. 1895 370.1 F33
FOUILLfiE, Alfred Jules fimile.
Education from a national standpoint; tr. and ed. by W. J.
Greenstreet. 1897. (International education series.) 370.1 F82
A very valuable discussion of the fundamental principles of education,
and an able and eloquent advocacy of the claims of literature to the
chief place in the curriculum.
GUYAU, Marie Jean.
Education and heredity; a study in sociology; tr. by W. J.
Greenstreet. 1891. (Contemporary science series.) 370.1 G99
Biographical sketch, p. 11-15.
An eloquent and valuable book by one of the most remarkable of recent
French philosophers and poets, with an introduction by Mr G. F.
Stout. It treats education from the point of view of the development
of the race, and is full of suggestion.
HARRIS, William Torrey.
Theory of education. 1893. (School room classics.) 370. i H29
HERBART, Johann Friedrich.
Letters and lectures on education; tr. fr. the German by H. M.
& Emmie Felkin. 1898 37O.I H4$l
List of the German editions of Herbart's works, p. 13-14.
At the time these letters were written, Herbart was engaged as tutor
to three boys of different age and capacity. His attention was
gradually concentrated upon problems of education, and the germs
of many of his later theories were formed during this period. The
lectures are on: The basis of education; Outlines of the general science
EDUCATION 467
of education; and, On special branches of education.
Science of education. 1895 370.1 H45
"Herbart's life and educational work," by H. M. and Emmie Felkin,
p. 1-23.
HOLMAN, Henry.
Education; an introduction to its principles and their psycho-
logical foundations. 1896. . 370.1 H73
Bibliography, p.523-524.
"My aim throughout this book is to give the beginner a clear and in-
telligible outline of education, as a science only, and at the same time
to suggest, but not to discuss, some of its deeper and more philosophic
aspects." Preface.
LANG, Ossian Herbert, ed.
Educational creeds of the igth century. 1898 370.1 L23
Statements, by various American educators, of their educational ideals.
LANG, Ossian Herbert.
Rousseau and his "fimile." 1893 370.1 L23r
LAURIE, Simon Somerville.
Institutes of education, comprising an introduction to rational
psychology. 1892 370.1 L37i
A handbook for students of the philosophy of educational methods.
John Amos Comenius, bishop of the Moravians; his life
and educational works. 1892 37O.I L37
"Bibliography of the educational works of Comenius," p.227-2<x>.
McMURRY, Charles Alexander.
Elements of general method; based on the principles of Her-
bart. 1898 370.1 Mai
"Books of reference," 11.223-224.
MANSFIELD, Edward Deering.
American education; its principles and elements. 1851 r370.i M34
MONTAIGNE, Michel Eyquem de.
Education of children; selected, tr. and annotated by L. E.
Rector. 1899. (International education series.) 37O.I M84
PAYNE. Joseph.
Lectures on the science and art of education, with other lec-
tures. 1890 370.1 ?33
Other lectures: Educational methods. Principles of the science of edu-
cation. Theories of teaching with their corresponding practice. The
importance of the training of the teacher. The true foundation of
science teaching. Pestalozzi; the influence of his principles on ele-
mentary education. Froebel and the kindergarten system of education.
Life of Joseph Payne, p. 14-19.
"The work of an able, enthusiastic teacher and a close student of edu-
cation. Sets forth the principles of teaching as well as the art.
Shows how Nature teaches and the defects of her method. States
the essentials of good methods. Finds a basis for all method in the
proposition that learning is self-teaching. Lays stress upon action
and things as factors contributing greatly to the pupil's mental
development. A most stimulating book for the teacher." Edward R.
Shaw.
Lectures on the science and art of education, with other lec-
tures and essays. 1883 37O.I
Other lectures and essays: Principles of the science of education. The
training and equipment of the teacher for his profession. The impor-
tance of the training of the teacher. Theories of teaching, with their
corresponding practice. The science and art of education. The true
foundation of science teaching. A preface and supplement to an essay
"On the culture of the observing powers of children," by E. A. You-
mans. The curriculum of modern education, and the respective claims
of classics and science to be represented in it considered. On the im-
portance and necessity of improving our ordinary methods of school
468 EDUCATION
instruction. On the past, present, and future of the College of pre-
ceptors. Proposal for the endowment of a professorship of the science
and art of education in connection with the College of preceptors. A
compendious exposition of Jacotot's system of education.
List of Mr Payne's published works, p.n-i2.
List of books on education, p.89-93.
Science and art of education, and Principles of the science of
education. 1876 370.1
PLATO.
Education of the young in the Republic of Plato; tr. into
English with notes and introduction, by Bernard Bosan-
quet. 1900 370.1 P68
PUTNAM, Daniel.
Manual of pedagogics. 1898 370.1 PQQ
Bibliography at the end of each chapter.
RADESTOCK, Paul.
Habit and its importance in education; an essay in pedagogi-
cal psychology. 1897 370.1 Ri3
RICHTER, Jean Paul Friedrich, (pseud. Jean Paul).
Levana; or, The doctrine of education. 1890 37O.I R42
Biography and autobiography, p.i-66.
ROARK, Ruric Nevel
Psychology in education. 1895 370.1 R$3
ROSENKRANZ, Johann Karl Friedrich.
Philosophy of education. 1893. (International education
series.) 370.1 R72
The author was for many years professor of philosophy at Konigsberg,
and wrote extensively on philosophy and literature. This work, which
on its appearance made an epoch in the treatment of educational
theory in Germany, was originally translated for the Journal of specu-
lative philosophy, but in this edition has been so revised as to adapt
it to the needs of readers not trained in philosophy. After discussing
the general idea of education, including its nature, forms and limits;
he considers physical and intellectual education, and the training of
the will, while under "education in its particular systems" he takes
up the national, theocratic and humanitarian or Christian systems.
ROUSSEAU, Jean Jacques.
fimile; or, Treatise on education. 1893. (International
education series.) 370.1 R77
Though some of his schemes are visionary, some are admirable. Vol-
taire says: "There are fifty pages of the 'fimile* that should be bound
in velvet and gold."
fimile; ou, De 1'education. 1894 370.1 R77e
SPENCER, Herbert.
Education. 1893 37o.i S74
"Discusses, What knowledge is of most worth, Intellectual education,
Moral education, and Physical education. The chapter on intellectual
education is the most important for its elucidation of the principles of
education and as showing their application." Edward R. Shaw.
TATE, Thomas.
Philosophy of education; or, The principles and practice of
teaching. 1885 370.1 T23
VINCENT, George Edgar.
The social mind and education. 1897 370.1 V34
Bibliography, $.147-152.
KIDDLE, Henry, & Schem, A.J. ed.
Cyclopaedia of education. 1883 qr370-3 K24
ESSAYS ON EDUCATION 469
SONNENSCHEIN'S cyclopaedia of education; ed. by A. E.
Fletcher. 1892 T37O.3 869
Bibliography, p. 529-562.
370.4 Essays
ASPECTS of modern study; university extension addresses.
1895 370.4 A83
Contents: The evolution of university extension as a part of popular
education, by Lord Playfair. The future of university extension in
London, by Canon Browne. Hearing, reading and thinking, by G. J.
Goschen. The study of literature, by John Morley. Scientific study,
by Sir James Paget. Some lessons of antiquity, by Max Miiller.
The application of the historical method to economic science, by the
duke of Argyll. Ideals, by Dr Westcott. The influence of the Greek
mind on modern life, by Prof. Jebb.
BAKER, James Hutchins.
Education and life; papers and addresses. 1900 370.4 Bi/
Contents: Heritage of the scholar. Plato's philosophy of education and
life. Secondary education; a review. Educational values. Power at
related to knowledge. Moral training. Can virtue be taught? Col-
lege and university. University ideals. General education practical.
The modern gospel of work. The psychology of faith. Evolution
of a personal ideal. The Greek virtues in modern application. The
student as citizen. Optimism and interest. The ethical and aesthetic
elements in education. Progress as realization.
BRIGGS, LeBaron Russell.
School, college and character. 1901 370.4 674
Contents: Fathers, mothers and freshmen. Some old-fashioned doubts
about new-fashioned education. College honor. Some aspects of
grammar-school training. The transition from school to college.
The first four of these essays appeared in the Atlantic monthly.
BUTLER, Nicholas Murray.
Meaning of education, and other essays and addresses. 1808. .370.4 BQ7
Other essays: \Yhat knowledge is of most worth? Is there a new edu-
cation? Democracy and education. The American college and the
American university. The function of the secondary school. The
reform of secondary education in the United States.
BUTTON, Samuel Train.
Social phases of education in the school and the home. 1899. .370.4 D95
ELIOT. Charles William.
^Educational reform ; essays and addresses. 1898 370-4 47
FITCH, Sir Joshua Girling.
Educational aims and methods. 1900 37O-4 FSS
Contents: Methods of instruction as illustrated in the Bible. Socrates
an 1 his methods of teaching. Evolution of character. Training of the
reason. Hand work and head work. Endowments and their influence
on education. Ascham and the schools of the renaissance. Teachers'
institutes and conventions in America. Edward Thring. The uni-
versity extension movement, and its relation to schools. Joseph Lan-
caster. Pestalozzi. The Sunday school of the future. Women and
universities. The French leaving certificate.
HANUS, Paul Henry.
Educational aims and educational values. 1899 370.4 H24
Contents: Educational aims and educational values. A recent tendency
in secondary education examined. Attempted improvements in the
course of study. What should the modern secondary school aim to
accomplish? Secondary education as a unifying force in American
life. The preparation of the high-school teacher of mathematics. The
study of education at Harvard university. The permanent influence of
Comenius.
HARRIS, William Torrey.
General government and public education throughout the
470 ESSAYS ON EDUCATION
country; a paper read before the Department of superin-
tendence of the National educational association, Feb. 1890.
1890. (Papers on school issues of the day.) r37o.4
Bound with other pamphlets.
Supplemental report to the report of the special committee
on pedagogical and psychological observation; presented
to the National educational association, July 1890. 1890.
(Papers on school issues of the day.) ^70.4
Bound with other pamphlets.
HART, Albert Bushnell.
Studies in American education. 1895 370.4
Contents: Has the teacher a profession? Reform in the grammar
schools. University participation; a substitute for university exten-
sion. How to study history. How to teach history in secondary
schools. The status of athletics in American colleges.
HENDERSON, Charles Hanford.
Education and the larger life. 1902 370.4 H44
Contents: The point of view. The social purpose. The source of pow-
er. Organic education. Cause and effect. Childhood. Youth.
Holidays. At the university. The experimental life. The agents of
the social purpose.
Criticism of existing educational conditions and suggestions toward a
better order. Mr Henderson strongly favors kindergartens, manual
training schools, small classes, experimental and laboratory methods in
teaching.
HOPKINS, Mrs Louisa Parsons (Stone).
Spirit of the new education. 1892 370-4 H78
HUXLEY, Thomas Henry.
Science and education. 1894 . 373-4 HoJJ
Contents: Joseph Priestley. Educational value of the natural history
sciences. Emancipation, black and white. A liberal education, and
where to find it. Scientific education. Science and culture. Science
and art in relation to education. Universities, actual and ideal. Ad-
dress on university education. Study of biology. Elementary in-
struction in physiology. Medical education. The state and the medi-
cal profession. Connection of the biological sciences with medicine.
School boards. Technical education. Address on behalf of the Na-
tional association for the promotion of technical education.
JEBB, Sir Richard Claverhouse.
Humanism in education; the Romanes lecture, 1899.
1899 370.4 J22
JORDAN, David Starr.
Care and culture of men; addresses on higher education.
1896 370-4 J43
LOCKE, John.
Some thoughts concerning education. 1892 370-4 L75
Biography of Locke, p. 19-46.
NORTHROP, Birdsey Grant.
Education abroad, and other papers. 1873 370.4 N45
Contents: Should American youth be educated abroad? Legal preven-
tion of illiteracy. Culture and knowledge. The professional study.
Study and health. Labor as an educator. Education and industrial
arts. Education and invention. Labor and capital theoretically har-
monized. Labor and capital practically harmonized.
PAYNE, William Harold.
Contributions to the science of education 370.4 ?33
Seventeen essays on educational topics.
QUICK, Robert Herbert.
Essays on educational reformers. 1892. (International edu-
EDUCATION PERIODICALS 471
cation series.) 370.4 0,29
Contents: Effects of the renascence. Renascence tendencies. Sturmius.
Schools of the Jesuits. Rabelais. Montaigne. Ascham. Mulcaster.
Ratichius. Comenius. The gentlemen of Port-Royal. Some English
writers before Locke. Locke. Rousseau. Basedow and the Philan-
thropinum. Pestalozzi. Froebel. Jacotot, a methodizer. Herbert
Spencer. Thoughts and suggestions. The schoolmaster's moral and
religious influence.
ROOFER, Thomas Godolphin.
School and home life; essays and lectures on current educa-
tional topics .370.4 R68
SMITH, William Hawley.
Walks and talks. 1893 370.4 S66
Suggestive talks about educational methods, written by an earnest child
sympathizer who pleads for the democracy of public schools and the
suiting of the education they offer to the practical needs of the chil-
dren.
SPALDING, John Lancaster.
Education and the higher life. 1900 370.4 8736
Contents: Ideals. Exercise of mind. The love of excellence. Culture
and the spirit of the age. Self-culture. Growth and duty. Right
human life. University education.
The underlying thought in these essays is the cultivation of mind, of
heart and of soul, not for its own sake, but for its influence in the
world about us. Incidentally there is some thoughtful discussion of
the value, in education, of the classics, of historical study, of the sci-
ences, and a plea for an American literature.
Opportunity, and other essays and addresses. 1900 370.4 873
Other essays: Woman and the higher education. The university a
nursery of the higher life. The university and the teacher. Goethe
as educator. The patriot. Empire or republic.
Thoughts and theories of life and education. 1897 370.4 S73t
Contents: Thoughts and theories. Books. The teacher and the school.
WALKER, Francis Amasa.
Discussions in education. 1899 370.4 Wi6
Contents: Technological education. Manual education. The teaching of
arithmetic. College problems. A valedictory.
WILSON, James Maurice.
Three addresses to girls at school. 1890 370.4 W76
Contents: Education. High school education for girls. Religion.
370.5 Periodicals
AMERICAN journal of education; ed. by Henry Barnard; bi-
monthly and quarterly, Aug. i855-Dec. 1881. 3iv.
1855-81 T370.5 AST
Binder's title reads Barnard's American journal of education.
No more published.
EDUCATION; an international magazine; bimonthly, v.i-date.
i88i-date r 37o.5 29
EDUCATIONAL review; monthly, v.i-date. i89i-date. ^370.5 299
JOURNAL of education; weekly. v.43-date. i896-date qr37O-5 J46
v. 1-12 published as the New England journal of education.
PEDAGOGICAL seminary; an international record of educa-
tional literature, institutions and progress; ed. by G. S.
Hall, v.i-date. iSgi-date r 370-5 P36
Published irregularly.
PUBLIC-SCHOOL journal; monthly, Sept. i897-date. v.i7-
date. i8g7-date
v.i8-date title reads School and home education.
472 EDUCATIONAL ASSOCIATIONS
SCHOOL and college, devoted to secondary and higher educa-
tion; ed. by R. G. Huling; monthly, v.i. 1892 r370.5 8372
No more published.
The SCHOOL journal; weekly. v.52-date. i8o6-date qr37o.5 837
370.6 Associations
ASSOCIATION OF COLLEGES AND PREPARATORY
SCHOOLS IN THE MIDDLE STATES AND MARY-
LAND.
Proceedings of the annual convention (ist-date), 1893-
date. i8Q4-date T37O.6 C6Q
The association was organized in 1887 as the College association of
Pennsylvania. In June 1888 the name was changed to the College
association of the Middle states and Maryland. In 1892 the name
was again changed to the Association of colleges and preparatory
schools in the Middle states and Maryland. For the Proceedings of
these earlier bodies see their names.
ASSOCIATION OF COLLEGIATE ALUMNyE.
Publications. 2d ser. no.6i ; 3d ser. no.i-date. i897-date. . . .qr370.6 A84
zd ser. no.6i is entitled Contributions towards a bibliography of the
higher education of women.
3d ser. no. 3 has supplement Register of the Association of collegiate
alumnae, 1899-1900; with constitution and by-laws; no. 5 has similar
supplement for 1901-1902.
CHICAGO Educational commission, 1898.
Report submitting recommendations in regard to the ad-
ministration of the public school system of Chicago.
1899 T370.6 C43
Bibliographical references on city school systems, p. 232 233.
COLLEGE ASSOCIATION OF PENNSYLVANIA.
Proceedings of the convention (ist-2d), 1887-1888. 1887-
88 T37O.6 C6g v.i
Reorganized in 1888, as the College association of the Middle states and
Maryland.
Title of Proceedings of ist convention reads "History of the organiza-
tion, and proceedings," &c.
COLLEGE ASSOCIATION OF THE MIDDLE STATES
AND MARYLAND.
Proceedings of the annual convention (ist-4th), 1889-
1892. 1890-92 r 370.6 C69 v.2
Continued as the Association of colleges and preparatory schools in the
Middle states and Maryland.
ENGLAND Secondary education commission, 1894.
Report of the commissioners. 9v. 1895 ' T37O.6 64
Commission was appointed to consider the best methods of establishing a
well-organized system of secondary education in England. The report
contains an historical statement as to previous legislation, a descrip-
tion of the state of things actually existing, an analysis of the evi-
dence submitted to the commission, and recommendations submitted by
them.
NATIONAL EDUCATIONAL ASSOCIATION.
Addresses and journal of proceedings. i873-date T37O.6
The volume for 1893 contains Proceedings of the International congress
of education of the World's Columbian exposition.
1878 no session.
Index to Proceedings National teachers' association, 1857-1870
and the National educational association, 1871-1897. 1897.
History of the association; list of meetings, officers, etc.
1892 r37o.6
NORMAL SCHOOLS 473
NATIONAL HERBART SOCIETY.
Publications; ed. by C. A. McMurry, 1895-1900. 5v. in i.
1900 T370.6 NiS53
v.i. Pressing problems, by Charles DeGarmo. Concentration, by Frank
McMurry. Culture-epochs, by C. C. Van Liew. Course of study in
primary grades, by Mrs L. B. McMurry. Interest as related to will,
by John Dewey.
v.a. Isolation and unification, by E. E. White. The culture-epochs, by
H. T. Lukens and others. Literature in the high school, by J. R. Col-
by. Training for citizenship, by J. W. Jenks.
v.3. Moral education, by John Dewey and others. Training for citizen-
ship, by E. J. James and others. Observation and apperception, by
Arnold Tompkins. The application of the principles of Herbart to
secondary schools, by Otto Frick and Dr Friedel.
v.4. Knowledge, will and conduct, by James Seth. Social function of
United States history, by J. B. McMaster and others. Social function
of geography, by Spencer Trotter and W. M. Davis. A course of
study in geography for the common schools, by C. A. McMurry.
v-5. Significance of the frontier in American history, by F. J. Turner.
Mediaeval and modern history in the high school, by J. H. Robinson.
The social aim in education, by I. VV. Howerth. Commercial educa-
tion, by C. A. Herrick.
Reorganized, Feb. 28, 1901, and continued under the title National socie-
ty for the scientinc study of education.
NATIONAL SOCIETY FOR THE SCIENTIFIC STUDY
OF EDUCATION.
Yearbook, (ist-date). i9O2-date T37O.6 Ni552
Continuation of the National Herbart society.
NATIONAL TEACHERS' ASSOCIATION.
Proceedings and lectures of the annual meeting (6th-7th,
9th), 1865-1866, 1869. 1865-69 r37o.6
Proceedings of the 7th and 9th meetings contain also reports of the
National association of school superintendents and of the American
normal school association.
In 1870 the National teachers' association, National superintendents'
association and the American normal school association united to form
the National educational association.
370.7 Normal schools
BRAMWELL, Amy Blanche, & Hughes, H.M.
The training of teachers in the United States. 1894 370.7 669
Reports on a tour of investigation made by two English teachers to
this country during the summer of 1893, for the purpose of studying
the provisions made in the United States for the training of teachers.
WEST CHESTER STATE NORMAL SCHOOL.
Quarto-centennial history, 1871-1896. 1896 070.7 Ws6
UNITED STATES Education bureau.
Educational exhibits and conventions at the World's indus-
trial and cotton centennial exposition, New Orleans, 1884-
85. 3v. in i. 1886. (Special report.) r37o.8
Contents: Catalogue of exhibits. Proceedings of the International con-
gress of educators. Proceedings of the Department of superintendence
of the National educational association, and addresses delivered on ed-
ucation days.
370.9 History of education
BALFOUR, Graham.
Educational systems of Great Britain and Ireland. 1898. . .370.9
474 HISTORY OF EDUCATION
BOONE, Richard Cause.
Education in the United States, its history from the earliest
settlements. 1894. (International education series.) .. .370.9 663
There is a bibliography at the end of each chapter.
A brief history of the schools and colleges of colonial and Revolutionary
times is followed by a consideration of school funds, school super-
vision, the training of teachers, recent colleges, professional and tech-
nical schools and the present provision for the education of the un-
fortunate and criminal classes. Part IV considers some current edu-
cational interests. This is practically the first history of education in
the United States.
BROWNING, Oscar.
Aspects of education; a study in the history of pedagogy.
1892 370.9 B8i
Contents: Humanism. Kealism. Naturalism. The English public
school.
Appeared in Science, 1887-1888.
Introduction to the history of educational theories.
1888 370.9 B8ii
"Authorities," p.3.
BUTLER, Nicholas Murray, ed.
Education in the United States; a series of monographs pre-
pared for the United States exhibit at the Paris exposition,
1900. 2v. 1900 370.9 697
The same. 2v. 1900 r 37-9 697
v.i. Educational organization and administration, by A. S. Draper.
Kindergarten education, by S. E. Blow. Elementary education,
by W. T. Harris. Secondary education, by E. E. Brown. The
American college, by A. F. West. The American university, by
E. D. Perry. Education of women, by M. C. Thomas. Training
of teachers, by B. A. Hinsdale. School architecture and hygiene,
by G. B. Morrison.
v.z. Professional education, by J. K. Parsons. Scientific, technical
and engineering education, by T. C. Mendenhall. Agricultural
education, by C. W. Dabney. Commercial education, by E. J.
James. Art and industrial education, by I. E. Clarke. Education
of defectives, by E. E. Allen.- -Summer schools and university ex-
tension, by H. B. Adams. Scientific societies and associations, by
J. McK. Cattell. Education of the negro, by B. T. Washington.
Education of the Indian, by W. N. Hailmann.
Most of the articles include bibliographies.
CAPES, William Wolfe.
University life in ancient Athens; being the substance of four
Oxford lectures. 1877 370-9 Ci8
COMPAYRfi, Gabriel.
History of pedagogy. 1885 370.9 C73
Select list of works, p-573-575.
"Represents to my own mind very nearly the ideal of the treatise that
is needed by the teaching profession." W. H, Payne, in preface.
DAVIDSON, Thomas.
Aristotle and ancient educational ideals. 1897. (Great
educators.) 370.9 Daga
Bibliography, $.249-251.
Education of the Greek people and its influence on civilization,
1894. (International education series.) 370.9 D2Q
The author says his purpose is "to show how the Greek people were
gradually educated up to that stage of culture which made them
teachers of the whole world, and what the effect of that teaching has
been. Hence creation, in its narrow, pedagogic sense, is presented
but in the barest outline, while prominence is given to the different
stages in the growth of the Greek political, ethical, and religious
consciousness."
HISTORY OF EDUCATION 475
History of education. 1900 ............................ 370.9
Contents: Savage, barbarian and civic education; The rise of intelli-
gence. Savage education. Barbarian education. Civic education.
Human education; Supernatural beginnings of humanism. Mediaeval
education. Modern education.
Bibliography, p. 277 282.
EDGAR, John.
History of early Scottish education. 1893 ................ 370.9 28
Authorities, p.6-8.
HAILMANN, William Nicholas.
Twelve lectures on the history of pedagogy. 1874 ........ 370.9 Hi4
LANG, Ossian Herbert.
Great teachers of four centuries; an outline history of the
great movements and masters of the past four hundred
years, that have shaped the theory and p'ractice of the
education of the present. 1893 ............. , ......... 370-9 L23
An exceedingly brief handbook intended for busy teachers.
LEACH, Arthur Francis.
English schools at the reformation, 1546-8. 1896 ......... 370.9 L44
MAHAFFY, John Pentland.
Old Greek education ....................................... 370.9 Mas
MARK, H. Thiselton.
Outline of the history of educational theories in England.
1899 ................................................ 370.9 M39
List of books, p. 136.
Attempts to trace the development of a distinctly English educational
theory from its origin in the i2th century.
MONROE, Will Seymour.
Comenius and the beginnings of educational reform. 1900.
(Great educators.) ......... '. ......................... 370.9 M83
Annotated bibliography of the writings of Comenius, p. 175-176, and of
biographical and critical works, p. 177-180.
"Effort to trace the reform movement in education from Vives, Bacon,
and Ratke to Comenius, who gave the movement its most significant
force and direction; and from him to the later reformers, Francke,
Rousseau, Basedow, Pestalozzi, Frobel, and Herbart." Preface.
MUNROE, James Phinney.
The educational ideal ; an outline of its growth in modern
times. 1896 ......................................... 370.9 Mg6
Contents: Rabelais; the revolt against medievalism. Francis Bacon;
the revolt against classicism. Comenius; the revolt against feudalism.
Montaigne and Locke; the child has senses to be trained. The Jan-
senists and Fenelon; the child has a heart to be developed. Rousseau;
the child has a soul to be kept pure. Pestalozzi and Froebel; senses,
heart and soul must be educated together. Women in education;
education leads to and from the family, the home is its unit.
Bibliography, p. 233-247.
The author has traced the steps through which the educational ideal
has expanded "from the narrow pedantry of the schoolmen into an
ever broader understanding of the true function of teaching."
PAINTER, Franklin Verzelius Newton.
History of education. 1895. (International education
series.) ................................................ 370-9 Pi6
A graphic but brief account of educational movements and reformers
from early times down to the present.
PAYNE, Joseph.
Lectures on the history of education; with A visit to German
schools. 1892 .......................................... 370-9 P33
Thirteen lectures on leading educators, of which ten deal with European
writers since the revival of learning.
476 TEACHING. METHODS
SEELEY, Levi.
History of education. 1899 37O.Q 845
Bibliography, p.3is~324.
Intended for a short text-book in normal schools or in preparing for any
teachers' examination. The special plan of the book includes a study
of the history and environment, of the internal, social, political and re-
ligious conditions of the people as necessary to any proper conception
of their education.
SWETT, John.
American public schools; history and pedagogics. 1000 37O.Q 897
WICKERSHAM, James Pyle.
History of education in Pennsylvania from the time the
Swedes settled on the Delaware to the present day.
1886 T370.9 W67
WILLIAMS, Samuel Gardner.
History of modern education. 1896 370-9 W74
371 Teaching. Methods
ALLEN, Jerome.
Mind studies for young teachers. 1887 371 A42
"Books for reference and study," p. 6.
BALDWIN, Joseph.
Art of school management. 1892 371 619
Psychology applied to the art of teaching. 1897. (Interna-
tional education series.) 371 Bigp
School management and school methods. 1897. (Interna-
tional education series.) 371 Bigs
BARNETT, Percy Arthur.
Common sense in education and teaching; an introduction to
practice. 1899 371 6250
Contents: Instruction as discipline. Discipline of character. Physical
basis of education. Genesis of curricula. Manipulation of curricula.
Audible speech. Literature and formal linguistic study. Latin and
Greek. Mathematics and physical science. Geography and history.
Warnings from history. Making of the teacher.
Bibliography at the end of each chapter.
BARNETT, Percy Arthur, ed.
Teaching and organisation, with special reference to second-
ary schools; a manual of practice. 1897 371 625
Contents: Barnett, P.A. The criteria in education. Pollard, A.T. Or-
ganisation and curricula. Welldon, E.A. The kindergarten. Burrell,
Arthur. Reading and speaking. Morris, I.H. Writing. Drawing.
Wormell, R. Mathematics. Abbott, E.A. On the teaching of English
grammar. Barnett, P.A. English literature. Somervell, R. Modern
history. Withers, H.L. Ancient history. Conner, E.C.K. Geogra-
phy. Lyttelton, E. Classical teaching. Miall, L.C. The teaching of
science. Storr, F. The teaching of modern languages. McNaught,
W.G. Vocal music. Sidgwick, A. Form management. Buckle, G.E.
Ineffectiveness in teaching. Glazebrook, M.G. Specialisation. Mar-
tin. A.T. School libraries. Dukes. C. Health and physical culture.
Hill, W.K. Furniture, apparatus and appliances. Sandford, M.E.
Organisation and curricula in girls' schools.
COMPAYRfi, Gabriel.
Lectures on pedagogy; theoretical and practical. 1896 371 73
Sequel to "History of pedagogy."
DE BRATH, Stanley, & Beatty, F.
Over-pressure. 1899 371 D35
Contents: The nervous system. Nervous energy. Mental economics.
TEACHING. METHODS 477
Science teaching; what and how? History teaching. A high stand-
ard. Without overstrain. The great examination question.
DE GARMO, Charles.
Essentials of method; a discussion of the essential form of
right methods in teaching; observation, generalization,
application. 1898 - 371 D38e
A clear exposition of educational method, based on Herbartian principles.
DODD, Catherine I.
Introduction to the Herbartian principles of teaching. 1898. ..371 D66
Bibliography, p. 197-198.
FITCH, Sir Joshua Girling.
Lectures on teaching. 1893 371 FSS
"Not a manual of methods, but a book filled with practical comment
and suggestion, written in a very pleasing style. One of the first books
the novice in teaching should read. The chapters on discipline and
the teacher and his attitude towards his vocation are notably strong
and wholesome sounding the note that true character is what will in-
fluence character." Edward R. Shaw.
FRYE, Alexis Everett.
Isla de Cuba; manual para maestros. 1900 r37i Fg7
Suggestions, in Spanish, to Cuban teachers who may work under the
decree taking effect December 6, 1899. Mr Frye is the superinten-
dent of schools of Cuba, (1900).
GRASBY, W. Catton.
Teaching in three continents. 1895 371 G79
GREENWOOD, James Mickleborough.
Principles of education practically applied. 1899 371 G8s
Talks on school management, methods of conducting recitations, and
the art of questioning, with suggestions for teaching the principal sub-
jects included in an elementary course.
HERBART, Johann Friedrich.
A B C of sense-perception; tr. and ed. by W. J. Eckoff.
1896. (International education series.) 371 H45
Outlines of educational doctrine; tr. by A. F. Lange, annota-
ted by Charles De Garmo. 1901 371 H45o
HEWETT, Edwin Crawford.
Treatise on pedagogy, for young teachers. 1884 371 H49
HINSDALE, Burke Aaron.
Art of study; a manual for teachers and students of the sci-
ence and the art of teaching. 1900 371 H57
Bibliography at end of each chapter.
Author is (1900) professor of the science and art of teaching in the Uni-
versity of Michigan and author of various educational works.
HOPKINS, Mrs Louisa Parsons (Stone).
How shall my child be taught? practical pedagogy; or, The
science of teaching illustrated. 1891 371 H78
Author was a practical teacher, and at one time one of the supervisors
of the Boston public schools. The book contains accounts of actual
work with a class of children.
ROWLAND, George.
Practical hints for the teachers of public schools. 1896. (In-
ternational education series.) 37* H86
HUGHES, James Laughlin. ,
Froebel's educational laws for all teachers. 1897. (Interna-
tional education series.) 37* H8g
Shows that Frobel's ideas and methods are applicable to the whole scheme
of education from kindergarten to university. Consists of quotations
from Frobel with running commentary, original and selected.
478 TEACHING. METHODS
"A serviceable and careful presentation of the subject." Dial, 1897.
How to secure and retain attention. 1893. (Reading circle
library.) 371 H8o.h
Mistakes in teaching. 1887 371 H8gm
HUNTINGTON, Frederic Dan, bp.
Unconscious tuition. 1894 371 Hp4
JOHONNOT, James.
Principles and practice of teaching. 1891 371 J37
LANDON, Joseph.
School management ; including a general view of the work of
education, with some account of the intellectual faculties
from the teacher's point of view, organization, discipline
and moral training. 1897 371 L22
McMURRY, Charles Alexander, & Frank Morton.
Method of the recitation. 1897 37i M2i
MIALL, Louis Compton.
Thirty years of teaching. 1897 371 M66
PAGE, David Perkins.
Theory and practice of teaching; or, The motives and
methods of good school-keeping. 1885 371 Pi4
Biographical sketch of Page, p. 11-18.
PARKER, Francis Wayland.
Notes of talks on teaching. 1891 371 P23
Biographical introduction, p. 5 n.
Talks on pedagogics; an outline of the theory of concentra-
tion. 1894 371 P23t
These talks by the principal of Cook county normal school, Chicago,
were given at the Teachers' retreat, Chautauqua assembly, in 1891.
Among the convictions here formulated is that natural sciences and
history should be put into the primary school, and reading and language
lessons taught while gathering information on sciences, morals, litera-
ture, ethics, etc.
Talks on teaching. 1896 371 P23te
Biographical introduction, by L. E. Patridge, p.s-n.
PESTALOZZI, Johann Heinrich.
How Gertrude teaches her children; an attempt to help
mothers to teach their own children. 1898 371 P45h
Leonard and Gertrude. 1892 371 ?45
REIN, Wilhelm.
Outlines of pedagogics. 1895 371 R3I
"Bibliography, principally German," $.219-232.
ROARK, Ruric Nevel.
Method in education; a text-book for teachers. 1899 371 R$3
ROSMINI-SERBATI, Antonio.
Ruling principle of method applied to education; tr. by Mrs
William Grey. 1893. (Heath's pedagogical library.) ... .371 R73
"Sketch of the life of Antonio Rosmini," p. 19-25.
A fragment only of a work planned by the author in which the educa-
tion of the human being was to be carried on through all the stages
of life on the principle of natural development, here applied only to
the education of children. The work was begun in 1839, and in its
application the principle is almost identical with Frobel' kinder-
garten system which was developed about the same time although the
two men worked entirely independently.
SALMON, David.
The art of teaching. 1898 37* Si7
TEACHING. METHODS 479
SCHAEFFER, Nathan C.
Thinking and learning to think. 1900 371 Sap
SEARCH, Preston Willis.
An ideal school ; or, Looking forward. 1901. (International
education series.) *. 371 S43
The author has had a long and varied career as teacher and superin-
tendent of schools, and he here presents the opinions to which his ex-
periences have led regarding school buildings, the scope of schools,
course of study, the function of teachers, municipal difficulties, and
the ethical basis.
THRING, Edward.
Theory and practice of teaching. 1894 371 T42
As headmaster of Uppingham (Eng.) school, Edward Thring was one
of the foremost pioneers in the modern methods of education. In
this book, as in his work there, the object toward which he directs
every effort is "education" as distinguished from instruction. In
his whole consideration of the subject he insists most strongly that
what is most important is not to gain knowledge, but to develop the
power of the learner, and interest in the thing learned, and to teach
mental independence and self reliance.
TOMPKINS, Arnold.
Philosophy of school management. 1895 371 Tsg
Philosophy of teaching. 1898 371 T59p
WHITE, Emerson Eldridge.
Elements of pedagogy; a manual for teachers. 1886 371 W63
WICKERSHAM, James Pyle.
Methods of instruction. 1865 371 W67m
School economy; a treatise on the preparation, organization,
employments, government and authorities of schools.
1864 371 W67
HERBERT, Auberon, ed.
Sacrifice of education to examination. 1889 371-2 H46
ABER, Mary Rose Ailing-.
An experiment in education, also the ideas which inspired
it and were inspired by it. 1897 371-3 Ai4
An account of an experiment in primary education, first tried in con-
nection with Mrs Quincy Shaw's private school in Boston.
AIKEN, Catharine.
Methods of mind-training. 1896 371-3 A29
JOYCE, Patrick Weston.
Handbook of school management and methods of teach-
ing 371-3 J48
MANN, Charles W.
School recreations and amusements. 1896 371-3 M33
371.4 Systems of education
DE GARMO, Charles.
Herbart and the Herbartians. 1896. (Great educators.). .371.4 038
Bibliography of Herbartian literature, p.25/-268.
"Herbart founded an influential school in pedagogy and psychology.
Many of the most eminent German psychologists owe very much to
impulses received from Herbart, neglected though his principles are."
G. Stanley Hall.
HAM, Charles Herbert.
Manual training the solution of social and industrial prob-
lems. 1886 371-4 H22
480 SYSTEMS OF EDUCATION
KENYON, Walter J.
First years in handicraft. 1901 J37I-4 Kip
KILBON, George B.
Knife work in the school-room. 1891 J37I-4 K2$
LANG, Ossian Herbert".
Outlines of Herbart's pedagogics. 1894 371-4 L23
"Life of Herbart," p. 7-13.
A brief popular statement.
NATIONAL EDUCATIONAL ASSOCIATION Council of
education.
Educational value of manual training; report of the commit-
tee on pedagogics of the National council of education,
presented at the meeting in July 1889, by W. T. Harris.
1889. ( Papers on school issues of the day.) T37O.4 Ni5
Bound with other pamphlets.
PATRIDGE, Lelia Ellen.
The "Quincy methods" illustrated; pen photographs from
the Quincy, [Mass.] schools. 1885 371-4 P29
A detailed description, with many illustrations, of the work of the
four primary grades.
PINLOCHE, A.
Pestalozzi and the foundation of the modern elementary
school. 1901. (Great educators.) 371-4 P63
Bibliography, p. 15-16.
A brief biography of Pestalozzi is followed by a summarized account of
the underlying principles of his teaching.
TADD, James Liberty.
New methods in education; art, real manual training,
nature study. 1899 Q37I-4 Ti2
The same. 1899 qr37i.4 Ti2
WAKE, Richard.
"The new education;" manual training, woodwork. 1899. .371.4 Wi4
The author, a practical teacher, gives a series of lessons making up
a three-year course.
WOODWARD, Calvin Milton.
Manual training in education. 1890. (Contemporary
science series.) 371-4 W86
WHITE, Emerson Eldridge.
School management; a practical treatise for teachers and all
other persons interested in the right training of the young.
1894 371-5 W63
BURRAGE, Severance, & Bailey, H.T.
School sanitation and decoration; a practical study of
health and beauty in their relations to the public schools.
1899 371-6 694
Appendix contains a classified list of works of art suitable for school-
room decoration.
371.7 School hygiene
See also Physical culture, 613.71
BANCROFT, Jessie H.
School gymnastics. 1896 371-7 B22
SCHOOL HYGIENE 481
KOTELMANN, Ludwig.
School hygiene; tr. fr. the German by J. A. Bergstrom
and Edward Conradi. 1899 371-7 K39
Annotated bibliography of English and American books and papers
on school hygiene, P-353-382.
MASSACHUSETTS EMERGENCY AND HYGIENE
ASSOCIATION.
Six lectures upon school hygiene. 1886 37*-7 M45
Contents: Wells, Frank. School hygiene. Draper, F. W. Heating and
ventilation. Williams, C. H. The use and care of the eyes, especially
during school years. Shattuck, G. B. Epidemics and disinfection.
Wells, Frank. Drainage. Folsom, C. F. The relation of our public
schools to the disorders of the nervous system.
NEWSHOLME, Arthur.
School hygiene; or, The laws of health in relation to school
life. 1894 371-7 N28
ROWE, Stuart Henry.
Physical nature of the child and how to study it. 1899. . . .371.7 R79
Bibliography, p. 188-196.
SHAW, Edward Richard.
School hygiene. 1901. (Teachers' professional library.) . .371.7 853
Bibliography, p.253-255.
A concise, plainly- written statement of the essentials of the subject.
Treats of the design, warming, ventilating and furniture of school
buildings, postures and exercises of the pupils, handwriting, etc.
SNELL, Simeon.
Eyesight and school life. 1895 371-7 867
STONEROAD, Rebecca.
Gymnastic stories and plays for primary schools; physical
exercises for the first two years of school. 1898 371-7 S88
WARNER, Francis.
Nervous system of the child; its growth and health in edu-
cation. 1900 371-7 W23
Bibliography, p.2 17-222.
371.8 Student societies
BAIRD, William Raimond.
Fraternity studies; a manual of information concerning the
fraternity of Beta Theta Pi. 1894 371.8 Bi6
PLINIUS, der jiingste, pseud.
Naturgeschichte des deutschen studenten. 1842 r 37i.8 P6g
371.9 Education ot special classes
HOW to learn and earn; or, Half hours in some helpful schools.
1884 J37I-9 H84
Contents: Cadet life at West Point, by Mrs C. W. Raymond. Perkins
institution and Massachusetts school for the blind, by E. E. Brown.
Boston whittling schools, by E. E. Brown. Philadelphia school of
reform, by Mrs Mary Wager-Fisher. Among some sewing schools,
by E. E. Brown, Velma Wright, Mrs John Lillie. Boston Chinese
mission school, by A. B. Harris. Flower school at Corlear's Hook,
by Mrs E. E. Dickinson. Lady Betty's cooking school, by Mrs John
Lillie. The bad boys of France, by Mrs E. F. Pratt. The children's
hour; a novel art school, by F. E. Fryatt. At a day nursery, by A.
B. Harris. Some Indian schools, by Mrs T. R. Jenness. Training
school-ship Minnesota, by Mrs E. E. Dickinson. Carlisle school for
Indian pupils, by Margaret Sidney. The blind children's kindergarten,
482 ELEMENTARY EDUCATION
by Emilie Poulsson. My Arizona class, by Mrs J. B. Fremont.
Some of these papers were, published in the Wide awake.
SHUTTLEWORTH, George Edward.
Mentally-deficient children; their treatment and training.
1900 371.9 Ss6
THRASHER, Max Bennett.
Tuskegee; its story and its work. 1900 371-9 T42
Account of the growth, the methods and work of Tuskegee normal and
industrial institute for colored students in Alabama, and a sketch of
Mr Booker T. Washington, its principal.
"The praise of Mr. Washington is extremely warm, but no warmer than
is just. . .Benjamin Franklin's arrival in Philadelphia was not more
interesting than his in Richmond, without a cent in his pocket, and
afterward at the Hampton school where he was not regarded as a
promising addition." Nation, 1900.
TUCKWELL, Gertrude M.
State and its children. 1894. (Social questions of to-day.). .371.9 T8i
WASHINGTON, Booker Taliaferro.
Black-belt diamonds; gems from speeches, addresses and talks
to students. 1898 371-9 W27
372 Elementary education
ALDRICH, Mrs Auretta Roys.
Children, their models and critics. 1893 372 A36
ARNOLD, Matthew.
Reports on elementary schools, 1852-1882; ed. by Sir Francis
Sandford. 1889 372-9 A7
ARNOLD, Sarah Louise.
Waymarks for teachers, showing aims, principles and plans
of every day teaching. 1896 372 A75
Contents: Nature study. Language lessons. Reading. Spelling. Geog-
raphy. Number. Seat-work. Talks on school subjects.
Each of the eight chapters discusses the plan and purpose of the study in
question, supplementing with sample lessons and numerous original
language productions by children. Every suggestion has been tested
in the author's schoolroom experience.
BEEBE, Katherine.
First school year for primary workers. 1895 372 637
First appeared in the "Kindergarten magazine," 1894-1895.
Practical application of Frobel's principles to every-day school work.
Discusses gifts, occupations, materials, science work, festivals and
holidays, beauty in the schoolroom, self-expression, literature for
children, etc.
CURRIE, James.
Principles and practice of early and infant school education.
1891 372 C93
DU BOIS, Patterson.
Point of contact in teaching. 1900 372 D8$
ELEMENTARY school record; a series of nine monographs
published by the University of Chicago, Feb.-Dec.
1900. 9 nos. in iv. 1900 r372 44
Contents: Art. Music. Textiles. Botany. Kindergarten. Science.
Manual training. History. Curriculum.
These monographs describe principles and details of work in the Uni-
versity elementary school conducted by the pedagogical department of
Chicago university.
ELEMENTARY EDUCATION 483
GEORGE, Minnie M.
Plan book. 3v. 1897 r^2 G$l
v.i. Autumn; September, October, November.
v.2. Winter; December, January, February.
v-3. Spring; March, April, May, June.
Suggestions to primary school teachers for a year's work, incuding
nature and science study, literature, etc., and containing numerous
stories, poems and songs.
HALL, Granville Stanley.
The contents of children's minds on entering school. 1893. .372 Hi7
ILLINOIS SOCIETY FOR CHILD STUDY.
Transactions, v.i-date. i8g4-date r372 122
Contains valuable bibliographies.
v.4, pt.4 never published.
v.s, no. 1-2 forms v.6, no. 5 and no.8 of the Child-study monthly; v.s, no.
3-4 forms v.7, no. i of the Child-study monthly and journal of
adolescence.
v.s, no. 3-4 title pages read Proceedings of the Illinois society for
child-study.
JOHNSON, Anna.
Education by doing; or, Occupations and busy work for
primary classes. 1884 372 J35
Explicit directions by an experienced teacher.
LINDLEY, Jacob.
Infant philosophy; an analysis of the faculties of the mind,
with directions for training in its earliest stages. 1864.^372 L72
McMILLAN, Margaret.
Early childhood. 1900 372 M2I4
Contents: Education in the primary school. Impressions. Movements.
Arm and manual training. Oral training. Moral training. Litera-
ture and children. The feeble-minded child. The cost of mental ef-
fort. Fatigue; normal and abnormal. Forecast and retrospect.
McMURRY, Charles Alexander.
Special method for literature and history in the common
schools. 1899 372 M2i
MARTINEAU, Harriet.
Household education 372 M43
Practical suggestions to parents on the physical, intellectual and moral
training of children, based on the then (1848) advanced idea that free-
dom and reason are more effective than command and obedience.
NATIONAL CONGRESS OF MOTHERS.
Work and words of the ist annual session, 1897. 1897 r 37 2 NiS
For contents see contents book, p. 106; kept at the reference desk.
SMITH, Nora Archibald.
The children of the future. 1898 372 865
Contents : Study of children. Training for parenthood. Charm of the
lily. Priestly office. Sand and the children. Dumb devil. Un-
walled city. Perilous times. Deviser of mischiefs. "Tell me a
story." The authentic in kindergarten training. Gospel of work. *
Brotherhood of Saint Tumbler. Kindergarten in neighborhood work.
Essays, chiefly relating to the kindergarten, many of which first ap-
peared in the Outlook and in Table talk.
WALKER, Louisa.
Varied occupations in string work, comprising knotting, net-
ting, looping, plaiting and macrame. 1896 372 Wi7
Intended for the use of primary and kindergarten teachers. The ex-
ercises are graded into three sections, suitable to the age and capacity
of children varying from five to eight years of age.
WARNER, Francis.
The study of children and their school training. 1897 372 W23
"The book has been written in the hope of aiding an advance in the
484 KINDERGARTEN
care of children and in the practice of educational methods, by pro-
moting a more exact study and classification of the children to be
cared for and trained." Preface.
WIGGIN, Mrs Kate Douglas, afterward Mrs Riggs.
Children's rights; a book of nursery logic. 1896 372 W68
Other essays: Children's plays. Children's playthings. What shall
children read? Children's stories. The relation of the kindergarten
to social reform. How shall we govern our children? The magic of
"together." The relation of the kindergarten to the public school.
Other people's children.
Three of the essays were written by N. A. Smith.
"A very readable collection of essays, literary rather than scientific."
Earl Barnes.
WILTSE, Sara Eliza.
The place of the story in early education, and other essays.
1892 372 W>7
Other essays: Study of children. Children's habits. Learning to use
money. Sound-blindness. A study of adolescence. Mental imagery
of boys.
"A collection of sympathetic studies on songs and games, children's
habits, etc., made by an intelligent interpreter of children's activities."
Earl Barnes.
372.2 Kindergarten
BARNARD, Henry, ed.
Papers on Froebel's kindergarten, with suggestions on
principles and methods of child culture in different
countries. 1890. (Kindergarten and child culture
papers.) 372.2 625
Republished from the American journal of education.
BATES, Lois.
Kindergarten guide. 1897. 372.2 631
"I have tried to show how ordinary school subjects may be taught on
kindergarten principles, but this will only be understood by those
who have first apprehended the fundamental laws of Frobel, as ex-
plained in the first chapter, and illustrated by the Gifts and Occupa-
tions following." Preface.
BLOW, Susan Elizabeth.
Letters to a mother on the philosophy of Froebel. 1899.
(International education series.) 372.2 656
The philosophy of Frobel is here explained in language addressed to
the general public. The author takes up the most important doctrines
one after the other as they were developed in the Mutter und kose
lieder, and shows their equivalents in the different systems of thought
that prevail. In some cases these systems are in harmony with
Frobel, and in other cases there is profound disagreement.
BLOW, Susan Elizabeth, ed.
Songs and music of Froebel's Mother play. 1895. (Inter-
national education series.) 372.2 65650
BLOW, Susan Elizabeth.
Symbolic education; a commentary on Froebel's "Mother -.-
play." 1894. (International education series.) 372.2 6565
"Discusses in a practical way the foundations of the philosophy of
Froebel as found in 'The Mothers' songs and games,' and shows in a
clear manner the significance of the kindergarten and its claims for
the important place of corner-stone of education. It is emphatically a
book for mothers as well as for teachers, as it gives the desired aid
and interpretation of the actions, feelings and thoughts of infancy, and
unfolds the true method of training as taught by Froebel." Critic,
1894-
KINDERGARTEN 485
CHILD-GARDEN of story, song and play; monthly. v.6-date.
i8o.7-date rJ372.2 C43
FLETCHER, Horace.
That last waif; or, Social quarantine. 1898 372.2 F63
A plea for the protection of children from vice and evil influences, and
for the extension of the kindergarten movement among the poor of
great cities.
FROBEL, Friedrich.
Education by development; the second part of The peda-
gogics of the kindergarten 1890 372.2 FQ6e
The first part of "The pedagogics of the kindergarten" was devoted
especially to the plays and games. In the present volume the educa-
tional principles underlying the gifts are more thoroughly discussed.
Education of man. 1894. (International education
series.) 372.2 F96ed
A standard work first published in 1824, containing a full exposition of
Frobel's philosophy. Dr W. T. Harris says: "This book deserves
a thorough annual study by every teacher's reading club in the land."
Mother-play and nursery songs. 1895 Q372.2 F96m
Frobel said that whoever understood this book understood his phil-
osophy. Two thoughts furnish the key to it: the importance of in-
fancy as the germ stage of life, and the symbolism of all material
things.
Mottoes and commentaries of Froebel's Mother play; Mother
communings and mottoes rendered into English by H. R.
Eliot, prose commentaries translated and accompanied
with an introduction treating of the philosophy of Froebel,
by S. E. Blow. 1895. (International education
series.) 372.2 Fp6mo
Pedagogics of the kindergarten. 1895. (International educa-
tion series.) 372.2 Fp6
GOLDAMMER, Hermann.
The kindergarten; a guide to Froebel's method of educa-
tion, gifts and occupations. 2v. in i. 1895 372.2 GS7
HAILMANN, Mrs Eudora Lucas, ed.
Songs, games and rhymes for the nursery, kindergarten
and primary school, with notes and suggestions. 1887. .Q372.2 Hi4
HALL, Granville Stanley.
The story of a sand-pile. 1897 372.2 Hi7
Tells how an actual sand-pile taught some bright boys the elements of
industrial processes, administration, law, geography, mathematics, etc.
HARRISON, Elizabeth.
Christmas-tide. 1894 372.2 Hzg
Contents: Christmas presents. The place of toys in the education of a
child. How to celebrate Christmas. The legend of Santa Claus.
Christmas stories.
HERFORD, William H. ed.
Student's Froebel; adapted from Die erziehung der
menschheit. 2v 372.2 H46
"Froebel's life and work," p. 11-16.
The first part is an abbreviation of Frobel's "Education of man," con-
sisting of translations of the more important portions, with connecting
passages. The second part consists of brief passages, adapted from
various writings of Frobel, dealing with the method of conducting
early education on kindergarten lines, with elucidatory comments by
the editor.
486 KINDERGARTEN
HILL, Mildred J. & Patty S.
Song stories for the kindergarten; music by M. J. Hill,
words by P. S. Hill. 1896 Q372.2
KINDERGARTEN magazine; monthly, v.i-date. 1889-
date T372.2 Ka6
v.i, title reads Mothers' portfolio.
v.2-3, title reads the Kindergarten.
KINDERGARTEN review; a monthly magazine devoted to
educational literature and kindergarten news, v.3, no.
7-date. i893-date r372.2 K262
v.6, no. 7-10 wanting.
v-3-7, title reads Kindergarten news.
KRAUS-BOELTE, Maria.
Preliminary sewing without a needle; adapted to use in the
kindergarten and systematized in accordance with
Froebel's methods. 1899 372.2 K4ip
KRAUS-BOELTE, Maria, & Kraus, John.
Kindergarten guide. 2v. 1892 372.2 K4I
v.i. Gifts.
v.2. Occupations.
LYSCHINSKA, Mary J.
Kindergarten principle; its educational value and chief appli-
cations. 1893 372.2 L99
A practical handbook of kindergarten occupations, illustrated by dia-
grams, intended primarily for schools, but easily applicable for family
education.
MARENHOLTZ-BULOW, Bertha, freiin von.
Child and child-nature. 1895 372.2 M37C
"Bibliography of Froebel," p. 187-194.
A psychological discussion of child nature, followed by a clear and
valuable exposition of Frobel's principles and their special applica-
tion to the training of very young children.
Hand work & head work, their relation to one another, and
the reform of education, according to the principles of
Froebel; tr. by A. M. Christie. (Kindergarten manuals.). .372.2 M37
PEABODY, Elizabeth Palmer.
Education in the home, the kindergarten and the primary
school. 1887 372.2 ?33e
Lectures in the training schools for kindergartners. 1897. .. .372.2 P33
PITTSBURGH AND ALLEGHENY FREE KINDERGAR-
TEN ASSOCIATION.
Annual report (2d, 6th-7th, loth), for the year ending Oct.
31, 1894, 1898-1899, 1902. 1894-1902 T372.2 P67
POULSSON, Emilie.
Finger plays for nursery and kindergarten. 1893 372.2 P86
In the child's world; morning talks and stories for kinder-
gartens, primary schools and homes. 1899 J372.2 P86
The same. 1899 rJ372.2 P86
Collection of short stories, entirely suited to little children, with sug-
gestions for additional reading on the subjects presented.
SHIRREFF, Emily.
The kinder-garten; principles of Frobel's system and their
bearing on the education of women, also Remarks on the
higher education of women. 1897 372.2 S5S
KINDERGARTEN 487
SMITH, Eleanor.
Songs for little children; a collection of songs and games for
kindergartens and primary schools. 2v. 1887-94 1372.2 864
SMITH, Nora Archibald.
Kindergarten in a nutshell; a handbook for the home. 1899. .372.2 S6s
Reprinted with additions and alterations from the Ladies' home journal.
SNIDER, Denton Jaques.
Froebel's Mother play songs; a commentary. 1895 372.2 S67f
The same. New ed. 1895 372.2 S67f2
Psychology of Froebel's play-gifts. 1900 372.2 867
WALKER, Gertrude, & Jenks, H.S. comp.
Songs and games for little ones. 1887 Q372.2 Wi6
A valuable collection, much used in kindergartens.
WIGGIN, Mrs Kate Douglas, afterward Mrs Riggs, ed.
Kindergarten. 1893 372.2 W68
Contents: The relation of the kindergarten to social reform, by K. D.
Wiggin. The child and the race, by Mrs M. H. Peabody. Seed, flower
and fruit of the kindergarten, by A. W. Rollins. A plea for the pure
kindergarten, by J. B. Merrill. The philosophy of the kindergarten,
by Angeline Brooks. An explanation of the kindergarten intended for
mothers, by A. A. Chadwick. The kindergarten in the mother's work,
by Mrs E. P. Bond. Outgrowths of kindergarten training, by Mrs A.
B. Longstreet.
WIGGIN, Mrs Kate Douglas, afterward Mrs Riggs.
Kindergarten chimes; a collection of songs and games
composed and arranged for kindergartens and primary
schools. 1887 Q372.2 W68ki
WIGGIN, Mrs Kate Douglas, afterward Mrs Riggs, & Smith,
N.A.
Froebel's gifts. 1896. (Republic of childhood, v.i.) 372.2 W68f
Explains in simple terms, for the unprofessional reader, the meaning
and use of the ten kindergarten gifts.
Froebel's occupations. 1896. (Republic of childhood,
v.2.) 372.2 W68f r
Kindergarten principles and practice. 1896. (Republic
of childhood, v.3.) 372.2 W68k
Suggestive chapters on nature study, symbolism, teaching of patriotism,
moral training, art in the school-room, kindergarten play, etc.
WILTSE, Sara Eliza.
Kindergarten stories and morning talks. 1898 372.2 W77
The thought of these stories follows the seasons of the school year from
September to June. Suggestions are given to the teacher for develop-
ing and illustrating them.
372.3 Object teaching. Nature study
HARRIS, William Torrey.
How to teach natural science in public schools. 1895.
(School-room classics.) 372.3 H29
HARRISON, Elizabeth.
Two children of the foothills. 1900 372.3 H2Q8
Describes results of kindergarten experiments on the children of a Cali-
fornia ranchman.
JACKMAN, Wilbur Samuel.
Nature study and related subjects for the common schools.
2v. 1896-98 Q372-3 Ji2
v.i. Charts. v.2. Notes.
INTERMEDIATE EDUCATION
JACOBI, Mrs Mary (Putnam).
Physiological notes on primary education and the study
of language. 1889 372.3 Jij
McMURRY, Charles Alexander, & Mrs Lida Brown.
Special method in natural science, for the first four grades
of the common school. 1899 37 2 -3 M2i
SCOTT, Charles Buchanan.
Nature study and the child. 1900 372.3 842
372.4 Reading. 372.5 Drawing. 372.8 Geography
ARNOLD, Sarah Louise.
Reading; how to teach it. 1899 372.4 A75
Contains a chapter on the use of the public library, and a list of books,
stories and poems which are suitable for reading or reciting to chil-
dren.
BASS, M. Florence.
Lessons for beginners in reading. 1900 J372-4 629
DALE, Nellie.
On the teaching of English reading, with a running commen-
tary on the Walter Crane readers. 1898 372-4 Di6
POLLARD, Rebecca S.
Synthetic method of reading and spelling. 1897 372.4 P?6
HOLLAND, Anna M.
Clay modelling for schools; a progressive course for
primary and grammar grades. 1899 37 2 -5 H72
"The aims I have kept in view," says the author, "are the development .
of accuracy of observation, of muscular control, and of a sense of form
and proportion, with its resultant love of grace, symmetry, and
beauty." Considers freehand modelling, original work and nature
studies. Contains directions for equipment, with suggestions for teach-
ers. Founded on fourteen years' experience as a teacher.
MACKENZIE, Marion.
Little artist; a guide in water colors for kindergartners,
mothers and teachers in connecting classes and lower
grades of the public schools. 1898 Q r 372.5 Mi8
PHILIP, (George) & SON, pub.
Artistic animal studies for drawing in coloured chalks. ..372.5 ?49a
Artistic flower studies for drawing in coloured chalks 372.5 P49ar
Artistic fruit studies for drawing in coloured chalks 372-5 ^49
McMURRY, Charles Alexander.
Special method in geography, for third and fourth grades.
1900 372.8 M2i
373 Intermediate education
ABBOTT, Edwin Abbott.
Hints on home teaching. 1883 373.1 Ai3
This plain and practical book, by the famous head master of the City of
London school, ^s full of the most helpful directions as to the best
methods of teaching at home the ordinary subjects of education.
There are also valuable and suggestive chapters on moral training,
religious instruction and home influence.
SELF-EDUCATION AND CULTURE 489
BENSON, Arthur Christopher.
Fasti Etonenses; a biographical history of Eton selected
from the lives of celebrated Etonians. 1899 373-4 644
"His method is to string together a line of biographical notices of the
most distinguished Etonians from the day of Henry VI to that of
Mr. Gladstone, and to hang thereon here and there bits of information
as to the customs and manners of the school itself at various periods.
It is a well-written and well-printed volume, and is adorned with many
portraits from the interesting collection at Eton." Spectator, 1900.
CLARKE, George.
Education of children at Rome. 1896 373-4 C$3
CORE IN, John.
School boy life in England; an American view. 1898 373-4 C8i
Contents: English schools. Winchester. Eton. Rugby. The public-
schools of to-day. English and American schools.
ROUSE, William Henry Denham.
History of Rugby school. 1898 373-4 R77
Bibliography, p.5-6.
WILMOT, E. P. Eardley, & Streatfeild, E. C.
Charterhouse old and new. 1895 373-4 W76
Bibliography in preface.
THOMAS, Grace Powers, ed.
Where to educate, 1898-1899; a guide to the best private
schools, higher institutions of learning, etc., in the United
States. 1898 r3737 Ta;
374 Self-education and culture
BLACKIE, John Stuart.
Self-culture; intellectual, physical and moral. 1895 374 651
CHESTER, Eliza, (pseud, of Harriet E. Paine).
Chats with girls on self-culture. 1892 374 C42C
"Devoted to inward and spiritual culture as Dr Bissell's 'Physical De-
velopment and Exercise' is to physical. Brightly and entertainingly
written. Particularly valuable are the chapters on How shall we learn
to observe? How shall we learn to think?" Nation, 1891.
Girls and women. 1891 374 C42
Discusses health, occupation, culture, and society. Written for girls of
possible leisure and advanced education; the style is adapted to the
average girl.
"In clearness and force, in temperance, in wisdom, and in elevation of
feeling, a very remarkable book. It is rather by contagion with a fine
nature than by direct argument that books aimed at changes of char-
acter accomplish their work. In this book, however, the cogency of
presentation is no less remarkable than its persuasiveness." Nation,
1890.
CLARKE, James Freeman.
Self-culture; physical, intellectual, moral and spiritual.
1892 374 CS3
CLEVELAND, Grover.
The self-made man in American life. 1897 374 Cs8
DAWSON, William James.
Making of manhood 374 033
HAMERTON, Philip Gilbert.
Intellectual life. 1894 374
A book that is still as pertinent as ever to the wants of every student.
490 SELF-EDUCATION AND CULTURE
KING, Mary Perry.
Comfort and exercise. 1900 374 Ka6
Contents: On comfort. Comfort in daily life. Comfort in education.
Comfort in dress. Educational exercise. The ideal gymnasium.
HARDEN, Orison Swett.
Pushing to the front; or, Success under difficulties. 1895. . .374 M37
MATSON, Henry.
Knowledge and culture. 1895 374 M47
MUNGER, Theodore Thornton.
On the threshold. 1895 374 M96
Contents: Purpose. Friends and companions. Manners. Thrift.
Self-reliance and courage. Health. Reading. Amusements. Purity.
Faith.
SMILES, Samuel.
Self-help 374 S64
Biographical anecdotes pointing lessons of perseverance and good con-
duct.
KNOLLYS, Beatrice.
Gentle art of good talking. 1900 374-1 K34
MAHAFFY, John Pentland.
Principles of the art of conversation. 1888 374-1 M2$
DEUTSCHER LESE-VEREIN, Pittsburgh, Pa.
Katalog, und Goethe souvenir. 1899 r 374.2 048
VINCENT, John Heyl, bp.
The Chautauqua movement. 1886 374-7 V34
The plan of applying scientific principles to Bible study and the training
of Sunday-school teachers, begun at Chautauqua in 1874, expanded to
include classes in various subjects, summer schools, a literary and sci-
entific circle, and correspondence instruction. Author was the chief
originator of the movement.
LONDON, PEOPLE'S PALACE.
People's palace for East London, opened by Queen Victoria,
May I4th, 1887 r374-9 L82
374.3 Women's clubs
CROLY, Mrs Jane (Cunningham), (pseud. Jennie June).
History of the woman's club movement in America.
1898 qr374-3 C88
Published under the authority of the Council of the General federation
of women's clubs.
FEDERATION OF WOMEN'S CLUBS.
Biennial [meeting] (3d-4th) of the Federation of women's
clubs, official proceedings, 1896, 1898. 1896-98 r 374.3 F3I
MILLER, Olive Thome.
The woman's club; a practical guide and hand-book.
1891 374-3 M69
375 Curriculum
NATIONAL EDUCATIONAL ASSOCIATION Committee
of ten.
Report on secondary school studies, with the reports of
the conferences arranged by the committee. 1894 375 NiS
The same. 1893. (United States Education bureau.
Publications.) r375 Ni5
EDUCATION OF WOMEN 491
TYNDALL, John, and others.
Culture demanded by modern life; addresses on the claims of
scientific education. 1895 375-5 To
Contents: Youmans on mental discipline in education. Tyndall on the
study of physics. Henfrey on the study of botany. Huxley on the
study of zoology. Paget on the study of physiology. Faraday on the
education of the judgment. Whewell on the educational history of
science. Hodgson on the study of economic science. Spencer on po-
litical education. Barnard on early mental training. Liebig on the
development of scientific ideas. Youmans on the scientific study of
human nature. Appendix.
BENNETT, Charles Edwin, & Bristol, G.P.
Teaching of Latin and Greek in the secondary school. 1901.
(American teachers' series.) 375-8 643
Bibliography at the beginning of each chapter.
Discusses the educational value of Latin and Greek, reasons for includ-
ing them in the school curriculum, selection and arrangement of ma-
terial to be studied, features and methods of class instruction and the
various helps which are available for teachers' use.
376 Education of women
BE ALE, Dorothea, and others.
Work and play in girls' schools, by three head mistresses.
1898 376 634
On methods of teaching the various branches.
BRACKETT, Anna Callender, ed.
Woman and the higher education. 1893 376 667
Contents: Preface, by A. C. Brackett. A plan for improving female
education, by Mrs Emma Willard. Female education, by Mrs E. C.
Embury. The collegiate education of girls, by Maria Mitchell. A
new knock at an old door, by Mrs L. G. Runkle.^-A review of the
higher education of women, by A. F. Palmer. The teaching of history
in academies and colleges, by L. M. Salmon. The private school for
girls, by A. C. Brackett.
Representative essays on education of women, selected for Columbian
exposition from writings of New York women, 1819-92.
BURSTALL, Sara A.
Education of girls in the United States. 1894 376 694
Bibliography, p.i83-igo.
A study of the subject from the point of view of an English teacher
who spent three months in this country making special investigation
with regard to secondary schools for girls.
CLARKE, Edward Hammond.
Building of a brain. 1874 r376 C52b
Sex in education; or, A fair chance for girls. 1874 r376 C52
FfiNELON, Francois.
Education des filles; precedee d'une introduction par Oct.
Greard. 1885 376 F35
LANGE, Helene.
Higher education of women in Europe. 1890. (International
education series.) 376 L24
After preface on higher education of women in America, argues for the
higher education of women in Germany, compares woman's oppor-
tunities in Germany with those in England and other countries. Many
suggestions to teachers of girls and of boys are to be found in the
chapter on moral education in England and Germany.
CLAGHORN, Kate Holladay.
College training for women. 1897 376.6 C49
492 EDUCATION OF WOMEN
McCABE, Lida Rose.
The American girl at college. 1893 376.6 Mia
This book, which refers only to the conditions prevailing at the eastern
colleges, is a popular discussion of such subjects as "scholarships
and fellowships," "higher specialized work," "social life," "relative
cost," "self-help," "practical outcome."
MADDISON, Isabel, and others, comp.
Handbook of courses open to women in British, continental
and Canadian universities. ist-2d ed. and supplement.
1896-1901 076.6 M23
Title of ad ed. and supplement reads Handbook of British, continental
and Canadian universities, with special mention of the courses open
to women.
"Full information concerning the conditions on which women are ad-
mitted to the Universities, with lists of the professors and lecturers
at each, the term times, rules for examinations, degrees that can be
conferred on women, and in many cases the cost of board, etc. Direc-
tions how to get further information, if necessary, are added. . .
A thoroughly practical guide for women who think of going abroad
for advanced study, enabling them to decide where it is best to go
for particular branches or courses, how to get admission to the se-
lected University, and how to make the most profitable use of the
time and labor afterwards." Critic.
PALMER, Mrs Alice (Freeman).
Why go to college? 1897 376.6 Pi9
THWING, Charles Franklin.
The college woman. 1894 376.6 T43
LOSSING, Benson John.
Vassar college and its founder. 1867 qr376.8 Lgi
VASSAR COLLEGE.
General catalogue of the officers and graduates, 1861-1900.
1900 r3/6.8 23
BREMNER, Christina S.
Education of girls and women in Great Britain. 1897 376.9 672
FAIRBANKS, Mrs Mary J. (Mason), ed.
Emma Willard and her pupils; or, Fifty years of Troy
female seminary, 1822-1872. 1898 qr376.9 Fi5
In addition to biographical accounts of Mrs Willard and her successors,
the volume contains brief sketches of all the pupils of the seminary
during the fifty years from 1822 to 1872.
HEALEY, Elizabeth.
Educational systems of Sweden, Norway and Denmark,
with special reference to the education of girls and
adults. 1892 376.9 H39
WASHINGTON, Pa. FEMALE SEMINARY.
Commemorative and farewell reunion of the graduates and
teachers of Washington female seminary, in honor of Mrs
Sarah R. Hanna, June 25, 1874. 1874 r 376-9 W27
ZIMMERN, Alice.
Renaissance of girls' education in England; a record of 50
years' progress. 1898 : 376.9 Z65
377 Religious and ethical education
LESSING, Gotthold Ephraim.
Education of the human race. 1883 377 L64
493
REICHEL, William Cornelius.
Historical sketch of Nazareth hall, 1755-1869. 1869 ryj"7 R29
MINOR, John D. et al. vs. Cincinnati Education board.
The Bible in the public schools; arguments in the case of
J. D. Minor et al. versus the Board of education of the city
of Cincinnati, with the opinions and decisions of the court.
1870 r377.i C48
ADLER, Felix.
Moral instruction of children. 1893. (International educa-
tion series.) 377.2 A23
"The five introductory chapters. . .constitute Dr. Adler's solution of
the problem of unsectarian (non-religious) moral instruction, and the
remainder of the book deals with the material to be employed in
moral instruction and many practical suggestions concerning the use
of this material in the primary and grammar grades. ..Both in system
and in presentation it is thoughtful, sympathetic and practical."
Paul H. Hanus in International journal of ethics, 1893.
DIAZ, Mrs Abby (Morton).
The religious training of children. 1895 377-2 D53
HUGHES, Thomas Aloysius.
Loyola and the educational system of the Jesuits. 1892.
(Great educators.) 377-8 Lg6
Bibliography, p.2Q7-298.
378 Colleges and universities
For women's colleges, see 376.8
BACHELOR of arts; monthly, May iSgs-July 1898. 5v.
1895-98 r378 Bi2
None published after v.s, no. i.
COMPAYRfi, Gabriel.
Abelard and the origin and early history of universities.
1893. (Great educators.) 378 C73
MINERVA; jahrbuch der gelehrten welt, i89i/92-date.
jahrgang i-date. i8g2-date r378 M72
Erster jahrgang, title reads Minerva; jahrbuch der universitaten welt.
SHELDON, Henry Davidson.
Student life and customs. 1901. (International education
series.) 378 54
Select critical bibliography on student societies, P-3O7-35I.
A history of student life in colleges and universities. There is one
chapter on student life in Europe and one chapter on student socie-
ties in secondary schools, but most of the book is devoted to Ameri-
can college life and customs.
THWING, Charles Franklin.
College administration. 1900 378 T43
Contents: Organization of American education. The constitution of
the American college. The college president. Special conditions and
methods of administration. The government of students. Financial
relations. Administrative and scholastic problems of the 2oth century.
BARBE, Waitman.
Going to college; with the opinions of fifty leading college
presidents and educators. 1899 378.1 623
CANFIELD, James Hulme.
College student and his problems. 1902. (Personal prob-
494 COLLEGES AND UNIVERSITIES
lem series.) 378.1 17
Contents: Why go to college? The choice of a college. The selection
of a course. The fateful first year. Fraternities. Athletics. Other
college enterprises. Electives. The choice of life-work. A few last
words.
"Offers the counsels of one who has directed two Western universities
and is now officially connected with a third in the East [Columbia]
. . . Mr. Canf ield's warnings against the abuse of the elective system
which he aptly compares with dynamite as at once dangerous and use-
ful against too much athletics, and, finally, against the waste of
those four precious years of opportunity are well reasoned and con-
vincing... In his appendix Mr. Canfield gives a useful table of the
expenses of students at the thirty-one more important colleges and
universities." Nation, 1902.
HARRIS, William Torrey.
University and school extension; a paper read before the Na-
tional educational association, July 1890. 1890. (Papers
on school issues of the day.) i"37o.4 Ni5
Bound with other pamphlets.
JAMES, George Francis, ed.
Handbook of university extension. 1893 r378.i Ji6
The same. 1893 378.1 Ji6
NEW YORK (state) University Extension department.
Annual report (2d-date), i893/94-date. iSgs-date r 378.i N26
The first annual report of the extension department will be found in
pt.2 of the iO7th annual report of the regents, r 379-747 N26i4.
NEWMAN, John Henry, cardinal.
Idea of a university defined and illustrated. 1898 378.1 N28
POOLE, William Frederick.
University library and the university curriculum; Phi Beta
Kappa address, Northwestern university, June 13, 1893.
1894 378.1 P79
UNIVERSITY extension; monthly, July iSgi-Dec. 1894.
4v. 1892-94 T378.I U25
The official organ of the American society for the extension of uni-
versity teaching. .
No more published.
WALKER, Archibald Stodart-, ed.
Rectorial addresses delivered before the University of
Edinburgh, 1859-1899, with an introduction. 1900 378.1 Wi6
By the lords rector of the university, W. E. Gladstone, Thomas Car-
lyle, Lord Moncrieff, Sir William Stirling-Maxwell, the earl of Derby,
the duke of Devonshire, Lord Rosebery, the earl of Iddesleigh,
George Goschen, Lord Robertson, and Lord Balfour, on such subjects
as "Classical training," "University education and teaching," "Patriot-
ism," "Duty of educated intellect to the state," "University training
and national character."
378.4 Europe
BRODRICK, George Charles.
History of the University of Oxford. 1894. (Epochs of
church history.) 378.4 676
FOSTER, Joseph, ed,
Alumni Oxonienses; the members of the University of
Oxford, 1500-1886; ist-2d ser. 8v qr378.4 F8i
GODLEY, Alfred Dennis.
Aspects of modern Oxford, by a mere don. 1894 378-4 GS5
COLLEGES AND UNIVERSITIES 495
LUARD, Henry Richards, ed.
Graduati Cantabrigienses. 1884 ^78.4 Lp6
MULLINGER, James Bass.
History of the University of Cambridge. 1888. (Epochs of
church history.) 37&4 Mg6
OXFORD UNIVERSITY.
Register of the visitors of the University of Oxford, 1647-1658;
ed. with some account of the state of the university during
the commonwealth, by Montagu Burrows. 1881. (Camden
society. Publications, n. s. v.2Q.) 378.4 035
PARIS Association generate des etudiants de Paris.
Discours aux etudiants, prononces devant 1'Association
generate des etudiants de Paris par Mm. fimilio Cas-
telar, Casimir-Perier, Anatole France, Puvis de Cha-
vannes, Renan, Pasteur, &c. 1900 378.4 P23
RASHDALL, Hastings.
Universities of Europe in the middle ages. 2v. in 3. 1895. ^378.4 R2i
v.i. Salerno. Bologna. Paris.
v.2. Italy. Spain. France. Germany. Scotland, etc.
v.3. English universities. Student life.
TUCKWELL, William.
Reminiscences of Oxford. 1900 378.4 T8i
"[His] youth was passed in Oxford; and after he took his degree he was
for many years Headmaster of the New College choir school. His
reminiscences, therefore, up to 1864... are particularly full and interest-
ing... A great many of Mr Tuckwell's sketches belong to the early
history of the scientific and musical movements in Oxford. ..These
chapters are probably what will make the book of some permanent
value." Spectator, 1900.
WELLS, Joseph, ed.
Oxford and Oxford life. 1899 378.4 W49
Contents: Oxford in the past, by H. H. Henson. Oxford in the pres-
ent, by J. Wells. Expenses of Oxford life, by J. Wells. The in-
tellectual life, by F. G. Brabant. The social life, by J. S. G. Pember-
ton. The religious life, by G. W. Gent. Aids to study at Oxford; the
Bodleian, the university galleries, &c., by C. W. C. Oman. Women's
education at Oxford, by K. M. Gent. University extension, by M. E.
Sadler.
378.7 United States
ALEXANDER, James Waddel.
Princeton old and new; recollections of undergraduate
life. 1898 378.7 A37
AREY, Henry W.
Girard college and its founder. 1854 ^78.7 A68
BAGG, Lyman Hotchkiss.
Four years at Yale. 1871 ^78.7 815
BARKER, John Marshall.
Colleges in America. 1894 378-7 624
BOWDOIN COLLEGE.
Library bulletin, including the obituary record and the reports
of the librarian; June i89i-June 1895. v.i. 1895 ^78.7 B66
No more published.
BROWN UNIVERSITY.
Catalogue, i90o/oi-date. igoo-date ^78.7 678
496 COLLEGES AND UNIVERSITIES
BUCKNELL UNIVERSITY.
Annual catalogue (46th-date), for the year i8o5/96-date.
iSgs-date ^78.7 B8sc
Memorials, 1846-1896. 1896 ^78.7 B8$
CHAMBERLAIN, Joshua Lawrence, and others, ed.
Universities and their sons; history, influence and character-
istics of American universities, with biographical sketches
and portraits of alumni and recipients of honorary degrees.
v.i-5. 1898-1900 qr378.7 C35
v.i. Universities of learning. Harvard university, 16361898. Yale
university, 1700-1898. Princeton university, 1746-1898. Columbia
university, 1754-1898.
v.2. Administrators and instructors, founders and benefactors.
v.3~5. University sons.
CLARK UNIVERSITY.
Decennial celebration. 1889-1809. 1899 Q r 378-7 51
Contains the scientific lectures delivered in connection with the decen-
nial celebration, by Emile Picard, Ludwig Boltzmann, Santiago Ramon
y Cajal, Angelo Mosso and August Forel.
COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY, New York.
Annual report (4th-5th, 7th-ioth) of the president, for the
year ending June 30, 1893-1894, 1896-1899. 1893-99. -r378.7 C72a
Catalogue, i896-date. i896-date ^78.7 C72
Dedication of the new site, Morningside Heights. 1896. ..qr378.7 C72d
Officers and graduates; general catalogue, 1754-1900. 1900. ^378.7 C72o
COLUMBIA university quarterly, v.i-date. i898-date ^78.7 C72q
COLUMBIAN UNIVERSITY, Washington, D. C.
Historical catalogue of the officers and graduates, 1821-1891;
comp. by H. L. Hodgkins. 1891 ^78.7 C727
CORNELL UNIVERSITY.
Register, 1881-82. 1882! ^78.7 C82
DARTMOUTH COLLEGE.
Catalogue, with the Amos Tuck school of administration
and finance, the Thayer school of civil engineering and
the medical school, i90i/i9O2-date. igoi-date ^78.7 D26
DUNIWAY, C. A. ed.
Graduate courses; lists of advanced courses announced by
twenty-one colleges or universities in the United
States, for 1895/96, 1897/98. 1895-97 078.7 092
EMERSON, Edwin, comp.
College year-book and athletic record, 1896/97. 1897 ^78.7 58
EVANS, C. H. & CO. pub.
American college and public school directory, iSgS-date.
v.2i-date. iSgS-date ^78.7 94
FOUR American universities; Harvard, by C. E. Norton, Yale,
by A. T. Hadley, Princeton, by W. M. Sloane, Columbia, by
Brander Matthews. 1895 q378.7 F83
The same. 1895 qr378.7 F83
GARRETT, Philip Cresson, ed.
History of Haverford college for the first sixty years of its
existence, prepared by a committee of the Alumni associa-
tion. 1892 T378.7 Gi9
COLLEGES AND UNIVERSITIES 497
OILMAN, Daniel Coit.
University problems in the United States. 1898 378.7 642
Contents: The Johns Hopkins university in its beginning. The utility
of universities. The characteristics of a university. The Sheffield
scientific school of Yale university, New Haven. The University of
California in its infancy. Knowledge and charity. Modern progress
in medicine. University libraries. The Teachers college of Columbia
university. Washington and Lee university. Higher education in the
United States. The proposals for a national university in Washington.
GIRARD COLLEGE.
Semi-centennial of Girard college, 1848-1898, biographical
sketch of Stephen Girard, his will, and other papers re-
lating to the college with an account of the exercises,
Jan. 3, 1898. 1898 378.7 G44
Will of Stephen Girard, with Reports of the building commit-
tee of Girard college and Ordinances for the management
of the Girard estates. 1832-36 r 378-7 G44
The HARVARD graduates' magazine; quarterly, i892-date.
v.i-date. i893-date ^78.7 H33g
HARVARD UNIVERSITY.
Catalogue, iSgs/go-date. iSgs-date qr378.7 H33
Quinquennial catalogue of the officers and graduates, 1636-
1895. 1895 r378.7 H33q
ILLINOIS UNIVERSITY.
University studies, v.i-date. igoo-date qr378.7 122
v.i, no.i-2, 4-5. Abraham Lincoln; the evolution of his literary style,
by D. K. Dodge. The decline of the commerce of the port of New
York, by R. P. Morgan. The genesis of the Grand remonstrance from
Parliament to King Charles I, by H. L. Schoolcraft. The artificial
method for determining the ease and the rapidity of the digestion of
meats, by H. S. Grindley and Timothy Mojonnier.
JOHNS HOPKINS UNIVERSITY.
Circulars; monthly, Dec. i9Oi-date. v.2i-date. no. 154-
date. looi-date qr378-7 J35
LAFAYETTE COLLEGE.
Catalogue, i8s9/6o-date. i86o-date ^78.7 Li4c
Catalogues for 1860/61-1862/63, 1864/65-1865/66, 1867/68-1868/69,
i893/94, 1896/97 wanting.
LAFAYETTE college journal; monthly and weekly, v.i-date.
i875-date qr378.7 Li4
v.io-date title reads The Lafayette.
v.3 wanting.
LEONARD, Delavan Lavant.
Story of Oberlin; the institution, the community, the idea, the
movement. 1898 378.7 L6a
LOCKE, Edward Allen, ed.
Brown university; an illustrated historical souvenir. 1897 .^378.7 L7S
MARIETTA COLLEGE.
Addresses and proceedings connected with the semi-centen-
ial celebration, June 28- July 1,1885. 1885 ^78.7 M38
MISSOURI UNIVERSITY.
Studies; ed. by Frank Thilly. v.i-date. looi-date qr378.7 M74
v.i. Contributions to a psychological theory of music, by Max Meyer.
Origin of the Covenant Vivien, by Raymond Weeks. Evolution of the
northern part of the lowlands of southeastern Missouri, by C. F.
Marbut. Eileithyia, by P. V. C. Baur. Right of sanctuary in Eng-
land, by N. M. Trenholme.
v.2, no. i. Ithaca or Leucas? by W. G. Manly.
498 COLLEGES AND UNIVERSITIES
MONTAGUE, William Lewis, and others, ed.
Biographical record of the alumni of Amherst college, 1821-
1896. v.i-2. 1883-1901 T378.7 M84
MONTGOMERY, Thomas Harrison.
History of the University of Pennsylvania, from its foundation
to 1770; including biographical sketches of the trustees,
faculty, the first alumni and others. 1900 qr378.7 M86
Bibliography, p.s-g.
NEW YORK (state) University College department.
Annual report (ist-date), for the year ending June 30,
i898-date. iSgS-date ^78.7 N26
The college department continues the work of the former examination
department.
OBERLIN COLLEGE.
Quinquennial catalogue of officers and graduates, 1900.
1900 T378.7 Oi2q
OBERLIN COLLEGE Junior class.
Oberlin hi-o-hi, 1894. New ser. v.5. 1894 ^78.7 Oi2
PENNSYLVANIA General assembly.
Report of the committee appointed to investigate the affairs
of the Pennsylvania state college, with the laws and de-
crees of court relating to said college. 1883 T378.7 ?39g
PENNSYLVANIA STATE COLLEGE.
Annual report, 1886-1888, 1894, i896-date. i887-date ^78.7 ?39a
pt.i. Departments of instruction.
pt.2. Agricultural experiment station.
Catalogue, i89S/96-date. 37th year-date. i8p6-date ^78.7 P39
Catalogue for 1896/97 wanting.
PENNSYLVANIA STATE COLLEGE Junior class.
La vie, 1890, 1898. ist, 9th annual issue. 1889-97 <l r 378.7 ?39v
PENNSYLVANIA UNIVERSITY.
Biographical catalogue of the matriculates of the college,
1749-1893. 1894 T378-7 P399
Bulletin; monthly, v.i-date. i893-date qr378.7 P399b
v.i was issued irregularly in four numbers from Feb. 1893 to June 1894.
Publication was suspended from July 1894 to Feb. 1898.
Catalogue, 1897/98, i9Oi/O2-date. i897-date ^78.7 P399C
PETER, Robert, & Johanna.
Transylvania university; its origin, rise, decline and fall. 1896.
(Filson club. Publications.) qr378.7 ?4S
PORTER, Noah.
American colleges and the American public; with after-
thoughts on college and school education. 1890 378.7 P83
PRINCETON UNIVERSITY.
Catalogue, i897/98-date. i897-date ^78.7 P95
Memorial book of the sesquicentennial celebration of the
founding of the College of New Jersey and of the cere-
monies inaugurating Princeton university. 1898. . .qr378.7 P95m
Contains a full account of the celebration, written by Prof. Harper,
copies of the letters and telegrams of formal congratulation, and a
historical sketch of the university by Prof. De Witt. Many pictures
of the university buildings, former presidents, etc.
Nassau herald, no. 33. 1897 ^78.7 P95n
no.33 issued by the class of '97.
COLLEGES AND UNIVERSITIES 499
SMITH, Joseph, 1796-1868.
History of Jefferson college, including an account of the
"log-cabin" schools and Canonsburg academy. 1857. . . . .r378.7 865
TENNESSEE UNIVERSITY.
Record; quarterly and bi-monthly, Jan. iSpQ-Nov. 1901.
1899-1901 T378.7 T29
THWAITES, Reuben Gold, ed.
University of Wisconsin; its history and its alumni, with
historical and descriptive sketches of Madison, [Wis.].
1900 qr378.7 T43
Contains "The story of Madison," p. 3-41, and "History of the Uni-
versity of Wisconsin," p-45 175, by R. G. Thwaites.
THWING, Charles Franklin.
The American college in American life. 1897 378.7 T43
TUFTS COLLEGE.
Register of officers of instruction and government, and direc-
tory of graduates, 1852-1900. 1901. (Tufts college. Pub-
lications, v.i, no.2.) T378.7 T8a
WASHINGTON AND JEFFERSON COLLEGE.
Biographical and historical catalogue, containing a general
catalogue of Jefferson college, of Washington college and
of Washington and Jefferson college, 1802-1889. 1889. ^378.7 W27b
The same, 1802-1902. 1902 ^78.7 W27b2
Quarter-century reunion of the class of 1875, held June I9th,
1900; the proceedings and class history. 1900 37.7 W27
WASHINGTON AND JEFFERSON COLLEGE Alumni
association.
Annual for 1883-1892. 1884-93 ^78.7 W27a
WASHINGTON AND JEFFERSON COLLEGE Junior class.
Pandora, 1891, 1893, 1896-98. v.6, 8, 11-13. 1890-97 qr378.7 W27
WASHINGTON AND LEE UNIVERSITY.
Catalogue of the officers and alumni, 1749-1888. 1888 r378.7 W272
WELCH, Lewis Sheldon, & Camp, Walter.
Yale; her campus, class-rooms and athletics. 1899. (Ameri-
can university series.) 378.7 W47
"The Yale campus" and "The Yale class-rooms," pt. i and 2, are written
by Lewis Sheldon Welch, and "Athletics at Yale," pt.3, by Walter
Camp. Pt.i has chapters on: As to making a Yale man; The initia-
tion; The sense of membership; Living only in Yale; Living and
working by classes; Yale journalism; The poor student's opportunities,
etc. Pt.2 describes the various class-rooms the scientific, divinity,
medical and law schools, etc. Pt.3 has chapters on rowing at Yale,
football, baseball, track athletics, etc. There are a number of ap-
pendices, containing chronologies, tables of gifts, etc.
WEST VIRGINIA UNIVERSITY.
Catalogue (ist-date), i867/68-date. i868-date ^78.7 Ws6i
Catalogues for 1875/76, and 1887/88 wanting.
WESTERN university courant; monthly. v.i5-date. 1899-
date T378.7 Ws6
WISCONSIN UNIVERSITY.
Bulletin; general series, v.i. 1900 qr378.7 W8i
v.i. Adams, C. K. The establishment of a school or college of com-
merce in the University of Wisconsin.
500 PUBLIC SCHOOLS
YALE UNIVERSITY.
Addresses at the inauguration of Noah Porter as president
of Yale college, Oct. 1871. 1871 ^78.7 Yi3
379 Public schools
CRAIK, Sir Henry.
The state in its relation to education. (English citizen
series.) 379 C86
DEWEY, John.
The educational situation. 1902. (Chicago university. Con-
tributions to education, no.3.) 379 DSI
REINHART, J.A.
Outline of the civics of education. 1892. (Teachers' profes-
sional library.) 379 R3i
"The phrase 'Civics of education* is used in the sense of the civil aspects
of education. . .The work... sets forth briefly the relations of the
state to education." Preface.
TARVER, John Charles.
Debateable claims; essays on secondary education. 1898. . . .379 T22
WARE, Fabian.
Educational foundations of trade and industry. 1901 379 W22
Contents:' The growth of national systems of education. Voluntary ef-
forts in England to lay educational foundations. The attempts of the
English government to lay educational foundations. The foundations
laid by German government. The foundations laid in France. The
foundations laid in America. Conclusions.
"A clearly arranged historical sketch of the elaboration of the phase of
education with which the author is concerned in Germany, France and
the United States, as well as a very interesting comparison of the
salient characteristics of the different national systems." Athenaeum,
1901.
PICKARD, Josiah Little.
School supervision. 1898. (International education
series.) 379-1 P$4
PENNSYLVANIA Public instruction department.
Common school laws of Pennsylvania and decisions of
the superintendent, with explanations, forms, etc.,
[1870, 1873, 1876, 1879, 1882, 1885, 1888, 1889, 1890, 1892,
1894, 1896, 1899, 1902]. 1870-1902 T379.I4 P39
PITTSBURGH Education, Central board of.
Pittsburgh school laws; with the rules and regulations adopted
by the Central board, standing committees, etc. 1869. ^379.14 P67
379.4 Public schools of Europe
BARNARD, Henry.
National education in Europe; an account of the public
schools of different grades in the principal states. 1854. ^379.4 625
KLEMM, Louis Richard.
European schools; or, What I saw in the schools of Germany,
France, Austria and Switzerland. 1897. (International
education series.) 379-4
PUBLIC SCHOOLS 501
HOLMAN, Henry.
English national education; a sketch of the rise of public
elementary schools in England. 1898 379-42 H73
SCOTT, R.P. ed.
What is secondary education? and other short essays, by '
writers of practical experience on various aspects of the
problem of organisation; a handbook for public men and
for parents, on the national organisation of education in
England. 1899 379-42 842
SHARPLESS, Isaac.
English education in elementary and secondary schools. 1897.
(International education series.) 379-42 853
STANLEY, Edward Lyulph.
Our national education. 1899 379-42 878
Contents: Technical education. Education in Britain and abroad.
Technical education for the industrial classes. Commercial education.
Technical and secondary education authorities. The harmonious
working together of primary, secondary, technical and commercial
education. The education and training of teachers. The outlook.
ARNOLD, Matthew.
Higher schools & universities in Germany. 1892 379-43 A7S
BOLTON. Frederick Elmer.
Secondary school system of Germany. 1900. (Inter-
national education series.) 379-43 B6i
"Authorities consulted," P-38S-39O.
Contains a chapter on the secondary and higher education of women.
HUNGARY Ministere royal des cultes et de 1'instruction
publique.
L'enseignement en Hongrie. 1900 r 379-43 H93
RUSSELL, James Earl.
German higher schools; history, organization and methods
of secondary education in Germany. 1899 379-43 Rpi
Bibliography at the end of each chapter.
Mr Russell, as special agent of the United States bureau of education,
for the study and investigation of German schools, spent two years in
visiting personally the schools of more than forty towns and cities,
and consulted many prominent German educationists. The history,
organization and methods of the German secondary schools are here
thoroughly considered.
SEELEY, Levi.
Common-school system of Germany and its lessons to America.
1896 379-43 S45
379.7 Public schools of America
NATIONAL EDUCATIONAL ASSOCIATION Committee
of twelve.
Report on rural schools. 1897 375 NiS
Bound with National educational association Committee of ten. Re-
port on secondary school studies
PAGE, Mary H.
Graded schools in the United States. 1894 379-7 Pi4
RICE, Joseph M.
Public-school system of the United States. 1893 379-7 R39
Personal investigation of school systems, methods of teaching, and
results in 36 cities; severe criticism with excellent recommendations.
502 PUBLIC SCHOOLS
UNITED STATES Education bureau.
Circulars of information for July 1871-1878, i88o-date.
i87i-date .......................................... T379-7
For contents see contents book, v.i, p. 120; kept at the reference desk.
no.i, 4 and 6 of the circulars for 1875 are wanting. None issued in
1876, 1895-1897.
Circulars of information for 1867-90 are indexed in the Report of the
commissioner of education for 1888/89, v.a, ^79.7 TJ25.
Report of the commissioner, for the year i867/68-date.
i868-date .......................................... T379-7 U2S
Report for 1867/68 will be found in the sheep bound set of congressional
documents, no. 1345.
No annual report was issued for 1869.
Reports for 1867/68-1887/88 are indexed in the report for 1888/89, v.2.
ZIMMERN, Alice.
Methods of education in the United States. 1894 ............ 3797 Z6s
ROSS, George William.
School system of Ontario. 1896. (International education
series.) ............................................ 379-71 R73
BURTON, -Warren E.
The district school as it was; ed. by Clifton Johnson.
1897 ................................................ 379-74 B95
JOHNSON, Clifton.
Country school in New England. 1895 .................. 379-74 J35
Massachusetts
HARRIS, William Torrey.
Horace Mann. 1896. (School-room classics.) .......... 379-744 Hzp
Address delivered before the National educational association, 1896.
MANN, Horace.
Life and works. Sv. 1891 ............................ 379.744 M33
v.i. Life of Horace Mann, by his wife.
v.2. Annual reports of the secretary of the Board of education of
Massachusetts, 1837-1838. First annual report of the Board of edu-
cation. Lectures on education, including a chapter On district-
school libraries.
v.3. Annual reports of the secretary of the Board of education of
Massachusetts, 1839-1844.
v.4- Annual reports of the secretary of the Board of education of
Massachusetts, 1845-1848. Oration delivered before the authorities
of Boston, July 4, 1842.
v.5. Educational writings, containing contributions to the Common
school journal. Addresses of the president of Antioch college. Re-
view of Horace Mann's work and writings, by Felix Pecaut.
MARTIN, George Henry.
Evolution of the Massachusetts public school system; a his-
torical sketch. 1894. (International education series.) . .379.744 M42
MASSACHUSETTS Education board.
Annual report, (i5th-i7th, 2Oth-23d, 26th, 28th-3ist, 34th-
36th, 38th-39th, 49th-soth, 52d-S3d, S7th-59th, 6ist-
date) . i849-date ................................. ^79.744 M45
secretary of the Massachusetts board of education,
Soth report contains a General index to the ist-soth reports, 1838-1887.
Massachusetts system of common schools: being an en-
larged and revised edition of the Tenth annual report
PUBLIC SCHOOLS 503
of the first secretary of the Massachusetts board of
education [Horace Mann]. 1849 ^79.744 M45m
Rhode Island. Connecticut
RHODE ISLAND Education board.
Annual report (24th), 1893. 1894 O79-745 R38
Contains also the annual report of the commissioner of public schools
for the school year ending Apr. 30, 1893.
CONNECTICUT common school journal, published under the
direction of the Board of commissioners of common
schools; ed. by Henry Barnard; monthly and bi-
monthly; Aug. i, i838-Sept. i, 1842. 4v. in i. 1842. ^379.746 C75
No more published.
New York
NEW YORK (state) Public instruction department.
Annual report (42d) of the superintendent, for the school
year ending July 31, 1895. 1896 079-747 N26i
NEW YORK (state) University.
Annual report (io6th-date) of the regents, for the year
ending Sept. 30, i892-date. i893-date 079-747 N26i4
NEW YORK (state) University Examination department.
Annual report (2d-5th), for the year ending June 30,
1894-1897. 1895-98 O79-747 N26i3
The first annual report of the examination department will be found in
pt.2 of the io/th annual report of the regents.
The work of this department, since 1897, has been carried on by the
college department.
NEW YORK (state) University High school department.
Annual report (6th-date), for the year ending June 30,
i898-date. iSgg-date 079.747 N26is
Reports for 1892-97 will be found in the regents' report for the same
years, ^79.747 N26i4.
NEW YORK (city) Education board.
Annual report (40th, 42d) of the Board of education of
the city and county of New York, 1881, 1883. 1882-
84 079747 N26
Under the charter of 1897 this board was superseded by the Department
of education.
Journal, Feb. 2i-Dec. 28, 1808. 1898 O79-747 N26J
NEW YORK (city) Education department.
Annual report (ist-date) of the Department of education
of the city of New York, for the year ending July 31,
iSgS-date. iSgS-date O79-747 N26d
Created by the charter of 1897, superseding the Board of education.
Pennsylvania
ALLEGHENY, Pa. Controllers, Board of.
Annual report (33d, 37th, 46th) of the Board of controllers;
with the annual report (i4th, i8th, 27th) of the superin-
tendent of public schools, for the school year ending
June i, 1887, 1891, 1900. 1887-1900 T379748 A42
504 PUBLIC SCHOOLS
ALLEGHENY, Pa. Third ward school.
Reunion, Sept. 25, 1896. 1896 ^79.748 A4222
PENNSYLVANIA Public instruction department.
Report (27th-date) of the superintendent of public in-
struction, for the year ending June I, i86o-date. 1861-
date T379748 P39
The report for 1881 was made with that for 1882; for 1885, with 1886.
By the constitution of 1873 the office of Superintendent of common
schools was changed to that of Superintendent of public instruction.
The report for 1874 will be found in Executive documents, 1874,
T328.74 P39C.
PITTSBURGH Education, Central board of.
Annual report (ist-date) of the superintendent of public
schools, for the school year ending Aug. 31, i869~date.
v.i-date. i869-date ^79.748 P67
The 27th annual report was not published, but the statistics for that
year will be found in the 28th annual report, p.6s.
Title for the i2th-28th reports is "Annual report of the condition of
the public schools;" later reports are called "Reports concerning the
public schools."
Educational directory of the Pittsburg public schools,
1895/96, 1899/1900-1900/01, 1902/03. 1895-1902 T379748 P67e
PITTSBURGH CENTRAL HIGH SCHOOL.
High school journal; monthly, v.i-date. i895-date. ^379.748 P674
v i was published weekly.
District of Columbia
DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA Public schools, Board of trustees of.
Report, i895/96-date. i897-date ^79.753 063
Report for 1897/98 will be found in the Annual report of the commis-
sioners of the District of Columbia, 1897/98, r3$2 063.
UNITED STATES District of Columbia committee.
Report under S. R. 140, directing committee to investigate
course of studies in the public schools of the District,
submitting amendment to H.R. 9139, making appropria-
tions for District, 1901, to establish department of pub-
lic schools. March 23, 1900. 1900. (s6th cong. 1st
sess. Senate. Report, no. 711.) ^889
Investigation by Congress of the management, methods of instruction
and courses of study, with the testimony of trustees, teachers and citi-
zens, and the conclusion reached by the committee. Also articles by
W. T. Harris and others, summary of laws relating to school boards
in other cities, schedules of salaries, etc., and some interesting sample
examination papers.
UNITED STATES Education bureau.
Special report on the condition and improvement of pub-
lic schools in the District of Columbia. 1871. (4ist
cong. 2d sess. House. Ex. doc. no.3i5.) "427
Accompanying the report are various documents on the system and
statistics of the principal cities of the United States and Germany,
(with some account of other European schools), on the education of
negroes, on art instruction, etc.
Chicago. Milwaukee
CHICAGO Education board.
Annual report (45th), for the year ending June 23, 1899.
1900 T379.773 C43
COMMERCE 505
MILWAUKEE School board.
Annual report (33<l-42d), for the year ending Aug. 31,
1892-1901. 1892-1901 r 379.775 M72
Alaska
JACKSON, Sheldon.
Report on education in Alaska, 1886, 1889/90, 1891/92, 1895/96.
1886-97 T379.798 Ji2
This report from :886/87-date is also published in the report of the
United States commissioner of education, i886/87-date, ^79.7 U2$.
380 Commerce
ANDERSON, Adam.
Historical and chronological deduction of the origin of
commerce, containing an history of the commercial in-
terests of the British empire; revised and continued to
1789 by Mr Coombe. 6v. 1790 r38o A 54
"Not merely a record of commercial progress and colonial enterprise,
but a history of the political, industrial, and social development of all
civilised countries, and especially of Great Britain and Ireland. Ab-
stracts of all treaties, acts of parliament, and pamphlets in any way
bearing on commerce or kindred matters, are added, together with
statistical accounts of the national finances, of prices, currency, and
population." Francis Espinasse.
BARTON, James L.
Lake commerce; letter to Robert M'Clelland in relation to
the value and importance of the commerce of the great
western lakes. 1846 r38o U2532
Bound with other pamphlets.
CLOW, Frederick Redman.
Introduction to the study of commerce. 1901 380 C62
Contents: The elements of commerce. The materials of commerce;
merchandise. The foreign commerce of the United States. The com-
merce of other countries. The domestic commerce of the United
States. The organization of trade. Prices. Payments. How the
equilibrium is maintained. Practical devices for promoting or regu-
lating commerce.
List of books on commerce, p. 23-26.
COMMERCIAL year book; a statistical and historical rec-
ord relating to trade, industries, agriculture, banking,
currencies, securities, railroads, shipping, insurance,
population, etc. v.i-date. i896-date r38o C73
CONFEDERATE STATES OF AMERICA Treasury de-
partment.
Annual report on commerce and navigation, for the year
ending Sept. 30, 1863. 1864 ^73.7 C74
Bound with other pamphlets.
CUNNINGHAM, William, b. 1849.
Growth of English industry and commerce. 2v. 1800-92. . .380 92
The same. 1882 r38o Cgj
"Authorities," p.473-482.
FARRER, Sir Thomas Henry.
State in its relation to trade. 1883. (English citizen series.). .380 F25
506 COMMERCE
GIBBINS, Henry de Bettgens.
History of commerce in Europe. 1891 380 G3S
HEW1NS, William Albert Samuel.
English trade and finance, chiefly in the I7th century. 1892.
(University extension series.) 380 H4Q
INTERNATIONAL COMMERCIAL CONGRESS, Phila-
delphia, 1899.
Official proceedings of the congress; a conference of all nations
for the extension of commercial intercourse; held under the
auspices of the Philadelphia commercial museum, in Phila-
phia, October I2th to November ist, 1899. 1899 qr38o 124
KAYSER, J.C. & CO. pub.
Commercial directory of the United States. 1823 qr38o Ki4
LOUIS, Paul.
La guerre economique. 1900 r38o Lga
Contents: Notre decadence commerciale. La crise commerciale du Roy-
aume-Uni. L'empire britannique. L'essor economique de 1'Allemagne.
L* Europe latine. De quelques petits etats. La Russie industrielle.
Deux pays neufs (!' Argentine, le Transvaal). La grandeur des
Etats-Unis. L'extreme Orient. L'evolution economique du globe.
McCULLOCH, John Ramsay, comp.
Dictionary, practical, theoretical and historical, of commerce
and commercial navigation. 1835 r38o Mi4
"An admirable compendium of information on all matters connected
with commercial transactions, based on consular reports and other
exact statistics, embodying the results of researches extending over
twenty years; it held throughout McCulloch's life, and still retains,
the rank of a work of authority." /. M. Rigg.
MEENEN, Maurice van, comp.
Nouveau code de commerce et lois usuelles en matiere com-
merciale actuellement en vigueur en Belgique. 1882 r38o Ms6
NATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF MANUFACTURERS OF
THE UNITED STATES.
Proceedings of the annual convention (ist, 5th-date),
1896, i9Oo-date. i896-date r38o NiS
O'ROURKE, Charles A .
Congreso internacional americano; paseo de los delegados,
objeto del congreso. 1890 qr3&o O28
PITKIN, Timothy.
Statistical view of the commerce of the United States.
1817 r38o P66
The same. 1817 380 P66
POSTLETHWAYT, Malachy.
Great-Britain's commercial interest explained and improved
in a series of dissertations on the most important branches
of her trade and landed interest. 2v. 1759 T^So P84
UNITED STATES American republics bureau.
Annual report (ist-ioth), 1891-1900. 1891-1900 r38o U2S34
ist, 7th and 9th reports will be found in v.i, pt. i, v.n and v. 13 of the
Bulletin of the bureau, rgiS ASI. .
3d and sth reports will be found in the sheep bound set of congressional
documents, no.3i6o, 3425.
Monthly bulletin, v.i-date. i893-date r38o U2534m
v.i lacks nos.7 and 10; v.3 lacks all nos. except 1-3.
DOMESTIC TRADE 507
UNITED STATES Foreign commerce bureau.
Review of the world's commerce; introductory to Com-
mercial relations of the United States with foreign
countries, 1894/9 5-date. iSgo-date r^Bo U25
Compiled from reports of U. S. consuls and other sources, including the
official publications of the Treasury department, and of various
foreign governments. Is also to be found at the beginning of the
report on Commercial relations, qr38z Uzsc.
UNITED STATES Transportation-routes to the seaboard,
Committee to investigate the.
Report; with appendix and evidence. 2v. 1874. (43d
cong. ist sess. Senate. Report no. 307.) r38o U253
UNITED STATES Transportation-routes to the seaboard,
Select committee on.
Report [recommending the regulation of interstate com-
merce, and the creation or improvement by the national
government of four routes of communication] ; with
appendix. 1881 r38o U2533
WESTERN STATES COMMERCIAL CONGRESS, Kansas
City, Mo.
Proceedings of the ist congress, Apr. 14-17, 1891. 1891. . . .r38o Ws6
YEATS, John.
The growth and vicissitudes of commerce in all ages. 1887. ..380 Y22g
The natural history of the raw materials of commerce. 1887. . .380 Y22
Considers the physical conditions and the raw produce, animal, vege-
table and mineral, of the United Kingdom, the British colonies and
their foreign trade connections. Part II deals with the commercial
products of the animal and vegetable kingdoms, and with raw mineral
produce.
"Dr. Yeats has the knack of writing popularly upon scientific subjects,
and of presenting wide generalizations in a manner at once sober and
attractive," Atheneeum, 1888.
Recent and existing commerce. 1887 380 Y22r
Deals with the condition of British industry and trade at the present
(1887) day, particularly in relation to agriculture; with British foreign
and colonial relations and the commercial policy by which these should
be guided; and with what the author calls "The natural divisions of
trade throughout the world."
381 Domestic trade
CHICAGO, BOARD OF TRADE.
Annual report (38th, 4Oth-date) of the trade and commerce
of Chicago, for the year 1895, i897-date. iSgo-date. . . .r38i C43
CINCINNATI, CHAMBER OF COMMERCE.
Annual report (4ist-42d, 48th), for two years ending
Aug. 31, 1890 and for the year ending Dec. 31, 1896.
1891-97 Q r 38i C48
NEW YORK (state), CHAMBER OF COMMERCE.
Annual report (25th), for the year 1882-83. 1883 081 N26
PHILADELPHIA, BOARD OF TRADE.
Annual report (5th, I4th, 27th) of the Philadelphia Board
of trade, for 1837, 1846, 1859. 1838-60 r38i P49
PITTSBURGH, CHAMBER OF COMMERCE.
Year book and directory for i89S/96-date. i89S-date r38i P67
Year book for 1900 is wanting.
508 FOREIGN TRADE
TUNELL, George Gerard.
Statistics of lake commerce; a report made to the Bureau
of statistics, Feb. 3, 1898. 1898. (United States Statis-
tics bureau.) r38i T84
382 Foreign trade
ANDREWS, Israel D.
Report on the trade and commerce of the British North
American colonies and upon the trade of the Great
Lakes and rivers. 1853. (United States. 32d cong. 2d
sess. House. Ex. doc. no. 136.) ^82 A$6
Contents: The sea-fisheries of British North America. The trade of
the Great Lakes. Review of the canals and railroads of the United
States. Canada ; physical features, resources, etc. New Brunswick.
Nova Scotia. Newfoundland. Intercourse between Great Britain
and her North American colonies. Trade of some of the Atlantic
ports of the United States with the North American colonies. Re-
view of the present state of the deep-sea fisheries of New England.
French fisheries of Newfoundland.
BOWLEY, Arthur Lyon.
Short account of England's foreign trade in the igth cen-
tury. 1893. (Social science series.) 382 B66
CHAPMAN, Sydney John.
History of trade between the United Kingdom and the
United States, with special reference to the effect of
tariffs. 1899. (Social science series.) 382 36
CURTIS, William Eleroy.
Trade and transportation between the United States and Span-
ish America. 1889. (United States State depart-
ment.) r382 C93
DAVIDSON, John, M. A.
Commercial federation and colonial trade policy. 1900. (So-
cial science series.) 382 Dap
Deals with the dominant question in colonial policy, that of markets and
consumers. Maintains that commercial federation may best be accom-
plished by removing natural obstacles to trade with the colonies and
even by subsidies to freight steamers running to colonial ports.
ENGLAND Trade board.
Annual statement of the trade of the United Kingdom
with foreign countries and British possessions, 1898,
compared with the four preceding years; comp. at
the custom house from documents collected by that
department. 1899 qr382 64
KELLY'S directory of merchants, manufacturers and ship-
pers, and guide to the export and import, shipping
and manufacturing industries of the world, 1900. 1900. .qr382 Ki7
"Intended to bring together. . .not only the names of the manufacturers,
merchants, exporters, etc., of the United Kingdom trading with the
colonies and abroad, but also those of all the more important foreign
merchants (whether importers or exporters), and further, those of the
manufacturers of the principal goods imported into the United King-
dom." Preface.
TIPPER, Henry.
-England's attainment of commercial supremacy. 1897 382 T49
FOREIGN TRADE 509
UNITED STATES Foreign commerce bureau.
Commercial, relations of the United States with foreign
countries, i855-date. iSso-date qr382 U2$c
No volume of this set issued for 1894. Commercial relations for 1894
will be found partly in volume for 1893 and partly in volume for 1895.
The reports for 1855 and 1869 will be found in the sheep bound set of
congressional documents numbered 844 and 1452.
Annual reports of consular officers on the commerce and industries of
their respective districts. "Is wholly distinct from the daily and
monthly publication, Consular reports, the latter dealing with current
subjects of importance, while Commercial relations deals only with an-
nual reports and statistics."
Included with these reports is an introductory review of the commerce
of the world, compiled from them and from other sources, including
the official publications of the Treasury department, and of various
foreign governments. This is also published separately as "Review
of the world's commerce."
Consular reports, monthly, Oct. i88o-date. v.i-date.
i88o-date ^82 U25
Index, nos. 1-59. 1887.
Index, nos.6o-ni. 1890.
Index, nos. 152 203. 1897.
Index, nos.2O4-239. 1901.
No. 56, Sept. 1885 will be found in the sheep bound set of congressional
documents, no. 24 13.
v.i-42 title reads Reports from the consuls of the United States on the
commerce, manufactures, etc. of their consular districts.
Exports declared for the United States during the four
quarters of the year ended June 30, iSgo-date. 1900-
date r382 U2Se
Single numbers have the title "Exports declared for the United States
during the quarter ending," &c.
Special consular reports, v.i-date. i8oo-date T3&2 U25s
For contents see contents book, v.2, p. 263; kept at the reference desk.
UNITED STATES Foreign markets section.
Bulletin, no.i-date. iSgs-date r382 U2533
For contents see contents book, v.2, p.237; kept at the reference desk.
UNITED STATES Insular affairs division.
Monthly summary of commerce of Cuba, with comparative
tables of imports and exports, by articles and countries,
July-Dec. 1899, Mar. igoo-date. no.i-6, o-date. 1900-
date qr382
Monthly summary of commerce of the island of Puerto Rico,
with comparative tables of imports and exports, by
articles and countries, July i899-Apr. 1900. no.i-io.
1900 qr38
Monthly summary of commerce of the Philippine islands,
with comparative tables of imports and exports, by arti-
cles and countries, July iSgo-date. no.i-date. 1900-
date qr382 U2S34
UNITED STATES Statistics bureau.
Annual report on the commerce and navigation of the
United States, 1837-1842, i849-date. i837-date.
(Treasury department.) qr382 U2S3C
Title of later reports is "Foreign commerce and navigation of the
United States."
Reports for 1837-42 and 1871 will be found in the sheep bound set of
congressional documents numbered respectively, 330, 342, 369, 379,
399, 425 and 1512.
Pt.2 of reports for 1876, 1879-80, 1882, 1884-87, 1889-91 is on Internal
commerce of the United States.
5io PHILATELY
Pt. 2 of reports for 1893-96 is on Immigration and passenger move-
ment at ports of the United States.
Imported merchandise entered for consumption in the United
States during 1890-1893, with rates and amounts of duty
collected. 1893 ................................. ---- qr382
Monthly summary of commerce and finance, Sept. 1875-
date. i875-date ................................... qr382
Titles vary, being at different times "Summary statement of imports
and exports," "Monthly summary of imports and exports," "Monthly
summary of finance and commerce," etc.
Volumes from Sept. 1875 to May 1889 are incomplete.
Quarterly report showing the imports and exports of the
United States, for the four quarters of the year ending
June 30, i877-June 30, 1893. 1878-93 ---- ............. ^82
The reports for the years ending June 30, 1879, 1880, 1883, and for the
ist-3d quarters of the year ending June 30, 1886, are wanting.
Statistical tables exhibiting the commerce of the United States
with European countries from 1790 to 1890. 1893 ....... r 3&2 U25st
Wool and the manufactures of wool; special report relating
to the imports and exports of wool and its manufactures,
also the tariff duties from 1789. 1887 ................... r382 U2Sw
UNITED STATES Treasury department.
Digest of the existing commercial regulations of foreign
countries with which the United States have inter-
course. 3v. 1833-36 ................................. r382 U2S3
Statistics of the foreign and domestic commerce of the United
States communicated in answer to a resolution of the Sen.-
ate, March 12, 1863, embracing a historical review and
analysis of foreign commerce from the beginning of the
government. 1864 ................................. r382 U2S3S
383 Post-office
See also United States post-office department, 353.4
ARGENTINE REPUBLIC Direccion general de correos y
telegrafos.
Antecedentes administrativos de correos y telegrafos, 1893-
1894. 4v. 1894-95. (Publications.) ..................... ^83 A6gi
Codigos postal y telegrafico. 3v. 1895. . ................. ^83 A69
GUSHING, Marshall.
Story of our post office. 1893 ............. ................... ^83 C93
LEECH. D.D.T. comp.
Post office directory; also a comprehensive codification of
the existing postal laws. 1856 ............................ ^383 L52
UNITED STATES Post-office department.
Report of the United States postal committee on the con-
dition and needs of the postal service in Cuba. 1899 ...... ^83 U2S
383.1 Philately*
TIFFANY, John Kerr, comp.
Philatelical library; a catalogue of stamp publications.
1874 ............................... , .................. qr383-i T4S
*This collection of books on philately consists chiefly of the library of the Ameri-
can philatelic association, donated in trust to the Carnegie library of Pittsburgh.
PHILATELY 511
383.2 Handbooks
BAKER, W.H. comp.
Cyclopaedia of philately. 1887 ^83.2 617
BROCK, Robert C. H. comp.
History and description of the Sydney view stamps of
New South Wales. 1890 ^83.2 676
BROWN, William, comp.
Reference list of the stamps of the Straits Settlements, sur-
charged for use in the native protected states. 1894. ..qr383.2 6798
Reprinted with additions and corrections from the Philatelic journal of
Great Britain.
DIENA, Emilio.
I francobolli del ducato di Modena e delle provincie modenesi
e le marche del ducato stesso pei giornali esteri. 1894. . ^383.2 DS7f
Les timbres-poste des Romagnes. 1898 ^83.2 DS7
EGAN, Charles W.
Stamp collector's hand-book; a lexicon of terms and practical
hints to philatelists; ed. by C. W. Kissinger. 1894 ^83.2 34
EVANS, Edward Benjamin, comp.
Philatelic handbook; a guide for collectors. 1885 ^83.2 94
FIRTH, Oliver.
Postage stamps and their collection. 1897 383.2 FS2
HARDY, William John, & Bacon, E.D.
Stamp collector. 1898. (Collector series.) 383.2 H26
Bibliography, p. 276-282.
HORNER, W.E.V.
Stamped envelopes of the United States; revised and con-
tinued by E. B. Hanes. 1889 qr383.2 H8i
LEITFADEN der briefmarken-kunde fur angehende postwert-
zeichen-sammler. 1891 ^383.2 L$6
LOCKYER, Gilbert E. comp.
Colonial stamps, also, those of Great Britain; lists of the
various postal issues, watermarks and perforations, with
geographical and other notes. 1887 ^83.2 L76
LONDON, PHILATELIC SOCIETY.
Postage stamps, envelopes and post cards of Australia and
the British colonies of Oceania. 1887 qr383.2 L82
LUFF, John Nicholas. '
What philately teaches. 1899 ^83.2 LQ7
SCOTT, John Walter, ed.
Revised list of the postage stamps and stamped envelopes of
all nations. 1879 qr383.2 842
Contains an appendix on United States locals.
SUPPANTSCHITSCH, Victor.
Grundziige der briefmarkenkunde und des briefmarkensammelns.
1895 ^83.2 S95
TIFFANY, John Kerr.
History of the postage" stamps of the United States. 1887. . ^383.2 T45
33
512 PHILATELY
WESTOBY, William A.S.
Adhesive postage stamps of Europe; a practical guide to their
collection, identification and classification. 2v. 1898-
1900 383.2 W57
v.i. Alsace to Ionian islands.
v.2. Italy to Wurtemberg.
383.3 Catalogues
ALBRECHT, R.F. & CO. pub.
Auction prices; an epitome of the prices realized for postage
stamps at R. F. Albrecht & co.'s auction sales during
four seasons, 1892-95. 1895 qrs83.3 A34
AMERICAN PHILATELIC PUBLISHING CO.
"Our catalogue;" the standard American catalogue of all the
postal issues of the entire world, with the revenue stamps
of the United States and Canada. 1894 r 383-3 AST
BROWN, Mount, comp.
Catalogue of British, colonial and foreign postage stamps.
1864 083.3 679
CHAMPION, Adrien, comp.
Catalogue complet; descriptif de tous les timbres-poste, tele-
graphes et entiers, indiquant la valeur de chaque timbre. ^383.3 C35
DURBIN & HANES, comp.
Descriptive catalogue of the postage stamps and stamped
envelopes of all nations. I5th, I7th-i8th edition. 1885-
91 ^83.3 D93
GIBBONS, (Stanley) & CO. pub.
Priced catalogue of stamps. 3v. 1897 ^83.3 G36
v.i, British empire.
v.2. Foreign countries.
v-3. Envelopes, post cards, etc.
KOHL, Paul, comp.
Illustrierter katalog der freimarken von Europa, 1895.
1895 T383-3 K36
MEKEEL, (C. H.) STAMP AND PUBLISHING CO.
Complete standard catalogue of the postage stamps of
of the world, Jan. i, 1895. 1895 ^83.3 M57
MOENS, Jean Baptiste, comp.
Catalogue prix-courant de timbres-poste. 3v. in 2. 1892-
93 qr3S3-3 M76
v.i. Timbres-poste et telegraphes.
v.z. Enveloppes, bandes, cartes et mandats.
MOSCHKAU, Alfred, comp.
Handbuch fur postmarken-sammler; illustrirter katalog
aller bis ende 1887 erschienenen postmarken, couverte
und streifbander, viele erlauternde anmerkungen, hin-
weise auf falschungen und neudrucke und bei 2000
marken-abbildungen enthaltend. 1888. (Philatelis-
tische bibliothek.) ^83.3 M93
Contains a supplement bringing the issues down to 1890.
ROGERS, Albert R. comp.
Priced catalogue of the market values, May 2, 1892, of the
PHILATELY 513
postage stamps of the United States, "government issues."
1892 O83-3 R6i
SCOTT STAMP AND COIN CO.
Standard postage stamp catalogue, i8o.3-date. 53d edition-
date. i8Q3-date 083.3 842
6oth edition, 1901, wanting.
SENF BROS.
Illustrierter postwertzeichen-katalog, 1893-1895. 1893-95. .083.3 S47
SEVER & FRANCIS, pub.
Catalogue of postage stamps, American and foreign, and
U. S. revenue stamps. 1863 083.3 849
THORNHILL, W.B.
Shanghai, with notes and publishers' prices. 1895. (Stanley
Gibbons philatelic handbooks.) 083.3 T4i
WILLADT, Carl, pub.
Lager-preisliste. no. 5. 1900 083.3 W73
WOLSIEFFER, P.M. comp.
Our catalogue; the standard American catalogue of all postal
issues of the world, with the revenue stamps of the United
States and Canada. 3v. in i. 1894 i"383-3 W84
Wolsieffer's auction sale priced catalogues of rare stamps.
2ov. in i. 1897-1900 ^83.3 W84W
383.5 Periodicals
AMERICAN journal of philately; monthly, Mar. i868-Dec.
1869, Sept. 3-Nov. 19, 1870, Jan. i87i-Oct. 1872, Jan.-Dec.
1874, i888-date. ist series, v.i-5, 8; 2d series, v.i-date.
i868-date 083.5
Publication discontinued from 1878 to 1888, when a new series begins.
v.3 is incomplete, consisting of the weekly issues from Sept. 3 to Nov.
19, 1870, only, v.s lacks numbers for Nov. and Dec.
AMERICAN philatelist; monthly, - i887-date. v.i-date. 1887-
date qr383-5 ASI
With v.8 this is issued annually, and title reads American philatelist
and year book of the American philatelic association.
Contains official circulars from Nov. 1886 to June 1887, no. 1-4, and
monthly circulars from Sept. 1893 to Aug. 1895.
AMERICAN stamp mercury; monthly, Oct. i867-Mar. 1871.
4v. in 2. 1867-71 083.5 A5I22
No more published.
v.2-3 title reads American stamp mercury and numismatist.
BOSTON stamp book; the official organ of the Boston phila-
telic society; monthly, May i895-May 1898. v.i-3.
1895-98 ^83.5 664
CAPITAL city philatelist; monthly, Dec. i884-Sept. 1886. v.i-
v.2, no. 10, in i. 1884-86 083.5 C:8
No more published.
CARSON philatelist; monthly, Sept. i88s-Dec. 1886. 2v. in i.
1885-86 qr383-5 C23
No more published.
COLLECTOR'S companion; issued monthly in the interest of
philatelists, Jan. i885-May 1886. 2v. in i. 1885-86 083.5 C69
No more published.
5H PHILATELY
COLLECTOR'S ledger; monthly, Apr. i888-Mar.i889. v.4.
1888-89 raSs.s C695
Earlier volumes have the title Youth's ledger.
CUMBERLAND collector; monthly, May i886-Apr. 1887.
v.i. 1886-87 ^383.5 Cgi
No more published.
DETROIT philatelist; monthly, Apr. i892-May 1894. v.i-3,
no'. i, in i. 1892-94 ^83.5 048
No more published.
ELECTRIC philatelist; monthly, Feb. i892-July 1894. v.i-
4, no.3, in i. 1892-94 ^83.5 44
EMPIRE state philatelist; monthly, Jan. i88s-June 1887.
3v. in i. 1885-87 r383.S E6i
No more published.
FILATELIC facts and fallacies; monthly, Oct. 1892- Sept. 1901.
9v. 1892-1901 T383.5 F47
No more published.
FOREIGN stamp collectors' news; monthly, Oct. i883-Sept.
1884. v.i. 1883-84 T383.S F;6
HALIFAX philatelist; monthly, v.i. 1887 ^83.5 Hi6
INTERNATIONAL collector; monthly, June i887-June 1889.
v.i-5, no.i, in I. 1887-98 ^83.5 124
INTERNATIONAL PHILATELISTEN-VEREIN, Dresden.
Vertrauliche mittheilung, Jan. 15, 1899. no. 21. 1899. . ^383.5 ?4944
Bound with Der Philatelist.
INTERNATIONAL stamp; a semi-monthly in the interests of
stamp collecting, Jan. 23-July 27, 1896. v.i. 1896 ^83.5 1248
KEYSTONE philatelic gazette; monthly, v.i-4. 1884-88 ^83.5 K23
v.i, no.p-v.2, no.6, title reads Keystone stamp and coin gazette; v.z, no.
7-V.3, no.6, title reads Stamp and coin gazette; v.3, no.7~v.4, title reads
Philatelic gazette.
KEYSTONE state philatelist; monthly, Jan-Oct. 1887. v.i,
no.i-8. 1887 ^83.5 K239
No more published. -.
LONDON philatelist; the monthly journal of the Philatelic
society, v.i-o.. 1892-1900 qr383-5 L82
LONG Island philatelist; a monthly magazine, Mar. 1892- Aug.
1893. v.i -2, no.6, in i. 1892-93 q r 383-5 L8 2 4
MEKEEL'S weekly stamp news, v.i-date. iSgi-date qr383-S M57w
METROPOLITAN philatelist; monthly, Apr. i8oo-Sept. 1898.
v.i-9. 1891-98 T383.S M64
MOHAWK standard, advertiser and chronicle; monthly, Mar.
1886- Feb. 1888. v.i-2, in i. 1886-88. ^83.5 M77
NATIONAL PHILATELIC SOCIETY OF NEW YORK.
Bulletin, Jan. i878-Mar. 1879. no. 1-3. 1878-79 ^83.5 Niss
Published irregularly.
NATIONAL philatelist; a monthly magazine devoted to the
interests of stamp collectors, v.i. 1883 ^83.5 Ni5
No more published.
NEW ENGLAND philatelist; monthly, Nov. i884-Oct. 1885.
v.i. 1884-85 T383-5 N26i
No more published.
PHILATELY 515
NEW York stamp; a monthly journal, Apr. i892-Dec. 1895.
v.i-4, no.6, in i. 1892-95 ^83.5 Na6
v.i, no.4-v.4, no.6 title reads The stamp.
PHILATELIC chronicle and advertiser; monthly, Oct. 1891-
Sept. 1892, Oct. i89S-Sept. 1896. v.i, 5. 1891-96 ^83.5 P4946
Consolidated with New York philatelist.
PHILATELIC journal of America; an illustrated monthly
magazine in interest of stamp collecting; ed. by C. H.
Mekeel, Mar. i88s-Dec. 1888, Jan.-Dec. 1894. v.i-4, 11-12.
1885-94 qr383-5 P4942
PHILATELIC magazine; monthly, Oct. i88s-June 1887. v.i-
2, no.9, in i. 1885-87 ^83.5 P494
No more published.
PHILATELIC monthly, Feb. i875-Dec. 1898. v.i-24, in 3.
1875-98 r 3 83.s P49
v. 18-24 title reads Philatelic monthly and world.
PHILATELIC record; monthly, Feb. i879-Dec. 1891, 1895,
1897-1899- v.i-13, 17, 19-21. 1879-99 T383-5 P4945
Nov. 1895 an< i Nov. 1899 wanting.
v.i 9-2 1 title reads Philatelic record and stamp news.
PHILATELIST; illustrated magazine for stamp collectors;
monthly, Dec. i866-Dec. 1872. v.i-6. 1867-72 ^83.5 P4947
Der PHILATELIST; organ fur postwerthzeichenkunde; vereins-
zeitung des Internationalen philatelisten-vereins Dresden
und seiner sectionen; semi-monthly and monthly, 1888-
1889, 1897-1899. v.9-10, 18-20, in 2. 1888-99 qr383-5 P4944
POST office; a monthly journal for stamp collectors; Apr. 1891-
Dec. 1899. v.i-9. 1892-99 T383.5 P84
QUAKER city philatelist; monthly, Jan. i886-July 1894. v.i-
9, no.7, in 2. 1886-94 qr383-5 Qi6
STAMP; monthly, Mar. i886-Apr. 1889. v.i-4, no.2, in i.
1886-89 T383-5 87832
STAMP collector; monthly, July-Aug. 1886. v.i, no. 1-2.
1886 r383-5 K239
No more published.
Bound with Keystone state philatelist.
STAMP collectors' Figaro; monthly, Mar. i887-Feb. 1891. v.i-5,
no.4, in i. 1888-91 qr383-5 87833
v.s, no.3-4, title reads The stamp collector.
STAMP collector's monthly, v.i. 1872 ^83.5 8783
STAMP world; monthly, Oct. i88o-Feb. 1887. 7v. in i. 1881-
87 r 3 8 3 .5 S78
No more published.
STANLEY Gibbons monthly journal, July iSgo-June 1900. v.i-
10. 1800-1900 qr383-5 8787
Le TIMBRE-poste; journal du collectionneur; monthly, v.i-12,
32, 37, in 10. 1863-99 T383-5 T47
v-32, 37 title reads Le timbre-poste et le timbre fiscal.
TRIFET, F.
Monthly circular, Jan. i874-May 1879. 6v.ini. 1874-79. ^383.5 T7 3
No more published.
v.2-4, no. 1 1 title reads F. Trifet's monthly stamp circular and price cata-
logue; v.4, no.i2-v.6 title reads Monthly stamp circular.
WEEKLY philatelic era. v.i2-date. i897-date qr383-5 W427
516 PHILATELY
WEEKLY philatelist, Nov. 16, i8Q2-Sept. 12, 1894. v.i-2, in i.
1892-94 T383-5 W42
383.7 Directories
DAVISON PUBLISHING CO.
Philatelic concordance and address book, also a directory of
stamp collectors. 1895 ^83.7 032
MEKEEL, (C. H.) STAMP AND PUBLISHING CO.
Stamp collectors' and dealers' address book. 1889^ ^83.7 MS7
The same. 1891 ^83.7 M57s
ROGERS, Albert R. pub.
American philatelic blue book; containing a list of stamp
collectors and dealers, philatelic papers and societies.
1893 r3837 R6i
383.8 History and miscellany
AMERICAN PHILATELIC ASSOCIATION.
Catalogue of the loan exhibit of postage stamps to the United
States post office department at the World's Columbian
exposition, Chicago, 1893. 1893 ^83.8 ASI
EARfiE, Robert Brisco.
Album weeds; or, How to detect forged stamps. 1882. . . ^383.8 17
PHILO, pseud.
Bluffton stamp society; a story for young stamp collec-
tors. 1887 r383.8 PSI
ROBIE, Lewis.
Stamp hunting. 1898 ^83.8 R54
SCRAP-BOOK of newspaper clippings on philately. 2v..qr383.8 843
BOSTON PHILATELIC SOCIETY.
Historical reference list of the revenue stamps of the United
States, including the private die proprietary stamps; comp.
by G. L. Toppan, H. E. Deats and Alexander Holland, a
committee of the Boston philatelic society. 1899 qr383-9 664
HUBBARD, Gardiner Greene.,
Memorial on the postal telegraph system. 1871. (United
States. 4ist cong. 3d sess. House. Mis. doc. no. 39.) ri462
i
385 Railroads
See also Railroad engineering, 625; and Transportation, 656
ADAMS, Charles Francis, b. 1835, & Henry.
Chapters of Erie, and other essays. 1886 385 Azi
Contents: A chapter of Erie, by C. F. Adams. New York gold con-
spiracy, by Henry Adams. An Erie raid, by C. F Adams. Capt.
John Smith, Bank of England restriction, British finance in 1816, by
Henry Adams. Legal-tender act, by F. A. Walker 'and Henry Adams.
The railroad system, by C. F. Adams.
BALTIMORE AND OHIO RAILROAD CO.
Memorial of the president and directors to Congress ask-
ing that a subscription, on the part of the United States,
RAILROADS 51?
to the stock of the company, be authorized. [1829.] . . . .r$8o Fi2
Bound with other pamphlets.
Report from the president and directors to the executive of
the state of Maryland, Dec. 20, 1831. 1831 r38o Fi2
Bound with other pamphlets.
BALTIMORE AND SUSQUEHANNA RAILROAD CO.
Annual report (9th) of the president and directors to the
stockholders, Oct. 1836. 1836 r38o 024
Bound with other pamphlets.
CLEVELAND AND PITTSBURGH RAILROAD CO.
Report of the chief engineer on the location and estimates
of cost of the Cleveland and Pittsburgh railroad; accom-
panied by the report of A. C. Twining, consulting engi-
neer, and the statement of the president and directors to
the stockholders of the company. 1849 r38o 112532
The chief engineer making this report was George R. Eichbaum.
Bound with other pamphlets.
COWLES, James Lewis. '
General freight and passenger post. 1896 385 C84
DABNEY, Walter Davis.
Public regulation of railways. 1889. (Questions of the day.). .385 Dn
DANA, William B. CO. {rub.
Hand-book of railroad securities, 1898; description, in-
come, prices, dividends. 1898 r38s Dig
DANVILLE AND POTTSVILLE RAILROAD CO.
Report of the chief engineer; with a report of the president
and managers to the stockholders, Jan. 1833. 1833 r38o Fia
Bound with other pamphlets.
DARBY, William.
Atchafalaya railroad. 1836 r38o 024
Bound with other pamphlets.
DIXON, Frank Haigh.
State railroad control, with a history of its development in
Iowa. 1896. (Library of economics and politics.) 385 064
The author's conclusion is that "a combined system of national and
state control, instead of weakening the power of state boards, would,
in fact, strengthen their authority by removing the embarrassments
under which they now suffer from the problems of interstate com-
merce with which they are constantly besieged."
DOS PASSOS, John Randolph.
Inter-state commerce act. 1887. (Questions of the day.) . . .385 074
EICHBAUM, George R.
Report upon the surveys, location and estimates of the Cleve-
land and Pittsburgh railroad; to which is appended the
charter of the company. 1847 r38o U2S32
Bound with other pamphlets.
EXPERIMENTS on railroads in England; illustrative of the
safety, economy and speed of transportation, which this
system, as now improved, is capable of affording. 1829. . . .r38o Fi2
Bound with other pamphlets.
FACTS and arguments in favour of adopting railways in prefer-
ence to canals in Pennsylvania; to which are added a few
remarks on the subject of internal improvements. Ed. 3.
Si8 RAILROADS
1825 raSo Fia
The same. Ed. 4. 1825 r386 ?39
Bound with other pamphlets.
HADLEY, Arthur Twining.
Railroad transportation. 1895 385 Hi2
"Outlines the development of the modern transportation systems of
Europe and America, and goes to the very heart of the problems of
combination, competition, management and legal regulation. Its
great number of citations and bibliographical references. . .put the
reader on the track of the entire literature of railroad economics."
Dial, 1885.
HAINES, Henry Stevens.
American railway management; addresses delivered before the
American railway association, and miscellaneous addresses
and papers. 1897 385 His
HENDRICK. Frank.
Railway control by commissions. 1900. (Questions of the
day.) 385 H44
Chapters on railway regulation in France, Italy, Austria, Belgium,
Germany, England and the United States; also on the railway regu-
lation of the Massachusetts commission as a guide to American rail-
way control, and on Switzerland and the state purchase of railways.
HOLE, James.
National railways; an argument for state purchase. 1895 385 H7i
INTERCONTINENTAL RAILWAY COMMISSION.
Minutes of meetings (ist-i9th) held in Washington,
December 4, 1890 to April 21, 1891. 1891 qr38s 124
Text is in Spanish and English.
Preliminary report of the executive committee for the
information of the several governments interested in
establishing better means of intercommunication be-
tween the republics of the western hemisphere, sub-
mitted Jan. 31, 1893. 1893 r38s I24p
LARRABEE, William.
Railroad question. 1893 385 L33
Bibliography, p. 13 15.
LEWIS, George Henry.
National consolidation of the railways of the United States.
1893 385 L67
MILLION, John W.
State aid to railways in Missouri. 1896. (Chicago uni-
versity. Economic studies, v.4.) 385 M6g
MITCHELL & HINMAN, pub.
Mitchell's compendium of the internal improvements of the
United States, comprising general notices of important ca-
nals and rail-roads; with brief notice of works of internal
improvement in Canada and Nova Scotia. 1835 r38s M74
MOBILE AND NEW ORLEANS RAILROAD CO.
Charter of the Mobile & New-Orleans railroad company,
incorporated by act of Assembly [approved Dec. 1836].
1836 r38o 024
Bound with other pamphlets.
NEW YORK (state) Municipal ownership of the street and
elevated railroads of cities. Committee to investigate
the desirability of.
RAILROADS 519
Report and testimony transmitted to the Legislature, Feb.
n, 1896. 2v. 1896 r3&5 N26
NEW YORK (state) Railroad commissioners, Board of.
Annual report, 1858-64, 1866-68, 1871-74, 1877, 1879-90, 1892-
date. i859-date r385 N26i
Reports for 1893, pta; 1894, pt.i; 1897, pt.i, and 1898, pt.2, wanting.
Report for 1883 is the ist annual report made by the Railroad com-
missioners, before 1883 these reports were issued by the engineer and
surveyor.
NEW YORK (state) Railroad commissioners, Board of, comp.
General railroad laws of New York. 1901 ^85 N26ig
OFFICIAL railway list; a directory and handbook of useful in-
formation for railway men. 9th-i3th year. 1890-94. . . ^385 Oi6
PENNSYLVANIA Railroad riots in July 1877, Committee
to investigate the.
Report read in the Senate and House of representatives,
May 23, 1878. 1878 r385 ?39
PITTSBURGH Citizens' committee.
Address of a committee appointed July 20, 1831, on the sub-
ject of a railroad from the western termination of the
Pennsylvania canal to the Ohio canal. 1832 r38o Fi2
Bound with other pamphlets.
PITTSBURGH EAST END RAILROAD CO.
Prospectus, 1883. 1883 r38s P6;
POOR, Henry Varnum, comp.
Directory of railway officials, 1887, 1890-93, 1895. 2d, 5th-
8th, i8th annual number. 1887-95 ^85 ?79d
From 1888-1893 a ' s published as a supplement to Poor's Manual of
railroads.
Manual of the railroads of the United States, 1889, 1892-93,
1895-1900, 1902. 22d, 25th-26th, 28th-33d, 35th annual
number. 1889-1902 r38s P79
RAILWAY age ; weekly. v.i8-date. i893-date qr38s Ri5
V.2I-3O wanting.
RINGLER, A.H. comp.
History of the North Hudson county railway, from its earliest
days to the present time, 1893. 1893 Q r 38s R47
ROBERTS, William Milnor.
Report on the preliminary surveys for the Bellefontaine &
Indiana railroad company. 1850 r38o U2532
Bound with other pamphlets.
ROEBLING, John Augustus.
Great central railroad from Philadelphia to St. Louis.
1847 r38o U2S32
American railroad journal, extra.
Bound with other pamphlets.
SELIGMAN, Edwin Robert Anderson.
Railway tariffs and the interstate commerce law. 1896. .. ^385 846
Reprinted from Political science quarterly, v.2.
SKETCH of the geographical rout of a great railway, by
which it is proposed to connect the canals and navigable
waters of New York, Pennsylvania, Ohio, Indiana, Illi-
nois, Missouri, and the Michigan, North-west and
Missouri territories. 1829 r385 S62
520 RAILROADS
SPAIN Crown.
Translation of police law of railroads of Puerto Rico and
regulations for its application, promulgated on I7th Feb.
1888. 1899 r38s S73
Published by the United States war department.
Translation of the law of railroads for Puerto Rico, granted
by royal decree of Dec. 9, 1887, and promulgated Jan. 10,
1888. 1899 r38s 873
Published by the United States war department.
Bound with the above.
STEUBENVILLE AND INDIANA RAILROAD CO.
Report (ist) of the board of directors; accompanied by a
* map of the route and connecting lines. 1850 r38o U2532
Bound with other pamphlets.
STICKNEY, Alpheus Beede.
Railway problem. 1891 .' 385 885
SWANN, John.
An investor's notes on American railroads. 1887 , . . .385 897
UNITED STATES Interstate commerce commission.
Annual report (ist-date), for the year ending June 30,
i887-date. i887-date r38s U25
UNITED STATES Interstate commerce committee.
Report of the select committee upon the subject of the
regulation of the transportation of freights and passen-
gers between the several states by railroad and water
routes. 2v. 1886. (49th cong. ist sess. Senate. Re-
port 46.) r38s U253
v.i. Report, with testimony.
v.2. Testimony.
UNITED STATES Pacific railway commission.
Reports and testimony. 9v. in 5. 1888. (soth cong. ist sess.
Senate. Ex. doc. no. 51.) r38s U2532
This commission was appointed to investigate "the accounts and
methods of railroads which have received aid from the United States."
UNITED STATES Southern railroads, Select committee to
investigate the affairs of.
Affairs of Southern railroads; [report and testimony on
the relations between the federal government and the
railroads in the states lately in rebellion, the amount of
money expended by the United States authorities in
constructing. . .and managing said roads, the amount
of money each company is owing to the government,
etc.]. 1867. (39th cong. 2d sess. House. Report no.
34-) r38s U2533
WHITE, Henry Kirke, of Chicago.
History of the Union Pacific railway. 1895. (Chicago uni-
versity. Economic studies, v.2.) 385 W63
WHITE &. KEMBLE, pub.
Reference book of railroad securities. 1894 r385 W63
WILLIAMS, C.
Report upon the preliminary surveys of the Cleveland,
Columbus and Cincinnati railroad, to the president and
CANAL AND HIGHWAY TRANSPORTATION 521
directors. 1846 r3&> U2532
Bound with other pamphlets.
386 Canal and highway transportation
See also Canal engineering, 626
BALTIMORE AND OHIO RAILROAD CO.
Memorial of the president and directors in favor of a further
subscription of stock to the Chesapeake and Ohio canal.
1834 r386 S8sr
Bound with other pamphlets.
BRECK, Samuel.
Sketch of the internal improvements made by Pennsylvania
with observations upon her means for their extension, par-
ticularly as they have reference to the growth and pros-
perity of Philadelphia. 1818 r386 672
CAREY, Mathew, and others.
To the citizens of Pennsylvania; address on internal improve-
ments, with special reference to canals. 1825 r386 P39Q v.i
Bound with other pamphlets.
The same. 1827 r386 P3Q9 v.i
Bound with other pamphlets.
CARNAC, Turner.
Facts and arguments respecting inland navigation in Amer-
ica. 1805 r386 C2i
CHESAPEAKE AND OHIO CANAL CO.
Annual report (Qth) of the president and directors to the
stockholders; made June 12, 1837. 1837 r38o 024
Bound with other pamphlets.
Report of the general committee of stockholders, endors-
ing the course of the president and directors; June 23,
1834. 1834 r38o D24
Bound with other pamphlets.
CHESAPEAKE AND OHIO CANAL CONVENTION.
Proceedings, Nov. 6, 1823, and Dec. 6, 1826. 1827 r386 S85r
Bound with other pamphlets.
COLQUHOUN, Archibald Ross.
Key of the Pacific; the Nicaragua canal. 1895 386 C72
"A description of the Nicaragua canal, with some account of the country
which the canal will traverse and of the business which it may be
expected to accommodate."
DOCUMENTS relative to a communication between Pittsburgh
and the Ohio canal. 1833 r38o Fi2
Bound with other pamphlets.
DOUGLASS, David B.
Report of D. B. Douglass to the commissioners of the
Sandy and Beaver canal, giving an estimate of the cost
of construction of the canal, April 12, 1830. 1830.
(United States. 2ist cong. ist sess. House. Report
357-) r38o U2532
Bound with other pamphlets.
DUANE, William John.
Letters addressed to the people of Pennsylvania respecting
522 CANAL AND HIGHWAY TRANSPORTATION
the internal improvement of the commonwealth by means
of roads and canals. 181 1 r386 D8s
GOODRICH, N.W. and others.
Memorial of the inhabitants of Pennsylvania praying Con-
gress to make an appropriation for the improvement of
the Allegany river, 1837. 1837. (United States. 24th
cong. 2d sess. House. Doc. no.84.) r386 ?399 v.2
Bound with other pamphlets.
HARPER, Robert Goodloe.
Speech to the citizens of Baltimore on the expediency of
promoting a connexion between the Ohio at Pittsburgh
and the Chesapeake at Baltimore, by a canal through
the District of Columbia, Dec. 20, 1823. 1824 r343.i C38
Bound with Chase's "Answer and pleas."
HARRISBURG CANAL CO.
Memorial, agreement and correspondence relative to the
Harrisburg canal comp'y. 1826 r386 P39
Bound with other pamphlets.
INTERNATIONAL DEEP WATERWAYS ASSOCIATION.
Proceedings of the annual convention (ist), 1895, with Pro-
ceedings of the Toronto convention, 1894 r 386 124
JEANS, James Stephen.
Waterways and water transport in different countries. 1890. . . .386 J22
KEASBEY, Lindley Miller.
Nicaragua canal and the Monroe doctrine; a political history
of isthmus transit, with special reference to the Nica-
ragua canal project and the attitude of the United
States thereto. 1896 386 KiS
LACOCK, Abner.
Letter to Hon. David Scott, president of the Board of
canal commissioners of Pennsylvania, March I, 1830.
1830 r38o Fi2
"Occasioned by a Report from James S. Stevenson [Lacock's successor
as] Acting Canal Commissioner of the Western Division of... Canal,
made to the Board on the pth of December, 1829."
Bound with other pamphlets.
M'DUFFIE, George.
Defence of a liberal construction of the powers of Congress
as regards internal improvement, etc; with a refutation of
the ultra doctrines respecting consolidation and state sov-
ereignty, written over the signature of "One of the people."
1831 r38o U2S32
Bound with other pamphlets.
McNEILL, William Gibbs.
Deep creek and Castleman summits; report of the engineer
employed in exploring the country and running levels
between the Deep creek and Castleman's summits, on
the contemplated route of the Chesapeake and Ohio
canal. 1826. (United States, ipth cong. ist sess.
House. Doc. no. 169.) r386 $56
Bound with other pamphlets.
MARYLAND Internal improvement committee.
Report of the committee to whom was referred the me-
CANAL AND HIGHWAY TRANSPORTATION 523
morial of the president and directors of the Chesapeake
& Ohio canal company favoring a further subscription
of stock to the Chesapeake and Ohio canal company
and asking for the aid of the General assembly of
Maryland. 1834 r386 S8sr
Bound with other pamphlets.
MARYLAND, CONVENTION ON INTERNAL IMPROVE-
MENTS, 1836.
Journal of the proceedings of the Convention on internal
improvements of Maryland held in Baltimore, May 2,
1836. 1836 r38o D24
Bound with other pamphlets.
MASSACHUSETTS Commissioners on the routes of canals
from Boston harbour to Connecticut and Hudson rivers.
Report. 1826 r386 N26
Bound with other pamphlets.
NEW YORK (state) Governor. (De Witt Clinton.)
Message to the Legislature of New York, January 1825.
1825 r386 N26
Bound with other pamphlets.
NEW YORK (city), CITIZENS' COMMITTEE.
Appeal to the people of the state of New York and their rep-
resentatives in the Legislature in favour of construct-
ing the Genesee and Allegheny canal. 1833 ^86 ?399 v.l
Bound with other pamphlets.
OHIO Canal commissioners.
Report, 1826. 1826 r386 P39
Bound with other pamphlets.
PEMBERTON, Israel, and others.
An address to the inhabitants of Pennsylvania by freemen of
Philadelphia confined in Mason's lodge by a general war-
rant. 1777 r386 D85
These freemen, principally Quakers, were imprisoned in consequence of
their refusal "not to depart from their dwelling-houses and engage to
refrain from doing anything injurious to the United States, by speak-
ing, writing, or otherwise, and from giving intelligence to the com-
mander of the British forces, or to any other person, concerning
publick affairs."
Bound with other pamphlets.
PENNSYLVANIA Auditor general's office.
Report relative to the accounts for the repair of the canal be-
tween Huntingdon and Hollidaysburg, 1840. 1840.... r386 P399 v.
Bound with other pamphlets.
PENNSYLVANIA Canal commissioners.
Pennsylvania canal regulations and rates of toll, as estab-
lished by the Board of canal commissioners, and in
force i Aug. 1833; with the acts for the protection of
the canal. 1833 ^80 Fi2
Bound with other pamphlets.
Report. 1825, 1827-1831, 1833, 1836-1840. v.i, 3-7, 9, 12-16 in
4. 1825-41 r386 P39Q
Two reports were made in 1827; the first in February and the second in
December. The second report for 1827, also those for 1829-31, with
accompanying documents, are printed in the Senate journal, 1828/29-
1830/31, T328.74 P399S.
Title pages vary.
524 CANAL AND HIGHWAY TRANSPORTATION
PENNSYLVANIA Commissioners for the improvement of
the navigation of the Susquehanna from Columbia to
tide.
Report, 1824. 1824 r386 P39
Bound with other pamphlets.
Report of the engineer, appointed by the commission, on
the expense necessary to the completion of an ascend-
ing and descending navigation of the Susquehanna
river and the north branch thereof. 1827 r386 P39
Bound with other pamphlets.
PENNSYLVANIA Committee appointed to investigate the
conduct of James Clarke.
Report of a committee appointed upon the application of
James Clarke, acting commissioner on the Juniata di-
vision of the Pennsylvania canal, to investigate his
official conduct in relation to certain charges set forth
against him in a petition which had been presented; to-
gether with some of the documents which were given
in evidence and also an abstract from the testimony
taken. 1830 r38o Fi2
Bound with other pamphlets.
PENNSYLVANIA Governor. (Joseph Ritner.)
Message from the governor relative to the bill entitled An
act to provide for the repairs and expenses of the state
canals and railroads, and continuing the work on the
Erie extension and North Branch division of the Pennsyl-
vania canal, read in the Senate Jan. 9, 1838. 1838. .r386 ?399 v.2
Bound with other pamphlets.
PENNSYLVANIA Inland navigation and internal improve-
ment committee.
Report of the committee relative to rail roads and canals,
read in the House of representatives, Feb. 26, 1829.
1829 r386 P399 v.i
Bound with other pamphlets.
PENNSYLVANIA Roads, bridges and inland navigation
committee.
Report read in the Senate, March 23, 1822. 1822 r386 P39
Bound with other pamphlets.
PENNSYLVANIA, SOCIETY FOR THE PROMOTION
OF INTERNAL IMPROVEMENT.
Annual report (ist) of the acting committee, Jan. 4, 1826.
1826 r386 P39
Bound with other pamphlets.
PITTSBURGH Citizens' committee.
Proceedings in relation to the western termination of the
Pennsylvania canal. 1826 r386 P39
Bound with other pamphlets.
SANDY AND BEAVER CANAL CO.
Charter and reports of engineers [Maj. D. B. Douglass, E.
H. Gill and H. Hage]. 1834, 1-380 U2532
Bound with other pamphlets.
SCHUYLKILL NAVIGATION CO.
Report of the president and managers to the stockholders,
CANAL AND HIGHWAY TRANSPORTATION 525
1827 ra86 P39
Bound with other pamphlets.
SEWARD, William Henry.
Address at the commencement of the Auburn and Owasco
canal, Oct. 14, 1835; with the proceedings of the celebra-
tion. 1835 r38o 024
Bound with other pamphlets.
SHELDON, Henry Isaac.
Notes on the Nicaragua canal. 1897 386 854
SHRIVER, James.
Account of surveys and examinations, with remarks and docu-
ments relative to the projected Chesapeake and Ohio, and
Ohio and Lake Erie canals. 1824 r386 856
Juniatta, and Chesapeake and Ohio canal: report of the
engineer employed in exploring the country between Bed-
ford and Cumberland, with a view of uniting the Juniatta
and Wills creek with the Chesapeake and Ohio canal.
1826. (United States, ipth cong. ist sess. House.
Doc. no.158.) r386 856
Bound with other pamphlets.
STEWART, Andrew.
Report on the Chesapeake & Ohio canal; made in Congress,
May 19, 1826. 1826 ! r386 S8sr
Speeches delivered in the Congress of U. 8. in the support of
the American system, domestic manufactures and internal
improvement, [1824-29] r386 885
THOMfi de GAMOND, Aime.
Carte d'etude pour le trace et le profil du canal de Nica-
ragua; precedee de documents publics sur cette ques-
tion, par F. Belly. 1858 qr386 T37
The documents include the Clayton-Bulwer treaty; the "Convention de
Rivas" (iSs8), concluded by the governments of Nicaragua and Costa
Rica and M. Belly, relative to the concession of an interoceanic
canal; remarks on the subject of the proposed canal by Louis Na-
poleon (1846), and several other papers prior to 1858.
TROUP, Robert.
Letter to Brockholst Livingston on the lake canal policy of
New-York. 1822 r386 N26
Bound with other pamphlets.
UNION CANAL COMPANY OF PENNSYLVANIA.
Annual report of the president and managers to the stock-
holders, 1826, 1830-33. 1826-33 r38o Fi2
Bound with other pamphlets.
The same, 1835, 1837. 1835-37 r386 P39Q v.2
Bound with other pamphlets.
UNITED STATES Engineers for internal improvement,
Board of.
Report concerning the proposed Chesapeake and Ohio
canal presented Dec. 6, 1826. 1826. (igth cong. 2d sess.
House. Doc.io.) r386 856
Bound with other pamphlets.
UNITED STATES Interstate and foreign commerce com-
mittee.
Hearings on House bill 35 (on the Nicaragua canal). 1896.
(S4th cong. ist sess. House. Doc. no. 315.) r386 U25h
526 CANAL AND HIGHWAY TRANSPORTATION
UNITED STATES Nicaragua canal board.
Report of the Board of engineers appointed for the purpose of
ascertaining the feasibility, permanence and cost of construc-
tion and completion of the Nicaragua canal by the route
provided for by the act of Jan. 28, 1895. 1896. (54th cong.
ist sess. House. Doc. no.27Q.) r386 U25
UNITED STATES Railways and canals committee.
Report submitting H. 14261 to incorporate the Lake Erie
and Ohio river ship canal company, as substitute for
H.io67. Feb. 22, 1901. 1901. (s6th cong. 2d sess.
House. Report no.2946.) r42i4
UNITED STATES Roads and canals committee.
Report from the committee to which was referred the me-
morials of the Chesapeake and Ohio canal and of the Bal-
timore and Ohio railroad companies; as well as numerous
petitions praying for an additional subscription by the
United States to the capital stock of the Chesapeake
and Ohio canal. 1834. (23d cong. ist sess. House.
Report no.4i4.) ^86 S8sr
Bound with other pamphlets.
Report of the committee on roads and canals, opposing
the purchase of stock for the United States in the
"Louisville and Portland canal company" and recom-
mending that the government attempt the improve-
ment of the navigation of the Ohio by removing ob-
struction at the head of the "Falls," March 17, 1840.
1840. (26th cong. ist sess. Senate. Doc. 284.) r38o U2532
Bound with other pamphlets.
Report of the committee to whom was referred a resolu-
tion instructing them to inquire into the expediency of
surveying a route for the extension of the Chesapeake
and Ohio canal, from Pittsburgh to Lake Erie, by way
of the Allegany river, &c.; and two reports of the U.
S. engineers in relation to a canal to connect the Juniata
with the Potomac river, and to a feeder from the sum-
mit level on Deep creek to that of Casselman river.
1826. (igth cong. ist sess. House. Report no. 216.) . . . .r386 856
Bound with other pamphlets.
UNITED STATES State department.
Correspondence and other papers relating to the proposed
interoceanic ship canal, being a reprint of an executive
document of the special session of March 4, 1857 an d
of Senate ex. doc. no. 194 of the 47th cong. ist sess.
Feb. 8, 1900. 1900. (56th cong. ist sess. Senate. Doc.
no.i6i.) r386 U2533
Contains the text of treaties between Great Britain and Spain, communi-
cations from successive presidents, beginning with Monroe, corres-
pondence between England and the United States, treaties and con-
ventions between the United States and the states bordering on the
isthmus, charters of canal companies, and treaties between Great
Britain and Central American states.
VIRGINIA General assembly.
Acts of Virginia and Maryland and of the Congress of the
United States, incorporating the Chesapeake and Ohio
RIVER AND OCEAN TRANSPORTATION 527
canal company. 1825 1386 856
Bound with other pamphlets.
WARREN (Ohio) CONVENTION. 1833.
Minutes of the proceedings of a convention holden at Warren,
Ohio, on the I3th of Nov. 1833, on the subject of connect-
ing the Pennsylvania and Ohio canals. 1833 r38o Fi2
Bound with other pamphlets.
WATSON, Elkanah.
History of the western canals in New-York, 1788-1819; with
The rise, progress and existing state of modern agricultural
societies on the Berkshire system, 1807-1820. 1820 r386 N26
Bound with other pamphlets.
387 River and ocean transportation
See also Transportation, 656
CINCINNATI Citizens' committee.
Memorial of the citizens of Cincinnati to Congress, relative
to the navigation of the Ohio and Mississippi rivers.
1844 r38o U2532
Bound with other pamphlets.
INTERNATIONAL MARINE CONFERENCE, Washing-
ton, 1889.
Protocols of proceedings and reports of committees. 3v.
1890 r387 124
KELLEY, James Douglas Jerrold.
The question of ships; the navy and the merchant marine.
1884 387 Ki6
LINDSAY, William Schaw.
History of merchant shipping and ancient commerce. 4v.
1874-76 r387 L72
Traces the growth of marine shipping, from the earliest attempts to
float by means of a hollowed log or raft, down to the building of the
great ocean steamers. Forms a very complete history of commerce.
LLOYD'S register of British and foreign shipping, 1900/1901.
2v. 1900 qr387 L7S
LLOYD'S register of British and foreign shipping; rules &
regulations for the construction and classification of
steel vessels, 1900/1901. 1900 ^87 L75l
ROACH, John.
American carrying trade. 1881 ^87 R53
Favors subsidizing ships built and registered in this country, and op-
poses the repeal of the navigation laws in force at the time of writing.
Author was one of the pioneers of the American iron shipbuilding in-
dustry, and established large works at Chester, Pennsylvania.
Shall Americans build ships? also A militia for the sea, Free
ships for the Brazilian line, etc. 1881 r387 R53s
UNITED STATES Causes of the reduction of American
tonnage, Select committee on.
Report made Feb. 17, 1870 on the causes of the great reduc-
tion of American tonnage engaged in the foreign carry-
ing trade, and what measures are necessary to in-
crease our ocean tonnage, &c. 1870. (4ist cong. 2d
sess. House. Doc. no.28.) ^87 U253
34
528 WEIGHTS AND MEASURES
UNITED STATES Navigation bureau. (Treasury depart-
ment.)
Annual list (27th-date) of merchant vessels of the United
States, with official numbers and signal letters, for the
year ended June 30, iSgs-date. iSgs-date ^87 U2S
Contains the International code of signals.
Annual report of the commissioner of navigation for the
year ended June 30, 1886-1887, 1890, 1895-1900. 1886-
1900 r387 U2534
The reports for 1896-1898 will be found in the sheep bound set of con-
gressional documents, numbered respectively, 3505, 3662, 3778.
UNITED STATES Revenue-cutter service division.
Report of the chief, 1897. 1897 ^87 U2532
UNITED STATES Steamboat-inspection service.
Annual report of the supervising inspector-general of
steamboats for 1899-1900. 1899-1900 ^87 U2533
General rules and regulations prescribed by the Board of
supervising inspectors of steam vessels, as amended
Jan. 1900. 1900 r3&7 U2533g
Laws governing the Steamboat-inspection service; revised
statutes of the United States as amended by various acts
of Congress. 1896 ^87 U2S331
Proceedings of the 42d annual meeting of the Board of super-
vising inspectors of steam vessels, 1894, also reports, of
supervising inspectors for the year ended Dec. 31, 1893,
and revised rules and regulations, pt.i. 1894 ^87 U2533p
WELLS, David Ames.
Our merchant marine; how it rose, increased, became great,
declined and decayed; with an inquiry into the conditions
essential to its resuscitation and future prosperity. 1882.
(Questions of the day.) ^87 W49
WELLS, David Ames, & Codman, John.
The question of ships. 1890. (Questions of the day.) 387 W49
Contents: The decay of our ocean mercantile marine, its cause and
cure, by D. A. Wells. Shipping subsidies and bounties, by John
Codman.
389 Weights and measures
BARNARD, Frederick Augustus Porter.
Metric system of weights and measures. 1872 r^Sg 825
CLARKE, Frank Wigglesworth, comp.
Weights, measures and money of all nations. 1894 r 38- C$3
DELBOS, Leon.
Metric system; a practical manual with numerous examples.
1900 389 039
FORSTER, Hugh Oakley Arnold-.
Coming of the kilogram; or, The battle of the standards;
a plea for the adoption of the metric system of weights
and measures. 1898 389 F78
MOLESWORTH, Sir Guilford Lindsey, comp.
Metrical tables. 1898 ^89 M78
CUSTOMS 529
SCHREINER, Henry.
American gauger; for the use of merchants and traders in the
United States, and as useful as scales or yardsticks. 1852. . .r38g 837
390 Customs. Folk-lore
This is for specific customs. For manners and customs of special countries, See 913-919
GENTLEMAN'S magazine library; ed. by G. L. Gomme;
English traditional lore. 1885 ' 390 G2Q
Contents: Fairy beliefs. Legends and traditions. Prophecies, dreams
and ghost-stories. Customs of foreign countries.
LACROIX, Paul, (pseud. Le bibliophile Jacob).
Moeurs, usages et costumes au moyen age et a 1'epoque
de la renaissance. 1878 q r 39<> Li2
Contents: Condition des personnes et des terres. Privileges et droits
feodaux et communaux. Vie privee dans les chateaux, villes et cam-
pagnes. Nourriture et cuisine. Chasse. Jeux et divertissements.
Commerce. Corporation des metiers. Impots, monnaies et finances.
Justice et tribunaux. Tribunaux secrets. Penalite. Juifs. Bo-
hemiens, Gueux, mendiants, cours des miracles. Ceremonial. Cos-
tumes.
MILN, Mrs Louise Jordan.
Little folk of many lands. 1899 390 M7I
Describes the customs, costumes, amusements, etc., of the children of
different nations.
WOOD, John George.
Uncivilized races of men in all countries; their manners and
customs, physical, social, mental, moral and religious
characteristics. 2v. 1873 qr390 W85
391 Costume
See also Clothing, 646; and Hygiene, 613.4
ADAM, Frank.
What is my tartan? or, The clans of Scotland, with their septs
and dependents. 1896 r39i Ai9
BLANC, Charles.
Art in ornament and dress. 1877 391 653
CHALLAMEL, Augustin.
History of fashion in France; or, The dress of women from
the Gallo-Roman period to the present time. 1882 q r 39i C3S
CHARPENTIER, G. & Fasquelle, E. pub.
Un siecle de modes feminines, 1794-1894. 1896 r39i C38
Many plates.
COSTUME of the Russian empire. 1810 qr39i C83
EARLE, Mrs Alice (Morse).
Costume of colonial times. 1894 391 17
The satrn. 1894 r39i 17
"In the form of an alphabetical glossary the quaint articles of colonial
dress are described with many delightful bits of gossip and glimpses
of the historic lore of the time." Current literature.
FAIRHOLT, Frederick William.
Costume in England; a history of dress to the end of the i8th
530 COSTUME
century. 2v. 1885 r3Ql Fi6
v.i. History.
v.a. Glossary.
"Books treating of costume," v.i, p. 11-14.
FERRARI, Ottavio.
De re vestiaria libri septem, quatuor postremi nunc primum
prodeunt, reliqui emendatiores & auctiores. 1654 r3Qi F4I
This volume contains only the first three books.
This book, the work of a I7th century Italian antiquarian, was once the
property of John Flaxman. It is abundantly illustrated with full
page plates of classical costumes.
GUILLAUMOT, Auguste Alexandre.
Costumes of the time of the French revolution, with English
costumes, 1795-1806, from the collection of Victorien Sar-
dou. 1889 / qr39i Gg6
GUMMERE, Amelia Mott.
The Quaker ; a study in costume. 1901 391 G97
The picturesque side of the Quaker is presented in this study of the
growth and development of Quaker costume. The full-page illustra-
tions are excellent reproductions of old portraits, and there are numer-
ous sketches of the details of Quaker costume.
HAWEIS, Mrs Mary Eliza (Joy).
Art of dress. 1879 391 H36
HIGGIN, Louis.
Art as applied to dress, with special reference to harmonious
colouring. 1885 391 H53
Brief and practical discussion of the subject of dress, its general con-
struction and the choice of colors.
HILL, Georgiana.
History of English dress. 2v. 1893 391 H55
From the Roman occupation of Great Britain to the present day. Well
illustrated. Concludes with an excellent chapter on taste in dress and
the secret of good dressing.
HOLT, Ardern.
Fancy dresses described. Ed. 5. 1887 r39i H74
The same. Ed. 6 391 H74
Gentlemen's fancy dress, how to choose it. 1887 r39i H74g
HUNT, Mrs Alfred W.
Our grandmothers' gowns r39i H93
KRETSCHMER, Albert, & Rohrbach, Carl, comp.
Costumes of all nations; plates. 1882 .qr39i K4I
LOGAN, James, 1794-1872.
Clans of the Scottish highlands; illustrated by figures, display-
ing their dress, tartans, arms, etc., by R. R. Mclan. 1899. .391 L77
A reprint of the two volume edition of 1845.
McPHERSON, John, of Scotland, & Schacht, F.W.
Sketches of the clans of Scotland, with colored plates of tar-
tans. 1884 r39i M22
MARTIN, Charles, & Leopold.
Civil costume of England, 1066-1841, [plates], to which is
added Hope's Costumes of the ancients. 1842 qr39i M42
PICTURESQUE representations of the dress and manners of
the Austrians. 1814 r39i ?55
COSTUME 531
PICTURESQUE representations of the dress and manners of
the Turks. 1814 r$gi
The drawings, from which these plates have been engraved, were made
on the spot, by Monsieur Dalvimart.
PLANCHfi, James Robinson, comp.
Cyclopaedia of costume; or, Dictionary of dress, v.2 qr39i P68
v.2. A general history of costume in Europe.
PLANCHfi, James Robinson.
History of British costume to the close of the i8th century.
1893 39i P68
PROCTER, Richard Wright.
Barber's shop. 1883 391 Po6
Biography of Procter, p.is-28.
QUIGLEY, Dorothy.
What dress makes of us. 1897 391 Q3I
RACINET, Albert Charles Auguste.
Le costume historique. 6v. 1888 qr39i Ri2
Bibliography, v.i, p.ii3-i24.
"In 500 places, of which the greater number are in color, costume of
all ages and nations is treated and, together with dress, many of
the surroundings and accessories of daily life. What little remains in
Europe of characteristic costume is treated as fully as the costumes
of the past. The text consists chiefly of a description of each figure
and of some account of the sources from which the information is
derived." Russell Sturgis.
RENAN, Ary.
Le costume en France. 1890. (Bibliotheque de 1'enseigne-
ment des beaux-arts.) 391 R33
ROBIDA, Albert.
"Yester-year;" ten centuries of toilette r39i R$4
SALWEY, Mrs Charlotte Maria (Birch).
Fans of Japan. 1894 q r 39i Si8
SCHILD, Marie.
Old English peasant costumes, from Boadicea to Queen Vic-
toria, suitable for fancy fairs, costume balls and bazaars.
1898 391 833
The same. 1898 r39i 833
SCOTTISH clans and their tartans 391 843
The same r39i 843
SHAW, Henry.
Dresses and decorations of the middle ages. 2v. 1843 q r 39 J S53
SMITH, J. Moyr.
Ancient Greek female costume. 1883 391 865
The same. 1882 r39i 865
STRUTT, Joseph.
Complete view of the dress and habits of the people of Eng-
land. 2v. 1842 qr39l 892
UZANNE, Louis Octave.
Fashion in Paris; the various phases of feminine taste and
aesthetics from 1797 to 1897. 1898 qr39i U3Sf
The sunshade, the glove, the muff. 1884 q r 39i U35
532 MARRIAGE CUSTOMS
392 Marriage customs
FINCK, Henry Theophilus.
Primitive love and love-stories. 1899 392 F49
Bibliography, p.827-84i.
GIRAUD-TEULON, Alexis.
Les origines du mariage et de la famille. 1884 r392 G44
HUTCHINSON, Henry Neville.
Marriage customs in many lands. 1897 392 H96
LETOURNEAU, Charles.
Evolution of marriage and of the family. (Contemporary sci-
ence series.) 392 L6s
McLENNAN, John Ferguson.
Studies in ancient history; ist-2d ser. 2v. 1886-96 392 MiQ
v.i. Inquiry into the origin of the form of capture in marriage cere-
monies.
v.2. Inquiry into the origin of exogamy,
v.i also published under the title "Primitive marriage."
"A book of extensive and curious learning. It throws much light on
the habits of early society and the beginnings of civilization. It has
to deal with a limited subject; but a thorough investigation of that
subject has revealed many most interesting characteristics of primi-
tive life. It is not merely a collection of facts, but it abounds in
generalizations a"nd opinions of the most scholarly and interesting
character." C. K. Adams.
MILN, Mrs Louise Jordan.
Wooings and weddings in many climes. 1900 392 M7I
TAMURA, Naomi.
Japanese bride. 1893 392 Tiy
"It is probably the first revelation of the social life of Japan made by a
native, frankly and without hesitation or fear. . . He does not spare
criticism of the government, which ordains and maintains the social
laws. . . He is a genuine realist and gives the facts as they are
without regard to mere sentiment. . . What Prof. Morse's book
is for the outside, this monograph of Mr. Tamura's is for the inside,
of Japanese homes." Nation, 1893. "
WESTERMARCK, Edward Alexander.
History of human marriage. 1901 r392 W$6
"Authorities quoted," p.ssi-sSo.
A scientific discussion of the institution of marriage from three points
of view, psychological, biological and sociological.
393 Treatment of the dead
See also Disposal of the dead, 614.6
BUDGE, Ernest Alfred Thompson Wallis.
The mummy; chapters on Egyptian funereal archaeology.
1893 393 B85
"Excellent handbook for persons interested in Egyptian antiquities. The
funereal archaeology is full, and the author has added a descriptive
list of the gods, an outline of the history, and a long and interesting
account of the Rosetta stone. The illustrations are numerous and
good." Nation, 1893.
GANNAL, Jean Nicholas.
History of embalming, and of preparations in anatomy, path-
ology and natural history, including an account of a new
PUBLIC AND SOCIAL CUSTOMS 533
process for embalming ; tr. f r. the French, with notes and ad-
ditions, by R. Harlan. 1840 r393 Gi6
STONE, Mrs Elizabeth.
God's acre; or, Historical notices relating to churchyards.
1858 393 S87
394 Public and social customs
AMERICAN SOCIETY IN LONDON.
Thanksgiving day banquet of the society; souvenir of Thanks-
giving day, London, 1896, with supplement. 1896 r394 A$i
Contains some notes on the origin of Thanksgiving day.
ANDREWS, William.
Bygone punishments. 1899 394 AS?
BOHME, Franz Magnus.
Geschichte des tanzes in Deutschland; beitrag zur deutschen
sitten-, litteratur- und musikgeschichte, mit alten tanz-
liedern und musikproben. 2v. 1886 qi"394 659
v.i. Darstellender theil.
v.2. Musikbeilagen.
"Quellen und litteratur," v.i, p.32S~33o.
BRAND, John.
Observations on the popular antiquities of Great Britain;
ed. by Sir Henry Ellis. 3v. 1875-77 r394 669
"A collection of English folk-customs relating to days and festivals,
marriages, funerals, drinking, games, -fairs, fairies, witchcraft, ghosts,
gypsies, omens, charms, divination, vulgar errors, etc. In many re-
spects the most valuable work on English customs, and a perpetual
mine to all students of folk-lore." S 1 . Culin.
COCKBURN, John.
History of duels. 2v. in i. 1888. (Collectanea adamantsea.) . .r394 C64
Reprint of the edition of 1720.
CULIN, Stewart.
Korean games, with notes on the corresponding games of
China and Japan. 1895 Q394 Cgi
"Authorities," p.7-8.
This work is intended not only as a survey of the games of Korea but
as a practical introduction to the study of the games of the world. The
illustrations include 22 Korean plates in colors.
EARLE, Mrs Alice (Morse).
Curious punishments of bygone days. 1896 394 17
FERNAND-MICHEL, Frangois Fortune, (pseud. Antony Real).
The story of the stick, in all ages and lands. 1875 394 F$)
FOUGEROUX de CAMPIGNEULLES.
Histoire des duels anciens et modernes. 2v. 1835 r394 F8a
GAUTIER, Leon.
Chivalry; tr. by Henry Fri^h. 1891 394 G24
GOMME, Mrs Alice Bertha, comp.
Traditional games of England, Scotland and Ireland; with
tunes, singing rhymes and methods of playing. 2v. 1894-
98. (Dictionary of British folk-lore, ed. by G. L.
Gomme.) r394 G59
v.z contains a memoir on the study of children's games.
A most important collection of English children's games, to which an
imitative and dramatic origin is attributed. "Invented" games of skill
are excluded.
534 ETIQUETTE
HERVEY, Thomas Kibble.
Book of Christmas; descriptive of the customs and fes-
tivities of the Christmas season. 1888 r J394 H48
The same. 1888 J394 H48
HINDLEY, Charles.
History of the cries of London, ancient and modern. 1881 . .394 H$6
LEGG, Leopold G. Wickham, ed.
English coronation records. 1901 q r 394 LS4
"In this handsome volume ... we find brought together every historical
document of importance that bears on the question of English corona-
tions, from that of Aidan in the sixth century down to that of Victoria
thirteen centuries later. A considerable proportion of the book is taken
from manuscript sources which have been but rarely consulted, whilst
not a little is here printed for the first time... One of the most strik-
ing features of this. . .volume is the excellence and appropriate charac-
ter of the numerous illustrations." Athenaeum, 1902.
ORNE, Martha Russell.
Hallowe'en; its origin and how to celebrate it with appro-
priate games and ceremonies. 1898 394 028
The same. 1898 J394 028
PRITCHETT, Robert Taylor.
Smokiana; historical & ethnographical. 1890 r394 Pg$
Binder's title reads Pipes of all nations.
SABINE, Lorenzo.
Notes on duels and duelling, alphabetically arranged; with a
preliminary historical essay. 1855 r394 Si I
TILLE, Alexander.
Yule and Christmas; their place in the Germanic year. 1899. . . .394 T46
TRUMAN, Benjamin Cummings.
The field of honor; a history of duelling in all countries.
1884 394 T77
395 Etiquette
AYRES, Alfred, (pseud, of Thomas Embley Osmun).
Mentor; a little book for the guidance of such men and boys
as would appear to advantage in the society of persons of
the better sort. 1900 '.395
COMPLETE bachelor; manners for men. 1896 .395 C73
The same. 1896 r395 C/3
DEWEY, Mrs Julia M.
How to teach manners in the school-room. 1888 395 DSI
ETIQUETTE for Americans, by a woman of fashion.
1898 . 395 E888
Discusses the etiquette of introductions, calling, ( invitations, dinners,
weddings, funerals, letters, titles of address, telephoning, smoking,
chaperonage, dress, the obligation of bachelors and the treatment of
servants.
ETIQUETTE for gentlemen; or, Short rules and reflections for
conduct in society, by a gentleman 395 E88
HARRISON, Mrs ^Burton.
The well-bred girl in society. 1898 395 H2Q
Practical advice and suggestions on etiquette and behavior.
WOMAN'S POSITION 535
HOLT, Emily.
Encyclopaedia of etiquette. 1901 395 H74
Contents: Introductions. Calls. Cards. Dinners. Table manners. Balls.
Weddings. Luncheons and breakfasts. Theatre and opera. Visit-
ing and house parties. Receptions. Musicales. Garden parties. Fu-
nerals. Christenings. Bachelor hospitalities. Sport. In public. Cor-
respondence. Children. Servants.
The same. 1901 r39S H74
HUMPHRY, Mrs Charlotte Eliza, (pseud. Madge).
Manners for women 395 Hga
MCALLISTER, Ward.
Society as I have found it. 1890 395 Mil
MOORE, Mrs Clara (Jessup).
Sensible etiquette of the best society. 1876 395 M87
SHERWOOD, Mrs Mary Elizabeth (Wilson).
Manners and social usages. 1884 395 S5S
TSAO, Tai Ku (Pang).
Instruction for Chinese women and girls ; the Chinese book of
etiquette and conduct for women and girls ; tr. by S. L.
Baldwin 395 T78
"In China, eighteen centuries ago, the learned lady Tsao wrote a book
of etiquette and conduct for women and girls. Her little manual
has ever since been the vade mecum of the maidens and wives of
the Middle Kingdom... It is still a standard work." Nation, 1901.
396 Woman's position
See also Woman suffrage, 324.3; and Education of women, 376
ALEXANDER, William, d. 1783.
History of women from the earliest antiquity. 2v. 1782 r396 A37
BLANC, Mme Therese (de Solms), (pseud. Th. Bentzon).
Condition of woman in the United States. 1895 3<X> 653
ENGLISHWOMAN'S year book and directory; ed. by Emily
Janes, igth year-date. i899-date r396 64
Handbook of occupations and professions open to women in England.
Contains lists of educational, philanthropic, religious and charitable
institutions under the management of women. Each section of the book
has been treated by a woman who is an authority upon her subject.
Fully indexed.
HAMILTON, Gail, (pseud, of Mary Abigail Dodge).
New atmosphere. 1865 396 H2I
Essays on the position of women.
HIGGINSON, Thomas Wentworth.
Women and men. 1888 396 HSJ
"Chiefly on women and incidentally on men; discusses with great good
sense and judgment the changed conditions for women." Nation.
HILL, Georgiana.
Women in English life from mediaeval to modern times.
2v. 1896 396 HSS
HOUGHTON, Ross C.
Women of the Orient; an account of the religious, intellectual
and social condition of women in Japan, China, India,
Egypt, Syria and Turkey. 1877 396 H83
536 WOMAN'S POSITION
INTERNATIONAL CONGRESS OF WOMEN, London, 1899.
Transactions. 7v. 1899 T^g6 124
v.i. Report of transactions of the second quinquennial meeting of the
International council of women, 1899.
v.2. WOMEN IN EDUCATION: The child; life and training. School.
Universities. Modern educational experiments. Technical education.
Women as educators. Co-education. Training of teachers. Ex-
aminations and examination systems.
v.3. WOMEN IN PROFESSIONS: Professions. Medicine. Art. Women in-
spectors. Literature. Science. The drama.
v.4. WOMEN IN PROFESSIONS: Nursing. Journalism. Music. Clerical
work. Agriculture. Horticulture. Handicrafts. Women librarians.
v.$. WOMEN IN POLITICS: Responsibilities and duties of women in public
life. Women's status in local government. Administrative work.
Political enfranchisement of women.
v.6. WOMEN IN INDUSTRIAL LIFE: Special labour legislation for women.
Special labour legislation for children. Scientific training of do-
mestic servants. Civil disabilities of women. The home as work-
shop. Trades unionism. Ethics of wage earning. Technical and in-
dustrial training of women and girls. Provident schemes. Co-oper-
ation and profit-sharing.
v.7. WOMEN IN SOCIAL LIFE: Prisons and reformatories. Preventive
work. Rescue work. Treatment of the destitute classes. Women's
clubs. Social settlements. Equal moral standard for men and women.
Amusements. Temperance. Provident schemes. Emigration.
Protection of young travellers. Protection of bird and animal life.
McINTOSH, Maria Jane.
Woman in America; her work and her reward. 1850 1*396 Mi7
MASON, Mrs Amelia (Gere),
Woman in the golden ages. 1901 396 M44
Contents: Woman in Greek poetry. Sappho and the first woman's club.
Glimpses of the Spartan woman. The Athenian woman, Aspasia
and the first salon. Revolt of the Roman women. The "new woman"
of old Rome. Some famous women of imperial Rome. Marcella,
Paula and the first convent. The learned women of the renaissance.
The literary courts and platonic love. Salon and woman's club.
MAULDE la CLAVIfiRE, Rene de.
Women of the renaissance; a study of feminism. 1900 396 M48
Study of the i6th century woman and of the feminist movement as it
shaped itself in Italy and later, in France. Pictures her in all her
activities and social relations, bringing out very forcibly two facts,
the unlovely formalism of renaissance marriages, and the extraordi-
nary influence of Platonism on the social life of the time.
MEYER, Mrs Annie (Nathan), ed.
Woman's work in America. 1891 396 M6$
Contents: Introduction, by J. W. Howe. Education of woman in the
eastern states, by M. F. Eastman. Education of woman in the western
states, by M. W. Sewall. Education of woman in the southern states,
by C. L. Franklin. Woman in literature, by H. G. Cone. Woman in
journalism, by S. E. Dickinson. Woman in medicine, by M. P.
Jacobi. Woman in the ministry, by A. C. Bowles. Woman in law, by
A. M. Bittenbender. Women in the state, by M. A. Livermore.
Woman in industry, by A. H. Rhine. Woman in philanthropy; Char-
ity, by J. S. Lowell; Care of the sick, by E. D. Cheney; Care of the
criminal, by S. H. Barney; Care of the Indian, by A. S. Quinton;
Work of anti-slavery women, by L. B. C. Wyman; Work of the
W. C. T. U., by F. E. Willard; Work of the Red Cross society, by
Clara Barton.
Bibliography, p.449-4so.
MOODY, Helen Watterson.
The unquiet sex. 1898 396 M87
Contents: The woman collegian. Women's clubs. Women and re-
forms. The evolution of "woman." The case of Maria.
OSTROGORSKI, Moisei lakovlevich.
Rights of women. 1893. (Social science series.) 396 029
WOMAN'S POSITION 537
i
STETSON, Mrs Charlotte (Perkins), afterward Mrs Oilman.
Women and economics; a study of the economic relation be-
tween men and women as a factor in social evolution.
1898 396 S84
VARIGNY, Charles Crosnier de.
La femme aux fitats-Unis. 1893 396 Vzi
WOMAN'S book; dealing practically with the modern conditions
of home-life, self-support, education, opportunities and
every-day problems. 2v. 1894 r396 W8s
v.i. Occupation for women, by P. G. Hubert. Women in their business
affairs, by W. O. Stoddard. The principles of housekeeping, by
L. W. Betts. Society and social usages, by C. C. Harrison. The
aesthetics of dress, by E. W. McGlasson. Dress from a practical
standpoint. Hygiene in the home, by J. W. Roosevelt. The train-
ing of children, by K. D. Wiggin. The education of women, by
Lyman Abbott. Books and reading, by T. W. Higginson. The art
of travel, by Elizabeth Bisland.
v.3. The home grounds, by Samuel Parsons. The flower garden, by
J. N. Gerard. House building, by H. C. Candee. House decora-
tion and furnishing, by M. G. Humphreys. Women's opportunities
in town and country, by M. C. Jones. Woman's handiwork, by
C. C. Harrison. Supplementary information.
"The purpose is to give practical information and helpful suggestions
touching all the subjects which concern the American women of to-
day. The different writers have been carefully chosen, and have done
excellent work. There is a valuable appendix, and a full index." Critic.
WRIGHT, Thomas, 1810-1877.
Womankind in western Europe; from the earliest times to the
I7th century. 1869 " r396 WQ3
BAYLES, George James.
Woman and the law. 1901 396.2 633
Contents: Domestic relations. Property relations. Public relations.
A clear and concise view of the present legal condition of the women
of the United States, intended for general reading. Treats mainly
such subjects as marriage and divorcee, guardianship of children,
dower, marriage settlements, separate estates, and the conduct of their
affairs by women.
CLEVELAND, Arthur Rackham.
Woman under the English law, [450-1895]. 1896 396.2 Cs8
WILLIAMS, Mrs Sophia Wells (Royce), ed.
Story of a woman's municipal campaign by the Civic club,
for school reform in the seventh ward of Philadelphia.
1895. (American academy of political and social
science. Publications.) 396.3 W74
396.5 Employment of women
See also Labor of women, 331.4
BLACKWELL, Elizabeth.
Pioneer work in opening the medical profession to women;
autobiographical. 1895 396.5 651
CANDEE, Helen Churchill.
How women may earn a living. 1900 396.5 Ci7
DAVIDSON, Mrs H. Coleman.
What our daughters can do for themselves; a handbook of
women's employments 1894 396.5 D29
Enumerates a long list of occupations, tells where to go for further
advice and assistance, and in some cases gives most explicit directions
for doing the work itself. Being written for English readers its chief
538 GIPSIES
value to Americans will be in suggestion, or in comparing the English
conditions with the American.
DRYSDALE, William.
Helps for ambitious girls. 1900 396.5 D8s
Advice to girls concerning the various employments and professions open
to them and the possibilities of success in each.
OCCUPATIONS of women and their compensation; the
Tribune monthly, Dec. 1898. 1898 Q396-5 Oi3
Same as What women can earn.
The same. 1898 qr396-5 Oi3
STARRETT, Helen Ekin.
After college, what? for girls. 1896 396.5 879
WHAT women can earn; occupations of women and their
compensation. 1899 396.5 W59
Same as Occupations of women and their compensation; Tribune month-
ly, Dec. 1898.
Essays on the trades and professions in which women have proved their
ability, with information as to training schools, etc. First published
in the New York Tribune.
WILLARD, Frances Elizabeth, and others.
Occupations for women; a book of practical suggestions for
the material advancement, the mental and physical devel-
opment and the moral and spiritual uplift of women.
189? 396.5 W73
Excellent advice by Miss Willard, and by Sallie Joy White and Helen
M. Winslow, experienced and practical newspaper women.
397 Gipsies
BORROW, George.
The Zincali; an account of the gypsies of Spain. 1893 397 63
CHAMBERS, William.
Exploits and anecdotes of the Scottish gypsies; with traits of
their origin, character and manners. 1886 397 C35
Originally printed in 1821.
DE PEYSTER, John Watts, ed.
Gypsies; some curious investigations collected from various
sources concerning this peculiar race. 1887. (Aunger-
vyle society. Reprints.) 397 D43
An historical sketch of gypsies, their probable origin and migrations,
based upon authorities from the isth to the i8th century. Included
are several extracts from royal proclamations against the German
gypsies.
LELAND, Charles Godfrey.
Gypsies. 1894 397 L57
MACRITCHIE, David.
Scottish gypsies under the Stewarts. 1894 397 M.22
PENNELL, Mrs Elizabeth (Robins).
To gipsyland. 1893 397 P39
Record of acquaintance with the Romany race begun in America and
pursued in Hungary and Transylvania.
398 Folk-lore
ABBEY, Edwin Austin.
Quest of the Holy Grail; paintings for the decoration of the
Public library of Boston. 1895 J398 Ai2
FOLK-LORE 539
ADLER, Cyrus, & Ramsay, Allan, of Constantinople, comp.
Told in the coffee house; Turkish tales done into English.
1898 398 A2 3
ALEXANDER, Francesca, (pseud. Francesca).
Hidden servants, and other very old stories told over again
in verse. 1900 398 A37
Other stories: The bag of sand. II crocifisso della providenza. Angels
in the churchyard. The origin of the Indian corn. The eldest daugh-
ter of the king. Bishop Trolius. The crosses on the wall. Suora
Marianna. The lupins. The silver cross. The tears of repentance.
ALLEN, G.C.
Tales from Tennyson. 1900 J398 Tap
Contents: The coming of Arthur. Gareth and Lynette. The marriage
of Geraint. Lancelot and Elaine. The Holy Grail. The end of the
Round Table, and the Passing of Arthur.
ARABIAN NIGHTS' ENTERTAINMENTS.
Arabian nights' entertainments. 1855 r398 A6s
Arabian nights' entertainments; ed. by Andrew Lang.
1898 J398 A6$ar
Arabian nights' entertainments, with an introd. by W. E.
Griffis. v.3 J398 A6$
Arabian nights' entertainments, with notes by G. F.
Townsend J398 A6$ara
The book of the thousand nights and one night; now first
completely done into English prose and verse, from the
original Arabic, by John Payne, nv. 1884-89 r398 A6sb
v.io, title page reads "Alaeddin and the enchanted lamp."
v.i i. Duplicate set of plates.
Fairy tales from the Arabian nights; ed. by E. Dixon.
1893 J39 A65f
More fairy tales from the Arabian nights; ed. by E.
Dixon. 1895 J398 A65m
Stories from the Arabian nights; ed. by Stanley Lane-
Poole. 3v. 1891 398 A6s
Story of Alia ad Deen, sometimes called Aladdin; or, The
wonderful lamp J398 A6sal
Story of Sinbad the voyager, sometimes called Sinbad the
sailor, and Adventure of the caliph Haroon al Rus-
heed J398 A6sst
Story of the fisherman, and other stories J398 A6ss
Other stories: The merchant and the genie. Story of Abou Hassan.
Tales from the Arabic of the Breslau and Calcutta (1814-
18) editions of the Book of the thousand nights and
one night not occuring in the other printed texts of the
work; now first done into English by John Payne.
3v r398 A65ta
The thousand and one nights, commonly called the
Arabian nights' entertainments; a new translation from
the Arabic by E. W. Lane. 3v. 1865 r398 A6st
ASBJORNSEN, Peter Christen.
Fairy tales from the far north; tr. fr. the Norwegian by
H. L. Brjekstad. 1897 J398
"They invest the animal kingdom with the power of speech and bring
princesses, trolls, beasts and fowls together in happy relations."
Literary world.
540 FOLK-LORE
'Round the yule-log; Christmas in Norway. 1895 J398
"In Asbjornsen's tales the English reader will find in its quintessence
the genius and temper of the Norwegian peasant." Edmund Gosse.
Round the yule log; Norwegian folk and fairy tales. 1881. .J398 A79
The same. 1881 rjjgS A79
Tales from the fjeld; fr. the Norse by Sir G. W. Dasent.
1896 J398 A79t
"It is the 'mother English" into which the translator 'tried to turn his
Norse original' which has made and will preserve this collection a
classic, remarkable among all translations for its idiomatic purity."
Nation, 1896.
ASHTON, John, ed.
Romances of chivalry. 1887 398 A82
"I have ... avoided those relating to Charlemagne ... and I have not
touched on the Arthurian legends. . .but. . .have taken those which
were thoroughly independent." Preface.
AYNSLEY, Mrs Harriet G. M. Murray-.
Symbolism of the East and West. 1900 q398 A98
Contents: Sun worship. Sun and cup and moon symbols. The svastika.
Some connecting links between the tau of Egypt, the cross as a
heathen and a Christian symbol, and the hammer of the Scandinavian
god Thor. Sacred stones. Some ideas about the future life. Sacred
trees. Snake worship. The evil eye and allied notions. The Wild
Huntsman of northern Europe and his possible Asiatic origin. Archi-
tectural and other customs. Spain, or further Europe.
"Of special value to all students of iconosemic symbolism, consisting, as
it chiefly does, of a most interesting record of independent personal re-
searches, carried on during twenty years of travel in various and far-
distant countries, by a writer singularly well qualified by natural abili-
ty and her traditionary culture to observe with intelligence, and in the
spirit of truth and soberness." Sir George Birdwood.
BAIN, Robert Nisbet, ed.
Cossack fairy tales and folk-tales. 1894 J398 Bi6
"A selection from the stories of the Malo-Russians, or Ruthenians
The tales, like all those of Slavonic countries, are wonderfully wild
and fanciful. . .excellent fairy-tales." W.R.Morfill.
Russian fairy tales. 1895 0398 Bi6r
BALDWIN, James, ed.
Fairy stories and fables. 1895 J398 Bigf
BALDWIN, James.
Story of Roland. 1895. (Heroes of the olden time.) r3o8 Bigs
The same. 1895. (Heroes of the olden time.) rJ3o8 Bigs
The legends of Charlemagne become under Mr Baldwin's magic touch
a fairy tale of romance and chivalry.
BAY, J. Christian, ed.
Danish fairy & folk tales; a collection of popular stories and
fairy tales. 1899 J398 633
BERGEN, Mrs Fanny (Dickerson), ed.
Animal and plant lore; collected from the oral tradition of
English speaking folk. 1899. (American folk-lore so-
ciety. Memoirs.) 398 B4Sa
Current superstitions collected from the oral tradition of
English speaking folk. 1896. (American folk-lore society.
Memoirs.) 398 645
"Animal and plant lore," by the same author, may be regarded as v.a
of this work, and contains an index to both volumes.
BILLSON, Charles James.
Popular poetry of the Finns. 1900. (Popular studies in
FOLK-LORE 541
mythology, romance & folklore.) 398 H32
Bibliographical appendix, p.34-37.
Bound with Hartland's Folklore.
BOHN, Henry George, comp.
Polyglot of foreign proverbs; comprising French, Italian,
German, Dutch, Spanish, Portuguese and Danish, with
English translations and a general index. 1893 r3o8 659
BRINTON, Daniel Garrison.
The Lenape and their legends; with the complete text and
symbols of the Walam Olum. 1885. (Brinton's library of
aboriginal American literature.) 398 675
The same. 1885. (Brinton's library of aboriginal American
literature.) r398 875
The "Walam Olum," or "Red Score" of the Lenni Lenape contains in
metrical form the tribal traditions of the creation, the deluge and the
migrations of the tribe. The original text, the pictorial representa-
tions and a translation are given.
BROOKS, Edward.
Story of King Arthur and the knights of the Table Round;
for boys and girls. 1900 J398 677
Tells most of the Arthurian legends, omitting some of Malory's detail,
but often retaining his language.
BROWN, Abbie Farwell.
Books of saints and friendly beasts. 1901 J3Q8 678
Stories of saints and their attending animal friends, "St. Bridget and the
king's wolf," "St. Gerasimus and the lion," "St. Launomar's cows,"
"St. Cuthbert's peace," "The fish who helped St. Gudwall," "St.
Francis of Assisi," and others.
BRUN, Samuel Jacques.
Tales of Languedoc. 1896 J398 683
The same. 1896 rJ398 883
BULFINCH, Thomas.
Age of chivalrj r ; or, Legends of King Arthur. 1884 398 687
"A successful effort to present the most important legends of the Middle
Ages in a form adapted to modern taste." C. K. Adams.
Stories from the Mabinogion, with descriptions of the training of
knights.
Charlemagne; or, Romance of the middle ages. 1896 398 B87C
Legends of Charlemagne gathered largely from Pulci, Boiardo and
Ariosto. They are interesting as stories, and valuable as an introduc-
tion to a study of the Italian poets.
BURTON, Sir Richard Francis, comp.
Vikram and the vampire; or, Tales of Hindu devilry. 1893. . . .398 695
CANTON, William, ed.
Reign of King Herla. (True annals of fairy-land.) J398 Ci7
CHAMBERLAIN, Alexander Francis.
Child and childhood in folk-thought. 1896 398 C35
Bibliography, p.4O5~434.
CHATELAIN, Heli, comp.
Folk-tales of Angola; fifty tales, with Ki-mbundu text, literal
English translation, introduction and notes. 1894.
(American folk-lore society. Memoirs.) 398 C3Q
List of works on African folk-lore, 9.310.
CHOD2KO, Alexander Edmund Boreyko, comp.
Fairy tales of the Slav peasants and herdsmen. 1896 J398 C44
CHRESTIEN de TROYES.
King Arthur and the Table Round; tales chiefly after the
542 FOLK-LORE
old French of Crestien of Troyes, with an account of
Arthurian romance and notes by W. W. Newell. 2v.
1897 398 C45
An English prose translation of the early metrical French version of the
Arthurian legend by Chrestien of Troyes. Sir Thomas Malory in his
"Morte Darthur" followed later and inferior French versions mostly,
and this is the first time this one has been rendered into English.
"It is a great service to letters to have introduced Chretien to English
readers at all; it is a very great service to have introduced him in so
worthy a form." Nation.
CHRISTENSEN, A.M.H. comp.
Afro- American folk lore; told round cabin fires on the sea
islands of South Carolina. 1898 398 459
CHRISTY, Robert, comp.
Proverbs, maxims and phrases of all ages. 2v. 1893 r3o8 C46
CHURCH, Alfred John.
Heroes of chivalry and romance. 1898 J398 C46
Contents: The story of Beowulf. King Arthur and the Round Table.
The treasure of the Nibelungs.
The same. 1898 rJ398 C46
CLODD, Edward.
Tom Tit Tot; an essay on savage philosophy in folk-tale.
1898 398 C6l
"Variants of Tom Tit," p. 239-242.
COMPTON, Margaret.
Snow bird and the water tiger, and other American Indian
tales. 1895 J398 C/3
COOKE, Flora J.
Nature myths and stories for little children. 1895 J398 C77
COX, Sir George William, & Jones, E.H.
Popular romances of the middle ages. 1886 398 C8$
"Probably the most valuable of the several manuals on the subject of
the folk-lore of Europe. It contains all the more important of the
tales that enter so largely into the romantic literature of modern
times. The more prominent of the authors has devoted himself for
many years, with great assiduity, to the systematic study of mythology,
and the fruits of his learning are here brought together. The book,
therefore, is valuable alike to the student of literature and the student
of history." C. K. Adams.
Stories founded on legends of early times.
CRAIGIE, William A. comp.
Scandinavian folk-lore. 1896 398 C862
CRAIK, Mrs Dinah Maria (Mulock).
Fairy book; the best popular stories selected and rendered
anew. 1002 3398 C86
CRANE, Thomas Frederick.
Italian popular tales. 1889 398 C86
Bibliography, p.i9~28.
Folk-tales from various parts of Italy, translated from a variety of
sources, and classified under fairy tales, stories of oriental origin,
legends and ghost stories, nursery tales, stories and jests, with notes
referring to Italian and European parallels and a bibliography.
CRANE, Walter.
Beauty and the beast picture book. (Walter Crane's picture
books.) qJ398 C867b
Contents: Beauty and the beast. The frog prince. The hind in the
wood.
Bluebeard's picture book. (Walter Crane's picture
FOLK-LORE
books.) qJ398 867
Contents: Bluebeard. The sleeping beauty. Baby's own alphabet.
Cinderella's picture book. (Walter Crane's picture
books.) qJ398 C867C
Contents: Cinderella. Puss in boots. Valentine & Orson.
Mother Hubbard; her picture book qJ398 CSd/m
The same qr J3o8 CSdjm
Contents: Mother Hubbard. The three bears. The absurd A. B. C.
Red Riding Hood's picture book. (Walter Crane's picture
books.) qJ398 C86;r
Contents: Little Red Riding Hood. Jack and the beanstalk. The forty
thieves.
CRUIKSHANK, George, ed.
Cruikshank fairy-book. 1897 J398 C8Q
Contents: Puss in boots. Jack and the bean-stalk. Hop-o'-my-Thumb.
Cinderella.
CURTIN, Jeremiah.
Creation myths of primitive America in relation to the religious
history and mental development of mankind. 1898 398 C93C
"Contains twenty long myths taken down word for word by the author
from the Indians, who knew no language or religion but their own."
CURTIN, Jeremiah, comp.
Myths and folk-tales of the Russians, western Slavs and Mag-
yars. 1890 398 C93
Well translated. Of scientific value as folk-lore.
GUSHING, Frank Hamilton, tr.
Zuni folk tales. 1901 398 C939
From 1879 to 1885 Mr Gushing lived among the Zuni Indians of New
Mexico, learned their language and traditions, was initiated into their
esoteric priesthood and elected their war chief. He thus gained an
unusual insight into the inner life and customs of an Indian tribe.
DOUGLAS, Sir George Brisbane Scott-, ed.
Scottish fairy and folk tales. 1894 398 D75
DRAKE, Samuel Adams, comp.
Book of New England legends and folk lore. 1894 398 078
The same. 1901 r398 078
DYER, Sir Thomas Firminger Thiselton-.
The folk-lore of plants. 1898 398 Dg8
Concise and systematic account, drawn chiefly from European sources, of
plant worship, proverbs, superstitions, names, mystic and fabulous
plants, plants in witchcraft, demonology, fairy lore, etc. Illustrated.
EDWARDS, Charles Lincoln, comp.
Bahama songs and stories; a contribution to folk-lore. 1895.
(American folk-lore society. Memoirs.) 398 31
EIVIND, R.
Finnish legends for English children. 1894 J398 42
EVANS, Sebastian, tr.
High history of the Holy Graal; tr. fr. the French. 2v. 1898. .398 94
FARRINGTON, Margaret Vere, afterward Mrs Livingston.
Tales of King Arthur and his knights of the Round Table. 0398 25
FIELD, Roswell Martin, ed.
Book of famous fairy tales. 1901. (Young folks' library,
v-3-) J398 F458
Contents: The snow queen, The hardy tin soldier, The fir tree, The
storks, The silver shilling, Thumbelina, The ugly duckling, by H. C.
Andersen. The quern at the bottom of the sea, Little Fred and his
fiddle, The cock and the fox, by P. C. Asbjornsen. Sylvain and
35
544 FOLK-LORE
Jocosa, by the conte de Caylus. Oh! a Cossack fairy tale. The en-
chanted canary, by Charles Deulin. The three golden hairs, The
straw, the coal and the bean, Hansel and Grethel, The frog prince, The
cat who married a mouse, Fairy Tell-true, The fisherman and his wife,
The enchanted stag, The tailor's three sons, by Grimm. The stone
cold heart, by William Hauff. Momotaro; a Japanese fairy tale. A
water baby, by Charles Kingsley. The magic swan, by Hermann
Kletke. The enchanted pig, by N. Kremnitz. The ratcatcher, by Ch.
Marelles. The king of the Golden river, by John Ruskin.
FIELDE, Adele Marion.
Chinese nights' entertainments. 1893 J398 45
Forty marvelous stories told by the almond eyed folk and illustrated
by Chinese artists.
FISKE, John.
Myths and myth-makers; old tales and superstitions inter-
preted by comparative mythology. 1895 398 FS4
FLEESON, Katherine Neville.
Laos folk-lore of farther India. 1899 398 F62
FOLK-LORE; a quarterly review of myth, tradition, institu-
tion & custom, 1878-1899. v.i-22, in 23. 1878-99 r398 F7I
v.i-s title reads Folk-lore record; v.6-12 title reads Folk-lore journal.
Beginning with v. 13 the Archaeological review was incorporated with
this periodical.
These volumes form v.i, 3, 5, 6, 8, 10-11, 14, 16, 18-19, 21, 27-28, 30,
32, 34, 36, 38, 40, 42, 44, of the Publications of the Folk-lore society.
FOLK-LORE and legends. 8v. in 4. 1891-92 398 F7i
v.i-2. Germany. Oriental.
v.3-4- Scotland. Ireland.
v.5-6. English. Scandinavian.
v.7-8. Russian and Polish. North American Indian. /
FORTIER, Alcee, ed.
Louisiana folk-tales in French dialect, and English transla-
tion. 1895. (American folk-lore society. Memoirs.) 398 F79
FRERE, Mary, comp.
Old Deccan days; or, Hindoo fairy legends. 1889 398 F93
FROST, William Henfy.
The court of King Arthur, stories from the land of the
Round Table J398 F96c
Not so scholarly as Sidney Lanier's "Boy's King Arthur," but a charm-
ing version of the Arthurian legends for quite young people.
Fairies and folk of Ireland. 1900 J398 Fg6
The knights of the Round Table J398 Fg6k
Old stories of King Arthur's knights, chiefly those which relate to the
quest of the mystic grail. A companion volume to "The court of
King Arthur."
FURNESS, William Henry.
Folk-lore in Borneo ; a sketch. 1899 398 F99
GIBB, John.
Gudrun, Beowulf and Roland, with other mediaeval tales.
1884 J 39 8 G35
Contents: Gudrun. Hilda. Wild Hagen. Beowulf. The death of
Roland. Walter and Hildegund.
GOMME, George Laurence.
Ethnology in folklore. 1892. (Modern science series.) 398 G59
GOMME, George Laurence, ed.
Handbook of folklore. 1890 398
A handbook for collectors and workers on folklore. Gives a short
account of each of the four main groups into which folklore may be
roughly divided; superstitious belief and practice, traditional customs,
FOLK-LORE 545
traditional narratives, and folk sayings, and a few typical questions
under each group, with a code of questions for the collector.
GOTTFRIED von STRASSBURG.
Story of Tristan & Iseult; rendered into English from the
German by J. L. Weston. 2v. 1899. (Arthurian ro-
mances.) 398 G/2
GOULD, Sabine Baring-, ed.
Book of nursery songs and rhymes. 1895 398 G73b
GOULD, Sabine Baring-.
Curious myths of the middle ages. 1884 398 G73C
The same. 1894 r398 673
Concise information about the Wandering Jew, Prester John, William
Tell, St. George and other mediaeval legends.
"An interesting volume, devoted to the work of describing and de-
molishing some of the most important traditional stories rife in the
Middle Ages. . .The faults of the volume are an all-pervasive flippancy,
and a tendency to drift into occasional attempts, not altogether suc-
cessful, at fine writing. The book is instructive, but it entertains
and amuses even more than it instructs." C. K. Adams.
GOULD, Sabine Baring-, comp.
Old English fairy tales. 1895 J398 G73
GRIMM, Jakob Ludwig, & Wilhelm Karl.
Fairy tales and household stories; tr. by Mrs H. B. Paull
& L. A. Wheatley J3Q8 Ggifa
Fairy tales; tr. by Mrs H. B. Paull J398 Ggifai
German popular tales J398 Ggig
Goblins and wonder tales; tr. by Mrs H. B. Paull & L. A.
Wheatley J398 Ggigo
Household fairy tales; with illustrations by P. G. Johann &
R. Leinweber QJ398 G9iho2
Household stories; tr. by Lucy Crane. 1893 J398 Ggih
Aschenputtel. (Cinderella), Tom Thumb, Sleeping Beauty, Rapunzel,
Clever Elsie and other German fairy stories.
Household tales. 2v. 1892 398 Ggi
The same; ed. and partly translated anew, by Marian Edwardes.
1901 J398 Ggihou
Kinder und hausmarchen. 1895 , J398 Ggik
GRINNELL, George Bird.
Blackfoot lodge tales, the story of a prairie people. 1892 398 GQ2
Folk-lore stories, taken down as told by Blackfoot Indians; well done
and throwing useful light on Indian character.
Pawnee hero stories and folk-tales, with notes on the
origin, customs and character of the Pawnee people, to
which is added a chapter on the Pawnee language, by
J. B. Dunbar. 1893 398 Gg2p
Punishment of the stingy, and other Indian stories. 1901 398 Gg2pu
Contents: The stories and the story-tellers. The bluejay stories. The
punishment of the stingy. Bluejay, the imitator. Bluejay visits the
ghosts. The girl who was the ring. The first corn. The star boy.
The grizzly bear's medicine. The first medicine lodge. Thunder
Maker and Cold Maker. The blindness of Pi-wap-ok. Ragged Head.
Nothing Child. Shield Quiver's wife. The beaver stick. Little
friend coyote.
"Seated by the flickering fire in Blackfoot skin-lodge, or in Pawnee
dirt-house, or in sea-shore dwelling on the northwest coast, I have
received these stories from the lips of aged historians, and have set
them down here as I have heard them." Author's preface.
546 FOLK-LORE
GROOME, Francis Hindes, comp.
Gypsy folk-tales. 1899 398 Gp3
GUERBER, Helena Marie Adeline.
Legends of Switzerland. 1899 398 Ggsle
Legends of the middle ages, narrated with special reference
to literature and art. 1896 398 695!
Contents: Beowulf. Gudrun. Reynard the fox. The Nibelungenlied.
Langobardian cycle of myths. The Amelings. Dietrich von Bern.
Charlemagne and his paladins. The sons of Aymon. Huon of
Bordeaux. Titurel and the Holy Grail. Merlin. The Round Table.
Tristan and Iseult. The story of Frithiof. Ragnar Lodbrok. The
Cid. General survey of romance literature.
Legends of the Rhine. 1895 398 G9S
HARRIS, Joel Chandler.
Nights with Uncle Remus; myths and legends of the old
plantation. 1883 J398
Uncle Remus and his friends; old plantation stories, songs
and ballads, with sketches of negro character. 1897. -J398
Uncle Remus, his songs and his sayings. 1894 J3Q8 H29
The same. 1896 r J398 H2gu
The material for this volume of negro folk-lore, held together by de-
lightful old Uncle Remus, was gathered at first-hand from plantation
negroes. The "Creetur" tales and the manner of their telling are
uniquely funny an endless delight for children and their elders.
HARTLAND, Edwin Sidney.
Folklore; what is it and what is the good of it? 1899.
(Popular studies in mythology, romance & folklore.) .. .398 H32
Bibliography, p.4i-43.
Mythology and folktales; their relation and interpretation.
1900. (Popular studies in mythology, romance & folk-
lore.) 398 H32
Bibliographical appendix, p. 41-53.
Bound with the above.
Science of fairy tales; an inquiry into fairy mythology. 1891.
(Contemporary science series.) . . ! .398 H32s
Bibliography, p.353'365-
Examines five of the principal groups of stories relating to fairies: fairy
births, changelings, robberies from fairyland, supernatural lapse of time
in fairyland, and swan maidens. Explains methods pursued by spe-
cialists when a popular tradition or superstition is investigated.
HAZLITT, William Carew, comp.
English proverbs and proverbial phrases; alphabetically ar-
ranged and annotated. 1882 r398 H38
HAZLITT, William Carew.
Fairy tales, legends and romances illustrating Shakespeare,
and other early English writers. 1875 398 H382
Contains also two preliminary dissertations, on pigmies and on fairies,
by Joseph Ritson.
HEADLAND, Isaac Taylor, tr.
Chinese Mother Goose rhymes, [Chinese and English text].
1900 J398 H38
"Comes with all the flavor of a piquant and relishable sauce, to vary a
monotonous diet. We have heard so much about the Chinese destroy-
ing their own offspring that it is delightful to find rich evidences of
parental affection. . .There are over a hundred nursery ditties selected
by the translator out of his store of six hundred or more... On each
page is first the Chinese text of the rhymes, then a most minutely
appropriate photographic reproduction of Chinese child life the sub-
ject being pat to the theme, and finally the English translation, all
FOLK-LORE 547
set in a black border of dragon-supported pillars holding up a temple-
roof... A wonderful revelation of home life in China." Nation, 1900.
HIGGINSON, Thomas Wentworth.
Tales of the enchanted islands of the Atlantic. 1898 J398 HS3
"It seems strange that these old legends have been so long neglected,
and so seldom touched upon by historians. About the barren islands
scattered in the Atlantic there has long been a wealth of romance,
which is now placed in the hands of the reader in most attractive
style. Many of the characters in these myths and legends are familiar
to us: Usheen, King Bran, Merlin and Vivian, Sir Lancelot and
King Arthur, and Harald the Viking."
HOME, Mary Pamela Milne-.
Mamma's black nurse stories; West Indian folk-lore. 1890. . . .398 H75
HULL, Eleanor, ed.
The Cuchullin saga in Irish literature; a collection of stories
relating to the hero Cuchullin. 1898 398 Hgi
HUMPHREY, Maud.
Book of fairy tales qJ398 Hg2
Contents: Little Red Riding Hood. Cinderella. Puss in boots. Goody
Two Shoes. Beauty and the beast. Aladdin. Hop o' my Thumb.
Babes in the wood. The ugly duckling. Jack and the beanstalk.
The three bears. Tom Thumb. The sleeping beauty. Jack the Giant
killer. Little Snow White. The musicians of Bremen. Bluebeard.
-The white cat. Pretty Goldilocks. The bluebird.
INTERNATIONAL FOLK-LORE CONGRESS (3d),
Chicago, 1893.
[Proceedings of the] International folk-lore congress of
the World's Columbian exposition, Chicago, 1893. 1898.
(American folk-lore association. Archives, v.i.) r398 124
JACOBS, Joseph, ed.
Book of wonder voyages. 1896 3398 Ji3b
Kingsley's version of the voyage of the Argonauts in search of the
golden fleece is given first, and other famous voyages to the lands of
fancy are added.
Celtic fairy tales. 1893 J398 Ji3
The same. 1893 rJ398 Ji3
English fairy tales. 1892 J398 Ji3
The same. 1893 rJ398 Ji3ei
Indian fairy tales. 1892 J398 Ji3i
Drawn from the Jatakas or birth-stories of Buddha, the fables of Bidpai
and other Sanskrit folk-tales.
More Celtic fairy tales. 1895 J398 Ji3m
More English fairy tales. 1894 J398 Ji3mo
Folk-stories from various sources, delightfully retold for children; notes
and references for folk-lore students in appendix.
JOHNSON, Clifton, comp.
What they say in New England; a book of signs, sayings and
superstitions. 1896 398 J35
JONES, William, F. S. A.
Credulities, past and present; including the sea and seamen,
miners, amulets and talismans, rings, word and letter divi-
nation, numbers, trials, exorcising and blessing of animals,
birds, eggs and luck. 1898 398 J4I
JOURNAL of American folk-lore; quarterly, v.i-date. 1888-
date r398 J45
Published by the American folk-lore society.
548 FOLK-LORE
JUDD, Mary Catherine, comp.
Wigwam stories, told by North American Indians. 1901 jjpS J49
Stories are prefaced by some short sketches of various tribes of North
American Indians. The illustrations, some of them by a young In-
dian artist, are especially good.
KAF, Ha Sheen, comp.
The winged wolf, and other fairy tales. 1893 J398 Kn
KELLY, Walter Keating.
Proverbs of all nations, compared, explained and illus-
trated. 1859 r398 Ki7
KENNEDY, Patrick, ed.
Legendary fictions of the Irish Celts. 1891 398 Ki8
KIEFER, F.J.
Legends of the Rhine, from Basle to Rotterdam r398 K24
KINGSCOTE, Mrs Howard, (pseud. Lucas Cleeve), & Sastrl,
Natesa, comp.
Tales of the sun; or, Folklore of southern India. 1890 398 K27
KtJNOS, Ignacz, comp.
Turkish fairy tales and folk tales; tr. fr. the Hungarian by
R. N. Bain. 1896 398 K43
LANG, Andrew, ed.
Blue fairy book J3o8 L23
Delightful collection of standard fairy tales.
Cinderella; or, The little glass slipper, and other stories;
based on the tales in the Blue fairy book J398 L23c
Other stories: Rumpelstiltzkin. The master cat. Why the sea is salt.
Little Thumb.
Green fairy book J398 L23g
Compiled principally from the Grimm brothers and Madame d'Aulnoy,
but drawing also from sources as remote as China.
History of Jack the Giant-killer, and other stories; based
on the tales in the Blue fairy book J398 L23h
Other stories: Prince Hyacinth. Beauty and the beast.
History of Whittington, and other stories; based on the
tales in the Blue fairy book J398 L23hi
Other stories: The goose-girl. Trusty John. The forty thieves. The
Master-maid. Aladdin and the wonderful lamp.
Little Red Riding-hood, and other stories; based on the
tales in the Blue fairy book 3398
Other stories: Toads and diamonds. Snow-white and Rose-red. Hansel
and Grettel. Brave little tailor.
Nursery rhyme book. 1897 J398
Pink fairy book J398 L23p
Prince Darling, and other stories; based on the tales in
the Blue fairy book J398 L23pr
Other stories: The white cat. The wonderful sheep. The yellow
dwarf. The story of Prince Ahmed and the fairy Paribanou.
The princess on the glass hill, and other stories; based on
the tales in the Blue fairy book J398 L23pri
Other stories: 'The terrible head. Felicia and the pot of pinks. The
water-lily. Blue Beard. Story of pretty Goldilocks. Tale of a youth
who set out to learn what fear was.
Red fairy book J3o8 L23r
The sleeping beauty in the wood, and other stories; based
on the tales in the Blue fairy book J398 L23S
Other stories: The bronze ring. East of the sun and west of the moon.
FOLK-LORE 549
Violet fairy book. 1901 J3p8 L23V
Yellow fairy book J3g8 L23y
Collected from Russian, German, French, Icelandic and Indian folk
lore; the illustrations are excellent and add much to the interest of
the book.
LAWRENCE, Robert Means.
The magic of the horse-shoe; with other folk-lore notes.
1898 398 L42
Contents: The magic of the horseshoe. Fortune and luck. The folk-
lore of common salt. The omens of'sneezing. Days of good and evil
omen. Superstitious dealings with animals. The luck of odd numbers.
Popular presentation of the history of different superstitions and the
theories regarding their origin. Original in treatment and contains
much interesting data.
LELAND, Charles Godfrey.
Etruscan Roman remains in popular tradition. 1892 q3p8 L57e
Gives the names and attributes, legends of, and invocations to, nearly
all the ancient Etruscan deities, arid many minor Roman gods as
yet preserved among Romagnolo peasants, and especially "witches"
and fortune-tellers in Tuscany. Contains, also, a large collection of
curious customs, tales, magical cures, charms, incantations, prepara-
tion of amulets, of Etruscan Latin origin, as described by classic
writers, but still in existence. Further, it includes accounts of the
numerous goblins, spirits, fairies, and other strange beings still be-
lieved in, with the "conjurations" addressed to them.
LELAND, Charles Godfrey, comp.
Legends of Florence, collected from the people; ist-2d ser.
2v. 1895-96 398 L57
Unpublished legends of Virgil. 1900 398 L57u
"Mr. Leland . . . set himself to collect.. .Virgilian legends alive among the
people, with the result that he presents to us some 50 tales... a mass
of legends depicting, in a strain of innocent -jocularity, this Virgil
of the mediaeval phantasy, saint and mage." Academy, 1900.
"With Mr. Leland the legendary element is everything, for neither in
his introduction nor in his notes does he consider the place of Virgil
in the history of higher culture. Most of the tales which have hith-
erto been published come from the region of Naples... Mr. Leland
draws from a fresh source altogether, namely, Tuscany." Nation, 1899.
LIE, Jonas Lauritz Edemil.
Weird tales from northern seas; tr. fr. the Danish by R. N.
Bain J398 L68
LUMMIS, Charles Fletcher.
Man who married the moon, and other stories. 1894 J398 LQ7
Pueblo Indian folk stories written out for children.
MABINOGION.
Knightly legends of Wales; or, The boy's Mabinogion; ed.
by Sidney Lanier. 1884 J398 Mil
The same. 1897 rJ398 Mil
The earliest Welsh tales of King Arthur from the famous Red book
of Hergest. Companion to the "Boy's King Arthur."
Mabinogion; tr. by Lady Charlotte Guest. 1877 q r 398 Mug
MacMANUS, Seumas, comp.
Donegal fairy stories. 1900 J398 M2I
MALORY, Sir Thomas.
Boy's King Arthur; ed. by Sidney Lanier. 1895 J398 M2Q
The same. 1897 rJ398 M29
This book is sent forth "to the entente that noblemen may see and
lerne the noble actes of chyvalrye, the jentyl and vertuous dedes that
somme knyghtes used in tho days, by whyche they came to honour,
550 FOLK-LORE
and how they that were vycious were punysshed, and often put to
shame and rebuke." Caxton's Prologue.
During the isth century Sir Thomas Malory wrote a history of King
Arthur and the knights of the Round Table. Mr Lanier has prepared
this stirring tale of knights and chivalry purposely for the boys.
History of King Arthur and the knights of the Round Table.
3v. 1889 398 M2Q
The same. 3v. 1889 r398 M29
Le morte Darthur, Sir Thomas Malory's book of King Arthur
and of his noble knights of the Round Table; the text of
Caxton, ed. with an introduction, by Sir Edward Strachey.
1901 398 M29m
Introduction: The authorship and matter of the book. The text and its
several editions. An essay on chivalry.
MARTINENGO-CESARESCO, Evelyn (Carrington), contessa.
Essays in the study of folk-songs. 1886 398 M43
Contents: The inspiration of 4 eat h in folk-poetry. Nature in folk-
songs. Armenian folk-songs.- Venetian folk-songs. Sicilian folk-
songs. Greek songs of Calabria. Folk-songs of Provence. The
white paternoster. The diffusion of ballads. Songs for the Rite
of May. The idea of fate in southern traditions. Folk-lullabies. Folk
dirges.
"Books of reference," p.393-395-
The author writes enthusiastically, and with wide knowledge of her
subject; not the least important or interesting part of her book is the
introduction in which she outlines the whole subject.
MATTHEWS, Washington, comp.
Navaho legends. 1897. (American folk-lore society. Me-
moirs.) 398 M47
Bibliographic notes, by F. W. Hodge, p. 276-278.
MIDDLEMORE, Mrs Maria Trinidad Howard, ed.
Spanish legendary tales. 1885 398 M6;
MIJATOVICH, Mme Elodie Lawton, tr.
Serbian folk-lore. 1899 398 M68
The preface to this collection of Servian folk-tales gives a sketch of
the present state of folklore as a science.
MITFORD, Algernon Bertram Freeman-.
Tales of old Japan. 1890 398 M?5
"Love, revenge, 'the happy dispatch,' adventure by land and sea, quaint
fairy tales, Buddhist sermons quainter still in a word, the whole pic-
turesque life of old Japan these are the things Mr Mitford gives us,
and he gives them in a style that renders them doubly attractive."
B. H. Chamberlain.
MOONEY, James.
Holiday customs of Ireland. 1889 .398 M87
Bibliography, p-427.
Reprinted from the Proceedings of the American philosophical society.
MOTHER GOOSE MELODIES.
Book of nursery rhymes; arranged by Charles Welsh.
1901 J398 M93b
Mother Goose nursery rhymes J398 M93m
The same J398 M93mo
Mother Goose's melodies; or, Songs for the nursery. 1878. .J398 M93
Mother Goose's nursery rhymes; a collection of alphabets,
rhymes, tales and jingles J398 M93tnot
MUSAUS, Johann Karl August.
Volksmarchen der Deutschen. 3v. in I. 1868. (Bibliothek
der deutschen nationallittratur.) 398 Mo5
FOLK-LORE 551
NICHOLSON, Alexander, ed.
Collection of Gaelic proverbs and familiar phrases; based on
Macintosh's collection. 1881 qr3$8 N3I
NORTON, Charles Eliot, ed.
Child's own book and treasury of interesting stories.
(Young folks' library, v.i.) J398 N46
Contents: Aladdin. Ali Baba. Beauty and the beast. Blanch and
Rosalinda. Blue Beard. The children in the wood. Cinderella. The
discreet princess. Diamonds and toads. Prince Fatal and Prince
Fortune. Fortunatus. Fortunio. The fisherman and the genie.
Little hunch-back. Nourjahad. Jack the Giant killer. The royal
ram. Jack and the beanstalk. Puss in boots. Riquet with the tuft.
The three wishes. Fair one with the golden locks. Tom Thumb.
Invisible prince. Little Red Riding Hood. Robin Hood. Peronel-
la. The white cat. The seven champions of Christendom. Griselda.
Graciosa and Percinet. Hop-o'-my-ThumbS The history of little
Jack. Whittington and his cat. The yellow dwarf. Valentine and
Orson.
NUTT, Alfred Trubner.
Studies on the legend of the Holy Grail; with especial refer-
ence to the hypothesis of 'its Celtic origin. 1888 398 N53
O'SHEA, Michael Vincent, ed.
Old world wonder stories. 1902 J39S 029
Contents: Whittington and his cat. Jack the Giant killer. Tom Thumb.
Jack and the bean-stalk.
Six nursery classics. 1901 J398 0293
Contents: The house that Jack built. Mother Hubbard and her dog.
Courtship, etc. of Cock Robin. Dame Wiggins of Lee. The old
woman and her pig. The three bears.
OWEN, Mary Alicia, ed.
Voodoo tales as told among the negroes of the Southwest.
1893 398 034
PARKER, Mrs K. Langloh, comp.
Australian legendary tales, folk-lore of the Noongah-
burrahs as told to the piccaninnies. 1897 398 P24
PERRAULT, Charles.
Tales of Mother Goose, as first collected by Charles
Perrault in 1696; tr. by Charles Welsh J398 ?43t
Contents: Cinderella. The sleeping beauty in the wood. Little Thumb.
The master cat, or Puss in boots. Riquet of the tuft. Blue Beard.
The fairy. Little Red Riding-hood.
PERRAULT, Charles, and others.
Old French fairy tales J398 ?43
Contents: The blue bird. Little Red Riding-hood. Septimus. Blue
Beard. The yellow dwarf. A visit to the islands of pleasure. Cin-
derella. The story of the hind in the forest. The good little mouse.
The fair one with the golden hair. Princess Rosetta. The sleeping
beauty in the wood. Hop-o'-my-Thumb.
PETRIE, William Matthew Flinders, ed.
Egyptian tales; tr. fr. the papyri; ist-2d ser. 2v. 1895 398 P46
v.i. IVth to Xllth dynasty.
v.2. XVIIIth to XlXth dynasty.
"The tales present material valuable from the point of view of both
literature and folk-lore. They throw light upon many questions of
mythology, every-day life, and the current conceptions of the times,
and they deserve the attention of students of the Egyptian religion.
In them a natural progression is observable from marvels and tales of
wonder and of strange lands to novels of adventure and delineation
of character." Nation, 1896.
552 FOLK-LORE
PRATT, Mara L.
Legends of the red children; a supplementary reader for fourth
and fifth grade pupils. 1897 J398 P88
RAGOZIN, Mme Zenaide Alexeievna.
Frithjof, the viking of Norway, and Roland, the paladin of
France. 1899. (Tales of the heroic ages.) J398 Ri5
RALSTON, William Ralston Shedden.
Russian folk-tales. 1873 398 Ri7
Songs of the Russian people, as illustrative of Slavonic my-
thology and Russian social life. 1872 r398 Ri;
"Authorities," p.io-i2.
Account of the Russian lyric poems which oral tradition has preserved
among the peasantry. Reveals the manners of the people by and
among whom they are sung.
RAMASWAMI RAJU, P.V. comp.
Tales of the sixty mandarins J398 Ri73
Chinese and East Indian legends.
RAY, John, comp.
Hand-book of proverbs, comprising Ray's collection of
English proverbs, with his additions from foreign
languages, and a complete alphabetical index by H. G.
Bohn. 1893 r398 R24
RHYS, John.
Celtic folklore, Welsh and Manx. 2v. 1901 398 R38c
v.i. Undine's Kymric sisters. The fairies' revenge. Fairy ways and
words. Manx folklore. The fenodyree and his friends. The folk-
lore of the wells.
v.2. Triumphs of the water-world. Welsh cave legends. Place-name
stories. Difficulties of the folklorist. Folklore philosophy. Race
in folklore and myth.
Bibliography, v.i, p. 3 1-46.
Studies in the Arthurian legend. 1891 398 R38
"Chief object is to make Welsh literature help to shed light on the
Arthurian Legend; and that term is here construed loosely, so as to
include other legends more or less closely associated with Arthur."
Preface.
Based on the author's Hibbert lecture on Celtic heathendom, delivered
in 1886.
RINDER, Frank, ed.
Old-world Japan; legends of the land of the gods. 1896. . . .J398 R47
Stories founded on the legends of early times.
ROSS, Frederick.
Legendary Yorkshire. 1892 398 R73
ROUSE, William Henry Denham.
The talking thrush, and other tales from India, collected
by W. Crooke, and retold by W. H. D. Rouse. 1899 J398 R77
SCUDDER, Horace Elisha, ed.
Book of folk stories. 1897 J3Q8 S43
Contents: The story of Chicken Licken. The old woman and her pig.
The three bears. The elves and the shoemaker. Hans in luck.
Little One Eye, Little Two Eyes and Little Three Eyes. Puss in
boots. Cinderella. The sleeping beauty in the wood. Beauty and
the beast. Jack and the bean stalk. Dick Whittington and his cat.
Tom Thumb. The white cat. Little Red Riding Hood.
Book of legends. 1899 J398
Fables and folk stories. 1890 J398
SEGERSTEDT, Albrekt Julius.
My Lady Legend, and other folk tales from the north.
1891 J398 S45
FOLK-LORE 553
SEKLEMIAN, A.G.
The golden maiden, and other folk tales and fairy stories told
in Armenia. 1898 J3g8 846
SKEAT, Walter William.
Malay magic; an introduction to the folklore and popular
religion of the Malay peninsula. 1900 398 8627
"List of authorities quoted," 9.675.
SKINNER, Charles Montgomery.
Myths & legends beyond our borders. 1899 398 S62m
Traditions of Canada and Mexico.
Myths & legends of our new possessions & protectorate.
1900 398 S62my
Tales current among the people in the West Indies, Hawaii and the
Philippine islands.
Myths & legends of our own land. 2v. 1896 398 862
STANLEY, Henry Morton.
My dark companions and their strange stories. 1893 398 878
Weird folk tales told by natives around campfires in the wilds of Africa;
collected during 17 years of exploration.
STEEL, Mrs Flora Annie.
Tales of the Punjab told by the people; with notes by R. C.
Temple. 1894 J398 S8i
Though these Indian folk tales are told in form adapted to children,
the annotations and analyses of the tales render them valuable to the
scientific student of folklore.
TEIT, James, comp.
Traditions of the Thompson river Indians of British Colum-
bia. 1898. (American folk-lore society. Memoirs.) 398 T27
"The Indians whose myths are here gathered form a branch of the
Salishan tribes inhabiting portions of Washington, Idaho, Montana,
and British Columbia. These myths are mostly accounts of the deeds
of transformers, who prepared the earth for the abode of mankind."
THORPE, Benjamin, ed.
Yule-tide stories. 1892 3398 T4I
TREASURY of old-fashioned fairy tales J398 T7I
.Contents: Cinderella. Dame Trot and her cat. Whittington and his
cat. Jack the Giant-killer. Little Red Riding Hood. Ali Baba and
the forty thieves. Blue Beard. Aladdin and the wonderful lamp.
The fairy tale alphabet.
UNDERHILL, Mrs Zoe (Dana), comp.
The dwarfs' tailor, and other fairy tales. 1896 3398 U25
VALENTINE, Mrs Laura (Jewry).
Aunt Louisa's book of fairy tales J398 Vi5
VALENTINE, Mrs Laura (Jewry), ed.
The old, old fairy tales J3o8 ViSo
WAGNER, Wilhelm.
Epics and romances of the middle ages. 1892 398 Wi2
Contents: Langobardian legends. The Amelungs. Dietrich of Bern.
The Nibelung hero. The Nibelungs woe. The Hegeling legend.
Beowulf. The Carolingian legends. Legends of King Arthur and the
Holy Grail. Tannhauser.
WHYMPER, Frederick.
The romance of the sea; its fictions, facts and folk-lore.
1896 398 W66
Bibliography, p. 5-7.
WOOLF, Annie C. Hyatt.
Fairy folk from far and near. 1900 3398 W8~
554 CUSTOMS OF WAR
YEATS, William Butler, ed.
Irish fairy and folk tales 398 22
Well chosen, and accompanied with classification of Irish fairies and
list of authorities on Irish folk-lore.
399 Customs of war
ANDERSON, Joseph.
Ancient Scottish weapons; a series of drawings by James
Drummond, with descriptive notes by Joseph Ander-
son. 1881 qr399 A54
BURTON, Sir Richard Francis.
Book of the sword. 1884 Q399 695
List of authorities, p.23-3i.
First and only completed part of a work designed to fill three volumes.
Deals 'mainly with the archaeology of the subject.
"Part I. treats of the birth, parentage and early career of the Sword.
It begins in the very beginning, in pre-historic times and amongst
proto-historic peoples, and it ends with the full growth of the
Sword at the epoch of the early Roman Empire." Preface.
GARDNER, J. Starkie.
Armour in England from the earliest times to the reign of
James I.- 1897. (Portfolio monographs.) . ..qr399 Gi8
Foreign armour in England. 1898. (Portfolio mono-
graphs.) q399 Gi8f
Private collections of European arms and armour, with historical notes.
HEWITT, John.
Ancient armour and weapons in Europe, from the iron period
of the northern nations to the end of the I7th century.
3v. 1855-60 399 H49
LACOMBE, Paul.
Arms and armour in antiquity and the middle ages, also a
descriptive notice of modern weapons; tr. fr. the French
by Charles Boutell. 1893. 399 Ll2
MAINDRON, G.R.Maurice.
Les armes. 1890. (Bibliotheque de I'enseignement des
beaux-arts.) 399 M26
Philology
400 General works
MtiLLER, Max.
Three introductory lectures on the science of thought.
1888 .401
Contents: Simplicity of language. Identity of language. Identity of
language and thought. Simplicity of thought.
WHITNEY, William Dwight.
Oriental and linguistic studies, ist-2d ser. 2v. 1893 44
v.i. The Veda. The Avesta. The science of language.
v.2. The East and West. Religion and mythology. Orthography and
phonology. Hindu astronomy.
405 Philological periodicals
AMERICAN journal of philology; ed. by B. L. Gildef'sleeve.
v.i-date. r88o-date
JOURNAL of classical and sacred philology, v.i-date. 1854-
date
v.s-date title reads Journal of philology.
AMERICAN PHILOLOGICAL ASSOCIATION.
Transactions, i869-date. v.i-date. i87i-date r4o6 ASI
v.28-date title reads Transactions and proceedings.
v.2O contains an index to v.i-2o; v.3O, to v.2i-3o.
The Report of the- Committee of twelve on courses of study in Latin
and Greek for secondary schools, is appended, to v.3O.
407 Study and teaching of language
BAIRD, William Raimond.
The .study of languages. 1891. (Memory library.) 407 Bi6
BREBNER, Mary.
Method of teaching modern languages in Germany. 1898. .407 671
Bibliography, p.6g~7i.
BREUL, Karl.
The teaching of modern foreign languages in our secondary
schools. 1898 407 673
Bibliographical appendix,' p.$7-62; Reference library of a school teacher
of German, p.63-82.
GOUIN, Francois.
Art of teaching and studying languages. 1892 407 G73
LAURIE, Simon Somerville.
Lectures on language and linguistic method in the school;
delivered in 1889. 1893 407 L37
MARCEL, Claude.
The study of languages brought back to its true principles;
or, The art of thinking in a foreign language. 1895 407 M36
555
556 COMPARATIVE PHILOLOGY
SWEET, Henry.
Practical study of languages; guide for teachers and learners.
1900 407 897
Bibliography, p.279-a8o. >
"A philosophical study of method in the matter of teaching foreign
languages, ancient and modern, Occidental and Oriental. He stands
firmly for phonetics as the indispensable foundation of linguistic study,
but otherwise is conservative rather than radical in his recommen-
dations." Dial, 1900.
"Interesting as the volume is to the teacher, it is still more valuable
to the scientific student and writer." Nation, 1900.
409 History of language
BURNET, James, lord Monboddo.
Of the origin and progress of language. 6v. 1774-1809 r4og 693
HUTSON, Charles Woodward.
The story of language. 1897 409 H97
"To give some account of the rise of human speech from simple to
more complex forms, and of the connection between the progress of
language and the progress of the human race." Introduction.
LEFfiVRE, Andre.
. Race and language. 1894. (International scientific series.). .. .409 L53
PAUL, Hermann.
Principles of the history of language. 1891 409 P3I
STRONG, Herbert Augustus, and others.
Introduction to the study of the history of language. 1891. .409 892
WHITNEY, William Dwight.
Life and growth of language. 1893. (International scientific
series.) 409 W6s
410 Comparative philology
BRfiAL, Michel.
Essai de semantique, (science des significations). 1899.... 410 671
Semantics; studies in the science of meaning. 1900 410 B7is
GREG, Robert Philips.
Comparative philology of the old and new worlds in relation
to archaic speech. 1893 qr4io G86
List of authorities, p.354-355-
MILES, Eustace Hamilton.
How to learn philology; a simple and introductory book
for teachers and learners. 1899 410 M68
"List of useful books," ^.269-271.
MULLER, Max.
Science of language. 2v. 1891 : 410 M95
PEILE, John.
Philology. (Literature primers.) 410 P36
SWEET, Henry.
History of language. 1900. (Temple primers.) 410 897
Bibliography, p. 147 148.
First part deals with the definition of the science of language, its scope
and methods, and the life of language generally; while the second
part consists of a brief sketch of the Aryan family of languages, to- '
gether with a discussion of its affinities to other families.
COMPARATIVE PHILOLOGY 557
WHITNEY, William Dwight.
Language and the study of language. 1894 410 W6$
ASTLE, Thomas.
Origin and progress of writing. 1876 qr4H A85
CLODD, Edward.
Story of the alphabet. 1900. (Library of useful stories.) . . . .411 C6i
Contents: The beginnings of the alphabet. Memory-aids and picture-
writing. Chinese, Japanese and Corean scripts. Cuneiform writing.
Egyptian hieroglyphics. The Rosetta stone. Egyptian writing in its
relation to other scripts. The Cretan and allied scripts. Greek papyri.
Runes and organs.
Popular little book tracing the history of the written alphabet.
HOFFMAN, Walter James.
Beginnings of writing. 1895. (Anthropological series.) ... .411 H67
HUMPHREYS, Henry Noel.
Origin and progress of the art of writing. 1853 qi"4ii Hg2
TAYLOR, Isaac.
Alphabet; origin and development of letters. 2v. 1883 r4ii T2S
v.i. Semitic alphabets.
v.2. Aryan alphabets.
MASSEY, Gerald.
A book of the beginnings, containing an attempt to recover
the lost origines of the myths and mysteries, types and
symbols, religion and language, with Egypt for the
mouthpiece and Africa as the birthplace. 2v. 1881 . . .qr4i2 M45b
v.i. Egyptian origines in the British isles.
v.2. Egyptian origines in the Hebrew, Akkado-Assyrian and Maori.
The natural genesis; or, Second part of a Book of the be-
ginnings. 2v. 1883 qr4i2 M45
HEYNE, Paul, comp.
Praktisches worterbuch der elektrotechnik und chemie, in
deutscher, englischer und spanischer sprache; mit
besonderer beriicksichtigung der modernen maschinen-
technik, giesserei und metallurgie. 3v. 1898-1900 1*413 HSI
v.i. Deutsch-englisch-spanisch.
v.2. English-Spanish-German.
v.3- Espanol-aleman-ingles.
SCHOLL, Charles, and others, comp.
Phraseological dictionary of commercial correspondence
in the English, German, French & Spanish languages.
1891 r4i3 836
UNITED STATES American republics bureau.
Commercial nomenclature, (English, Spanish, Portuguese).
2v. 1894 qr4i3 U25
Published in accordance with a resolution of the International Ameri-
can conference recommending "the adoption of a common nomen-
clature which shall designate in alphabetical order, in equivalent
terms, in English, Portuguese, and Spanish, the commodities on which
import duties are levied."
WEBBER, Eduard, comp.
Technisches worterbuch in vier sprachen. 4v. 1897-99
v.i. German, Italian, French, English.
v.2. Italian, German, French, English.
v.3- French, Italian, German, English.
v-4. English, Italian, German, French.
BRUGMANN, Karl.
Comparative grammar of the Indo-Germanic languages, with
558 ENGLISH LANGUAGE
index; tr. fr. the German by Joseph Wright and others.
5v. 1888-95 415 B82
v.i title reads "Elements of the comparative grammar of the Indo-
Germanic languages."
"I would congratulate not only Prof. Brugmann, but the public for
which he writes, upon a work which will long remain the indispen-
sable text-book of the comparative grammarian. It is a monument of
labour, sobriety and research." Prof. A. H. Sayce in the Academy.
DELBRUCK, Berthold.
Introduction to the study of language; a critical survey of the
history and methods of comparative philology of the
Indo-European languages. 1882. (Bibliothek indoger-
manischer grammatiken.) 415 039
SCHLEICHER, August.
Compendium of the comparative grammar of the Indo-Euro-
pean, Sanskrit, Greek and Latin languages. 2v. in i.
1874-77 415 S34
THOMPSON, Sir Edward Maunde.
Handbook of Greek and Latin palaeography. 1893. (Inter-
national scientific series.) 417 T38
420 English language
ALFORD, Henry, dean.
A plea for the queen's English; stray notes on speaking
and spelling. 1866 420 A38
PALMER, George Herbert.
Self-cultivation in English. 1897 420 Pi9
HILL, Adams Sherman.
Our English. 1897 420.4 H55
Contents: English in schools. English in colleges. English in news-
papers and novels. English in the pulpit. Colloquial English.
MARSH, George Perkins.
Lectures on the English language. 1885 420.4 M4i
The same'. 1860 T420.4 M4I
MATTHEWS, Brander.
Parts of speech ; essays on English. 1901 420.4 M47
Contents: The stock that speaks the language. The future of the
language. The English language in the United States. The language
in Great Britain. Americanisms once more. New words and old.
The naturalization of foreign words. The function of slang. Ques-
tions of usage. An inquiry as to rime. On the poetry of place-
names. As to "American spelling." The simplification of English
spelling. Americanism; an attempt at a definition.
TUCKER, Gilbert Milligan.
Our common speech. 1895 420.4 T8i
Six readable essays on changes in the meanings of words, the revised
version of the New testament, old dictionaries, comparative merits of
English dictionaries, American-English, etc. Contains also a bibliog-
raphy of Americanisms.
EMERSON, Oliver Farrar.
Brief history of the English language. 1897 420.9 Es8b
History of the English language. 1895 420.9 58
ENGLISH ORTHOGRAPHY 559
KELLOGG, Brainerd, & Reed, Alonzo.
The English language; a brief history of its grammatical
changes and its vocabulary. 1897 420.9 Ki6
LOUNSBURY, Thomas Raynesford.
History of the English language. 1894 420.9 L93
"Part I. A clear and concise account of the Roman, Teutonic, Norman,
and other influences which formed the English language; with a
review of its changes from within. Part II. History of the inflection
of the noun, adjective, pronoun and verb; this Part is less adapted
to the general reader than to the special student." Edward R. Shaw.
MARSH, George Perkins.
Origin and history of the English language. 1892 420.9 M4I
TOLLER, Thomas Northcote.
Outlines of the history of the English language. 1900 420.9 T$7
"Ten of the chapters are occupied with Old English and only three with
Middle and Modern English... As a lucid and accurate account of the
lexical and grammatical characteristics of Old English, of the nature
of its relationship to the other Germanic tongues, and of the manner
in which... its vocabulary was influenced by the social conditions of
the people and by their intercourse with foreign nations, the book is
deserving of the highest praise." Atheneeum, 1901.
421 Orthography. Orthoepy. Punctuation
POOLE, William Frederick.
Orthographical hobgoblin. 1860 r42i P79
Defence of the orthography of Webster's dictionary against unfavorable
. '' criticism by the publishers of Worcester's dictionary.
SWEET, Henry.
History of English sounds. 1888 421 S97
MERCANTILE speller; containing the correct ways of
spelling words used in correspondence, and their pre-
fixes and suffixes. 1900 r 421.4 M6j
OUR accursed spelling; what to do with it. 1901 421.4 032
Bibliography, p. 136.
A collection of papers on spelling reform, by the following authors:
Max Miiller, W. D. Whitney, S. S. Haldeman, F. A. March, W. T.
Harris, Joseph Medill and T. R. Lounsbury.
AYRES, Alfred, {pseud, of Thomas Embley Osmun).
Orthoepist. 1894 r 42i.5 Ao
MACKEY, Mary Stuart, & Mrs Maryette Goodwin, comp.
Pronunciation of 10,000 proper names, giving geographical
and biographical names, names of books, works of art,
characters in fiction, foreign titles, etc. 1901 r42i.5 Mi8
PHYFE, William Henry Pinkney.
Seven thousand words often mispronounced; a complete hand-
book of difficulties in English pronunciation; with a supple-
ment of 1,400 additional words. 1898 r 42i.5 P53
BIGELOW, Marshall Train.
Punctuation and other typographical matters. 1895 421.9 647
The same. 1894 T42I.9 647
KLEIN, W.L.
Why we punctuate; or, Reason vs. rule in the use of marks,
by a journalist. 1897 421.9 K3I
36
5 6o ENGLISH ETYMOLOGY
TEALL, F. Horace.
Punctuation, with chapters on hyphenization, capitalization
and spelling. 1897 421-9 T26
The same. 1900 1421 .9 Ta6
WILLIS, James Florence.
Practical punctuation. 1891 421.9 W75
422 Etymology
EARLE, John, b. 1824.
Philology of the English tongue. 1892 422 17
FITZGERALD, Joseph.
. <" Word and phrase; true and false use in English. 1901 422 F57
''Takes a middle route between the purists on the one hand who would
have the language put under the absolute rule of Authority without
appeal... and the philological anarchists on the other who defy all
law, and maintain that in language whatever is, is right- Mr. Fitz-
gerald believes that the voluntary acquiescence of the people, ruled by
the classic writers of their language, is the saving element of correct
speech." Dial, 1901.
OILMAN, Arthur.
Short stories from the dictionary. 1886 J422 042
The same. 1886 rJ422 042
GRAHAM, William, teacher of elocution.
Exercises on etymology. 1843 r422 G77
GREENOUGH, James Bradstreet, & Kittredge, G.L.
Words and their ways in English speech. 1901 422 G84
Partial contents: The origin of language. Learned words and popular
words. Technical or class dialects. Slang and legitimate speech.
Fashion in language. Complexity of the English vocabulary. Cog-
nates and borrowed words. The development of words. Fossils.
Generalization and specialization of meaning. Euphemism. Folk-ety-
mology. Doublets and homonyms. Words from the names of ani-
mals. Words from places or persons.
The authors' purpose is to answer the thousand questions which intelli-
gent persons who are not linguistic scholars are continually asking
with regard to their mother tongue. Incorporates the results of the
most recent studies, especially those of the science of meanings.
KLUGE, Friedrich, & Lutz, Frederic.
English etymology; a select glossary serving as an introduc-
tion to the history of English language. 1899 r422 K33
"To furnish the student with a small and concise book enabling him
to get an insight into the main linguistic phenomena." Preface.
SKEAT, Walter William, comp.
Concise etymological dictionary of the English language.
1901 r422 S62C
Etymological dictionary of the English language. 1893 qr422 S62
SKEAT, Walter William.
Notes on English etymology, chiefly reprinted from the
Transactions of the Philological society. 1901 r422 S62n
"Scattered contributions to philological knowledge. There are some
three hundred pages of 'Notes,' alphabetically arranged, with refer-
ence to the places in which they originally appeared. The words dis-
cussed illustrate every hole and corner of our language. The observa-
tions upon them are full of ingenuity and curious learning." Nation,
1901.
Principles of English etymology; ist-2d ser. 2v. 1891-92. .. .422 S62p
v.i. Native element.
v.2. Foreign element.
"Method used is to explain the pronunciation of the words when they
ENGLISH DICTIONARIES 561
were taken into English, or became known as English, and then set
forth the principal phonetic changes that have taken place in them
since. The First Series is thus occupied mainly with the phonetic
laws of the Anglo-Saxon, and the Second Series with those of Anglo-
French . . . Perhaps the most interesting matter is the history of the
growth of modern English spelling, and a discussion of its present
condition." Nation, 1891.
A student's pastime; a series of articles reprinted from
Notes and queries. 1896 422 8623
Bibliography, p. 79-84.
Studies in etymology.
SWINTON, William.
Rambles among words. 1864 422 897
TRENCH, Richard Chenevix, abp.
On the study of words. 1892 422 T72
423 Dictionaries
BAILEY, Nathan, comp.
Universal etymological English dictionary. 2v. 1726 r 423 Bi6
BULLOKAR, John.
English expositor improved; a complete dictionary; revised
by R. Browne. 1706 r423 687
CENTURY dictionary of the English language. 6v. 1889-91. .qr423 C32
FENNELL, Charles Augustus Maude, comp.
Stanford dictionary of Anglicised words and phrases. 1892. .qr423 F36
Published by the University press, Cambridge, Eng.
JOHNSON, Samuel, 1709-1784, comp.
Dictionary of the English language. 2v. 1755 q r 423 J36
The rare first edition, containing the curious definitions, afterwards al-
tered, e. g. "Oats. A grain, which in England is generally given to
horses, but in Scotland supports the people." (Someone retorted,
"And where do you find such horses and such men?") "Pension, An
allowance made to any one without an equivalent. In England it is
generally understood to mean pay given to a state hireling for treason
to his country." (Dr Johnson, himself, afterwards accepted a pen-
sion.)
MURRAY, James Augustus Henry.
Evolution of English lexicography. 1900. (Romanes lecture,
1900.) 423 M97
MURRAY, James Augustus Henry, ed.
New English dictionary, founded mainly on materials col-
lected by the Philological society, v.i-5, v.6, pt.i-4, v.7,
pt.i-2, v.8, in 12. 1887-1003 q r 423 M97
v.i. A B.
V.2. C.
v.3. D E.
v-4. F G.
v. 5 . H K.
v.6. L Lock.
v.7. O Outing.
v.8. Q.
"The minutest record that science and unremitting labor can achieve
of all the facts concerning every word in the whole English language,
past and present." Louis Dyer in Nation, 1900.
POOLE, William Frederick.
Dictionaries in the Boston mercantile library and Boston
Athenaeum. 1856 r42i P79
A reprint of the author's "Battle of dictionaries."
Bound with his "Orthographical hobgoblin."
562 ENGLISH SYNONYMS
RICHARDSON, Charles, comp.
New dictionary of the English language. 2v. 1856 qr423 R4I
SMITH, Henry Percy, & Johnson, Mrs H. K. comp.
Dictionary of terms, phrases and quotations. 1895 r423 S64
STANDARD dictionary of the English language, with supple-
ment. 3v. 1895-97 qr423 S78
STORMONTH, James, comp.
Etymological and pronouncing dictionary of the English lan-
guage. 1898 r423 S88
UNIVERSAL dictionary of the English language; ed. by
Robert Hunter and Charles Morris. 4v. 1897 qr423 U25
WALKER, John, 1732-1807, comp.
Critical pronouncing dictionary of the English language.
1831 r423 Wi6
The same. 1825 r423 Wi6c
WEBSTER, Noah, comp.
Academic dictionary. 1895 r423 W38ac
American dictionary of the English language. 1856 qi"423 W38a
An early edition of Webster's International dictionary.
Condensed dictionary of the English language. 1884 r423 W38co
Chiefly derived from Webster's unabridged dictionary.
Countinghouse dictionary; a dictionary of the English
language. 1895 r423 W38c
Abridged from Webster's International dictionary.
Kept in the printing department.
International dictionary of the English language. 1894 q r 423 W38
The same. 1901 qr423 W38i
WILLIAMS, Ralph Olmsted.
Our dictionaries, and other English language topics.
1890 423 W74
Contents: The growth of our dictionaries. The word "metropolis" as
used in England and America. Some peculiarities real and supposed
in American English. Good English for Americans. Cases of dis-
puted propriety and of unsettled usage.
WORCESTER, Joseph Emerson, comp.
Dictionary of the English language. 1895 qr423 W86
424 Synonyms
CRABB, George, comp.
English synonymes. 1893 r424 C8s
FERNALD, James Champlin.
English synonyms and antonyms, with notes on the correct
use of prepositions. 1896 r424 F39
ROGET, Peter Mark, comp.
Thesaurus of English words and phrases. 1879 r424 R6i
SMITH, Charles John, comp.
Synonyms and antonyms; or, Kindred words and their
opposites. 1893 r4 2 4 $64
SOULE, Richard, comp.
Dictionary of English synonymes. 1893 r424 72
ENGLISH GRAMMAR 563
425 Grammar
ABBOTT, Edwin Abbott.
How to parse. 1892 425 Ai3
BAIN, Alexander.
English grammar as bearing upon composition. 1874 425 Bi6e
A higher English grammar. 1879 425 Bid
BRINK, Bernhard ten.
Language and metre of Chaucer; revised by Friedrich Kluge.
1901 425 675
"This learned treatise . . . [is] indispensable to the student of Middle Eng-
lish in general and of Chaucer in particular." Academy, 1902.
BROWN, Goold.
Grammar of English grammars, with an introduction, his-
torical and critical. 1858 r425 678
Bibliography, p.n-ao.
BURTT, Andrew.
Practical grammar of the English language, synthetic and an-
alytic; adapted to the wants of public schools, academies
and private learners. 1869 r42S 695
Primary grammar of the English language; designed for the
use of schools and private learners. 1873 r425 B9Sp
COBBETT, William.
English grammar; ed. by Alfred Ayres. 1895 425 63
EARLE, John, 6.1824.
A simple grammar of English now in use. 1898 425 Ei7
HAAS, Clara A.
English grammar, in its elements and forms. 1865 r425 Hn
HARRISON, Matthew.
Rise, progress and present structure of the English language.
1850 425 HSI
MEIKLEJOHN, John Miller Dow.
English language, its grammar, history and literature, with
chapters on composition, versification, paraphrasing
and punctuation. 1897 425 M57
MORRIS, Richard.
Elementary lessons in historical English grammar. 1897. .425 Mgie
English grammar. (Literature primers.) 425 Mgieng
Historical outlines of English accidence. 1894 4 2 5
MORRIS, Richard, & Bowen, H. C.
English grammar exercises. 1890. (Literature
primers.) 425
POWELL, William Bramwell, & Connolly, Louise.
Rational grammar of the English language. 1899 425 P87
"This grammar presents the study of our language as it exists, free
from the trammels of a forced analogy with Latin, yet avoiding the
serious error of teaching Anglo-Saxon more than English. Some of
the merits claimed for the book are a natural development of the
subject treated, a simple and clear statement of hitherto puzzling
points in grammar and an adequate emphasis of the practical side of
the study the correct forming of the speech of the pupil." Preface.
564 ENGLISH PROSODY. ENGLISH DIALECTS
SWEET, Henry.
New English grammar. 2v. 1892-98 425 897
WEBSTER, George H.
Presentation of the grammar of new English beginning with
the age of Elizabeth. 1884 r42$ W&
WHITNEY, William Dwight.
Essentials of English grammar. 1891 425 W6s
The same. 1897 r42S W6s
426 Prosody
BARNUM, Samuel Weed.
Vocabulary of English rhymes. 1876. r426 825
BREWER, Robert Frederick.
Orthometry; a treatise on the art of versification, with a new
and complete rhyming dictionary. 1893 r426 673
CORSON, Hiram.
Primer of English verse. 1893 426 C8a
LANIER, Sidney.
Science of English verse. 1894 426 L26
"The characteristic feature of Mr Lanier's treatise is the application of
the principles and notation of music to English verse." Nation, 1880.
MAYOR, Joseph Bickersteth.
Chapters on English metre. 1886 426 MS4
PARSONS, James Challis.
English versification. 1891 426 P26
427 Dialects. Slang
BARRfiRE, Albert, & Leland, C.G. comp.
Dictionary of slang, jargon & cant, embracing English,
American and Anglo-Indian slang. 2v. 1889-90 r427 626
BARTLETT, John Russell, ed.
Dictionary of Americanisms. 1889 r427 627
E., B. comp.
New dictionary of the terms ancient and modern of the cant-
ing crew in its several tribes of gypsies, beggars, thieves,
cheats, &c; with an addition of some proverbs, phrases,
figurative speeches, &c 1*427 En
Reprint of the original edition.
FARMER, John Stephen, comp.
Americanisms old & new; a dictionary of words, phrases and
colloquialisms. 1889 r427 F24
GENTLEMAN'S magazine library; ed. by G. L. Gomme;
Dialect, proverbs and word-lore. 1884 427 629
HALLIWELL-PHILLIPPS, James Orchard, comp.
Dictionary of archaic and provincial words. 2v. 1889 r427 Hi8
HOTTEN, John Camden, comp.
Slang dictionary; or, The vulgar words, street phrases and
fast expressions of high and low society. 1872 r427 H82
ANGLO-SAXON LANGUAGE 565
JAMIESON, John, comp.
Etymological dictionary of the Scottish language, with sup-
plement. 5v. 1879-87 qr427 Ji7
MORRIS, Edward Ellis, comp.
Austral English; a dictionary of Australasian words,
phrases and usages. 1898 r427 Mgi
NARES, Robert, comp.
Glossary of words, customs, etc. in English authors par-
ticularly Shakespeare; ed. by J. O. Halliwell and
Thomas Wright. 2v. 1888 r427 Ni3
NORTON, Charles Ledyard, comp.
Political Americanisms; a glossary of terms and phrases
current at different periods in American politics. 1890. .r427 N46
STRATMANN, Francis Henry, comp.
Middle-English dictionary. 1891 r427 S8g
WALLACE, A.
Popular sayings dissected. 1894 r427 Wi7
WRIGHT, Joseph, ed.
English dialect dictionary, v.i-4. 1896-1903 Q r 427 W935
v.i. A to C.
v.2. D to G.
v.3. H to L.
v.4. M. to Q.
WRIGHT, Thomas, 1810-1877, comp.
Dictionary of obsolete and provincial English. 2v. 1886. .r427 W93
428.3 Errors of speech. Use of words
AYRES, Alfred, (pseud, of Thomas Embley Osmun).
Some ill-used words. 1901 T428.3 Ag8
The verbalist. 1895 428.3 Ag8
COMPTON, Alfred George.
Some common errors of speech. 1898 428.3 C73
KIRKLAND, Elizabeth Stansbury.
Speech and manners for home and school. 1896 3428.3 K28
LONG, J.H.
Slips of tongue and pen. 1888 428.3 L82
WHITE, Richard Grant.
Words and their uses. 1870 428.3 W63
WILLIAMS, Ralph Olmsted.
Some questions of good English examined in controversies
with Dr Fitzedward Hall. 1897 428.3 W74
Most of these papers are reprinted from the Dial and from Modern
language notes.
429 Anglo-Saxon language
BOSWORTH, Joseph.
Anglo-Saxon dictionary; ed. and enlarged by T. N. Toller.
4 pt. in 2v. 1882-98 qr429 664
CARPENTER, Stephen Haskins.
Introduction to the study of the Anglo-Saxon language. 1896. .r429 C22
S 66 GERMAN LANGUAGE
SIEVERS, Eduard.
Old English grammar. 1895 429 $57
SWEET, Henry, comp.
Student's dictionary of Anglo-Saxon. 1897 r429 Sp7
WRIGHT, Thomas, 1810-1877, comp.
Anglo-Saxon and old English vocabularies. 2v. 1884 r429 W93
v.i. Vocabularies.
v.2. Indices.
430 German language
SUPER, Charles William.
History of the German language. 1893 430 895
VALENTINE, William Winston.
New High German; a comparative study; ed. by A. H.
Keane. 2v. 1894 r43O Vi5
v.i. Phonology and morphology.
v.2. Syntax.
FAULMANN, Karl, comp.
Etymologisches worterbuch der deutschen sprache. 1893. .r432 F27
KLUGE, Friedrich, comp.
Etymological dictionary of the German language. 1891... r432 K33
433 Dictionaries
KOOP, August, comp.
Dictionary of English idioms with their German equiva-
lents. 1900 433.1 K37
LANGE, Franz.
Handbook of English and German idioms, with an appen-
dix of English .and German prepositions. 1893.
(Method Gaspey-Otto-Sauer.) r433.i L24
TAKER, Myra, & Roger, F. F. tr.
Macmillan's German idioms; tr. by Myra Taker under the
direction of F. F. Roget. 1900 T433.I Ti4
BARNES, Fancourt, comp.
German-English dictionary of words and terms used in
medicine. 1881 ^33.2 625
EGER, Gustav, comp.
Technologisches worterbuch. 2v. 1882-84 r 433-2 35
v. i . Englisch-deutsch.
v.2. Deutsch-englisch.
FLOGEL, Johann Gottfried, comp.
Universal English-German and German-English dictionary.
2v.in 3. 1894 qr433-2 F67
THIEME, Friedrich Wilhelm, & Preusser, Emil, comp.
Dictionary of the English and German languages ; ed. by I. E.
Wessely. 2v. in i. 1896 ^33.2 T35
TREVES, Frederick, & Lang, Hugo, comp.
German-English dictionary of medical terms. 1889 T433.2 T73
GERMAN LANGUAGE 567
435 Grammar
WHITNEY, William Dwight.
Compendious German grammar. 1888 435 W6$
The same. 1888 r43S W6s
437 Dialects
LEXER, Matthais van, comp.
Mittelhochdeutsches taschenworterbuch. 1897 r437 L67
WRIGHT, Joseph.
Middle High-German primer, with grammer, notes and glos-
sary. 1888. (Clarendon press series.) r437 WQ3
438 Text-books
ADLER, George J. comp.
Deutsches lesebuch, mit riicksicht auf die amerikanische aus-
gabe der Ollendorff'schen methode. 1863 r438 A23
HODGES, H.B.
Course in scientific German. 1894 438 H66
OTIS, Charles Pomeroy.
Elementary German; an outline of the grammar, with exer-
cises, conversations and readings. 1889. (Handbooks for
students and general readers.) 438 031
WOODBURY,W.H.
New method of learning the German language. 1865 r438 W86
439 Minor Teutonic languages
CALISCH, Isaac Marcus, comp.
New complete dictionary of the English and Dutch languages.
2v. 1890-92 T439-3 Cl3
HALDEMAN, Samuel Stehman.
Pennsylvania Dutch; a dialect of south German, with an in-
fusion of English. 1872 ^39.3 His
OMAN, Victor Emanuel, comp.
Svensk-engelsk hand-ordbok. 1888 ^39.7 024
LARSEN, A. comp.
Dictionary of the Dano-Norwegian and English languages.
1897 T439.8 L33
BALG, Gerhard if. comp.
Comparative glossary of the Gothic language with especial
reference to English and German. 1887-89 qr439_9 Big
BALG, Gerhard H. ed.
First Germanic Bible; tr. fr. the Greek by the Gothic bishop
Wulfila in the 4th century, and the other remains of the
Gothic language; with introduction, syntax and glossary.
1891 qr439-9
568 FRENCH LANGUAGE
BRAUNE, Theodor Wilhelm.
Gothic grammar; with selections for reading and a glossary;
tr. and ed. with notes, citations, derivations and correspon-
dences, by G. H. Balg. 1895 r 439.9 671
440 French language
BRACHET, Auguste, comp.
Etymological dictionary of the French language. 1882 r442 667
443 Dictionaries
HATZFELD, Adolphe, & Darmesteter, Arsene, comp.
Dictionnaire general de la langue frangaise, du commence-
ment du 176 siecle jusqu'a nos jours, precede d'un
Traite de la formation de la langue. 2v qi"443 H34
LITTRfi, fimile, comp.
Dictionnaire de la langue franchise, & supplement. 5v.
1878-92 ., qr443 L74
PAYNE, De V. Pay en-, comp.
French idioms and proverbs. 1900 T443-I ?33
"Authorities consulted," p.7-8.
A companion to Deshumbert's "Dictionary of difficulties."
PLAN, Mme Ph. comp.
Macmillan's selection of French idioms. 1896 T443-I P68
GASC, Ferdinand E.A. comp.
Dictionary of the French and English languages. 1897 ^443-2 G2i
LOVENDAL, A.S. comp.
Dictionnaire technique frangais-anglais des outils et usten-
siles employes dans les metiers manuels, la petite indus-
trie, le menage, etc *443-2 L94
SPIERS, Alexander, & Surenne, Gabriel, comp.
French and English pronouncing dictionary. 1894 qr443.2 875
445 Grammar
BRACKET, Auguste.
Historical grammar of the French tongue. 1888 445 667
CLARKE, George Herbert, & Murray, C. J.
Dent's school grammar of modern French, with special
sections dealing with the language of the seventeenth
century. 1900 445 C53
DARMESTETER, Arsene.
Historical French grammar; ed. by Ernest Muret and Leopold
Sudre. 1899 r445 D25
GIRAULT-DUVIVIER, Charles Pierre.
Grammaire des grammaires; ou, Analyse raisonnee des meil-
leurs traites sur la langue franchise. 1851 r445 644
GUfiRARD, Michel.
Petite grammaire des ecoles. 1879 445 G95
SPANISH LANGUAGE 569
NYROP, Kristoffer.
Grammaire historique de la langue franchise, v.i. 1899... r445 NS5
Bibliographic, v.i, p. 409-454.
WHITNEY, William Dwight.
Practical French grammar. 1887 445 W6$
The same. 1887 r445 W65
447 Dialects
HEARN, Lafcadio, comp.
"Gombo zhebes," little dictionary of Creole proverbs
selected from six Creole dialects; tr. into French and
into English, with some brief remarks upon the Creole
idioms of Louisiana. 1885 r/J47 H38
"Creole bibliography," p. 7.
MfiTIVIER, Georges, comp.
Dictionnaire franco-normand; ou, Recueil des mots par-
ticuliers au dialecte de Guernesey, faisant voir leurs re-
lations romanes, celtiques et tudesques. 1870 r447 M64
448 Text-books
CHARDENAL, C.A.
Standard French primer 448 37
FIVAS, Victor de, comp.
Introduction to the French language, containing fables,
select tales, anecdotes, &c., with a dictionary. 1847.... r448 F$8
OLLENDORFF, Heinrich Gottfried.
New method of learning to read, write and speak a language
in six months, adapted to the French. 1852 r448 023
450 Italian language
MILLHOUSE, John, comp.
New English and Italian pronouncing and explanatory dic-
tionary. 2v. 1894 T453.2 M6g
GALLENGA, Antonio, (pseud. Luigi Mariotti).
Practical grammar of the Italian language. 1888 455 Gi5
The same. 1897 r455 Gi5
LONGFELLOW, Henry Wadsworth.
Syllabus de la grammaire italienne. 1832 r45S L82
460 Spanish language
MAC! AS, Jose Miguel, comp.
Diccionario cubano; etimologico, critico, razonado y com-
prensivo. 1888 ^63 Mi7
ZEROLO, Elias, and others, comp.
Diccionario enciclopedico de la lengua castellana; contiene
570 LATIN LANGUAGE
tambien el Diccionario de la rima, por Peiialver. 2v.
1898 qr46s Z54
FERNANDEZ, Felipe, comp.
Dictionary of the Spanish and English languages. 1817. ^463.2 F39
VELAZQUEZ de la CADENA, Mariano, comp.
Pronouncing dictionary of the Spanish and English lan-
guages, upon the basis of Seoane's edition of Neuman
and Baretti. 1892 qr463.2 V25
The same; revised and enlarged by Edward Gray and J. L.
Iribas. v.i. 1900 qr463.2 V25p
v.i. Spanish-English.
TOSSE, Augustin Luis.
Grammar of the Spanish language, with practical exer-
cises; revised by F. Sales. 2v. in i. 1843-44 1*465 J45
KNAPP, William Ireland.
Grammar of the modern Spanish language. 1892 465 K33
The same. 1898 r46s K33
LOPES, Jose M.
Nouvelle methode pratique de langue espagnole. 1873 468 L85
MATZKE, John Ernst, comp.
First Spanish readings. 1899 468 M48
VIEYRA TRAUSTAGANO, Antonio.
Grammar of the Portuguese languages; to which is added
a copious vocabulary and dialogues, with extracts from
the best Portuguese authors; revised by A. Peixoto.
1890 469 V3i
VIEYRA TRAUSTAGANO, Antonio, comp.
Novo diccionario portatil das linguas portugueza e ingleza;
resumido do diccionario de Vieyra. 2v ^69.2 V3I
v.i. Portuguez e inglez.
v.2. English and Portuguese.
470 Latin language
LEWIS, Charlton Thomas, & Short, Charles, comp.
Harper's Latin dictionary. 1894 qi"473 L67
MARTIN, Charles Trice, comp.
Record interpreter; a collection of abbreviations, Latin words
and names used in English historical manuscripts and
records. 1892 r473 M42
LEVENS, Peter, comp.
Manipulus vocabulorum; a dictionary of English and Latin
words, arranged in the alphabetical order of the last sylla-
bles ; ed. by H. B. Wheatley. 1867. (Camden society. Pub-
lications, v.95.) 473.2 L66
First printed in 1570.
SMITH, Sir William, & Hall, T.D. comp.
Copious and critical English-Latin dictionary. 1888 T473.2 S66
ALLEN, Joseph Henry, & Greenough, J.B.
Latin grammar. 1894 475 A42
The same. 1898 r475 A42
GREEK LANGUAGE 571
ROBY, Henry John.
Grammar of the Latin language. 2v. 1887-92 475 R$6
480 Greek language
CURTIUS, Georg.
Principles of Greek etymology. 2v. 1886 r482 93
LANCELOT, Claude, comp.
Primitives of the Greek tongue with rules for derivation.
1812 r482 L2i
FRADERSDORFF, J. Wilhelm, comp.
Copious phraseological English-Greek lexicon; revised, en-
larged and improved by T. K. Arnold and Henry Browne.
1882 T483.2 F8S
LIDDELL, Henry George, & Scott, Robert, comp.
Greek-English lexicon. 1889 qr483.2 L68
SCHREVELIUS, Cornelius, comp.
Lexicon manuale Graeco-Latinum & Latino-Graecum.
1787 T483.7 837
GOODWIN, William Watson.
Greek grammar. 1894 4&5 G63
The same. 1898 r$>$ 663
KING, John Edward, & Cookson, Christopher.
Introduction to the comparative grammar of Greek and
Latin. 1890 485 K26
ANTHON, Charles.
First Greek lessons. 1840 r488 A62
MORRIS, W.H.
Greek lessons, showing how useful and how easy it is for
every one to learn Greek. 1892 488 Mgi
JANNARIS, A. N. comp.
Concise dictionary of the English and modern Greek
languages. 1895 ^89 Ji8
490 Minor languages
491 Minor Indo-European languages
MACDONELL, Arthur Anthony, comp.
Sanskrit-English dictionary. 1893 qr49i.2 Mi4
BROTHERS OF THE CHRISTIAN SCHOOLS.
Irish grammar. 1901 T49I.6 677
EVANS, Daniel Silvan, comp.
Dictionary of the Welsh language, v.i. 1893 qr49i.6 94
MACLEOD, Norman, 1783-1862, & Dewar, Daniel, comp.
Dictionary of the Gaelic language. 1893 qr49i.6 Mi9
STEWART, Alexander, minister of Ding-wall.
Elements of Gaelic grammar. 1892 491.6 S84
572 SEMITIC LANGUAGES
ALEXANDROW, A. comp.
Complete Russian dictionary. 2v. 1897-99 q r 49 x -7
v.i. Russian-English,
v.z. English-Russian.
MORFILL, William Richard.
Grammar of the Russian language. 1889 491-7
The same. 1889 r49i.7 M89
CHOD2KO, Alexander Edmund Borekyo, comp.
Complete dictionary; English and Polish. 2v. in I r49i.8 44
v.i. Polish-English.
v.2. English- Polish.
MORFILL, William Richard.
Grammar of the Bohemian or Cech language. 1899 491-8 M8g
The same. 1899 r49i.8 M8gg
Simplified grammar of the Polish language. 1884.
(Trtibner's collection of simplified grammars.) 491-8 MSgs
The same. 1884. (Trubner's collection of simplified gram-
mars.) '. r49i .8 M89
BEZZENBERGER, Adalbert.
Litauische forschungen; beitrage zur kenntniss der sprache
und des volkstumes der Litauer. 1882 T49I.9 846
Lithuanian folk songs, stories, sayings, etc., with about a hundred
pages of definitions (Lithuanian-German) which supplement Nessel-
mann's dictionary.
492 Semitic languages
KING, Leonard William.
Assyrian language; easy lessons in the cuneiform in-
scriptions. 1901. (Books on Egypt and Chaldsea,
v-5.) 492.1 K26
An easy introduction to the study of cuneiform inscriptions. It con-
tains a short description of the development of cuneiform characters
from picture-writing and traces in detail the method by which Grote-
fend and Rawlinson obtained the clue to the reading of the inscrip-
tions. It gives the main facts of Assyrian grammar, illustrating im-
portant rules by brief extracts from Babylonian and Assyrian texts.
The last two chapters contain a series of short extracts from historical
documents together with transliterations, translations and a glossary.
MOLDENKE, Alfred B. ed.
Cuneiform texts in the Metropolitan museum of art. pt.
1-2, in iv. 1893 qr492.i M78
List of books quoted, p. 7.
pt. i was published previously under the title "Babylonian contract
tablets in the Metropolitan museum of art."
PENNSYLVANIA UNIVERSITY.
Babylonian expedition of the University of Pennsylvania;
series A, cuneiform texts, ed. by H. V. Hilprecht. v.i in
2, v.9. 1893-98 qr492-i P39
Bibliography of the expedition, v.i, pt.i, p. 45.
The texts selected for publication from the thousands of clay tablets,
fragments of vases and other inscribed objects in stone, gathered by
this expedition will fill twelve or fifteen volumes, possibly more, to
be published at intervals as prepared. Volume one contains inscrip-
tions in old Babylonian found on vases, door sockets, stone tablets,
votive axes, etc. Volume nine consists of Neo-Babylonian texts be-
longing to the general class of so-called "contract tablets." The
texts are reproduced from photographs of copies made by hand of
the originals.
TURANIAN LANGUAGES 573
BUXTORF, Johann.
Thesaurus grammaticus linguae sanctae Hebraeae. 1663 ^92.4 698
DAVIES, Benjamin, comp.
Student's Hebrew lexicon; a compendious and complete He-
brew and Chaldee lexicon to the Old testament; chiefly
founded on the works of Gesenius and Fiirst, with im-
provements from Dietrich and others. 1890 ^92.4 D3I
GESENIUS, Friedrich Heinrich Wilhelm, comp.
Hebrew and English lexicon of the Old testament; in-
cluding the biblical Chaldee. 1897 r492.4 G33h
GESENIUS, Friedrich Heinrich Wilhelm.
Hebrew grammar; revised and enlarged on the basis of the
25th German edition of E. Kautzsch, by E. C. Mitchell
and I. M. Price. 1895 ^92.4 G33
HARPER, William Rainey.
Elements of Hebrew by an inductive method. 1896 1*492.4 H28
Introductory Hebrew method and manual. 1896 ^92.4 H28i
ORANGE, James.
Synoptica Hebraea; Anglo-Hebrew Bible expositor. 3v. in i.
1858 T492.4 O28
Contents: A primer and syllabarium. A concise Hebrew grammar.
A pocket lexicon.
DE COSTA, Benjamin Franklin.
The Moabite stone. 1871 492.6 036
WORTABET, William Thomson, comp.
Arabic-English dictionary. 1893 ^92.7 Wgi
BUDGE, Ernest Alfred Thompson Wallis.
Easy lessons in Egyptian hieroglyphics, with sign list. 1899.
(Books on Egypt and Chaldaea, v.3.) 493-1 B8s
Binder's title reads "Egyptian language."
494 Turanian languages
BIZONFY, Ferencz, comp.
English-Hungarian dictionary and Hungarian-English dic-
tionary. 2v. 1886 r494 649
v.i. English-Hungarian; Angol-magyar.
v.2. Hungarian- English; Magyar-angol.
HOPKINS, Frank Lawrence.
Elementary grammar of the Turkish language, with a few
easy exercises. 1877 494 H78
JONES, John Taylor.
Brief grammatical notices of the Siamese language. 1842. .r494 J4I
SAUERWEIN, Georg Julius Justus, comp.
Pocket dictionary of the English and Turkish languages.
1855 r494 S25
SINGER, Ignatius.
Simplified grammar of the Hungarian language. 1882.
(Triibner's collection of simplified grammars.) r494 S6l
WELLS, Charles.
Practical grammar of the Turkish language. 1880 494 W49
574 CHINESE AND JAPANESE LANGUAGES
495 Chinese and Japanese languages
ASTON, William George.
Grammar of the Japanese spoken language. 1888 495 A8s
CHINESE-English dictionary r49S 44
WILLIAMS, Samuel Wells.
Syllabic dictionary of the Chinese language. 1874 qi"495 W74
497 North American Indian languages
POWELL, John Wesley.
Introduction to the study of Indian languages, with words,
phrases and sentences to be collected. 1880. (United
States Ethnology bureau. Miscellaneous publica-
tions.) qr497 P87
Also published as a volume of the reports of the United States geographi-
cal and geological survey of the Rocky mountain region.
Natural science
500 Science in general
BICKERTON, A.W.
Romance of the earth. 1900 500 847
"Account of the evolution and history of the earth and the life that is
upon it. It makes an excellent introduction to the study of geolo-
gy." Education, 1901.
HUMBOLDT, Alexander von.
Cosmos; a physical description of the universe. 5v. 1886-
88 500 H92
"The crowning monument of his intellectual life ... an encyclopaedic
account and explanation of the physical universe." International
cyclopaedia.
SOMERVILLE, Mrs Mary (Fairfax).
On the connection of the physical sciences. 1846 500 869
ARGYLL, George Douglas Campbell, duke of.
Unity of nature. 1888 501 A6g
"To him the modern doctrines of evolution were deserving of earnest
reprobation for their materialism and their want of logical coherence.
...Though the Duke of Argyll can hardly be ranked as a man of
science, he undoubtedly exerted a useful influence on the scientific
progress of the day." Sir Archibald Geikie.
HOFFMAN, Frank Sargent.
The sphere of science; a study of the nature and method of
scientific investigation. 1898 501 H67
MIVART, St. George.
Groundwork of science. 1898. (Science series.) 501 M75
A discussion and statement of the great fundamental truths upon which
all science is based.
AWDRY, Mrs William.
Early chapters in science; a first book of knowledge of
natural history, botany, physiology, physics and chem-
istry for young people. 1899 502
HILL, Alexander.
Introduction to science. 1900. (Temple primers.) 502
HUXLEY, Thomas Henry.
Introductory [to Science primers]. [1880.] (Science
primers.) J5O2
504 Essays
AIKIN, John, & Barbauld, Mrs A. L. (Aikin).
Evenings at home; or, The juvenile budget opened; cor-
rected and revised by Cecil Hartley. [1891.] J504 A29
ALLEN, Grant.
Falling in love, with other essays on more exact branches of
science. 1890 504 A42
575
37
576 NATURAL SCIENCE ESSAYS
BROOKLYN ETHICAL ASSOCIATION.
Evolution in science, philosophy and art. 1891 504 677
Contents: Alfred Russel Wallace, by E. D. Cope. Ernst Haeckel, by T.-
B. Wakeman. The scientific method, by F. E. Abbot. Herbert Spen-
cer's Synthetic philosophy, by B. F. Underwood. The evolution of
chemistry, by R. G. Eccles. The evolution of electric and magnetic
physics, by A. E. Kennelly. The evolution of botany, by F. J. Wull-
ing.- The evolution of zoology, by J. C. Kimball. Form and color in
nature, by William Potts. The evolution of optics, by L. A. W. Alle-
man. The evolution of art, by J. A. Taylor. The evolution of archi-
tecture, by J. W. Chadwick. The evolution of sculpture, by Thomas
Davidson. The evolution of painting, by F. R. Rundell. The evolu-
tion of music, by Z. S. Sampson. Life as a fine art, by L. G. James.
The doctrine of evolution, by John Fiske. .',;
BROWN, Robert, ed.
Science for all. Sv. [1880-81.] q5O4 679
GALL, John, & Robertson, David.
Popular readings in science. 1895 504 Gi4
Contents: Meteorological phenomena. The vegetable kingdom. The
Darwinian theory. Mimicry. Evolution or development in chemistry.
Gravitation. Nebular theory and tidal evolution. Energy. Light.
The spectroscope. Gases. Water. Molecules and molecular force.
. Bacteria.
HELMHOLTZ, Hermann Ludwig Ferdinand von.
Popular lectures on scientific subjects; ist-2d ser. 2v.
1881-95 504 H42
v.i. On the relation of natural science to science in general. On
Goethe's scientific researches. On the physiological causes of har-
mony in music. Ice and glaciers. On the interaction of the natural
forces. The recent progress of the theory of vision. On the con-
servation of force. On the aim and progress of physical science.
v.2. Gustav Magnus; in memoriam. On the origin and significance of
geometrical axioms.- On the relation of optics to painting. On the
origin of the planetary system.- On thought in medicine. On academic
freedom in German universities.
The same; with autobiography of the author; ist-2d ser. 2v.
1897-98 504 H42p
HOLDEN, Edward Singleton, ed.
Wonders of earth, sea and sky. 1901. (Young folks' library,
V.I3-) JS04 H7i
Contents: What, the earth's crust is made of, by Agnes Giberne. Amer-
ica the old world, by L. Agassiz. Some records of the rocks, by N.
S. Shaler. The pitch lake in the \Vest Indies, by Charles Kingsley.
A stalagmite cave, by Sir C. W. Thomson. The big trees of Califor-
nia, by A. R. Wallace. What is evolution? by E. S. Holden. How
the soil is made, by Charles Darwin. Zoological myths, by Andrew
Wilson. On a piece of chalk, by T. H. Huxley. A bit of sponge, by
Andrew Wilson. The greatest sea-wave ever known, by R. A. Proctor.
The phosphorescent sea, by W. S. Dallas. Comets, by Camille Flam-
marion. The total solar eclipse of 1883, by E. S. Holden. Halos,
parhelia, the spectre of the Brocken, etc., by Camille Flammarion.
The planet Venus, by A. M. Clerke. The stars, by Sir R. S. Ball.
Rain and snow, by John Tyndall. Biographical notes.
HUXLEY, Thomas Henry.
Lay sermons, addresses and reviews. 1891 504 H98
Method and results. 1894 504 Ho8m
Contents: Autobiography. On the advisableness of improving natural
knowledge. The progress of science. The physical basis of life.
Descartes' "Discourse touching the method of using one's reason
rightly and of seeking scientific truth." On the hypothesis that ani-
mals are automata, and its history. Administrative nihilism. On the
natural inequality of men. Natural rights and political rights. Gov-
ernment; anarchy or regimentation.
NATURAL SCIENCE ESSAYS 577
KELVIN, William Thomson, baron.
Mathematical and physical papers, v.i-3. 1882-90 *. ...r504Ki7
Popular lectures and addresses. 3v. 1891-94 504 Ki7
Includes "Electrical units of measurement," v.i, p.8o-i43; "Electric
measurement," v.i, p.430-464.
KINGSLEY, Charles.
Scientific lectures and essays. 1893 504 K27
Contents: Town geology. On bio-geology. The study of natural his-
tory. Superstition. Science. Thoughts in a gravel pit. How to study
natural history. The natural theology of the future.
LAING, Samuel.
Problems of the future, and essays. 1900 504 Li6
Contents: Solar heat. What the universe is made of. Climate. The
glacial period. Tertiary man. The missing link. Animal magnetism
and spiritualism. The religion of the future: agnosticism and Christi-
anity. The historical element in the Gospels. Scepticism and pessi-
mism. Creeds of great poets. Armed Europe. Taxation and finance.
Population and food.
LARDNER, Dionysius.
Popular lectures on science and art. 2v. 1846 1*504 L32
LEIGH, M. Cordelia E.
Witness of creation; nature studies from the book of Job.
1900 J504 L56
LONDON, SOUTH KENSINGTON MUSEUM.
Free evening lectures delivered in connection with the special
loan collection of scientific apparatus, 1876. 1876 504 L82
Contents: Roscoe, Prof. On John Dalton's apparatus, and what he did
with it. Guthrie, Prof. On cold. Perry, S.J. On the methods em-
ployed, and the results obtained, in the late transit of Venus expedi-
tion. Preece, W.H. On telegraphy. Abney, Capt. On photographic
printing processes. Schuster, Dr. On the action of electric currents
on each other. Tyndall, Prof. On Faraday's apparatus. Playfair,
Lyon. On air and airs, as illustrated by the Magdeburg hemispheres,
and Black's and Cavendish's balances. Gladstone, Prof. On Davy's
and Faraday's apparatus. Main, R. On astronomical instruments.
Guthrie, Francis. On heat and work. Stone, Dr. On modes of
eliciting and reinforcing sound. Walker, C.V. On galvanic time
signals. Rosse, Earl of. On reflecting telescopes. Douglass, J.N.
On the Great and Little Basses Rock light-houses. Maskelyne, N.S.
On what is a crystal? Davis, Capt. On Arctic discovery in connec-
tion with the expedition now making its way to the- North Pole.
Foster, G.C. On electricity as a motive power. Davis, Capt. On
Antarctic exploration. M'Leod, Herbert. On some properties of
gases. Harrison, W. J. On local geology, with special reference to
that of Leicestershire. Hull, E. On the physical geology of Ireland
as compared with that of Great Britain. Barrett, Prof. On the anal-
ogy between light and sound. Spottiswoode, W. On the polarisation
of light. Chisholm, H.W. On standard weights and measures.
PROCTOR, Richard Anthony.
Light science for leisure hours. 1895 504 Pg6
Pleasant ways in science. 1893 504 P96p
TAIT, Peter Guthrie.
Scientific papers, v.i-2. 1898-1900 qr5O4 Ti4
Chiefly reprinted from the proceedings and transactions of learned so-
cieties of Great Britain.
TISSANDIER, Gaston!
Popular scientific recreations. [1890.] 504 TS*
TYNDALL, John.
Fragments of science; a series of detached essays, addresses
578 NATURAL SCIENCE PERIODICALS
and reviews. 2v. 1897 504 TgSf
v.i. The constitution of nature. Radiation. On radiant heat In rela-
tion to the colour and chemical constitution of bodies. New
chemical reactions produced by light. The sky. Voyage to Al-
geria to observe the eclipse. Niagara. The parallel roads of Glen
Roy. Alpine sculpture. Recent experiments on fog-signals. On
the study of physics. On crystalline and slaty cleavage. On para-
magnetic and diamagnetic forces. Physical basis of solar chem-
istry. Elementary magnetism. On force. Contributions to molec-
ular physics. Life and letters of Faraday. The Copley medalist of
1870; J. P. Joule. The Copley medalist of 1871; J. R, Mayer.
Death by lightning. Science and the spirits.
v.a. Reflections on prayer and natural law. Miracles and special
providences. On prayer as a form of physical energy. Vitality.
Matter and force. Scientific materialism. An address to students
on secular growth. Scientific use of the imagination. The Belfast
address. Apology fo- the Belfast address. Rev. James Martineau
and the Belfast address. Fermentation and its bearings on sur-
gery and medicine. Spontaneous generation. Science and man.
Professor Virchow and evolution. The electric light.
The same. 2v. 1892 r5O4 To$
New fragments. 1892 504 Tp8
Contents: The Sabbath. Goethe's "Farbenlehre." Atoms, molecules and
ether waves. Count Rumford. Louis Pasteur, his life and labours.
The rainbow and its congeners. Address delivered at the Birbeck
institution on Oct. 22, 1884. Thomas Young. Life in the Alps.
About common water. Personal recollections of Thomas Carlyle. On
unveiling the statute of Thomas Carlyle. On the origin, propagation
and prevention of phthisis. Old Alphine jottings. A morning on Alp
Lusgen.
505 Periodicals
AMERICAN journal of science and arts, v.i-date. i8i9-date. . ^505 ASI
Index, v.i-49. 1847. (Being v.so.)
Often called Silliman's journal.
L'ANNfiE industrielle; decouvertes scientifiques, et inven-
tions nouvelles. v.n-i5. 1897-1901 rsos A6i3i
Publication ceased with v.is.
L'ANNfiE scientifique rt industrielle, fondee par Louis Figuier;
ed. by fimile Gautier, i8s6-date. Premiere annee-
date. i857-date rsos A6i3
ANNUAL of scientific discovery; or, Year-book of facts in
science and art (ist-2ist), 1850-71. 1850-71 r505 A6i5
No more published.
Bibliography at the end of each volume.
BAIRD, Spencer Fullerton, and others, ed.
Annual record (2d) of science and industry, 1872. 1873 rsos Bi6
"References," p.624-627.
BOSTON journal of chemistry; monthly. 36v. 1866-1902. . .qrsos 664
v.i 8-29 title reads Popular science news and Boston journal of chemistry.
v.31-36 title reads Popular science; or, Popular science news.
v.3o wanting.
Jan. 15, 1903 absorbed by the "American inventor."
HARDWICKE'S science-gossip; monthly. 37v. 1866-1902. .qr5O5 H25
v -3-37 title reads Science gossip.
No more published.
INTELLECTUAL observer, review of natural history,
microscopic research and recreative science; monthly.
I2v. 1862-68 r505 124
Continued under the title "The student and intellectual observer."
NATURAL SCIENCE PERIODICALS 579
KNOWLEDGE; an illustrated magazine of science; weekly
and monthly, i88i-date. v.i-date. i882-date q r 5O5 K3S
MAGAZINE of natural history and journal of zoology,
botany, mineralogy, geology and meteorology, May
i828-Dec. 1838. v.i-u. 1829-38 rsos M24
May iSaS-July 1834 published bimonthly.
Sept. i834-Dec. 1838 published monthly.
v. 10 ii are new series v. 1-2.
New series v.2 title reads Magazine of natural history.
United in 1841 with Annals of natural history, which was published
from 1838 to 1840, to form the Annals and magazine of natural history,
rs7o.s A6i2.
NATURAL science journal; monthly, March 1897. v.i, no.i.
1897 rsos Nis8
No more published.
NATURE; a weekly illustrated journal of science, Nov. 1869-
date. v.i-date. i87O-date qrSos NlS
La NATURE; revue des sciences et de leurs applications aux
arts et a 1'industrie ; weekly, v.i-date. i873-date qrSOS NisSl
Table des matieres, 1873-1882, v.i-ig.
Table des matieres, 1883-1892, v.20-32.
v.so-53 wanting.
NEW science review; quarterly, July i8o4-Jan. 1896. v.i-2,
no.3. 1894-96 qrsoS N26
No more published.
PHILOSOPHICAL magazine, comprehending the branches
of science, the liberal and fine arts, agriculture, manufac-
tures and commerce; monthly, v.i-date. 1798-date rsos Psa
v-43 68 title reads Philosophical magazine and journal.
v.69 79 title reads Philosophical magazine; or, Annals of chemistry,
mathematics, astronomy, natural history and general science.
v.8o-95 title reads London and Edinburgh philosophical magazine and
journal of science.
v.p6-date title reads London, Edinburgh and Dublin philosophical maga-
zine and journal of science.
v.jB contains general index for -9.69-79.
V.QI contains general index for v. 80-91.
POPULAR science monthly, v.i-date. i872-date rsos P8l
Index, v.i-40. 1893.
v.48-57, no. i title reads Appletons' popular science monthly.
POPULAR science monthly, supplement. 4v. in 3. 1878 ^05 P8is
POPULAR science news and Boston journal of chemistry;
monthly, Jan. i884-Dec. 1895, 1897-1902. v.i8-29, 31-36.
1884-1902 qrSos B64
Being v. 18-29, 31-36 of "Boston journal of chemistry."
v.3i-36 title reads "Popular science; or, Popular science news."
No more published.
Jan. 15, 1903, consolidated with the "American inventor."
POPULAR science review; quarterly. 2ov. 1862-81 rsos P8ig
No more published.
QUARTERLY journal of science. 22v. 1864-85 rsos Ql9
v. 1622 title reads Journal of science.
No more published.
REVUE generale des sciences pures et appliquees; semi-monthly.
v.i-date. i8oo-date qrSOS R37
SCIENCE; weekly, v.i-date. i883-date qrSOS 841
Discontinued from March 23, 1894 to Jan. 4, 1895.
SCIENCE abstracts, physics and electrical engineering; issued
under the direction of the Institution of electrical engi-
neers [and the] Physical society of London; monthly.
58o NATURAL SCIENCE SOCIETIES
v.i-date. iSpS-date rsos 84162
A continuation of the Abstracts of Physical papers from foreign sources,
published by the Physical society of London.
SCIENCE progress ; a monthly review of current scientific in-
vestigation, March 1894- Oct. 1898. 7v. 1894-98 q r sos 84163
Beginning with v.6 the periodical was published quarterly.
No more published.
SCIENCE record; a monthly magazine, v.2. 1883-84 rsos 8416
v.i appeared under the title Scientific and literary gossip.
TIMES, John, comp.
Year-book of facts in science and art; the most important
discoveries and improvements of the past year, 1869.
1869 rsos T47
WISCONSIN UNIVERSITY.
Bulletin ; science series, v.i-2. 1896-1901 r50S W8i
v.i. On the speed of liberation of iodine in solutions of hydrochloric
acid, potassium chlorate, and potassium iodide, by Herman Schlundt.
On the quartz keratophyre and associated rocks of the north
range of the Baraboo bluffs, by Samuel Weidman. Studies in
spherical and practical astronomy, by G. C. Comstock. A contribu-
tion to the mineralogy of Wisconsin, by W. H. Hobbs. Analytic
keys to the genera and species of North American mosses, by C.
R. Barnes.
v.2. Action of solutions on the sense of taste, by Louis Kahlenberg.
Aspects of mental economy, by M. V. O'Shea. Contributions from
the anatomical laboratory of the University of Wisconsin, by W. S.
Miller. Anomalous dispersion of cyanin, by C. E. Magnusson.
Theory of electrolytic dissociation as viewed in the light of facts
recently ascertained, by Louis Kahlenberg. On the dielectric
constants of pure solvents, by Herman Schlundt.
YALE scientific monthly. v.6-date. i899-date rsos 13
Published by the senior class of the Sheffield scientific school, Yale
university.
506 Societies
AMERICAN ASSOCIATION FOR THE ADVANCEMENT
OF SCIENCE.
Proceedings (ist meeting-date), i848-date. i849-date rso6 ASI
AMERICAN PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY.
Proceedings, i86o-date. v.n-date. i869-date rso6 Asi2
BERLIN, KONIGLICHE AKADEMIE DER WISSEN-
SCHAFTEN.
Abhandlungen, i8o4-date. v.i-date. i8i5-date qr 506 645
v.i 6 contains a supplement in 3 parts, entitled Ueber die Kawi-sprache
auf der insel Java, von Wilhelm von Humboldt.
v.2j contains 2 supplements, entitled Die gesetze der doppelbrechung
des lichts in comprimirten oder ungleichformig erwarmten unkrystal-
linischen korpern, von F. E. Neumann, and Darstellung der bevolk-
erungs-, geburts-, ehe- und sterblichkeits-verhaltnisse, von J. GI
Hoffmann.
v.38 contains 2 supplements, entitled Darstellung der warme-erscheinun-
gen durch fiinftagige mittel von 1782 bis 1855, mit besonderer beruck-
sichtigung strenger winter, von H. W. Dove, and Die spuren der az-
tekischen sprache im nordlichen Mexico und hoheren amerikanischen
norden, von J. C. E. Buschmnnn.
BRITISH ASSOCIATION FOR THE ADVANCEMENT OF
SCIENCE.
Report of the meeting (ist-date), i83i-date. i833-date. . . .r5o6 675
Index to the reports and transactions of the association, 1861-
1890.
NATURAL SCIENCE SOCIETIES , 581
CHICAGO ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.
Bulletin, v.i-date. i883-date r5o6 C43
Published irregularly.
Bulletin of the geological and natural history survey, no.i-
date. i896-date rso6 C43b
no. 1-2. Calkins, W. W. The lichen-flora of Chicago and vicinity.
Leverett, Frank. The pleistocene features and deposits of the Chicago
area.
no.3. Baker, F. C. The mollusca of the Chicago area. 2 pts.
110.4. Weller, Stuart. The paleontology of the Niagaran limestone in
the Chicago area, pt. i.
no. 5. Crook, A. R. The mineralogy of the Chicago area.
DUHAMEL, Jean Baptiste.
Regiae scientiarum academiae historia, in qua praeter ipsius
academiae originem & progressus, variasque disserta-
tiones & observationes per triginta quatuor annos
factas, quam plurima experimenta & inventa, cum
physica, turn mathematica in certum ordinem digerun-
tur. 1701 qrso6 D88
GOODE, George Brown, ed.
The Smithsonian institution, 1846-1896; the history of its first
half century. 1897 qr5o6 G62
Smithsonian publication, no. 1086.
GRANVILLE, Augustus Bozzi.
The Royal society in the ipth century; a statistical summary of
its labours. 1836 r5o6 G79
HILL, Sir John.
Review of the works of the Royal society of London, con-
taining animadversions on such of the papers as deserve
particular observation. 1751'. qr$o6 HSS
INSTITUT DE FRANCE Academic des sciences.
Comptes rendus hebdomadaires des seances de 1'Academie des
sciences, v.i-date. i835-date qr5o6 124
Table generale, v.i~3i. 1855-
Table generale, -9.32-61. 1870.
Table generale, v.62-gi.
The same; supplement, v.i-2. 1856-61 qrso6 1243
Histoire de 1'Academie royale des sciences, avec les memoires
de mathematique & de physique, 1699-1790. 92v. in 93.
1702-1797 qrso6 I24h
v.92, 1790, title reads Memoires de 1'Academie des sciences. The year
1772 has 2v.
Continued as Memoires de 1'Institut national des sciences et arts.
Histoire de 1'Academie royale des sciences, depuis son etab-
lissement en 1666 jusqu'a 1699. nv. in 14. 1729-34. .. .qr5o6 124111
v-3-n title reads Memoires de 1'Academie royale des sciences.
Memoires, i8i6-date. v.i-date. i8i8-date qr5o6 124113
Continuation of Memoires de 1'Institut national des sciences et arts;
sciences mathematiques et physiques.
v.4i-date called 2tne serie.
Changes in title to correspond with changes in form of government.
These Memoires are indexed in the Royal society's Catalogue of scien-
tific papers, qroi6.s R8i.
Tables generates des travaux contenus dans les Memoires; ire
serie, v.i-i4 (1795-1815); 2me serie, v.i-4O (1816-1878), qrso6 124112
Memoires de 1'Institut national des sciences et arts; sciences
mathematiques et physiques, 1795-1815. I4v. 1798-1818. .qrso6
v.6 title reads Memoires de 1'Institut des sciences, lettres et arts; v.7-14
582 NATURAL SCIENCE SOCIETIES
title reads Memoires de la classe des sciences, mathematiques et physi-
ques de 1'Institut national de France.
Continued as Memoires de 1'Academie royale des sciences de 1'Institut
de France.
These M6moires are indexed in the Royal society's Catalogue of scienti-
fic papers, qroi6.s R8i.
Tables generales des travaux contenus dans les Memoires; ire
serie, v.i-14 (1795-1815); zme serie, v.i-4o (1816-1878).
Memoires de mathematique et de physique, presentes par
divers sgavans & ius dans ses assemblees. uv. 1750-
86 qrso6 I24me
For contents see Catalogue of the Boston Athenaeum, v.4, p.2236,
qroig.i B64.
Memoires, presentes a 1'Institut des sciences, lettres et arts
par divers savans et Ius dans ses assemblees ; sciences
mathematiques et physiques. 2v. 1806-11 qrso6 I24me2
The same; presentes par divers savans a 1'Academie royale
des sciences de 1'Institut de France ; sciences mathematiques
et physiques. 2me ser. v.i-3i. 1827-94 qrso6
Tables generales; ire ser., v.i-2 (1806-1811), 2me ser., v.i-25
(1827-1877). 1881, qrso6 I24me2.
These Memoires are indexed in the Royal society's Catalogue of scien-
tific papers, qroi6.s R8i.
Nouvelle table des articles contenus dans les volumes de 1'A-
cademie royale des sciences de Paris, 1666-1770, dans ceux
des arts et metiers publics par cette academic & dans la
collection academique. 4v. 1775-76 qr5o6
v.i. A-D. v.2. E-L. v-3. M-S. v.4. T-Z.
Recueil des pieces qui ont remporte les prix de 1'Academie
royale des sciences, 1720-1772. gv. 1752-77 qrso6 I24r
Binder's title reads Prix de 1'Academie.
For contents see Catalogue of the Boston Athenaeum, v.4, p.2238,
qroig.i 664.
Table alphabetique des matieres contenues dans 1'Histoire &
les Memoires de 1'Academie royale des sciences, publiee
par son ordre et dressee par M. Godin, 1666-1790. icv.
1734-1809 '. qr5o6 I24t
v.i. 1666-1698. v.2. 1699-1710. v.3. 1711-1720.
v.4. 1721-1730. v.s. 1731-1740. v.6. 1741-1750.
v.7. 1751-1760. v.8. 1761-1770. v-9. 1771-1780.
v.io. 17811790.
v.s-io title reads Table generale.
v.s-9 ed. by P. Demours, v.io by L. Cotte.
MICHIGAN ACADEMY OF SCIENCE.
Report (ist), covering the time from the organization of the
academy in 1894 to June 1899; prepared by W. B. Bar-
rows. 1900 rso6 M66
"List of members," p.i55-i59-
NATIONAL ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.
Memoirs. v.2-date. i884-date qrso6 N 15
NEW YORK (city) ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.
Annals, 1877-1895. v.i-8. 1879-95 r So6 N26ia
Until Jan. 1876 the name of the Academy was the Lyceum of natural
history in the city of New York.
Transactions, v.i-date. i882-date rso6 N26i
Untfl Jan. 1876 the name of the Academy was the Lyceum of natural
history in the city of New York.
NEW YORK (city), LYCEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY.
Proceedings, Apr. i87O-June 1874. v.i-2, in i rso6 Na6
In Jan. 1876 the name was changed to New York academy of sciences.
NATURAL SCIENCE SOCIETIES 583
PENNSYLVANIA UNIVERSITY Free museum of science
and art.
Bulletin, May i897-date. v.i-date. i897-date rso6 ?39
Published irregularly.
RHEES, William Jones, comp.
Smithsonian institution ; documents relative to its origin and
history, 1835-1899. 2v. 1901. (In Smithsonian insti-
tution. Miscellaneous collections, v.42-43.) . . . .rso6 S66m v.42-43
, v.i. 1835-1887.
v.2. 1887-1899.
ROYAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH.
Transactions, 1783-date. v.i-date. 1788-date qrso6 R8i3
General index, 1783-1888, v.i-34. 1890.
ROYAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
Authentic narrative of the dissensions and debates in the so-
ciety; containing the speeches at large of Dr Horsley, Dr
Maskelyne, Mr Maseres, Mr Poore, Mr Glenie, Mr Wat-
son and Mr Maty. 1784 rso6 R8iau
Philosophical transactions, v.gi-date. i8oi-date qr5o6 R8ip
Index, v-71-iio. 1821.
v.i68 is an extra volume, being An account of the petrological, botani-
cal and zoological collections made in Kerguelen's Land and Rodri-
guez during the transit of Venus expeditions, 1874-75.
v.i88 contains Rucker and Thorpe's Magnetic survey of the British
Isles for the epoch Jan. i, 1891.
Philosophical transactions and collections, abridg'd and dis-
pos'd under general heads; 1665-1720. 5v. 1705-1721 qrso6 R8i
v.i-3. To the end of 1700; by John Lowthorp.
v.4-5. 1701-1720; by Benjamin Motte.
Philosophical transactions, from 1665 to 1800; abridged, with
notes and biographic illustrations, by Charles Hutton,
George Shaw and Richard Pearson. i8v. 1809 qrso6 R8ia
Proceedings, i8oo-date. v.i-date. i832-date rso6 R8ipr
v.i-6 title reads "Abstracts of the papers printed in the Philosophical
transactions of the Royal society of London."
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION.
Annual report (8th-date) of the board of regents, 1853-
date. i854-date rso6 S66
The eighth annual report containing the report for 1853, embraces the
essential portions of the preceding seven reports, which were origin-
ally published in pamphlet form.
From 1884 the report is in 2 volumes, v.2 being the report of the United
States national museum.
ist-35th reports, 1846-80, are indexed in Catalogue of publications of
the Smithsonian institution (1846-1882), rso6 S66ca.
Contributions to knowledge, v.i-date. i848-date qr5o6 S66c
For contents see contents book, p.48; kept at the reference desk,
v. 1-23, 1848-81, are indexed in Catalogue of publications of the Smith-
sonian institution (1846-1882), rso6 S66ca.
Miscellaneous collections, v.i-date. i862-date rso6 S66m
For contents see contents book, p. 148; kept at the reference desk,
v.io 12 wanting.
v.i-23, 1862-82, are indexed in Catalogue of publications of the Smith-
sonian institution (1846-1882), rso6 S66ca.
THOMSON, Thomas.
History of the Royal society from its institution to the end of
' the eighteenth century. 1812 qr5o6 T38
584 MUSEUMS
WASHINGTON, (D. C), PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY.
Bulletin, i8/i-date. v.i-date. i874-date r$o6 W27
v. i-io published by the Smithsonian institution in its Miscellaneous col-
lections, rso6 S66m. v. 1-3 will be found in v.2o, v.4~5 in v.25,
and v.6-10 in v.33.
v. 10 of the Bulletin contains an index to v.i-io.
YEAR-book of the scientific and learned societies of Great
Britain and Ireland, ist annual issue-date. i884-date. .rso6 Yar
507 Study and teaching
BOSTON SOCIETY OF NATURAL HISTORY.
Guides for science teaching, v.i-3. 1896-98 507 664
v.i. Goodale, G.L. Concerning a few common plants. Phenix, G.P.
First lessons in chemistry. Bowditch, H.P. Hints for teachers
of physiology. Hyatt, Alpheus. About pebbles. Richards, Mrs
E.H.S. First lessons on minerals. Clapp, H.L. Thirty-six ob-
servation lessons on common minerals. Crosby, W.O. Common
minerals and rocks.
v.2. Agassiz, Mrs E.G. First lesson in natural history. Hyatt, Al-
pheus. Common hydroids, corals and echinoderms. Commercial
and other sponges. The oyster, clam and other common mollusks-
Worms and Crustacea.
v.3. Hyatt, Alpheus, & Arms, J.M. Insecta.
The same. 1896-98 r 5O7 664
CRAMER, Frank.
The method of Darwin; a study in scientific method. 1896. .507 C86
GOODE, George Brown.
Origin of the national scientific and educational institutions
of the United States. 1890 rS07 G62
Reprinted from the Annual report of the American historical association,
v.i, p.s.T-i6i.
GORE, George.
Art of scientific discovery. 1878 507 G66
Museums
CARNEGIE INSTITUTE, Pittsburgh Museum.
Annals, v.i-date. igoi-date r5O7 C2ia
Annual report (ist-date) of the director, iSgS-date. 1898-
date. (Publications.) rSO7 C2i
Memoirs, v.i-date. looi-date qrSO7 C2im
v.i. Diplodocus (Marsh); its osteology, taxonomy and probable habits,
with a restoration of the skeleton, by J. B. Hatcher. Oligocene
canidae, by J. B. Hatcher.
Prize essay contest (ist-date), i896-date. i896-date.
(Publications.) r5O7 C2ip
FIELD COLUMBIAN MUSEUM.
Annual report (ist-date) of the director, i894/95-date.
i89S-date. (Publications; report series.) rso7 45
LONDON, SOUTH KENSINGTON MUSEUM.
Handbook to the special loan collection of scientific appar-
atus, 1876 r507 L82
MUSEUMS ASSOCIATION.
Report of proceedings (ist-date), with the papers read at
the annual general meeting, iSgo-date. iSgo-date rSO7
MUSEUMS 585
NEW YORK (state) Museum.
Annual report (4ist-date) of the trustees, iSSj-date.
i888-date qrso; N26
Reports (ist-54th), 1847-1900, are indexed in Bulletin no. 66 of the
New York state museum, qr$o7 Na6b.
This report contains the reports of the state geologist and paleontologist,
the state botanist, and the state entomologist.
For partial contents see contents book, p. 206; kept at the reference desk.
New York state museum was called State cabinet of natural history until
1871, and State museum of natural history until 1888.
The Reports on the state geological survey which were begun in 1837
are continued in the Reports and Bulletins of the Museum.
Bulletin, May i887~date. v.i, no.i-date. i888-date qr5O7 N26b
Bulletins no.i-69, 1887-1902, are indexed in Bulletin no.66.
v.i, no. 1-6. Preliminary list of New York unionidae, by \V. B. Mar-
shall. Contributions to the botany of the state of New York, by C. H.
Peck. Building stone in the state of New York, by ]. C. Smock.
Some New York minerals and their localities, by F. L. Nason. The
white grub of the May beetle, by J. A. Lintner. Cut-worms, by J.
A. Lintner.
v.2, no.7-io. First report on the iron mines and iron-ore districts in
the state of New York, by J. C. Smock. Boleti of the United States,
by C. H. Peck. Beaks of unionidze inhabiting the vicinity of Albany,
N. Y., by W. B. Marshall. Building stone in New York, by J. C. Smock.
v.3, no.n-i2. Salt and gypsum industries of New York, by F. J. H.
Merrill. Clay industries of New York, by Heinrich Ries.
no. 13. San Jose scale, aspidiotus perniciosus, and some other destruc-
tive scale-insects of the state of New York, by J. A. Lintner. (In
qr$o7 N26 v.48 pt. i apx.)
no. 14. Geology of Moriah and Westport townships, Essex county, N. Y.,
by J. F. Kemp. (In qrso7 N26 v.48 pt. i apx.)
no. 15. Mineral resources of New York state, by F. J. H. Merrill.
(In qr$07 N26 v.48 pt. i apx.)
no. 1 6. Aboriginal chipped stone implements of New York, by W. M.
Beauchamp. (In qr$o7 N26 v.$o pt.i apx.)
no. 1 7. Road materials and road building in New York, by F. J. H.
Merrill. (In qrso7 N26 v.$o pt. i apx.)
no. 1 8. Polished stone articles used by the New York aborigines before
and during European occupation, by W. M. Beauchamp. (In qrso7
N26 v. 51 pt. i apx. i.)
no. 19. Guide to the study of the geological collections of the New
York state museum, by F. J. H. Merrill. (In qr$o7 N26 v.si pt.i
apx. i . )
no. 20. Elm-leaf beetle in New York state, by E. P. Felt. (In qrso7
Nz6 v.$2 pt.i apx.)
no. 21. Geology of the Lake Placid region, by J. F. Kemp. (In qrso7
N26 v.52 pt.i apx.)
no. 22. Earthenware of the New York aborigines, by W. M. Beauchamp.
(In qrso7 N26 v.S2 pt.i apx.)
no.23. Fourteenth report on the injurious and other insects of the
state of New York, by E. P. Felt. (In qrso7 N26 v.S2 pt.i apx.)
no. 24. Memorial of life and entomologic work of J. A. Lintner, by
E. P. Felt. (In qrso7 N26 v.$2 pt.i apx.)
no. 25. Report of the state botanist, 1898. (In qrso? Nz6 v.$2 pt.i
apx.)
no.26. Collection, preservation and distribution of New York insects,
by E. P. Felt. (In qr$07 Na6 v.$3 pt.i apx.i.)
no.27. Shade tree pests in New York state, by E. P. Felt. (In qrso/
N T 26 v.53 pt.i apx. i.)
no.28. Plants of North Elba, Essex county, N. Y., by C. H. Peck. (In
qr$07 N26 v.$3 pt.i apx.i.)
no.29. Preliminary list of the mammals of New York, by G. S. Miller.
(In qrso7 Na6 v.S3 pt.i apx.i.)
no. 30. Petroleum and natural gas in New York, by Edward Orton. (In
qrso7 N26 v.ss pt.i apx.i.)
no.3i. Fifteenth report of the state entomologist on injurious and other
insects of the state of New York, 1899, by E. P. Felt. (In qr$o7 Nz6
v.53 pt.i apx.i.)
v.7, no. 32-36. Aboriginal occupation of New York, by W. M. Beau-
champ. Check list of New York birds, by M. S. Farr. Lower Silu-
rian system of eastern Montgomery county, New York, by E. R.
Cumings; Notes on stratigraphy of Mohawk valley and Saratoga
586 MUSEUMS
county, New York, by C. S. Prosser. Clays of New York, by Hein-
rich Ries. Sixteenth report of the state entomologist on injurious and
other insects of the state of New York, by E. P. Felt.
v.8, no.37-44. Illustrated descriptive catalogue of some of the more
important injurious and beneficial insects of New York state, by
E. P. Felt. Key to the land mammals of northeastern North America,
by G. S. Miller. Paleontologic papers, by J. M. Clarke. Anatomy and
physiology of polygyra albolabris and limax maximus and embryology of
limax maximus, by G. B. Simpson.' Wampum and shell articles used
by the New York Indians, by W. M. Beauchamp. Hudson river beds
near Albany and their taxonomic equivalents, by Rudolf Ruedemann.
Clam and scallop industries of New York state, by J. L. Kellogg.
Lime and cement industries of New York, by Heinrich Ries; Chapters
on the cement industry in New York, by E. C. Eckel.
v.p, no.45-48. Guide to the geology and paleontology of Niagara Falls
and vicinity, by A. W. Grabau; with a chapter on Post-pliocene fossils
of Niagara, by E. J. Letson. Scale insects of importance and list of
the species in New York state, by E. P. Felt. Aquatic insects in the
Adirondacks, by J. G. Needham and Cornelius Betten. Pleistocene
geology of portions of Nassau county and borough of Queens, by
J. B. Woodworth.
v.io, no.49-54. Paleontologic papers 2. Horn and bone implements
of the New York Indians, by W. M. Beauchamp. Catalogue of New
York reptiles and batrachians, by E. C. Eckel and F. C. Paulmier.
Report of the state paleontologist, 1901. i;th report of the state
entomologist on injurious and other insects of the state of New York,
1901. Report of the state botanist, 1901, by C. H. Peck.
no. 56. Description of the state geologic map of 1901, by F. J. H. Merrill.
no.6o. Catalogue of the fishes of New York, by T. H. Bean.
no.6i. Quarries of bluestone and other sandstones in the Upper De-
vonian of New York state, by H. T. Dickinson.
no.62. Natural history museums of the United States and Canada, by
F. J. H. Merrill.
no.64. Report of the state entomologist on injurious and other insects
of the state of New York, 1902.
no.6s. Catalogue of type specimens of paleozoic fossils in New York
state museum, by J. M. Clarke.
no. 66. Index to publications of the New York state natural history
survey and New York state museum, 1837-1902, also including other
New York publications on related subjects, by Mary Ellis.
no.6y. Report of the state botanist, 1902.
no.68. Aquatic insects in New York state, by J. G. Needham and others.
no. 69. Report of the state paleontologist, 1902.
00.70. List of New York mineral localities, by H. P. Whitlock.
no.7i. Feeding habits and growth of Venus mercenaria, by J. L. Kel-
logg.
UNITED STATES National museum.
Bulletin. no.33-date. i88o/-date rso7 U25b
v.i-3 containing no. 1-16 may be found in Miscellaneous collections of
the Smithsonian institution, v. 13, 23-24, rso6 S66m.
no.39 is not yet finished; the library has pts.A-P.
Bulletins no. 1-50 are indexed in Bulletin no.si.
Proceedings, iS/S-date. v.i-date. i879-date r$oj U25
v.i-23, 1878-1900, are indexed in Bulletin no.si of the Museum,
508 Collected works
BOYLE, Robert.
Works. 6v. 1772 qrsoS 667
Life of Robert Boyle, by Thomas Birch, v.i, p.6-2i8.
BUFFON, Georges Louis Leclerc, comte de.
CEuvres completes, avec les descriptions anatomiques de Dau-
benton. 44v. 1824-32 rso8 B86
v.i-n. Theorie de la terre.
v.i 2. Histoire generate des animaux.
HISTORY OF SCIENCE 587
V.I3-IS- Histoire naturelle de 1'homme.
v. 16-29. Mammiferes.
V.3O-4O. Oiseaux.
v-4i. Planches: Theorie de la terre. Histoire des mineraux. His-
toire naturelle de 1'homme. Histoire naturelle des animaux.
v.42-43- Planches: Mammiferes.
v.44. Planches: Oiseaux.
DAVY, Sir Humphry.
Collected works; ed. by his brother John Davy. gv. 1839-40. .r5o8 032
v.i. Memoirs of his life, by John Davy,
v.z. Early miscellaneous papers.
v-3. Researches, chiefly concerning nitrous oxide.
v.4. Elements of chemical philosophy.
Y.S. Bakerian lectures and miscellaneous papers from 1806 to 1815.
v.6. Miscellaneous papers and researches.
v./. Discourses delivered before the Royal society, and Agricultural
lectures, pt.i.
v.8. Agricultural lectures, pt.2; and other lectures.
Y.9- Salmonia, and Consolation in travel.
509 History of science
BUCKLEY, Arabella Burton, afterward Mrs Fisher.
Short history of natural science, and of the progress of dis-
covery from the time of the Greeks to the present day.
1892 J50Q 685
"This simply written and admirable little work gives to chemistry its
share of space in the history of science. It can be cordially recom-
mended to all who wish to read of the mutual relations of the
sciences, and their growth from earliest times." H. C. Bolton.
GRIMSHAW, Robert.
Record of scientific progress for 1891. 1892 509 G92
HOFF, Jacob Hendrik van't.
Ueber die entwickelung der exakten naturwissenschaften im
19. jahrhundert und die betheiligung der deutschen gelehr-
ten an dieser entwickelung. 1900 r509 H6/
HUXLEY, Thomas Henry.
Advance of science in the last half-century. 1901 509 Hg8
Reprinted from "The reign of Queen Victoria, a survey of fifty years
of progress;" ed. by T. H. Wood.
LUBBOCK, Sir John, baron Avebury.
Fifty years of science; being the address delivered at York
to the British association, 1881. 1895 509 Lg6
WHEWELL, William.
History of the inductive sciences. 2v. 1894 509 W62
"One of the great books of the last half century. ..'The Relations of
Greek Philosophy to the Physical Sciences;' the 'Physical Sciences in
Antiquity;' the 'Physical Sciences in the Middle Ages;' the 'Mechani-
cal Sciences;' the 'Analytical Sciences,' and the 'Organical Sciences,'
are the Cities under which the eighteen books of this remarkable work
are grouped." C. K. Adams.
WILLIAMS, Henry Smith.
Story of igth century science. 1900 509 W74
"A serious work, written by a man who, if he does not everywhere show
himself a master of the particular branch of science of which he is
treating. . .yet does show that he knows what science really is better
than a good many men who go by the name of scientists." Nation,
1900.
MATHEMATICS
510 Mathematics
CASTLE, Frank.
Workshop mathematics. 2v. 1900 510 27
Treats of arithmetic, algebra and mensuration in a simple, practical
manner. Written for workmen desiring a knowledge of such mathe-
matical subjects as may be of use in the workshop.
CHICAGO RECORD, pub.
Mathematics. 1899. (Home study circle; ed. by Seymour
Eaton.) 510 C43
Contents: Mechanics' bids and estimates. Mensuration for beginners.
Easy lessons in geometrical drawing. Elementary algebra. A first
course in geometry.
HOUSTON, Edwin James, & Kennelly, A.E.
Interpretation of mathematical formulae. 1898 510 H83
LUBSEN, Heinrich Borchert.
Mathematics self-taught; adapted from the German by H. H.
Suplee. v.i. 1897 5 10 Lp6
v.i. Arithmetic and algebra.
MERRIMAN, Mansfield, & Woodward, R.S. ed.
Higher mathematics; a text-book for colleges. 1896 510 M63
Contents: Merriman, Mansfield. Solution of equations. Weld, L. G.
Determinants. Halsted, G.B. Projective geometry. McMahon,
James. Hyperbolic functions. Byerly, W.E. Harmonic functions.
Fiske, T.S. Functions of a complex variable. Johnson, W.W. Differ-
ential equations. Hyde, E.W. Grassman's space analysis. Macfar-
lane, Alexander. Vector analysis and quaternions. Woodward, R.S.
Probability and theory of errors. Smith, D.E. History of modern
mathematics.
ORMSBY, M.T.
Elementary practical mathematics. 1900 5 IQ O 2 ^
Contents : Arithmetic. Algebra. Geometry. Trigonometry. Solid ge-
ometry. Mensuration. Differential and integral calculus.
Includes the parts of various branches of mathematics which are fre-
quently employed in the workshop, paying special attention to the use
of mathematical knowledge for practical calculations.
PERRY, John, b. 1850.
Practical mathematics; summary of six lectures delivered to
workingmen, with exercises supposed to be worked after
every lecture. 1899 510 P44
Published by the Department of science and art of the committee of
council on education, London.
CLIFFORD, William Kingdon.
Common sense of the exact sciences. 1894. (International
scientific series.) 510.1 Cs8
Contents: Number. Space. Quantity. Position. Motion.
DE MORGAN, Augustus.
On the study and difficulties of mathematics. 1898 510.1 042
DA VIES, Charles, & Peck, W. G. comp.
Mathematical dictionary. 1883 .. . .r5io.3 031
CAYLEY, Arthur.
Collected mathematical papers. I4v. 1889-98 qr5io.4 C29
v.i4 contains an index.
"Ten years ago Cayley commenced the gathering together of his numer-
ous contributions to the leading mathematical journals of Europe and
America. They date from 1841 while he was yet a Cambridge under-
graduate, and were 900 in number when the work of collective publica-
tion commenced... We have before us the thirteen huge volumes of
MATHEMATICS 589
mathematical essays, reviews, and criticisms testifying to the amazing
zeal and untiring industry of the greatest mathematical intellect of the
present century." Literature, 1898.
LAGRANGE, Joseph Louis, comte.
Lectures on elementary mathematics; tr. by T. J. McCor-
mack. 1898 510.4 Li5
Biographical sketch of the author, p. 7-13.
PENNSYLVANIA UNIVERSITY.
Publications; mathematics, v.i-date. iSgj-date r 5*o.5 P3Q
v.i. Aley, R.J. Contributions to the geometry of the triangle. Heyl,
P.R. Properties of the locus r=constant, in space of n dimensions.
SCHUBERT, Hermann.
Mathematical essays and recreations. 1898 510.7 838
Contents: Notion and definition of number. Monism in arithmetic.
On the nature of mathematical knowledge. The magic square. The
fourth dimension. The squaring of the circle.
SMITH, David Eugene.
Teaching of elementary mathematics. 1900. (Teachers'
professional library.) 510.7 864
"Teacher's book-shelf," p. 297-305.
510.8 Tables and instruments
BABBAGE, Henry Prevost, ed.
Babbage's calculating engines; a collection of papers re-
lating to them, their history and construction. 1889.. . .qr5io.8 BII
ELLWOOD, J.K.
Table book and test problems in mathematics. 1892 510.8 5.5
HALL, John L. comp.
Tables of squares; containing the true square of every foot
and fraction thereof from o to 100 feet advancing by one-
sixteenth of an inch. 1899 rsio.8 Hi7
HALSEY, Frederic Arthur.
Use of the slide rule. 1899 5*0.8 Hi8
Mainly a reprint of a series of articles which originally appeared in
the "American machinist."
TAYLOR, F. Glanville.
Introduction to the practical use of logarithms, with examples
in mensuration. 1901 510.8 T25
Thorough explanation in simple language of the methods of calculation
by the use of logarithms.
510.9 History of mathematics
CAJORI, Florian.
History of mathematics. 1895 5*0.9 Ci2
FINK, Karl.
Brief history of mathematics. 1900 5*0.9 F49
GOW, James.
Short history of Greek mathematics. 1884 5*0-9 G?5
511 Arithmetic
COLBURN, Warren.
Intellectual arithmetic upon the inductive method. 1884.... 511 C67
590 ARITHMETIC
CONANT, Levi Leonard.
The number concept; its origin and development. 1896 511 74
DEAN, Philotus.
Intermediate arithmetic; for public schools and academies.
1865 rsii 034
GOFF, Milton B.
First book in arithmetic. 1876 rsii Gs6
HOW to become quick at figures. 1885 511 H84
LANDER, S.
Our own primary arithmetic. 1863 rsii L22
This is a Confederate publication with some curious propositions.
Our own school arithmetic. 1863 rsii L22O
This is a Confederate publication with some curious propositions.
LANG LEY, Edward Mann.
Treatise on computation; methods for contracting and abbre-
viating arithmetical calculations. 1895 511 L2$
McLELLAN, James Alexander, & Dewey, John.
Psychology of number and its applications to methods of
teaching arithmetic. 1895. (International education
series.) 511 Mi9
For teachers in elementary schools.
"Knowing the nature and origin of number and numerical properties
as psychological facts, the teacher knows how the mind works in the
construction of number, and is prepared to help the child think
number; is prepared to use a method, helpful to the normal move-
ment of the mind. In other words, rational method in arithmetic
must be based on the psychology of number." Authors.
MERRIFIELD, Charles Watkins.
Technical arithmetic and mensuration. 1896. (Text-books
of science.) 511 M63
The same; Key, by John Hunter. 1889. (Text-books of
science.) 511 M63h
Assumes some previous knowledge of--the subject. Reviews carefully
the elementary part, and gives a plain, thorough treatment of the
more advanced portions.
SEELEY, Levi.
Grube's method of teaching arithmetic. 1891 511 845
Authorities, p. 4; sketch of Grube, p.$-6.
SOLDAN, F.Louis.
How to teach elementary arithmetic; Grube's method of teach-
ing arithmetic explained, with practical hints and illustra-
tions. 1878 511 S68
SONNENSCHEIN, Adolf, & Nesbitt, H.A.
Science and art of arithmetic, for the use of schools. 2v. in I.
1870 511 869*
STOCKTON, Joseph.
Western calculator; or, A new system of practical arithme-
tic. 1839 rsii S86
Key to the Western calculator, by John Armstrong.
1836 rsii S86k
WENTWORTH, George Albert, & Hill, Thomas.
High school arithmetic. 1893 511 W$2-
ALGEBRA 591
512 Algebra
FINE, Henry Burchard.
Number-system of algebra treated theoretically and historic-
ally. 1890 512 F49
GRIFFIN, William Nathaniel.
Elements of algebra and trigonometry. 1892. (Text-books of
science.) 512 G8g
"The purpose of this book is to explain the rudiments of Algebra and
Trigonometry to artisans and others, who may wish to be acquainted
with them so far as to make the computations which arise in practice,
and to read books in which science is treated mathematically."
Preface.
Notes on the elements of algebra and trigonometry, with so-
lutions of the more difficult questions. 1892. (Text-books
of science.) 512 GSgn
HIGGS, W. Paget.
Algebra self-taught, for the use of mechanics, young engineers
and home students. 1898 512 HS3
A brief outline of elementary algebra, intended to give a practical work-
ing knowledge sufficient to enable students to use the formulae ordi-
narily found in technical writings.
LAGNY, Thomas Fantet de.
Analyse generale; ou, Methodes nouvelles pour re'soudre les
problemes de tous les genres & de tous les degrez a 1'in-
fini. 1733 qrsi2 LlS
Suite des Memoires de 1'Academie royale des sciences, 1733.
NEWCOMB, Simon.
Algebra for schools and colleges. 1888 512 N26
TODHUNTER, Isaac.
Algebra. 1889 512 TSS
WENT WORTH, George Albert
Elements of algebra. 1898 512 WS2
The same. 1901 r5i2 W52
WILSON, Edwin Bidwell.
Vector analysis ; a text-book for the use of students of mathe-
matics and physics, founded upon the lectures of J. W.
Gibbs. 1901. (Yale bicentennial publications.) 512.24 Wy6
Contents: Addition and scalar multiplication. Direct and skew products
of vectors. The differential calculus of vectors. The integral cal-
culus of vectors. Linear vector functions. Rotations and strains.
Miscellaneous applications.
A system designed to be of especial value in its application to physics
and geometry.
512.8 Higher algebra
MUIR, Thomas.
Treatise on the theory of determinants, with graduated sets
of exercises; for use in colleges and schools. 1882. . . .512.83 M95
McGINNIS, M.A.
Universal solution for numerical and literal equations, by
which the roots of equations of all degrees can be ex-
pressed in terms of their coefficients. 1900 512.84 Mi6
Binder's title reads Functions of squares.
38
592 GEOMETRY
LAURENT, Hermann.
L'elimination. 1900. (Scientia; serie physico-mathe-
matique.) rsi2.8s L37
513 Geometry
BEMAN, Wooster Woodruff, & Smith, David Eugene.
Plane and solid geometry. 1898 513 642
EUCLID.
Elements; first six books and portions of the eleventh and
twelfth. 1891 513 91
LARMOR, Alexander.
Geometrical exercises from Nixon's "Euclid revised," with
solutions. 1901 513 L32
NEWCOMB, Simon.
Elements of geometry. 1889 513 N26
SCHULTZE, Arthur, & Sevenoak, F.L.
Plane and solid geometry. 1901 513 838
WATSON, Henry William.
Elements of plane and solid geometry. 1890. (Text-books of
science.) 513 W3i
WENT WORTH, George Albert.
Text-book of geometry. 1898 513 W52
Includes both plane and solid geometry.
LOBATSCHEWSKY, Nicholaus.
Geometrical researches on the theory of parallels. 1892 513.8 L75
MANNING, Henry Parker.
Non-Euclidean geometry. 1901 513-8 M33
WILLINK, Arthur.
The world of the unseen; an essay on the relation of higher
space to things eternal. 1893 513-8 W75
KLEIN, Felix.
Famous problems of elementary geometry; the duplication
of the cube, the trisection of an angle, the quadrature
of the circle. 1897 513-9 K3i
SPENCER, William George.
Inventional geometry; a series of problems. 1876.
(Science primers.) 5*3-9 S74
514 Trigonometry
NEWCOMB, Simon.
Elements of plane and spherical trigonometry. 1889 514 N26
The same, with logarithmic and other mathematical tables.
1889 514 N26e
WENTWORTH, George Albert.
Plane and spherical trigonometry and tables. 1897 514 W52
TODHUNTER. Isaac.
Plane trigonometry. 1890 514.5 TSS
DESCRIPTIVE GEOMETRY 593
515 Descriptive geometry
WILLSON, Frederick Newton.
Descriptive geometry, pure and applied; with a chapter on
higher plane curves and the helix; a theoretical and practi-
cal treatise prepared for courses in general science, engi-
neering and architecture. 1898 qSiS W76
FILLET, Jules.
Shades and shadows; an exposition of short and con-
venient methods for determining the shades and
shadows of objects illuminated by the conventional
parallel rays. 1896 qb5i5-7 ?59
515.8 Stereotomy
BUCK, Joseph Hay wood Watson.
Construction of large tunnel shafts. 1880 515-8 685
DOBSON, Edward.
Rudiments of masonry and stonecutting; the principles of
masonic projection and their application to the con-
struction of curved wing-walls and domes, oblique
bridges and Roman and Gothic vaulting. 1895 515-8 D6s
"Devoted. . .to the scientific pperations of stone-cutting, and to the ex-
planation of the methods by which the mason obtains, from the de-
signs of the architect, the exact shape of each stone in a building."
Introduction.
MAHAN, Dennis Hart.
Descriptive geometry, as applied to the drawing of fortifica-
tion and stereotomy ; for the use of the cadets of the U. S.
military academy. 1900 515-8 M25
SIEBERT, John Selmar, & Biggin, F. C.
Modern stone-cutting and masonry. 1896 5^5-8 857
WARREN, Samuel Edward.
Stereotomy; problems in stone cutting, for students of engi-
neering and architecture. 1898 515.8 W24
Contents: Plane-sided structures. Structures containing developable sur-
faces. Structures containing warped surfaces. Structures containing
double-curved surfaces.
516 Analytical geometry
FONTENELLE, Bernard le Bovier de.
Elements de la geometric de 1'infini. 1727 qr5i6 F74
Suite des Memoires de 1'Academie royale des sciences, 1727.
NEWCOMB, Simon.
Elements of analytic geometry. 1889 516 N26
"The author has endeavored so to arrange the present work that it shall
be adapted both to those who do and those who do not desire to make
a special study of advanced mathematics." Preface.
TANNER, John Henry, & Allen, Joseph.
Elementary course in analytic geometry. 1898. (Cornell
mathematical series.) 516 Ti8
594 CALCULUS
ALOIS, William Steadman.
Elementary treatise on solid geometry. 1886 516.5 A36
Partial contents: Transformation of co-ordinates. On generating lines
and sections of quadrics. On the surfaces represented by the general
equation of the second degree. On tangent lines and planes. On
curves in space. On envelopes. On curvature of surfaces.
FROST, Percival.
Solid geometry. 2v. 1886-87 5*6.5 Fp5
Partial contents:
v.i. On coordinate systems. General description of loci of equations.
Projections of lines and areas. General equation of the first degree.
Quadriplanar and tetrahedral coordinates. Four-point coordi-
nate system. Loci of equations. Transformation of coordinates.
On certain surfaces of the second degree. On generation by
straight lines. Tangents. Confocal conicoids. General equation
of the second degree. Reciprocal polars. Clusters of conicoids.
Tortuous curves. Geodesic lines. Curvilinear coordinates.
v.2. Hints for the solution of problems.
REYE, Theodor.
Lectures on the geometry of position, v.i. 1898 516.5 R37
TODHUNTER, Isaac, comp.
Examples of analytical geometry of three dimensions. 1878. .516.5 TSSC
TODHUNTER, Isaac.
Treatise on plane co-ordinate geometry and conic sections.
1888 516.5 T SS
HAMILTON, Sir William Rowan.
Elements of quaternions ; ed. by C. J. Joly. 2v. 1899-1901. .qr5i6.8 Hzi
McAULAY, Alexander.
Octonions; a development of Clifford's bi-quaternions.
1898 516.8 Mil
TAIT, Peter Guthrie.
An elementary treatise on quaternions. 1890 516.8 Ti4
517 Calculus
DE MORGAN, Augustus.
Elementary illustrations of the differential and integral calcu-
lus. 1899 517.1 042
Bibliography, p. 135-142.
EDSER, Edwin.
Differential and integral calculus for beginners; adapted to
the use of students of physics and mechanics. 1901. .. .517.1 29
Requires only a thorough knowledge of elementary algebra and geome-
try.
FONTAINE, Alexis.
Memoires donnes a 1' Academic royale des sciences, non im-
primes dans leur temps. 1764 qr5i7.i F73
GOULD, Edward Sherman, civil engineer.
Primer of the calculus. 1899 517.1 G73
LAMBERT, Preston Albert.
Differential and integral calculus for technical schools and
colleges. 1808 517.1 Li8
NEWCOMB, Simon.
Elements of the differential and integral calculus. 1889. . .517.1
PERRY, John, b. 1850.
Calculus for engineers. 1897 517.1
ASTRONOMY 595
SMITH, Robert Hy.
The calculus for engineers and physicists. 1897 5I7-I S6$
JOHNSON, William Woolsey.
Treatise on ordinary and partial differential equations.
1896 517.2 J36
TANNENBERG, W. de.
Legons nouvelles sur les applications geometriques du calcul
differentiel. 1899 qr5i7.2 Tl8
WILLIAMSON, Benjamin.
Elementary treatise on the differential calculus, containing
the theory of plane curves. 1895. 517.2 W7S
GAUSS, Karl Friedrich.
General investigations of curved surfaces of 1827 and 1825 ; tr.
with notes by J. C. Morehead and A. M. Hiltebeitel.
1902 qrsi7.26 624
Bibliography, p. 117-126.
TODHUNTER, Isaac.
Treatise on the integral calculus and its applications, with nu-
merous examples. 1895 517-3 TSS
WILLIAMSON, Benjamin.
Elementary treatise on the integral calculus, containing ap-
plications to plane curves and surfaces and a chapter on
the calculus of variations. 1896 517-3 W75
FORSYTH, Andrew Russell.
Treatise on differential equations. 1888 517.38 F78
519 Probabilities
VENN, John.
The logic of chance; an essay on the theory of probability,
with especial reference to its application to moral and
social science and to statistics. 1888 5I9-I V26
HOLMAN, Silas Whitcomb.
Discussion of the precision of measurements. 1894 519-6 H73
CHAUVENET, William.
Treatise on the method of least squares, or the application of
the theory of probabilities in the combination of observa-
tions. 1888 519.8 C4i
MERRIMAN, Mansfield.
Text-book on the method of least squares. 1891 519-8 M63
520 Astronomy
BALL, Sir Robert Stawell.
Elements of astronomy. 1896. (Text-books of science.) 520 Bar
CLERKE, Agnes Mary, and others.
The concise knowledge astronomy. 1898 520 C57
Contents: Clerke, A.M. History. Fowler, A. Geometrical astronomy
and astronomical instruments. Clerke, A.M. The solar system.
Gore, J.E. The sidereal heavens.
596 ASTRONOMY
DURHAM, William.
Astronomy. 1890. (Science in plain language.) 520 094
LAPLACE, Pierre Simon, marquis de.
Exposition du systeme du monde. 2v. 1836 r520 L31
Includes a short history of astronomy.
Sketch of the life and work of the author, v.i, p. 1-28.
LOCKYER, Sir Joseph Norman.
Astronomy. [1879.] (Science primers.) 520 L764a
NEWCOMB,JSimon.
Elements of astronomy. 1900 520 Ni6e
"So simple and elementary and without detail is it that it can hardly be
said to have any competitors at present in the field." Nation, 1901.
Popular astronomy. 1893 520 N26
An admirable popular text-book.
NEWCOMB, Simon, & Holden, E.S.
Astronomy. 1892. (American science series; briefer
course.) 520 Na6a$
A clear elementary presentation of the subject Requires a slight
knowledge of algebra and geometry. An excellent book to follow
Bowen's "Astronomy by observation."
Astronomy for high schools and colleges. 1893. (American
science series; advanced course.) 520 N26a
YOUNG, Charles Augustus.
Elements of astronomy. 1894 5 2
A more elementary treatment of the material contained in Young's
"Text-book of general astronomy."
Lessons in astronomy. 1895 520
Text-book of general astronomy. 1895 520 Y36
A standard, comprehensive text-book for colleges and scientific schools.
520.4 Essays
ADAMS, George, 1750-95.
Astronomical and geographical essays. 1795 r520.4 A2I
JACOBY, Harold.
Practical talks by an astronomer. 1902 520.4 Ji3
Contents: Navigation at sea. The Pleiades. The pole-star. Nebulae.
Temporary stars. Galileo. The planet of 1898. How to make a sun-
dial. Photography in astronomy. Time standards of the world.
Motions of the earth's pole. Saturn's rings. The heliometer. Oc-
cultations. Mounting great telescopes. The astronomer's pole. The
moon hoax. The sun's destination.
MITCHEL, Ormsby MacKnight.
Six lectures on astronomy. 1848 r52o.4 M74
PROCTOR, Richard Anthony.
Borderland of science. 1874 520.4 Pg6b
Expanse of heaven; a series of essays on the wonders of the
firmament. 1897 520.4 P96e
Myths and marvels of astronomy. 1893 520.4 P96
On astrology, the pyramids, Swedenborg's visions, suns in flames,
comets as portents, Saturn, the lunar hoax, the constellation
figures, etc.
Other suns than ours, with two essays on whist. 1891 520.4 P96o
RAMSAY, W.W.
Sky wonders. 1893 r520.4 Ri8
ASTRONOMY 597
520.5 Periodicals
ASTRONOMY and astro-physics; monthly, v.n-13. 1892-
94 qr520.5 856
Being v. 11-13 of the Sidereal messenger.
No more published.
ASTROPHYSICAL journal; an international review of spec-
troscopy and astronomical physics; monthly, v.i-date.
iSgs-date rS2o.S A8s
POPULAR astronomy; monthly, i893-date. v.i-date. 1894-
date qr520.S P8i
SIDEREAL messenger; monthly. i3v. in 9. 1883-94 qr520.5 856
v.i 1-13 title reads Astronomy and astro-physics.
No more published.
520.9 History of astronomy
BERRY, Arthur.
Short history of astronomy. 1899 520.9 645
"Authorities and books for students," p.4ii-4i6.
CLERKE, Agnes Mary.
Popular history of astronomy during the igih century.
1902 520.9 CS;P
The same. 1893 r520-9 C57
An interesting and accurate review.
"With rare judgment [the author] orders fact and theory in their due
proportions, pointing out their accordances, discrepancies and contra-
dictions." Knowledge, 1903.
GRANT, Robert, 1814-92.
History of physical astronomy to the middle of the igth cen-
tury. 1852. 520.9 678
HOLD EN, Edward Singleton.
Stories of the great astronomers; conversations with a child.
1900 JS20.9 H7i
LEBON, Ernest.
Histoire abregee de 1'astronomie. 1899 520.9 L47
"Dictionnaire biographique et bibliographique," p.229-274.
LODGE, Sir Oliver Joseph.
Pioneers of science. 1893 520.9 L76
Contents: Copernicus and the motion of the earth. Tycho Brahe and
the earliest observatory. Kepler and the laws of planetary motion.
Galileo and the invention of the telescope. Galileo and the inquisi-
tion. Descartes and his theory of vortices. Sir Isaac Newton.
Newton and the law of gravitation. Newton's Principia. Roemer
and Bradley and the velocity of light. Lagrange and Laplace; the
stability of the solar system and the nebular hypothesis. Herschel
and the motion of the fixed stars. The discovery of the asteroids.
Bessel; the distances of the stars and the discovery of the stellar
planets. The discovery of Neptune. Comets and meteors. The
tides. The tides and planetary evolution.
TURNER, Herbert Hall.
Modern astronomy; some account of the revolution of the last
quarter of a century. 1001 520.9 T86
Contents: Modern instruments. Modern methods. Modern results.
Modern mathematical astronomy.
The same. 1901 r52O.9 T86
5 p8 ASTRONOMY
521 Theoretical astronomy
CASSINI, Jacques.
Siemens d'astronomie. 1740 qr52i Ca6e
Suite des Memoires de 1' Academic des sciences, 1740.
WATSON, James C.
Theoretical astronomy, relating to the motions of the heavenly
bodies revolving around the sun. 1892 521.12 W32
ADAMS, John Couch.
Lectures on the lunar theory; ed. by R. A. Sampson. 1900. ..521.6 A2I
BROWN, Ernest W.
Introductory treatise on the lunar theory. 1896 qr52i.6
522 Practical astronomy
CAMPBELL, William Wallace.
The elements of practical astronomy. 1899 522 Ci6e
Handbook of practical astronomy for students and en-
gineers. 1891 522 Ci6
LOCKYER, Sir Joseph Norman.
Stargazing, past and present. 1878 522 L76
Contents: The pre-telescopic age. The telescope. Time and space
measurers. Modern meridional observations. The equatorial. Astro-
nomical physics.
LOOMIS, Elias.
Introduction to practical astronomy, with astronomical tables.
1894 522 L85
WARNER & SWASEY, pub.
A few astronomical instruments from the works of Warner
& Swasey; [plates]. 1900 qr522 W23
522.1 Observatories
ALLEGHENY OBSERVATORY.
Publications, v.i-2. [1869-95.] qr 522.1 A42
Reprints from technical periodicals.
CALIFORNIA UNIVERSITY Lick observatory.
Publications, looo-date. v.4-date. looo-date qr522.i Ci3
v-4- Tucker, R. H. Meridian circle observations of 310 standard stars,
1893-1896.
v.$. Hussey, W.J. Micrometrical observations of the double stars dis-
covered at Pulkowa.
v.6. Tucker, R. H. Meridian circle observations made at the Lick
observatory, 1896-1901.
CHICAGO UNIVERSITY Yerkes observatory.
Publications, v.i-date. looo-date qr522.i C43
v.i. Burnham, S.W. A general catalogue of 1290 double stars.
HARKNESS, William, & Skinner, A.N.
Transit circle observations of the sun, moon, planets and mis-
cellaneous stars, 1894-1899. 1900. (In United States Na-
val observatory. Publications; 2d ser., v.i.) . . . . qr522.i U25p v.i
OBSERVATORIES 599
LOWELL OBSERVATORY, Flagstaff, Arizona.
Annals, v.i-2. 1898-1900 qr522.i LQS
v.i. Observations of the planet Mars during the opposition of 1894-5,
made at Flagstaff: Physical and micrometric observations of Mars
and the development and significance of its phenomena, by Perci-
val Lowell; Canals in the dark regions, and terminator observa-
tions, by A. E. Douglass.
v.2. Observations of the planet Jupiter and its satellites, 1894 and 1895;
Observations of Mars, 1896 and 1897, made at Flagstaff, Arizona and
Tacubaya, Mexico, by Percival Lowell.
MAUNDER, Edward Walter.
Royal observatory, Greenwich; a glance at its history and
work. 1900 522.1 M49
An excellent account, by one of its astronomers, of the observatory, with
sketches and portraits of the astronomers royal who have had charge
of the work, which is, first of all to assist navigation by observing the
motions of the sun, moon and planets, and by making accurate star
catalogues.
PENNSYLVANIA UNIVERSITY.
Publications; series in astronomy, v.i, no.2. 1899 qr522.i P39
v.i, no.2. Doolittle, C.L. Results of observations with the zenith
telescope of the Flower astronomical observatory, Oct. n, i8p6-Aug.
16, 1898.
SKINNER, Aaron Nichols.
Zone observations with the nine-inch transit circle, 1894-
1901. 1902. (In United States Naval observatory.
Publications, 2d ser., v.2.) qr 522.1 U25p v.2
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION.
List of observatories. 1902. (In its Miscellaneous collec-
tions, v.4i.) r5o6 S66m v.4i
UNITED STATES Astrophysical observatory.
Annals, v.i. 1900 qr522.i U25I
v.i. The absorption lines in the infra-red spectrum of the sun. Sub-
sidiary researches.
UNITED STATES Naval observatory.
Astronomical and meteorological observations, 1881-1892. 1885-
99 qr522.i U25
Binder's title reads "Washington observations."
Continued as Publications, second series.
Publications; 2d ser. v.i-date. loxto-date qr$22.i U25p
Continuation of "Astronomical and meteorological observations."
522.2 Telescopes. 522.6 Spectroscqpy
OLIVER, John A. Westwood, and others, ed.
Astronomy for amateurs; a practical manual of telescopic
research in all latitudes. 1888 522.2 023
PROCTOR, Richard Anthony.
Half-hours with the telescope. 1806 522.2 Pg6
ROGERS, Joseph A.
The correction of sextants for errors of eccentricity and
graduation. 1890. (In Smithsonian institution. Mis-
cellaneous collections, v.34.) rso6 S66m v.34
SCHEINER, Julius.
Treatise on astronomical spectroscopy; tr. by E. B. Frost.
6oo DESCRIPTIVE ASTRONOMY
1894 522.6 831
Bibliography, p.427-47*.
"Excellent text-book for the student and a useful book of reference to
workers in spectroscopy." Nature, 1894.
523 Descriptive astronomy
AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR THE EXTENSION OF UNI-
VERSITY TEACHING.
Syllabus of lectures on general astronomy, by J. E. Keeler.
1895. (University extension lectures.) r$23 Afi
"Works of reference," p.8.
BALL, Sir Robert Stawell.
In the high heavens. 1894 523 Baii
Popular astronomy; the physical condition of other worlds, Jupiter's fifth
satellite, Mars, the heat wave of 1892, meteorites, etc.
Primer of astronomy. 1900 523 B2ip
Star-land. 1893 3523 B2is
Story of the heavens. 1893 523 621
One of the most interesting popular books on astronomy.
BAYNE, Samuel Gamble.
The pith of astronomy, (without mathematics). 1896 523 633
BOWEN, Eliza A.
Astronomy by observation ; an elementary text-book for high-
schools and academies. 1890 Q523 B66
CHAMBERS, George Frederick.
Handbook of descriptive and practical astronomy. 3v.
1889-90 rS23 C35
v.i. The sun, planets and comets,
v.z. Instruments and practical astronomy.
V.3. The starry heavens.
Intended more especially for those who have small telescopes. Contains
numerous illustrations.
Story of the stars. 1895. (Library of useful stories.) 523 C35
Describes the constellations, double, colored, moving, temporary and
variable stars, the nebulae and the milky way. Popular.
DUNKIN, Edwin.
Midnight sky ; notes on the stars and planets. 1891 qr523 Dga
FISON, Alfred H.
Recent advances in astronomy. 1898 523 54
FLAMMARION, Camille.
Popular astronomy, a general description of the heavens.
1897 523 F6ip
Author is an extremely popular French scientist and this work has been
chosen by the minister of education for use in public schools. It is
written in a vivid style, but some of the scientific theories advanced
are hardly well-founded.
Wonders of the heavens. 1897. (Wonders of science.) 523 F6i
FRITH, Henry.
Marvels of astronomy. (Scientific recreation series.) J523 F95
GIBERNE. Agnes.
Radiant suns; sequel to Sun, moon and stars. 1894 523 G$6
Sun, moon and stars; astronomy for beginners. 1893 J523 636
HERSCHEL, Sir John Frederick William.
Outlines of astronomy. 1893 5 2 3 H47
Practically the only book in which the problems of theoretical astron-
omy are explained without the aid of mathematics. The difficulties
DESCRIPTIVE ASTRONOMY 601
of the subject are not, however, removed by this treatment. For
the nature and constitution of the heavenly bodies the reader should
consult more recent works.
HOLDEN, Edward Singleton.
The earth and sky; a primer of astronomy for young readers.
1898 J523 Hyie
Family of the sun; conversations with a child. 1899 J523 H7i
"Deals descriptively with the planets that form the Family of the Sun
with their appearances in the telescope, and with the main deduc-
tions that can be drawn from these appearances." Preface.
HOWE, Herbert Alonzo.
Elements of descriptive astronomy. 1897 '. . .523 H8se
List of reference books, p.32o-3a6.
Study of the sky. 1896. (Chautauqua reading circle litera-
ture.) 523 H8s
LANGLEY, Samuel Pierpont.
The new astronomy. 1893 523 L25
Devoted entirely to the nature and constitution of the heavenly bodies.
Written in a very attractive style and beautifully illustrated.
MOORE, Annie, & Nichols, L.D.
Overhead; or, What Harry and Nelly discovered in the
heavens. 1879 J523 M87
Summer vacation of two children on a farm in New Hampshire where
they hear delightful stories of the sun, moon and stars.
PARKER, William Harwar.
Familiar talks on astronomy. 1890 523 P24
PROCTOR, Richard Anthony.
Flowers of the sky. 1889 523 Pg6f
Popular, non-technical chapters on the aurora borealis, the moon, plan-
ets, etc.
Lessons in elementary astronomy, with an appendix contain-
ing hints for young telescopists. 1892 523 Pc/il
Old and new astronomy; completed by A. C. Ranyard.
1892 qrS23 P96o
Contains a clear account of the facts and principles of the older astron-
omy. The treatment of some parts of the new astronomy is very de-
fective. Comets are not mentioned. It is fully illustrated.
The orbs around us ; essays on the moon and planets, meteors
and comets, the sun and coloured pairs of suns. 1894 523 Pcj6o
Other worlds than ours. 1895 5 2 3 ?96
Popular astronomy, treating of the planets, moon, comets, meteors, stars,
etc.
SERVISS, Garrett Putnam.
Astronomy with an opera-glass. 1893 523 849
STEELE, Joel Dorman.
Story of the stars; new descriptive astronomy. 1884 523 S8i
References, p.8.
TODD, David Peck.
A new astronomy. 1897 523 TSS
"Written purely with a pedagogic, purpose, insistence upon Tightness
of principles, no matter how simple, has everywhere been preferred
to display of precision in result." freface.
The same. 1897 r523
Stars and telescopes; a hand-book of popular astronomy;
founded on Lynn's Celestial motions. 1899 523
Bibliography at the end of each chapter.
602 SOLAR SYSTEM
WEBB, Thomas William.
Celestial objects for common telescopes. 2v. 1893-94 523
v.i. The instrument and the observer. The solar system.
v.z. The stars.
A book which has long been regarded as indispensable to the amateur
observer.
WRIGHT, Mrs Julia (McNair).
Astronomy; the sun and his family. 1898 3523 W93
KANT, Immanuel.
Kant's cosmogony, as in his essay on the retardation of the
rotation of the earth and his Natural history and theory of
the heavens; ed. and tr. by W. Hastie. 1900 523.1 Ki2
Appendices: Dieterich's summary of Kant's Theory of the heavens. The
Hamburg account of the theory of Thomas Wright of Durham. De
Morgan's account of the speculations of Thomas Wright of Durham.
DfiCOMBE, L.
La celerite des ebranlements de Tether. 1900. (Scientia; se-
rie physico-mathematique.) ^23.15 036
Contents: Considerations generates sur Tether. Histoire de Tether.
Les oscillations hertziennes. La formule de Newton. La vitesse de
la lumiere. La vitesse de Telectricite. La vitesse de propagation de
Tonde electromagnetique. Le nombre v de Maxwell. La dispersion
dans le vide. L'ether de Maxwell.
523.2 Solar system. 523.3 Moon
CHAMBERS, George Frederick.
Story of the solar system. 1896. (Library of useful
stories.) 523.2 C3S
LEDGER, Edmund.
The sun, its planets and their satellites; lectures upon the
solar system read in Gresham college, London. 1882 523.2 LSI
GUILLEMIN, Amedee Victor.
Wonders of the moon; ed. with additions by Maria Mitchell.
1895. (Wonders of science.) 523.3 G96
NASMYTH, James, & Carpenter, James.
The moon considered as a planet, a world and a satellite.
1885 523-3 NM
A popular book with excellent photographic illustrations.
NEISON, Edmund.
The moon and the condition and configurations of its surface.
1876 523-3 N2i
523.4 Planets
LOWELL, Percival.
Observations of the planet Jupiter and its satellites, 1894
and 1895; Observations of Mars, 1896 and 1897, made
at Flagstaff, Arizona, and Tacubaya, Mexico. 1900.
(In Lowell observatory. Annals, v.2.) qr522.i L95 v.2
SERVISS, Garrett Putnam.
Other worlds ; their nature, possibilities and habitability in the
light of the latest discoveries. 1901 523.4 $49
Contents : Mercury. Venus. Mars. The asteroids. Jupiter. Saturn.
The moon. How to find the planets.
SUN 603
DOUGLASS, Andrew Ellicott.
Canals in the dark regions [of Mars] ; and Terminator
observations. 1898. (In Lowell observatory. Annals,
v.i, p.25i-378.) qr 522.1 LQS v.i
FLAMMARION, Camille.
La planete Mars et ses conditions d'habitabilite. 1892.^523.43 F6i
LOWELL, Percival.
Mars. 1895 52343 LQS
This book is the result of a special study of Mars made during the last
opposition at an observatory erected for the purpose at Flagstaff,
Arizona.
Physical and micrometric observations of Mars, and the de-
velopment and significance of its phenomena. 1898.
(In Lowell observatory. Annals, v.i, p. 7-250.) . . . . qr 522.1 L95 v.i
GOULD, Benjamin Apthorp.
Report on the history of the discovery of Neptune. 1850. ^523.48 G73
Published by the Smithsonian institution.
523.5 Meteors. Aurora borealis
LOCKYER, Sir Joseph Norman.
Meteoritic hypothesis. 1890 523.5 L76
ANGOT, Alfred.
The aurora borealis. 1897. (International scientific
series.) 523-59 A-59
Catalogue of the auroras seen in Europe below lat. 55, from 1700-1890,
p. 177-264.
JONES, George, 1800-70.
Observations on the zodiacal light, April 2, i853-April 22,
1855, made on board the Mississippi. (In Perry, M. C.
Narrative of the expedition of an American squadron
to the China seas and Japan, 1852-1854, v.3.) qr570.95 P44 v.3
MAIRAN, Jean Jacques Dortous de.
Traite physique et historique d*e 1'aurore boreale. 1754. ^^23.59 M26
Suite des Memoires de 1' Academic royale des sciences, 1731.
523.7 Sun
GUILLEMIN, Amedee Victor.
The sun. 1896. (Wonders of science.) 523.7 Gg6
LANGLEY, Samuel Pierpont.
Researches on solar heat and its absorption by the earth's
atmosphere; a report of the Mount Whitney expedition.
1884. (In United States Signal office. Professional
papers, no.15.) qr55i-5 U253p
LOCKYER, Sir Joseph Norman.
The sun's place in nature. 1897 523.7 L76s
YOUNG, Charles Augustus.
The sun. 1895. (International scientific series.) 523.7 Y36s
The same. 1890. (International scientific series.) ^23.7 Y36
Untechnical work for the general reader.
LOCKYER, Sir Joseph Norman.
Chemistry of the sun. 1887 523-77 L76
604 ECLIPSES
523.78 Eclipses
BRITISH ASTRONOMICAL ASSOCIATION.
Total solar eclipse, 1900; report of the expeditions organ-
ized by the British astronomical association to observe
the total solar eclipse of 1900, May 28; ed. by E. W.
Maunder. 1901 523.78 675
CAMPIGNEULLES, V. de.
Observations taken at Dumraon, Behar, India during the
eclipse of the 22d of January 1898. 1899 q52378 Ci6
CHAMBERS, George Frederick.
The story of eclipses, with especial reference to the total
eclipse of the sun of May 28, 1900. 1899 523.78 C35
LOCKYER, Sir Joseph Norman.
Recent and coming eclipses; being notes on the total solar
eclipses of 1893, 1896 and 1898. 1897 523.78 L76
TODD, David Peck.
American eclipse expedition to Japan, 1887; preliminary
report, (unofficial), on the total solar eclipse of 1887.
1888 ^589.95 C6g
Bound with other pamphlets.
TODD, Mrs Mabel (Loomis).
Total eclipses of the sun. 1894 523.78 TSS
Excellent monograph for the unscientific, describing eclipses, attendant
phenomena, value, methods of observation, with brief history and
tables of future eclipses.
UNITED STATES Naval observatory.
Reports on observations of the total eclipse of the sun, Aug.
7, 1869. 1870 qr523-78 U25r
Reports on observations of the total solar eclipse, Dec. 22,
1870. 1871 qr523-78 U25
%
523.8 Stars
ALLEN, Richard Hinckley.
Star-names, and their meanings. 1899 523.8 A42
BROWN, Robert.
Researches into the origin of the primitive constellations
of the Greeks, Phoenicians and Babylonians. 2v. 1899-
looo r523.8 679
BURNHAM, Sherburne Wesley, comp.
General catalogue of 1290 double stars discovered from 1871
to 1899, by S. W. Burnham; arranged in order of right
ascension with all the micrometrical measures of each pair.
1900. (In Chicago university Yerkes observatory. Pub-
lications, v.i.) ' qr522.i C43 v.i
CLERKE, Agnes Mary.
System of the stars. 1890 523.8 C57
An admirable book, requiring, however, some previous knowledge of the
HUSSEY, William Joseph.
Micrometrical observations of the double stars discovered at
STARS 605
Pi-lkowa, made with the thirty-six-inch and twelve-inch re-
fractors of the Lick observatory, together with the mean
results of the previous observations of these stars. 1901.
(In California university Lick observatory. Publica-
tions, v.S.) qr522.i Ci3 v.S
MONCK, William Henry Stanley.
An introduction to stellar astronomy. 1899 523.8 M8i
NEWCOMB, Simon.
The stars; a study of the universe. 1901. (Science series.) . .523.8 Nz6
Simple, untechnical account, including the latest discoveries.
PORTER, Jermain Gildersleeve.
Stars in song and legend. 1901 523.8 P83
Brief accounts of the myths and legends relating to the constellations,
with numerous poetical quotations.
PRATT, Mara L.
Storyland of stars. 1892 J523.8 P88
PROCTOR, Richard Anthony.
Easy star lessons. 1894 523.8 Pg6
Half-hours with the stars. 1896 Q523-8 ?96h
TUCKER, Richard Hawley.
Meridian circle observations of 310 standard stars, including
157 stars from the American ephemeris, Connaissance des
temps and British nautical almanac, which are not in the
Berliner jahrbuch, and 153 stars from the Berliner jahr-
buch, 1893-1896. 1900. (In California university Lick
observatory. Publications, v.4.) qr522.i Ci3 v.4
HUGGINS, Sir William, & Margaret (Murray), lady.
Atlas of representative stellar spectra, with a discussion of
the evolutional order of the stars, and the interpreta-
tion of their spectra. 1899. (Publications of Sir
William Huggins's observatory, v.i.) qr523.87 H89
List of published papers on the work done in the observatory. ^.27-33.
KLEIN, Edward Emanuel.
Star atlas, with text. 1893 qr523-89 K3i
PROCTOR, Richard Anthony, comp.
Star atlas, showing 6000 stars and 1500 double stars, nebulae,
&c. 1892 qr 523.89 Pg6
ROBERTS, Isaac, astronomer.
A selection of photographs of stars, star-clusters and
nebulae, with information concerning the instruments
and the methods employed in celestial photography.
2v. 1893-99 qr523-89 R53
Title page of v.2 reads Photographs of stars, star-clusters and nebulae,
with records of results obtained in the pursuit of celestial photography.
SCHURIG, Richard.
Tabulae caelestes continentes omnes Stellas caeli, borealis
nee non australis, nudis oculis conspicuas. 1886 qr523.89 839
UPTON, Winslow.
Star atlas and an explanatory text. 1896 qr523.89 U26
NEWCOMB, Simon, ed.
Observations of the transit of Venus, Dec. 8-9, 1874, made
and reduced under the direction of the commission created
6o6 EARTH
by Congress, v.i. 1880. (United States. 46th cong.
ist sess. Senate. Ex. doc. no.3i.) qrS23.g6 N26
v.i. General discussion of results, by Simon Newcomb.
524 Astronomical tables
CASSINI, Jacques, comp.
Tables astronomiques du soleil, de la lune, des planetes, des
etoiles fixes, et des satellites de Jupiter et de Saturne; avec
1'explication & 1'usage de ces memes tables. 1740 qr524 26
Suite des Memoires de 1' Academic royale des sciences, 1740.
LA HIRE, Philippe de, comp.
Tables astronomiques. 1735 qr524 Li$
Published by the Academic des sciences.
525 Earth
FERGUSON, James.
Easy introduction to astronomy. 1819 r$25 F38
GREGORY, Richard A.
Planet earth; an astronomical introduction to geography.
1894 525 G86
BOUGUER, Pierre.
La figure de la terre, determinee par les observations de Mes-
sieurs Bouguer & de la Condamine, de 1' Academic royale
des sciences, envoyes au Perou, pour observer aux envi-
rons de 1'equateur; avec une relation abregee de ce voy-
age. 1749 qrS25.i4 B6sf
Justification des Memoires de 1' Academic royale des sfciences
de 1744 et du livre de la Figure de la terre. 1809. . . ^525.14 B6s
INSTITUT DE FRANCE Academic des sciences.
Suite des Memoires de I'Academie royale des sciences, 1718;
de la grandeur et de la figure de la terre. 1720 qr525.i4 124
CASSINI de THURY, Cesar Francois.
La meridienne de 1'Observatoire royal de Paris verifiee dans
toute 1'etendue du royaume par de nouvelles observations;
avec des observations d'histoire naturelle faites dans les
provinces traversees par la meridienne, par M. Le Mon-
nier. 1744 qr52S4i C26
Suite des Memoires de I'Academie des sciences, 1740.
LA CONDAMINE, Charles Marie de.
Journal du voyage fait a 1'equateur, servant d'introduction
historique a la mesure des trois premiers degres du meri-
dien, [with supplement]. 1751-54 qr5254i Li2
Suite des Memoires de I'Academie des sciences.
COURTANVAUX, Francois Cesar le Tellier, marquis de.
Journal du voyage sur la fregate 1'Aurore, pour essayer plusi-
eurs instrumens relatifs a la longitude. 1768 qr52546 C84
Suite des Memoires de I'Academie des sciences, 1768.
UNITED STATES Hydrographic office.
Telegraphic determination of longitudes in Mexico, Central
America, the West Indies and on the north coast of South
GEODESY 607
America, with the latitudes of the several stations, by
J.A.Norris and Charles Laird. 1891. ([Publications],
no.g;.) qr52S47 U25
DARWIN, George Howard.
The tides and kindred phenomena in the solar system. 1898. .525.6 Dz6
Includes "The evolution of celestial systems," p.334-346, and "Saturn'*
rings," p.347-369-
A short list of authorities will be found at the end of many of the
chapters.
TIDE TABLES for .[calendar] year 1900-1904. 1899-1903.
(United States Coast and geodetic survey.) qr525.69 T44
526 Geodesy
GORE, James Howard.
Geodesy. 1891 526 G66
MERRIMAN, Mansfield.
Elements of precise surveying and geodesy. 1899 526 M6j
UNITED STATES Coast and geodetic survey.
Bulletin, no.4-9, 15, 19-21, 28-29, 36-40. 1888-1901 qr526 U25b
For contents see contents book, v.2, p. 220; kept at the reference desk.
Report of the superintendent, 1837-44, iSsi-date. 1838-
date qr526 U25
The appendix to this report is known as ''Methods and results," and in-
cludes the professional papers relating to the methods, discussions and
results of the survey.
Reports for 1851, 1891-94 are in 2 volumes each.
Reports for 1837-44 w iH be found in the sheep bound set of congressional
documents, numbered respectively, 314, 322, 338, 355, 364, 376, 382,
402, 414, 419, 442, 450 and 464.
"The Coast survey was established by an act of Congress approved
Feb. 10, 1807, and reorganized under the provisions of an act ap-
proved July 10, 1832. Reports of progress were made in 1816 and
1818, when the work of the survey was suspended until 1832, since
which date an annual report has been issued."
The name was originally the United States coast survey, changed in
1878 to the United States coast and geodetic survey.
WHEELER, George Montague.
Report upon the 3d International geographical congress
and exhibition at Venice, Italy, 1881, accompanied by
data concerning the principal government land and
marine surveys of the world. 1885. (United States.
48th cong. 2d sess. House. Ex. doc. no.27o.) qr526 W6i
The author has extended the scope of this report, begun with data
examined at Venice, to embrace information concerning the origin,
organization, administration, functions, history and progress of the
several government topographic, hydrographic and geological surveys.
COMSTOCK, Cyrus Ballou.
Report upon the primary triangulation of the United States
lake survey. 1882. (United States Engineers corps.
Professional papers, no.24.) qr 526.2 C73
SCHOTT, Charles Anthony.
Transcontinental triangulation and the American arc of the
parallel. 1000. (United States Coast and geodetic
survey. Special publication, no.4_) qr526.4 $37
CHABERT, Joseph Bernard de.
Voyage fait en 1750 et 1751 dans 1'Amerique septentrionale,
39
608 SURVEYING
pour rectifier les cartes des cotes de 1'Acadie, de 1'Isle
Royale & de 1'Isle de Terre-neuve. 1753 qr526.6 34
Suite des Memoires de 1' Academic des sciences, 1752.
TABLES for a polyconic projection of maps, based upon
Clarke's reference spheroid of 1866. 1900. (United
States Coast and geodetic survey. Special publication,
no. 5.) qr526.8 Til
The first edition was published as apx. no.6 in the Coast and geodetic
survey report for 1884. The second edition differs from the first only
in the addition of a new preface.
Z-OPPRITZ, Karl.
Leitfaden der kartenentwurfslehre, fur studierende der
erdkunde und deren lehrer. v.i. 1899 r526.8 Z/g
v.i. Die projektionslehre.
526.9 Surveying
CARHART, Daniel.
Treatise on plane surveying. 1893 526.9 CiQ
GILLESPIE, William Mitchell.
Treatise on surveying; revised and enlarged by Cady Staley.
2v. 1897-99 526.9 641
v.i. Land surveying and direct leveling,
v.z. Higher surveying.
GRIBBLE, Theodore Graham.
Preliminary survey and estimates. 1897. (Text-books of
science.) 526.9 G88
Contents: General considerations. Route-surveying of reconnaissance.
Hydrography and hydraulics. Geodetic astronomy. Tacheometry.
Chain-surveying. Curve-ranging with transit and chain. Graphic
calculation for preliminary estimates. Instruments. Parliamentary
work. Resurvey of railways. Light railways for the Cape.
GUMMERE, John.
Treatise on surveying; also hints to young surveyors and
rules for surveying the public lands of the United States,
by G. H. Holliday. 1853 526.9 GCJJ
HODGMAN, Francis.
Manual of land surveying, comprising an elementary course of
practice with instruments, and a treatise upon the survey of
public and private lands. 1900 526.9 H66
For both students and practical surveyors. Gives especial attention to
the application of the principles of common and statutory law in the
location of boundary lines, both in original and resurveys.
HURST, John Thomas.
Handbook of formulae, tables and memoranda for architec-
tural surveyors and others engaged in building. 1898. . .r526.9 Hgs
INTERNATIONAL BOUNDARY COMMISSION, UNITED
STATES AND MEXICO, 1891-96.
Report of the boundary commission upon the survey and re-
marking of the boundary between the United States and
Mexico west of the Rio Grande, 1891 to 1896. 3v.
1898-99. (United States. 55th cong. 2d sess. Senate.
Doc. no. 247.) qr526-9 124
v.i. Report of the international commission. Report of the United
States section.
v.2. Album of plates.
v.3- Atlas of maps and profiles.
SURVEYING 609
JOHNSON, John Butler.
Theory and practice of surveying. 1900 526.9 J36t
The same. 1895 r526.9 Jtf
KENNEDY, Neil.
Surveying with the tacheometer; a practical manual for the
use of civil and military engineers and surveyors. 1900. . .526.9 Ki8
Includes two series of tables specially computed for the reduction of
readings in sexagesimal and in centesimal degrees.
MERRIMAN, Mansfield.
An introduction to geodetic surveying. 1893 526.9 M63
Contents: The figure of the earth. The principles of least squares.
The field of triangulation.
MERRIMAN, Mansfield, & Brooks, J.P.
Handbook for surveyors. 1897 T526.9 M63
PENCE, William D. & Ketchum, M.S.
Manual of field and office methods for the use of students in
surveying. 1901 526.9 P$
While designed primarily to supplement the more elaborate treatises,
this book is sufficient for an elementary course. Designed to give
immediate familiarity with approved methods of surveying, and to cul-
tivate skill in keeping good field notes and in calculation.
RAYMOND, William Gait.
A text-book of plane surveying. 1896 526.9 R24
UNITED STATES Northern boundary commission, 1872-76.
Reports upon the survey of the boundary between the territory
of the United States and the possessions of Great Britain,
from the Lake of the Woods to the summit of the Rocky
mountains. 1878. (44th cong. 2d sess. Senate. Ex.
doc. no.4i.) qr526.9 U25
"These reports, [transmitted by the secretary of state], announce the
completion of the labors of this commission, whereby the entire
boundary-line between the United States and the possessions of Great
Britain is marked and determined, except as to that part of the terri-
tory of the United States which was ceded by Russia under the treaty
of 1867." The President's (U. S. Grant) letter of transmittal.
526.91 Tables. 526.98 Topographical drawing
BOILEAU, John Theophilus, comp.
New and complete set of traverse tables, showing the differ-
ences of latitude and the departures to every minute of the
quadrant, and to five places of decimals ; with other tables
useful to the surveyor and civil engineer. 1900 r 526.91 659
WALMISLEY, Arthur Thomas.
Field work and instruments. 1900 526.91 Wi8
WEBB, Walter Loring.
Problems in the use and adjustment of engineering instru-
ments. 1899 r526.9i W36
' GANNETT, Henry.
A manual of topographic methods. 1893. (United States
Geological survey. Monographs.) qr526.98 Gi6
REED, Henry A.
Topographical drawing and sketching. 2v. in i. 1893. ^526.98 R28
Title of v.2 reads Photography applied to surveying.
6io NAVIGATION
WILSON, Herbert Michael.
Topographic surveying, including geographic, exploratory
and military mapping, with hints on camping, emergency
surgery and photography. 1900 .................... 526.98 W76
Contains several bibliographies.
526.99 Special methods
BOWHILL, J.H.
Questions and answers in the theory and practice of military
topography; with working plans separately. 2v.
1898 .............................................. qrS26.99 B66
v.i. Text. v.2. Plans.
BROUGH, Bennett Hooper.
Treatise on mine-surveying. 1897 .................... 526.99 677
Bibliography, p-335-336.
The same. 1899 ....................................... r$26.g9 677
CARHART, Daniel.
Field book for civil engineers. 1893 .................... 526.99 CiQ
The same. 1893 ................................ ., ...... ^26.99 Cig
O'DONAHUE, T. A.
Colliery surveying; a primer for the use of students and col-
liery manager aspirants. 1896 ..................... 526.99 Oi4
SHORTLAND, Peter Frederick.
Nautical surveying. 1890 .............................. 526.99 855
STILES, Amos, comp.
Tables for field engineers; designed for use in the field;
tables containing all the functions of a one degree
curve, from which a corresponding one can be found
for any required degree, also tables of natural sines and
tangents. 1885 .................................... ^26.99 S85
527 Navigation
RICHARDS, Eugene Lamb.
Elementary treatise on navigation and nautical astronomy.
1901 ..................................................... 527 R39
"To understand the principles set forth a knowledge of elementary
Plane and Spherical Geometry and Trigonometry is all that is needed."
Preface.
UNITED STATES Coast and geodetic survey.
Notes relative to the use of charts issued by the United States
coast and geodetic survey. 1900. (Special publication, no.
6.)
528 Ephemerides. 529 Chronology
AMERICAN ephemeris and nautical almanac, 1865, 1881-
date. i863-date. (United States Nautical almanac
office.) ............................................ qr528 AST
PACIFIC coaster's nautical almanac for i898-date. 1897-
date. (United States Nautical almanac office.) ...... qr528 Pi2
PHYSICS 611
ABU RAIHAN MUHAMMAD BIN AHMAD AL-BIRUNI.
Chronology of ancient nations; an English version of the
Arabic text of the Atha.r-ul-Ba.kiya; or, "Vestiges of
the past." 1879 q529 Ai6
PITTSBURGH pocket almanac for 1805; calculated for the
meridian and parallel of Pittsburgh by John Taylor. . ^529.5 P6?
GATTY, Mrs Margaret (Scott), (pseud. Aunt Judy), comp.
Book of sun-dials; ed. by H. K. F. Eden and Eleanor Lloyd.
1900 qr52978 G23
Contains a chapter on Portable sun-dials, by Lewis Evans, and an ap-
pendix On the construction of sun-dials, by J. W. Richardson.
Complete and interesting treatise, fully illustrated. Includes accounts
of dials, antique, early English, early Irish, renaissance, Scottish and
foreign, with over 280 pages on dial-mottoes.
SPACKMAN, Henry Spencer.
Timepiece of shadows; a history of the sun dial. 1895. . ^529.78 S73
"Books recommended," p.6.
Poetic and artistic side of dialing rather than its scientific theory. Calls
attention to some particularly interesting specimens of the sun dial,
most of them in England.
530 Physics
AMES, Joseph Sweetman.
Theory of physics. 1897 530 A$i
ANTHONY, William Arnold, & Brackett, C.F.
Elementary text-book of physics. 1890 530 A62
The same. 1891 r530 A6a
BARKER, George Frederic.
Physics. 1898. (American science series; advanced course.). .530 824
CARHART, Henry Smith, & Chute, H. N.
Physics for high school students. 1902 530 Cig
Well arranged and thoroughly up-to-date (1902).
CHRISTIANSEN, C.
Elements of theoretical physics. 1897 530 C46
DANIELL, Alfred.
Text book of the principles of physics. 1895 S3O D22
Bibliography, p.75 1-756.
DOLBEAR, Amos Emerson.
Matter, ether and motion; the factors and relations of physi-
cal science. 1894 530 D69
EVERETT, Joseph David.
Elementary treatise on natural philosophy, based on the Traite
de physique of A. Privat Deschanel. 4v. 1894-98 530 95
v.i. Mechanics, hydrostatics and pneumatics.
v.2. Heat.
v-3- Electricity and magnetism.
v.4. Sound and light.
GAGE, Alfred P.
Introduction to physical science. 1894 530 Gi3
GANOT, Adolphe.
Elementary treatise on physics. 1893 r530 Gi6
The same. 1877 r53O Gi6e
The same. 1902 -. 530 Gi6e
6i2 PHYSICS
GRAY, Andrew.
Treatise on physics, v.i. 1901 530 G8l
v.i. Dynamics and properties of matter.
Aims "to provide a treatise. . .which may serve for those who, beginning
at the elements of the subject, wish to have in one book an account
of theoretical and experimental physics which may be sufficient for
most practical purposes of scientific and technical education."
Requires a knowledge of the calculus.
HOOKER, Worthington.
Child's book of nature; pt.3, Air, water, heat, light, &c.
1886 J530 H77
NICHOLS, Edward Leamington, & Franklin, W.S.
The elements of physics; a college text-book. 3V. 1896-98. . . .530 N3ie
v.i. Mechanics and heat.
v.2. Electricity and magnetism.
v.3. Light and sound.
STEELE, Joel Dorman.
Fourteen weeks in physics. 1878 530 S8i
STEWART, Balfour.
Physics. [1879.] (Science primers.) J53O S8$
WATSON, William, B. S.
Text-book of physics. 1899 530 W32
"A comprehensive account of experimental physics... in a natural order
and with careful explanation of difficult points... On the whole... as
good an introductory treatment., .as one can find in a one-volume
work." /. E. Trevor.
WINKELMANN, Adolf, ed.
Handbuch der physik. 3v. in 5. 1891-96. (Encyklopaedie
der naturwissenschaften.) Q r 530 W78
WULLNER, Adolph
Lehrbuch der experimentalphysik 4v. 1895-90 r53O W95
v.i. Allgemeine physik und akustik.
v.2. Die lehre von der warme.
v.3- Die lehre vom magnetismus und von der elektricitat.
v.4. Die lehre von der strahlung.
A sound, clear exposition of modern physical science.
530.1 Theory
CROOKES, Sir William.
"Radiant matter," a resume of lectures and papers on the
"Fourth state of matter." [1879.] 53O.I
GLAZEBROOK, Richard Tetley.
Laws and properties of matter. 1893. (Modern science
series.) 530.1 G47
HOLMAN, Silas Whitcomb.
Matter, energy, force and work; a plain presentation of fun-
damental physical concepts and of the vortex-atom and
other theories. 1898 530.1 H73,
LARMOR, Joseph.
Aether and matter; a development of the dynamical relations
of the aether to material systems, on the basis of the atomic
constitution of matter, including a discussion of the influ-
ence of the earth's motion on optical phenomena. 1900.. .530.1 L32
Being an Adams prize essay in the University of Cambridge.
PHYSICS ESSAYS 613
STALLO, John Bernhard.
Concepts and theories of modern physics. 1891. (Interna-
tional scientific series.) 530.1 878
"My object is to consider current physical theories and the assumptions
which underlie them in the light of the modern theory of cognition."
Preface.
TAIT, Peter Guthrie.
Properties of matter. 1894 S3O.I Ti4
530.4 Essays
FARADAY, Michael.
Experimental researches in chemistry and physics. 1859. .530.4 F22e
On the various forces of nature and their relations to each
other. 1894 530-4 F22
GRUNMACH, Leo.
Die physikahschen erscheinungen und krafte ihre erkenntnis
und verwertung im praktischen leben. 1899 qr 530.4 G94
HOPKINSON.John.
Original papers; ed. with a memoir by B. Hopkinson. 2v.
1901 r530.4 H78
v.i. Technical papers. v.z. Scientific papers.
The papers are all on physical topics, chiefly relating to dynamo-electric
machinery, electric lighting, and the magnetic properties of iron and
nickel and their alloys.
MACH, Ernst.
Popular scientific lectures. 1895 530.4 Mi6
Contents: The forms of liquids. The fibres of Corti. On the causes of
harmony. The velocity of light. Why has man two eyes? On sym-
metry. On the fundamental concepts of electrostatics. On the prin-
ciple of the conservation of energy. On the economical nature of
physical inquiry. On transformation and adaptation in scientific
thought. On the principle of comparison in physics. On instruction
in the classics and the mathematico-physical sciences.
MAXWELL, James Clerk.
Scientific papers; ed. by W. D. Niven. 2v. 1890 qr53O.4 M5-2
Chiefly reprinted from the proceedings and transactions of learned so-
cieties of Great Britain.
RAYLEIGH, John William Strutt, baron.
Scientific papers, v.i-3. 1890-1902 qr53O-4 R24
v.i. 1869-1881. v.2. 1881-1887.
v.3. 1887-1892.
REYNOLDS, Osborne.
Papers on mechanical and physical subjects. 3v. 1900-
03 qr530-4 R37
V.I. 1869-1882. V.2. l88l-I900.
v.3. The sub-mechanics of the universe.
The author is (1900) professor of engineering in Owens college. Man-
chester, Eng. The papers cover a wide range of subjects, among the
most important chapters being those on the refraction of sound, the
explanation of the radiometer, the steering of screw steamers, and the
action of the screw propeller
RUM FORD, Benjamin Thompson, count.
Complete works. 4v. 1870-75 r53O.4 R86
For contents see contents book, p-46; kept at the reference desk.
SIEMENS, Sir Charles William.
Scientific works. 3v. 1889 53O-4 S57
v.i. Heat and metallurgy.
v.2. Electricity and miscellaneous.
v.3. Addresses, lectures, etc.
614 PHYSICS PERIODICALS
TAIT, Peter Guthrie.
Lectures on some recent advances in physical science.
1885 530.4 Ti4
TISSANDIER, Gaston, & Frith, Henry.
Marvels of earth, air and water; a popular account of the forces
of nature. (Scientific recreation series.) J53O.4 TS2
Marvels of heat, light and sound. (Scientific recreation
series.) JS3O-4 Ts2m
530.5 Periodicals
ANNALEN der physik und chemie; beiblatter; monthly,
v.i-date. i877-date
v.24-date title reads "Beiblatter zu den Annalen der physik."
Namenregister, v.i-is, 1877-91. 1893.
JOURNAL de physique theorique et appliquee. v.i-date.
i872-date
Table analytique et table par noms d'auteurs des trois premieres
series, 18721901. 1902.
JOURNAL der physik; monthly, v.i-date. i79O-date r53O.5
v.i-8 title reads Journal der physik; ed. by F. A. C. Gren. 8v. 1790-94.
v.9-12 title reads Neues journal der physik; ed. by F. A. C. Gren. 4V.
1795-97-
v.i 3-72 title reads Annalen der physik; ed. by L. W. Gilbert. 60 v.
1799-1819.
v.73-88 title reads Annalen der physik und der physikalischen chemie; ed.
by L. W. Gilbert. i6v. 1819-24.
v.89-317 title reads Annalen der physik und chemie.
v.89-248 ed. by J. G. Poggendorff. i6ov. 1824-77.
v.249-317 ed. by G. Wiedemann, and G. and E. VViedemann. 6gv.
1877-99.
v.3i8-date title reads Annalen der physik; ed. by P. Drude. v.i-date.
1900 date.
Register, v.i-8, 179094.
Register, v.9-12, 1795-97. 1800.
Sach- und namen-register, v.i3-88, 1799-1824. 1826.
Namen- und sach-register, v.89-148, 1824-43. 1845.
Namen- und sach-register, v. 149 178, 1844-53, erganzungsband
2-4. 1854.
Namen- und sach-register, v. 179-208, 1854-63. 1865.
-Sachregister, v.8o-248, 1824-77, erganzungsband 1-8, und jubel-
band. 1888.
-Namen-register, v.89-238, 1824-73, erganzungsband 1-6, nebst
jubelband; und sach-register, v.209-238, 1864-73, erganzungsband 5-6,
nebst jubelband. 1875.
-Namenregister, v. 239-298, 1874-93, nebst erganzungsbanden
7-8. 1894.
-Sachregister, v.249-298, 1877-93. 1897.
The erganzungsbande issued in 1833, 1842, 1848, 1853, 1854, 1871,
1874, 1876 and 1878 are numbered respectively v.u8, v.i4sa, v.i63a,
v.i78a, v.iSia, v.23ia, v.24ia, v.247a, v.248a; the jubelband issued in
1874 is numbered v.24ib.
Beiblatter zu den Annalen der physik und chemie;
monthly, i877-date. v.i-date. i877-date r 53O.5 J466b
v.24-date title reads Beiblatter zu den Annalen der physik.
Namenregister, v.i-is, 1877-91. 1893.
LONDON, PHYSICAL SOCIETY.
Abstracts of physical papers from foreign sources. 3v. 1805-
97 r 530.5 L82a
Continued by Science abstracts; issued under the direction of the In-
stitution of electrical engineers and the Physical society of London,
1*505 84162.
LABORATORY MANUALS 615
PHYSICAL review; a journal of experimental and theoretical
physics; bi-monthly and monthly, v.i-date. i8p4-date . . qr530.5 PSJ
Published for Cornell university.
LONDON, PHYSICAL SOCIETY.
Proceedings, i874-date. v.i-date. i876-date r53o.6 L82
530.7 Laboratory manuals
GLAZEBROOK, Richard Tetley, & Shaw, W.N.
Practical physics. 1899. (Text-books of science.) 530.7 G47
HOPKINS, George M.
Experimental science. 1898 53O.7 H78e2
The same. 1895 530-7 H78e
The same. 1893 ^30.7 H7&
A ready guide to the general knowledge of physics by means of experi-
ment. Most of the apparatus may be made and used by any one
having ordinary skill with tools. A fascinating book.
HORTVET, Julius.
Manual of elrmentary practical physics for high schools
1900 530.7 H8l
JUDE, B.H. & Gossin, Henri.
Physics; experimental and theoretical, v.i. 1899 530-7 J49
v.i. Mechanics, hydrostatics, pneumatics, heat and acoustics.
LOUDON, William James, & McLennan, J.C.
Laboratory course in experimental physics. 1895 530.7 L92
LUPTON, Sydney.
Notes on observations; an outline of the methods used for de-
termining the meaning and value of quantitative observa-
tions and experiments in physics and chemistry, and for
reducing the results obtained. 1898 530.7 Lp8
"References and notes" at the end of each chapter.
NICHOLS, Edward Leamington, ed.
A laboratory manual of physics and applied electricity. 2v.
1895-97 530.7 N3i
v.i. Junior course in general physics, by Ernest Merritt and F. J.
Rogers.
v.2. Senior courses and outlines of advanced work, by G. S. Moler,
Frederick Bedell, H. J. Hotchkiss, C. P. Matthews and E. L.
Nichols.
PEPPER, John Henry.
Boy's book of science J53O.7 P4I
Experiments and lectures given before young people. Explains the
telephone, telegraph, phonograph, steam engine, etc.
STEWART, Balfour, & Gee, W.W.H.
Lessons in elementary practical physics, v.i-3, pt.i.
1894-98 530.7 584
v.i. General physical processes.
v.2. Electricity and magnetism.
v.3, pt. i. Practical acoustics, by C. L. Barnes.
TISSANDIER, Gaston.
Half hours of scientific amusement; or, Practical physics and
chemistry without apparatus. [1890.] (Scientific rec-
reation series.) J53O.7 T52
6:6 PHYSICAL MEASUREMENTS
TROWBRIDGE, John.
New physics; a manual of experimental study. 1884 530.7 T77
Philip's experiments; or, Physical science at home. 1898. .530.7
"To show that a few moments devoted each day, at home, to simple
investigations can result in habits of self-reliance in the acquirement
of a modern language and in the study of the art of drawing. I en-
deavor also to show how to cultivate a taste for mathematics by study-
ing practical problems in surveying and in sailing a boat." Preface.
530.8 Physical measurements. 530.9 History
BUREAU INTERNATIONAL DES POIDS ET MESURES.
Extraits des travaux et memoires du Bureau international des
poids et mesures. v.i-6. 1881-89 qr530.8 689
v.i. Dilatation du mercure, par O. J. Broch. Etudes sur 1'appareil de
M. Fizeau pour la mesure des dilatations appartenant au Bureau
des poids et mesures, par J. K. Benoit. Mesures de dilatation et
comparaisons des regies metriques, par J. R. Benoit, 1883. Mesures
de dilatation et comparaisons des regies metriques, par J. R. Benoit,
1884. Nouvelles etudes et mesures de dilatations par la methode
de M. Fizeau, par J. R. Benoit.
v.2. Pesees executees au Bureau international des poids et mesures, du
i octobre 1879 au 30 septembre 1881, par W. J. Marek. Pesees
executees au Bureau international des poids et mesures, du i octo-
bre 1881 au 15 Janvier 1883, par W. J. Marek.
v.3- Comparaisons des metres dans 1'air a la temperature ambiante, par
J. Pernet.
v-4- Etudes thermometriques, par C. E. Guillaume. Etudes sur le ther-
mometre a gaz, et comparaison des thermometres a mercure avec
le thermometre a gaz, par P. Chappuis.
v.s. Etudes sur la balance, par M. Thiesen. Note sur 1'etalonnage des
sous-divisions d'une regie sur 1'etude des erreurs progressives d'une
vis micrometrique, et sur le calibrage des thermometres, par O. J.
Broch. Comparaisons des regies dans le comparateur brunner, par
O. J. Broch.
v.6. Sur quelques analyses de verres, par Hercules Tornoe. Determi-
nation de la variation de la pesanteur avec la hauteur au pavilion
de Breteuil, par M. Thiesen. Verifications de quelques etalons
anglais du kilogramme de 1'once troy et de la livre avoirdupois, par
. O. J. Broch. Rapport de la commission mixte chargee de la com-
paraison du nouveau prototype du kilogramme avec le kilogramme
des archives de France. Analyses de 1'alliage des metres et des kilo-
grammes prototypes, par Hercules Tornoe. Conference generate
des poids et mesures, septembre 1889; rapport sur la construction,
les comparaisons et les autres operations ayant servi a determiner
les equations des nouveaux prototypes metriques, par J. R. Benoit.
EDSER, Edwin.
Measurement and weighing; a first year's course in elemen-
tary practical physics. 1899 53-8 29
KOHLRAUSCH, Friedrich.
Introduction to physical measurements. 1894 53O.8 K36
CAJORI, Florian.
History of physics in its elementary branches; including the
evolution of physical laboratories. 1899 53O-9 Cl2
FISCHER, Johann Carl.
Geschichte der physik, seit der wiederherstellung der kiinste
und wissenschaften, bis auf die neuesten zeiten. 8v.
1801-08. (Geschichte der kiinste und wissenschaften.). .r530.9 F52
GERLAND, Ernst, & Traumuller, F.
Geschichte der physikalischen experimentierkunst. 1899. .r530.9 632
"This work, illustrated by more than 400 woodcuts, gives a most in-
teresting account of the apparatus used and of the investigations
MECHANICS
made by scientific inventors from the earliest times at which records
exist down to the invention of Morse's printing telegraph in 1843."
Nature, 1899.
531 Mechanics
For Mechanical engineering, see 621
BOWSER, Edward Albert.
An elementary treatise on analytic mechanics, with numerous
examples. 1896 531 B66
DU BO IS, Augustus Jay.
Elementary principles of mechanics. 3v. 1894-95 531 D8s
v.i. Kinematics.
v.2. Statics.
v.3. Kinetics.
Mechanics of engineering, v.i-2. 1902 qS3i D8sm
v.i. Kinematics. Statics. Kinetics. Statics of rigid bodies and of
elastic solids.
v.2. Stresses in framed structures. Strength of materials and theory
of flexure. Determination of dimensions and designing of details.
Specifications. Complete designs and working drawings,
v.i is one of the Yale bicentennial publications; v.2 is the I2th edition
of "Stresses in framed structures."
GIBBS, Josiah Willard.
Elementary principles in statistical mechanics developed with
especial reference to the rational foundation of thermody-
namics. 1902. (Yale bicentennial publications.) 531 636
GLAZEBROOK, Richard Tetley.
Mechanics; theoretical and practical. 1895 531 647
The same. 1897 rS3i 647
HERTZ, Heinrich.
Principles of mechanics presented in a new form; English
translation by D. E. Jones and J. T. Walley. 1899 531 H48
LODGE, Sir Oliver Joseph.
Elementary mechanics. 1896 531 L76
MACH, Ernst.
Science of mechanics; a critical and historical exposition of
its principles. 1893 531 Mi6
NEWTON, Sir Isaac.
The mathematical principles of natural philosophy; tr. by
Andrew Motte; to which are added Newton's System of
the world; comment on, and defence of, the Principia,
by W. Emerson, with The laws of the moon's motion,
by John Machin. 3v. 1803 r53i Nap
"Life of Sir Isaac Newton," v.i, p.33-6o.
Known as "Newton's Principia."
"Incomparably the greatest work on science that has ever yet been
produced." Sir Robert S. Ball, 1893.
Philosophise naturalis principia mathematica; perpetuis
commentariis illustrata communi studio Thomae Le
Seur et Francisci Jacquier. 2v. 1833 r53i N2gp
PERRY, John, b. 1850.
Practical mechanics. 1896. (Manuals of technology.) 531 ?44
Elementary mechanics for practical men. Uses only simple mathematics.
TAIT, Peter Guthrie.
Newton's laws of motion. 1899 531 Ti4
6i8 DYNAMICS
WEISBACH, Julius.
Theoretical mechanics, with an introduction to the cal- .
culus; tr. fr. the 4th German edition by E. B. Coxe.
1889 r53i V/46
Contents: Phoronomics, or the purely mathematical theory of motion.
Mechanics, or the physical science of motion in general. Statics of
rigid bodies. The application of statics to the elasticity and strength
of bodies. Dynamics of rigid bodies. Statics of fluids. Dynamics
of fluids.
This is v.i of Weisbach's "Mechanics of engineering."
531.1 Kinematics. 531.2 Statics
MacCORD, Charles William.
Kinematics ; a treatise on the modification of motion as af-
fected by the forms and modes of connection of the moving
parts of machines. 1899 53I-I Mi4
Chiefly a practical discussion of pitch surfaces and gear wheels of all
kinds.
MAREY, fitienne Jules.
Movement. 1895. (International scientific series.) 53LI M38
Studies in animal locomotion based on the results of instantaneous
photography.
HERRMANN, Gustav.
The graphical statics of mechanism; a guide for the use of
machinists, architects and engineers. 1895 531.2 H47
FLATHER, John Joseph.
Dynamometers and the measurement of power; a treatise on
the construction and application of dynamometers, with a
description of the methods and apparatus employed in
measuring water- and electric-power. 1900 531-21 F6i
GRIFFITHS, Ernest Howard.
Thermal measurement of energy; lectures delivered at the
Philosophical hall, Leeds. 1901 531.21 GSg
531.3 Dynamics
BRIGGS, William, & Bryan, G.H.
The tutorial dynamics. 1898. (University tutorial series.). . .531.3 674
MacCORD, Charles William.
Velocity diagrams ; their construction and uses ; intended for
all who are interested in mechanical movements. 1901. .. .531.3 Mi4
"Explains the principles of the more common and convenient graphic
processes of determining at any given instant the direction and veloci-
ty of the motion of a point." Preface.
ROUTH, Edward John.
Treatise on dynamics of a particle. 1898 531-3 R?8
TAIT, Peter Guthrie.
Dynamics. 1895 531.3 Ti4
"The present work is, in the main, a reprint of the article 'Mechanics,'
which I wrote for the last edition of the Encyclopedia Britannica."
APPELL, Pcul.
Les mouvements de roulement en dynamique. 1899. (Scien-
tia; serie physico-mathematique.) ^31.34 A64
"Principaux ouvrages et memoires 4 consulter," p.6.
Mathematical monograph, designed chiefly to show the principal meth-
GRAVITATION. ENERGY 619
ods available for the investigation of problems of this character.
Includes two articles by J. Hadamard: "Sur les mouvements de roule-
ment," and "Sur certains systemes d'equations aux differentielles to-
tales."
BARNARD, John Gross.
Phenomena of the gyroscope analytically examined; with sup-
plements on the effects of initial gyratory velocities and of
retarding forces on the motion of the gyroscope.
1858 r53i.34 625
Three articles reprinted from Barnard's American journal of education,
1857-1858.
531.5 Gravitation. 531.6 Energy
MACKENZIE, Arthur Stanley, ed.
Laws of gravitation; memoirs by Newton, Bouguer and
Cavendish; with abstracts of other important memoirs.
1900. (Scientific memoirs.) 53 I -5' 1 Mi7
Contents: History of the subject before the appearance of Newton's
Principia. Extracts from Newton's Principia and System of the
world. Biographical sketch of Newton. Bouguer's The figure of the
earth. Biographical sketch of Bouguer. The Bertier controversy.
Account of Maskelyne's experiments on Schehallien. Cavendish's
Experiments to determine the mean density of the earth. Biographi-
cal sketch of Cavendish. Historical account of the experiments made
since the time of Cavendish. Table of results of experiments.
Bibliography, p.i45-is6.
Reviews the work done from the time of Gilbert's speculations, on
gravitation (about 1600) down to the experiments of Poynting and
Gray (1899).
TARLETON. Francis Alexander.
Introduction to the mathematical theory of attraction.
1899 .53I-5I T2i
STEWART, Balfour.
Conservation of energy. 1890. (International scientific
series.) 531-6 884
The same. 1874. (International scientific series.) r53i.6 884
YOUMANS, Edward Livingston, ed.
Correlation and conservation of forces. 1808 531-6 Y35
Contents: The correlation of physical forces, by W. R. Grove. On the
interaction of natural forces, by Helmholtz. Remarks on the forces
of inorganic nature, by J. R. Mayer. On celestial dynamics, by J. B.
Mayer. Remarks on the mechanical equivalent of heat, by J. R.
Mayer. Some thoughts on the conservation of force, by Faraday.
The connection and equivalence of forces, by Liebig. On the cor-
relation of the physical and vital forces, by Carpenter.
The same. 1893 r 53i-6 Y35
DIRCKS, Henry, comp.
Perpetuum mobile; or, Search for self-motive power during
the I7th, i8th and igth centuries, with an introductory es-
say. 1861 531-8 D62
532 Liquids
BOWSER, Edward Albert.
Elementary treatise on hydromechanics. 1894 532 B66.3
620 HYDRAULICS
BANCROFT, Wilder D.
The phase rule. 1897 Q532.2 622
"I have tried to present the subject of qualitative equilibrium from the
point of view of the Phase Rule and of the Theorem of Le Chatelier,
without the use of mathematics." Preface.
532.5 Hydraulics
For Hydraulic engineering, see 627
BOVEY, Henry Taylor.
Treatise on hydraulics. 1901 532-5 B66
The same. 1895 ^32.5 B66
MERRIMAN, Mansfield.
Treatise on hydraulics. 1895 532-5 M63
The same. 1903 532-5 M63t
BAZIN, Henri Emile.
Experiments upon the contraction of the liquid vein issuing
from an orifice and upon the distribution of the velocities
within it. 1896 532-52 633
Translated from Memoires presentes par divers savants a 1'Academie
des sciences de 1'Institut de France, v-3*.
GANGUILLET, E. & Kutter, W.R.
General formula for the uniform flow of water in rivers and
other channels; tr. fr. the German, with numerous addi-
tions, including tables, diagrams and the elements of over
1200 gaugings of rivers, small channels and pipes, in Eng-
lish measure, by Rudolph Hering and J. C. Trautwine.
1893 532-54 Gi6
HERSCHEL, Clemens.
115 experiments on the carrying capacity of large, riveted,
metal conduits, up to six feet per second of velocity of
flow. 1897 532-54 H47
HICHAM, Thomas.
Hydraulic tables for finding the mean velocity and discharge
in open channels. 1898 q532-54 H53
MACKENZIE, Alexander, U. S. engineer.
Report on current-meter observations in the Mississippi river
near Burlington, Iowa, during October 1879; with
plates. 1884. (United States Engineer department
(army).) ^32.54 Mi8
SILK, Albert Edward.
Tables for calculating the discharge of water in pipes for
water- and power- supplies. 1899 532-54 Ss8
SWAN, Charles H. & Horton, Theodore.
Hydraulic diagrams for the discharge of conduits and canals;
based upon the formula of Ganguillet and Kutter.
1899 T532.54 S97
WESTON, Edmund Brownell, comp.
Tables showing loss of head due to friction of water in pipes.
1896 T532.54 W57
GASES 621
533 Gases
KIM BALL, Arthur Lalanne.
Physical properties of gases. 1890. (Riverside science
series.) r533-i K25
For general readers. Develops the reasoning which has led to the
present conception of the nature of gases.
TRAVERS, Morris William.
Experimental study of gases; an account of the experi-
mental methods involved in the determination of the
properties of gases and of the more important re-
searches connected with the subject. 1901 533-1 T6g
BARUS, Carl, ed.
Laws of gases; memoirs by Robert Boyle and E. H. Amagat.
1899. (Scientific memoirs.) 533-2 628
Contents: A defence of the doctrine touching the spring and weight of
the air, proposed by R. Boyle in his new physico-mechanical experi-
ments, against the objections of Franciscus Linus. Biographical
sketch of Boyle. On the compressibility of gases at high pressure, On
the elasticity and the thermal expansion of fluids throughout an
interval terminating in very high pressures, by E. H. Amagat.
Biographical sketch of Amagat.
Bibliography, p. 108-110.
To this criticism by Linus, and the experimentation which Boyle under-
took in preparing a defence, is probably due the discovery of the law
which bears his name.
ABBE, Cleveland.
Mechanics of the earth's atmosphere. 1893. (In Smith-
sonian institution. Miscellaneous collections, v.
34-) r 5o6 S66m v.34
A collection of translations from Hagen, Helmholtz, Kirchhoff, Over-
beck, etc.
BARUS, Carl.
Experiments with ionized air. 1901. (In Smithsonian insti-
tution. Contributions to knowledge, v.29, pt.2.) . . qrso6 S66c v.2Q
533.6 Aeronautics
AERONAUTICAL annual; ed. by James Means, 1895-97.
no. 1-3. 1894-97 r 533.6 A2S
No more published.
AERONAUTICAL SOCIETY OF GREAT BRITAIN.
Annual reports (ist-23d), 1866-1893. 23v. in 2 r533.6 A25I
After 1886 the reports are not issued annually.
No more published.
ANDREWS, Solomon.
Aerial navigation and a proposal to form an aerial navigation
company. 1865 r533.6 A$6
Binder's title reads Art of flying.
Airship described was a balloon made dirigible by the addition of a rud-
der and arrangements for shifting the center of gravity. The pamphlet
recounts Dr Andrews' attempts to induce the government to construct
one for military use during the Civil war.
BACON, John Mackenzie.
By land and sky. 1900 533-6 613
"Narratives of balloon ascents. . .Will probably be read more for its liv-
ing interest and spirit of adventure than for its scientific qualities...
Contains many original observations on the transmission of sound."
Knowledge, 1901.
622 AERONAUTICS
BREWER, Griffith, & Alexander, P.Y. comp.
Aeronautics; an abridgment of aeronautical specifications filed
at the British patent office, 1815-1891. 1893 ............... 533-6 673
CHANUTE, Octave.
Progress in flying machines. 1894 ......................... 533-6 36
Reprint of articles which appeared in the Railroad and engineering
journal, now The American engineer.
DAVID, L.
Solution du probleme de la navigation dans 1'air par la direc-
tion des aerostats; expose d'un nouveau systeme de di-
rection. 1864 ....................................... r533-6 029
DERVAL, E.
fitude sur la navigation aerienne. 1889 .................. r533-6 044
FIJNJE van SALVERDA, J. G. W.
Aerial navigation; with notes concerning some recent de-
velopments in the art. 1894 .......................... 533-6 F47
Summary, mainly popular in form, of the development of aerial naviga-
tion from the balloon of Montgolfier (1783), to the early stages of the
investigations and discussions of Langley, Maxim, Holland and others
(1892)
GRAFFIGNY, Henri de, (pseud, of Raoul Marquis).
Les ballons et 1'aerostation franchise. [1888.] ........... r533.6 Gy6
La navigation aerienne et les ballons dirigeables. 1888 ..... 533 6 G76n
Recits d'un aeronaute. 1897 .......................... qr533-6 G/6r
Contents: Histoire de 1'aerostation. Fantaisies aerostatiques.
Traite d'aerostation ; theorique et pratique. 1891 ........... 533-6 G76
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON AERIAL NAVI-
GATION.
Proceedings of the conference held in Chicago, Aug. 1893.
1894 ..................................................... 533-6 124
MANSFIELD, Charles Blachford, (pseud. Ithi Kefalende).
Aerial navigation. 1877 ................................... 533-6 M34
Bibliography, p.493-4p6.
MOORE, Mrs Clara (Jessup).
Keely and his discoveries; aerial navigation. 1893 ........ 533-6 M87
PONTON d'AMfiCOURT, Gustave, vicomte de, comp.
Collection de memoires sur la locomotion aerienne sans
ballons. 1864 ..................................... qr533-6 ?79
TISSANDIER, Gaston, comp.
Bibliographic aeronautique; catalogue de livres d'histoire, de
science, de voyages et de fantaisie traitant de la navigation
aerienne, on des aerostats. 1887 .................... qr533.6 T52
TURNOR, Christopher Hatton.
Astra castra; experiments and adventures in the atmosphere.
1865 ................................................. qr533-6 T86
Bibliography,
533.7 Kinetic theory of gases
BURBURY, Samuel Hawksley.
Treatise on the kinetic theory of gases. 1899 ................ 533 7 B88
MEYER, Oskar Emil.
Kinetic theory of gases; elementary treatise with mathematical
SOUND 623
appendices. 1899 ....................................... 533.7
First edition appeared in 1877.
"Specially suited to students of physics and chemistry who are interested
with experimental conclusions rather than with abstract reasoning."
Nature, 1900.
WATSON, Henry William.
Treatise on the kinetic theory of gases. 1893 ............... 533-7 Wji
534 Sound
BREWER, Ebenezer Cobham."
Sound and its phenomena. 1885 .......................... r534 673
MAYER, Alfred Marshall.
Sound; a series of experiments. 1890 ........................ 534 MSJ
RADAU, Rodolphe.
Wonders of acoustics. 1870 ................................. r534 Ri2
TYNDALL, John.
Sound. 1897 ........................................... 534 T98s
The same. 1897 ........................................ r534 ToUs
WILFORD, pseud.
Evolution of sound; a review of Tyndall, Helmholtz and
Mayer. 1878 ............................................ r534 W7i
CHLADNI, Ernst Florens Friedrich.
Entdeckungen iiber die theorie des klanges. 1787 ........ r 534.i 44
534.3 Musical sound
For Theory of music, see 781.1
BLASERNA, Pietro.
The theory of sound in its relation to music. 1875. (Hum-
boldt's library of science.) .......................... qr534-3 654
STONE, William Henry.
Scientific basis of music. 1878. (Novello, Ewer and co.'s
music primers.) ...................................... 534-3 S88
TAYLOR, Sedley.
The science of music; or, The physical basis of musical har-
mony. 1895 ......................................... 534-3 T25
Sound and music; an elementary treatise on the physical con-
stitution of musical sounds and harmony. 1896 ....... 534-3 T25S
534.84 Architectural acoustics
BARNES, Charles Lightfoot.
Practical acoustics. 1897 ............................ 53. 7 $84 v.3
Being v.3, pt.i, of Stewart & Gee's Lessons in elementary practical
physics.
EICHHORN, Albert.
Die akustik grosser raume nach altgriechischer theorie, nebst
der berechnung einiger zugehoriger beispiele aus alter und
neuer zeit. 1900 .................................. qb534.84 39
40
624 LIGHT
KELLY, Eugene Henri.
Architectural acoustics; or, The science of sound application
required in the construction of audience rooms. 1898. .534.84 Ki7
SMITH, Thomas Roger.
Acoustics in relation to architecture and building. 1895. -534-84 S66
Bibliography, p. 159-162.
534.86 Phonograph
NATIONAL PHONOGRAPH CO. pub.
Phonograph and how to use it. 1900 534-86 Ni5
Detailed instructions for adjusting and operating the different styles of
Edison phonographs.
535 Light
BOUGUER, Pierre.
Traite d'optique sur la gradation de la lumiere; suite aux
Memoires de 1'Academie royale des sciences. 1760 q r 535 865
DRUDE, Paul.
Lehrbuch der optik. 1900 r535 D84
Contents: Geometrische optik. Physikalische optik: Allgemeine eigen-
schaften des lichtes, Optische eigenschaften der korper, Die strahlung
der korper.
"Up to the present Professor Drude's book contains the most rational
account of the phenomena of optics which we possess." Nature, 1900.
DUFET, H.
Optique. 3v. 1898-1900. (Societe frangaise de physique. Re-
cueil de donnees numeriques.) r535 D87
v.i. Longueurs d'onde. Indices des gaz et des liquides.
v.2. Proprietes optiques des solides.
v-3. Pouvoirs rotatoires. Couleurs d'interference. Supplement.
"Bibliographic des indices des gaz et vapeurs," v.i, p.8i; "Bibliographic
pour les indices des dissolutions et des melanges," v.i, p.4i$.
v.2 contains numerous bibliographies.
EMTAGE, William Thomas Allder.
Light. 1896. (Advanced science manuals.) 535 E6i
GLAZEBROOK, Richard Tetley.
Physical optics. 1883. (Text-books of science.) r535 G47
HASTINGS, Charles Sheldon.
Light ; a consideration of the more familiar phenomena of op-
tics. 1901. (Yale bicentennial publications.) 535 H34
Contents: Wave motion, reflection, refraction. Optical instruments.
Phenomena of limited wave-surfaces, interference, wavelengths of
light. Dispersion, chromatic effects of differing wavelengths, colors
of thin plates. The telescope. The microscope. Optical phenomena
of the atmosphere. The eye and vision. Theories concerning the
nature of Jight. General mathematical theory of optical instruments.
Note on* scintillation and eclipse shadow-bands. Further considera-
tions on halos.
HERMAN, R.A.
Treatise on geometrical optics. 1900 535 H47
JOHNSON, Amy.
Sunshine. 1892. (Nature's story-books.) J535 J3S
Devoted mainly to "light," and illustrated by very simple but extremely
interesting experiments which any boy or girl can try at home.
Contains among other things: What is sunshine? The rainbow, Fairy
fountains, The magic lantern, A camera of our own, Soap bubbles,
Morning in Moon Land.
LIGHT 625
LEWIS, Exum Percival, ed.
Effects of a magnetic field on radiation; memoirs by Faraday,
Kerr and Zeeman. 1900. (Scientific memoirs.) 535 L67
Contents: On the magnetization of light and the illumination of mag-
netic lines of force, On the magnetic affection of light, by Michael
Faraday. Biographical sketch of Faraday. On rotation of the plane
of polarization by reflection from the pole of a magnet, On reflection
of polarized light from the equatorial surface of a magnet, by John
Kerr. Biographical sketch of Kerr. On the influence of magnetism
on the nature of the light emitted by a substance, Doublets and trip-
lets in the spectrum produced by external magnetic forces, by P.
Zeeman. Biographical sketch of Zeeman.
Bibliography, p.pS-ioo.
LOMMEL, Eugene.
Nature of light, with a general account of physical optics.
1892. (International scientific series.) 535 L8i
MARION, Fulgence.
Wonders of optics. 1896. (Wonders of science.) 535 M38
PERCIVAL, A.S.
Optics; a manual for students. 1899 535 ?42
STOKES, Sir George Gabriel.
On light. 1892 535 S8;
Contents: On the nature of light. On light as a means of investiga-
tion. On the beneficial effects of light.
The Burnett lectures delivered in 1883, 1884 and 1885.
THOMPSON, Silvanus Phillips.
Light, visible and invisible. 1897 535 T38
Contents: Light and shadows. The visible spectrum and the eye.
Polarisation of light. The invisible spectrum. Rontgen light.
TYNDALL, John.
Light and electricity. 1895 535 T981
Six lectures on light, delivered 1872-1873. 1898 535 Tg8
The same. 1889 r535 T98
WRIGHT, Lewis, of London.
Light; a course of experimental optics chiefly with the
lantern. 1892 535 W93
CREW, Henry, ed.
Wave theory of light; memoirs by Huygens, Young and
Fresnel. 1900. (Scientific memoirs.) 535-1 C88
Contents: Treatise on light, by Christiaan Huygens. Biographical
sketch of Huygens. On the theory of light and colors, An account of
some cases of the production of colors not hitherto described, Ex-
periments and calculations relative to physical optics, by Thomas
Young. Biographical sketch of Young. Memoir on the diffraction
of light, by A. J. Fresnel. On the action of rays of polarized light
upon each other, by Arago and Fresnel. Biographical sketch of
Fresnel.
Bibliography, p. 160-162.
This theory, first hinted at by Robert Hooke, was first clearly ex-
pounded by Huygens, but owing to Newton's influence on science,
was neglected for over a century. In 1801-1804 Young again brought
the theory before the scientific world but was received with ridicule,
and it was reserved for Fresnel (1815) to carry out the researches and
the mathematical analyses which gained the support of other workers.
POINCARfi, Jules Henri.
filectricite et optique; la lumiere et les theories electro-
dynamiques; leqons professees a la Sorbonne en 1888,
1800 et 1899. 1901. (Cours de physique mathe-
626 PHOTOMETRY. COLOR
matique.) qr535-i ?74
A critical discussion of the present state of electrodynamic theory by an
author of highest rank in the domain of mathematical physics.
PRESTON, Thomas, M. A.
Theory of light. 1895 535.1 Ppj
COTTON, A.
Le phenomena de Zeeman. 1899. (Scientia; serie physico-
mathematique.) r535.2 C83
Brief study of the emission of light as modified by the influence of a
magnetic field. Chiefly a record of the actual experimental results so
far obtained (1899).
535.2 Photometry
D1BDIN, William Joseph.
Practical photometry; a guide to the study of the measurement
of light. 1889 535.2 D54
EIJNDHOVEN, A. J. van.
Comparison between the English and French methods of
ascertaining the illuminating power of coal gas. 1897 535-2 39
STINE, Wilbur Morris.
Photometrical measurements and manual for the general
practice of photometry, with especial reference to the
photometry of arc and incandescent lamps. 1900 535-2 885
Discusses carefully subjects directly connected with industrial measure-
ments, stating briefly those which have only scientific interest.
SPOTTISWOODE, William.
Polarisation of light. 1874 ^35.5 876
535.6 Color
HURST, George H.
Colour; a handbook of the theory of colour. 1900 535-6 H95
PRANG, Louis, pub.
The Prang standard of color. 1898 , qr535-6 P88
REDGRAVE, Richard.
Elementary manual of colour, with a catechism, prepared for
the use of students. 1884 535-6 R27
Authorities, p.3.
ROOD, Ogden Nicholas.
Students' text-book of color; or, Modern chromatics with ap-
plications to art and industry. 1892. (International scien-
tific series.) 535-6 R67
WARHURST, B.W. comp.
Colour dictionary; giving 200 names of colours used in print-
ing, &c., especially prepared for stamp collectors. 1899. .r535.6 W22
WOUWERMANS, Alwin von.
Farbenlehre; fur die praktische anwendung in den verschie-
denen gewerben und in der kunstindustrie. 1891. (Hart-
leben's chemisch-technische bibliothek.) T535-6 W92
ZANDER, C.G.
Photo-trichromatic printing in theory and practice. 1896 535-6 Z27
SPECTROSCOPY 627
535-7 Physiological optics. Eye
See also Diseases of the eye, 617.17; and Sense of sight, 152
BIDWELL, Shelford.
Curiosities of light and sight. 1899 535.7 847
LE CONTE, Joseph.
Sight; an exposition of the principles of monocular and
binocular vision. 1881. (International scientific
series.) r5357 L49
PARSONS, J. Herbert.
Elementary ophthalmic optics, including ophthalmoscopy &
retinoscopy. 1901 535-7 26
Bibliography, p.s.
Author is (1901) curator, Royal London ophthalmic hospital.
SCHWEIGGER, Karl Ernst Theodor.
Seh-proben. 1876 r535-7 841
SUTER, William Norwood.
Handbook of optics for students of ophthalmology. 1899. .535.7 896
NEUMANN, Carl.
Die brillen, das dioptrische fernrohr und mikroskop; ein
handbuch fur praktische optiker. 1887. (Hartleben's
chemisch-technische bibliothek.) r535.8 N25
MOLYNEUX, William.
Dioptrica nova; a treatise of dioptricks; wherein the various
effects of spherick glasses are explained. 1709 r535.8i M8i
535.84 Spectroscopy
For Astronomical Spectroscopy, see 522.6
FRAUNHOFER, Joseph von.
Prismatic and diffraction spectra; memoirs tr. and ed. by J. S.
Ames. 1898. (Scientific memoirs.) 535.84 F89
Brief biography of the author, p.6i ; bibliography, p.64-6$.
"Fraunhofer, in 1814, rediscovered the lines in the solar spectrum, which
now bear his name. He at first used a slit and prism; but, later, he
discovered that the same phenomena could be obtained by means
of gratings made up of wires or ruled on glass. The papers of Fraun-
hofer in which he describes these results are printed in full in this
volume." Translator's preface.
KAYSER, Heinrich.
Handbuch der spectroscopie. 2v. 1900-02 qr535-84 Ki4
Contains numerous bibliographies.
"An exhaustive account of the subject, addressed to the practical physi-
cist, with full and carefully compiled references to the original
sources." Journal of physical chemistry, 1901.
LANDAUER, Johann.
Spectrum analysis. 1898 535-84 L2i
Bibliography of works on spectrum analysis, p.8-io.
LOCKYER, Sir Joseph Norman.
Studies in spectrum analysis. 1893. (International scientific
series.) 535-84 L?6
ROSCOE, Sir Henry Enfield.
Spectrum analysis. 1885 535-84 R?i
The same. 1869 ^35.84 R7I
628 HEAT
SCHELLEN, Thomas Joseph Heinrich.
Spectrum analysis in its application to terrestrial sub-
stances and the physical constitution of the heavenly
bodies. 1872 535-84 32
The same. 1872 ^35.84 832
Bibliography, p.6a 5-662.
535'85 Photographic optics
COLE, R.S.
Treatise on photographic optics. 1899 535-85 C68
Describes the principles of optics, so far as they apply to photography,
in a form which is of scientific value, while not abstruse. "I have
attempted," the author says, "to steer a middle course between giving
too much mathematics and giving none at all; the former course would
restrict the book to a few, while the latter would deprive it of all real
value."
LUMMER, Otto.
Contributions to photographic optics; tr. and augmented by
S. P. Thompson. 1900 535-85 Lg/
Contains the first English exposition of von Seidel's theories of the
aberrations of light. Shows what the aberrations are, and how they
are removed in photographic lenses.
Lummer's original articles may be found in the Zeitschrift fur instru-
mentenkunde for 1897.
535.86 Lantern slides
DRESSER, A.R.
Lantern slides and how to make them. 1892 535-86 D8i
LAUDY, Louis H.
The magic lantern and its applications. 1886 Q535-86 1.36
PIKE, J.
Lantern slides; their production and use. 1896 535-86 Ps8
PRINGLE, Andrew.
Lantern-slides by photographic methods. 1890. (Scovill's
photographic series.) 535-86 P95
YELLOTT, Osborne I.
Lantern-slides and slide-making. 1901 535-86 Y23
Appeared in the Photo- American, 1900.
A practical handbook for beginners.
536 Heat
CAZIN, Achille.
Phenomena and laws of heat. 1893. (Wonders of science.) . .536 C29
EDSER, Edwin.
Heat for advanced students. 1899 536 29
A theoretical and experimental treatment. Calculus is not used.
GLAZEBROOK, Richard Tetley.
Heat; an elementary text-book, theoretical and practical,
for colleges and schools. 1894 r 536 G47
Heat and light; an elementary text-book, theoretical and prac-
tical for colleges and schools. 1897 536 G47
STEWART, Balfour.
Elementary treatise on heat. 1895 536 884
HEAT 629
TAIT, Peter Guthrie.
Heat. 1892 536 Ti4
MAXWELL, James Clerk.
Theory of heat; with corrections and additions by Lord Ray-
leigh. 1897. (Text-books of science.) 536.1 M52
The same. 1894. (Text-books of science.) r536.i MS2
METCALFE, Samuel L.
Caloric; its mechanical, chemical and vital agencies in the
phenomena of nature. 2v. 1859 r 536.i M64
Defends the materialistic or "caloric" theory of heat; and maintains that
caloric "is alone, of every form of being, quick or dead, the active
principle." While atmospheric and electrical phenomena are explained
on this basis, the greater portion of the work is devoted to a theory
of medicine, which is a modernized form of that of Hippocrates.
PRESTON, Thomas, M.A.
Theory of heat. 1894 536.1 P93
THURSTON, Robert Henry.
Heat as a form of energy. 1890 536.1 T43
TYNDALL, John.
Heat a mode of motion. 1893 536.1 TgS
The same. 1866 r 536.i T98
BRACE, DeWitt Bristol, ed.
Laws of radiation and absorption ; memoirs by Prevost, Stew-
art, Kirchhoff and Bunsen. 1901. (Scientific memoirs.) . .536.3 667
Contents: On the equilibrium of heat, by Pierre Prevost. Treatise on
radiant heat (selections), by Pierre Prevost. Biographical sketch of
Prevost. An account of some experiments on radiant heat, involving
an extension of Prevost's theory of exchanges, by Balfour Stewart.
Researches on radiant heat; second ser., by Balfour Stewart. Bio-
graphical sketch of Stewart. On the relation between the emissive
and the absorptive power of bodies for heat and light, by G. R. Kirch-
hoff. Biographical sketch of Kirchhoff. Chemical analysis by spec-
tral observations, by G. Kirchhoff and R. Bunsen. Biographical sketch
of Bunsen.
Bibliography, p. 127-128.
Prevost's first paper enunciates the theory of exchanges, which the selec-
tions from his treatise on radiant heat extend and explain. Stewart's
papers extend the theory and establish a qualitative, or selective, rela-
tion. The first rigorous proof of the law of the emission and radia-
tion of heat and light is due to Kirchhoff, its application to spectrum
analysis to Kirchhoff and Bunsen.
536.4 Effects of heat
Expansion. Liquefaction
AMES, Joseph Sweetman, ed.
Free expansion of gases; memoirs by Gay-Lussac, Joule, and
Joule and Thomson. 1898. (Scientific memoirs.) 536.41 ASI
The same. 1898. (Scientific memoirs.) ^36.41
Contents: First attempt to determine the changes in temperature which
gases experience owing to changes of density, and considerations on
their capacity for heat, by L. J. Gay-Lussac. Biographical sketch of
Gay-Lussac. On the changes of temperature produced by the rarefac-
tion and condensation of air, by J. P. Joule. Biographical sketch of
Joule. On the thermal effects of elastic fluids, by William Thomson
and J. P. Joule.
Bibliography, p. 103.
FARADAY, Michael.
The liquefaction of gases; papers; with an appendix consist-
630 THERMODYNAMICS
ing of papers by Thomas Northmore on the compression
of gases. 1896. (Alembic club reprints.) 536.42 22
HARDIN, Willett Lepley.
Rise and development of. the liquefaction of gases. 1899. .536.42 H25
The same. 1899 ^36.42 H25
SLOANE, Thomas O'Conor.
Liquid air and the liquefaction of gases; theory, history, biog-
raphy, practical applications, manufacture. 1899 536.42 863
536.5 Measurement of heat
BOLTON, Henry Carrington.
Evolution of the thermometer, 1592-1743. 1900 536.51 B6i
"Authorities," p.p2-96.
LE CHATELIER, Henri, & Boudouard, O.
High-temperature measurements; tr. by G. K. Burgess.
1901 536.52 L48
Bibliography, p.2is-223.
A resume of the entire subject from the time of Wedgwood to the pres-
ent. Describes the various forms of pyrometers used.
Mesure des temperatures elevees. 1000 r 536.52 L48
"Index bibliographique," p. 217-220.
A resume of the entire subject from the time of Wedgwood to the pres-
ent. Describes the various forms of pyrometers used.
536.7 Thermodynamics
BUCKINGHAM, Edgar.
Outline of the theory of thermodynamics. 1900 536.7 685
"Authorities," p.i97-i<)8.
"Probably as satisfactory a student's text as we have." /. E. Trevor.
MAGIE, William Francis, ed.
Second law of thermodynamics; memoirs by Carnot, Clausius
and Thomson. 1899. (Scientific memoirs.) 536.7 M2S
Contents: Reflections on the motive power of heat, by Sadi Carnot.
Biographical sketch of Carnot. On the motive power of heat and
on the laws which can be deduced from it for the theory of heat, by
R. Clausius. Biographical sketch of Clausius. The dynamical theory
of heat; selected portions, by William Thomson, (Lord Kelvin). Bio-
graphical sketch of Lord Kelvin.
Bibliography, p. 149-150.
Carnot's memoir established the conditions upon which the economical
working of all heat-engines is dependent. Clausius' paper gives the
first formulation of the second law of thermodynamics, which he
laid down for use in proving Carnot's proposition. Lord Kelvin's
article, on the same subject, and published shortly afterwards, gives
an independent formulation of the law, and a rigorous proof.
REEVE, Sidney A.
The entropy-temperature analysis of steam-engine efficien-
cies; with a blank diagram arranged for easy application
to any concrete case. 1897 r 536.7 R^S
ZEUNER, Gustav Anton.
Technische thermodynamik. 2v. in i. 1887-90 . ^536.7 Z55
First published under the title "Grundziige der mechanischen warme-
theorie."
Important presentation of the technical applications of thermodynamics.
For engineers and engineering students.
ELECTRICITY 631
537 Electricity
For Electric engineering, see 621.3
AMES, Joseph Sweetman, ed.
Discovery of induced electric currents. 2v. 1900. (Scientific
memoirs.) 537 ASI
v.i. Memoirs by Joseph Henry.
v.2. Memoirs by Michael Faraday.
Biographical sketch of Henry, v.i, p. 106-107; biographical sketch of
Faraday, v.2. p.93-94-
The discovery of magneto-electricity was made independently by Henry
and Faraday. The latter published his experiments first, although
there are good grounds for believing his work was antedated by
Henry's, v.i contains also an account of Henry's improvements in
electromagnets, which first proved that they might be constructed of
almost any desired power.
ATKINSON, Philip.
Electricity for everybody. 1895 537 A87
The same. 1897 537 A87e
General, and intended for readers who have no previous knowledge of
the subject. The various practical uses of electricity, with the ap-
paratus for each, are explained.
BARNARD, Charles.
First steps in electricity. 1895 537 625
Describes simple and inexpensive experiments that can be performed
in schools or at home.
BENJAMIN, Park.
Age of electricity from amber-soul to telephone. 1892 537 643
The same. 1886 r 537 6433
Explains leading principles and more important applications of electric
science, avoiding technicalities.
BIGGS, C.H.W.
First principles of electricity and magnetism. [1891.] 537 647
Intended for beginners in practical work. Very readable.
CAILLARD, Emma Marie.
Electricity, the science of the 19th century. 1891 537 Cia
The same J537 Ci2
Intended for readers who have no previous acquaintance with the subject.
CAVENDISH, Henry.
Electrical researches, 1771-1781; ed. by J. C. Maxwell. 1879.^537 Cag
GUMMING, Linnaeus.
Electricity treated experimentally. 1891 537 Cgi
"ELECTRICIAN" primers; a series of helpful primers on elec-
trical subjects for the use of students and general readers.
2v. [1891.] (Electrician series.) 537 44
v.i. The effects of an electric current. Conductors and insulators.
Ohm's law. Primary batteries. Arrangement of batteries. Elec-
trolysis. Secondary batteries. Lines of force. Magnets. Electri-
cal units. The galvanometer. Electrical measuring instruments.
The Wheatstone bridge. The electrometer. The induction coil.
Alternating currents. The Leyden jar. Influence machines.
Lightning protectors. Thermopiles.
v.2. The electric telegraph. Automatic and duplex telegraphy. The
laying and repair of submarine cables. Testing submarine cables.
The telephone. Dynamos. Motors. Transformers. The arc
lamp. The incandescent lamp. Underground mains. Electric
meters. Electric light safety devices. Systems of electric distribu-
tion. Electric transmission of energy. Electric traction. Electro-
deposition. Electric welding.
632 ELECTRICITY
EVERETT, Joseph David.
Electricity. 1901 537 95
An expansion of v.3 of the author's Elementary treatise on natura'
philosophy, based on the Traite de physique of A. Privat-Deschanel,
on the lines of 'modern electrical theory.
"The account it gives of fundamental electrical phenomena is admirable,
the descriptions of apparatus are clear and good, though at times
slightly too concise. . .and the illustrations are excellent. . .Prof.
Everett has hampered himself in his attempt to give a modern theory
of electricity by retaining even that part of the old [treatise] which
he has kept; the result is somewhat of a patchwork." Nature, 1901.
FORBES, George.
Course of lectures on electricity. 1891 537 F75
"Intended for an intelligent audience ignorant of electrical science."
Author.
FOSTER, George Carey, & Atkinson, Edmund, ed.
Elementary treatise on electricity and magnetism, founded on
Joubert's Traite elementaire d'electricite. 1896 537 F8i
FRITH, Henry.
Marvels of electricity and magnetism; a popular account of
modern electrical and magnetic discoveries, electrical bat-
teries and machines, galvanism, the electric telegraph, elec-
tro-plating, magnets and magnetism, the mariner's com-
pass, the electric light, animal and atmospheric electricity.
(Scientific recreation series.) JS37 F9S
GERARD, Eric.
Electricity and magnetism. 1897 537 G3i
Theoretical discussion involving use of calculus.
GORDON, James Edward Henry.
Physical treatise on electricity and magnetism. 2v. 1880. .r537 G65
Fairly complete general descriptive treatise. Non-mathematical.
GUILLEMIN, Amedee Victor.
Electricity and magnetism. 1891 qS37 696
Popular, simple, non-mathematical exposition of the science. Revised
and edited by Silvanus P. Thompson.
HASKINS, Clark Caryl.
Electricity made simple, and treated non-technically. 1900. .537 H33
HOUSTON, Edwin James.
Electricity and magnetism; advanced primers of electricity.
1893 537 H83el
JENKIN, Henry Charles Fleeming.
Electricity and magnetism. 1891. (Text-books of science.) 537 J25
MASCART, fileuthere filie Nicolas, & Joubert, J. F.
Lemons sur 1'electricite et le magnetisme. 2v. 1896-97. . . .r537 M44
v.i. Phenomenes generaux et theorie.
v.2. Methodes de mesure et applications.
MAXWELL, James Clerk.
Elementary treatise on electricity. 1888 537 M52
Not altogether elementary. Requires a considerable knowledge of
algebra.
Treatise on electricity and magnetism. 2v. 1892 537 M52t
Mathematical treatment of the subject by an authority.
MAYCOCK, William Perren.
First book of electricity and magnetism. 1895 537 M53
The same. 1891 r537 M53
ELECTRICITY 633
MEADOWCROFT, William Henry.
A B C of electricity. 1888 537
The same. 1888 537
The same. 1888 J537
NIPHER, Francis Eugene.
Electricity and magnetism; a mathematical treatise for ad-
vanced undergraduate students. 1895 537 N36
NOAD, Henry M.
Manual of electricity; including galvanism, magnetism, dia-
magnetism, electro-dynamics, magneto-electricity and the
electric telegraph. 2v. 1855-57 r537 N38
PERKINS, Charles A.
Outlines of electricity and magnetism. 1896 537 P43
PRIESTLEY, Joseph.
Familiar introduction to the study of electricity. 1777 r537 Pg4
ST. JOHN, Thomas M.
Things a boy should know about electricity. 1900 JS37 Sl4t
SHEPARDSON, George Defrees.
Electrical catechism ; an introductory treatise on electricity
and its uses. 1901 qS37 854
Gives a general view of the subject in simple non-technical language.
Of special value to wiremen, motormen and other electrical workmen.
SPRAGUE, John T.
Electricity; its theory, sources and applications. 1892 537 876
"The electricity which exists in nature, not that created by mathe-
maticians." Author.
SWOOPE, C. Walton.
Lessons in practical electricity; principles, experiments and
arithmetical problems. 1901 537 897
Deals chiefly with direct current practice. Requires only a knowledge
of simple mathematics, and would be a good text-book for self-in-
struction.
THOMPSON, Silvanus Phillips.
Elementary lessons in electricity and magnetism. 1895.... 537 T38
The same. 1898 537 T38e
Prof. F. B. Crocker says: "This is a very good elementary treatment of
fundamental principles. Extensively and successfully used as a text-
book for students beginning the study of electricity. Suited for the
general reader, the practical worker, and the engineer not electrical."
TREVERT, Edward, (pseud, of Edward Trevert Bubier).
Electricity for students. 1895 537 T73
Describes in very simple language a few practical applications of elec-
tricity.
TYNDALL, John.
Lessons in electricity, 1875-6. 1893 537 TgB
Describes numerous elementary electrical experiments carried out with
very simple apparatus.
UNITED STATES ELECTRICAL COMMISSION.
Report of the Electrical conference at Philadelphia, Sept
1884. 1886 r537 U25
Proceedings of the National conference of electricians held in Philadel-
phia, Sept. 8-13, 1884.
VASCHY, Aime.
Traite d'electricite et de magnetisme, theorie et applications,
instruments et methodes de mesure electrique. 2v.
1890 r537 22
634 ELECTRICITY
WIEDEMANN, Gustav.
Die lehre von der elektricitat. 4v. 1893-98 r537 W68
Being Ed.4 of Die lehre vom galvanismus und elektromagnetismus.
"Literatur," v.4, p. 1040-1 046.
A standard work by the leading German authority, written from a
theoretical point of view.
537.03 Dictionaries
HOUSTON, Edwin James, comp.
Dictionary of electrical words, terms and phrases.
1898 qr537-03
The same. 1894 qr537-O3 H83
F. B. Crocker, professor of electrical engineering, School of mines,
Columbia university, New York, says: "This is the most complete elec-
trical dictionary in any language. Defines almost every existing elec-
trical term, whether highly scientific or slang. Important facts are
explained quite fully. It is a book of reference on all branches of
electricity. Suited to the needs of everybody, from the general reader
to the advanced electrical engineer."
JACQUEZ, Ernest, comp.
Dictionnaire d'electricite & de magnetisme, avec la synonymic
franchise, allemande et anglaise. 1887 r S37-O3 Ji3
SLOANE, Thomas O'Conor, comp.
Standard electrical dictionary. 1897 ^37.03 863
537.04 Essays
FARADAY. Michael.
Experimental researches in electricity. 3v. 1839-55. .. ^537.04 F22
FLEMING, John Ambrose.
Short lectures to electrical artisans. 1893 537-04 62
HEAVISIDE, Oliver.
Electrical papers. 2v. 1894 537-O4 H38
Theoretical and mathematical treatment of electricity in general and
of electromagnetic phenomena in particular. Author is a well known
authority.
HERTZ, Heinrich.
Miscellaneous papers. 1896 537-04 H48
Consists mainly of the earlier investigations which Hertz carried out
before his great electrical researches.
537.09 History
BENJAMIN, Park.
Intellectual rise in electricity. 1895 537-O9 643
The same. 1895 ^37.09 B43
Also published with the title "History of electricity."
FLEMING, John Ambrose.
Centenary of the electric current, 1799-1899; a lecture delivered
at Dover, Sept. i8th, 1899, during the meeting of the British
association for the advancement of science. 1899 537-O9 F62
HOUSTON, Edwin James.
Electricity one hundred years ago and to-day. 1894 537-O9 H83
ELECTRICITY 635
MENDENHALL, Thomas Corwin.
Century of electricity. 1894 537-OQ M6i
Sketches growth of science of electricity and its principal applications;
avoids technical language.
MUNRO, John.
Story of electricity. 1896. (Library of useful stories.). .537.09 M96
Bibliography, p. 175- 176.
537.1 Theory
ARMSTRONG, Sir Alexander.
Electric movement in air and water, with theoretical infer-
ences. 1897 qr537-i A73
"Embodies one of the most remarkable contributions to physical and
electrical knowledge that has been made in recent years." London
times.
GUMMING, Linnaeus.
Introduction to the theory of electricity. 1894 S37-I Cgi
EMTAGE, William Thomas Allder.
Introduction to the mathematical theory of electricity and
magnetism. 1894 537.1 E6i
HERTZ, Heinrich.
Electric waves; researches on the propagation of electric ac-
tion with finite velocity through space. 1900 537-1 H48
LODGE, Sir Oliver Joseph.
Modern views of electricity. 1892 537-1 Ly6
The same. 1892 r537.i L76
POINCARfi, Jules Henri.
filectricite et optique; les theories de Helmholtz et les ex-
periences de Hertz. 1891 r 537.i P74
Les oscillations electriques. 1894 r537-i P74O
La theorie de Maxwell et les oscillations hertziennes.
[1899.] (Scientia; serie physico-mathematique.) r537.i P74t
A concise, non-mathematical discussion, from the scientific side, of the
oscillation of electric waves.
SLOANE, Thomas O'Conor.
Electricity simplified; a popular review of the theory of elec-
tricity, with analogies and examples of its practical applica-
tions in everyday life. 1902 -537-1 863
THOMSON, Elihu.
What is electricity? 1890. (Thomson scientific club. Trans-
actions.) s 537.1 T38
Brief and popular exposition of the nature of light as related to electri-
cal phenomena.
THOMSON, Joseph John.
Elements of the mathematical theory of electricity and mag-
netism. 1895 537.1 T3&7
Notes on recent researches in electricity and magnetism.
1893 537-1 T 3 87n
Contents: Electric displacement and Faraday tubes of force. Passage of
electricity through gases. Conjugate functions. Electrical waves and
oscillations. Electromagnetic waves. Distribution of rapidly alter-
nating currents. Electromotive intensity in moving bodies. The elec-
trolysis of steam.
Intended as a sequel to Clerk Maxwell's "Treatise on electricity and
magnetism."
636 ELECTRICITY
TROWBRIDGE, John.
What is electricity? 1896. (International scientific series.) . .537.1 T77
The same. 1899 J537-I T77
Popular discussion from scientific standpoint of the various phenomena
of electricity, with attempt to define the present trend of investigation.
WATSON, Henry William, & Burbury, S.H.
Mathematical theory of electricity and magnetism. 2v. 1885-
89 537.1 W32
v.i. Electrostatics.
v.a. Magnetism and electrodynamics.
537.2 Electrostatics
ATKINSON, Philip.
Elements of static electricity, with description of the Holtz
and Topler machines and their mode of operating. 1887. .537.2 A87
BENOIT, Rene.
Construction des etalons prototypes de resistance electrique
du Ministere des postes et des telegraphies. 1885 ^537.2 644
KELVIN, William Thomson, baron.
Reprint of papers on electrostatics and magnetism. 1884. .537.2 Ki7
537.4 Atmospheric electricity. Lightning rods
ANDERSON, Richard.
Lightning conductors, their history, nature and mode of ap-
plication. 1885 537.4 A54
Bibliography, p.9-is, 414-462.
FONVIELLE, Wilfrid de.
Thunder and lightning. 1886. (Wonders of man and
nature.) 537.4 F74
LIGHTNING ROD CONFERENCE.
Report of the delegates; with a code of rules for the erec-
tion of lightning conductors, and appendices; ed. by
G. J. Symons. 1882 537-4 L6g
This conference was called at the request of the Meteorological society,
and consisted of delegates from that society, the Royal institute of
British architects, the Society of telegraph engineers and of elec-
tricians, the Physical society, with two co-opted members.
"Catalogue of works upon lightning conductors," p. 143-174.
LODGE, Sir Oliver Joseph.
Lightning conductors and lightning guards. 1892 537-4 L76
"Treatise on the protection of buildings, of telegraph instruments, and
submarine cables, and of electric installations generally, from damage
by atmospheric discharges." Author.
McADIE, Alexander G.
Electrification of the atmosphere. 1897 537-4 Mil
Reprinted from "Terrestrial magnetism," June 1897.
Bound with other pamphlets.
Elster and Geitel's Resume of recent papers on atmospheric
electricity. 1897 537-4 Mil
Reprinted from "Terrestrial magnetism," Dec. 1897.
Bound with other pamphlets.
Protection from lightning. 1894. (United States Weather
bureau. Circular of information.) 537-4 Mil
R6NTGEN RAYS 637
537-5 Dynamic electricity
OHM, Georg Simon.
The galvanic circuit investigated mathematically; tr. by
William Francis. 1891. (Van Nostrand's science
series.) 537.5 Qi8
ALLSOP, Frederick Charles.
Induction coils and coil-making. 1896 537-51 A/|/|
Contains a chapter on "The X ray photography."
"It has been my aim to produce a practical manual that will prove of
service, not only to those engaged professionally in the construction
and repairing of coils, but also to the medical man and amateur coil-
maker." Preface.
BONNEY, G.E.
Induction coils; a manual for amateur coil-makers. 1892. -JS37-S 1 B62
The same. 1901 537-51 662
HARE, Alfred Thomas.
Construction of large induction coils; a workshop handbook.
iQoo 537.51 H26
Describes in detail coils giving sparks a foot or more in length.
NORRIE, H.S. (pseud, of Norman H. Schneider).
Induction coils; how to make, use and repair them. 1901 . .537.51 N45
Bibliography, p. 270.
Includes chapters on radiography, wireless telegraphy, and other electric
phenomena requiring the use of induction coils.
WRIGHT, Lewis, of London.
The induction coil in practical work, including Rontgen X
rays. 1897 537-51 W93
THOMSON, Joseph John.
The discharge of electricity through gases; lectures delivered
on the occasion of the sesquicentennial celebration of
Princeton university. 1898 537-53 T38
537.54 Rontgen rays
ADDYMAN, Frank T.
Practical X ray work. 1901 537-54 A22
Thorough description of the forms of apparatus, their management and
practical use. Intended particularly for physicians and surgeons.
BARKER, George Frederic, ed.
Rontgen rays; memoirs by Rontgen, Stokes and J. J. Thom-
son. 1899. (Scientific memoirs.) 537-54 624
Contents: A new kind of rays, first and second communications, by W.
C. Rontgen. Further observations on the properties of the X-rays, by
W. C. Rontgen. Biographical sketch of Rontgen. On the nature of
the Rontgen rays, by Sir G. G. Stokes. Biographical sketch of Stokes.
A theory of the connection between cathode and Rontgen rays, by
J. J. Thomson. Biographical sketch of Thomson.
Bibliography, p. 74.
BORDEN, William Cline.
Use of the Rontgen ray by the Medical department of the
United States army in the war with Spain. 1900.
(United States. 56th cong. ist sess. House. Doc.
no.729.) qr537-54 663
638 ELECTRIC MEASUREMENTS
BOTTONE, Selimo Romeo.
Radiography and the "X" rays in practice and theory, with
constructional and manipulatory details. 1898 537-54 664
ISENTHAL, A.W. & Ward, H.S.
Practical radiography ; a handbook for physicians, surgeons
and other users of the X-rays. 1901 537-54 129
The same. 1898 r537-54 129
Bibliography, p.i8.
Principally devoted to the apparatus and methods for radioscopic and
radiographic work. Gives also chapters on the history, theory, and
medical and technical applications of Rontgen rays.
MEADOWCROFT, William Henry.
A B C of the X rays. 1896 537-54 MSS
THOMPSON, Edward P.
Roentgen rays and phenomena of the anode and cathode.
1896 '. 537-54 T 3 8
The same. 1896 ^37.54 T38
"The specific aim is the treatment of the radiant energy developed with-
in and from a discharge tube, the only source of X-rays." Author.
THORNTON, Arthur.
The X rays. 1896 537-54 T4I
Brief and elementary.
VILLARD, P.
Les rayons cathodiques. 1900. (Scientia; serie physico-
mathematique.) rS37. 54 32
Reviews briefly our theoretical and experimental knowledge of these
rays, (1900).
WALSH, David.
Rontgen rays in medical work. 1897 537-54 Wi8
537.7 Electric measurements
ANTHONY, William Arnold.
Lecture-notes on the theory of electrical measurements; pre-
pared for the third-year classes of the Cooper union night-
school of science. 1898 537.7 A62
ARMAGNAT, H.
Instruments et methodes de mesures electriques industrielles.
1002 T537.7 A72
AYRTON, William Edward.
Practical electricity; a course based on the practical defini-
tions of the electrical units. 1891 537-7 Ag8
The same, completely re-written, v.i. 1896 537-7 Ag8p
v.i. The electric current and its measurement. Galvanometers and
ammeters. Difference of potential and resistance. Resistance, its
laws and measurement. Electric energy and power. Galvanic cells.
BRITISH ASSOCIATION FOR THE ADVANCEMENT
OF SCIENCE.
Experiments for improving the construction of practical
standards for electrical measurements; report of the
committee consisting of Carey Foster, Lord Kelvin and
others to the committee on electrical standards, 1895.
1895 r38s S62
Bound with Sketch of geographical rout of a great railway.
ELECTRIC MEASUREMENTS 639
The same. (In its Report of the 6sth meeting, p. 195-
208.) rso6 B75 v.6s
CARHART, Henry Smith, & Patterson, G.W.
Electrical measurements ; a laboratory manual. 1897 537-7 Cip
FISHER, H.K.C. & Darby, J.C.H.
Students' guide to submarine cable testing. (Electrician
series.) 537.7 F$32
Covers the tests which can be made by the operators with the appara-
tus usually found at cable stations.
FISHER. W.Clark.
The potentiometer and its adjuncts. 1897. (Electrician
series.) 537.7 F53
FLEMING, John Ambrose.
Electrical laboratory notes and forms; elementary and ad-
vanced. [1895.] (Electrician series.) q r 5377 F62
Methods for practical electrical measurements and testing, giving a
brief theoretical summary of each method, and notes on the precau-
tions to be observed.
GRAY, Andrew.
Theory and practice of absolute measurements in electricity
and magnetism. 2v. in 3. 1888-93 537.7 G8i
The same. 2v. in 3. 1888-93 rS37-7 G8i
HASKINS, C.H.
Galvanometer and its uses. 1890 537-7 H33
Very brief. Illustrates a few practical uses of the galvanometer.
HENDERSON, John.
Practical electricity and magnetism. 1898. (Physical and
electrical engineering laboratory manuals.) 537-7 H44
KEMPE, Harry Robert.
Handbook of electrical testing. 1892 537.7 Ki7
KENNELLY, Arthur Edwin, & Wilkinson, H.D.
Practical notes for electrical students, v.i. [1891.] (Elec-
trician series.) 537-7 Ki8
v.i. Laws, units and simple measuring instruments.
"Mainly a reprint of a series of articles which appear in The Electrician
under the title of 'Letters for Learners and Unprofessional Readers.' "
Preface.
NICHOLS, Edward Leamington.
The galvanometer. 1894 537-7 NSI
Largely theoretical. Author is (1899) professor of physics in Cornell
university.
PARKER, Herschel Clifford.
Systematic treatise on electrical measurements. 1897. .. .537.7 P23
RAPHAEL, F. Charles.
Localisation of faults in electric light mains. 1897. (Elec-
trician series.) 537-7 RfQ
SWINBURNE, James.
Practical electrical units popularly explained. 1883 537.7 897
TREVERT, Edward, (pseud, of Edward Trevert Bubier).
Electrical measurement for amateurs. 1804 537-7 T73
WEBB, Herbert Laws.
Practical guide to the testing of insulated wires and cables.
1895 537-7 W36
A reprint of a series of articles which appeared originally in the "Elec-
trical engineer."
41
640 ELECTROMETALLURGY
YOUNG, J.Elton.
Electrical testing for telegraph engineers; with appendices.
[1898.] (Electrician series.) 537-7
537.81 Amateur instrument making
BONNEY, G.E.
Electrical experiments. [1892.] 537-8i B62
Suitable for high school students.
BOTTONE, Selimo Romeo.
Electrical instrument making for amateurs. 1895 537-8i 664
The same S37-8i 6646
CLARKE, W. J. electrician.
A. B. C. of electrical experiments ; a practical elementary book
especially adapted to beginners & students. 1902. . . .J537.8i 53
Gives concise directions for making various pieces of simple apparatus.
ST. JOHN, Thomas M.
How two boys made their own electrical apparatus; complete
directions for making simple apparatus for the study of
elementary electricity. 1900 JS37-8i Si4h
Describes clearly forms requiring very slight mechanical knowledge
and the cheapest materials.
Study of elementary electricity and magnetism by experi-
ment; experiments performed with simple, home-made
apparatus. 1900 J537-8: 814
SLOANE, Thomas O'Conor.
Electric toy making for amateurs, including batteries, mag-
nets, motors, miscellaneous toys, and dynamo construc-
tion. 1897 J537-8i S63
The same. 1903 537-8i S63
YOUNG, Francis Chilton-, ed.
Electrical apparatus for amateurs. 1895 537-8i Y37
Contents: Sayer, G. H. How I made my telephones. Edwinson, George.
The domestic electric light. Magneto-electric machines. Clark, C. J.
A cylindrical electrical machine. Williams, R. How I built my first
coil.
537.85 Electrometallurgy. Electroplating
BORCHERS, Wilhelm.
Electric smelting and refining, the extraction and treatment
of metals by means of the electric current. 1897 537-85 663
The same. 1897 ^537.85 863
Detailed descriptions of modern processes by an authority.
BRUNEL, Georges.
Manuel de galvanoplastie; dorure, argenture, cuivrage,
nickelage, etamage. [1895.] 537-85 683
BRUNOR, Martin.
Practical electroplater; a comprehensive treatise, with notes
on ancient and modern gilding, and formulas for new solu-
tions. 1894 537.85 6836
GORE, George.
Art of electro-metallurgy, including processes of electro-
deposition. 1891. (Text-books of science.) 537-85 G66
ELECTROMETALLURGY 641
The same. 1877. (Text-books of science.) r537-8s G66
Adapted to the use of artisans and students in high schools. Contains
bibliography of electro-deposition and list of British patents relating
to electro-metallurgy.
Art of electrolytic separation of metals. [1891.] (Elec-
trician series.) 537-85 G66a
"Theory of the art and the practical rules and details of technical ap-
plication on a commercial scale." Preface.
LANGBEIN, George.
A complete treatise on the electro-deposition of metals.
1898 537.85 L2 4
A practical guide for the workshop.
MCMILLAN, Waiter G.
Treatise on electro-metallurgy, embracing the application of
electrolysis to the plating, depositing, smelting and refin-
ing of metals and to the reproduction of printing surfaces
and art-work. Ed. 2 enl. 1899 537-85 M2I
The same. 1890 1*537.85 M2I
PETERS, Franz.
Elektrometallurgie und galvanotechnik; ein hand- und nach-
schlagebuch fur die gewinnung und bearbeitung von me-
tallen auf elektrischem wege. 4v. in i. 1900. (Hartle-
ben's elektro-technische bibliothek.) ^37.85 P45
Contents: Die halb- und leichtmetalle. Kupfer. Edelmetalle. Zink,
blei, nickel und kobalt.
Author has attempted to give not only all practical and commonly used
methods, but also those which have not been successful. Aims at a
complete review of the patent and journal literature of the subject.
URQUHART, John W.
Electro-plating; a practical handbook. 1894 537-85 U27
"Facts of every-day practice in an electro-plater's shop." Preface.
VAN HORNE, James Henry.
Modern electro plating. 1897 537-85 Vig
Treats of the theoretical principles involved, showing their application
with cautions as to the possible sources of trouble. Intended for small
plating works.
VOLKMER, Ottomar.
Betrieb der galvanoplastik, mit dynamo-elektrischen ma-
schinen zu zwecken der graphischen kiinste. 1888. (Hart-
leben's chemisch-technische bibliothek.) T537-85 V37
WATT, Alexander.
Electro-deposition; electrolysis of gold, silver and other
metals. 1889 ^37.85 W32
Contains a chapter on Electro-metallurgy.
The same; revised and enlarged by Arnold Philip. 1902. .537.85 W32
Title page of edition of 1902 reads "Electro-plating and electro-refining
of metals."
Practical treatise, characterized by thoroughness in detail and exactness
in statement of procedure.
Electro-metallurgy. 1895 537-85 W32e
Practical directions for electro-plating.
WEISS, Julius.
Die galvanoplastik; ausfuhrliches lehrbuch der galvanoplastik
und galvanostegie. 1896. (Hartleben's chemisch-tech-
nische bibliothek.) ^37.85 W46
642 MAGNETISM
537.86 Electric batteries
BENJAMIN, Park.
Voltaic cell; its construction and its capacity. 1893 537-86 643
Bibliography, p.S36-S4a,
CARHART, Henry Smith.
Primary batteries. 1891 537-86 19
Contains a chapter on battery tests.
NIAUDET, Alfred.
Elementary treatise on electric batteries. 1893 537-86 N3I
TOMMASI, Donato.
Traite des piles electriques; piles hydro-electriques, accumu-
lateurs, piles thermo-electriques et pyro-electriques.
1889 r537.86 TSQ
537.9 Tables
JAMIESON, Andrew, comp.
Electrical rules, tables, tests and formulae. 1889 r537-9 Ji7
Contents: Formulae of the absolute units, practical, electrical, mechani-
cal, heat and light units. Electro-chemical equivalents, electrolysis,
heat and energy of combustion. Practical methods of electrical meas-
urements. Electric conductors, copper, &c. Insulators, guttapercha,
&c. Batteries. Submarine cables. Aerial land lines. Electric light-
ing and transmission of power.
538 Magnetism
HOUSTON, Edwin James, & Kennelly, A.E.
Magnetism. 1896. (Elementary electro-technical series.). .. .538 H83
EBERT, Caesar Hermann Robert.
Magnetic fields of force; an exposition of the phenomena
of magnetism, electro-magnetism and induction, based on
the conception of lines of force, v.i. 1897 538.1 E2I
LYONS, Timothy A.
Treatise on electromagnetic phenomena, and on the compass
;md its deviations aboard ship; mathematical, theoretical
and practical. 2v. 1901-03 538.1 L99
"Works consulted," v.2, p. 1133.
EWING, James Alfred.
Magnetic induction in iron and other metals. 1894. (Elec-
trician series.) 538.2 97
"The author's aim has been to present the subject in sufficient detail
to satisfy scientific students as well as to meet the wants of those
who may turn to the book in quest of data for application to matters
of practice." Preface.
MAURAIN, Ch.
Le magnetisme du fer. [1899.] (Scientia; serie physico-
mathematique.) r538.2 M49
Contains several bibliographies.
Short connected review of the results of modern researches on magnetic
induction.
ELECTROMAGNETISM 643
538.3 Electromagnetism
CONNOR, D.E.
Treatise on electro-magnetism. 1895 538.3 C75
An attempt to show that the earth and other planets are controlled in
their movements by electric and magnetic influences radiating from
the sun.
FESSENDEN, Reginald Aubrey.
Determination of the nature of the electric and magnetic
quantities, and of the density and elasticity of the
ether. [1900.] Q538-3 ^42
Reprinted from the Physical review, Jan. 1900.
FLEMING, John Ambrose.
Magnets and electric currents; an elementary treatise for
electrical artisans and science teachers. 1898 538.3 F62
Free from mathematics, clear and simple in style, and sound in theory.
GRAY, Andrew.
Treatise on magnetism and electricity, v.i. 1898 538.3 G8i
Theoretical and mathematical.
HEAVISIDE, Oliver.
Electromagnetic theory. 2v. 1893-99. (Electrician series.). .538.3 H3Q
A thorough discussion of the subject by a well known writer. Requires
a good knowledge of mathematics on the part of the reader.
HYNDMAN, H.H.Francis.
Radiation; an elementary treatise on electromagnetic radia-
tion and on Rontgen and cathode rays. 1898 538.3 H99
JAMIESON, Andrew.
Elementary manual of magnetism and electricity. 1894 538.3 Ji7
Includes directions for making simple experimental apparatus.
MANSFIELD, A.N.
Electromagnets; their design and construction. 1901 538.3 M34
Brief and elementary.
MONCEL, Theodore Achille Louis, vicomte du.
Determination des elements de construction des electro-
aimants. 1882 538.3 M8i
The author gives formulae of his own for the best proportions of electro-
magnets, which he claims to have verified by numerous experiments.
THOMPSON, Silvanus Phillips.
Electromagnet and electromagnetic mechanism. 1892 538.3 T38
The same. 1892 ^38.3 T38
A clear and non-mathematical exposition of the subject by a well known
authority.
WOLCOTT, Townsend, and others.
Electro magnet. 1900 538.3 W83
Contains practical detailed calculations of magnet coils.
TYNDALL, John.
Researches on diamagnetism and magne-crystallic action.
1888 538.4 To8
SCHMIDT, Erich.
Die magnetische untersuchung des eisens und verwandter
metalle; ein leitfaden fur hiitteningenieure. 1900 r538.6 835
Contains several bibliographies.
Clear, concise description of the methods and the results obtained.
644 CHEMISTRY
538.7 Terrestrial magnetism
>
RUCKER, Sir Arthur William, & Thorpe, T. E.
Magnetic survey of the British Isles for the epoch, Jan. I,
1891. 1896. (In Royal society of London. Philoso-
phical transactions, v.:88.) qr5o6 R8ip v.i88
WEINSTEIN, Bernhard.
Die erdstrome im deutschen reichstelegraphengebiet und ihr
zusammenhang mit den erdmagnetischen erscheinungen ;
im auftrage des Reichspostamtes und des Elektrotechnischen
vereins, sowie mit unterstiitzung seitens der Koniglichen
preussischen akademie der wissenschaften. 2v. in I.
1900 qr538-7 W45
Considers the manner in which the earth currents change, and the con-
nection of these changes with simultaneous ones in the terrestrial
magnetic field. Based on measurements of earth current curves ob-
tained in 1884-1888 along two lines, one between Berlin and Dresden,
the other between Berlin and Thorn.
539 Molecular physics
LEHMANN, Otto.
Molekularphysik, mit besonderer beriicksichtigung mikros-
kopischer untersuchungen und anleitung zu solchen, sowie
einem anhang iiber mikroskopische analyse. 2v. 1888-
89 rS39.i LS5
A standard work. Covers the subject fully to time of publication.
IBBETSON, William John.
Elementary treatise on the mathematical theory of perfectly
elastic solids, with a short account of viscous fluids. 1887. .539.3 Ii2
TODHUNTER, Isaac.
History of the theory of elasticity and of the strength of
materials; ed. by Karl Pearson. 2v. in 3. 1886-93 r 339-3 TSS
v.i. Galilei to Saint-Venant, 1639-1850.
v.a. Saint-Venant to Lord Kelvin.
540 Chemistry
For Chemical technology, see 660
ABBOTT, Arthur, & Key, Arthur.
Progressive lessons in science. 1899 540 Ai3
Contents: The non-metallic elements found in animal and vegetable
substances. The detection and distribution of the elements in ani-
mal, vegetable and mineral substances.
Primarily for students of domestic economy and hygiene. The Ian- .
guage is untechnical and the experiments require but the simplest
apparatus, and are chiefly along the line of food composition.
ATTFIELD, John.
Chemistry; general, medical and pharmaceutical. 1898 540 A88
BARTLEY, Elias Hudson.
Text-book of medical and pharmaceutical chemistry.
1898 r540 627
CHEMISTRY 645
BLOXAM, Charles Loudon.
Chemistry, inorganic and organic, with experiments; ed. by
J. M. Thomson and A. G. Bloxam. 1895 540 B$6
Well-known general descriptive and theoretical treatise. Also describes
numerous practical applications of chemistry to the arts.
BOWMAN, John Eddowes.
Practical handbook of medical chemistry. 1855 r540 B66
CREMER, J.H. & Bicknell, G.A. comp.
Chemical and metallurgical hand book containing tables,
formulas and information for the use of chemists, metal-
lurgists and mining engineers. 1898 rS4O C87
DYMOND, T. S.
Experimental course of chemistry for agricultural students.
[1898.] . . .540 D99
Gives a knowledge of the chemistry of the organic and inorganic sub-
stances met with in agriculture, and points out their practical applica-
tions.
FOWNES, George.
Elementary chemistry, theoretical and practical. 1850 r54O F84
The same. 1873 r540 F84m
FURNEAUX, William S.
Elementary chemistry, inorganic and organic. 1888 540 Fgg
GMELIN, Leopold.
Hand-book of chemistry, with index; tr. by Henry Watts.
1 9v. 1861-72. (Cavendish society. Publications.) rS4O G52
v.i. Cohesion, adhesion, affinity, light, heat and electricity.
v.2. Non-metallic elements.
v.3~6. Metals.
v.7. Generalities of organic chemistry. Organic compounds containing
2 atoms of carbon.
v.8. Organ
v.p. Organ
v.io. Organ
c compounds containing 8 and 10 atoms of carbon.
v.n. Organ c compounds containing 10 and 12 atoms of carbon.
v.i2. Organ
v. 13. Organ
v.is. Organ
v.id. Organ
v.i7- Organ
c compounds containing 2 and 4 atoms of carbon,
c compounds containing 4 and 6 atoms of carbon.
c compounds containing 14 atoms of carbon.
c compounds containing 16 and 18 atoms of carbon.
v.i 4. Organ c compounds containing 20 and 22 atoms of carbon.
c compounds containing 24 atoms of carbon.
c compounds containing from 24 to 34 atoms of carbon.
c compounds containing 34 to 46 atoms of carbon.
v.iS. Organ c compounds containing from 46 to 96 atoms of carbon.
Animal proteides, gelatinous substances, horny substances, animal
colouring matters, vegetable proteides and allied compounds.
v.ig. Index.
GRAHAM, Thomas.
Elements of chemistry; including the applications of the
science in the arts. 2v. 1850-58 r54o 6770
A clear exposition of the science of inorganic chemistry of that time
(1850-58). Gives many interesting methods then in use for the
separation and estimation of various elements.
HALL, Vernon James.
Chemistry and metallurgy applied to dentistry. 1898 540 Hi7
HART, Edward.
Chemistry for beginners. 1896 540 H3I
The same. v.i. 1903 540 H3ic
v.i. Inorganic.
The same; experiments. 1903 540 H3ich
646 CHEMISTRY
LAVOISIER, Antoine Laurent.
Elements of chemistry in a new, systematic order, contain-
ing all the modern discoveries. 2v. in I. 1806'. r$4O L39
MENDELfiEFF, Dmitri.
Principles of chemistry; tr. fr. the Russian by George Ka-
mensky; ed. by T. A. Lawson. 2v. 1897 540 M6i
"Not a treatise on theoretical chemistry, but a descriptive work in which
an unusual degree of attention is given to the principles of the
science." Journal of the American chemical society.
MEYER, Mrs Lucy J. (Rider).
Real fairy folks; or, Fairy land of chemistry; explorations in
the world of atoms. 1887 JS40 M6s
MITCHELL, Clifford.
Dental chemistry and metallurgy. 1898 540 M74
Devotes considerable attention to simple experimental chemistry, easy
chemical analysis and physiological chemistry.
PHENIX, George P.
First lessons in chemistry. 1896. (In Boston society of
natural history. Guides for science-teaching, v.i.)...507 664 v.i
The same. 1896. (In Boston society of natural history.
Guides for science-teaching, v.i.) r5O7 664 v.i
RAMSAY, Sir William.
Modern chemistry. 2v. 1900. (Temple primers.) 540 Ri8
v.i. Theoretical chemistry.
v.2. Systematic chemistry.
An outline, by a noted English chemist, of chemical knowledge at the
end of the nineteenth century. The treatment is largely from the
physical side.
REMSEN, Ira.
Elements of chemistry. 1895. (American science series;
elementary course.) 540 R33
"A rational text-book, comprising something more than mere statements
of fact, of experiments, arid of rules. So arranged as to help the
pupil to think as well as to see, to reason as well as to observe, and to
understand why he performed given experiments, and the lessons to
be learned from them. The language is not technical, the experiments
selected are for the most part simple, and questions connected with
experiments will lead students to draw their own inferences." H. C.
Bolt on.
Introduction to the study of chemistry. 1892. (American
science series ; briefer course.) r540 R33i
"Without a rival as an introduction to the study of organic chemistry
for beginners. Nature, an English scientific journal of the highest
character, began its review of it with: 'This is Chemistry.' " H. C.
Bolt on.
The same. 1901. (American science series; briefer course.) . .540 R33i
ROSCOE, Sir Henry Enfield.
Chemistry. [1879.] (Science primers.) 540 R7ic
The fundamental principles of the science, stated in a manner suited to
pupils of an early age. Illustrated with numerous very simple experi-
ments.
Lessons in elementary chemistry, organic and inorganic.
1881 540 R7il
The same. 1890 rS4O R7il
ROSCOE, Sir Henry Enfield, & Schorlemmer, Carl.
Treatise on chemistry, v.i-3, pt.6, in 9. 1892-95 rs40 R7I
v.i. Non-metallic elements.
v.2. Metals.
T.J. Organic chemistry.
CHEMISTRY 647
ROTTNER, Friedrich.
Chemie fur gewerbetreibende. 1889. (Hartleben's chemisch-
technische bibliothek.) r540 R76
SIMON, W.
Manual of chemistry; a guide to lectures and laboratory work
for beginners in chemistry; a text-book specially adapted
for students of medicine, pharmacy and dentistry. 1898 540 859
THfiNARD, Louis Jacques.
Traite de chimie; elementaire, theorique et pratique. 4v.
1813-16 rS40 T34
TILDEN, William Augustus
Introduction to the study of chemical philosophy; the princi-
ples of theoretical and systematic chemistry. 1895. (Text-
books of science.) 540 T464
"Primarily intended for the use of students. It aims at presenting a
synopsis brief indeed, and probably imperfect of the leading prin-
ciples of chemistry in such a form as to give the subject a more de-
cided educational direction than has been hitherto customary." Preface.
TILLMAN, Samuel Escue.
Descriptive general chemistry; a text-book for short course.
1899 540 T46
Outlines the subject in very brief compass, dealing chiefly with the facts
of practical value. Used as a text-book at the United States military
academy, (1900).
WITTHAUS, Rudolph August.
Essentials of chemistry and toxicology. 1890 540 W82e
The same. 1890 r54o W82e
Medical student's manual of chemistry. 1902 540 W82
WURTZ, Charles Adolphe.
Elements of modern chemistry. 1895 540 W97
Devotes considerable space to organic chemistry. Contains biographical
sketch of the author, who was the most illustrious French chemist of
the latter half of the nineteenth century.
540.1 Alchemy
PARACELSUS, Aureolus Philippus Theophrastus Bombast von
Hohenheim, called.
Hermetic and alchemical writings; ed. by A. E. Waite. 2v.
1894 qrS40.i P22
v.i. Hermetic chemistry.
v.2. Hermetic medicine and hermetic philosophy.
Includes a lexicon of alchemy, v.2, p.348-386.
Paracelsus was the most famous alchemist and doctor of medicine of his
time (1493-1541). His medical reputation is founded on the impor-
tance which he gave to pharmaceutical chemistry.
540.3 Dictionaries
LADENBURG, Albert, comp.
Handworterbuch der chemie. I3v. 1882-95. (Encyklo-
psedie der naturwissenschaften.) qr54O.3 Li3
Generalregister. 1896.
WATTS, Henry, comp.
Dictionary of chemistry and the allied branches of other
sciences, with supplements. 7v. 1872-75 r54O.3 W33d
648 CHEMISTRY
Dictionary of chemistry; revised by M. M. P. Muir and H. F.
Morley. 4v. 1892-94 r54O.3 W33
A well known and standard work.
WURTZ, Charles Adolphe, comp.
Dictionnaire de chimie pure et appliquee, avec supplement.
7v qr540-3 Wg7
The same; 2me supplement, v.i-3. 1892-97 qrS40.3 Wojd
A standard work.
540.4 Essays
LASSAR-COHN, Dr.
Introduction to modern scientific chemistry, in the form of
popular lectures suited for university extension students
and general readers; tr. fr. the German by M. M. P. Muir.
1901 540-4 L34
An exceedingly clear, well-written account of the leading facts and prin-
ciples of chemistry as taught to-day. The treatment, while popular, is
scientifically exact.
LIEBIG, Justus, baron von.
Chemische brief e. 1878 r 540.4 L6g
Familiar letters on chemistry, in its relations to physiology,
dietetics, agriculture, commerce and political economy.
1851
PRIESTLEY, Joseph.
Experiments and observations on different ,kinds of air. 6v.
1776-86
Catalogue of books written by Joseph Priestley at the end of each
volume.
v.4-6 title reads Experiments and observations relating to various
branches of natural philosophy; with a continuation of the observa-
tions on air.
SCHEELE, Carl Wilhelm.
Chemical essays ; tr. f r. the Transactions of the Academy of
sciences at Stockholm, with additions. 1901 540.4 831
Life of Scheele, by J. G. M'Intosh, p. 13-28.
First published in 1786.
Scheele was bo'rn in 1742 at Stralsund, died in 1786 at Koping. His
fame rests on his genius for experimentation, which led to a series of
important discoveries exceeding in number that of any other chemist.
TISSANDIER, Gaston, & Frith, Henry.
Marvels of the elements and the strange effects of their com-
bination; a popular account of metals, bases and salts, al-
chemy, distillation, flame and acids. (Scientific recreation
series.) j 540.4 Tsa
WELLS, Horace Lemuel, ed.
Studies from the chemical laboratory of the Sheffield scientific
school. 2v. 1901. (Yale bicentennial publications.) ... ^540.4 W4Q
v.i. Papers on general inorganic chemistry. Papers on double halo-
gen salts.
v.2. Papers on organic chemistry.
Bibliography, v. i, p.4-io.
540.5 Periodicals
AMERICAN chemical journal; monthly, v.i-date. 1879-
date r540.5 ASI
eneral index; 1879-1888, v.i-io. 1890.
neral index; 1889-1898, v. 11-20. 1899.
CHEMISTRY PERIODICALS 649
AMERICAN CHEMICAL SOCIETY.
Proceedings, 1876-1878. 2v. in i. 1877-79 r54O-5 Asia
Continued in the Journal of the American chemical society.
General index to the Journal, v.i-2o, 1879-1898, and to the Pro-
ceedings, 1877-1879. 1902 r54o.s J466.
ANNALEN der pharmacie; quarterly, v.i-date. i832-date. .r540.S A6l32
v.33~i68 title reads Annalen der chemie und pharmacie.
v. 169-172 title reads Justus Liebig's Annalen der chemie und pharmacie.
v.i73-date title reads Justus Liebig's Annalen der chemie.
Autoren- und sach-register, v.i-ioo, 1832-1856. 1861.
Autoren- und sach-register, v. 101-164, 1857-1872. 1861-74.
General-register, v. 165- 220, 1873-1883. 1885.
General-register, v. 221-276, 1884-1893. 1895.
The same; supplementband, 1861-1870. 8v. in 4. 1861-70. .r54O.5 A6i32s
ANN ALES de chimie; monthly, v.i-date. I78o-date r54O.S A6ij
Table des matieres, v.i-3o. 1801.
Table des matieres, v.3i-6o. 1807.
Table des matieres, v.6i-96. 1821.
Table des matieres, v-97-i26. 1831.
-Table des matieres, v.i27-is6. 1840.
-Table des matieres, v.i57-i7i. 1841.
-Table des matieres, v. 172-201. 1851.
-Table des matieres, v. 202-240. 1866.
-Table des matieres, v.24i-27o. 1874.
-Table des matieres, v.27i-3oo. 1885.
-Table des matieres, v.3oi-330. 1895.
v-97-date title reads Annales de chimie et de physique.
BULLETIN de la Societe chimique de Paris, v.i-date. 1858-
date rS40.S 687
Table analytique des matieres contenues dans le Bulletin, 1858-
1874, et dans les Repertoires de chimie pure et de chimie appliquee.
1876.
-Table alphabetique des auteurs et table analytique des matieres
des annees 1875-1888. 1894.
-Table alphabetique des auteurs et table analytique des matieres des
annees 1889-1898. 2V. 1900-03.
In Jan. 1863 the "Repertoire de chimie pure" was united with the Bulle-
tin, and in Jan. 1864 the "Repertoire de chimie appliquee" also united
with the Bulletin.
New ser. v.i-so, is numbered, v.6-ss.
3d ser. v.i-i8, is numbered, v. 56-73.
BULLETIN de 1'Association beige des chimistes, i887-date.
ire annee-date. i887-date r 54O.5 6875
nth year, Apr. i8g7-Mar. 1898 wanting.
CHEMICAL gazette; or, Journal of practical chemistry; bi-
weekly, 1842-1859. I7v. 1842-59 r540.5 C42II
In 1860 this publication was incorporated with Chemical news and journal
of physical science.
CHEMICAL news and journal of physical science; weekly.
v.i-date. i86o-date qr54O-5 C42I2
A continuation of the Chemical gazette.
CHEMICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
Memoirs, 1841/42-1847/48. 3v. in 2. 1843-48 r54O.5 C42im
v.2-3 title reads Memoirs and proceedings.
Continued by Quarterly journal of the Chemical society of London.
Quarterly journal of the Chemical society of London, v.i-
date. i840-date r54O-5 C42I
Issued in 2 parts entitled Transactions and Abstracts.
A continuation of the Memoirs and proceedings of the society.
v.is-date title reads Journal of the Chemical society.
Index, v.i-25 of the Journal, 1848-72; and of the Memoirs and
proceedings, 1841-47. 1847.
Index, v.26-42, 1873-82.
Index, v.43-62, 1883-92.
Index, v.63-82, 1893-1902.
650 CHEMISTRY PERIODICALS
CHEMIST; or, Reporter of chemical discoveries and im-
provements, and protector of the rights of the chemist and
chemical manufacturer; monthly, v.i-8. 1840-47 ........ rS40.5 C42
DEUTSCHE CHEMISCHE GESELLSCHAFT ZU BERLIN.
Berichte. 3er jahrgang-date. iSjo-date ................ r540.S 048
eneralregister, 1868-77, jahrgang i-io. 1880.
eneralregister, 1878-87, jahrgang 11-20. 1888.
eneralregister, 1888-96, jahrgang 21-29. 1898.
JAHRBUCH der chemie; hrsg. von Richard Meyer, iSgi-date.
ler jahrgang-date. i892-date ........................ rS40.S JiS
- General-register fiber die jahrgange 1891 bis 1900; v.i-io. 1903.
JAHRESBERICHT iiber die fortschritte der reinen, pharma-
ceutischen und technischen chemie, physik, mineralogie
und geologic, i847-date. ler jahrgang-date. 1849-
date ............................................... rS40.5 Ji52
- Register fur 1847 bis 1856. 1858.
- Register fur 1857 bis 1866. 1868.
- Register fur 1867 bis 1876. 1880.
i893-date title reads Jahresbericht iiber die fortschritte der chemie.
JOURNAL fur praktische chemie; monthly, v.i-date. 1834-
date ............................. .................... T540.S J46
- Sach- und namenregister, v. 1-30, 18341843.
- Sach- und namenregister, v.3i-6o, 1843-1853.
- Sach- und namenregister, v.6i-9O, 1854-1863.
- Sach- und namenregister, v.gi-ioS, 1864-1869.
- Sach- und namenregister, v.iog-isS, 1870-1894.
JOURNAL of the American chemical society; monthly, 1879-
date. v.i-date. i879-date .......................... rS4O-S J466
A continuation of the Proceedings of the American chemical society.
- General index, v.i-2o, 1879-1898; and to the Proceedings, 1877-
1879. 1902.
MONATSHEFTE fur chemie und verwandte theile anderer
wissenschaften; gesammelte abhandlungen aus den sit-
zungsberichten der Kaiserlichen akademie des wissen-
schaften, i88o-date. v.i-date. i8o2-date ...... . ......... rS4O.S M8i
- Generalregister, 1880-1889, v.i-io. 1894.
PHARMACEUTISCHES central-blatt ; weekly, v.i-date. 1830-
date ........................................ ; ....... rS40.
v.ai-26 title reads Chemisch-pharmaceutisches central-blatt.
v.27-date title reads Chemisches central-blatt.
- General-register zum Chemischen central-blatt, 5. folge, jahrgang
1897-1901; arbeitet von Rudolf Arendt. 1902.
RECUEIL des travaux chimiques des Pays-Bas. v.i-date.
i882-date ........................................... r54O.
REPERTOIRE de chimie pure, 1858-1862. 4v. 1859-62.
(Societe chimique de Paris.) ........................... r54O-5 R35
In Jan. 1863 this united with the Bulletin de la Societe chimique de
Paris.
REVIEW of American chemical research; monthly, v.i-date.
Contributed by members of the instructing staff of the Massachusetts
institute of technology.
This periodical is issued as part of the Technology quarterly and of
the Journal of the American chemical society, in which the current
numbers will be found.
REVUE generale de chimie pure & appliquee; monthly.
v.i-date. i899-date ................................ qr54O-5 R37
From i9oi-date a supplement is issued with the title, "Repertoire general
de chimie pure et appliquee," qrs4o.s R3522.
CHEMISTRY HISTORY 651
BOLTON, Henry Carrington, comp.
Chemical societies of the nineteenth century. 1902. (In
Smithsonian institution. Miscellaneous collections 3 v.
41.) rso6 S66m v.4i
Gives date of formation, place, name of presiding officer, number of
members, titles of publications, etc.
540.8 Collected works
FRANKLAND, Edward.
Experimental researches in pure, applied and physical chem-
istry. 1877 540.8 F87
GLAUBER, Johann Rudolph.
Works; containing great variety of choice secrets in medicine
and alchymy, in the working of metallick mines' and the
separation of metals; also various cheap and easie ways
of making salt-petre, and improving of barren-land, and the
fruits of the earth. 3v. in i. 1689 qr54O.8 646
GRAHAM, Thomas.
Chemical and physical researches. 1876 r540.8 G77
For contents see contents book, p. 102; kept at the reference desk.
540.9 History
DUCLAUX, fimile.
Pasteur; histoire d'un esprit. 1896 r540.9 D86
Contents: Travaux de cristallographie. Fermentations lactique et alcoo-
lique. Generations spontanees. Vins et vinaigres. fitudes sur les
maladies des vers a soie. fitudes sur la biere. fitude sur 1'etiologie
des maladies microbiennes. Etude des virus et vaccins.
KOPP, Hermann.
Die entwickelung der chemie in der neueren zeit. 3v. in I.
l &7 l ~73- (Geschichte der wissenschaften in Deutschland,
v.io.) r540.9
The period covered is approximately from 1700 to 1870.
Geschichte der chemie. 4v. in 2. 1843-47 ^40.9
"A classical work, above praise." H. C. Bolton.
LADENBURG, Albert.
Lectures on the history of the development of chemistry since
the time of Lavoisier. 1900 S4-9 Li3
Reviews briefly the main steps in the advance; attempts to bring out
the connection of past theories with those now held.
LIEBIG, Justus, baron von, & Schonbein, C.F.
Briefwechsel, 1853-1868; mit anmerkungen, hinweisen und
erlauterungen, versehen und hrsg. von G. W. A. Kahlbaum
und Eduard Thon. 1900. (Monographieen aus der ge-
schichte der chemie.) 54O-9 L6g
The correspondence of these noted chemists throws valuable light on
chemical history. These letters tell us of their own work, the new
discoveries of the period, and the theories then held.
MEYER, Ernst von.
History of chemistry, from earliest times. 1898 540.9 M6s
"An ably written, condensed history, covering the entire period of
chemistry, and from a modern standpoint. The progress of the
science since Lavoisier is treated particularly fully." H. C. Bolton.
652 THEORETICAL CHEMISTRY
RAMSAY, Sir William.
Gases' of the atmosphere; the history of their discovery.
1896 540.9 Ri8
"Discovery of argon," p. 146-240.
"Written for persons without special scientific training.
TILDEN, William Augustus.
Short history of the progress of scientific chemistry in our
own times. 1899 54O-9 T46
VENABLE, Francis Preston.
Short history of chemistry. 1900 540.9 V25
Good brief survey of the growth of chemistry from earliest times to the
present day.
541 Theoretical chemistry
CARNEGIE, Douglas.
Law and theory in chemistry. 1894 .......................... 541 Cat
"Contains the substance of a summer-school course of eight lectures de-
livered before an audience of teachers of elementary chemistry."
Preface.
COOKE, Josiah Parsons.
First principles of chemical philosophy. 1868 ............. r54i
rst prncpes o cemca posopy. 1 ............. r54
Gives much prominence to the doctrine of special types, the prevailing
theory at the time the book was written.
New chemistry. 1892. (International scientific series.) .. .541 C77n
"Written in popular style; aims to develop the general principles of the
new chemistry in systematic order; substances and processes are
described only as far as necessary to illustrate principles. To
enjoy this work fully the reader should know the elements of chem-
istry." H. C. Bolton,
The same. 1874. (International scientific series.) ......... r54i 77
Principles of chemical philosophy. 1891 ...................... 541 77
GRAHAM, Thomas, ed.
Chemical reports and memoirs. 1848. (Cavendish society.
Publications.) ........................................... r54i G77
Contents: An atomic volume, by Prof. Otto and M. Filhol. Isomor-
phism, by Prof. Otto. Endosmosis, by Julius Vogel. Simultaneous
contrast of colours, by M. Chevreul. The latent heat of steam at
different pressures, by M. Regnault. The artificial formation of alka-
loids, by M. E. Kop. Volcanic phenomena, by Prof. Bunsen.
HOFF, Jacob Hendrik van 't.
Lectures on theoretical and physical chemistry; tr. by R. A.
Lehfeldt. 3v. 1898-99 ............ ..................... 541 H67le
v.i. Chemical dynamics.
v.2. Chemical statics.
v.3. Relations between properties and composition.
To van't Hoff is due a large share of the advances made in the past
few years in physical chemistry. This book is a reproduction of
his lectures at the University of Berlin. A considerable knowledge
of mathematics and physics is required in the reader.
Studies in chemical dynamics. 1896 ......................... q54i H67
HOOKE, Robert.
Extracts from Micrographia; or, Some physiological descrip-
tions of minute bodies made by magnifying glasses, with
observations and inquiries thereupon. 1894. (Alembic
club reprints.) ........................................ 541 H77
PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY 653
LOCKYER, Sir Joseph Norman.
Inorganic evolution as studied by spectrum analysis.
1900 541 L?6
Upholds the hypothesis that chemical elements are polymers or com-
pounds of polymers of one matter; and that this matter exists every-
where among the stars in different degrees of polymerization and
combination of polymers.
MEYER, Lothar.
Outlines of theoretical chemistry. 1899 S4 1 M65
"Presents a summary of the most recent theories of chemical philoso-
phy; it is better adapted for advanced students than for the general
reader. A standard work." H. C. Bolton.
The same. 1892 rS4i M6$
MUIR, Matthew Moncrieff Pattison.
Treatise on the principles of chemistry. 1889 541 M95
"A well-written work, abreast of the times, suitable for advanced
students." H. C. Bolton.
NERNST, Walther.
Theoretische chemie, vom standpunkte der Avogadro'schen
regel und der thermodynamik. 1900 541 N23
An exceedingly clear statement of the facts and problems of theoretical
chemistry. Is less exhaustive than Ostwald's "Lehrbuch der allge-
meiner chemie," and pays especial attention to further applications of
the theories.
OSTWALD, Wilhelm.
Grundriss der allgemeinen chemie. 1899 r54i Oagg
An exposition of the physical principles underlying chemical phenomena.
The author is an acknowledged authority on the subject.
Outlines of general chemistry. 1895 54 1 029
"Designed to meet the requirements of the student who, while not in-
tending to devote himself to the detailed study of general chemistry,
still wishes to follow intelligently the progress recently made in this
important branch of science." Author's preface.
REMSEN, Ira.
Principles of theoretical chemistry, with special reference to
the constitution of chemical compounds. 1897 541 R33
541.1 Physical chemistry
DEVENTER, Ch.M. van.
Physical chemistry for beginners; tr. by B. B. Boltwood.
1899 54I-I D48
Clear and concise. Only slight physical and mathematical knowledge is
necessary.
The same; tr. by R. A. Lehfeldt. 1897 r54i.i 048
HOFF, Jacob Hendrik van't.
Lemons de chimie physique professees a 1'universite de
Berlin. 3v. 1898-1900 r54i.i H67
v.i. La dynamique chimique.
v.2. La statique chimique.
v-3. Relations entre les proprietes et la composition.
JONES, Harry Clary.
Elements of physical chemistry. 1902 54 1 - 1 J4 1
A summary of investigations made by the oldest physicists, as well as an
account of those instituted by the later physical chemists. The work
is characterized by the author's usual clarity and precision.
JOURNAL of physical chemistry; ed. by W. D. Bancroft & J.
F. Trevor; monthly, v.i-date. iSgo-date qrS4 1 - 1 J46
Published at Cornell university.
654 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY
LEHFELDT, R.A.
Text-book of physical chemistry. 1899 54I-I L55
"Some of the most important works on physical chemistry," p.n.
"Intended to contain what a student with limited time and many
subjects to learn may usefully read." Preface.
Very clearly written.
REYCHLER, A.
Outlines of physical chemistry; tr. fr. the French by John
McCrae. 1899 541.1 R37
Bibliographical note, p. 268.
Broader in treatment than is usual in an elementary book. Recom-
mended to beginners having a fair knowledge of chemistry.
WALKER, James.
Introduction to physical chemistry. 1899 54I-I Wi6
"As I have assumed that the student who uses this book has already
taken ordinary courses in chemistry and physics, I have devoted
little or no space to the explanation of terms or elementary notions
which are adequately treated in the text-books on those subjects...!
have throughout avoided the use of any but the most elementary
mathematics." Preface.
ZEITSCHRIFT fur physikalische chemie, stochiometrie und
verwandtschaftslehre. v.i-date. i887-date r 54i-i Z43
Published irregularly; edited by Wilhelm Ostwald and J. H. van't Hoff.
JONES, Harry Clary, ed.
Modern theory of solution; memoirs by Pfeffer, van't
Hoff, Arrhenius and Raoult. 1809. (Scientific mem-
oirs.) 541-12 J4i
Contents: Pfeffer, W. Osmotic investigations. Biography of Pfeffer.
Van't Hoff, J. H. Role of osmotic pressure in the analogy between
solutions and gases. Biography of van't Hoff. Arrhenius, S. On
the dissociation of substances dissolved in water. Biography of Arr-
henius. Raoult, F.M. General law of the freezing of solvents.
Raoult, F.M. On the vapor-pressure of ethereal solutions. Raoult,
F.M. General law of the vapor-pressure of solvents. Biography of
Raoult.
Bibliography, p. 129-132.
The physical chemistry of to-day is founded upon the theories advanced
in these papers.
MORGAN, John Livingston Rutgers.
An outline of the theory of solution and its results, for chem-
ists and electricians. 1897 541.12 M89
"Gives in clear language the gist of the theory of solution, how it has
arisen, and what it is to-day. The treatment and style is as non-
mathematical as the nature of the subject permits." C. E. Linebarger
in the Journal of the American chemical society.
WHETHAM, William Cecil Dampier.
Solution and electrolysis. 1895 r54i.i2 W62
Explains clearly and concisely our theoretical knowledge of these subjects.
LANDOLT, Hans.
Optical activity and chemical composition; tr. by John
McCrae. 1899 r54i.is L22
This forms the eighth chapter of the first volume of Graham-Otto's
"Lehrbuch def chemie."
NAUMANN, Alexander.
Lehr- und handbuch der thermochemie. 1882 54i-i6 Ni6
Technisch-thermochemische berechnungen zur heizung
insbesondere mit gasformigen brennstoffen. 1893. .qr54i.i6 Ni6
THOMSEN, Julius.
Thermochemische untersuchungen. 4v. 1882-86 r54i.i6 T38
v.i. Neutralisation und verwandte phanomene.
ELECTROCHEMISTRY 655
v.2. Metalloide.
v.3. Wassrige losung und hydratbildung. Metalle.
v.4. Organische verbindungen.
541.17 Electrochemistry
ARRHENIUS, Svante August.
Lehrbuch der elektrochemie. 1901 r54i.i7 A77
A text-book suitable for advanced high school pupils.
BERMBACH, Willibald.
Die wichtigsten grundbegriffe der elektrochemie und ihre
verwertung bei den neueren theorien der galvanischen
elemente und akkumulatoren. 1900 r54i.i7 645
A brief survey of so much of theoretical chemistry as is needed for a
thorough understanding of modern electrochemical theory.
B LOU NT, Bertram.
Practical electro-chemistry. 1901 541-17 856
Describes only processes which are, or are likely to be, of use industri-
ally.
"In spite of a few blemishes, the... most satisfactory work of its kind in
any language." Wilder D. Bancroft, in the Journal of physical chemis-
try, IfiOI.
BORCHERS, Wilhelm.
Die elektrochemie, und ihre weitere interessensphare auf
der Weltausstellung in Paris, 1900. 1901 qr54i.i7 663
Vermehrte und verbesserte ausgabe des in der "Zeitschrift fur elektro-
chemie" erschienenen berichtes.
A very thorough report on the condition of electrochemical industries
as shown at the Paris exposition of 1900, the first in which they
were treated in a separate class. Dr Borchers is a leading authority
on electrochemistry, and was a member of the international jury at
Paris, (1901).
GOODWIN, Harry Manly, ed.
Fundamental laws of electrolytic conduction. 1899. (Scien-
tific memoirs.) 541-17 G63
Contents: Relation by measure of common and voltaic electricity, by
Michael Faraday. On electrochemical decomposition, by Michael
Faraday. Biographical sketch of Faraday. On the migration of ions
during electrolysis, by \V. Hittorf. Biographical sketch of Hittorf.
On the conductivity of electrolytes dissolved in water in relation to
the migration of their components, by F. Kohlrausch. Biographical
sketch of Kohlrausch.
Bibliography, p.94-96.
GORE, George.
Electro-chemistry; inorganic. [1888.] (Electrician
series.) 541.17 G66
"Intended to contain, in systematic order, the chief principles and
facts of electro-chemistry, and to supply the student of electro-plating
or electro-metallurgy a scientific basis upon which to build the addi-
tional practical knowledge and experience of his trade... It will not
supply the technical details necessary for the accurate quantitative
determination of metals by electro-chemical processes; references to
sources of such information will, however, be given." Introductory
nete.
JAHRBUCH der elektrochemie, :894-date. icr jahrgang-
date. i89S-date ^41.17 Ji5
JONES, Harry Clary.
Outlines of electrochemistry. 1901 q54i.i7 J4I
Appeared first in the Electrical review, v.39, 1901, under the title
"Selected chapters in electrochemistry."
Intended particularly for the use of electrical engineers who desire
some knowledge of the theory of electrochemistry.
42
656 ATOMS. MOLECULES
Theory of electrolytic dissociation, and some of its applica-
tions. 1900 541-17 J4it
KOHLRAUSCH, Friedrich, & Holborn, L.
Das leitvermogen der elektrolyte, insbesondere der losungen;
methoden, resultate und chemische anwendungen.
1898 rS4i.i7
"Literatur," p. 137-143.
"The work is... beyond criticism and cannot be too heartily commended
to those interested in conductivity work." American chemical journal,
1899.
KOLBE, Hermann.
Electrolysis of organic compounds; papers, (1845-1868).
1900. (Alembic club reprints.) 541-17
Contains Kolbe's account of his earliest experiments, also his classic
memoir upon the electrolysis of valerianates and acetates.
LE BLANC, Max.
Elements of electrochemistry. 1896 541-17 L47
LOB, Walter.
Electrolysis and electrosynthesis of organic compounds.
1898 54I.I7 L75
The same. 1898 r54i.i7 L75
MOISSAN, Henri.
Le four electrique. 1897 541.17 M78
Very clear accounts of some of the author's experiments in reducing
metallic oxides and producing diamonds with the aid of the intense
heat of the electric furnace.
TOMMASI, Donate.
Traite theorique et pratique d'electrochimie. 1889 qr54i.i7 T59
ZEITSCHRIFT fur elektrochemie ; weekly, v.i-date. 1894-
date qr54i.i7 Z43
Organ der Deutschen elektrochemischen gesellschaft.
541.2 Atoms. Molecules
BILTZ, Heinrich.
Practical methods for determining molecular weights; tr. by
H. C. Jones and S. H. King. 1899 541-2 648
"A masterly summation of the practical methods for determining molec-
ular weights by the vapor-density and the cryoscopic methods, with
a careful criticism of the different procedures, and a comparison of
the usefulness of one with the other." Journal of the American
chemical society.
D ALTON, John, and others.
Foundations of the atomic theory; comprising papers and ex-
tracts. 1893. (Alembic club reprints.) 541-2 Di7
Reproduction of the earliest printed account (1807) of the atomic
weight theory as proposed by Dalton. Also contains papers by Wol-
laston (1808) on super-acid and sub-acid salts.
Foundations of the molecular theory; comprising papers and
extracts. 1893. (Alembic club reprints.) 541.2 Di7f
"The papers here printed in chronological order serve to exhibit the
historical development of the idea of a connection existing between
the number of particles in different gases and the volume they occupy."
Preface.
JONES, Harry Clary.
The freezing-point, boiling-point, and conductivity methods.
1897 541-2 J4i
Short laboratory guide to the use of these methods of molecular weight
and conductivity determinations.
STEREOCHEMISTRY 657
MURRAY, David Ambrose.
Atoms and energies. 1901 541.2 Mp7
Author claims that all atoms are "identical in essence and [vary] only
as to their size and shape;" an atom being "an Impenetrable Expanse
of the Ability to Modify and be Moved by Energy." These atoms
are acted upon by only two energies, an attractive and a repellent;
energy, however, being "a distinct Entity, not a mode of motion."
RISTEEN, A.D.
Molecules and the molecular theory of matter. 1895 541.2 R49
WURTZ, Charles Adolphe.
The atomic theory. 1891. (International scientific series.). .541.2 W97
Points out the origins and follows up the development of this celebrated
theory in as plain language as the subject permits.
541.3 Chemical affinity
FARADAY, Michael.
Course of lectures on the chemical history of a candle, to
which is added a lecture on platinum. [1861.] 541-3 F22
"In no work on chemistry have the phenomena of combustion, the
nature of the atmosphere, and the chemistry of coal-gas been more
clearly presented. The work is a little old-fashioned, but its funda-
mental statements are sound, and the absence of technicalities will
always make it charming." H. C. Bolton.
REY, Jean.
Essays on an enquiry into the cause wherefore tin and lead in-
crease in weight on calcination. 1895. (Alembic club re-
prints.) 541.3 R37
First published in pamphlet form at Bazas in 1630.
"Apart altogether from the historical interest of the work, the quaint
and lively style of the author makes his Essays still worthy of perusal."
Preface.
541.7 Stereochemistry
FREUNDLER, P.
La stereochimie. [1899.] (Scientia; serie physico-mathe-
matique.) r54i.7 F93
Bibliographic, p. 97-98.
A critical and descriptive review of stereochemical theory at the close of
the nineteenth century.
HOFF, Jacob Hendrik van't.
Arrangement of atoms in space; tr. by Arnold Eiloart.
1898 541-7 H67
Contents: Stereochemistry of carbon. Stereochemistry of nitrogen
compounds. Stereochemical isomerism of inorganic compounds.
"Van't Hoff's work appeared first in French under the title 'La chimie
dans 1'espace' (1875). A German translation appeared in 1877 under
the title 'Die lagerung der atome im raume.' In 1887 a zd French edi-
tion appeared under the title 'Dix annees dans 1'histoire d'une theorie.'
The 2d German ed. (1894) from which the present English translation
was made 'is not so much a new edition of the first German work,
as a German revision of van't Hoff's 'Dix annees dans 1'histoire d'une
theorie,' enriched by the growth of our knowledge during the last
seven years.' " Preface to the zd ed.
PASTEUR, Louis.
Researches on the molecular asymmetry of natural organic
products. 1897. (Alembic club reprints.) 541-7 P28
Translation of two lectures before the Chemical society of Paris in 1860.
Describes the steps which led to his views on optical isomerism.
658 SOLUBILITY
RICHARDSON, George Mann, ed.
Foundations of stereo-chemistry; memoirs by Pasteur,
van't Hoff, LeBel and Wislicenus. 1901. (Scientific
memoirs.) 541-7 R4i
Contents: The asymmetry of naturally occurring organic compounds, by
Louis Pasteur. Biographical sketch of Pasteur. Structural formulas
in space, by J. H. van't Hoff. Biographical sketch of van't Hoff.
Relation between atomic formulas of organic compounds and the ro-
tatory power of their solutions, by J. A. LeBel. Biographical sketch
of LeBel. Space arrangement of the atoms in organic molecules and
the resulting geometrical isomerism in unsaturated compounds, by
Johannes Wislicenus. Biographical sketch of Wislicenus.
Bibliography, p.i33-i35-
Pasteur's article gave the first suggestion leading to our present views
of the space relations of the atoms in the molecule; van't Hoff's and
LeBel's memoirs first gave a definite idea of what the arrangement
might be. Wislicenus first took up their theory and applied it sys-
tematically to explain relationships.
541.8 Solubility
COMEY, Arthur Messinger, comp.
Dictionary of chemical solubilities, inorganic. 1896 r 54i.8 C73
RAOULT, Francois Marie.
Tonometrie. 1900. (Scientia; serie physico-mathema-
tique.) ^541.8 Rig
Bibliographic, p. 115-11 6.
541.9 Tables. Calculations
ADRIANCE, John S. comp.
Laboratory calculations and specific-gravity tables. 1897. .541.9 A24
ALLEN, John Alpheus, comp.
Tables for iron analysis. 1896 541-9 &A 2
The same. 1896 r54i-9 A42
For the rapid calculation of the results of analyses.
BIEHRINGER, Joachim.
Einfuhrung in die stochiometrie; oder, Die lehre von der
quantitativen zusammensetzung der korper und ihren mit
dieser zusammenhangenden eigenschaften. 1900 54J-9 ^47
Describes briefly the theory, and illustrates its practical application by a
large number of well-selected numerical problems. These are worked
out, and a careful explanation of the method is given. A thorough,
practical guide to chemical and physico-chemical calculations.
CARNELLEY, Thomas.
Physico-chemical constants; melting and boiling point tables.
2v. 1885-87 qr54i-9 C2i
Catalogue of reference literature, v.i, p.zi-24.
LANDOLT, Hans, & Bornstein, Richard, comp.
Physikalisch-chemische tabellen. 1894 .qr54i.9 L22
Contains bibliographies.
LAURENT, Auguste.
Chemical method, notation, classification & nomenclature.
1855. (Cavendish society. Publications.) r54i.9 L37
MILLER, Edmund Howd.
Calculations of analytical chemistry. 1900 541-9 M69
Explains clearly and thoroughly all the calculations usually needed in
the analytical laboratory.
EXPERIMENTAL CHEMISTRY 659
MORGAN, John James, comp.
Tables for quantitative metallurgical analysis, for laboratory
use. 1899 r54i.9 M89
WADDELL, John.
Arithmetic of chemistry; a simple treatment of the subject of
chemical calculations. 1899 541-9 Wil
542 Experimental chemistry
ARENDT, Rudolf.
Technik der experimentalchemie; anleitung zur ausfiihrung
chemischer experimente. 1900 542.2 A68
COOKE, Josiah Parsons.
Laboratory practice; a series of experiments on the funda-
mental principles of chemistry. 1896 542.2 77
A companion volume to "The new chemistry."
The same. 1896 i" 542.2 C77
ERDMANN, Hugo.
Introduction to chemical preparations; a guide in the practi-
cal teaching of inorganic chemistry; authorized tr. from
the second German edition by F. L. Dunlap. 1900 r 542.2 72
Contains numerous short bibliographies.
FARADAY, Michael.
Chemical manipulation. 1842 r 542.2 F22
LENGFELD, Felix.
Inorganic chemical preparations. 1899 542.2 L59
Prepared by the author for use of his classes at the University of Chicago.
NEWTH, G.S.
Chemical lecture experiments; non-metallic elements.
1896 542.2 N29
"The object of this book is two-fold. Firstly, it is intended to supply
chemical lecturers and teachers with a useful repertoire of experi-
ments, suitable for illustrating upon the lecture table the modes of
preparation, and the properties, of the non-metallic elements, and
their commoner and more important compounds.. .Secondly, it is my
object to furnish the chemical student with a book which shall serve
as a companion to the lectures he may attend." Prtface.
Les NOUVEAUT6S chimiques; nouveaux appareils de labo-
ratoires, methodes nouvelles de recherches appliquees a la
science et a 1'industrie, par Camille Poulenc, iSg6-date.
i896-date r542.2 N47
Issued annually.
SMITH, Edgar F. & Keller, H.F.
Experiments; arranged for students in general chemistry.
1895 542.2 864
Intended for beginners.
THORP, Frank Hall.
Inorganic chemical preparations. 1896 542.2 T4I
The preparations included are those commonly used in laboratories or
those important commercially. The directions are full and clear.
THRELFALL, Richard.
On laboratory arts. 1898 542.2 T42
Contents: Hints on the manipulation of glass and on glass-blowing for
laboratory purposes. On the preparation of vacuum tubes for the pro-
duction of Rontgen's radiation. <}lass-grinding and opticians' work.
660 ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY
Miscellaneous processes. Electroplating and allied arts. Platinising
glass.
Directions and instructions to aid in the construction of physical ap-
paratus for experimental purposes.
TRAUBE, Isidor.
Physico-chemical methods. 1898 542.2 T6g
Contents: The chemical balance. Density. Capillarity. The constant of
viscosity. Solubility. The electric conductivity of liquids. Expansion
of liquids. Melting point and solidifying point. Depression of the
freezing points of solutions. Boiling point and vapor pressure. Ele-
vation of the boiling points of solutions. Heat of fusion. Heat of
vaporization. Thermochemical constants. Measurement of crystals.
Index of refraction. Spectrum analysis. Rotation of the plane of
polarization. General contrivances for measurements. Tables.
WOODHULL, John Francis, & Van Arsdale, M.B.
Chemical experiments. 1899 542.2 W86
Very elementary in character.
CLARKE, Frank Wigglesworth.
Table of specific gravity for solids and liquids. 1888.
(Constants of nature, pt.i.) r542.3 C53
Also published in Smithsonian institution. Miscellaneous collections,
KOLLER, Theodor.
Praktische herstellung von losungen; ein handbuch zum
raschen und sicheren auffinden der losungsmittel aller
technisch und industriell wichtigen korper. 1888.
(Hartleben's chemisch-technische bibliothek.) r542.6 K36
OETTEL, Felix.
Introduction to electrochemical experiments. 1897 542-8 Oi5
Practical exercises in electrochemistry. 1897 542.8 Oi5p
543 Analytical chemistry
See also Adulterations, 614.3
ALLEN, Alfred Henry.
Commercial organic analysis. 4v. in 7. 1898-1900 543 A42
v.i. Introduction, alcohols, neutral alcoholic derivatives, sugars, starch
and its isomers, vegetable acids, etc.
v.2, pt.i. Fixed oils, fats, waxes, glycerol, nitroglycerin and nitrogly-
cerin explosives.
v.2, pt.2. Hydrocarbons, petroleum and coal-tar products, asphalt,
phenols and creosotes.
v.3, pt.i. Tannins, dyes and coloring matters, writing inks.
v.3, pt.2. Amines and ammonium bases, hydrazines, bases from tar,
vegetable alkaloids.
v.3, pt.3- Vegetable alkaloids (concluded), non-basic vegetable bitter
principles, animal bases, animal acids, cyanogen and its derivatives.
v.4. Proteids and albuminous principles, proteotds or albuminoids.
The standard work on this subject (1902).
BERGEY, David Hendricks.
Handbook of practical hygiene. 1809 543 645
For the guidance of students in the sanitary analysis of air, water, soil,
and the principal food materials, and in testing the ventilation of
buildings.
BOCKMANN, Friedrich, ed.
Chemisch-technische untersuchungsmethoden der gross-
industrie, der versuchsstationen und handelslaboratorien.
2v. 1893 543 BS7
BRIANT, Lawrence.
Laboratory text book for brewers. 1898 543 674
ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY 661
CALDWELL, George Chapman.
Elements of qualitative and quantitative chemical analysis.
1894 543 Ci3
Supplies a short course for students who study analysis without the
intention of becoming professional analysts, but rather for its disci-
plinary value.
CARNOT, Marie Adolphe.
Traite d'analyse des substances minerales. v.i-2. 1808-
1904 rS43 C2i
v.i. Methodes generates d'analyse, qualitative et quantitative.
v.2. Metalloides.
"One of the most extensive and important works on inorganic analysis
which have appeared for very many years." American chemical
journal.
CROOKES, Sir William.
Select methods in chemical analysis, chiefly inorganic.
1894 543 89
The author's object has been to give only new or little-known methods
which have proven satisfactory upon personal trial, omitting those
given in the standard manuals of analysis. Schemes for the separa-
tion and estimation of the rare and the common elements are given
equal prominence.
GOOCH, Frank Austin, ed.
Research papers from the Kent chemical laboratory of Yale
university. 2v. 1901. (Yale bicentennial publica-
tions.) r 543.08 G62
HALPHEN, Georges.
La pratique des essais commerciaux et industriels. 2v.
1892-93 r543 Hi8
v.i. Matieres minerales.
v.2. Matieres organiques.
HORNBY, John.
Gas engineer's laboratory handbook. 1894 543 H79
JAGNAUX, Raoul.
Analyse chimique des substances commerciales, minerales et
organiques. 1897 r543 Ji4
KONIG, Joseph.
Die untersuchung landwirtschaftlich und gewerblich wich-
tiger stoffe. 1898 rS43 K37
LEHMANN, Karl Bernhard.
Die methoden der praktischen hygiene; anleitung zur unter-
suchung und beurtheilung der aufgaben des taglichen
lebens fur arzte, chemiker und juristen. 1890 r543 L$5
Bibliography at the end of each chapter.
LUNGE, George, ed.
Chemisch-technische untersuchungsmethoden; mit benutzung
der friiheren von Friedrich Bockmann bearbeiteten auf-
lagen. 3v. 1899-1900 r543 LQ7
Covers the whole field of industrial chemistry, giving the suitable an-
alytical methods for commercial work.
MUTER, John.
Short manual of analytical chemistry; qualitative and quanti-
tative, inorganic and organic. 1898 543 Mg8
Suitable for the use of pharmaceutical students.
OSTWALD, Wilhelm.
Scientific foundations of analytical chemistry treated in an ele-
mentary manner. 1895 543 O2Q
662 ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY
PHILLIPS, H. Joshua.
Engineering chemistry; a practical treatise for the use of
analytical chemists, engineers, ironmasters, ironfounders,
students and others, comprising methods of analysis and
valuation of the principal materials used in engineering
work, with numerous analyses, examples and suggestions.
1894 543 P5 1
Contents: Reddrop's system of reagents. Metals, alloys, etc. Ores, lime-
stones, etc. Fuels solid, liquid and gaseous. Water. Oils. Ma-
terials used in grease-making. Gasworks products. Disinfectants.
Explosives.
PICK, Siegmund.
Die untersuchung der im handel und gewerbe gebrauch-
lichsten stoffe einschliesslich der nahrungsmittel. 1881.
(Hartleben's chemisch-technische bibliothek.) r543 P54
Methods given are chiefly volumetric.
POST, Julius.
Chemisch-technische analyse; handbuch der analytischen un-
tersuchungen zur beaufsichtigung des chemischen gross-
betriebes und zum unterrichte. 2v. 1888-91 r543 P84
ROCKWOOD, Elbert William.
Introduction to chemical analysis ; for students of medicine,
pharmacy and dentistry. 1901 543 Rs8
STILLMAN, Thomas Bliss.
Engineering chemistry; a manual of quantitative chemical
analysis. 1897 543 S8s
ULZER, Ferdinand, & Fraenkel, A.
Introduction to chemical-technical analysis. 1898 543 U23
Covers the ordinary technical products, telling the usual impurities
present, and describing the methods of analysis used commercially.
WILEY, Harvey Washington.
Principles and practice of agricultural analysis. 3v. 1894-97. -543 W7I
v.i. Soils.
v.2. Fertilizers.
v.3. Agricultural products.
The most complete work yet written (1901). Gives a broad view of the
subject and discusses all the best methods of analysing agricultural
products.
Author is chemist of the United States department of agriculture.
543.05 Periodicals
JOURNAL of analytical chemistry; quarterly, i887-June
1893. 7v. 1887-93 ^43.05 J46
v-S-7, published monthly, title reads Journal of analytical and applied
chemistry.
No more published.
Each volume contains a bibliography of analytical chemistry, by H. C.
Bolton, of the publications of the preceding year.
REPERTORIUM der analytischen chemie fur handel, gewerbe
und, offentliche gesundheitspflege; organ des Vereins
analytischer chemiker. 7v. in 4. 1881-87 ^43.05 R3S
Continuation of "Correspondenz-blatt des Vereines analytischer chemi-
"ker."
United with the "Zeitschrift fur die chemische Industrie," and continued
under the title "Zeitschrift fur angewandte chemie."
VIERTELJAHRESSCHRIFT iiber die fortschritte auf dem
gebiete der chemie der nahrungs- und genussmittel, der
FOOD ANALYSIS 663
gebrauchsgegenstande, sowie der hierher gehorenden
industriezweige; i886-date. v.i-date. i887-date. .. ^543.05 V3I
v.i3-date title reads Zeitschrift fiir untersuchung der nahrungs- und
genussmittel, published monthly.
ZEITSCHRIFT fiir analytische chemie; monthly, v.i-date.
i862-date r 543.05 243
Autoren- und sach-register, v. 1-30, 1862-91. 3v. 1872-94.
Autoren- und sach-register, v.3i-4o, 1892-1901. 1903.
543.1 Food analysis
BELL, James, .1825.
Chemistry of foods, with microscopic illustrations. 2v. 1881-
83. (South Kensington museum science handbooks.) ... .543.1 841
v. i. Tea. Coffee. Cocoa. Sugar. Honey.
v.2. Milk. Butter. Cheese. Lard. Cereal foods. Prepared starches.
Lentil flour.
BLYTH, Alexander Wynter.
Foods; their composition and analysis, with an introduc-
tory essay on the history of adulteration. 1903 543-1 B57f
The same. 1888 r 543-i B$7
DIETZSCH, Oscar.
Die wichtigsten nahrungsmittel und getranke, deren verun-
reinigungen und verfalschungen. 1884 r543.i 056
ELSNER, Fritz.
Die praxis des chemikers bei untersuchung von nahrungs-
und genussmitteln, gebrauchsgegenstanden und handels-
produkten, bei hygienischen und bakteriologischen
untersuchungen. 1895 rS43-i E55
EMMERICH, Rudolf, & Trillich, Heinrich.
Anleitung zu hygienischen untersuchungen. 1892 r543.i 59
FOX, Cornelius B.
Sanitary examinations of water, air and food. 1886 543-1 F8s
KONIG, Joseph.
Chemie der menschlichen nahrungs- und genussmittel.
2v. 1893-1903 r543.i K37
v.i. Chetnische zusammensetzung der menschlichen nahrungs und
genussmittel; verbesserte auflage bearbeitet von A. Bomer.
v.2. Die menschlichen nahrungs- und genussmittel, ihre herstellung,
zusammensetzung und beschaffenheit, ihre verfalscjiungen und deren
nachweis.
LEFFMANN, Henry, & Beam, William.
Select methods in food analysis. 1901 S43-I.LS3S
"References," p.375.
MITCHELL, C. Ainsworth.
Flesh foods, with methods for their chemical, microscopical
and bacteriological examination; a practical hand-book
for medical men, analysts, inspectors and others. 1900.. 543.1 M/4
PEARMAIN, T. H. & Moor, C. G.
Analysis of food and drugs. 2v. 1897-99 543- J ?34
v.i. Milk and milk products.
v.2. Chemical and biological analysis of water.
The material collected for v.3 and 4 was published by C. G. Moor, under
the title "Suggested standards of purity for foods and drugs."
Practical handbook for laboratory use.
664 WATER ANALYSIS
RICHARDS, Mrs Ellen Henrietta (Swallow), & Woodman, A. G.
Air, water and food from a sanitary standpoint. 1900 543.1 R39
Bibliography, p. 213-218.
Extremely practical book discussing simply but thoroughly the common
problems of sanitary science.
SIMMONS, Arthur Thomas, & Stenhouse, Ernest.
Experimental hygiene; an introductory course of work in
the principles of domestic science. 1901 543-1 859
Elementary manual of the principles of physics, chemistry and bacteriol-
ogy, paying special attention to their applications in the ordinary
operations and practices of housekeeping.
543.2 Milk analysis
GERBER, Nicholas.
Chemical and physical analysis of milk, condensed milk and
infants' milk-foods, with special regard to hygiene and
sanitary milk inspection. 1882 543-2 631
LEFFMANN, Henry, & Beam, William.
Analysis of milk and milk products. 1893 543-2 L$3
543-3 'Water analysis
For Water as a beverage, see 613.31
BUNSEN, Robert Wilhelm.
Anleitung zur analyse der aschen & mineralwasser. 1874. ^543.3 B88
FRANKLAND, Edward.
Water analysis for sanitary purposes, with hints for the in-
terpretation of results. 1890 543.3 F8;
A standard work by a well-known English chemist and bacteriologist.
KUBEL, Wilhelm.
Anleitung zur untersuchung von wasser welches zu gewerb-
lichen und hauslichen zwecken oder als trinkwasser
benutzt werden soil. 1874 r 543.5 M77
Bound with Mohr's Chemische toxicologie.
LEFFMANN, Henry.
Examination of water for sanitary and technic purposes.
1895 * -543-3 L53
Author is an eminent authority on this subject. The chapter on "In-
terpretation of results" is especially valuable.
MASON, William Pitt.
Examination of water, (chemical and bacteriological). 1899. .543.3 M45
Useful practical manual of water examination for sanitary purposes.
The general remarks on the interpretation of results of examination
are valuable.
THRESH, John Clough.
A simple method of water analysis, especially designed for
the use of medical officers of health. 1897 543-3 T42
WANKLYN, James Alfred, & Chapman, E.T.
Water-analysis. 1884 543-3 Wig
The same. 1876 ^43.3 Wig
SPECIAL INORGANIC ANALYSIS 665
543.5 Poisons
For Physiological effects of poisons, see 615.9
BLYTH, Alexander Wynter.
Poisons; their effects and detection. 1895 543-5 857
One of the best and most complete works on the subject.
MOHR, Friedrich.
Chemische toxicologie. 1874 i"543-5 M77
NAQUET, Alfred.
Legal chemistry; a guide to the detection of poisons, exami-
nation of tea, stains, etc., as applied to chemical jurispru-
dence. 1884 543.5 Ni2
Bibliography, p. 163-186.
Brief directions for the more common examinations.
WORMLEY, Theodore George.
Micro-chemistry of poisons. 1885 543-5 W8g
The same. 1885 r543-5 W8g
A well-known and authoritative treatise.
543.7 Special inorganic analysis
ARNOLD, John Oliver.
Steel works analysis. 1895. (Specialists' series.) 543-7 A75
The same. 1895. (Specialists' series.) r543-7 A75
BAYLEY, Thomas.
Assay and analysis of iron and steel, iron ores and fuel.
1884 T543.7 633
BLAIR, Andrew Alexander.
Chemical analysis of iron. Ed. 4. 1901 543-7 6520
The same. 1888 ^43.7 652
The same. Ed. 3. 1900 r543-7 6520
The same. Ed. 4. 1901 ^43.7 B52C2
"First authority in the field of chemical analysis of iron, a model in its
clearness of statement and completeness of information." T. M.
Drown.
CARNOT, Marie Adolphe.
Methodes d'analyse des fontes, des fers & des aciers.
1895 r543-7 21
Extrait des Annales des mines, octobre novembre 1893.
CROBAUGH, Frank L.
Methods of chemical analysis and foundry chemistry. 1901.. .543.7 C88
Notes on iron analysis by an expert chemist, describing his choice of
methods for each of the usual determinations. Contains also some
instruction in regard to cupola mixtures.
ELLIS, George Huntington.
Analysis of white paints; a collection of notes on the chemical
analysis of white and tinted paints. 1898 5437 53
Reprinted from the Paint, oil and drug review. Describes in full detail
a number of well tested methods.
ENGINEERS' SOCIETY OF WESTERN PENNSYLVANIA.
Methods for the analysis of ores, pig iron and steel in use at
the laboratories of iron and steel works in the region about
Pittsburgh, together with an appendix containing various
666 SPECIAL INORGANIC ANALYSIS
special methods of analysis of ores and furnace products.
1898 rs 43 .7 64
The same. 1901 543-7 64
JONES, M. W.
Testing and valuation of raw materials used in paint and
colour manufacture. 1900 543-7 J4i
Contents: Aluminium compounds. China clay. Iron compounds. Po-
tassium compounds. Sodium compounds. Ammonium hydrate. Ac-
ids. Chromium compounds. Tin compounds. Copper compounds.
Lead compounds. Zinc compounds. Manganese compounds. Arsenic
compounds. Antimony compounds. Calcium compounds. Barium
compounds. Cadmium compounds. Mercury compounds. Ultrama-
rine. Cobalt compounds. Carbon compounds. Oils.
Simple methods for rapid, fairly accurate tests of purity.
KONINCK, Lucian Louis de, & Dietz, E.
Practical manual of chemical analysis and assaying, as
applied to the manufacture of iron from its ores, and to
cast iron, wrought iron and steel, as found in com-
merce; ed. with notes, by Robert Mallet, first American
edition, ed. with notes and an appendix on iron ores,
by A. A. Fesquet. 1873 r5437 K37
LEDEBUR, A.
Leitfaden fur eisenhiitten-laboratorien. 1900 T543-7 LSI
Collection of tested methods for the analysis of iron, iron ores and
slags. Author is a well-known authority on the chemistry of iron.
LORD, Nathaniel Wright.
Notes on metallurgical analysis. 1903 543-7 L86n
The same. 1893 r5437 L86
Clear, concise directions for the analysis of limestones, iron ores, iron,
steel, furnace and flue gases, slags, fire clays, copper and zinc ores,
bearing metals and feed water.
LUNGE, George, & Hurter, Ferdinand.
Alkali-makers' handbook; tables and analytical methods
for manufacturers of sulphuric acid, nitric acid, soda,
potash and ammonia. 1891. (Specialists' series.) 543-7 L97
MEADE, Richard Kidder.
Chemical and physical examination of Portland cement.
JQOi 543.7 M55
Describes standard methods in detail. Intended as a guide for inexperi-
enced chemists and engineers.
SARGENT, George William.
Quantitative determination of boric acid in tourmaline.
1898 545.3 H25
Bibliography, p.39-4o.
Thesis at the University of Pennsylvania for the degree of Ph. D.
Bound with Hardin's Determination of the atomic masses of silver,
mercury and cadmium.
543-8-543.9 Special organic analysis
BENEDICT, Francis Gano.
Elementary organic analysis ; the determination of carbon and
hydrogen. 1900 543.8 843
Describes in detail the process of organic analysis by combustion, giving
thorough directions for the construction and manipulation of the ap-
paratus, and the treatment of various classes of compounds.
SPECIAL ORGANIC ANALYSIS 667
BENEDIKT, Rudolph.
Analyse der fette und wachsarten. 1897 r 543-8 B43a
Good practical manual for laboratory use.
Chemical analysis of oils, fats, waxes and of the com-
mercial products derived therefrom; tr. by J. Lewko-
witsch. 1895 543.8 6432
The same. 1898 r543.8 643'
Thoroughly revised and enlarged translation of "Analyse der fette und
wachsarten." The best work in English on the subject (1902).
GILL, Augustus Herman.
Gas and fuel analysis for engineers; a compend for those
interested in the economical application of fuel. 1896. .543.8 G3Qg
Concise statements of the methods used in testing the efficiency of a
boiler plant. Includes analysis of flue gases, solid, liquid and gaseous
fuels, and methods of calorimetry.
Short hand-book of oil analysis. 1898 543-8 G39
"Only the more commonly occurring oils are discussed, and these as
regards their preparation, properties, analytical constants, the high-
est, lowest and average being given, and finally their uses and adul-
terants." Preface.
HOPKINS, Erastus.
Oil-chemists' handbook. 1900 i"543-8 H/8
Very complete tables of the physical and chemical constants of oils, fats
and waxes, so arranged as to simplify greatly the identification of an
unknown sample.
PHILLIPS, H.Joshua.
Fuels, solid, liquid and gaseous; their analysis and valu-
ation. 1896 543-8 PSI
The same. 1892 r543.8 PSI
Brief laboratory handbook for the analyst.
PRESCOTT, Albert Benjamin.
Outlines of proximate organic analysis; for the identification,
separation and quantitative determination of the more
commonly occurring organic compounds. 1893 543-8 P92
ROLFE, George William.
Introduction to sugar analysis; notes on lectures and labora-
tory manipulation. 1898 r543-8 R63
"References," p. 29-30.
SCHADLER, Carl.
Die untersuchungen der fette, oele, wachsarten und der
technischen fettproducte unter berucksichtigung der
handelsgebrauche. 1890 543-8 829
Gives the physical and chemical properties of the various fats, oils and
waxes, usual adulterants, and methods of testing.
WIECHMANN, Ferdinand Gerhard.
Sugar analysis for refineries, sugar-houses, etc. 1893. .. .543.8 W44
"Bibliography," p. 110-112.
HOLLAND, James William.
Urine, and clinical chemistry of the gastric contents, the
common poisons, and milk. 1900 T543-9 H72
JONES, Henry Bence.
On animal chemistry in its application to stomach and renal
diseases. 1850 ^43.9 J4I
NEUBAUER, Karl Theodor Ludwig, & Vogel, Julius.
De 1'urine et des sediments urinaires. 1870 T543-9 N25
Guide to the qualitative and quantitative analysis of the urine.*
1863. (New Sydenham society. Publications.) ^43.9 N25g
668 QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS
SALKOWSKI, Ernst.
Practicum der physiologischen und pathologischen chemie,
nebst einer anleitung zur anorganischen analyse fur
mediciner. 1900 ^43.9 Si6
An elementary manual, intended for use as a laboratory guide. Author
is (1900) chief of the chemical laboratory of the Pathological institute
at Berlin.
TYSON, James, b. 1841.
Guide to the practical examination of urine. 1886 r S43-9
The same. 1893 ^43.9
WANKLYN, James Alfred, & Cooper, W. J.
Sewage-analysis; a practical treatise; including also a chap-
ter on utilisation and purification. 1899 543-9 WIQ
544 Qualitative analysis
CONGDON, Ernest Arnold.
Brief course in qualitative analysis. 1898 544 C/4
ELIOT, Charles William, & Storer, F.H.
Compendious manual of qualitative chemical analysis; newly
revised by W. B. Lindsay and F. H. Storer. 1899 544 47
FRESENIUS, Karl Remigius.
Manual of qualitative chemical analysis. 1894 544 ^93
The same. 1882 r544 F93
JONES, H.Chapman.
Introduction to the science and practice of qualitative chemi-
cal analysis ; inorganic. 1898 544 J4I
MASON, William Pitt.
Notes on qualitative analysis; for students of the Rensselaer
polytechnic institute. 1896 544 M45
NOYES, William Albert.
Elements of qualitative analysis. 1898 544 N48
Contains only schemes including the common elements. The directions
are clear and simple.
PRESCOTT, Albert Benjamin, & Johnson, O.C.
Qualitative chemical analysis ; a guide in qualitative work,
with data for analytical operations and laboratory methods
in inorganic chemistry. 1901 544 Pga
"A carefully compiled and condensed small encyclopedia of analytical
and inorganic chemistry, containing a tremendous amount of informa-
tion logically arranged and concisely stated." School of mines quar-
terly, 1901.
THORPE, Thomas Edward, & Muir, M.M.P.
Qualitative chemical analysis and laboratory practice. 1898.
(Text-books of science.) 544 T$i
Contents: Preparation and properties of gases, liquids and solids.
Qualitative analysis.
Contains sections on the detection of poisons, and on the examination
of urine and urinary calculi.
TILDEN, William Augustus.
Practical chemistry; the principles of qualitative analysis.
1896 544 T46
Intended for beginners, and deals only with the common elements and
their compounds.
QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS 669
WELLS, James S.C.
A short course in inorganic qualitative analysis, for engineer-
ing students. 1898 544 W49
Accurate in treatment and thorough in detail.
BLAS, C.
Methode de 1'analyse qualitative minerale par la voie humide.
1882 t . .544.1 354
NOYES, Arthur Amos, & Mulliken, S.P.
Laboratory experiments on the class reactions and identifica-
tion of organic substances. 1897 544-1 N48
Intended for use as a supplement to the ordinary course of instruction
in organic preparations.
ATKINSON, Elizabeth Allen.
Metal separation by means of hydrobromic acid gas; In-
dium in tungsten minerals. 1898 545-3 H25
Thesis at the University of Pennsylvania for the degree of Ph. D.
Bound with Hardin's Determination of the atomic masses of silver,
mercury and cadmium.
MOYER, J. Bird.
Metal separations by means of hydrochloric acid gas.
1896 545.3 H25
Thesis at the University of Pennsylvania for the degree of Ph. D.
Bound with Hardin's Determination of the atomic masses of silver,
mercury and cadmium.
BEHRENS, H.
Manual of microchemical analysis. 1894 544-4 638
HAUSKOFER, Karl.
Mikroskopische reactionen, als supplement zu den Methoden
der qualitativen analyse. 1885 r 544-4 H35
545 Quantitative analysis
BERSCH, Wilhelm.
Handbuch der mass-analyse; umfassend das gesammte gebiet
der titrir-methoden. 1897. (Hartleben's chemisch-tech-
nische bibliothek.) r545 8461
BOLTON, Henry Carrington.
Students' guide in quantitative analysis. 1894 545 B6i
BROWN, Walter Lee.
Manual of assaying; gold, silver, lead, copper. 1899 545 679
CAIRNS, Frederick Augustus.
Manual of quantitative chemical analysis, for the use of stu-
dents. 1896 545 Cia
CHEEVER, Byron W. & Smith, F.C.
Select methods in inorganic quantitative analysis. 1896 545 C4I
In addition to a beginner's course contains methods for the common
technical analyses.
CLASSEN, Alexander.
Ausgewahlte methoden der analytischen chemie; unter
mitwirkung von H. Cloeren. v.i-2. 1901-03 r545 C53
"Bears evidence of a high degree of trustworthiness, and is. . .of an un-
usual degree of completeness." H. P. Talbot in Science, 1901.
FRESENIUS, Karl Remigius.
System of instruction in quantitative chemical analysis.
670 QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS
1882 r545 F93
Has been for many years a standard laboratory manual of great popu-
larity.
FURMAN, Howard Van Fleet.
Manual of practical assaying. 1897 545 Fg8
The same. 1893 r545 FgS
Covers a wide range of subjects and devotes much attention to "wet"
methods for the analysis of ores and metallurgical processes. A use-
ful manual of the rapid methods for commercial chemical analysis.
HIGHTON, Hugh Percy.
Introduction to practical quantitative analysis. 1898 545 H53
"By paying close attention to the text, a beginner should be able to con-
duct his experiments and work out his results with little or no
assistance from his instructor." Preface.
LADD, E.F.
Manual of quantitative chemical analysis. 1898 545 Li3
Short elementary treatise.
MEYER, Hans.
Determination of radicles in carbon compounds. 1899 545 M65
Contains many short bibliographies.
Methods for the quantitative estimation of organic radicles.
NEWTH, G.S.
Manual of chemical analysis; qualitative and quantitative.
1898 545 N2Q
RICKETTS, Pierre de Peyster.
Notes on assaying and assay schemes. 1891 . r545 R43
RICKETTS, Pierre de Peyster, & Miller, E. H.
Notes on assaying. 1897 545 R43
"Recent progress in the art of assaying has made necessary the present
manual, which is designed to replace 'Notes on assaying and assay
schemes,' published in 1876 and revised in 1879." Preface.
The same. 1902 r545 R43n
"Books on assaying," p.28s-288.
Gives schemes for all the usual wet and dry assays. Founded on the prac-
tice of the School of mines of Columbia university.
SHEARS, James Charles.
Machinery and apparatus for manufacturing chemists.
1895 r545 S53
Illustrates and describes briefly the forms required for the more common
operations in chemical factories.
TALBOT, Henry Paul.
Introductory course of quantitative chemical analysis; with
explanatory notes and stoichiometrical problems. 1899. ...545 Ti5
THORPE, Thomas Edward.
Quantitative chemical analysis. 1896. (Text-books of
science.) 545 T4I
"The aim of this book is to teach the principles of quantitative chemi-
cal analysis by the aid of examples chosen, partly on account of their
practical utility, and partly as affording illustration of the more im-
portant quantitative separations." Preface.
The examples cover the analyses most commonly required in commer-
cial laboratories.
VAUBEL, Wilhelm.
Die physikalischen und chemischen methoden der quantitativen
bestimmung organischer verbindungen. 2v. 1902 545 V23
v.i. Die physikalischen methoden.
v.2. Die chemischen methoden.
ELECTROLYTIC METHODS 671
545.3 Electrolytic methods
For Electrometallurgy, see 537-85
CLASSEN, Alexander.
Quantitative chemical analysis by electrolysis; tr. by W. H.
Herrick. 1887 rS4S-3 CS3Q
CLASSEN, Alexander, & Lob, Walter.
Quantitative chemical analysis by electrolysis. 1898 545-3 C53
The most complete and authoritative work on this subject (1898). Con-
tains a fairly complete bibliography of the subject.
HARDIN, Willett Lepley.
Determination of the atomic masses of silver, mercury
and cadmium by the electrolytic method. 1896 545-3 H25
Thesis at the University of Pennsylvania for the degree of Ph. D.
MINET, Adolphe.
Analyses electrolytiques. [1899.] (Encyclopedic scien-
tifique des aide-memoire.) r 545-3 M72
NEUMANN, Bernhard.
Theory and practice of electrolytic methods of analysis. 1898.
(Specialists' series.) 545-3 N2$
Treats especially of the methods used in technical laboratories.
RIBAN, Joseph.
Traite d'analyse chimique quantitative par electrolyse.
1899 r545.3 R38
Valuable especially from the author's criticisms of the methods in the
light of his own experience. Scarcely so reliable as Classen, Smith
and Neumann.
SMITH, Edgar F.
Electro-chemical analysis. 1902 545-3 S64
The same. 1894 r 545-3 $64
545-5 Volumetric analysis
COHN, Alfred Isaac.
Indicators and test-papers; their source, preparation, applica-
tion and tests for sensitiveness. 1899 545-5 C66
COBLENTZ, Virgil.
Manual of volumetric analysis. 1901 545-6 C63
Contents: Analysis by saturation. Analysis by oxidation and reduction.
Analysis by precipitation. Estimation of phenol. Volumetric esti-
mation of sugars.
FLEISCHER, Emil.
Die titrir-methode als selbstandige quantitative analyse.
1884 r545.6 F62
MOHR, Friedrich.
Lehrbuch der chemisch-analytischen titrirmethode. 1886. .r545.6 M77
SUTTON, Francis.
A systematic handbook of volumetric analysis; or, The quan-
titative estimation of chemical substances by measure, ap-
plied to liquids, solids and gases. 1900 545-6 Sg6
The same. 1900 r545.6 Sg6
The same. 1896 r 545.6 S96s
43
672 GAS ANALYSIS
545.7 Gas analysis
BATES, Frank H.
Technical gas analysis. 1901. (Industrial gas series.) 545-7 631
A simple, concise guide to the selection of methods and apparatus. In-
tended rather for engineers and others having only slight chemical
knowledge than for experienced analysts.
BERGEY, David Hendricks.
Methods for the determination of organic matter in air.
1896. (Smithsonian institution. Miscellaneous collec-
tions, v.39.) r 545.7 645
The same. 1896. (In Smithsonian institution. Miscel-
laneous collections, v.39.) rso6 S66m v.39
BLEIER, Otto.
Neue gasometrische methoden und apparate. 1898 r545-7 654
The forms of apparatus described are the author's modifications of
those of Bunte, Hempel and others.
CAVENDISH, Henry.
Experiments on air; papers published in the Philosophical
transactions. 1893. (Alembic club reprints.) 545-7 29
The first paper, published in 1784, is of great historical interest in
connection with the discussion concerning the first discovery of the
composition of water.
The second paper, published in 1785, contains the account of the dis-
covery of the composition of nitric acid.
HEMPEL, Walther.
Methods of gas analysis. 1902 545-7 H43
The same. 1892 r5457 H43
LETTS, Edmund A. & Blake, R.F.
Carbonic anhydride of the atmosphere. 1900 T545-7 L65
Scientific proceedings of the Royal Dublin society, v-9, (n.s.), pt.2, no.is.
Bibliography, p. 232-270.
Treats of the methods of determination, the experiments on methods by
the authors, with their conclusions, the amount of carbon dioxid pres-
ent, and the causes of its variation.
WANKLYN, James Alfred, & Cooper, W. J.
Air-analysis; with an appendix on illuminating gas. 1891. .545.7 Wi9
Very brief. Describes the Hempel apparatus.
WINKLER, Clemens Alexander.
Handbook of technical gas-analysis; containing concise in-
structions fc* carrying out gas-analytical mechods of
proved utility. 1902 545-7 W>8
An account of the Lunge nitrometer is added.
The same. 1885 r 545.7 W78h
Lehrbuch der technischen gasanalyse. 1892 r 545-7 W78
The same. 1901 545.7 W>81
545.9 Synthetic chemistry
SCHMIDT, Julius.
t)ber die erforschung der konstitution und die versuche zur
synthese wichtiger pflanzenalkaloide. 1900 qr545-9 $35
INORGANIC CHEMISTRY 673
546 Inorganic chemistry
BOGGS, Gilbert Hillhouse.
Action of hydrochloric acid gas upon metallic vanadates, and
The occurrence of molybdenum in the mineral endlichite.
1901 r546 658
Thesis presented to the faculty of the University of Pennsylvania for
the degree of doctor of philosophy.
DAMMER, Otto, ed.
Handbuch der anorganischen chemie, mit erganzungsband.
4v. in 5. 1892-95 .r546 Di8
The "erganzungsband" consists of tables by Karl von Buchka.
ERDMANN, Hugo.
Lehrbuch der anorganischen chemie. 1900 546 72
"Considering its size... an unusually comprehensive treatise upon the
experimental side of modern inorganic chemistry. . .hopelessly old-
fashioned on the theoretical side." American chemical journal.
JAGO, William.
Inorganic chemistry; an elementary text-book. 1889 546 Ji4
JOHNSTON, John, prof, of natural science.
Manual of chemistry, on the basis of Dr Turner's Elements
of chemistry. 1842 r546 J$6
MILLER, William Allen.
Introduction to the study of inorganic chemistry. 1893.
(Text-books of science.) 546 M69
"Written expressly for beginners.. .Most of the experiments described
are of a simple kind, and only require such apparatus and materials
as may be easily constructed or procured." Preface.
NEWTH, G.S.
Text-book of inorganic chemistry. 1897 546 N29
Based upon the periodic system.
OSTWALD, Wilhelm.
Grundlinien der anorganischen chemie. 1900 r546 029
Presents inorganic chemistry in the light of the results achieved in the
field of physical chemistry.
REMSEN, Ira.
Inorganic chemistry. 1892. (American science series; ad-
vanced course.) .' 546 R33
RICHTER, Victor von.
Text-book of inorganic chemistry. 1902 546 R42
ROSCOE, Sir Henry Enfield, & Harden, Arthur.
Inorganic chemistry for advanced students. 1899 546 R71
THORPE, Thomas Edward.
Manual of inorganic chemistry. 2v. 1873-96 r546 T4I
v.i. Non-metals.
v.2. The metals.
VENABLE, Francis Preston, & Howe, J. L.
Inorganic chemistry, according to the periodic law. 1898 546 V25
ZEITSCHRIFT fur anorganische chemie. v.i-date. 1892-
date T546.05 Z43
DAVY, Sir Humphry.
The elementary nature of chlorine. 1894. (Alembic club re-
prints.) 546.13 D32
Contains the important contributions of Sir Humphry Davy on the
674 INORGANIC CHEMISTRY
properties and nature of "muriatic acid" and "oxymuriatic acid,"
published 1809-1818.
SCHEELE, Carl Wilhelm, and others.
The early history of chlorine. 1897. (Alembic club re-
prints.) 546.13 $31
Contains papers by C. W. Scheele (1774), C. L. Berthollet (1785), Guy-
ton de Morveau (1787), J. L. Gay-Lussac and L. J. Thenard (1809).
MOISSAN, Henri.
Le fluor et ses composes. 1900 r546.i6 M78
"Bibliographic," p.3os~390.
The author was the first chemist to prepare elementary fluorine and
determine its properties; he is the foremost authority on this subject.
GRAHAM, Thomas.
Researches on the arseniates, phosphates, and modifications of
phosphoric acid. 1895. (Alembic club reprints.) 546.17 G77
"The most valuable contribution made by Graham to pure chemistry."
Preface.
EBAUGH, William Clarence.
Atomic weight of arsenic. 1901 rS46 658
Thesis presented to the faculty of the University of Pennsylvania in
partial fulfillment of the requirements for the degree of doctor of
philosophy.
Bound with Boggs's Action of hydrochloric acid gas upon metallic vana-
dates.
The DISCOVERY of oxygen. 2v. 1894. (Alembic club
reprints.) 546.21 D63
v.i is by Joseph Priestley; v.2 is by C.W. Scheele.
LENHER, Victor.
Atomic mass and derivatives of selenium. 1898 545-3 H25
Thesis at the University of Pennsylvania for the degree of Ph. D.
Bound with Hardin's Determination of the atomic masses of silver,
mercury and cadmium.
APPLETON, John Howard.
Metals of the chemist; an elementary text-book for schools
and colleges. 1901 ^46.3 A65
Gives in a concise, interesting manner the leading chemical facts in re-
gard to the metallic elements.
HERZFELD, Jacob, & Korn, Otto.
Chemie der seltenen erden. 1901 ^46.3 H48
Contains several bibliographies.
TRUCHOT, P.
Les terres rares. 1898. (Bibliotheque de la Revue generale
des sciences.) ^546.3 T77
Contents: Mineralogie. Chimie generale. Analyse.
Contains several bibliographies.
BLACK, Joseph.
Experiments upon magnesia alba, quicklime, and some other
alcaline substances. 1898. (Alembic club reprints.) . . . .546.4 ^51
"Original paper appeared in 1756... and furnishes a model of carefully
planned experimental investigation, and of clear reasoning upon the
results of experiment." Preface.
DAVY, Sir Humphry.
The decomposition of the fixed alkalies and alkaline earths.
1894. (Alembic club reprints.) 546.4
Contains the Bakerian lecture delivered by Davy before the Royal
society in 1807. It is the first published record of the experiments by
which Davy proved the compound nature of the alkalis, and prepared
the metals potassium and sodium.
ORGANIC CHEMISTRY 675
JEFFERSON, Alice MacMichael.
Aromatic bases as precipitants for rare earth metals. 1901 r546 658
Thesis presented to the University of Pennsylvania in partial fulfill-
ment of the requirements for the degree of doctor of philosophy.
Bound with Boggs's Action of hydrochloric acid gas upon metallic vana-
dates.
HARRIS, Harry Burr.
Volumetric determination of cobalt. 1897 545-3 H25
Thesis at the University of Pennsylvania for the degree of Ph. D.
Bound with Hardin's Determination of the atomic masses of silver,
mercury and cadmium.
SHINN, Owen Louis.
Atomic mass of tungsten; Molybdenum dioxide and silver
salts; Tin derivatives. 1896 545-3 H25
Thesis at the University of Pennsylvania for the degree of Ph. D.
Bound with Hardin's Determination of the atomic masses of silver,
mercury and cadmium.
TAYLOR, Thomas Maynard.
Atomic weight of tungsten, and Ammonium tungstates.
1901 r546 658
Thesis presented to the University of Pennsylvania in partial fulfillment
of the requirements for the degree of doctor of philosophy.
Bound with Boggs's Action of hydrochloric acid gas upon metallic vana-
dates.
THOMAS, George Edward.
Atomic mass of tungsten and the preparation of sodium
pertungstate by means of the electric current. 1898. . .545.3
Thesis at the University of Pennsylvania for the degree of Ph. D.
Bound with Hardin's Determination of the atomic masses of silver,
mercury and cadmium.
MATTHEWS, J. Merritt.
Derivatives of the tetrahalides of zirconium, thorium and
lead. 1898 545-3
Thesis at the University of Pennsylvania for the degree of Ph. D.
Bound with Hardin's Determination of the atomic masses of silver,
mercury and cadmium.
OEHME, Julius.
Die fabrikation der wichtigsten antimon-praparate mit beson-
derer beriicksichtigung des brechweinsteines und gold-
schwefels. 1884. (Hartleben's chemisch-technische bib-
liothek.) T546.86 Oi5
547 Organic chemistry
ADIE, R.H.
Introduction to the carbon compounds. 1899. (University
tutorial series.) 547 A23
BfiHAL, Auguste.
Traite de chimie organique d'apres les theories modernes.
2v. 1896-97 r 547 6386
BEILSTEIN, Friedrich Konrad.
Handbuch der organischen chemie. 4v. 1893-99 Q r 547 838
The same; erganzungsbande ; hrsg. von der Deutschen chem-
ischen gesellschaft, redigirt von Paul Jacobson. v.i-2.
1901-03 qr547 6386
676 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
GERHARDT, Charles Frederic.
Lehrbtich der organischen chemie. v.i-3. 1854-55 r 547 G^i
The library has v.4 in French, title reads Traite de chimie organique.
Traite de chimie organique. v.4. 1856 r547 G3it
The library has v.i-3 in German, title reads Lehrbuch der organischen
chemie.
REMSEN, Ira.
Introduction to the study of the compounds of carbon; or,
Organic chemistry. 1894 547 R33
RICHTER, Victor von.
Organic chemistry. 2v. 1899-1900 547 R42
v.i. Chemistry of the aliphatic series.
v.2. Carbocyclic and heterocyclic series.
The same. 1891 r547 R42
Published under the title "Chemistry of the carbon compounds; or, Or-
ganic chemistry."
"Characterized by true German thoroughness, while, at the same time,
the treatment is systematic, and admirably adapted to the needs of the
advanced student." Ira Remsen.
WADE, John.
Introduction to the study of organic chemistry; a text-book
for students in the universities and technical schools.
1898 547 Wn
547.03 Dictionaries. 547.09 History
RICHTER, M. M. comp.
Lexikon der kohlenstoff-verbindungen. 2v. 1900 qr547.O3 R42
List of over 74,000 carbon compounds, giving their empirical formula,
boiling and melting points, and percentage composition, with refer-
ences to papers describing their methods of preparation, properties
and immediate changes. Refers also to Beilstein's Handbuch der or-
ganischen chemie.
LACHMAN, Arthur.
Spirit of organic chemistry. 1899 547-O9 Li2
Contents: Constitution of rosaniline. Perkin's reaction. Constitution
of benzene. Constitution of acetoacetic ether. Uric acid group.
Constitution of the sugars. Isomerism of maleic and fumaric acids.
Isomerism of the oximes. Constitution of the diazo compounds.
History of the evolution of some of the chief problems of organic
chemistry.
SCHORLEMMER, Carl.
Rise and development of organic chemistry. 1894 547-O9 837
Bibliography, 11.25-27.
Biographical notice of the author, p. 11-24.
547.1 Properties and reactions
SEELIG, Eduard.
Organische reaktionen und reagentien. 1892 r547.i 845
A clear, full treatment of the theory of the different class reactions,
with the methods of preparation and the properties of the classes of
compounds.
LASSAR-COHN, Dr.
Laboratory manual of organic chemistry. 1895 547-12 L34
NOYES, William Albert.
Organic chemistry for the laboratory. 1897 547-12 N48
"The science of organic chemistry rests, for its experimental founda-
tion, on the preparation, usually by synthetical means, of pure com-
ORGANIC CHEMISTRY 677
pounds... It has been the purpose of the author. ..to classify the most
important of the laboratory processes which have been used in the
development of the science and to illustrate them by concrete ex-
amples." Preface.
547.3 Oxygen compounds
RYAN, Leon Alonzo.
Derivatives of pyroracemic acid. 1897 545-3 H25
Thesis at the University of Pennsylvania for the degree of Ph. D.
Bound with Hardin's Determination of the atomic masses of silver,
mercury and cadmium.
TINGLE, Alfred.
Influence of substituents on the electrical conductivity of ben-
zoic acid. 1899 r546 658
Thesis presented to the faculty of the University of Pennsylvania for
the degree of doctor of philosophy.
Bound with Boggs's Action of hydrochloric acid gas upon metallic vana-
dates.
VANINO, L. & Seitter, E.
Der formaldehyd ; seine darstellung und eigenschaften, seine
anwendung in der technik und medicin. 1901. (Hartleben's
chemisch-technische bibliothek.) r5474i Vi9
"Auszug aus der patentliteratur," p. 80-84.
547.8 Vegetable chemistry
See also Chemistry of the soil, 631.2
BERTHELOT, Pierre Eugene Marcellin.
Chimie vegetale et agricole. 4v. 1899. (Station de chimie
vegetale de Meudon, 1883-1899.) r547-8 846
v.i. * Fixation de 1'azote libre sur la terre et sur les vegetaux.
v.2. Recherches generates sur la vegetation; actions chimiques de la
lumiere.
v.3. Recherches speciales sur la vegetation; elements, azotates, acides,
sucres, composes oxydables, oxydants.
v.4- Le terre vegetale. Le vin et son bouquet.
The author, who, as professor of organic chemistry in the College de
France, has charge of the governmental agricultural experiment sta-
tion, gives in this work an account of the various investigations carried
out since the founding of the station.
DAVY, Sir Humphry.
Elements of agricultural chemistry. 1815 r547.89 032
LIEBIG, Justus, baron von.
Chemistry in its application to agriculture and physiology.
1843 r630.4 C69
Bound with other pamphlets.
547.9 Animal chemistry
BUNGE, Gustav von.
Lehrbuch der physiologischen und pathologischen chemie,
fur arzte und studirende. 1898 ^47.9 B88
Designed to give a connected account of our present knowledge of the
chemical processes taking place in the animal body. Not intended as
a laboratory manual. Contains numerous references to original arti-
cles on all the topics discussed.
678 CRYSTALLOGRAPHY
CHITTENDEN, Russell Henry, ed.
Studies in physiological chemistry; reprints of the more
important studies issued from the laboratory of physio-
logical chemistry, Sheffield scientific school, 1897-1900.
1901. (Yale bicentennial publications.) r 547-9 44
Bibliography of the Sheffield laboratory of physiological chemistry,
1875-1900, p.p-17.
HAMMARSTEN, Olof.
Text-book of physiological chemistry; tr. fr. the German
by J. A. Mandel. 1901 547-9 H22
Intended "to supply students and physicians with a condensed and as
far as possible objective representation of the principal results of
physiologico-chemical research and also with the principal features of
physiologico-chemical methods of work." Author's preface.
LEHMANN, Karl Gotthelf.
Physiological chemistry. 4v. 1851-54. (Cavendish socie-
ty. Publications.) qr547_9 L55
v.4 is an atlas of plates, by Otto Funke.
LIEBIG, Justus, baron von.
Animal chemistry; or, Organic chemistry in its applica-
tions to physiology and pathology. 1843 r63O.4 69
Bound with other pamphlets.
MANDEL, John A.
Handbook for the bio-chemical laboratory. 1896 547-9 M32
Gives methods for preparing the more important substances that enter
into the composition of the fluids and tissues of the animal body.
NOVY, Frederick George.
Laboratory work in physiological chemistry. 1898 547-9 N47
Contents : Fats. Carbohydrates. Proteins. Saliva. Gastric j uice. Pan-
creatic secretion. Bile. Blood. Milk. Urine. Quantitative analysis :
urine, milk, gastric juice, blood. Tables for examination of urine.
List of reagents.
ZEITSCHRIFT fur physiologische chemie. v.i-date. 1877-
date r547.9 243
v.20-date title reads Hoppe-Seyler's zeitschrift fur physiologische chemie.
Sach- und autoren-register, v. 1-30. 1901.
548 Crystallography
EGLESTON, Thomas.
Diagrams to illustrate lectures on crystallography. 1866 r548 36
FOCK, Andreas.
Introduction to chemical crystallography. 1895 54^ F68
LEWIS, William James.
Treatise on crystallography. 1899 548 L67
Author is (1899) professor of mineralogy in the University of Cam-
bridge.
"Taken altogether, it is a good exposition of old-school crystallography,
with the addition of Groth's classification, rather unskillfully pre-
sented." Joseph W. Richards.
MOSES, Alfred J.
Characters of crystals. 1899 548 M93
List of works consulted will be found in the preface.
A concise and simple description of the methods and apparatus used
in studying the physical characters of crystals. Phenomena are ex-
plained without the use of complex mathematics. The last chapter
gives an outline of the graduate course in physical crystallography
as presented at Columbia university.
MINERALOGY 679
WALLERANT, Fred.
Groupements cristallins. 1899. (Scientia; serie physico-
mathematique.) r548.5 Wi8
Seeks to determine the causes which lead to the formation of crystals,
and the laws controlling their orientation.
549 Mineralogy
BAUERMAN, Hilary.
Text-book of descriptive mineralogy. 1897. (Text-books of
science.) 549 632
Fair general view of the subject in small compass.
Text-book of systematic mineralogy. 1897. (Text-books of
science.) 549 632!
CLAPP, Henry Lincoln.
Thirty-six observation lessons on common minerals. 1896.
(In Boston society of natural history. Guides for
science-teaching, v.i.) 507 664 v.l
The same. 1896. (In Boston society of natural history.
Guides for science-teaching, v.i.) r5O7 664 v.i
CROSBY, William Otis.
Common minerals and rocks. 1897. (In Boston society
of natural history. Guides for science-teaching, v.i.) . .507 664 v.i
The same. 1897. (In Boston society of natural history.
Guides for science-teaching, v.i.) r5O7 664 v.i
DANA, Edward Salisbury.
Minerals and how to study them. 1896 549 Di93
DANA, James Dwight.
Manual of mineralogy and petrography. 1893 549 Dig
System of mineralogy. 1895 q549 Digs
Bibliography, p.4S-6i.
First appendix to the 6th edition, by E. S. Dana, com-
pleting the work to 1899. 1899 q549 Digs2
Bibliography, p.s-6.
HATCH, Frederick H.
Mineralogy. 1892. (Library of popular science.) 549 H34
Describes briefly some of the more valuable minerals.
HAUY, Rene Just.
Traite de mineralogie. v.i-3. 1801 r549 H35
HINTZE, Carl.
Handbuch der mineralogie. 2v. 1897-1900 r549 H57
v.i, no. 1-6. Elemente, sulfide, oxyde, haloide, carbonate, sulfate, borate,
phosphate.
v.z. Silicate und titanate.
An exceedingly thorough treatise on the properties of minerals, paying
especial attention to their occurrence in nature.
HUNT, Thomas Sterry.
Systematic mineralogy based on a natural classification.
1892 549 H94
The same. 1892 rS49 H94
KELLEY, Jay G.
The boy mineral collectors. 1899 JS49 Ki6
68o MINERALOGY
"While it is hoped that the following story will not lack interest in
itself, the primary object has been to suggest the endless fund of en-
tertainment and information open to the boy who chooses to pursue
the study of mineralogy." Preface.
MOSES, Alfred J. & Parsons, C.L.
Elements of mineralogy, crystallography and blow-pipe
analysis from a practical standpoint, including a descrip-
tion of all common or useful minerals, the tests necessary
for their identification, the recognition and measurement
of their crystals, and their uses in the arts. 1897 549 M93
RICHARDS, Mrs Ellen Henrietta (Swallow).
First lessons on minerals. 1901. (Boston society of natu-
ral history. Guides for science-teaching.) 3*549 R39
The same. 1897. (In Boston society of natural history.
Guides for science-teaching, v.i.) 507 664 v.l
The same. 1897. (In Boston society of natural history.
Guides for science-teaching, v.i.) r5O7 B64 v.i
TILLMAN, Samuel Escue.
Text-book of important minerals and rocks, with tables for
the determination of minerals. 1900 549 T46
Gives in extremely concise form a description of the minerals which
are of economic importance, and of the principal members of the
different classes of rocks. Intended for general students.
Author is (1901) professor of chemistry, mineralogy and geology at the
United States military academy.
GENTH, Frederick Augustus.
Corundum; its alterations and associated minerals. 1873.
(Contributions from the laboratory of the University of
Pennsylvania.) r 549.5
549.03 Dictionaries. 549.04 Essays
CHESTER, Albert Huntington, comp.
Dictionary of the names of minerals. 1896 r549.O3 C42
EGLESTON, Thomas, comp.
Catalogue of minerals and synonyms. 1892 QS49-03 36
FOOTE, A.E. comp.
Catalogue of minerals and mineralogical books. 1892. . ^549.03 F74
FAHNESTOCK, George W.
Mineralogical memoranda. 1844 Q r 549-4 F r 4
Manuscript.
PENFIELD, Samuel Lewis, & Pirsson, L.V. ed.
Contributions to mineralogy and petrography from the labora-
tories of the Sheffield scientific school. 1901. (Yale bi-
centennial publications.) r549.04 P39
AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF MINING ENGINEERS.
Bulletin, no.i-date. i899-date r549.os ASI
no. i. Progress of mineralogy in 1898, by S. H. Hamilton and J. R.
Withrow.
no.2. Progress of mineralogy in 1899, by S. H. Hamilton and J. R.
Withrow.
MINERALOGY 681
549.1 Blowpipe analysis
BRUSH, George Jarvis.
Manual of determinative mineralogy, with an introduction
on blowpipe analysis; ed. by S. L. Penfield. 1898 549-1 683
The same. 1900 r549.i 683
ENDLICH, P.M.
Manual of qualitative blowpipe analysis and determinative
mineralogy. 1895 549.1 62
FLETCHER, Edmund Livingston.
Practical instructions in quantitative assaying with the blow-
pipe, containing also readily applied qualitative blowpipe
tests. 1894 r 549.i F63
FRAZER, Persifor, comp.
Tables for the determination of minerals by physical proper-
ties, based on the system of Albin Weisbach. 1897 549-1 F8g
OSBORN, Henry Stafford.
Prospector's field-book and guide in the search for and the
easy determination of ores and other useful minerals.
1899 549.1 029
PLATTNER, Karl Friedrich.
Use of the blowpipe in the qualitative and quantitative ex-
amination of minerals, ores, furnace products and other
metallic combinations; ed. by Sheridan Muspratt.
1850 r549.i P69
549.9 Geographical distribution
LUEDECKE, Otto.
Die minerale des Harzes, mit atlas. 2v. 1896 ^49.943 L97
CAILLAUX, Alfred.
Tableau general et description des mines metalliques et
des combustibles mineraux de la France. 1875. (In
Societe des ingenieurs civils de France. Memoires et
compte rendu des'travaux, 1875; supplement.) r62O.6 8678
KOKSCHAROW, Nikolai von.
Materialien zur mineralogie Russlands. I2v. in 4. 1853-
91 qr549-947 K36
v.i-n. Text.
v.i2. Atlas.
Describes the physical and chemical properties of the minerals, with
the Russian varieties and the localities where they are found. The
atlas contains drawings of the crystal forms.
HALL, Frederick.
Catalogue of minerals found in Vermont and in adjacent
states, arranged alphabetically. 1824 r622.33 W66
Bound with Whittlesey's Dissertation upon the origin of mineral coal.
BECK, Lewis Caleb.
Mineralogy of New York, comprising descriptions of the
minerals hitherto found in the state of New York,
and notices of their uses in the arts and agriculture.
1842. (In New York (state). Natural history of New
York, v.8.) qr570.9747 N26 v.8
"List of principal works referred to," p. 15-1 7.
682 GEOLOGY
550 Geology
BISCHOF, Karl Gustav.
Elements of chemical and physical geology. 3v. 1854-59.
(Cavendish society. Publications.) r55o 649
BOMMELI, R.
Geschichte der erde. 1898 550 B6i
BOWEN, Eli.
Coal and coal oil; or, The geology of the earth. 1865 rsso B66
DANA, James Dwight.
Geological story briefly told. 1875 550
Manual of geology. 1880 550
The same. 1895 rsso
The most recent and extensive treatise on North American geology,
and on historical geology in general. Devotes less attention to
structural geology, but is indispensable to the student who would
be up to date in the historical geology of the United States and
Canada. Leading American geologists have supplied the results of
their recent labors and added vitally to its value. Simple and clear
in arrangement and terminology. Adapted to the advanced student.
DAVIS, William S.
First book of geology. 1873 rss
GEIKIE, Sir Archibald.
Geology. [1880.] (Science primers.) 550 G28
Text-book of geology. 2v. 1903 550 G28t2
Written from a scholarly standpoint; with a comprehensive and masterly
view of the subject, applied to the world at large. Compared with
Dana's "Manual," it presents a broader view of geology as a
whole; especially of structural and of dynamic geology. It excels
also in its descriptions of rocks, giving more attention to physical and
obvious characteristics. Its disadvantages are that its arrangement
is more cumbersome; its terminology less simple and less in accord
with American usage; it is designed especially for use in Great Britain,
and its illustrations are chiefly British. Dana's much detailed treat-
ment of historical geology makes his work a necessity, but this is
needed as its complement. Adapted to the advanced student.
The same. 1893 r55o G28
GIB ERNE, Agnes.
World's foundations. 1881 J550 G$6
GREEN, Alexander Henry.
First lessons in modern geology. 1898 550 G82
HERRICK, Mrs Sophie Mcllvaine (Bledsoe).
The earth in past ages. 1888 J550 H47
Traces earth's development in fossil remains and in evidences of action
of ice, fire, water and air.
LAPPARENT, Albert de.
Traite de geologic. 3v. 1900 rsso L3i
v.i. Phenomenes actuels.
v.r-3. Geologic proprement dite.
Varies from the usual treatment in considering each of the stages of
geologic action separately, instead of giving a study by the different
existing geographical divisions. Gives "paleographic" maps showing
the outlines of the seas at each stage. A thorough and valuable
manual.
LE CONTE, Joseph.
Compend of geology. 1898 550 L4QC
GEOLOGY 683
Elements of geology; a text-book for colleges, and for the
general reader. 1897 550 L49
LYELL, Sir Charles.
Principles of geology. 2v. 1892 550 Lg8
The same. 2v. 1837 r55o Lo8
NICHOLS, Laura D.
Underfoot; or, What Harry and Nelly learned of the earth's
treasures ; a sequel to Overhead. 1881 J55O Njl
SCOTT, William Berryman.
Introduction to geology. 1897 550 843
Deals principally with American geology.
Author is (1897) Blair professor of geology and paleontology in Prince-
ton university.
SHALER, Nathaniel Southgate.
First book in geology. 1895 550 S$2
An excellent introduction to geology; chiefly dynamic. Treating the
action of the forces which have shaped the earth; considering the *
formation and history of pebbles, sand, mud and soils; the making of
rocks and coal; the work of air and water, volcanoes and earthquakes;
the formation of mineral veins and caverns, hills and mountains,
valleys and lakes. A brief sketch follows of the fossil contents of the
rocks, the appearance of species, and development of organic life.
A short description of the most important rocks is added. Simple in
statement, flowing and narrative in style. Presupposes no geologic
knowledge. Adapted to the beginner or general reader; may be used
as a primer for earliest class-work; may be read together with the
same author's "Story" or as preliminary to Le Conte's "Elements."
STEELE, Joel Dorman.
Story of the rocks; fourteen weeks in popular geology.
1877 550 S8i
TARR, Ralph Stockman.
Elementary geology. 1897 550 T2i
"More stress is placed upon the dynamic aspect of the subject than is
commonly given." Preface.
WINCHELL, Alexander.
Geological excursions. 1892 JS5O W77
Geological studies. 1892 550 W77g
Walks and talks in the geological field. 1894. (Chautauqua
reading circle literature.) 550 W77w
The same. 1894. (Chautauqua reading circle literature.) . . . .rsso W77w
Interesting talks, addressing children and young people. Describes
simple observations, beginning with the home, neighborhood, extend-
ing to field, lake, stream, and mountain; then glancing at historical
geology, the nebular hypothesis, and reviewing cosmical development
to the present time. No illustrations. Adapted to use as reading for
beginners.-
DONNELLY, Ignatius.
Ragnarok ; the age of fire and gravel. 1895 55O.I D72
550.4 Essays
AGASSIZ, Louis.
Geological sketches. 2v. 1890 550.4 A26
Partial contents:
v.i. Formation of glaciers. Internal structure and progression of
glaciers. External appearance of glaciers.
v.2. Glacial period. Parallel roads of Glen Koy, Scotland. Ice-period
684 GEOLOGY
in America. Glacial phenomena in Maine. Physical history of
the valley of the Amazons.
First appeared in the Atlantic monthly.
GEIKIE, James.
Fragments of earth lore; sketches & addresses geological
and geographical. 1893 550.4 628
Contents: Geography and geology. The physical features of Scotland.
Mountains; their origin, growth and decay. The Cheviot hills. The
long island, or outer Hebrides. The ice age in Europe and North
America. The intercrossing of erratics in glacial deposits. Recent
researches in the glacial geology of the continent. The glacial period
and the earth-movement hypothesis. The glacial succession in Europe.
The geographical evolution of Europe. The evolution of climate.
The scientific results of Dr. Nansen's expedition. The geographical
development of coastlines.
HUNT, Thomas Sterry.
Chemical and geological essays. 1891 550.4 HQ4
Contents: Theory of igneous rocks and volcanoes. On some points in
chemical geology. The chemistry of metamorphic rocks. The chem-
istry of the primeval earth. The origin of mountains. The probable
seat of volcanic action. On some points in dynamical geology. On
limestones, dolomites and gypsums. The chemistry of natural waters.
On petroleum, asphalt, pyroschists and coal. On granites and granitic
vein-stones. The origin of metalliferous deposits. The geognosy of
the Appalachians and the origin of crystalline rocks. The geology
of the Alps. History of the names Cambrian and Silurian in
geology. Theory of chemical changes and equivalent volumes. The
constitution and equivalent volume of mineral species. Thoughts on
solution and the chemical process. On the objects and method of
mineralogy. Theory of types in chemistry.
HUXLEY, Thomas Henry.
Discourses biological and geological. 1894 550.4 H98
Contents: A piece of chalk. Problems of the deep sea. Some of the
results of the expedition of H.M. S. "Challenger." Yeast. The for-
mation of coal. The border territory between the animal and the
vegetable kingdoms. A lobster. Biogenesis and abiogenesis. Geo-
logical contemporaneity and persistent types of life. Geological re-
form. Paleontology and the doctrine of evolution.
KINGSLEY, Charles.
Town geology. 1895 550.4 K27
MILLER, Hugh.
Sketch book of popular geology, with Descriptive sketches
from a geologist's portfolio. 1882 550.4 M6gs
Testimony of the rocks; or, Geology in its bearings on the
two theologies, natural and revealed. 1882 550.4 M6p
"Memorials of Hugh Miller," p.3~32.
550.5 Periodicals
AMERICAN geologist; a monthly journal of geology and allied
sciences, v.i-date. i888-date ^50.5 ASI
BULLETIN of the Geological society of America, v.i-date.
iSgo-date qrSSo.5 887
Published irregularly.
FIELD COLUMBIAN MUSEUM.
Publications; geological series, v.i-date. iSgs-date r550.5 F45
For contents see contents book, v.2, 9.272; kept at the reference desk.
GEOLOGISCHES centralblatt; anzeiger fur geologic, petro-
graphie, palaeontologie und verwandte wissenschaften;
PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY 685
hrsg. von K. Keilhack; semi-monthly, v.i-date. 1901-
date qrSSO-S G2Q9
JOURNAL of geology; a semi-quarterly magazine of geology
and related sciences, v.i-date. i893~date rsso.5 J46
CONGRfiS GfiOLOGIQUE INTERNATIONAL.
Compte rendu de la session (ire-Sme), Paris, 1878,
Bologne, 1881, Berlin, 1885, Londres, 1888, Washington,
1891. 1880-93 qr550.6 74
Title of the first session reads, "Comptes rendus stenographiques [du]
Congres international de geologic."
Most of the text of the fifth session is in English.
550.9 History of geology
GEIKIE, Sir Archibald.
The founders of geology. 1901. (George Huntington Wil-
liams memorial lectures on the principles of geology,
v.i.) 550.9 G28
Preface contains a bibliography of the publications of George Hunting-
ton Williams.
ZITTEL, Karl Alfred von.
History of geology and palaeontology to the end of the nine-
teenth century ; tr. by M. M. Ogilvie-Gordon. 1901. (Con-
temporary science series.) 55O-9 Z72
"Record of progress and discovery which is of interest to workers and
thinkers far outside the special lines of geology and paleontology."
Knowledge.
551 Physical geography
DAVIS, William Morris, jr., & Snyder, W. H.
Physical geography. 1899 55*
References for supplementary reading, p.4O9-4i6; list of maps for refer-
ence, p.4i6-4i8.
"Prof. Davis is not only an expert in most of the branches of physical
geography; he is also a practical teacher who has devoted much atten-
tion to the educational side of the subject. The result is that, with
the assistance of Mr. Snyder, he has produced what is certainly one
of the best manuals of physical geography ever published. The book
is well planned, trustworthy, clearly written, and liberally illustrated."
Nature, 1900.
FRITH, Henry.
Marvels of geology and physical geography; a popular ac-
count of our earth and its history, its remarkable minerals
and fossils, and the' phenomena of its surface, including
the science of weather and climate. (Scientific recreation
series.) 3551 95
GEIKIE, Sir Archibald.
Physical geography. [1883.] (Science primers.) 551 G28
GUYOT, Arnold.
Earth and man. 1895 551 GQ9
HEILPRIN, Angelo.
The earth and its story, a first book of geology. 1897 551 H4I
HINMAN, Russell.
Eclectic physical geography. 1888 551 Hs6
686 EARTHQUAKES. VOLCANOES
KINGSLEY, Charles.
Madame How and Lady Why: or, First lessons in earth lore
for children. 1893 J5SI K27
An interesting introduction to geology. Teaches children to look for
the causes of geological changes by observing mud-puddles and
brooks.
MAURY, Matthew Fontaine, comp.
Physical geography. 1884 q55i M49
Text-book for high school pupils.
RECLUS, filisee.
Earth; history of the life of the globe. [1873.] 551 R^6
SEELEY, Harry Govier.
Story of the earth in past ages. 1895. (Library of useful
stories.) 551 845
SHALER, Nathaniel Southgate.
Aspects of the earth. 1889. 551 852
Contents: The stability of the earth. Volcanoes. Caverns and cavern
life. Rivers and valleys. The instability of the atmosphere. Forests
of North America. The origin and nature of soils.
Presented in attractive and entertaining style, while maintaining scien-
tific accuracy. Especially interesting from its reducing general geo-
logical principles to familiar experience, giving many examples. Illus-
trations numerous and particularly valuable, because taken from
photographs of actual geologic features. Adapted to the fairly ad-
vanced student and the general reader.
Outlines of the earth's history; a popular study in physiog-
raphy. 1898 . 551 8520
TARR, Ralph Stockman.
Elementary physical geography. 1896 551 T2I
551.2 Earthquakes. Volcanoes
MILNE, John.
Seismology. 1898 551.2
Bibliography, p.3oi~3i4.
BONNEY, Thomas George.
Volcanoes; their structure and significance. 1899. (Science
series.) 551.21 B62
DANA, James Dwight.
Characteristics of volcanoes. 1891 55I-2I Dig
Contents: Facts and principles from the Hawaiian islands. Historical
sketch of Hawaiian volcanic action for the past seventy-seven years.
A discussion of the relations of volcanic islands to deep-sea topography.
Volcanic island denudation.
GEIKIE, Sir Archibald.
Ancient volcanoes of Great Britain. 2v. 1897 Q55I-2I G28
HULL, Edward.
Volcanoes past and present. 1892. (Contemporary science
series.) 551.21 Hgi
JUDD, John Wesley.
Volcanoes; what they are and what they teach. 1890. (In-
ternational scientific series.) 551-21 J49
RUSSELL, Israel Cook.
Volcanoes of North America; a reading lesson for students
GLACIERS 687
of geography and geology. 1897 55i.2i Rpi
"Not too technically scientific, but full of useful information."
Athenceum, 1898.
MILNE, John.
Earthquakes and other earth movements. 1899. (Interna-
tional scientific series.) 551-22 M/i
Bibliography, p. 355-370.
PONTON, Mungo.
Earthquakes, their history, phenomena and probable causes.
1888 551.22 P7Q
551.3 Glaciers
See also Stratigraphical geology, 551.7
BREND, William Alfred.
Story of ice in the present and past. 1899. (Library of useful
stories.) 551.3 672
BALCH, Edwin Swift.
Glacieres or freezing caverns. 1900 55I-3I Bi8
List of authors, P-3I3-326.
BONNEY, Thomas George.
Ice-work present and past. 1896. (International scientific
series.) 55i-3i B6a
JILLS ON, Benjamin Cutler.
River terraces in and near Pittsburgh ^51.35 J32
Reprinted from the Transactions of the Academy of science and art of
Pittsburgh, Dec. 8, 1893.
Bound with his Home geology.
RUSSELL, Israel Cook.
Glaciers of North America; for students of geography and
geology. 1897 55I.3I RQi
Describes beginnings, development, effects and decay of glaciers, and
the situation and condition of those existing on this continent.
TYNDALL, John.
Forms of water in clouds & rivers, ice & glaciers. 1896. (In-
ternational scientific series.) SS 1 ^ 1 ToSf
Clear and simple exposition of the origin and phenomena of glaciers,
written especially for young people.
Glaciers of the Alps. 1896 55I-3I To8
JILLSON, Benjamin Cutler.
Home geology; or, The geology of Pittsburgh and vicinity;
a lecture delivered to the employes of the Edgar Thom-
son steel works and furnaces, at Braddock, Pa., Mar.
22, 1890 r55i.35 J32
551.4 Surface features
GEIKIE, James.
Earth sculpture; or, The origin of land-forms. 1898. (Science
series.) .- 551.4 628
Bibliography, p.4~5.
HUXLEY, Thomas Henry.
Physiography. 1888 551.4 H98
44
688 SURFACE FEATURES OF THE EARTH
MALTBY, Albert Elias.
Map modeling in geography. 1894 55M M2Q
MARK, John Edward.
Scientific study of scenery. 1900 55M M4I
"Embodies the results of the most recent researches on all the physical
features of the earth's surface; it unites the labours of the geographer
and geologist; and should prove a most helpful companion to every
traveller... That the general reader will steadily peruse the volume
must depend upon whether he or she reads for the sake of solid in-
struction." Nature, 1900.
NATIONAL GEOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY.
Physiography of the United States. 1896 Q5SI-4 Ni5
SIMMONS, Arthur Thomas.
Physiography for advanced students. 1897 SSi-4 S59p
Physiography for beginners. 1897 551.4 859
TISSANDIER, Gaston.
Wonders of water. 1894. (Wonders of science.) 551-4 T52
HUTCHINSON, Henry Neville.
Story of the hills; a book about mountains for general
readers. 1892 551-43 Hg6
HOVEY, Horace Carter.
Celebrated American caverns, especially Mammoth, Wyandot
and Luray. 1896 551-44 H84
MARTEL, E.A.
La speleologie; ou, Science des cavernes. 1900. (Scientia;
serie biologique.) r55i.44 M42
Bibliographic, p.p.
A concise statement of the object in the study of caverns, the methods
employed, and the more recent results of this study.
Author is (1900) secretary of the Societe de speleologie, and is well
known as an explorer of caves.
OWEN, Luella Agnes.
Cave regions of the Ozarks and Black Hills. 1898 551-44 034
GIBERNE, Agnes.
The mighty deep, and what we know of it. 1902 551-46 G36
"Authorities," p.8.
A popular account of various ocean phenomena, the animal, plant and
mineral life, the temperature, tides, etc.
INGERSOLL, Ernest.
The book of the ocean. 1898 J55I-46 I24b
"Descriptive of the ocean, the people who live near it and the ships that
sail on it. The presenting of geography in this form cannot fail to
arouse the attention of boys and girls. Among the subjects treated
are, the action of tides on different shores, the history of shipbuilding
and commerce, war vessels and their construction. The condensed
story of great naval conflicts is also told dramatically in this well-
illustrated book." Outlook.
Old ocean. 1883 551-46 124
Chapters about the ocean itself, its waves and currents, and about
most things on or in it, about merchant ships and commerce, war-
ships and naval battles, pirates, lighthouses, sea animals, all told in
a simple and interesting fashion.
The same. 1883 J55M6 124
MAURY, Matthew Fontaine.
Physical geography of the sea. 1858 ^51.46 M49
METEOROLOGY 689
SHALER, Nathaniel Southgate.
Sea and land. 1894 55146 852
Describes deep sea life, structure of sea bottoms, beaches, harbors and ice-
bergs, noting effects on man's life. Authoritative, clear and readable.
PRENTISS, Henry Mellen.
Great polar current; De Long, Nansen, Peary. 1897 551-47 PQI
Contents: The Jeannette search and the polar current; letter to Clem-
ents Markham. The Jeannette; letter to the New York Herald. The
results of the Jeannette expedition. The north pole and the south
pole. The north polar basin. Nansen's "Farthest north." Peary's
new plan for reaching the pole. The Antarctic.
FRYE, Alexis Everett.
Brooks and brook basins. 1898. (First steps in geogra-
phy.) J55M8 Fo;
A little brook tells stories of its adventures to the birds and flowers
along its banks, and thus explains the construction of water courses.
RUSSELL, Israel Cook.
Lakes of North America; for students of geography and
geology. 1895 55I-48 R9i
Contents: Origin of lake basins. Movements of lake waters and the
geological functions of lakes. Topography of lake shores. Relation
of lakes to climatic conditions. The life histories of lakes. Studies
of special lacustral histories.
Rivers of North America; a reading lesson for students of
geography and geology. 1898. (Science series.) 551.48 Rgir
An English edition is published with the title River development as
illustrated by the rivers of North America.
WELLS, Walter.
Water-power of Maine. 1869 ^51.48 W49
551.5 Meteorology
ABERCROMBY, Ralph, 6. 1842.
Weather; a popular exposition of the nature of weather
changes from day to day. 1897. (International scien-
tific series.) '. 551.5 Ai4
ARCHIBALD, Douglas.
Story of the earth's atmosphere. 1897. (Library of useful
stories.) 551.5 A67
Has a chapter on Suspension and flight in the atmosphere.
BARTHOLOMEW, J. G. & Herbertson, A. J.
Atlas of meteorology ; a series of over four hundred maps ; ed.
by Alexr. Buchan. 1899. (Bartholomew's physical atlas,
V-3-) qrSSi-S B 27
"The... Maps contained in the Atlas are grouped under two heads Cli-
mate and Weather. The Climate Maps summarise the observational
data, and form a basis for the study of the climatology of the globe.
These, dealing with the mapping of Temperature, Pressure, Winds,
Cloud, Sunshine, and Rainfall, show the monthly and annual distribu-
tion of the elements of climate: first, for the world generally; and
then, on a larger scale, for the various countries in which more
numerous observations have supplied material for greater detail. The
Weather Maps, together with the Seasonal and Storm Charts, illus-
trate meteorological conditions over defined regions, at given periods,
and represent all the most characteristic weather-types." Preface.
BLUE HILL METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATORY.
Exploration of the air by means of kites. 1897 Qi"55i.5 656
Contents: Kites and instruments, by S. P. Fergusson. Results from the
690 METEOROLOGY
kite meteorographs and simultaneous records at the grounds. Dis-
cussion of the observations, by H. H. Clayton.
Reprinted from the Annals of the astronomical observatory of Har-
vard university, v.42, pt.i.
BUCHAN, Alexander, & Omond, R. T. ed.
Meteorology of Ben Nevis. 2v. 1890-1902. (In Royal
i society of Edinburgh. Transactions, v.34, 42.) . . qrso6 R8i3 v.34, 42
v.i. [Observations from Dec. 1883 to Dec. 1887.]
v.2. Observations for 1888-1892, with appendices.
v.2 title reads Meteorology of the Ben Nevis observatories.
DAVIS, William Morris, jr.
Elementary meteorology. 1894 551-5 032
DICKSON, H.N.
Meteorology, the elements of weather and climate. 1893.
(University extension series.) 551-5 DSS
ESPY, James Pollard.
Meteorological report (4th), with charts. 1857. (United
States. 34th cong. 3d sess. Senate. Ex. doc. no.
65-) qrS5i-5 84
HARRINGTON, Mark Walrod.
About the weather. 1899 551.5 H28
INWARDS, Richard, comp.
Weather lore; a collection of proverbs, sayings and rules con-
cerning the weather. 1898 r55i-5 124
"Bibliography of weather lore," p.aoy-aia.
KLOSSOVSKY, Alexander.
Revue meteorologique; travaux du reseau meteorologique du
sud-ouest de la Russie, 1886-1895. 1896. qrSSi-S K32
Introduction is in French, the rest in Russian.
McADIE, Alexander G.
Equipment and work of an aero-physical observatory. 1897.
(Smithsonian institution. Miscellaneous collections,
I077-) 537-4 Mil
Bound with other pamphlets.
ROTCH, Abbott Lawrence.
Sounding the ocean of air; six lectures delivered before
the Lowell institute of Boston in Dec. 1898. 1900.
(Romance of science.) 551-5 R75
"The subjects dealt with in the six chapters are 'The atmosphere;'
'Clouds;' 'Balloons;' 'Ballons-sondes for great altitudes;' 'Kites,' and
'Results of kite-flights at Blue Hill.' The whole volume presents a
clear and systematic account of the history and present status of the
exploration of the free air." Science, 1900.
Author established in 1885 and has since maintained the Blue Hill
meteorological observatory near Boston.
RUSSELL, Thomas.
Meteorology; weather and methods of forecasting. 1895 551-5 Rpi
"Prof. Russell, having paid especial attention to these matters while in
the Weather Bureau, now gives the fullest account of the methods
employed that is to be found in our language." Nation.
UNITED STATES Navy department.
Regulations for the government of the coast signal service
of the United States. 1898 *SSi-S U2532
UNITED STATES Signal office.
Annual report of the chief signal officer, i86s-date. 1866-
METEOROLOGY 691
date rssi.s U2S3
This report is part of the Annual report of the War department, of which,
from 1875 to 1891, it forms a separate volume, v.4. Before 1875, and
from 1892 it is included in v.i of the War department report (r3S3.6
U2 5 ).
The report for 1874 will be found in the sheep bound set of congres-
sional documents, no. 1635.
The Weather bureau, established in 1891, assumed the meteorological
duties of this office.
Instructions for voluntary observers of the signal service,
United States army. 1882 TSSI.S U253i
Professional papers, no.2, 4, 7, 10, 15. 1881-84." qrSSi.5 U2$3p
no. 2. Isothermal lines of the United States, 1871-1880, by A. W. Greely.
no. 4. Report of the tornadoes of May 29 and 30, 1879, in Kansas, Ne-
braska, Missouri and Iowa, by J. P. Finley.
no. 7. Report on the character of 600 tornadoes, by J. P. Finley.
no.io. Signal service tables of rainfall and temperature compared with
crop production, by H. H. C. Dunwoody.
no.is. Researches on solar heat and its absorption by the earth's atmos-
phere; a report on the Mount Whitney expedition, by S. P.
Langley.
UNITED STATES Weather bureau.
Annual report of the chief of the Weather bureau; results
of meteorological observations and other reports and
tables, i89i/92-date. i8Q3-date qr55i.5 U2$
The Weather bureau was established in July 1891, to continue the meteor-
ological work of the Signal office.
Bulletin [lettered]. no.A-G, I, K-L. 1893-1903 qrSSi.5 U2Sbu
no.A. Summary of international meteorological observations, by H. H.
C. Dunwoody.
no.B wanting.
no.C. Rainfall and snow of the United States, compiled to the end of
1891, by M. W. Harrington.
no.D. Rainfall of the United States, by A. J. Henry.
no.E. Floods of the Mississippi river, by Park Morrill.
no.F. Vertical gradients of temperature, humidity and wind direction;
a preliminary report on the kite observations of 1898, by H. C.
Frankenfield.
no.G. Atmospheric radiation; a research conducted at the Allegheny
observatory and at Providence, R. I. by F. W. Very.
no.I. Eclipse meteorology and allied problems, by F. H. Bigelow.
no.K. Storms of the Great Lakes, by E. B. Garriott.
no.L. Climatology of California, by A. G. McAdie.
Bulletin [numbered]. no.3~4, n, pt.3; 14-21, 23-26, 28-
33. 1892-1903 rssi.5 U25b
For contents, see contents book, v.3, p.384; kept at the reference desk.
WALDO, Frank.
Modern meteorology. 1893. (Contemporary science
series.) 551-5 Wi6
WARD, Robert DeCourcy.
Practical exercises in elementary meteorology. 1899 551-5 Wai
Bibliography, p. 188-195.
Clear description of the methods of meteorological measurements, with
directions and hints on the taking of observations.
ZURCHER, Frederic, & Margolle, filie.
Meteors, aerolites, storms and atmospheric phenomena. 1896.
(Wonders of science.) 551.5 Z88
HAAS, I. pub.
Photographic views of the great cyclone at St. Louis, May
27, 1896. 1896 ^51.55 HII
HA YD EN, Everett.
The great storm off the Atlantic coast of the United States,
6Q2 STRATIGRAPHICAL GEOLOGY
March 11-14, 1888. 1888. (United States Navigation
bureau. Nautical monographs, no. 5.) qr55i-S5 H37
UNITED STATES Signal office.
Climate of Nebraska, particularly in reference to the temper-
ature and rain-fall. 1890. (Sist cong. ist sess. Senate.
Ex. doc. no.ns.) qr55i-56 U25
UNITED STATES Weather bureau.
Daily river stages at river gage stations on the principal riv-
ers of the United States, 1896-99. v.6. 1900 q r 55i.57 U25
v.6. Daily river stages for 1896-1899, comp. by H. C. Frankenfield.
"This volume constitutes the sixth part of the series of river gage read-
ings, the publication of which was begun by the Signal Service and has
been continued by the Weather Bureau."
551.7 Stratigraphical geology
FIGUIER, Louis.
World before the deluge. 1865 r 55i-7 F47
HUTCHINSON, Henry Neville.
Autobiography of the earth. 1891 551-7 Hg6
Interesting popular account of geological history.
KAYSER, Emanuel.
Text book of comparative geology; tr. and ed. by Philip
Lake. 1893 551.7 Ki4
"Dr Kayser's work was intended primarily for use in Germany; but the
space devoted to other countries is much larger than in earlier text-
books. In the present edition very considerable additions have been
made to the portions descriptive of extra-German countries. ..Extra-
European rocks have. ..received but brief notice." Translator's preface.
MARR, John Edward.
Principles of Stratigraphical geology. 1898 55 1 .7 M4I
The same. 1898 r 55i-7 M4i
MILLER, Hugh.
The old red sandstone. 1882 551-74 M6g
BALL, Sir Robert Stawell.
Cause of an ice age. 1892. (Modern science series.) 551-79 621
"Popular account of astronomical theory of glacial periods." Athenarum.
CLAYPOLE. Edward Waller.
Lake age in Ohio; or, Episodes during the retreat of the
North American ice-sheet. 1887 r 55i-79 C55
DAWSON, Sir John William.
Canadian ice age. 1894 551-79 033
GEIKIE, James.
Great ice age. 1895 551-79 G28
HOWORTH, Sir Henry Hoyle.
The glacial nightmare and the flood; a second appeal to
common sense from the extravagance of some recent ge-
ology. 2v. 1893 551-79 H86
MARSH, George Perkins.
Earth as modified by human action. 1885 551-99
WRIGHT, George Frederick.
Ice age in North America and its bearings upon the antiquity
of man. 1891 551-79
ROCKS 693
Man and the glacial period, with an appendix on tertiary
man by H. W. Haynes. 1892. (International scientific
series.) 551-79 Wpam
Writer has notable qualifications, but his conclusions are denied by
many scientists.
WRIGHT, George Frederick, & Upham, Warren.
Greenland icefields and life in the north Atlantic. 1896. .551.79 W93
The immediate impulse to the preparation of this book arose in con-
nection with the Miranda expedition to Greenland in 1894.
551.9 Pebbles. Corals
HYATT, Alpheus.
About pebbles. 1898. (Boston society of natural history.
Guides for science-teaching.) J55I-9 H99
The same. 1896. (In Boston society of natural history.
Guides for science-teaching, v.i.) 507 664 v.i
The same. 1896. (In Boston society of natural history.
Guides for science-teaching, v.i.) r507 664 v.i
DANA, James Dwight.
Corals and coral islands. 1890 551.96 Dig
DARWIN, Charles.
Structure of coral reefs. 1889 551-96 D26
552 Rocks
KEMP, James Furman.
A handbook of rocks, for use without the microscope. 1896. . .552 Ki;
MERRILL, George Perkins.
Treatise on rocks, rock-weathering and soils. 1897 552 M63
RUTLEY, Frank.
Study of rocks. 1891. (Text-books of science.) 552 RQ3
"Books consulted," p.3i 1-314.
TARR, Ralph Stockman.
Suggestions for laboratory and field work in high school
geology, and questions for use with Tarr's Elementary
geology. 1897 552 T2i
WILLIAMS, Edward H.
Manual of lithology. 1886 1552 W/4
ZIRKEL, Ferdinand.
Microscopical petrography. 1876. (United States Geo-
logical exploration of the 40th parallel. Report, v.6.) . .qr552.8 Z68
The library has another copy numbered, qrss7.8 U2$3 y.6.
LCEWINSON-LESSING, Franz, comp.
Tables for the determination of the rock-forming minerals;
with a chapter on the petrological microscope, by G. A. J.
Cole. 1893 552.8i L76
LUQUER, Lea Mcllvaine.
Minerals in rock sections; practical methods of identifying
minerals in rock sections with the microscope. 1898. .r552.8i Lg8
694 ECONOMIC GEOLOGY
ROSENBUSCH, Karl Heinrich Ferdinand.
Microscopical physiography of the rock-making minerals;
an aid to the microscopical study of rocks; tr. and
abridged for use in schools and colleges, by J. P. Id-
dings. 1888 r552.8i R72
Contains bibliographies.
HARKER, Alfred.
Petrology for students; an introduction to the study of rocks
under the microscope. 1897 552.82 H27
553 Economic geology
For Mining engineering, see 622
AMERICAN BUREAU OF MINES.
Memoirs, [no.:.] 1867 qi"553 ASI
[no. i.] Our mineral interests, by J. P. K. Guide for the puddling of
iron and steel, by Ed. Urbin; tr. by T. Egleston. On Bessemer tyres,
by Adolph Schmidt.
BARRINGER, Daniel Moreau.
A description of minerals of commercial value. 1897 553 Ba6
BRANNER, John Casper, & Newsom, J.F.
Syllabus of a course of lectures on economic geology. 1900. . .r553 671
Contains numerous bibliographies.
Covers the course given in Leland Stanford junior university. Is well
adapted to use as a guide to the literature of the various minerals and
rocks of commercial importance.
The MINERAL industry; its statistics, technology and trade
in the United States and other countries from the
earliest times, i892-date. v.i-date. i893-date r553 M72
Statistical supplement of the Engineering and mining journal, issued
annually,
v. 1-9 edited by R. P. Rothwell, v.io-date by Joseph Struthers.
ROCHELEAU, William Francis.
Great American industries; minerals. 1896 J553 Rs6
Contents : Coal. Gold and silver. Granite. Iron. Marble. Natural gas.
Petroleum. Slate.
SMITH, Frederick H.
Rocks, minerals and stocks. 1882 553 564
Contents: World building. Prime minerals and rocks. The formations.
Precious stones. Stock companies. Stock dealing. Stock tricks.
Gold and silver. Industrial metals. Coa! and oil. Industrial min-
erals.
TSUNASHIRO, Wada. '
Mining industry of Japan during the last 25 years, 1867-1892.
1893 qr553 T79
UNITED STATES Mining statistics, Commissioner of.
Statistics of mines and mining in the states and territories
west of the Rocky mountains, 1866-75. xov. 1867-77. - r 553 U25
Report for 1874 wanting.
Known as Mineral resources west of the Rocky mountains.
Reports for 1866 and 1867, by J. R. Browne are preliminary to the
remaining reports made by R. W. Raymond, called ist-8th annual re-
ports. From 1882 these reports have been prepared under the direc-
tion of the United States geological survey, as Mineral resources of
the United States. No reports were made for the years 1876 to 1881.
COAL 695
553.1 Ore deposits
BECK, Richard, of Freiberg, Germany.
Lehre von den erzlagerstatten. 2v. in i. 1901 qi~553.i 636
A reference work of great value, by the professor of geology and of the
science of mineral deposits at the Royal mining school of Freiberg,
who is a recognized authority on this subject.
KEMP, James Furman.
Ore deposits of the United States. 1893 553.1 Ki7
PHILLIPS, John Arthur.
A treatise on ore deposits. 1896 553.1 PSI
PO5EPNY, Franz.
Genesis of ore deposits. 1895 r553.n P84
The same. 1902 553-1 1 P84
Reprinted from the Transactions of the American institute of mining
engineers, .23-24, 30-31.
553.2 Coal
For Coal mining, see 622.33
COAL statistics; a manual giving complete directories of all
coal mines in the United States, together with statistics
of production, distribution, and other matter relating to
the coal trade in general. v.6-date. iSgo-date r553.2 C62
DADDOW, Samuel Harries, & Bannan, Benjamin.
Coal, iron and oil; our mines and mineral resources.
1866 : r553.2 Di2
HOLLAND, John.
History and description of fossil fuel, the collieries and
coal trade of Great Britain. 1835 r553.2 H;2
HULL, Edward.
Coal-fields of Great Britain; their history, structure and re-
sources, with descriptions of the coal-fields of our Indian
and colonial empire, and of other parts of the world.
1881 T553.2 HQIC
Our coal resources at the close of the igth century. 1897. . . .553.2 H9i
Contents: Classification of British coal-fields. English coal-fields. The
Welsh coal-fields. The Scottish coal-fields. Coal south of the Thames.
Summary of estimated resources of the British coal-fields at the close
of the ipth century. British coal resources. Table of quantity of coal
raised in the different coal-fields, 1895. Approximate limit of deep-
mining. Progressive and retrogressive mining districts. Foreign coal-
fields. A forecast.
MACFARLANE, James.
Coal-regions of America; their topography, geology and de-
velopment. 1873 553-2 Mis
The same. 1875 T553.2 Mis
MARTIN, Edward A.
Story of a piece of coal. 1896 553-2 M42
Brief record of vegetable and mineral history of coal, its discovery,
early use, mining, products gas, illuminating oils, coal-tar colors, etc.
TAYLOR, Richard Cowling.
Statistics of coal; the geographical and geological distribu-
696 COAL
tion of mineral combustibles or fossil fuel. 1848 r553.2 T25
The same. 1855 r 553-2 T25s
THORPE, Thomas Edward, ed.
Coal, its history and uses. 1878 553-2 T4I
Contents: Geology of coal, by Prof. Green. Coal plants, by Prof. Miall.
Animals of coal-measures, by Prof. Miall. The chemistry of coal,
by Prof. Thorpe. Coal as a source of warmth and power, by Prof.
Rucker. The coal question, by Prof. Marshall.
The same. 1878 r553-2 T4i
TEXAS Geological survey.
Report on the brown coal and lignite of Texas; character,
formation, occurrence and fuel uses, by E. T. Dumble.
1892 qrS53-22 T32
Contains much information of general application respecting the value
and utilization of lignites for fuel.
UNITED STATES Insular affairs division.
Coal measures of the Philippines; a history of the discovery
of coal in the archipelago, and subsequent developments,
with the text of the record of the MacLeod coal concession
in Cebu, or the Uling-Lutac coal and railway concession ;
comp. by C. H. Burritt. 1901 r 553-22 U25
Being the report submitted to the United States military governor in
the Philippines, by C. H. Burritt, officer in charge of the Mining
bureau.
ZINCKEN, Carl Friedrich.
Die fortschritte der geologic der tertiarkohle, kreidekohle,
jurakohle und triaskohle. 1878 qr553.22 Z66
With a second title-page reading Erganzungen zu der physiographic
der braunkohle.
ALABAMA Geological survey.
Report on the coal measures of the plateau region of Alabama,
by Henry McCalley; including a report on the coal meas-
ures of Blottnt county, by A. M. Gibson. 1891 ^53.24 A3I
Report on the Warrior coal basin, by Henry McCalley.
1900 rS53.24 A3ire
Report upon the Coosa coal field, with sections, by A. M. Gib-
son. 1895 T553.24 Aair
D'INVILLIERS, Edward Vincent.
Report on the Pittsburgh coal region; supplemented by a
report on the General mining methods of the Pitts-
burgh region, by Selwyn Taylor, and a report on the
Mining methods of the Westmoreland coal company,
by A. N. Humphreys, accompanied by report on the
Character and distribution of palaeozoic plants, by Leo
Lesquereux. [1887.] (In Pennsylvania Geological
survey. (2d survey.) Annual report, v.2, pt.i.) . ^557.48 P399 v.2
EDWARDS, William Seymour.
Coals and cokes in West Virginia. 1892 ^53.24 32
HUGHES, George W.
Report of a survey of the coal region near Frostburgh,
Alleghany county, Md. for the location of a railroad to
accommodate the coal trade of the Maryland mining
company. 1836 r622.33 W66
Bound with Whittlesey's Dissertation upon the origin of mineral coal.
PETROLEUM. NATURAL GAS 697
TAYLOR, Richard Cowling.
Two reports on the coal lands, mines and improvements of the
Dauphin and Susquehanna coal company, and of the geo-
logical examinations, present condition and prospects of the
Stony creek coal estate in the townships of Jackson, Rush
and Middle Paxtang, in the county of Dauphin, and of East
Hanover township, in the county of Lebanon, Pa.
1840 T5S3.24 T25
WHITE, Israel Charles.
Stratigraphy of the bituminous coal field of Pennsylvania,
Ohio and West Virginia. 1891. (In United States
Geological survey. Bulletin, v.Q, no.65J r55/.3 U25b v.g
STRONG, Henry K.
Report to the legislature of Pennsylvania, containing a
description of the Swatara mining district. 1839. . . .r622.33 W66
Bound with Whittlesey's Dissertation upon the origin of mineral coal.
553.28 Petroleum. Natural gas
For Technology of petroleum, see 665.5
BONE, J. H. A.
Petroleum and petroleum wells; guide book and description
of the oil regions of Pennsylvania, West Virginia, Ken-
tucky and Ohio. 1865 T553-28 862
CARNEGIE, Andrew.
Oil and gas wells in Pennsylvania ^32.42 C2I
Reprinted from Macmillan's magazine, Jan. 1885.
Bound with his How to win fortune.
The same. (In his Empire of business, p.263-28i.) 304 C2ie
CONE, Andrew, & Johns, W.R.
Petrolia; brief history of the Pennsylvania petroleum region.
1870 r553.28 C74
EATON, Samuel John Mills.
Petroleum; a history of the oil region of Venango county,
Pa. 1866 rS53.28 Eig
GILLELEN, F.M.L.
Oil regions of Pennsylvania, with maps and charts of Oil
creek, Allegheny river, etc. 1864 T553-28 641
HENRY, J.T.
Early and later history of petroleum; with authentic facts in
regard to its development in western Pennsylvania.
1873 T5S3.28 H45
McLAURIN, John James.
Sketches in crude-oil; incidents of the petroleum develop-
ment in all parts of the globe. 1896 553-28 Mi9
MARVIN, Charles.
Petroleum industry of southern Russia qr553.28 M43
Reprinted from "Engineering," v.37, 1884.
Popular account of its history and technology.
Region of the eternal fire; an account of a journey to the
petroleum region of the Caspian in 1883. 1884 r553.28
"Works consulted," p.8.
698 ORES
MILLERN, Alexander von.
All about petroleum. 1864 ^53.28 M6p
MINING and engineering review and electrician, Sept. 1900.
v.n, no.9. 1900 qr553-28 M?2
Number of the "Mining and engineering review" devoted exclusively to
the petroleum resources of California.
NOBEL BROTHERS PETROLEUM PRODUCTION CO.
Petroleum industry of Baku and Nobel brothers petroleum
production company, June 1893. 1893 q r 553-28 N38
Short sketch of the growth of the largest Russian oil company, and its
share in the development of Russian oil fields.
OHIO Geological survey. (26. survey.)
Preliminary report upon petroleum and inflammable gas, by
Edward Orton; with a supplement. 1887 ^53.28 Oi8
STO WELL'S petroleum reporter; monthly, Feb. i897~Sept.
1901. v.26-30, no.8. 1897-1901 q r 553-28 S8g
WEEKS, Joseph Dame.
Natural gas in 1894. 1895 qr5S3-46 W42
Extract from the report of the director of the United States geological
survey.
Bound with his Production of manganese.
Petroleum. 1895 qr55346 W42
Extract from the report of the director of the United States geological
survey.
Bound with his Production of manganese.
WRIGHT, William, 1824-66.
Oil regions of Pennsylvania. 1865 553-28 Wp3
The same. 1865 r5S3.28 Wp3
WRIGLEY, Henry E.
Special report on the petroleum of Pennsylvania, its pro-
duction, transportation, manufacture and statistics.
1875. (In Pennsylvania Geological survey. (2d sur-
vey.) Reports of progress, J v.7i.) r55748 P399r v.7i
BUFFUM, W. Arnold.
Tears of the Heliades; or, Amber as a gem. 1900 553-29 B86
Contents: . The origin of amber. The realm of amber. Amber in com-
merce. Amber in literature.
553.3 Ores
IRVING, Roland Duer, & Van Hise, C.R.
The Penokee iron-bearing series of Michigan and Wisconsin.
1892. (United States Geological survey. Mono-
graphs.) qr553-3 128
"Geological explorations and literature," p.s-ioa.
JAQUET, J. B.
Iron ore deposits of New South Wales. 1901. (In New
South Wales Geological survey. Memoirs; geologi-
cal series, v.2.) qr55944 N26me
KENDALL, John Dixon.
Iron ores of Great Britain and Ireland; with a notice of some
of the iron ores of Spain. 1893 r 553-3 Ki7
LESLEY, John Peter.
Brown hematite iron ore banks of that part of Nittany
ORES. BUILDING STONES 699
valley called Warrior's Mark valley, Half Moon valley
and Spruce creek valley, in Huntingdon and Centre
counties, Pa., owned by Lyon, Shorb & co., Pittsburg,
Pa. 1874 r553-3 L64
The same. 1874. (In his Collection of occasional surveys,
etc.) r553.3 L64C
BECKER, George Ferdinand.
Geology of the Comstock lode and the Washoe district, with
atlas. 2v. 1882. (United States Geological survey.
Monographs.) qrSS34 636
CURTIS, Joseph Story.
Silver-lead deposits of Eureka, Nevada. 1884. (United
States Geological survey. Monographs.) qi"553-4 C93
LORD, Eliot.
Comstock mining and miners. 1883. (United States Geo-
logical survey. Monographs.) qr553-4 L86
SCHMEISSER, Karl, & Vogelsang, Karl.
Gold-fields of Australasia. 2v. 1898 qrS53-4i S34
V.T. Text. v.2. Maps.
HOUSTON, D. & CO.
Copper manual; copper mines, copper statistics and a sum-
mary of information on copper. 2v. 1897-99 r553-43 H83
IRVING, Roland Duer.
The copper-bearing rocks of Lake Superior. 1883. (United
States Geological survey. Monographs.) qr553-43 128
"Literature," p. 14-23.
STEVENS, Horace J. comp.
Copper handbook; Lake Superior copper production, values,
prices, dividends and assessments; production, con-
sumption and exports of the United States; the English
copper trade; the world's copper production, also de-
tailed descriptions of all Lake Superior copper mines,
for the year 1900-1901. v.i-2. 1900-02 ^53.43 S84
BECKER, George Ferdinand.
Geology of the quicksilver deposits of the Pacific slope, with
atlas. 2v. 1887-88. (United States Geological survey.
Monographs.) qr553-45 636
WEEKS, Joseph Dame.
Production of manganese in 1894. 1895 q r 553-46 W42
Extract from the i6th annual report of the director of the United States
geological survey, 1894-93.
553.5 Building stones
See also Building materials, 691
MERRILL, George Perkins.
Stones for building and decoration. 1903 553-5 M63
Bibliography, p. 480-482.
By the curator of geology in the United States national museum (1897).
A comprehensive work, from an American standpoint, describing varie-
ties, American occurrence, use and methods of quarrying of the vari-
ous stones.
The same. 1897 r553-5 M63
Bibliography, p.ssS-sao.
700 CLAYS. PHOSPHATES. ASBESTOS
BURNHAM, S.M.
History and uses of limestones and marbles. 1883 553-Si Bp3
HOPKINS, Thomas Cramer.
Marbles and other limestones. 2v. 1893. (In Arkansas
Geological survey. Annual report, v.4,) ^57.67 A72a
v.i. Text. v.2. Atlas.
Building materials of Pennsylvania; brownstones. 1896. .553.53 H78
Appendix to the Annual report of Pennsylvania state college, 1896.
553.6 Clays. Phosphates. Asbestos
HOPKINS, Thomas Cramer.
Clays and clay industries of Pennyslvania; the Ohio,
Monongahela, Youghiogheny and Conemaugh river
valleys in Pennsylvania, and the Allegheny valley as
far up as Kittanning. 1897 r 553.6i H78
Appendix to the Annual report of Pennsylvania state college, 1897.
Covers the pottery, fire-clay and brick factories, describing clays used,
methods of manufacture, capacity, location, etc. of the various plants.
NEW JERSEY Geological survey. (3d survey.)
Report on the clay deposits of Woodbridge, South Amboy
and other places in New Jersey; together with their
uses for fire brick, pottery, etc. 1878 qr553.6i N26
RAUFER, G.M.
Die meerschaum- und bernsteinwaaren-fabrikation; mit einem
anhange iiber die erzeugung holzerner pfeifenkopfe.
1876. (Hartleben's chemisch-technische bibliothek.) . .r553.6i R22
UNITED STATES Labor department.
The phosphate industry of the United States. 1893. (Special
report, 1893.) ^53.64 U25
WIESNER, August.
Thomasschlacke und natiirliche phosphate; ein handbuch fur
eisenwerksbesitzer, hiittenchemiker, diingerfabrikanten,
dungerhandler und landwirthe. 1896. (Hartleben's chem-
isch-technische bibliothek.) ^53.64 W68
WYATT, Francis.
Phosphates of America. 1894 553-64 WQ7
HANKS, Henry G.
History and description of magnesia and its base and
compounds, with particular reference to magnesite.
1895 r595.78 H72S
Bound with Holland's Short articles on butterflies.
JONES, Robert H.
Asbestos and asbestic, their properties, occurrence and use.
1897 553-67 J4i
Has chapters on the present sources of supply, and the outlook for the
future, paying especial attention to the Canadian quarries. Also deals
with the uses of asbestos and its substitutes, and has an interesting
chapter on its nature and properties and its uses among the ancients.
VENERAND, Wolfgang.
Asbest und feuerschutz. 1886. (Hartleben's chemisch-tech-
nische bibliothek.) ^53.67 V26
PRECIOUS STONES 701
553.8 Precious stones
BURNHAM, S.M.
Precious stones in nature, art and literature. 1886 553-8 693
CHURCH, Arthur Herbert.
Precious stones considered in their scientific and artistic rela-
tions. 1882. (South Kensington museum art hand-
books.) 553.8 C46
Bibliographical notes, p.gs-
EMANUEL, Harry.
Diamonds and precious stones; their history, value and dis-
tinguishing characteristics. 1867 553-8 58
Bibliography, $.233-260.
HAMLIN, Augustus Choate.
History of Mount Mica of Maine and its deposits of tourma-
lines. 1895 r553.8 H22
Tourmaline; its relation as a gem, its complex nature, its
wonderful physical properties, etc., with special refer-
ence to the crystals found in Maine. 1873 r553.8 H22t
KUNZ, George Frederick.
Gems and precious stones of North America. 1892 qr553-8 K43
LEWIS, Henry Carvill.
Papers and notes on the genesis and matrix of the diamond.
1897 553-8 L67
McLACHLAN, Duncan C.
Diamonds; their occurrence in New South Wales.
1899 r559_44 N26 v.i
Published by the Geological survey of New South Wales.
Bound with New South Wales Geological survey. Mineral resources.
STREETER, Edwin William.
Great diamonds of the world, their history and romance.
1882 553-8
Precious stones and gems, their history, sources and charac-
teristics. 1892 553.8
Geology of special countries
554 Europe. 555 Asia
MILLER, Hugh.
Cruise of the Betsey; or, A summer ramble among the fos-
siliferous deposits of the Hebrides, with Rambles of a geol-
ogist; or, Ten thousand miles over the fossiliferous de-
posits of Scotland. 1882 554-1 1
LUBBOCK, Sir John, baron Avebury.
Scenery of England and the causes to which it is due. 1902. .554.2 I/j6
List of works referred to, p. 507-521.
A study of the physical geography and of the causes, chiefly geological,
of the present appearance of the country. There are also two inter-
esting chapters on law, custom and scenery, and on local divisions
and sites of towns.
MAPS England.
Geological map of England, Wales and part of Scotland,
702 GEOLOGY NORTH AMERICA
showing the rivers & canals qr554.2 M
Size, 53j4x38j4 inches, folded in 4 cover; scale, about 9 miles to i inch.
REED, F.R. Cowper.
Handbook to the geology of Cambridgeshire, for the use of
students. 1897 554-25 R28
Bibliography, $.243-263.
LUBBOCK, Sir John, baron Avebury.
Scenery of Switzerland and the causes to which it is due.
1896 554-94
HULL, Edward.
Mount Seir, Sinai and western Palestine. 1889. (Palestine
exploration fund. Publications.) r555.6
Popular account of the geological expedition conducted by Prof. Hull
for the committee of the Palestine fund. The part which deals with
the valley of Arabah is entirely new and interesting.
557 North America
MACFARLANE, James.
American geological railway guide. 1890 557 MiS
Gives the geological formation at every railway station, with notes on
interesting places on the routes, and a description of each of the
formations.
MILLER, Samuel Almond.
North American geology and palaeontology. 1889 q r 557 M6p
Canada
CANADA Geological survey.
Annual report (new series), i885-date. v.i-date. 1886-
date qr557.i Ci6re
Reports before 1885 were published under the title "Reports of progress."
After the close of each calendar year, a "Summary report" is issued
separately.
Report of progress from its commencement to 1863. 2v.
1863. (In its Reports of progress, v.i3a.) qr557.i Ci6r v.iaa
v.i. Text. v.2. Atlas.
This report includes the most important facts published in the "Reports
of progress" between 1843 and 1863.
Reports of progress, 1853-84. v.n-27. 1857-85 q r 557.i Ci6r
Index, 1863-1884, v.14-27. 1900.
The reports for 1857, 1874/75 are wanting.
These reports were continued in a new series under the name of
"Annual reports" beginning in 1885.
The report issued in 1863 (v.i3a) under the title of "Report of prog-
ress from its commencement to 1863," includes the most important
facts published in the "Reports of progress" between 1843 and 1863.
"The operations of the Geological Survey at first extended only to
the areas of the Provinces of Ontario and Quebec, then known as
Upper and Lower Canada respectively. Subsequent to the date of
Confederation (1867), the field became extended to include the whole
area of the Dominion of Canada, and reports relating to different
parts of this vast region began to appear with the volume of 1866-69,
v.i 5." G. M. Dawson, Director of Survey.
UPHAM, Warren.
The glacial lake Agassiz. 1895. (United States Geologi-
cal survey. Monographs.) qr557.i U26
GEOLOGY UNITED STATES 703
ONTARIO Mineral resources, Royal commission on.
Report of the royal commission on the mineral resources
of Ontario and measures for their development. 1890.^557.13 025
LOGAN, Sir William Edmond, & Hartley, Edward.
Reports on a part of the Pictou coal field, Nova Scotia, with
an appendix on coals and iron ores and a geological map.
1870 qr557-i6 L77
From the Reports of the Geological survey of Canada, 1867-69.
United States
Early geological surveys
FEATHERSTONHAUGH, George William.
Geological report of an examination made in 1834, of the ele-
vated country between the Missouri and Red rivers.
1835 rS57.6 F3i
HAGUE, Arnold, & Emmons, S.F.
Descriptive geology. 1877. (In United States Geologi-
cal exploration of the 4Oth parallel. (King exploration.)
Report, v.2.) qr557-8 U253 v.2
HAYDEN, Ferdinand Vanderveer.
Preliminary field report of the United States geological sur-
vey of Colorado and New Mexico. 1869 T557.88 H37
Preliminary report of the United States geological survey
of Montana and portions of adjacent territories; being
a fifth annual report of progress. 1872 r557-86 H37
MACOMB, John N.
Report of the exploring expedition from Santa Fe, New
Mexico, to the junction of the Grand and Green rivers
of the great Colorado of the West, 1859, with geological
report by J. S. Newberry. 1876. (United States En-
gineer department (army).) QF557.8 M2I
OWEN, David Dale.
Report of a geological survey of Wisconsin, Iowa and Minne-
sota and of a portion of Nebraska territory, with atlas of
illustrations. 2v. 1852 qr557-7 034
v.i. Text. v.2. Atlas.
POWELL, John Wesley.
Report on the geographical and geological survey of the
Rocky mountain region. 1877 r557.8 P87
UNITED STATES Geological and geographical survey of
the territories. (Hayden survey.)
Annual report (ist-i2th), for the year 1867-78. 1872-83. .r557.8 U25
"This survey, organized under the Department of the Interior, was
directed by F. V. Hayden (hence commonly known as Hayden's sur-
vey) from 1867 to 1878. Twelve Annual reports and a number of
Bulletins were issued, chiefly concerning Colorado, Wyoming and
Montana. The first careful descriptions of many remarkable features
in the Rocky Mountain region were published in these volumes. A
detailed account of the' Yellowstone Park is included in the nth
report. Many of the outline illustrations, from drawings by W. H.
Holmes, are unexcelled. A geological atlas of Colorado accompanies
these reports." Larned's Literature of American history.
"By act of March 3, 1879, the Geological and Geographical Survey of
45
704 GEOLOGY UNITED STATES
the Territories, the Geographical and Geological Survey of the Rocky
Mountain Region, and the Geographical Surveys West of the One
hundredth Meridian were discontinued, and the United States Geo-
logical Survey established in their stead."
Bulletin. 6v. 1875-82 r557.8
v.i lacks no.i [ist series] and no. 4, 2d series; v.3 lacks no.4-
For contents see contents book, v.3, p-328; kept at the reference desk.
"The First and Second Bulletins, which appeared in 1874, are separately
paged pamphlets, without ostensible connection with each other or with
subsequent ones, but together constituting a 'First Series' of the pub-
lication. Bulletins which appeared in 1875, being those of a 'Second
Series' and six in number, are continuously paged. With No.6 were
issued title, contents, index, &c., for all the numbers of both 'series'
which had then appeared; the design being that these should together
constitute Volume i, in order that the inconvenient distinction of 'se-
ries' might be dropped."
Final report of the survey of Nebraska and portions of the ad-
jacent territories, by F. V. Hayden. 1872 r557.82 U25
The report on Paleontology is by F. B. Meek; that on Entomology by
S. H. Scudder.
UNITED STATES Geological exploration of the 4Oth
parallel. (King exploration.)
Report of the geological exploration of the 4Oth parallel;
made by Clarence King. 7v. 1870-80. (Engineers
corps. Professional papers, no.iS.) q r 557.8 U253
v.i. King, Clarence. Systematic geology.
v.2. Hague, Arnold, & Emmons, S.F. Descriptive geology.
v-3. Hague, J.D. Mining industry, with geological contributions by
Clarence King.
v.4. Meek, F.B. Palaeontology. Hall, James, & Whitfield, R. P. Paleon-
tology. Ridgway, Robert. Ornithology.
v.s. Watson, Sereno. Botany.
v.6. Zirkel, Ferdinand. Microscopical petrography.
v.7. Marsh, O.C. Odontornithes; a monograph on the extinct toothed
birds of North America.
Atlas wanting.
Later geological surveys
UNITED STATES Geological survey.
Annual report (ist-date), [for the year ending June 30,
i88o-date] . i88o-date qr557-3
From 1894 to 1899 this report (i6th-22d) includes Mineral resources of
the United States, which before and after that date are published
separately.
Pt.2 of the loth, nth and i2th reports, and pt-3 of the I3th report are
the reports (ist-4th) of the Irrigation survey.
Pt.4 of the i8th, ipth, 2Oth, 2ist and 22d reports are on hydrography.
Pt-5 of the ipth, 20th and 2ist reports are on forest reserves.
For a list of the "Accompanying papers" see contents book, p.$6; kept
at the reference desk.
ist-2ist reports are indexed in Bulletin 177 of the Survey.
By a joint resolution of May 16, 1902 the character of the Reports of
the Geological survey was somewhat changed: The Reports were re-
stricted to one volume and much of the material previously included
in them under the title "Accompanying papers" will now be found in
the various series of publications of the survey namely: "Bulletins,"
"Professional papers" and "Water supply and irrigation papers."
Bulletin, no.i-date. v.i-date. i884-date ^557.3 U25b
For contents see contents book, p. 5; kept at the reference desk.
110.1-176 are indexed in no.i77-
Geologic atlas of the United States. .Folio 1-95, in 6v.
1894-1903 qr557-3
v.i. Folio 1-16. Livingston, Montana. Ringgold, Georgia ; Tennessee.
Placerville, California. Kingston, Tennessee. Sacramento, Califor-
nia. Chattanooga, Tennessee. Pike's Peak, Colorado. Sewanee,
GEOLOGY UNITED STATES 705
Tennessee. Anthracite-crested Butte, Colorado. Harper's Ferry,
Virginia; Maryland; West Virginia. Jackson, California. Estill-
ville, Kentucky; Virginia; Tennessee. Fredericksburg, Virginia;
Maryland. Staunton, Virginia; West Virginia. Lassen Peak, Cali-
fornia. Knoxville, Tennessee; North Carolina.
v.2. Folio 17-32. Marysville, California. Smartsville, California. Stev-
enson, Alabama; Georgia; Tennessee. Cleveland, Tennessee. Pike-
ville, Tennessee. McMinnville, Tennessee. Nomini, Maryland;
Virginia. Three Forks, Montana. Loudon, Tennessee. Pocahon-
tas, Virginia; West Virginia. Morristown, Tennessee. Piedmont,
West Virginia; Maryland. Nevada City, California, (special.) Yel-
lowstone national park, Wyoming. Pyramid Peak, California.
Franklin, West Virginia ; Virginia.
v.3- Folio 33-48. Briceville, Tennessee. Buckhannon, West Virginia.
Gadsden, Alabama. Pueblo, Colorado. Downieville, California.
Butte special folio, Montana. Truckee, California. Wartburg, Ten-
nessee. Sonora, California. Nueces, Texas. Bidwell Bar, Califor-
nia. Tazewell, Virginia; West Virginia. Boise, Idaho. Richmond,
Kentucky. London, Kentucky. Tenmile district special folio, Col-
orado.
v.4. Folio 49-64. Roseburg, Oregon. Holyoke, Massachusetts; Con- ,
necticut. Big trees, California. Absaroka, Wyoming. Standing-
stone, Tennessee. -Tacoma, Washington. Fort Benton, Montana.
Little Belt Mountains, Montana. Telluride, Colorado. Elmoro,
Colorado. Bristol, Virginia; Tennessee; La Plata, Colorado.
Monterey, Virginia; West Virginia. Menominee special folio,
Michigan. Mother Lode district, California. Uvalde, Texas.
v.s. Folio 65-80. Tintic special folio, Utah. Coif ax, California. Dan-
ville, Illinois; Indiana. Walsenburg, Colorado. Huntingdon, West
Virginia; Ohio. District of Columbia; Maryland; Virginia. Span-
ish peaks, Colorado. Charleston, West Virginia. Coos Bay, Oregon.
Colgate, Indian territory. Maynardville, Tennessee. Austin,
Texas. Raleigh, West Virginia. Rome, Georgia; Alabama. Atoka,
Indian territory. Norfolk, Virginia; North Carolina.
v.6. Folio 81-96. Chicago, Illinois; Indiana. Masontown-Uniontown,
Pennsylvania. New York city, New York; New Jersey. Ditney,
Indiana. Oelrichs, South Dakota; Nebraska. Ellensburg, Wash-
ington. Camp Clarke, Nebraska. Scotts Bluff, Nebraska. Port
Orford, Oregon. Cranberry, North Carolina; Tennessee. Hart-
ville, Wyoming. Gaines, Pennsylvania; New York. Elkland. Ti-
oga, Pennsylvania. Brownsville. Connellsville, .Pennsylvania.
Columbia, Tennessee.
Folios 1-70 are indexed in Bulletin 177 of the Survey.
Mineral resources of the United States, i882-date ^57.3 U25
Reports for 1894-1899 will be found in the Annual reports of the
United States geological survey.
Reports for 1882-1899 are indexed in Bulletin 177 of the Survey.
For earlier reports see United States Mining statistics, Commissioner
of. Statistics of mines and mining in the states and territories west
of the Rocky mountains, r5S3 Uzs.
Topographic atlas of the United States. Folio 1-3. 1898-
1900 qr5S7-3 U25t
Folios 1-3 are indexed in Bulletin 177 of the Survey.
"The topographic sheets represent a great variety of topographic
features, and with the aid of descriptive text they can be used to
illustrate topographic forms. This has led to the projection of an
educational series of topographic folios, for use wherever geography
is taught in high schools, academies, and colleges. Of this series the
first three folios have been issued, viz: 1-2. Physiographic types,
by Henry Gannett. 3. Physical geography of the Texas region, by R.
T. Hill."
Topographic sheets. i882-date qi"557-3 U2Sto
These sheets are indexed in no. 177 of the Bulletins of the Survey.
Index maps to the Topographic atlas sheets issued to August 1902, will
be found in qrS57-3 U2si.
"When, in 1882, the Geological Survey was directed by law to make
a geologic map of the United States, there was in existence no suit-
able topographic map to serve as a base for the geologic map. The
preparation of such a topographic map was therefore immediately
begun. About three-tenths of the area of the country, excluding
Alaska, has now [1901] been thus mapped. The map is published in
706 GEOLOGY UNITED STATES
atlas sheets, each sheet representing a small quadrangular district...
The mapped areas are widely scattered, nearly every State being
represented."
About 1225 of the atlas sheets have been issued and are in the library.
PATTON, Jacob Harris.
Natural resources of the United States. 1888 f 557-3 ?3I
The same; condensed. 1891. (Science primers.) 557-3 P3i
The same. 1897. (Science primers.) r557-3 ?3in
SHALER, Nathaniel Southgate, and others.
Geology of the Narragansett basin. 1899. (United States
Geological survey. Monographs.) qr5574 852
"Bibliography of the Cambrian and carboniferous rocks of the Narra-
gansett basin," p. 2i-2i4.
State surveys
t Maine
MAINE Geological survey.
Annual report (2d-3d) on the geology of Maine, by Charles
T. Jackson. 1838-39 r5574i M26
Report of an exploration and survey of the territory on the
Aroostook river during the spring and autumn of 1838,
by E. Holmes. 1839 r5574i Ma6
Bound with the Annual report of the geology of Maine.
STONE, George Hapgood.
Glacial gravels of Maine and their associated deposits. 1899.
(United States Geological survey. Monographs.). .qr5574i 887
Bibliography, p. 2-4.
New Hampshire
NEW HAMPSHIRE Geological survey, (ist survey.)
Final report on the geology and mineralogy of New Hamp-
shire, with contributions towards the improvement of agri-
culture and metallurgy, by C. T. Jackson. 1844 qr55742 N26
"The nature of the work was mineralogical. The general view of age
and structure presented was that of the older authors, all granite
being regarded as 'Primary,' and the dips of strata outward in every
direction from an igneous center." C. H. Hitchcock.
NEW HAMPSHIRE Geological survey. (2d survey.)
Geology of New Hampshire; report comprising the re-
sults of explorations ordered by the legislature, by
C. H. Hitchcock. 4v. 1874-78 qr55742 N26g
v.i. Physical geography.
v.2. Stratigraphical geology.
v.3. Surface geology. Mineralogy and lithology. Economic geology.
v.4. Atlas.
Vermont
VERMONT Geological survey.
Annual report (ist-2d) on the geology of Vermont, 1845-
1846. 1845-46 r55743 V27
Report of the state geologist on the mineral industries and
geology of certain areas, 1901-1902. 1902 ^57.43 V27re
List of official reports and other publications on Vermont geology,
p. 1 4 -2 1.
GEOLOGY UNITED STATES 707
Report on the geology of Vermont; descriptive, theoreti-
cal, economical and scenographical, by Edward Hitch-
cock and others. 2v. 1861 qrS5743 V27r
This is the final report of the survey which was begun in 1845. The
state made no appropriation for geological work between the years
1861 and 1896, and the so-called state geologist was really only
curator of the State Cabinet. Whatever geological work was done was
carried on without state aid.
Massachusetts
MASSACHUSETTS Geological survey.
Final report, by Edward Hitchcock. 2v. 1841 qr557_44 M45
v.i. Economical geology. Scenographical geology.
v.2. Scientific geology. Elementary geology. Catalogue of the speci-
mens of rocks and minerals in the state collection.
Report on the geology, mineralogy, botany and zoology
of Massachusetts, with a descriptive list of the speci-
mens of rocks and minerals collected for the govern-
ment, by Edward Hitchcock. 1833 qr557-44 M45r
Contents: Economical geology. Topographical, geology. Scientific
geology. Catalogues of animals and plants.
PUMPELLY, Raphael, and others.
Geology of the Green Mountains in Massachusetts. 1894.
(United States Geological survey. Monographs.). ^557.44 PpS
Contents: Geology of the Green Mountains in Massachusetts, by Ra-
phael Pumpelly. The geology of Hoosac Mountain and adjacent terri-
tory, by J. E. Wolff. Mount Greylock; its areal and structural
geology, by T. N. Dale.
EMERSON, Benjamin Kendall.
Geology of old Hampshire county, Massachusetts, compris-
ing Franklin, Hampshire and Hampden counties. 1898.
(United States Geological survey. Monographs.) . ^557.442 58
Bibliography, p.762-782.
Rhode Island
RHODE ISLAND Geological and agricultural survey.
Report on the geological and agricultural survey of the
state of Rhode-Island, made under a resolve of legis-
lature in 1839, by C. T. Jackson. 1840 r 557-45 R38
New York
NEW YORK (state) Geological survey.
Annual report (2d, 4th) of the first geological district of
the state of New York, 1837, 1839, by W. W. Mather.
(In its Reports relative to the "geological survey,
1837, 1839.) rss747 N26
A later and more complete report of this district will be found in v.g
of the Natural history of New York, (qr57o.9747 N26).
The first geological district of New York consisted of the counties of
Suffolk, Queens, Kings, Richmond, New York, Westchester, Rock-
land, Putnam, Dutctiess, Orange, Sullivan, Delaware, Ulster, Greene,
Columbia, Rensselaer, Albany, Schoharie, Schenectady, Saratoga and
Washington, containing an area of 12,263 square miles.
Annual report (2d, 4th) of the survey of the second geo-
logical district, by E. Emmons, 1837, 1839. (In its Re-
;o8 GEOLOGY UNITED STATES
ports relative to the geological survey, 1837, 1839.). .^557.47 N26
A later and more complete report of this district will be found in v.p
of the Natural history of New York, ^570.9747 N26).
The second geological district of New York consisted of the counties of
Warren, Essex, Franklin, Clinton, Hamilton, Jefferson and St.
Lawrence, making 10,817 square miles.
Annual report (2d, 4th) of the geological survey of the
third district, by Lardner Vanuxem, 1837, 1839. (In its
Reports relative to the geological survey, 1837, 1839.) . . rS5747 N26
Title of the second report reads, "Second annual report of so much of
the geological survey of the third district of the state of New York
as relates to objects of immediate utility."
A later and more complete report of this district will be found in \.g
of the Natural history of New York, (qr57o.p747 N26).
The third geological district comprised the counties of Fulton, Mont-
gomery, Herkimer, Oneida, Lewis, Oswego, Madison, Onondaga,
Cayuga, Wayne, Ontario, Monroe, Orleans, Genesee and Livingston,
making 11,468 square miles.
Annual report (2d, 4th) of the survey of the fourth dis-
trict, by James Hall, 1837, 1839. (In its Reports rela-
tive to the geological survey, 1837, 1839.) rS5747 N26
A later and more complete report of this district will be found in v.9 .
of the Natural history of New York, (qrs7o.974/ Na6).
The fourth district consisted of the counties of Otsego, Chenango,
Broome, Tioga, Chemung, Cortland, Tompkins, Seneca, Yates,
Steuben,- Allegany, Cattaraugus, Chautauqua, Erie and Niagara, em-
bracing an area of 11,594 square miles.
The third and fourth districts were afterward reorganized, making all
the counties to the west of Cayuga lake, and a line drawn north and
south from its two extremities, the fourth district, which contained
1 1, 060 square miles.
NEW YORK (state) Geologist.
Report (7th-date) of the state geologist to the regents, for
the year i887-date. i888-date. (In New York (state)
Museum. Annual report, i887-date.) qr5O7 N26
Reports (ist-2oth), 18811900, are indexed in Bulletin no.66 of the
New York state museum, qrso7 Na6b.
Until 1898 the reports of the state geologist contained the reports of the
paleontologic work. The geologist originated from the commission of
1837 on the geological survey and the title of paleontologist was
added in 1843. For the early reports, see Annual reports of the
geological districts 0557.47 N26), and v.g-12 of the Natural history
of New York ^570.9747 N26).
Pennsylvania
PENNSYLVANIA Committee on a geological and minera-
logical survey of the state.
Report read in the House of representatives, Feb. 3,
1836. 1836 r5S7. 4 8 P39
Bound with other pamphlets.
PENNSYLVANIA Geological survey, (ist survey.)
Annual report (ist-6th), on the geological survey, by H.
D. Rogers, state geologist, made to the legislature,
1836-41. 1836-42 r55748 P39
"At the time of the organization of the Survey, it was estimated that
it would occupy at least ten years; but the financial embarrassments
of the Commonwealth made it expedient to withhold further appropri-
ations after the sixth year, and to bring the Survey abruptly to a
close before it could be completed in all its parts." H. D. Rogers.
A vast mass of material was reserved for the Final report, which, how-
ever, did not appear for seventeen years, viz in 1858, ^557.48 P39g).
Geology of Pennsylvania; a government survey by H. D.
GEOLOGY UNITED STATES 709
Rogers. 2v. 1858 qr557.48
v.i, Book i. Primal auroral strata of the Atlantic slope.
Book 2. Kittatinny valley.
Book 3. Stroudburg. Orwigsburg valley.
Book 4. Northeastern district.
Book 5. Lower Juniata district.
Book 6. Upper Juniata district.
Book 7. Seventh district in the northwest corner of the state.
v.2, Book 8. Anthracite coal region.
Book 9. Bituminous coal fields.
This is the Final report of the first geological survey. It could not be
published until 1858 because of lack of funds.
"The first survey of Pennsylvania may be truly said to close in 1851.
All [work] between that and the appearance of the Final report in
1858 was of superficial revision in the field, and editorial labor in
the cabinet." J. P. Lesley, 1876.
PENNSYLVANIA Geological survey. (2d survey.)
Annual report, 1885-1887. 3v. in 9. 1886-89 r5S7. 48
The same. 1886. v.2. 1887 557-48 P399
Final report; a summary description of the geology of Penn-
sylvania, with index. 4v. in 6. 1892-95 ^57.48 P399f
v.i. Description of the Laurentian, Huronian, Cambrian and lower
silurian formations.
v.2. Description of the upper silurian and Devonian formations.
v.3, pt. i. Description of the carboniferous formation.
v.3, pt.2. Description of the bituminous coal fields.
v.4, pt. i. Atlas to final report.
v.4, pt.2. Index to final report.
The same. v.i. 1892 557-48 P399f
"The accuracy of the statements of the geologists [of the First survey]
whose reports are condensed and consolidated in the final report of
Prof. H. D. Rogers, published in 1858, is a matter of frequent remark
and admiration. Yet the First survey was essentially a reconnoissance.
Those engaged in it thirty years ago worked chiefly without instru-
ments of precision and under the greatest inconvenience. Their views
were broad, their isolated observations numerous and exact, but their
districts never were accurately surveyed by them, nor could be. The
second survey is intended to supply this lack; to take up their work
where they left off; to reduce their general statements to precision;
to measure, where they could only estimate; to define, what they could
only indicate; to demonstrate what they could see to be true, but
which they could not prove and show in all its truth." /. P. Lesley,
state geologist.
Geological hand-atlas of the 67 counties of Pennsylvania.
1885 qr557-48 P399g
Grand atlas, v.i-5, in 6. 1884-85 qr557-48 P399gr
v.i. County geological maps.
v.2 in 2. Anthracite coal fields.
v.3. Petroleum and bituminous coal fields.
v-4. South Mountain and Great Valley topographical maps.
v.5. Central and south-eastern Pennsylvania.
A list of, and brief guide to, the publications of the Pennsyl-
vania geological survey, 1874-1895; compiled by H. P.
Miller. 1896 ^57.48
Reports of progress, (A-Z). io7v. 1875-90 ^57.48
For analytical contents see check list which is kept at the reference desk.
A.V.I. History of the First geological survey of Pennsylvania, from
1836 to 1858, by J. P. Lesley.
A2. v.2. Report on the causes, kinds and amount of waste in mining
anthracite coal, by F. Platt.
AC. v.3~4. Report on mining methods, with atlas.
AA. v.s-27. Report of progress of the anthracite survey, with atlases.
B. v. 28-29. Report on the minerals.
C. v.30-37- Reports on counties.
D. v.38-44. Reports on counties.
E. v.45- Trap dykes and azoic rocks of south east Pennsylvania.
F. v.46-49. Report on Juniata river district.
710 GEOLOGY UNITED STATES
G. v. 50-56. Reports on counties.
H. v. 57-64. Reports on counties.
I. v.6s 70. Reports on various oil regions.
J. v.7i. Report on the oil region, by H. E. Wrigley.
K. v.72-75. ' Report on Fayette and Westmoreland counties and on
Monongahela river coal mines.
L. v.76. Report on the Youghiogheny coke manufacture, by F. Platt.
M. v. 77-79. Report of chemical analyses, 1874-80.
N. v.8o. Report on the levels above tide of railroads, canals, etc., by
C. Allen.
O. v.8i 83. Catalogue of specimens collected by the survey.
P. v.84-91. Report on the coal flora and Dictionary of fossils found
in Pennsylvania.
Q. v.92-95. Reports on counties.
R. v.p6-99. Reports on counties.
T. v. 100-104. Reports on counties.
V. v.ios-io6. Reports on counties.
X. v.io7. Geological hand atlas of the sixty-seven counties of Pennsyl-
vania.
Z. v.i 08. Report on the terminal moraine across Pennsylvania.
04, S and Y were never published.
The same, (AC, 13, Is), v.3-4, 67-68, 70. 1883-90 55748
LESLEY, John Peter.
Geology of the Pittsburgh coal region. 1886 r557488 L64
New Jersey
NEW JERSEY Geological survey, (ist survey.)
Description of the geology of New Jersey; a final report,
by H. D. Rogers. 1840 r55749 Na6
NEW JERSEY Geological survey. (2d survey.)
Annual report (2d), for the year 1855. 1856 r 55749 N26a
NEW JERSEY Geological survey. (3d survey.)
Annual report (igth-date), of the state geologist, 1882-
date. i882-date r 55749 N26an
pt.2 of the report for 1899, which is a report on forests, is catalogued
separately, r634.g Na6; Appendix to the report for 1902 is
also catalogued separately, rs62 W48.
Final report of the state geologist. 5v. in 7. 1888- .
1902 qr55749 Na6f
v.i. Geodetic survey, by E. A. Bowser. Physical description, by C. C.
Vermeule. Population. Bench-marks. Magnetic survey. Clim-
atology, by J. C. Smock.
v.2 in 2. Catalogue of minerals found in New Jersey, by F. A. Can-
field. Catalogue of plants, by N. L. Britton. Catalogue of insects,
by J. B. Smith. Catalogue of vertebrates, by Julius Nelson.
v.3. Report on the water supply, by C. C. Vermeule.
v.4. P-hysical geography of New Jersey, by R. D. Salisbury. Appen-
dix, by C. C. Vermeule.
v.4, pt.2. Relief map of New Jersey, by J. C. Smock and C. C. Vermeule.
v.5- The glacial geology of New Jersey, by R. D. Salisbury and others.
Geology of New Jersey, by G. H. Cook. 1868 Q r 55749 N26g
Contents: Introduction. DETAILED GEOLOGY: Azoic formation. Paleo-
zoic formation. Triassic formation. Cretaceous formation. Tertiary
and recent formations. Historic geology. ECONOMIC GEOLOGY: Fertil-
izers. Building materials. Ores. Manufacturers' materials and use-
ful products.
This is the Final report.
NEW JERSEY Geological survey. (2d survey.)
Geology of the county of Cape May, by G. H. Cook.
1857 ^57.499 N26
Contents: Physical and geological description. Economical geology.
Catalogues of zoological and botanical productions of the county of
Cape May. Sketch of the early history of the county of Cape May.
GEOLOGY UNITED STATES 711
Maryland
MARYLAND Geological survey.
[Report.] v.i-date. i897-date qr557-52 M43
v.i. Introduction, by W. B. Clark. Historical sketch, embracing an
account of the progress of investigation concerning the physical fea-
tures and natural resources of Maryland, by W. B. Clark. Outline of
present knowledge of the physical features of Maryland, by W. B.
Crane. Bibliography and cartography of Maryland, by E. B. Mathews.
First report upon magnetic work in Maryland, by L. A. Bauer.-
v.2. Administrative report, by W. B. Clark. The building and decora-
tive stones of Maryland, by G. P. Merrill and E. B. Mathews. Report
on the cartography of Maryland, by Henry Gannett and E. B. Mathews.
v-3- Introduction, including an account of the organization of high-
way investigations by the Maryland geological survey, by W. B. Clark.
The relations of Maryland topography, climate and geology to high-
way construction, by \V. B. Clark. Highway legislation in Maryland,
and its influence on the economic development of the state, by St. G.
L. Sioussat. The present condition of Maryland highways, by A. N.
Johnson. Construction and repair of roads, by A. N. Johnson.
Qualities of good road-metals and the methods of testing them, by
H. F. Reid. The administration of roads, including the method and
expense of road improvements, by H. F. Reid. The advantages of
good roads, by H. F. Reid.
v.4. Paleozoic Appalachia, or the history of Maryland during paleozoic
time, by Bailey Willis. Second report on the highways of Maryland,
by H. F. Reid and A. N. Johnson. Report on the clays of Maryland,
by Heinrich Ries.
[Report on county resources.] [v.i-3.] 1900-1902. . . ^557.52 M43r
[v.i.] Allegany county, with atlas.
[v.2.] Cecil county, with atlas.
[v.3_] Garrett county, with atlas.
Each volume contains a bibliography of references to the geology of the
county described.
[Reports on the systematic geology and paleontology of
Maryland.] v.i. 1901 q r 557.52 M43re
v.i. Eocene.
Virginia. West Virginia
WEST VIRGINIA Geological survey.
Bulletin, no.i-date. igoi-date r557-54 Ws6b
no. i. A bibliography of works upon the geology and natural resources
of West Virginia, 1764-1901, and also A cartography of West Virginia,
1737-1901, comp. by S. B. Brown.
Report, i897-date. v.i-date. i899-date ^57.54 Ws6
v.i. Report of Geological commission. Levels above tide, by I. C.
White. Variation of the magnetic compass, by R. U. Goode. Pe-
troleum and natural gas, by I. C. White.
v.2. Levels above tide, true meridians, etc., by I. C. White. Appala-
chian coal field, by I. C. White.
BOYD, Charles R.
Resources of south-west Virginia, showing the deposits of
iron, coal, zinc, copper and lead. 1881 557-55 B66
The same. 1881 r557-55 B66
CAMPBELL, John Lyle, 1818-86.
Geology and mineral resources of the James river valley,
Virginia. 1882 ^57.55 Ci5
McCREATH, Andrew S. & D'Invilliers, E. V.
Geological and chemical report on a portion of the Vir-
ginia and Tennessee coal and iron company's property;
embracing about 15,000 acres along the Clinch valley
7 i2 GEOLOGY UNITED STATES
division of the Norfolk & Western R. R., Wise county,
Va. 1892 r557.5S Mi4g
ROGERS, William Barton.
Reprint of annual reports and other papers on the geology
of the Virginias, [ed. by Emma Rogers]. 1884 ^57.55 R6i
Contents: Annual reports of progress of the geological survey for 1835-
41. Physical structure of the Appalachian chain. Artesian borings at
Fortress Monroe. Age of the coal rocks of eastern Virginia. Observa-
tions on the natural coke of the oolite coal region in the vicinity of
Richmond. Gravel and cobble-stone deposits of Virginia and the Middle
states. Notes from Macfarlane's Geological railway guide, 1879.
Analysis of waters of the principal mineral springs of Virginia. Re-
port on the Pridevale coal and iron ore, West Virginia. Subterranean
temperature in the coal mines of eastern Virginia. Contributions to
the geology of the tertiary formations of Virginia. Some observa-
tions on the tertiary marl of lower Virginia. Connection of thermal
springs in Virginia with anticlinal axes and faults.
The VIRGINIAS; a mining, industrial and scientific journal,
devoted to the development of Virginia and West Vir-
ginia; monthly. v.i-4. 1880-83 qr5S7-SS V34
North Carolina. South Carolina
NORTH CAROLINA Geological survey.
Bulletin, no.i, 6, 8-n, 13-date. i8g3-date ^57.56
no. i. Iron ores of North Carolina, by H. B. C. Nitze.
no.6. Timber trees and forests of North Carolina, by Gifford Pinchot
and W. W. Ashe.
no.8. Papers on the waterpower of North Carolina, by G. F. Swain and
others,
no.g. Monazite and monazite deposits in North Carolina, by H. B. C.
Nitze.
no.io. Gold mining in North Carolina and adjacent Appalachian
regions, by H. B. C. Nitze and H. A. J. Wilkens.
no. ii. Corundum and the basic magnesian rocks of western North
Carolina, by J. V. Lewis,
no. 1 3. Clay deposits and clay industry in North Carolina, by Heinrich
Ries.
Report of the geological survey, 1875, by W. C. Kerr, state
geologist, v.i. 1875 qr5S7-S6 N4S
SOUTH CAROLINA Agricultural and geological survey.
Report on the geology of South Carolina, by Michael
Tuomey. 1848 qr557-57 $72
Georgia
GEORGIA Geological survey.
Administrative report of the state geologist, for the year
ending Oct. 1894-1900. 1894-1900 ^57.58 G3ia
The report for 1894/95 was not issued but the report printed in 1896
covers the period from Oct. 24, 1894 to Oct. 15, 1896.
Bulletin, no. 1-2; no.3-A; no.4-A; no.5-A; no.6-A; 110.7;
no.8; no.9-A; no.io-A. 1894-1902 q r 557-58 G^l
no. i. McCallie, S. W. Preliminary report on the marbles of Georgia.
no.2. King, F. P. Preliminary report on the corundum deposits of
Georgia.
no.3~A. Hall, B. M. comp. Preliminary report on a part of the water-
powers of Georgia.
no.4-A. Yeates, W. S. and others. Preliminary report on a part of
the gold deposits of Georgia.
no.s-A. McCallie, S. W. Preliminary report on a part of the phos-
phates and marls of Georgia.
GEOLOGY UNITED STATES 713
no.6-A. Ladd, G. E. Preliminary report on a part of the clays of
Georgia.
no.7. McCallie, S. \V. Preliminary report on the artesian-well system of
Georgia,
no. 8. McCallie, S. W. Preliminary report on roads and road-building
materials of Georgia.
no.p-A. Watson, T. L. Preliminary report on a part of the granites
and gneisses of Georgia,
no. lo-A. McCallie, S. W. Preliminary report on a part of the iron
ores of Georgia; Polk, Bartow and Floyd counties.
Paleozoic group ; the geology of ten counties of northwestern
Georgia, by J. W. Spencer. 1893 ^57.58
Bibliography of Georgia geology, P-36S-367.
Alabama
ALABAMA Geological survey.
Bulletin, v.s, no.i. 1887 qr557-6i A3ibu
no. i. Herrick, C. L. List of the fresh-water and marine Crustacea of
Alabama.
It was originally intended to publish the final reports of the survey under
several different heads of which v.s was Botany and zoology. It was
found impossible to carry out this plan, but Herrick's List of Crustacea
was printed while the officials of the survey still had this intention.
Bulletin, no.2, 4-7. 1892-1903 r 557.61 A3ib
no.2. Smith, E.A. Phosphates and marls of Alabama.
no.4-6. Hayes, C.W. Report on the geology of north-eastern Alabama
and adjacent portions of Georgia and Tennessee. Brewer, W.
M. and others. Preliminary report on the upper gold belt of
Alabama; with supplementary notes on the most important va-
rieties of the crystalline or metamorphic rocks of Alabama.
Ries, Heinrich. Preliminary report on the clays of Alabama.
no-7- Hall.-B. M. Preliminary report on a part of the water powers
of Alabama.
Report on the Cahaba coal field, by Joseph Squire, with an
appendix on the geology of the valley regions adjacent to
the Cahaba field, by E. A. Smith, with map. 1890. .r557.6i A3irep
Report on the geological structure of Murphree's valley, and
its minerals and other materials of economic value, by A.
M. Gibson. 1893 ^557.61 A3ire
Report on the geology of the coastal plain of Alabama, by E.
A. Smith and others ; with contributions to its paleontology,
by T. H. Aldrich and K. M. Cunningham. 1894 r557.6i A3ir
Report on the valley regions of Alabama (paleozoic strata), by
Henry McCalley. 2pts. 1896-97 r 557.61 A3I
pt.i. On the Tennessee valley region.
pt.2. On the Coosa valley region.
Reports of progress for the years 1874-1876. 3v. 1875-
76 r557.6i A3irg
Mississippi
MISSISSIPPI Agricultural and geological survey.
Preliminary report on the geology and agriculture of the
state of Mississippi, by L. Harper, state geologist.
1857
Being the second report of the survey.
Report on the agriculture and geology of Mississippi,
embracing a sketch of the social and natural history,
7H GEOLOGY UNITED STATES
by B. L. C. Wailes, geologist of Mississippi. 1854. . ^557.62 M74
Contents: Historical outline. Land titles. Agriculture. Geology.
Fauna. Flora.
First report of the Agricultural and geological survey of Mississippi.
Report on the geology and agriculture of the state of
Mississippi, by E. W. Hilgard, state geologist. 1860. ^557.62 M74r
Being the fourth report of the survey.
Louisiana
LOUISIANA State university and agricultural and mechan-
ical college. Experiment stations office.
Geology and agriculture, pt.3-6. 1896-1902 ^57.63 LQ2
pt.3 4. A preliminary report upon the Florida parishes of EastLouis-
iana and the bluff, prairie and hill lands of southwest Louisiana, by
W. W. Clendenin. A preliminary report upon the bluff and Missis-
sippi alluvial lands of Louisiana, by W. W. Clendenin.
pt.s. A preliminary report on the geology of Louisiana; Historical re-
view; General geology, by G. D. Harris and A. C. Veatch. The Natch-
itoches area, by G. D. Harris. The Shreveport area, by A. C. Veatch.
The Five Islands, by A. C. Veatch. A report on Louisiana clay
samples, by H. Ries. A report on a collection of fossil plants from
northwestern Louisiana, by Arthur Hollick. The cretaceous and
lower eocene faunas of Louisiana, by G. D. Harris. Establishment
of meridian lines by G. D. Harris. A few notes on road making, by
G. D. Harris. Some wood-destroying fungi, by G. F. Atkinson.
pt.6. The tertiary geology of the Mississippi embayment, by G. D.
Harris. The salines of north Louisiana, by A. C. Veatch. The geog-
raphy and geology of the Sabine river, by A. C. Veatch. Notes on
the geology along the Ouachita, by A. C. Veatch. Improvements in
Louisiana cartography, by G. D. Harris. The subterranean waters
of Louisiana, by G. D. Harris and J. Pacheco. The tides in the Rigo-
lets, by R. A. Harris. Oil in Louisiana, by G. D. Harris.
Texas
CUMMINS, William Fletcher.
Notes on the geology of northwest Texas. 1893 qrSS7-64 91
From the 4th annual report of the Geological survey of Texas, 1892.
KENNEDY, W.
Report on Grimes, Brazos and Robertson counties, Texas.
1893 qr557-64 Cpi
From the 4th annual report of the Geological survey of Texas, 1892.
Bound with Cummins' Notes on the geology of northwest Texas.
SHUMARD, George Gettz.
Partial report on the geology of western Texas, consist-
ing of a general geological report and a journal of
geological observations along the routes traveled by
the expedition between Indianola, Texas, and the valley
of the Mimbres, New Mexico, 1855 and 1856; with an
appendix giving a detailed report on the geology of
Grayson county. 1886 ^57.64 856
Being the notes for the official report of the Texas geological survey
for 1855 and 1856, which was never published.
TEXAS Geological and mineralogical survey. (3d survey.)
Annual report (ist-3d), 1880-91. 1890-92 qr5S7-64 T32
For list of accompanying papers see contents book, p. 291; kept at the
reference desk.
Bulletin, no. 1-4, in i. 1880-90 T557.64 T32b
Report of progress (2d), 1891. 1892 ^57.64 T32S
GEOLOGY UNITED STATES 715
Arkansas
ARKANSAS Geological survey. (Owen survey.)
First report of a geological reconnoissance of the northern
counties of Arkansas made during 1857 an d 1858, by
D. D. Owen. 1858 qr5S7.67 A72 v.i
Second report of a geological reconnoissance of the middle
and southern counties of Arkansas, made during 1859
and 1860, by D. D. Owen. 1860 qr557-67 A72 v.2
ARKANSAS Geological survey. (Branner survey.)
Annual report, 1887-1892. 1887-1900 r 557-67 A72a
1887. Administrative report.
1888, v.i. Administrative report. jComstock, T.B. Report upon pre-
liminary examination of the geology of western central Arkansas.
1888, v.2. Hill, R. T. Neozoic geology of southwestern Arkansas.
Hay, O. P. The northern limits of the mesozoic rocks in Arkansas.
Branner, J. C. On the manufacture of Portland cement.
1888, v.3. Winslow, Arthur. The geology of the coal regions.
1888, v.4. Simonds, F. W. The geology of Washington county.
Branner, J. C. & Coville, F. V. A list of the plants of Arkansas.
1889, v.2. Call, R. E. The geology of Crowley's ridge.
1890, v.i. Penrose, R. A. F. Manganese.
1890, v.2. Williams, J. F. The igneous rocks of Arkansas.
1890, v.3. Griswold, L. S. Whetstones and the novaculites of Arkansas.
1890, v-4. Hopkins, T. C. Marbles and other limestones, with atlas.
1891, v.i. The mineral waters of Arkansas.
1891, v.2. MISCELLANEOUS REPORTS: Simonds, F. W. & Hopkins, T. C.
The geology of Benton county. Branner, J. C. Elevations in the
state of Arkansas. Branner, J. C. Observations on erosion above
Little Rock. Branner, J. C. Magnetic observations. Sampson, F. A.
The mollusca of Arkansas. Bollman, C. H. The myriapoda of
Arkansas. Meek, S. E. The fishes of Arkansas. Siebenthal, C. E.
The geology of Dallas county. Branner, J. C. Bibliography of the
geology of Arkansas.
1892, v.i. Penrose, R. A. F. The iron deposits of Arkansas.
1892, v.2. Harris, G. D. The tertiary geology of southern Arkansas.
1892, v.s. Branner, J. C. The zinc and lead region of north Arkansas,
with atlas.
Tennessee
TENNESSEE Geological survey.
Geology of Tennessee, by J. M. Safford. 1869 rS57.68 T2gg
TENNESSEE State geologist.
Geological report (sth) to the General assembly of Ten-
nessee, Nov. 1839, by Gerard Troost. 1840 r557.68 T29
Kentucky
KENTUCKY Geological survey, (ist survey.)
Report (ist, 2d, 4th) of the geological survey in Kentucky
made during 1854-1857, and 1858-1859, by D. D.
Owen. 1856-61 qr557-69 Ki9
KENTUCKY Geological survey. (2d survey.)
Chemical analyses, A. v.i; 3. 1884-88 qr557-69
v.i. ist-3d chemical report. Chemical analyses of the hemp and buck-
wheat plants.
v-3- 7th chemical report.
Part of a new edition of the Reports of progress, in which the articles
are rearranged so as to bring into one series all reports relating to a
given subject or locality.
716 GEOLOGY UNITED STATES
Report on the geological and economic features of the Jack-
son's purchase region, by R. H. Loughridge. 1888. .qr557.69 Ki93r
Report on the occurrence, of petroleum, natural gas and
asphalt rock in western Kentucky; based on examinations
made in 1888 and 1889, by Edward Orton. 1891 . .qr557.69 Ki93rep
Reports of progress; N. S. Shaler, director, v.i, 3, 5. 1876-
80 qr557-69 Ki93re
Issued biennially; called "new series," as continuation of Owen's survey.
v.i. Report on the timber growth of Greenup, Carter, Boyd and Law-
rence counties in eastern Kentucky, by N. S. Shaler and A. R.
Crandall. Report of the botany of Barren and Edmonson counties,
by John Hussey. Report on the iron ores of Greenup, Boyd and
Carter counties, the Kentucky division of the Hanging Rock iron
region, by P. N. Moore. Chemical report of the soils, clays, ores,
mineral waters, &c. of Kentucky, by Robert Peter and J. H.
Talbutt. The iron manufacture of the Kentucky division of the
Rock iron region, by P. N. Moore. Report on the geology of the
region adjacent to the Louisville, Paducah and Southwestern rail-
road, with a section, by C. J. Norwood. Report of a reconnois-
sance in the lead region of Livingston, Crittenden and Caldwell
counties, including a sketch of their general wealth, by C. J. Nor-
wood.
v.3. General report of the geological survey of Kentucky, by N. S.
Shaler.- History of the operations of the survey in 1874 and 1875,
by N. S. Shaler. Notes on the investigations of the Kentucky geo-
logical survey during the years 1873, 1874 and 1875, by N. S. Shaler.
- Annual report of N. S. Shaler for the year 1876. The transporta-
tion routes of Kentucky and their relation to the economic resources
of the commonwealth, by X. S. Shaler. Description of the pre-
liminary topographical and geological maps of Kentucky, edition of
1876, by N. S. Shaler. Annual report of N. S. Shaler, state geolo-
gist, for the year 1877. Report on the unfinished work of the
survey under the direction of D. D. Owen, by N. S. Shaler.
v.$. Description of the topography of the area within the reconnois-
sance triangulation of the United States coast and geodetic survey
in Kentucky, 1875-1876, by W. B. Page. Topographical report of a
part of Greenup and Lawrence counties, 1874, by C. Schenk. On
the use of the telemeter in topographical surveys, by C. Schenk.
Report on the timbers of the tradewater region, by L. H. De-
Friese. A general account of the geology of a part of Ohio county,
by C. J. Norwood. Report on the timbers of the district west of
the Tennessee river, commonly known as the "Purchase district,"
by L. H. DeFriese. Third chemical report on the soils, clays,
ores, mineral waters, &c. of Kentucky, by Robert Peter. Report
on the limonite ores of Trigg, Lyon and Caldwell counties, known
as the "Cumberland river ores," by VV. B. Caldwell. Iron, the
impurities which commonly occur with it, and their effects, by
\V. B. Caldwell. Report on a belt of Kentucky timbers extending
east and west from Columbus to Pound Gap, by L. H. DeFriese.
Report on the timbers of Boyle and Mercer counties, by W. M.
Linney. Report on the Chinn's Branch cannel coal district, by
A. R. Crandall. Fourth chemical report of the soils, clays, ores,
mineral waters, &c. of Kentucky, by Robert Peter.
Ohio
OHIO Geological survey, (ist survey.)
Annual report (ad) of W. W. Mather, principal geologist,
1838. [1839.] ' r5577i Oi8a
OHIO Geological survey. (2d survey.)
Geological atlas of Ohio ; prepared by J. S. Newberry and
others. 1879 qr557-7i Oi8
Report of progress, 1869-1870. v.i-2. 1871 ^57.71 Oi8r
GEOLOGY UNITED STATES 717
v.i. Sketch of the progress of the geological survey in 1869, by J. S.
Newberry. Report on the Straitsville coal field, by E. B. An-
drews. Report on the geology of Montgomery county, by Edward
Orton.
v.z. Sketch of the structure of the lower coal measures in northeastern
Ohio, by J. S. Newberry. Report of labors in the 2d geological
district during 1870, by E. B. Andrews. The geology of Highland
county, by Edward Orton. Agricultural survey, by J. H. Klip-
part. Report of the chemical department, by T. G. Wormley.
Sketches of the geology of Geauga and Holmes counties, by M. C.
Read. Report on the geology of Williams, Fulton and Lucas
counties, by G. K. Gilbert. Sketch of the present state of the
iron manufacture in Great Britain, by W. B. Potter. Sketch of the
present state of the steel industry, by Henry Newton.
Report, with maps. 7v. in n. 1873-93 qi"5577i OiSre
Contents: Geology, v.i, pt.i; v.2, pt.i; v-3, pt.i; v.7, pt.2. Palaeontology,
v.t, pt.a; v.2, pt.2; v.7, pt.2. Zoology, v.4, pt.i. Economic geology,
v.s-6; v.7, pt.i.
v_3, pt.2, v.4, pt.2 were never published, but material prepared for these
volumes appeared in v.7, which was issued by the 3d survey.
Maps accompany v. 1-2.
OHIO Geological survey. (3d survey.)
Annual report (ist), 1890. 1890 ^57.71 OiSan
ist report was made by Edward Orton, state geologist. The material
gathered for the 2d report of this survey, together with certain other
chapters, was published under the title "Geology of Ohio," v-7, in
1893.
Indiana. Illinois
INDIANA Geology and natural resources department.
Annual report (ist-date), i869-date. i86o-date ^57.72 124
For partial contents see contents book, p. 197; kept at the reference desk,
ist loth reports (7 volumes text, 2 volumes maps), 1869-1878, were
issued by the Geological survey, E. T. Cox, state geologist. 3d~4th
reports and 8th-ioth, were issued as single volumes.
Reports for 1879-1880 are included in the 2d annual report of the
Department of statistics and geology, ^17.7 124 v.2.
nth-i6th reports, 1881-1888, were issued by the Department of
geology and natural history, isth report covers the years 1885 and
1886. i6th report is for the year 1888. iyth report is for the year
1891, i8th for 1893, after which date reports have been issued each
year.
By act of Feb. 26, 1889 the offices of Mine inspector and Oil inspector
were abolished and the Department of geology and natural resources,
consisting of four divisions, Geology and natural science, Mines and
mining, Mineral oils, Natural gas, was created.
ILLINOIS Geological survey.
Abstract of a report on Illinois coals, with descriptions and
analyses and a general notice of the coal fields, by J. G.
Norwood. 1857 ^57.73 I22a
Economical geology of Illinois; reprinted from the original
reports of the geological survey, with additions and
emendations, by A. H. Worthen, state geologist, v.i-
2. 1882 r55773 122
"Publication. . .provided for by act ... approved May 26, 1881, [which]
required. . .the republication, in three volumes, of all that portion ol
the six volumes of the original reports that related to the Economical
Geology of the State."
[Report; A. H. Worthen, director.] 8v. in 9. 1866-90. .. .qr557-73 I22r
v. i. Geology.
v. 2. Palaontoloary.
v.3-8. Geology and palaeontology.
v.8 is in 2 parts, pt.2 consisting of plates.
v.8 contains a sketch of A. H. Worthen and a general index to the report.
718 GEOLOGY UNITED STATES
LEVERETT, Frank.
Illinois glacial lobe. 1899. (United States Geological sur-
vey. Monographs.) q r 557-73 L66
Michigan
CLEMENTS, Julius Morgan, & Smyth, H.L.
Crystal Falls iron-bearing district of Michigan; with a chap-
ter on the Sturgeon river tongue, by W. S. Bayley. 1899.
(United States Geological survey. Monographs.) . . qr557-74 Cs6
FOSTER, John Wells, & Whitney, J.D.
Report on the geology and topography of a portion of the
Lake Superior land district in the state of Michigan.
pt.i. 1850. (United States. 3ist cong. ist sess.
House. Ex. doc. no. 69.) r 557-74 F8i
pt.i. Copper lands.
MICHIGAN Geological survey board.
Geological survey of Michigan, :869-date. v.i-date. 1873-
date qr 557.74 M66
v.i. Upper peninsula, 1869-1873; Iron-bearing rocks (economic), by T.
B. Brooks. Copper-bearing rocks, by Raphael Pumpelly. Palaeozoic
rocks, by C. Rominger.
v.ia. Atlas to accompany Iron-bearing rocks (economic), by T. B. Brooks,
v.a. Upper peninsula, 1869-1873; Appendices to v.i, pt.i, Iron-bearing
rocks (economic), by T. B. Brooks.
v-3. Lower peninsula, 1873-1876; pt.i. Geology, pt.2. Palaeontology, by
C. Rominger.
v.4. Upper peninsula, 1878-1880; Marquette iron region, by C. Romin-
ger. Menominee iron region, by C. Rominger.
Y.S. Upper peninsula, 1881-1884; iron and copper regions, by C. Rom-
inger. Lower peninsula, 1885-1893; deep borings, by C.E.Wright
and others.
v.6. Upper peninsula, 1893-1897; Isle Royale, by A. C. Lane. Kewee-
naw Point, with particular reference to the felsites and their associated
rocks, by L. C. Hubbard. The crystallization of the calcite from the
copper mines of Lake Superior, by Charles Palache.
v.7- Lower peninsula, 1896-1900; Monroe county, by W. H. Sherzer.
Huron county, by A. C. Lane. Sanilac county, by C. H. Gordon.
v.8. Clays and shales of Michigan; their properties and uses, by
Heinrich Ries. Coal of Michigan; its mode of occurrence and
quality, by A. C. Lane. Marl (bog lime) and its application to the
manufacture of Portland cement, by D. J. Hale and others.
Report of the state board of geological survey of Michigan
for the year 1899-1902; being the annual report (ist-4th)
of the state geologist, 1899-1902. 1900-03 Q r 557-74 M66r
MICHIGAN Geologist.
Annual report (2d, 4th), [for the year ending Feb. i, 1839,
1841]. :839-[4i] r55774 M668
ad and 4th reports were presented by Douglas Houghton, state geologist.
20 REPORT: Geology, by Douglas Houghton. Zoology, by Abram
Sager. Botany, by John Wright. Topography, by S. W. Higgins.
Geology of Eaton, Ingham and Jackson counties, by C. C. Douglas.
Geology of Wayne and Monroe counties, by Bela Hubbard.
4TH REPORT: Topography, geology and mineralogy of the country
bordering on Lake Superior, by Douglas Houghton. Latitudes and
magnetic variations, by Frederick Hubbard. Geology, by C. C. Doug-
las. Geology, by Bela Hubbard. Topography, by S. W. Higgins.
First biennial report of the progress of the geological
survey of Michigan embracing observations on the
geology, zoology and botany of the lower peninsula,
[by A. Winchell], 1859-1860. 1861 qr557-74 M668f
pt.i. Geology.
GEOLOGY UNITED STATES 719
pt.2. Zoology.
pt.3. Botany.
SHEPHERD, Forrest.
Geological survey of the mineral lands on the southern
shore of Lake Superior belonging to the Pittsburgh
and Boston copper harbor mining company; also a
Report of the analysis of the various ores found there-
on, by B. Silliman. 1846 r622.33 W66
Bound with Whittlesey's Dissertation upon the origin of mineral coal.
VAN HISE, Charles Richard, & Bayley, W.S.
The Marquette iron-bearing district of Michigan, with atlas,
including a chapter on the Republic trough, by H. L.
Smyth. 2v. 1896-97. (United States Geological survey.
Monographs.) q r 557-74 VIQ
v.i. Text. v.2. Atlas.
"Geological explorations and literature," by W. S. Bayley, v. i, p. 5-148.
Wisconsin
FEATHERSTONHAUGH, George William.
Report of a geological reconnoissance, 1835, by Green Bay
and Wisconsin to the Coteau de Prairie. 1836. ..r 557. 68 T29 v.$
A report of the United States geologist to the Topographical bureau.
Bound with Tennessee State geologist. Geological report.
OWEN, David Dale.
Letter of the secretary of the treasury, communicating a
report of a geological reconnoissance of the Chippewa
land district of Wisconsin and the northern part of
Iowa, by David Dale Owen. 1848. (United States.
3Oth cong. ist sess. Senate. Ex. doc. no. 57.) qi"S57-7S 034
WISCONSIN Geological and natural history survey.
Biennial report (ist-date) of the commissioners, for the
two years ending Dec. 31, iSgS-date. i8oo-date. . . .r55775 W8ib
Bulletin, v.i-date. iSgS-date r 557. 75 WSibu
v. 1-3. Roth, Filibert. On the forestry conditions of northern Wiscon-
sin. Peckham, G. W. & E. G. On the instincts and habits of the
solitary wasps. Weidman, Samuel. A contribution to the geology of
the pre-Cambrian igneous rocks of the Fox river valley, Wisconsin.
v.4. Buckley, E. R. On the building and ornamental stones of Wiscon-
sin.
v-5. Salisbury, R. D. & Atwood, W. W. Geography of the region about
Devil's lake and the Dalles of the Wisconsin.
v.6. Grant, U. S. Preliminary report on the copper-bearing rocks of
Douglas county, Wis.
v.7, pt. i. Buckley, E. R. Clays and clay industries of Wisconsin.
v.8. Fenneman, N. M. On the lakes of southeastern Wisconsin.
v-9. Grant, U. S. Preliminary report on the lead and zinc deposits
of southwestern Wisconsin.
v. 10. Buckley, E. R. Highway construction in Wisconsin.
Hydrographic maps, no.i-io. 1808-1901 r5S7-75 W8ih
no. i. Lake Geneva.
no.2. Elkhart lake.
no.3. Lake Beulah.
no.4. Oconomowoc-Waukesha lake district,
no. 5. Chain-o'-lakes, Waupaca co.
no. 6. Delavan and Lauderdale lakes,
no. 7. Green lake.
no.8. Lake Mendota.
no.p. Big Cedar lake,
no. 10. Lake Monona.
46
720 GEOLOGY UNITED STATES
WISCONSIN Geological survey.
Annual report (ist), 1853. 1854 ^557.75 W8i
Geology of Wisconsin, survey of 1873-79. v.i, 3-4. 1880-
83 V5S7-7S W8ig
Being the final report of the Geological survey.
v.i. General geology. Natural history. Industrial resources.
v.3- The Lake Superior region. Keweenawan rocks. Eastern Lake
Superior district. Huronian belt west of Penokee Gap. Western
Lake Superior district. Upper St. Croix district. Menominee iron
region. Menominee iron region (economic and supplementary).
v.4. The upper Mississippi region. The lower St. Croix region.
Description of fossils. Ore deposits of southwestern Wisconsin.
Quartzite of Barron and Chippewa counties. The Flambeau region.
Crystalline rocks of the Wisconsin valley. Superficial geology of
the upper Wisconsin valley. Character and methods of the Geodetic
survey.
Minnesota
MINNESOTA Geological and natural history survey.
Annual report (ist-4th, 6th, gtli-24th), 1872-1875, 1877,
1880-1898. 1875-09
24th (and final) annual report includes reports 1895-98 and contains a
general index to the Annual reports (ist-24th), p. 179-284.
Bulletin, v.i-io. 1889-98 r 557-76
v.i. Winchell, N. H. History of geological surveys in Minnesota.
v.2. Wadsworth, M. E. Preliminary description of the peridotytes,
gabbros, diabases and andesytes of Minnesota.
v-3. Arthur, J. C. Report on botanical work in Minnesota, 1886.
v.4. Oestlund, O. W. Synopsis of the aphididae of Minnesota.
v.5- Winchell, N. H. Natural gas in Minnesota.
v.6. Winchell, N. H. & H. V. Iron ores of Minnesota.
v.7- Herrick, C. L. Mammals of Minnesota.
v.8. Lawson, A. C. Anorthosytes of the Minnesota coast of Lake Supe-
rior; The laccolitic sills of the north-west coast of Lake Superior.
v-9. Minnesota botanical studies, v.i.
v.io. Spurr, J. E. The iron-bearing rocks of the Mesabi range in Min-
nesota.
Geology of Minnesota; final report, 1872-1901. 6v. in 7.
1884-1901 qr557-76 M72
v.i-2, 4-5. Geology. v.3, in 2. Paleontology.
v.6. Geological atlas, with synoptical descriptions by N. H. Winchell.
MINNESOTA State geologist.
Annual report [of progress, 1865] on the metalliferous
region bordering on Lake Superior, by H. H. Eames.
1866 r55776 M727
Iowa
IOWA Geological survey. (Survey of 1855-59.)
Report on the geological survey of Iowa, embracing the
results of investigations made during the years 1855,
56 & 57, by James Hall [and] J. D. Whitney, v.i in 2.
1858 qr557-77 l^r
v.i, pt.i. Geology,
v.i, pt.2. Palaeontology.
IOWA Geological survey. (Survey of 1866-1869.)
Report on the geological survey of the state of Iowa, to
the I3th general assembly, Jan. 1870, containing results
of examinations and observations made within the years
1866, 1867, 1868 and 1869, by C. A. White. 2v. 1870. ^557.77 125
GEOLOGY UNITED STATES 721
IOWA Geological survey. (Survey of 1892 .)
Annual report, 1892-1902. v.i-i3. 1893-1903 ^557-77 1253
v.i. ANNUAL REPORT, 1892: Administrative reports. Geological forma-
tions of Iowa, by C. R. Keyes. Cretaceous deposits of Woodbury and
Plymouth counties, with observations on their economic uses, by
Samuel Calvin. Ancient lava flows in northwestern Iowa, by S. \V.
Beyer. Distribution and relations of the Saint Louis limestone in
Mahaska county, by H. F. Bain. Annotated catalogue of- minerals,
by C. R. Keyes. Some Niagara lime burning dolomites and dolomitic
building stones of Iowa, by G. L. Houser. Bibliography of Iowa
geology, by C. R. Keyes.
v.2. Coal deposits of Iowa, by C. R. Keyes.
V.3. ANNUAL REPORT, 1893: Administrative reports. Work and scope
of the geological survey, by C. R. Keyes. Cretaceous deposits of the
Sioux valley, by H. F. Bain. Certain Devonian and carboniferous out-
liers in eastern Iowa, by W. H. Norton. Geological section along
Middle river in central Iowa, by J. L. Tilton. Glacial scorings in
Iowa, by C. R. Keyes. Thickness of the paleozoic strata of north-
eastern Iowa, by W. H. Norton. Composition and origin of Iowa
chalk, by Samuel Calvin. Buried river channels in southeastern Iowa,
by C. H. Gordon. Gypsum deposits of Iowa, by C. R. Keyes. Geology
of Lee county, by C. R. Keyes. Geology of Des Moines county, by
C. R. Keyes.
v.4. ANNUAL REPORT, 1894: Administrative reports.- Geology of Alla-
makee county, by Samuel Calvin. Geology of Linn county, by W. H.
Norton. Geology of Van Buren county, by C. H. Gordon. <5eology
of Keokuk county, by H. F. Bain. Geology of Mahaska county, by
H. F. Bain. Geology of Montgomery county, by E. H. Lonsdale.
V-5. ANNUAL REPORT, 1895: Administrative reports. Geology of Jones
county, by Samuel Calvin. Geology of Boone county, by S. W. Beyer.
Geology of Warren county, by J. L. Tilton. Geology of Washington
county, by H. F. Bain. Geology of Woodbury county, by H. F. Bain.
Geology of Appanoose county, by H. F. Bain.
v.6. Lead and zinc deposits of Iowa, by A. G. Leonard. The Sioux
quartzite and certain associated rocks, by S. W. Beyer. Artesian wells
of Iowa, by W. H. Norton. Relations of the Wisconsin and Kansan
drift sheets in central Iowa and related phenomena, by H. F. Bain.
v.7. ANNUAL REPORT, 1896: Administrative reports. Geology of John-
son county, by Samuel Calvin. Geology of Cerro Gordo county, by
Samuel Calvin. Geology of Marshall county, by S. W. Beyer.
Geology of Polk county, by H. F. Bain. Geology of Guthrie county,
by H. F. Bain. Geology of Madison county, by J. L. Tilton and H. F.
Bain.
v.8. ANNUAL REPORT, 1897: Administrative reports. Geology of Dallas
county, by A. G. Leonard. Geology of Delaware county, by Samuel
Calvin. Geology of Buchanan county, by Samuel Calvin. Geology of
Decatur county, by H. F. Bain. Geology of Plymouth county, by
H. F. Bain. Properties and tests of Iowa building stones, by H. F.
Bain.
v.9. ANNUAL REPORT, 1898: Administrative reports. Geology of Car-
roll county, by H. F. Bain. Geology of Humboldt county, by T. H.
Macbride. -Geology of Story county, by S. W. Beyer. Geology of
Muscatine county, by J. A. Udden. Geology of Scott county, by W.
H. Norton. Artesian wells of the Belle Plaine area, by H. R. Mosnat.
v.io. ANNUAL REPORT, 1899: Administrative reports. Statistics of
mineral productions, by S. W. Beyer. Fossil fauna of the Kinder-
hook beds of Burlington, by Stuart Weller. Geology of Lyon and
Sioux counties, by F. A. Wilder. Geology of Osceola and Dickinson
counties, by T. H. Macbride. Geology of Hardin county, by S. W.
Beyer. Geology of Worth county, by I. A. Williams. Geology of
Dubuque county, by Samuel Calvin and H. F. Bain.
v.i i. ANNUAL REPORT, 1900: Administrative reports. Mineral produc-
tion of Iowa in 1900, by S. W. Beyer. Geology of Louise county, by
J. A. Udden. Geology of Marion county, by B. L. Miller. Geology
of Pottawattamie county, by J. A. Udden. Geology of Cedar county,
by W. H. Norton. Geology of Page county, by Samuel Calvin.
Geology of Clay and O'Brien counties, by T. H. Macbride.
v.i2. ANNUAL REPORT, 1901 : Administrative reports. Statistics of
mineral production, by S. W. Beyer. Geology of Webster county, by
F. A. Wilder. Geology of Henry county, by T. E. Savage. Geology
of Cherokee and Buena Vista counties, by T. H. Macbride. Geology
of Jefferson county, by J. A. Udden. Geology of Wapello county, by
A. G. Leonard.
722 GEOLOGY UNITED STATES
v.i3- ANNUAL REPORT, 1902: Administrative reports. Geology of
Howard county, by Samuel Calvin. Geology of Kossuth, Hancock and
Winnebago counties, by T. H. Macbride. Geology of Mills and Fre-
mont counties, by J. A. Udden. Geology of Tama county, by T. E.
Savage. Geology of Chickasaw county, by Samuel Calvin. Geology
of Mitchell county, by Samuel Calvin. Report on the lithographic
stone of Mitchell county, by A. B. Hoen. Geology of Monroe county,
by S. W. Beyer and L. E. Young.
Bulletin, no.i-date. igoi-date r 557.77 I25b
v.i. Pammel, L. H. and others. The grasses of Iowa.
Missouri
MISSOURI Geological survey, (ist survey.)
Annual reports (ist-2d), 1853-1854, by G. C. Swallow, state
geologist. 1855 qrS57-78 M74a
Five reports were published by this first survey, but the second is the
only one which embodies field work, and is the one generally known
as the Swallow report. The others are very brief reports of ad-
ministration and progress.
Geological report of the country along the line of the
south-western branch of the Pacific railroad, state of
Missouri, by G. C. Swallow. 1859 ^57.78 M74
Contains also a Memoir of the Pacific railroad.
A general account of the resources along the line of the railroad. A
somewhat fuller report was published by the Pacific Railway Co. in
New York.
MISSOURI Geological survey. (2d survey.)
Preliminary report on the iron ores and coal fields from
the field work of 1872, by Raphael Pumpelly, director.
1873 qr557-78
Contents: Geology of Pilot Knob and its vicinity, by Raphael
Pumpelly. Analyses of iron-ores, pig-irons and fuels, by Regis Chau-
venet and A. A. Blair. Iron-ores of Missouri, by Adolf Schmidt.
Geology of northeastern Missouri, by G. C. Broadhead, and of Lincoln
county, by W. B. Potter.
Reports on the geological survey of the state of Missouri,
1855-71, by G. C. Broadhead, F. B. Meek and B. F.
Shumard. 1873 qr55778
Report of the geological survey of the state of Missouri
including field work of 1873-74, by G. C. Broadhead,
state geologist. 1874 qr55778 M74re
Contents: Lead region of south-west Missouri, by Ad. Schmidt. Spe-
cial description of ore deposits. Lead region of central Missouri.
MISSOURI Geological survey.
Industrial report [1875-76] on lead, zinc and iron; with
notes on Shannon county and its copper deposits, by
C. P. Williams, acting state geologist. 1877 r557./8
The second survey of Missouri was discontinued after 1874, and most
of its working material was transferred to the state School of mines
at Rolla, of which the president, Dr C. P. Williams, was made acting
state geologist. This was the only report made by Dr Williams.
MISSOURI Geological survey. (3d survey.)
Bulletin, no. 2-5, in iv. 1890-1901 q r 557-78
Contents: Bibliography of the geology of Missouri, by F. A. Sampson.
The clay, stone, lime and sand industries of St. Louis city and county,
by G. E. Ladd. The mineral waters of Henry, St. Clair, Johnson and
Benton counties, by A. E. Woodward. A description of some lower
carboniferous crinoids from Missouri, by S. A. Miller. The age and
origin of the crystalline rocks of Missouri, by Erasmus Haworth.
Notes on the clays and building stones of certain western central
counties tributary to Kansas City, by G. E. Ladd.
GEOLOGY UNITED STATES 723
Sheet report. 1892-94 qr557-78 M74S
Contents: Higginsville sheet, Lafayette county. Bevier sheet, includ-
ing portions of Macon, Randolph and Chariton counties. Iron
Mountain sheet, including portions of Iron, St. Francois and Madi-
son counties.
Subject reports, 1891-1892, i894-date. v.i-3, 6-date. 1891-
date qr55778 M74su
v.i. Preliminary report on the coal deposits of Missouri.
v.2. Report on the iron ores of Missouri, by F. L. Nason.
v.3- Report on the mineral waters of Missouri, by Paul Schweitzer.
v.6-7. Lead and zinc deposits, by Arthur Winslow.
v.8. Organization and results of a state geological survey, by C. R.
Keyes. Crystalline rocks of Missouri, by Erasmus Haworth. Dic-
tionary of altitudes, by C. F. Marbut. Characteristics of the Ozark
mountains, by C. R. Keyes. Coal measures of Missouri, by G. C.
Broadhead.
v.p. Reports on areal geology.
v. 10. Surface features of Missouri and bibliography, by C. R. Keyes.
v. ii. Clay deposits, by H. A. Wheeler.
v.i 2. Reports on areal geology,
v. 13. Preliminary report on the structural and economic geology of
Missouri, by J. A. Gallagher.
SCHOOLCRAFT, Henry Rowe.
View of the lead mines of Missouri; including observations
on the mineralogy, geology, geography, antiquities,
soil, climate, population and productions of Missouri
and Arkansaw and other sections of the western coun-
try. 1819 r5S7-78 837
Kansas. Nebraska
KANSAS UNIVERSITY Geological survey.
Annual bulletin on mineral resources of Kansas for 1898-
date. [v.2]-date. i899-date qr557.8i Ki2a
[Report.] v.2-date. i897-date qrS57.8i Ki2
.2. General geology of western Kansas.
.3. Special report on coal.
.4. Paleontology, pt. i, (On the upper cretaceous).
.5. Special report on gypsum and gypsum cement plasters.
.6. Paleontology, pt.2, (Carboniferous invertebrates and cretaceous
fishes).
v.7. Special report on mineral waters.
NEBRASKA Geological survey.
Report (ist) of the state geologist, 1891-1902. 1903.
(Publications, v.i.) qrS57.82 Ni8
"List of papers on the natural history of Nebraska," p. 232-234.
South Dakota
NEWTON, Henry, & Jenney, W.P.
Report on the geology and resources of the Black Hills of
Dakota. 1880. (United States Geographical and geo-
logical survey of the Rocky mountain region. Re-
ports.) q r 557-83 N2Q
Atlas accompanying this report wanting.
SOUTH DAKOTA Geological survey.
Bulletin, no. 2-3, in i. 1898-1902 ^57.83 8726
no.2-3, in i. South Dakota Geological survey. First and second bi-
ennial reports, with accompanying papers, 1893-6. O'Harra, C. C.
Mineral resources of South Dakota, including mineral wealth of the
Black Hills. Todd, J. E. Mineral building material, fuels and waters
of South Dakota, with production for 1900.
7 24 GEOLOGY UNITED STATES
Wyoming
HOLMES, William Henry, and others.
Yellowstone national park; geology, thermal springs, topog-
raphy. (In United States Geological and geographical
survey of the territories. Annual report, v.i2, pt.2.). .r557.8 Uas v.12
Contents: On the geology of the Yellowstone national park, by W. H.
Holmes. The thermal springs of Yellowstone national park, by A. C.
Peale. Geological field-work of the Yellowstone park division, by
Henry Gannett.
Bibliography of the Yellowstone national park, p.427-44p.
UNITED STATES Geological survey.
Geology of the Yellowstone national park. v.2. 1899.
(United States Geological survey. Monographs.) . .qrS57.87 U25
v.2. Descriptive geology, petrography and paleontology, by Arnold
Hague and others.
WYOMING Territorial geologist.
Annual report, 1885, 1887, 1889. 1886-90 ^57.87 W99
Arizona. Colorado
DUTTON, Clarence Edward.
Tertiary history of the Grand Canon district, with atlas. 2v.
1882. (United States Geological survey. Mono-
graphs.) qr557-8 Dps
EMMONS, Samuel Franklin.
Geology and mining industry of Leadville, Colorado, with
atlas. 2v. 1883-86. (United States Geological sur-
vey. Monographs.) qr557.88 59
Appendices: Petrography, by Whitman Cross. Chemistry, by W. F.
Hillebrand. Metallurgy, by Antony Guyard.
EMMONS, Samuel Franklin, and others.
Geology of the Denver basin in Colorado. 1896. (United
States Geological survey. Monographs.) qr557.88 E59g
LAKES, Arthur.
Geology of Colorado coal deposits. 1889. (Colorado state
school of mines. Annual report of field work and anal-
yses, 1889.) r557.88 Li6
Sequel to the author's Geology of Colorado ore deposits.
SPURR, Josiah Edward.
Geology of the Aspen mining district, Colorado; with atlas.
2v. 1898. (United States Geological survey. Mono-
graphs.) qr557-88 77
v.i. Text. v.2. Atlas.
"Literature," v.i, p. 32.
UNITED STATES Geological and geographical survey of
the territories. (Hayden survey.)
Geological and geographical atlas of Colorado, by F. V.
Hayden. 1881 qr5S7.88 U2S
Utah
GILBERT, Grove Karl.
Lake Bonneville. 1890. (United States Geological survey.
Monographs.) qr557_92 G38
GEOLOGY UNITED STATES 725
Report on the geology of the Henry mountains. 1877.
(United States Geographical and geological survey of
the Rocky mountain region. Reports.) qr557-92 G$g
POWELL, John Wesley.
Report on the geology of the eastern portion of the Uinta
mountains and a region of country adjacent thereto. 1876.
(United States Geographical and geological survey of
the Rocky mountain region. Reports.) q r 557-92 P87
Atlas accompanying this report wanting.
Nevada
HAGUE, Arnold.
Geology of the Eureka district, Nevada, with atlas. 2v.
1883-92. (United States Geological survey. Mono-
graphs.) qr557-93 Hl4
Appendices: Systematic lists of fossils of each geological horizon, by C.
D. Walcott. Microscopical petrography of the eruptive rocks, by J.
P. Iddings.
NEVADA State mineralogist.
Biennial report of the state mineralogist for the years
1871 and 1872. 1872 T5S7.93 Nas
RUSSELL, Israel Cook.
Geological history of Lake Lahontan, a quaternary lake of
northwestern Nevada. 1885. (United States Geological
survey. Monographs.) qr557-93 Rgi
California. Washington
BLAKE, William Phipps.
Report of a geological reconnaissance in California, made
in connection with the expedition to survey routes in
California, to connect with the surveys of routes for a
railroad from the Mississippi river to the Pacific ocean,
under the command of Lieut. R. S. Williamson, Corps
top. eng'rs, in 1853; with an appendix, containing de-
scriptions of portions of the collection, by Louis Agas-
siz and others. 1858 V557-94 852
Also published as v.s of the Reports of explorations and surveys for a
railroad from the Mississippi river to the Pacific ocean made in
1853 and 1854 by the United States war department, (qrpi7.8 Uas).
CALIFORNIA Geological survey.
Geology; report of progress and synopsis of field work, 1860-
1864. v.i. 1865 qr5S7-94 Cl33
v.i, pt.i. Geology of the coast ranges; pt.2. Geology of the Sierra
Nevada.
CALIFORNIA Mining bureau.
Bulletin, no.3-4, n, 21-26. 1894-1902 ^57.94 Ci3
no.3. Watts, W.L. Gas and petroleum yielding formations of the
central valley of California.
no.4. Cooper, J.G. comp. Catalogue of Californian fossils, pt.2-5.
no. 1 1. Watts, W.L. Oil and gas yielding formations of Los Angeles,
Ventura and Santa Barbara counties. pt.i.
no.ai. [Table] showing by counties the mineral productions of Cali-
fornia for 1900.
no.22. [Table] showing the mineral productions of California [by years]
for 1887-1900.
726 PALEONTOLOGY
no.23. Aubury, L. E. Copper resources of California.
no. 24. Bailey G. E. Saline deposits of California.
no.zs. [Table] showing by counties the mineral productions of Cali-
fornia for 1901.
no. 26. [Table] showing [by years] the mineral production of Cali-
fornia, 1887-1901.
WASHINGTON (state) Geological survey.
Annual report (ist-2d), for 1901-1902. 1902-03 *S57-97 W27
v.i. Creation of a state geological survey, by Henry Landes. An out-
line of the geology of Washington, by Henry Landes. The metallifer-
ous resources cf Washington, except iron, by Henry Landes and
others. Reduction plants in Washington, by Milnor Roberts. The
non-metalliferous resources of Washington, except coal, by Henry
Landes. The iron ores of Washington, by S. Shedd. The coal de-
posits of Washington, by Henry Landes. The water resources of
Washington, by H. G. Byers and others. Bibliography of the liter-
ature referring to the geology of Washington, by Ralph Arnold.
v.2. The building and ornamental stones of Washington, by S. Shedd.
Coal deposits of Washington, by Henry Landes and C. A. Ruddy.
559.4 Australia
New South Wales
NEW SOUTH WALES Geological survey.
Memoirs; geological series, no. 2-3. 1901-03 qr55944 N26me
no.2. Jaquet, J. B. Iron ore deposits of New South Wales.
no.3. Carne, J. E.. Kerosene shale deposits of New South Wales.
Mineral resources, v.i, no.2-date. i8o8-date ^559.44 N26
v.i, (no.2-6). Carne, J. E. Notes on the occurrence of tungsten ores in
New South Wales. Jaquet, J.B. Notes on gold dredging. Watt, J.A.
Notes on the occurrence of bismuth ores in New South Wales. Watt,
J.A. Report on the Wyalong gold-field. Carne, J.E. The copper-
mining industry.
v.2, (no. 7-10). Carne, J. E. Mercury in New South Wales. Andrews,
E. C. Report on the Hillgrove gold-field. Andrews, E. C. Report
on the Yalwal gold-field. Andrews, E. C. Report on the Kiandra
lead.
Mineral resources of New South Wales, by E. F. Pittman.
1901
560 Paleontology
COOPER, J. G. comp.
Catalogue of Californian fossils, (pt.2-5). 1894. (I n Cali-
fornia Mining bureau. Bulletin, no.4.) ^57.94 Ci3
DAWSON, Sir John William.
Relics of primeval life; beginning of life in the dawn of geologi-
cal time. 1897 560 D33
FILHOL, Henri.
Recherches sur les phosphorites du Quercy. 1877 qrs6o F47
HALL, James, 1811-98, & Whitfield, R. P.
Palaeontology. 1877. (In United States Geological ex-
ploration of the 4Oth parallel. (King exploration.)
Report, v.4, p.i98~3O2.) qr557-8 U253 v-4
HOERNES, Rudolf.
Manuel de paleontologie. 1886 rs6o H67
MEEK, Fielding Bradford.
Palaeontology. 1877. (In United States Geological ex-
PALEONTOLOGY 727
ploration of the 40th parallel. (King exploration.)
Report, v.4, p. 1-197.) .......................... qr5S7-8 U2S3 v.4
NEW YORK (state) Paleontologist.
Annual report, 1837, 1839, iSog-date. (In New York
(state) Museum. Annual report, i899-date.) ........ qr507 N26
Reports for 1837 and 1839 by T. A. Conrad are contained in the New
York (state) Geological survey. Reports relative to the geological
survey, 1837, 1839, 0557.47 N26).
Between 1881 and 1898 the reports on paleontology were included in
the reports of the state geologist.
A very full report on paleontology was made by James Hall and pub-
lished as v. 18-30 of Natural history of New York, (qr57O-9747 Na6).
NEWBERRY, John Strong.
Fossil fishes and fossil plants of the triassic rocks of New
Jersey and the Connecticut valley. 1888. (United States
Geological survey. Monographs.) ................. qrs6o N26
NICHOLSON, Henry Alleyne.
Ancient life-history of the earth. 1892 ..................... 560 N3I
Popular exposition and summary of the facts of palaeontology, consider-
ing first its general principles and its bearing on various geological
problems. The second part considers separately each geological
formation.
NICHOLSON, Henry Alleyne, & Lydekker, Richard.
Manual of palaeontology; for the use of students, with a gen-
eral introduction on the principles of palaeontology. 2v.
1899 .................................................... rs6o N3i
Contains several bibliographies.
Gives much more space to animals than to plants. A third, much en-
larged edition of a work that has been extensively used as a text-
book since its first appearance in 1872.
PICTET, Francois Jules.
Traite de paleontologie; ou, Histoire naturelle des animaux
fossiles, considered dans leurs rapports zoologiques et
geologiques. 5v. 1853-57 ........................... qr56o PSS
v.i-4- Text. v.5. Atlas.
WALCOTT, Charles Doolittle.
Paleontology of the Eureka district. 1884. (United States
Geological survey. Monographs.) ...................... qrsob Wi5
WILLIAMS, Henry Shaler.
Geological biology; an introduction to the geological history
of organisms. 1895 ................................... 560 W74
ZITTEL, Karl Alfred von.
Text-book of palaeontology; tr. and ed. by C. R. Eastman.
v.i-2. 1900-02 ....................................... rs
v.i. Definition and scope of paleontology. Protozoa. Coelenterata
(zoophytes). Echinodermata. Vermes (worms). Molluscoidea.
Mollusca. Arthropoda (articulates).
v. 2. Pisces. Amphibia. Reptilia. Aves.
Traite de paleontologie. 2v. in 5. 1883-93 ................... r 5 Z72
v.i pt.i. Protozoa, coelenterata, echinodermata et molluscoidea.
V.I
V.I
V.I
V.2
pt.2. Mollusca et arthropoda.
pt.3. Vertebrata (pisces, amphibia, reptilia, aves).
pt-4- Vertebrata (mammalia).
Paleophytologie, par W. P. Schimper et A. Schenk.
Bibliography, v.i, p.47~48.
WARD, Henry Augustus.
Catalogue of casts of fossils from the principal museums of
Europe and America, with short descriptions and illustra-
tions. 1866 rs6o.3 W2i
72 8 PALEOBOTANY
FALCONER, Hugh.
Palseontological memoirs and notes; ed. by Charles Murchi-
son. 2v. 1868 rs6o.4 Fi8
v.i. Fauna antiqua sivalensis.
v.2. Mastodon. Elephant. . Rhinoceros. Ossiferous caves. Primeval
man and his cotemporaries.
Biographical sketch of the author, v.i, p.23~S3.
561 Fossil plants
DAWSON, Sir John William.
Geological history of plants. 1896. (International scien-
tific series.) 561 D33
"General works on palaeobotany," p.286.
Popular summary.
FONTAINE, William Morris.
Contributions to the knowledge of the older mesozoi: flora
of Virginia. 1883. (United States Geological survey.
Monographs.) qrs6i F73
The Potomac; or, Younger mesozoic flora. 1889. (United
States Geological survey. Monographs.) qrs6i F73p
LESQUEREUX, Leo.
Contributions to the fossil flora of the western territories; cre-
taceous and tertiary floras. 3v. 1874-83. (United States
Geological and geographical survey of the territories.
Final report, v.6-8.) qrs6i L64
v.i. Cretaceous flora.
v.2. Tertiary flora.
v.3. Cretaceous and tertiary floras.
The flora of the Dakota group; a posthumous work; ed. by
F. H. Knowlton. 1891. (United States Geological sur-
vey. Monographs.) qi"S6i L64f
Biography of Lesquereux, p. 15-18.
NEWBERRY, John Strong.
The flora of the Amboy clays, a posthumous work; ed. by
Arthur Hollick. 1895. (United States Geological sur-
vey. Monographs.) qr56i N26
List of papers and works by Dr Newberry relating to fossil plants,
p. 16-20.
Later extinct floras of North America; ed. by Arthur Hol-
lick. 1898. (United States Geological survey. Mono-
graphs.) qr56i N261
SCOTT, Dukinfield Henry.
Studies in fossil botany. 1900 561 842
Presents some of the most striking results of palaeobotanical investiga-
tion.
"Its value is considerably enhanced by the fact that many of the con-
clusions are founded on the author's personal investigations which
are characterised by ability, thoroughness and sound judgment"
Nature, 1900.
SEWARD, Albert Charles.
Fossil plants; for students of botany and geology, v.i.
1898 561 SSI
WARD, Lester Frank.
Report on the petrified forests of Arizona. 1900 rs6i Wai
Published by the United States geological survey.
PALEONTOLOGY INVERTEBRATES 729
WHITE, David.
Fossil flora of the lower coal measures of Missouri. 1899.
(United States Geological survey. Monographs.) qi"56i W63
o
562 Invertebrates
MEEK, Fielding Bradford.
Invertebrate cretaceous and tertiary fossils of the upper
Missouri country. 1876. (United States Geological
and geographical survey of the territories. Final report,
v.9.) qr562 Ms6
WHITFIELD, Robert Parr.
Mollusca and Crustacea of the miocene formations of New
Jersey. 1894. (United States Geological survey. Mon-
ographs.) qrs62 W64
WOODS, Henry.
Elementary palaeontology; invertebrate. 1896 562 W86
List of palseontological works, p. 272-285.
VAUGHAN, Thomas Wayland.
Eocene and lower oligocene coral faunas of the United
States, with descriptions of a few doubtfully cretaceous
species. 1900. (United States Geological survey.
Monographs.) qr 563.6 V23
Bibliography, p.2oi-2OS.
WALCOTT, Charles Doolittle.
Fossil medusas. 1898. (United States Geological survey.
Monographs.) qrS63_7 Wi5
WHITE, Charles Abiathar.
A review of the non-marine fossil mollusca of North America.
1883 qr564 W63
Extract from the 3d annual report of the director of the United States
geological survey.
WHITFIELD, Robert Parr.
Brachiopoda and lamellibranchiata of .the Raritan clays and
greensand marls of New Jersey. 1885. (United States
Geological survey. Monographs.) qr 564.1 W64
This monograph was prepared in cooperation with the New Jersey
geological survey and forms v. i of the report on paleontology of that
survey.
Gasteropoda and cephalopoda of the Raritan clays and green-
sand marls of New Jersey. 1892. (United States Geo-
logical survey. Monographs.) q r s64-3 W64
This monograph was prepared in cooperation with the New Jersey
geological survey and forms v.2 of the report on paleontology of that
survey.
SCUDDER, Samuel Hubbard.
Tertiary insects of North America. 1890. (United States
Geological and geographical survey of the territories.
Final report, v.i3.) qr5657 843
Adephagous and clavicorn coleoptera from the tertiary de-
posits at Florissant, Col., with descriptions of a few other
forms and a systematic list of the non-rhynchophorous ter-
730 PALEONTOLOGY VERTEBRATES
tiary coleoptera of North America. 1900. (United States
Geological survey. Monographs.) q r 56576 843
Tertiary rhynchophorous coleoptera of the United States.
1893. (United States Geological survey. Mono-
graphs.) qr 565.76 8431
566 Vertebrates
BENEDEN, Pierre Joseph van.
Sur une decouverte d'ossements fossiles, faite le 28 fevrier 1860.
1860 rs6g 643
Extrait des Bulletins de 1'Academie royale de Belgique, zme serie, t.g,
110.5.
Bound with other pamphlets.
COPE, Edward Drinker.
Vertebrata of the cretaceous formations of the West. 1875.
(United States Geological and geographical survey of
the territories. Final report, v.2.) qrs66 C7Qv
Vertebrata of the tertiary formations of the West. 1883.
(United States Geological and geographical survey of
the territories. Final report, v.3.) qrs66 79
CUVIER, Georges Leopold Chretien Frederic Dagobert, baron.
Recherches sur les ossemens fossiles. 1834-36 qrs66 C95
v.i-io. Text. v.ii-12. Plates.
DEANE, James.
Ichnographs from the sandstone of Connecticut river.
1861 qr$66 034
Biographical notice by H. I. Bowditch, p.s-i2.
"List of published papers by the author," p. 13-14.
GAUDRY, Albert.
Les enchainements du monde animal dans les temps geolo-
giques; fossiles secondaires. 1890 r566 G23
LEIDY, Joseph.
Contributions to the extinct vertebrate fauna of the western
territories. 1873. (United States Geological and geo-
graphical survey of the territories. Final report, v.i.) . . qr566 L55
LUCAS, Frederic Augustus.
Animals of the past. 1901. (Science for everybody.) 566 Lo/5
Bibliography at the end of each chapter.
Popular treatise on the better-known or more remarkable fossil animals,
discussing also the question of why animals become extinct. Mr
Lucas endeavors to correct the impression that animals of the past
were so very much larger than those of the present. The illustrations
are the result of careful study and are regarded as among the most
accurate that have been made.
OWEN, Sir Richard, 1804-92.
On the extinct animals of the colonies of Great Britain;
a paper read at the meeting of the Royal colonial insti-
tute, May 6, 1879. 1879 r566 034
TEXAS Geological and mineralogical survey. (3d survey.)
Preliminary report on the vertebrate paleontology of the
Llano Estacado, by E. D. Cope. 1893 qrs66 T32
Reprinted from the fourth Annual report, 1892.
PALEONTOLOGY FISHES, BATRACHIA 731
WOODWARD, Arthur Smith.
Outlines of vertebrate palaeontology for students of zoology.
1898 566 W86
Bibliography, p.4jz-45g.
567 Fishes. Batrachia
MILLER, Hugh.
Footprints of the Creator; or, The asterolepis of Stromness.
1882 567 M69
Memoir of the author, by Louis Agassiz, p. 11-37.
Reply to Chambers's "Vestiges of creation," arguing for the miracle of
creation against the law of development. Treats of the fossil geology
of the Orkney islands.
NEWBERRY, John Strong.
The paleozoic fishes of North America. 1889. (United States
Geological survey. Monographs.) q r 567 Na6
NEWTON, Edwin Tulley.
Notes on the mandible of an ischyodus Townsendii, found
at Upway, Dorsetshire, in the Portland oolite ^67.3 N2Q
Reprinted from Proceedings of the Geologists' association, v.7, no. 2.
Remarks on saurocephalus and on the species which have
been referred to that genus. 1878 ^67.3 N2Q
Reprinted from the Quarterly journal of the Geological society, Nov.
1878.
Bound with his Notes on the mandible of an ischyodus Townsendii.
WOODWARD, Arthur Smith.
On the cranial osteology of the mesozoic ganoid fishes, lepi-
dotus and dapedius. 1893 ^67.4 W86
From Proceedings of the Zoological society, 1893.
Bound with his On the palaeontology of sturgeons.
On the palaeontology of sturgeons ^67.4 W86
Reprinted from Proceedings of the Geologists' association, v.n, no.i-2.
COPE, Edward Drinker.
Supplement to the Extinct batrachia and reptilia of North
America; catalogue of the air breathing vertebrata from
the coal measures of Linton, Ohio. 1875 qrs67.6 C79
Being a part of v.is, new series, of the Transactions of the American
philosophical society.
568 Reptiles. Birds
MARSH, Othniel Charles.
Odontornithes; a monograph on the extinct toothed birds
of North America. 1880. (In United States Geologi-
cal exploration of the 4Oth parallel. (King explor-
ation.) Report, v.7.) qr557-8 U2S3 v.7
OWEN, Sir Richard, 1804-92.
Collection of pamphlets from the Transactions of the Zoolog-
ical society of London. 1866 qrs68 O34C
Contents: On the osteology of the dodo. On the dodo; notes on the
articulated skeleton of the dodo in the British museum. On parts of
the skeleton of meiolania platyceps. On dinornis; a description of the
skeleton of dinornis parvus. On dinornis; a description of the head
and feet, with their dried integuments, of an individual of the species
dinornis didinus. On dinornis; a description of the sternum of
dinornis elephantopus. On dinornis; a restoration of the skeleton of
732 PALEONTOLOGY REPTILES, BIRDS
cnemiornis calcitrans, with remarks on its affinities in the lamelli-
rostral group.
DOLLO, Louis.
Notes d'osteologie erpetologique. [1885.] qrs68.i D6g
LEA, Isaac.
On a fossil saurian of the new red sandstone formation of
Pennsylvania, with some account of that formation;
also On some new fossil molluscs in the carboniferous
slates of the anthracite seams of the Wilkesbarre coal
formation. 1852 qr568.i L44
From the Journal of the Academy of natural science, pt.j, v.2, n.s. 1852.
MARSH, Othniel Charles.
Description of the remains of a new enaliosaurian (eosaurus
acadianus), from the coal formation of Nova Scotia.
1862 rs68.i M4i
Reprinted from the American journal of science and arts, 2d series,
v-34. July 1862.
Bound with his Preliminary description of new tertiary reptiles.
Notice of some new fossil reptiles from the cretaceous and ter-
tiary formations, with note on a new and gigantic species
of pterodactyle. 1871 rs68.i M4I
Reprinted from the American journal of science and arts, 3d series,
v.i, June 1871.
Bound with his Preliminary description of new tertiary reptiles.
On the structure of the skull and limbs in mosasauroid rep-
tiles, with descriptions on new genera and species.
1872 rs68.i M4i
Reprinted from the American journal of science and arts, 3d series,
v.3, June 1872.
Bound with his Preliminary description of new tertiary reptiles.
Preliminary description of new tertiary reptiles. 1872. ..r568.i M4i
Reprinted from the American journal of science and arts, 3d series,
v.4, Oct. 1872.
OWEN, Sir Richard, 1804-92.
Monograph on the fossil reptilia of the cretaceous formations.
1851 qrs68.i 034
Printed for the Palaeontographical society of London.
SEELEY, Harry Govier.
Dragons of the air; an account of extinct flying reptiles.
1901 568.1 545
Bibliography, p. 231-232.
For ten years the author worked with the late Professor Sedgwick in
gathering and studying bones of extinct flying reptiles from the Cam-
bridge greensand. Later he had exceptional opportunities of studying
foreign specimens, and he here presents the results of his work, ap-
pealing both to the scientist and the general reader.
PRESTWICH, Sir Joseph.
Note on the occurrence of a new species of iguanodon in a
brick-pit of the Kimmeridge clay at Cumnor Hurst.
1880 rs68.i9 Hgi
From the Quarterly journal of the Geological society, Aug. 1880, v.36,
p-430-432.
Bound with Hulke's [Collection of seven pamphlets on fossils].
MARSH, Othniel Charles.
Description of some new fossil serpents from the tertiary de-
posits of Wyoming. 1871 r568.i M4I
Reprinted from the American journal of science and arts, 2d series,
v.so, May 1871.
Bound with his Preliminary description of new tertiary reptiles.
PALEONTOLOGY MAMMALS 733
PORTIS, Alessandro.
Ueber fossile schildkroten aus dem Kimmeridge von Han-
nover. 1878 qrs68.i3 P83
EUDES-DESLONGCHAMPS, Jacques Amand.
Memoires sur les teleosauriens de 1'epoque jurassique du de-
partement du Calvados ; premier memoire contenant 1'ex-
pose des caracteres generaux des teleosauriens compares a
ceux des crocodiliens, et la description particuliere des es-
peces du lias superieur. 1863 qrs68.i4 Eg:
"Extrait du iae volume des Memoires de la Societe Linneenne de Nor-
mandie."
HULKE, John Whittaker.
Contribution to the skeletal anatomy of the mesosuchia, based
on fossil remains from the clays near Peterborough in the
collection of A. Leeds. 1888 rs68.i4 Hpi
From the Proceedings of the Zoological society, 1888.
[Collection of seven pamphlets on fossils.] 1873-80. . . ^568.19 HQI
Chiefly reprinted from the Quarterly journal of the Geological society.
MANTELL, Gideon Algernon.
On the structure of the jaws and teeth of the iguanodon.
1848 qrs68.i9 M34
Being a part of the Philosophical transactions of the Royal society of
London, 1848, v.138.
EVANS, John.
On portions of a cranium and a jaw in the slab containing
the fossil remains of the archaeopteryx. 1881 rs68.2 94
Reprinted from Natural history review, July 1865.
LYDEKKER, Richard.
Catalogue of the fossil birds in the British museum, (natural
history). 1891 rs68.2 Lp8
LYDEKKER, Richard, and others.
On pleistocene bird-remains from the Sardinian and Corsi-
can island; On a new species of moa; Description of a
remarkable fish from Mauritius belonging to the genus
scorpaena; On the occurrence of a rare fish (lophotes
cepedianus) at the Cape of Good Hope; On a specimen
of pleurotomaria from Tobago, West Indies. 1891 . . .rs68.2 Lo8o
Being a part of v.$9 of the Proceedings of the Zoological society of
London.
569 Mammals
BENEDEN, Pierre Joseph van.
Les phoques fossiles du bassin d'Anvers. 1876 r5O9 843
Extrait des Bulletins de 1'Academie royale de Belgique, ame serie, tome
41, avril 1876.
Bound with other pamphlets.
Sur des ossements fossiles trouves dans les environs de Saint-
Nicolas. [1876.] r$69 643
Extrait des Bulletins de 1' Academic royale de Belgique, ame serie, t.io,
no. 9-10.
Bound with other pamphlets.
Un mammifere nouveau du crag d'Anvers ^69 843
Extrait des Bulletins de 1' Academic royale de Belgique, zme serie, t.iz,
no.7-
Bound with other pamphlets.
734 PALEONTOLOGY MAMMALS
BUSK, George.
On the ancient or quaternary fauna of Gibraltar, as exempli-
fied in the mammalian remains of the ossiferous breccia.
1877 : qrs6g Bo6
From the Transactions of the Zoological society, Aug. i, 1877, v.io.
FILHOL. Henri.
fitude des mammiferes fossiles de Saint-Gerand le Puy, (Al-
lier) qrs6g F47e
Being v.io, article 110.3 of Annales des sciences geologiques.
Memoires sur quelques mammiferes fossiles des phosphorites
du Quercy. 1882 qrs6o, F47
GAUDRY, Albert.
Materiaux pour 1'histoire des temps quaternaires. pt2.
1880 qr509 623
pt.2. De 1'existence des saigas en France a 1'epoque quaternaire.
GORE, John Ellard, coinp.
Glossary of fossil mammalia. 1874 ^69 G66
HOWORTH, Sir Henry Hoyle.
The mammoth and the flood; an attempt to confront the
theory of uniformity with the facts of recent geology.
1887 569 H86
MARSH, Othniel Charles.
Dinocerata; a monograph of an extinct order of gigantic
mammals. 1886. (United States Geological survey.
Monographs.) QrSS7-93 RQi
Bibliography, $.225-237.
Bound with Russell's Geological history of Lake Lahontan.
SCHLOSSER, Max.
Die affen, lemuren, chiropteren, insectivoren, marsupialier,
creodonten und carnivoren des europaischen tertiars und
deren beziehungen zu ihren lebenden urid fossilen ausser-
europaischen verwandten. 3v. in i. 1887-90 qrSog 834
Reprinted from "Beitrage zur palaontologie Osterreich-Ungarns," v.6-8.
BURMEISTER, Hermann.
Nothropus priscus, ein bisher unbekanntes fossiles faulthier.
1882 qrS69-3 692
Being part of v.i, 1882, of Mathematische und naturwissenschaftliche
mittheilungen, Berlin.
OWEN, Sir Richard, 1804-92.
Description of the skeleton of an extinct gigantic sloth, mylo-
don robustus; with observation on the osteology, natural
affinities and probable habits of the megatherioid quadru-
peds in general. 1842 qrs69-3 034
Published by the Koyal college of surgeons.
BENEDEN, Pierre Joseph van.
Sur un nouveau genre de ziphioide fossile (placoziphius),
trouve a Edeghem, pres d'Anvers. 1866 qrs69-5 643
Extrait du tome 37 des Memoires de I'Academie royale des sciences, des
lettres et des beaux-arts de Belgique, 1868.
CAPELLINI, Giovanni.
Sul felsinoterio, sirenoide halicoreforme dei depositi littorali
pliocenici, delFantico bacino del Mediterraneo e del Mar
Nero; memoria. 1872 q r 569-5 Ci8
Estratta dalla serie III, tomo i, delle Merrorie dell' Accademia delle
BIOLOGY. NATURAL HISTORY 735
scienze dell' Istituto di Bologna, e letta nella sessione del 15 febbraio
1872.
MARTIN, Karl.
Ueber neue stegodon-reste aus Java. 1890 qr56g.6 M42
Being a part of v.zg of the Verhandelingen der Koninklijke akademie
van wetwenschappen, Amsterdam, March 1890.
BOURGUIGN AT, Jules Rene.
Histoire des felidae fossiles constates en France dans les de-
pots de la periode quaternaire. 1879 qr 569.7 B6s
Recherches sur les ossements de canidae constates en France,
a 1'etat fossile pendant la periode quaternaire. 1875. .qrs697 B6sr
GAUDRY, Albert.
Sur quelques pieces de mammiferes fossiles qui ont ete trou-
vees dans les phosphorites du Quercy. 1875 ^69.7 G23
Extrait du Journal de zoologie, t.4, 1875.
Bound with his Sur un hippopotame fossile decouvert a Bone.
Sur un hippopotame fossile decouvert a Bone, (Algerie).
1876 rs69.7 G23
Extrait du Bulletin de la Societe geologique de France, 36 ser. t-4, 1876.
MAJOR, C.J.Forsyth.
On the fossil remains of species of the family giraffidae.
1891 rs697 M27
Being a part of the Proceedings of the Zoological society of London,
May 5, 1891.
570 Biology. Natural history
CONN, Herbert William.
Story of the living machine; a review of the conclusions of
modern biology in regard to the mechanism which con-
trols the phenomena of living activity. 1899. (Library
of useful stories.) 570 C75
Short study of how far the activities within the plant or animal body
can be explained by physical or chemical forces, at what point the
analogy of a machine fails, and of how the machine came into ex-
istence.
EARL, Alfred.
The living organism; an introduction to the problems of
biology. 1898 570 17
"The object of the book will be attained if it succeeds. . .in directing
attention to the important truth, that though chemical and physical
changes enter largely into the composition of vital activity, there is
much in the living organism that is outside the range of these opera-
tions." Preface.
HILL, Sir John.
General natural history; or, New and accurate descriptions
of the animals, vegetables and minerals of the different
parts of the world, v.i, 3. 1748-52 q r 57O H55
v.i. Fossils.
v.3. Animals.
HUXLEY, Thomas Henry, & Martin, H.N.
Course of elementary instruction in practical biology.
1879 r570 HgS
The same; extended and ed. by G. B. Howes and D. H.
Scott. 1892 570 H98
47
736 BIOLOGY. NATURAL HISTORY
PARKER, Thomas Jeffery.
Lessons in elementary biology. 1898 570 P24
Deals mainly with the structure and activities of cells as the basis of
all physiological functions.
PLINY, the elder.
Natural history; tr. with notes and illustrations by John
Bostock and H. T. Riley. 6v. 1890-98 r57o P6g
SEDGWICK, William Thompson, & Wilson, E.B.
Introduction to general biology. 1895. (American science
series; advanced course.) 570 844
LUBBOCK, Sir John, baron Avebury.
Beauties of nature and the wonders of the world we live in.
1893 570.1 Lg6
SAND EM AN, George.
Problems of biology. 1896 570. i S2i
Contents: Methods of biology. The first postulate of biology. The
second postulate of biology. The third postulate of biology. The
unity of the organism.
SPENCER, Herbert.
Principles of biology. 2v. 1898-1900. (Synthetic philosophy,
v.2-3.) 570.1 S74p
The same. 2v. 1895. (Synthetic philosophy, v.2-3.) r570.i 74
570.4 Essays. Sketches and stories
ABBOTT, Charles Conrad.
Days out of doors. 1889 570.4 Ai3
Describes New Jersey field and water life; arranged by the months.
Upland and meadow; a Poaetquissings chronicle. 1886. .570.4 Ai3u
Nature study in western New Jersey.
ALLEN. Grant.
Flashlights on nature. 1898 570.4 A42
Contents: The cows that ants milk, [aphides]. A plant that melts ice,
[soldanella]. A beast of prey, [spider]. A woodland tragedy, [butcher-
bird]. Marriage among the clovers. Those horrid earwigs. First
paper-maker, [the wasps]. Abiding cities, [ants' nests]. A frozen
world. British bloodsuckers. A very intelligent plant, [gorse]. A
foreign invasion of England, [Hessian fly].
In nature's workshop. 1901 57O-4 A42i
Contents: Sextons and scavengers. False pretences-. Plants that go to
sleep. Masquerades and disguises. Some strange nurseries. Ani-
mal and vegetable hedgehogs. The day of the canker-worm. Armour-
plated animals.
"Characteristic bit of .. .Mr. Grant Allen's work. . .viz., simplifying and
popularizing the doctrine of evolution. . .The vein of thought. . .run-
ning through the mind of the writer is the close relationship between
all kinds of organic life." Academy, 1901.
ANDREWS, Jane.
Stories Mother Nature told her children. 1894 J57O-4 As6
Stories of my four friends. 1901 J57O-4 As6s
BIOLOGICAL lectures, delivered at the Marine biological
laboratory of Wood's Holl, iSgo-date. v.i-date. 1891-
date 570.4 648
For contents see contents book, p.4o; kept at the reference desk.
BUCKLAND, Francis Trevelyan.
Curiosities of natural history; ist-4th ser. 4v. 1891-93. . . .570.4 685
BIOLOGY. NATURAL HISTORY 737
BUCKLEY, Arabella Burton, afterward Mrs Fisher.
Fairy-land of science. 1893 J57O.4 685
On sunbeams, forms of water, sound, coal, bees, flower life and fertili-
zation by insects.
Through magic glasses, and other lectures. 1890 J57O.4 B8$t
Contents: The magician's chamber by moonlight. Magic glasses and
how to use them. Fairy rings and how they are made. Life-history
of lichens and mosses. History of a lava stream. An hour with the
sun. An evening among the stars. Little beings from a miniature
ocean. Dartmoor ponies. Magician's dream of ancient days.
A sequel to The fairy-land of science.
FLOWER, Sir William Henry.
Essays on museums and other subjects connected with
natural history. 1898 570.4 F67
On subjects relating to museums of natural history, Sir William Flower,
director of the natural history department of the British museum at
South Kensington, speaks with an authority unrivalled in England at
any rate. His views on museum organization are set forth in the
early part of this volume; essays on general biology and anthropology
follow and the volume concludes with biographical sketches of the
author's personal friends, Darwin, Huxley, Owen and Rolleston.
FORD, Nellie Walton.
Nature's byways; natural science for primary pupils.
1898 J570-4 F76
FRITH, Henry.
Marvels of animal and plant life; a popular account of the
classes of animals and plants, their structure and mode of
life. (Scientific recreation series.) J57O-4 F95
GIBSON, William Hamilton.
Eye spy; afield with nature among flowers and animate things.
1897 J570-4 G37e
My studio neighbors. 1898 57O-4 G37
ContAits: A familiar guest; the wasp. The cuckoos and the outwitted
cow-bird. Door-step neighbors. A queer little family on the bitter-
sweet. The welcomes of the flowers. A honey-dew picnic. A few
native orchids and their insect sponsors. The milkweed.
GRAY, Elisha.
Nature's miracles; familiar talks on science. 3v. 1899-
1900 JS70-4 G8i
v.i. World-building and life; earth, air and water.
T.2. Energy and vibration; energy, sound, heat, light, explosives.
v.3. Electricity and magnetism.
GRIEL, Katherine A.
Glimpses of nature for little folks. 1900 J57O-4 89
Nature reader for first year pupils.
HEHN, Victor.
Cultivated plants and domestic animals in their migration
from Asia to Europe. 1891 570-4 H4I
HUXLEY, Thomas Henry.
Scientific memoirs; ed. by Sir Michael Foster and E. R.
Lankester, with supplementary volume. 5v. 1898-
1903 qr570.4 H98
A republication of the papers which Huxley contributed to scientific
societies and scientific periodicals.
INGERSOLL, Ernest.
Nature's calendar; a guide and record for outdoor observa-
tions in natural history. 1900 r57O-4 124
"Aimed to give a memorandum of some of the things for which the
738 BIOLOGY. NATURAL HISTORY
observer should be on the lookout from week to week, the text being
arranged in the form of a calendar, with a chapter for each month...
The dates given refer to an ordinary season in the region about
New York city." Nation, 1900.
The same. 1900 570.4 124
JORDAN, David Starr.
Science sketches. 1896 570.4 J42
Contents: The story of a salmon. Johnny darters. The salmon family
The dispersion of fresh-water fishes. Agassiz at Penikese. An ec-
centric naturalist. A Cuban fisherman. The fate of iciodorum. The
story of a stone. An ascent of the Matterhorn. The story of a strange
land. How the trout came to California.
KELLY, Mrs Meriba A. (Babcock).
Leaves from nature's story-book. 3v. 1892-93 J57O-4 Ki/
KIRBY, Mary, & Elizabeth.
The sea and its wonders. 1893 J57O.4 Ka8
Fantastic shapes, shining creatures, animals, plants and insects are here
described in a simple, interesting way. Also chapters on the motions
of winds and waters. A companion volume to "The world by the
fireside."
The world by the fireside; or, Pictures and scenes from far-
off lands. 1895 J570.4 K28w
LANKESTER, Edwin Ray.
Advancement of science; occasional essays & addresses.
1890 570.4 L26
Contents: Degeneration; a chapter on Darwinism. Biology and the
state. Pasteur and hydrophobia. Examinations. The scientific re-
sults of the International fisheries exhibition, London, 1883. Cen-
tenarianism. Parthenogenesis. A theory of heredity. The history
and scope of zoology.
LUBBOCK, Sir John, baron Avebury.
Chapters in popular natural history; arranged as an advanced
reading book for use in elementary and higher schools.
1882 570.4 Lg6c
Contents: Ants. Bees and wasps. The colours of animals. On flowers
and insects. On plants and insects. Fruits and seeds.
Scientific lectures. 1890 570.4 Lg6
Partial contents: On flowers and insects. On plants and insects. On
the habits of ants. Introduction to the study of prehistoric archaeol-
ogy. Address to the Institute of bankers.
MATHEWS, Ferdinand Schuyler.
Familiar features of the roadside; the flowers, shrubs, birds
and insects. 1897 570.4 M47
Beginning with early spring, describes flowers, shrubs, birds and In-
sects common along the highway, and wood and field paths. Con-
tains some record of bird music. Well illustrated.
MIALL, Louis Compton.
Round the year; a series of short nature-studies. 1896. . . .570.4 M66
MORLEY, Margaret Warner.
Song of life. 1893 570.4 M8g
A popular book on nature giving very briefly the story of the origin
and development of the embryo and the subsequent development in
plants, fishes, frogs, birds and mammals.
"The plan of the work is novel, and the narrative is accurate and inter-
esting to an unusual degree. Few writers on life's history give so
much of it in a space so limited." Nation, 1892.
PARKER, Francis Wayland, & Helm, N. L.
Uncle Robert's visit. 1897 J57O-4 P23
Being v.3 of "Uncle Robert's geography."
BIOLOGY. NATURAL HISTORY 739
PEARSON, Karl.
Chances of death, and other studies in evolution. 2v.
1897 570-4 P35
v.i. Chances of death. Scientific aspect of Monte Carlo roulette. Re-
productive selection. Socialism and natural selection. Politics and
science. Reaction! a criticism of Mr Balfour's attack on rational-
ism. Woman and labour. Variation in man and woman. Sec-
tarian criticism.
v.2. Woman as witch, evidences of mother-right in the customs of
mediaeval witchcraft. Ashiepattle; or, Hans seeks his luck.
Kindred group-marriage. German passion play; a study in the
evolution of western Christianity.
"A small school of English workers, of whom Mr Galton and Prof.
Weldon may be taken as the chief biologists and the author of the
present volumes as the chief mathematician, have elaborated a new
method of investigation into the secrets of nature, a method which may
be termed mathematical biology. . . A new work of extreme scien-
tific value and of deep popular interest." Saturday review.
ROMANES, George John.
Essays; ed. by C. L. Morgan. 1897 570.4 R6$
Contents: Primitive natural history. The Darwinian theory of instinct.
Man and brute. Mind in men and animals. Origin of human facul-
ty. Mental differences between men and women. What is the object
of life? Recreation. Hypnotism. Hydrophobia and the muzzling
order.
STICKNEY, J.H.
Earth and sky; a first grade nature reader and text-book.
1899 J570-4 S85
TORONTO UNIVERSITY.
Studies; biological series, no.i. 1898 qr57o.4 T63
no.i. The gametophyte of botrychium virginianum, by E. C. Jeffrey.
TREAT, Mrs Mary.
Home studies in nature. 1885 570.4 T7I
Original studies in bird, insect and plant life.
TROEGER, John Winthrop.
Harold's first discoveries. 1899 J57O.4 T75h
Harold's quests. 1899 J57O-4 T75ha
"The subject-matter is taken from the common things in nature which
children are most likely to meet and find interesting... The section
on physics is added for the winter hours because of its importance
and interest to the children." Preface.
Harold's rambles. 1898 J570-4 T75
VAN DYKE, John Charles.
Nature for its own sake; first studies in natural appearances.
1898 570-4 Vi8
The object of the book is "Simply to call attention to that nature
around us which only too many people look at every day and yet
never see, to show that light, form, and color are beautiful regardless
of human meaning or use, to suggest what pleasure and profit may
be derived from the study of that natural beauty which is everyone's
untaxed heritage, and which may be had for the lifting of one's eyes.
The word 'nature' as it is used in these pages does not comprehend
animal life in any form whatever. It is applied only to lights, skies,
clouds, waters, lands, foliage the great elements that reveal form and
color in landscape, the component parts of the earth-beauty about us."
Preface.
WALLACE, Alfred Russel.
Studies, scientific & social. 2v. 1900 570.4 Wi7
"Fifty-two essays. . .[on] geology, evolutionary biology, .anthropology,
and sociology, written in Wallace's clear, flowing style, and with all
his argumentative force and ingenuity; full of information upon all
sorts of matters of curiosity." Nation, 1901.
740 BIOLOGY. NATURAL HISTORY
WRIGHT, Mrs Julia (McNair).
Sea-side and way-side. 4v. 1897-99. (Nature readers.) . . . 0570.4 W93
570.5 Periodicals
AMERICAN naturalist; monthly, Mar. i867-date. v.i-date.
i868-date r57o.5 ASI
ANNALS and magazine of natural history including zoology,
botany and geology; monthly, 1854, i887-June 1891,
1900-date. i854-date r57O.5 A6i2
A continuation of the Annals of natural history, which was published
from 1838 to 1840; united in 1841 with the Magazine of natural history.
Issued in series, of which the library has the following:
series 2. v.13-14, 1854.
series 5. v.ig-zo, 1887.
Series 6. v.i-7, i888-June 1891.
series 7. v.s-date, i poo-date.
L'ANNfiE biologique; comptes rendus annuels des travaux
de biologic generale; publics sous la direction de Yves
Delage, i895-date. ire annee-date. iSoj-date r 57O-S A6i
BIOLOGICAL bulletin; ed. by the director and members of the
staff of the Marine biological laboratory, Woods Holl.
Mass., Oct. i899-date. v.i-date. igoo-date r57o.S 649
Issued irregularly.
MIDLAND naturalist; monthly, 1878-84, 1887-90. v.i-7, 10-
13. 1878-90 r570.5 M67
NATURAL science; a monthly review of scientific progress.
iSv. 1892-99 r570.5 NiS
v.12-13, 1898, wanting.
No more published.
SWISS cross; monthly magazine of the Agassiz association, Jan.
i887-June 1889. Sv. in i. 1887-89 qr57O.S 897
No more published.
570.6 Societies
BALLARD, Harlan Hoge.
Three kingdoms; a hand-book of the Agassiz association.
1897 570.6 Bai
"Books recommended," p. 102-125.
The same. 1888 r57O.6 621
"Books recommended," p. 101124.
CONGRfiS INTERNATIONAL^ D'ANTHROPOLOGIE ET
D'ARCHfeOLOGIE PRfiHISTORIQUE ET DE ZOOLOGIE.
Materiaux reunis par le comite d'organisation des congres,
concernant les expositions, les excursions et les rapports
sur des questions touchant les congres. 2v. in i.
1893 qr570.6 74
PHILADELPHIA, ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES.
Proceedings, i853-date. v.6-date. i854~date r570.6 ?49
570.7 Nature study
CORNELL UNIVERSITY College of agriculture.
Teacher's leaflets on nature-study, no.i-22, in 3v. 1898-
NATURE STUDY 741
1901 570.7 82
no. 14 title reads Cornell nature-study bulletin, no.i; no. 15-22, Cornell
nature-study quarterly, no. 2-9.
No more published.
HODGE, Clifton Fremont.
Nature study and life. 1902 570.7 H66
HOWE, Edward Gardnier.
Systematic science teaching. 2v. 1895-1900. (International
education series.) 570.7 H85
v.2 title reads Advanced elementary science.
JACKMAN, Wilbur Samuel.
Nature study for grammar grades. 1899 S7O-7 Ji2n
Nature study for the common schools. 1894 570.7 Ji2
A comprehensive guide for teachers of natural science. References for
suggestive readings are scattered through the volume. Prof. Jackman
was formerly professor of natural science in the Pittsburgh high
school.
The same. 1894 r 570.7 Ji2
LANGE, D.
Handbook of nature study, for teachers and pupils in elemen-
tary schools. 1898 570.7 L24
NEW YORK (city), AMERICAN MUSEUM OF NATURAL
HISTORY.
Annual report (32d-33d), 1900-01. 1901-02 r 570.7 N26
Bulletin, v.i-io. 1881-98 r57O.7 N26b
OGDEN, James Gordon.
Nature study in elementary schools. 1902 r57O.7 Oi7
Reprinted from Pennsylvania school journal, April 1902.
PAYNE, Frank Owen.
One hundred lessons in nature study. 1895 S7O-7 P33
Bibliography, p.2oo-2oi.
PENNSYLVANIA UNIVERSITY.
Handbook of information concerning the school of biology.
1889 qr595-i H88 v.3
Bound with Hudson and Gosse's Rotifera.
WILSON, Mrs Lucy Langdon (Williams).
Nature study in elementary schools; a manual for teachers.
1897 J570-7 W77
Contains bibliographies.
Practical observation lessons for each month in meteorology, botany,
zoology and mineralogy. References to myths, illustrative poems,
helpful books, etc. Of unusual value to teachers.
570.9 History of biology
THOMSON, John Arthur.
Science of life; an outline of the history of biology and its
recent advances. 1899. (Victorian era series.) 57O-9 T38
"References to historical literature," $.240-243.
"Not a work on biology, as its cover would lead us to suppose, but a
skilful and fascinating sketch of the progress of the Life Sciences,
from Aristotle to Weissmann, from 350 B.C. to the last meeting of
the British association... The entire volume can be cordially recom-
mended to all who wish to get an authoritative resume, in small
space, of the latest developments and present state of scientific
opinion upon the great problems of life." Outlook (Eng.), 1899.
742 SCIENTIFIC EXPLORATIONS
570.91 570.99 Scientific explorations
AGASSIZ, Alexander.
Three cruises of the United States coast and geodetic survey
steamer Blake, 1877-1880. 2v. 1888 QS/o.gi A26
CHALLENGER EXPEDITION.
Report on the scientific results of the voyage of H. M. S.
Challenger, 1873-76; prepared under the superinten-
dence of Sir C. W. Thompson and John Murray. Bot-
any, v.2, Zoology, v.i8 in 3. 1886-87 qr57o.9i C35
Botany, v.2. Report on the diatomaceas, by Francesco Castracane degli
Antelminelli.
Zoology, v.i 8. Report on the radiolaria, by Ernst Haeckel.
DARWIN, Charles.
Journal of researches into the natural history and geology
of the countries visited during the voyage of the
Beagle. 1895 570.91 Da6
What Mr Darwin saw in his voyage round the world in the
ship Beagle J57O.9I D26
MOSELEY, Henry Nottidge.
Notes by a naturalist; an account of observations made dur-
ing the voyage of H.M.S. Challenger round the world,
1872-1876. 1892 570.91 M93
Memoir of H. N. Moseley, p. 5-16.
SPRY, William James Joseph.
Cruise of Her Majesty's ship Challenger. 1877 570.91 877
THOMSON, Sir Charles Wyville.
The depths of the sea; an account of the general results of
the dredging cruises of H. M. SS. "Porcupine" and
"Lightning" during the summers of 1868, 1869 and
1870. 1874 570.91 T38
Voyage of the "Challenger;" the Atlantic; a preliminary
account of the general results of the exploring expedi-
tion of H. M. S. "Challenger," during 1873 and the early
part of 1876. 2v. 1878 r57O.9i T38
The laying of the first Atlantic cable having directed particular atten-
tion to the character of the bottom of the deep sea, and the forms and
nature of living things there, the English government sent out a
surveying expedition to investigate these questions. The Challenger
belonged to the English navy, was thoroughly equipped for her work,
and carried a civilian scientific staff in addition to the naval officers.
UNITED STATES Naval astronomical expedition to the
southern hemisphere, 1849-52.
Report, v.i-3, 6. 1855-56 qr57O.9i U25
v.i. Chile; its geography, climate, earthquakes, government, social con-
dition, mineral and agricultural resources, commerce, etc., by J. M.
Gilliss.
v.2. The Andes and pampas, by Archibald MacRae. Minerals, by J. L.
Smith. Indian remains, by Thomas Ewbank. Mammals, by S. F.
Baird. Birds, by John Cassin. Reptiles, fishes and Crustacea, by
Charles Girard. Shells, by A. A. Gould. Dried plants, by Asa
Gray. Living plants and seeds, by W. D. Brackenridge. Fossil
mammals, by Jeffries Wyman. Fossil shells, by T. A. Conrad.
v.3. Observations to determine the solar parallax, by J. M. Gilliss.
v.6. Magnetical and meteorological observations, by J. M. Gilliss.
V-4-s not published. The material for them, entitled "Catalogue of
16748 southern stars deduced by the United States naval observatory
SCIENTIFIC EXPLORATIONS 743
7
from the zone observations made at Santiago de Chile. .. 1849-52,"
was issued by the United States naval observatory as appendix i to
the "Astronomical and meteorological observations" for 1890,
qr522.i L T 25.
Explorations in special countries
Europe. Asia
QUATREFAGES de BRfiAU, Jean Louis Armand de.
The rambles of a naturalist on the coasts of France, Spain and
Sicily. 2v. 1857 r 570.94 Q2i
PERRY, Matthew Calbraith, commodore.
Narrative of the expedition of an American squadron to the
China seas and Japan, 1852-1854, under the command of
Commodore M. C. Perry. 3v. 1856. (United States-
Navy department.) q r 57O.95 P44
For contents see contents book, p.23; kept at the reference desk.
North America
BIART, Lucien.
Adventures of a young naturalist. [1902.] j 570.972 647
COLE, George Watson, comp.
Bermuda and the Challenger expedition; a bibliography giv-
ing a summary of the scientific results obtained by that ex-
pedition at and near Bermuda in 1873. 1901 ^70.972 C68
"One of the most systematic studies of this locality was undertaken by
the naturalists of the 'Challenger' expedition. . .In the reports on the
scientific results of this expedition are some eighty monographs upon
zoological subjects, in over one-half of which are to be found de-
scriptions (many accompanied with plates) of nearly three hundred
different species of marine life collected at or near these islands."
Preface.
HEILPRIN, Angelo.
Bermuda islands; a contribution to the physical history and
zoology of the Somers archipelago. 1889 ^70.972 H4i
"Coral-reef problem," p.48-77; "Notes on the recent literature of coral
reefs," p.202-23i.
United States
NEW YORK (state).
Natural history of New York. 3Ov. 1842-94 Q r 57O.9747 N26
v.i-s. Zoology, by J. E. De Kay.
v.6-7. Flora, by John Torrey.
v.8. Mineralogy, by L.C. Beck.
v.9-12. Geology.
v.13-17. Agriculture, by Ebenezer Emmons, (text and plates).
v. 18-30. Palaeontology, by James Hall.
These reports are indexed in Bulletin no.66 of the New York state
museum, VS<>7 N26b.
The reports which make up this work are the final reports of the Geo-
logical survey as organized in 1837. The earlier reports of the survey
were district reports made to the governor and are entered under
New York (state) Geological survey, ^557.47 Na6). The out-
growth of this survey with its large collections of specimens was the
formation of the New York (state) museum, and its reports and
bulletins contain the reports of the state geologist, paleontologist,
botanist and entomologist.
NICOLLET, Jean Nicholas.
Report intended to illustrate [accompanying] map of the
744 SCIENTIFIC EXPLORATIONS
hydrographical basin of the upper Mississippi river,
Feb. 16, 1841. 1843. (United States. 26th cong. 2d
sess. Senate. Doc. no. 237.) ^70.977 N32
JONES, William A.
Report upon the reconnaissance of northwestern Wyoming
including Yellowstone national park, made in the summer
of 1873. 1875 r57o.978 J4i
Contents: General report. Astronomical report, by S. E. Blunt. Geo-
logical report, by T. B. Comstock. Report on mineral and thermal
waters, by C. L. Heizmann. Botanical report, by C. C. Parry. En-
tomological report, by J. D. Putnam.
UNITED STATES Geographical surveys west of the looth
meridian. (Wheeler surveys.)
Report upon the United States geographical surveys west
of the looth meridian; in charge of G. M. Wheeler. 8v.
in 9. 1875-89. (Engineer department (army).) qr57O-978 U25
. i. Geographical report.
.2. Astronomy and barometric hypsometry.
.3 in 2. Geology.
.4. Paleontology.
.5. Zoology.
.6. Botany.
.7. Archaeology.
.8. Tables of geographic positions, azimuths and distances.
Atlases wanting.
"The first volume. . .is devoted to geography, and contains much material
of high value. App. F., vol. i, is an account of the discovery and
exploration of the western United States from 1500 to 1880, includ-
ing an epitome of a memoir by G. K. Warren on explorations between
1800 and 1857. It is an invaluable aid to careful study of the western
country. A brief abstract is given of various expeditions, with names
of leaders, dates, routes, manner of publication, etc." Larned's Liter-
ature of American history.
"By act of March 3, 1879, the Geological and Geographical Survey of
the Territories, the Geographical and Geological Survey of the Rocky
Mountain Region, and the Geographical Surveys West of the One
hundredth Meridian were discontinued, and the United States Geologi-
cal Survey established in their stead."
Alaska
NELSON, Edward W.
Report upon natural history collections made in Alaska, 1877-
1881; ed. by H. W. Henshaw. 1887. (United States.
49th cong. ist sess. Senate. Mis. doc. no. 156.). .^570.9798 T86
no. 3 of the Arctic series of publications issued in connection with the
Signal service, U. S. army.
Bound with Turner's Contributions to the natural history of Alaska.
TURNER, Lucien M.
Contributions to the natural history of Alaska; results of in-
vestigations made chiefly in the Yukon district and the
Aleutian islands, May i874~Aug. 1881. 1886. (United
States. 49th cong. ist sess. Senate. Mis. doc. no.
155.) qr570.979 T86
no.2 of the Arctic series of publications issued in connection with the
Signal service, U. S. army.
South America
BALL, John.
Notes of a naturalist in South America. 1887 570.98 B2I
SCIENTIFIC EXPLORATIONS 745
BATES, Henry Walter.
Naturalist on the river Amazons. 1884 570.98 631
A record of personal adventures, combined with the observations of a
trained student on the great river, the country through which it flows,
and the marvels of insect and animal life which abound there. It is
written in clear and simple style; is interesting to the general reader
as well as to the naturalist.
CUNNINGHAM, Robert Oliver.
Notes on the natural history of the Strait of Magellan and
west coast of Patagonia, made during the voyage of H. M.
S. "Nassau," 1866-1869. 1871 570.983 Cg2
Oceanica. Polar regions
ANDREWS, Charles W. and others.
Monograph of Christmas Island; physical features and
geology, with descriptions of the fauna and flora.
1900 570.99 As6
One of the natural history publications of the trustees of the British
museum.
"Christmas Island. . .lies some 200 miles southwest of the western part of
Java... The island is of volcanic origin... The report... is believed to be
the most elaborate account of the animal and plant life of an oceanic
island ever published." Popular science monthly, 1900.
MACGILLIVRAY, John.
Narrative of the voyage of H. M. S. Rattlesnake, commanded
by Captain Owen Stanley, 1846-1850; including discoveries
and surveys in New Guinea, the Louisiade archipelago,
etc; to which is added the account of E. B. Kennedy's ex-
pedition for the exploration of the Cape York peninsula.
2v. 1852 570.99 Mi6
WOODFORD, Charles Morris.
Naturalist among the head-hunters; three visits to the Solo-
mon Islands. 1890 570.99 W86
ROYAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
Account of the petrological, botanical and zoological col-
lections made in Kerguelen's Land and Rodriguez dur-
ing the transit of Venus expeditions, 1874-75. 1879.
(In Royal society of London. Philosophical transac-
tions, v.i68.) qrso6 R8ip v.i68
HALL, Charles Francis.
Scientific results of the United States arctic expedition;
Steamer Polaris, C. F. Hall commanding, v.i. 1876.
(United States Navy department.) qr57o.998 Hi7
v.i. Physical observations, by Emil Bessels.
NAN SEN, Fridtjof, ed.
Norwegian north polar expedition, 1893-1896; scientific results.
v.i-2. 1900-01 qr570.998 Ni2
v.i. Archer, Colin. The Fram. Pompeckj, J. F. The Jurassic fauna
of Cape Flora, Franz Josef Land; with a geological sketch of
Cape Flora and its neighbourhood, by Fridtjof Nansen. Nathorst,
A. J. Fossil plants from Franz Josef Land. Collett, Robert, and
Nansen, Fridtjof. An account of the birds. Sars, G. O. Crusta-
cea.
v.a. Geelmuyden, H. Astronomical observations. Steen, A. S. Ter-
restrial magnetism. Schitz, O. E. Results of the pendulum ob-
746 PREHISTORIC ARCHEOLOGY
servations and some remarks on the constitution of the earth's
crust.
571 Prehistoric archaeology
For Archaeology of special countries, see 913
BLUMENBACH, Johann Friedrich.
Anthropological treatises of Blumenbach, and the Inaugural
dissertation of John Hunter on the varieties of man. 1865.
(Anthropological society of London. Publications.) .. .rS7i 656
Life and Memoir of Blumenbach, by K. F. H. Marx and M. Flourens,
p. 1-63.
BOYLE, David.
Notes on primitive man in Ontario; an appendix to the re-
port of the minister of education for Ontario. 1895 r57i 667
CARR, Lucien, & Shaler, N. S.
On the prehistoric remains of Kentucky. (Kentucky
Geological survey. Memoirs.) Q r 57i 22
CLODD, Edward.
Childhood of the world. 1893 571 C6i
Simple account of man in early times. Describes his first tools, dwell-
ings, cooking and pottery, language, writing, counting, etc., and traces
his advance from lower to higher stages of religious belief.
The story of primitive man. 1897. (Library of useful
stories.) 571 C6is
Selected list of books, p. 185-186.
Explains man's place in geologic history and briefly traces him through
the stone ages to the age of metals.
FIGUIER, Louis.
Primitive man. 1871 rS7i F47
GEIKIE, James.
Prehistoric Europe. 1881 r57i G28
Description of the climatic and geographic changes which have taken
place since the beginning of the quaternary period.
HORNES, Moriz.
Primitive man ; tr. f r. the German by J. H. Loewe. 1900.
(Temple primers.) 571 H8i
Bibliography, p. 127-131.
Short elementary history for the general reader.
JOLY, Nicholas.
Man before metals. 1891. (International scientific series.) . .571 J38
Treats of the great antiquity of the human race, and of the moral and
religious ideas, the customs and industries of man before the use of
metals was known to him.
LUBBOCK, Sir John, baron Avebury.
Pre-historic times as illustrated by ancient remains. 1890 571 Lo6
First edition appeared in 1865.
"This is, perhaps, the best summary of the evidence now in our pos-
session concerning the general character of Prehistoric Times. . .
The work may be regarded as introductory to the same author's
'Origin of Civilization.' " C. K. Adams.
MACLEAN, John Patterson.
Mastodon, mammoth and man. 1880 571 Mip
The same. 1880 rS7i Mig
NADAILLAC, Jean Francois Albert du Pouget, marquis de.
Manners and monuments of prehistoric peoples. 1892 571 Nil
Comprehensive work, including the discoveries made while the book was
in progress (1891).
PREHISTORIC ARCHEOLOGY 747
SCHRADER, Otto.
Prehistoric antiquities of the Aryan peoples. 1890 571 837
STARR, Frederick.
Some first steps in human progress. 1895. (Chautauqua
reading circle literature.) 571 579
Popular account of pre-historic man, his occupations, art, knowledge,
belief, manners, customs, etc.
WASHINGTON, ANTHROPOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
Transactions, Feb. 10, i879-Jan. 17, 1882, Nov. 6, 1883-
May 19, 1885. v.i, 3. 1882-85. (In Smithsonian insti-
tution. Miscellaneous collections, v.25, 34.). . .rso6 S66m v.25, 34
ARGYLL, George Douglas Campbell, duke of.
Primeval man; an examination of some recent speculations.
1869 571.04 A69
MITCHELL, Arthur.
Past in the present; What is civilisation? 1880 571.04 M74
571.05 Periodicals
AMERICAN anthropologist; monthly, v.i-date. 1888-
date r57i.o5 ASI
ANTHROPOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
Memoirs read before the society, 1863-1809. 3v. 1865-70.
(Publications.) r57i.o5 A62
Index to the publications of the Anthropological institute, 1843-
1891, r$72 A6zj.
In 1871 the Anthropological society united with the Ethnological society
of London to form the Anthropological institute of Great Britain and
Ireland.
v.i. Hunt, James. On the negro's place in nature. Peacock, T.B.
On the weight of the brain in the negro. Bollaert, William. Observa-
tions on the past and present populations of the new world. Thurnam,
John. On the two principal forms of ancient British and Gaulish
skulls. Bollaert, William. Introduction to the palaeography of Ameri-
ca. Pritchard, W.T. Viti and its inhabitants. Bollaert, William.
Some account of the astronomy of the red man of the new world.
Davis, J.B. The Neanderthal skull, its peculiar conformation explain-
ed anatomically. Roberts, G.E. On the discovery of large kist-vaens
on the Muckle Heog in the island of Unst (Shetland), containing
urns of chloritic schist, with notes on the human remains by C.C.
Blake. Burton, Sir R.F. Notes on certain matters connected with
the Dahoman. Pritchard, W.T. Notes on certain anthropological
matters respecting the South Sea islanders (the Samoans). Sellon,
Edward. On the Phallic worship of India. Bendyshe, T. The his-
tory of anthropology. Thurnam, John. On the two principal forms of
ancient British and Gaulish skulls, pt.2.
v.2. Gibb, Sir G.D. Essential points of difference between the larynx
of the negro and that of the white man. Vambery, Arminius. On the
dervishes and hadjis of the East. Harris, J.M. Some remarks on the
origin, manners, customs and superstitions of the Gallinas people of
Sierra Leone. Beddoe, John. On the testimony of local phenomena
in the west of England to the permanence of anthropological types.
Bollaert, William. Maya hieroglyphic alphabet of Yucatan. Beavan,
H.J.C. Observations on the people inhabiting Spain. Marshall, G.M.
Remarks on genealogy in connexion with anthropology. Blake, C.C.
On certain simious skulls, with especial reference to a skull from Louth
in Ireland. Broca, Paul. Description of a new goniometer. Bollaert,
William. Contributions to an introduction to the anthropology of the
new world. Pike, L.O. On the psychical characteristics of the English
people. Wesley, W.H. On the iconography of the skull. Higgins,
Alfred. On the orthographic projection of the skull. Owen, S.K.I.
On Hindu neology. Petrie, George. Notice of the brochs and the so-
called Picts' houses of Orkney. Anderson, Joseph. Report on the
ancient remains of Caithness and results of explorations, conducted
748
MUSEUMS. HISTORY
for the Anthropological society of London. Shortt, John. Description
of a living microcephale. Burton, Sir R.F. Notes on an hermaphro-
dite. Sellon, Edward. Some remarks on Indian gnosticism. See-
mann, Berthold. On the resemblance of inscriptions found on ancient
British rocks with those of Central America. Walker, R.B.N. On
the alleged sterility of the union of women of savage races with native
males after having had children by a white man. Westropp, H.M. On
the analogous forms of implements among early and primitive races.
Hunt, James. Report on explorations into the archaic anthropology
of the islands of Unst, Brassay, and the mainland of Zetland. Tate,
Ralph. Report of Zetland anthropological expedition. Beddoe, John.
On the head-forms of the west of England. Morris, J.P. Report of
explorations conducted in the Kirkhead cave at Ulverstone. Hunt,
James. On the influence of some kinds of peat in destroying the
human body, as shown by the discovery of human remains buried in
peat in the Zetland islands. On the interpretation of some inscrip-
tions on stones recently discovered in the islands of Brassay. Bower,
John. The history of ancient slavery. Mitchell, Arthur. Blood-
relationship in marriage considered in its influence upon the offspring.
v.3. Oliver, S.P. The Hovas and other characteristic tribes of Mada-
gascar.- -Davis, J.B. Description of the skeleton of an Aino woman
and of three skulls of men of the same race. Thurnam, John.
Further researches and observations on the two principal forms of
ancient British skulls. Devis, C.W. Elasticity of animal type. Gibb,
Sir G.D. Vocal and other influences upon mankind of pendency of
the epiglottis. Blake, C.C. Note on the skulls found in the round
barrows of the south of England. Rajendrala'la Mitra. On the gypsies
of Bengal. Wake, C.S. The psychological unity of mankind. Col-
linson, John. The Indians of the Mosquito territory. Lagneau, Gus-
tave. On the Saracens in France, especially in Burgundy and Lor-
raine. Bollaert, William. On the ancient, or fossil pottery found on
the shores of Ecuador. Cleghorn, John. Is the character of the
Scotch the expression of the soil of Scotland? Shortt, John. The
bayaderes or dancing girls of southern India. Houghton, E.P. On
the land Dayas of upper Sarawak, Sutah, Lihoy, Letung and Quoss.
Shortt, John. Habits and manners of Marvar tribes of India. Ander-
son, Joseph. Report on excavations in Caithness cairns, conducted
for the Anthropological society of London. Blake, C.C. Note on a
skull from the cairn of Get, Caithness. Gibb, Sir G.D. The character
of the voice in the nations of Asia and Africa contrasted with that
of the nations of Europe. Bogge, E.B. The fishing Indians of Van-
couver's Island. Anderson, Joseph. On the horned cairns of Caith-
ness. Ernst, A. Anthropological remarks on the population of Vene-
zuela. Bollaert, William. Examination of Central American hiero-
glyphics of Yucatan, including the Dresden codex, the Guatemalien of
Paris, the Troano of Madrid, the hieroglyphics of Palenque, Copan,
Nicaragua, Veraguas and New Granada, by the recently discovered
Maya alphabet. Blake, C.C. Report on the researches of Edouard
Dupont in the Belgian bone-caves on the banks of the river Lesse.
Bollaert, William. On ancient Peruvian graphic records. Beddoe,
John. On the physical characteristics of the inhabitants of Bretagne.
Davis, J.B. Account of the skull of a Ghiliak. Beddoe, John. On
the headform of the Danes. On the stature and bulk of man in the
British Isles.
571.06 571.09 Museums. History
PEABODY MUSEUM OF AMERICAN ARCHAEOLOGY
AND ETHNOLOGY.
Reports ( i st-date), :868-date. v.i-date. i876-date r57i.o6
MACLEAN, John Patterson.
Archaeological collection of the Western reserve historical so-
ciety. 1901. (Western reserve historical society. Tract,
v.4, no.go.) TS7I.07
This collection of stone implements, mostly palaeoliths and neoliths, is
one of the finest in America. The catalogue contains descriptions of
the various relics, with illustrations.
MONTELIUS, Oscar.
Civilization of Sweden in heathen times. 1888 571.09 M8s
PRIMITIVE ART AND INDUSTRY 749
NILSSON, Sven.
Primitive inhabitants of Scandinavia; an essay on compara-
tive ethnography; containing a description of the imple-
ments, dwellings, tombs and mode of living of the savages
in the north of Europe during the stone age. 1868. . . .rs/i.og N35
571.1 Stone age
HUTCHINSON, Henry Neville.
Prehistoric man and beast. 1897 57I-I HQ7
EVANS, John.
Ancient stone implements, weapons and ornaments of
Great Britain. 1872 r57i.2 94
571.6 Primitive art and industry
BAYE, J. de, baron.
Industrial arts of the Anglo-Saxons. 1893 qr57i.6 633
MASON, Otis Tufton.
Woman's share in primitive culture. 1894. (Anthropologi-
cal series.) 571-6 M45
"Written in exemplification of the fact that the beginnings of all the
great industrial arts are due to woman. . . It was the gradual
pressure of her insistence upon the value of the product of her first
planted food-grains which turned mankind from the nomadic savage
into the settled tiller of the soil. Only after the necessity of warfare
had grown less urgent . . . did the arts of peace become the
province of men. . . The more than equal share played by woman
in the invention and spread of language has not been elsewhere set
forth with so much clearness." Nation.
GROSSE, Ernst.
Beginnings of art. 1897. (Anthropological series.) 571-7 G93
SWAN, James Gilchrist.
The Haidah Indians of Queen Charlotte's Islands, British
Columbia, with a brief description of their carvings,
tattoo designs, etc. 1874. (Smithsonian institution.
Contributions to knowledge.) qrS94.i L44
Bound with the index volume of Observations on the genus unio, by
Isaac Lea.
EVANS, Arthur John.
Cretan pictographs and prae-Phoenician script. 1895. .qr57i.7i 94
571.8 Prehistoric dwellings
KELLER, Ferdinand.
Lake dwellings of Switzerland and other parts of Europe.
2v. 1878 r57i.83 Ki6
v.i. Text. v.2. Plates.
CHAPIN, Frederick Hastings.
Land of the cliff-dwellers. 1892 571-84 36
Attractive description of two summers' experiences in New Mexico and
southern Colorado, prefaced by a short account of the discovery and
development of this novel country. Fully illustrated.
NORDENSKIOLD, Gustav.
Cliff dwellers of the Mesa Verde, southwestern Colorado;
750 MOUNDS AND MOUND BUILDERS
their pottery and their implements ; tr. by D. L. Morgan.
1893 qr57i-84 N43
"In order to trace... the development of the cliff-dweller culture, I ap-
pend a survey of the ruins in the South-western States akin to the
cliff-dwellings of the Mesa Verde, a description of the Moki Indians,
the descendants of the ancient Pueblo tribes, and an account, based
on the relations of the first Spanish explorers, of the manners and
customs of the agricultural town-building Indians of the middle of
the sixteenth century. A special part of the work is devoted to a de-
scription by Prof. G. Retzius of the crania found during the excava-
tions." Author's preface.
571.9 Mounds and mound builders
PRIEST, Josiah, comp.
American antiquities and discoveries in the West; the evi-
dence that an ancient population peopled America be-
fore its discovery by Columbus, with a description of
their works. 1833 rS7i.9 ?94
CARR, Lucien.
Mounds of the Mississippi valley. [1883.] (Kentucky
Geological survey. Memoirs.) q57i.9i 22
The same. (In Smithsonian institution. Annual report,
1891, pt.i, p.503-599-) rso6 S66 v.46
FOSTER, John Wells.
Pre-historic races of the United States. 1873 ^71.91 F8i
McADAMS, William.
Records of ancient races in the Mississippi valley.
1887 qr57i.9i Mil
MACLEAN, John Patterson.
Mound builders, with an investigation into the archaeology of
Butler county, Ohio. 1893 571.91 Mi9
MOOREHEAD, Warren King.
Primitive man in Ohio. 1892 57I-9I M87
Result of several years' work, and the explorations of 107 mounds, graves
and cemeteries.
PIDGEON, William.
Traditions of De-coo-dah and antiquarian researches; exten-
sive explorations, surveys and excavations of the earthen
remains of the mound-builders. 1858 r57i.9i P55
SQUIER, Ephraim George, & Davis, E. H.
Ancient monuments of the Mississippi valley. 1847. (In
Smithsonian institution. Contributions to knowledge,
v.i.) qr5o6 S66c v.i
THOMAS, Cyrus.
Cherokees in pre-Columbian times. 1890 57I-9I T37
The same. 1890 ^71.91 T37
Report on the mound explorations of the Bureau of ethnolo-
gy. 1894. (In United States Ethnology bureau. An-
nual report, v.12, p. 3-730.) qr572.os U25 v.12
GREENWELL, William.
British barrows; a record of the examination of sepulchral
mounds in various parts of England, with description of
ETHNOLOGY 751
figures of skulls, and general remarks on prehistoric
crania, by George Rolleston. 1877 ^71.92 G8s
572 Ethnology
BALDWIN, John Denison.
Pre-historic nations. 1874 rS72 619
Contents: Suggestions relative to the current chronologies, the relation
of Hellas to civilization, and the meaning of pre-historic times. Pre-
historic greatness of Arabia. The Phoenicians. Cushite or Arabian
origin of Chaldea. India, Sanskrit and ante-Sanskrit. Egypt previous
to Menes. Africa and the Arabian Cushites. Western Europe in pre-
historic times.
BRINTON, Daniel Garrison.
Races and peoples; lectures on the science of ethnography.
jSoo 572 675
The same. 1890 r$72 675
DENIKER, Joseph.
Races of man; an outline of anthropology and ethnography.
1901. (Contemporary science series.) 572 042
HABERLANDT, Michael.
Ethnology. 1900. (Temple primers.) 572 Hn
"Literary sources and references," p. 168-169.
HAD DON, Alfred Cort.
The study of man. 1898. (Science series.) 572 Hi2
Contents: Measurements and their importance in anthropology. Hair
and eye colour. The value of head-form in anthropology. The nose.
The ethnography of the Dordogne district. The evolution of the cart.
The origin of the Irish jaunting-car. Toys and games: cat's cradle
and kites. Toys and games: tops and the tug-of-war. The bull-
roarer. The singing games of children. "London bridge:" foundation
sacrifice. "Draw a pail of water:" water worship. Courting games.
Funeral games. Practical suggestions for conducting ethnographical
investigations in the British islands.
HERDER. Johann Gottfried von.
Ideen zur geschichte der menschheit. 3v. 1869. (Bibliothek
der deutschen nationalliteratur.) r 572 H46
HUTCHINSON, Henry Neville, and others.
Living races of mankind; an account of the customs,
habits, pursuits, feasts & ceremonies of the races of
mankind throughout the world. 2v. [1901.] Q572 Hg6
"This work does not profess to deal with ethnological or philological
questions. Its plan is geographical, and while its letterpress is ade-
quate, its great distinction is in the remarkable collection of photo-
graphs with which it is illustrated." Spectator, 1901.
KEANE, Augustus Henry.
Ethnology. 1896 572 Ki4
KEARY, Charles Francis, ed.
The dawn of history; an introduction to pre-historic study.
1898 572 Kis
Sums up results of prehistoric inquiry in chapters on earliest traces of
man, growth of language, earliest social life, religion, writing, etc.
As a study of the early growth in culture of the primeval nations of
the earth, this work is important in laying the foundation to a broad
course of historical study. Although profound in treatment, the style
is clear and readable.
48
752 ETHNOLOGY
MORGAN, Lewis Henry.
Ancient society; or, Researches in the lines of human progress
from savagery through barbarism to civilization. 1878 572 M8p
Contents: Growth of intelligence through inventions and discoveries.
Growth of the idea of government. Growth of the idea of the family.
Growth of the idea of property.
"The most important work of one of the most distinguished American
ethnologists. . .The author is in hearty sympathy with the theory that
the human race has ascended from very primitive beginnings, rather
than descended from a condition of superior morality and intelligence."
C. K. Adams.
PESCHEL, Oscar.
Races of man and their geographical distribution. 1898. . . .572 P45
Larger part of the book treats of the various mental and physical
characteristics of mankind. The remainder gives a detailed review of
the races and tribes, and contains a mass of information about tribal
divisions, habits, languages, myths and migrations.
"Although unequal in treatment, and in many respects imperfect, it
exhibits much labor and research, and treats in more or less detail
every branch of the. . .science of anthropology." A. R. Wallace, 1876.
RATZEL, Friedrich.
History of mankind. 3v. 1896-98 QS72 R22
The same. 3v. 1896-98 qr572 R22
The third and final volume is largely given up to an account of the
so-called cultured races of Europe, Asia and Africa.
RECLUS, filie Armand Ebenhezer.
Primitive folk; studies in comparative ethnology. [1891.]
(Contemporary science series.) 572 R26
Contents: The Hyperboreans, hunters and fishers. The eastern Inoits.
The western Inoits. The Apaches, nomad hunters and brigands.
The Nairs, warrior nobility and the matriarchate. The mountaineers
of the Neilgherries, herdsmen, agriculturists and woodlanders. Todas,
Badagas, Cotas, Irulas and Curumbas. The Kolarians of Bengal and
human sacrifices amongst the Khonds.
SAYCE, Archibald Henry.
Races of the Old testament. 1891. (By-paths of Bible
knowledge.) 572 827
Short study in ethnology based largely on Mr Flinders Petrie's casts
and photographs of types.
STARCKE, C.N.
Primitive family in its origin and development. 1894. (Inter-
national scientific series.) 572 879
List of the works to which reference is made, p. 301-310.
Largely criticism and discussion of various theories.
UNITED STATES Ethnology bureau.
Annual report (ist-date), i879/8o-date. i88i-date qr572.os U25
v.i4 is bound in two parts.
For a list of the accompanying papers see contents book, p. 156; kept at
the reference desk.
"Series of volumes on American ethnology abundantly illustrated. At-
tention is given almost entirely to the natives of North America, their
arts, architecture, customs, myths and rites. The object is to gather
all possible information concerning our native tribes while it can be
done. The sign language, pictography, burial mounds, religious rites,
stone implements, etc., are described in the greatest detail. These
papers are the result of original investigation and must always be one
of the best sources of information on the subjects treated. Many
of them are, however, far too long." Larned's Literature of American
history.
Bulletin, no.i, 4-6, 9-24, 26. 1887-1901 T572.O5 U25b
no. i. Bibliography of the Eskimo language, by J. C. Pilling.
no.4. Work in mound exploration of the Bureau of ethnology, by Cy-
rus Thomas,
no. 5. Bibliography of the Siouan languages, by J. C. Pilling.
SPECIAL RACES 753
no.6. Bibliography of the Iroquoian languages, by J. C. Pilling,
no.p. Bibliography of the Muskhogean languages, by J. C. Pilling,
no. 10. Circular, square and octagonal earthworks of Ohio, by Cyrus
Thomas.
no. 1 1. Omaha and Ponka letters, by J. O. Dorsey.
no. 1 2. Catalogue of prehistoric works east of the Rocky mountains, by
Cyrus Thomas.
no. 1 3. Bibliography of the Algonquian languages, by J. C. Pilling,
no. 14. Bibliography of the Athapascan languages, by J. C. Pilling,
no. 1 5. Bibliography of the Chinookan languages, by J. C. Pilling,
no. 1 6. Bibliography of the Salishan languages, by J. C. Pilling,
no. 17. The Pamunkey Indians of Virginia, by J. G. Pollard.
no. 1 8. The Maya year, by Cyrus Thomas.
no. 19. Bibliography of the Wakashan languages, by J. C. Pilling.
no.20. Chinook texts, by Franz Boas.
no. 21. An ancient quarry in Indian Territory, by W. H. Holmes,
no. 22. Siouan tribes of the East, by James Mooney.
no.23. Archeologic investigations in James and Potomac valleys, by
Gerard Fowkes.
no. 24. List of the publications of the Bureau of ethnology with index
to authors and subjects, by F. W. Hodge.
no.26. Kathlamet texts, by Franz Boas.
572.4 Atlantis
DONNELLY, Ignatius.
Atlantis; the antediluvian world. 1882 572.4 D72
Attempts to prove that the fabled island of Atlantis really existed, that
it was the cradle of the human race and that it perished in a great con-
vulsion of nature, a description of which has come down to us in the
story of the deluge. This hypothesis he upholds with much ingenuity.
ELLIOT, W.Scott-.
Story of Atlantis; a geographical, historical and ethnograph-
ical sketch. 1896 572.4 52
Atlantis, a mythical island in the Atlantic ocean, referred to by Plato
and other ancient writers, is said to have disappeared with all its inhab-
itants in a convulsion of nature. This treatise is written by a theoso-
phist who claims to have derived minute information about the island
and its people by means of astral clairvoyance.
572.8 572.9 Special races
MUNRO, John.
Story of the British race. 1899. (Library of useful
stories.) 572.82 Mg6
Presentation for the general reader of the views of modern anthropolo-
gists, and of the results of their careful observations which have cast
new light on the real nature of the British people.
MORRIS. Charles.
The Aryan race; its origin and its achievements. 1892. .572.891
TAYLOR, Isaac.
Origin of the Aryans. 1892. (Contemporary science
series.) 572.891
STARR, Frederick.
Strange peoples. 1901. (Ethno-geographic readers, no. I.). .0572.9 S79
List of books regarding strange peoples, p. 185-186.
RIPLEY, William Zebina.
Races of Europe, a sociological study; Lowell institute lec-
tures; accompanied by A supplementary bibliography of
the anthropology and ethnology of Europe, published by
the Public library of Boston. 2v. 1899 572-94
A description of the present living population of Europe from the stand-
754 NATURAL HISTORY OF MAN
point of the physical anthropologist, showing the influence exerted
upon man by his geographical environment. Aims to give scientific
data respecting the origin and migrations of European peoples.
SERGI, Giuseppe.
Mediterranean race; a study of the origin of European peo-
ples. 1901. (Contemporary science series.) 572.94 848
AMMON, Otto.
Zur anthropologie der Badener; bericht iiber die von der
anthropologischen kommission des Karlsruher altertums-
vereins an wehrpflichtigen und mittelschulern vorgenom-
menen untersuchungen. 1899 qrS/2.943 A52
ABERCROMBY, John.
Pre- and proto-historic Finns, both eastern and western.
2v. 1898 572.947 Ai4
Bibliography, v.i, p. 14-22.
STARR, Frederick.
Indians of southern Mexico; ^in ethnographic album;
[plates] . 1899 qr572.972 879!
Selected from a collection of photographs taken by the author during
three expeditions to Mexico in 1896, 1898 and 1899. Text is simply
explanatory. Of value to students of ethnography.
MURDOCH, John, b. 1852.
Ethnological results of the Point Barrow expedition.
1892. (In United States Ethnology bureau. Annual
report, v.9, p.3~44i.) qr572.os U25 v.9
List of works consulted, p. 20-25.
MEYER, Adolf Bernhard.
Distribution of the Negritos in the Philippine islands and else-
where. 1899 r572.99i M65
"A translation of two chapters (pages 67-87) from my work on the
Negritos of the Philippines (v.9 of the publications of the Royal
ethnographical museum of Dresden)." Preface.
ROTH, Henry Ling, and others.
Aborigines of Tasmania. 1899 Q572.994 R75
Bibliography, p. 91-98.
SPENCER, Baldwin, & Gillen, FJ.
Native tribes of central Australia. 1899 572.994 874
The same. 1899 ^72.994 874
573 Natural history of man
CHAMBERS, Robert.
Vestiges of the natural history of creation; with a sequel.
[1845?] r 573 C35
HAMY, Ernst Theodore.
Precis de paleontologie humaine. 1870 r573 H23
QUATREFAGES de BRfiAU, Jean Louis Armand de.
L'espece humaine. 1879 r573 Q2I
Natural history of man; a course of elementary lectures.
1875 573 Q2in
QUETELET, Adolphe.
Physique sociale; ou. Es?ai sur le developpement des
facultes de l'homme. 2v. 1869 r573 Cj28
Title of first edition reads "Sur l'homme et le developpement de ses
facultes; ou, Essai de physique sociale."
NATURAL HISTORY OF MAN 755
HUXLEY, Thomas Henry.
Man's place in nature, and other anthropological essays.
'894. -j 573.1 Hog
Other essays: The methods and results of ethnology. Some fixed
points in British ethnology. The Aryan question.
DUNCAN, W.S.
Fossil antecedents of man, and Where to discover them.
1883 r573.2 D8g
"Where to discover the fossil antecedents of man" is reprinted from the
Anthropological journal for May 1883.
LAING, Samuel.
Human origins. 1900 573-2 Li6
Inquiry, written for the unscientific reader, as to what history and geolo-
gy, examined in the light of modern research, really teach concerning
the origin and evolution of the human race.
LYELL, Sir Charles.
Geological evidences of the antiquity of man; with an out-
line of glacial and post-tertiary geology and remarks on
the origin of species, with special reference to iran's first
appearance on the earth. 1873 rS73-3 Lp8
MACLEAN, John Patterson.
Manual of the antiquity of man. 1887 573-3 Mig
MERCER, Henry Chapman.
Hill-caves of Yucatan; a search for evidence of man's an-
tiquity. 1896 573.3 M63
Researches upon the antiquity of man in the Delaware val-
ley and the eastern United States. 1897. (Pennsyl-
vania university. Publications; series in philology,
literature and archaeology, v.6.) 573-3 M63r
The same. 1897. (In Pennsylvania university. Publica-
tions; series in philology, literature and archaeology,
v.6.) r9i3 P39 v.6
WINCHELL, Alexander.
Preadamites; or, A demonstration of the existence of men
before Adam. 1890 573-3
KEANE, Augustus Henry.
Man past and present. 1899 573-4
Considers the races of mankind as having a common origin, but as
specialized through their geographic environment. Similarities of re-
ligion, language, folk-lore and physical characteristics show their inter-
relation.
SHALER, Nathaniel Southgate.
Nature and man in America. 1891 573-4 $52
Eight readable and descriptive chapters on the influence of environ-
ment on organic life; the first four show how the "whips of necessity"
have driven organisms up and on toward higher planes; the second
half treats of the geographic influence on man in America. Gives
latest views on the effects of geologic changes, physical conditions,
and geographic features, on the successive characteristics of Indians
and of colonial settlements, and on the distribution and development
of American nationality. In pleasing colloquial style. No illustra-
tions. Adapted to the general reader. May be read as intermediate in
scope between the author's "Story of our continent" and "Aspects of
the earth."
The same. 1897 r5734 52
756 EVOLUTION
QUETELET, Adolphe.
Anthropometrie; ou, Mesure des differentes facultes de
1'homme. 1870
UNITED STATES War department.
Statistics, medical and anthropological, of the Provost-mar-
shal-general's bureau, derived from records of the exami-
nation for military service during the late War of the re-
bellion, of over a million men, compiled by J. H. Baxter.
2v. 1875 qrS73-6 U25
WIEDERSHEIM, Robert.
The structure of man, an index to his past history. 1895. -573-6 W68
QUATREFAGES de BRfiAU, Jean Louis Armand de.
Pygmies. 1895. (Anthropological series.) 573-8 Q2i
575 Evolution
For Evolution, from the religious standpoint, see 213
See also Religion and science, 215
AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR THE EXTENSION OF UNI-
VERSITY TEACHING.
Syllabus of lectures on the evidences and factors of organic
evolution, by E. G. Conklin. 1898. (University extension
lectures.) rS7S ASI
"References," p.zo.
BEECHER, Charles Emerson.
Studies in evolution ; mainly reprints of occasional papers
selected from the publications of the laboratory of in-
vertebrate paleontology, Peabody museum, Yale uni-
versity. 1901. (Yale bicentennial publications.) 575 637
Contents: General evolution. Structure and development of trilobites.
Studies in the development of the brachiopoda. Miscellaneous stud-
ies in development. Plates and explanations.
BONAVIA, Emmanuel.
Studies in the evolution of animals. 1895 575 B6i
Confined mostly to the origin of the markings and coloration of the
jaguar, leopard, cat and other animals. Many excellent illustrations.
BROOKLYN ETHICAL ASSOCIATION.
Evolution; lectures and discussions. 1893 575 B77
Contents: Herbert Spencer, by D. G. Thompson. Charles Robert Dar-
win, by J. W. Chadwick. Solar and planetary evolution, by G. P. Ser-
viss. Evolution of the earth, by L. G. Janes. Evolution of vegetal
life, by William Potts. Evolution of animal life, by R. W. Raymond.
Descent of man, by E. D. Cope. Evolution of mind, by R. G. Eccles.
Evolution of society, by J. A. Skilton. Evolution of theology, by
Z. S. Sampson. Evolution of morals, by L. G. Janes. Proofs of evo-
lution, by N. C. Parshall. Evolution as related to religious thought,
by J. W. Chadwick. Philosophy of evolution, by S. H. Nichols. Ef-
fects of evolution on the coming civilization, by M. J. Savage.
CHAMBERLAIN, Alexander Francis.
The child; a study in the evolution of man. 1900. (Con-
temporary science series.) 575 C35
Bibliography, ^.465-495.
A study of the child with reference to his place and part in the de-
velopment of the human race. The author is (1904) assistant in
ethnology at Clark university.
EVOLUTION 757
CLODD, Edward.
A primer of evolution. 1895 575 C6ip
Contents: The contents of the universe. The distribution of matter.
The solar system. The earth; its past life-history. Present life- forms.
The becoming and growth of the universe. The origin of life.
The origin of life-forms. The origin of species. Proofs of derivation
of species. Social evolution.
An abridgment of Clodd's "Story of creation."
"Written in a remarkably clear, simple and attractive style, easily un-
derstood by the unscientific reader, and an excellent introduction to
the more elaborate works on the subject." Olive Thome Miller.
The story of creation; a plain account of evolution. 1896 575 C6l
"Aims to present 'in a brief and handy compass'. . .the history of evolu-
tion. Its standpoint is the extreme ... scientific one There is but
brief reference to moral and social development The presentation is
clear and concise, meets its purpose, and is valuable from its own po-
sition." Dial, 1888.
The same. 1898 r575 C6i
COE, Charles Clement.
Nature versus natural selection; an essay on organic evolu-
tion. 1895 r575 C6s
CONN, Herbert William.
Evolution of to-day; a summary of the theory of evolution as
held by scientists at the present time, and an account of the
progress made by the discussions and investigations of a
quarter of a century. 1899 575 C75e
Contents: What is evolution? Are species mutable? Classification of
the organic world. Life during the geological ages. Embryology.
Geographical distribution. Darwin's explanation of evolution. More
recent attempts to explain evolution. The evolution of man.
Method of evolution; a review of the present attitude of sci-
ence toward the question of the laws and forces which have
brought about the origin of species. 1900 575 C75
Prof. Conn, who in a previous work summarized for the popular reader the
evidence for and against the general theory of organic evolution, has
now brought the subject up to date by reviewing the present attitude
of science toward the various evolutionary theories. The work gives
an especially full account of the theories of heredity inaugurated by
Weismann. and of the very great changes that they have produced in
the view which biologists take to-day in regard to all phenomena con-
nected with evolution and development.
COPE, Edward Drinker.
The origin of the fittest; essays on evolution. 1887 575 C79
Some of these essays are for the general reader, some only for the
specialist. They originated in lectures, or were published in maga-
zines, from 1869 to 1887 and were suggested to the author by his
special zoological and palaeontological studies.
"The man who, since Louis Agassiz, has been the greatest influence in
American biology." Nature, 1897.
The primary factors of organic evolution. 1896 575
A plea for the Lamarckian view.
DELAGE, Marie Yves.
La structure du protoplasma et les theories sur 1'heredite et
les grands problemes de la biologic generale. 1895 qr575
"Index bibliographique," p.84i-8$8.
DRUMMOND, Henry.
Lowell lectures on the ascent of man. 1895 575 D84
An able and interesting work surveying the whole process of human
evolution. The author lays stress on the struggle for the life of others
which, beginning in motherhood, has enormously qualified the struggle
for self emphasized by Darwin.
758 EVOLUTION
DURHAM, William.
Evolution, antiquity of man, bacteria, etc. 1890. (Science
in plain language.) 575 094
Collection of short articles giving, in every-day language, the general
results of scientific investigation.
EIMER, Gustav Heinrich Theodor.
Organic evolution as the result of the inheritance of acquired
characters, according to the laws of organic growth.
1890 575 39
The theory of the author, derived largely from his own researches,
is that the primary elements in the production of variety in species
are the physical and chemical changes in the organisms due to en-
vironment.
"An abundant storehouse of facts, old and new, about the influence of
the physical environment." Nature, 1888.
GUIBERT.J.
In the beginning (Les origines); tr. fr. the French by G. S.
Whitmarsh. 1900 575 GgS
Contains numerous bibliographies.
A popular exposition of human origins written by the present (1900)
superior of the Institut catholique, Paris, for his students when he
was professor of natural science at Issy. The result of his endeavors
to train young ecclesiastics who would later have to propagate and
defend their faith.
HAECKEL, Ernst.
Anthropogenic; oder, Entwickelungsgeschichte des men-
schen. 2v. 1891 575 Hi3a
v.i. Keimesgeschichte oder ontogenie.
v.2. Stammesgeschichte oder phylogenie.
Bibliography at the beginning of each chapter.
Evolution of man. 2v. 1892 575 Hi3
Forms the second, more detailed part of the author's "Natural history
of creation."
"Attempt to render the facts of human germ-history accessible to a
wider circle of educated people, and to explain these facts by human
tribal history." Author's preface.
History of creation; or, The development of the earth and its
inhabitants by the action of natural causes; exposition of
the doctrine of evolution in general and of that of Darwin,
Goethe and Lamarck in particular. 2v. 1896 575 Hi3h
Bibliography, v.2, P.SOI-SII.
The same. 2v. 1892 r575 Hi3h
The last link; our present knowledge of the descent of man;
with notes and biographical sketches by Hans Gadow.
1898 .575 Hl3l
Sketch of Haeckel, p. 100-114.
The address, in a revised form, "On our present knowledge of the
descent of man," which was delivered before the International con-
gress of zoology at Cambridge, England, Aug. 26, 1898.
Naturliche schopfungsgeschichte; gemeinverstandliche wis-
senchaftliche vortrage iiber entwickelungslehre im all-
gemeinen und diejenige von Darwin, Goethe und La-
marck im besonderen. 1872 r575 Hi3
Bibliography, p.659-662,
HEADLEY, F.W.
Problems of evolution. 1900 575 H38
Contains a chapter on the "Great unprogressive people" (the Chinese).
Popular exposition and solution of some of the most difficult problems
that puzzle Darwinians. Mr Headley first makes a careful resume of
Darwin's theory of natural selection and the survival of the fittest, and
EVOLUTION 759
outlines the arguments of evolution; he states and contrasts the theo-
ries of Lamarck and Weismann, his aim being to prove the pre-Dar-
winian argument fallacious; the second part of the book is devoted to
the problems of human evolution.
HUTTON, Frederick Wollaston.
Darwinism and Lamarckism, old and new. 1899 575
"Popular expositions of the Darwinian doctrine., .altogether a very reada-
ble and fair-minded book." Academy, 1899.
HUXLEY, Thomas Henry.
Darwiniana. 1894 575
Contents: The Darwinian hypothesis. "The origin of species." Criti-
cisms on "The origin of species." Genealogy of animals. Mr Dar-
win's critics. Evolution in biology. The coming of age of "The origin
of species." Charles Darwin. The Darwin memorial. Obituary.
Lectures to working men "On our knowledge of the causes of the phe-
nomena of organic nature."
JAGER, Gustav.
Problems of nature; researches and discoveries of Jaeger se-
lected from his published writings. 1897 575 J J 4
From the first publication of the Darwinian theory Jager was one of its
most active supporters and by his own researches has contributed
much to the general progress of organic science. These selections
range in date from 1864 to 1885.
JORDAN, David Starr.
Foot-notes to evolution; a series of popular addresses on the
evolution of life. 1898 575 J4^
MORRIS, Charles.
Man and his ancestor; a study in evolution. 1900 575 Mgi
Intended to give the believer in evolution a reason for his belief, and
to put into compact and available form material formerly only to be
found scattered through scientific works.
NAGELI, Karl Wilhelm von.
Mechanico-physiological theory of organic evolution; sum-
mary; tr. by V. A. Clark and F. A. Waugh. 1898 575 Ni2
OSBORN, Henry Fairfield.
From the Greeks to Darwin; the development of the evolu-
tion idea. 1896. (Columbia university biological series,
v.i.) 575 029
Bibliography, p. 25 1-254.
The same. 1894 r575 029
ROMANES, George John.
Darwin and after Darwin. 3v. 1896-97 575 R65
v.i. Darwinian theory.
v.2. Post-Darwinian questions; heredity and utility.
T.3. Post-Darwinian questions; isolation and physiological selection.
A good exposition of Darwinism and evolution carefully prepared for
popular use.
The same. 3v. 1892-97 r575 R65
Scientific evidences of organic evolution. 1882 575 R65s
A short digest of Darwin's "Origin of species," published with Mr
Darwin's approval and at his request.
RRED, Arze Z.
Evolution versus involution. 1885 575 R8i
The sub-title, "A popular exposition of the doctrine of true evolution,
a refutation of the theories of Herbert Spencer, and a vindication of
theism," best expresses the purpose of the author.
SHUTE, D.Kerfoot.
First book in organic evolution. 1899 575 556
"Works of reference," p.249-253.
76o HEREDITY
Elementary introduction to the evolution theory, interesting to the
general reader. Special attention has been paid to the discussion of
biological phenomena of general interest, such as heredity.
SPENCER, Herbert.
The factors of organic evolution. 1895 575 S74f
Part of v.i of "Essays; scientific, political and speculative."
Illustrations of universal progress. 1872 575 874
Contents: Progress, its law and cause. Manners and fashion. The
genesis of science. The physiology of laughter. The origin and
function of music. The nebular hypothesis. Bain on the emotions
and the will. Illogical geology. The development hypothesis. The
social organism. Use and beauty. The sources of architectural
types. The use of anthropomorphism.
These essays are all included in his "Essays; scientific, political and
speculative."
TOPINARD, Paul.
Science and faith; or, Man as an animal and man as a member
of society, with a discussion of animal societies. 1899 575 T6a
"In a series of chapters the author sketches man's development, as
a member not only of the animal kingdom, but also of society,
seeking to trace in the lower forms of life the rudiments both of
structures and of ideas. Finally, he arrives at the conclusion that
Science and Faith mutually exclude each other... The book is worth
reading, whether we are or are not satisfied with its conclusions."
Nature, 1900.
TYLER, John Mason.
The whence and the whither of man. 1897 575 T97
"Clearly arranged and vigorously presented chain of evidence concern-
ing man's physical and mental development, followed by firm state-
ment of belief in Bible teachings." Popular science monthly.
VARIGNY, Henry C. de.
Experimental evolution. 1892 575 V2I
Lectures delivered in 1891 before the Edinburgh summer school of arts
and sciences. Author refers largely to French authorities, and while
not neglecting the past, tries particularly to show what can still be
done, by research and experiment, to develop the evolution theory.
WILSON, Andrew.
Chapters on evolution. 1886 575 W>6
"A very full and popular treatise on... organic development. . .The
various questions that have arisen in connection with the development
of the organic kingdom are considered with fullness, and by a natural-
ist competent to deal with them." Popular science monthly, 1883.
575.1 Heredity
G ALTON, Francis.
Natural inheritance. 1894 -575.1 GiS
An inquiry into the laws governing the inheritance of such characteris-
tics as stature, eye-color, temper, the artistic faculty and some forms
of disease. Its methods will appeal particularly to the mathematician
and the scientific student of heredity.
HAYCRAFT, John Berry.
Darwinism and race progress. 1895. (Social science
series.) 575.1 H36
Short untechnical study on the importance of high standards of health
and morals if the human race is to progress, or even to. be kept from
degenerating.
HERTWIG, Oscar.
Biological problem of to-day; preformation or epigenesis?
1896 575.1 H48
Statement of his reasons for believing in epigenesis. Most of his state-
ments are based on data accumulated from his investigations of cell
VARIATION. NATURAL SELECTION 761
structure and growth, and experiments on the lower forms of or-
ganized matter.
ROMANES, George John.
Examination of Weismannism. 1893 575-1 R65
Treats of Weismann's theories, leaving the assumption of non-trans-
missibility of acquired characters, upon which they are based, for
consideration in a future volume. See Romanes' "Darwin and after
Darwin," v.2.
The same. 1893 r 575-i R6$
WEISMANN, August.
Essays upon heredity and kindred biological problems. 2v.
1891-92 575.1 W46e
Sets forth Weismann's theories based upon the idea that there can be
no inherila^--'- of character acquired by the individual. See Romanes'
"Examinati j of Weismannism."
Germ-plasm; a theory of heredity. 1893. (Contemporary
science series.) 575-1 W4.6
"The title of the book strikes the key-note of Prof. Weismann's theory.
Heredity, according to his view, is brought about by the transference
from one generation to another of a substance with a very definite
and very complex constitution, the germ-plasma." Nature, 1893.
On germinal selection as a source of definite variation.
1896 575.1 W4<5o
Address delivered before the International congress of zoology, Leyden,
Sept. 16, 1895.
575.2 Variation
BATESON, William.
Materials for the study of variation treated with especial
regard to discontinuity in the origin of species. 1894. . .575.2 331
DARWIN, Charles.
Variation of animals and plants under domestication. 2v.
1892 575.2 D26
DAVENPORT, Charles Benedict.
Statistical methods, with special reference to biological varia-
tion. 1899 r 575.2 029
Selected bibliography of works on the quantitative study of organisms,
p.40-42.
575.4 Natural selection
EIMER, Gustav Heinrich Theodor.
On orthogenesis and the importance of natural selection in
species-formation. 1898 575-4 39
Address delivered before the International congress of zoology, Leyden,
Sept. 19, 1895.
GRAY, Asa.
Darwiniana; essays and reviews pertaining to Darwinism.
1889 575-4 G8i
The same. 1876 r5754 G8i
MARSHALL, Arthur Milnes.
Lectures on the Darwinian theory. 1900 575-4 M4I
Contents: History of the theory of evolution. Artificial and natural
selection. The argument from palaeontology. The argument from
embryology. The colours of animals and of plants. Objections to the
Darwinian theory. The origin of vertebrated animals. The life and
work of Darwin.
762 DEVELOPMENT. DEGENERATION
POULTON, Edward Bagnall.
Charles Darwin and the theory of natural selection. 1896.
(Century science series.) 575-4 P86
WALLACE, Alfred Russel.
Darwinism; an exposition of the theory of natural selec-
tion. 1891 575-4 Wi7
An exposition of the theory of natural selection, bringing the subject
down to 1889, in Mr Wallace's well-known lucid and pleasing style.
Objections to Darwinism are discussed with the result that Mr Wal-
lace deems it in the main confirmed by thirty years' observation and
criticism.
Natural selection, and Tropical nature. 1891 575-4 Wi7n
DARWIN, Charles.
Descent of man and selection in relation to sex. 1892 575-5 D26
"Mr Darwin's object in the present work is to establish, from a general
survey of his whole nature, the evidences of 'man, like every other
species, being descended from some pre-existing form; secondly, the
manner of his development; and, thirdly, the value of the differences
between the so-called races of man.' . . The intellectual pleasure of
following so exquisite a chain of philosophical deduction may almost
compensate many minds for the shock which his ultimate conclusion
will inflict on them." Saturday review, 1871.
575.6 Development. 575.7 Degeneration
ARGYLL, George Douglas Campbell, duke of.
Organic evolution cross-examined; or, Some suggestions on
the great secret of biology. 1898 575-6 A6g
Appeared first in the Nineteenth century.
The author opposes the views of Darwin, Spencer and Huxley, and
holds that all development is a process of spontaneous growth by
virtue of an internal agency only, and not affected by external causes.
The same. 1808 r575_6 A69
SUTTON, John Bland.
Evolution and disease. 1890. (Contemporary science se-
ries.) 575.6 896
DEMOOR, Jean, and others.
Evolution by atrophy in biology and sociology. 1899. (In-
ternational scientific series.) 575-7
TALBOT, Eugene Solomon.
Degeneracy; its causes, signs and results. 1898. (Contemp-
orary science series.) -575-7
575.8 Origin of species
DARWIN, Charles.
Origin of species by means of natural selection. 2v. in I.
1893 575-8 D26
This work is the corner-stone of the theory of evolution as extended to
organic life.
MIVART, St. George.
Man and apes; an exposition of structural resemblances and
differences bearing upon questions of affinity and origin.
1874 575-8 M75
On the genesis of species. 1871 575-8 M75o
ORIGIN OF LIFE 763
Criticism of the Darwinian hypothesis, with a chapter on the bearing
of this and other evolutionary theories on Christian belief.
SCHMIDT, Eduard Oskar.
Doctrine of descent and Darwinism. 1892. (International
scientific series.) 575-8 834
575.9 Origin of sex
GEDDES, Patrick, & Thomson, J.A.
Evolution of sex. [1889.] 575-9 G26
Bibliography at the end of each chapter.
576 Origin of life
MORGAN, Thomas Hunt.
Regeneration. 1901. (Columbia university biological series,
v.7.) 576 M89
Bibliography, p. 293-310.
Explains the different processes of renewal by which severed parts of
animal and vegetable organisms are "regenerated." The term, as used
by the author, includes not only the replacement of a lost part, but
also the development of a new, whole organism from a piece of an
adult, an embryo or an egg. It also includes such changes as the
moulting and replacement of birds' feathers, the replacement of teeth,
etc.
BEALE, Lionel Smith.
Bioplasm; an introduction to the study of physiology &
medicine. 1872 r 576.2 634
BARD, L.
La specificite cellulaire; ses consequences en biologic gene-
rale. [1899.] (Scientia; serie biologique.) ^76.3 623
Index bibliographique des publications de 1'auteur ayant trait a la speci-
ficite cellulaire, p.og-ioo.
The theory of cellular specificity, first proposed by the author of this
monograph, teaches that the differentiation of cell-types is the exclu-
sive result of pre-existent properties which are transmissible by heredity.
FISCHER, Alfred.
Fixirung, farbung und bau des protoplasmas; kritische unter-
suchungen uber technik und theorie in der neueren zell-
forschung. 1899 q r 5?6.3 F52
"Literatur," p.34i-348.
WILSON, Edmund Beecher.
Cell in development and inheritance. 1896. (Columbia uni-
versity biological series.) 5?6-3 W76
Short bibliography at the end of each chapter.
577 Properties of living matter
DAVENPORT, Charles Benedict.
Experimental morphology. 2v. 1897-09 577 D2Q
v.i. Effect of chemical and physical agents upon protoplasm.
v.2. Effect of chemical and physical agents upon growth.
MATTEUCCI, Carlo.
Lectures on the physical phenomena of living beings. 1848. .r577 M47
Physiological lectures delivered at the University of Pisa in 1844.
LE DANTEC, Felix.
La sexualite. [1899.] (Scientia; serie biologique.) r 577.8 LSI
764 MICROSCOPY
MO RLE Y, Margaret Warner.
Life and love. 1895 577-8 Mgi
578 Microscopy
BAKER. Henry.
Microscope made easy. 1742 r578 617
BEALE, Lionel Smith.
How to work with the microscope. 1880 r578 634
BEHRENS, H.
Mikrochemische technik. 1900 578 638111
Treats of the general methods of manipulation, especially as used in the
making of permanent micro-chemical preparations. Author is (1900)
the head of the micro-chemical laboratory of the Polytechnic school
in Delft, and is the foremost authority of to-day on microchemistry.
BROCKLESBY, John.
Views of the microscopic world. 1851 rsy8 676
The same. 1871 r578 B76v
Title reads Amateur microscopist ; or, Views of the microscopic world.
CARPENTER, William Benjamin.
The microscope and its revelations. 1856 r578 C22
The same. '1891 r578 C22m
The same. 2v. 1883 r578 C22m2
CHEVALIER, Charles Louis.
Des microscopes et de leur usage. 1839 Q r 578 C42
CLARK, Charles H.
Practical methods in microscopy. 1896 578 Csi
COLE, Arthur C. ed.
Studies in microscopical science. 2v. 1883-84 r578 C68
Bibliography at the end of many of the articles.
DUJARDIN, Felix.
Nouveau manuel complet de 1'observateur au microscope,
accompagne d'un atlas. 2v. 1842-43 r578 D88
GAGE, Simon Henry.
The microscope and microscopical methods. 1894 578 Gi3
pt. i of "The microscope and histology."
Bibliography, p. 152 156.
The book has a chapter on "Photo-micrography and photography with a
vertical camera."
HOGG, Jabez.
The microscope. 1898 .578 H68
The same. 1867 r578 H68
LANKESTER, Edwin Ray.
Half-hours with the microscope. [1878.] r578 L26
MANTON, Walter P.
Beginnings with the microscope. 1884 578 M34
NAGELI, Karl Wilhelm von, & Schwendener, S.
Microscope in theory and practice. 1887 r578 Nil
PHIN, John.
Practical hints on the selection and use of the microscope.
1877 578 PS2
The same. 1875 r578 P52
The same, abridged for the use of beginners. 1879 rS78 P52p
MICROSCOPY PERIODICALS 765
PRITCHARD, Andrew.
Microscopic illustrations of living objects, with researches
concerning the methods of constructing microscopes and
instructions for using them. 1845 rS78 Pgs
QUEKETT, John Thomas.
Practical treatise on the use of the microscope, including the
different methods of preparing and examining animal,
vegetable and mineral structures. 1855 r578 0,231
WOOD, John George.
Common objects of the microscope; revised by E. C. Bous-
field. 1900 578 W8s
WYTHE, Joseph Henry.
The microscopist; a compendium of microscopic science.
1883 578 WQQ
The same. 1883 rS78 W99
ADAMS, George, 1750-95.
Essays on the microscope, containing a description of the
most improved microscopes, a history of insects, their
transformations, peculiar habits and oeconomy. 1787. .qr578.04 Aai
SHELLEY, Henry C.
Chats about the microscope. 1899 578.04 854
Contents: The instrument and its use. Mounting and other matters.
Pond life. By the sea-shore. Some botanical subjects. Desmids and
diatoms. Wings, scales, and foraminifera. Rotifers.
578.05 Periodicals
AMERICAN journal of microscopy and popular science;
monthly, v.i-6. 1876-81 r578x>5 AST
AMERICAN MICROSCOPICAL SOCIETY.
Proceedings (ist meeting-date), i879-date. i88o-date. ^578.05 A5I22
v. 17-date title reads Transactions of the American microscopical society.
Until 1891 the American microscopical society was called the American
society of microscopists.
AMERICAN monthly microscopical journal. 23v. 1880-
1902 T578.05 Asi2i
No more published.
Index, v.i-is, 1880-1895. 1896.
AMERICAN quarterly microscopical journal, with the Trans-
actions of the New York microscopical society, v.i.
1878 T578.05 A5I2
No more published.
JOURNAL de micrographie; revue bi-mensuelle. v.i2.
1888 rS78.os J4662
JOURNAL of the New York microscopical society, 1885-86,
1889-90. v.i-2, 5-6. 1885-90 T578.05 J46
v. 1-2, monthly.
v.s-6, quarterly.
JOURNAL of the Postal microscopical society; quarterly; ed.
by Alfred Allen. i6v. 1882-97 r 578.05 J466
v.3-i6 title reads Journal of microscopy and natural science; the journal
of the Postal microscopical society.
No more published.
JOURNAL of the Royal miscroscopical society, containing
766 MICROSCOPY PERIODICALS
its transactions & proceedings; bi-monthly, 1878-92,
iSpS-date. v.i-is, 2i-date. i878-date r578.os M86
Being v. 19-33, 39-date of Monthly microscopical journal.
The LENS; a quarterly journal of microscopy; with the trans-
actions of the State microscopical society of Illinois. 2v.
1872-73 ^78.05 L6i
No more published.
The MICROSCOPE and its relation to medicine and phar-
macy; bi-monthly & monthly, ijv. in 15. 1881-97. .r578.OS M67I
v.i 3-1 7 title reads the Microscope; an illustrated monthly journal.
No more published.
MICROSCOPIC journal and structural record, v.i-2, in I.
1841-42 ^78.05 M67I2
Continued under the title Microscopical journal and monthly record
of facts in microscopical science.
MICROSCOPICAL bulletin and science news; bimonthly, Dec.
1 883-0 ct. 1896. v.i-13, in i. 1883-96 r578.05 M67
Index, v.i-6, 1883-1889.
April 1885, Aug. 1895, and Feb. 1896 wanting.
From Dec. 1883 to April 1885 title reads Microscopical bulletin and opti-
cian's circular.
MICROSCOPICAL news and northern microscopist; monthly.
2v. 1883-84 TS78.05 N45
Being v-3~4 of Northern microscopist.
No more published.
MONTHLY microscopical journal; transactions of the Royal
microscopical society and record of histological research,
1869-92, iSgS-date. v.i-33, 39-date. i869-date T578.O5 M86
v. 19 date, i878-date, bimonthly, title reads Journal of the Royal micro-
scopical society.
NORTHERN microscopist; monthly. 4v. 1881-84 ^78.05 N45
v.3-4 title reads Microscopical news and northern microscopist.
No more published.
QUARTERLY journal of microscopical science, v.i-6, 8-n, 21,
24, 35-39, 49-date. i853-date r578.05 Qi9
Contains the Transactions of the Microscopical society of London.
Index, 1853-1888. 1889.
Jan. 1858 wanting.
QUEKETT MICROSCOPICAL CLUB.
Journal, 1887-89. 2d ser. v.3 T578.O5 Q23
SOCIfiTfi BELGE DE MICROSCOPIE.
Bulletin. V.H. 1887-88 ^78.05 867
ZEITSCHRIFT fur wissenschaftliche mikroskopie und fur
mikroskopische technik. v.6. 1889 r578.O5 Z43
The MICROSCOPISTS' annual for 1879. no.i. 1880 r578.o6 M67
No more published.
578.1 578.9 Microscope. Specimens
BECK, Richard, microscope maker.
Treatise on the construction, proper use and capabilities
of Smith, Beck and Beck's achromatic microscopes.
1865 qr578.i 636
MAYALL, John.
Cantor lectures on the microscope, delivered 1885. 1886. . . qr578.i MS2
ROSS, Andrew.
The microscope. 1877 i"578.i R73
MICROSCOPE. SPECIMENS 767
BAUSCH, Edward.
Manipulation of the microscope. 1885 rS78-4 632
WOODWARD, Joseph Janvier.
Report to the surgeon general on magnesium and electric
lights, as applied to photo-micrography. 1870 Qi"578.5 W86
Published by the Surgeon-general's office.
CLARKE, Mrs Louisa (Lane).
The microscope; a description of the most beautiful ob-
jects for exhibition. 1858 r578.6 53
DA VIES, Thomas, of the British Museum.
Preparation and mounting of microscopic objects. 1882. . .r578.6 D3ip
The same. 1874 578.6 DSI
MARSH, Sylvester.
Section-cutting; a guide to the preparation and mounting of
sections for the microscope. 1879 rS78.6 M4I
The same. 1879 rS78.6 M4is
MARTIN, John H.
Manual of microscopic mounting. 1878 r578.6 M42
SEILER, Carl.
Compendium of microscopical technology. 1881 r578.6 $46
BEHRENS, Julius Wilhelm.
Microscope in botany; guide for the microscopical investiga-
tion of vegetable substances. 1885 578.8 638
The same. 1885 r578.8 638
NEEDHAM, John Tuberville.
New microscopical discoveries. 1745 r578.8 Nig
TAYLOR, John Ellor, ed.
Notes on collecting and preserving natural-history objects.
1883 578.8 T25
ARCHIV fur mikroskopische anatomic; 1871-84, 1889-90. v.
7-23, 33-36. 1871-90 T578.9 A67
BOLTON, Thomas.
Hints on the preservation of living objects and their examina-
tion under the microscope qr578-9 B6i
Portfolio of drawings and descriptions of living organisms,
(animal and vegetable), illustrative of freshwater and ma-
rine life; August i879-August 1885. no.i-ii. 1879-85 .. qr578.9 B6i
Bound with his "Hints on the preservation of living objects."
COOKE, Mordecai Cubitt.
One thousand objects for the microscope 578.9 C77
FREY, Heinrich.
Microscope and microscopical technology; text-book for phy-
sicians and students. 1880 T578.9 F93
GIBBES, Heneage.
Practical histology and pathology. 1885 ^78.9 G35
GRIFFITH, John William, & Henfrey, Arthur, camp.
Micrographic dictionary; a guide to the examination and in-
vestigation of the structure and nature of microscopic ob-
jects. 2v. in i. 1860 r578-9 G89
SLACK, Henry James.
Marvels of pond-life; or, A year's microscopic recreations
49
7 68 TAXIDERMY
among the polyps, infusoria, rotifers, water-bears and
polyzoa. 1880 S78.9 S6a
WHITMAN, Charles Otis.
Methods of research in microscopical anatomy and embry-
ology. 1885 rS78.g W64
579 Collectors' manuals
ANDfiS, Louis Edgar.
Das conserviren von thierbalgen. 1894. (Hartleben's chem-
isch-technische bibliothek.) r579 ASS
HORNADAY, William Temple.
Taxidermy and zoological collecting, with chapters on col-
lecting and preserving insects, by W. J. Holland. 1891. . . .579 H7Q
"Best books of reference for the taxidermist and collector," p.351-355-
KINGSLEY, John Sterling.
Naturalist's assistant. 1892 579 K27
Bibliography, p. 145-224.
The same. 1882 r579 K27
579.4 Taxidermy
BROWNE, Montagu.
Artistic and scientific taxidermy and modelling. 1896. .. .579.4 B8i
Bibliography, p.42i-4S3.
Practical taxidermy, with a chapter upon the arrangement
of museums. [1884.] 579-4 B8ip
DAVIE, Oliver.
Methods in the art of taxidermy. 1894 Q579-4 031
ROWLEY, John.
Art of taxidermy. 1898 579-4 R79
Amateurs will find their requirements fully met, while to professional
taxidermists also, this work will be valuable. Illustrated.
WARREN, Benjamin Harry.
Taxidermy; how to collect, skin, preserve and mount
birds; [and] The game and fish laws of Pennsylvania.
1896. (Pennsylvania Agriculture, Department of. Bul-
letin, no.6.) 579.4 W24
The same. 1896. (In Pennsylvania Agriculture, Depart-
ment of. Bulletin, no.6.) r63O.6 P399b no.6
580 Botany
BAILLON, Ernest Henri.
Natural history of plants. 8v. 1871-88 qrsSo Bi6
BUEK, G.H. & CO. pub.
Wild flowers of America. 1894 rs8o B86
CREEVEY, Caroline A.
Flowers of field, hill and swamp. 1897 580 C87f
Arranged by habitat.
"It is most comprehensively illustrated," and "is so classified that it is
BOTANY 769
easy to identify the plant by comparing the text and the plant in
hand." Outlook.
Recreations in botany. 1893 580 87
Contents: Introductory. The botanist's tools and methods. Fertiliza-
tion of plants. Orchids. Leaves. Plant movements. The composite.
Parasitic plants. Aquatic plants. The cone-bearers. Flowerless
plants. Ferns. Mosses and liverworts. Lichens. Algae. Fungi.
Plant adaptability and utility. Seeds and fruits.
"It marshals many of the curiosities of botanical science for the in-
formation of the beginner, and is written in fairly popular style,
although unhesitating use is % made, when necessary, of scientific
terminology. The illustrations are satisfactory. The book may be
commended to those who wish to learn something substantial of
botany without attacking the technical manuals." Dial.
DANA, Mrs William Starr, afterward Mrs Parsons.
How to know the wild flowers. 1895 580 Dig
The same. 1898 J58o Dig
The same. 1900 rs8o Dig
The arrangement is by colors, and this, together with the many and
excellent plates, makes the identification of a flower by one ignorant
of botany an easy matter.
DOUBLEDAY, Mrs Nellie Blanchan (De Graff), (pseud. Neltje
Blanchan).
Nature's garden; an aid to knowledge of our wild flowers
and their insect visitors. 1900 qS8o 075
The same. 1900 qJ58o 075
Describes in untechnical language over 500 species of wild flowers,
arranged according to color. Gives scientific and popular names,
short descriptions of flowers, leaves and fruit, preferred habitat,
flowering season and geographical distribution, with comments on the
flowers and their fertilization by insects. Many illustrations in black
and white and in colors.
GARDINER, Linda.
Sylvia in flowerland. [1899.] J58o Gi?
GRAY, Asa.
Manual of botany of the northern United States. 1889 580 G8im
"The standard manual for the recognition of Phanerogams, Pterido-
phytes, and Hepaticae east of the Mississippi river and north of North
Carolina and Tennessee, with a glossary of terms. Adapted to the
field botanist within that region." D. P. Penhalloiv.
The same. 1889 rs8o G8im
School and field book of botany, consisting of Lessons in
botany, and Field, forest and garden botany. 1887 580 G8i
pt. i. A useful summary of the structure and classification of plants,
with a full glossary of terms. Adapted to beginners.
pt.2. A manual for ihe recognition of the more widely known intro-
duced and cultivated plants. Adapted to gardeners and to field
botanists as a companion to Gray's "Manual."
The same. 1887 rs8o G8i
HARDINGE, E.M. (pseud. Maud Going).
Field, forest and wayside flowers, with chapters on grasses,
sedges and ferns. 1899 580 H25
"The chapters of this book are so arranged as to follow the waxing and
waning of plant-life during an average season in the northeastern
United States... It is written more especially for people who have not
time, or, perhaps, inclination, to become actual students, who have not
familiarized themselves with botanic nomenclature and technical terms,
and who yet love to observe the beauties and the wonders of familiar
plant-life." Preface.
HENSLOW, George.
Botany for beginners. 1888 '. J58o
Also published under the title "Botany for children."
770 BOTANY
Botany for children; an illustrated elementary text-book.
1881 J58o H4S
Also published under the title "Botany for beginners."
HOOKER, Sir Joseph Dalton.
Botany. [1884.] (Science primers.) 580
HULME, Frederick Edward.
Familiar wild flowers; ist-6th ser. 6v. 1891-94 rs8o
LOUNSBERRY, Alice.
Guide to the wild flowers. 1899 J58o Lx)3
The same. 1899 580 L93
MATHEWS, Ferdinand Schuyler.
Familiar flowers of field and garden. 1897 580 M47
A popular description of wild flowers arranged in chronological se-
quence, illustrated by well-drawn figures; with a systematic index
giving family, color, locality, environment, and date of blooming.
Scientific and common names are given; technical terms few. Aims
at popularizing the study of plants. Adapted to stimulate a wider
knowledge of the plants about us, but of limited value for the recogni-
tion of species. Chiefly useful for those who have little time or in-
clination for scientific study.
Field book of American wild flowers ; a short description of
their character and habits, a concise definition of their
colors, and references to the insects which assist in their
fertilization. 1902 580 M47f
NEWELL, Jane Hancox, afterward Mrs Moore.
Outlines of lessons in botany, for the use of teachers, or moth-
ers studying with their children. 2v. 1893-98 Js8o N27O
v.i. From seed to leaf,
v.z. Flower and fruit.
PARKER, Francis Wayland, & Helm, N. L.
On the farm. 1898 J58o P230
Being v.z of "Uncle Robert's geography."
Playtime and seedtime. 1899 J58o P23p
Being v. i of "Uncle Robert's geography."
PRATT, Mara L.
Little flower folks. 2v. 1890-91 J58o P881
WRIGHT, Mrs Julia (McNair).
Botany; the story of plant life. 1898 J58o Wp3
LINNAEUS, Carl von.
Systema vegetabilium. 1797 rsSo.i L72
CARPENTER, William Benjamin. .
Vegetable physiology and systematic botany. 1875 rs8o.2 22
DORFLER, J. comp.
Botaniker-adressbuch; sammlung von namen und adressen der
lebenden botaniker aller lander. 1896 r58o.6 D67
580.3 Dictionaries
ALCOCK, Randal H.
Botanical names for English readers. 1884 rs8o.3 A3S
JACKSON, Benjamin Daydon, comp.
Glossary of botanic terms, with their derivation and accent.
1900 rs8o.3 Ji2
Bibliography, 11.324-326.
BOTANY 77i
LINDLEY, John, & Moore, Thomas, 1821-87, comp.
Treasury of botany; a popular dictionary of the vegetable
kingdom. 2v. 1889 r58o.3 L7i
WILLIS, John C.
Manual and dictionary of the flowering plants and ferns. 2v.
1897 580.3 W7S
"In these two handy volumes have been brought together, in an orderly
and convenient form, the principal facts and cardinal principles in re-
gard to the more important ferns and flowering plants. It is seldom
that such discrimination in selection, such skill in arrangement and
such perspicuity in statement, are conjoined." American journal of
science.
580.4 Essays. Sketches and stories
ALLEN, Grant.
Flowers and their pedigrees. 1884 580.4 A42
Contents: The daisy's pedigree. The romance of a wayside weed.
Strawberries. Cleavers. The origin of wheat. A mountain tulip. A
family history. Cuckoo-pint.
BASS, M.Florence.
Nature stories for young readers; plant life. 1897 J58o.4 629
DANA, Mrs William Starr, afterward Mrs Parsons.
According to season; talks about the flowers in the order
of their appearance. 1894 580.4 Dig
The same. 1902 580.4 Diga
DEAS, Lizzie.
Flower favourites; their legends, symbolism and signifi-
cance. 1898 580.4 034
FLINT, Martha Bockee.
Garden of simples. 1900 580.4 F64
Contents: A garden of simples. Paas blumtje and Pingster bloem.
Midsummer day. The rose fruits. Wild berries. A country road-
side. Michaelmas daisies. Suffolk county strolls; by the Hither
Brook road, to the beach at Wading river. Saint Martin's little sum-
mer. The secrets of a salad. Spring fruit. A retrospect of the
potato family. Liberty tea. Honey. A fagot of herbs. Our Lady's
flowers. Some door-yard shrubs. A posy from Spenser. Within
arm's reach. Indian plant names. Flowers of Chaucer's poems.
"Book of folk-lore, plant-lore, and poet-lore, good to read in winter by
the driftwood fire." Nation, 1900.
GRAY, Asa.
Scientific papers. 2v. 1889 580.4 G8is
v.a contains biographical sketches of the leading botanists of recent
times.
JOHNS, Charles Alexander.
Botanical rambles. [1860.] rs8o.4 J35
MORLEY, Margaret Warner.
A few familiar flowers, how to love them at home or in school.
1897 J58o.4 Mgii
Contents: Morning-glory. Nasturtium. Jewelweed. Geranium.
Hyacinth.
Flowers and their friends. 1897 J58o-4 Mgi
PRATT, Mara L.
Fairyland of flowers. 1890 J58o.4 P88
A book for children, containing a study of the parts and organs of
plants, stories and poems about plants and flowers, and a simple
classification of some simple plants.
772 BOTANY
PRATTEN, Mary A.
My hundred Swiss flowers, with a short account of Swiss ferns.
1887 580.4 P8g
SMITH, Sir James Edward.
Selection of the correspondence of Linnaeus and other natural-
ists. 2v. 1821 r 580.4 S65
STEP, Edward.
Plant-life. 1883 580.4 S82
Contents: Microscopic plants. Plant structure and growth. The fer-
tilisation of flowers. Predatory plants. Remarkable flowers and
leaves. About a fern. The folk-lore of plants. Plants and animals.
About mosses and lichens. Plants and planets. About horsetails,
stonewarts and pepperworts. The falling leaf. About fungi. Algae.
Romance of wild flowers; a companion to the British flora.
1899 580.4 S82r
TAYLOR, John Ellor.
Flowers; their origin, shapes, perfumes and colours.
1879 rs8o.4 T25
WRIGHT, Mrs Mabel (Osgood).
Flowers and ferns in their haunts. 1901 580.4 W93
The writer's actual experiences in her search for wild growths of field
and forest. Set in the frame of a slender story and all aglow with
imagination and true love of nature. Contains many full page plates
of unusual beauty.
580.5 Periodicals
BOTANICAL gazette; monthly, v.12. 1887 rsSo.s 864
v.i appeared under the title Botanical bulletin.
BOTANICAL magazine; or, Flower-garden displayed; monthly.
v.i-date. 1787-date rsSo.s 6646
v.is-date title reads Curtis's botanical magazine.
General indexes, 1786-1826, v.i-53. 1828.
FIELD COLUMBIAN MUSEUM.
Publications; botanical series, v.i-date. iSgs-date rsSo.s F45
For contents see contents book, v.2, p.27/; kept at the reference desk.
NEW YORK BOTANICAL GARDEN.
Memoirs, v.i-date. i9OO-date qrsSo.S N26
v.i. Rydberg, P. A. Catalogue of the flora of Montana and the Yellow-
stone national park.
v.z. MacDougal, D.T. Influence of light and darkness upon growth
and development.
PENNSYLVANIA UNIVERSITY.
Publications; contributions from the botanical laboratory.
v.i-date. i897-date qrsSo.5 P39
For contents see contents book, p. 194; kept at the reference desk.
TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.
Bulletin ; monthly, v.i-date. i87O-date rsSo.5 T63
Index, v.7-i6. 1890.
580.7 Study and teaching
BAILEY, Liberty Hyde.
First lessons with plants; being an abridgement of "Lessons
with plants." 1898 J58o.7 Bi6
Lessons with plants; suggestions for seeing and interpret-
BOTANY 773
ing some of the common forms of vegetation. 1898. . . .580.7 Bi6
May be used as a text book in secondary schools, though the author
hopes that to both pupil and teacher its principal service will be in
the suggesting of methods of nature study which he defines to be
"seeing the things which one looks at, and the drawing of proper
conclusions from what one sees."
BAILEY, William Whitman.
Botanizing; a guide to field-collecting and herbarium work.
1809 580.7 Bi6
Contents: Equipment. Collecting. Directions for particular families.
Herbarium work. Storing and exchange. The herbarium. Botanical
museum. Botanic gardens. Botanical libraries.
Bibliography, p.i32-i42.
GANONG, William Francis.
Teaching botanist; a manual of information upon botanical
instruction; with outlines and directions for a comprehen-
sive elementary course. 1899 580.7 Gi6
Bibliography, p. 137-142.
GOODALE, George Lincoln.
Concerning a few common plants. 1896. (In Boston so-
ciety of natural history. Guides for science-teach-
ing, v.i.) 507 664 v.i
The same. 1896. (In Boston society of natural history.
Guides for science-teaching, v.i.) r507 664 v.i
JACKMAN, Wilbur Samuel.
Practical lessons on plants. 1894 580.7 Ji2p
Syllabus of 50 lessons on plants. 1887 580.7 Ji2
MISSOURI BOTANICAL GARDEN.
Annual report (ist-date), i889-date. iSgo-date rsSo.7 M74
For partial contents see contents book, p. 182; kept at the reference desk,
loth report contains an index to the ist-ioth reports, 1889-98.
NEW YORK BOTANICAL GARDEN.
Journal; monthly, v.i -date. iox>o-date rs8o.7 Nz6
WILEY, Franklin Baldwin.
Flowers that never fade; an account of the Ware collection
of Blaschka glass models in the Harvard university
museum. 1897 580.7 W7i
580.9 History of botany
SACHS, Julius von.
History of botany, 1530-1860. 1890 580.9 Si2
Philosophical and trustworthy work on the history of botanical science.
Adapted to the general reader and the advanced student.
581 Physiological botany
ALLEN, Grant.
Story of the plants. 1898. (Library of useful stories.) 581 A42
ATKINSON, George Francis.
First studies of plant life. 1902 J58l A87
Simple, practical and well illustrated studies of the life processes of
plants, intended as a text-book. With the teacher's aid, the book will
be comprehensible to children of even the lower grades.
774 PHYSIOLOGICAL BOTANY
BAILEY, Liberty Hyde.
Botany ; an elementary text for schools. 1900 581 Bi6b
BERGEN, Joseph Young.
Foundations of botany. 1901 581 645
"Outcome of many years of practical experience in teaching botany...
Appended to the text-book is a partial flora. . .including some seven
hundred flowering plants selected from those most available in spring-
time in our northeastern and middle states." American journal of
science, 1901.
BESSEY, Charles Edwin.
Botany for high schools and colleges. 1899. (American
science series; advanced course.) 581 846
The essentials of botany. 1896. (American science series;
briefer course.) 581 6466
A guide to beginners. Its principles are, that the true aim of botanical
study is not so much to seek the family and proper names of speci-
mens as to ascertain the laws of plant-structure and plant-life; that
this can be done only by examining and dissecting the plants them-
selves; and that it is best to confine the attention to a few leading
types, and to take up first the simpler and more easily understood
forms.
BRIGHTWEN, Mrs Eliza (Elder).
Glimpses into plant-life; an easy guide to the study of botany.
1897 J58i 874
BROWN, Kate Louise.
The plant baby and its friends; a nature reader for primary
grades. 1898 J58i 679
CHASE, Annie.
Buds, stems and roots. 1897 J58i C38
COHN, Ferdinand Julius, ed.
Beitrage zur biologic der pflanzen. 2v. in i. 1875-76 r58i C66
COULTER, John Merle.
Plant relations; a first book of botany. 1899. (Twentieth cen-
tury text-books.) 581 C83pl
Plant structures ; a second book of botany. 1900. (Twentieth
century text-books.) 581 C8j
Plant studies; an elementary botany. 1900. (Twentieth cen-
tury text-books.) 581 C83p
Made up of selections from the author's "Plant relations," and "Plant
structures" to meet a demand for a short course in botany. The ac-
count of the relations and adjustment of a plant to its surroundings
are very interesting to the general reader, and the illustrations are ex-
cellent.
DANA, Mrs William Starr, afterward Mrs Parsons.
Plants and their children. 1896 J58i Di9p
DARWIN, Francis.
Elements of botany. 1896 581 Da68
DENNERT, Eberhard.
Plant life and structure; tr. fr. the German by C. L. Skeat.
1900. (Temple primers.) 581 043
Bibliography, p.io7.
DUCHARTRE, P.
filaments de botanique. 1867 rs8i D86
GAYE, Selina.
The great world's farm; some account of nature's crops and
PHYSIOLOGICAL BOTANY 775
how they are grown. 1894 581 G25
Partial contents: Soil makers. Water. Deserts. Roots. Food from the
soil. Leaves and their work. Climate.
GEDDES, Patrick.
Chapters in modern botany. 1893 581 G26
Contents: Pitcher plants. Other insectivorous plants; Difficulties and
criticisms. Movement and nervous action in plants. The web of
life. Relations between plants and animals. Spring and its studies;
Geographical distribution and world-landscapes; Seedling and bud.
Leaves. Suggestions for further study.
GRAY, Asa.
How plants behave. 1872. (Botany for young people.) J58i G8i
How plants grow. 1858. (Botany for young people.). . . .J58i G8ih
HALE, Gertrude Elisabeth.
Little flower-people. 1899 JS8i His
HENSLOW, George.
Origin of floral structures through insect and other agencies.
1888. (International scientific series.) 581 H45
HERRICK, Mrs Sophie Mcllvaine (Bledsoe).
The wonders of plant life under the microscope. 1896 581 H47
Contents: The beginnings of life. Single-celled green plants. Fungi
and lichens. Liverworts and mosses. Ferns. Physiology of plants.
Corn and its congeners. The microscope among the flowers. Pitcher
plants. Insectivorous plants.
HOOKER, Worthington.
Child's book of nature. 3pts. in iv. 1886 JS8i H77C
Child's book of nature; pt.i, Plants. 1886 J58i H77
KERNER, Anton, ritter von Marilaun.
Natural history of plants. 2v. in 4. 1895 qrsSi K2I
The same. 2v. 1902 , q58i K2I
LUBBOCK, Sir John, baron Avebury.
Flowers, fruits and leaves. 1896 581 Lg6
Three chapters from the author's "Scientific lectures."
MACDOUGAL, Daniel Trembly.
The nature and work of plants; an introduction to the study
of botany. 1900 jS8i Mi4n
The same. 1900 581 Mi4n
MORLEY, Margaret Warner.
Seed-babies. 1901 js8i Mgi
NEWELL, Jane Hancox, afterward Mrs Moore, comp.
A reader in botany, selected and adapted from well-known
authors. 2v. 1896 J58i N27
T.I. From seed to leaf.
v.2. Flower and fruit.
A concise, clear, and attractive presentation of some of the more promi-
nent facts in the structure and growth of familiar plants. Emphasizes
the importance of study in the field. Treatment devoid of excessive
technicalities. Full glossary of terms. Specially adapted to the young
either for special reading or general study.
SACHS, Julius von.
Text-book of botany, morphological and physiological.
1882 581 Si2
STRASBURGER, Eduard, and others.
Text-book of botany. 1898 581 S8g
VINES, Sydney Howard.
Elementary text-book of botany. 1898 581 V34
776 PHYSIOLOGICAL BOTANY
WESTERMAIER, Max.
Compendium of general botany. 1896 581 Ws6
DARWIN, Francis, & Acton, E.H.
Practical physiology of plants. 1895 581.1 D268
MACDOUGAL, Daniel Trembly.
Experimental plant physiology. 1898 581.1 Mi4
"Books for reference," p.a.
SORAUER, Paul.
A popular treatise on the physiology of plants, for the use of
gardeners or for students of horticulture and of agricul-
ture. 1895 581.1 871
GRIFFON, Ed.
L'assimilation chlorophyllienne et la structure des plantes.
[1900.] (Scientia; serie biologique.) r58i.i3 G8g
Short review of our present (1900) knowledge of the influence of plant
structure upon the fixation of carbon.
BAILEY, Liberty Hyde.
Survival of the unlike; evolution essays suggested by the
study of domestic plants. 1896 581.15 Bi6
First for horticulturists, then for evolutionists. From the author's wide
experience he presents many interesting facts concerning the evolu-
tion and development of some common fruits and flowers.
CAMPBELL, Douglas Houghton.
Lectures on the evolution of plants. 1899 581.15 Ci5
DARWIN, Charles.
Different forms of flowers on plants of the same species.
1893 581.15 D26
The same. 1898 rsSi.is Da6
Effects of cross and self fertilisation in the vegetable kingdom.
1892 581.16 Da6e
The same. 1898 rs8i.i6 D26e
Various contrivances by which orchids are fertilised by in-
sects. 1892 581.16 D26
Bibliography, p.7~io.
One of the most important contributions to our knowledge of the rela-
tions between insects and plants, based upon extended personal ob-
servation. Adapted to the general reader and to the special student.
The same. 1895 r 581.16 D26
581.2 Diseases of plants
MASSEE, George.
Text-book of plant diseases caused by cryptogamic parasites.
1899 581.21 M45
Bibliography at the end of each chapter.
MAZfi, P.
Evolution du carbone et de 1'azote dans le monde vivant.
1899. (Scientia; serie biologique.) rs8i.23 M54
TUBEUF, Karl, freiherr von.
Diseases of plants, induced by cryptogamic parasites.
1897 q58i.23 T79
"The general facts in the life history of parasites and saprophytic fungi,
the nature of malformations and diseases which they cause in the
host-plant, the predisposition to disease, and the remedies, are treated
PHYSIOLOGICAL BOTANY 777
in detail. . . The work will rapidly find a place on the botanist'*
shelves as an indispensable book of reference." Academy.
WARD, Harry Marshall.
Disease in plants. 1901 ................................ 581.23 W2I
"Lays great stress on the study of the plant as a living creature influ-
enced for good or ill by the surroundings amid which it is placed , . .
Prof. Ward gives a useful summary showing the present state of
vegetable physiology, and of knowledge as to the biology of the soil. . .
The summary is drawn from the store of the specialist, and is very
different from the production of a mere compiler." Athenaeum, 1901.
581.3 Germination
LUBBOCK, Sir John, baron Avebury.
Contribution to our knowledge of seedlings. 2v. 1892 ..... r58i.3 Lo6
On British wild flowers considered in relation to insects.
1890 ................................................ 581.3 Lg6o
581.4 Morphology. 581.5 Habits
BARNES, Charles Reid.
Plant life considered with special reference to form and func-
tion. 1898 ........................................... 581.4 625
"Reference books," p.4ij-4i4. ,
GOODALE, George Lincoln.
Physiological botany. 1885. (Gray's botanical text-
book.) ...................... " ......................... 581.4 G62
Contents: Outlines of the histology of phaenogamous plants. Vegetable
physiology.
One of the best works on the minute anatomy and physiology of plants,
with directions for the practical student. Clear, concise, comprehen-
sive. Adapted to advanced students and to the general reader.
GRAY, Asa.
Elements of botany for beginners. 1887 .................... 581.4 G8i
Structural botany. 1879. (Gray's botanical text-book.) . .581.4 G8is
Authoritative text-book on the general morphology of the phanerogams.
It contains, also, an important outline of the history and principles of
classification. Adapted to the general reader and to the students of
high schools.
LUBBOCK, Sir John, baron Avebury.
On buds and stipules. 1899. (International scientific se-
ries.) ................................................ 581.4 Lg6
Bibliography, p.iy-ig.
DARWIN, Charles.
Power of movement in plants. 1888 ..................... 581.47 D26
A philosophical exposition of the movements manifested by plants, as
derived from personal observation. Adapted to the general reader and
to the special student.
The same. 1897 ....................................... ^81.47 D26
ARTHUR, Joseph Charles, & Macdougal, D.T.
Living plants and their properties; a collection of essays.
1898 ................................................. 581.5 A78
DARWIN, Charles.
Movements and habits of climbing plants. 1891 ............ 581.5 D26
The same. 1897 ......................................... ^581.5 D26
TAYLOR, John Ellor.
Sagacity & morality of plants. 1891 ..................... 581.5 T25
77 8 PHYSIOLOGICAL BOTANY
DARWIN, Charles.
Insectivorous plants. 1892 581.53 D26
Good general work on a most attractive and remarkable phase of plant
life, derived from personal observation. Adapted to the general reader
and the special student.
The same. 1897 ^81.53 D26
581.6 Economic botany
CANDOLLE, Alphonse de.
Origin of cultivated plants. 1892. (International scientific
series.) 581.6 Ci7
DARLINGTON, William.
American weeds and useful plants. 1859 .,.581.6 D25
Being a second edition of "Agricultural botany."
PORCHER, Francis Peyre.
Resources of the southern fields and forests, medical,
economical and agricultural; being also a medical
botany of the Southern states. 1869 rs8i.6 P82
JOHNSON, Laurence.
Manual of the medical botany of North America. 1884.
(Wood's library of standard medical authors.) rs8i.63 J36
WEED, Clarence Moores.
Seed-travellers; studies of the methods of dispersal of various
common seeds. 1898 J58i.7 W42
581.8 Histology
CROSS, Charles Frederick, & Bevan, E. J.
Researches on cellulose, 1895-1000. 1901 581.8 C8gr
CROSS, Charles Frederick, and others.
Cellulose; the chemistry of the structural elements of plants,
with reference to their natural history and industrial uses.
1895 581.8 C89
Flora of special countries
Europe. Asia
THOMfi, Otto Wilhelm.
Flora von Deutschland, Osterreich und der Schweiz, in wort
und bild; fur schule und haus. 4v. 1886-88 r 581. 94 T37
Popular botany of Germany, Austria and Switzerland, with many
beautiful colored plates.
LOUDON, John Claudius.
Arboretum et fruticetum Britannicum; or, The trees and
shrubs of Britain pictorially and botanically delineated.
8v. 1844 rs8i.942 Lg2
v.i-4. Text. v.s-8. Plates.
"List of books referred to," v.i, p. 190-226.
PAINTER, W.Hunt.
Contribution to the flora of Derbyshire; an account of the
flowering plants, ferns, and characeae found in the county.
BOTANY NORTH AMERICA 779
1889 581.942 Pi6
Bibliography of the botany of Derbyshire, p.S-g.
SOWERBY, James, and others.
English botany; or, Coloured figures of British plants; ed.
by J. T. B. Syme. I3v. 1899 qr 58 1.942 873
The first edition (text by Sir J. E. Smith, plates by James Sowerby)
was published between 1790 and 1814, in 36 volumes, with more than
2000 colored plates. Later, additions and emendations were made
by J. de C. Sowerby, and others. This third edition by Mr Syme
appeared first between 1863 and 1886.
"Descriptions are full and accurate, but the figures are scarcely suf-
ficiently up to date." B. D. Jackson, in his "Guide to the literature
of botany."
BENNETT, Alfred William.
Flora of the Alps. 2v. 1898 : 581.949 643
CRfiPIN, Francois.
Manuel de la flore de Belgique. 1884 ^81.949 C87
WOOSTER, David.
Alpine plants; figures and descriptions of some of the most
striking and beautiful of the Alpine flowers. 1874. .qr58i.949 W88
KURZ, Sulpiz.
Forest flora of British Burma. 2v. 1877 ^81.959 K44
v.l. Ranunculaceae to corn aces.
v.z. Caprifoliaceae to filices.
North America
BRITTON, Nathaniel Lord, comp.
A list of state and local floras of the United States and
British America. [1890.] (Contributions from the
herbarium of Columbia college.) ^95.78 H72S
Bound with Holland's Short articles on butterflies.
BRITTON, Nathaniel Lord, & Brown, Addison.
Illustrated flora of the northern United States, Canada and
the British possessions. 3v. 1896-98 qrs8i.97 675
v.i. Ferns to carpet-weed.
v.2. Portulaca to buckbean.
v.3- Dogbane to thistle.
CHECK-list of North American plants, including Mexican
species which approach the U. S. boundary. 1887 qr58i.97 C4I
CONTRIBUTIONS from the United States national herb-
arium, v.i-date. iSgo-date. rs8i.97 C76
The first seven volumes were issued by the Botany division of the
United States Agricultural department; later volumes are published
by the United States national museum.
NEWHALL, Charles Stedman.
Vines of northeastern America. 1897 581.97 N27
"For reference. Identifies nearly too vines by means of three guides
based on flower, leaf and fruit. Untechnical descriptions."
SARGENT, Charles Sprague
The silva of North America; a description of the trees which
grow naturally in North America exclusive of Mexico.
I4v. 1893-1902 qrs8i.97 824
v.i. Magnoliaceae-Ilicineae, (tulip tree, holly, magnolia, linden, bass-
wood, etc.).
v.a. Cyrillaceae-Sapindaceae, (maple, buckeye, boxwood, etc.).
T.3. Anacardiacese-Leguminosse, (acacia, locust, sumach, etc.).
v.4. Rosaceae-Saxifragaceae, (almond, peach, pear, plum, etc.).
BOTANY UNITED STATES
v.$. Hamamelideae-Sapotacese, (azalea, dogwood, laurel, rhododendron,
witch hazel, etc.).
v.6. Ebenacez-Polygonaceae, (ash, catalpa, persimmon, etc.).
v.7- Lauraceae-Juglandaceae, (elm, walnut, hickory, etc.).
v.8. Cupuliferae, (oak).
v.g. Cupulifene-Salicaceae, (beech, birch, chestnut, poplar, willow, etc.).
v.io. Liliaceas-Coniferae, (palm, cedar, yew, juniper, cypress, etc.).
v.n-12. Coniferae, (pine).
v. 13. SUPPLEMENT: Rhamnace-Rosaceae.
v. 14. SUPPLEMENT: Caricaceae. Conifers.
v. 14 contains a general index.
Mr Sargent's position as director of the Arnold arboretum of Harvard
university, and the opportunities offered him for exploring the forests
of America while at the head of the forestry division of the tenth
census, specially qualify him for this work, which contains not only
botanical descriptions of the native trees, but detailed information con-
cerning their growth, their special value as ornamental trees, the use
and value of their wood to the builder, the cabinetmaker and the
decorator, or for various manufacturing purposes, and even a men-
tion of the medicinal qualities of the bark, flower or fruit. Each
volume has fifty plates drawn by Mr C. E. Faxon, and engraved in
Paris by Philibert and Eugene Picart.
STRONG, A.B.
American flora; or, History of plants and wild flowers. 2v.
1848-51 qr58i.97 $92
PROVANCHER, L.
Flore canadienne. 2v. in i. 1862 ^81.971 Pg7
GRISEBACH, August Heinrich Rudolph.
Flora of the British West Indian islands. 1864 ^81.972 G$2
United States
CHAPMAN, Alvan Wentworth.
Flora of the southern United States. 1872 ^81.973 36
The chapter on ferns is by D. C. Eaton. .
A practical manual, with glossary of terms. A standard work for the
recognition of flowering plants and pteridophytes south of Virginia
and Kentucky, and east of the Mississippi river. Adapted to the field
botanist in that region.
MEEHAN, Thomas.
Native flowers and ferns of the United States. 4v. 1878-
80 qrs8i-973
MILLER, Ellen, & Whiting, M.C.
Wild flowers of the north-eastern states. 1898 qs8i.974
Not intended for the botanist, but for the untrained flower lover and
observer. The more common .plants are grouped by family, and de-
scriptions of their general character, color and habits given in non-
scientific terms. A picture of each species accompanies its description.
NEW YORK (state) Botanist.
Report of the state botanist to the regents, for the year
i887-date. i888-date qr507 N26
Issued as Reports of the New York state museum, 1887-1900 and as
Bulletins, ipoi-date, VSo? N26b.
Reports for 1867-1901 are indexed in Bulletin no.66 of the New York
state museum, qrso7 Na6b.
TORREY, John D.
Flora of the state of New York, comprising descriptions
of all the indigenous and naturalized plants hitherto
discovered in the state, with remarks on their economi-
cal and medicinal properties. 2v. 1843. (In New York
(state). Natural history of New York, v.6-7.) . . . ^570.9747 N26
"List of the principal authors quoted in this work," v. I, p.g-ia.
BOTANY UNITED STATES 781
CHRISTY, C.W.
Preliminary check-list of the flora of Crawford county,
Pa r59578 H;2s
Bound with Holland's Short articles on butterflies.
DARLINGTON, William.
Flora Cestrica; an attempt to describe the plants of Chester
county, Pa. 1837 7581.9748 D25
ELLIOTT, Stephen.
Sketch of the botany of South Carolina and Georgia. 2v. 1821-
24 rs8i.97S ES2
LOUNSBERRY, Alice.
Southern wild flowers and trees ; with shrubs, vines and vari-
ous forms of growth found through the mountains, the
middle district and the low country of the South. 1901 . .581.975 Lg.3
SCHAFFRANEK, A. comp.
Floral almanac, containing the flowering season of 1700 plants
of Florida. 1888 qrs8i.975 829
ALABAMA Geological survey.
Plant life of Alabama; an account of the distribution, modes
of association and adaptations of the flora of Alabama,
with a systematic catalogue of the plants growing in the
state, by Charles Mohr. 1901 7581.976 A3i
Biographical sketch of the author, p. 5- 12.
Reprint of v.6 of the Contributions from the United States national
herbarium.
COULTER, John Merle.
Botany of western Texas; a manual of the phanerogams
and pteridophytes of western Texas. 1891-94. (In
Contributions from the United States national herbar-
ium, v.2.) rs8i.97 C76 v.2
MacMILLAN, Conway.
Minnesota plant life. 1899. (Minnesota Geological and
natural history survey. Report; botanical series, v.
3-) 581.977 M2i
Published by the board of regents of the University of Minnesota.
MINNESOTA State botanist.
Minnesota botanical studies, v.i. 1894-98. (Botanical
series 2.) ^57.76 M72b v.g
This is Bulletin 9 of the Geological and natural history survey.
BESSEY, Charles Edwin, & Webber, HJ.
Report of the botanist on the grasses and forage plants, and
the catalogue of plants of Nebraska. 1890 7581.978 646
Extracted from the report of the Nebraska state board of agriculture,
1889.
RYDBERG, Per Axel, comp.
Catalogue of the flora of Montana and the Yellowstone
national park. 1900. (In New York botanical garden.
Memoirs, v.i.) qr58o N26 v.i
WATSON, Sereno.
Botany. 1871. (In United States Geological exploration
of the 4Oth parallel. (King exploration.) Report,
v.5.) qr557-8 U253 v.S
782 PHANEROGAMIA
GREENE, Edward L.
Flora Franciscana; an attempt to classify the vascular plants
of middle California, v.i. 1891 ^81.979 683
British Guiana. Hawaii
SCHOMBURGK, Richard.
Botanical reminiscences in British Guiana. 1876 ^81.988 836
SINCLAIR, Mrs Isabella.
Indigenous flowers of the Hawaiian islands; 44 plates in
water colours. 1885 qrsSi .996 S6t
582 Phanerogamia
For Forestry, see 634.9
APGAR, Austin Craig.
Trees of northern United States. 1892 582 A64
BROWNE, Daniel Jay.
Sylva Americana; or, A description of the forest trees in-
digenous to the United States. 1832 rs82 679
The trees of America, native and foreign, delineated and de-
scribed. 1846 rs82 B79t
DAME, Lorin Low, & Brooks, Henry.
Handbook of the trees of New England, with ranges through-
out the United States and Canada. 1902 1 582 Di8
"Botanical authorities," p.n-i4.
Practical and well illustrated handbook for field use.
DAVIS, Lucius D.
Ornamental shrubs for garden, lawn, and park planting.
1899 Q582 Dai
Describes fully different species and varieties, both native and foreign,
which are suited for cultivation in the United States, with the special
locality to which each is best adapted. Considers new and rare shrubs
and contains many illustrations.
DYSON, Mrs S. L.
Stories of the trees. 1896 J582 099
FERNOW, Bernhard Edward, comp.
Timber physics, pt.i-2. 1892-93. (In United States
Forestry bureau. Bulletin, no.6, 8.) qr634-9 U25
pti. Need of the investigation. Scope and historical development of
the science of "timber physics." Organization and methods of the
timber examinations in the Division of forestry.
pt.2. Progress report; results of investigations on long-leaf pine, (pinus
palustris).
FLAGG, Wilson.
Year among the trees; or, The woods and by-ways of New
England. 1889 582 FS9
The same. 1889 JS82 FS9
HEATH, Francis George.
Sylvan winter. 1886 582 H38
"To point out . . . the especial charm of out-of-door Winter is the
aim of the writer of this volume; and in promoting this object, he
believes he is calling attention to a neglected subject" Preface.
PHANEROGAMIA 783
HUNTINGTON, Annie Oakes.
Studies of trees in winter ; a description of the deciduous trees
of northeastern America. 1902 582
A convenient handbook, for field use. By its means even the least ob-
servant person may familiarize himself with the more common of our
trees in winter.
KEELER, Harriet Louise.
Our native trees and how to identify them; a popular study of
their habits and their peculiarities. 1900 582 Kl5
Authorities, p. 7-8.
"Illustrated by reproductions of photographs direct from nature, most
of them of leaves and fruit, but with many drawings of details. . .
Sets forth the technicalities in popular language." Dial, 1900.
LOUNSBERRY, Alice.
A guide to the trees; with an introduction by N. L. Britton.
1900 582 L93
The same. 1900 J582 L93
Contains descriptions of nearly two hundred trees and a number of
shrubs. A chapter entitled "The growth of trees" deals with their
structure, peculiarities, and sources of life. Arranged according to
the kind of soil in which trees grow. Family, shape, height, range,
and time of bloom are all given in each case. Numerous illustrations,
some in color.
MATHEWS, Ferdinand Schuyler.
Familiar trees and their leaves. 1896 582 M47
MICHAUX, Francois Andre.
Histoire des arbres forestiers de I'Amerique septentrionale,
considered principalement sous les rapports de leur usage
dans les arts et de leur introduction dans le commerce. 3v.
1810-13 qrsSa M66
NEWHALL, Charles Stedman.
The leaf-collector's hand-book and herbarium; an aid in the
preservation and in the classification of specimen leaves of
the trees of northeastern America. 1898 582 N27l
Shrubs of northeastern America. 1893 582 N27
Describes in accurate botanical language some hundreds of duly classi-
fied shrubs found native in Canada and the United States east of the
Mississippi and north of the latitude of southern Pennsylvania, to-
gether with some of the more important ones introduced from other
regions.
Trees of northeastern America. 1894 582 N27t
Identification .by their leaves of the native trees of Canada and northern
United States east of the Mississippi.
OYSTER, J.H. comp.
Catalogue of the phaenogamous and vascular cryptogamous
plants of North America. 1885 rs82 036
SARGENT, Charles Sprague.
Forest flora of Japan. 1894 qrs82 824
Well illustrated.
Woods of the United States with notes upon the trees which
produce them. 1885. (American museum of natural his-
tory; Jesup collection.) 582 S24W
583 Dicotyledonae. 584 Monocotyledonae
GRAY, Asa.
Synoptical flora of North America; the gamopetalas. 1886.
50
784 CRYPTOGAMIA
(In Smithsonian institution. Miscellaneous collections,
v.3i.) rso6 S66m v.ji
RAND, Edward Sprague.
The rhododendron and "American plants." 1876 583.62 Ri8
WARD, Harry Marshall.
The oak; a popular introduction to forest-botany. 1892.
(Modern science series.) 583.976 W2i
KNOBEL, Edward.
Grasses, sedges and rushes of the northern United States; an
easy method of identification. 1809 584 K34
Technical expressions are avoided in explaining, but the Latin names
of grasses are given. There are 28 full-page plates. Facing each are the
names of the grasses figured in the plates with a single spikelet of the
grass preceding each name so it may at once be recognized. The
grasses on the plates are almost life-size.
RAND, Edward Sprague.
Orchids; a complete manual of orchid culture. 1876 584.15 Ri8
WATSON, William, of Kew, & Bean, W.
Orchids; their culture and management. 1893 ^84.15 W32
WOOLWARD, Florence H.
Genus masdevallia; issued by the marquess of Lothian, chiefly
from plants in his collection of orchids at Newbattle ab-
bey. 1896 qr584.i5 W88
A book of orchids with beautifully colored plates.
BEAL, William James.
Grasses of North America. 2v. 1896 ^84.9 634
Bibliography, v.a, p.6/1-675.
HUTCHINSON, William, b.iS .
Handbook of grasses; their structure, classification, geograph-
ical distribution and uses. 1895 584.9 H97
MITFORD, Algernon Bertram Freeman-.
Bamboo garden. 1896 584.9 M75
Illustrated by Alfred Parsons.
"An attempt to give a descriptive list. . .of the hardy bamboos in culti-
vation in this country [England], and to focus such information. . .as
could be obtained from Japanese as well as from European sources."
Preface.
586 Cryptogamia
GREVILLEA; a quarterly record of cryptogamic botany and
its literature, 1886-89. v. 15-17, in i. 1886-89 rs86 G88
NAVE, Johann.
The collector's handbook of algae, diatoms and other of the
lower cryptogamia. [1884.] r586 Ni6
587 Ferns. Mosses
CAMPBELL, Douglas Houghton.
Structure & development of the mosses & ferns. 1895 587 15
Bibliography, p.2i-534.
UNDERWOOD, Lucien Marcus.
Our native ferns and their allies. 1896 587 U25
FUNGI. MUSHROOMS 785
BRITTEN, James.
European ferns. [1881.] qi"587-3 675
CLUTE, Willard Nelson.
Our ferns in their haunts; a guide to all the native species.
1901 587.3 C62
DANA, Mrs William Starr, afterward Mrs Parsons.
How to know the ferns; a guide to the names, haunts and
habits of our common ferns. 1899 587.3 Dip
EATON, Daniel Cady.
Ferns of North America; colored figures and descriptions of
the ferns of the United States and British North America.
2v. 1879-80 qrs87-3 Eig
HOOKER, Sir William Jackson, & Baker, J.G.
Synopsis filicum; or, A synopsis of all known ferns, accom-
panied by figures representing the essential characters of
each genus. 1874 r S87-3 H77
PRICE, Sadie F.
Fern-collector's handbook and herbarium; the ferns of north-
ern United States, including the district east of the Missis-
sippi and north of North Carolina and Tennessee. 1897. . qrs87-3 P94
The volume consists entirely of plates illustrative of our native ferns,
so excellently drawn as to make the identification of the different
varieties very easy.
BAGNALL, James E.
Handbook of mosses. 1886. (Young collector series.) 588.2 815
589 Fungi. Mushrooms
COOKE, Mordecai Cubitt.
Rust, smut, mildew & mould; an introduction to the study
of microscopic fungi. 1886 rs8g C7/
HOLMES, Edward Morell, & Gray, Peter.
British fungi, lichens & mosses. 1886. (Young collector
series.) 589 H73
UNDERWOOD, Lucien Marcus.
Moulds, mildews and mushrooms; a guide to the systematic
study of the fungi and mycetozoa and their literature.
1899 589.2 U25
Contains brief bibliographies of each order, following the botanical de-
scription.
ATKINSON, George Francis.
Mushrooms, edible, poisonous, etc. 1900. (Studies of
American fungi.) 589.22 A87
Contains chapters on Recipes for cooking mushrooms, by Mrs S. T.
Rorer; on the Chemistry and toxicology of mushrooms, by J. F.
Clark; on the Structural characters of mushrooms, by H. Hasselbring.
FALCONER, William.
Mushrooms, how to grow them. 1896 589.22 Fi8
The same. 1898 ^89.22 Fi8
GIBSON, William Hamilton.
Our edible toadstools and mushrooms and how to distinguish
them. 1895 589.22 G37
Bibliography, p. 325-327.
786 FUNGI. MUSHROOMS
A selection of thirty native food varieties easily recognizable by their
marked individualities, with simple rules for the identification of
poisonous species, with thirty colored plates and fifty-seven other
illustrations by the author.
McILVAINE, Charles, & Macadam, R.K.
Toadstools, mushrooms, fungi, edible and poisonous; one
thousand American fungi; how to select and cook the edi-
ble, how to distinguish and avoid the poisonous; full bo-
tanic descriptions. 1900 qr 589.22 Mi7
MARSHALL, Nina Levering.
Mushroom book; a guide to the identification and study of
our commoner fungi, with special emphasis on the edible
varieties. 1901 Q589.22 M4I
"Authorities consulted," p.i57-is8.
"Introduces the beginner, through descriptions and plates, in part color-
ed, to the most important edible and poisonous forms... In general,
the illustrations and text are clear and fairly accurate. An introduc-
tory key familiarizes the reader with larger groups, and facilitates the
work of identification." Nation, 1901.
PALMER, Julius Auboyneau.
About mushrooms; a guide to the study of esculent and
poisonous fungi. 1894 589.22 Pig
Bibliography, p. 16.
PECK, Charles Horton.
Report of the state botanist on edible fungi of New York,
1895-99. 1900. (In New York (state) Museum. An-
nual report, 1899, v.53, pt.2, p. 129-234.)". qrsoy N26 v.53
Memoir of the Xew York state museum, v.3, no.4.
TAYLOR, Thomas.
Eight edible and twelve poisonous mushrooms of the
United States, with directions for the culture and culin-
ary preparation of the edible species. 1893. (United
States Microscopy division. Food products, no.2.) . .589.22 T25
Bound with his "Twelve edible mushrooms of the United States."
Twelve edible mushrooms of the United States, with direc-
tions for their identification and their preparation as
food. 1894. (United States Microscopy division. Food
products, no. I.) 589.22 T25
COOKE, Mordecai Cubitt.
Fungi; their nature and uses; ed. by M. J. Berkeley. 1891.
(International scientific series.) 589.29 C77f
Introduction to the study of fungi. 1895 .589.29 C77
Bibliography, P-33S-344-
COOKE, Mordecai Cubitt, tr.
The myxomycetes of Great Britain, arranged according to
the method of Rostafinski. 1877. (Contributions to my-
cologia Britannica.) ^89.29 C77
FRY, Sir Edward, & Agnes.
Mycetozoa and some questions which they suggest.
1899 589-29 F97
Bibliography, p.8i-82.
"Small group. . .which botanists call Myxomycetes and zoologists My-
cetozoa. . .which at one stage of its life resembles a fungus and at
another period one of the most lowly of organized animal forms, the
Amoeba ... Book ... contains a very readable and accurate account of
these organisms. . .their structure, organization, and life history."
Athenaeum, 1900.
ALG.32 787
HAY, William Delisle.
Elementary text-book of British fungi. 1887 589.29 H36
MACBRIDE, Thomas Huston.
North American slime-moulds; a list of all species of
myxomycetes hitherto described, from North America,
including Central America. 1899 589.29 Mi2
Bibliography, p.is-i/.
589.3 Algae
CLARKE, Mrs Louisa (Lane).
Common seaweeds of the British coast and Channel islands.
1865 rsSg.s C53
-COOKE, Mordecai Cubitt.
British fresh-water algae, exclusive of desmidieas and di-
atomaceae. 2v. 1882-84 i"589.3 C77
v.i. Text. v.2. Plates.
A standard work for the recognition of the fresh water algae, with plates
in natural colors. Applicable to the determination of the more com-
mon alga of the United States. Adapted to the working algologist.
FARLOW, William Gilson.
Marine algae of New England. 1880 ^89.3 F23
Bibliography, p. 192-197.
An appendix to the report of the United States fish commission for 1879.
GRAY, Peter, & Woodward, B.B.
Sea-weeds, shells and fossils. [1886.] (Young collector
series.) 589.3 G8i
HASSALL, Arthur Hill.
History of the British freshwater algae. 2v. 1845 ^89.3 H34
v.i. Text. v.2. Plates.
MURRAY, George.
Introduction to the study of seaweeds. 1895 589.3 M97
STOKES, Alfred C. comp.
Analytical keys to the genera and species of the fresh water
algae and the desmidieae of the United States. 1893 ^89.3 S87
WOLLE, Francis.
Fresh-water algae of the United States, exclusive of the diato-
maceae. 2v. 1887 ^89.3 W84
v.i. Text. v.2. Plates.
WOOD, Horatio C.
Contribution to the history of the fresh-water algae of North
America. 1872. (Smithsonian institution. Contribu-
tions to knowledge.) qr589-3 W85
Bibliography, $.235-247.
589.61 Diatomaceas. Desmidiaceas
CASTRACANE degli ANTELMINELLI, Francesco, conte.
Report on the diatomaceae collected by H. M. S. Challen-
ger, 1873-1876. (In Challenger expedition. Report on
the scientific results of the voyage. Botany, v.
2.) qr57o.9i C35 v.2
COOKE, Mordecai Cubitt.
British desmids; a supplement to British fresh-water algae.
7 88 DIATOMACE-E
2v. 1887 rs89.6i 77
v.i. Text. v.2. Plates.
DONKIN, Arthur Scott.
British diatomaceae. [1870.] rs8o.6i 072
EDWARDS, Arthur Mead, and others.
Practical directions for collecting and mounting diatoms.
1877 rs89-6i Eat
KUTZING, Friedrich Traugott.
Die kieselschaligen bacillarien oder diatomeen. 1844.^589.61 K43
PELLETAN, Jules.
Les diatomees, histoire naturelle, preparation, classification &
description des principales especes. 2v. in I. 1888-
89 rs89.6i P37
Bibliographic des diatomees, v.2, p.apo-aso.
RABENHORST, Ludwig.
Die siisswasser-diatomaceen, fiir freunde der mikroskopie.
1853 qrs89.6i RII
RALFS, John.
British desmidieae. 1848 qrs89.6i Ri6
SCHMIDT, Adolf, naturalist, ed.
Atlas der diatomaceen-kunde. 50 pts. in 2v. 1885-95. . qr58Q.6i S34a
Atlas der diatomaceen-kunde. pt.i-22, in I. 1884. ..... ^589.61 834
Reproduction of part of the above edition, having about one-half the
linear dimensions of the original.
Die in den grundproben der Nordseefahrt vom 21 Juli bis 9
Sept. 1872 enthaltenen diatomaceen. v.i. 1874 ^89.61 834
This reproduction has about one-half the linear dimensions of the
original.
Bound with his Atlas der diatomaceen-kunde.
SMI-TH, William, 1808-57.
Synopsis of the British diatomaceae; the plates by Tuffen
West. 2v. in i. 1853-56 ^89.61 S66
VAN HEURCK, Henri.
Synopsis des diatomees de Belgique. 2v. 1880-85. .qrs89.6i Vi9
v.i. Texte. v.2. Atlas.
WALKER, W.C. & Chase, H.H.
Some new and rare diatoms; ser.i-3, in iv. 1886-87. . qrs89.6i Wi7
WOLLE, Francis.
Desmids of the United States and list of American pedias-
trums. 1884 rs89.6i W84
589.9 Bacteria. Yeasts
For Medical bacteriology, see 616.969
BOHN, G.
L'evolution du pigment. 1901. (Scientia; serie biolo-
gique.) rs89-9 859
TROUESSART, fidouard Louis.
Microbes, ferments and moulds. 1892. (International scien-
tific series.) 589.9 T 7 6
The best popular summary concerning some of the most important
forms of plant life. Adapted to the general student.
BACTERIA. YEASTS 789
ABBOTT, Alexander Crever.
Principles of bacteriology. 1894 : 589.95 Ai3
BARY, Anton de.
Lectures on bacteria. 1887 589.95 628
The same. 1887 ^589.95 628
BILLROTH, Theodor.
Untersuchungen iiber die vegetationsformen von coccobacteria
septica und den antheil welchen sie an der entstehung und
verbreitung der accidentellen wundkrankheiten haben.
1874 qr589-95 648
BURRILL, Thomas Jonathan.
Bacteria; an account of their nature and effects; with a sys-
tematic description of the species. 1885 ^89.95 C6g
Bound with other pamphlets.
COLLECTION of pamphlets on microscopy and related sub-
jects. [1876-94.] rs89.95 Cog
CONN, Herbert William.
Agricultural bacteriology ; a study of the relation of bacteria to
agriculture. 1901 589.95 C75a
Contents: General nature of bacteria and fermentations. Bacteria in
soil and water. Bacteria in dairy products. Relation of bacteria to
miscellaneous farm products. Parasitic bacteria.
Bibliography, p.S2, 172-174, 272-275, 326-327, 405-406.
Story of germ life; bacteria. 1897. (Library of useful
stories.) 589-95 C75
CURTIS, Henry Jones.
Essentials of practical bacteriology; an elementary labora-
tory book for students and practitioners. 1900 589.95 C93
Contents: Manufacture of the nutrient media, and general technique.
Systematic study of micro-organisms: Non-pathogenic organisms,
Pathogenic organisms.
DOLLEY, Charles Sumner.
Technology of bacteria investigation. 1885 r 589.95 D6g
Bibliography at the end of each chapter.
FISCHER, Alfred.
Structure and functions of bacteria; tr. by A.C.Jones.
1900 589.95 F52
FRANKLAND, Percy Faraday.
Our secret friends and foes. 1899. (Romance of
science.) 589.95 F878
Simple non-technical description of the forms of bacteria, their uses and
dangers to man, and the applications of our bacteriological knowledge
to medicine and agriculture. For the general reader.
MIGULA, Walther.
System der bakterien; handbuch der morphologic, entwicke-
lungsgeschichte und systematik der bakterien. 2v. 1897-
1900 qr589-95 M68
v.i. Allgemeiner teil.
r.2. Specielle systematik der bakterien.
Migula's classification of bacteria is probably the most systematic yet
proposed. A feature of especial value is the bibliography accompany-
ing each species.
NEWMAN, George.
Bacteria, especially as they are related to the economy of
nature, to industrial processes and to the public health.
790 ZOOLOGY
1899. (Science series.) 589.95 N28
A popular treatise by a Fellow of the Royal society of Edinburgh.
The same. 1899. (Science series.) ^89.95 N28
WOODHEAD, German Sims.
Bacteria and their products. 1892. (Contemporary science
series.) 589.95 W86
Bibliography at the end of each chapter.
590 Zoology
BEDDARD, Frank Evers.
Elementary zoology. 1898 590 637
BOAS, J.E.V.
Text book of zoology. 1896 q59o 657
The different portions of the book vary widely in value, some being quite
untrustworthy, and some topics of importance being omitted. Con-
tains, however, excellent chapters on cells and tissues, embryology,
and on some of the vertebrates.
BRONN, Heinrich Georg.
Klassen und ordnungen des thier-reichs. v.i, 3 pts. in 49.
1880-89 qrS90 876
v.i, pt.i. Butschli, Otto. Protozoa; sarkodina und sporozoa.
v.i, pt.2. Butschli, Otto. Protozoa; mastigophora.
v.i, pt.3. Butschli, Otto. Protozoa; infusoria und system der radiolaria.
pt.4 contains plates for v.i.
CAMBRIDGE natural history; ed. by S. F. Harmer, & A. E.
Shipley, v.2-3, 5-6, 9-10. 1896-1902 590 Cl4
v.2. Gamble, F. W. Flatworms and mesozoa. Sheldon, L. Nemer-
tines. Shipley, A. E. Thread-worms and sagitta. Hartog, Marcus.
Rotifers. Benham, W. B. Polychaet worms. Beddard, F. E. Earth-'
worms and leeches. Shipley, A. E. Gephyrea and phoronis. Harmer,
S. F. Polyzoa.
v.3. Cooke, A. H. Molluscs. Shipley, A. E. Brachiopods (recent).
Reed, F. R. C. Brachiopods (fossil).
v.s. Sedgwick, Adam. Peripatus. Sinclair, F. G. Myriapods. Sharp,
David. Insects, pt. i.
v.6. Sharp, David. Insects, pt.2.
v.p. Evans, A. H. Birds.
v. 10. Beddard, F. E. Mammalia.
Contains many short bibliographies.
CLAUS, Karl Friedrich Wilhelm.
Elementary text-book of zoology. 2v. 1892-93 590 C54
v.i. Protozoa to insects.
v.2. Mollusca to man.
DAVENPORT, Charles Benedict, & Gertrude Crotty.
Introduction to zoology; a guide to the study of animals,
for the use of secondary schools. 1900 590 029
"List of books dealing chiefly with ecological and systematic zoology
of American animals," p.3<So-382.
"Contrasted with the elementary books on zoology which have ap-
peared during the last decade, the plan of this book is decidedly
new; for it places no emphasis upon comparative anatomy. . .There is
no description of internal structure of animals, and consequently no
discussion of fundamental physiological processes. The book deals
with common animals and their habits, homes, their life histories, and
their systematic, economical and ecological relations. In short, the
book is a modern Natural History full of the spirit and the charm that
characterized the old-time book on that subject." Science, 1900.
FOUNTAIN, Paul.
Great deserts and forests of North America. 1901 590 F83
Contents: The prairies of the Mississippi valley. A short chapter on
Z05LOGY 79i
cow-punchers and cow-stealers and such-like. A day in a cypress
swamp. A little about the Mississippi. Spiders and flies. The red
men. A little bit of the desert pure and simple. The Yosemite val-
ley, California and Colorado. The California and Colorado district.
"An unusual kind of book... the reminiscences of an English travelling
peddler and collector of natural-history specimens through various
parts of the West and Southwest regions of the United States . . . some
twenty-five years ago . . . Almost the whole book is devoted to observa-
tions on natural history. . .Has a charm and novelty rare in these
sophisticated days." Nation, 1902.
GOSSE, Philip Henry.
Romance of natural history. 1860 590 Gog
An attempt to present natural history in aesthetic fashion. It contains
the author's famous theory of the sea-serpent as a surviving plesio-
saurus, and is the most popular of Gosse's works.
HECK, Ludwig, ed.
Living pictures of the animal kingdom from instantaneous
photographs taken in zoological gardens ; ed. with explana-
tory remarks. 1900 qSQO H39
HERTWIG, Richard.
General principles of zoology. 1896 590 H48
KELLOGG, Vernon Lyman.
Elementary zoology. 1901 590 Ki6
Appendices: Equipment and notes of pupils. Laboratory equipment
and methods. Rearing animals and making collections.
List of reference books, p.462-464.
KINGSLEY, John Sterling, ed.
Riverside natural history. 6v. 1888 qi"5Oo K27
v.i. Lower invertebrates.
v.z. Crustacea and insects.
v.3- Fishes and reptiles.
v.4. Birds,
v.s- Mammals.
v.6. Man.
Bibliography at the end of each volume.
LANKESTER, Edwin Ray, ed.
Treatise on zoology, v.i, pt.2-v.4. 1900-03 590 L26
v.i, pt.2. Farmer, J. B. and others. Introduction and protozoa.
v.2. Minchin, E. A. and others. Porifera and coelentera.
v-3. Bather, F. A. and others. The echinoderma.
v.4. Benham, W. B. The platyhelmia, mesozoa and nemertini.
Contains many bibliographies.
LINDSAY, B.
Introduction to the study of zoology. 1899 590 L72
Contains a chapter on "The use of books," p. 309-325.
"Aims at supplying a simple outline sketch of the animal kingdom, so
as to enable the reader to map in, as it were, his own particular
field of study in its right place in the general scheme of zoological
knowledge." Preface.
LYDEKKER, Richard, ed.
Royal natural history. 6v. 1893-96 qrsgo ~Lg8
v. 1-3. Mammals.
v.3-4. Birds.
v. 5. Reptiles, fishes, etc.
v. 6. Invertebrates.
Popular work. Many illustrations.
LYDEKKER, Richard, and others.
Natural history. 1897 590 Lg8
MILES, Alfred H. ed.
Natural history; with anecdotes illustrating the habits, man-
ners and customs of animals. 1895 590 M68
792 ZOOLOGY
ORTON, James.
Comparative zoology, structural and systematic, for use in
schools and colleges; ed. by C. W. Dodge. 1895 590 028
"Designed solely as a manual for instruction. . . Not a work of refer-
ence, nor a treatise." Preface.
PACKARD, Alpheus Spring.
Zoology. 1899. (American science series; briefer course.) . .590 Pi2z
Zoology for schools and colleges. 1893. (American science
series; advanced course.) 590 Pi2
Bibliography, p.68s-688.
PARKER, Thomas Jeffery, & Haswell, W.A.
Text-book of zoology. 2v. 1897 590 P24
The same. 2v. 1897 i"590 P24
SEDGWICK, Adam.
Student's text-book of zoology, v.i. 1898 590 844
SHIPLEY, Arthur Everett, & MacBride, E.W.
Zoology ; ah elementary text-book. 1901 590 855
"We have tried in the following book to write an elementary treatise on
Zoology which could readily be understood by a student who had no
previous knowledge of the subject. We have endeavoured to explain
the technical terms as they occur, and... have in many cases given
derivations which may help the beginner to fasten them in his mind."
Authors' preface.
SMITH, Fred, pseud.
Boyhood of a naturalist. 1900 J59O 864
"Author, who writes under a pseudonym. . .was a Cambridge boy who
developed a taste for studying animal life; and his trials in making
an aquarium and learning everything for himself are described with a
genuine feeling which thoroughly enlists the reader's sympathy, and
while we carj warmly recommend this work to young people, we think
that some of their elders will be none the worse for reading this nar-
rative of struggles and vanquished difficulties." Athtnaeum, 1900.
TENNEY, Mrs Abby Amy (Gove).
Young folks' pictures and stories of animals. 6v. in 2. 1898. . .JS9O T29
WOOD, John George.
Popular natural history. 1885 590 W8s
New and enlarged edition of the author's well-known work on zoology.
Popular and untechnical, and written with special reference to young
readers.
BROOKS, William Keith.
Foundations of zoology. 1899. (Columbia university bio-
logical series.) 59O.I 677
HUXLEY, Thomas Henry.
Introduction to the classification of animals. 1869 i"59o.i Ho8
INTERNATIONAL CONGRESS OF ZOOLOGY.
Regies de la nomenclature des etres organises; adoptees
par les Congres internationaux de zoologie. 1895. .qrS90.i 124
MacNICOLL, David Hudson, comp.
Dictionary of natural history terms with their derivations.
1863 rS90.3 M2i
590.4 Essays. Sketches and stories
AGASSIZ, Louis.
The structure of animal life; lectures delivered in Jan. and
Feb. 1862. 1886 590.4 Aa6
ZOOLOGY 793
BAMFORD, Mary E.
The Look-about club and the curious live things they found.
1887 J590.4 621
My land and water friends. 1886 J59O-4 B2im
Partial contents: A grasshopper's remarks. A bee's buzzings. A mud-
turtle's lecture. A mouse's musings. A lobster's life. A dragon-
fly's doings. A horned toad's observations. A mosquito's mur-
murings.
Each animal tells his own story.
Second year of the Look-about club. 1889 J5QO.4 B2is
Talks by queer folks. 1893 J59O-4 B2it
Ants, earth-worms, cows, seals, birds and other creatures tell their own
experiences.
BASS, M.Florence.
Nature stories for young readers; animal life. 1896 J59O-4 629
BRIGHTWEN, Mrs Eliza (Elder).
Inmates of my house and garden. 1895 590.4 674
BUCKLAND, Francis Trevelyan.
Log-book of a fisherman and zoologist. 1875 ^90.4 685
BUCKLEY, Arabella Burton, afterward Mrs Fisher.
Wild life in woods and fields. 1901 J59O-4 B8$
CLARK, Henry James.
Mind in nature; or, The origin of life and the mode of
development of animals. 1865 r5OO.4 C52
FEATHERS, furs and fins. 1889 J59O.4 F3I
Pictures and stories of animals for very little people.
GOSSE, Philip Henry.
Life in its lower, intermediate and higher forms; or, Mani-
festations of the divine wisdom in the natural history
of animals. 1857 r59O.4 G6g
HAMERTON, Philip Gilbert.
Chapters on animals. 1888 590.4 Hig
Chapters on animals; dogs, cats and horses; ed. by W. P.
Trent. 1901 J59O-4 Hig
Five chapters from his larger work of the same name.
HOLDER, Charles Frederick.
Along the Florida reef. 1896 J59O-4 H7ia
Story of a party of boy naturalists who lived for five or six years on a
coral reef off the Florida coast.
Young folks' story-book of natural history; being A frozen
dragon, and other tales. 1896 J59-O.4 H7i
INGERSOLL, Ernest.
Country cousins ; short studies in the natural history of the
United States. 1884 590.4 124
On birds, sea-creatures, winter nature-study, rattlesnakes, the least of
mammals, the caves of Luray, shell-money, etc.
The same. 1884 J59O-4 124
Wild life of orchard and field. 1902 590.4 I24w
Contents: Small deer. The way of a weasel. Bird traits and qualities.
Our winter birds. In March weather. Birds of passage. First-
comers. The song-sparrow. Courting fickle May. Wild mice. Fly-
ing squirrels. Civilizing influences. How animals get home. A mid-
summer prince, the Baltimore oriole. A gentleman of the orchard,
the orchard oriole. Bank-swallows. In a snailery. The flicker and
his fun. The yellov^-throat's garden. Easter skylarks.
JOHONNOT, James.
Friends in feathers and fur, and other neighbors; for young
794 ZOOLOGY
folks. 1884 J590-4 J37*
Glimpse of the animate world; or, Science and literature of
natural history, for school and home. 1885 J59O-4 J37
Neighbors with claws and hoofs, and their kin; for boys and
girls. 1885 ; JS90.4 J37n
Some curious flyers, creepers and swimmers. 1887 J59O.4 J37S
KENNEDY, Wardlaw.
Beasts; thumb-nail studies in pets. 1899 590-4 Ki8
"The author records his experiences with a number of uncommon ani-
mal pets, among which were a young crocodile, a python, an armadillo,
and a mongoose. His observations are of real scientific interest, and
his humorous descriptions are pleasant to read as well as instruc-
tive." Nature, 1899.
MAXWELL, Sir Herbert Eustace.
Memories of the months; being pages from the notebook of a
field-naturalist and antiquary; ist-2d ser. 2v. 1897-
1000 590.4 M52
Nothing worthy of note escapes the author's view. The habit of look-
ing attentively and transcribing at the moment has given him a mass
of valuable observations from which this volume is drawn.
MILLER, Mrs Mary (Rogers).
Brook book; a first acquaintance with the brook and its in-
habitants through the changing year. 1902 590.4 M69
MILLER, Olive Thorne.
Little folks in feathers and fur and others in neither. 1894. .j 590.4 M6g
MONTEITH, John.
Living creatures of water, land and air. 1888 J59O-4 M85
NEEDHAM, James George.
Outdoor studies. 1898. (Eclectic school readings.) J59O-4 Nig
PAGE, Emma E.
Heart culture; a text book for teaching kindness to animals,
arranged for use in public and private schools. 1897. 0590.4 Pi4
PIERSON, Clara Dillingham.
Among the forest people. 1898 J590-4 ?57
Partial contents: The red-headed woodpecker children. The red squir-
rels begin housekeeping. The little bat who wouldn't go to bed. The
haughty ground hog. The wild turkeys come.
SHARP, Dallas Lore.
Wild life near home. 1901 590.4 $53
Contents: In persimmon-time. Birds' winter beds. Some snug winter
beds. A bird of the dark. The pine-tree swift. In the October
moon. Feathered neighbors. "Mus* rattin'." A study in bird morals.
Rabbit roads. Brick-top. Second crops. Wood-pussies. From riv-
er-ooze to tree-top. A buzzards' banquet. Up Herring run.
VINCENT, Frank, comp.
The animal world; its romances and realities. 1898 J59O-4 V34
.WILLIAMS, Martha McCulloch-.
. Next to the ground; chronicles of a countryside. 1902 500.4 W74
Contents: Ploughing. Wasps and ants. The ragged month. The hog.
Shooting. Quail and partridge. The possum. Night noises. The
big snow. Clearing. The horse. The oaks. Fox-hunting. The
cow. Feathered folk. Insects.
"An out-of-door book of an unusual kind, in that it is a study not only
of wild animals and plants, but of the biology of farm processes,
crops, and domestic animals. The author shows minuteness and fidel-
ity of observation, and considerable scientific knowledge. . .The scene
of her observations is a Tennessee plantation." Nation, 1902.
A WORLD of wonders; or, Marvels in animate and inanimate
ZOOLOGY PERIODICALS 795
nature. 1895 JS9O-4 W8p
Contents: Wonders of marine life. Curiosities of vegetable life. Curi-
osities of the insect and reptile world. Marvels of bird and beast
life. Phenomenal forces of nature.
The same 590.4 W8g
590.5 Periodicals
FIELD COLUMBIAN MUSEUM.
Publications; zoological series, v.i-date. i895~date ^90.5 F4S
For contents see contents book, v.2, p.274; kept at the reference desk.
INTERNATIONAL CONGRESS OF ZOOLOGY.
- Proceedings (ist-5th), i88o-date. i889-date qr59o.5 1248
For the papers of the supplementary meeting at Moscow, 1892, see
Congres internationaux d'anthropologie et d'archeologie prehistorique
et de zoologie.
JOURNAL of the Cincinnati society of natural history; quar-
terly. v.4-i8, in 5. 1881-96 r590.s J46
Index, v.i-io.
v.i6 and 18 no index published. --^
JOURNAL of the Trenton natural history society, v.i. 1886-
88 rsoo.s J466
NOVITATES zoologicae; a journal of zoology in connection
with the Tring museum, March igoo-date. v.7-date.
looo-date. qrS9O.S N47
Published irregularly.
The OBSERVER ; monthly. 8v. in 6. 1890-97 qr59O.5 Oi2
United with Popular science news and Boston journal of chemistry in
Dec. 1897.
PENNSYLVANIA UNIVERSITY.
Publications; contributions from the zoological laboratory.
v.i-date. i893-date qr59O.5 P39
For contents see contents book, p. 204; kept at the reference desk.
ZEITSCHRIFT fiir wissenschaftliche zoologie. v.63-date.
i8o8-date 1590.5 Z43
Published irregularly.
Namen- und sachregister, v.46-6o. 1898.
ZOOLOGICAL bulletin, Aug. i897-date. v.i-date. 1898-
date qr590.S Z78i
Published irregularly.
ZOOLOGISCHER anzeiger; fortnightly. v.2i-date. 1898-
date r590.5 Z78
The organ of the Deutsche zoologische gesellschaft.
Register, v. 16-20. 1899.
Register, v.21-25. 1903.
590.6 Societies
BIRMINGHAM NATURAL HISTORY AND MICRO-
SCOPICAL SOCIETY.
Report & transactions, 1880-1883. v.22-25, in i. 1881-84. .r59O.6 648
FRIEDLANDER, R. & SOHN, pub.
Zoologisches adressbuch; namen und adressen der leben-
den zoologen, anatomen, physiologen und zoopalaeon-
tologen, sowie der kiinstlerischen und technischen
hulfskrafte. 2v. in i. 1895-1901 r59o.6 Fgs
796 ZOOLOGICAL GARDENS. AQUARIA
LONDON, ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
Record of the progress of the Zoological society of London
during the nineteenth century. 1901 r59o.6 L82
NEW YORK ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
Annual report (2d-date), i897-date. i8o8-date r59o.6 N26
1897. The London zoological society and its garden, by \V. T. Horna-
day. A school of animal painting and sculpture, by E. S. Thompson.
The destruction of our birds and mammals; a report on the results
of an inquiry, by W. T. Hornaday.
1898. Field notes on the larger mammalia of the Strickine, Dease
and Liard rivers, British Columbia, by A. J. Stone.
1900. Collecting reptiles in North Carolina, by R. L. Ditmars. Notes
on the mountain sheep of North America, by W. T. Hornaday.
1901. Notes on the destruction of animal life in Alaska, by J. A. Lor-
ing. Notes on mammals and birds observed in Alaska, by J. A.
Loring.
1902. Notes on the public aquariums of Europe, by C. H. Townsend.
Modes of tubercular infection in wild animals in captivity, by W. R.
Blair. Cysticerci in wild ruminants, by W. R. Blair. Observations
on the development of reptiles, with notes on feeding reptiles "in
captivity, by R. L. Ditmars. Some notes on the psychology of birds,
by C. W. Beebe. In the home of the giant tortoise, by R. H. Beck.
The caribou, by Madison Grant.
590.7 Study and teaching. Zoological gardens. Aquaria
AFLALO, Frederick George.
Walk through the Zoological gardens. 1900 590-7 A25
"Handy guide to the [London] Zoo., .equipped with which a visitor can
enter the gate on the east side from Regent's Park, and learn some-
thing about every kind of bird and beast which he is likely to encoun-
ter." Spectator, 1901.
Though written with special reference to London zoological gardens, it
is a useful guide to any zoo.
AGASSIZ, Louis.
Methods of study in natural history. 1892 59O-7 A26
First published in the Atlantic monthly, v.9-io.
A charming work in Agassiz's simple and attractive style, untechnical
in manner, and broadening and inspiring to the reader. It aims to
give hints to young students in the best method of arriving at scien-
tific truth, and includes a sketch of the history of science. It was writ-
ten as a protest against the Darwinian theory, and naturally is not
brought down to date.
BARTLETT, Abraham Dee.
Wild animals in captivity; an account of the habits, food,
management and treatment of the beasts and birds at the
"Zoo." 1899 590-7 627
Biographical notes, by Edward Bartlett, p.i-i6.
EDWARDS, Arthur Mead.
Life beneath the waters; or, The aquarium in America.
1858 r590.7 31
FURNEAUX, William S.
Life in ponds and streams. 1896 59O-7 F99
GIRARD, Jules.
Le monde microscopique des eaux. 1872 T59O.7 G44
GOSSE, Philip Henry.
Aquarium; an unveiling of the wonders of the deep sea.
1856 r590.7 G6g
HIBBERD, Shirley.
Book of the aquarium; or, Practical instructions on the
PHYSIOLOGICAL ZOOLOGY 797
formation, stocking and management in all seasons of col-
lections of marine and river animals and plants. 2pts.
in i. [1869.] r590.7 H52
pt.i-2. The fresh-water aquarium. The marine aquarium.
PAGE, Charles Nash.
Aquaria; a treatise on the food, breeding and care of fancy
gold fish, paradise fish, etc. 1898 590.7 Pi4
TAYLOR, John Ellor.
Aquarium; its inhabitants, structure and management.
1884 rsoo.7 T25
591 Physiological zoology
CARPENTER, William Benjamin.
Zoology. 2v. 1871-81 r59i C22
HOOKER, Worthington.
Child's book of nature; pt.2, Animals. 1886 J59I H77
HUNTER, John, 1728-93.
Observations on certain parts of the animal oeconomy. 1792. .qrsgi H94
BORDIER, H.
Les actions moleculaires dans 1'organisme. [1898.]
(Scientia; serie biologique.) r 59i.i 66.3
Monograph upon some topics of physics, with their applications in bi-
ology. Treats especially of muscular elasticity, osmosis of liquids and
gases, osmotic pressure, isotonic solutions, the adhesion of articulated
surfaces, surface tension in muscular contraction, capillary phenomena,
absorption of gases.
CARPENTER, William Benjamin.
Animal physiology. 1877 r 59i.i C22
WYMAN, Jeffries.
Twelve lectures on comparative physiology; delivered before
the Lowell institute in Boston, 1849. 1849 r52o.4 M74
Bound with Mitchel's Six lectures on astronomy.
BROCA, Paul.
On the phenomena of hybridity in the genus homo. 1864.
(Anthropological society of London. Publications.) . .r59i.i5 675
COURTADE, Denis.
L'irritabilite dans la serie animale. 1900. (Scientia;
serie biologique.) rsgi.iS C84
Seeks to give an account of our present knowledge of irritability, and to
determine what are the problems regarding it which await future solu-
tion.
LOEB, Jacques.
Comparative physiology of the brain and comparative psy-
chology. 1900 59i-i8 L76
Bibliography at the end of each chapter.
"Nervous phenomena in medusae, ascidians, actinians, echinoderms, worms,
arthropods arid mollusks are discussed in succession, and then those
of vertebrates. Prof. Loeb is strongly anti-metaphysical, supposes all
nervous and mental phenomena due to psycho-chemical changes in
cell protoplasm, and regards the dynamics of the process of associa-
tion as the true problem of brain physiology." American journal of
science, 1901.
798 EMBRYOLOGY. MORPHOLOGY
591.3 Embryology
AGASSIZ, Louis.
Twelve lectures on comparative embryology; delivered before
the Lowell institute, Boston. 1849 r520.4 M74
Bound with Mitchel's Six lectures on astronomy.
FOSTER, Sir Michael, & Balfour, P.M.
Elements of embryology; ed. by Adam Sedgwick and Walter
Heape. 1898 591.3 F8i
HERTWIG, Oscar.
Text-book of the embryology of man and mammals. 1899. . .591.3 H48
Contains several bibliographies.
KORSCHELT, Eugen, & Heider, Karl.
Text-book of the embryology of invertebrates. 4v. 1895-
1900 r59i.3 K38
Contains bibliographies.
MARSHALL, Arthur Milnes.
Vertebrate embryology; a text-book for students and prac-
titioners. 1893 591.3 M4i
Bibliography at the end of each chapter.
MORGAN, Thomas Hunt.
Development of the frog's egg; an introduction to experi-
mental embryology. 1897 591-3 M89
Bibliography, p. 173-186.
591.4 Morphology. Comparative anatomy
BOURNE, Gilbert Charles.
Introduction to the study of the comparative anatomy of ani-
mals. 2v. 1900-02 591-4 B6s
v.i. Animal organisation; the protozoa and ccelenterata.
v.2. Coelomate metazoa.
JAYNE, Horace.
Mammalian anatomy; a preparation for human and com-
parative anatomy, v.i. 1898. . . * qr59i.4 J22
v.i. Skeleton of the cat; its muscular attachments, growth and varia-
tions, compared with the skeleton of man.
JOURNAL of morphology. I7v. 1887-1901 qr59i.4 J46
No more published.
LANG, Arnold.
Text-book of comparative anatomy. 2v. 1891-96 591-4 L23
LE CONTE, Joseph.
Outlines of the comparative physiology and morphology of
animals. 1900. 591-4 L40
McMURRICH, James Playfair.
Text-book of invertebrate morphology. 1896 591-4 M2I
Bibliography at the end of each chapter.
ROLLESTON, George.
Forms of animal life; a manual of comparative anatomy.
1888 Q59I-4 R64
MAREY, fitienne Jules.
Animal mechanism; a treatise on terrestrial and aerial loco-
motion. 1890. (International scientific series.) 591-47 M38
Physiologic du mouvement; le vol des oiseaux. 1890. .^591.47 M38
HABITS AND BEHAVIOR OF ANIMALS 799
PETTIGREW, James Bell.
Animal locomotion; or, Walking, swimming and flying, with
a dissertation on aeronautics. 1891. (International scien-
tific series.) 591-47 P46
STILLMAN, J. D. B.
The horse in motion, as shown by instantaneous photog-
raphy. 1882 qr59i.47 885
Executed and published under the auspices of Leland Stanford.
591.5 Habits and behavior of animals
BENSON, Margaret.
Subject to vanity. 1895 591.5 644
Very entertaining stories about pets, cats, dogs, birds, etc.
BURROUGHS, John.
Birds and bees, Sharp eyes, and other papers; ed. by M. E.
Burt. 1887 J59I.5 Bg4b
Little nature studies for little people; ed. by M. E. Burt.
i895 J59I-5 694
The same. 2v. 1897-98 J59I-5 694!
CORNISH, Charles John.
Animals at work and play; their activities and emotions.
1897 591.5 C82a
Scientific but readable descriptions of the every-day life of animals.
Particularly entertaining are the chapters on animal etiquette, animals'
toilettes and animals' beds.
Life at the Zoo; notes and traditions of the Regent's park
gardens. 1897 591-5 C82
DU CHAILLU, Paul Belloni.
World of the great forest; how animals, birds, reptiles, in-
sects talk, think, work and live. 1900 J59I-5 D86
Life in the great African forest. The animals appear under their native
names, tell their own stories and explain their actions as if they had
the power of speech.
HOLDER, Charles Frederick.
Living lights; a popular account of phosphorescent animals
and vegetables. 1892. (Marvels of animal life series.) . . . .591.5 H7i
Bibliography, p. 179-184.
HOUSSAY, Frederic.
Industries of animals. 1893. (Contemporary science
series.) 59^-59 H8.3
INGERSOLL, Ernest, and others.
Habits of animals. 1882 j 591-5 124
JORDAN, David Starr, & Kellogg, V.L.
Animal life; a first book of zoology. 1900. (Twentieth cen-
tury text-books.) 591-5 J42
"Elementary account of animal ecology that is, of the relations of ani-
mals to their surroundings and of the responsive adapting or fitting
of the life of animals to these surroundings. . .This book depends for
its best use on a basis of personal observational work by the student
in laboratory and field." Preface.
KELLY, Mrs Meriba A. (Babcock).
Short stories of our shy neighbors. 1896. (Eclectic school
readings.) J59I-5 Ki7
8oo ANIMAL PSYCHOLOGY
LONG, William Joseph.
Secrets of the woods. 1901 J5QI-5 L82S
Ways of wood folk. 1900 JSQi-S L82
Wilderness ways. 1900 J59I-5 L82w
Several of these sketches were published first in the Youth's com-
panion.
MORGAN, Conway Lloyd
Animal behaviour. 1900 591-5 M89a
Habit and instinct. 1896 591.5 M8g
"Essentially a critical examination of the various activities of the higher
animals, culminating in man, with a view to the determination of the
share of these two factors of instinct and education." Academy.
PEABODY, Selim Hobart.
Cecil's book of beasts. 1868 J59I-5 ?33
Short talks about squirrels, beavers, bats, bears, the rhinoceros, etc.
ROBINSON, Louis.
Wild traits in tame animals; some familiar studies in
evolution. 1897 5QI-5 R55
Describes dogs, horses, donkeys, cattle, sheep, goats, pigs and cats, "gives
a lively object lesson upon each animal, trying to explain its structure
and habits by the mode of life of its wild progenitors." Nature, 1897.
SEMPER, Karl.
Animal life as affected by the natural conditions of existence.
1881. (International scientific series.) 591-5 847
WOOD, John George.
Nature's teachings; human invention anticipated by nature.
1877 591.5 W85n
Out of doors; a selection of articles on natural history.
1891 591.5 W8so
Pleasant observations on animal life made during walks in and about
London.
591.51 Animal psychology
BINET, Alfred.
Psychic life of micro-organisms. 1889 59I-5I 648
EVANS, Edward Payson.
Evolutional ethics and animal psychology. 1898 59I-5I 94
Bibliography, p. 359-367.
GROOS, Karl.
The play of animals. 1898 59I-5I G93
HAWKINS, Rush Christopher.
Better than men. 1896 59i-5i Ha6
LUBBOCK, Sir John, baron Avebury.
On the senses, instincts and intelligence of animals. 1888.
(International scientific series.) 59I-5I Lg6
MENAULT, Ernest.
Intelligence of animals. 1894. (Wonders of man and
nature.) 59i-5i M6i
MILLS, Thomas Wesley.
Nature & development of animal intelligence. 1898 59I-5I M6o
MORGAN, Conway Lloyd.
Animal life and intelligence. 1890-91 59I-5I M89
A study of the mental processes of the lower animals, the first part be-
HABITATIONS OF ANIMALS 801
ing a careful consideration of organic evolution. For the advanced
student.
Introduction to comparative psychology. 1894. (Contempo-
rary science series.) 59 I -5 I
Interesting account of observations on acts of animals. The facts re-
vealed are subjected to critical examination, an advance over previous
books on the same subject.
ROMANES, George John.
Animal intelligence. 1895. (International scientific
series.) SQi-Si
A popularly written treatise. Its scope includes insects, fish, reptiles,
birds and mammals; numerous interesting anecdotes are given in
proof of the author's position.
Mental evolution in animals, with an essay on instinct by
Charles Darwin. 1891 59I-SI
"No student of psychology can afford to dispense with this rich, learned,
elaborate . . . contribution to his subject And not only will
those interested in problems of psychology find here substantial help,
but students of biology, philology, and anthropology will be repaid
for the time they spend with this book." Nation.
WEIR, James.
Dawn of reason; or, Mental traits in the lower animals.
1899 591-51 W45
Bibliography, $.225-226.
591.52 Habitations of animals
BEARD, James Carter.
Curious homes and their tenants. 1897 J59I.52 634
Mostly descriptive of the building and home-making habits of insects
and land and water animals.
WOOD, John George.
Homes under the ground. 1891 591-52 W8sh
Selections from Homes without hands.
Homes without hands; a description of the habitations of
animals. 1892 591-52 W8s
Describes dwellings of animals classed according to their ways of work-
ing, as burrowers, wood-borers, hammock-swingers, branch-builders,
parasites, etc.
Strange dwellings; a description of the habitations of animals.
1894 59L52 W858
Abridged from Homes without hands.
On animal intelligence.
591.57 Color of animals
BEDDARD, Frank Evers.
Animal coloration; facts and theories relating to the colours
and markings of animals. 1892 591-57 837
NEWBIGIN, Marion Isabel.
Colour in nature; a study in biology. 1898 591-57 N26
"References," p.327~334-
POULTON, Edward Bagnall.
Colours of animals; their meaning and use, especially con-
sidered in the case of insects. 1890. (International scien-
tific series.) 591-57 P86
Contains many short bibliographies.
802 ECONOMIC ZOOLOGY. HISTOLOGY
591.6 Economic zoology
SIMMONDS, Peter Lund.
Animal products; their preparation, commercial uses and
value. 1877 591.61 859
BENEDEN, Pierre Joseph van.
Animal parasites and messmates. 1876. (International scien-
tific series.) 591.69 643
COBBOLD, Thomas Spencer.
Parasites; a treatise on the entozoa of man and animals, in-
cluding some account of the ectozoa. 1879 r 591. 69 63
MASSART, Jean, & Vandervelde, fimile.
Parasitism, organic and social. 1895. (Social science
series.) : . 591.69 M45
"Works consulted," p. 123-124.
591.8 Histology
BOHM, Alexander A. & Davidoff, M.von.
Text-book of histology including microscopic technic; ed. by
G. C. Huber; tr. fr. the German by H. H. Gushing.
1900 Q59I-8 658
"References," p.46i-48i.
"One of the very best text-books available." H. Me. E. Knower, in Sci-
ence, 1901.
Represents the course given in the University of Munich.
KLEIN, Edward Emanuel, & Smith.E.N.
Atlas of histology, illustrations by Smith, text by Klein.
1880 - qr59i.8 K3i
TYSON, James, b. 1841.
The cell doctrine, its history and present state; for the use of
students in medicine and dentistry. 1878 r59i.8 Tgg
Bibliography, p.i53-i<)6.
591.9 Geographical distribution of animals
BEDDARD, Frank Evers.
Text-book of zoogeography. 1895 591-9 637
Contents: The general facts of the distribution of animals. Zoological
geography. The causes which influence the distribution of animals.
The fauna of islands. Some theoretical considerations.
HEILPRIN, Angelo.
Geographical and geological distribution of animals. 1887.
(International scientific series.) >. 591-9 H4I
LYDEKKER, Richard.
Geographical history of mammals. 1896 591-9 L98
"Authorities," p.383-385.
SCLATER, William Lutley, & Philip Lutley.
Geography of mammals. 1899 591-9 $41
WALLACE, Alfred Russel.
Geographical distribution of animals. 2v. 1876 591-9 Wi7g
Island life; or, The phenomena and causes of insular faunas
and floras, including a revision and attempted solution of
GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF ANIMALS 803
the problem of geological climates. 1892 591-9 Wi7
FIGUIER, Louis.
Ocean world; a descriptive history of the sea and its living
inhabitants. 1868 ^91.92 F47
The same; a description of the sea and some of its inhabitants;
tr. fr. the French and ed. and rev. by E. P. Wright.
1891 591-92 F47
GOSSE, Philip Henry.
Wonders of the great deep. 1874 r 59 l -9 2 G6g
HICKSON, Sydney John.
Fauna of the deep sea. 1894. (Modern science series.). .591.92 H52
Since it has been found that animals can and do live even at the greatest
depths of the ocean, scientists have been continually adding to the
valuable literature of that subject. Their knowledge, given in detail,
is generally embraced in the reports of the scientific expeditions
fitted out by our own and foreign governments, and in memoirs
and notes scattered through the English and foreign scientific
journals. This little book brings together, in a small compass,
some of the more important facts and considerations that are included
in this great mass of literature, and presents them in a form for popu-
lar reading.
Story of life in the seas. 1898. (Library of useful sto-
ries.) 59i .92 H52S
SCHARFF, Robert F.
History of the European fauna. 1809. (Contemporary science
series.) 591-94 $31
Bibliography, P-3SI-3S4-
DEWAR, George Albemarle Bertie.
Wild life in Hampshire highlands. 1899. (Haddon hall
library.) 591-942 DSI
GOSSE, Philip Henry.
Naturalist's rambles on the Devonshire coast. 1853. . . ^591.942 G6g
HARTING, James Edmund.
British animals extinct within historic times, with some ac-
count of British wild white cattle. 1880 ^91.942 H32
WHITE, Gilbert.
Natural history and antiquities of Selborne. 1891 591.942 W63
"To Gilbert White is due the credit of having been the first to render
natural history a popular and attractive study, nor is it easy to over-
estimate the debt which science owes to his most delightful letters.
They have probably made as many naturalists as Robinson Crusoe
has made sailors, and, in spite of our advance in science, they neither
are, nor are likely to become, at all out of date. No matter whether
he is detailing with scientific precision his observation on the habits
of some familiar insect, or recounting with boyish enthusiasm the
acquisition of some new specimen, he is always alike delightful."
Academy.
TSCHUDI, Friedrich von.
Das thierleben der Alpenwelt; naturansichten und thierzeich-
nungen aus dem schweizerischen gebirge. 1872 ^91.949 T79
BRYDEN, Henry Anderson.
Animals of Africa. [1900.] J59I.96 684
NORTH American fauna. - no.i-5, 8, lo-date. iSSg-date.
(United States Biological survey division.) ^91.97 N45
For contents see contents book, v.2, p. 242; kept at the reference desk.
ORD, George.
A reprint of the North American zoology; being an exact re-
804 GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF ANIMALS
production of the part compiled by Mr Ord and first pub-
lished in Guthrie's geography in 1815; to which is added
an appendix on the more important questions involved, by
S. N. Rhoads. 1894 591-97 028
AGASSIZ, Louis.
Contributions to the natural history of the United States of
America. 4v. 1857-62 qrSQi.973 A26
v.i-2. Essay on classification. North American testudinata. Embry-
ology of the turtle.
v.3~4. Acalephs in general. Ctenophorae. Discophorse. Hydroidae.
Homologies of the radiata.
SHUFELDT, Robert Wilson.
Chapters on the natural history of the United States.
1897 591-973 Ss6
Includes "Museums and their uses; with some observations on taxi-
dermy," p. 442-471.
DE KAY, James Ellsworth.
Zoology of New-York; or, The New-York fauna. 6pts.
in sv. 1842-44. (In New York (state). Natural his-
tory of New York, v.i-S.) qr57O.Q747 N26
pt.i. Mammalia.
pt.2. Birds.
pt.3. Reptiles and amphibia.
pt.4. Plates of reptiles and amphibians.
pt.s-6 in i. Mollusca. Crustacea.
"List of books on ornithology," v.2, p.p-io; "List of works on reptiles
and amphibians," v.3, p. 5-6; "List of conchological works referred to,"
v-S, P-5-6.
MINNESOTA State zoologist.
Report (ist-2d), 1892-94. 1892-95 ^91.9776 M72
v.i. Report. Notes on the birds of Minnesota, by P. L. Hatch.
v.2. Report. Synopsis of the entomostraca of Minnesota, by C. L.
Herrick and C. H. Turner.
BURMEISTER, Hermann.
Erlauterungen zur fauna Brasiliens; enthaltend abbildun-
gen und ausfuhrliche beschreibungen neuer oder un-
geniigend bekannter thier-arten. 1856 qrsgi.gSi 692
AFLALO, Frederick George.
Sketch of the natural history of Australia. 1896 591.994 A25
KENT, William Saville-.
The naturalist in Australia. 1897 qr59i.994
Contents: Birds. Lizards. White ants. Houtman's Abrolhos. Fishes.
Pearls and pearl-oysters. Marine miscellanea. Insect oddities.
Vegetable vagaries.
592 Invertebrates
ARNOLD, Augusta Foote.
Sea-beach at ebb-tide; a guide to the study of the seaweeds
and the lower animal life found between tide-marks.
1901 592
BROOKS, William Keith.
Handbook of invertebrate zoology for laboratories and sea-
side work. 1882 r592 677
The same. 1890 592 B77h
BUCKLEY, Arabella Burton, afterward Mrs Fisher.
Life and her children; glimpses of animal life, from the amce-
INVERTEBRATES 805
ba to the insects. 1894 J592 B8s
"Its object is to acquaint young people with the structure and habits
of the lower forms of life; and to do this in a more systematic way
than is usual in ordinary works on Natural History and more simply
than in text-books on Zoology." Preface.
COOKE, Mordecai Cubitt.
Toilers in the sea. 1889 592 77
DELAGE, Marie Yves, & Herouard, EJ.E.
Traite de zoologie concrete, v.i-2, 5, 8, in 5. 1896-1901. . .r592 038
. i. La cellule et les protozoaires.
.2, pt.i. Mesozoaires. Spongiaires.
.2, pt.2. Les coelenteres.
.5. Les vermidiens.
.8. Les procordes.
Bibliography, v.i, p-533-544; v.2, pt.i, p.2ii-2i8; v.2, pt.2, p.784-8<>4; v-5,
P-34I-349! v.8, p.363-373.
GOSSE, Philip Henry.
Manual of marine zoology for the British Isles. 2v. 1855-56. .r592 Gog
A year at the shore. 1865 r592 Go^y
GOULD, Augustus Addison.
Report on the invertebrata of Massachusetts; comprising the
mollusca, Crustacea, annelida and radiata. 1841 r592 G73
Published by the commissioners on the zoological and botanical survey
of the state.
The same; ed. by W. G. Binney. 1870 r592 G73r
Published by the legislature.
The same; ed. by W. G. Binney. 1870 592 G73
HEILPRIN, Angelo.
Animal life of our sea-shore. 1888 592 H4i
The same. 1888 r592 H4i
Specially New Jersey coast and southern shore of Long Island; scientific
handbook for popular use.
HUXLEY, Thomas Henry.
Manual of the anatomy of invertebrated animals. 1892. . , 592 H98
KINGSLEY, Charles.
Glaucus ; or, The wonders of the shore. 1887 592 K27
The same. 1890 J592 K27
LAMARCK, Jean Baptiste Pierre Antoine de Monet, chevalier de.
Histoire naturelle des animaux sans vertebres. nv. 1835-
45 r592 Li7
MORSE, Edward Sylvester.
First book of zoology. 1875 592 Mg2
Bibliography, p.iSp-igo.
The same. 1875 0, J592 Mg2
For pupils wishing to gain a general knowledge of the structure, habits,
and modes of growth of lower animals, such as snails, insects, spiders,
crustaceans, worms, etc. Directions are given for collecting and
preserving specimens, for observing habits, etc. Treats of American
forms only. Fully illustrated.
SHIPLEY, Arthur Everett.
Zoology of the invertebrata. 1893 592 855
STIMPSON, William.
Synopsis of the marine invertebrata of Grand Manan, or
the region about the mouth of the Bay of Fundy, New
Brunswick. 1853. (Smithsonian institution. Contribu-
tions to knowledge.) qr594.i L44
Bound with the index volume of Observations on the genus unio, by
Isaac Lea.
806 PROTOZOANS. RADIATES
WILLEY, Arthur, ed.
Zoological results based on material from New Britain,
New Guinea, Loyalty islands and elsewhere, collected
during 1895, 1896 and 1897. 6pts. in 2v. 1902 qrS92 W73
593 Protozoans. Radiates
AGASSIZ, Mrs Elizabeth (Gary).
First lesson in natural history. 1896. (Boston society of
natural history. Guides for science-teaching.) 3593 A26
Contents: Sea-anemones and corals. Coral reefs. Hydroids and jelly-
fishes. Star-fishes and sea-urchins.
The same. 1896. (In Boston society of natural history.
Guides for science-teaching, v.2.) 507 664 v.2
The same. 1896. (In Boston society of natural history.
Guides for science-teaching, v.2.) r507 664 v.2
BAYLISS, Clara Kern.
In brook and bayou; or, Life in the still waters. 1897 JS93 ^33
Pictures through the microscope of the tiny creatures who live in
brooks, bogs and stagnant pools; it is a simple account of the lower
forms of animal life protozoa and metazoa.
BUTSCHLI, Otto.
Protozoa. 1880-89. (In Bronn, H. G. Klassen und ord-
nungen des thier-reichs, v.i, 3pts. in 4v.) q r 59O 676
pt. i. Sarkodina und sporozoa.
pt.2. Mastigophora.
pt.3- Infusoria und system der radiolaria.
pt.4 contains plates for v.i.
EH REN BERG, Christian Gottfried.
Verbreitung und einfluss des mikroskopischen lebens in
Slid- und Nord-Amerika. 1843 q r 593 38
MANTELL, Gideon Algernon.
Thoughts on animalcules. 1846 r593 M34
ROMANES, George John.
Jelly-fish, star-fish and sea-urchins; a research on primitive
nervous systems. 1893. (International scientific series.) . .593 R65
CALKINS, Gary Nathan.
Protozoa. 1901. (Columbia university biological series, v.6.) . .593.1 Ci3
Bibliography, p.3 11-327.
"No thoroughly satisfactory summary of our present [1901] knowledge
of this group has hitherto been accessible in English... In addition to
the technical systematic portion, which forms the body of the work
and will be chjfpy interesting to professional students, the author has
provided an introduction treating of the history of research upon the
group, and the general features of the animals it contains, which
could hardly be uninteresting to any intelligent reader." Nation, 1901.
CLAPARfiDE, fidouard, & Lachmann, Johann.
fitudes sur les infusoires et les rhizopodes. 3v. in 2.
1858-60 qr593-i Csi
v.i-2. Text,
v. 3. Plates.
DUJARDIN, Felix.
Histoire naturelle des zoophytes; infusoires, comprenant la
physiologic et la classification de ces animaux et la maniere
de les etudier a 1'aide du microscope; accompagne d'un
atlas. 2v. 1841 r593.i D88
PROTOZOANS. RADIATES 807
KENT, William Saville-.
Manual of the infusoria, including flagellate, ciliate and ten-
taculiferous protozoa, British and foreign, and an account
of the organization and affinities of the sponges. 3v.
1880-82 qr593- 1 Kig
v.i-2. Text,
v. 3. Plates.
Bibliography, v.2, p.875-894.
HITCHCOCK, Romyn, comp.
Synopsis of the fresh-water rhizopods; a condensed account
of the genera and species, founded upon Joseph Leidy's
Fresh-water rhizopods of North America. 1881 593-H H62
LEIDY, Joseph.
Fresh-water rhizopods of North America. 1879. (United
States Geological and geographical survey of the ter-
ritories. Final report, v.i2.) qr593.n L55
Bibliography of fresh-water rhipozods, p.297~3i9.
CARPENTER, William Benjamin, and others.
Introduction to the study of the foraminifera. 1862. (Ray
society. Publications.) qr593.i2 C22
HAECKEL, Ernst.
Die radiolarien. 2v. 1862 qr593.i4 Hi3
v.i. Text.
v.2. Plates.
Report on the radiolaria collected by H. M. S. Challenger,
1873-1876. 3v. 1887. (In Challenger expedition. Report
on the scientific results of the voyage. Zoology, v.
18.) qr570-9i C35 v.i8
FOCKE. Gustav Woldemar.
Physiologische studien; wirbellose thiere, polygastrische in-
fusorien. v.i-2, in i. 1847-54 qrS93-i5 F68
MULLER, Otto Frederik.
Animalcula infusoria fluviatilia et marina, quse detexit,
systematice descripsit et ad vivum delineari curavit
Otho Fridericus Miiller. 1786 qi"593.i5 M95
PRITCHARD, Andrew.
History of infusoria, including the desmidiaceae and diatoma-
ceae, British and foreign, iv. in 2. 1861 r593-i5 P95hi
History of infusorial animalcules, living and fossil.
1852 TS93.I5 Pgsh
The same. 1841 rS93-i5 PpS
STEIN, Friedrich von.
Der organismus der infusionsthiere. 3v. in 4. 1859-83. .qr593.i5 S8i
v.i. Allgemeiner theil und naturgeschichte der hypotrichen infusions-
thiere,
v.2. Darstellung der neuesten forschungsergebnisse fiber bau, fort-
pflanzung und entwickelung der infusionsthiere. Naturgeschichte
der heterotrichen infusorien.
v.3. Die naturgeschichte der flagellaten.
y.4. Die naturgeschichte der arthrodelen flagellaten.
593.4 Sponges
HYATT, Alpheus.
Commercial and other sponges. 1897. (Boston society of
8o8 POLYPS. CORALS
natural history. Guides for science-teaching.) JS93-4
The same. 1897. (I n Boston society of natural history.
Guides for science-teaching, v.2.) 507 664 v.2
The same. 1897. (In Boston society of natural history.
Guides for science-teaching, v.2.) r5O7 664 v.2
POTTS, Edward.
Fresh water sponges; a monograph; including "Diag-
nosis of European spongillidse," by Franz Vejdovsky.
1887 rS9S78 H72S
Bound with Holland's Short articles on butterflies.
593.6 Polyps. Corals
BAKER, Henry.
Attempt towards a natural history of the polype. 1743 r593.6 617
HYATT, Alpheus.
Common hydroids, corals and echinoderms. 1897. (Boston
society of natural history. Guides for science-teach-
ing.) JS93-6 H99
The same. 1897. (In Boston society of natural history.
Guides for science-teaching, v.2.) 507 664 v.2
The same. 1897. (In Boston society of natural history.
Guides for science-teaching, v.2.) r5O7 664 v.2
KENT, William Saville-.
The great barrier reef of Australia; its products and poten-
tialities. 1893 qr593.6 Kig
TREMBLEY, Abraham.
Memoires pour servir a 1'histoire d'un genre de polypes d'eau
douce, a bras en forme de cornes. 1744 qr593.6 T72
FEWKES, Jesse Walter.
Anatomy of astrangia danae; lithographs from drawings by
A. Sonrel; explanation of plates by J. W. Fewkes. 1889.
(Natural history illustrations.) qr593.66 F44
Published by the Smithsonian institution.
UNITED STATES National museum.
American hydroids. v.i. 1900. (Special bulletin.) ... .qr5937i Uz5
v.i. The plumularidae, by C. C. Nutting.
Annotated bibliography, v.i, p. 131-135.
594 Mollusks
APGAR, Austin Craig.
Mollusks of the Atlantic coast of the United States south to
Cape Hatteras. 1891 594 A64
Reprinted from the Journal of the New Jersey natural history society,
v.2. no.z.
BAKER, Frank Collins.
Mollusca of the Chicago area. 1898-1902. (In Chicago
academy of sciences. Bulletin of the geological and
natural history survey, no. 3.) r5o6 C43b v.3
pt. i. The pelecypoda.
pt.z. The gastropoda.
MOLLUSKS 809
BINNEY, Amos, & William Greene.
The terrestrial air-breathing mollusks of the United States,
and the adjacent territories of North America; ed. by A.
A. Gould. 4v. 1851-59 r594 648
Bibliography, v.i, p.9-i7; v.4, p. 3-5. v-4 is the work of W. G. Binney.
BINNEY, William Greene, & Bland, Thomas.
Land and fresh water shells of North America. 3v. 1865-69.
(Smithsonian institution. Miscellaneous collections.) . .r594 6485
v.i may be found in v.8 of the Miscellaneous collections of the Smith-
sonian institution, rso6 S66m.
BLAND, Thomas, & Binney, W.G.
Collection of pamphlets on American mollusca. 1860-76 r594 853
The CONCHOLOGIST; a quarterly magazine for concholo-
gists. v.i-date. iSgi-date r594 74
v.2 includes two years, 1892-1893.
v.3~date title reads Journal of malacology.
DILLWYN, Lewis Weston.
A descriptive catalogue of recent shells, arranged according
to the Linnrean method. 2v. 1817 r594 Ds8
GONZALEZ HIDALGO, Joaquin.
Moluscos marinos de Espafia, Portugal y las Baleares. v.i.
1870 r594 G62m
Imperfect.
GONZALEZ HIDALGO, Joaquin, & Martinez y Saez, Fran-
cisco.
Moluscos del viaje al Pacifico, verificado de 1862 a 1865
por una comision de naturalistas enviada por el gobierno
espanol. 3v. in I. 1869-79 qr594 G6z
Contents: Univalves terrestres, by Joaquin Gonzales Hidalgo. Bivalvos
marinos, by Francisco Martinez y Saez. Univalves marinos, by
Joaquin Gonzalez Hidalgo.
GORDON, William John.
Our country's shells and how to know them; a guide to the
British mollusca. [1901.] 594 G65
HANLEY, Sylvanus, & Theobald, William, ed.
Conchologia indica; illustrations of the land and freshwater
shells of British India. 1876 qr594 H23
HARDY, Mrs Mary Earle.
The hall of shells. 1897 J594 Ha6
In the form of familiar conversations with two children is given much
scientific information about shells and their inhabitants, and with
this are interwoven many stories and legends associated with them.
References to other works are given for those who wish to continue
the study.
HYATT, Alpheus.
The oyster, clam and other common mollusks. 1898. (Bos-
ton society of natural history. Guides for science-teach-
ing.) J594 H99
The same. 1898. (In Boston society of natural history.
Guides for science-teaching, v.2.) 507 664 v.2
The same. 1898. (In Boston society of natural history.
Guides for science- teaching, v.2.) r5O7 664 v.2
JOURNAL of malacology; quarterly. v.3-date. i894-date. . .r594 74
Being v-3-date of the Conchologist.
8io MOLLUSKS
NAUTILUS; a monthly journal devoted to the interests of
conchologists. v.3-date. i88Q-date r594 Ni6
A continuation of the Conchologists' exchange, of which 2 volumes
were issued.
PAETEL, Fr. comp.
Catalog der conchylien-sammlung. 3v. 1887-90 r594 Pi3
v.i. Die cephalopoden, pteropoden und meeres-gastropoden.
v.a. Die land- und susswasser-gastropoden.
v-3. Die acephalen und die brachiopoden.
SARS, Georg Ossian.
Mollusca regionis Arcticae Norvegiae. 1878. (Bidrag til
kundskaben om Norges arktiske fauna, pti.) rS94 824
SAY, Thomas.
Complete writings on the conchology of the United States;
ed. by W. G. Binney. 1858 r594 827
SOWERBY, George Brettingham.
Conchological manual. 1842 rS94 S73
Illustrated index of British shells. 1887 qr594 8731
TRYON, George Washington.
Structural and systematic conchology. 3v. in I. 1882-84 594 T78
Synonymy of the species of strepomatidse (melanians) of the
United States; with critical observations on their affinities,
and descriptions of land, fresh water and marine mollusca.
1865. (Contributions to conchology, v.3.) 1*594 ^78
UNITED STATES War department.
[Extracts from the reports on the Pacific railroad surveys,
containing the reports on shells made by James Hall,
T. A. Conrad, W. G. Binney and William Cooper.]
[1855.] qr594 U2S
WAGNER, Johann Andreas.
Testacea fluviatilia, quae in itinere per Brasiliam, annis 1817-
1820, collegit et pingenda curavit J. B. de Spix; digessit,
descripsit et observationibus illustravit J. A. Wagner.
1827 qrS94 Wl3
WILLIAMS, J.W.
Land and fresh-water shells, with a chapter on the distribu-
tion of the British land and fresh-water mollusca by J. W.
Taylor and W. D. Roebuck. 1889. (Young collector
series.) . .594 W74
WOOD, William, comp.
Index testaceologicus; an illustrated catalogue of British and
foreign shells; ed. by Sylvanus Hanley. 1856 qr594 W8$
WYATT, Thomas.
Manual of conchology according to the system laid down by
Lamarck, with the late improvements by de Blainville.
1838 r594 W97
CALL. Richard Ellsworth.
A study of the unionidae of Arkansas, with incidental refer-
ences to their distribution in the Mississippi valley. 1895.
(St. Louis, Academy of science. Transactions, v.7, no.i.). .594.1 Ci3
LEA, Isaac.
Observations on the genus unio, together with descriptions of
MOLLUSKS 811
new genera and species in the families naiades, conchae,
colimacea, lymneana, melaniana, and peristomeana. I3v.
in 10. 1827-74 qrS94-i L44
v.i, 3 and 5 have no title-pages, and consist of papers detached from
the "Transactions of the American philosophical society."
Index, v.i-12. 2V. in i. 1867-1869.
A synopsis of the family of naiades. 1836 r 594.i L44S
Synopsis of the family unionidae. 1870 qr5Q4.i L44sy
Bibliography, p.is7-i8i.
PHILPOTS, John R.
Oysters and all about them. 2v. 1890 594.1 PS2
BROWN, A.D. comp.
Catalogue of shells in his collection. 1861 ^94.3 678
Catalogue of the genera helix, anostoma, hypselostoma, strep-
taxis, tomigerus, bulimus, orthalicus, partula, in his col-
lection. 1866 ^94.3 B78c
PFEIFFER, Ludwig Georg Karl.
Monographia auriculaceorum viventium. 1856 r 594-3 P47m
Bibliography, p.7-i3-
Monographia heliceorum viventium. 8v. 1848-77 ^94.3 P47
Bibliography, v.i, p.26-32.
Monographia pneumonopomorum viventium. 4v. 1852-
76 r594.3 P47mo
Bibliography, v.i, p.7~n; v.2, p.7-8; v.4, p.7-io.
Nomenclator heliceorum viventium; ed. by S. Clessin.
1881 r594-3 P47n
ALLMAN, George James.
Monograph of the fresh-water polyzoa, including all known
species, British and foreign. 1856. (Ray society. Publi-
cations.) qrS94-7 A43
HINCKS, Thomas.
History of the British marine polyzoa. 2v. 1880 ^94.7 Hs6
v.i. Text.
v.2. Plates.
HYATT, Alpheus.
Observations on polyzoa. [1866-68.] ^94.7 H99
A collection of papers from the Proceedings of the Essex institute and
the American naturalist.
595 Articulates
PIERSON, Clara Dillingham.
Among the meadow people. 1897 J595 P$7
Stories of insects originally written for the children of the author's kin-
dergarten and published with the hope of amusing other children and
interesting them in nature.
DARWIN, Charles.
Formation of vegetable mould through the action of worms,
with observations on their habits. 1892 595-1 D26
This is worth reading not only because it is a simple treatment of the
subject by the great master himself, but because it shows how one
of the greatest geologic problems was solved by the performance of
experiments which are so simple and easy that a child can repeat them.
HUDSON, Charles Thomas, & Gosse, P.H.
Rotifera, or wheel-animalcules, with supplement. 3v. 1886-
8i2 ARTICULATES
89 qr595-i H88
Bibliography, v.i, p. 13-23; v.2, p. 140-142.
HYATT, Alpheus.
Worms and Crustacea. 1897. (Boston society of natural his-
tory. Guides for science-teaching.) J595-3 Hgg
The same. 1897. (In Boston society of natural history.
Guides for science-teaching, v.2.) 507 664 v.2
The same. 1897. (In Boston society of natural history.
Guides for science-teaching, v.2.) 1*507 664 v.2
STEBBING, Thomas Roscoe Rede.
History of Crustacea; recent malacostraca. 1893. (Inter-
national scientific series.) 595-3 S8i
BAIRD, William, 1803-72.
Natural history of the British entomostraca. 1850 ^95.31 Bi6
PACKARD, Alpheus Spring.
Monograph of the phyllopod Crustacea of North America.
with remarks on the order phyllocarida. [1883.] ^89.3 F23
Part of the ist volume of the i2th annual report of the United States
geological and geographical survey of the territories.
Bound with Farlow's Marine algae of New England.
BRADY, George Stewardson.
Monograph of the free and semi-parasitic copepoda of the
British Islands. 3v. 1878-80. (Ray society. Publica-
tions.) r595.34 B68
HUXLEY, Thomas Henry.
Introduction to the study of zoology, illustrated by the cray-
fish. 1891. (International scientific series.) 595-37 Hg8
Bibliography, p.357-36i.
595.4 Spiders
BLACKWALL, John.
History of the spiders of Great Britain and Ireland. 1861.
(Ray society. Publications.) q r 595-4 BSI
EMERTON, James Henry.
Structure and habits of spiders. 1883. (American natural
history series.) 595-4 58
"Books about spiders," p. 115 116.
HENTZ, Nicholas Marcellus.
Spiders of the United States. 1875. (Boston society of nat-
ural history. Occasional papers.) r 595-4 H45
MARTYN, Thomas, ed.
Aranei; or, A natural history of spiders, including English
spiders by Eleazar Albin and Swedish spiders by Charles
Clerk. 2v.ini. 1793 V595A ^43
STAVELEY, E.F.
British spiders. 1866 ^595.4 $79
WOOD, Horatio C.
Observations on the pedipalpi of North America. 1863. . .qr595-4 651
From the Journal of the Academy of natural sciences of Philadelphia,
July 1863.
Bound with Blackwall's History of the spiders of Great Britain and
Ireland.
INSECTS 813
YOUNG, John Jay.
Drawings of 70 spiders to be found in western Pennsyl-
vania T595.4 Y38d
Manuscript.
Memoranda concerning some of the spiders to be found in
western Pennsylvania. 1884 r595-4 38111
Manuscript.
YOUNG, John Jay, comp.
Miscellaneous arachnological papers. 3v. 1884-94 r S9S-4
595.7 Insects
ATWATER, Emily Paret.
Tommy's adventures. 1900 J595-7 A88
Contents: Tommy's adventure in an ant-hill. Tommy's adventure in a
bee-hive. Tommy's adverture with the butterflies. Tommy's adven-
ture with the crickets. Tommy's adventure with the spiders.
BADENOCH, L.N.
Romance of the insect world. 1894 595-7 Bi4
True tales of the insects. 1899 5957 Bi4t
Essays on the devil's riding-horse, walking-sticks and walking-leaves,
locusts and grasshoppers, green grasshoppers, symbols of Psyche, day-
flying moths, the case moths, the hawk moths, and the death's head
moth.
BAM FORD, Mary E.
Up and down the brooks. 1896 J5957 8219
An interesting and trustworthy introduction to the study of insect life
in and about fresh-water streams.
BATH, W. Harcourt.
Young collector's handbook of ants, bees, dragon-flies, ear-
wigs, crickets and flies. 1888. (Young collector series.) . .595.7 831
BELL, Adelaide Fuller.
Victor in buzzland; a nature fairy story. 1896 J595-7 639
BUTLER, Edward Albert.
Our household insects ; an account of the insect-nests found in
dwelling-houses. 1896 595.7 6970
Contents: Wood-boring beetles. Club-horn beetles. Cellar beetles and
meal worms. Longhorns and prey-hunters. Ants and wasps. Social
wasps and horntails. Clothes moths and other tine*. Meal and tab-
by moths. The common cockroach. Crickets and earwigs. House
flies and bluebottles. Gnats, midges and mosquitoes. The common
flea. The bed-bug. The book-louse and silver-fish insect. Human
pediculi.
Appeared first in Knowledge.
"Each of the various creatures referred to is fully described, its pecul-
iarities pointed out and usually illustrated, its habits discussed, and
the circumstances favoring its increase made clear. It is not a book
of remedies for pests, but those who intelligently read it will be far
better able to cope with their tormentors than ever before." Nation,
1894.
Pond life; insects. 1886. (Young collector series.) 595-7 B97p
CANADIAN entomologist; monthly, v.3-8; 21-27; 2 8, no.i-
3; 33, no.8; 34, no.n. 1871-1902 r5957 Ci6
CARPENTER, George Herbert.
Insects, their structure & life; a primer of entomology. 1899. .5957 C22
"References to literature," p.379-392.
COMSTOCK, John Henry.
Insect life; an introduction to nature-study. 1897 5957 C73
"This volume will prove a most helpful introduction and guide to the
8i4 INSECTS
life it tells about. It has chapters about the Beginning of a Collection,
Classification, &c., and full instructions about the preservation and
care of a collection after it is made." Book buyer.
The same. 1902 JS95-7 C73
Introduction to entomology, pt.i. 1888 595-7 C73i
Elementary principles of entomology. Describes fully those species
that are of economic importance, and gives methods of destroying
those that are noxious. Author is (1900) professor of entomology at
Cornell university.
COMSTOCK, John Henry, & Mrs Anna Botsford.
A manual for the study of insects. 1895 595-7
Completion of "An introduction to entomology."
A general work on entomology, with analytical keys to the orders and
families; devoted especially to insects, their lives and transformations;
describing the common species, and very fully illustrated. Written
in clear, untechnical language, interesting to the general reader. A
feature helpful to the beginner is the pronunciation of the Latin
names.
The same. 1901 J595-7
COWAN, Frank.
Curious facts in the history of insects. 1865 T595-7 C84
CRAGIN, Belle S.
Our insect friends and foes; how to collect, preserve and study
them. 1899 J595-7 C8s
"Books for reference," p. 339-341.
Describes for young people, the common insects found in the country
east of the Rocky mountains and north of the Gulf states. Scientific
names are given of such insects as are illustrated and there is a list
of popular names and their scientific equivalents.
ENTOMOLOGIST; monthly, v.22-23. 1889-90 r5957 E666
ENTOMOLOGIST'S monthly magazine, v.25-26. 1889-90. . .r5957 E66
FABRE, Jean Henri.
Insect life ; souvenirs of a naturalist ; ed. by F. Merrifield.
ipoi '. . -595-7 Fi I
"An altogether delightful book... Not many insects are mentioned, and
all are from Southern France... Two chapters are devoted to the 'sa-
cred beetle'. . .The remainder of the book is devoted to the habits of
certain predatory digging wasps and mason bees. . .Though absolutely
accurate in detail. . .the author is neither tiresome nor technical."
Nation, 1901.
FIGUIER, Louis.
Insect world; a popular account of the orders of insects, with
a description of the habits and economy of some of the
most interesting species. 1892 595-7 F47
HARRIS, Moses.
Exposition of English insects. 1782 Q r 595-7 H29
HOOK, Stella Louise.
Little people and their homes in meadows, woods and
waters. 1894 J595-7 H77
HOWARD, Leland Ossian.
Insect book ; a popular account of the bees, wasps, ants, grass-
hoppers, flies and other North American insects, exclusive
of the butterflies, moths and beetles. 1001 Q595-7 H841
Bibliography, p. 405-416.
The same. 1902 qj 595-7 H84i
HYATT, Alpheus, & Arms, J.M.
Insecta. 1898. (In Boston society of natural history.
Guides for science-teaching, v.3.) 507 664 v.3
INSECTS 815
The same. 1898. (In Boston society of natural history.
Guides for science-teaching, v.3.) r5O7 664 v.3
INSECT life, devoted to the economy and life-habits of insects,
especially in their relations to agriculture. 7v. in 5.
1888-95 rsgs.; 124
Index, 1888-1895. 1897.
Published by the Department of agriculture, Division of entomology.
No more published.
JAEGER. B.
Life of North American insects. 1854 r 595-7 J J 4
KIRBY, William Forsell.
British butterflies, moths and beetles. 1887. (Young col-
lector series.) 595.7 K28
LOVELL, Kate R.
Nature's wonder-workers; short life-histories in the insect
world. 1896 595.7 L94
Short descriptions of the ant, spider, bee, wasp, fly, cricket, caterpillar
and other familiar insects. Attractive, untechnical, with no attempt
at classification.
LUBBOCK, Sir John, baron Avebury.
On the origin and metamorphoses of insects. 1890 595-7 L96o
McCOOK, Henry Christopher.
Old farm fairies. 1895 J595-7 Mi3o
A charmingly written story, designed to interest young people in insect
life. Spiders play the part of pixies, and these persecute the Brownies
or household fairies.
Tenants of an old farm. 1893 595-7 Mi3
A pleasantly written book, connected by a thread of story, on insect
life and manners, particularly spiders, on which Dr McCook is a well
known authority. Fully illustrated, and in addition supplied with
grotesque cuts by Dan Beard, which do not enhance its value, but
do add to its fun.
The same. 1895 J595-7 MIJ
MORRIS, Francis Orpen.
Natural history of aquatic insects. 1895 595-7 M66
MURRAY, Andrew.
Economic entomology; aptera. [1898.] (South Kensing-
ton museum science handbooks.) 595-7 M97
ONTARIO, ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
Annual report (2ist), 1890. 1891 qr634 025
Bound with the Z2d annual report of the Fruit growers' association of
Ontario.
PACKARD, Alpheus Spring.
Entomology for beginners. 1894 595-7 Pi2e
Bibliography, p.3z6-335.
Popularly written for beginners and useful to advanced students. Con-
tains directions for collecting, preserving, forming cabinets, mounting
for the microscope, preparing insects for study, and a guide to the
books describing species.
Our common insects. 1873 595-7 Pi2
A text-book of entomology. 1898 595-7 Pi2t
Contains many bibliographical lists.
RENNIE, James.
Insect architecture. 1830 i"595-7 R34
Insect miscellanies. 1831 r 5957 R34in
Insect transformations. 1830 r 595_7 R34J
5*
8:6 INSECTS
SAMUELSON, James, & Hicks, J.B.
Humble creatures. 2v. 1860 r 595-7 Sip
v.i. The earthworm and the common housefly.
v.2. The honey-bee.
SAY, Thomas.
American entomology. 2v. 1869 r 595-7 $27
The same. v.i. 1824 qrS95-7 $273
The plates in this volume are colored by hand.
SMITH, John Bernhardt.
Economic entomology for the farmer and fruit-grower.
1896 595-7 S65
TUCKER, Charlotte Maria, (pseud. A.L.O.E.).
Fairy Frisket; or, Peeps at insect life. 1896 J595-7 T8i
UNITED STATES Entomology division.
Bulletin; technical series, no.i-date. i895-date r 5957 U25
For contents see contents book, v.3, p-324; kept at the reference desk.
VAN BRUYSSEL, Ernest.
Population of an old pear-tree; or, Stories of insect life.
1894 J595-7 Vi7
WEED, Clarence Moorcs, ed.
Insect world; a reading book of entomology. 1899 595-7 W42i
WEED, Clarence Moores.
Life histories of American insects. 1897 595-7 W42
The author has especially studied many of the species described and his
book, being written in non-technical language, is extremely interesting
to the general reader.
WEED, Clarence Moores, & Murtfeldt, M.E.
Stories of insect life. ist-2d ser. 2v. .1897-99 J595-7 W42s
Short illustrated descriptions of the life and habits of caterpillars, moths,
butterflies, ants, beetles, flies and spiders.
WOOD, John George.
Insects abroad; an account of foreign insects. 1874 595-7 W8s
The same. 1874 r595-7 W8s
Insects at home; a popular account of British insects.
1892 595-7 W8si
THOMAS, Cyrus.
Synopsis of the acrididse of North America. 1873. (United
States Geological and geographical survey of the terri-
tories. Final report, v.5.) qr-595-7 2 T37
"Authorities," p-3-6.
LUCAS, WJ.
British dragonflies, (odonata). 1900 595-73 Lg6
"Works referred to," p. 334-336.
BUCKTON, George Bowdler.
Monograph of the British cicadas, or tettigiidse. pt.i-2, in
i. 1890 r59576 685
MELSHEIMER, Friedrich Ernst,' comp.
Catalogue of the described coleoptera of the United States;
revised by S. S. Haldeman and J. L. Le Conte.
1853 r523_48 G73
"Authorities," p. 11-15.
Published by the Smithsonian institution.
Bound with Gould's Report on the history of the discovery of Neptune.
BUCKTON, George Bowdler.
Natural history of eristalis tenax, or the drone-fly. 1895 59577 B85
INSECTS 817
HOWARD, Leland Ossian.
Mosquitoes ; how they live, how they carry disease, how they
are classified, how they may be destroyed. 1901 59577 H84
Dr Howard is (1901) chief of the Division of entomology of the De-
partment of agriculture.
KNOBEL, Edward.
Mosquitoes, gnats, craneflies, midges and flies of the
northern states. 1897 595-77 34
LOWNE, Benjamin Thompson.
Anatomy & physiology of the blow-fly. 1870 q r 595-77 Lg6
THEOBALD, Frederick Vincent.
Account of British flies, v.i. 1892 595-77 T34
Contains many bibliographies.
595.78 Butterflies. Moths. Silkworms
BALLARD, Mrs Julia P.
Among the moths and butterflies. 1894 595-78 621
Revised and enlarged edition of her "Insect lives; or, Born in prison."
Describes the appearance, habits and life histories of moths and butter-
flies, giving practical directions for study. Scientifically accurate, yet
simple.
The same. 1897 J595-78 621
BROWN, Capt. Thomas.
Book of butterflies, sphinges and moths. 3v. 1834 ^95.78 679
BUTLER, Edward Albert.
Silkworms. 1888. (Young collector series.) i"595-78 697
The same. 1900. (Young collector series.) .595.78 697
DICKERSON, Mary Cynthia.
Moths and butterflies. 1901 595-78 DSS
"Books for reference," p-33i-332.
"Entirely untechnical in its treatment of the subject. It will identify
by means of photographs from life forty common forms, in caterpil-
lar, chrysalis or cocoon, and adult stages. It makes clear the exter-
nal structure adapting the creature to its life; it describes and illus-
trates the changes in form from caterpillar to chrysalis, from chrysa-
lis to butterfly." Preface.
EDWARDS, William Henry.
Butterflies of North America; ist-3d ser. 3v. 1884-97. .qr 595. 78 32
Is considered by entomologists to be the most complete and accurate
work on the subject. It is illustrated by over one hundred and fifty
colored plates each with several life-size figures, many of them show-
ing early stages of transformation never before illustrated.
FRENCH, G.H.
Butterflies of the eastern United States. 1896 595-78 Fg2
HOLLAND, William Jacob.
The butterfly book; a popular guide to a knowledge of the
butterflies of North America. 1898 qj 595.78 H72
The same. 1898 q r 59578 H72
The same. 1899 q595-78 H72
Contents: Life-history and anatomy of butterflies. Capture, preparation
and preservation of specimens. Classification of butterflies. Books
about North American butterflies. Butterflies of North America
north of Mexico. Digressions and quotations.
Besides 185 cuts in black and white, there are 48 colored plates contain-
ing 1002 figures representing 527 species, in many cases both the upper
and under side of the wings. Thus fully / of the known species in
North American, north of Mexico, are here represented in their
8i8 INSECTS
natural colors. Of these, 152 species have never before (1898) been
figured in any work and over 200 never before in colors. A wonder-
fully beautiful book by a Pittsburgher who is recognized as an author-
ity in this field.
Short articles on butterflies, from various magazines.
[1883-88.] r59S78 H72S
KAPPEL, A.W. & Kirby, W.E.
British and European butterflies and moths. 1895 q r 595-78 Ki3
KIRBY, Willliam Forsell.
Hand-bbok to the order lepidoptera. 5v. 1896-97. (Lloyd's
natural history.) 595-78 K28
v.i-2. Butterflies.
v.3. Butterflies. Hesperiidae. Moths.
v.4-5. Moths.
MEYRICK, Edward.
Handbook of British lepidoptera. 1895 595-78 M65
MORRIS, Francis Orpen.
History of British butterflies. 1870 q r 59578 Mgi
Natural history of British moths. 4v. 1872 qr595-78 Mgin
NEWMAN, Edward.
Illustrated natural history of British butterflies and moths.
[1871-] q595-78 N28
PACKARD, Alpheus Spring.
Monograph of the bombycine moths of America north of
Mexico, including their transformations and origin of
the larval markings and armature. 1895. (In National
academy 'of sciences. Memoirs, v.7, p. 5-390.) qrso6 NiS v.7
SCUDDER, Samuel Hubbard.
Brief guide to the commoner butterflies of the northern
United States and Canada; an introduction to a knowledge
of their life-histories. 1893 595-78 S43b
"Some works on American butterflies," p. 27-32.
Butterflies of the eastern United States and Canada, with
special reference to New England. 3v. 1889 qr595-78 843
v.i. Nymphalidae.
v. 2. Lycaenidae. Papilionidae. Hesperidae.
v.3. Butterflies of the northeastern United States and Canada not
found in New England. The hymenopterous parasites of North Amer-
ican butterflies, by L. O. Howard. The dipterous parasites of North
American butterflies, by S. W. Williston. Plates.
Describes in detail all the butterflies known to exist in North America
east of the Mississippi excepting such as are found only in the un-
settled parts of Canada or the South. Special attention is paid to the
distribution, habits and life histories of the butterflies. It contains
nearly a hundred plates, (many of them colored) representing butter-
flies, eggs, caterpillars, nests, chrysalids, parasites, etc.
Butterflies; their structure, changes and life-histories, with
special reference to American forms. 1889 595-?8 $43
Every-day butterflies. 1899 595-78 8436
Familiar account of sixty or more of the most common butterflies
taken in the order of the season. The book is not written for the
scientific student, but for popular reading.
Frail children of the air. 1895 595-78 S43f
"The following papers are a small selection, for the general reader, of
those published in the author's "Butterflies of the eastern United
States and Canada." Prefatory note.
Life of a butterfly. 1893 595-78 843!
"Treats in the fullest possible manner of the structure, life-history,
INSECTS 819
distribution, and habits of a single butterfly, Anosia plexippus, (milk-
weed butterfly), at every point drawing comparisons with others, so
that it serves in a measure as a popular introduction to all." Author.
TRIMEN, Roland, & Bowker, J.H.
South-African butterflies. 3v. 1887-89 ............... qr59578 T74
v.i. Nymphalidae.
v.2. Erycinidae and lycaenidae.
v.3. Papilionidae and hesperidae.
595-79 Ants. Bees. Wasps
LUBBOCK, Sir John, baron Avebury.
Ants, bees and wasps. 1892. (International scientific
series.) ............................................. 59579 L96
A pleasantly written record of experiments with the insects named
during a period of ten years. Treating of their habits and manners,
their relations to plants, to other animals, to their relatives, their
power of communication, their senses and their general intelligence.
McCOOK, Henry Christopher.
Natural history of the agricultural ant of Texas. 1880. . .595.79 Mi3
MAETERLINCK, Maurice.
Life of the bee; tr. by Alfred Sutro. 1901 ............... 595-79 M.24
This might well be called the "Epic of the bee." It describes vividly
and in language of poetic beauty the episodes of the bee's' brief year
"the formation and departure of the swarm, the foundation of the
new city, the birth, combat, and nuptial flight of the young queens,
the massacre of the males, and finally, the return of the sleep of win-
ter." The intention throughout is to compare the life, the intelligence
and the destiny of the bee with those of man, and the beehive is used
as a symbol of the whole mysterious working of nature.
MORLEY, Margaret Warner.
Bee people. 1899 ..................................... J595-79
"An elementary study of various types of bee life. The formation, charac-
teristics, and habits of the honey bee are especially considered."
Honey-makers. 1899 .................................. 595-79
Part 2 treats of the literature and history of the bee.
Wasps and their ways. 1900 ......................... 595-79
Entertaining and interesting reading; also an accurate scientific study of
the habits, structure and history of the wasp, and particularly his rela-
tions to man. Illustrated.
NOEL, Maurice.
Buz; or, The life and adventures of a honey bee. 1892. . 0595.79
596 Vertebrates
ABBOTT, Charles Conrad.
Young folks' cyclopedia of natural history. 1895 )5g6 Ai3
BAKER, Sir Samuel White.
Wild beasts and their ways; reminiscences of Europe, Asia,
Africa and America. 1898 596 617
Sir Samuel Baker gives a practical study of natural history in its most
interesting form. He writes of no animal that he has not personally
studied and hunted, during the course of his travels and explorations.
BREHM, Alfred Edmund.
Animals of the world; life of animals; a complete natural his-
tory for popular home instruction and for the use of
schools. 1896 Q596 6723
Sketch of Dr Alfred Edmund Brehm, p. 12.
From north pole to equator; studies of wild life and scenes
820 VERTEBRATES
in many lands. 1896 Q596 872
Bibliography, p.29-3i, and p.$65.
BUCKLEY, Arabella Burton, afterward Mrs Fisher.
Winners in life's race; or, The great backboned family. 1894. .J596 685
COPE, Edward Drinker.
Syllabus of lectures on the vertebrata. 1898. (Pennsylvania
university. Publications.) rso6 C79
Life and works of Cope, p. 3-35.
CORNISH, Charles John.
Animals of to-day, their life and conversation. 1898 596 C&2
GADOW, Hans Friedrich.
Classification of vertebrata recent and extinct. 1898 r596 Gi2
HUXLEY, Thomas Henry.
Manual of the anatomy of vertebrated animals. 1898 596 HgS
INGERSOLL, Ernest.
Wild neighbors. 1897 J596 124
Contents: Our gray squirrels. The father of game, the puma. The
service of tails. The hound of the plains, the coyote. The badger
and his kin. Animal training and animal intelligence. A woodland
codger, the porcupine. The skunk calmly considered. A natural New
Englander, the woodchuck. A little brother of the bear, the raccoon.
JORDAN, David Starr.
Manual of the vertebrate animals of the northern United
States. 1899 596 J42tn
The same. 1890 r$96 J42
KINGSLEY, John Sterling.
Text book of vertebrate zoology. 1899 596 K27
An advanced manual, intended to supplement lectures and laboratory
work.
MATHEWS, Ferdinand Schuyler.
Familiar life in field and forest; the animals, birds, frogs and
salamanders. 1898 596 M47
REYNOLDS, Sidney H.
The vertebrate skeleton. 1897 596 R37
SANDERSON, George P.
Thirteen years among the wild beasts of India; their haunts
and habits from personal observation; with an account of
the modes of capturing and taming elephants. 1896 596 S2i
For some years Mr Sanderson was in charge of the government elephant
catching establishment in Mysore, and had unrivalled opportunities
to study wild animals in their native haunts.
UNITED STATES Biological survey division.
Bulletin, no.i, 5-date. i889~date r596 U2S
Until 1896 this division was called Division of ornithology and mam-
malogy.
For contents see contents book, v.3, p.34o; kept at the reference desk.
WARREN, Uncle, pseud.
Animals and birds; their homes and habits. 2v. in i. 1888. .qJ5p6 W24
WORTMAN, Jacob Lawson.
Comparative anatomy of the teeth of the vertebrata. 1886. . . .r596 W9I
WRIGHT, Mrs Mabel (Osgood).
Four-footed Americans and their kin. 1898 JS96 W93
FISHES 821
597 Fishes
BASKETT, James Newton.
Story of the fishes. 1899 597 B2 9
DEAN, Bashford.
Fishes, living and fossil. 1895. (Columbia university bio-
logical series.) 597 ^34
GO ODE, George Brown.
American fishes. 1887 597 G6a
A popular and interesting treatise upon the game and food fishes, with
especial reference to their habits and the methods of capturing them.
GOODE, George Brown, & Bean, T. H.
Oceanic ichthyology; a treatise on the deep-sea and pelagic
fishes of the world, based chiefly upon the collections
made by the steamers Blake, Albatross and Fish Hawk
in the northwestern Atlantic; with an atlas. 2v. 1895.
(In Smithsonian institution. Contributions to knowl-
edge, v.30-3i.) qr5o6 S66c V.3O-3I
GUNTHER, Albert Charles Louis Gotthilf.
Introduction to the study of fishes. 1880 597 G97
Bibliography, p.26-34-
HOLDER, Charles Frederick.
Marvels of animal life. 1895. (Marvels of animal life series.). .597 H7I
JORDAN, David Starr.
Six species of North American fresh-water fishes; lithographs
from drawings by A. Sonrel; explanation of plates by D.
S. Jordan. 1889. (Natural history illustrations.) . . . .qr593.66 F44
Published by the Smithsonian institution.
Bound with Fewkes' Anatomy of astrangia dans.
JORDAN, David Starr, & Evermann, B. W.
American food and game fishes; a popular account of all the
species found in America north of the equator, with keys
for ready identification, life histories and methods of cap-
ture. 1902 q597 J42
The fishes of north and middle America; a descriptive cata-
logue of the species of fish-like vertebrates found in the
waters of North America, north of the Isthmus of Pana-
ma. 4v. 1896-1900. (United States National museum.
Bulletin, no.47.) r5O7 U25b v.47
RAFINESQUE, Constantine Samuel.
Ichthyologia Ohiensis; or, Natural history of the fishes in-
habiting the river Ohio and its tributary streams; with a
sketch of the life, the ichthyologic work, and the ichthyo-
logic bibliography of Rafinesque by R. E. Call. 1899. .' 597 Ri4
Bibliographia ichthyologia, p. 163-172.
WILLEY, Arthur.
Amphioxus and the ancestry of the vertebrates. 1894. (Co-
lumbia university biological series.) 597.1 W73
Bibliography, p. 295-309.
GAGE, Simon Henry.
Lake and brook lampreys of New York; especially those of
Cayuga and Seneca lakes. 1893 ^589.95 C6g
Bound with other pamphlets.
822 REPTILES. BIRDS
598.1 Reptiles
FIGUIER, Louis.
Reptiles and birds; a popular account of their various orders,
with a description of the habits and economy of the most
interesting. 1892 598 F47
BUFFO N, Georges Louis Leclerc, comte de.
Natural history of oviparous quadrupeds and serpents. 4v.
1802 rspS.i B86
COOKE, Mordecai Cubitt.
Our reptiles and batrachians ; a plain account of the lizards,
snakes, newts, toads, frogs and tortoises indigenous to
Great Britain. 1893 598.1 77
GIRARD, Charles.
Herpetology, with atlas. 2v. 1858. (In Wilkes, Charles.
United States exploring expedition, v.2O.) qr57o.97 W72 v.2O
ROYAL COLLEGE OF SURGEONS OF ENGLAND.
Descriptive catalogue of the fossil organic remains of rep-
tilia and pisces contained in the museum of the Royal
college of surgeons. 1854 qrspS.i R8i
GAGE, Mrs Susanna (Phelps).
Brain of diemyctylus viridescens from larval to adult life,
and comparisons with the brain of amia and of petromy-
zon. 1893 rs89.9S C69
Bibliography, p.3oo-303.
Bound with other pamphlets.
BAIRD, Spencer Fullerton, & Girard, Charles, comp.
Catalogue of North American reptiles in the museum of
the Smithsonian institution; pt.i, serpents. 1853 ^23.48 673
Published by the Smithsonian institution.
Bound with Gould's Report on the history of the discovery of Neptune.
598.2 Birds
ABBOTT, Charles Conrad.
Birds about us. 1895 598-2 Ai3
AMERICAN ORNITHOLOGISTS' UNION.
Check-list of North American birds. 1895 TS98.2 A$i
The code of nomenclature. 1892 r59&2 ASIC
APGAR, Austin Craig.
Birds of the United States east of the Rocky mountains;
a manual for the identification of species in hand or in
the bush. 1898 598.2 A64
Contains a chapter on preparation of bird specimens.
AUDUBON, John James.
Synopsis of the birds of North America. 1839 r598.2 A9I
BABCOCK, Charles Almanzo.
Bird day ; how to prepare for it. 1901 J598.2 BII
"Mr. Babcock is widely known as the originator of Bird day. . .This lit-
tle book gives sensible hints as to how to make it of most value to the
pupils, the teachers and the birds themselves." Education, 1901.
BAILY, William L.
Our own birds; a familiar natural history of the birds of
BIRDS 823
the United States. [1869.] 598.2 Bi6
"It is smoothly and pleasantly written, and contains much general in-
formation about our birds; but it smells of the library rather than of
the fields and woods." Nation, 1869.
BAIRD, Spencer Fullerton, and others.
Birds of North America. 2v. 1870 qr5o8.2 Bi68
History of North American birds; land birds. 3v. 1875. .qrso8.2 Bi681
Water birds of North America. 2v. 1884. (Harvard
college Museum of comparative zoology. Memoirs,
v.12-13.) qrS98.2 Bi68w
BASKETT, James Newton.
Story of the birds. 1897. (Appletons' home reading
books.) J598.2 629
BEDDARD, Frank Evers.
The structure and classification of birds. 1898 598.2 637
BENDIRE, Charles.
Life histories of North American birds, from the parrots
to the grackles, with special reference to their breed-
ing habits and eggs. 1895. (In Smithsonian institu-
tion. Contributions to knowledge, v.32.) qrso6 S66c v.32
Life histories of North American birds, with special refer-
ence to their breeding habits and eggs. 1892. (In
Smithsonian institution. Contributions to knowledge,
v.28.) qr5o6 S66c v.28
BIGNELL, Effie.
Mr Chupes and Miss Jenny; the life story of two robins.
1901 598.8 847
"One of the most fascinating bits of popular natural history writing we
have met with in many a day... Mr. Chupes makes his debut as a
nestling that had fallen from a tree, thereby receiving serious inju-
ries, which appealed to the sympathy of the author, who became his
rescuer, nurse and friend for... five years. . .After a time a compan-
ion for Chupes was sought, and obtained in the personality of 'Miss
Jenny'... The account of the almost daily life of these two birds for
a period of five years forms a rare chapter in the study of bird psy-
chology, and is a distinct contribution to this phase of science." Na-
tion, 1901.
BOLLES, Frank.
From Blomidon to Smoky. 1895 598.2 B6i
"Thirteen sketches outlining the work of the naturalist in Nova Scotia,
among the White Mountains, and... in Cambridge ... The articles on
the woodpeckers and the owls are particularly important, containing
. . .a large number of original and interesting notes on curious and
striking members of the bird family." Dial, 1894.
BOUCARD, Adolphe, comp.
Catalogus avium hucusque descriptorum. 1876 r 598.2 865
BOWDICH, Thomas Edward.
Introduction to the ornithology of Cuvier. 1821 r598.2 B66
BREHM, Alfred Edmund.
Ornithology; or, The science of birds, with illustrations by
Theodore Jasper. 1878 qr598.2 672
BRUNER, Lawrence.
Some notes on Nebraska birds; a list of the species and sub-
species found in the state, with notes on their distribution,
food-habits, etc., corrected to Apr. 22d, 1896. 1806 rso8.2 683
Reprint from the Report of the Nebraska state horticultural society for
1806.
824 BIRDS
CHAPMAN, Frank Michler.
Bird-life; a guide to the study of our common birds. 1897. .598.2 C36b
Intended for amateurs. Contains a field key to common birds, valuable
chapters on structure, usefulness and migration, with brief descrip-
tions of each species. Includes 75 full-page plates.
The same. 1901 598.2 C36b2
Popular edition with colored plates. Contains an appendix for the use
of teachers.
The same. 1902 J598.2 C36b2
Bird studies with a camera, with introductory chapters on the
outfit and methods of the bird photographer. 1900 598.2 C36bi
Handbook of the birds of eastern North America. 1895. . .598.2 36
Bibliography, p.4O4-4O7.
"An exhaustive manual of the species of birds to be found in the area
designated. Useful to the student of ornithology studying the bird in
the hand, as well as to the bird-lover who wishes to 'name the birds
without a gun." " Olive Thome Miller.
The same. 1900 598.2
Bibliography, p.4is-4i8.
The same. 1902 J598.2
COOK, Albert John.
Birds of Michigan. 1893. (Michigan state agricultural col-
lege Experiment station. Bulletin, no.94.) r 598.2 C77
Bibliography, p. 15-27.
COOKE, W.W.
Birds of Colorado. 1897. (Colorado state agricultural col-
lege Experiment station. Bulletin, 110.37.) T598.2 C78
CORY, Charles Barney.
Birds of eastern North America known to occur east of the
90th meridian. 2v. 1899 r 598.2 C832bir
v.i. Water birds; key to the families and species,
v.z. Land birds; key to the families and species.
How to know the shore birds of North America. 1897. .598.2 C832h
Hunting and fishing in Florida; including a key to the water
birds known to occur in the state. 1896 598.2 C832
COTTON, John, F. Z. S.
Beautiful birds; their natural history, habits, &c. ; ed. by Robert
Tyas; 2d ser. v.2 r 598.2 C837
COUES, Elliott.
Birds of the Colorado valley; scientific and popular infor-
mation concerning North American ornithology, pt.i.
1878. (United States Geological and geographical sur-
vey of the territories. Miscellaneous publications. .r598.2 C83bi
pt. i. Passeres to laniidae; bibliographical appendix.
This bibliographical appendix constitutes the first instalment of the
author's Ornithological bibliography.
No more published.
Birds of the Northwest; a hand-book of the ornithology of
the region drained by the Missouri river and its tributa-
ries. 1874. (United States Geological and geographi-
cal survey of the territories. Miscellaneous publica-
tions.) r598.2 C83b
COUES, Elliott, comp.
Check list of North American birds. 1882 qr598.2 C83c
Catalogue of the author's ornithological publications, 1861-1881, p.i45-i6$.
COUES, Elliott.
Handbook of field and general ornithology. 1890 598.2 C8.3
BIRDS 825
Key to North American birds. 1894 Q598.2 C83k
Contains a chapter on taxidermy.
"A standard key to all North American birds. Valuable as a manual
of reference. Written in Dr Coues' delightful, untechnical style, and
fully illustrated." Olive Thorne Miller.
The same. 2v. 1903 qr5g8.2 83
CROFTON, Mrs Helen (Milman).
In the garden of peace; a paradise of birds. 1896 598.2 C88
D1XON, Charles.
Lost and vanishing birds; a record of some remarkable extinct
species and a plea for some threatened forms. 1898 598.2 D64
DOUBLEDAY, Mrs Nellie Blanchan (De Graff), (pseud. Neltje
Blanchan).
Bird neighbors; an introductory acquaintance with 150 birds
commonly found in the gardens, meadows and woods
about our homes, with 50 colored plates. 1897 q598.2 D75
The same. 1898 qj 598.2 075
"It is reliable and is written in a vivacious strain and by a real bird lover,
and should prove a help and a stimulus to any one who seeks by
the aid of its pages to become better acquainted with our songsters.
The pictures, with a few exceptions, are remarkably good and accur-
ate." John Burroughs.
ECKSTORM, Mrs Fannie (Hardy).
Bird book. 1901 J598.2 E2Sb
Lists of books, p.273-276.
Arrangement of the book has two ends in view: to adapt the study to
the school year, and to present it so that when the pupil begins field
work he shall be able to do it with some general idea of what is worth
observing. Divided into four parts : Water-birds in their homes; Struc-
ture and comparison; Problems in bird life; Some common land-birds.
FLAGG, Wilson.
A year with the birds; or, Birds and seasons of New Eng-
land. 1881 598.2 F59
FOWLER, William Warde.
Summer studies of birds and books. 1895 598-2 F84
Contents: Getting ready. To the Engstlen Alp once more. Among the
birds in Wales. The marsh warbler in Oxfordshire and Switzerland.
A chapter on wagtails. On the songs of birds. Aristotle on birds.
Gilbert White of Selborne. Bindon hill. Billy; a memoir of an old
friend. Departing birds; an epilogue.
FOX, Frances Margaret.
Farmer Brown and the birds. 1900 J598.2 F8s
GENTRY, Thomas G.
Life-histories of the birds of eastern Pennsylvania. 2v. 1876-
77 T598.2 G29l
GRANT, John Beveridge.
Our common birds and how to know them. 1895 598.2 G78
"Helpful to beginners in the study of birds. The color key is useful,
but the plates from mounted birds are not very accurate. It has a
calendar of dates at which birds may be expected." Olive Thorne
Miller.
GRINNELL, Elizabeth, & Joseph.
Our feathered friends. 1899 J598.2 GQ2
HEADLEY, F.W.
Structure and life of birds. 1895 598.2 H38
HERRICK, Francis Hobart.
Home life of wild birds; a new method of the study and
826 BIRDS
photography of birds. 1901 Q598.2 H47
HOLDEN, George Henry.
Canaries and cage-birds. 1883 Q598.2 H7i
HOWE, Reginald Heber.
On the birds' highway. 1899 598.2 H8s
Brief studies of American birds. Appendix includes lists of birds from
localities named in the text.
HOWE, Reginald Heber, & Sturtevant, Edward.
Birds of Rhode Island; with supplement. 1899-1903. 2v.
in i r 598.2 H8s
Bibliography, p.pi-ioi.
HUDSON, William Henry, C. M. Z. S.
British birds. 1895. (Out-door world library.) r5o8.2 H88
ILLINOIS Natural history survey.
Ornithology of Illinois, v.i. 1889 qr598.2 122
v.i. Descriptive catalogue, by Robert Ridgway. Economic ornithology,
by S. A. Forbes.
Bibliography, v.i, p. 36-42.
INGERSOLL, Ernest.
Friends worth knowing; glimpses of American natural his-
tory. 1880 598.2 124
Articles on the ways of birds, snails, wild mice, and American buffalo.
The same. 1880 j 598.2 124
JACOBS, J. Warren.
Summer birds of Greene county, Pa. 1893 r598.2 Ji3
JOHONNOT, James.
Neighbors with wings and fins and some others, for young
people. 1885 3598.2 J37
Stories and descriptions of birds and fishes.
KEELER, Charles Augustus.
Bird notes afield; a series of essays on the birds of California.
1899 598.2 Kis
Descriptive list of California land birds, P-237-353.
"Not for scientists but for those who wish to have an introduction to
our familiar birds in their native haunts." Preface.
KEYSER. Leander S.
News from the birds. 1898 J59&2 K23
KIRBY, Mary, & Elizabeth.
Things in the forest. 1894 J598.2 K28
Chats about the homes and habits of birds, snakes and wild beasts.
KIRKWOOD, F.C.
List of the birds of Maryland, giving dates of the arrival, de-
parture and nesting periods of our regular birds, including
stragglers and others. 1895 r59&2 K28
Reprinted from the Transactions of the Maryland academy of sciences.
KNOB EL, Edward.
Field key to the land birds. 1899 598.2 K/34
Contains nine colored plates with 150 species of United States birds,
arranged according to size, that being the first point that strikes the
eye of a novice. Each bird is numbered and the text contains a full
description.
LANGE, D.
Our native birds; how to protect them and attract them to
our homes. 1899 598.2 L2^
McILWRAITH, Thomas.
Birds of Ontario; a list of birds observed in Ontario, with an
BIRDS 827
account of their habits, distribution, nests, eggs, &c.
1886 rso8.2 Mi;
MERRIAM, Florence Augusta, afterward Mrs Bailey.
Birds of village and field; a bird book for beginners. 1898. .598.2 M63b
"Books of reference," P-39O-J94.
The same. 1901 . ! J598.2 M63b
Birds through an opera glass. 1895 598.2 M6j
An introduction to the study of ornithology. Not too scientific for the
beginner, yet giving some idea of classification.
The same. 1897 J598.2 M6.1
MEYER, H.L.
Coloured illustrations of British birds and their eggs. 7v.
1842-57 r598.2 M65
MILLER, Margaret.
My Saturday bird class. 1899 J598.2 M6g4
MILLER, Olive Thorne.
Bird-lover in the West. 1894 598.2 M6gb
Untechnical but trustworthy studies of bird life both in freedom and
captivity. Original observations.
Bird-ways. 1894 598.2 M6g
The same. 1897 J598.2 M69
First book of birds. 1899 J598.2 M6gf
"Authorities," p. 4-5.
Little brothers of the air. 1898 J598.2
"Entertaining observations on the home life and family manners of many
New England birds." Nation.
Second book of birds ; bird families. 1901 598.2
Upon the tree-tops. 1897 598.2 M6gu
MORRIS, Francis Orpen.
History of British birds. 6v. 1895-97 qr598.2 M9I
"Morris wrote much on religious subjects, but he is best known by
his works on natural history, which, although 'popular' rather than
scientific, had much literary value. . .His great work was 'A History
of British Birds.' " Dictionary of national biography.
NEWTON, Alfred, and others.
Dictionary of birds. 1893-96 r598.2 N29
An expansion of Newton's articles in the pth ed. of the Encyclo-
paedia Britannica.
NUTTALL, Thomas.
Popular handbook of the ornithology of eastern North
America; revised and annotated by Montague Chamber-
lain. 2v. 1896 598.2 N53p
v.i. Land birds.
v.2. Game and water birds.
Practically an edition of Nuttall's Manual of the ornithology of the United
States and of Canada.
Though published in 1832 this work is still a standard authority. In
this edition the birds are given their modern names, additional species
are included, and in all other respects the work has the benefit of
modern science.
"Will be especially appreciated by those who care more for a bird in the
bush than a bird in the hand who love birds for what they are and
what they do in life for Nuttall's biographies possess a freshness and
charm which time can never efface." Science, 1897.
The same. 2v. 1897 J598.2
Popular handbook of the ornithology of the United States
and Canada; based on Nuttall's Manual, by Montague
828 BIRDS
Chamberlain. 2v. 1891 598.2
v.i. The land birds. v.a. Game and water birds.
PARKHURST, Howard Elmore.
How to name the birds; a pocket guide to the birds
normally found in the New England states, New York,
Pennsylvania and New Jersey, for the use of field
ornithologists. 1898 598.2
Song birds and water fowl. 1897 598.2 P24
Contents: A bouquet of song birds. Water fowl. A bird's-eye view.
Mistress cuckoo. Sea swallows. Birds' nests. At the water's edge.
Lake George. A colony of herons. Earliest signs of spring.
RIDGWAY, Robert.
Manual of North American birds. 1887 r598.2 R43
Ornithology. 1877. (In United States Geological explor-
ation of the 40th parallel. (King exploration.) Report,
v.4, p.303-643-) qr557-8 U253 v.4
RIVES, William C.
Catalogue of the birds of the Virginias. 1890. (Newport nat-
ural history society. Proceedings, 1889/90, v.7.) r598.2 RS2
ROOD, Mrs E.Irene, ed.
Papers presented to the World's congress on ornithology,
Chicago, 1893. 1896 598.2 R67
SCOTT, William Earl Dodge.
Bird studies; an account of the land birds of eastern North
America. 1898 Q598.2 843
SELOUS, Edmund.
Bird watching. 1901. (Haddon hall library.) 598.2 546
SETON, Ernest Thompson, & Hoffmann, Ralph.
Bird portraits by Ernest Seton-Thompson, with descriptive
text by Ralph Hoffmann. 1901 q598.2 849
Contents: Song sparrow. Flicker. Brown thrasher. Barn swallow.
Chimney swift. Kingbird. Baltimore oriole. Wood thrush. Scarlet
tanager. Rose-breasted grosbeak. Redstart. Ruby-throated hum-
ming-bird. Bob-white. Goldfinch. Blue jay. Brown creeper. Butch-
er bird. Golden-crowned kinglet. Herring gull. Chickadee.
SHARPE, Richard Bowdler.
Hand-book to the birds of Great Britain. 4v. 1896-97.
(Lloyd's natural history.) 598.2 S53h
Review of recent attempts to classify birds; an address
delivered before the second International ornithological
congress, i8th of May 1891. 1891 qr598.2 853
Sketch-book of British birds. 1898 Q598.2 8533
Wonders of the bird world. 1898 598.2 853
STEARNS, Winfrid A.
New England bird life; ed. by Elliott Coues. 2v. 1881-94 598.2 879
Bibliography, v.i, p.4*-so.
STICKNEY, J.H. & Hoffmann, Ralph.
Bird world; a bird book for children. 1899 J598.2 S8s
STUDER, Jacob Henry.
Popular ornithology; the birds of North America drawn and
colored by Theodore Jasper. 1878 qr598.2 S93
SWAYSLAND, W.
Familiar wild birds, ist-4th ser. 4v T598.2 Sg7
BIRDS 829
THOMPSON, Maurice.
By-ways and bird notes. 1885 598.2 738
"Original and delightfully recounted observations on birds, especially
those of the Southern States." Olive Thorne Miller.
Sylvan secrets in bird-songs and books. 1887 598.2 T38s
TORREY, Bradford.
Birds in the bush. 1893 598.2 T63
Chiefly studies of birds in rambles in various parts of New England.
Among the best literature concerning birds.
Everyday birds; elementary studies. 1901 598.2 T63e
The same J598.2 T63e
Florida sketch-book. 1895 598.2 163!
"As a companion before one goes to Florida, after one comes back, and
while one is not even contemplating the journey, he is most agree-
able, gently insistent, but never tedious." Atlantic monthly.
The foot-path way. 1896 598.2 T63fo
Essays on June in the White mountains, December out of doors, birds,
flowers, etc.
Spring notes from Tennessee. 1896 598.2 T63S
Bird studies made in Tennessee.
A world of green hills; observations of nature and human
nature in the Blue Ridge. 1898 598.2 T63W
Contents: A day's drive in three states. In quest of ravens. A moun-
tain pond. Birds, flowers and people. A nook in the Alleghanies.
At Natural Bridge.
These essays appeared in the Atlantic, 1896-1897.
TURNBULL, William P.
Birds of east Pennsylvania and New Jersey. 1869 qr598.2 T86
WARREN, Benjamin Harry.
Report on the birds of Pennsylvania. Ed.2. 1890. (Pennsyl-
vania Agriculture, Department of.) 598.2 W24
The same. Ed.2. 1890. (Pennsylvania Agriculture, De-
partment of.) r5o8.2 W24
The same. 1888. (Pennsylvania Agriculture, Department
of.) r598.2 W24r
WARREN, Uncle, pseud.
Birds; their homes and their habits. 1887 qJ598.2 W245
Also published as v.2 of his Animals and birds.
WILSON, Alexander, 1766-1813.
American ornithology; or, The natural history of the birds
of the United States, v.i-3, 5-8. 1808-14 qr598.2 W76
WITCHELL, Charles A.
Evolution of bird-song. 1896 598.2 W82
Bibliography, p.247-248.
WRIGHT, Mrs Mabel (Osgood).
Birdcraft; a field book of two hundred song, game and water
birds. 1895 598.2 W93
Excellent untechnical manual for the use of persons wishing to learn
the names and something of the habits of birds. Treats of 200 of the
most common species, and identification is made simple by a color key.
WRIGHT, Mrs Mabel (Osgood), & Coues, Elliott.
Citizen bird; scenes from bird-life for beginners. 1897 J598.2 W93C
Conveys in story form much information about birds to a party of
children who are taught to observe for themselves.
830 BIRDS
Periodicals
The AUK; a quarterly journal of ornithology, v.i-date. 1884-
date rso8.2 AQ2
Continuation of the Bulletin of the Nuttall ornithological club.
BIRD-LORE; an illustrated bi-monthly magazine devoted to
the study and protection of birds; ed. by F. M. Chap-
man, v.i-date. iSgp-date r5g8.2 6488
Official organ of the Audubon societies.
BIRDS; a monthly serial designed to promote knowledge of
bird-life, v.i-date. i8g7-date r5p8.2 648
The object of the periodical is to interest children in studying the habits
and characteristics of birds. There are stories and poems about birds
for the smaller children, descriptions interesting to older ones, and
many beautiful colored illustrations.
The same, v.i-date. i8g7-date J59&2 648
v.4~7 title reads Birds and all nature.
v.8-date title reads Birds and nature.
BULLETIN of the Nuttall ornithological club; a quarterly
journal of ornithology, Apr. i876-Oct. 1883. v.i-8, in 4.
1876-83 r598.2 687
Continued as the Auk.
FIELD COLUMBIAN MUSEUM.
Publications; ornithological series, v.i-date. i8p6-date ....r598.2 F4S
For contents see contents book, v.2, p. 270; kept at the reference desk.
The IBIS; a quarterly journal of ornithology. v.39-date.
i897-date r598.2 Ii2
JOURNAL fur ornithologie; hrsg. von Jean Cabanis und an-
deren; bimonthly and quarterly, v.i-date. i853-date. . . .r5o8.2 J46
General-index, v.i-is, 1853-1867. 1870.
General-index, v. 16-41, 1868-1893. 1894.
v.42-date title reads Journal fur ornithologie; im auftrage der allgemeinen
deutschen ornithologischen gesellschaft; ed. by Ant. Reichenow.
ORNITHOLOGISCHE monatsberichte. v.i-date. i893-date. ^598.2 O28
The OSPREY; an illustrated monthly magazine of popular orni-
thology, Sept. i896-date. v.i-date. i897-date qr598.2 O2Q
Bird migration
BREWSTER, William, b. 1851.
Bird migration. 1886. (Nuttall ornithological club. Mem-
oirs, no.i.) qr598.2 673
Contents: Observations on nocturnal bird flights at the light-house at
Point Lepreaux, Bay of Fundy, New Brunswick. Facts and theories
respecting the general subject of bird migration.
Nests and eggs
DAVIE, Oliver.
Nests and eggs of North American birds. 1900 r598.2 031
DUGMORE, Arthur Radclyffe.
Bird homes; the nests, eggs and breeding habits of the land
birds breeding in the eastern United States, with hints on
the rearing and photographing of young birds. 1900. .. .q598.2 D87
The same. 1900 qj 598.2 087
"Especially attractive and instructive through its numerous half-tone
illustrations, made from photographs taken by the author, of nests
BIRDS 831
in situ of some 30 to 40 species. There are also 4 colored plates of eggs
and 10 colored plates of nests." Nation, 1900.
GENTRY, Thomas G.
Nests and eggs of birds of the United States. 1882 qr5o8.2 G2g
JONES, Mrs Virginia (Smith), & Howard.
Illustrations of the nests and eggs of birds of Ohio, with text.
2v. 1886 qrS98.2 J4i
"Simply admirable ... Upwards of 100 species of eggs are figured in
colors by hand, usually with several specimens of each, showing the
variations in size, shape and markings . . . No such series of the figures
of nests has ever appeared. . .they are life-size and life-colored if such
expressions be permitted, and many of them are introduced with their
accessories ... The text is. . .original, resting almost entirely upon the
personal observations of the authors." Auk, 1887.
MILLER, Olive Thorne.
In nesting time. 1895 598.2 M6pi
Describes ways in which birds build their nests and teach their young.
MORRIS, Francis Orpen.
Natural history of the nests and eggs of British birds; re-
vised and corrected by W. B. Tegetmeier. 3v. 1896. .qr5o8.2 Mpm
WOOD, John George.
Branch-builders and miscellanea. 1891 598.2 W8s
Selections from Homes without hands.
Wonderful nests. 1892 598.2 W85w
Selections from Homes without hands.
On the nest-builders among mammals, fishes, insects and birds.
Special birds
BARTLETT, Edward.
Monograph of the weaver-birds, ploceidse, and arboreal and
terrestrial finches, fringillidse. pt.i-5, in iv. 1888-
89 qr598.8 627
No more published.
DWIGHT, Jonathan.
Sequence of plumages and moults of the passerine birds of
New York. 1900 r598.8 097
Reprint from the Annals of the New York academy of sciences, v. 13,
P-73~36o. Oct. 1900.
Bibliography, p.3i8~345.
ECKSTORM, Mrs Fannie (Hardy).
Woodpeckers. 1901 598.7 25
"After several chapters on the habits of woodpeckers in general, five
widely distributed and representative North American species are taken
up in turn, and the characteristics of each discussed. . .The volume is
concluded by a key for the identification of all the North American
woodpeckers." Science, 1901.
ELLIOT, Daniel Giraud.
Monograph of the paradiseidae, or birds of paradise.
1873 qr5o8.8 52
This elaborate monograph is illustrated by colored plates, many of them
life size, accompanied by full descriptions of the species represented.
GREENE, William Thomas.
Parrots in captivity. 3v. 1884-87 qr598.7 G83
JAPP, Alexander Hay.
Our common cuckoo and other cuckoos and parasitical birds;
an attempt to reach a true theory of them by comparative
study of habit and function; with a thorough criticism and
53
832 BIRDS
exposure of Darwin's and Romanes's views and those of
their followers. 1899 598.7 Ji8
"Books read or consulted," 9.273-279.
SEEBOHM, Henry.
Geographical distribution of the family charadriidae, or the
plovers, sandpipers, snipes and their allies. 1888. . . .qr598.3 845
SHUFELDT, Robert Wilson.
Myology of the raven; a guide to the study of the muscular
system in birds. 1890 598.8 856
TEGETMEIER, William Bernhard.
Pheasants; their natural history and practical manage-
ment. 1897 598.6 T26p
Pigeons; their structure, varieties, habits and management.
1868 Q598.6 Ta6
Game birds
CORY, Charles Barney.
How to know the ducks, geese and swans of North
America. 1897 ^98.4 C83
DIXON, Charles.
Game birds and wild fowl of the British Islands. 1895 r598.2 064
DOUBLEDAY, Mrs Nellie Blanchan (De Graff), (pseud.
Neltje Blanchan).
Birds that hunt and are hunted; life histories of 170 birds of
prey, game birds and waterfowls. 1898 Q598.2 D75b
ELLIOT, Daniel Giraud.
Gallinaceous game birds of North America. 1897 598.6 52
North American shore birds. 1895 598.2 52
The wild fowl of the United States and British possessions;
or, The swan, geese, ducks and mergansers of North
America. 1898 598.4 52
GRANT, W.R. Ogilvie-.
Hand-book to the game-birds. 2v. 1896-97. (Lloyd's
natural history.) 598.6 G78
v.i. Sand-grouse, partridges, pheasants.
v.z. Pheasants, megapodes, curassows, hoatzins, bustard-quails.
MINOT, Henry Davis.
Land-birds and game-birds of New England; with descrip-
tions of the birds, their nests and eggs, their habits and
notes; ed. by William Brewster. 1895 598.2 M72
TRUMBULL, Gurdon.
Names and portraits of birds which interest gunners. 1888. . .598.2 T77
VAN DYKE, Theodore Strong.
Game birds at home. 1895 598.2 Vi8
Birds of foreign countries
CORY, Charles Barney.
Birds of Haiti and San Domingo. 1885 Q r 598.2 C832
Birds of the Bahama islands. 1890 qr598.2 C832bi
Birds of the West Indies. 1889 qr598.2 C832b
MAMMALS 833
CORY, Charles Barney, comp.
Catalogue of West Indian birds. 1892 qr598.2 C832C
Bibliography, p.2i-79.
MEINERTZHAGEN, Dan, & Hornby, R.P.
Bird life in an Arctic spring; the diaries of Dan Meinertz-
hagen and R. P. Hornby. 1899 598.2 M$7
The authors spent three months in Lapland in 1897, studying birds and
collecting eggs and nests. Book includes also an account of Mr
Meinertzhagen's collection of living eagles and raptorial birds.
MILNE-EDWARDS, Alphonse, & Grandidier, Alfred.
Histoire naturelle des oiseaux. 4v. in 5. 1879-81. (Histoire
physique, naturelle et politique de Madagascar.) ... .qr598.2 M7I
v.i, pt. 1-2. Texte. v.2~4. Atlas.
In his preface M. Grandidier says that the birds of Madagascar are re-
markably interesting, many of the species which inhabit the island
being unknown elsewhere, v. i contains descriptions of the different
bird families; v.2-4, illustrative plates, many of them in color.
MULLER, Johann Wilhelm, baron von.
Beitrage zur ornithologie Afrika's. 5 pts. in iv. 1853-54. -qr598.2 M95
pt.3 title reads Description de nouveaux oiseaux d'Afrique, and the text
is in French.
No more published.
RUSKIN.John.
Love's meinie; three lectures on Greek and English birds.
1897 598.2 R89
SEEBOHM, Henry.
Birds of Siberia; a record of a naturalist's visits to the valleys
of the Petchora and Yenesei. 1901 598.2 S45b
Birds of the Japanese empire. 1890 q598.2 845
TWEEDDALE, Arthur Hay, marquis of.
A list of the birds known to inhabit the Philippine archi-
pelago. 1875 qr598.2 Tgi
From the Transactions of the Zoological society of London, v.g, pt.2.
599 Mammals
BEDDARD, Frank Evers.
Mammalia. 1902. (In Cambridge natural history, v.
10.) 590 Ci4 v.io
CRAM, William Everett.
Little beasts of field & wood. 1899 599 C86
Reprinted in part from the "New England magazine" and the "Popu-
lar science monthly."
"The author is an essayist, and his text relates to particular mammals
with which a more or less intimate acquaintance has been made while
wandering about New England fields and woods along the smaller
streams. His studies have not the depth and scientific value of those
of Frank Bolles, but they are good as far as they go, and they are
so interesting that readers on later excursions will profit because
of them." Nation, 1899.
The same. 1901 J599 C86
FLOWER, Sir William Henry.
Introduction to the osteology of the mammalia. 1885 599 F67
FLOWER, Sir William Henry, & Lydekker, Richard.
Introduction to the study of mammals, living and extinct.
1891 599 F67i
Bibliography at end of most chapters.
"The best introduction to the study of the subject within reach. One
834 MAMMALS
of the authors is of the highest rank among authorities on the recent
forms; the other occupies a similar position with regard to the extinct
...The interpolation of the fossil forms... has been very well man-
aged; in consequence, the student gets a broad and comprehensive
view of the subject that could not be acquired from works relating
only to living types." Nation, 1891.
LYDEKKER, Richard.
Hand-book to the British mammalia. 1896. (Lloyd's natural
history.) 599 L98
MONTEITH, John.
Familiar animals and their wild kindred. 1887 JS9Q M8s
PARK, Carton Moore.
Alphabet of animals. 1899 QJ599 P23
26 full page illustrations in black and white, with about 10 lines of let-
terpress descriptive of each.
RICE, Wallace de Groot Cecil.
Animals ; a popular natural history of wild beasts. 1901 599 R39
Illustrated with excellent colored plates. Treats exclusively of mammals.
SCHMIDT, Eduard Oskar.
Mammalia in their relation to primeval times. 1886. (Inter-
national scientific series.) 599 834
WATERHOUSE, George Robert.
Natural history of the mammalia. 2v. 1846-48 r$99 Way
v.i. Marsupiata, or pouched animals,
v.z. Rodentia, or gnawing mammalia.
LYDEKKER, Richard.
Hand-book to the marsupialia and monotremata. 1896.
(Lloyd's natural history.) 599.2 L$8
THOMAS, Michael Rogers Oldfield, comp.
Catalogue of the marsupialia and monotremata in the British
museum, (natural history). 1888 r599.2 T37
BURROUGHS, John.
Squirrels and other fur-bearers. 1900 599-3 ^94
Contents: Squirrels. The chipmunk. The woodchuck. The rabbit and
the hare. The musk-rat. The skunk. The fox. The weasel. The
mink. The raccoon. The porcupine. The opossum. Wild mice.
Glimpses of wild life. A life of fear.
The same. 1901 J599-3 694
COUES, Elliott, & Allen, J. A.
Monographs of North American rodentia. 1877. (United
States Geological and geographical survey of the terri-
tories. Final report, v.i i.) qi"599.34 C83
"Material for a bibliography of North American mammals," p.9Si-io8i.
BEDDARD, Frank Evers.
Book of whales. 1900. (Science series.) 599-5 B37
HOLDER, Charles Frederick.
The ivory king; a popular history of the elephant and its
allies. 1891. (Marvels of animal life series.) 599-6 H7I
Bibliography, p. 317-323.
Treats of the elephant in his relation to man, as he is used in war,
in sports and in labor, as well as of his structure and natural habits.
The same. 1897. (Marvels of animal life series.) J599-6 H7I
599-7 Carnivora. Ungulata. Domestic mammals
CATON, John Dean.
Antelope and deer of America; a comprehensive scientific
MAMMALS 835
treatise upon the natural history, including the characteris-
tics, habits, affinities and capacity for domestication of the
antilocapra and cervidae of North America. 1877 599-7 C28
FLOWER, Sir William Henry.
Horse. 1892. (Modern science series.) 599-7 F67
LYDEKKER, Richard.
Deer of all lands; a history of the family cervidae, living and
extinct. 1898 qr599-7 L98
Bibliography, P-3I7-323-
Hand-book to the carnivora. v.i. 1896. (Lloyd's natural
history.) 599.7 LgSh
v.i. Cats, civets and mungooses.
Horns and hoofs; or, Chapters on hoofed animals. 1893 599-7 Lp8
MIVART, St. George.
The cat; an introduction to the study of backboned ani-
mals, especially mammals. 1895 599-7 M75
Elaborate monograph considering not only the anatomy and physiology
of the cat as a type, but also the relations borne by cats to the leading
groups of animals and to plants.
PORTER, J. Hampden.
Wild beasts. 1894 599.7 P83
Study of the character and habits of the elephant, lion, leopard, panther,
jaguar, tiger, puma, wolf and grizzly bear.
REIGHARD, Jacob Ellsworth, & Jennings, H.S.
Anatomy of the cat. 1901 599-7 R3i
Bibliography, p. 3.
A complete, well balanced laboratory treatise.
"Welcome beyond those upon the cat hitherto in use on account of its
accuracy of descriptive detail and uniformity of treatment" Nature,
1901.
599.75 Seals
ALLEN, Joel Asaph.
History of North American pinnipeds; a monograph of the
walruses, sea-lions, sea-bears and seals of North America.
1880. (United States Geological and geographical sur-
vey of the territories. Miscellaneous publications.) . ^599.75 A42
COUES, Elliott.
Fur-bearing animals; a monograph of North American
mustelidae in which an account of the wolverene, the
martens or sables, the ermine, the mink and other kinds
of weasels, several species of skunks, the badger, the
land and sea otters, and numerous exotic allies of
these animals, is contributed to the history of North
American mammals. 1877. (United States Geologi-
cal and geographical survey of the territories. Mis-
cellaneous publications.) ^99.75 83
ELLIOTT, Henry Wood.
Report on the condition of the fur-seal fisheries of Alaska,
with maps. 1896. (United States. 54th cong. ist sess.
House. Doc. no. 175.) ^99.75 52
HOOPER, Calvin Leighton.
Report on the sea-otter banks of Alaska. 1897. (United
States. Treasury department. Doc. no. 1977.) ^99.75 H77
836 MAMMALS
JORDAN, David Starr, and others.
Fur seals and fur-seal islands of the north Pacific ocean. 4v.
1898-99 qr599-7S J4-2
This is the report of the chief of the commission appointed by the
United States government to inquire into the condition and needs of
the fur-seal herds of the north Pacific ocean.
UNITED STATES Treasury department.
Reports of agents in relation to seal life on the rookeries of
the Pribilof islands and to pelagic sealing in Bering sea
and the north Pacific ocean, 1893-95. 3Pts. in 2v. 1896.
(54th cong. ist sess. Senate. Doc. no. 137.) 1*599. 75 U25
v.i. Text. v.2. Atlas.
Pt.i includes report by C. S. Hamlin, reports for 1894 and 1895 by
J. B. Crowley, and reports for 1894 and 1895 by Joseph Murray.
Murray's report for 1895 is a general one on fur-bearing animals,
liquor laws, salmon fisheries, etc. in Alaska.
Pt.2 is investigations by the Fish commission. Includes reports for 1893,
1894 and 1895 by C. H. Townsend, a preliminary report for 1895
by F. W. True, and reports for 1894 an d I %95 by A. B. Alexander.
Atlas has title, Illustrations showing condition of fur-seal rookeries in
1895 and method of killing seals, to accompany report of C. H.
Townsend.
599.8 Apes. Monkeys
BURMEISTER, Hermann.
Beitrage zur naheren kenntniss der gattung tarsius. 1846. . .qr599.8 692
Bibliography, p.3~5.
FORBES, Henry Ogg.
Hand-book to the primates. 2v. 1896-97. (Lloyd's natural
history.) 599.8 75
Binder's title reads "Monkeys."
GARNER, Richard Lynch.
Apes and monkeys; their life and language. 1900 599-8 Gi8
"Popular account. . .Contains a brief narrative of his stay in the wilds of
Africa during his attempts to catch the speech and observe the man-
ners of the manlike apes in the open forests." Dial, 1901.
HARTMANN, Robert.
Anthropoid apes. 1886. (International scientific series.). .. .599.8 H32
MILLER, Olive Thome.
Four-handed folk. 1896 J599-8
Describes characteristics and manners of certain monkeys, lemurs,
marmosets, chimpanzees and ocelots of the writer's acquaintance.
599.9 Man
QUATREFAGES de BRfiAU, Jean Louis Armand de.
Human species. 1890. (International scientific series.) 599-9 Q2I
Contents: Unity of the human species. Origin of the human species.
Antiquity of the human species. Original localisation of the human
species. Peopling of the globe. Acclimatisation of the human species.
Primitive man, formation of the human races. Fossil human races.
Present human races, physical characters. Psychological characters
of the human species.
The same. 1879. (International scientific series.) i"599-9 Qai
Useful arts
603 Encyclopedias
BRANNT, William Theodore, & Wahl, W. H. ed.
Techno-chemical receipt book; ed. chiefly from the Ger-
man. 1896 r6o3 B7i
CASSELL'S cyclopaedia of mechanics; receipts, processes and
memoranda for work-shop use, based on personal ex-
perience and expert knowledge; ed. by P. N. Hasluck.
v.i. 1900 qr6o3 26
COOLEY, Arnold James, comp.
Cyclopaedia of practical receipts. 2v. 1891 r6o3 Cy8
GOODHOLME, Todd S. comp.
Domestic cyclopaedia of practical information. 1889 qr6o3 G62
ICONOGRAPHIC encyclopaedia of the arts and sciences. 7v.
1886-90 qr6o3 Il3
v.i. Brinton, D. G. Anthropology and ethnology. Gerland, G. K. C.
Ethnography.
v.2. Brinton, D. G. Prehistoric archaeology. Eye, J. L. A. von. His-
tory of culture. Bruce, E. C. Modern civilization.
v.3. Carriere, Moritz. Sculpture and painting. Marquand, Allan.
Ancient art. Frothingham, A. L. Early Christian and mediaeval art.
Benjamin, S. G. W. Modern art.
v.4. Essenwein, A. O. Architecture, enlarged by W. N. Lockington.
v.5. Frankel, Wilhelm, & Heyn, Rudolf. Constructive arts, enlarged
by W. H. Wahl.
v.6. Hartig, Ernst, & Weiss, Theodor. Applied mechanics, enlarged by
Robert Grimshaw and others.
v.7. Heilprin, Angelo. Principles of geology.
KNIGHT, Edward Henry, comp.
American mechanical dictionary. 3v. 1876 qr6o3 K34
New mechanical dictionary. 1883 qr6o3 K34n
NOYCE, Elisha.
Boy's own book of the manufactures and industries of the
world. [1881.] J6o3 N48
SCIENTIFIC American cyclopedia of receipts, notes and
queries. 1893 r6o3 841
The same. 1901 r6o3 8415
SPON, Ernest, and others.
Workshop receipts for the use of manufacturers, mechanics
and scientific amateurs. 5v. 1895-97 r6o3 S76w
SPONS' encyclopaedia of the industrial arts. 5v. 1879-82. . . .qr6o3 876
SPONS' mechanics' own book; a manual for handicraftsmen
and amateurs. 1898 r(x>3 8765
URE, Andrew, comp.
Dictionary of arts, manufactures and mines. 3v. 1872.... r6o3 U27
The same. iv. in 2. 1839 r6o3 U27d
837
838 USEFUL ARTS
604 Essays
COCHRANE, Charles Henry.
Wonders of modern mechanism. 1896 604 64
The same. 1896 r6o4 C64
The same. 1900 604 C64\v
Resume of recent progress in mechanical, physical and engineering sci-
ence. Interesting articles on the most important inventions of recent
years. Describes modern "sky-scraper" office buildings, horseless
carriages, the conveyance of electric power from Niagara, etc.
JAPP, Alexander Hay.
Days with industrials; adventures and experiences among
curious industries. 1889 604 Ji8
Contents: Quinine and its romance. Curiosities of canary culture.
All about rice. Pearls. Amber. Common salt. Burton ale and Dub-
lin stout. Petroleum. The electric telegraphs. A railway whistle.
Some historical bedsteads. Knives and forks. Arsenic in industry.
Some famous diamonds. Artificial diamonds. Postage-stamps.
MATfiAUX, Clara L.
Wonderland of work. 1884 q(x>4 M46
Contents: Old King Coal at home and abroad. The lights of our great
cities. Striking a light. Concerning iron and steel. The "toy shop"
of the world. Our knives and forks and spoons. Man's tools and
their uses.
MOFFETT, Cleveland.
Careers of danger and daring. 1901 604 M76
The same. 1901 J6o4 M76
Contents: The steeple-climber. The deep-sea diver. The balloonist.
The pilot. The bridge-builder. The fireman. The aerial acrobat.
The wild-beast tamer. The dynamite worker. The locomotive engi-
neer.
605 Periodicals
AMERICAN artisan and patent record; weekly, v.6-7, in i.
1868 qr6o5 ASI
BOSTON, SOCIETY OF ARTS.
Abstract of the proceedings, 1879-1891; published by the
Massachusetts institute of technology. v.i8-29, in 2.
1879-91 r6os B64
In 1892 united with the "Technology quarterly."
BULLETIN de la Societe d'encouragement pour 1'industrie
nationale; [monthly], Oct. i8oi-date. v.i, no.2-date.
i8oi-date qr6os 687
Table generate, v.i-pz, 1801-1893. ;v. 1838-95.
DINGLER'S polytechnisches journal. See Polytechnisches
journal.
ENGLISH mechanic and world of science; weekly, v.i-date.
i865-date qr6os 645
v.i title reads "English mechanic."
v.2-10 title reads "English mechanic and mirror of science and art."
v. ii title reads "English mechanic and mirror of science."
FARMER and mechanic; weekly, v.io. 1852 qr6os F24
FRANKLIN journal and American mechanics' magazine.
See Journal of the Franklin institute.
HOME study; monthly, Feb. iSgo-Apr. 1903. 8v. 1897-
1903 qr6os H75
v.2-3 title reads "Home study magazine."
USEFUL ARTS PERIODICALS 839
Beginning with v.4 united with "Home study for machinists" to form
"Mechanic arts magazine." Beginning with v.4, no.io, united with
"Steam-electric magazine" and "Building trades magazine," to form
"Science and industry."
No more published.
INDUSTRIES; a journal of engineering, electricity and
chemistry for the mechanical and manufacturing trades;
weekly. 28v. 1886-1900 qr6os 124
United with "Iron," June 1893.
v.i 5-28 title reads "Industries and iron."
No more published.
IRON; the journal of science, metals and manufactures;
weekly. 4iv. 1873-93 qrobs 128
New series of the "Mechanics' magazine." United with "Industries,"
June 1893, and continued under the title "Industries and iron."
JAHRBUCH der neuesten und wichtigsten erfindungen und
entdeckungen, sowohl in den wissenschaften, kiinsten,
manufakturen und handwerken, als in der land- und
hauswirthschaft, 1822-1830. ler-ger jahrgang. 1824-
33 r<x>5 Ji5
JOURNAL of the Franklin institute; monthly, v.i-date.
i826-date r6os 746
Index, v. 1-120. 1890.
Index, v. i2i 140. 1896.
Continuation of the "American mechanics' magazine."
v.i 5 title reads "Franklin journal and American mechanics' magazine."
JOURNAL of the Society of arts and of the institutions in
union; weekly, Nov.- 26, i852-date. v.i-date. 1853-
date qroos J466
MANUFACTURER and builder; monthly, v.i-24. 1869-
92 qrobs M35
MECHANICS' magazine; weekly, gjv. 1823-72 qr6os MSS
Continued as "Iron; the journal of science, metals and manufactures."
NEUESTE erfindungen und erfahrungen auf den gebieten
der praktischen technik, der gewerbe, industrie, chemie,
der land- und hauswirthschaft; hrsg. und redigirt von
Theodor Koller, i874-date. v.i-date. i874-date r6o5 N25
Continuation of "Der praktische techniker der neuzeit auf alien gebieten."
POLYTECHNISCHES journal, v.i-date. i82O-date qr6os ?77
Real-index, v. 1-78. 1843.
Real-index, v. 79-118. 1853.
Real-index, v. 119 198. 1871.
v.2i2-date title reads "Dingler's polytechnisches journal."
PRACTICAL mechanic and engineer's magazine; monthly,
ist-2d. ser., Oct. i84i-Sept. 1847. 6v. 1842-47 qr6os P882
No more published.
Der PRAKTISCHE techniker der neuzeit auf alien gebieten,
monatsschrift fiir industrielle jeder berufsart; hrsg. und
redigirt von Theodor Koller, 1872-1873. 2v. 1872-73 . . qr6os P88
Continued as "Neueste erfindungen und erfahrungen auf den gebieten
der praktischen technik, der gewerbe, industrie, chemie, der land- und
hauswirthschaft."
PROMETHEUS; illustrirte wochenschrift iiber die fortschritte
der angewandten naturwissenschaften. v.i-date. 1890-
date qr6o5 Pg6
REPERTORIUM der technischen literatur, i823-date. v.i-date.
i8s6-date qr6o5 R35
v.s-date title reads "Repertorium der technischen journal-literatur."
840 EXPOSITIONS
REVUE universelle des mines, de la metallurgie, des travaux
publics, des sciences et des arts appliques a 1'industrie;
[quarterly and yearly], v.i-date. :857-date r6o5 R37
SCIENTIFIC American; weekly. v.2-date. i846-date qr 605 841
SCIENTIFIC American supplement; weekly, v.i-date. 1876-
date qr6os 8416
Catalogue of valuable papers in the Scientific American supple-
ment, 18761902, v.i 54. 1902.
SOCIfiTfi D'ENCOURAGEMENT POUR L'INDUSTRIE
NATIONALS.
Reglemens, [and other papers] qr6o5 B87r
Contents: Discours prononce par M. Degerando, a la seance d'ouverture,
le 9 Brumaire an X. Reglement. Notice sur les travaux de la societe,
par E. J. Guillard-Senainville. Analyse des travaux de 1'Academie
royale des sciences, pendant 1'annee 1817; partie mathematique, par M.
Delambre. Analyse des travaux de 1'Academie royale des sciences,
pendant 1'annee 1817; partie physique, par M. Cuvier.
SOCIETY FOR THE ENCOURAGEMENT OF ARTS,
MANUFACTURES AND COMMERCE.
Transactions, 1783-1844. 5Sv. 1784-1845 r6o5 867
The same; supplementary volume, 1846-1848. 1847-49 r 6o5 S67a
TECHNOLOGY quarterly; published by the Massachusetts
institute of technology, v.i-date. i887-date qr6os T26
v.s-date title reads "Technology quarterly and proceedings of the So-
ciety of arts."
VEREIN ZUR BEFORDERUNG DES GEWERBFLEISSES
IN PREUSSEN.
Verhandlungen. v.i-date. i822-date qr6o5 V27
Inhalts-verzeichniss, v.i-6o, 1822-81. 1883.
Inhalts-verzeichniss, v.6i-74, 1882-95. 1895.
v.29 is in 2 parts; pt.2 containing plates.
606 Expositions
Chicago, World's Columbian exposition, 1893
BANCROFT, Hubert Howe.
Book of the fair; an historical and descriptive presenta-
tion of the world's science, art and industry, as viewed
through the Columbian exposition at Chicago in 1893.
2v. 1893-95 qr6o6 C43b
BUTTERWORTH, Hezekiah.
Zigzag journeys in the White city. 1894 J6o6 C43
CAMPBELL, James B. comp.
Illustrated history of the World's Columbian exposition.
2v. 1894 qr6o6 C43C
CHICAGO, WORLD'S COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION, 1893.
Addresses delivered at the opening of the Woman's build-
ing, May i, 1893. 1893 r6o6 C43a
Classification of the exposition. 1891 r6o6 C43ca
Memorial volume; dedicatory and opening ceremonies of
the World's Columbian exposition, historical and de-
scriptive. 1893 qr6o6 C43me
Official catalogue, 1893. 1893 r6o6 C43O
EXPOSITIONS 841
DEAN, Teresa.
White city chips. 1895 606 C43d
Random sketches of experiences at the World's fair, originally published
in the Chicago inter-ocean.
ENGLAND Royal commission for the Chicago exhibition.
Official catalogue of the British section. 1893 r6o6 C43e
JENKS, Tudor.
Century World's fair book for boys and girls. 1893 J6o6 C43J
Fortnight's adventures of two boys at the Columbian exposition, with
running comment on sights and people. Well illustrated.
JOHNSON, Rossiter, ed.
History of the World's Columbian exposition held in Chi-
cago in 1893. 4v. 1897-98 qr6o6 C43J
Published by authority of the board of directors.
Bibliography, v.4, p.497~5o8.
LAIRD & LEE, pub.
Glimpses of the World's fair through a camera. 1893 r6o6 C43l
MASSACHUSETTS World's fair managers, Board of.
Report. 1894 qr6o6 C43m
MILLET, Francis Davis, and others.
Some artists at the fair. 1893 606 C43mi
Contents: The decoration of the exposition, by F. D. Millet. Types and
people at the fair, by J. A. Mitchell. The art of the White city, by
W. H. Low. Foreground and vista at the fair, by W. H. Gibson.
The picturesque side, by F. H. Smith.
These articles, illustrated by their authors, appeared originally in Scrib-
ner's magazine.
NEW YORK (state) Columbian exposition, Board of gen-
eral managers of the exhibit.
Report. 1894 qr6o6 C43n
PENNSYLVANIA World's fair managers, Board of.
Pennsylvania and the World's Columbian exposition r6o6 C43p
RUSSIA Imperial commission, World's Columbian exposition.
Catalogue of the Russian section. 1893 qr6o6 C43r
SNIDER, Denton Jaques.
World's fair studies. 1895 606 C43S
THOMPSON, (N. D.) PUBLISHING CO. comp.
The Dream city; photographic views of the World's Colum-
bian exposition. 1893 qr6o6 C43t
London, Exhibition of 1851
ART JOURNAL.
Illustrated catalogue [of the exhibition of 1851, London] . .qr6o6 L82a
ENGLAND Commissioners for the exhibition of 1851.
Official catalogue of the works of industry of all nations,
[London], 1851. 1851 r6o6 L82
RODGERS, Charles T. comp.
American superiority at the World's fair, designed to ac-
company a chromo-lithographic picture illustrative of
prizes awarded to American citizens at the great exhibi-
tion, [London, 1851]. 1852 r6o6 L82r
842 EXPOSITIONS
Paris, Exposition universelle
DfiON, Horsin.
Rapport sur 1'Exposition universelle des beaux-arts, lu le
17 juin 1855, a 1'assemblee generate annuelle de la
Societe libre des beaux-arts. 1855 r6o6 P23
PARIS, EXPOSITION UNIVERSELLE DE 1855.
Catalogue of ficiel. 1855 r6o6 P23
Bound with Deon's "Rapport sur 1'Exposition universelle des beaux-arts."
BANKS, Nathaniel Prentice.
Speech upon the representation of the United States at the
exhibition of the world's industry, Paris, 1867. 1866. . .r6o6 P233
Bound with other pamphlets.
NEW YORK (state), CHAMBER OF COMMERCE.
Proceedings of the Chamber of commerce; report of a spe-
cial committee on the subject [of the Universal exposi-
tion at Paris in 1867] adopted by the Chamber, Feb. I,
1866. 1866 r6o6 P233
Bound with other pamphlets.
UNITED STATES Commissioners to the Paris universal
exposition, 1867.
Reports; ed. by W. P. Blake. 6v. 1870 r6o6 P233r
v.i contains a bibliography of the exposition.
UNITED STATES State department.
Paris universal exposition, 1867; details of organization;
second supplemental pamphlet. 1866 r6o6 P233
Bound with other pamphlets.
Report transmitting correspondence upon the subject of
an invitation from the government of France to the
United States to take part in a proposed universal ex-
position to be held in Paris in 1867, and papers explain-
ing the nature of the exposition. 1865 r6o6 P233
UNITED STATES Commissioners to the Paris universal
exposition, 1878.
Reports, sv. 1880 r6o6 P2332
GILLS, Philippe, and others.
Figaro exposition, 1889; English edition qr6o6 P2333g
PARIS universal exhibition album, 1889; published under the
patronage of the American commission, by W. Stiassny
and E. Rasetti. 1889 qr6o6 P2333pa
Contents: General views of the exhibition. The foreign nations at the
exhibition. The United States at the exhibition.
English, French and Spanish text.
PARVILLE, Henri de.
L'exposition universelle, 1889. 1890. (Causeries scien-
tif iques, v.29.) r6o6 P2333p
UNITED STATES Commissioners to the Paris universal
exposition, 1889.
Reports. 5v. 1891 r6o6 P2333
GERMANY Reichskommission nach dem Weltausstellungen
in Paris, 1900.
Amtlicher katalog der ausstellung des deutschen reichs. .r6o6 P2334g
Contains short essays on the various arts, trades and sciences represented
in the German exhibits, the treatment being chiefly historical. Statis-
tics showing their present condition in the German empire are given.
EXPOSITIONS 843
PARIS, EXPOSITION UNIVERSELLE DE 1900.
Catalogue general officiel. 2ov. in 16. 1900 r6o6 P2334C
v.i. Education et enseignement.
v.2. CEuvres d'art.
v.3. Instruments et precedes generaux des lettres, des sciences et des arts.
v.4. Materiel et precedes generaux de la mecanique.
v.s. filectricite.
v.6. Genie civil. Moyens de transport.
v.7-8. Agriculture.
v-9. Horticulture et arboriculture.
v. 10. Forets. Chasse. Peche. Cueillettes.
v.i i. Aliments.
v. 12. Agriculture. Aliments.
v.i3. Mines. Metallurgie.
v. 14. Decoration et mobilier des edifices publics et des habitations.
v. 15. Fils, tissus, vetements.
v.i 6. Industrie chimique.
v.i7. Industries diverses.
v. 18. Economic sociale. Hygiene, assistance publique.
v. 1 9. Colonisation.
v.20. Armees de terre et de mer.
UNITED STATES Commissioners to the Paris universal
exposition, 1900.
Catalogue of exhibitors in the United States sections of the
International universal exposition, Paris, 1900. 2v. in
i. 1900 r6o6 P2334
Philadelphia, Centennial exhibition, 1876
FRANK Leslie's historical register of the Centennial exposi-
tion. 1875 qr6o6
The same; ed. by F. H. Norton. 1877 qr6o6
MAURY, Matthew Fontaine, comp.
Catalogue of the West Virginia state exhibit at the Inter-
national exhibition at Philadelphia, 1876. 1876 r6o6 P49O
Bound with other pamphlets.
NEW JERSEY Centennial exhibition, Commissioners on the.
Report on the Centennial exhibition. 1877 r6o6 P49n
PENNSYLVANIA Centennial managers, Board of.
Pennsylvania and the Centennial exposition; comprising
the preliminary and final reports of the board made to
the legislature at the sessions of 1877-8, with an histori-
cal sketch of the exhibition, catalogue of Pennsylvania
exhibitors, and a series of articles relative to the in-
dustries, resources and capabilities of the common-
wealth. 2v. 1878 qr6o6 P49P
v.i contains 118 pages on iron making in Pennsylvania, and 72 pages on
transportation in Pennsylvania.
PHILADELPHIA, CENTENNIAL EXHIBITION, 1876.
Official catalogue. 4pts. in iv. 1876 r6o6 P4OO
pt. 1-4. Mining and metallurgy. Manufactures. Education and science.
Art. Machinery. Special buildings. Agriculture. Horticulture.
Statistical appendix.
UNITED STATES Centennial commission.
Reports, iiv. 1880-84 qr6o6 P49
v.i. Report of the director-general, including the reports of the bureaus
of administration.
v.2. Reports of the president, secretary and executive committee, with
the journal of the final session of the commission.
v.3. Reports and awards, groups 1-2.
v.4. Reports and awards, groups 3-7.
844 TECHNICAL EDUCATION
v.S- Reports and awards, groups 814.
v.6. Reports and awards, groups 15-20.
v.7. Reports and awards, groups 21-27.
v.8. Reports and awards, groups 28-36, and collective exhibits.
v.p. Grounds and buildings of the Centennial exhibition, by Dorsey
Gardner,
v.io ii. Report of the board on behalf of United States executive
departments at the International exhibition.
Other expositions
ATLANTA, COTTON STATES AND INTERNATIONAL
EXPOSITION, 1895.
Cotton states and international exposition and South, illus-
trated, including the official history of the exposition.
1896 qr6o6 A88
CINCINNATI, INDUSTRIAL EXPOSITION, 1871.
Report of the general committee. 1871 606 C48
NEW YORK (city) EXHIBITION OF THE INDUSTRY
OF ALL NATIONS, 1853.
Official catalogue. 1853 r6o6 N26i2
SAN FRANCISCO, MECHANICS' INSTITUTE.
Report of the 8th annual exhibition, 1871. 1872 r6o6 SiQ
UNITED STATES Commissioners to the Centennial inter-
national exhibition, Melbourne, 1888.
Reports. 1889 r6o6 Ms8
UNITED STATES Commissioners to the International ex-
hibition, Vienna, 1873.
Reports; ed. by R. H. Thurston. 4v. 1876 r6o6 V3I
v.i. Introduction. Executive commission. Agriculture.
v.2. Science. Education.
v.3. Engineering.
v.4. Architecture. Metallurgy. Index.
607 Technical education
AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF MINING ENGINEERS.
Discussions on technical education, at the Washington
meeting, Feb. 22-23, 1876; and at a joint meeting of the
American society of civil engineers and the American
institute of mining engineers, at Philadelphia, June 19-
20, 1876. 1876 qr6o7 ASI
BAKER, James.
Report on technical and commercial education in East
Prussia, Poland, Galicia, Silesia and Bohemia. 1900.
(England Education board. Publications.) r6o7 617
CLARKE, Isaac Edwards.
Art and industry; instruction in drawing applied to the in-
dustrial and fine arts as given in the colleges of agri-
culture and the mechanic arts, and in the public educa-
tional institutions in the United States. 4\ r . 1885-98.
(United States. 46th cong. 2d sess. Senate. Ex. doc.
no.2O9.) r6o7 C53
v.i. Drawing in public schools.
v.2. Industrial and manual training in public schools.
v.3. Industrial and technical training in voluntary associations and en-
dowed institutions.
PATENTS 845
v-4. Industrial and technical training in schools of technology and in
U. S. land grant colleges.
DREXEL INSTITUTE.
Dedication ceremonies, December 17, 1891. 1893 qr6o7 D82
GROTHE, Hermann.
Die technischen fachschulen in Europa und Amerika.
[1882.] qr6b7 G94
MacARTHUR, Arthur, 1815-96.
Education in its relation to manual industry. 1898 607 Mil
Favors the inclusion in the school curriculum of practical training in
the general principles of the trades. Gives much space to descriptions
of various American and foreign industrial schools.
PEMBERTON, Thomas Phillips.
Lectures in a workshop, with an appendix containing
papers by Whitworth "On plane metallic surfaces or *
true planes," "On an uniform system of screw threads,"
"Address to the Institution of mechanical engineers,
Glasgow," "On standard decimal measures of length."
1882 607 P38
"Written with the aim of stimulating young men and workmen to self-
culture, and of showing to them in plain language ... the opportunities
and means for education and improvement." Preface.
PENNSYLVANIA Industrial education commission.
Report made to the legislature, with appendices. 1889 r6o7 P39
List of references, p. 586-588.
The appendices, which form the principal part of the volume, are on
"Technical and industrial education in the United States," and "Tech-
nical education in foreign countries."
PRATT institute monthly. v.6-date. i897-date qr6o7 P88
STETSON, Charles B.
Technical education; what it is, and what American public
schools should teach; based on an examination of tech-
nical education in Europe, as shown by official reports.
1874 607 S84
TWINING, Thomas, i8o6-95-
Technical training; a suggestive sketch of a national system
of industrial instruction. 1874 607 Tg2
WOODWARD, Calvin Milton.
Manual training school; its aims, methods and results.
1887 J6o7 W86
Though written with special reference to the Manual training school of
Washington university, St. Louis, contains a complete exposition of the
methods and scope of manual training and discusses its educational,
social and economic bearings.
608 Patents
For patents on specific subjects, see those subjects
BRITISH AND EUROPEAN PATENT AGENCY.
Epitome of the world's patent laws and statistics. 1891 . . . .r6o8 675
CARPMAEL, Alfred, & Edward, ed.
Patent laws of the world; and supplement. 2v. 1889 r6o8 C22
CRESEE, Franklin Allison.
Practical pointers for patentees, containing information
and advice on the sale of patents; an elucidation of the
846 PATENTS
best methods employed by the most successful inventors
in handling their inventions. 1901 608 C8/
EMERY, George Frederick.
Handy guide to patent law and practice. 1896 608 58
HUTCHINSON, Warren Beecher, & Crisfell, J. A. E.
Patents and how to make money out of them. 1899 608 H97
INVENTOR'S manual; how to work a patent to make it pay,
by an experienced and successful inventor. 1889 r6o8 124
608.42 England
ENGLAND Patent office.
Abridgment class and index key showing abridgment
classes and index headings to which inventions are as-
signed in the official publications of the Patent office.
1899 qr6o8.42 E64d
Abridgment of specifications [of English patents]; old
series, 1617-1883. 1617-1883 r6o8.42 E64b
The first period covered by these classes is from 1617-1866; the second,
from 1867-76; while 21 classes are continued to 1883.
The same; new series with illustrations, 1877-1900. 1877-
1900 qr6o8-42 E64bi
The same; index key. 1899 qr6o8.42 E64d
Illustrated official journal (patents); [weekly], iSgS-date.
v.io-date. i898-date qr6o8.42 E64J
Contains lists of applicants for patents, acceptances, sealings, renewals,
expirations, amendments, &c.
The unbound or current numbers contain also the "Illustrated abridg-
ments."
Illustrated official journal (patents), abridgments of
patented inventions; [weekly], i897-date. v.i8-date.
iSgS-date qr6o8.42
This journal forms a weekly supplement to the "Abridgments of speci-
fications," 0608.42 E64bi) arranged chronologically.
The unbound or current numbers are contained in the "Illustrated of-
ficial journal (patents)."
Name index of applicants for patents of invention, 1617-
date. i854-date , qr6o8.42
Indexes for 1857, 75. 4. 90-92 are wanting.
Previous to 1886 title reads "Alphabetical index of patentees and appli-
cants for patents."
The first index, covering the period 1617-1852, and the annual indexes
to 1874, were compiled by Bennet Woodcroft.
This annual index is made up of 3 parts; part i, Index to names of
applicants; part 2, Index of designs; part 3, Number index of pro-
ceedings advertised on complete specifications and patents.
Since 1888 the annual index has been issued as part i of the "Official
journal."
Quarterly and weekly indexes are also published in the "Official
journal."
Reports of patent, design, trade mark and other cases, 1884-
date. v.i-date. i884-date qr6o8.42
Issued irregularly as a supplement to the "Illustrated official journal
(patents)."
The same; Digest of cases reported in v.i-i6 of the "Re-
ports." 2v. 1895-1900 r6o8.42 E64ri
Specifications of letters patent for invention; [text], 1617-
date. i6i7-date qr6o8.42 64
The same; [plates], i6i7-date. i6i7-date qr6o8.42 64:1
PATENTS 847
Name index, i6i7-date. i854-date qr6o8.42 E64f
Subject-matter index, i6i7-date. i8s7-date. . . .qr6o8.42 646
Subject-matter index of accepted complete specifications
of inventions, i6i7-date. i857-date qr6o8.42 646
Indexes for 1856-57, 71-73, 77-78, 82, 85-86 are wanting.
The first index, covering the period 1617-1852, and the annual indexes
to 1875, were compiled by Rennet VVoodcroft.
This index should be used in conjunction with the "Abridgment class
and index key," (qr6o8.42 E64d).
Weekly and quarterly consolidated title indexes are published in the
"Official journal."
Trade marks journal; list of applications for the registra-
tion of trade marks under the Trade marks registration
act, 1875; [weekly], May i87O-date. v.i-date. 1876-
date qr6o8.42 E64t
Alphabetical list of proprietors of trade marks registered from
Jan. i, i876-Dec. 31, 1880.
ENGLAND. Statutes.
Patents, designs and trade marks act, 1883, 85, 86, 88, 1901-
02. [1883-1902.] qr6o8.42 645
ENGLAND Trade board.
Trade mark rules, 1890, 97, 98. 1890-1903 r6o8.42 6471
REPERTORY of patent inventions and other discoveries
and improvements in arts, manufactures and agricul-
ture; monthly. v.25-30. 1855-57 r6o8.42 R35
Being a continuation on an enlarged plan of the "Repertory of arts and
manufactures."
608.43 Germany
GERMANY Kaiserliches patentamt.
Ausziige aus den patentschriften; [weekly], v.i-date.
i88o-date qr6o8-43 G32au
Published weekly in class order as part of the official "Patentblatt."
The same; erganzungsband qr6o8.43 G32a
This volume covers the patents which were issued before the publication
of the "Patentauszuge" and were not contained in the "Illustrirte
patentblatt" pub. by Eugen Grosser, 1878-1881.
Blatt fiir patent-, muster- und zeichenwesen; [monthly].
v.i-date. i895-date qr6o8.43 G32b
Sachregister, 1894-1903. 1904.
The same; erganzungsband; Die geschaftsthatigkeit des
Kaiserlichen patentamts und die beziehungen des pa-
tentschutzes zu der entwicklung der einzelnen indus-
triezweige Deutschlands, 1891-1900. 1902 qr6o8.43 G32e
Mittheilungen aus dem Kaiserlichen patentamt, anmeld-
stelle fiir gebrauchsmuster. v.i-4, in 3. 1891-94. .qr6o8.43 G32m
Since 1894 the descriptive lists of design patents have been continued in
section i of the "Patentblatt."
Patentblatt; [weekly], v.i-date. i877-date qr6o8.43 632
Verzeichniss der patente, July i, i877-date. v.i-date. 1879-
date qr6o8.43 G32v
v.6 is Hauptverzeichniss, July i, i877-Dec. 31, 1888, and was issued in
place of the annual volume for 1888.
Waarenzeichenblatt. v.i-date. i8o4-date qr6o8.43
Gesammt-inhalts-verzeichniss, v. 1-5, 1894-1898.
54
848 PATENTS
608.44 France
FRANCE Ministere de 1'agriculture et du commerce.
Description des machines et precedes consignes dans les
brevets d'invention, de perfectionnement et d'im-
portation dont la duree est expiree, et dans ceux dont
la decheance a etc prononcee, 1791-1843. v.i-82. 1811-
54 qr6o8.44 F86a
Table, v.i-4o. 1843.
The same; pour lesquels des brevets d'invention ont etc
pris sous regime de la loi du 5 juillet 1844; 2e serie,
1844-1870. v.i-n6. 1850-84 qr6o8.44 F86b
Table generate, v. 1-79. 4V. 1866-73.
The same; nouvelle serie, i87i-date. v.i-date. 1874-
date qr6o8.44 F86d
Subject-matter index of patents for inventions (bre-
vets d' invention) granted in France from 1791 to 1876;
compiled by the U. S. patent office. 1883 qr6o8.44 F86
This index covers ire serie, v.i-93; 2e serie, v.i-io6; nouvelle serie,
V.I-25.
INSTITUT DE FRANCE Academic dts sciences.
Machines et inventions approuvees par 1'Academie royale
des sciences, avec leur description par M. GaMon. 7v.
1735-77 qr6o8.44 1247
v.i. 1666-1701. v.2. 1702-1712. v.3. 1713-1719.
v.4. 1720-1726. v-S- 1727-1731. v.6. 1732-1734.
v-7- I734-I754-
608.493 Belgium. 608.494 Switzerland
RECUEIL special des brevets d'invention. v.27-date. 1880-
date qr6o8.493 639
The only official publication containing descriptions of Belgian specifi-
cations.
SWITZERLAND Eidgenossisches amt fiir geistiges eigenthum.
Patente; jahres-publikationen des Eidg. amtes'fiir geistiges
eigenthum, Nov. i888-date. ler jahrgang-date. 1890-
date r6o8.494 897
German and French text. French title reads "Brevets; publications
annuelles du Bureau federal de la propriete intellectuelle."
v.2-date title reads "Patente; jahres-katalog."
608.73 United States
HOWSON, Henry, & Charles.
Brief treatise on United States patents. 1877 608.73 H86
PATENT CENTENNIAL CELEBRATION.
Proceedings and addresses at the celebration of the be-
ginning of the 2d century of the American patent system
at Washington, April 1891. 1892. . r6o8.73 P29
UNITED STATES Patent office.
Annual report of the commissioner of patents, for the
year 1837-45, 1847-71. 1838-76 r6o8.73 U25a
Reports for 1837-44 will be found in the sheep bound set of congressional
documents, numbered respectively, 315, 325, 346, 356, 365, 378, 397,
401, 415, 420, 442, 451 and 465.
PATENTS 849
The records of patents since 1871 will be found in the "Specifications
and drawings of patents," issued monthly, and in the "Official gazette,"
issued weekly.
The report of the commissioner of patents since 1871 is merely a very
brief administrative report of the work of the office, and is bound
with the annual index to the "Official gazette."
Prior to 1862. when the Department of agriculture was established, the
report on agriculture was published by the commissioner of patents
and forms a part of his Annual reports.
Decisions of the commissioner of patents and of United
States courts in patent cases, iSgs-date. i896-date. .r6o8.73 U25d
Compiled from the "Official gazette."
Official gazette; containing the patents, trade-marks, de-
signs and labels issued [each week]; weekly, v.i-date.
i872-date qr6o8.73 U2Sa2
The record of patents issued before 1871 will be found in the "Report
of the commissioner of patents," r6o8.73 1)253.
An annual index to the Gazette also indexes the "Specifications and
drawings of patents." The title of the index reads "Annual report of
the commissioner of patents."
An appendix contains the "Decisions of the commissioner of patents and
of the United States courts in patent cases."
The Gazette contains merely the claims of the patentee accompanied by
one drawing. The specifications and more elaborate drawings are con-
tained in the volume of "Specifications and drawings," r6o8.73 U2$a3.
Rules of practice, revised June 18, 1897, with appendix of
amendments up to and including Dec. i, 1897. 1899. .r6o8.73 U2$
The same; revised January 2, 1903. 1903 r6o8.73 U2Sr
Specifications and drawings of patents issued from the
United States patent office, May 30, i87i-date. [v.i-
date.] i872-date qr6o8.73
The drawings and specifications before 1871 are contained in the "Annual
reports of the commissioner of patents," r6o8.73 Uasa.
Issued in weekly volumes from May 30, 1871 to July 1872 and in
monthly volumes from July 1872 to date. Since June 1885 the volumes
have been in 2 parts; the drawings being contained in the 2d part.
The annual index to the "Official gazette" also indexes the "Specifica-
tions and drawings."
Subject-matter index of patents for inventions issued by
the United States patent office from 1790 to 1873. 3v.
1874 r6o8.73
CONFEDERATE STATES OF AMERICA Patent office.
Rules and directions for proceedings in the Patent office.
1861 r973.7 LS2
Bound with Lee's "Volunteer's hand book."
609 History of useful arts and inventions
BAKER, Ray Stannard.
Boy's book of inventions; stories of the wonders of modern
science. 1899 J6o9 617
Contents: A voyage on the bottom of the sea. Liquid air. Telegraphing
without wires. The modern motor vehicle. X-ray photography. Tail-
less kites. The story of the phonograph. The modern skyscraper.
Through the air.
The same. 1903 609 617
BECKMANN, Johann.
History of inventions, discoveries and origins. 2v. 1892... 609 636
Gives the origin and history of many materials, utensils and processes
used in the mechanic arts and for domestic purposes, and is a mine
of curious and useful information. It was written toward the end of
the eighteenth century, but some parts have been brought down to a
later date.
850 HISTORY OF USEFUL ARTS AND INVENTIONS
BUTTERWORTH, Benjamin, comp.
Growth of industrial art. 1892 qroog 698
Pictures and brief text showing the origin and development of all sorts
of utensils and machines. Compiled by the commissioner of patents,
by order of Congress.
BYRN, Edward Wright.
Progress of invention in the ipth century. 1900 609 699
Popular, well-illustrated compilation from the Patent office records, of
the various steps by which the more important inventions have reached
their present perfection. Gives the numbers of all patents to which
reference is made.
DEPEW, Chauncey Mitchell, ed.
One hundred years of American commerce, 1795-1895, by
TOO Americans. 2v. 1895 qr(x>9 043
HALE, Edward Everett.
Stories of invention. 1891 J6o9 His
Contents: Archimedes. Friar Bacon. Benvenuto Cellini. Bernard Pa-
lissy. Benjamin Franklin. Theorists of the i8th century. James
Watt. Robert Fulton. George Stephenson and the locomotive. Eli
Whitney. James Nasmyth. Sir Henry Bessemer. The last meeting.
ILES, George.
Flame, electricity and the camera; man's progress from the
first kindling of fire to the wireless telegraphy and the
photography of color. 1900 609 122
Outlines the chief uses of fire, electricity and photography. Argues
that electricity means as much for human progress as flame, and re-
cites how it has begun to supplant flame in important tasks. Shows
that the camera marks a radical departure in depiction, superseding
the pencil and brush in many directions, and representing much not
otherwise to be portrayed. The rapid flowering and utilization of
these resources is emphasized; the author holds that similar "leaps"
long ago divided man from his next of kin.
MASON, Otis Tufton.
Origins of invention; a study of industry among primitive
peoples. 1895. (Contemporary science series.) 609 M45
Contents: Tools and mechanical devices. Invention and uses of fire.
Stone-working. The potter's art. Primitive uses of plants. The
textile industry. War on the animal kingdom. Capture and domestica-
tion of animals. Travel and transportation. The art of war.
Traces some of our modern industries to their origins, and shows how
the genius of man, working upon and influenced by the resources and
the forces of nature, learned its first lessons in the art of inventing.
MOWRY, William Augustus, & Arthur May.
American inventions and inventors. 1900 J6o9 M94
Written very simply for children from ten to twelve years old. Modern
inventions are considered in the order of heat, light, food, clothing,
travel and letters.
NAPIER, James.
Manufacturing arts in ancient times. 1879 r6o9 Ni2
Attempts to arrive at the state of manufactures and metallurgy among
ancient peoples by a study of the references to these subjects in the
Old testament. Xapier wrote from a practical knowledge of manu-
facturing and metallurgical processes.
ROUTLEDGE, Robert.
Discoveries and inventions of the 19th century. 1896 609 R78
Contents: Steam engines. Iron. Tools. Railways. Steam navigation.
Ships of war. Fire-arms. Torpedoes. Ship canals. Iron bridges.
Printing machines. Hydraulic power. Pneumatic dispatch. Rock
boring. Light. The spectroscope. Sight. Electricity. The electric
telegraph. Lighthouses. Photography. Printing processes. Record-
ing instruments. Aquaria. Gold and diamonds. New metals. India-
rubber and gutta-percha. Anaesthetics. Explosives. Mineral combus-
tibles. Coal-gas. Coal-tar colours. The greatest discovery of the age.
The same. 1893 r6o9 R78
MEDICINE 851
SUTHERLAND, George.
Twentieth century inventions; a forecast. 1901 609 896
Contents: Inventive progress. Natural power. Storage of power.
Artificial power. Road and rail. Ships. Agriculture. Mining.
Domestic. Electric messages. Warfare. Music. Art and news.
Invention and collectivism.
"Well-reasoned consideration of the development of industrial and me-
chanical enterprise and its probable application to the concerns of life."
Contemporary review, 1901.
TISSANDIER, Gaston, & Frith, Henry.
Marvels of invention, and scientific puzzles. (Scientific
recreation series.) J6og T$2
VALENTINE, Mrs Laura (Jewry).
Aunt Louisa's book of common things. [1895.] J6o9 Vi5
WORCESTER, Edward Somerset, marquis of.
Exact reprint of the famous Century of inventions; with
introduction, notes and a life of the author, by John
Phin. 1887 609 W88
First published in 1663.
Worcester (1601-67) claimed to be the inventor of the steam-engine.
"There is little in this famous book to substantiate Worcester's claim to
have 'tried and perfected* the inventions described in it. For the most
part it consists of nebulous ideas without any attempt to work them
out in practical detail." Dictionary of national biography.
YEATS, John.
Technical history of commerce; or, The progress of the
useful arts. 1887 609 Y22
Contents: Pre-historic and ancient industrial art. Mediaeval industrial
art. Modern industrial art. Recent appliances, processes and prod-
ucts.
"Chronological list of inventions and discoveries of all ages," p.499 517.
610 Medicine
PAGET, Stephen.
Experiments on animals. 1900 r6io Pi4
Includes the text of the English act of 1876 relating to experiments on
animals.
"Devoted to the proof that substantial benefits to human medicine come
from experiments on animals. This is one of the branches of the
great vivisection problem, and Mr. Paget's argument, which has been
suggested by his experience as secretary to the Association for the ad-
vancement of medicine, must be allowed a hearing." Spectator, 1900.
The same. 1003 610 Pi4e
PENNSYLVANIA Health board.
Register of physicians in Pennsylvania, by counties, July I,
i88i-Dec. i, 1888. 1800 r6io.2 P39
PITTSBURG and Allegheny physicians' register, 1809-1900. .r6io.2 P67
FOLK'S medical and surgical register and directory of North
America, 1890, 1893, 1898, 1904. 2d~3d, 5th, 8th edition.
1890-1904 r6io.2 P76
zd-jd edition title reads "Medical and surgical register of the United
States."
5th edition title reads "Medical and surgical register of the United
States and Canada."
610.3 Encyclopedias
BILLINGS, John Shaw, comp.
National medical dictionary. 2v. 1890 qr6io.3 648
852 MEDICINE
CAMPBELL, Frederick R.
Language of medicine. 1888 r6io.3 CiS
Manual of the origin, etymology, pronunciation and meaning of medical
terms.
FOSTER, Frank P. comp.
Illustrated encyclopaedic medical dictionary; a dictionary
of technical terms in the Latin, English, French and
German languages. 4v. 1890-94 qr6io.3 F8i
GOULD, George Milbry, ed.
Student's medical dictionary. 1894 r6io.3 G73
610.4 Essays
HIPPOCRATES.
Aphorisms of Hippocrates, and The sentences of Celsus,
with explanations and references. 1735 r6io.4 H59
MITCHELL, Silas Weir.
Doctor and patient. 1895 610.4 M74
Contents: The physician. Convalescence. Pain and its consequences.
The moral management of sick and invalid children. Nervousness and
its influence on character. Out-door and camp-life for women.
610.5 Periodicals
PENNSYLVANIA HOMOEOPATHIC MEDICAL SOCIETY.
Transactions, 1895. v.3i. 1896 r6io.S P3992
PENNSYLVANIA medical journal; monthly, July i897-date.
v.i-date. i897-date qr6io.5 P39
PENNSYLVANIA, MEDICAL SOCIETY.
Transactions at its annual session (i6th-i9th, 27th-28th,
30th, 32d-34th, 36th, 4Oth, 42d, 45th), 1865-68, 1876-77,
1879, 1881-83, 1885, 1890, 1892, 1895. 1865-95 r6io.5 P399
No regular meeting was held in 1889.
PAN-AMERICAN MEDICAL CONGRESS.
Transactions of the first congress, Washington, 1893. 2v.
1895 r6io.6 P2i
610.7 Medical education. Nursing
BILLROTH, Theodor.
Care of the sick at home and in the hospital; a handbook
for families and for nurses. [1894.] 610.7 648
Bibliography, p. 13.
BRADFORD, Thomas Lindsley.
History of the Homoeopathic medical college of Pennsyl-
vania; the Hahnemann medical college and hospital of
Philadelphia. 1898 r6ro.7 B68
HADLEY, Wilfred James.
Nursing; general, medical and surgical, with appendix on
sick-room cookery. 1902 610.7 Hi2
HAMPTON, Isabel Adams, afterward Mrs Robb.
Nursing ethics, for hospital and private use. 1901 610.7 H22nu
Practical advice to hospital nurses. Discusses nursing as a profession
and the qualifications for success, care of the patient, uniform, night
service, and the special duties of senior, head and graduate nurses.
ANATOMY. HISTOLOGY 853
Nursing; its principles and practice for hospital and
private use. 1893 610.7 H22
Very complete and well written book, containing much valuable informa-
tion for those employed as trained nurses, either in hospitals or in
private life. Author had extended experience as superintendent of
nurses in Johns Hopkins hospital, Baltimore.
NIGHTINGALE, Florence.
Notes on nursing. 1894 610.7 N33
Practical, common-sense suggestions. Especially adapted for home con-
SHAW, Mrs Clara S. (Weeks), ed.
Text-book of nursing. 1894 610.7 853
Intended for use as a text-book in training-schools for nurses, but it con-
tains much information useful to any one who has to care for the sick.
WISE, P. M.
Text-book for training schools for nurses, including physi-
ology and hygiene. 2v. 1896 610.7 W8i
v.2, chapters 27-30 are by Caroline S. Pease.
610.9 History of medicine
BERDOE, Edward.
Origin and growth of the healing art; a history of medicine
in all ages and countries. 1893 r6io.9 644
HOMOEOPATHIC MEDICAL SOCIETY OF ALLEGHENY
CO. Pa.
Semi-centennial celebration of the introduction of homoe-
opathy west of the Allegheny mountains, held at Pitts-
burgh, 1887. 1888 r6io.9 H76
MULLER, Franz Carl.
Geschichte der organischen naturwissenschaften im neunzehn-
ten jahrhundert; medizin und deren hilfswissenschaften,
zoologie und botanik. 1902. (Das neunzehnte jahrhundert
in Deutschlands entwicklung, v.6.) r6io.9 M95
PACKARD, Francis Randolph.
History of medicine in the United States, from the earliest
English colonization to 1800, with a supplemental chapter
on the discovery of anaesthesia. 1901 610.9 Pi2
"Authorities," p. 520-525.
Chiefly a history of the early development of medicine in Philadelphia
and of the schools and hospitals founded there.
PARK, Roswell.
Epitome of the history of medicine. 1898 610.9 P23
WISE, Thomas Alexander.
Review of the history of medicine. 2v. 1867 610.9 W8i
611 Anatomy. Histology
See also Comparative anatomy, 591.4; and Histology, 591.8
BARNETT, Mrs Henrietta O.
Making of the body; a children's book on anatomy and
physiology. 1896 j6n 626
GRAY, Henry.
Anatomy, descriptive and surgical. 1893 qr6n G8i
The same. 1897 q6i i G8i
854 PHYSIOLOGY
MIVART, St. George.
Lessons in elementary anatomy. 1873 r6n M75
MORRIS, Henry, ed.
Human anatomy; a systematic treatise by various authors,
including a special section on surgical and topographi-
cal anatomy. 1899 qr6n Mgi
PIERSOL, George A.
Text-book of normal histology, including an account of the
development of the tissues and of. the organs. 1893. ... .611 P$7
WEYSSE, Arthur Wisswald.
Epitome of human histology, for the use of students in
connection with lectures and laboratory work. 1808. . .q6n Ws8
WILKINSON, James John Garth.
The human body and its connection with man, illustrated
by the principal organs. 1851 611 W73
HARVEY, William.
Anatomical dissertation upon the movement of the heart
and blood in animals; being a statement of the dis-
covery of the circulation of the blood. 1894 qr6n.i H33
Facsimile reprint from the original edition of 1628.
Prefatory memoir of Harvey, p.3~io.
WOODWARD, Joseph Janvier.
Report to the surgeon general of the United States army
on certain points connected with the histology of mi-
nute bloodvessels. 1870 qr6n.i W86
Published by the Surgeon-general's office.
KEY, Axel, & Retzius, Gustaf.
Studien in der anatomic des nervensystems und des binde-
gewebes. v.i-2, pt.i. 1875-76 qr6n.8 K23
FLEMING, Andrew.
Drawings of the brain and spinal cord; [plates] qr6n.8i F62
McCLELLAN, George.
Regional anatomy. 2v. 1894 qr6ii.9 Mi3
612 Physiology
ALLEN, Chilion B. & Mrs Mary A. Wood-.
Man wonderful in the house beautiful. 1888 612 A42
Useful as an introduction to the facts of physiology and the essentials
of hygiene; written in an allegorical narrative style. Used as a school
text-book. Fully illustrated.
ALLEN, Mrs Mary A. Wood-.
Marvels of our bodily dwelling; physiology made inter-
esting. 1896 J6i2 A42m
BOWDITCH, Henry Pickering.
Hints for teachers of physiology. 1897. (In Boston so-
ciety of natural history. Guide's for science-teaching. .507 664 v.i
The same. 1897. (In Boston society of natural history.
Guides for science-teaching.) r5O7 664 v.i
FOSTER, Sir Michael.
Text-book of physiology. 1893 612 F8i
FOSTER, Sir Michael, & Shore, L. E.
Elementary physiology. 1898 612 F8ie
PHYSIOLOGY 855
FOSTER, Sir Michael, & Tracy, R. S.
Physiology and hygiene. [1883.] (Science primers.) J6i2 F8ip
HALLIBURTON, William D.
Hand-book of physiology. 1899 612 Hi8
KIMBER, Diana Clifford, comp.
Text-book of anatomy and physiology for nurses. 1902 612 K2S
KIRKES, William Senhouse.
Handbook of physiology; ed. by W. M. Baker and V. D.
Harris, revised by Warren Coleman and C. L. Dana.
1900 612 K28
LANDOIS, L.
Text-book of human physiology. 2v. 1891 r6i2 L22
LE PILEUR, Auguste.
Wonders of the human body. 1896. (Wonders of man and
nature.) 612 L62
LEWES, George Henry.
Physiology of common life. 2v. 1859-62 r6i2 L67
MACfi, Jean.
History of a mouthful of bread and its effect on the or-
ganization of men and animals. 1898 J6i2 Mis
MARSHALL, John, English surgeon.
Description of the human body; its structure and functions.
2v. 1882 qr6i2
v.i. Text. v.2. Plates.
MARTIN, Henry Newell.
The human body; an account of its structure and activities,
and the conditions of its healthy working. 1898. (Ameri-
can science series; advanced course.) 612
The human body; an elementary text-book of anatomy,
physiology and hygiene. 1884. (American science
series; briefer course.) 612 M42
OVERTON, Frank.
Applied physiology, including the effects of alcohol and
narcotics; advanced grade. 1897 612 033
PORTER, William Townsend.
Introduction to physiology. 1901 612 P83
"Clearly written in an original style, and is a welcome departure from
the hackneyed treatment of practical physiology which is usually pre-
sented to the student." Benjamin Moore, in Nature, 1901.
Represents the course given at the Harvard medical school.
REBMANN, Dr, & Seiler, Carl.
Human frame and the laws of health. 1900. (Temple
primers.) 612 R2S
Bibliography, p. 142.
SANDERSON, John Scott Burdon, ed.
Handbook for the physiological laboratory. 1884 r6i2 S2i
Contents: Klein, E. E. Histology. Sanderson, J. S. B. Blood circula-
tion, respiration and animal heat. Foster, Michael. Functions of the
muscles and nerves. Brunton, T. L. Digestion and secretion.
SCHENCK, Friedrich, & Gurber, A.
Outlines of human physiology. 1900 612 32
STIRLING, William.
Outlines of practical physiology; a manual for the physio-
logical laboratory, including chemical and experimental
856 PHYSIOLOGY
physiology, with reference to practical medicine. 1895.. 612 S86
Bibliography, p.373~375-
VERWORN, Max.
General physiology; an outline of the science of life; tr.
and ed. by F. S. Lee. 1899 612 28
Bibliography, p. 589-599.
BIEDERMANN, Wilhelm.
Electro-physiology; tr. by F. A. Welby. 2v. 1896-98. .. .612.01 647
Bibliographies after many of the chapters.
ARCHIV fur physiologic; physiologische abtheilung des Ar-
chives fur anatomic und physiologic, v.i-date. 1877-
date r6i2.os A67
Since 1901 supplementary volumes have been issued, which are bound
with the regular volumes each year.
FOSTER, Sir Michael.
Lectures on the history of physiology during the sixteenth,
seventeenth and eighteenth centuries. 1901. (Cam-
bridge natural science manuals; biological series.) ... .612.09 F8i
Contents: Vesalius, his forerunners and followers. Harvey and the cir-
culation of the blood; the lacteals and lymphatics. Borelli and the
influence of the new physics. Malpighi and the physiology of glands
and tissues. Van Helmont and the rise of chemical physiology.
Sylvius and his pupils; the physiology of digestion in the seventeenth
century. The English school of the seventeenth century; the physi-
ology of respiration. The physiology of digestion in the eighteenth
century. The rise of the modern doctrines of respiration; Black,
Priestley, Lavoisier. The older doctrines of the nervous system.
EHRLICH, Paul, & Lazarus, Adolf.
Histology of the blood, normal and pathological; ed. and
tr. by W. Myers, with a preface by G. S. Woodhead.
1900 612.1 38
"Selected bibliography." p. 195-208.
Ehrlich and his pupils have been leaders in the investigation of the char-
acter of the cellular elements of the blood. In this work, which gives
the most modern views of the subject, the results of many of their re-
searches appear for the first time.
"Although a comparatively small book, it may be said. . .to be one to
which the term 'epoch-making' may, without exaggeration, be applied."
Nature, 1900.
ARTHUS, Maurice.
La coagulation du sang. [1899.] (Scientia; serie
biologique.) r6i2.i I A79
"Index bibliographique," p.88-93.
BILLINGS, John Shaw, and others.
Composition of expired air and its effects upon animal
life. 1895. (In Smithsonian institution. Contributions
to knowledge, v.29, pt.i.) rso6 S66c v.29
The same, (abstract). (In Smithsonian institution. Annual
report, 1895, pt.i, p. 389-412.) rso6 S66 V.SQ
GILLESPIE, A. Lockhart.
Natural history of digestion. 1898. (Contemporary science
series.) 612.3 641
FRENKEL, Henri.
Les fonctions renales. [1899.] (Scientia; serie bi-
ologique.) 612.4 Fg2
HERMIPPUS redivivus; or, The sage's triumph over old
age and the grave; ed. by Edmund Goldsmid. 3v. in I.
1885. (Collectanea adamantaea.) r6i2.68 H47
PERSONAL HYGIENE 857
MEYER, Georg Hermann von.
Organs of speech and their application in the formation of
articulate sounds. 1884. (International scientific
series.) 612.78 M6s
SUTRO, Emil.
Duality of the voice. 1899 612.78 896
Author claims to have discovered what he calls the "voice of the
oesophagus." He describes his researches into this dual voice in chap-
ters of a psychological nature, entitled: The human voice. Impression,
expression. Our mother tongue. Nationality and race distinctions.
Physiology of voice in relation to words.
612.8 Nervous functions. Brain
BERNSTEIN, Julius.
Five senses of man. 1893. (International scientific
series.) 612.8 645
"While very full and clear in his description of the instruments and
apparatus of sensation, the strength of his book and its more especial
claim to attention will be found in the lucid analysis which he gives
of what may be called the psychical aspect of sense-activity." Popular
science monthly, 1876.
ROSENTHAL, Isidore.
General physiology of muscles and nerves. 1896. (Inter-
national scientific series.) 612.8 R72
DONALDSON, Henry Herbert.
Growth of the brain; a study of the nervous system in re-
lation to education. 1895. (Contemporary science
series.) 612.82 071
LUYS, Jules Bernard.
The brain and its functions. 1890. (International scien-
tific series.) 612.82 L98
WILSON, Albert.
The brain-machine; its power and weakness. T8ox) 612.82 W76
Study of the brain, its structure, physiology and psychology. The in-
fluences of heredity and environment are considered.
613 Personal hygiene
BISSELL, Mrs Mary Barton (Taylor).
Manual of hygiene. 1894 613 649
BLAISDELL, Albert Franklin.
Child's book of health, in easy lessons for schools. 1897. . 0613 652
How to keep well; a text-book of health for use in the
lower grades of schools, with special reference to the
effects of alcoholic drinks, tobacco and other narcotics
on the bodily life. 1899 J6i3 652!!
Our bodies and how we live; an elementary text-book of
physiology and hygiene for use in schools, with special
reference to the effects of alcoholic drinks, tobacco and
other narcotics on the bodily life. 1900 J6i3 6520
BROWN, Haydn.
Secret of good health and long life. 1898 613 878
Little manual of advice about diet, exercise, clothing, etc.
858 PERSONAL HYGIENE
DOHERTY, William B.
You and your doctor, how to prolong life; advice on sleep,
air, food, drink, bathing, hemorrhages, the care of the
baby, hygienic rules, etc. 1900 613 D68
The same. 1900 r6i3 D68
DUDGEON, Robert Ellis.
Prolongation of life. 1900 613 D86
Contents: On exercise. On clothing. On bathing. On food. On
drink. On tobacco. On eyes. On beards.
EGBERT, Seneca.
Manual of hygiene and sanitation. 1898 613 34
Accurate, readable statement of fundamental principles, with examples
of American practice in their application to the conservation of per-
sonal and public health.
FOTHERGILL, John Milner.
Town dweller; his needs and his wants. 1889 613 F82
HARLAND, Marion, (pseud, of Mrs Mary Virginia (Hawes)
Terhune).
Eve's daughters; or, Common sense for maid, wife and
mother. 1882 r6i3 H27
HAYES, J. R.
How to live longer and why we do not live longer. 1897. . . .613 H37
HUFELAND, Christoph Wilhelm.
Makrobiotik; oder, Die kunst das menschliche leben zu
verlangern. 1823 613 H8g
LINDLEY, E. Marguerite.
Health in the home; a practical work on the promotion and
preservation of health. 1896 613 L72
Contains illustrated prescriptions of Swedish gymnastic exercise for
home and club practice.
OSGOOD, Hamilton.
Winter and its dangers. 1879. (American health primers.) . .613 029
PARKES, Edmund Alexander.
Manual of practical hygiene. 1891 613 P24
"Service of the soldier," p.5O2-675-
REYNOLDS, Ernest Septimus.
Primer of hygiene. 1898 613 R37
Practical primer of health, by an eminent English physician.
WILDER, Bert Green.
Health notes for students. 1893 613 W7I
"Publications referred to, or recommended," p.73-75-
Simplest elementary advice on hygiene, diet and bathing, especially
adapted to the conditions under which students are likely to live.
AMERICAN PUBLIC HEALTH ASSOCIATION.
Public health; the Lomb prize essays. 1886 613.04 A$i
Contents: Vaughan, V. C. Healthy homes and food for the working
classes. Lincoln, D. F. The sanitary conditions and necessities of
school-houses and school-life. Sternberg, G. M. Disinfection and in-
dividual prophylaxis against infectious diseases. Ireland, G. H. Pre-
ventable causes of disease, injury and death in American manufac-
tories and workshops, and the best means and appliances for prevent-
ing and avoiding them.
The same. 1886 r6i3.O4 AST
BEDDOES, Guy, ed.
Habit and health; a book of hints for middle age. 1890. . .613.04 637
DUTCHER, Addison Porter.
Selections from my portfolio; lectures and essays on
HEALTH RESORTS 859
popular and scientific subjects. 1858 613.04 Dg$
Contents: Means of mental improvement. Means of success. Our re-
publican institutions. Progress, education and physiology. Physical
and mental characteristics of man. Functions of the brain. Physiol-
ogy of digestion. Absorption and secretion. The gastric juice. Dif-
ferent kinds of food. Animal heat. Bathing. Exercise. The pas-
sions. Alcohol. Tobacco. Opium.
KEITH, George Skene.
On sanitary and other matters. 1900 613.04 Ki6
Contents: On waste of water in water-closets and baths. On the mod-
ern system of treating and nursing infectious diseases. How to profit
by life at sea. On rice-meal. The story of an eye. On the rapid and
progressive deterioration of the young. On athletics, etc.
ROOSE, Robson.
Waste and repair in modern life. 1897 613.04 R68
Contents: The wear and tear of London life. Rest and repair in Lon-
don life. The art of prolonging life. Clothing as a protection against
cold. A contribution to the alcohol question. Fasting and its physi-
ology. The spread of diphtheria. The propagation and prevention of
cholera. Infection and disinfection. The London water supply.
Health-resorts and their uses.
LEWES, Vivian B.
Air and water. 1892. (University extension series.) 613.1 L6/
Description, for non-scientific readers, of the changes and actions taking
place in air and in water, with especial reference to the relations be-
tween the air and our health, and the effects of water and its impurities
upon the system.
SMITH, Robert Angus.
Air and rain; the beginning of a chemical climatology.
1872 r6i3.i S65
613.12 Health resorts
McGOWAN, William D.
Climate of Ligonier and part of Ligonier valley in refer-
ence to pulmonary consumption. 1886 613.12 Mi6
OERTEL, Max Josef.
Health resorts for the cure and treatment of patients suf-
fering from disturbances of the circulatory system;
especially concerning winter resorts in southern Tyrol.
1886 613.12 Oi5
SOLLY, Samuel Edwin.
Handbook of medical climatology; embodying its princi-
ples and therapeutic application, with scientific data of
the chief health resorts of the world. 1897 613.12 S68
WALTERS, Frederick Rufenacht.
Sanatoria for consumptives in various parts of the world,
with a description of the open-air treatment of phthisis.
1899 r6i3.i2 Wig
Bibliography, p.355-364.
613.2 Food. Dietetics
For Food adulteration, see 614.3; f r Food analysis, see 543.1; for Cookery, see 641
ARBUTHNOT, John.
Essay concerning the nature of aliments and the choice of
them. 1731 . ...r6i3.2 A66
860 FOOD. DIETETICS
ATKINSON, Edward.
Science of nutrition, the Aladdin oven; Dietaries carefully
computed under the direction of Mrs E. H. Richards.
1895 613.2 A87
DURHAM, William.
Food, physiology, etc. 1891. (Science in plain lan-
guage.) 613.2 094
FLETCHER, Horace.
Glutton or epicure. 1899 613.2 F63
Contents: Nature's food filter; or, When and what to swallow. What
sense? or. Economic nutrition.
"Two essays on the value of extreme mastication of food in relation to
nutrition and to health. As a layman, the author transforms this
physiological virtue into a moral and physical panacea." Nation, 1900.
FOTHERGILL, John Milner.
The food we eat. 1882 613.2 F82
Manual of dietetics. 1888 r6i3.2 F82m
The same. 1886 613.2 F82m
HART, Mrs Alice M.
Diet in sickness and in health. 1896 r6i3.2 H3I
HOLBROOK, Martin Luther.
Eating for strength; or. Food and diet in their relation
to work. 1888 613.2 H69
HOY, Albert Harris.
Eating and drinking; the alkalinity of the blood, the test of
food and drink in health and disease. 1896 613.2 H86
HUTCHISON, Robert.
Food and the principles of dietetics. 1902 613.2 H97
"Interesting and useful as a careful compilation and study of modern
knowledge of the chemical constituents of foods, and of their relation
to the production of energy. Dr. Hutchison has paid special attention
to the relation of price to value as food, and those who wish to know
exactly whether they are paying for flavour or rarity of energy-value,
when purchasing food, will find exact information set out in a clear
and interesting fashion. . .The information given on meat juices, jellies
and extracts is particularly valuable." Saturday review, 1901.
KEITH, George Skene.
Plea for a simpler life. 1895 613.2 Ki6
The same, and Fads of an old physician. 1900 613.2 Ki6p
KINGSFORD, Mrs Anna (Bonus).
Perfect way in diet; a treatise advocating a return to the
natural and ancient food of our race. 1895 613.2 K27
Sets forth the doctrine of the vegetarians from different points of view,
the economic, the social, the medical, etc.
KNIGHT, James.
Food and its functions; a text-book for students of cookery.
1898 613.2 K34
RABAGLIATI, A.
Air, food and exercise; an essay on the predisposing
causes of disease. 1897 613.2 Rn
Author holds that the influence of heredity and of germs is far less
than is generally supposed, and that most diseases, including cancer,
consumption, pneumonia and bronchitis, are curable or preventable by
attention to food and exercise.
RUMFORD kitchen leaflets, 1899: Plain words about food.
1899 613.2 R86
Contents: Count Rumford and his work for humanity, by E. H. Richards.
FOOD. DIETETICS. 861
Rumfordiana, by Susannah Minns. King Palate, by M. H. Abel.
Comparative nutrition, by Edward Atkinson. External digestion, by
W. T. Sedgwick. Water and air as food, by E. H. Richards. The
chemistry of proteid foods, by J. J. Abel. The digestibility of proteid
foods, by R. H. Chittenden. Proteids in our daily fare, by M. H.
Abel. The chemistry of fats and carbohydrates, by Ira Remsen.
The digestion and nutritive value of the carbohydrates, by W. H.
Howell. The place of fats in nutrition, by M. H. Abel. The food
of school children and young students, by E. H. Richards. The
prophylactic and therapeutic value of food, by E. H. Richards. Some
suggestions about nourishment in acute disease, by F. H. Williams.
Good food for little money, by E. H. Richards. The story of the New
England kitchen, by M. H. Abel. Public kitchens in relation to the
workingman and the average housewife, by M. H. Abel. Public
kitchens in relation to school-lunches and to restaurants, by E. H.
Richards. The food of institutions, by E. H. Richards.
SMITH, Edward, M. D.
Foods. 1884. (International scientific series.) r6i3.2 864
THOMPSON, Sir Henry.
Diet in relation to age and activity, with hints concerning
habits conducive to longevity. 1902 613.2 T38
Food and feeding. 1891 613.2 T38f
The same. 1899 613.2 T38f2
Valuable treatise on the nutritive and economic value of different foods,
and the comparative advantages of different methods of cooking, with
numerous practical suggestions.
TOWNSEND, George H. and others.
Relation of food to health and premature death. 1898 613.2 T66
YEO, Isaac Burney.
Food in health and disease. 1896 613.2 24
RICHARDS, Mrs Ellen Henrietta (Swallow).
Cost of food; a study in dietaries. 1901 613.21 R39
Bibliography, p. 155 158.
Discusses the kind, quality and cost of food suited to infants, children
at school, active youth, college students, brain workers, traveling and
professional men, as well as persons in pauper and penal institutions,
and hospitals. Gives lists of dietaries, with the exact cost per day for
each person.
RICHARDS, Mrs Ellen Henrietta (Swallow), & Talbot, Marion.
Food as a factor in student life; a contribution to the study
of student diet. 1894 613.21 R39f
Published by the University of Chicago.
HOGAN, Mrs Louise E. (Shimer).
How to feed children. 1896. (Practical lessons in nurs-
ing.) 613.22 H68
JACOBI, Abraham.
Infant diet; a lecture delivered May 8, 1873; revised, en-
larged and adapted to popular use by M. P. Jacobi.
1898 613.22 Ji3
Manual for mothers, by an authority. Simple and comprehensive.
BURNET, Robert William.
Foods and dietaries; a manual of clinical dietetics. 1896. .613.23 693
WINTHROP, Alice Worthington.
Diet in illness and convalescence. 1899 613.23 W79
Besides many receipts for the sick and convalescent, the author gives
the chemical constituents and nutritive value of the different foods
and beverages. Experience at the army hospitals has given valuable
information regarding typhoid and malarial fevers.
DEWEY, Edward Hooker.
No-breakfast plan and the fasting-cure. 1900 613.24 Dsin
Author, a physician, gives briefly the personal and professional experi-
862 BATHS. CLOTHING
ences that led to his belief, with accounts of the most noted "fasting-
cures."
True science of living; the new gospel of health. 1895. . . .613.24 DSI
Detailed physiological story of the evolution of Dr Dewey's theory of
fasting as the best preventive and cure of disease.
613.26 Vegetarianism
GOODFELLOW, John.
Dietetic value of bread. 1892 613.26 G62
MILES, Eustace Hamilton.
Muscle, brain and diet; a plea for simpler foods. 1900. . .613.26 M68
In favor of vegetarianism.
SALT, Henry Stephens.
Logic of vegetarianism; essays and dialogues. 1899 613.26 Si7
Bibliography, p. 117.
Arguments showing the physical, moral, social, economic and aesthetic
benefits of vegetarianism.
613.31 Water as a beverage
See also Water analysis, 543.3
CHURCH, Arthur Herbert.
Plain words about water. 1895. (South Kensington
museum science handbooks.) 613.31 C46
Practical suggestions in regard to water-supplies, methods of detecting
impurities and means of remedying them.
FRANKLAND, Percy Faraday, & Mrs Grace Coleridge
(Toynbee).
Micro-organisms in water; their significance, identification
and removal. 1894 613.31 F87
PRUDDEN, Theophile Mitchell.
Drinking-water and ice supplies, and their relations to
health and disease. 1891 613.31 P97
MacDONALD, John Denis.
Guide to the microscopical examination of drinking water.
1883 r6i3-33 Mi4
RAFTER, George W.
How to study the biology of a water supply ^89.95 C6f)
Bound with other pamphlets.
WHIPPLE, George Chandler.
Microscopy of drinking-water. 1899. -613.33 W62
613.4 Baths. Clothing. Toilet
ALLSOP, Robert Owen.
Public baths and wash-houses. 1894 613.47 A44
NEW YORK (city) Mayor's committee.
Report on public baths and public comfort stations. 1897.. 613.47 N26
Bibliography, p. 181-195.
The same. 1897 r6i347 N26
AUSTIN, Harriet N.
Dress-reform r6i348 A93
ECOB, Mrs Helen (Gilbert).
The well-dressed woman; a study in the practical applica-
HYGIENE OF EMPLOYMENT 863
tion to dress of the laws of health, art and morals.
1893 613.48 25
Contains several bibliographies.
Discusses the injurious effects of tight-fitting garments and heavy skirts.
STEELE, Frances Mary. & Adams, E. L. S.
Beauty of form and grace of vesture. 1892 613.48 S8i
Suggestions for the making of a healthful and artistic style of garment
for women.
WILLIAMS, William Mattieu.
Philosophy of clothing. 1890 613.48 W74
Discussion of clothing from a purely hygienic point of view. Concerns
itself mainly with the comparative merits of the different clothing
materials.
BEAUTY and hygiene. 1897 613.49 835
HUMPHRY, Mrs Charlotte Eliza, (pseud. Madge).
How to be pretty though plain. 1899 613.49 H92
MONIN, Ernest.
Hygiene of beauty. 1893 613.49 M82
* .
613.6 Hygiene of employment
See also Labor of women and children, 331.3-331.4
ARLIDGE, John Thomas.
Hygiene, diseases and mortality of occupations. 1892 613.6 A72
"Historical sketch of the literature of industrial diseases," p. 6 12.
PARRY, Leonard A.
Risks and dangers of various occupations, and their pre-
vention. 1900 613.6 P26
PATISSIER, Philibert.
Traite des maladies des artisans et de celles qui resultent
des diverses professions, d'apres Ramazzini. 1822. . . .r6i3.6 P29
MITCHELL, Silas Weir.
Wear and tear. 1891 613.61 M74
Advice for the nervously overworked, by a distinguished nerve specialist.
BURTON, William.
Use of lead compounds in pottery, from the potters' point
of view. 1899 613.63 695
On lead poisoning. By the director of an English pottery company.
Gives statistics, and English and foreign regulations of the pottery
industry.
COOLIDGE, Richard H.
Statistical report on the sickness and mortality in the army
of the United States from Jan. 1839 to Jan. 1855. 1856.
(United States. 34th cong. 1st sess. Senate. Ex. doc.
no.o6.) qr6i3.67 C78
REED, Walter, and others.
Abstract of report on the origin and spread of typhoid
fever in U. S. military camps during the Spanish war of
1898. 1900 r6i3.67 R28
UNITED STATES Surgeon-general's office.
Medical and surgical history of the War of the rebellion,
1861-65. 6v. 1870-88 qr6i3.67 U2S
v. 1-3. Medical history.
v.4-6. Surgical history.
55
864 PHYSICAL CULTURE
613.7 Physical culture. Gymnastics
For School hygiene, see 371.7
BISSELL, Mrs Mary "Barton (Taylor).
Physical development and exercise for women. 1891 613.7 649
"Dr. Bissell has had much practical experience in [this] field, and her
book is... a sensible and useful one." Nation, 1891.
CALL, Annie Payson.
As a matter of course. 1896 613.7 Ci3a
Author suggests how we may take our moods, our amusement and our
health more as a matter of course, and so remove many nervous irri-
tants which not only interfere with our pleasure and usefulness in life,
but are causes of much actual disease.
Power through repose. 1894 613.7 13
"To nervous, overworked, worried and worrying people we commend this
book. .-.It maintains that one can train oneself to absolute relaxation in
times of rest, and to the employment of just enough force and not
too much in times of labor so as to double the possibilities of life."
GALBRAITH, Anna M.
Hygiene and physical culture for women. 1895 613.7 Gi4
Bibliography, p. 15-21.
Describes the body, the exercise conducing to health and beauty, the
benefits of good air, water and food. Discusses fashionable dress and
sensible dress, work, rest, recreation, sleep, and the disabilities peculiar
to women. Author writes from observation and experience; her style
is clear and interesting. Illustrations good.
GREENE, Robert Holmes.
Healthy exercise. 1900 613.7 G83
Contents: Theory of exercise, baths and bathing. The choice of an
exercise. Exercises.
LAGRANGE, Fernand.
Physiology of bodily exercise. 1892. (International scien-
tific series.) .613.7 Li5
SCHMIDT, F. A.
Training of the body for games, athletics, gymnastics and
other forms of exercise, and for health, growth and de-
velopment; ed. by E. H. Miles. 1901 613.7 835
"Motive of the book... is the value of physical training in fitting the
young for success in games, and indirectly for success in life . . . Dr.
Schmidt, a German physician, supplies the medical side; Mr. Miles [an
English amateur champion in various fields] makes the application...
The physiology of exercise is made as plain as lay readers may expect,
and various bodily movements are illustrated by numerous figures. . .
So much of the volume as Mr. Miles is responsible for contains a con-
tention against flesh foods, either in training or for ordinary diet."
Nation, 1901.
TREVES, Frederick.
Physical education; an article contributed to an encyclo-
pedic work on hygiene. 1892 613.7 T73
The "encyclopedic work" is the "Treatise on hygiene" by Thomas Ste-
venson and S. F. Murphy.
ALEXANDER, A.
Musical drill; for use in schools and calisthenic classes.
pt.2. [1892.] 613.71 A37
ANDERSON, William G.
Light gymnastics; a guide to systematic instruction in
physical training, for use in schools, gymnasia, etc.
1898 613.71 ASS
PHYSICAL CULTURE 865
BISHOP, Mrs Emily Mulkin.
Self-expression and health; Americanized Delsarte culture.
1895 613.71 849
BLAKIE, William.
How to get strong and how to stay so. 1879 613.71 652
"Aim has been, in a way so plain and untechnical that any intelligent
boy or girl can readily understand it, to first give the reader a nudge
to take better care of his body, and so of his health, and then to point
out one way to do it." Preface.
The same. 1898 613.71 Bs2h
The same. 1899 1613.71 B52h
Sound bodies for our boys and girls. 1898 613.71 6523
BOSTON NORMAL SCHOOL OF GYMNASTICS.
One hundred gymnastic games. 1897 613.71 664
BOWEN, Wilbur Pardon.
Teachers' course in physical training; a brief study of the
fundamental principles of gymnastic training. 1899. . .613.71 B66
Bibliography, p. 181-183.
CHECKLEY, Edwin.
Natural method of physical training. 1894 613.71 C4I
CHESTERTON, Thomas.
Manual of drill and wand exercises, with or without music,
for use in elementary and secondary schools, evening
schools, gymnastic classes, boys' brigades, etc. 1901. .613.71 C42
CRUDEN, George.
Manual of physical culture and system of musical drill, for
the use of teachers in schools. 1901 613.71 C8g
ENEBUSKE, Claes Julius.
Progressive gymnastic day's orders, according to the prin-
ciples of the Ling system. 1901 613.71 E62
Guide in teaching gymnastics to children in schools. The exercises are
arranged for class work in the ordinary schoolroom and require no
gymnastic apparatus. The author is (1901) principal of the normal de-
partment in the Boston normal school of gymnastics.
HARVEY, Francis Joseph.
Physical exercises and gymnastics for girls and women.
1896 613.71 H33
JAMES, Alice R.
Girls' physical training; a series of healthy and artistic
movements to music. 1898 q6i3-7i Ji6
KNAUFF, Theodore C.
Athletics for physical culture. 1894 613.71 K33
MACLAREN, Archibald.
Physical education. 1895 613.71 Mi9
POSSE, Nils, baron.
Special kinesiology of educational gymnastics. 1896. .. .613.71 P84S
An enlarged edition of his "Swedish system of educational gymnastics."
Swedish system of educational gymnastics. 1891 613.71 P84
PRAY, Mabel L.
Motion songs for public schools. 1899 613.71 P893
PREECE, Louise.
System of physical culture, prepared expressly for public
school work. 1894 613.71 P8g
866 PUBLIC HEALTH
SARGENT, Dudley Allen.
Handbook of developing exercises. 1897 613.71 824
Guide to the use of gymnasium apparatus, in connection with a system
of physical examinations.
By the director of the Hemenway gymnasium. Harvard university.
SCHREBER, Daniel Gottlob Moritz.
Medical indoor gymnastics; or, A system of hygienic exer-
cises for home use; revised and supplemented by Rudolf
Graefe. 1899 613.71 837
THUMA, Robert F.
The grace of man. 1897 613.71 T42
Physical exercises, the object being "the expression of the soul through
the mind by motion of the body."
613.8 Stimulants
For Temperance, see 178
KERR, Norman Shanks.
Inebriety; its etiology, pathology, treatment and jurispru-
dence. 1894 613.8 K2i
HARGREAVES, William.
Alcohol and science; or, Alcohol, what it is and what it
does. 1882 613.81 H26
RICHARDSON, Sir Benjamin Ward.
Temperance lesson book. 1888 613.81 R4I
613.9 Heredity of disease
For Heredity, see 575.1
HUTCHINSON, Jonathan.
Pedigree of disease; being six lectures on temperament,
idiosyncrasy and diathesis. 1884 r6i3-9 H97I
HUTH, Alfred Henry.
Marriage of near kin, considered with respect to the laws
of nations, the results of experience and the teachings
of biology. 1875 . r6i3-9 H97
Bibliography, apx. p.43-52.
614 Public health
BAKER, Moses Nelson.
Municipal engineering and sanitation. 1902. (Library of
economics and politics.) 614 617
Brief review of the whole subject. Intended for use of citizens as well
as officials who are striving to improve municipal conditions.
BARRfi, Louis Auguste, & Paul.
Manuel de genie sanitaire. 2v. 1897-98. (Bibliotheque
des connaissances utiles.) 614 626
v.i. La ville salubre.
v.2. La maison salubre.
Discusses the general principles of public and domestic hygiene, de-
scribing the methods adopted in many cities to secure good sanitary
conditions, and the best means for insuring healthful dwellings.
BASHORE, Harvey Brown.
Outlines of rural hygiene; for physicians, students and
PUBLIC HEALTH 867
sanitarians; with an appendix on The normal distribu-
tion of chlorine, by H. E. Smith. 1897 614 629
CORFIELD, William Henry.
Laws of health. 1888 614 C8i
Treats of personal hygiene, foods, ventilation, sanitation, etc., in a simple,
readable manner.
CURRIER, Charles Oilman.
Outlines of practical hygiene. 1898 614 C93
DIBBLE, F. L.
Vagaries of sanitary science. 1893 614 054
Author, a physician, declares that "there is not a particle of evidence to
sustain the filth-theory of disease," that boards of health and sani-
tarians "have consumed their energies on subjects which have no in-
fluence on individual or public health," and that the whole sanitary
movement is an imposition on mankind.
ELLIS, Havelock.
Nationalisation of health. 1892 614 53
Plea for the municipal or national care of health and disease. Has
chapters on the English hospitals and infirmaries, on typhoid fever,
defective eyesight and teeth, inspection of industries. Adapted to
English conditions.
PALMBERG, Albert.
Treatise on public health and its applications in different
European countries. 1895 614 Pl9
Bibliography, $.528-552.
PARKES, Louis Coltman.
Hygiene and public health. 1897 614 P24
PLUNKETT, Mrs Harriette Merrick (Hodge).
Women, plumbers and doctors; or, Household sanitation.
1885 614 P72
"Showing that if women and plumbers do their sanitary duty, there will
be little occasion for the services of the doctors."
RICHARDSON, Sir Benjamin Ward.
Hygeia, a city of health. 1876 614 R4I
ROHfi, George H.
Text-book of hygiene; a comprehensive treatise on the
principles and practice of preventive medicine from an
American stand-point. 1901 614 R62
STEVENSON, Thomas, M. D. & Murphy, S. F. ed.
Treatise on hygiene and public health. 3v. 1892-94 r6i4 884
v.3 treats of the sanitary laws of Great Britain.
Series of articles, each by an expert in some particular branch, covering
the subject in a very thorough manner.
SYKES, John F. J.
Public health problems. 1892. (Contemporary science
series.) 614 SgS
TRACY, Roger Sherman.
Hand-book of sanitary information for householders; con-
taining facts and suggestions about ventilation, drain-
age, care of contagious diseases, disinfection, food and
water; with appendices on disinfectants and plumbers'
materials. 1898. 614 T67
Author is sanitary inspector of the New York city health department; he
gives in detail the plan of house drainage recommended by the Board
of health.
WILLOUGHBY, Edward Francis.
Handbook of public health and demography. 1893 614 W76
Originally published as "Principles of hygiene."
868 PUBLIC HEALTH
AMERICAN PUBLIC HEALTH ASSOCIATION.
Public health; reports and papers presented at the meet-
ings of the association, i873~date. v.i-date. 1875-
date r6i4.os ASI
v. 20-23 issued as "Journal of the American public health association."
CENTRALBLATT fur allgemeine gesundheitspflege; organ
des Niederrheinischen vereins fur offentliche gesund-
heitspflege. v.i-date. i882-date r6i4.os C$2
Register, 1882-1901, v.i-22 and sup. v.i-3. 1902.
INTERNATIONAL CONGRESS OF HYGIENE AND
DEMOGRAPHY.
Transactions of the 7th international congress of hygiene
and demography, London, Aug. 10-17, 1891; ed. by C.
E. Shelly. I3v. in 4, 1892 r6i4.o6 124
INTERNATIONAL SANITARY CONFERENCE, Wash-
ington, 1881.
Proceedings of the International sanitary conference pro-
vided for by joint resolution of the Senate and House
of representatives. 1881 qr6i4.o6 1248
English and French text.
This conference of representatives of nations having ports likely to be
infected with yellow fever or cholera, was called for the purpose of
securing an international system of notification as to the actual sani-
tary condition of such ports and of vessels sailing from them.
Health reports
Germany
GERMANY Kaiserliches gesundheitsamt.
Ausziige aus gerichtlichen entscheidungen, betreffend den
verkehr mit nahrungsmitteln, genussmitteln und ge-
brauchsgegenstanden, iSpi-date. v.i-date. [1892?]-
date qr6i4.0943 632
Beilage zu den "Veroffentlichungen des Kaiserlichen gesundheitsamtes."
Sammlung gerichtlicher entscheidungen auf dem gebiete
der offentlichen gesundheitspflege (ausschl. nahrungs-
und genussmittel), iSgs-date. v.i-date. [1898?]-
date qr6i4.0943 6323
Beilage zu den "Veroffentlichungen des Kaiserlichen gesundheitsamtes."
Veroffentlichungen des Kaiserlichen gesundheitsamtes;
[weekly], i877-date. v.i-date. i877-date qr6i4.O943 G32v
Supplements are issued under the titles "Ausziige aus gerichtlichen ent-
scheidungen, betreffend den verkehr mit nahrungsmitteln, genussmit-
teln und gebrauchsgegens^tanden," and "Sammlung gerichtlicher ent-
scheidungen auf dem gebiete der offentlichen gesundheitspflege."
Gesammt-inhaltsverzeichniss, 1885-1900. 1903.
United States
CHAPIN, Charles Value.
Municipal sanitation in the United States. 1901 qr6i4.O973 C36
Considers the sanitary functions of cities, counties, etc. Compendium of
sanitary practice, not a treatise on the principles of sanitation.
UNITED STATES National board of health.
Annual report, 1879-1885. 1880-86 ^14.0973 U25
Reports for 1881, 1884 and :88s will be found in the sheep bound set of
VITAL STATISTICS
congressional documents, numbered respectively, 2026, 2303 and 2339.
No reports were issued after 1883 and the board was abolished by act of
Congress, Feb. 15, 1893.
MAINE Health board.
Annual report (7th), 1891. 1892 ^14.09741 M26
7th report consists of a repoit on school hygiene and school-houses.
MASSACHUSETTS Health board.
Annual report (2d, 4th-8th, Iith-I2th, 2ist-25th, 27th-3ist,
33d-date) of the State board of health, for the year end-
ing Sept. 30, 1870, 1872-76, 1879-80, 1889-93, 1895-99,
I90i-date. i87i-date r6i4-O9744 M45
Include reports on water-supply and sewerage, food and drug inspec-
tion and infectious diseases. Contain numerous papers on topics re-
lated to the above, including results of experience in water and sewage
purification, prevention and cure of diphtheria, sources of pollution
of water-supply, vital statistics, etc.
NEW YORK (city), CITIZENS' ASSOCIATION.
Report of the council of hygiene and public health upon
the sanitary condition of the city. 1865 ^14.09747 N26
PENNSYLVANIA Health board.
Annual report (ist-date) and vital statistics, i885-date.
i886-date ^14.09748 ?39
MICHIGAN Health board.
Annual report (5th, 9th-date), for the year ending June
30, 1877, i88i-date. i878-date ^14.09774 M66
I2th-i3th reports wanting.
Index, 1873-1898, ist-2Sth reports. 1898.
Before 1887 the fiscal year ends Sept. 30.
The same; supplement; Proceedings and addresses at sani-
tary conventions, 1886, 1888-1894, 1896-1898. 1887-
98 r6i4.09774 M66s
614.1 Vital statistics
MICHIGAN State, Secretary of.
Annual report (2d-30th) relating to the registry and return
of births, marriages and deaths, 1868-1896. 1869-98. . .r6i4.i M66
Reports for 1874, 1887, 1889-1890, 1893 wanting.
NEWSHOLME, Arthur.
Elements of vital statistics. 1892 r6i4.i N28
The same. 1899 1-614.1 N28e
Author is an English physician and fellow of the Royal statistical society.
"It is the application of medical knowledge, its use to social ends and
the amelioration of social ills that primarily interest the writer. . .Of
special importance to those in charge of our vital statistics." Annals
of the American academy of political and social science, 1900.
MARSH, Elias J. & White, G. M. comp.
Report on the mortality records of the Mutual life in-
surance company of New York, 1843-1898. 1900. . .qr6i4.i3 M4I
614.3 Adulterations
For Chemical analysis, see 543
ANALYST, including the Proceedings of the Society of pub-
lic analysis; a monthly journal of analytical chemistry,
v.i-date. i877-date r6i4-3 A53
Index, v. 1-20. 1897.
Proceedings of the society, v.i, 1876, will be found in r6i4-3 As2g.
870 ADULTERATIONS
BATTERSHALL, Jesse P.
Food adulteration and its detection. 1887 614.3 631
The same. 1887 r6i4-3 631
BIGELOW, Willard Dell.
Foods and food control, pt.i-5- 1902. (In United States
Chemistry bureau. Bulletin, no.6o, pt.i-5.) r63O.6 U2S33
Contains the federal food law and the food laws of the various states,
territories and insular possessions.
HASSALL, Arthur Hill.
Adulterations detected; or, Plain instructions for the dis-
covery of frauds in food and medicine. 1857 r6i4_3 H34
REVUE internationale des falsifications des denrees alimen-
taires; [bimonthly and monthly]. v.i-date. 1887-
date qr6i4-3 R37
RICHARDS, Mrs Ellen Henrietta (Swallow).
Food materials and their adulterations. 1886 614.3 R3Q
List of works consulted, p. 177-1 79.
Tells in brief compass what should be the appearance and constituents of
our various foods and drinks when in their best condition, and gives
the simplest way of detecting adulteration. Mrs Richards is a practi-
cal chemist and for years has been engaged in laboratory examinations
of food materials.
SCHIMPER, A. F. Wilhelm.
Anleitung zur mikroskopischen untersuchung der nahrungs-
und genussmittel. 1886 r6i4_3 833
UNITED STATES Manufactures committee.
Adulteration of food products; report [under S. R. 447, to
ascertain what manufacturers are adulterating food and
drink products]. 1900. ($6th cong. ist sess. Senate.
Report no.Si6.) r6i4-3 U25
WILEY, Harvey Washington, and others.
Food and food adulterants, pt.i-9, in 4v. 1887-98. (In
United States Chemistry bureau. Bulletin, no. 13.). .r63O.6 U2$33
pt.8 wanting.
v.i, pt. 1-5. Dairy products. Spices and condiments, by Clifford Rich-
ardson. Fermented alcoholic beverages, by C. A. Crampton. Lard and
lard adulterations, by H. W. Wiley. Baking powders, by C. A. Cramp-
ton.
v.2, pt.6-7. Sugar, molasses and sirup, confections, honey and beeswax.
- Tea, coffee and cocoa preparations, by G. L. Spencer and E. E.
Ewell.
v.4, pt.p. Cereals and cereal products.
TAYLOR, Thomas.
Improved methods of distinguishing between pure and fic-
titious lard; also Four edible mushrooms of the United
States. 1893. (United States Microscopy division.
Food products, no.3.) 589.22 T25
Bound with his "Twelve edible mushrooms of the United States."
WALLEY, Thomas.
Practical guide to meat inspection. 1896 614.317 Wi8
WYLDE, W.
Inspection of meat; a guide to officers supervising contract-
meat and to sanitary inspectors. 1890 614.317
CONTAGION. INFECTION 871
614.5-614.5 Contagion. Infection
ABBOTT, Alexander Crever.
Hygiene of transmissible diseases; their causation, modes
of dissemination and methods of prevention. 1899. .. .614.4 Ai3
UNITED STATES Public health and marine-hospital
service.
Annual report of the supervising surgeon-general for the
fiscal year ending June 30, 1872, 1890, i895-date. 1873-
date r6i4-4 U25
Report for 1872, with a historical sketch of the service from its organi-
zation in 1798, will be found in the sheep bound set of congressional
documents, no. 1566.
Abstracts of these and also of the missing reports may be found in the
Annual report of the secretary of the treasury, r336.7 Uzsr.
Public health reports; weekly, Jan. 6, iSoxj-date. v.i4-date.
looo-date r6i4-4 U25p
Formerly "Abstract of sanitary reports."
COPEMAN, S. Monckton.
Vaccination; its natural history and pathology; the Milroy
lectures for 1898. 1899 614.473 79
Bibliography at the end of each chapter.
HECKENAST, Wilhelm.
Desinfectionsmittel; oder, Anleitung zur anwendung der
praktischesten und besten desinfectionsmittel. 1878.
(Hartleben's chemisch-technische bibliothek.) r6i448 H39
RIDEAL, Samuel.
Disinfection and disinfectants. 1895 614.48 R43
Bibliography, p. 317-322.
ENGLAND Indian plague commission.
Minutes of evidence taken by the commission, with appen-
dices; presented to Parliament. 2'v. 1900 qr6i449 64
TIRARD, Nestor Isidor Charles.
Diphtheria and antitoxin. 1897 614.512 T49
KOCH, Robert.
Bacteriological diagnosis of cholera; Water-filtration and
cholera; and, The cholera in Germany during the win-
ter of 1892-93; tr. by George Duncan, with prefatory
note by W. T. Gairdner. 1894 614.514 K36
SHAKESPEARE, Edward Oram.
Report on cholera in Europe and India. 1890. (United
States. 49th cong. 2d sess. Senate. Mis. doc. no.
92.) qr6i4-5i4 852
UNITED STATES Foreign affairs committee.
Cholera morbus; report of the committee on foreign af-
fairs to whom has been referred a memorial of the
Board of health of the city of New York on the disease
known as Indian or Asiatic cholera, Jan. 20, 1832. 1832.
(22d cong. ist sess. House. Report no. 226.) ri72 H34
Bound with other pamphlets.
CHRISTY, Cuthbert.
Mosquitos and malaria; a summary of knowledge on the
subject up to date, with an account of the natural his-
tory of some mosquitos. 1900 614.53 C46
872 EMBALMING. BURIAL. CREMATION
EDWARDS, Joseph F.
Malaria; what it means and how avoided. 1881 614.53 31
ANDERSON, Izett William.
Yellow fever in the West Indies. 1898 614.541 A54
The same r6i4.54i A54
UNITED STATES Public health and marine-hospital
service.
Yellow fever; its nature, diagnosis, treatment and prophy-
laxis, and quarantine regulations relating thereto, by of-
ficers of the U. S. marine hospital service. 1898 r6i4-54i U25
UNITED STATES Yellow fever institute.
Bulletin, no.i-13, in I. 1902-03 r6i4.54i U253
THORNE, Sir Richard Thome.
Administrative control of tuberculosis. 1899 614.542 T4I
614.6 Embalming. Burial. Cremation
See also Treatment of the dead, 393
WICKES, Stephen.
Sepulture; its history, methods and sanitary requisites.
1884 r6i4.6 W67
"Authorities consulted," p.3.
COBB, John Storer.
Quartercentury of cremation in North America. 1901. . . .614.62 63
"Bibliography of the nineteenth century," p. 123-154.
General outline of the development of cremation since 1873, followed
by descriptions of the twenty-seven public crematories in the United
States and Canada.
FULTON, Henry D.
Should we burn our dead? 1901 r6i4.62 Fg8
Reprinted from "American medicine," Nov. 2, 1901.
Short articles in favor of cremation.
THOMPSON, Sir Henry.
Modern cremation. 1891 614.62 T38
Historical sketch of modern cremation in England, an account of the
objects and requirements of the Cremation society, with the arguments
for cremation.
WILLIAMS, Robert Elliott.
Cremation and other modes of sepulture. 1884 614.62 W74
Short comparison in favor of cremation.
FUNERAL DIRECTORS' ASSOCIATION OF THE
UNITED STATES AND CANADA.
Pharmaceutical, anatomical and chemical lexicon; the na-
tional funeral directors' official text book. 1886 r6i4.64 FgS
McCURDY, Charles William.
Embalming and embalming fluids. 1896 614.64 Mi4
"Bibliography of embalming," p.2 17-258.
614.7 Air pollution
PRUDDEN, Theophile Mitchell.
Dust and its dangers. 1891 614.71 P97
"Written with the purpose of informing people, in simple language, what
the real danger is of acquiring serious disease especially consumption
by means of dust-laden air, and how this danger may be avoided."
Preface.
PROTECTION FROM ACCIDENTS 873
ROECHLING, Herman Alfred.
Sewer gas and its influence upon health. 1898 614.765 RSQ
Bibliography, p.87-9p.
. % >
614.8 Protection from accidents
CALDER, John.
Prevention of factory accidents. 1899 614.8 Ci2
BRITISH FIRE PREVENTION COMMITTEE.
Publications; ed. by E. O. Sachs, no.i-date. i8g7-date. ^614.84 675
no. 1 2 is a Report on the Home building fire, Pittsburgh, in 1898.
INGLE, Herbert, & Harry.
Chemistry of fire and fire prevention; a handbook for in-
surance surveyors, works' managers, and all interested
in fire risks and their diminution. 1900 614.84 124
SACHS, Edwin O.
Fires and public entertainments; a study of some noo not-
able fires. 1897 qr6i4.84 Si2
BASEL, Switzerland.
Ratschlag und entwurf eines wohnungsgesetzes. 1897-
1900 r6i4.85 628
UNITED STATES Light-house board.
Report, 1852, i872-date. i8s2-date r6i4.86s U25
Synopsis of the reports of this board may be found in the Annual report
of the secretary of the treasury, ^336. 7 Uzsr.
UNITED STATES Life-saving service.
Annual report (ist-date) of operations, for the year ending
June 30, i876-date. i876-date r6i4.868 U25
614.88 Aid to the injured
AUSTIN, J. A.
Manual of first aid; being a text-book for ambulance
classes and a work of reference for domestic and general
use. 1898 614.88 A93
DRINKWATER, H.
First aid to the injured, and ambulance drill. 1900.
(Temple primers.) 614.88 D82
Bibliography, p.gp-ioo.
"The number and excellency of the illustrations are special features of
this little book... Can be strongly recommended as a clear and trust-
worthy instruction in 'first aid.' " Nature, 1901.
PILCHER, James E.
First aid in illness and injury. 1899 614.88 PsS
The same. 1899 r6i4.88 Ps8
UNITED STATES Surgeon-general's office.
Outlines of first aid, U. S. army. 1899 r6i4.88 U25
WILDER, Bert Green, comp.
Emergencies; how to avoid them and how to meet them.
1887 614.88 W7i
"References," p.3S~36.
Simple, concise directions for the immediate treatment of injured per-
sons.
874 MATERIA MEDICA. THERAPEUTICS
a
614.9 Hygiene of animals
See also Veterinary medicine, 619
UNITED STATES Agriculture, Department of.
Contagious diseases of domesticated animals. 2v. 1880-81.
(Special report, no.22, 34.) r6i4-9 U2S
Investigation of diseases of swine, and infectious and con-
tagious diseases incident to other classes of domesti-
cated animals. 1879. (Special report, no. 12.) r6i4_9 U2$i
615 Materia medica. Therapeutics
ALLEN, Timothy Field.
Handbook of materia medica and homoeopathic therapeutics.
1889 qr6is A43
AMERICAN PHARMACEUTICAL ASSOCIATION.
Proceedings at the annual meeting (ist-26th, 28th, 3ist,
34th), 1852-1878, 1880, 1883, 1886. 1865-86 r6i5.05 ASI
No meeting was held in 1861.
PHARMACEUTICAL journal and transactions, v.i-date.
i842-date qr6i 5.05 ?48
Index, v.i-is. 1857.
Index, v. 16-27. 1869.
Index, v.28 37. 1880.
v.i-29 monthly; v.3O-date weekly.
v.ss-date title reads "Pharmaceutical journal."
615.1 Materia medica. Drugs
BINZ, Karl.
Lectures on pharmacology for practitioners and students.
v.i. 1895. (New Sydenham society. Publications.) . .r6i5.i 648
CAPAUN-KARLOWA, C. F.
Medicinische specialitaten; eine sammlung der meisten bis
jetzt bekannten und untersuchten geheimmittel und spe-
cialitaten. 1896. (Hartleben's chemisch-technische biblio-
thek.) r6is.i Ci8
COBLENTZ, Virgil.
The newer remedies; a reference manual for physicians, phar-
macists and students. 1899 r6i5.i C63
Methods of preparation, tests, doses, solubilities, etc.
CULBRETH, David M. R.
Manual of materia medica and pharmacology; comprising
all organic and inorganic drugs which are and have
been official in the United States pharmacopreia.
1900 r6i5.i Cgi
FINKLEPEARL, Henry.
Syllabus of materia medica and pharmacognosy. 1895. . .r6i5.i F49
The same. 1895 615.1 F49
HELBING, H.
Modern materia medica. 1892 r6i5.i H42
MERCK'S 1896 index; an encyclopedia for the physician and
DRUGS 875
the pharmacist, of the chemicals and drugs used in
medicine, in chemistry and in the arts. 1895 qr6iS.i M63
MERCK'S manual of the materia medica; a ready-reference
pocket book for the practicing physician and surgeon,
1901. 1901 r6is.i M63m
VOMACKA, Adolf.
Taschenbuch bestbewahrter vorschriften fur die gangbarsten
handverkaufs-artikel der apotheken und drogenhandlun-
gen. 1897. (Hartleben's chemisch-technische biblio-
thek.) r6i5.i V37
615.11-615.13 Pharmacopoeias. Dispensatories. Formularies
PHARMACOPCEIA of the United States; Sth-7th decennial
revision; by authority of the National convention for
revising the pharmacopoeia, Washington, 1870-1890.
1873-93 r6i5.ii P48
SQUIRE, Peter, ed.
Companion to the latest edition of the British pharma-
copoeia. 1880 r6i5.n 877
WHITE, Edmund, & Humphrey, John.
Pharmacopedia; a commentary on the British pharma-
copoeia, 1898. 1901 r6i5.n W63
Contains also "Notes on the Indian and colonial addendum, 1900, to the
British pharmacopoeia, 1898," and "Pharmacopedic atlas."
"Works of reference," p. 13-14.
WOOD, George Bacon, & Bache, Franklin.
Dispensatory of the United States. 1895 r6i5.i2 W8s
FENNER, B. comp.
Complete formulary; containing formulas for all preparations
required in the practice of pharmacy and the business of
the chemist, manufacturing pharmacist, manufacturer of
proprietary medicine, physician, perfumer, etc. 1898. .r6i5.i3 F36
Hand book of the United States pharmacopoeia; 7th revision,
1890-1893. 1894 r6is.i3 F36
Bound with his "Complete formulary," to which it is a supplement.
615.3 Organic drugs
FLUCKIGER, Friedrich A. & Hanbury, Daniel.
Pharmacographia; a history of the principal drugs of vege-
table origin, met with in Great Britain and British
India. 1879 r6i5-3 F67
"Biographic and bibliographic notes relating to authors and books
quoted," p.7S 1-767.
SCHERK, Carl.
Anleitung zur bestimmung des wirksamen gewerbstoff-
gehaltes in den naturgerbstoffen. 1891. (Hartleben's
chemisch-technische bibliothek.) r6i5-3 832
TRIMBLE, Henry.
Tannins; a monograph on the history, preparation, proper-
ties, methods of estimation and uses of the vegetable
astringents. 2v. 1892-94. 615.334 T74
"Index to the literature of the tannins," v.i, p.ioi-i6s; v.z, p.i3S-i7O.
876 THERAPEUTICS
615.4 Practical pharmacy
REMINGTON, Joseph Price.
Practice of pharmacy ; a treatise on the modes of making and
dispensing official, unofficial and extemporaneous prepara-
tions, with descriptions of their properties, uses and doses ;
a hand-book for pharmacists and physicians and a text-book
for students. 1894 r6i54 R33
SCOVILLE, Wilbur Lincoln.
Art of compounding; a text book for students and a refer-
ence book for pharmacists. 1897 r6i54 843
Includes a chapter on homeopathic prescriptions.
615.5 Therapeutics
ALLEN, Harrison, ed.
Handbook of local therapeutics. 1893 r6i5-5 A42
Contents: Harte, R. H. General surgery. Van Harlingen, Arthur. Dis-
eases of the skin. Allen, Harrison. Diseases of the ear and air-pas-
sages. Harlan, G. C. Diseases of the eye.
PRIMROSE, James.
Popular errours; or, The errours of the people in physick.
1651 r6i5.5 P95
RINGER, Sydney.
Handbook of therapeutics. 1890 r6i5-5 R47
6i5-53 Homeopathy
HAHNEMANN, Christian Samuel Friedrich.
Genius of the homeopathic healing art. 1833 r6i5.53 Hi4
Preface to v.2 of his "Materia medica pura."
ROBERTS, John Bingham.
Modern medicine and homoeopathy. 1895 615.53 R53
615.7 Medicines grouped by effects
FAIRCHILD BROS. & FOSTER.
Fairchild's hand-book of the digestive ferments, as rem-
edies, per se, as surgical solvents, and in the peptonisa-
tion of milk, and for the modification of cow's milk to
the standard of human milk by the Fairchild process.
1894 r6i5-734 Fi5
ROLLER, Theodor.
Die technik der verbandstoff-fabrikation; ein handbuch der
herstellung und fabrikation der verbandstoffe, sowie der
antiseptica und desinfectionsmittel. 1893. (Hartleben's
chemisch-technische bibliothek.) r6i5-77 K36
ZELIS, Paul.
Die medicinischen verbandmaterialien, mit besonderer be-
riicksichtigung ihrer gewinnung, fabrikation, untersu-
chung und werthbestimmung, sowie ihrer aufbewahrung
und verpackung. 1900 615.77 244
MIND-CURE 877
ADRIAN, L. A.
Petit formulaire des antiseptiques. 1892 615.778 A24
CROOK, James King.
Mineral waters of the United States and their therapeutic
uses; with an account of the various mineral spring
localities, their advantages as health resorts, means of
access, etc. and an appendix on potable waters. 1899. .r6i5-79 C8g
FONDA, Sebastian F.
Analysis of Sharon waters, Schoharie county, [N. Y.] also
of Avon, Richfield and Bedford mineral waters, with
directions for invalids. 1860 r6iS79 F73
615.82-615.84 Massage. Electrotherapeutics
ECCLES, A. Symons.
Practice of massage; its physiological effects and thera-
peutic uses. 1895 615.82 23
MURRELL, William.
Massage as a mode of treatment. 1886 r6i5.82 M97
OSTROM, Kurre Wilhelm.
Massage and the original Swedish movements; their appli-
cation to various diseases of the body. 1899 615.82 029
Bibliography, p. 160-163.
PLEASONTON, Augustus James, and others.
Influence of the blue ray of the sunlight and of the blue
colour of the sky in developing animal and vegetable
life. 1877 615.831 P69
The same. 1876 r6is.83i P6g
BEARD, George Miller, & Rockwell, A. D.
Medical and surgical uses of electricity. 1892 r6i5.84 634
CHAZARAIN, & Decle, Ch.
Les courants de la polarite dans 1'aimant et dans le corps
humain. 1887 r6i5.84 C4I
Attempt to explain scientifically the use of electricity in the treatment of
rheumatic, nervous, mental and other diseases.
HOUSTON, Edwin James, & Kennelly, A. E.
Electricity in electro-therapeutics. 1896. (Elementary
electro-technical series.) 615.84 H83
615.851 Mind-cure. Menticulture
DRESSER, Horatio Willis.
Methods and problems of spiritual healing. 1899 615.851 D8i
Considers Christian science doctrines.
FLETCHER, Horace.
Happiness as found in forethought minus fearthought.
1897. (Menticulture series.) 615.851 F63h
Menticulture; or, The A-B-C of true living. 1895 615.851 F63
Presents the author's theory that anger and worry, which are the germs
of all the evil passions, may be eliminated by everyone at will from
his own nature.
WOOD, Henry.
Ideal suggestion through mental photography; a restora-
878 CHRISTIAN SCIENCE
tive system for home and private use, preceded by a
study of the laws of mental healing. 1899 615.851 W8si
FESSENDEN, Thomas Green.
Terrible tractoration; a poetical petition against galvaniz-
ing trumpery and the Perkinistic institute. 1804 r6i5.8s6 42
615.857 Christian science
BATES, John Hoskins.
Christian science and its problems. 1898 615.857 631
Author examines Christian science methods from all points of view and
finds them unscientific and unchristian.
BUCKLEY, James Monroe.
Christian science, and other superstitions; being selected
chapters from "Faith-healing, Christian science and
kindred phenomena." 1899 615.857 685
Contents: Faith-healing. Christian science and mind cure. Supple-
mentary paper.
These essays appeared first in the "Century magazine."
Supplementary paper deals with recent failures of Christian science and
faith-healing, the contrast between the failures and successes of faith-
healing and Christian science and those of physicians, important facts
concerning all sickness and the relation of the practice of Christian
science and faith-healing to civil law. This latter paper was prepared
especially for this book.
CHRISTIAN science journal; monthly. v.i4-date. 1897-
date r6i5.857 C45
EDDY, Mrs Mary (Baker) Glover.
Miscellaneous writings, 1883-1896. 1897 615.857 E26m
Retrospection and introspection. 1899 615.857 E26r
Science and health, with a key to the Scriptures. 1895. .615.857 26
The same. 1895 r6i5.857 26
NEWTON, Richard Heber.
Christian science; the truths of spiritual healing and their
contribution to the growth of orthodoxy. 1899 615.857 N29
PURRINGTON, William Archer.
Christian science; an exposition of Mrs Eddy's wonderful
discovery, including its legal aspects; a plea for chil-
dren and other helpless sick. 1900 615.857 Pg&
SEARCHLIGHTS on Christian science; a symposium.
1899 615.857 S43
Contents : Its history, by J. R. Slater. Its theology, by H. H. Beach.
Its philosophy, by W. H. Faunce. Its inherent difficulties, by J. W.
Conley. Its growth, by L. A. Crandall. Its precursors, by Franklin
Johnson. Its future, by B. A. Greene. Its errors, by C. B. Crane.
Some practical incidents, by E. S. Plimpton. Its form and substance,
by O. P. Gifford.
SEWARD, Theodore F.
How to get acquainted with God; the meaning of the
Christian science movement. 1902 615.857 Ssi
Written from the standpoint of an Episcopalian in sympathy with the
teachings of Christian science.
WHITNEY, Mrs Adeline Dutton (Train).
Integrity of Christian science. 1900 615.857 W65
WOODBURY, Mrs Josephine Curtis (Battles).
Christian s<yence voices, 1885-1897. 1897 615.857 W86
War in heaven; sixteen years' experience in Christian
science mind-healing. 1897 r6i5.857 W86
PATHOLOGY. DISEASE 879
615.86 Hypnotism
See also Hypnotism, 134
BERNHEIM, Hippolyte.
Suggestive therapeutics; treatise on the nature and uses of
hypnotism. 1895 615.86 645
WETTERSTRAND, Otto Georg.
Hypnotism and its application to practical medicine; with
Medical letters on hypno-suggestion, by H. G. Petersen.
1899 615.86 W58
Bibliography, p. 13-1 7.
615.9 Toxicology. Poisons
CHAPUIS, A.
Precis de toxicologie, chimique et physiologique. 1897.^615.9 C36
TANNER, Thomas Hawkes.
Memoranda on poisons; revised by J. J. Reese. 1896 615.9 Ti8
Gives many different poisons, antidotes and tests, symptoms and treat-
ment of poisoning.
KELYNACK, Theophilus Nicholas, & Kirkby, William.
Arsenical poisoning in beer drinkers. 1901 615.926 Ki7
Bibliography, p. 101-125.
Major portion of the book is devoted to the clinical appearances ob-
served in an epidemic of peripheral neuritis which occurred in Man-
chester, England, during the latter part of 1900, and which was traced
to the use of arsenical beer. The methods of chemical testing and re-
sults obtained are also given.
WEYL, Theodore.
Coal-tar colors with especial reference to their injurious
qualities and the restriction of their use; a sanitary
and medico-legal investigation. 1892 .615.93 Ws8
FARQUHARSON, A. C.
Ptomaines and other animal alkaloids; their detection,
separation and clinical features. 1892 r6i5_94 F24
GRfiHANT, Nestor.
Les poisons de 1'air, 1'acide carbonique et 1'oxyde de car-
bone; asphyxie et empoisonnement par les puits, le
gaz de 1'eclairage, etc. 1890 r6i5.96 G86
616 Pathology. Disease
BRUNTON, Thomas Lauder, comp.
Index of diseases and remedies. 1890 r6i6 683
Reprinted from his "Pharmacology, therapeutics and materia medica."
COHNHEIM, Julius.
Lectures on general pathology. 3v. 1889-90. (New Syden-
ham society. Publications.) r6i6 C66
"Memoir of Cohnheim," v.i, p.p-iS-
v.i. Pathology of the circulation.
v.z. Pathology of nutrition.
v.3- Pathology of digestion, respiration, urinary organs and animal heat.
FAGGE, Charles Hilton.
Principles and practice of medicine. 2v. 1886 r6i6 Fi3
56
880 PATHOLOGY. DISEASE
GRAVES, Robert James.
Clinical lectures on the practice of medicine. 2v. 1884.
(New Sydenham society. Publications.) r6i6 G8ic
HAHNEMANN, Christian Samuel Friedrich.
Chronic diseases; their specific nature and homoeopathic
treatment. 1889 616 Hi4
HIRSCH, August.
Handbook of geographical and historical pathology. 3v.
1883-86. (New Sydenham society. Publications.) r6i6 H6i
v.i. Acute infective diseases.
v.2. Chronic infective, toxic, parasitic, septic and constitutional diseases.
v.3. Diseases of organs and parts.
KLEIN, Edward Emanuel.
Micro-organisms and disease; an introduction into the study
of specific micro-organisms. 1886 r6i6 K3i
LYDSTON, G. Frank.
Addresses and essays on medical subjects. 1892 r6i6 Lo8
OSLER, William.
Principles and practice of medicine. 1894 r6i6 029
ROBERTS, Frederick Thomas.
Theory and practice of medicine. 1884 r6i6 R53
STRUMPELL, Adolf.
Text-book of medicine. 1895 qr6i6 892
SYDENHAM, Thomas.
Works. 2v. 1848-50. (Sydenham society. Publications.) . .r6i6 SgS
"Life of Sydenham, by R. G. Latham," v.i, p.n-Sg.
TAYLOR, Frederick.
Manual of the practice of medicine. 1891 r6i6 T25
WALDHEIM, Max von.
Die serum-, bakterientoxin- und organ-praparate; ihre dar-
stellung, wirkungsweise und anwendung, fur chemiker,
apotheker, aerzte, bacteriologen, etc. 1901. (Hart-
leben's chemisch-technische bibliothek.) r6i6 WiS
Contents: Alkoholismus. Blattern. Cholera. Diphtheric. Dysenteric.
Gelbfieber. Gonococceninfection. Kolibacillose. Krebs und sar-
com. Ktinstliche und medicamentose sera. Lepra. Lyssa. Pest.
Pneumonic. Pyocyaneus-infection. Reconvalescentenblutserum.
Rhinosklerom. Schlangenbissvergiftung. Staphylococceninfection.
Streptococceninfection. Syphilis. Tetanus. Tuberculose. Typhus.
Wurstvergiftung. Blutbildungsorgane, embryonale. Blutegel. Bron-
chialdrusen. Eierstock. Gehirn. Gehirnanhang. Hoden. Hornsub-
stanz. Knochenmark. Leber. Lunge. Lymphdrusen. 'Magen.
Milchdrusen. Milz. Muskeln. Mutterkuchen. Nebennieren. Ne-
benschilddrusen. Nieren. Nukleinstof fe. Ohrspeicheldruse. Pan-
kreas. Schilddruse. Schleimhaute. Thymus. Vorsteherdruse.
Wimper- und glaskorper.
WOODHEAD, German Sims, & Hare, A. W.
Pathological mycology; an enquiry into the etiology of in-
fective diseases, v.i. 1885 r6i6 W86
v.i. Methods.
Bibliography, v.i, p. 132-166.
616.07 Diagnosis
GUTTMANN, Paul.
Handbook of physical diagnosis, comprising the throat,
thorax and abdomen. 1879. (New Sydenham society.
Publications.) r6i6x>7 Gg8
PATHOLOGY. DISEASE 881
JAKSCH, Rudolf von.
Clinical diagnosis; the bacteriological, chemical and micro-
scopical evidence of disease. 1890 616.07 Ji5
Bibliography, p.348-379.
ROLLESTON, H. D. & Kanthack, A. A.
Manual of practical morbid anatomy; a handbook for the
post-mortem room. 1894 616.07 R64
FLINT, Austin.
Manual of auscultation and percussion. 1883 r6i6.o74 F64
BEALE, Lionel Smith.
The microscope in medicine. 1878 r6i6.O77 634
4th edition enlarged of his "The microscope and its application to clini-
cal medicine."
STOWELL,- Charles Henry, & Mrs L. M. R.
Microscopical diagnosis. 1882 r6i6.O77 889
Includes "Some hints on the preparation and mounting of microscopic
objects," by \V. H. Walmsley.
616.1-616.2 Heart and respiratory system
BRAMWELL, John Byrom.
Diseases of the heart and thoracic aorta. 1884 r6r6.i 669
AMERICAN LARYNGOLOGICAL ASSOCIATION.
Transactions of the annual meeting (i2th-2Oth, 22d-date),
1890-1898, looo-date. iSgi-date r6i6.2 ASI
LARYNGOSCOPE; a monthly journal devoted to diseases of
the nose, throat, ear. v.i-4. 1896-98 qr6i6.2 L33
SEILER, Carl.
Handbook of the diagnosis and treatment of diseases of
the throat, nose and naso-pharynx. 1889 r6i6.2 846
STOKES, William.
Treatise on the diagnosis and treatment of diseases of
the chest, v.i. 1882. (New Sydenham society. Publi-
cations.) r6i6.2 S87
v.i. Diseases of the lung and windpipe.
Memoir of the author, by H. W. Acland, p. 7-41.
No more published.
HOLLOPETER, William Clarence.
Hay-fever and its successful treatment. 1898 616.202 H73
"Bibliography," p.i 13-131.
BABER, Edward Cresswell.
Guide to the examination of the nose, with remarks on the
diagnosis of diseases of the nasal cavities. 1886 r6i6.2i Bn
LEFFERTS, George Morewood.
Diagnosis and treatment of chronic nasal catarrh.
1886 r6i6.2i L53
MacDONALD, Greville.
Treatise on disease of the nose and its accessory cavi-
ties. 1890 r6i6.2i Mi4
WALSHAM, William Johnson.
Nasal obstruction; the diagnosis of the various conditions
causing it, and their treatment. 1808 616.21 Wi8
THOROWGOOD, John Charles.
Lettsomian lectures on bronchial asthma. 1887 r6i6.23 T4i
882 PATHOLOGY. DISEASE
616.24 Lungs. Consumption
LEWIS, Dio.
Weak lungs and how to make them strong. 1865 r6i6.24 L67
KNOPF, Siegmund Adolph.
Tuberculosis as a disease of the masses, and how to combat
it. 1901 616.242 K34
Submitted to the International congress for the study of the best way
to combat tuberculosis as a disease of the masses, Berlin, 1899, and
awarded the prize as the best popular essay on the subject.
SQUIRE, John Edward.
Essays on consumption, together with some clinical ob-
servations and remarks on pneumonia. 1900 616.242 77
Indicates the preventive measures and the factors of the disease from
which these are formulated. Author has had large experience in the
treatment of consumption, and was among the first to advocate preven-
tive treatment.
CLAPP, Herbert Codman.
Is consumption contagious and can it be transmitted by
means of food? 1881 r6i6.246 Csi
Holds that, at least under certain conditions and to a certain extent,
consumption is contagious and can be transmitted by food.
HARRIS, W. John.
Hygiene of consumption. 1892 616.246 H29
Suggestions concerning causes, prevention, diet, etc. Author gives a
description of a pneumatic cabinet which he and other physicians have
found very useful.
KNOPF, Siegmund Adolph.
Pulmonary tuberculosis; its modern prophylaxis and the
treatment in special institutions and at home. 1899. .r6i6.246 K34
"Sanitary laws of the different states to prevent bovine tuberculosis,"
p.68-72.
Alvarenga prize essay of the College of physicians of Philadelphia for
the year 1898, revised and enlarged.
616.3 Digestive system
BROWNE, Lennox.
The throat and its diseases. 1878 qr6i6.3i B8i
Bibliography, p. 3 1 2-3 14.
BRUNTON, Thomas Lauder.
On disorders of digestion; their consequences and treat-
ment. 1893 616.33 683
DUTTON, Thomas.
Indigestion, corpulency and gout clearly explained, treated
and dieted. 1895 r6i6.33 D95
GILL, John Beadnell.
Indigestion; what it is, what it leads to and a new method
of treating it. 1881 616.33 G39
HERSCHELL, George.
Indigestion. 1895 616.33 H47
Bibliography, p.3O5~323.
ALLINGHAM, William.
Fistula, hemorrhoids and other diseases of the rectum.
1882 616.34 A43
The same. 1882 r6i6.34 A43
PATHOLOGY. DISEASE
BRIDGER, Adolphus Edward.
Demon of dyspepsia; or, Digestion, perfect and imper-
fect. 1888.. 616.39874
616.5 Skin diseases
ANDERSON, T. M'Call.
Treatise on diseases of the skin. 1887 r6i6.5 A$5
BULKLEY, Lucius Duncan.
Aid to the study of skin disease; the skin in health and
disease. 1881 r6i6.s 687
UNNA, Paul Gerson, and others.
Selected monographs on dermatology. 1893. (New Syden-
ham society. Publications.) r6i6.5 U25
Contents: Selections from the dermatological writings of P. G. Unna.
On the appearance of herpes zoster during the administration of
arsenic, by Ludwig Nielsen. Collection of.Dr Duhring's papers on
dermatitis herpetiformis. The sensation of itching, by E. B. Bron-
son. Report of a case of the mycosis fongoide of Alibert, by H. W.
Blanc. Pellagra, by Ludwig Berger; abridged. Drug eruptions; a
clinical study, by P. A. Morrow. Researches on psoriasis, by Ludwig
Nielsen.
Bibliography, p.S38-s6s-
WILSON, Sir William James Erasmus.
Portraits of diseases of the skin. 1855 qr6i6.5 W76p
MARIE, Pierre, & Souza-Leite, J. D. de.
Essays on acromegaly. 1891. (New Sydenham society.
Publications.) r6i6.S4 M38
STITSON, J. R.
Human hair; its care and preservation. 1900 616.54 S86
616.8 Nervous system
HAMILTON, Allan McLane.
Nervous diseases; their description and treatment. 1881 . .r6i6.8 Hi9
JAKOB, Christfried.
Atlas of the normal and pathological nervous systems,
with a sketch of the anatomy, pathology and therapy of
the same. 1896. (Wood's medical hand atlases.) r6i6.8 Ji5
BRAMWELL, John Byrom.
Diseases of the spinal cord. 1884 r6i6.84 669
DAY, William Henry.
Headaches; their nature, causes and treatment. 1883. -616.84 033
MACEWEN, Sir William.
Pyogenic infective diseases of the brain and spinal cord.
1893 r6i6.84 Mis
MARIE, Pierre.
Lectures on diseases of the spinal cord. 1895. (New
Sydenham society. Publications.) r6i6.84 M38
BUZZARD, Thomas.
On some forms of paralysis from peripheral neuritis, of
gouty, alcoholic, diphtheritic and other origin; 'the Har-
veian lectures for 1885. 1886 r6i6.842 699
PATHOLOGY. DISEASE
MICKLE, William Julius.
General paralysis of the insane. 1886 r6i6.842 M66
BEARD, George Miller.
Practical treatise on nervous exhaustion; its symptoms,
nature, sequences, treatment. 1896 r6i6.843 B34
MITCHELL, Silas Weir.
Fat and blood; an essay on the treatment of certain forms
of neurasthenia and hysteria. 1891 616.843 M74
WHITTLE, Edward George.
Congestive neurasthenia; or, Insomnia and nerve de-
pression. 1889 r6i6.843 W66
CLEVENGER, Shobal Vail.
Spinal concussion. 1889 616.844 Cs8
BRIDGER, Adolphus Edward.
Depression, what it is and how to cure it. 1895 616.85 674
FLEURY, Maurice de.
Medicine and the mind (La medecine de 1'esprit) ; tr. fr. the
French by S. B. Collins. 1900 616.85 F63
Discusses hypnotism, mental and physical fatigue, the treatment of in-
dolence and melancholy, love and anger. Is literary in form; contains
many interesting anecdotes and reflections. Awarded a prize by the
French academy.
LETCHWORTH, William Pryor.
Care and treatment of epileptics. 1900 r6i6.853 L6s
BASTIAN, Henry Charlton.
Treatise on aphasia and other speech defects. 1898 616.855 829
COLLINS, Joseph.
Genesis and dissolution of the faculty of speech; a clinical
and psychological study of aphasia. 1898 616.855 C7I
616.9 General diseases. Fevers
CANFIELD, William Buckingham.
Hygiene of the sick-room. 1892 616.9 Ci7
A physician's lectures to nurses on the causes of contagion, modes of
infection and disinfection, and some of the practical results of ex-
periments in bacteriology. Considers in some detail each of the
common infectious or contagious diseases.
ILLINGWORTH, C. R.
Abortive treatment of specific febrile disorders by the
biniodide of mercury. 1888 .r6i6.9 122
WILSON, James C.
Fever-nursing; designed for the use of professional and
other nurses, and especially as a text-book for nurses
in training. 1899. (Practical lessons in nursing.) .. .616.92 W76f
VERDES MONTENEGRO, Jose.
Bubonic plague; its course and symptoms, and means of
prevention and treatment according to the latest scien-
tific discoveries, including notes on cases in Oporto;
with an appendix specially written by the author for
the English edition. 1900 616.923 V26
"Principal sources of information," p.83-84.
CONDIE, Thomas, & Folwell, Richard.
History of the pestilence commonly called yellow fever,
MEDICAL BACTERIOLOGY
which almost desolated Philadelphia in the months of
August, September and October 1798 r6i6.928 74
BROWNE, Lennox.
Diphtheria and its associates. 1895 qr6i6.93i B8i
CELLI, Angelo.
Malaria according to the new researches. 1900 616.936 31
"Bibliography of Roman malaria," p. 256-275.
Concise account of our present knowledge of its nature and causes; and
a discussion of its epidemiology and prophylaxis.
LAVERAN, Alphonse.
Paludism. 1893. (New Sydenham society. Publica-
tions.) r6i6.936 L38
Bibliography, p. 183-193.
MANNABERG, Julius.
Malarial parasites. 1894. (New Sydenham society. Se-
lected monographs.) r6i6.936 M36
Bibliography, p. 41 7-428.
Bound with Marchiafava & Bignami's "On summer-autumn malarial
fevers."
MARCHIAFAVA, Ettore, & Bignami, Amico.
On summer-autumn malarial fevers. 1894. (New Syden-
ham society. Selected monographs.) r6i6.936 M36
Bibliography, p.4i 7-428.
LUFF, Arthur Pearson.
Gout; its pathology and treatment. 1899 616.991 L97
JENNINGS, Charles Egerton.
Cancer and its complications. 1893 r6i6.994 J26
HILLIER, Alfred.
Tuberculosis; its nature, prevention and treatment, with
special reference to the open air treatment of phthisis.
1900 616.995 Hs6
THREE editorials regarding the priority in demonstrating
the toxic effect of matter accompanying the tubercle
bacillus and its nidus r6i6.995 T42
Reprinted from the "Medical and surgical reporter," Sept. 6, 1890, May
9, 1891 and the "American naturalist," Feb. 1891.
616.969 Medical bacteriology
See also Bacteria, 589.95
BALL, M. V.
Essentials of bacteriology. 1893 r6i6.969 621
BLACK, G. V.
Formation of poisons by micro-organisms; a biological
study of the germ theory of disease. 1884 r6i6.969 851
CHEYNE, William Watson, ed.
Recent essays by various authors on bacteria in relation
to disease. 1886. (New Sydenham society. Publica-
tions.) r6i6.g6g 42
FLUGGE, Karl.
Micro-organisms, with special reference to the etiology of
the infective diseases. 1890. (New Sydenham society.
Publications.) r6i6.969 F67
Bibliography, p. 1-63.
886 SURGERY
HUEPPE, Ferdinand.
Principles of bacteriology. 1899 616.969 H8g
"Bibliography," p.457-459-
Especially for physicians and bacteriologists.
"An attempt at a critical and comprehensive exposition of bacteriology,
basing it clearly and solidly upon scientific conceptions. I make this
essay in order that our knowledge of the causes of putrefaction, fer-
mentation and disease, together with the methods of the prevention
and cure of infection, may develop in a way free from all ontology."
Preface.
MUIR, Robert, & Ritchie, James.
Manual of bacteriology. 1899 616.969 Mgs
Bibliography, p.S35-55o.
"As this work is intended primarily for students and practitioners of
medicine, only those bacteria which are associated with disease in
the human subject have been considered." Preface.
PEARMAIN, T. H. & Moor, C. G.
Applied bacteriology; an introductory handbook for the
use of students, medical officers of health, analysts and
others. 1897 616.969 P34
PRUDDEN, Theophile Mitchell.
Story of the bacteria. 1895 616.969 Pg7
The same. 1890 r6i6.969 ?97
The relation of bacteria to health and to disease is described in a plain,
sensible and trustworthy manner.
SLATER, Charles, & Spitta, E. J.
Atlas of bacteriology; photomicrographs with explana-
tory text. 1898 616.969 $63
STERNBERG, George Miller.
Manual of bacteriology. 1893 r6i6.969 S83
Bibliography, p.76g-&76.
Reference book for physicians and advanced students of bacteriology,
which may also be used by medical students as a text-book and guide
for laboratory work.
THOINOT, L. H. & Masselin, E. J
Outlines of bacteriology; a practical handbook for students,
on the basis of the Precis de microbie; tr. by W. St. C.
Symmers. 1899 r6i6.96g T36
Plain presentation of the applications of bacteriology in medicine.
TYNDALL, John.
Essays on the floating-matter of the air in relation to
putrefaction and infection. 1895 616.969 TgS
The same ^16.969 TgS
Contains a chapter on spontaneous generation.
617 Surgery
GROSS, Samuel David.
System of surgery; pathological, diagnostic, therapeutic
and operative. 2v. 1864 r6i; G93
MORTON, Thomas George, & Hunt, William, b. 1825.
Surgery in the Pennsylvania hospital; an epitome of the
practice of the hospital since 1756, with papers by J. B.
Roberts and Frank Woodbury. 1880 r6i7 Mg2
RAYNAUD, Maurice.
On local asphyxia and symmetrical gangrene of the ex-
tremities, and New researches on the nature and treat-
DISEASES OF THE EYE 887
ment of local asphyxia of the extremities. 1888. (New
Sydenham society. Selected monographs.) r6i7.i8 R24
McCURDY, Stewart LeRoy.
Manual of orthopedic surgery; a treatise on deformities
and diseases of joints and bones. 1898 617.3 Mi4
The same. 1898 r6i7-3 Mi4
NATIONAL DENTAL ASSOCIATION.
Transactions of the annual session (4th-date), ipoc-date.
ipoi-date r6i7.6 Ni 5
617.7 Diseases of the eye
CARTER, Robert Brudenell.
Eyesight, good and bad. 1880 .r6i7-7 C23
ABNEY, Sir William de Wiveleslie.
Colour vision. 1895 617.75 AiS
By far the larger part of the book is given to cases of color blindness,
both congenital and acquired, with a chapter on the type that is due to
the use of tobacco.
"A distinct addition to the literature of physiological optics." Nature,
1895-
ALLPORT, Frank.
The eye and its care. 1896 617.75 A44
JEFFRIES, Benjamin Joy.
Color-blindness; its dangers and its detection. 1879 617.75 J23
Bibliography, p.29i-3o8.
JENNINGS, John Ellis.
Color- vision and color-blindness; a manual for railroad
surgeons. 1896 617.75 J26
ROOSA, Daniel Bennett St. John.
Defective eyesight; the principles of its relief by wearing
glasses. 1899 617.75 R68
Revised edition of "The determination of the necessity for wearing
flasses."
617.8 Diseases of the ear
JONES, Henry MacNaughton.
Subjective noises in the head and ears; their etiology, diag-
nosis and treatment. 1891 r6i7-8 J4I
LOVE, James Kerr.
Deaf mutism; a clinical and pathological study. 1896 617.8 L93
POLITZER, Adam.
Text-book of the diseases of the ear and adjacent organs.
1883 r6i7.8 P76
617.9 Operative surgery
BRYANT, Joseph Decatur.
Manual of operative surgery. 1890 r6i7-9 684
FEICK BROTHERS, pub.
Illustrated catalogue and price list of surgical instruments.
1896 qr6i7-9i F32
VETERINARY MEDICINE
618 Diseases of women and children
WARNER, Lucien C.
Woman's hand-book in health and disease. 1886 618.1 W23
JACOBI, Mrs Mary (Putnam).
Question of rest for women during menstruation. 1886. . .618.17 Ji3
HENOCH, Eduard.
Lectures on children's diseases. 2v. 1889. (New Syden-
ham society. Publications.) r6i8.9 H44
JACOBI, Abraham.
Festschrift in honor of Abraham Jacobi to commemorate
the 7oth anniversary of his birth, May 6, 1900. (In-
ternational contributions to medical literature.) qr6i8.9 Ji.3
During the latter half of the ipth century, Dr Jacobi of New York city
has been widely known and honored for his skill in the treatment of
children's diseases. The "Festschrift" is a memorial volume contain-
ing 55 papers, most of them pertaining to children's diseases, con-
tributed by Dr Jacobi's pupils and professional friends. Some of the
papers are in German and a few in French.
LEE, Robert James.
Lectures delivered at the Hospital for sick children, Great
Ormond street, [London], 1883-1884. 1885 r6i8.Q L$2
619 Veterinary medicine
BARTON, Frank Townend.
Veterinary manual; for horse-owners and as a text-book
for students of agriculture. 1901 r6ig 628
PROCTOR, William.
Management and treatment of the horse. 1883 619.1 Pg6
Clearly written, practical book, by a professional groom.
UNITED STATES Animal industry bureau.
Special report on the diseases of the horse, by Drs
Michener, Law [and others]. 1891 r6i9.i U2S
Special report on the diseases of cattle and on cattle feed-
ing, by Drs Murray, Atkinson [and others]. 1893. . . .r6ig.2 U25
CURTICE, Cooper.
Animal parasites of sheep. 1890. (United States Ani-
mal industry bureau.) r6i9_3 C93
PEARSON, Leonard, & Warren, B. H.
Diseases and enemies of poultry. 2v. in i. 1897 .619.5 P3S
v.i. Diseases of poultry, by Leonard Pearson.
v.z. Enemies of poultry, by B. H. Warren.
The same. 2v. in i. 1898. (In Pennsylvania Agriculture,
Department of. Bulletin, no. 17.) r63O.6 P399b
HILL, John Woodroffe.
Management and diseases of the dog. 1900 r6i97 HSS
620 Engineering
MATHESON, Ewing.
Aid book to engineering enterprise. 1898 620 M46
JOHNSON, John Butler.
Engineering contracts and specifications; including a brief
ENGINEERING
synopsis of the law of contracts and examples of the
general and technical clauses of various kinds of en-
gineering specifications. 1902 620.03 J36e
The same. 1898 r62O.O3 J$6
Discusses their legal and technical phases, and gives numerous examples
of actual specifications.
620.3 Encyclopedias
CRESY, Edward.
Encyclopaedia of civil engineering; historical, theoretical
and practical. 1880 r62O_3 C88
SPONS' dictionary of engineering; civil, mechanical, military
and naval, with supplement. 4v. 1874-81 qr62O.3 876
620.5-620.7 Periodicals. Societies
AMERICAN SOCIETY OF CIVIL ENGINEERS.
Transactions, Dec. 4, i867-date. v.i-date. i872-date r62O.S AST
Index, v. 1-45, 1867-1901. 1901.
ASSOCIATION OF ENGINEERING SOCIETIES.
Journal, containing the proceedings of the societies;
monthly, v.i-date. i88i-date r62o.5 A84
CANADIAN SOCIETY OF CIVIL ENGINEERS.
Transactions, v.i-date. i887-date r62O.S Ci67
Index, [1887-1900], v.i-i4.
CASSIER'S magazine; monthly, v.i-date. i8g2-date qr62o.5 C26
CIVIL engineer and architect's journal, scientific and rail-
way gazette; monthly. 31 v. in 30. 1837-68 qr62O.5 C49
No more published,
CIVIL ENGINEERS' CLUB OF THE NORTHWEST.
Proceedings, 1876, Sept. i878-June 1881. v.i, 4-6. 1876-
81 r620.5 C4Q6
v.s-6 title reads "Proceedings of the Western society of engineers."
DESCRIPTIVE index of current engineering literature, 1884-
1901. v.i-3. 1892-1901 r620.5 045
v.2-3 title reads "Engineering index."
Th ' " ' ' '* '
ENGINEER; weekly, v.i-date. i8s6-date qr62O.5 6432
ENGINEERING; an illustrated weekly journal. v.2-date.
i866-date qr62O.5 E64e
ENGINEERING and building record and the sanitary engineer.
See Engineering record.
ENGINEERING and mining journal; weekly, v.is-date.
i873-date qr62O.5 643
ENGINEERING index. See Descriptive index of current en-
gineering literature.
ENGINEERING magazine; monthly, v.i-date. i892-date. . .r62O.5 6436
ENGINEERING mechanics. Sec Mechanics.
890 ENGINEERING PERIODICALS
ENGINEERING news and American contract journal. See
Engineering news and American railway journal.
ENGINEERING news and American railway journal; weekly.
v.6-date. i87Q-date qr62O.5 64
Index, v.23~42, 1890-1899. 1900.
v.6-8 title reads "Engineering news."
v.9-i8 title reads "Engineering news and American contract journal."
ENGINEERING record, building record and the sanitary
engineer; weekly, Dec. i877-date. v.i-date. 1877-
date qr620.5 6434
v. 1-3 title reads "Plumber and sanitary engineer."
v.4-13 title reads "Sanitary engineer."
v.i4-i6, no.iS title reads "Sanitary engineer and construction record."
v.i6, no.i9v.2i title reads "Engineering and building record and the
sanitary engineer."
v. 1-2, no.6, monthly; v.2, no.7~v.4, semimonthly.
ENGINEERS' SOCIETY OF WESTERN PENNSYLVANIA.
Transactions, i88o-date. v.i-date. i882-date r62O-5 6433
v.4~ date title reads ''Proceedings of Engineers' society of western Penn-
sylvania."
GALLOUPE, Francis Ellis, comp.
General index to engineering periodicals, v.i-2. 1888-93. ^620.5 GiS
v.i. 1883-1887.
v.2. 1888-1892.
Le GfiNIE civil; revue generale des industries franchises et
etrangeres. v.i-date. i88o-date qr62O-5 G29
Table generale, v.i 20, 1880-1892. 1892.
HOME study for machinists, steam engineers, etc.; monthly,
July i897-Jan. 1899. 2v. 1898-99 r62O_5 H75
Publication discontinued, part of the magazine being united with "Home
study magazine" to form "Mechanic arts magazine," and part with
"Home study for electrical workers" to form "Steam-electric maga-
zine," which in Nov. 1899 united with "Mechanic arts magazine" and
"Building trades magazine" to form "Science and industry."
INSTITUTION OF CIVIL ENGINEERS.
Minutes of proceedings, containing abstracts of papers and
discussions, i837-date. v.i-date. i842-date r62O.5 1247m
Subject index, v.i 58. 1881.
Subject index, v.59-n8. 1895.
Name index, v. 1-58. 1885.
Transactions. 3v. 1836-42 qr620-5 1247
No more published.
INSTITUTION OF ENGINEERS IN SCOTLAND.
.Transactions, i857-date. v.i-date. i8s8-date r62O.5 12472
In 1865 the Institution of engineers in Scotland united with the Scottish
shipbuilder's association and became the Institution of engineers and
shipbuilders in Scotland.
MECHANICS; devoted to mechanical, civil, mining and elec-
trical engineering; monthly, Jan. iSgo-Dec. 1893. v.i2-
15, in 2. 1890-93 qr620.S MSS
v. 14-1 5 title reads "Engineering mechanics."
MICHIGAN technic. See Technic.
MODEL engineer and amateur electrician; monthly, v.i-
date. iSgS-date qr62O.5 M76
NORTH-EAST COAST INSTITUTION OF ENGINEERS
AND SHIP-BUILDERS.
Transactions, v.i-n. 1885-95 r62O.5 N45
PHILADELPHIA, ENGINEERS' CLUB.
Proceedings; quarterly, v.i-date. i88o-date r62O.5 P49
ENGINEERING PERIODICALS 891
PLUMBER and sanitary engineer. See Engineering record.
SANITARY engineer. See Engineering record.
SOCIT DES INGfiNIEURS CIVILS DE FRANCE.
Memoires et compte rendu des travaux, i848-date. 1848-
date r620.5 8678
Table generate, 1848 a 1884. 1885.
Supplement to 1875, "Tableau general et description des mines metal-
liques et des combustibles mineraux de la France, par Alfred
Caillaux."
SOCIETY OF ENGINEERS.
Transactions, i86o-date. v.i-date. i86i-date r620.5 867
Volumes since 1886 contain general indexes.
"One or two thin paper parts were issued previous to 1860, but they are
not to be met with, and even the Institution does not possess them."
STEVENS indicator; quarterly. v.4-date. i887-date r62O-5 84
Published by the alumni and undergraduates of the Stevens institute of
technology.
TECHNIC; the annual of the Engineering society of the Uni-
versity of Michigan, i8go-date. v.3-date. iSQQ-date. .r62O-5 T264
None published in 1901. Issue of 1902 includes v.i4-is.
i9O3~date title reads "Michigan technic."
VAN NOSTRAND'S eclectic engineering magazine; monthly.
35v. i86o-S6 r620.s VIQ
United in 1887 with the "American railroad journal" to form the
"Railroad and engineering journal."
WESTERN SOCIETY OF ENGINEERS.
Journal; bimonthly, v.i-date. i8p6-date r62O.5 Ws6
Proceedings, Dec. i879-June 1881. v.i-2. 1880-81 r62O-5 C4Q6
Being v.5-6 of the "Proceedings of the Civil engineers' club of the
Northwest."
WISCONSIN UNIVERSITY.
Bulletin; engineering series, i8o4-date. v.i-date. 1896-
date r620.5 W8i
v.i. Loree, L. F. Track. Wilkes, Gilbert. Some practical hints in dy-
namo design. Purdy, C. T. The steel construction of buildings.
Abbott, A. V. The evolution of a switchboard. Smith, L. S. An
experimental study of field methods which will insure to _ stadia
measurements greatly increased accuracy. Grafton, W. M. Rail-
way signaling. Loree, L. F. Emergencies in railroad work. Fer-
guson, L. A. Electrical engineering in modern central stations.
Gerdtzen, G. A. The problem of economical heat, light and power
supply for business blocks, school houses, dwellings, etc. Van
Ornum, J. L. Topographical surveys, their methods and value.
v.2. Ford, A. H. Complete test of modern American transformers of
moderate capacities. Trautmann, G. H. Comparative test of steam
injectors. Bates, Onward. Superintendent of bridges and build-
ings. Johnson, J. B. Some unrecognized functions of our state
universities. Hayford, J. F. The transcontinental triangulation
along the thirty-ninth parallel. Swenson, Magnus. The chemical
engineer. Johnson, J. B. Recently improved methods of sewage
disposal. Hambuechen, Carl. Experimental study of the corrosion
of iron under different conditions. Orton, Edward. Progress of
the ceramic industry.
ZEITSCHRIFT des Vereins deutscher ingenieure. v.i-date.
i857-date qr62O-5 Z43
v.s contains Inhaltsverzeichnis des i.-s. bandes.
v.is contains Inhaltsverzeichnis des n.-is- bandes.
Inhaltsverzeichnis des 16. 27. bandes.
Inhaltsverzeichnis des 2S.-3/. bandes.
v.i-27 monthly; v.28-date weekly.
AMERICAN SOCIETY OF CIVIL ENGINEERS.
Proceedings, Nov. i873-date. v.i-date. i876-date r62O.6
892 ENGINEERING
ENGINEERING ASSOCIATION OF THE SOUTH.
Officers, members, associates and juniors. 1891 r62O.6 643
INSTITUTION OF CIVIL ENGINEERS.
Charter, supplemental charter, by-laws and list of mem-
bers, 1889, 1893, 1900. 3v. 1889-1900 r620.6 1240
SOCIETY FOR THE PROMOTION OF ENGINEERING
EDUCATION.
Proceedings, i893-date. v.i-date. i8p4-date r62o.7 S6;
Index, v.i 10, 1893-1902. 1902.
v.i consists of Proceedings of section E of the World's engineering
congress in Chicago, 111., July 3i-August 5, 1893.
v.io contains index to v.i-io.
620.8 Tables. Calculations. Pocket-books
EDISON, Thomas F. & Westinghouse, C. J. comp.
Mechanics' complete library of modern rules, facts, pro-
cesses, etc. 1895 r62O.8 28
INTERNATIONAL CORRESPONDENCE SCHOOLS,
Scranton, Pa.
Mechanics' pocket memoranda. 1897 620.8 124
KEMPE, Harry Robert, comp.
Engineer's year-book of formulae, rules and memoranda.
4th year. 1897 r62O.8 Ki7
PULLEN, William Wade Fitzherbert.
Tables and data for the use of students in engineering labora-
tories; also for class and home work exercises. 1899. .r620.8 Pg&
"Intended primarily for mechanical engineers." Preface.
RANKINE, William John Macquorn, comp.
Useful rules and tables relating to mensuration, engineer-
ing, structures and machines. 1889 r62o.8 Rig
SCHUMANN, F. comp.
Formulas and tables for architects and engineers in calcu-
lating the strains and capacity of structures in iron and
wood. 1873 r620.8 839
TRAUTWINE, John Cresson.
Civil engineer's pocket-book. 1895 620.8 T69
The same. 1902 r62O.8 T6g
Bibliography, p. 1008-1023.
Condensed practical information upon all branches of engineering. A
standard reference book.
620.9 History of engineering
HALDANE, John Wilton Cuninghame.
Civil and mechanical engineering popularly and socially
considered. 1890 620.9 His
Contents: Steam navigation; Canals and railways. General engineering.
Dumbarton and the Clyde. Glasgow and ocean steam ships. The
Birkenhead ironworks. Apprentices. Civil engineering. Practice of
engineering. Drawing office calculations. Engines in progress; The
screw propeller. Origin of marine engineering; Steam power on
canals. Bad workmanship. System of design and construction in
marine engines. Boiler yard, and boilers in construction. The build-
ing yard; Ships, ancient and modern. Finishing the engines in the
works. Launching a ship. Ship and engines completed. Ship's ap-
pliances; Trial trip. "Breakdowns," and mysterious losses at sea.
STRENGTH OF MATERIALS 893
Loss of West India mail steamer "Amazon;" Engineering smashes on
land. Story of a disastrous trial trip. End of the fatal trial trip.
How I commenced private practice. How "competitions" are con-
ducted. Clients, an iron work speculation. Voyage from Sydney to
London in 1845. Engineering of the past and present. Triple ex-
pansion machinery. Quadruple and new compound engines.
HARCOURT, Leveson Francis Vernon-.
Achievements in engineering during the last half century.
1891 620.9 H25
Describes the London Underground and the New York Elevated, the
railways crossing or piercing the Alps, Rocky mountains and Andes,
those scaling mountain peaks, tunnels under rivers, the principal
bridges, breakwaters and harbor improvements, the ship canals pres-
ent and projected, and two edifices, the Eddystone lighthouse and the
Eiffel tower. Illustrated.
HOLMES, F. Morell.
Great works by great men; the story of famous engineers
and their triumphs. [1895.] 620.9 H73
Contents: The story of the locomotive. The story of the steamship.
Famous bridges and their builders. Remarkable tunnels and their
construction. Stories of lighthouses and their builders. Harbours and
breakwaters, and their constructors. Diving in bells and in dresses.
The cutting of canals. The story of the steam-hammer. Henry
Maudslay and the slide-rest. A glance at hydraulic engineering.
WATKINS, John Elfreth.
Beginnings of engineering. 1891 620.9 W3I
From the "Transactions of the American society of civil engineers," v.24,
1891.
Historical sketch of ancient engineering.
620.1 Strength of materials
ANDERSON, Sir John.
Strength of materials and structures. 1897. (Text-books
of science.) 620.1 A$4
Intended as an elementary text-book. Use of higher mathematics is
avoided; style clear and simple.
BAUMATERIALIENKUNDE; internationale rundschau iiber
alles was natiirliche und kiinstliche baumaterialien betrifft.
v.i-date. i896-date qr62O.i 632
BEARDSLEE, Lester Anthony.
Experiments on the strength of wrought-iron and of chain-
cables, including investigations into the physical and
chemical properties of rolled wrought-iron; ed. by
William Kent. 1879 r62O.i 634
"The Report of which this is an abridgment was published by the United
States Government. . .as part of Executive Document No. 98, House of
Representatives, Forty-fifth Congress, Second Session."
BOVEY, Henry Taylor.
Theory of structures and strength of materials. 1900 620.1 B66i
A standard work on applied mechanics as used in designing structures.
Author is (1900) professor of civil engineering and applied mechanics in
McGill university.
BOX, Thomas.
Practical treatise on the strength of materials, including
their elasticity and resistance to impact. 1893 620.1 B66
BURR, William Hubert.
Elasticity and resistance of the materials of engineering.
1903 620.1 6946
894 STRENGTH OF MATERIALS
The same. 1883 r62O.i 694
In addition to the practical development of the subject, gives consider-
able space to the mathematical development of the formulae used.
COLBY, Albert Ladd.
Review of the American standard specifications, test pieces
and methods of testing iron and steel, adopted by com-
mittee no.i of American section of the International
association for testing materials; with a discussion of
the commercial methods for the physical and chemical
testing of iron and steel in use in the United States,
and a critical review of foreign specifications for steel
rails. 1900 r620.i C6/
The same. Ed.2. 1902 r62O.i C6yr
Title reads "Review and text of the American standard specifications for
steel."
CONGRfiS INTERNATIONAL DES MfiTHODES D'ESSAI
DES MATfiRIAUX DE CONSTRUCTION.
Communications presentees devant le Congres international
des methodes d'essai des materiaux de construction, tenu a
Paris du 9 au 16 juillet 1900. 2v. 1901 qr62O.i C74
v.i. fitudes generates: fitudes sur la constitution moleculaire des corps
et leurs lois de deformation sous 1'application des efforts; Historique
des methodes d'essai; Laboratoires et appareils d'essai.
v.2. Metaux: Essais mecaniques; Etude des essais de divers metaux et
de certaines pieces assemblies. Materiaux autres que les metaux.
DIGEST of physical tests; a resume of practical tests made
in the laboratories of the world; quarterly. 3v. 1896-
98 r620.i 057
No more published.
ENGLAND Trade board.
Report of the committee appointed by the Board of trade
to enquire into the loss of strength in steel rails through
use on railways, with the appendices thereto; presented
to Parliament. 1900 qr62o.i 64
Committee consisted of Lord Blytheswood, Sir B. Baker, Sir I. Lowthian
Bell, Prof. Wyndham R. Dunstan, Prof. Kennedy, Sir A. F. Marindan,
Mr E. P. Martin, Mr E. Windsor Richards, Sir W. C. Roberts-Austen,
Prof. Thorpe and Prof. Unwin.
EWING, James Alfred.
Strength of materials. 1899 620.1 07
A lecture-room exposition of great clearness, by the professor of applied
mechanics in Cambridge university (1899).
EXPERIMENTAL engineering. 2v. 1900-01 620.1 98
v.i. Pullen, W. \V. F. Treatise on the methods and instruments used
in testing and experimenting with engines, boilers and auxiliary
machinery.
v.2. Popple well, \V. C. Treatise on the methods and machines used in
the mechanical testing of materials of construction.
Bibliography, v.2, p.4O2~4O4.
v.i includes pump and gas-engine testing, and describes a number of
experimental engines and installations, v.2 treats of the testing of
timber, structural ironwork, rope, cement, mortar, masonry, copper,
FAIRBAI'RN, sir wniiam.
Experimental inquiry into the properties of steel manufac-
tured by the Barrow haematite steel company. 1869. .r62O.i FiS
GREENE, Charles Ezra.
Action of materials under stress; or, Structural mechanics,
comprising the strength and resistance of materials and
STRENGTH OF MATERIALS 895
elements of structural design. 1897 620.1 G83
"Concise and well arranged statement of the problems and their solu-
tion." Municipal engineering, 1899.
INTERNATIONAL ASSOCIATION FOR TESTING MA-
TERIALS, American section.
Bulletin. no.4-date. i899-date r62O.i 124
JOHNSON, John Butler.
Materials of construction; a treatise for engineers on the
strength of engineering materials. 1897 620.1 J36
Discusses the mechanical principles underlying the laws of their
strength, manufacture and general properties, testing, and the me-
chanical properties as revealed by actual tests. A standard work of
hisrh value.
KENT, William, b. 1851.
Strength of materials. 1879 r62O.i KIQ
Appeared in "Van Nostrand's eclectic engineering magazine," v.ao, Jan.-
Feb. 1879.
KIRKALDY, David.
Results of an experimental inquiry into the mechanical
properties of steel, manufactured by Christian Aspelin,
Westanfors and Fagersta works, Sweden. 1873 qr62O.i K28r
Results of an inquiry into the tensile strength of wrought-
iron and steel. 1864 r62O.i K28
LANZA, Gaetano.
Applied mechanics. 1891 r62O.i L2g
MARKS, Edward Charles Robert.
Mechanical engineering materials; their properties and
treatment in construction. 1893 620.1 M39
Series of articles which appeared in the "Practical engineer."
MARTENS, Adolf.
Handbook of testing materials for the constructor; tr. with
additions, by G. C. Henning. v.i in 2. 1899 620.1 M42
v.i, pt.i. Methods, machines and auxiliary apparatus; text,
v.i, pt.2. Methods, machines and auxiliary apparatus; illustrations.
Bibliography, v.i, pt. i, p. 3 5-48.
"As a treatise on the technique of testing machine construction and oper-
ation, and of manipulating the tests of materials it is equalled by
nothing in English." Engineering news, 1900.
MERRIMAN, Mansfield.
Strength of materials; a text-book. 1898 620.1 M63S
"May be understood by those not acquainted with the calculus."
Text-book on the mechanics of materials. 1901 620.1 M63
The same. 1897 r620.i M63
The same. 1896 r62O.i M63t2
MITTHEILUNGEN aus den Koniglichen technischen ver-
suchsanstalten zu Berlin; hrsg. im auftrage der Konigli-
chen aufsichts-kommission, 1894-1895, iSgS-date. v.i2-
13, i6-date. i894-date qr620.i M75
Published irregularly.
STYFFE, Knut.
Iron and steel; elasticity, extensibility and tensile strength;
tr. fr. the Swedish. 1869 r62o.i 892
TETMAJER, L. comp.
Methoden und resultate der prufung der hydraulischen
bindemittel. 1893. (Mitteilungen der Anstalt zur pru-
fung von baumaterialien am eidgen. polytechnikum in
Zurich.) b620.i T32
57
896 CIVIL ENGINEERING
Resultate spezieller untersuchungen auf dem gebiete der
hydraulischen bindemittel. 1894. (Mitteilungen der
Anstalt zur priifung von baumaterialien am eidgen.
polytechnikum in Zurich.) b62O.i T32
Bound with his "Methoden und resultate der priifing der hydraulischen
bindemittel."
TREDGOLD, Thomas.
Practical essay on the strength of cast iron and other
metals. 1824 r62O.i
UNITED STATES Arsenal, Watertown.
Report of the tests of metals and other materials for in-
dustrial purposes made with the United States testing
machine at Watertown arsenal, Massachusetts, 1883-
date. i886-date r62O.i
UNITED STATES Engineers corps.
Report of Board of engineer officers on testing hydraulic
cements, with specifications for the several classes used
by the Engineer department. 1901. (United States
Engineers corps. Professional papers, no. 28.) r62O.i U2533
Specifications are given for American Portland, natural, and puzzolan
(slag) cements.
UNITED STATES Iron, steel and other metals, Board to test.
Report. 2v. 1881 r62O.i U2S3
List of authorities on the properties of metallic alloys, v.i, p.494-so8.
Contains results of minute investigations of their physical properties,
and the relation of these to the chemical constitution and mechanical
treatment. These results are given in detail in the tables and
diagrams.
UNITED STATES Naval advisory board.
Report on the mild steel used in the construction of the
hull, boilers and machinery of the Dolphin, Atlanta,
Boston and Chicago, four vessels constructed under the
acts of Aug. 5, 1882 and Mar. 3, 1883, prepared by R.
Gatewood from the records of the board. 1886. . . '. .r62O.i U2532
UNWIN, William Cawthorne.
Testing of materials of construction; a text-book for the
engineering laboratory and a collection of results of
experiment. 1899 620.1 U25
"References," p.n.
620.2 Civil engineering
AMERICAN engineering register; ed. by L. M. Haupt.
1885 r620.2 ASI
MAHAN, Dennis Hart.
Treatise on civil engineering. 1893 620.2 M25
The same. 1896 r62O.2 M2S
Differs from most treatises in omitting mathematical analysis, the treat-
ment being descriptive throughout. A standard work.
PATTON, William Macfarland.
Treatise on civil engineering. 1897 620.2 P3i
RANKINE, William John Macquorn.
Manual of civil engineering. 1894 r620.2 Rig
The same. 1887 ; 620.2 Rig
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 897
WHEELER, Junius Brutus.
Elementary course of civil engineering for the use of cadets
of the United States military academy. 1877 620.2 W6i
621 Mechanical engineering
Machine design. Applied mechanics
APPLEBY, Charles James.
Appleby's illustrated handbook of machinery. 6v. 1880-
1903 r62i A64
v.i. Prime movers.
v.2. Hoisting machinery.
v.3. Pumping machinery.
v.4. Machine and hand tools.
v.s. Contractors' plant and railway materials.
v.6. Mining machinery. Colonial and manufacturing machinery.
BARR, John Henry.
Kinematics of machinery; a brief treatise on constrained
motions of machine elements. 1899 621 B25k
Notes on the design of machine elements. 1901 '. . . .621 625
Commentary on and supplement to Unwin's "Machine design," pt.i, by
the professor of machine design in Sibley college, Cornell university
(1901).
BENTLEY, Wallace.
Sketches of engine and machine details, specially arranged
for the use of engineers, draughtsmen, mechanics and
students. 1898 621 644
BOLTON, Reginald Pelham.
Motive powers and their practical selection. 1895 r62i B6i
Compilation of data and results of tests. Mainly devoted to steam and
water power.
CARPENTER, Rolla Clinton.
Experimental engineering for engineers and for students
in engineering laboratories. 1896 621 C22
This work is a 3d edition of "Notes to mechanical laboratory practice"
published in 1890.
CHURCH, Irving Porter.
Mechanics of engineering. 1899 621 C46
This has been published as three books with the following titles: "Statics
and dynamics," "Mechanics and materials," and "Mechanics of fluids."
COTTERILL, James Henry, & Slade, J. H.
Lessons in applied mechanics. 1891 621 C83
Contents: The principle of work. Strength of materials and structures.
Hydraulics.
GOODMAN, John.
Mechanics applied to engineering. 1899 621 G62
"We recommend the book as a compact and concise exposition." En-
gineering neu's, 1899.
INNES, Charles H.
Problems in machine design. 1899 621 124
Shows how the formulae commonly given in works on machine design
are applied to solve problems.
INTERNATIONAL ENGINEERING CONGRESS, Glasgow,
1901.
Proceedings of section 3: Mechanical. (In Institution of
mechanical engineers. Proceedings, 1901, v.6i, p. 783-
1024.) r62i.o's 124 v.6i
898 MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
JAMIESON, Andrew.
Text-book on applied mechanics. 2v. 1895-97 621 Ji7
v.i. The principle of work and its applications. Gearing.
v.2. Motion and energy. Graphic statics. Strength of materials. Hy-
draulic machinery, (including a chapter on Refrigerating machines).
JONES, Forrest Robert.
Machine design. 2v. 1898-99 621 J39
v.i. Kinematics of machinery.
v.2. Form, strength and proportion of parts.
The same. 2v. 1899 r62i J39
LINEHAM, Wilfrid J.
Text-book of mechanical engineering. 1902 621 L72t
Contents: Workshop practice. Theory and examples.
The same. 1898 r62i L72
LUKIN, James.
Amongst machines. 1894 j62i L97
Describes mechanical appliances, glass-making, the manufacture of pins,
screws, bolts, etc.
RANKINE, William John Macquorn.
Manual of applied mechanics. 1895 621
Manual of machinery and millwork. 1893 621
Manual of the steam engine and other prime movers. Ed.
14 revised by W. J. Millar. 1897 621 Ri9
RANKINE, William John Macquorn, & Bamber, E. F.
Mechanical text-book; or, Introduction to the study of
mechanics. 1884 621 Rigme
REID, John Simpson, & David.
Text-book of mechanical drawing and elementary machine
design. 1900 621 R.3I
Bibliography, p. 5.
REULEAUX, Franz.
The constructor; a hand-book of machine design. 1895. . .qr62i R36
SMART, Richard Addison.
Handbook of engineering laboratory practice. 1898 621 $63
"Intended primarily as a manual for the use of students in the routine
of experimental work in steam-engineering, strength of materials, and
hydraulics." Preface.
UNWIN, William Cawthorne.
Elements of machine design. 2v. 1893-94. (Text-books
of science.) r62i U25
v.i. General principles, fastenings and transmissive machinery.
v.2. Engine details.
The same. 2v. 1900-01. (Text-books of science.) .621 U25
621.004 Mechanical movements
BARBER, Thomas Walter.
Engineer's sketch-book of mechanical movements, devices
and details employed in the construction of machinery.
1897 621.004 623
The same. Ed.4. 1902 r62i.oo4 623
Classified collection of sketches of over 2500 mechanical movements,
etc. A useful aid to designers, inventors and mechanics.
BROWN, Henry T.
Five hundred and seven mechanical movements, embrac-
ing those most important in dynamics, hydraulics,
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 899
hydrostatics, pneumatics, steam engines, mill and other
gearing, presses, horology and miscellaneous ma-
chinery. 1893 621 .004 678
HISCOX, Gardner Dexter.
Mechanical movements, powers, devices and appliances
used in constructive and operative machinery and the
mechanical arts. 1899 r62i.oo4 H6i
621.01 Theory. Thermodynamics
See also Thermodynamics, 536.7
GRASHOF, Franz.
Theoretische maschinenlehre. 3v. 1875-90 r62i.oi G79
v.i. Hydraulik nebst mechanischer warmetheorie und allgemeiner theorie
der heizung.
v.2. Theorie der getreibe und der mechanischen messinstrumente.
v.3. Theorie der kraftmaschinen.
HUTTON, Frederick Remsen.
Heat and heat-engines; a study of the principles which
underlie the mechanical engineering of a power plant.
1899 621.01 Hgyh
"Bibliography," p. 528-530.
Contains a chapter on mechanical refrigeration.
PEABODY, Cecil Hobart.
Thermodynamics of the steam-engine and other heat-
engines. 1898 621.01 P33
Includes "Refrigerating-machines," p.479-5i2.
621.03 Encyclopedias
APPLETONS' cyclopaedia of applied mechanics; ed. by Park
Benjamin. 2v. 1880 qr62i.O3 A64
The same; with supplementary volume. 3v. 1896-97. . .qr62i.03 A64a
Title of the supplementary volume is "Modern mechanism."
LOCKWOOD, (Crosby) & SON, pub.
Dictionary of terms used in the practice of mechanical engi-
neering; embracing those current in the drawing office,
pattern shop, foundry, fitting, turning, smiths' and
boiler shops, etc., ed. by a foreman pattern-maker.
1892 r62ix>3 L76
621.04 Essays
COLVIN, Fred Herbert.
Practical shop talks 621.04 72
INSTITUTION OF CIVIL ENGINEERS.
Heat in its mechanical applications. 1885 r62i.o4 124
Contents: Reynolds, Osborne. General theory of thermo-dynamics.
Anderson, William. On the generation of steam and the thermo-
dynamic problems involved. Cowper, E. A. Steam engine. Jenkin,
H. C. F. Gas- and caloric-engines. Kirk, A. C. Compressed-air and
other refrigerating machinery. Noble, Sir Andrew. Heat-action of
explosives.
poo MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
621.05 Periodicals. Societies
AMERICAN engineer; weekly. v.i-2O, in 14. 1880-90. . .qr62 1.05 A5I2
Published in Chicago.
v.2o, no. 20 and 24 wanting.
AMERICAN engineer; devoted to the interests of locomotive,
marine and stationary engineers; weekly, v.2. 1860-
61 qr62i.os A5I22
Published by Gilson & co., New York.
AMERICAN machinist; weekly. v.4~date. i88i-date. . . .qr62i.os ASI
v.i 6, 1893, wanting.
AMERICAN SOCIETY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERS.
Transactions, i88o-date. v.i-date. i88o-date r62i.os A5I23
Index, 1880-1899, v.i-20. 1899.
ENGINEER, [Chicago]; power plant engineering and allied
branches; semimonthly. v.3S-date. iSgS-date qr62i.o5 64
Formerly published in New York and Cleveland.
INSTITUTION OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERS.
Proceedings, i847-date. v.i-date. i849-date r62i.o5 124
General index, 1847-1873, v.i-24.
General index, 1874-1884, v.25-35.
Subject index of papers, 1847-1890, bound with their "Library
catalogue, 1890," 1016.62 1247.
MACHINERY; monthly. v.4-date. i897-date qr62ix>5 Mi6
POWER; monthly. v.i8-date. i8o8-date qr62i.os P8;
621.08 Tables. Calculations. Pocket-books
BJORLING, Philip R.
Whittaker's mechanical engineer's pocket-book. 1898. . .r62i.o8 651
HASWELL, Charles Haynes.
Mechanics' and engineers' pocket-book of tables, rules and
formulas pertaining to mechanics, mathematics and
physics. 1897 r62i.o8 H34
HUTTON, Walter S.
Works' manager's hand-book of modern rules, tables and
data. 1895 r62i.o8 H97
KENT, William Winthrop.
Mechanical engineer's pocket-book. 1895 r62i.o8 Kig
The same. 1903 621.08 Ki9
LOBBEN, Peder.
Machinists' and draftsmen's handbook; containing tables,
rules and formulas, with numerous examples explaining
the principles of mathematics and mechanics as applied
to the mechanical trades. 1900 r62i.o8 L7S
LOW, David Allan.
Pocket-book for mechanical engineers. 1898 r62i.o8 Lg$
RICHARDS, John, comp.
Manual of machine construction for engineers, draughts-
men and mechanics. 1889 r62i.o8 R4i
STEAM ENGINEERING 901
621.1 Steam engineering
ALEXANDER, J.
Model engine construction, with practical instructions to
artificers and amateurs. 1894 r62i.i A37
BOURNE, John.
Catechism of the steam engine in its various applications to
mines, mills, steam navigation, railways and agricul-
ture. 1865 r62i.i 665
CLARK, Daniel Kinnear.
Steam engine; treatise on steam engines and boilers. 4v.
1891 r62i.i Csi
Chapters 17-19 treat of contrivances for the prevention of smoke in the
furnaces of steam boilers.
HOLMES, George C. V.
The steam engine. 1898. (Text-books of science.) 621.1 H73
Elementary in character, and intended for students with slight mathe-
matical training. No knowledge of the sciences of heat and of motion
is assumed, and these are explained in their relation to the working
of engines.
KINEALY, John Henry.
Elementary text-book on steam engines and boilers. 1901. .621.1 K26
The same. 1897 r62i.i K26
PERRY, John, b. 1850.
Steam engine and gas and oil engines; a book for the use
of students who have time to make experiments and
calculations. 1899 621.1 P44
RENWICK, James.
Treatise on the steam engine. 1839 r62i.i R35
RIPPER, William.
Steam-engine theory and practice. 1899 621.1 R49
ROSE, Joshua.
Modern steam engines. 1893 qr62i.i R7i
THURSTON, Robert Henry.
Manual of the steam-engine. 2v. 1902 621.1 T43m
The same. 2v. 1896-97 r62i.i T43m
v.i. Structure and theory,
v.z. Design, construction and operation.
"Differs from other treatises by giving, in addition to the thermo-
dynamic treatment of the ideal steam-engine ... a similar treatise of
the real engine." Engineering and mining journal.
WHITHAM, Jay M.
Descriptive treatise on constructive steam-engineering;
embracing engines, pumps and boilers, and their ac-
cessories and appendages. 1893 621.1 W64
621.101 Power plants
ABBOTT, Arthur Vaughan, & Dommerque, F. J.
Central station economics. 1897 621.101 Ai3
Published in "Electrical engineering," v.p, no.z.
ADAMS, Alton D.
Light, heat and power in buildings. 1901 621.101 A2i
"In this volume the object is to present in compact form the main facts
on which selection of the sources for light, heat and power in build-
ings should be based." Author.
902 STEAM ENGINEERING
CARTER, E. Tremlett.
Motive power and gearing for electrical machinery. 1896.
(Electrician series.) 621.101 C23
Contents: The steam engine. Gas and oil engines. Water power plant.
Gearing. Types of power stations.
CASSIER'S MAGAZINE.
Harnessing of Niagara. 1895 q62i.ioi 26
The same. 1895 qr62i.ioi C26
The Niagara power number of "Cassier's magazine."
HUTTON, Frederick Remsen.
Mechanical engineering of power plants. 1897 621.101 Hgj
Practical discussion of equipment, functions and management of steam-
power plants, avoiding both theory and mathematics. Describes the
different types of engines, boilers, etc., the advantages and disad-
vantages of each, and gives instructions as to their erection, care and
operation.
621.109 History of steam engineering
THURSTON, Robert Henry.
History of the growth of the steam-engine. 1891. (Inter-
national scientific series.) 621.109 T43
621.11 Design of steam-engines
BURGH, Nicholas Procter.
Practical rules for the proportions of modern engines and
boilers for land and marine purposes. 1895 621.11 B8g
RIGG, Arthur.
Practical treatise on the steam engine. 1894 qr62i.n R45
TREDGOLD, Thomas.
The steam engine; its invention and progressive improve-
ment. 1827 qr62i.n T7I
WATSON, Egbert Pomeroy.
Small engines and boilers; a manual of directions for the
construction of small steam engines and boilers of
modern types, from five horse power down to model
sizes. 1899 621.11 W3i
621.116 Valves. Gears
AUCHINCLOSS, William Stuart.
Practical application of the slide valve and link motion to
stationary, portable, locomotive and marine engines.
1895 621.116 A89
HALSEY, Frederic Arthur.
Locomotive link motion. 1898 621.116 Hi8
HURST, Charles.
Valves and valve-gearing; a practical text-book for the use
of engineers, draughtsmen and students. 1897 621.116 H95
LEIST, Karl.
Die steuerungen der dampfmaschinen; zugleich als vierte
auflage des gleichnamigen werkes von Emil Blaha.
1900 r62i.n6
Extremely complete and authoritative work.
MARINE ENGINES 903
PEABODY, Cecil Hobart.
Valve-gears for steam-engines. 1899 621.116 ?33
SPANGLER, Henry Wilson.
Valve-gears. 1898 621.116 873
The same. 1890 r62i.n6 873
TENNANT, William J.
Slide valve simply explained; an elementary treatise for
the use of engineering students. [1899.] 621.116 T2g
ZEUNER, Gustav Anton.
Treatise on valve-gears, with special consideration of the
link-motions of locomotive engines; tr. fr. the German.
1884 621.116 Z55
"Works on link-motions," p. 245-251.
621.12 Marine engines. Ship propulsion
BURGH, Nicholas Procter.
Modern marine compound engines; forming a supplement
to Modern marine engineering. 1874 qr62i.i2 689
Consists principally of plates.
DURAND, William Frederick.
Practical marine engineering for engineers and students, with
aids for applicants for marine engineers' licenses. 1901. .621.12 D93p
Contents: Principal materials of engineering construction. Fuels. '
Boilers. Marine engines. Auxiliaries. Operation, management and
repair. Valves and valve gears. Steam engine indicators and indica-
tor cards. Special topics and problems. Propulsion and powering.
Refrigeration. Electricity on shipboard. Computations for engineers.
"Authoritative and cyclopedic and in it practical marine engineering is
reduced to its simplest and most exact terms." R. H. Thurston in
Science, 1902.
Author is (1902) professor of marine engineering, Cornell university.
HOLMES, George C. V.
Marine engines and boilers. 1893. (South Kensington
museum science handbooks.) 621.12 H73
"To supply in conjunction with the collection of models... at South
Kensington, a continuous account of the progress and development
of the marine engine and boiler from the date of its first practical
introduction." Preface.
SEATON, Albert Edward.
Manual of marine engineering, comprising the designing,
construction and working of marine machinery. 1896. .621.12 844
SENNETT, Alfred Richard, & Oram, H. J.
Marine steam engine. 1898 621.12 847
YEO, John.
Steam and the marine steam-engine. 1894 621.12 Y24
DURAND, William Frederick.
Resistance and propulsion of ships. 1898 621.127 093
TAYLOR, David Watson.
Resistance of ships and screw propulsion. 1893 621.127 T25
By a United States naval constructor. Contains data, tables and for-
mulae used in making estimates.
BARNABY, Sydney Walker.
Marine propellers. 1900 621.128 625
For the use of designers. Devotes most space to the screw, with chap-
ters on the paddle-wheel, the hydraulic propeller and the screw-
turbine.
904 LOCOMOTIVES
621.13 Locomotives
BALDWIN LOCOMOTIVE WORKS.
History of the Baldwin locomotive works from 1831 to
1897. 1897 621.13 Big
Illustrated catalogue of locomotives. 1881 qr62i.i3 619
BROWN, William H.
History of the first locomotives in America. 1871 621.13 679
FORNEY, Matthias N.
Catechism of the locomotive. 1878 r62i.i3 F77
The same. 1897 621.13 F77
GRIMSHAW, Robert.
Locomotive catechism; with nearly 1600 questions and
answers concerning the design, construction, repair and
running of all kinds of locomotives. 1896 .r62i.i3 Gg2
LOCOMOTIVE engineers' advocate; monthly, May i874-Jan.
1875. v.2. 1874-75 qr66s.os Ni5
July 1874 wanting.
Bound with "National oil journal."
McSHANE, Charles.
Locomotive up to date. 1899 621.13 M22
Treats of mechanical details, giving articles on standard practice and on
untried inventions. These are thrown together without arrangement
or any critical discussion of their value.
MEYER, Jacob George Arnold.
Modern locomotive construction. 1899 q62i.i3 M65
Author was formerly chief draftsman at the Grant locomotive works.
Deals with the theory, and its application in design. Elementary
mathematics only used.
MODERN locomotives ; illustrations, specifications and details
of typical American and European steam and electric
locomotives. 1901 qr62i.i3 M76
Published by the "Railroad gazette."
REAGAN, Harry Clifton.
Locomotives; simple, compound and electric. 1902 621.13 R25lo
The same. 1896 r62i.i3 R25
Title reads "Locomotive mechanism and engineering, with an appendix
on the modern electric locomotive."
Detailed descriptions, with advice as to action in break-downs. Simple
and non-mathematical.
SINCLAIR, Angus.
Locomotive engine running and management; how to man-
age locomotives in running different kind of trains with
economy and dispatch. 1896 621.13 S6i
The same. 1885 r62i.i3 S6i
WEATHERBURN, Robert.
Ajax loquitur; or, The autobiography of an old locomotive
engine. 1899 621.13 W36
Interesting description of locomotives in their earlier forms, showing
the great advances in locomotive construction.
BALDWIN LOCOMOTIVE WORKS.
Illustrated catalogue of narrow-gauge locomotives,
adapted especially to gauges of 3 feet 6 inches or I
metre. 1897 r62i.i32 619
Contains "History of the Baldwin locomotive works," which is also pub-
lished separately.
STEAM ECONOMY 905
SEKON, G. A.
Evolution of the steam locomotive, (1803-1898). 1899. . .621.139 846
621.16 Stationary engines
THURSTON, Robert Henry.
Stationary steam engines, simple and compound; espe-
cially as adapted to light and power plants. 1902 621.16 T43
The same. 1899 r62i.i6 T43
Intended to give "an account, in simple and concise but fairly complete
form, of the various types. . .in common use; of the principles of their
design; the circumstances determining their efficiencies and their
economy of steam and fuel; their various forms as usually built, and
the best methods of insuring further improvement." Preface.
621.17 Steam economy. Engine tests
BARRUS, George Hale.
Engine tests; embracing the results of over 100 feed-
water tests, and other investigations on various kinds
of steam engines, conducted by the author. 1900 r62i.i7 626
LOW, F. R.
Compound engine; a series of lectures reprinted from
Power. 1900 621.175 Lgs
Intended primarily for those in charge of these machines. Describes
the theory in plain language, and devotes considerable space to in-
dicator work.
Bound with his "Condensers."
THURSTON, Robert Henry.
Handbook of engine and boiler trials, and of the indicator
and Prony brake. 1893 621.17 T43
631.171 Indicators
BEAUMONT, William Worby, ed.
Practical treatise on the steam engine indicator and indi-
cator diagrams; with notes on steam engine per-
formances, the expansion of steam, behaviour of steam
in steam engine cylinders and on gas engine diagrams,
by Amice. [1888.] (Electrician series.) 621.171 635
DAY, Charles.
Indicator diagrams and engine and boiler testing. 1897. .621.171 D33
HEMENWAY, Frank F.
Indicator practice and steam-engine economy; with direc-
tions for attaching the indicator, taking diagrams, com-
puting the horse-power, etc. 1894 621.171 H43
HOUGHTALING, William.
Steam engine indicator and its appliances; with rules,
tables and examples for the economical operation of
steam, gas and ammonia engines. 1899 621.171 H83
PICKWORTH, Charles N.
Indicator handbook; a practical manual for engineers. 2v.
1808-1901 621.171 P54
v.i. The indicator; its construction and application.
v.2. The indicator diagram; its analysis and calculation.
906 STEAM ECONOMY
PRAY, Thomas.
Twenty years with the indicator; a practical text-book for
the engineer or the student. 1898 qr62i.i7i P8Q
631.175-621.176 Condensers. Injectors
LOW, F. R.
Condensers; a series of lectures and articles reprinted from
Power. 1900 621.175 LQS
Explains simply and thoroughly the theory of condensers, and the
apparatus in practical use.
KNEASS, Strickland Landis.
Practice and theory of the injector. 1894 621.176 K33
PULLEN, William Wade Fitzherbert.
Injectors; their theory, construction and working. 1900. .621.176 Pg8
631.178 Boiler accidents
MUNRO, R. D.
Steam boilers; their defects, management and construction.
1899 621.178 M96
Treatise on the causes of boiler explosions and their prevention, intended
for engineers and firemen.
THURSTON, Robert Henry.
Steam boiler explosion in theory and in practice. 1888. .621.178 T43
"[Author] has had exceptional facilities for investigating the causes of
boiler explosions, and throughout this work there will be found matter
of peculiar interest to practical men." American machinist.
631.179 Engine management
EDWARDS, Emory.
Practical steam engineer's guide. 1895 621.179 31
GRIMSHAW, Robert.
Engine-room chat. 1893 r62i.i79 092
Short articles presenting "in what has proved to be a popular style,
ideas which appeal to all interested in the generation of power."
Preface.
Engine runner's catechism; telling how to erect, adjust and
run the principal steam engines in use in the United
States; a sequel to his Steam engine catechism. 1898. .621.179 Gg2
KELLEY, Henry H.
Engineers' examiner, for the aid of those who wish to
obtain an engineer's license, and a guide for self-ex-
amination, including exhaustive instructions for valve-
setting. 1900 621.179 Ki6
Originally published in the ''Engineer."
LE VAN. William Barnet.
Practical management of engines and boilers; a guide for
engineers and firemen and steam users generally.
1897 621.179 L66
POWER catechism; answers to questions covering the main
principles of steam engineering and the transmission
of power; comp. from Power. 1899 621.179 P87
Contents: Classification of boilers. Boiler setting. Boiler fittings and
attachments. Bursting pressure; Riveted joints; Braced and stayed
surfaces. Physical properties of steam. Combustion and firing; Heat-
STEAM GENERATION. BOILERS 907
ing feed-water. Boiler heating surface. The safety-valve. Chimneys.
Steam piping. Horse-power of engines. The slide-valve. The Cor-
liss engine. Engines in general. Pulleys, belting and shafting.
ROBERTS, Charles W.
Practical advice for marine engineers. 1894 621.179 R$3
Describes the duties of the engineer, his relations to the other officers
of the ship, the care and management of machinery at sea and in port,
hints as to action in emergencies, etc.
ROPER, Stephen.
Engineer's handy-book, containing facts, formulae, tables
and questions, with a discussion of electricity. 1899. .621.179 R68e
The same. 1899 r62i.i79 R68e
"Character is far above that of most works of this nature. . .Of special
value to the engineer interested in the design and operation of steam
plants." Engineering record, 1899.
Young engineer's own book. 1884 621.179 R68
The same. 1894 r62i.i79 R68
ROSE, Joshua.
Key to engines and engine-running; a practical treatise
upon the management of steam engines and boilers for
the use of those who desire to pass an examination to
take charge of an engine or boiler. 1899 621.179 R7I
STROMBERG, William, ed.
Steam user's guide and instructor in regard to engines,
pumps, dynamos and electricity. 1898 r62i.i79 892
The same. 1900 621.179 8925
WAKEMAN, William Henry.
Modern examinations of steam engineers, comprising
answers to questions for the use of engineers and fire-
men when preparing to make application for examina-
tion for U. S. government and state license. 1896. . . .621.179 Wi4
WATSON, Egbert Pomeroy.
How to run engines and boilers, with a new section on
water-tube boilers; practical instructions for young en-
gineers and steam users. 1899 621.179
621.18 Steam generation. Boilers
BABCOCK & WILCOX CO.
Dampf; dessen erzeugung und verwendung, nebst katalog
der fabrikate der Babcock & Wilcox co. 1893 qr62i.i8 Bud
Facts; things to avoid in buying boilers. 1895 qr62i.i8 Buf
High pressure steam. 1895 qr62i.i8 Bn
Steam; its generation and use, with catalogue of the manu-
factures of the Babcock & Wilcox co. 1896 qr62i.i8 Bus
La vapeur; sa production et son emploi, avec catalogue
des chaudieres construites par la Cie Babcock & Wil-
cox. 1893 qr62i.:8 Biiv
BARR, William M.
Boilers and furnaces, considered in their relations to steam
engineering. 1898 621.18 625
DONKIN, Bryan.
Heat efficiency of steam boilers; land, marine and loco-
908 STEAM GENERATION. BOILERS
motive. 1898 621.18 D72
Contains a bibliography, p. 269-270, and a chapter on "Smoke and its
prevention," p. 176 186.
FRANKLIN INSTITUTE.
Report of the committee on the explosions of steam-
boilers. 2v. in i. 1836 r622.33 W66
Bound with Whittlesey's "Dissertation upon the origin of mineral coal."
HEINE SAFETY BOILER CO.
Helios. 1895 qr62i.i8 H4i
Catalogue containing articles and tables relating to fuel, steam generation,
boiler testing, etc.
KENT, William, b. 1851.
Steam-boiler economy; a treatise on the theory and prac-
tice of fuel economy in the operation of steam-boilers.
1901 621.18 Kig
Intended for users of boilers rather than for the manufacturer. Includes
a chapter on smoke prevention.
LOCOMOTIVE; published by the Hartford steam boiler in-
spection and insurance co., new series; monthly, v.i-
date. i88o-date r62i.i8 L76
PEABODY, Cecil Hobart, & Miller, E. F.
Steam-boilers. 1897 621.18 ?33
"Though the book is intended primarily for the use of students in tech-
nical schools and colleges, it is hoped that it may be found useful to
engineers in general." Preface.
ROSE, Joshua.
Steam boilers; a practical treatise on boiler construction
and examination. 1893 621.18 R7I
REGNAULT, Victor.
Relation des experiences entreprises pour determiner les
principales lois physiques et les donnees numeriques
qui entrent dans le calcul des machines a vapeur. 2v.
in i. 1847. (In Institut de France Academic des
sciences. Memoires de 1'Academie royale des sciences
de 1'Institut de France, v.2i.) qr5o6 124113 v.2i
ROWAN, Frederick J.
Boiler incrustation and corrosion. 1895. (Van Nostrand's
science series.) 621.186 R78
THURSTON, Robert Henry.
Manual of steam-boilers. 1893 621.18 T43
TOWER, G. B.N.
Useful things to know about steam boilers. 1885 621.18 T6$
WILSON, Robert.
Treatise on steam boilers; their strength, construction and
economical working. 1875 r62i.i8 W77
A standard work on the subject, which still contains much of value, in
spite of the changes in practice since its publication.
YATES & THOM.
Steam boilers constructed by Yates & Thorn; illustrated
catalogue. 1897 qr62i.i8 Yi8
AULTMAN & TAYLOR MACHINERY CO.
"Cahall" water tube steam boilers, manufactured by the
Aultman & Taylor machinery co. 1897 r62i.i82
BERTIN, Louis fimile.
Marine boilers, their construction and working, dealing
STEAM GENERATION. BOILERS 909
more especially with tubulous boilers; tr. by L. S.
Robertson, with a preface by Sir William White.
1898 621.183 646
STROMEYER, Charles Edmund.
Marine boiler management and construction. 1893 621.183 892
"Literature," p. 11-14.
FRENCH, Joseph.
Notes explanatory of the Safety valve calculator and steam
index, with rules and calculations for force pumps,
strength of boilers, etc. 1853 r62i.i84 92
621.185 Boiler construction
BURGH, Nicholas Procter.
Practical treatise on boilers and boiler-making. 1873. .qr62i.i85 B8g
Chiefly valuable for the record it gives of the development of boilers and
boiler appliances, as illustrated by the British patent specifications.
Contains descriptions and cuts of the greater part of the boilers, etc.
patented up to 1872.
FORD, William Henry.
Boiler making for boiler makers; a practical treatise on
work in the shop, showing the best methods of riveting,
etc. and the most economical manner of obtaining the
best quality of output at the least expense. 1888 621.185 F;6
HUTTON, Walter S.
Steam-boiler construction; a practical handbook for en-
gineers, boiler-makers and steam-users. 1898 621.185 H97
NICHOLLS, Samuel.
Theoretical and practical boiler-maker and engineers' refer-
ence book 621.185 N32
TRAILL, Thomas William.
Boilers, marine and land; their construction and strength.
1896 621.185 T68
The same. 1896 r62i.i8s T68
621.187-621.192 Furnaces. Chimneys
BARR, William M.
Catechism on the combustion of coal and the prevention
of smoke. 1900 621.187 825
"Intended to cover every detail relating to the economic combustion
of such fuels as are employed in steam engineering." Preface.
HAWLEY DOWN-DRAFT FURNACE CO.
Catalogue. 1896 r62i.i87 H36
HOADLEY, John Chipman.
Warm-blast steam-boiler furnace; a report upon a series
of trials of an apparatus for transferring a part of the
heat of escaping flue-gases to the furnace by warming
the entering air. 1891 621.187 H64
SNOW, Walter Bradlee.
Steam-boiler practice in its relation to fuels and their com-
bustion, and the economic results obtained with various
methods and devices. 1899 621.187 67
910 WATER-MOTORS
CHRISTIE, William Wallace.
Furnace draft; its production by mechanical methods.
1901 ............................................... 621.189 46
Small book of 42 pages, containing tables, results of tests, general data,
STURTEVANT, (B. F.) CO.
Mechanical draft; a practical treatise. [1898.] ........... 621.189 893
Contents: Water. Steam. Combustion. Fuels. Efficiency of fuels.
Efficiency of steam boilers. Rate of combustion. Draft. Chimney
draft. Mechanical draft. Advantages of mechanical draft. The
Sturtevant fans for mechanical draft. Application of the Sturtevant
fans for mechanical draft.
WILSON, Robert.
Boiler and factory chimneys; their draught-power and sta-
bility, with a chapter on lightning conductors. 1892. .621.19 W77
HODGETTS, Edward Arthur Brayley, comp.
Liquid fuel for mechanical and industrial purposes.
1890 .............................................. 621.192 H66
Describes the apparatus for burning residual petroleum oils, and gives
results of tests as to its efficiency.
PUTSCH, Albert.
Gas and coal dust firing; a critical review of the various
appliances patented in Germany for this purpose since
1885. 1901 ......................................... 621.192
621.2 'Water-motors
See also Hydraulics, 532.5; Hydraulic engineering, 627
ELAINE, Robert Gordon.
Hydraulic machinery; with an introduction to hydraulics.
1897 ................................................. 621.2 652
FRIZELL, Joseph Palmer.
Water-power; an outline of the development and application
of the energy of flowing water. 1903 ................. 621.2 F95
"Offers a valuable record of work accomplished in certain branches of
power development, which may be safely used by an engineer of ma-
tured judgment; it is not, however, an entirely adequate or safe guide
in the hands of young engineers." Engineering record, 1901.
The same. 1901 ......................................... r62i.2 F9S
MARKS, George Croydon.
Hydraulic power engineering; a practical manual on the
concentration and transmission of power by hydraulic
machinery. 1900 .................................... 621.2 M39
Contents: Hydraulics. Preliminary. Joints. Valves. Lifting ma-
chinery. Hydraulic presses. Pumps. Hydraulic motors.
INNES, Charles H.
Centrifugal pump, turbines and water motors, including
the theory and practice of hydraulics; specially adapted
for engineers. 1901 .................................. 621.21 124
AMERICAN IMPULSE-WHEEL CO.
The perfect American hurdy-gurdy, manufactured by the
American impulse-wheel co. of New York. 1897 ..... r62i.24 ASI
Treatise upon an improved form of water-wheel.
TROWBRIDGE, William Petit.
Turbine wheels; on the inapplicability of the theoretical in-
vestigations of the turbine wheel as given by Rankine,
Weisbach, Bresse and others, to the modern construe-
ELECTRIC ENGINEERING 911
tions introduced by Boyden and Francis. 1879. (Van
Nostrand's science series.) 621.24 T77
Reprinted from "Van Nostrand's magazine."
621.3 Electric engineering
See also Electricity, 537
BRACKETT, Cyrus Fogg, and others.
Electricity in daily life; a popular account of the applica-
tions of electricity to every day uses. 1893 621.3 667
Contents: Electricity in the service of man, by C. F. Brackett. The
electric motor and its applications, by F. L. Pope. The electric rail-
way of to-day, by Joseph Wetzler. Electricity in lighting, by Henry
Morton. The telegraph of to-day, by C. L. Buckingham. The making
and laying of a cable, by H L. Webb, Electricity in naval warfare,
by W. S. Hughes. Electricity in land warfare, by John Millis. Elec-
tricity in the household, by A. E. Kennelly. Electricity in relation
to the human body, by M. A. Starr.
The same J62I.3 667
CLEVELAND ARMATURE WORKS, pub.
Practical electricity; with questions and answers. 1900. . . .621.3 Cs8
"Written especially to assist those who have some practical knowledge
of electricity and who wish to learn more of the way in which wiring
is calculated and of the simpler and more important parts of dynamo
electric machine design." Preface.
ELECTRICAL designs; instructions for constructing small
motors, testing instruments and other apparatus, with
working drawings for each design. 1901 621.3 44
Peprinted from the "American electrician."
Designs include alternating and direct-current dynamos and motors of
various sizes, current rectifiers, transformers, reactive coils, rheostats,
voltmeters, ammeters, wattmeters, galvanometers, photometers, storage
batteries, arc lamps, Xernst lamps, induction coils, condensers, etc.
ELECTRICAL patents; reissues, trade-marks and designs,
furnishing all the drawings, claims in full, list of refer-
ences cited, interferences, parties to them and decisions
in all cases; comp. by J.T.Allen; weekly, July 4, 1899-
June 26, looo. v.i-2. 1899-1900 qr62i.3 4437
Beginning with August 29, 1899 title reads "United States electrical
patents."
Supplement to Allen's "Digest ot electricity, 1709 to Juiy 1699."
FOOTE, Allen Ripley.
Economic value of electric light and power. 1889 r62i.3 F74
Discussion of the economic conditions fixed by state and municipal
legislation for the production and distribution of electricity.
FRANKLIN INSTITUTE.
International electrical exhibition, 1884; General report of
the chairman of the committee on exhibitions, and Re-
ports of the examiners of sections. 1885 r62i.3 F87
FRITH, Henry, & 'Rawson, W. S.
Coil and current; or, The triumphs of electricity. 1896. . . .621.3 Fg5
GRAFFIGNY, Henri de, (pseud, of Raoul Marquis).
Industrial electricity. 1898 621.3 G?6
HOUSTON, Edwin James.
Electric transmission of intelligence, and other advanced
primers of electricity. 1893 621.3 H83et
Electrical measurements, and other advanced primers of
electricity. 1896 621.3 H83em
58
912 ELECTRIC ENGINEERING
HOUSTON, Edwin James, & Kennelly, A. E.
Electrical engineering leaflets; elementary grade, no.i-
35- 1897 621.3 H83ele
The same; intermediate grade. 1897 621.3 H83el
The same; advanced grade. 1895 621.3 H83e
Electricity made easy, by simple language and copious
illustration. 1898 621.3 H83elc
Explains the applications of electricity in common use.
INTERNATIONAL ELECTRICAL CONGRESS.
Proceedings of the congress held in Chicago, Aug. 21-25,
1893. 1894 r62i.3 1248
INTERNATIONAL ENGINEERING CONGRESS, Glas-
gow, 1901.
Proceedings of section 9: Electrical. (In Institution of
electrical engineers. Journal, 1901, v.3i, p. 1-244.) ^621.305 124 v.3i
JANET, Paul Andre Marie.
Legons d'electrotechnique generale, professees a 1'ficole
superieure d'electricite. 1900 qr62i.3 Ji7
Bibliography at end of each chapter.
Descriptions in detail of actual machines and installations are omitted,
the attention being directed to the theoretical side of the subject. Re-
quires a slight knowledge of the calculus.
JOYCE, Joseph A. & Howard C.
Treatise on electric law, covering the law governing all
electric corporations, uses and appliances, also all rela-
tive public and private rights. 1900 r62i.3 J48
PRESCOTT, George Bartlett.
Dynamo-electricity; its generation, application, transmission,
storage and measurement. 1894 621.3 Pg2
SLINGO, W. & Brooker, A.
Electrical engineering. 1903 621.3 S63
The same. 1895 r62i_3 863
SLOANE, Thomas O'Conor.
How to become a successful electrician ; the studies to be fol-
lowed, methods of work, fields of operation and ethics of
the profession. 1901 621.307 863
STEINMETZ, Charles Proteus.
Theoretical elements of electrical engineering. 1901 621.3 S82
Contents: General theory. Special apparatus: Synchronous machines.
Commutating machines. Synchronous converters. Induction machines.
The theoretical part may be used an an introduction to the author's
treatise on "Alternating current phenomena," the part on special ap-
paratus being in certain respects a supplement to the same book. Not
suited for beginners in the study of alternating currents. Calcula-
tions are usually made with the aid of the complex variable.
TUNZELMANN, George William de.
Electricity in modern life. 1889. (Contemporary science
series.) 621.3 T84
Describes in non-technical language many practical applications of elec-
tricity.
UNITED STATES electrical patents. 5V? Electrical patents.
VERITY, John B.
Electricity up to date for light, power and traction. 1896. .621.3 V27
Contains a chapter on electrotherapeutics, and one on electric cooking
and heating.
ELECTRIC ENGINEERING PERIODICALS 913
WALKER, Sydney Ferris.
Electricity in our homes and workshops. 1895 621.3 Wi7
WALMSLEY, R. Mullineux.
Electric current; how produced and how used. 1894 621.3 Wi8
JOHNSTON'S electrical and street railway directory, 1896.
1896 r62i.3O2 J36
DYNAMIC electricity; including Some points in electric
lighting, by John Hopkinson, On the measurement of
electricity for commercial purposes, by J. N. School-
bred, Electric light arithmetic, by R. E. Day. 1890.
(Van Nostrand's science series.) 621.304 099
INSTITUTION OF CIVIL ENGINEERS.
Practical applications of electricity. 1884 r62i.3O4 124
Contents: Preece, W. H. Progress of telegraphy. Bramwell, Sir F. J.
Telephones. Siemens, C. W. Electric transmission and storage of
power. Hopkinson, John. Some points on electric lighting. Abel,
F. A. Electricity applied to explosive purposes. Thomson, Sir Wil-
liam. Electrical units of measurement.
621.305 Periodicals. Societies
AMERICAN electrician; monthly, Dec. i889-date. v.i-
date. i889-date qr62i.30S ASI
v.i-7 title reads "Electrical industries."
AMERICAN INSTITUTE OE ELECTRICAL ENGINEERS.
Transactions, i884-date. v.i-date. i884~date r62i.3O5 Asi2
BULLETIN de la Societe internationale des electriciens;
[monthly], v.i-date. i884-date qr62i.305 687
CENTRALBLATT fur elektrotechnik. v.4, no.i6-v.i2. 1883-
89 qr62i.30S Z43
Being v.4, no.i6-v.i2 of "Zeitschrift fur angewandte elektricitatslehre."
United with the "Elektrotechnische zeitschrift" in 1890.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY, ELECTRICAL SOCIETY.
Proceedings, 1893/94-1896/97, iSgS/gg-date. v.i-4, 6-date.
i894-date r62i.305 C82
From v.8 contains also the "Proceedings of the Society of mechanical
engineers of Cornell university."
L'fiCLAIRAGE electrique; [weekly], v.i-date. 1894-
date qr62i.30S 25
Index, v. 1-25, 1894-1901. 1902.
Continuation of "La lumiere electrique."
ELECTRIC power; a monthly journal devoted to the in-
terests of the electric railway and the transmission of
power, light and heat by electricity; ed. by R. W. Pope
and others, Jan. iSSg-June 1896. 9v. 1889-96. . . .qr62i.3O5 4438
No more published.
ELECTRICAL engineer; a weekly journal, with which is in-
corporated "Electric light." v.2i-date. iSgS-date. . .qr62i.3O5 E4433
ELECTRICAL engineering; [semimonthly and monthly].
v.i-date. i893-date r62i.3O5 4436
v. 12-14 title reads "Electrical engineering and telephone magazine."
v.is-date title reads "Telephone magazine."
ELECTRICAL industries. See American electrician.
ELECTRICAL review, [London]; weekly, v.i-date. 1872-
date qr62i.3O5 4440
v.i-30 title reads "Telegraphic journal and electrical review."
914 ELECTRIC ENGINEERING PERIODICALS
ELECTRICAL review, [New York]; weekly, Feb. 15, 1882-
date. v.i-date. i882-date ...................... qr62i-3O5 4431
v.i title reads "Review of the telegraph and telephone."
ELECTRICAL world; weekly, v.i-date. i883~date ..... qr62i.3O5 44
- Index, 1883-1896, v.i-28. 1897.
Continuation of the "Operator."
In March 1899 the "Electrical engineer" was incorporated with the "Elec-
trical world" under the title "Electrical world and engineer."
ELECTRICIAN; a weekly journal of theoretical and applied
electricity and chemical physics. v.i-date. 1878-
date .......................................... qr62i .305 4432
Published in London.
v.zi-date title reads "Electrician; a weekly journal of electrical engineer-
ing, industry and science."
ELECTRICIAN; [monthly and weekly], v.i-27. 1882-
99 ............................................. qr62i.30S 443
v.i, no. i -3 wanting.
v.3-6 title reads "Electrician and electrical engineer."
v.7-27 title reads "Electrical engineer."
In March 1899 the "Electrical engineer" was incorporated with the
"Electrical world" under the title "Electrical world and engineer."
L'fiLECTRICIEN; revue generate de 1'electricite. v.i-date.
i88i-date ...................................... qr62i .305 4434
Jan. 1891, the "Revue internationale de 1'electricite" was incorporated
with "L'electricien."
v.i 5 date title reads "L'electricien; revue internationale de 1'electricite."
L'fiLECTRICITfi; revue scientifique. v.i-17. 1876-93. .qr62i. 305 4439
ELECTRICITY; weekly, July 22, i89i-date. v.i-date.
i8o2-date ...................................... qr62i.3OS 4435
ELEKTROTECHNISCHE zeitschrift; hrsg. vom Elektro-
technischen verein; [monthly and weekly], v.i-date.
i88o-date ...................................... qr62i.3O5 E448
"Centralblatt fur elektrotechnik" united with the "Elektrotechnische
zeitschrift" in 1890.
HOME study for electrical workers; monthly, July i897-Oct.
1899. 3v. in 2. 1898-99 ............................ r62i.305 H7S
v.3 title reads "Steam -electric magazine."
No more published.
B
L'INDUSTRIE electrique; revue de la science electrique et
de ses applications industrielles; [fortnightly], v.i-
date. i892-date ................................. qr62i.305 1242
INSTITUTION OF ELECTRICAL ENGINEERS.
Journal, i872-date. v.i-date. i872-date ............... r62i.3O5 124
- Index, v.i-io. 1882.
- Index, v. 11-20. 1892.
- Index, v.21-30. 1901.
The Institution of electrical engineers was originally the Society of
telegraph engineers.
La LUMIfiRE electrique; journal universel d'electricite;
[monthly and weekly], v.i-53. 1879-94 ........... qr62i.3<>5 L97
- Table generale, v.i 10, 1879-1883.
Continued as "L'eclairage electrique."
NORTHERN SOCIETY OF ELECTRICAL ENGINEERS.
Proceedings. 5v. in 2. 1894-99 ....................... r62i.3O5 N45
No more published.
In May 1900 this society was consolidated with the Institution of elec-
trical engineers.
DYNAMOS. MOTORS
OPERATOR; a journal of telegraphic, telephonic and electri-
cal science; semimonthly, v.13, no.i3~3i. 1882. .. .qr 62 1.305 O26
Continued under the title "Electrical world."
REVIEW of the telegraph and telephone. See Electrical
review, [New York].
REVUE international de 1'electricite et de ses applications;
[monthly], nv. 1885-90 ......................... qr62i.305 R37
In Dec. 1890 this publication was incorporated with "L'electricien."
TELEGRAPHIC journal and electrical review. See Electri-
cal review, [London].
TELEPHONE magazine. See Electrical engineering.
TRACTION and transmission; a monthly supplement to "En-
gineering," Apr. igoi-date. v.i-date. looi-date. . .qr62i.3O5 T6/
WESTERN electrician; weekly, v.i-date. i887~date. . .qr62 1.305 Ws6
v.2, Jan. June 1888, wanting.
ZEITSCHRIFT fur angewandte elektricitatslehre. I2v. 1879-
89 ............................................... qr62i.305 Z43
v.4, no. i6-v. 12 title reads "Centralblatt fur elektrotechnik."
United in 1890 with "Elektrotechnische zeitschrift."
621.308 Tables. Calculations. Pocket-books
HOSPITALIER, fidouard, comp.
Formulaire pratique de 1'electricien. ire annee-date. 1883-
date ............................................. r62i.3o8 H82
KEMPE, Harry Robert.
Electrical engineer's pocket-book. 1892 .............. r62i.3o8 Ki7
MUNRO, John. & Jamieson, Andrew, comp.
Pocket-book of electrical rules and tables. 1894 ....... r62i.3o8
621.31 Dynamos. Motors
ARNOLD, E. ed.
Constructionstafeln fur den dynamobau. 2v. in i. 1899-
1900 qr62i.3i A75
Contents : Gleichstrom-maschinen. Wechselstrom-maschinen, wechsel-
strom-motoren und transformatoren.
Dimensioned designs of types and details showing the current practice
of some leading European manufacturers.
ATKINSON, Philip.
Electric transformation of power and its application by
the electric motor, including electric railway construc-
tion. 1893 r62i.3i A87
In plain untechnical language. All historical matter has been excluded
and only the most approved kinds of apparatus have been described.
Title of zd edition reads "Power transmitted by electricity."
Power transmitted by electricity and applied by the elec-
tric motor, including electric railway construction.
1900 J62I.3I A87
Title of ist edition reads "Electric transformation of power."
Contents: Definitions. Principles of the electric motor. Stationary
motors. Applications of the stationary motor. Electric railways and
railway motors. Central station construction and equipment.
The language is plain and the machines described as types are those in
common use.
The same. 1899 621.31 A87
pi6 DYNAMOS. MOTORS
HOPKINSON, John.
Original papers on dynamo machinery and allied sub-
jects. 1893 621.31 H78
HOUSTON, Edwin James, & Kennelly, A. E.
Electric motor and the transmission of power. 1896. (Ele-
mentary electro-technical series.) 621.31 H83
Recent types of dynamo-electric machinery; a complete
guide for the electrician, engineer, student and pro-
fessor. 1898 621.31 H83r
Practical descriptions of the various types of machines made by different
American builders, giving data as to sizes, functions and capabilities.
JACKSON, Dugald Caleb.
Text-book on electro-magnetism and the construction of dyna-
mos. 2v. 1896-97 621.31 Ji2
Title-page of v.2 reads "Alternating currents and alternating current ma-
chinery."
KAPP, Gisbert, comp.
Dynamo construction, electrical and mechanical ; a technical
description of typical machines for the generation of high-
pressure currents and other apparatus, and the calculations
connected therewith qr62i.3i Ki3d
Contains 25 sheets of working drawings.
KAPP, Gisbert.
Dynamos, alternators and transformers. 1893 r62i.3i Ki3d}'
The same. 1902 621.31 Ki3
Title of the new edition reads "Dynamos, motors, alternators and rotary
converters."
Exposition of the principles of their construction. Suitable for advanced
students and designers. New edition does not treat of stationary trans-
formers.
KENNELLY, Arthur Edwin.
Theoretical elements of electro-dynamic machinery, v.i.
1893 621.31 Ki8
MARTIN, Thomas Commerford, & Wetzler, Joseph.
Electric motor and its applications, with appendix on the
development of the electric motor since 1888, by Louis
Bell. 1892 q62i.3i M42
PARSHALL, Horace Field, & Hobart, H. M.
Armature windings of electric machines. 1895 q62i.3i P26
Electric generators. 1900 ' q62i.3i P26e
Amplification of a series of lectures delivered at the Massachusetts insti-
tute of technology.
Intended to assist the designer to make practical use of our knowledge
of the theory of the dynamo.
The same. 1900 .' . qr62i .31 P26e
SHELDON, Samuel, & Mason, Hobart.
Dynamo electric machinery; its construction, design and
operation. 2v. 1901-02 621.31 854
v.i. Direct current machines.
v.2. Alternating-current machines.
Title-page of v.2 reads "Alternating-current machines: being the second
volume of Dynamo electric machinery."
Well- written exposition of present (1902) practice. Useful for students
and as a handy reference book for engineers.
THOMPSON, Silvanus Phillips.
Dynamo-electric machinery, v.i. 1904. (Finsbury techni-
cal manuals.) 621.31
DYNAMOS. MOTORS
The same, v.i ........................................ r62i.3i
The same; with supplement. 3v. in 2. 1897 ............. r62i.3i
v.i. Continuous-current machines.
A standard general treatise on design and construction. Treats of theory
and practice in considerable detail. Clearly and interestingly written.
Edition 7 contains the material also published separately under the title
"Design of dynamos."
Latest dynamo-electric machines. 1897. (Finsbury tech-
nical manuals.) ..................................... r62i.3i T381
Supplement to the 6th edition of "Dynamo-electric machinery."
The same. 1897. (Finsbury technical manuals.) ..... 621.312 T38d v.2
Bound with his "Dynamo-electric machinery."
TREVERT, Edward, (pseud, of Edward Trevert Bubier).
How to build dynamo-electric machinery, embracing the-
ory, designing and the construction of dynamos and
motors; with appendices on field magnet and arma-
ture winding, management of dynamos and motors and
tables of wire gauges. 1902 .......... : ........... 621.31
The same. 1894 ....................................... J62I.3I
621.312 Direct current
ARNOLD, E.
Die ankerwicklungen und ankerkonstruktionen der gleich-
strom-dynamomaschinen. 1899 621.312 A75
AVERY, Alfred H.
A B C of dynamo design. 1900 621.312 A95
Originally published in the "Model engineer," v.2-3.
Simple, theoretical and practical treatise for amateur dynamo-builders,
showing how the calculations should be made. Includes the calcula-
tions for a 3o-watt, a soo-watt, and a 2-kilo-watt dynamo.
BOTTONE, Selimo Romeo.
The dynamo; how made and how used. 1896 621.312 664
CROFTS, Alfred.
How to make a dynamo; a practical treatise for amateurs,
containing detailed instructions for constructing a
small dynamo to produce the electric light. 1896 621.312 C88
FISCHER-HINNEN, J.
Die wirkungsweise, berechnung und konstruktion elektri-
scher gleichstrom-maschinen; praktisches handbuch fur
elektrotechniker, maschinenkonstrukteure und studie-
rende. 1899 621.312 52
Collection of the practical formulae necessary for the construction of
continuous-current dynamos, with many numerical examples showing
their application. Author until recently was chief draftsman at the
Oerlikon works, Switzerland, (1900).
HANCHETT, George Tilden.
Modern electric railway motors; a discussion of current
practice in electric railwaj 7 motor construction, mainte-
nance and repair. 1900 621.312 H23
"Exceedingly practical book, which tells, in the fewest possible words
and with the least complexity, what the inquiring reader wishes to
know." Electrical review, 1900.
HAWKINS, Charles Caesar.
Theory of commutation. [1901?] r62i.3i2 H36
Mathematical investigation of the reactions occurring during the process
of commutation in continuous current dynamos. An example of the
pi8 DYNAMOS. MOTORS
practical application of the results is given and the physical interpreta-
tion of the equations is carefully explained.
HOUSTON, Edwin James, & Kennelly, A. E.
Electro-dynamic machinery for continuous currents. 1896.
(Elementary electro-technical series.) 621.312 H83
PARHAM, Eugene Chilton, & Shedd, J. C.
Shop and road testing of dynamos and motors; a practical
manual. 1901 621.318 P23
The same. 1898 r62i.3i8 P23
Treats only of direct current machinery.
PARKHURST, Charles Dyer.
Dynamo and motor building for amateurs, with working
drawings. [1894.] 621.312 P24
Contents: A small electric motor for amateurs. A "home-made" elec-
tric motor. A sewing-machine motor for amateurs. Armature wind-
ings, connections and currents. A fifty-light incandescent dynamo.
Data of standard machines.
PERRY, Nelson Williams.
Electric railway motors. 1896 621.312 ?44
TREVERT, Edward, (pseud, of Edward Trevert Bubier).
Dynamos and electric motors. 1891 621.312 T73
Practical directions for armature and field-magnet wind-
ing. 1892 621.312 T73p
WALKER, Frederick, engineer.
Practical dynamo-building for amateurs; how to wind for
any output. 1890. (Van Nostrand's science series.) . .621.312 Wi6
WATSON, A. E.
How to build a fifty-light dynamo, or four horse-power
motor. 1895 621.312 W3i
WEYMOUTH, F. Marten.
Drum armatures and commutators. 1893. (Electrician
series.) 621.312 Ws8
Enlarged and revised from a series of articles in the "Electrician."
WIENER, Alfred Eugene.
Practical calculation of dynamo-electric machines.
1002 621.312 W68
Contents: Physical principles of dynamo-electric machines. Calculation
of armature. Calculation of magnetic flux. Dimensions of field-
magnet frame. Calculation of magnetizing force. Calculation of mag-
net winding. Efficiency of generators and motors; Designing of a
number of dynamos of same type; Calculation of electric motors,
unipolar dynamos, motor-generators, etc.; Dynamo-graphics. Practical
examples of dynamo calculation.
The same. 1898 621.312 W68
Compilation of practical rules from the data of a large number of
standard dynamos, Requires only a knowledge of arithmetic and
algebra.
WILSON, Charles Ashley Carus-.
Electro-dynamics; the direct-current motor. 1898 621.312 W76
"Written for electrical engineers and advanced students." Author.
621.313 Alternating current
BEDELL, Frederick, & Crehore, A. C.
Alternating currents; an analytical and graphical treatment
for students and engineers. 1893 621.313 837
BEHREND, Bernhard Arthur.
Induction motor; a short treatise on its theory and design,
DYNAMOS. MOTORS 9*9
with numerous experimental data and diagrams.
1901 621.313 638
Graphical treatment, by an engineer of wide experience with induction
motors. Requires a considerable knowledge of polyphase work.
BLAKESLEY, Thomas Holmes.
Papers on alternating currents of electricity, for the use of
students and engineers. 1891. (Specialists' series.) . .621.313 652
Exemplifies the use of the geometrical method in treating problems in-
volving the flow of alternating electric currents.
CHEVRIER, G.
Pratique industrielle des courants alternatifs; courants
monophases. 1900 ^621.313 42
Clear, elementary presentation of the principles underlying the produc-
tion and utilization of currents of this form.
FLEMING, John Ambrose.
Alternate current transformer. 2v. 1892. (Electrician
series.) r62i.3i3 F62
v.i. Induction of electric currents.
v.2. Utilization of induced currents.
The same. 2v. 1900. (Electrician series.) 621.313 F62
Treats of the principles of magnetic induction and their application in
the design and construction of induction coils and transformers. A
handbook for practical electricians, by a leading English engineer.
FRANKLIN, William Suddards, & Williamson, R. B.
Elements of alternating currents. 1901 621.313 F88e
The same. 1899 r62i.3i3 F88
HAY, Alfred.
Principles of alternate-current working. 1897 621.313 H36
"Elementary in treatment The knowledge, both mathematical and elec-
trical, which it pre-supposes on the part of the reader is slight."
HOSPITALIER, fidouard.
Polyphased alternating currents. [1895.] 621.313 H82
Treats briefly of generators, transformers and motors. Does not bring
the subject up to date.
HOUSTON, Edwin James, & Kennelly, A. E.
Alternating electric currents. 1902. (Elementary electro-
technical series.) 621.313 H83
The same. 1895. (Elementary electro-technical
series.) r62i.3i3 H83
KAPP, Gisbert.
Alternate-current machinery. 1889. (Van Nostrand's
science series.) 621.313 Ki3a
Reprinted from the "Minutes of proceedings of the Institution of civil
engineers, London."
Alternating currents of electricity; their generation,
measurement, distribution and application. 1896. . . .621.313 Ki3
LOPPfi, Frangois, & Bouquet, R. P.
Alternate currents in practice; tr. fr. the French by F. J.
Moffett. 1898. (Specialists' series.) 621.313 L86
Contents: Alternators. Motors. Transformers and condensers. Trans-
formation of current. Distribution mains. Current distribution. In-
dustrial management of alternate currents.
MARTIN, Thomas Commerford.
Inventions, researches and writings of Nikola Tesla.
1894 621.313 M42
"The electrical problems of the present day lie largely in the economical
transmission of power and in the radical improvement of the means
and methods of illumination ... The present volume is a simple record
920 DYNAMOS. MOTORS
of the pioneer work in such departments up to date [1894], by Mr.
Nikola Tesla." Preface.
OUDIN, Maurice Agnus.
Standard polyphase apparatus and systems. 1902 621.313 032
The same. 1899 r62i.3i3 032
Treats of the subject in a practical and interesting manner. Is well
illustrated with diagrams, and photographs of up-to-date machinery
(1902).
STEINMETZ, Charles Proteus, & Berg, E. J.
Theory and calculation of alternating current phenomena.
1900 621.313 882
The same. 1897 ^21.313 882
Uses common algebra and trigonometry, practically excluding calculus.
STILL, Alfred.
Alternating currents of electricity, and the theory of trans-
formers. 1898 621.313 885
Single phase currents considered from an engineering standpoint.
TESLA, Nikola.
Experiments with alternate currents of high potential and
high frequency. 1892 621.313 T3i
Lecture delivered before the Institution of electrical engineers, London.
Contains a biographical sketch of the author.
THOMPSON, Silvanus Phillips.
Polyphase electric currents and alternate-current motors.
1900. (Finsbury technical manuals.) 621.313 T38
The same. 1895. (Finsbury technical manuals.) r62i.3i3 T38
Bibliography, p. 225 241.
Clear comprehensive discussion of theory and practice as known at the
present time (1903).
VOYER, J.
Theorie elementaire des courants alternatifs. 1894. .. ^621.313 V39
WESTINGHOUSE ELECTRIC CO.
The alternating system. 1888 qr62i.3i3 Ws6
The same. 1889 qr62i.3i3 Ws6a
631.314 Transformers. Converters
ADAMS, George, A. I. E. E.
Transformer design; a treatise on their design, con-
struction and use. 1899 621.314 A2I
Avoids historical matter and use of mathematical analysis.
BEDELL, Frederick.
Principles of the transformer. 1896 621.314 637
Complete discussion of the principles of the alternating current trans-
former.
COLLES, George W.
Rotary transformers; their history, theory and character-
istics. 1901 621.314 C69
Reprinted from the "Journal of the Franklin institute," March-July 1901.
"Professes to take a broad, comprehensive review of such transforming
devices as are included in its scope, or nearly allied thereto, tracing
their evolution from crude beginnings to the refinements of today, and
indicating the peculiarities of each by itself, as may seem of interest
or importance, and its comparative merits or demerits in relation to
others." Prefatory note.
KAPP, Gisbert.
Transformers for single and multiphase currents. 1896.
DYNAMOS. MOTORS 921
(Specialists' series.) 621.314 Kr3
"Object is to enable the reader to judge the design of transformers and
to design such apparatus for himself. The mathematical treatment of
the subject has been kept as short as possible." Preface.
WEEKES, Robert Willsher.
Design of alternate-current transformers. 1893 621.314 W42
Brief; avoids use of higher mathematics.
621.315-621.317 Electric locomotives. Power plants
BARNES, David Leonard.
Electric locomotives; Baldwin locomotive works, Burnham,
Williams & co., Philadelphia, and the Westinghouse
electric and mfg. co., Pittsburg. 1896 621.315 625
GAY, Albert, & Yeaman, Charles H.
Introduction to the study of central station electricity sup-
ply. 1899. (Specialists' series.) 621.316 G25
Bibliography, p.453-459-
GIBBINGS, Alfred H.
Commercial and business aspects of municipal electricity
supply; a practical handbook for the use of electrical
engineers to municipal corporations and members of
municipal electricity committees. 1899 qr62i.3i6 G35
Contents: The position of the electricity department in relation to other
municipal departments. The wiring and fitting of private premises by
the corporation. How to charge for electrical energy. -Electric motive
power. Hiring-out of motors, arc lamps, etc. Free-wiring. The free
supply of incandescent lamps. Prepayment meters. Side street light-
ing. Fitting-up and managing a corporation showroom. Private house
consumers, or extensions to outlying districts. Sundries.
LINDLEY, W. H.
Project fur das elektricitats-werk der stadt Warschau; er-
lauterungsbericht vom 8 Februar 1898, nebst anlagen.
1899 qr62i.3i6 L72
Very complete report on the needs of a municipal electrical plant, with a
critical discussion of the designs available.
SCRUTTON, Percy E.
Electricity in town and country houses. 1898 621.316 843
"Too elementary for an engineer or architect but a good book for a
gentleman about- to build a residence in which electricity will be
used." Engineering record, 1899.
WORDINGHAM, Charles Henry.
Central electrical stations; their design, organisation and
management. 1901 621.316 W8g
"Author has attempted in the present work to describe those problems
which arise in the practical operation of central stations, whether of a
scientific, an engineering, or a commercial nature, and to indicate the
solution which his own experience, or that of engineers similarly
placed, has dictated." Preface.
SCOTT, Ernest Kilburn.
Local distribution of electric power in workshops. 1897. -621.317 842
Bibliography, p. 133-1 37.
621.319 Dynamo management
BADT, Francis Beatus.
New dynamo tenders' hand-book. 1900 621.319 614
Information on the theory and practice of the care, operation and main-
tenance of electric light and power installations. Intended for those
having charge of electrical machinery. Simple and practical.
922 ELECTRIC LIGHTING
BOTTONE, Selimo Romeo.
How to manage the dynamo. 1893 621.319 664
CROCKER, Francis Bacon, & Wheeler, S. S.
Practical management of dynamos and motors, with a
chapter by H. A. Foster. 1896 621.319 C88
Appeared in the "Electrical engineer," Sept. iSgi-May 1892.
PATERSON, G. W. Lummis-.
Management of dynamos; a handybook of theory and
practice for the use of mechanics and others in charge
of dynamos. 1900 621.319 P29
POWER.
Central station experiences; a series of narratives on the
trials and tribulations of a steam engineer while learn-
ing to run an electric station. 1901 621.319 P8/
Reprinted from "Power."
Describes in easy, colloquial style various common central-station diffi-
culties, and the methods of discovering and remedying them.
621.32 Electric lighting
ALLSOP, Frederick Charles.
Practical electric-light fitting. [1892.] 621.32 A44
ATKINSON, Philip.
Elements of electric lighting. 1890 621.32 A8y
The same. 1897 J62I.32 A8/e
BOTTONE, Selimo Romeo.
Guide to electric lighting; for the use of householders and
amateurs. 1892 621.32 664
CROCKER, Francis Bacon.
Electric lighting. 2v. 1896-1901 621.32 C88
v.i. The generating plant.
v.2. Distributing system and lamps.
v.i contains a chapter on lightning arresters; the appendix to v.2 contains
the 'National electric code," and the "Report of the committee on
standardization."
DAY, Richard Evans.
Electric light arithmetic. 1893 621.32 D33
FLEMING, John Ambrose.
Electric lamps and electric lighting. 1894. (Electrician
series.) 621.32 F62
HAYWARD, A. C. Curtis.
Digests of the law relating to electric lighting and to elec-
tric traction. [1899.] r62i.32 H37
MERRILL, Earle Abbott.
Electric lighting specifications, for the use of engineers and
architects. 1896 r62i.32 M63
In addition to specifications contains the rules and requirements of the
National board of fire underwriters (1895), and the form of uniform
contract adopted by the National association of builders and the Ameri-
can institute of architects.
NATIONAL ELECTRIC LIGHT ASSOCIATION.
Proceedings at its convention (ist-date), i88s-date. 1886-
date r62i.3
URBANITZKY, Alfred von.
Die elektrische beleuchtung und ihre anwendung in der
ELECTRIC RAILWAYS 923
praxis. 1890. (Hartleben's chemisch-technische bib-
liothek.) r62i.32 U2~
HOUSTON, Edwin James, & Kennelly, A. E.
Electric arc lighting. 1902. (Elementary electro-techni-
cal series.) 621.321 H8.3
The same. 1896. (Elementary electro-technical series.) . .r62i.32i H83
FRANKLIN INSTITUTE.
On the efficiency and duration of incandescent electric
lamps; report of a special committee. 1885 r62i.3 F87
Bound with other pamphlets.
HOUSTON, Edwin James, & Kennelly, A. E.
Electric incandescent lighting. 1902. (Elementary elec-
tro-technical series.) 621.322 H83
The same. 1896. (Elementary electro-technical series.) . ^621.322 H83
KRUGER, E. A.
Die herstellung der elektrischen gliihlampe; zum prak-
tischen gebrauch fur fabrikanten, ingenieure, techniker,
installateure, monteure und konsumenten. 1894 621.322 K42
Describes the methods in actual use, omitting all theoretical discussion.
POPE, Franklin Leonard.
Evolution of the electric incandescent lamp. 1889 r62i.322 P8i
Compiled from the newspapers of the day, and the Patent office records.
Chiefly a discussion of the rival claims of Edison, and Sawyer and
Man.
RAM, Gilbert S.
Incandescent lamp and its manufacture. 1893. (Electrician
series.) 621.322 Ri7
"All that is attempted is to give readers such information as the author,
in the course of a considerable experience in lamp-making, has acquired,
and to place this information before them with as little mathematical
embellishment as, under the circumstances, is possible." Preface.
SALOMONS, Sir David Lionel Goldsmid-Stern-.
Electric light installations. 3v. 1894-98. (Specialists'
series.) 621.329 Siy
v.i. Management of accumulators.
v.2. Apparatus.
v.3. Application.
621.33 Electric railways
AMERICAN STREET-RAILWAY ASSOCIATION.
Report of committee on "Economy of machine shops for
electric street-railways.'' 1892 r62i.33 ?49
Advance copy, published for discussion at the regular meeting of the
American street-railway association, Cleveland, O., Oct. 19-21, 1892.
Bound with other pamphlets.
CASSIER'-S MAGAZINE.
Electric railway number of Cassier's magazine, Aug. 1809.
1899 q62i.33 C26
The same. 1899 qr62i.33 C26
Contents: Latest developments in electric conduit railways, by F. S.
Pearson. Electric tramways in Great Britain, by R. W. Blackwell.
Building an electric railway, by L. W. Surrell. Overhead construction,
by J. G. White. The development of the modern electric railway
motor, by C. T. Hutchinson. Some early traction history, by Thor-
burn Reid. Electrolysis from railway currents, by A. V. Abbott.
The municipal ownership of tramways in the United Kingdom, by
Benjamin Taylor. The development of the tram car, by J. A. Brill.
Rails and rail joints, by M. K. Bowen. Light electric railways, by
924 ELECTRIC RAILWAYS
Louis Bell. The multiple unit system for electric railways, by E. J.
Sprague. The electric locomotive, by G. K. Muir. Polyphase alter-
nating currents for electric railways, by D. C. Jackson. The selection
of rolling stock, by C. F. Uebelacker. Storage batteries and electric
railways, by Herbert Lloyd. Electric railways in America, by W. J.
Clark. The City and South London electric railway, by P. V. Mc-
Mahon.
CROSBY, Oscar T. & Bell, Louis.
Electric railway in theory and practice. 1893 621.33 C89
DAWSON, Philip.
Electric railways and tramways; their construction and
operation. 1897 qr62i .33 D33
Entirely revised, enlarged and brought up to date from "Engineering."
HEDGES, Killingworth.
American electric street railways; their construction and
equipment, with notes as to the cost of installation and
of maintenance. 1894 q62l.33 H39
HOUSTON, Edwin James, & Kennelly, A. E.
Electric street railways. 1896. (Elementary electro-tech-
nical series.) 621.33 H83
OHIO Circuit court.
In the circuit court of Cuyahoga county, Ohio, F. W. Pel-
ton and others, plaintiffs, vs. the East Cleveland rail-
road company, defendant; statement of the case and
decision of the court as to electric propulsion of street
cars. [1901?] r62i.33 Oi8
PHILADELPHIA Councils.
Trolley system; stenographic report of testimony of ex-
perts and arguments of R. E. Shapley and J. G. John-
son, before railroad committee of councils, March I4th
and March i6th, 1892, in the matter of the application of
the Philadelphia traction company to apply the trolley
system. 1892 r62i.33 ?49
SCHIEMANN, Max.
Bau und betrieb elektrischer bahnen; handbuch zu deren
projektierung, bau und betriebsfuhrung. 2v. 1899-
1900 621.33 833
v.i. Strassenbahnen.
v.2. Haupt-, neben- und industriebahnen.
TREVERT, Edward, (pseud, of Edward Trevert Bubier).
Electric railway engineering. 1892 .621.33 T73
UNITED STATES Circuit court.
Underrunning trolley case; full text of Judge Townsend's
decision in the case of Thomson-Houston electric com-
pany, complainant, vs. the Winchester avenue railroad
company et al., defendant, filed in the U. S. circuit
court, district of Connecticut, Dec. 7, 1895; Van De-
poele patent no.495, 443 sustained. 1896 r62i.33 ?49
Bound with other pamphlets.
BELL, Louis.
Power distribution for electric railroads. 1897 621.331 641
GAYETTY, J. W.
Motorman's guide; a practical treatise on street railway
motors. 1898 621.338 G2S
POWER TRANSMISSION 925
DAWSON, Philip, comp.
"Engineering" and electric traction pocket-book. 1899. ^621.339 033
Bibliography, p.33-s8.
Compilation of civil, mechanical and electrical engineering data relating
to the subject of electric traction.
HERRICK, Albert Bledsoe.
Practical electric railway hand book. 1901 r62i.339 H47
MERRILL, Earle Abbott, comp.
Reference book of tables and formulas for electric railway
engineers. 1897 r62i.339 M63
621.34 Power transmission
ABBOTT, Arthur Vaughan.
Electrical transmission of energy. 1895 621.34 Ai3
BELL, Louis.
Electric power transmission. 1897 r62i.34 641
The same. 1899 621.34 6416
KAPP, Gisbert.
Electric transmission of energy and its transformation,
sub-division and distribution. 1894. (Specialists'
series.) 621.34 Ki3
PICOU, Romuald Victor.
La distribution de 1'electricite; installations isolees. [1897.]
(Encyclopedic scientifique des aide-memoire.) 621.34 PS4d
Bibliography, p. 161-162.
La distribution de 1'electricite; usines centrales. [1898.] . .621.34 ?54
Bibliography, p. 157-160.
SNELL, Albion Thomas.
Electric motive power; the transmission and distribution of
electric power by continuous and alternate currents;
with a section on the applications of electricity to min-
ing work. [1899.] (Electrician series.) 621.34 867
"Designed to be a practical treatise for mechanical and mining engineers
and other students of applied electricity. . .A large part of the book is
devoted to a careful consideration of the alternate current systems,
both single and polyphase." Preface.
621.343 Lines. Conductors. Cables
MARSH, Joseph William.
Pocket handbook of useful information, price lists, etc.,
relating to lead covered electric cables, insulated wires,
etc., presented by the Standard underground cable co.
1897 r62i.343 M4i
RUSSELL, Stuart Arthur.
Electric light cables and the distribution of electricity.
1901. (Specialists' series.) 621.343 R9 1
SEE, James W. comp.
Abridgments of United States patents on underground
lines, to Jan. i, 1886. 1886 r62i.343 845
VIVAREZ, Henry.
Construction des reseaux electriques aeriens en fils de
bronze silicieux, lignes telegraphiques, telephoniques,
transport de force, lumiere electrique. 1885 ^21.343 35
926 WIRING
WEILLER, Lazare, & Vivarez, Henry.
Traite general des lignes et transmissions electriques.
1892 r62i.343 V/45
HERRICK, Albert Bledsoe.
Modern switchboards. 1898 q62i.344 H47
621.349 Wiring
BADT, Francis Beatus.
Incandescent wiring. 1895 621.349 614
BOULT, Wilfrid Swanwick, comp.
Comprehensive international wire table. 1890 r62i.349 665
Gives area, gauge, weight, current, resistance, and heating, bare and
cased, in both English and metric systems, for wires and cables from
2.26 in. to .001 in. in diameter.
GUSHING, Henry C.
Standard wiring for electric light arid power; as adopted
by fire underwriters throughout the United States.
1903 621.349 C93S
The same. 1899 r62i.349 C93
Sets forth the essential rules and requirements for safe and economical
exterior and interior wiring. Follows the requirements of the fire
underwriters of the United States.
DAVIS, Charles M. comp.
Standard tables for electric wiremen. 1896 621.349 D3I
EMMET, William Le Roy.
Alternating current wiring and distribution. 1898 621.349 59
"Object... is to point out the practical significance of some of the laws
governing the distribution of alternating currents; also, to explain
those laws in such a manner that their nature and relative importance
may be realized by practical men without the expenditure of time
necessary to the study of complete works." Preface.
HERING, Carl.
Universal wiring computer for determining the size of
wires for incandescent electric lamp leads and for dis-
tribution in general. 1892 621.349 H47
LEAF, Henry Meredith.
Internal wiring of buildings. 1899 621.349 L45
Very thoroughly written and well-illustrated book on the standard English
practice.
MAYCOCK, William Perren.
Electric wiring, fittings, switches and lamps; a practical
book for electric-light engineers, wiring and fitting
contractors, consulting engineers, architects, builders,
wiremen and students. 1899 621.349 M53
Wiring rules of the Institution of electrical engineers are given.
NOLL, Augustus.
How to wire buildings. 1895 621.349 N4i
POOLE, Cecil Percy.
Electric wiring. 1900 r62i.349 P79
"Designed to serve both as an instructor for practical wiremen. . .and
as a... general reference book for electrical engineers whose work
includes the calculation of transmission circuits, etc." Preface.
ROBB, Russell.
Electric wiring; for the use of architects, underwriters and
the owners of buildings. 1896 621.349 R53
AIR, GAS, AND OIL ENGINES 927
WATSON, A. E.
Hand-book of wiring tables for arc, incandescent lighting
and motor circuits. 1892 621.349 W3I
621.35 Accumulators
CENTRALBLATT fur accumnlatoren- und elementenkunde;
organ fur wissenschaft und technik, mit besonderer
beriicksichtigung des accumobilismus; hrsg. von Franz
Peters; monthly, v.i-date. loxio-date qr62i.3S 32
FITZGERALD, Desmond G.
Lead storage battery; its history, theory, construction and
use. [1900.] 621.351 F57
Not elementary. Assumes a small degree of familiarity with some of
the common types of accumulators.
GLADSTONE, John Hall, & Tribe, Alfred.
Chemistry of the secondary batteries of Plante and Faure.
1883 621.351 G45
MARSHALL, Percival, ed.
Small accumulators; how made and used. [1899.] 621.351 M4I
NIBLETT, J. T.
Portative electricity; the application, construction and man-
agement of portable secondary batteries. 1893 621.351 N3i
Secondary batteries; description of modern apparatus for
the storage of electrical energy. [1892.] 621.351 N3is
SCHOOP, Paul.
Handbuch der elektrischen accumulatoren. 1898 r62i.35i 837
Reviews the theory, describes the more important varieties, and gives
the method of manufacture and the machinery required. Includes ab-
stracts of the German patents on accumulators.
TREADWELL, Augustus.
Storage battery; a practical treatise on the construction,
theory and use of secondary batteries. 1898 621.351 Tyi
"It is hard to see how a more comprehensive or intelligible book could
have been written on so highly specialized a subject." Engineering
magazine, 1898.
621.4 Air, gas, and oil engines
DONKIN, Bryan.
Text-book on gas, oil and air engines. 1900 621.4 072
Bibliography, p.489~49i.
The same. 1896 r62i.4 072
Bibliography, p.488-49o.
CLERK, Dugald.
Gas and oil engine. 1896 621.43 Cs~
DIESEL, Rudolf. .
Theory and construction of a rational heat motor; tr. fr.
the German by Bryan Donkin. 1894 621.43 D57
GOLDINGHAM, Arthur Hugh.
Design and construction of oil engines, with full directions
for erecting, testing, installing, running and repairing;
including descriptions of American and English kero-
sene oil engines. 1900 621.43
59
928 AIR-COMPRESSORS
GRAFFIGNY, Henri de, (pseud, of Raoul Marquis).
Gas and petroleum engines. 1898 621.43 676
GROVER, Frederick.
Practical treatise on modern gas and oil engines. 1897. .621.43 G94
HISCOX, Gardner Dexter.
Gas, gasoline and oil vapor engines for stationary, marine
and vehicle motive power. 1898 621.43 H6i
The same. 1897 r62i.43 H6i
LIECKFELD, G.
Practical handbook on the care of gas engines. 1896.
(Spon & Chamberlain's practical handbooks.) 621.43 L69
LONGANECKER, E. W.
Practical gas engineer. 1901 621.43 L82
Tells what a gas or gasoline engine is, how to purchase it, care for it,
etc.
POWER quarterly, Oct. 1900. v.i, no.i. 1900 qr62i.43 P87
Gas engine edition.
ROBERTS, Edmund Willson.
Gas-engine handbook; a manual of useful information for the
designer and engineer. 1900 r62i.43 RSS
Describes in plain, untechnical language the principles of operation, and
the designing, management and care of gas and gasoline motors.
The same. 1900 621.43 R53g
SCHOTTLER, R.
Die gasmaschine; ihre entwickelung, ihre heutige bauart
und ihr kreisprocess. 1890 r62i.43 837
Bibliography, p.327~33-
NORRIS, William.
Practical treatise on the Otto cycle gas engine. 1896. . .621.431 N45
The same. 1896 r62i.43i N45
PARSELL, Henry V. A. & Weed, A. J.
Gas engine construction; a practical treatise describing the
theory and principles of the action of gas engines of
various types, and the design and construction of a
half horse power gas engine. 1002 621.431 P26
The same. 1900 r62i.43i P26
"Annotated bibliography of the principal gas engine books and the period-
icals published in English," p. 285-292.
621.5 Air-compressors
HISCOX, Gardner Dexter.
Compressed air; its production, uses and applications,
comprising the physical properties of air from a vac-
uum to its liquid state, its thermodynamics, compres-
sion, transmission and uses as a motive power. 1901. . .621.5 H6i
RICHARDS, Frank.
Compressed air. 1895 621.5 R39
The same. 1898 r62i.5 R39
RIX, Edward Austin, & Chodzko, A. E.
Practical treatise on compressed air and pneumatic ma-
chinery. 1896 621 .5 R52
COMPRESSED air; monthly. v.4-date. i8oo-date r62i.5O5 C73
REFRIGERATION. PUMPS 929
ICE and refrigeration; monthly, v.i-date. iSgi-date. . . .qr62i.505 113
KENNEDY, Alexander Blackie William, & Unwin, W. C.
Compressed air; ed. by F. E. Idell. 1892. (Van Nostrand's
science series.) 621.53 Ki8
Contents: Experiments upon the transmission of power by compressed
air in Paris, by A. B. W. Kennedy. The transmission and distribution
of power from central stations by compressed air, by W. C. Unwin.
621.55 Refrigeration
ROLLER, Theodor.
Die kalte-industrie. 1897. (Hartleben's chemisch-tech-
nische bibliothek.) r62i.S5 K36
LEASK, Alexander Ritchie.
Refrigerating machinery; its principles and management.
1901 621.55 L46
RITTER, Friedrich.
Wasser und eis. 1879. (Hartleben's chemisch-technische
bibliothek.) r62i.55 RSI
SCHMIDT, Louis M.
Principles and practice of artificial ice-making and refriger-
ation, comprising principles and general consideration,
practice as shown by particular systems and appara-
tus, insulation of cold storage and ice houses, refriger-
ators, etc., useful information and tables. 1900 621.55 835
SIEBEL, John E.
Compend of mechanical refrigeration. 1896 621.55 857
The same. 1899 r62i.55 857
SKINKLE, Eugene Tradewell.
Practical ice making and refrigerating. 1897 621.55 862
DE LA VERGNE REFRIGERATING MACHINE CO.
Anhydrous liquid ammonia for ice machines and refriger-
ating apparatus, manufactured by the De La Vergne
refrigerating machine company. 1890 qr62i.s6 039
Binder's title reads "Mechanical refrigeration; processes and apparatus
of the De La Vergne refrigerating machine company of New York."
REDWOOD, Iltyd I.
Theoretical and practical ammonia refrigeration. 1895. . .621.56 R27
621.64 Pumps. Pumping-engines
BARR, William M.
Pumping machinery. 1900 621.64 625
The same. 1893 r62i.64 625
GRIMSHAW, Robert.
Pump catechism; a practical help to runners, owners and
makers of pumps of any kind; covering the theory and
practice of designing, constructing, erecting, connect-
ing and adjusting. 1888 r62i.64 Gg2
WEISBACH, Julius, & Hermann, Gustav.
Mechanics of pumping machinery; tr. fr. the 2d German
edition by K. P. Dahlstrom. 1897 621.64 W46
This is v-3, sec. 2, pt. i of Weisbach's "Mechanics of engineering."
930 MILLS AND MANUFACTURING WORKS
621.7 Mills and manufacturing works
BABBAGE, Charles.
On the economy of machinery and manufactures. 1832. .r62i.7 Bil
"Object is to point out the effects and the advantages which arise from
the use of machines; to endeavor to classify their modes of action;
and to trace both the causes and the consequences of applying ma-
chinery to supersede the skill and power of the human arm." Intro-
ENGINEERING MAGAZINE.
Works management number of the Engineering magazine,
Jan. 1901. 1901 621.7 64
Contents: Methods of the world's foremost industrial managers: Lord
Armstrong and the Elswick works; The huge enterprises built up
by Andrew Carnegie; The founders of the Krupp establishment;
George Westinghouse inventor, organizer, director. Great workshops
of the world. Uses and abuses of organization among employers and
employees. Intensified production and its influence on the worker.
Altruism and sympathy in works administration. Relation of the steam
engine to modern economic production. Taylor differential piece-
rate system. The premium plan of labor remuneration. A survey of
modern foundry practice. Principles and methods for profitably work-
ing the mine: The practical management of mining operations. Cost-
keeping; a subject of fundamental importance. The mechanical and
commercial limits of specialization. Shop arrangement as a factor in
efficiency. Applications of electric power in engineering works.
The radical policy of scrapping costly machinery. The discipline and
control of railway employees. Strength and weakness of the combin-
ation or trust idea.
ZEICHNUNGS-COMMISSION DER HUTTE.
Sammlung von zeichnungen fur die hutte, 1856-1879. 1856-
79 qr62i.7 Z4I
Consists of plates for 1856-1879, and text, called "Notizen zur Sammlung
von zeichnungen fur die hutte," for 1856, 1869-1879.
621.713 Machine-work
GRIMSHAW, Robert.
Shop kinks and machine-shop chat; a series of over 500
practical paragraphs. 1896 621.713 Gg2
USHER, John T.
Modern machinist. 1895 621.713 U28
The same. 1895 r62i.7i3 U28
621.716 Tool-making. Die-making
LUCAS, James Lewis.
Dies and die making. 1897 621.716 ~Lg6
Drawings of dies for various purposes, with notes on their manufacture
and operation.
WILKIE, Aitken.
Only true and practical way to make edge tools. 1874. .r62i.7i6 W72
621.72 Foundry practice
AMERICAN FOUNDRYMEN'S ASSOCIATION.
Journal; monthly, July i896-date. v.i-date. i896-date. .r62i.72 ASI
BOLLAND, Simpson, comp.
Encyclopedia of founding and dictionary of foundry terms.
1894 r62i.72 B6ie
MILLS AND MANUFACTURING WORKS 931
BOLLAND, Simpson.
Iron founder; a comprehensive treatise on moulding.
1892 621.72 B6i
Especially a manual of every-day practice in molding and core-making.
"Iron founder" supplement; a complete exposition of the
art of casting in iron. 1893 621.72 B6ii
The same. 1893 r62i.72 B6ii
Chapters on cupola erection and management, reverberatory furnaces,
molding and casting of car-wheels and gears, malleable castings,
molding machines and other foundry appliances and methods.
FOUNDRY; monthly, Mar. i898-date. v.i2-date. 1898-
date qr62i.72 F83
KIRK, Edward.
Founding of metals; a practical treatise on. the melting of
iron, with a description of the founding of alloys, also
of all the metals and mineral substances used in found-
ing. 1878 r62i.72 K28
Collection of short articles on various practical points in foundry oper-
ation, thrown together with little arrangement.
SHARP, John.
Modern foundry practice; dealing with the green-sand,
dry-sand and loam moulding processes, the materials
used, also detailed descriptions of the machinery and
other appliances employed. 1900 621.72 S53
Good general handbook. Treats of English methods and conditions.
WEST, Thomas Dyson.
American foundry practice; treating of loam, dry sand and
green sand molding, and containing a practical treatise
upon the management of cupolas and the melting of
iron. 2v. 1891-95 621.72 W$6
The same. 2v. 1882-85 r62i.72 Ws6
Title-page of v.2 reads "Moulders' text-book."
An assemblage of good articles full of practical hints, rather than a
complete manual. Better for practice than for theory.
KIRK, Edward.
Cupola furnace; a practical treatise on the construction and
management of foundry cupolas. 1903 621.725 K28
The same. 1899 7621.725 K28
Detailed practical manual, by an expert melter.
621.744 Pattern-making
AUGHTIE, Herbert.
Construction of foundry patterns; an elementary manual
for engineering students and apprentices. 1901 621.744 Agi
Contains a number of well-illustrated examples.
DINGEY, Peter Spear.
Machinery pattern making. 1808 621.744 D6i
Not a connected treatise, but practical directions for constructing a
number of important patterns which illustrate principles of general
applicability. Includes full size profiles of the usual gear teeth.
ROSE, Joshua.
Pattern maker's assistant, with a collection of useful tables.
1891 621.744 R7i
Practical manual of the making of foundry patterns. Describes the
tools required and their use, and methods of making patterns for
pipes, pulleys, columns, gear-wheels, etc.
932 MILL-WORK. MECHANISM OF TRANSMISSION
621.8 Mill-work. Mechanism of transmission
BALE, Manfred Powis.
Modern shafting and gearing and the economical transmis-
sion of power. 1893 621.8 Big
KERR, E. W.
Power and power transmission. 1902 621.8 K2I
Contents: Machinery and mechanics. Steam power. Pumps, gas-en-
gines, water-power, compressed air, etc.
"Author does not. . .presume to have presented much that is new but
rather a collection of such principles and information as would direct
the beginner along the proper course of study." Preface.
UNWIN, William Cawthorne.
On the development and transmission of power from cen-
tral stations. 1894. (Howard lectures, 1893.) 621.8 U25
FAIRBAIRN, Sir William.
Principles of mechanism and machinery of transmission.
1891 621.81 Fis
GOODEVE, Thomas Minchin.
Elements of mechanism. 1894 621.81 G62
Elementary applied mechanics, intended for practical men. Does not use
higher mathematics.
REULEAUX, Franz.
Kinematics of machinery; outlines of a theory of machines.
1876 621.81 R36
The same. 1876 r62i.8i R36
PALMER, -Walter K.
Designing of cone pulleys. 1898 621.82 Pig
621.83 Toothed wheels. Gears
ANTHONY, Gardner Chace.
Essentials of gearing; a text book for technical students
and for self-instruction, containing problems and prac-
tical formulas. 1897 621.83 A62
BROWN & SHARPE MANUFACTURING CO.
Practical treatise on gearing. 1896 621.83 678
BUCHANAN, L. A.
Gear chart for the use of draughtsmen, pattern-makers,
machinists and machine designers. 1897 qr62i.83 684
CROMWELL, John Howard.
Treatise on toothed gearing. 1891 621.83 C8g
GRANT, George B.
Treatise on gear wheels. 1897 621.83 G78
The same. 1897 r62i .83 G78
Practical treatise on the theory and practice of gear-wheels. The mathe-
matical treatment is made as simple as is consistent with accuracy.
HORNER, Joseph Gregory.
Toothed gearing; a practical handbook for offices and
workshops, by a foreman pattern maker. 1892 621.83 H8i
Chiefly from the draftsman's standpoint. As little mathematics as
possible is used.
JOYNSON, Francis Herbert, ed.
Mechanic's guide in machine gearing. 1874 621.83 J48
MILL-WORK. MECHANISM OF TRANSMISSION 933
621.85 Machinery and mill gearing
BOX, Thomas.
Practical treatise on mill-gearing, wheels, shafts, riggers,
etc., for the use of engineers. 1892 621.85 B66
CROMWELL, John Howard.
Treatise on belts and pulleys. 1894 621.85 CSg
The same. 1885 r62i.8s C8g
COOPER, John H.
Treatise on the use of belting. 1888 621.852 C?8
Contains a chapter on frictional gearing.
FLATHER, John Joseph.
Rope-driving; a treatise on the transmission of power by
means of fibrous ropes. 1895 621.853 F6i
621.86-621.87 Hoisting machinery. Cranes
BROWN HOISTING AND CONVEYING MACHINE
CO. pub.
Patent automatic hoisting and conveying appliances.
1900 r62i.86 By8
ERNST, Adolf.
Die hebezeuge; theorie und kritik ausgefiihrter konstruk-
tionen, mit besonderer beriicksichtigung der elektri-
schen anlagen. 3v. 1899 qr62i.87 76
v.i-2. Text. v.3. Plates.
The most important and thorough work on the subject, (1901). Intended
as a reference work and as a book of instruction in the design of lift-
ing machinery.
TOWNE, Henry R.
Treatise on cranes. 1883 621.87 T66
621.89 Lubrication. Friction
ARCHBUTT, Leonard, & Deeley, R. M.
Lubrication and lubricants; a treatise on the theory and
practice of lubrication and on the nature, properties
and testing of lubricants. 1900 621.89 A66
HALL, Willis Edward.
Car lubrication. 1895 621.89 Hi7
TAYLER, Alexander James Wallis-.
Bearings and lubrication. [1896.] 621.89 T24
THURSTON, Robert Henry.
Treatise on friction and lost work in machinery and mill-
work. 1903 621.89 T43t
The same. 1885 r62i.89 T43
"Is exhaustive, and a complete review of the whole subject." American
engineer.
621.9 Machine-tools. Shop practice
BEALE, Oscar J. ed.
Hand book for apprenticed machinists. 1901 621.9 634
Published by the Brown & Sharpe manufacturing company for the use
934 MACHINE-TOOLS. SHOP PRACTICE
of their apprentices. Contains instructions for the proper handling of
machine tools with regard to the safety of both the operator and the
machine. Explains how to do different kinds of work, and also how
not to do them.
BROWN & ZORTMAN MACHINERY CO.
General illustrated catalogue of metal and wood working
machinery and machinists' supplies; catalogue A, June
1901. 1901 qr62i.9 6783
CLEAVES, A. H.
Ways and means, for machinists, metal-workers, model
makers, watch and tool makers, jewelers, draughtsmen,
etc. 1892 r62i.9 55
Contents: Hardening and tempering small work. A cheap hardening
and annealing furnace. Hardening and annealing. Mechanical appli-
ances and methods of various kinds. The modern bench lathe.
Chucks of different kinds. Slide rests and bench lathe tools. A
variety of ways and means. A variety of matter. Universal formula
for gearing up any lathe to cut any thread.
FISCHER, Hermann.
Die werkzeugmaschinen. v.i-2, in 3. 1900-01 qr62i.9 F52
v.i in 2. Die metallbearbeitungs-maschinen; text und tafeln.
v.2. Die holzbearbeitungs-maschinen.
Very complete work on shop machinery, illustrated by a large number
of drawings of the best German models.
MANNING, MAXWELL & MOORE.
Illustrated catalogue of railway and machinists' tools and
supplies. 1894 : qr62i.9 M33
RANSOME, James Stafford.
Modern wood-working machinery. 1895 621.9 Rig
The greater portion of this treatise has already appeared twice under
the title "How to select wood-working machinery."
RICHARD, Gustave.
Traite des machines-outils. 2v. 1895-96 qr62i.9 R39
ROSE, Joshua.
Complete practical machinist. 1899 621.9 R7i
The same. 1893 r62i.9 R7i
Modern machine-shop practice, with supplement. 3v.
1888-94 qr62i.9 R7im
"Mechanical refrigeration and ice making," v.3, p. 465-474; "Electricity
and electrical machinery," v.3, p.475-$69.
SHELLEY, Charles Percy Bysshe.
Workshop appliances, with an additional chapter on mill-
ing by R. R. Lister. 1897. (Text-books of science.). . .621.9 SS4
Describes the patterns and use of tools for wood and metal working.
SHERIDAN, T. W. & C. B.
Catalogue of paper cutters', bookbinders', printers' and
paper-box makers' machinery qr62i.9 Sss
WILSON, Herbert S.
Practical tool-making and designer; the designing of tools
and fixtures for machine tools and metal working
machinery. 1898 621.9 W76
BROWN & SHARPE MANUFACTURING CO.
Construction and use of universal grinding machines for
cylindrical and conical surfaces. 1898 621.92 678
GRIMSHAW, Robert.
Saw-filing and management of saws; a practical treatise.
1901 621.931
MACHINE-TOOLS. SHOP PRACTICE 935
621.94 Lathes. Lathe work. Milling-machines
COMPTON, Alfred George, & Groodt, J. H. de.
Advanced metal-work; lessons on the speed-lathe, engine-
lathe, and planing-machine. v.i. 1898 621.94 C/3
v.i. The speed-lathe.
HASLUCK, Paul Nooncree.
Lathe-work. 1894 621.94 H33
HORNER, Joseph Gregory.
English and American lathes. 1900 q62i.94 H8i
Critical study of standard practise. Well illustrated with photographs
and detail drawings.
LUKIN, James.
Turning for amateurs; descriptions of the lathe and its
attachments 621.94 L97
MARSHALL, Percival.
Practical lessons in metal turning; a handbook for young
engineers and amateur mechanics. [1900.] 621.94 M4i
Contents: Tools and tool-holders. Measuring appliances. Chucks and
mandrels. How to centre work for the lathe. Driving work between
centres. Chuck and face plate work. Drilling and boring in the
lathe. Screw-cutting.
Author is (1901) editor of tht "Model engineer."
BROWN & SHARPE MANUFACTURING CO.
Treatise on the construction and use of milling machines.
1896 621.943 B;8t
621.98-621.99 Presses. Screws
SMITH, Oberlin.
Press-working of metals. 1896 621.98 S65
The same. 1896 r62i.98 S65
Well-written description of stamping and drawing methods, by a practical
engineer.
MARTIN, W. A.
Screw-cutting tables for the use of mechanical engineers;
showing the proper arrangement of wheels for cutting
the threads of screws of any required pitch, with a table
for making the universal gas-pipe threads and taps.
1896 r62i.99 M42
622 Mining engineering
ANDRfi, George G.
Descriptive treatise on mining machinery. 2v. 1877-78. .qr622 ASS
BALCH, William Ralston, comp.
Mines, miners and mining interests of the United States,
1882. 1882 qr622 Bi8
GALLON, Jules.
Lectures on mining, delivered at the School of mines,
Paris; tr. by C. Le Neve Foster and W. Galloway; with
atlas of plates. 3v. in 6. 1876-86 qr622 Ci3
The same. 3v. in 6. 1876-86. q622 Ci3
936 MINING ENGINEERING
COAL and metal miners' pocketbook of principles, rules,
formulas and tables; for mine officials, mining engi-
neers and students preparing themselves for certificates
of competency as mine inspectors or mine foremen.
1900 r622.o8 62
The same. 1902 622.08 C62
ERFAHRUNGEN im berg -und huttenmannischen maschinen-,
bau- und aufbereitungswesen, 1851-1872. 22v. in 8.
i8si-73 qr622 73
With v.4 this is issued as a supplement to "Oesterreichische zeitschrift
fur berg- und hiittenwesen."
Each volume is issued in 2 parts, pt.2 consisting of plates.
No more published.
FOSTER, Sir Clement Le Neve.
Text-book of ore and stone mining. 1897 r622 F8i
GREENWELL, George C.
Practical treatise on mine engineering. 1889 qr622 G8s
HAGUE, James Duncan.
Mining industry, with geological contributions by Clarence
King. 1870. (In United States Geological exploration
of the 4Oth parallel. (King exploration.) Report,
v-3.) : qr557-8 U253 v.3
HOPTON, William.
Conversation on mines between a father and son; to which
are added questions and answers to assist candidates to
obtain certificates for the management of collieries, a
lecture on the atmosphere and explosive gases, tables
of calculations, rules of measurements, etc. 1800 r622 H7Q
HUGHES, George W.
Report of Captain Hughes, of the Topographical engi-
neers, relative to the working of copper ore, trans-
mitted Jan. 30, 1844. [1844.] (United States. 28th
cong. ist sess. Senate. Doc. no. 291.) r435
IHLSENG, Magnus C.
Manual of mining. 1898 622 Ii8
The same. 1892 r622 1 18
INTERNATIONAL ENGINEERING CONGRESS, Glas-
gow, 1901.
Proceedings of section 6: Mining. (In Federated institu-
tion of mining engineers. Transactions, 1901, v.22,
p.279-584.) r622.os F3I v.22
KOHLER, G.
Lehrbuch der bergbaukunde. 1900 r622 K36
Contains several bibliographies.
"An encyclopedia of German mining practice." Engineering and mining
journal, 1900.
LOCK, Charles G. Warnford.
Economic mining; a practical handbook for the miner,
the metallurgist and the merchant. 1895 r622 L75
MILLER, John A.
Practical handbook for the working miner and prospector
and the mining investor. 1897 622
MINING ENGINEERING 937
MILNE, John, comp.
Miner's handbook; a handy book of reference on the sub-
jects of mineral deposits, mining operations, ore dress-
ing, etc. 1894 622 M7i
Bibliography, p.28g-294.
OSBORN, Henry Stafford.
Practical manual of minerals, mines and mining, com-
prising suggestions as to the localities and associations
of the useful minerals, description of methods for
analyses and hints upon the operations of mining, in-
cluding architecture and construction. 1895 622 029
PETTUS, Sir John.
Fodinae regales; or, The history, laws and places of the
chief mines and mineral works in England, Wales and
the English pale in Ireland, as also of the mint and
mony. 1670 qr622X>9 P^6
SHINN, Charles Howard.
Story of the mine as illustrated by the great Comstock
lode of Nevada. 1896. (Story of the West series.) 622 855
Mr Shinn has chosen the development of the Comstock lode as typical
of the whole subject and in connection with his special topic has chap-
ters on mine litigation, the mining community, stock speculation and
various mining problems in general. With all these he gives us pic-
turesque glimpses of the motley crowd of prospectors, miners, specula-
tors and camp followers.
"The book will appeal to readers who have seen something of the regions
or the life it so vividly portrays, as well as to those who seek clear
information concerning the most important factor in the development
of the Western half of the great American continent." Dial, 1896.
SIMONIN, Louis Laurent.
Underground life; or, Mines and miners. 1869 qr622 SS9
622.007 Mining law
BARRINGER, David Moreau, & Adams, J. S.
Law of mines and mining in the United States. 1897. . .r622.oo7 626
CHISM, Richard E. comp.
Encyclopedia of Mexican mining law; a digest of the
Mexican mining code, with the explanatory circulars
and subsidiary laws, decrees and enactments, including
the laws for taxation and exportation of the precious
metals. 1900 r622.oo7 44
Contains also a glossary of Mexican mining terms.
SPAIN Crown.
Translation of the mining law and regulations in force in
the Philippines. 1900 r622.oo7 573
Published by the Division of customs and insular affairs of the United
States war department.
Bound with its "Translation of the mining law applied to Cuba."
Translation of the mining law applied to Cuba by royal
decrees of Oct. 10, 1883 and June 27, 1884, with an
appendix containing all the provisions issued to date,
[1000]. 1900 r622.oo7 873
Published by the Division of customs and insular affairs of the United
States war department.
938 MINING ENGINEERING
622.009 Mining reports
BRITISH COLUMBIA Mines, Minister of.
Annual report, iSpd-date. iSgj-date qr622.oo9 675
Appendix to report for 1896 contains reports on the Alberni mining dis-
trict, the Trail Creek mining district and the Slogan, Nelson and Ains-
worth mining districts.
COLORADO Coal mines inspector.
Biennial report (4th, 8th) of the inspector of coal mines,
for the years 1889-90, 1897-98. 1890-99 r622.oo9 C722
COLORADO Mines bureau.
Report of the State bureau of mines, for the year i897-date.
i897-date r622.oog 72
Beginning with the report for 1899-1900 this report is biennial.
INDIANA Mine inspector.
Annual report (ist-2d, 4th, gth, nth-date), for the year
ending Oct. 31, 1880-81, 1883, 1888, iSgi-date. 1881-
date r622.oo9 124
9th report is called Biennial report.
nth report-date, iSgi-date, will be found in the Annual report (i7th-
date) of the Department of geology and natural resources of Indiana,
T557-72 124-
IOWA Mine inspectors.
Biennial report (ist, 3d-Sth), for the two years ending
1883, 1887-91. 1883-91 r622.oo9 125
KENTUCKY Mines inspector.
Annual report (8th-iith, I3th), 1891-94, 1896. 1891-97. .qr622.oo9 Ki9
MABSON, Richard R.
Statist's mines of the Transvaal. 1900 r622.oo9 Mn
Investor's handbook, giving information as to the financial condition
of the different companies.
MEXICO Mines inspecting engineer.
Data referring to Mexican mining, prepared in view of
the participation of Mexico in the Universal exposition
of Paris in 1900, by Carlos Sellerier. 1901 qr622.oo9 M6s
"Synopsis of Mexican mining bibliography, 1889 to 1899," p.8g-go.
MICHIGAN Mineral statistics, Commissioner of.
Annual report, 1877/8-1886, 1900, 1901/02. 1879-1902.^622.009 M66
Report for 1877/8 contains "reports for 1877/8 and previous years."
NEW SOUTH WALES Mines department.
Annual report, for the year iSo/j-date. looo-date qr622.oo9 N26
Title of the report for 1899 reads, "Annual mining report for the De-
partment of mines and agriculture."
NEW ZEALAND Mines department.
Papers and reports relating to minerals and mining.
1896 qr622.oo9 N26r
Contents: Statement by the minister of mines. Report on the gold-
fields. Wardens' reports. Report on coal-mines. Mining reserves:
Westland and Nelson. Geology; general report and reports of special
examinations.
OHIO Mines inspector.
Annual report (6th, 8th-9th, I4th-isth, 2oth-22d), 1880,
1882-83, 1888-89, 1894-96. 1881-97 r622.oo9 Oi8
ONTARIO Mines bureau.
Report (ist-date), iSgi-date. i892-date r622.oc>9 025
Each report contains the report of the inspector of mines.
MINING ENGINEERING PERIODICALS 939
WEST VIRGINIA Mines inspector.
Annual report, (ist, 9th, nth, I3th-i4th, i6th-date), 1883,
1891, 1893, 1895-96, iSgS-date. i884-date r622.oo9 W$6
MINE, quarry and metallurgical record of the United
States, Canada and Mexico. 1897 qr622.O2 M72
622.05 Periodicals. Societies
AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF MINING ENGINEERS.
Transactions, May i87i-date. v.i-date. i873-date r622.o5 A$i
Index, v. i-io. 1884.
Index, v.i-is. 1888.
Index, v. 16-20. [1892.]
Index, v.21-25. 1897.
ANNALES des mines, v.i-date. 1795-date r622.os A6i
T-iHlr
i/ys
181 1
013-
1821.
1831.
1847-
1852.
1868.
1873-
1882.
^
v.39-59-
v.8o-99.
Thl
V.I2O-I39
ToKl*
T--U1~
TQQi
des matieres" issued in that year.
The same, partie administrative; ou, Recueil de lois, decrets,
arretes et autres actes concernant les mines et usines;
5e ser.-date. v.i-date. i852-date r622X>5 A6ia
Before 1852 the 2 parts were issued together.
BERG- und huttenmannische zeitung; [weekly], i885-date.
v.44-date. i88s~date qr622.os 645
COLLIERY engineer and metal miner; monthly, Aug. 1888-
date. v.9-date. i88o-date qr622.o5 69
v.i8-date title reads "Mines and minerals."
FEDERATED INSTITUTION OF MINING ENGINEERS.
Transactions, v.i-date. i892-date r622.o5 F3i
Index, v. i-io. 1898.
Continuation of the "Transactions of the Midland institute of mining
engineers."
INSTITUTION OF MINING AND METALLURGY,
London.
Transactions, v.i-date. i893-date r622.o$ 124
JOURNAL des mines. See Annales des mines.
MINES and minerals; monthly. v.i8-date. i898-date. .. .qr622.os C6g
Being v. i8-date of the "Colliery engineer and metal miner."
MINING and scientific press; weekly. v.82-date. 1901-
date qr622.os M726
MINING bulletin; published bi-monthly by the department
of mining engineering of the Pennsylvania state col-
lege. v.i-S, no. i. 1894-99 r622X>5 M72
The last 2 numbers of v.3 consist of bibliographies, viz.: "Technical
bibliography of mining and metallurgy," p.74~io4; "Bibliography of
iron and steel metallurgy," p. 105-115; "Fuels and refractory ma-
terials," p.n6-ii9; "Bibliography of coal washing and ore dressing,"
p. 120-128; "Partial index to current articles on economic geology,"
P-I30-I39-
No more published.
940 PRACTICAL MINING
NORTH OF ENGLAND INSTITUTE OF MINING AND
MECHANICAL ENGINEERS.
Transactions, 1852/53-1888/89. 38v. 1853-91 r622.O5 N45
General index, v. 1-25, 1852-1876. 1877.
Continued by the "Transactions of the Federated institution of mining
engineers."
OESTERREICHISCHE zeitschrift fur berg- und hiitten-
wesen; [weekly], v.i-date. i853-date qr622.c>5 Oi5
VEREINS-MITTHEILUNGEN; beilage zur Oesterreichi-
schen zeitschrift fur berg- und huttenwesen; [month-
ly], 1882-98, igoo-date. v.i-17, 19-date. i882-date. .qr622X>5 Oi5v
CLAUSTHAL ROYAL ACADEMY OF MINES.
Prospectus for 1892-1893 r622.o7 C54
622.1 Prospecting
COX, Samuel Herbert.
Prospecting for minerals; a practical handbook for pros-
pectors, explorers, settlers, and all interested in the
opening-up and development of new lands. 1898 622.1 C85
STRETCH, R. H.
Prospecting, locating and valuing mines. 1000 622.1 Sgi
622.2 Practical mining
DE KALB, Courtenay.
Manual of explosives; a guide for the use of miners and
quarrymen. 1900 622.2 038
"Books on explosives," p. 115-116.
Instructions on the safest methods of handling explosives, with hints as
to the means of securing the greatest economic effect. Written for
the Ontario bureau of mines.
HERMANN, Edward Adolph.
Steam shovels and steam shovel work. 1804 622.21 H47
Treats of various types of steam shovels, methods of using them, disposi-
tion of material and cost of excavation.
DAW, Albert W. & Zacharias W.
Blasting of rock in mines, quarries, tunnels, etc.; a treatise
for engineers and mining and engineering students.
v.i. 1898 622.23 032
v.i. The principles of rock blasting and their general application.
"Based on experience, and, therefore has the value of being reliable
in its practical applications of principles, as well as in its rules and
formula." Municipal engineering, 1899.
GUTTMANN, Oscar.
Handbuch der sprengarbeit. 1892. (Handbuch der che-
mischen technologic; hrsg. von P. A. Bolley und an-
deren.) r662.2 Gg8
Describes the properties of the various explosives commonly used and
their application in mining and blasting.
Bound with his "Die Industrie der explosivstoffe."
KIRK, Arthur.
Quarryman and contractor's guide; or, How to remove
rock at least cost. 1891 q622.23 K28
DENNY, G. A.
Diamond drilling for gold and other minerals; a practical
COAL MINING 94i
handbook on the use of modern diamond core drills in
prospecting and exploiting mineral-bearing properties,
including particulars of the cost of apparatus and of
working. 1900 622.24 D43
TECKLENBURG, Th.
Handbuch der tiefbohrkunde. 6v. in 2. 1900 qr622.24 T26
Bibliography, v.i, p.i6s-2oo, p.233-234; v.2, p.i37-i4o; v-3, p.i47-i53J
v.4, p.i35-i4i; v.s, p. 209-213; v.6, p.i97-2O3-
Describes and illustrates in minute detail the various systems of boring
for oil, water, ores, etc., and the machinery and tools used. Lists of
German, Austrian and United States patents relating to boring are in-
cluded.
DRINKER, Henry Sturgis.
Tunneling, explosive compounds and rock drills. 1878. . qr622.26 D82
PRELINI, Charles.
Tunneling; a practical treatise, with additions by C. S. Hill.
1901 622.26 Pgi
Elementary, but comprehensive description of modern methods of tun-
neling, illustrated with numerous examples. Intended for students.
SIMMS, Frederick Walter..
Practical tunnelling, with additional chapters illustrating
recent practice, by D. K. Clark. 1896 q622.26 S59
The same. 1896 qr622.26 859
WILSON, Eugene Benjamin.
Hydraulic and placer mining. 1898 622.32 W76
622.33 Coal mining
ANDRfi, George G.
Practical treatise on coal mining. 2v. 1879 qr622.33 ASS
BELGIUM Ministere de 1'industrie et du travail, Administra-
tion des mines.
Emploi des explosifs dans les mines de houille de Belgique
pendant 1'annee 1894; statistique comparative dressee
d'apres des documents officiels, par Victor Watteyne.
1895 qr622.33 639
BOYD, Robert Nelson.
Coal pits and pitmen; a short history of the coal trade and
the legislation affecting it. 1892 622.33 B66
The same. 1892 r622.33 B66
Treats of the coal trade in Great Britain only.
BULMAN, H. F. & Redmayne, R. A. S.
Colliery working and management. 1896 622.33 687
DEMANET, Ch.
Traite d'exploitation des mines de houille. v.i-2. 1898. .r622.33 D4i
FLAT-TOP COAL LAND ASSOCIATION.
Annual report (3d-sth, 9th) of the board of managers,
1889-91, 1895. 1890-96 r622.33 F6i
GREENE, Homer.
Coal and the coal mines. 1896 622.33 G8.^
"Glossary of mining terms," p. 233-241.
HARPER, John Povey-.
Working drawings of coal mining plant qr622.33 H28
942 COAL MINING
HUGHES, George W.
Report of a survey of the coal region near Frostburgh,
Alleghany county, Md., for the location of a railroad
to accommodate the coal trade of the Maryland mining
company. 1836 r622.33 W66
Bound with Whittlesey's "Dissertation upon the origin of mineral coal."
HUGHES, Herbert W.
Text-book of coal-mining. 1893 r622.33 H89
The same. 1901 622.33 H8g
Bibliography at end of each chapter.
"Best text-book on coal-mining in the English language." Nature, 1901.
HYSLOP, Jonathan.
Colliery management. 2v. 1876 r622.33 H99
v.i. Text
v.2. Plates.
KERR, George L.
Practical coal mining; a manual for managers, under-
managers, colliery engineers and others. 1900 622.33 K2i
Fills an intermediate position between elementary text-books and large
works of reference. Describes current practice in England and Scot-
MAUCHLINE, Robert.
Mine foreman's handbook; questions and answers designed
to assist students and others in passing examinations
for mine foremanships. 1893 622.33 M48
NICOLLS, William Jasper.
Story of American coals. 1897 622.33 N32
Treats of the origin, development, transportation and consumption of
coal. Author has been employed for 15 years in the coal-fields of
Pennsylvania.
PAMELY, Caleb.
Colliery manager's handbook; a comprehensive treatise on
the laying-out and working of collieries. 1898 qr622.33 P2i
The same. 1893 q622.33 P2I
PENNSYLVANIA Anthracite coal statistics, Bureau of,
comp.
Manual of anthracite coal statistics; comprising statistical
tables of production and distribution, list of anthracite
collieries, tables for ready computation of interest,
weights and measures, historical notes, etc. 1888. . . .r622.33 P399
PENNSYLVANIA Coal waste commission.
Report of commission appointed to investigate the waste
of coal mining, with the view to the utilizing of the
waste. 1893 r622.33 P3992
PENNSYLVANIA Mines, Inspectors of.
Reports of the inspectors of the anthracite and bituminous
coal regions, 1888, 1890, i892-date. iSSg-date r622.33 P39m
These reports form pt.s of the report of the secretary of internal affairs.
The earlier reports of the inspectors of the bituminous coal regions will
be found in the report of the Bureau of industrial statistics, r33i P39-
Reports of the inspectors of the anthracite coal regions,
1870-1887. 1871-89 r622.33 P39
Reports for 1885-1889 will be found in the report of the Bureau of in-
dustrial statistics, r33i P39-
PERCY, Cornelius McLeod.
Mechanical engineering of collieries, v.2. 1892 622.33 ?42
COAL MINING 943
The same. 2v. 1885-86 r622.33 P42m
Mining in the Victorian era; a popular record of coal min-
ing progress, 1837-1897. 1897 r622.33 P^2
PLATT, Franklin.
Special report to the legislature upon the causes, kinds and
amount of waste in mining anthracite, with a chapter
on the method of mining, by J. P. Wetherill. 1881. (In
Pennsylvania Geological survey. (2d survey.) Re-
ports of progress, A2 v.2.) ^57.48 ?399r v.2
RICHMOND, Va., COAL TRADERS.
Coal trade, Richmond; memorial of the proprietors of coal
lands on the south and north sides of James river,
colliers and others interested in the coal trade of Rich-
mond to the Senate and House of representatives of the
United States. 1837. (United States. 24th cong. 2d
sess. House. Doc. no.93.) r622.33 W66
Bound with Whittlesey's "Dissertation upon the origin of mineral coal."
ROBERTS, Peter.
Anthracite coal industry; a study of the economic condi-
tions and relations of the cooperative forces in the de-
velopment of the anthracite coal industry of Pennsyl-
vania. 1901 622.33 R53
Contents: The anthracite coal deposits. Developing the coal beds. Cap-
italization. Transportation. Mine management and inspection. Em-
ployes and wages. Incidental profits of operators. Accidents.
strikes. Unionism. Reclaiming the waste. Reflections.
SAARBRUCKEN, KONIGLICHE PREUSSISCHE BERG-
WERKS-DIRECTION.
Direction of the royal Prussian coal mines at Saarbriicken
prepared for the Columbian world exposition, Chicago,
1893 r620.6 643
German and English text.
Bound with other pamphlets.
SAWARD, Frederick E. comp.
Coal mines of Pennsylvania, anthracite and bituminous;
amount produced, names of the mines, location of the
mines, names of the operators, railroads over which the
produce is sent to market. 1880 r622.33 27
SAWARD, Frederick E.
"The coal trade;" a compendium of valuable information
relative to coal production, prices, etc., 1874-1875, 1877-
1883, 1886, 1889, 1893, 1896, igoo-date. ist-2d, 4th-ioth,
I3th, i6th, 20th, 23d, 27th year of publication-date.
i874-date r622.33 S27c
SMYTH, Sir Warington Wilkinson.
Rudimentary treatise on coal and coal mining. 1800. . . .r622.33 S66
The same; revised and extended by T. F. Brown. 1000. . . .622.33 S66
Author was for many years a lecturer in the Royal school of mines, and
mineral inspector to the Crown. The book gives an accurate account
of the world's coal-fields, and British mining practice in simple, at-
tractive language.
STRONG, Henry K.
Report to the legislature of Pennsylvania, containing a
description of the Swatara mining district. 1839. . . .r622.33 W66
Bound with Whittlesey's "Dissertation upon the origin of mineral coal."
60
944 METAL MINING
WARDLE, W.
Reference book of information for the use of colliery man-
agers. 1880 r622.33 W2i
WHITTLESEY, Charles.
Dissertation upon the origin of mineral coal. 1845 r622.33 W66
COAL and coke; [semimonthly]. v.5-date. iSoS-date. .qr622.33OS C62
COLLIERY guardian and journal of the coal and iron trades;
weekly, 1875-84, :892-date. v.20-48, 63-date. 1875-
date qr622.33O5 C6g
622.34 Metal mining
BAUERMAN, Hilary.
Gellivare iron ore mines. 1899 669.8 H39
Reprinted from the "Journal of the Iron and steel institute," May 1899.
Brief description of these famous Swedish mines.
Bound with other pamphlets.
CURLE, J. H.
Gold mines of the world; concise and practical advice for
investors, gathered from a personal inspection of the
mines of the Transvaal, India, West Australia, Queens-
land, New Zealand, British Columbia and Rhodesia.
1899 r622.34 Cg2
Describes the financial condition and prospects of the mines of the
various gold-producing countries, excepting the United States.
DAVIES, David Christopher.
Treatise on metalliferous minerals and mining; revised and
enlarged by E. H. Davies. 1892 622.34 031
The same. 1888 r622.34 D3 1
JOHNSON, J. C. F.
Getting gold; a practical treatise for prospectors, miners
and students. 1897 622.34 J36
LOCK, Alfred George.
Gold; its occurrence and extraction. 1882 qr622.34 L7$8
Bibliography, p.i 153-1 185.
Quite exhaustive account of the gold industry to the date of publication.
LOCK, Charles G. Warnford.
Practical gold-mining; a treatise on the origin and occur-
rence of gold-bearing gravels, rocks and ores, and the
methods by which the gold is extracted. 1889 ,qr622.34 L75
Bibliography, p.72S~7S7-
TRUSCOTT, S. J.
Witwatersrand goldfields banket and mining practice.
1898 q622.34 T78
VIRGINIA DEVELOPMENT CO.
Annual report for 1889. r622.34 V34
622.4-622.5 Ventilation and drainage of mines
ATKINSON, A. A.
Key to mine ventilation. 1892 622.4 A87
BEARD, James Thorn.
Ventilation of mines; designed for use in schools and col-
MINING SURFACE TRANSPORTATION 945
leges, and for practical mining men in their study of
the subject. 1894 622.4 634
CLOWES, Frank.
Detection and measurement of inflammable gas and vapour
in the air. 1896 622.4 62
Bibliography, p. 198-202.
Contains a chapter on "The detection and measurement of petroleum
vapour," by Boverton Redwood.
Chiefly concerned with methods applicable in coal-mines.
FAIRLEY, William.
Mine ventilation made easy, with answers to questions
from examinations for mine inspectors and foremen.
1894 622.4 Fi6
WILSON, Eugene Benjamin.
Treatise on practical and theoretical mine ventilation.
1893 622.4 W76
Intended for miners, rather than for engineers. Avoids complex mathe-
matical formulae.
THOMAS, J. W.
Treatise on coal, mine-gases and ventilation. 1878 622.41 T37
MURGUE, Daniel.
Theories and practice of centrifugal ventilating machines;
tr. with an introduction, by A. L. Steavenson. 1883. . .622.44 M97
MICHELL, Stephen.
Mine drainage; a treatise on direct-acting underground
steam pumping machinery. 1881 622.54 M66
The same. 1881 r622.54 M66
622.69 Surface transportation
CARRINGTON, William Thomas Henry.
Wire tramways; description of the various systems of wire
rope transport constructed under the patents and from
designs furnished by W. T. H. Carrington. [1883?] . .r622.69 23
FRASER & CHALMERS, pub.
Transportation of ore and other material by means of
endless traveling wire ropes; Hallidie's patent endless
wire ropeway (wire tramway), with suggestions as to
its erection. [1881?] r622.69 F88
HEWITT, William.
Application of wire rope to haulage, shafts and inclined
planes. 1902 r622.6g H49
Published by the Trenton iron co.
TAYLER, Alexander James Wallis-.
Aerial or wire-rope tramways; their construction and man-
agement. 1898 622.69 T24
TRENTON IRON CO.
Wire rope; effect of bending upon wire rope and its appli-
cation to the transmission of power, suspension bridges
and wire cable ferries, wire rope fittings, sheaves and
tackle blocks. 1901 622.69
946 MILITARY AND NAVAL ENGINEERING
622.7 Mechanical preparation. Ore dressing
FRASER & CHALMERS, pub.
Processes of ore treatment r622.7 F88
Practical notes on the various processes, and on the choice to be made
for different ores.
HOFMAN, Henry O.
Gold milling in the Black Hills. [1897.] r622.; H68
Paper read before the American institute of mining engineers.
Describes in detail the mills used, processes and results.
KUNHARDT, Wheaton B.
Practice of ore dressing in Europe. 1884. (School of
mines quarterly series.) 622.7 K43
Description of mechanical methods of concentrating ores in use in
various works.
McDERMOTT, Walter, & Duffield, P. W.
Losses in gold amalgamation, with notes on the concentra-
tion of gold and silver ores. 1899 r622.7 H68
Clear, concise description of practical methods of gold milling processes
and machinery.
Bound with Hofman's "Gold milling in the Black Hills."
MUNROE, Henry Smith.
Losses in copper dressing at Lake Superior. 1880 r622.7 Mg6
Read before the American institute of mining engineers, at the Mont-
real meeting, Sept. 1879.
RICKARD, Thomas Arthur.
Stamp milling of gold ores. 1898 622.73 R43
622.8 Mining accidents
ABEL, Sir Frederick Augustus.
Mining accidents and their prevention; also, the United
States, British and Prussian laws regulating the work-
ing of coal mines. 1889 622.8 Ai3
The same. 1889 r622.8 Ai3
SAWYER, Arthur Robert.
Accidents in mines in the north Staffordshire coalfield,
arising from falls of roof and sides; their causes, and
the means of diminishing their frequency. 1887 qr622.8 827
STUART, Donald M. D.
Origin and rationale of colliery explosions. 1895 q622.8i 893
LAMPRECHT, Robert.
Recovery work after pit fires; a description of the principal
methods pursued, especially in fiery mines, and of the
various appliances employed, such as respiratory- and
rescue-apparatus, dams, etc.; tr. fr. the German by
Charles Salter. 1901 622.82 Li9
623 Military and naval engineering
INTERNATIONAL CONGRESS OF ENGINEERS,
Chicago, 1893.
Operations of the Division of military engineering of the
International congress of engineers, held in Chicago,
FORTIFICATIONS. ORDNANCE 947
Aug. [1893], under the auspices of the World's congress
auxiliary of the Columbian exposition. 1894. (United
States. 53d cong. 2d sess. Senate. Ex. doc. no. 119.). ..r623 124
Contains several bibliographies.
UNITED STATES Ordnance office.
Ordnance notes, no. 168-235. v.6-7. 1881-83 qr623 U25
For contents see contents book, p. no; kept at the reference desk.
ENGLAND Corps of royal engineers.
Papers on subjects connected with the duties of the corps.
v.i-date. i837-date qr623.o5 64
Index, [v.i-si], 1837-92. 1893.
v.34-date, i8/s-date, title reads "Professional papers of the Corps of
royal engineers: Occasional papers."
Since the establishment of the Royal engineers institute, in 1875, the
professional publications of the corps have been carried on under the
auspices of a committee of the institute.
623.1 Fortifications
BARNARD, John Gross.
Report on the defenses of Washington. 1871. (United States
Engineers corps. Professional papers, no. 20.) qr623.i 625
CLARK, George Thomas.
Mediaeval military architecture in England. 2v. 1884. . . .b623.i C52
FIEBEGER, Gustave Joseph.
Text-book on field fortification. 1901 : 623.1 F45
UNITED STATES Engineers corps.
Fortifications of to-day, by A. von Bonin; Fire against
models of coast batteries and parados; Horizontal and
curved fire in defense of coasts, by P. Barabino. 1883 .qr623.i U25
Translations from "Festungen und taktik des festungskrieges in der
gegenwart," by A. von Bonin, chapters 1-2, and "Giornale di artig-
lieria e genio," 1881.
VIOLLET-LE-DUC, Eugene Emmanuel.
Annals of a fortress; tr. by Benjamin Bucknall. 1876 623.1 V34
"The fortress, whose transmutations during successive ages are so vivid-
ly described in the following pages, is an ideal one; its supposed
situation is on the Cousin, an affluent of the Saone. The practical
genius of the author indicates the position which, in view of the new
eastern frontier, should be fortified in order to command the Saone."
Translator's note.
Essay on the military architecture of the middle ages.
1860 b623.i V34
Author is an authority upon mediaeval architecture.
BUCKNILL, John Townsend.
Submarine mines and torpedoes as applied to harbour de-
fence. 1889 q623.2 685
Reprinted and revised from "Engineering."
SCIENTIFIC AMERICAN.
Army and coast defence supplement; guns, armor and
fortifications. 1898 qr623_3 841
623.4 Ordnance. Projectiles
HOLLEY, Alexander Lyman.
Treatise on ordnance and armor, with an appendix re-
ferring to gun-cotton, hooped guns, etc. 1865 623.4 H72
948 ARMOR-PLATE
LONGRIDGE, James Atkinson.
Smokeless powder and its influence on gun construction.
1890 623.4 L84
Brief study of the difference of action between charcoal and smokeless
powders, and the approximate results obtained by the use of the latter,
both as regards ballistic effect and the development of construction
of guns suitable to its. use.
UNITED STATES Fortifications or other defenses,
Board of.
Report of the board, with plates. 2v. 1886. (49th cong.
1st sess. House. Ex. doc. no.49.) qr6234 112536
v.i. Text. v.2. Plates.
UNITED STATES Gun foundry board.
Report, Feb. 16, 1884, [relative to the best location for
establishing a government foundry], together with the
supplementary report of Dec. 20, 1884. 1885. (48th
cong. 1st sess. House. Ex. doc. no.97.) 1:623.4 U253
UNITED STATES Heavy ordnance and projectiles,
Board on.
Report of the Board on heavy ordnance and projectiles
appointed in conformity with the act of Congress ap-
proved Mar. 3, 1881. 1882. (47th cong. ist sess. Senate.
Ex. doc. no.i78.) ^623.4 U2S33r
This board is known as the Getty board, from the name of its president.
UNITED STATES Heavy ordnance and projectiles,
Select committee on.
Report of the select committee on heavy ordnance and pro-
jectiles, appointed under Senate resolution of Aug. 2,
1882. 1883. (47th cong. 2d sess. Senate. Report
no.909.) r6234 U2533
UNITED STATES Ordnance office.
Report of the chief of ordnance, i872/73-date. i874-date. ..1623.4 U2SI
Index, 1867-1887. 1888.
The report for 1873/74 w ill De found in the sheep bound set of con-
gressional documents, no. 1635.
This report forms a part of the report of the secretary of war and
earlier reports will be found bound with his reports, T353.6 Uzs.
Reports of experiments on the strength and other proper-
ties of metals for cannon, with a description of the
machines for testing metals and of the classification of
cannon in service. 1856 qr6234 U25
62342 Armor-plate
AMERICAN IRON AND STEEL ASSOCIATION, comp.
History of the manufacture of armor plate for the United
States navy. 1899 (^623.42 ASI
BACLfi, L.
Les plaques de blindages. 1900 (1*623.42 Bi2
"Extrait du Bulletin de la Societe d'encouragement [pour 1'industrie
nationale], 1899."
Account of the evolution and present methods of manufacture of armor-
plate. Devotes particular attention to the French works and their
products.
SCHUTZ, Julius von.
Gruson's chilled cast-iron armour; tr. into English by
GUNNERY 949
H. H. Grenfell. 1887 qr62342 839
Describes briefly the Gruson armored turrets and batteries, and gives
the results of all firing tests to which they were subjected previous to
1887.
UNITED STATES Armor factory board.
Report [relative to the establishment of a government
armor factory], with accompanying documents. 1897.
(55th cong. 2d sess. House. Doc. no.95.) r62342 U2532
UNITED STATES Armor-plate contracts, Committee to
investigate.
Violation of armor contracts; report and evidence sub-
mitted by the committee on investigation of armor-
plate contracts made by the government with the Car-
negie steel company [submitting H. Res. 226, directing
retests]. Aug. 23, 1894. 1894. (53d cong. 2d sess.
House. Report no. 1468.) r62342 U25
UNITED STATES Navy department.
Cost and price of armor; report of the secretary of the
navy to Congress on the actual cost of armor plate and
the price for the same which should be equitably paid,
as directed by the act of June 10, 1896, making appropri-
ations for the naval service. 1897. (54th cong. 2d sess.
House. Doc. no. 151.) r62342 U253
UNITED STATES Ordnance and war ships, Select com-
mittee on.
Report [on the capacity of steel-producing works in the
United States, and whether ordnance and war ships
should be manufactured and built by the government or
by contract with private persons], with appendix.
1886 r62342 U2533
"Books for reference," apx. p.3~7.
62347 Arsenals
FLAGLER, Daniel W.
History of the Rock Island arsenal, from its establishment
in 1863 to Dec. 1876, and of the island of Rock Island,
1804-1863; prepared under the instructions of S. V.
Benet. 1877. (United States Ordnance office. Ord-
nance memoranda, no. 20.) qr62347 F59
623.5 Gunnery
GARBETT, Herbert James Gilbert.
Naval gunnery; a description and history of the fighting
equipment of a man-of-war. 1897. (Royal navy hand-
books.) 623.5 Gi7
"To those who have a taste for mechanics the book should be of absorb-
ing interest. The delicate working of the breech mechanism, the pro-
cess of manufacture, the ingenious methods of loading, the construc-
tion of different forms of fuses, and many other triumphs of me-
chanical skill are dealt with in an elementary and plainly worded man-
ner." Academy.
RADFORD, Cyrus S.
Hand-book on naval gunnery, for the use of U. S. navy,
950 NAVAL ARCHITECTURE
U. S. marine corps, and states naval reserves; revised
with the assistance of Stokeley Morgan. 1898 r623-S Ri.3
UNITED STATES Adjutant-general's office.
Artillery circulars; series of 1892. no.A-C. 1899 qr623_5 U2$3a
no.A C. The resistance of guns to tangential rupture, by Col. Pashkie-
vitsch. Interior ballistics, by Col. Pashkievitsch. Whistler's graphic
tables of fire, with chart, by G. N. Whistler.
Artillery circulars; series begun in 1893. no.A-I, M. 1893-
1900 qr623_5 U253
no.A-F. The most suitable powder for use in the 8-inch M. L. rifle,
by G. N. Whistler. Gun-powder and high explosives, by Willoughby
Walke. Electricity and its applications in artillery practice, by G. L.
Anderson. - The use of meteorological instruments, by C. R. Kil-
bourne. Pange and position finding, by H. L. Harris. Ballistics, by
J. M. Ingalls. Supplement, by J. M. Ingalls.
no.G.-I. Permanent works and their attack by siege operations, by
James Chester. Mathematics, by Arthur Murray. Modern guns and
mortars adopted in the United States land service; their carriages, pro-
jectiles, fuzes and sights, by C. C. Morrison and J. C. Ayres.
no.M. Ballistic tables; comp. by J. M. Ingalls.
UNITED STATES Navigation bureau. (Navy department.)
Manual of instruction in ordnance and gunnery for the U.
S. naval training service. 1900 r623_5 U25
623.6 Military bridges
UNITED STATES Engineers corps.
Organization of the bridge equipage of the United States
army, with directions for the construction of military
bridges. 2v. 1869-98 qr623.6 U25
v.i. Text. v.2. Plates.
v.i is a reprint of the edition of 1870 and contains plates 11-16 reduced
to half size.
623.8 Naval architecture
AMERICAN BUREAU OF SHIPPING.
Rules for building and classing vessels, including rules for
the construction of steam machinery and for the instal-
lation of electric lighting and power apparatus on ship-
board. 1901 r623.8 ASI
Includes tables of scantlings for steel, iron and wooden vessels.
ATTWOOD, E. L.
Text-book of theoretical naval architecture. 1899 .623.8 A88
"Books on theoretical naval architecture," p. 292.
BENNETT, Frank Marion.
Steam navy of the United States; a history of the growth
of the steam vessel of war in the U. S. navy and of the
naval engineer corps. 2v. 1897 623.8 643
The same. 1896 r623.8 643
CASSIER'S MAGAZINE.
Marine number of Cassier's magazine. 1897 623.8 26
The same. 1897 r623.8 Ca6
Contains articles on the design and the building of river, sound and
ocean steamers, on specialties of warship design, auxiliary machinery
for American warships, modern marine engines and boilers, fast tor-
pedo boats, an article by Sir Charles Dilke on the naval weakness of
Great Britain and one by John P. Holland on submarine navigation,
all fully illustrated.
NAVAL ARCHITECTURE 95i
GERMANISCHER LLOYD.
Regulations for the survey and classification, and rules for
the building and equipment of iron and steel vessels.
1900 qr623.8 632
HALDANE, John Wilton Cuninghame.
Steamships and their machinery. 1893 623.8 His
"Object has been to describe in a simple, unconventional, and readable
manner, the latest phases of marine engineering and its surroundings
in all departments." Preface.
SCIENTIFIC AMERICAN.
Special navy supplement. 1898 qr623.8 841
UNITED STATES Navigation bureau. (Navy department.)
Papers and discussions on steel for ship-building. 1883.
(Navy scientific papers, no.n.) r623.8 U25
Reprinted from "Transactions of the Institution of naval architects."
WALTON, Thomas.
Steel ships; their construction and maintenance; a manual
for shipbuilders, ship superintendents, students and
marine engineers. 1904 623.8 Wig
The same. 1901 r623.8 Wig
WATSON, Thomas Henry.
Naval architecture; a manual on laying-off iron, steel and
composite vessels. 1898 r623.8 W32
WHITE, William Henry.
Manual of naval architecture. 1894 623.8 W63
623.805 Periodicals. Societies
INSTITUTION OF NAVAL ARCHITECTS.
Transactions, v.i-date. i86o-date qr623.8o5 124
Index, v.i-42. 2v. 1881-1901.
JOURNAL of the American society of naval engineers;
quarterly, v.i-date. iSSg-date r623.8o5 J46
General index, v. 1-8, 1889-1896. 1897.
MARINE review; weekly. v.2i-date. igoo-date qr623.8o5 M38
SOCIETY OF NAVAL ARCHITECTS AND MARINE
ENGINEERS.
Transactions, v.i-date. i893-date qr623.8o5 867
Names and addresses of officers and members, 1899-1901.
iSgS-figoo] r623.8o6 867
The vol. for 1900 contains also "Table of contents of the Transactions of
the society, v.i-y."
623.9 Armored vessels. Torpedoes. Submarine boats
ARMSTRONG, George Elliot.
Torpedoes and torpedo-vessels. 1896 623.9 A73
FOREST, F. & Noalhat, Henri.
Les bateaux sous-marins. 2v. 1000 qr623_9 F76
v.i. Historique. v.2. Technologic.
HOVGAARD, G. W.
Submarine boats. 1887 623.9 H84
JANE, Fred. T.
The torpedo in peace and war. 1898 q623-9 Ji7
"I have tried in these pages to set out what may be called the social
952 BRIDGES AND ROOFS
side of torpedo-craft life, the life as I have seen, experienced, and en-
joyed it. All the illustrations of naval manoeuvres and so forth are
reproductions of actual sketches made at sea on board the ships with
which they deal." Preface.
OLDKNOW, Reginald C.
Mechanism of men-of-war. 1896 623.9 023
WILMOT, Sydney Marow Eardley-.
Development of the navies during the last half century.
1892 623.9 W76
Evolution of modern ships of war, and their equipment; a review of
progress, especially "in England.
624 Bridges and roofs
BENDER, Charles B.
Principles of economy in the design of metallic bridges.
1885 r624 642
Method for comparing the relative economy of different forms of trusses.
BOW, Robert Henry.
Economics of construction in relation to framed structures.
1873 624 6662
Contents: Preliminary parts: Classification of structures. Diagrams of
forces.
Gives a classification of the various forms of roof and bridge trusses,
with a description of the graphical methods of determining stresses in
structures.
BOWSER, Edward Albert.
Treatise on roofs and bridges, with numerous exercises.
1898 624 B66
BURR, William Hubert.
Course on the stresses in bridge and roof trusses, arched
ribs and suspension bridges. 1886 624 694
CAMPIN, Francis.
Iron and steel bridges and viaducts; a practical treatise
upon their construction. 1898 624 Ci6
The application of theory to practical designing is explained briefly and
simply. The subject is treated from the standpoint of the drafting-
room.
CILLEY, Frank H.
Some fundamental propositions relating to the design of
frameworks; a study of primary stresses in indetermi-
nate frameworks, and demonstration of the economic
superiority of statically determined forms. 1897 q624 C48
Reprinted from "Technology quarterly," v. 10, June 1897.
DU BOIS, Augustus Jay.
Stresses in framed structures, including the strength of
materials and theory of flexure, also the determination
of dimensions and designing of details, specifications,
complete designs and working drawings. 1897 qb624 D8s
The same. 1883 q624 D8s
Title-page reads "Strains in framed structures."
The same. 1902 QS3I D8sm v.2
Issued as v.2 of "Mechanics of engineering."
FIDLER, Thomas Claxton.
Practical treatise on bridge-construction ; a text-book on the
design and construction of bridges in iron and steel. 1901. .624 F45p
The same. 1893 r624 F45
BRIDGES AND ROOFS 953
GILLETTE-HERZOG MANUFACTURING CO. pub.
Examples of structures built by the Gillette-Herzog mfg.
co.; steel mining buildings, power plants, steel and
combination bridges, steel columns, beams and girders,
castings, traveling cranes, riveted pipe, architectural
steel anu iron; [plates]. [1901.] .r624 G^i
GREENE, Charles Ezra.
Trusses and arches, analyzed and discussed by graphical
methods. 3v. 1897. (Graphics for engineers, archi-
tects and builders.) 624 G8j
v.i. Roof-trusses.
v.2. Bridge-trusses.
v.3. Arches.
HASELER, Ernst.
Der briickenbau; ein handbuch zum gebrauche beim ent-
werfen von briicken in eisen, holz und stein, sowie beim
unterrichte an technischen lehranstalten. v.i, pt.i-4.
1888-1900 qr624 H33
v.i. Die eisernen brucken.
Contains numerous bibliographies.
HAUPT, Herman.
General theory oi bridge construction. 1875 r624 H35
JOHNSON, John Butler, and others.
Theory and practice of modern framed structures. 1809. . .q624 J36
The same. 1895 qb624 J36
The same. 1904 q624 J36t
A standard treatise on design, intended for students and engineers. The
best work on the subject (1902).
MERRIMAN, Mansfield, & Jacoby, H. S.
Text-book on roofs and bridges. 4v. 1897-98 624 M63
v.i. Stresses in simple trusses.
v.2. Graphic statics.
V.3- Bridge design.
v-4. Higher structures.
The same. v.3. 1902 624 M63t
Contains bibliographies.
The same. 1898 r624 M63
MIDDLETON, George Alexander Thomas.
Stresses and thrusts. 1895 624 M67
Enlarged edition of "Strains in structure."
OSBORNE, Richard B.
Select plans of engineering structures for railroads and
highways, as actually constructed; dimensions, quanti-
ties and cost; [plates], v.i. 1885 qr624 029
Gives plans for bridges and culverts.
WADDELL, John Alexander Low.
De pontibus; a pocket-book for bridge engineers. 1898. . .r624 Wn
The same. 1901 624 Wild
WEALE, John, ed.
Theory, practice and architecture of bridges, with examples
on the principle of suspension, with supplement by G. R.
Burnell. 5v. in 4. 1839-50 qr624 W35
v.i. Hann, James. Theory of bridges. Gauthey, E. M. General prin-
ciples of construction. Moseley, Henry. Theory of the arch. Hughes,
T. Papers on foundations of bridges. Hill, Laurence. Account of
Hutcheson bridge at Glasgow. Mathematical principles of Dredge's
suspension bridge.
954 BRIDGES AND ROOFS
v.2. Hosking, William. Essay and treatises on the theory and archi-
tecture of bridges. Specification of Chester Dee bridge. Isherwood,
B. F. Practical description of the timber bridges, etc. on the Utica
and Syracuse railroad.
v.3~4. Plates.
Y.S. Supplement.
WINKLER, Emil.
Vortrage iiber briickenbau, gehalten an den technischen
hochschulen in Prag, Wien und Berlin, v.i, pt.i-2; v.3,
pt.i; v.4, pt.4. 1881-87 r624
v.i, pt. 1-2. Theorie der briicken: Aeussere krafte der balkentrager,
Theorie der gegliederten balkentrager.
v.3, pt.i. Holzerne brucken: Balkenbriicken.
v.4, pt.4. Eiserne brucken: Querkonstruktionen.
"Literatur," v.i, pt.i, p.352-356; v.i, pt.2, p.389~392; v.3, pt.i, p.ipa-igS.
BRIDGES and framed structures; monthly, Apr.-July 1899.
v.i. 1899 qr624.o5 674
No more published.
AMERICAN BRIDGE CO.
Standards for structural details. 1901 qr624.o8 AST
Of use to engineers and draftsmen in making detail and shop drawings.
WRIGHT, Charles Herbert, & Wing, C. B.
Manual of bridge drafting. 1896 qr624.o8 W93
MEHRTENS, Georg C.
Hundred years of German bridge building; published for
the Paris universal exhibition, 1900. 1900 qr624.O9 Ms6
Contents: Introduction. The history of girder systems and of the theory
of bridges. Improvements in the construction of iron bridges.
Bridge-building companies and their work.- Appendix.
"Table of literary references," p.i33 135.
Contains photographs of a great number of the large German bridges,
with some drawings in detail.
624.1 Piers. Foundations. Piles
BLAND, William.
Principles of construction in arches, piers, buttresses, etc.;
a series of experimental essays. 1890 624.1 653
DOBSON, Edward.
Foundations and concrete works. 1891 624.1 D6s
Brief elementary account of some of the older methods.
FOWLER, Charles Evan.
Coffer-dam process for piers. 1900 624.1 F84
The same. 1898 r624.i F84
PATTON, William Macfarland.
Practical treatise on foundations. 1893 624.1 P3I
The same. 1893 r624.i P3I
POWELL, George T.
Foundations and foundation walls. 1889 624.1 P87
TURNBULL, William.
Reports on the construction of the piers of the aqueduct
of the Alexandria canal across the Potomac river at
Georgetown, D. C., 1835-1840. 1873. (United States
Engineer department (army).) qr624.i T86
WELLINGTON, Arthur Mellen, ed.
Piles and pile-driving. 1893 624.1 W49
First published in "Engineering news."
BRIDGES AND ROOFS 955
624.2 Girders. Stresses and strains
ADAMS, Henry, C. E.
Practical designing of structural ironwork; ist-2d ser.
2v. 1894-1901 624.2 A2id
Series 2 is called "Designing iron-work."
An especially clear and simple treatment of the subject.
Explains the design of various girders, beams, columns, trusses, etc.
giving notes, calculations, diagrams and drawings required in handy
form for students and for reference.
Strains in ironwork. 1898 624.2 A2I
AMERICAN BRIDGE CO.
Standards of strain sheets for highway bridges r624.2 ASI
BIRKMIRE, William Harvey.
Architectural iron and steel, and its application in the con-
struction of buildings. 1897 624.2 B48a
The same. 1897 r624.2 648
Compound riveted girders, as applied in the construction
of buildings. 1893 624.2 648
BOW, Robert Henry.
Treatise on bracing, with its application to bridges and
other structures of wood or iron. 1874 624.2 B66
CAMPIN, Francis.
Constructional iron and steel work; a treatise for archi-
tects and builders. 1896 624.2 Ci6
Elementary treatise on methods of designing, intended especially for
students.
CREHORE, John Davenport.
Mechanics of the girder; a treatise on bridges and roofs.
1886 624.2 C87
HIROI, Isami.
Plate-girder construction. 1893. (Van Nostrand's science
series.) 624.2 H6i
STONEY, Bindon Blood.
Theory of strains in girders and similar structures. 1873. ^624.2 S88
Handbook of practical methods for their calculation.
TYRRELL, Henry Grattan.
Mill building construction. 1901 624.2
Deals with the loads to be carried by roofs, floors and walls; with gen-
eral design, and with structural details. Convenient reference book
for designers.
624.3 Truss bridges
BOLLER, Alfred Pancoast.
New York, Providence and Boston railroad; report upon
the construction of the Thames river bridge and ap-
proaches at New London, Conn. 1890 qr624.3 B6i
FOSTER, Wolcott Cronk.
Treatise on wooden trestle bridges according to the present
practice on American railroads. 1897 q624_3 F8i
MERRILL, William Emory.
Iron truss bridges for railroads; methods of calculating
strains, with a comparison of the most prominent truss
956 BRIDGES AND ROOFS
bridges, and new formulas for bridge computations,
also the economical angles for struts and ties. 1870. .qr624.3 M63
PHILLIPS, Philip.
The Forth bridge in its various stages of construction
and compared with the most notable bridges of the
world. [ 1893.] qr624.3 PSI
"This volume, written by a man who has been familiar with the work
from the beginning, and illustrated with plates of the bridge in all
stages of construction, forms a valuable memorial of the greatest engi-
neering feat of modern times... The whole story of the building of
these caissons on land, of launching and tugging them afloat to the
point where they were to be sunk in the estuary, it is the very romance
of engineering." The Times, London.
WADDELL, John Alexander Low.
Designing of ordinary iron highway bridges. 1894 624.3 Wn
WILCOX, Ralph Mclntosh.
Theory and calculation of cantilever bridges. 1898. (Van
Nostrand's science series.) 624.3 W7I
624.6 Arch bridges
BELL, George Joseph.
Practical treatise on segmental and elliptical oblique or
skew arches, setting forth the principles and details of
construction in clear and simple terms. 1896 ^624.6 641
"Object... is to place reliable data, which can be readily understood, in
the hands of practical workmen, so as to render the building of
oblique arches as simple as the building of an ordinary square arch."
Preface.
BUCK, George Watson.
Practical and theoretical essay on oblique bridges. 1895. .q624.6 684
HOWE, Malverd Abijah.
Treatise on arches. 1897 624.6 H8s
WOODWARD, Calvin Milton.
History of the St. Louis bridge; containing a full account
of every step in its construction and erection, and in-
cluding the theory of the ribbed arch and the tests of
materials. 1881 qr624.6 W86
624.8 Drawbridges
WRIGHT, Charles Herbert.
Designing of draw-spans. 2v. 1897-98 624.8 W93
624.9 Roofs
INSKIP, G. D.
Treatise on mathematical and graphical roof framing, for
builders, carpenters and iron workers. 2v. [1900.] ... .624.9 124
v.2 consists of tables of reductions and squares.
Describes a system of computation which the author claims to be simple
and accurate, and which he presents with the use only of elementary
arithmetic.
RICKER, Nathan Clifford.
Elementary graphic statics and the construction of trussed
roofs. 1892 624.9 R43
RAILROAD AND ROAD ENGINEERING 957
625 Railroad and road engineering
BARRY, John Wolfe.
Railway appliances; a description of details of railway
construction subsequent to the completion of the earth-
works and structures, including a short notice of rail-
way rolling stock. 1898. (Text-books of science.) 625 627
Contents: Acts of Parliament and other regulations affecting railways.
Permanent way. Points and crossings. Signals. The block system.
Stations. Rolling stock.
HALDANE, John Wilton Cuninghame.
Railway engineering, mechanical and electrical. 1897 625 Hi5
INTERNATIONAL ENGINEERING CONGRESS,
Glasgow, 1901.
Proceedings of section i : Railways. 1902 r62$ 124
MASSACHUSETTS Rapid transit commission.
Report to the legislature, Apr. 5, 1892. 1892 r62S M45
Contents: Introduction. The steam railroads. The streets. The sur-
face cars. Elevated railroads. General considerations. Supplemental
report. Appendices.
STRICKLAND, William.
Reports on canals, railways, roads and other subjects,
made to the Pennsylvania society for the promotion of
internal improvement. 1826 qr625 891
VOSE, George Leonard.
Manual for railroad engineers and engineering students.
1875 r625 V38
WOOD, Nicholas.
Practical treatise on railroads and interior communication
in general. 1832 r625 W8s
The same. 1825 r62S W8sp
The first edition antedates the common use of the locomotive, and dis-
cusses the probability of the horse being superseded as a railway
motive power. At the date of the second edition the locomotive had
become recognized as the future motor and the results of numerous
tests are given. An appendix contains a list of most of the world's
railways over five miles in length.
625.05 Periodicals. Societies
AMERICAN engineer and railroad journal. See Railroad
and engineering journal.
AMERICAN engineer, car builder and railroad journal. See
Railroad and engineering journal.
AMERICAN RAILWAY ENGINEERING AND MAIN-
TENANCE-OF-WAY ASSOCIATION.
Proceedings of the annual convention (ist-date), 1900-
date. I9oo-date r625.05 Asi2
AMERICAN RAILWAY MASTER MECHANICS' ASSO-
CIATION.
Report of the proceedings of the annual convention (ist-
2d, 4th-i9th, 2ist-date), 1868-69, 1871-86, i888-date.
i872-date
Index, 1868-1900. 1901.
958 RAILROAD AND ROAD ENGINEERING
ASSOCIATION OF RAILWAY SUPERINTENDENTS
OF BRIDGES AND BUILDINGS.
Proceedings of the annual meeting (ist-2d, sth-date),
1891-92, i895-date. iSgi-date r625.os A84
EASTERN maintenance of way association. See New Eng-
land roadmasters' association.
LOCOMOTIVE engineering; a practical journal of railway
motive power and rolling stock; monthly, v.i-date.
i888-date qr625.05 L76
v. 14-date title reads "Railway and locomotive engineering."
NEW ENGLAND RAILROAD CLUB.
Proceedings; monthly. iSgj-date r625.o5 N26
No meetings are held from June to September.
NEW ENGLAND ROADMASTERS' ASSOCIATION.
Proceedings, v. 13-18. 1895-1900 r625.O5 N26i2
In 1898 the name of the society became "Eastern maintenance of way
association."
No more published.
NEW YORK RAILROAD CLUB.
Official proceedings; monthly, Nov. igoo-date. v.n-date.
igoi-date r625-O5 N26r
NORTH-WEST RAILWAY CLUB.
Official proceedings, Sept. iSgo-date. v.2, no.3-date. 1896-
date r625.os N45
v.2, no.4~9; v-3, no.s-6; v.4, no.i, 6-7, proceedings for Oct. 1896 March
1897, Feb. March, Oct. 1898, March-April 1899 wanting.
PACIFIC COAST RAILWAY CLUB.
Official proceedings; monthly, v.i-date. iSgg-date r625x>5 Pi2
RAILROAD and engineering journal; monthly. v.6i-date.
i887-date qr625.o5 Ri574
The "American railroad journal" and "Van Nostrand's eclectic engineer-
ing magazine" have been consolidated in this publication. The
volume number is that of the "American railroad journal."
v.67-69, title reads 'American engineer and railroad journal."
v.7O-date, title reads "American engineer, car builder and railroad
journal."
RAILROAD gazette; weekly. v.4-date. i872-date. . . .qr625.os Ri572
RAILWAY age; weekly. v.i8-date. i893-date qr625-O5 Ri575
V.2I-3O, 1896-1900, wanting.
RAILWAY and engineering review; weekly. v.2o-date. 1886-
date qr625.os Ri57
v.z6-37, no. 13 title reads "Railway review."
RAILWAY and locomotive engineering. See Locomotive
engineering.
RAILWAY engineering and mechanics. See Railway master
mechanic.
RAILWAY era; a monthly journal of railway management,
equipment and operation, Mar.-Aug. 1899. v.2i.
1899 qr625.os Ri573
RAILWAY master mechanic; monthly. v.i3-date. 1890-
date qr625.o5 Ri57i
Being a continuation of "Railway purchasing agent."
v.i7-i8, no.s title reads "Railway engineering and mechanics."
v.i8, no. 6, June 1895, wanting.
RAILWAY review. See Railway and engineering review.
RAILROAD AND ROAD ENGINEERING 959
ROADMASTERS' ASSOCIATION OF AMERICA.
Proceedings of the annual convention (sth-8th, loth, I2th-
date), 1887-1890, 1892, i894-date. i887-date ........ r625-O5 R$3p
. With the i pth convention the name changed to Roadmasters' and main-
tenance of way association of America.
Reports adopted and papers accepted at the conventions
from 1883 to 1893, inclusive. 1894 ................... r625.05 R53
ST. LOUIS RAILWAY CLUB.
Official proceedings; monthly, June iSgS-date. v.3-date.
6i
April 1899 wanting.
TRAVELING ENGINEERS' ASSOCIATION.
Proceedings of the annual convention (ist-date), 1893-
date. i893-date .................................... r625.os T6g
ist~3d title reads "Report of proceedings of the annual convention."
Proceedings of the gth convention, 1901, wanting.
WESTERN RAILWAY CLUB.
Proceedings, Sept. :889^date. v.2-date. i88o-date ..... r625.os Ws6
v.2, no.2 8; v.3, no.3-4; v.4, no.i-6, 8-9; v.s, 00.23; v.6, no.6-8; v.7,
no.i, 3-9; v.8, no.3~4, 6-9; v.9, no.s-6, 9; v.io, no. 1-2 wanting.
625.1 Route. Road-bed. Track
MILLS, William Hemingway.
Railway construction. 1898 ............................. 625.1 M6g
SIMMS, Frederick Walter, ed.
Public works of Great Britain, pt.i. 1836 .............. qr625.i 859
pt. i. Railways.
SMITH, Cecil B.
Railway engineering. 1899 .............................. 625.1 864
TRATMAN, Edward Ernest Russell.
Railway track and track work. 1897. ... .................. 625.1 T68
WEBB, Walter Loring.
Railroad construction, theory and practice; a text-book for
students in colleges and technical schools. 1903 ...... 625.1 W36
The same. 1900 ........................................ r625.i W36
Primarily a student's text-book of railway location and construction.
Gives a condensed survey of all departments of work.
625.11 Surveying. Location
CRANDALL, Charles Lee.
Transition curve; by offsets and by deflection angles.
1899 .............................................. r625.ii C86
HENCK, John Benjamin.
Field-book for railroad engineers. 1896 ................ 625.08 H43
SEARLES, William Henry.
Field engineering; a hand-book of the theory and practice
of railway surveying, location and construction. 1900. .625.11 843
The same. 1898 ....................................... r625.n S43f
The railroad spiral; the theory of the compound transition
curve reduced to practical formulas, and rules for appli-
cation in field work, with complete tables of deflections
and ordinates for 500 spirals. 1897 .................. r625.n 843
o6o RAILROAD AND ROAD ENGINEERING
TRAUTWINE, John Cresson.
Field practice of laying out circular curves for railroads.
1897 625.11 T6g
WELLINGTON, Arthur Mellen.
Economic theory of the location of railways. 1893 625.11 W49
The same. 1877 r625.n W49
625.12-625.16 Earthwork. Track. Rails
ALLEN, Calvin Frank.
Tables for earthwork computation. 1893 r625.i2 A42
CARNEGIE STEEL CO. Pittsburgh.
Standard steel rails and splice bars manufactured by Car-
negie steel company. 1900 r625.i4 C2I
COLE, William Henry. '
Notes on permanent-way material, platelaying, and points
and crossings, with a few remarks 'on signalling and
interlocking. 1896 625.14 C6S
HAARMANN, A.
Das eisenbahn-geleise. v. 1-2, in 3. 1891-1902 qr625.i4 HII
v.i. Geschichtlicher theil. v.2. Kritischer theil.
Thorough history of the genesis and development of railway track work.
Profusely illustrated.
HUNTINGTON, William S.
Road-master's assistant and section-master's guide. 1878. .625.14 H94
The same. 1878 r625.i4 H94
Directions for track laying, ballasting and repairing.
KINDELAN, J.
Trackman's helper; a book of instruction for track fore-
men. 1900 625.14 K26
MOXHAM, A.J.
Special paper on "Experiments on the expansion of continu-
ous rails." 1892 r62i.33 ?49
Advance copy, published for discussion at the regular meeting of the
American street-railway association, Cleveland, O., Oct. 19-21, 1892.
Bound with other pamphlets.
PAINE, George Hebard.
New roadmaster's assistant; a manual of reference for
those having to do with the permanent way of American
railroads. 1898. ^625.14 Pi6
GLOVER, James.
Formulae for railway crossings and switches. 1896 r625.is GSI
JONES, Willis S.
Items of interest on ties and tie plates; a discussion on the
present and future of ties and tie renewals from actual
conditions on existing roads. 1897 r625.i6 J4I
625.18 Buildings. Stations
BERG, Walter G.
Buildings and structures of American railroads; a refer-
ence book for railroad managers, superintendents, mas-
ter mechanics, engineers, architects and students.
STREET RAILWAYS 961
1893 q625.i8 B4S
The same. 1893 qr625.i8 645
625.25 Brakes
AIR-BRAKE ASSOCIATION.
Proceedings of the annual convention (5th, 8th-date),
1898, looi-date. iSgS-date r625.25 A29
In 1898 called the Association of railroad air-brake men.
BLACKALL, Robert Henry.
Up-to-date air-brake catechism. 1899 .625.25 651
NEW YORK (state) Railroad commissioners, Board of.
Report of competitive tests of street car brakes, 1899.
1900 r625.25 N26
WESTINGHOUSE AIR BRAKE CO.
Catalogue. 1898 ' qr625.25 Ws6w
Instruction book; the quick action automatic brake.
1890 r625.25 Ws6i
625.48 Subways
BOSTON TRANSIT COMMISSION.
Annual report (ist-date), for the year ending Aug. 15,
i895-date. i895-date r62548 664
625.6 Street railways
AMERICAN STREET-RAILWAY ASSOCIATION, pub.
[Collection of pamphlets of decisions in street railway
cases.] [1884-94.] r625.6 ASI
AUCAMUS, A. & Galine, L.
Tramways et automobiles. 1900 625.6 A8g
Bibliographical note, p. 10.
Clear condensed descriptions of the different systems of propulsion, and
of the leading types of mechanical arrangements, tracks, rolling-
stock, etc.
BROOKS, John Pascal.
Handbook of street-railroad location. 1898 r625.6 677
DUMONT, Georges.
Automobiles sur rails. [1898.] (Encyclopedic scientifique
des aide-memoire.) r625.6 D8g
Bibliography, p. 174 182.
FAIRCHILD, C. B.
Street railways; their construction, operation and main-
tenance, (trams) ; a practical handbook for street rail-
way men. 1892 qr625.6 Fi5
PRATT, Mason Delano, & Alden, C. A.
Street-railway roadbed. 1898 625.6 P88
WRIGHT, Augustine W.
American street railways; their construction, equipment
and maintenance. 1888 r625.6 W93
962 ROADS. HIGHWAYS
AMERICAN STREET-RAILWAY ASSOCIATION.
Verbatim report of the annual meeting (ist, 3d-date), 1882,
i884-date. i883-date r62S.6os ASI
AMERICAN street railway investments; a supplement to
Street railway journal; annual. 6th annual volume-
date. iSgo-date qr6s6.673 Asi2
STREET railway journal; monthly, Nov. i884-date. v.i-
date. i88s-date qr625.6os SQI
An annual supplement is issued under the title "American street railway
investments."
STREET railway review; monthly, v.i-date. iSgi-date. .qr625. 605 8915
VIENNA, VEREIN FUR DIE FORDERUNG DES LOCAL-
UNO STRASSENBAHNWESENS.
Mittheilungen; [monthly], v.i-date. i893-date qr625.6o5 V3I
EASTON, Alexander.
Practical treatise on street or horse-power railways.
1859 r625.63 Ei8
625.7 Roads. Highways
AITKEN, Thomas.
Road making and maintenance; a practical treatise for en-
gineers, surveyors and others, with an historical sketch
of ancient and modern practice. 1900 625.7 ^31
Thorough treatise on British methods. Includes street paving. Author
is (1900) president of the Road surveyors' association of Scotland.
BYRNE, Austin Thomas.
Treatise on highway construction. 1900 625.7 69912
Bibliography, p. 5-8.
The same. 1897 r625-7 699
Bibliography, p. 3-6.
A standard work on road and street construction, paving and mainte-
nance. Designed for use both as a text-book and for reference.
CODRINGTON, Thomas.
Maintenance of macadamised roads. 1892 625.7 C65
GILLESPIE, William Mitchell.
Manual of the principles and practice of road-making,
comprising the location and construction of roads and
railroads. 1848 r6257 G4i
GILLETTE, Halbert Powers.
Economics of road construction. 1901 625.7 641
Brief practical treatise on modern methods.
GILLMORE,-Quincy Adams.
Practical treatise on roads, streets and pavements. 1890. .625.7 642
HERSCHEL, Clemens, & North, E. P.
Science of road making, by Clemens Herschel; Construc-
tion and maintenance of roads, by E. P. North. 1894. .r625.7 H47
LOVE, E. G. comp.
Pavements and roads; their construction and maintenance.
1890 625.7 L93
Compilation of articles which have appeared in "Engineering and build-
ing record."
McADAM, John Loudon.
Remarks on the present system of road making. 1821. . .r625.7 Mil
ROADS. HIGHWAYS 963
MASSACHUSETTS Highway commission.
Annual report (gth-date), for the year igoi-date. 1902-
date r625-7 M45
MAXWELL, William H.
Construction of roads and streets, with historical sketch of
the development of the art of road-making. 1899 625.7 MS2
"Very complete resume of the English practice." Engineering news, 1900.
PENNSYLVANIA UNIVERSITY.
A move for better roads; essays on roadmaking and main-
tenance and road laws. 1891 625.7 ?39
POTTER, Burton Willis.
The road and the roadside. 1893 625.7 P8s
ROCKWELL, Alfred Perkins.
Roads and pavements in France. 1896 625.7 Rs8
This book is partly the result of personal observation by the writer and
partly a compilation from French publications. It will be of service
to all who are interested in the improvement of our highways.
SHALER, Nathaniel Southgate.
American highways; a popular account of their condition
and of the means by which they may be bettered.
1896 625.7 S52
"List of important works on highway construction," p. 292-293.
SPALDING, Frederick Putnam.
Text-book on roads and pavements. 1895 625.7 S73
STONE, Roy.
New roads and road laws in the United States. 1894 625.7 887
TILLSON, George William.
Street pavements and paving materials; a manual of city
pavements, the methods and materials of their con-
struction. 1900 625.7 T46
Describes the evolution of the different forms of pavement and the
kinds now used. Author is principal assistant engineer, Department
of highways, Brooklyn, (1900).
UNITED STATES Foreign commerce bureau.
Streets and highways in foreign countries. 1891. (Special
consular reports.) 625.7 U25
The same. 1891. (In its Special consular reports, v.3.) . .r382 U25s v-3
UNITED STATES Road inquiries office.
Bulletin, no.i-date. i894-date r6257 U25
For contents see contents book, v.2, p.2i3; kept at the reference desk,
no. 2 wanting.
625.8 Pavements
BURKE, Milo Darwin.
Brick for street pavements; an account of tests made of
brick and paving blocks, with a brief discussion of
street pavements and the method of constructing them.
1894 625.8 691
MUNICIPAL engineering; monthly, June iSgi-date. v.2-
date. i892-date qr625.8 P32
v.i-12 title reads "Paving and municipal engineering."
PAVING and municipal engineering. See Municipal engi-
neering.
964 CANAL ENGINEERING
BRICK roadways; quarterly, v.i-2, in I. 1891-93 qr625.84 674
POLYTECHNIC; monthly, March 2, 1901. v.i7, no.4. 1901. .qr625.8s ?77
Consists chiefly of an article by P. W. Henry entitled "Some facts re-
lating to the asphalt paving industry."
625.9 Ship-railways
CORTHELL, Elmer Lawrence.
Tehuantepec route; lecture before the National geographic
society, at Washington, Nov. 22, 1895. 1895. (United
States. 54th cong. ist sess. Senate. Doc. no.34.) ... ^625.9 C82
626 Canal engineering
INTERNATIONAL CONGRESS OF NAVIGATION.
Compte-rendu des travaux du congres (6e), La Haye,
1894. 1894 qr626 124
Questions discussed at the 6th International inland naviga-
tion congress, held at The Hague, 1894. 2v. 1894. . . .qr626 I24q
v.i. Construction of ship canals affording operation at high speed, by
Herr Grohe. Construction of navigation canals affording opera-
tion at high speed, by M. Derome. Protection of canal banks in
the Netherlands, by H. Wortman. The plant of French inland nav-
igation ports, by A. Monet and E. Dardenne. The port of Rotter-
dam, by G. J. de Jongh. The port of Amsterdam, by J. A. Schuur-
man. Means for preventing ice blockades, by Georges Narten, by
C. F. Cramer, by Cameree and P. Rigaux, and by A. A. Bekaar and J.
Nelemans. The clearing away of ice in the estuaries of tidal and
non-tidal rivers, by Maurice Dibos. Efforts to clear the ice on
some of the Dutch rivers, by C. B. Schuurman and A. C. Burgdorf-
fer. Traction and propulsion upon canals, canalized rivers and
rivers of natural flow, by E. H. Stieltjes. Traction and propulsion
on canals, canalized rivers and on free-current rivers, by J. Hirsch
and B. de Mas. The method to organize different systems of trac-
tion on rivers, canals, etc., by A. de Bovet.
v.2. Tolls on navigable ways, by Hans Hatschek, and by A. D. Dura.
Tolls on navigable ways in France, by Maurice Renaud. Tolls and
taxes on navigable ways in Belgium, by A. Dufourny. Connection
between the depth of streams and river beds, by R. Jasmund. Re-
lation between the form of river banks and the nature of the chan-
nel, by P. Mengin-Lecreulx and G. Guiard. Relations between the
configuration of rivers and the depths of their channels, by R. J.
Castendijk and others. River currents and the configuration of
river beds, by L. Leliavski. Observations on the formation of the
bottom of a river whose course is regulated by means of dams and
dikes, by Nikolas Maksimovitch. The regulation of rivers at low
water, by Herr Seidel, by H. Girardon, and by P. W. van der Sley-
den and R. J. Castendijk. The cataracts of the Dnieper, by V. E.
de Timonoff. Influence de la forme des bateaux et de 1'etat de
leur surface sur la resistance a la traction, by J. V. Mendes Guer-
reiro. The new waterway to Rotterdam, by W. G. Triest. Was-
serverbrauch und speisung, sowie dichtungsarbeiten am Oder-Spree-
kanale, by Schultz.
Report by E. L. Corthell, delegate of the United States to
the 7th International congress of navigation, held at
Brussels, Belgium, July 1898. 1900. (United States.
56th cong. ist sess. Senate. Doc. no.3O.) r626 1248
"The congress at Brussels was the first to combine inland and mari-
time navigation. Previously there had been held at irregular intervals
two congresses, one an inland congress and the other a maritime
congress. The first series held its first congress at Brussels in 1885
There have been held two congresses on maritime navigation, the
first at Paris in 1889, the second at London in 1893."
SHIP-CANALS 965
626.8 Irrigation engineering
NEWELL, Frederick Haynes.
Irrigation in the United States. 1902. (Library of eco-
nomics and politics.) 626.8 N27
"Somewhat elementary and popular description of irrigation." Preface.
WILSON, Herbert Michael.
Manual of irrigation engineering. 1897 626.8 W76
Contains several bibliographies.
The same. 1897 r626.8 W76
626.9 Ship-canals
ABBOT, Henry Larcom.
Present status of the Panama canal. 1898 626.9 Ai3
Reprinted from the "Engineering news," Oct. 6, 1898.
DAVIS, Charles Henry, 1807-77.
Letter of the secretary of the navy communicating a report
of C. H. Davis in relation to the various proposed lines
for interoceanic canals and railroads between the At-
lantic and Pacific oceans. 1866. (United States. 39th
cong. ist sess. Senate. Ex. doc. no.62.) r626.g 031
List of the principal authorities relating to projects of interoceanic com-
munication through the American isthmuses, p.24-28.
FITZGERALD, Percy.
The great canal at Suez. 2v. 1876 r626.9 FS7
HUNTER, William Henry.
American isthmus and the interoceanic canal. 1899 626.9
Reprinted from "Engineering magazine," Feb. and March 1899.
Bound with Abbot's "Present status of the Panama canal."
HURST, Thomas Wright, com[>.
Isthmus of Panama, Nicaragua, canal routes, etc. 1898. .qr626.9
MENOCAL, Aniceto G.
Report of the U. S. Nicaragua surveying party, 1885. 1886.
(United States. 49th cong. ist sess. Senate. Ex. doc.
no.og.) qr626.9 M62
MICHLER, Nathaniel.
Report of the survey for an interoceanic ship canal near
the Isthmus of Darien. 2v. 1861. (United States. 36th
cong. 2d sess. Senate. Ex. doc. no.g.) r626.9 M66
v.i. Text. v.2. Maps.
NEW PANAMA CANAL CO.
Final and definite report of the International technical
commission. 1898 qr626.9 N26
PITTSBURGH, CHAMBER OF COMMERCE.
Lake Erie and Ohio river ship canal; report of the pro-
visional committee. 1897 626.9 P67
The same. 1897 r626.9 P67
RAMIREZ, Jose Fernando.
Memorias, negociaciones y documentos, para servir a la
historia de las diferencias que han suscitado entre Mex-
ico y los Estados-Unidos, los tenedores del antiguo
privilegio, concedido para la communicacion de los
966 SHIP-CANALS
mares Atlantico y Pacifico por el Istmo de Tehuan-
tepec. 1853 qr626.g Ri7
SELFRIDGE, Thomas Oliver.
Reports of explorations and surveys to ascertain the prac-
ticability of a ship-canal between the Atlantic and Pa-
cific oceans by the way of the Isthmus of Darien.
1874. (United States Navy department.) qr626-9 846
SHUFELDT, Robert Wilson.
Reports of explorations and surveys to ascertain the prac-
ticability of a ship-canal between the Atlantic and Pa-
cific oceans by the way of the Isthmus of Tehuante-
pec, made under the direction of the secretary of the
navy. 1872. (United States. 42d cong. 2d sess. Sen-
ate. Ex. doc. no. 6.) qr626.g 856
STEVENS, Simon.
New route of commerce by the Isthmus of Tehuantepec;
a paper read before the American geographical so-
ciety of New York, Nov. 15, 1870. 1871 r626.9 884
Contains also "Report of the American scientific commission of the arti-
ficial waterways of Europe, with special reference to the Tehuantepec
railway and ship canal, Oct. 16, 1871."
SULLIVAN, John T.
Report of historical and technical information relating to
the problem of interoceanic communication by way of
the American isthmus, by order of the Bureau of navi-
gation, Navy department. 1883 qr626.9 895
UNITED STATES Deep waterways board.
Report on deep waterways between Great lakes and At-
lantic tide waters. 3v. 1900-01. (56th cong. 2d sess.
House. Doc. no. 149.) qr626.9 U2534
v.i -2. Text. v-3. Atlas.
UNITED STATES Deep waterways commission.
Report prepared at Detroit, Dec. 18-22, 1896, by the com-
missioners, J. B. Angell, J. E. Russell, L. E. Cooley.
1897. (54th cong. 2d sess. House. Doc. no. 192.). . .r626.9 U2S32
Commission was appointed to make inquiries and report, after conference
with a similar commission appointed by the Dominion of Canada, con-
cerning the feasibility of the construction of such canals as will enable
vessels engaged in ocean commerce to pass between the Great lakes
and the Atlantic ocean, the most convenient location and the probable
cost of such canals, etc.
UNITED STATES Engineers corps.
Survey of water-way from Lake Michigan to the Illinois
river. 1890. (5ist cong. ist sess. House. Ex. doc.
110.264.) r626.9 U2533
UNITED STATES Statistics bureau.
Great canals of the world. 1902. (United States Statis-
tics bureau. Monthly summary of commerce and
finance of the United States, Dec. 1901, p.2i43-22is.) . .3626.9 U25
The same. (In United States Statistics bureau. Monthly
summary of commerce and finance of the United States,
May 1902, p.4039-4111.) qr382 U2Sm
UNITED STATES Topographical bureau.
Canal, Lake Erie to Lake Ontario; letter from the secre-
HYDRAULIC ENGINEERING 967
tary of war transmitting report of the Topographical
bureau in relation to the construction of a canal from
Lake Erie to Lake Ontario, Apr. 16, 1836. 1836.
(24th cong. ist sess. House. Doc. no. 214.) r626.g U2535
627 Hydraulic engineering
BLACK, William Murray.
United States public works; a summary of the methods of
construction and character of materials used in the
public works under charge of the War and Treasury
departments. 1895 r ^ 2 7 ^51
COOLEY, Lyman Edgar.
Lakes and gulf waterway as related to the Chicago sanitary
problem; the general project of a waterway from Lake
Michigan to the Gulf of Mexico; a preliminary report
[submitted to the board of trustees of the Sanitary
district of Chicago] . 1891 qr627 Cy8
FIDLER, Thomas Claxton.
Calculations in hydraulic engineering; a practical text-
book. 2v. 1898-1902 q627 F4S
v.i. Fluid pressure, and the calculation of its effects in engineering
structures.
v.2. Calculations in hydro-kinetics.
HARCOURT, Leveson Francis Vernon-.
Rivers and canals; the flow, control and improvement of
rivers, and the design, construction and development
of canals both for navigation and irrigation, with
statistics of the traffic on inland waterways. 2v. 1896. .627 H25
INSTITUTION OF CIVIL ENGINEERS.
Theory and practice of hydro-mechanics; lectures, 1884-
1885. 1885 r627 124
Contents: Evans, John. Physiography. Pole, William. Water-supply.
Unwin, W. C. Water-motors. Hartley, Sir C. A. Inland naviga-
tion in Europe. Stevenson, Thomas. Tides and coast-works. Reed,
Sir E. J. Forms of ships.
INTERNATIONAL ENGINEERING CONGRESS,
Glasgow, 1901.
Proceedings of section 2: Waterways and maritime works.
1902 r627 1248
STEVENSON, David.
Principles and practice of canal and river engineering.
1886 q627 884
UNITED STATES Engineers corps.
Annual report of the chief of engineers, i867-date. 1867-
date qr627 U253
Index, 1866-1900. 1903.
This report forms a part of the report of the secretary of war and earlier
reports will be found bound with his reports, r 3S3-6 U2S.
Appendixes to this report contain the reports of individual engineers,
and reports of the Missouri and Mississippi river commissions.
Appropriations and expenditures for rivers and harbors; a
report of the chief of engineers, relative to the expendi-
tures for rivers and harbors. 1884. (48th cong. ist sess.
House. Doc. no.64.) qr627 U2532
968 RIVERS. HARBORS
WHEELER, William Henry.
Tidal rivers; their hydraulics, improvement, navigation.
1893 627 W6r
Bibliography, p.i6-2i, 427-429.
627.1 Rivers
ELLET, Charles.
Mississippi and Ohio rivers; containing plans for the pro-
tection of the delta from inundation, and investigations
of the practicability and cost of improving the naviga-
tion of the Ohio and other rivers by means of reser-
voirs. 1853 627.1 51
Reports originally made to the United States war department.
ROBERTS, William Milnor.
Practical views on the proposed improvement of the Ohio
river; with remarks by Ellwood Morris. 1857 627.1 R53
Appeared in the "Journal of the Franklin institute," v.64-s.
UNITED STATES Commerce committee.
Report on the Mississippi river floods, pursuant to S. R.
76, 55th cong. 1st sess. 1898. (55th cong. 3d sess.
Senate. Report no. 1433.) r627.i 112532
UNITED STATES Engineers corps.
Report of a survey of the Allegany river from Olean, N. Y.
to Pittsburg, by G. W. Hughes; with the report of the
survey, by Col. Kearney, from Pittsburg to the French
creek, at Franklin, made in 1829. March 23, 1838. 1838.
(25th cong. 2d sess. House. Doc. no. 343.) r38o U2532
Col. Kearney's report was previously printed as House doc. 265, zad
cong. ist sess.
Bound with other pamphlets.
UNITED STATES Mississippi river commission.
Reports, 1881-1883. [1882] -84 r627.i U25
The same, i88o-date. (In United States Engineers corps.
Annual report of the chief of engineers, i88i-date.) . .qr627 U253
Report of 1880 is a preliminary report. Two reports were issued in
1 88 1, in January and November. Supplemental reports were issued
in 1885-88.
"Chiefly occupied with technical details of engineering operations, but. . .
also include occasional descriptions and illustrations of the great
river not to be found elsewhere. The maps are of great value."
Larned's Literature of American history.
UNITED STATES Missouri river commission.
Annual report (ist-date), i884-date. (In United States
Engineers corps. Annual report of the chief of engi-
neers, i88s-date.) qr627 U253
627.2-627.4 Harbors. Docks. Locks
POWELL, Charles Francis.
Improvement of harbor at Pittsburg, Pa., of Allegheny
river, Pa., and of Monongahela river, West Virginia
and Pennsylvania; report for the fiscal year ending
June 30, 1899, with other documents relating to the
works. 1899. (In United States Engineers corps.
DAMS. RESERVOIRS 969
Annual report of the chief of engineers, 1899, pt.3,
p.2373-245i.) qr627 U253
UNITED STATES Deep-water harbor in southern Cali-
fornia, Board for locating
Report by board appointed to locate a deep-water harbor
at Port Los Angeles or at San Pedro, Cal., recommend-
ing that the harbor be established at San Pedro, April
i, 1897. 1897. (55th cong. ist sess. Senate. Doc.
no.iS.) r627.2 U25
HIGHBORN, Philip.
Report on European dock-yards. 1889 qr627-3 H52
The same. 1886 627.3 H52
NEWMAN, John.
Earthwork slips and subsidences upon public works; their
causes, prevention and reparation; especially written to
assist those engaged in the construction or maintenance
of railways, docks, canals, roads, waterworks, river-
banks, reclamation embankments, drainage works, etc.
1890 627.4 N28
627.8 Dams. Reservoirs. Retaining walls
GOULD, Edward Sherman, civil engineer.
High masonry dams. 1897. (Van Nostrand's science
series.) 627.8 G73
KRANTZ, Jean Baptiste Sebastien.
Study on reservoir walls. 1883 627.8 K4i
SCHUYLER, James Dix.
Reservoirs for irrigation, water-power and domestic water-
supply, with an account of various types of dams and
the methods and plans of their construction; together
with a discussion of the available water-supply for irri-
gation in various sections of arid America; the distribu-
tion, application and use of water; the rainfall and run-
off, the evaporation from reservoirs; the effect of silt
upon reservoirs, etc. 1901 q627.8 839
Describes very few works with which the author, who has been profes-
sionally connected with most of the great irrigation enterprises of the
country, is not personally acquainted. Profusely illustrated with draw-
ings and photographs.
WEGMANN, Edward.
Design and construction of dams, including masonry,
earth, rock-fill and timber structures, also the principal
types of movable dams. 1899 q627.8 W44
Bibliography, p.23p-243.
"Greatest value is the discussion of the author's so-called practical profile
for masonry dams. This in more readily calculated than those of
Rankine, Delocre, Krantz and others, and is probably just as safe and
economical of material." Engineering record, 1899.
WILLCOCKS, William.
Nile reservoir dam at Assuan, and after. 1001 qr627.8 W73
Not a detailed technical description of the dam, but an interesting state-
ment of the reasons for building it and of the great advantages to
result from its construction.
970 MUNICIPAL AND SANITARY ENGINEERING
HOWE, Malverd Abijah.
Retaining-walls for earth, including the theory of earth-
pressure as developed from the ellipse of stress, with a
short treatise on foundations. 1896 627.81 H8s
MERRIMAN, Mansfield.
Text-book on retaining walls and masonry dams. 1893. .627.81 M63
627.9 Lighthouses
ELLIOT, George Henry.
Report of a tour of inspection of European light-house
establishments, made in 1873. 1874. (United States.
43d cong. 1st sess. Senate. Ex. doc. no. 54.) r627_9 52
JOHNSON, Arnold Burges.
Modern light-house service. 1889 qr627_9 J35
Treasury department. Doc. 00.1270.
UNITED STATES Hydrographic office. '
List of lights of the world, v.2-3. 1900-01. ([Publica-
tions] , no.3i-32.) qr627.9 U25
v.2. South and east coasts of Asia and Africa and the East Indies, in-
cluding Australia, Tasmania and New Zealand; corrected to Sept. 22,
1900.
v.3- West coast of Africa and Europe and the Mediterranean sea, in-
cluding the Adriatic, the Black sea and the Sea of Azov; corrected
to July 13, 1901.
628 Municipal and sanitary engineering
BOULNOIS, Henry Percy.
Municipal and sanitary engineers' handbook. 1898 628 665
GERHARD, William Paul.
Guide to sanitary house-inspection; or, Hints and helps
regarding the choice of a healthful home in city or
country. 1895 628 631
Sanitary engineering. 1898 628 G3is
GOODHUE, W. F.
Municipal improvements; a manual of the methods, utility
and cost of public improvements. 1900 628 G62
Concise and practical, largely omitting technical terms and mathematical
tables and formulae. Intended to assist persons not having an en-
gineering education to an intelligent understanding of the subject.
INTERNATIONAL ENGINEERING CONGRESS,
Glasgow, 1901.
Proceedings of section 7: Municipal; ed. by Thomas
Cole. 1901 r628 124
MERRIMAN, Mansfield.
Elements of sanitary engineering. 1898 628 M63
Concise and clear view of the principles underlying the best practice.
POORE, George Vivian.
Essays on rural hygiene. 1894 628 P8i
Contents: The concentration of population in cities. On the short-
comings of some modern sanitary methods. "The living earth."
The house. Air. Water. Practical details. Personal experiences in
a country town. Personal experiences, (continued) ; water-supply.
Personal experiences in a London suburb. Burial. The story of
Bremontier.
WATERWORKS. WATER-SUPPLY 971
MICHAEL, William Henry, & Will, J. S.
On the law relating to gas, water and electric lighting.
1894 qr628.oo7 M66
SANITARY INSTITUTE OF GREAT BRITAIN.
Transactions, iS/g-date. v.i-date. i88o-date r628.o5 822
v. 1-2 title reads "Reports" of third and fourth congress,
v. is-date title reads "Journal."
v.i6 contains "Papers read before the Sanitary institute, 1876-94," being
an index to the "Transactions," v.i-is.
628.1 Waterworks. Water-supply
BAKER, Moses Nelson.
Potable water and methods of detecting impurities. 1899. .628.1 617
Presents clearly and briefly the essential qualities of potable water, how
it may be obtained, and the significance of chemical, bacterial and
microscopical tests of its quality. Discusses the value of pure water,
the relations between water and disease, and typhoid fever records
as an index of the purity or impurity of public water supplies.
CINCINNATI Commissioners of waterworks.
Report on the investigations into the purification of the
Ohio river water, for the improved water supply of the
city of Cincinnati, O. 1899 r628.i C48
Tests were made of several systems of purification. Full reports of the
results are given.
FANNING, John Thomas.
Practical treatise on hydraulic and water-supply engineer-
ing. 1893 628.1 F2i
The same. 1896 r628.i F2i
FITZGERALD, Desmond.
Short description of the Boston water-works. 1895 r628.i F57
FOLWELL, Amory Prescott.
Water-supply engineering; the designing, construction and
maintenance of water-supply systems, both city and
irrigation. 1900 628.1 F73
The same. 1900 r628.i F73
FUERTES, James Hillhouse.
Water and public health; the relative purity of waters from
different sources. 1897 628.1 F97
GOODELL, John.
Water-works for small cities and towns. 1899 628.1 G6a
Describes standard American methods of design and construction. In-
tended to be available for officials not having an engineering educa-
tion, and so is rather elementary in treatment.
GREENWELL, Allan, & Curry, W. T.
Rural water supply; a handbook on the supply of water
and construction of waterworks for small country dis-
tricts. 1896 628.1 G85
KONIG, Joseph.
.Die verunreinigung der gewasser; deren schadliche folgen
sowie die reinigung von trink- und schmutzwasser. 2v.
1899 r628.i K37
Especially valuable for the methods of treating factory waste-waters.
The different industries are considered separately, the most suitable
methods of purification being fully described.
McPHERSON, John Ambrose.
Waterworks distribution; a practical guide to the laying
972 WATERWORKS. WATER-SUPPLY
out of systems of distributing mains for the supply of
water to cities and towns. 1900 628.1 M22
Short description of standard British practice by an experienced engineer.
MANUAL of American water-works, with summaries for
each state and group of states; ed. by M. N. Baker, 1888-
91, 1897. ist-4th issue. 1880-97 r628.i M34
"Describing works as they have been developed and are operated day by
day in 3,350 cities, towns and villages of the United States and
Canada." Prospectus.
PHILADELPHIA Commission on the extension and im-
provement of the water supply.
Report to the mayor. 1899 r628.i ?49
Rudolph Hering, Joseph M. Wilson and Samuel M. Gray constituted the
commission.
PITTSBURGH, CHAMBER OF COMMERCE.
Report of the joint commission of the Chamber of com-
merce of Pittsburgh, Engineers' society of western
Pennsylvania, Allegheny county medical society and
Iron City microscopical society, on the present condi-
tion and improvement of the water supply of Alle-
gheny county, 1894. 1894 r628.i P67
SISLEY, Richard.
London water supply. 1899 qr628.i 862
THRESH, John Clough.
Water and water supplies. 1896 628.1 T^z
TUDSBERY, J. H. T. & Brightmore, A. W.
Principles of waterworks engineering. 1897 628.1 T82
TURNEAURE, Frederick Eugene, & Russell, H. L.
Public water supplies; requirements, resources and the
construction of works; with a chapter on pumping-
machinery, by D. W. Mead. 1901 628.1 T86
Bibliography at the end of each chapter.
Both the sanitary and construction side of water-supply are included.
"Without attempting to take up the endless details which constitute so
large a part of water supply engineering, but which, for the most part,
can only be learned by actual practice, the authors have stated briefly
the principles of the art, and have usually given at least an idea of
the basis upon which each rests . . . By far the most complete treatment
of the subject which has yet appeared." Allen Hazen, 1901.
WEGMANN, Edward.
Water-supply of the city of New York, 1658-1895. 1896. . qr628.i W44
OHIO Health board.
Preliminary report of an investigation of rivers and deep
ground waters of Ohio as sources of public water sup-
plies, 1897/98. 1898 r628.ii Oi8
HAZLEHURST, James Nisbet.
Towers and tanks for water- works; the theory and practice
of their design and construction. 1001 628.12 H38
BECHMANN, G. & Launay, Felix.
Notice sur les travaux de 1'aqueduc et du pare agricole
d'Acheres. 1897 qr628.i4 636
Extrait des "Annales des ponts et chaussees," 2me trimestre, 1897.
UNITED STATES Washington aqueduct tunnel committee.
Report of the joint select committee to investigate the work
performed upon the Washington aqueduct tunnel,
WATERWORKS. WATER-SUPPLY 973
recommending the discontinuance of the tunnel and
presenting a plan for improving the water supply of
the city of Washington; with appendix. 1889. (soth
cong. 2d sess. Senate. Doc. no.2686.) r628.i4 U25
AMERICAN WATER WORKS ASSOCIATION.
Report of the special committee on electrolysis. 1900. . . .628.15 ASI
The same. 1900 r628.i5 ASI
Reprinted from the "Proceedings of the twentieth annual meeting of the
American water works association," 1900.
MAURY, Dabney H.
Electrolysis of underground metal structures 628.15 AST
The same r628.i5 ASI
Describes the effects of stray electric currents on water and gas mains,
etc. Gives results of a number of tests.
Bound with American water works association's "Report _of the special
committee on electrolysis."
628.16 Purification. Filtration
COLLET, Harold.
Water softening and purification. 1895 628.16 C6g
Contents: Water supplies. Water for steam boilers. Water for manu-
facturing and technical processes. Chemistry of water softening.
Reagents for softening and clarifying water. Clarification. Drink-
ing water. Testing water. Tables.
Practical and very readable.
COREIL, Frangois.
L'eau potable. 1896. (Encyclopedic de chimie indus-
trielle.) r628.i6 C8i
DELHOTEL, E.
Traite de 1'epuration des eaux naturelles et industrielles.
1893 628.16 D39
FUERTES, James Hillhouse.
Water filtration works. 1901 628.16 F97
Study of the engineering features of the design, construction and opera-
tion of settling-basins, slow and rapid filters and clear-water reser-
voirs.
"Compact and clear manual, equally useful to the designing engineer
and the general reader." Engineering record, 1901.
FULLER, George W.
Report on the investigations into the purification of the
Ohio river water at Louisville, Ky., made to the presi-
dent and directors of the Louisville water company.
1898 qr628.i6 F98
GARRETT, John Henry.
Action of water on lead; ay inquiry into the cause and
mode of the action and its prevention. 1891 628.16 Gi9
HAZEN, Allen.
Filtration of public water-supplies. 1895 628.16 H38
Bibliography, p. 183- 190.
The same. 1896 r628.i6 H38
HILL, John W.
Purification of public water supplies. 1898 628.16 HSS
Bibliography, p.29o-293.
The same. 1898 r628.i6 HSS
KRtJGER, Richard.
Die filter fur haus und gewerbe; mit besonderer beriick-
974 WATERWORKS. WATER-SUPPLY
sichtigung der verschiedenen verfahren zur untersu-
chung, klarung und reinigung des wassers und der
wasserversorgung von stadten. 1886. (Hartleben's
chemisch-technische bibliothek.) r628.i6 K42
LA COUX, H. de.
L'eau dans 1'industrie. 1900 qr628.i6 Li2
Contents: Composition. Influences. Desordres. Remedes. Eaux resi-
duaires. fipuration. Analyse.
Treats of the effects of the various impurities of waters on their use for
industrial purposes and of the apparatus and processes used to purify
them.
MASON, Wiliam Pitt.
Water-supply, (considered principally from a sanitary
standpoint). 1902 628.16 M45\v
"Treatise covering very well, in a popular way, the questions relating to
the sanitation of potable waters."
The same. 1896 r628.i6 M45
PITTSBURGH Filtration bureau.
Contract and specifications for filters, basins and appur-
tenances situate in O'Hara township, Penna.; contract
no. i. 1902 r628.i6 P674
PITTSBURGH Filtration commission.
Report of the Filtration commission, Jan. 1899. 1899. . . .628.16 P67
The same. 1899 r628.i6 P6;
Also issued as an appendix to the "Municipal record" for 1898/99.
PULLEN, William Wade Fitzherbert.
Water-softening and filtering apparatus for locomotive
purposes at the Taff vale railway company, Penarth
Dock station, near Cardiff. 1889 665.4 83
Reprinted from the "Minutes of proceedings of the Institution of civil
engineers," v.97.
Brief paper, with drawing, of a plant using the Porter-Clark process.
Bound with other pamphlets.
RAFTER, George W.
On the use of the microscope in determining the sanitary
value of potable water; with special reference to the
biology of the water of Hemlock lake, N. Y ^89.95 C6g
Read before the section of microscopy, Rochester academy of science.
Bound with other pamphlets.
RIDEAL, Samuel.
Water and its purification; a handbook for the use of sani-
tary officers. 1897 .628.16 R43
UNITED STATES District of Columbia committee.
Purification of the Washington water supply; an inquiry
held by direction of the United 3tates Senate committee
on the District of Columbia; ed. by Charles Moore.
1901. (s6th cong. 2d sess. Senate. Report no. 2380.) . .r628.i6 U25
UNITED STATES Engineers corps.
Feasibility and propriety of filtering the water supply of
Washington, D. C.; letter from the secretary of war
transmitting copy of a communication from the chief
of engineers, U. S. A., submitting report of an investi-
gation of the feasibility and propriety of filtering the
water supply of the city of Washington. 1900. (s6th
cong. ist sess. Senate. Doc. no.259.) r628.:6 U253
SEWERAGE 975
628.2 Sewerage
ADAMS, Julius Walker.
Sewers and drains for populous districts, with rules and
formulae for the determination of their dimensions
under all circumstances. 1897 628.2 A2i
BAKER, Moses Nelson.
Sewerage and sewage purification. 1896 628.2 Bi7
BAUMEISTER, Reinhard.
Cleaning and sewerage of cities. 1895 628.2 632
BROWN, George Preston.
Drainage channel and waterway; a history of the effort to
secure an effective and harmless method for the dis-
posal of the sewage of Chicago, and to create a navi-
gable channel between Lake Michigan and the Missis-
sippi river. 1894 628.2 678
Bibliography, p. 465-466.
FOLWELL, Amory Prescott.
Sewerage; the designing, construction and maintenance of
sewerage systems. 1903 628.2 F7I
The same. 1898 r6a8.2 F7 f
GRAY, Samuel M.
Proposed plan for a sewerage system for the city of
Providence, R. I. 1884 r628.2 G8i
Made by order of the city council of Providence.
MOORE, E.G. S.
Sanitary engineering; a practical treatise on the collection,
removal and final disposal of sewage and the design
and construction of works of drainage and sewerage.
1898 r628.2 M87
"List of authorities," p. 21-24.
SAVAGE, Edward Ballard.
Sewerage and sewage disposal of a small town. [1895.] . . .628.2 826
WARING, George Edwin.
Sewerage and land-drainage. 1896 qr628.2 W22S
STALEY, Cady, & Pierson, G. S.
Separate system of sewerage. 1899 628.21 878
The same. 1891 r628.2i 878
OGDEN, Henry Neely.
Sewer design. 1899 628.24 Oi7
"Valuable as a clear, up-to-date presentation of the scattered material
of the subject." Municipal engineering, 1899.
628.3 Disposal of sewage
BARWISE, Sidney.
Purification of sewage; a brief account of the scientific
principles of sewage purification and their practical
application. 1899 < 628.3 628
Deals with the subject from a biological and chemical point of view.
CORFIELD, William Henry.
Treatment and utilisation of sewage. 1887 628.3 C8r
62
976 MUNICIPAL SANITATION
DIBDIN, William Joseph.
Purification of sewage and water. 1897 628.3 D54
HAEFCKE, Hermann.
Stadtische und fabrik-abwasser; ihre natur, schadlichkeit
und reinigung. 1901. (Hartleben's chemisch-technische
bibliothek.) r628.3 Hi3
"Literatur-verzeichniss," p. 13-16.
Summarizes present (1901) practice in concise form.
KIERSTED, Wynkoop.
Discussion of the prevailing theories and practices relating
to sewage disposal. 1894 628.3 K2S
RAFTER, George W. & Baker, M. N.
Sewage disposal in the United States. 1000 qr628.3 Ri4
Contents: Preliminary discussion. The infectious diseases of animals.
On the pollution of streams. The self-purification of running
streams and the rational view in relation to the disposal of sewage
by discharge into tide-water. The composition of sewage muds. Legal
aspects of the case.- Quantity of sewage and variation in rate of flow.
General data of sewage disposal. Discharge into tidal or other
large bodies of water. On nitrification and the nitrifying organism.
Chemical precipitation. Broad irrigation. On silos and their use in
sewage farming. Intermittent filtration. Sub-surface irrigation. The
disposal of manufacturing wastes. On the temperature of the air and
of natural soils, and its relation to sewage purification by broad irri-
gation and intermittent filtration. On beggiatoa alba and its relation
to sewage effluents. The effect of the pollution of streams by manu-
facturing wastes upon the life of fish. Descriptions of works.
RIDEAL, Samuel.
Sewage and the bacterial purification of sewage. 1000. . .q628.3 R43
Excellent resume of modern methods.
ROBINSON, Henry.
Sewerage and sewage disposal. 1896 628.3 R55
The same. 1896 r628.3 RSS
WARING, George Edwin.
Modern methods of sewage disposal. 1896 628.3 W22
The same. 1896 r628.3 W22
Sanitary condition of city and country dwelling houses.
1898. (Van Nostrand's science series.) 628.3 W22S
DENTON, Eardley Fraser Bailey-.
Sewage purification brought up to date, 1896. 1896 628.36 043
628.4 Municipal sanitation. Street cleaning
MAXWELL, William H.
Removal and disposal of town refuse. 1898 628.4 MS^J
WARING, George Edwin.
Observations on street-cleaning methods. 1898 628.4 W22O
Contents: Observations on street-cleaning methods in European cities.
Review of the general work of the Department of street cleaning of
New York. Report of the snow inspector. The adjustment of labor
questions by the "Committee of 41" and the "Board of conference."
Supplement to "Municipal affairs," v.2, no.2.
Street-cleaning and the disposal of a city's waste; methods
and results and the effect upon public health, public
morals and municipal prosperity. 1898 628.4 W22
Chiefly a description of Col. Waring's work as head of the Department
of street cleaning of New York. Contains also notes on street cleaning
in the larger European cities.
SMOKE ABATEMENT 977
GOODRICH, W. Francis.
Economic disposal of towns' refuse. 1901. (Engineering
times library.) 628.44 G62
"Works consulted," p. 321-322.
Chiefly a treatise on the design, construction and operation of refuse
destructors. Summarizes the practice in all parts of the world.
628.53 Smoke abatement
COAL SMOKE ABATEMENT SOCIETY.
Annual report, balance sheet and list of subscribers.
1899 r628.S3 C62
COMMITTEE FOR TESTING SMOKE PREVENTING
APPLIANCES.
Report, 1895 qr628.S3 C7.j
Gives the results of carefully organized tests of various methods of
hand and mechanical stoking, showing the value for both steam gen-
eration and smoke prevention.
LEIGH, John.
Coal-smoke; report to the health and nuisance committees
of the corporation of Manchester, Eng. 1883 r628.53 Ls6
MANCHESTER AND SALFORD NOXIOUS VAPOURS
ABATEMENT ASSOCIATION.
Air pollution lectures; ist-4th ser. no. 1-5, 7, 9-10, 12, 15,
20, in i. 1887-93 r628.53 M32
Contents: no.i. Noxious vapours which pollute the air, by J. C. Bell.
no.2. Pure air and how to obtain it, by A. Ransome. no.3. A piece
of coal and what becomes of it, by G. E. Davis. no.4. Why the air
of Manchester is so impure, by Charles Estcourt. no.$. Physical ef-
fects of air pollution, by C. G. K. Gillespie. no.7. The pollution of
air as affecting the architect and his work, by John Holden. no.g.
Air pollution as affecting plant life, by Robert Holland. no. 10. Some
common sources of air pollution, by William Thomson. no. 12. Flame
and smoke, by Thomas Fletcher. no. 1 5. The nuisance of smoke from
domestic fires and methods of abating it, by T. C. Horsfall. no. 20.
Some considerations of the effects of air pollution on health, by A. E.
Pownall.
No more published.
POPPLEWELL, William Charles.
Prevention of smoke combined with the economical com-
bustion of fuel. 1901 628.53 P8i
Contents: Fuels and combustion. Combustion in ordinary hand-fired
boilers. Stoking by mechanical means. Powdered fuel firing. Gase-
ous fuel. The testing of boilers, and smoke observations. Some
standard smoke tests. The legal aspect of the smoke question. The
means to be adopted for lessening the smoke in our atmosphere.
SEINE, DEPARTMENT DE LA Prefecture.
Concours pour la suppression des fumees produites par les
foyers de chaudieres a vapeur; rapport de la Com-
mission technique qr628.53 846
Account of an exceedingly thorough set of tests of various smoke-
consuming devices made in 1894-97. Typical specimens of the various
classes were given long working trials. Probably the most complete
investigation yet made (1901).
628.6 House sanitation. House drainage
BROWN, Glenn.
Healthy foundations for houses. 1885 628.6 B78h
Reprinted from the "Sanitary engineer."
978 HOUSE SANITATION. VENTILATION
Water-closets; a historical, mechanical and sanitary
treatise. 1884 628.6 B;8
Chiefly a republication of a series of articles in the "American archi-
tect and building news," 1883.
COLEMAN, Thomas Everit.
Sanitary house drainage; a handbook for architects, engi-
neers and builders. 1896 628.6 C68
Series of articles which appeared in "Building news."
"Gives the sanitary principles underlying the correct design of domestic
drainage systems."
CORFIELD, William Henry.
Dwelling houses; their sanitary construction and arrange-
ments. 1880 628.6 C8i
Reprinted from "Van Nostrand's magazine."
DOMESTIC house planner and sanitary architect; papers on
the principles of house planning and arrangement and
of sanitary construction, by practical writers. 1891. . . .628.6 071
GERHARD, William Paul.
House-drainage and sanitary plumbing. 1890 628.6 G3i
Concise statement of the rules to be followed and the means and devices
which should be used. Intended for both professional plumbers and
laymen.
MAGUIRE, William R.
Domestic sanitary drainage and plumbing. 1896 628.6 M25
Handbook for plumbers, dealing with all forms of work for dwellings.
Author is (1896) teacher of plumbing in the City and guilds of London
institute.
POORE, George Vivian.
The dwelling house. 1897 628.6 P8r
Author is a physician and considers his subjects from the sanitary and
hygienic point of view, suggesting improvements in drainage, ventila-
tion and the disposal of refuse.
TEALE, Thomas Pridgin.
Dangers to health, domestic sanitary defects. 1883 628.6 T26
The same. 1881 r628.6 T26d
Diagrams illustrating dangerous defects in domestic plumbing.
WARING, George Edwin.
How to drain a house; practical information for house-
holders. 1895 628.6 W22
"In the author's clear and practical style. He wastes no time in the
discussion of varieties of method, but dogmatically expresses his
opinion as to the best. That is what the ordinary householder wants,
and as this opinion is the outcome of intelligence and experience, he
is perfectly safe in adding it to his library of practical economics as
an untechnical, straightforward, useful book." Nation, 1896.
Sanitary drainage of houses and towns. 1876 628.6 W22S
628.8 Ventilation
BALDWIN, William James St. John.
Ventilation of the school room. 1901 .628.8 Big
Outlines in popular language present (:goi) knowledge of the subject.
BILLINGS, John Shaw.
Ventilation and heating. 1893 b628.8 648
Standard work, dealing chiefly with ventilation. Written from the
point of view of the physician, rather than that of the engineer.
LEEDS, Lewis W.
Treatise on ventilation; comprising seven lectures de-
MOTOR CARRIAGES 979
livered before the Franklin institute, Philadelphia. 1866-
68. 1882 r628.8 L53
629.1 Motor carriages
ALLEN, James T. comp.
Digest of United States automobile patents from 1789 to
1899, including all patents officially classed as traction-
engines, with lists of patents in the classes of portable-
engines, traction-wheels, electric locomotives and elec-
tric railway battery systems. 1900 qr62g.i A42
The same; supplement, July 1899 to Jan. 1902 qr629.i A42S
BEAUMONT, William Worby
Cantor lectures on mechanical road carriages. 1896 q629.i 635
Motor vehicles and motors; their design, construction and
working by steam, oil and electricity. 1900 q62g.i B35m
Full, reliable treatise, including a general view of the subject, with details
of nearly all modern motors.
BRAMWELL, Clarence C.
Construction of a gasolene motor vehicle; ed. by E. W.
Graef . 1901 629. i 669
First published in the "Motor vehicle review."
Useful to those desiring acquaintance with the mechanical details and
practical operation of gasoline automobiles, as well as to those wishing
to construct them. Contains dimensioned drawings.
FARMAN, Dick.
Auto-cars; cars, tramcars and small cars. 1896 629.1 F24
GRAFFIGNY, Henri de, (pseud, of Raoul Marquis).
Manuel du constructeur et du conducteur de cycles et
d'automobiles. 1897 629.1 Gj6
HISCOX, Gardner Dexter.
Horseless vehicles, automobiles, motor cycles operated by
steam, hydro-carbon, electric and pneumatic motors.
1900 629.1 H6l
Contains a chapter "How to build an electric cab," with detailed draw-
ings.
KNIGHT, John Henry.
Notes on motor carriages, with hints for purchasers and
users. 1896 629.1 K34
LAVERGNE, Gerard.
Manuel theorique et pratique de 1'automobile sur route,
vapeur, petrole, electricite. 1900 ^ r629.i L38
LAYRIZ, Otfried.
Mechanical traction in war for road transport, with notes
on automobiles generally; tr. by R. B. Marston. 1900. .(1629.1 L44
LOCKERT, Louis.
Petroleum motor-cars. 1898 629.1 L76
Illustrates and describes in full detail the best known types of petroleum
automobiles.
SENCIER, Gaston, & Delasalle, A.
Les automobiles electriques. 1901 q629.i 8474
Was awarded a medal by the Automobile club of France.
SENNETT, Alfred Richard.
"Carriages without horses shall go;" a paper on Horseless
gSo AGRICULTURE
road locomotion, [with other papers]. 1896 629.1 847
The same. 1896 r62g.i 847
TAYLER, Alexander James Wallis-.
Motor cars; or, Power-carriages for common roads.
1897 629.1 T24
WOODS, C. E.
Electric automobile; its construction, care and operation.
1900 629.1 W86
Not intended as an engineering treatise, but for those interested in the
purchase and use of automobiles. Technical language is avoided.
629.105 Periodicals
AUTOMOBILE magazine; monthly, Oct. iSog-date. v.i-
date. 1900-date r629.io5 A93
AUTOMOBILE review; a practical journal of automobile
engineering and transportation; monthly. v.4-date.
I90i-date qr629.iO5 A939
Le CHAUFFEUR; [bimonthly]. v.2-date. iSgS-date r629.ios 34
4th series of "Le technologiste."
HORSELESS age; monthly. v.i-date. i895-date qr629.ios H8i
630 Agriculture
ADAMS, Edward F.
Modern farmer in his business relations; a study of some
of the principles underlying the art of profitable farm-
ing and marketing, and of the interests of farmers as
affected by modern social and economic conditions and
forces. 1899 630 A2i
BAILEY, Liberty Hyde.
Horticulturist's rule-book. 1895. (Garden-craft series.). .r63O.8 Bi6
Compendium of useful information for fruit-growers, truck-gardeners,
florists and others. A condensed manual of all rules and receipts and
figures used by horticulturists; as insectiqides, fungicides, means of
combating all the important insects and fungi, planting-tables, dates
of planting, yields, estimates for heating greenhouses, greenhouse rules
of practice, tables of weights and measures, legal and customary stand-
ards, grafting waxes, methods of packing and storing fruits and veg-
etables, and thousands of other useful facts.
BAILEY, Liberty Hyde, ed.
Principles of agriculture; a text-book for schools and rural
societies. 1898. (Rural science series.) 630 Bi6
COBBETT, William.
Cottage economy, containing information relative to the
brewing of beer, making of bread, etc., with The poor
man's friend. 1848 r63O C6j
COOKE, Samuel.
Foundations of scientific agriculture. 1897 630 C78
CROZIER, William, & Henderson, Peter.
How the farm pays. 1884 630 C89
GREELEY, Horace.
What I know of farming. 1871 r63O G82
"Of all the books that have served as a foot-ball of fun for men who
AGRICULTURE 981
were utterly ignorant of its subject, none has been more bandied back
and forth than Mr. Greeley's bucolic effusions. . .It contains the un-
restrained expressions of a man of much ability, on a subject of which
he really knows a great deal, and to which he has always given his
best attention." Nation, 1871.
HEINZE, Robert.
Anleitung zur chemischen untersuchung und rationellen
beurtheilung der landwirthschaftlich wichtigsten stoffe.
1883. (Hartleben's chemisch-technische bibliothek.) . . .1630 tLj.2
JOHNSTON, James Finlay Weir.
Lectures on the applications of chemistry and geology to ag-
riculture. 1850 r630 J36
KING, Franklin Hiram.
Text book of the physics of agriculture. 1901 630 Ks6
Contents: Introduction. Physics of the soil. Ground water, wells and
farm drainage. Principles of rural architecture. Farm mechanics.
Principles of weather forecasting.
Professor King is an eminent authority on matters pertaining to the soil.
This book is designed for the student of agriculture and the progress-
ive farmer.
KIRBY, Mary, & Elizabeth.
Aunt Martha's corner cupboard; or, Stories about tea,
coffee, sugar, rice, etc. 1898 J63O K28
NORTON, John Pitkin.
Elements of scientific agriculture. 1855 r63O N46
PENNSYLVANIA AGRICULTURAL SOCIETY.
Hints for American husbandmen. 1827 r630 P$9
ROBERTS, Job.
Pennsylvania farmer; a selection from the most approved
treatises on husbandry, interspersed with observations
and experiments. 1804 r63O RS3
STORER, Francis Humphreys.
Agriculture in some of its relations with chemistry. 2v.
1894 630 S88
BEECHER, Henry Ward.
Plain and pleasant talk about fruits, flowers and farming.
1859 r630.4 637
[COLLECTION of reports and addresses on agriculture.]
[1830-51.] r630.4 C69
MITCHELL, Donald Grant.
My farm of Edgewood. 1891 630.4 M74
The same. 1863 r63O.4 M74
Delightful in its literary quality, and interesting in its account of the
alteration and improvement of a small place in Connecticut.
630.5 Periodicals
AMERICAN agriculturist, 1842-44, 1858-76, 1878-88, 1891-92,
i897-date. v.i-3, I7~35, 37~47, 50-51, 6o-date. 1843-
date qr630.5 AST
v.i-53 monthly; v.54~date weekly.
AMERICAN horticultural annual, 1867 r63O.5 Asi2
CULTIVATOR; monthly, Mar. i834-Feb. 1838. v.i-4, in r.
1837-38 qr630.5 Cgi
EXPERIMENT station record; monthly, Sept.
982 AGRICULTURE
v.i-date. i889-date. (United States Experiment sta-
tions office.) r630.5 98
v.i, no. 2 wanting.
v.i bimonthly.
"A periodical containing a condensed record of the contents of the
bulletins and reports issued by the agricultural experiment stations of
the United States, and also a brief review of agricultural science of
the world."
A card subject index to the publications of the various experiment sta-
tions, issued by the Office of experiment stations and containing brief
abstracts of the articles indexed, will be found at the reference desk.
GARDENERS' chronicle; weekly, v.i, pt.2-v.2i. 1841-61 . .qr63O.5 Gi7
Title-page of v.4~2i reads "Gardeners' chronicle and agricultural gazette."
MONTHLY journal of agriculture; ed. by J. S. Skinner, July
i845-June 1847. v.i-2. 1846-47 r630.5 M86
Binder's title and title-page of v.2 read "Journal of agriculture.'
YANKEE farmer and news letter, devoted to agriculture,
horticulture and the useful arts; ed. by S. W. Cole;
weekly, v.4-6, in I. 1838-40 qr630.5 Yi4
v.s-6 title reads "Yankee farmer and New England cultivator."
630.6 Societies. Government publications
CONNECTICUT Agriculture, .Board of.
Annual report (34th) of the secretary, 1900. 1901 r63O.6 C75
KANSAS Agriculture, State board of.
Biennial report (3d), for the years 1881-82. 1883 r630.6 Ki2
MAINE STATE COLLEGE Agricultural experiment station.
Annual report, 1892. 1893 r63O.6 M26
MASSACHUSETTS Agricultural experiment station, Am-
herst.
Annual report (uth-i2th) of the board of control, 1893-
1894. 1894-95 r630.6 M45
In 1895 the Hatch experiment station and the Massachusetts agricultural
experiment station were consolidated under the title Hatch experiment
station of the Massachusetts agricultural college.
OHIO Agriculture, State board of.
Annual report (i7th-i8th), for the year 1862-63, with an
abstract of the proceedings of the county agricultural
societies. 1863-64 r630.6 Oi8
Contains also Reports (loth-nth), 1863-64, of the Ohio pomological
society.
AGRICULTURE of Pennsylvania; containing reports of the
State board of agriculture, the State agricultural society,
the State dairymen's association, the State horticultural
association, and the State college, for 1878-1894. 1879-
94 r630.6 ?399
For earlier reports see Pennsylvania Agriculture, State board of; also
Pennsylvania state agricultural society.
For later reports see Pennsylvania Agriculture, Department of. Annual
report.
PENNSYLVANIA Agriculture, Department of.
Annual report (ist-date), i895-date. i896-date r630.6 P399a
For earlier reports see Agriculture of Pennsylvania.
pt.2 of 1895 and 1897 is the report of the Division of forestry.
pt.2 of 1898 was never published.
Bulletin. no.6, 8-10, 16-17, 20-22, 26-35, 37, 39-date.
i896-date
no. 78, 1 08, no wanting.
AGRICULTURE 983
110.27-30 will be found in qr63O.6 P39pa for 1897; no.7O in qr63o.6
for 1900.
For contents see contents book, p. 364; kept at the reference desk.
PENNSYLVANIA Agriculture, State board of.
Annual report (ist-i8th), for the year 1877-1894. (In
Agriculture of Pennsylvania, 1878-1894.) r63O.6 P399
ist report is bound separately.
For earlier reports see Pennsylvania state agricultural society.
For later reports see Pennsylvania Agriculture, Department of. Annual
report.
PENNSYLVANIA STATE AGRICULTURAL SOCIETY.
Annual report of the transactions (ist-uth), 1853-1876.
1854-76 r630.6 P39
6th report includes the reports for 1861-63; 7th, for 1864-70; 8th, for
1871-72; gth, for 1872-73.
The same, 1878-1894. (In Agriculture of Pennsylvania,
1878-1894.) r630.6 P399
PHILADELPHIA SOCIETY FOR PROMOTING AGRI-
CULTURE.
Memoirs, containing communications on various subjects
in husbandry and rural affairs, v.2, 4. 1814-18 r63O.6 P49
UNITED STATES Agriculture, Department of.
Annual report of the secretary [commissioner until 1889],
for the year ending June 30, i862-date. i863-date r63O.6 U25
Index for years 1837 to 1893 inclusive. 1896.
For author index to these reports see roi6.63 U2$.
From 1841-1861 the report was published by the commissioner of patents
and forms a part of his annual reports, r6o8-73 U25a.
The reports for 1895, 1897, 1898, 1899 will be found in the sheep bound
set of congressional documents, numbered respectively, 3390, 3651,
3768, 3929.
From i894-date this report is published in two parts; the first part being
the administrative report, and the second part, called the "Yearbook,"
containing scientific papers for the information of farmers. The
"Yearbook" is catalogued separately, r63o.6 U25a.
No report was issued in 1846.
Farmers' bulletin, June i88o-date. no.i-date. [v.i-date.]
i88o-date r63O.6 U2534
For a list of Farmers' bulletins, no. 1-132, see Bulletin no. 6 of the Pub-
lications division of the Department of agriculture, p.26-33, roi6.63
H2 3 .
Report, no. 32, 42, 57-date. i884-date r63O.6 U25rep
For contents see contents book, v.2, p. 2 24; kept at the reference desk.
no.32 will be found in r633.2i 22; no.42 in roi6.6a U2s; no.S7 in
r632 U253C.
"Since its establishment in 1862 the Department of Agriculture has
issued various publications of a miscellaneous character not properly
belonging to any of its established series, which have up to the
present time [1899] remained practically unclassified. It is now
proposed to bring all these miscellaneous publications together in a
series, to assign numbers to those which have heretofore been referred
to as 'unnumbered reports,' and to continue the series as Reports of
the U. S. Department of agriculture." Report no. 59.
Report of the statistician; new series. no.5O-date. [v.6-
date.] i88o-date r63O.6 U25r
no. 65, 74, 80, 101-102, 104, 109, 111-133, '36, I39-IS4 wanting.
Yearbook, i894~date. iSgs-date r63O.6 U25a
-Index, 1894-1900.
Previous to 1894 the information contained in the "Yearbook" will be
found in the annual report of the department. From i894-date the
report is published in two parts; the first part being the administrative
report, the second part, called the "Yearbook," containing a general
account of the operations of the department during the year, scien-
tific papers for the information of farmers, and statistical tables and
information useful for reference.
984 HISTORY OF AGRICULTURE
UNITED STATES Chemistry bureau.
Bulletin, no. 13-15, 17-37, 39-date. i887~date r63O.6 U2533
For contents see contents book, v.2, p. 246-249; kept at the reference
desk.
UNITED STATES Experiment stations office.
Bulletin, no.i-date. [v.i-date.] iSSp-date qr63O.6 U2534b
For partial contents see contents book, p. 173; kept at the reference desk.
Contains many articles on the chemistry and nutritive value of foods,
no. 119-120, 124, 127 wanting.
UNITED STATES Hawaii agricultural experiment station.
Bulletin, no.i, 3. 1901-04 r63O.6 U2535
no. i. Chickens and their diseases in Hawaii, by T. F. Sedgwick.
no.3- Insecticides for use in Hawaii, by D. L. Van Dyne.
UNITED STATES Plant industry bureau.
Bulletin, no.i-date. iooi-date qr63O.6 U2532
For contents see contents book, p. 301; kept at the reference desk.
The Bureau of plant industry, which was organized July i, 1901, includes
Vegetable pathological and physiological investigations, Botanical inves-
tigations and experiments, Grass and forage plant investigations,
Fomological investigations, and Gardens and grounds, all of which were
formerly separate divisions, and also Seed and plant introduction, the
Arlington experimental farm. Tea investigations and experiments,
and the Congressional seed distribution. Beginning with the date of
organization of the bureau, the independent series of bulletins of each
division was discontinued, and all are now published as one series of
the bureau.
UNITED STATES Statistics division. (Department of
agriculture.)
Bulletin, no.i-date. i8ox)-date r63O.6 U25re
For contents see contents book, v.2, p.26o; kept at the reference desk,
no. i 8 title reads "Report."
no. 4, 18 wanting.
MICHIGAN STATE AGRICULTURAL COLLEGE Ex-
periment station.
Bulletin, no. 151-188. 1898-1901 r63O-7 M66
no. 163, 176, 178, 181-185 wanting.
630.9 History of agriculture
PELL, Albert.
Making of the land in England. 1899 630.942 P27
How it was made fit for cultivation, and the cost of improvement.
WALLACE, Robert, b. 1853.
Farming industries of Cape Colony. 1896 ^30.968 Wi7
UNITED STATES Agriculture, Department of.
Album of agricultural statistics of the United States.
1889 qr630.973 U25
Consists of 1 6 maps of the United States, each presenting a separate
topic, as: Percentage of unoccupied and of farm land, Acreage in
corn, Acreage in wheat, etc.
CONNECTICUT Agriculture, Board of.
Handbook of Connecticut agriculture; prepared by T. S.
Gold. 1901 r630.974 C75
BURKETT, Charles William.
History of Ohio agriculture; a treatise on the development
of the various lines and phases of farm life in Ohio.
1900 630.977 691
WALLACE, Robert, b. 1853.
Rural economy and agriculture of Australia and New
SOIL 985
Zealand. 1891 630.994 Wi7
Mr Wallace gives an account of his travels through the colonies, but by
far the greater part of the book is devoted to the state of agriculture,
cattle and sheep raising.
631 Soil
BOSWELL, George.
Treatise on watering meadows. 1779 r635.2 Ai4
Bound with Abercrombie's "Garden mushroom."
KING, Franklin Hiram.
The soil; its nature, relations and fundamental principles
of management. 1895. (Rural science series.) 631 Ka6
ROBERTS, Isaac Phillips.
Fertility of the land. 1897. (Rural science series.) 631 R53
Sketches the factors on which the fertility of the soil depends, and the
relationship of farm-practice to its maintenance and increase.
By the director of the College of agriculture of Cornell university (1897).
UNITED STATES Soils bureau.
Bulletin, no.i-date. [v.i-date.] i895~date r63i U25
SNYDER, Harry.
Chemistry of soils and fertilizers. 1899 631.2 $67
Condensed account of the methods of conserving the fertility of the
soil, and of the economic use of manures.
631.5 Fertilizers
CHYNOWETH, James Bennett, & Bruckner, W. H.
American manures, and farmers' and planters' guide. 1871 . .631.5 47
[COLLECTION of pamphlets on fertilizers.] [1891-1901.] . .r63i.5 C6g
PASSON, Max.
Das Thomasmehl; seine chemie und geschichte. 1901 . . . .r63i.5 P28
VOORHEES, Edward Burnett.
Fertilizers. 1898. (Rural science series.) 631.5 V37
631.7 Drainage
WARING, George Edwin.
Draining for profit and draining for health. 1896 631.7 W22
Stands for utmost thoroughness; valuable chapter on sewerage.
631.8 Irrigation
BAROIS, J.
Irrigation in Egypt; tr. by A. M. Miller. 1889. (United-
States. 5oth cong. 2d sess. House. Mis. doc. no.
I34-) qr63i.8 625
Translation from the French, of a report by the secretary to the Ministry
of public works in Egypt.
BROOK, Harry Ellington.
Irrigation in southern California; issued for the use of the
delegates to the International irrigation congress, Oct.
10-15, 1893. 1893 634.231 F52
Bound with Fish's "Profits of orange culture in southern California."
BROWN, John Croumbie.
Water supply of South Africa and facilities for the storage
986 IRRIGATION
of it. 1877 1631.8 679
HINTON, Richard Josiah.
Irrigation in the United States; its extent and methods, with
digest of laws governing water supply. 1887. (United
States. 4Qth cong. 2d sess. Senate. Mis. doc. no. 15.) . . . .r2450
KING, Franklin Hiram.
Irrigation and drainage; principles and practice of their
cultural phases. 1899. (Rural science series.) 631.8 K26
POWELL, John Wesley.
Report on the lands of the arid region of the United States,
with a more detailed account of the lands of Utah, with
maps. 1879. (United States Geographical and geologi-
cal survey of the Rocky mountain region. Reports.) . .qr63i.8 PS-
UNITED STATES Geological survey.
Water-supply and irrigation papers, no.i-date. 1896-
date r63i.8 U2533
For contents see contents book, v.2, p.2$7; kept at the reference desk,
no. 1-45 are indexed in Bulletin 177 of the survey.
UNITED STATES Irrigation and reclamation of arid lands,
Select committee on.
Report of the special committee on the irrigation and rec-
lamation of arid lands. 6pts. in 2v. 1890. (sist cong.
ist sess. Senate. Report no.928.) r63i.8 U253
pt. i. Report and views of the minority.
pt.2. The Northwest.
pt-3. Great basin region and California.
pt.4- Rocky mountain region and the great plains.
pt.5. Statements of officers of the Geological survey. Consular reports.
General report of irrigation in the United States. Miscellaneous
papers.
pt.6. Irrigation in the United States, by R. J. Hinton.
UNITED STATES Irrigation inquiry office.
Report on irrigation. 4pts. in iv. 1892. (52d cong. ist sess.
Senate. Ex. doc. no.4i.) r63i.8 U2534
pt.i. Report on irrigation and the cultivation of the soil thereby, by
R. J. Hinton. pt.2. Artesian and underflow investigation; final report
of the chief engineer, E. S. Nettleton. pt-3- Final geological reports
of the artesian and underflow investigation between the Q7th meridian
and the foothills of the Rocky mountains, by Robert Hay. pt.4. Final
report on the mid-plains division of the artesian and underflow investi-
gation between the 97th meridian and the foothills of the Rocky
mountains, by J. W. Gregory, and a special report on certain artesian
conditions in South Dakota, by F. F. B. Coffin.
UNITED STATES Signal office.
Irrigation and water storage in the arid regions. 1891.
(Sist cong. 2d sess. House. Ex. doc. no.287.) qr63i.8 U2532
WILLCOCKS, William.
Egyptian irrigation. 1809 qr63i.8 W73
Author is the late director-general of reservoirs, in Egypt, and has been
connected with many of the most important features of the work
since 1883.
"A mine of valuable information to which all future engineers will turn."
Engineering, 1900.
631.9 Farm implements
DEERING HARVESTER CO.
Official retrospective exhibition of the development of har-
vesting machinery, for the Paris exposition of 1900.
PESTS. BLIGHTS. INSECTS 987
1900 r63i.9 037
Traces the development of mowing and reaping machinery, illustrating
and describing the various inventions for harvesting.
Contains a list of official decisions of United States court and Patent
office cases, and of publications on the subject.
RITCHIE, Robert.
Farm engineer; a treatise on barn machinery, particularly
on the application of steam and other motive powers to
the thrashing machine. 1849 qr63i.9 R49
STABLER, Edward.
Overlooked pages of reaper history. 1897 r63i.9 877
Reprint of three pamphlets on the manufacture of reaping machines.
SWIFT, Rodney Bartlett.
Who invented the reaper? 1897 r63i.9 897
Repeats McCormick's claims.
632 Pests. Blights. Insects
BRITISH COLUMBIA Horticulture, Provincial board of.
Insect pests and plant diseases; containing remedies and
suggestions recommended for adoption by farmers,
fruit-growers and gardeners of the province. 1897 qr632 675
COLORADO STATE AGRICULTURAL COLLEGE Ex-
periment station.
Colorado's worst insect pests and their remedies. 1898.
(Bulletin, no.47.) r632 U2$3c
Bound with other pamphlets.
HUBBARD, Henry Guernsey.
Insects affecting the orange. 1885. (United States
Entomology division. Special report.) ^57.3 U25b v.2
Bound with "United States Geological survey. Bulletin."
KANSAS UNIVERSITY Entomology, Department of.
Bulletin, 1892, 1897, 1899. 1892-99 r632 Ki2
Contents: The more destructive grasshoppers of Kansas. Common in-
jurious insects of Kansas, by V. L. Kellogg. The honey-bee and its
food-plants, with special reference to alfalfa, by S. J. Hunter. Alfalfa,
grasshoppers, bees; their relationship, by S. J. Hunter.
MICHIGAN STATE AGRICULTURAL COLLEGE Ex-
periment station.
Spraying calendar. 1899. (Special bulletin, no. 12.) qr632 M66
NATIONAL CONVENTION FOR THE SUPPRESSION
OF INSECT PESTS AND PLANT DISEASES BY
LEGISLATION, Washington, D. C. 1897.
Proceedings of the convention held Mar. 5-6, 1897; ed. by
B. T. Galloway. 1897. (United States Agriculture, De-
partment of.) r632 U2S3C
Bound with other pamphlets.
NEW YORK (state) Entomologist.
Report (4th-date) on injurious and other insects of the
state of New York, i887-date. i888-date. (In New
York (state) Museum. Annual report, i887-date.) . .qr5O7 N26
Reports (i4th-date) are issued as numbers of the Bulletin of the New
York state museum.
Reports (ist-i7th), 1881-1901, are indexed in Bulletin no. 66 of the
New York state museum, VS<>7 N26b.
988 PESTS. BLIGHTS. INSECTS
UNITED STATES Entomological commission.
Report (ist-sth), 1877-1890. 1878-00 r632 U25
v.i. Rocky mountain locust.
v.2. Rocky mountain locust. Western cricket.
v-3- Rocky mountain locust. The army worm, canker worms and the
Hessian fly. Scientific results.
v.4. Revised edition of Bulletin no.3 and the final report on the cotton
worm.
v.5. Revised edition of Bulletin no.7 on insects injurious to forest and
shade trees.
No more published.
"The Commission was attached to the United States Geological and
Geographical Survey of the Territories, Department of the Interior,
until March 3, 1881. The third report of the Commission inaugurates
its transfer to the Department of Agriculture."
UNITED STATES Entomology division.
Bulletin, [old series]. 33 nos. 1880-95 r632 U253
no.s, 8, 10-13, 15, 18, 21, 26, 30 wanting.
For contents see contents book, v.3, p-312; kept at the reference desk.
Bulletin, new series, no.i-date. [v.i-date.] iSgo-date. .r632 U253n
Bulletin no.36 is an "Index to Bulletins no.i-3o (new series), 1896-
1901."
For contents see contents book, v.3, p.3i6; kept at the reference desk.
Circulars. 2d ser. no.4-6, 8-n, 13, 16, 10-20, 22, 40. 1894-
1000 r632 U253C
Contents: The woolly aphis of the apple. The clover mite. The larger
corn stalk-borer. The rose-chafer. The harlequin cabbage bug, or
calico back. How to distinguish the different mosquitoes of North
America. Canker-worms. The imported elm leaf-beetle. The Mexi-
can cotton-boll weevil. The carpet beetle, or buffalo moth. The army
worm. Mosquitoes and fleas. The periodical cicada in 1897.
WEST VIRGINIA UNIVERSITY Agricultural experiment
station.
Bulletin, no. 14-16, 21, 31-32, 35, 44, 67-68. 1891-1900 r632 U253C
Contents: The periodical cicada or seventeen-year locust in West Vir-
ginia. Catalogue of West Virginia scolytidae and their enemies. Cata-
logue of West Virginia forest and shade tree insects. Injurious in-
sects and plant diseases. Preliminary investigation of insect ravages;
yellow locust, by A. D. Hopkins. Raspberry gouty-gall beetle, by A.
D. Hopkins. Farm and garden insects, and experiments with remedies,
and Notes of the season, by A. D. Hopkins. Defects in wood caused
by insects. The Hessian fly in West Virginia and how to prevent
losses from its ravages, by A. D. Hopkins. Practical entomology, by
A. D. Hopkins and W. E. Rumsey.
Bound with other pamphlets.
UNITED STATES Vegetable physiology and pathology
division.
Bulletin. 29 nos. 1891-1901 r632.i U25
, no. 4 wanting.
For contents see contents book, v.2, p. 244; kept at the reference desk.
Beginning July i, 1901, the date of the organization of the Plant industry
bureau, the independent series of bulletins of the Vegetable physiology
and pathology division, the last number of which was 29, was discon-
tinued; it is now published, with the bulletins of the other divisions
included under the bureau, as one series of the bureau.
LODEMAN, E. G.
Spraying of plants. 1896. (Rural science series.) 632.5 L76
COMSTOCK, John Henry.
Report upon cotton insects. 1879. (United States Ento-
mology division.) r632.6 73
SANDERSON, Ezra Dwight.
Insects injurious to staple crops. 1902 632.6 S2I
Practical handbook for farmers. The insect pests are grouped. according
to the crops they attack, i. e. insects injurious to wheat, insects
GRAINS. GRASSES. FIBERS 989
injurious to cotton, etc. Enough of the life-history and habits of each
is given to make plain the reasons for the different remedies employed.
TREAT, Mrs Mary.
Injurious insects of the farm and garden, with a chapter on
beneficial insects. 1880 632.6 T7i
WEED, Clarence Moores.
On the parasites of the lesser apple leaf-roller, teras
minuta r632 U253C
From the Bulletin of the Illinois state laboratory of natural history, v.3.
Bound with other pamphlets.
633 Grains. Grasses. Fibers
CHURCH, Arthur Herbert.
Food-grains of India. 1886. (South Kensington museum
science handbooks.) 3633 C46
"Bibliographical notes," p.n.
ROCHELEAU, William Francis.
Great American industries; products of the soil. 1898 j633 Rs6
Contents : Cereals. Cotton.- Lumber. Sugar. Wheat.
UNITED STATES Botany division.
Bulletin, no. 3, 6, 8, 12-29. 1887-1901 qr633 U2533
no. 26 wanting.
For contents see contents book, v.2, p. 234; kept at the reference desk.
Beginning July i, 1901, the date of the organization of the Plant industry
bureau, the independent series of bulletins of the Botany division, the
last number of which was 29, was discontinued; it is now pub-
lished, with the bulletins of the other divisions included under the
bureau, as one series of the bureau.
633.1 Cereals
THALER, Richard.'
Die miillerei; ein handbuch des miihlenbetriebes. 1894.
(Hartleben's chemisch-technische bibliothek.) r633-i T33
Describes the grains used, methods of cleaning and preparing, the
grinding, separation of the products, construction and arrangements
of mills and various processes of milling. Numerous illustrations and
drawings of machinery.
SARGENT, Frederick Leroy.
Corn plants; their uses and ways of life. 1899 J633.I3 824
Gives in compact form and in readable style a clear account of the six
important grain plants of the world wheat, oats, rye, barley, rice and
maize. Explains what corn plants are, indicates their importance to
mankind, and narrates the myths and religious customs which have
grown up about them. Also describes how the plants are formed, and
how their growth and perfection are insured by their various organs.
Author shows how well they are adapted for ideal food products for
mankind, and gives the history, distribution and uses of each of the six
plants.
WILSON, Alexander Stephen.
Bushel of corn. 1883 ^33.13 W/6
Corn is here used to mean cereal grains in general, only wheat, barley
and oats, however, being considered.
Chapters on the "Weight of a bushel of corn," "Measure-weight above
and below average price," "Measure-weight and degrees of ripeness,"
"Classification of grain," "Percentage of kernel in respect of measure-
weight," "Moisture in grain," "Doctoring measure-weight," "Equiva-
lents of different qualities of oats," etc.
TODD, Sereno Edwards.
American wheat culturist. 1868 633.18 TS5
990 GRASSES. SUGAR. COFFEE
633.21 Grasses
UNITED STATES Agrostology division.
Bulletin. 25 nos. 1895-1901 r633.2i U25
Beginning July i, 1901, the date of the organization of the Plant industry
bureau, the independent series of bulletins of the Agrostology division,
the last number of which was 25, was discontinued; it is now pub-
lished, with the bulletins of the other divisions included under the
bureau, as one series of the bureau.
VASEY, George.
Agricultural grasses of the United States; also the Chemi-
cal composition of American grasses, by Clifford
Richardson. 1884. (United States Agriculture, De-
partment of. Report, no.32.) r633.2i V22
Illustrations of North American grasses. 2v. 1891-93. (In
United States Botany division. Bulletin, no. 12-13.) -qr633 U2533
v.i. Grasses of the Southwest.
v.2. Grasses of the Pacific slope.
633.4 Beet sugar. Maple sugar
[COLLECTION of pamphlets on sugar beets.] [1892-
1900] r6334i C6g
McMURTRIE, William.
Report on the culture of the sugar beet, and the manu-
facture of sugar therefrom in France and the United
States. 1880. (United States Agriculture, Department
of. Special reports.) r6334i M2I
MYRICK, Herbert.
American sugar industry. 1899 q633-4i M99
History of the growth of the beet sugar industry, more particularly, and a
discussion of the tariff question from the producer's standpoint.
RUSH, Benjamin.
Account of the sugar maple-tree of the United States, and
of the methods of obtaining sugar from it, in a letter to
Thomas Jefferson. 1792 ^33.43 R89
Read before the American philosophical society on the ipth of August
1791.
633-53 Coffee
DELDEN LAERNE, C. F. van.
Brazil and Java; report on coffee-culture in America, Asia
and Africa. 1885 633.53 I>39
HEWITT, Robert.
Coffee; its history, cultivation and uses. 1872 633.53 ^49
LOCK, Charles G. Warnford.
Coffee; its culture and commerce in all countries. 1888. . .633.53 L75
Bibliography, p.257-2s8.
ROMERO, Matias.
Coffee and india-rubber culture in Mexico; preceded by
geographical and statistical notes on Mexico. 1898. . . .633.53 R66
TOBACCO 99i
633.57 Tobacco
See also Tobacco, 178
CARVER, Jonathan.
Treatise on the culture of the tobacco plant. 1779 r635.2 Ai4
Bound with Abercrombie's "Garden mushroom."
GAVELLUS, Nicholas.
Storia distinta e curiosa del tabacco, concernente la sua
scoperta, la introduzione in Europa e la maniera di col-
tivarlo, conservarlo e prepararlo. 1758 ^33.57 624
JENIFER, Daniel.
Remarks at the opening of the convention of tobacco
planters of the United States, held in Washington, Dec.
15, 1840. 1840 r633.57 U2S
Bound with other pamphlets.
JENNINGS, James.
Practical treatise on the history, medical properties and
cultivation of tobacco. 1830 ^33.57 J26
KILLEBREW, Joseph Buckner.
Report of the culture and curing of tobacco in the United
States. 1884. (United States Census office.) qr633-S7 K25
KILLEBREW, Joseph Buckner, & Myrick, Herbert.
Tobacco leaf; its culture and care, marketing and manu-
facture; a practical handbook. 1807 633.57 K2S
"Books on tobacco culture," p.49S-496.
LOCK, Charles G. Warnford, ed.
Tobacco; growing, curing and manufacturing. 1886 r633-57 L75
Bibliography, p. 276-280.
TATHAM, William.
Historical and practical essay on the culture and commerce
of tobacco. 1800 r633-S7 T23
UNITED STATES State department.
Report of the secretary of state transmitting correspon-
dence relative to the tobacco trade between the United
States and foreign countries, Apr. 14, 1840. 1840. (26th
cong. ist sess. House. Ex. doc. no. 229.) ^33.57 U25
633-7 Textiles. Cotton. Hemp
For Textile fabrics, see 677
UNITED STATES Fiber investigations office.
Report, no. i, 4-11. 1890-98 r6337 U25
These reports are by C. R. Dodge.
no. i. Report on flax, hemp, ramie and jute, with considerations upon
flax and hemp culture in Europe. This is the same as the first report
of the Division of statistics, and will be found in r63O.6 Uasre.
no.4. Flax culture for fiber in the United States, including reports on
flax culture in Ireland, in Belgium and in Austria, with statements
relative to the industry in Russia.
no.5. Leaf fibers in the United States.
no.6. Uncultivated bast fibers of the United States,
no. 7. The cultivation of ramie in the United States.
no. 8. The culture of hemp and jute in the United States.
no. 9. Descriptive catalogue of useful fiber plants of the world,
no. 10. Flax culture for seed and fiber in Europe and America.
63
992 FRUITS. ORCHARDS. VINEYARDS
no. 1 1. Culture of hemp in Europe.
Fiber investigations were begun in the Division of statistics in Nov.
1889. The Office of fiber investigations was established in 1890 and
discontinued June 30, 1898. 1 1 reports only were published.
BROOKS, Christopher Parkinson.
Cotton; its uses, varieties, fibre structure, cultivation and
preparation for the market and as an article of com-
merce, also the manufacture of cotton seed oil. 1898. .633.71 677
MONIE, Hugh.
Cotton fibre; its structure, etc.; a treatise descriptive of the
different varieties of cotton and the distinctive. features
in the structure of their filaments. 1890 633.71 M82
UNITED STATES Agriculture and forestry committee.
Report on the condition of cotton growers in the United
States, the present prices of cotton and the remedy,
and on cotton consumption and production. Feb 23,
1895. 2v. in r. 1895. (53d cong. 3d sess. Senate.
Report no.8g6.) r6337i U25
WILKINSON, Frederick.
Story of the cotton plant. 1899. (Library of useful
stories.) 633.71 W72
Concise, readable description of the cotton-plant, its cultivation, handling
at the plantation, and spinning.
BOYCE, Sidney Smith.
Hemp (cannabis sativa) ; a practical treatise on the culture
of hemp for seed and fiber, with a sketch of the history
and nature of the hemp plant. 1900 633.73 B66
634 Fruits. Orchards. Vineyards
BAILEY, Liberty Hyde.
Principles of fruit-growing. 1897. (Rural science series.). .634 Bi6
"American books on fruit-growing," p.48s-494.
Pruning-book; a monograph of the pruning and training
of plants as applied to American conditions. 1898.
(Garden-craft series.) 634 Bi6p
Sketch of the evolution of our native fruits. 1898 634 Bi6s
Contents: The rise of the American grape. The strange history of the
mulberries. The evolution of American plums and cherries. The
native apples. The origin of American raspberry-growing. Evolu-
tion of blackberry and dewberry culture. Various types of berry-like
fruits. Various types of tree fruits. General remarks on the im-
provement of our native fruits.
[COLLECTION of pamphlets on orchards and fruits.] [1889-
1901.] r634 C69
DOWNING, Andrew Jackson.
Fruits and fruit-trees of America. 1893 634 D77
Directions concerning their culture, propagation and management, with a
list of the best varieties, down to 1883.
MICHIGAN STATE POMOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
Annual report (8th) of the secretary, 1878. 1879 r634 M66
ONTARIO, FRUIT GROWERS' ASSOCIATION.
Annual report (22d), 1890. 1891 qr634 025
FRUITS. ORCHARDS. VINEYARDS 993
PENNSYLVANIA STATE HORTICULTURAL ASSOCI-
ATION.
Annual report, Jan. 1872-1876, 1878-1894. (In Agriculture
of Pennsylvania, 1878-1894.) r630.6 ?399
Reports for 1872-1876 are in Report of Pennsylvania state agricultural
society, v.8-n, r63O.6 Pap.
Previous to 1882 the association bore the name Pennsylvania fruit
growers' society.
For later reports see Pennsylvania Agriculture, Department of. An-
nual report.
ROE, Edward Payson.
Home acre. 1898 ". 634 R59h
Contents: Tree-planting. Fruit-trees and grass. The garden. The
vineyard and orchard. The raspberry. The currant. Strawberries.
The kitchen-garden.
THOMAS, John J.
American fruit culturist. 1897 r634 T37
The same; enlarged by W. H. S. Wood. 1903 634 T37
Practical handbook for fruit-growers, describing in detail the different
varieties of fruit raised in this country.
UNITED STATES Pomology division.
Bulletin, no.2, 5-10. 1888-1901 r634 U25b
For contents see contents book, v.2, [1.240; kept at the reference desk.
Beginning July i, 1901, the date of the organization of the Plant indus-
try bureau, the independent series of bulletins of the Pomology di-
vision, the last number of which was 10, was discontinued; it is now
published, with the bulletins of the other divisions included under
the bureau, as one series of the bureau.
WICKSON, Edward James.
California fruits and how to grow them. 1900 634 W67
FISH, A. C.
Profits of orange culture in southern California. 1890. . .634.231 F52
CARD, Fred Wallace.
Bush-fruits; a horticultural monograph of raspberries,
blackberries, dewberries, currants, gooseberries and
other shrub-like fruits. 1808. (Rural science series.) . .634.3 CIQ
"American books on bush-fruits," p.5i3-5i5.
"Purpose is to present both the practical and technical phases of all the
important questions concerned in the cultivation and domestication
of the fruits under discussion." Preface.
FULLER, Andrew S.
Small fruit culturist. 1900 634.3 FgS
ROE, Edward Payson.
Success with small fruits. 1881 634.3 R59
Pleasant, readable account of the best practices of growing and selling
the berry fruits, as strawberries, raspberries, currants, gooseberries, etc.
BAILEY, Liberty Hyde.
American grape training. 1893 634.4 Bi6
SAPORTA, Antoine, comte de.
Physique et chimie viticoles. 1899 r6344 $24
Theoretical and practical treatise on scientific vine-culture and wine-
making.
UNITED STATES Pomology division.
Nut culture in the United States, embracing native and
introduced species. 1896 qr634_5 U25
FERGUSON, John, comp.
All about rubber and gutta-percha; the indiarubber planter's
manual, with the latest statistics and information, more
994 FORESTRY
particularly in regard to cultivation and scientific ex-
periments in Trinidad and Ceylon. 1899 634.6 F38
634.9 Forestry
BRISBIN, James S.
Trees and tree-planting. 1888 634.9 675
Object is to awaken interest in forest preservation. Tells what trees
are adapted to certain soils and climates, gives practical directions for
forest cultivation.
BROWN, James.
The forester; or, A practical treatise on the planting, rear-
ing and general management of forest-trees. 1882. . . qr634_9 678
BROWN, John Croumbie.
Management of crown forests at the Cape of Good Hope
under the old regime and under the new. 1887 634.9 79
BRUNCKEN, Ernest.
North American forests and forestry; their relations to
the national life of the American people. 1900 634.9 683
Comprehensive treatment of the subject. Discusses the distribution of
forests, forest industries, the crime of forest destruction, forest fi-
nance and management, and forest fires, closing with a valuable chap-
ter on forestry as a profession.
ELIOT, Charles.
Vegetation and scenery in the metropolitan reservations
of Boston; a forestry report. 1898 634.9 47
Gives an account of the origin of the commoner types of woodland
scenery, with some suggestions on the methods of changing and con-
trolling the vegetation so as to preserve and increase the beauty of
the landscape. Though describing local conditions, it sets forth gener-
al-principles which may be applied anywhere. Maps and photographs
of present conditions of tree-growths in the reservations.
GANNETT, Henry, and others.
Forest reserves, 1898-1900. 1899-1900. (In United States
Geological survey. Annual report, pt.5 of v. 10-21.) . . qr557_3 U25a
Each report is in 2 volumes: v.i, Text; v.2, Atlas.
GIFFORD, John Clayton.
Practical forestry; for beginners in forestry, agricultural
students, woodland owners and others. 1902 634.9 G37
Contents: Meaning of forest and forestry, and other introductory notes.
Wood-lots on farms, forest estates, and the relation of silviculture
to the kindred arts of agriculture, horticulture and landscape garden-
ing. The forest canopy, forest floor and wood-mass. The forest as
an agent in modifying the surface of the earth and in checking the
destructive forces of nature. The geographical distribution of forests.
The formation and tending of forests. Forest industries and prod-
ucts. Forest trees and products of the tropics. The principal fed-
eral and state reservations, A list of fifty American forest trees,
twenty-five conifers and twenty-five hardwoods.
HOUGH, Franklin Benjamin.
Elements of forestry. 1882 634.9 H8s
"Author has endeavored to present, in a concise form, a general outline
of the subject... in its most ample relations, without attempting to
be exhaustive in anything." Preface.
Author was formerly chief of the Forestry division, Department of
agriculture.
Report upon forestry. 4v. 1878-84. (United States
Agriculture, Department of. Special reports.) ^34.9 H83
v.4 is by N. H. Egleston
FORESTRY 995
MINNESOTA Chief fire warden.
Forest preservation; annual report (ist-5th), 1895-99.
1896-1900 r634-9 M72
NEW JERSEY Geological survey. -(3d survey.)
Report on forests. 1900 ^34.9 N26
Forms part of the Annual report of the state geologist for 1899.
Contains a description of the forest areas, and condition of the timber,
papers on "Forests and water supply" and "Forests and climate," and
a report on the condition and prospects of forests and forestry in the
coast areas.
NEW YORK (state) Forest commission.
Annual report, 1894. l &95 r634-9 N26i2
April 25, 1895, this commission was consolidated with the Fish and game
commission and became Fisheries, game and forest commission, which
name was changed in March 1901 to Forest, fish and game commission.
NISBET, John.
Our forests and woodlands. 1900. (Haddon hall li-
brary.) 634.9 N36
PENNSYLVANIA Forestry department.
Propagation of forest trees having commercial value and
adapted to Pennsylvania, by G. H. Wirt. 1902 r634_9 P399
PENNSYLVANIA. Statutes.
Pennsylvania laws relating to the Department of forestry,
forestry reservations, timber lands, roadside trees, etc.,
1901. 1901 r634_9 P39
Published by the Department of forestry.
PINCHOT, Gifford, & Graves, H. S.
White pine; a study, with tables of volume and yield.
1896 634.9 P6i
ROUSSET, Antonin.
The forest waters the farm; or, The value of woodlands
as reservoirs. 1886 634.9 R77
Second title-page reads "Studies of Master Peter about agriculture and
forests."
SCHWARZ, G. Frederick.
Forest trees and forest scenery. 1901 634.9 $41
Popular study of the ordinary types of American forest-trees, pointing
out the elements of their beauty. The influence of undergrowth, of
climbing plants, the manner of attachment of leaves, etc. are con-
sidered in relation to the aesthetic effect produced. Contains chapter
on European forests. Fine illustrations.
UNITED STATES Agriculture, Department of.
Report upon the forestry investigations of the department,
1877-1898, by B. E. Fernow. 1899. (55th cong. 3d sess.
House. Doc. no.iSi.) qr634-9 112532
Appendix: Memorial of a committee of the American association for the
advancement of science, in behalf of forest preservation, leading to the
establishment of the Division of forestry. List of publications relat-
ing to forestry, issued from the Department of agriculture since 1877.
Forests and forestry in the United States. Forest policies of
European nations. Forest conditions and methods of forest manage-
ment in Germany, with a brief account of forest management in Brit-
ish India. Principles of silviculture. Principles of forest economy.
Forest influences. The work in timber physics in the Division of
forestry, by Filibert Roth. Metal ties for railways, and economies
in the use of wooden ties, by E. E. R. Tratman.
UNITED STATES Foreign commerce bureau.
Forestry in Europe; reports from the consuls of the
United States. 1887 ^634.9 U253
996 VEGETABLE GARDENING
UNITED STATES Forestry bureau.
Bulletin, no.i-date. iSSj-date qr634-9 U25
no.n wanting; 110.23 n t yet issued (1902).
For contents see contents book, v.2, p. 251; kept at the reference desk.
634-905 Periodicals
AMERICAN journal of forestry; monthly; ed. by F. B. Hough.
v.i. 1882-83 r634.oos ASI
No more published.
FORESTER; monthly. v.4-date. i898-date ^634.905 F;6
635 Vegetable gardening
BAILEY, Liberty Hyde.
Forcing-book; a manual of the cultivation of vegetables
in glass houses. 1897. (Garden-craft series.) 635 Bi6f
Principles of vegetable-gardening. 1901. (Rural science
series.) 635 B i6p
Bibliography, p. 242-2 70.
FISKE, George Burnap, comp.
Prize gardening; how to derive profit, pleasure and health
from the garden; actual experience of the successful
prize winners in the American agriculturist garden con-
test. 1901 635 F$4
Object of the contest was to bring out reports of the most successful
gardening efforts of the year. The information, which relates al-
most exclusively to vegetables and fruit, is of a nature that is seldom
given to the public by successful growers and is, therefore, of special
interest and value to the novice.
HENDERSON, Peter.
Gardening for profit. 1894 635 H44
"Although written for market gardeners, this book is invaluable to any
one who wishes to grow good vegetables. Preparation of soil and
manures, cultivation in all phases, lists and descriptions of different
vegetables are given. This is the book of a practical man, one of
the best gardeners and horticultural writers we have had. It is
adapted to the use of everybody who desires a vegetable garden."
L. H. Bailey.
WATSON, Alexander.
American home garden; principles and rules for the cul-
ture of vegetables, fruits, flowers and shrubbery. 1859. .635 W3I
ABERCROMBIE, John.
Garden mushroom; its nature and cultivation. 1779 r635.2 Ai4
636 Domestic animals
JORDAN, Whitman Howard.
Feeding of animals. 1901. (Rural science series.) 636 J42
After a popular account of the chemical constituents of plants and ani-
mals, the processes of nutrition and digestion, and the functions of
food in the body, the author gives a description of different cattle
foods, and the most recent results of scientific investigation and farm
practice. There is also a useful chapter on the feeding of poultry.
The work is intended for the reader who has some scientific knowl-
edge.
DOMESTIC ANIMALS 997
MILLER, Olive Thorne.
Our home pets; how to keep them well and happy. 1894. . . .636 M6g
The same. 1894 }6$6 M6g
SHALER, Nathaniel Southgate.
Domesticated animals. 1895 636 852
Popular papers on ancestry, characteristics and value of domestic quad-
rupeds, birds and insects, with chapter on animals' rights and prob-
lem of domestication.
UNITED STATES Animal industry bureau.
Annual report (ist-date), for the year i884-date. 1885-
date r6a6 U2S
Reports for 1884-98 are indexed in "Index to literature relating to ani-
mal industry in the publications of the Department of agriculture," by
G. F. Thompson, roi6.63 Ta8.
Bulletin. no.4-date. i893~date r636 U25b
no.s, 9, 29 wanting.
For contents see contents book, v.2, p. 229; kept at the reference desk.
Bulletins no. 1-23 are indexed in "Index to literature relating to ani-
mal industry in the publications of the Department of agriculture," by
G. F. Thompson, ro 16.63 Ts8.
636.1 Horses
HAYES, Matthew Horace.
Points of the horse; a familiar treatise on equine conforma-
tion. 1897 q636.i H37
Stable management and exercise. 1900 636.1 H37s
JORROCKS, (pseud, of James Albert Garland).
Private stable; its establishment, management and appoint-
ments. 1899 636.1 J43
LUPTON, James Irvine.
The horse; as he was, as he is and*as he ought to be.
1881 636.1 L98
MARTIN, George A.
Family horse; its stabling, care and feeding. 1889 636.1 M42
UNITED STATES Agriculture, Department of.
Special report on the market for American horses in
foreign countries. 1898 r636.i U25
"Report on the American trade in horses, descriptions of the kinds of
horses needed in European countries, and suggestions to American
breeders as to breeding horses for foreign markets. Compiled princi-
pally from reports of the United States consular officers."
WALLACE, John H.
The horse of America, in his derivation, history and de-
velopment. 1897 636.1 Wi7
Devotes particular attention to the trotting horse.
WALSH, John Henry, (pseud. Stonehenge).
The horse, in the stable and the field. 1899 636.1 Wi8h
636.3 Sheep
RUSHWORTH, William Arthur.
Sheep; a historical and statistical description of sheep and
their products, with an appendix containing Sheep
breeders' directory. 1899 r636.3 R8g
UNITED STATES Animal industry bureau.
Special report on the history and present condition of the
998 DOMESTIC ANIMALS
sheep industry of the United States, by E. A. Carman,
H. A. Heath and John Minto. 1892 r636.3 U25
636.5 Poultry
BEALE, Stephen.
Profitable poultry keeping. 1891 636.5 634
DARROW, J. Wallace.
Low cost poultry houses ; plans and specifications for poultry
buildings costing from $25 to $100, with a chapter on poul-
try house conveniences. 1899 636.5 D26
FELCH, Isaac K.
Poultry culture; how to raise, manage, mate and judge
thoroughbred fowls. 1885 636.5 F.33
MYRICK, Herbert, ed.
Turkeys and how to grow them. 1897 636.5 M99
Gives careful directions for breeding, feeding, rearing and marketing.
SHERRATON, Denzil.
Everybody's guide to poultry-keeping. [1896.] 636.5 855
TEGETMEIER, William Bernhard.
Poultry book, comprising the breeding and management
of profitable and ornamental poultry. 1873 q636.5 T26
WATSON, George Catchpole.
Farm poultry; a popular sketch of domestic fowls, for the
farmer and amateur. 1901. (Rural science series.) .. .636.5 W3I
"Some important poultry publications," p-33 1-334.
WRIGHT, Lewis, ivriter on poultry.
Illustrated book of poultry. 1880 qr636-5 W93i
Practical book on breeding and management. All the leading varieties
are described in detail and schedules given for judging at poultry
exhibits.
Practical poultry keeper; a guide to the management of
poultry, whether for domestic use, markets, or exhibi-
tion. 1897 636.5 W93
Chiefly a description of breeds and varieties, and their origin, with only
short accounts of methods of management and feeding. Preface dated
1867.
636.7 Dogs
DALZIEL, Hugh.
Fox terrier, and all about it; revised and brought up to
date by J. Maxtee. 1900 636.7 Di7
HUNTINGTON, Harry Woodworth.
The show dog; the cardinal virtues and objectionable features
of all the breeds of dogs from the show ring standpoint,
with mode of treatment of the dog both in health and sick-
ness. 1901 636.7 H94
LANE, Charles Henry.
All about dogs. 1900 636.7 L23
The same ^636.7 L23
MAXTEE, J.
Popular dog-keeping. 1898 636.7 M52
Intended for those keeping but one or two dogs as pets. The dogs de-
DOMESTIC ANIMALS 999
scribed are those commonly known as "house" dogs. A large portion
of the book is devoted to education and training.
STABLES, William Gordon.
Our friend the dog. 1884 '. 636.7 877
Describes the characteristics and points of the various breeds, and treats
of their management in health and sickness.
WALLACE, Mrs, comp.
Memories of some Oxford pets, by their friends. 1900. . . .636.7 Wi/
WALSH, John Henry, (pseud. Stonehenge).
The dog in health and disease. 1887 636.7 Wi8
636.8 Cats
CHANCE, Mrs J. C.
Book of cats; being a discourse on cats, with many quota-
tions and original pencil drawings. 1898 636.8 C36
HUIDEKOPER, Rush Shippen.
The cat; a guide to the classification and varieties of cats,
and a treatise upon their care, diseases and treatment.
1895 636.8 Hgi
Bibliography, p.n.
REPPLIER, Agnes.
Fireside sphinx. 1901 636.8 R35
Contents: The cat of antiquity. The dark ages. Persecution. Renais-
sance. The cat of Albion. The cat in art. The cat triumphant.
Some cats of France. The cat to-day.
WINSLOW, Helen Maria.
Concerning cats; my own and some others. 1900 636.8 W79
There are chapters on the author's own pet cats as well as those of
noted people, historic cats, high-bred cats, in England and America,
the cats of poetry and art, cat hospitals and refuges, kittens and their
tricks, characteristics of cats, and an appendix on the diseases of cats
and their treatment. Numerous illustrations.
636.9 Other domestic animals
CRABTREE, Pleasant Elijah.
First Belgian hare course of instruction; twenty lessons,
with a history of the Belgian hare and actual ex-
periences of breeders. 1901 636.9 C85
Advice on all branches of Belgian hare raising, with instruction in ex-
hibiting and scoring.
HARTING, James Edmund.
The rabbit; with a chapter on cookery by A. I. Shand.
1808. (Fur and feather series.) 636.9 H32
Discussed as an object of sport. Describes its breeding, and all the
methods of capturing and killing it.
SCOTFORD, Frederick E.
Belgian hares and how to raise them. 1000 636.9 842
JACKSON, Sheldon.
Annual report ([ist]-date) on introduction of domestic
reindeer into Alaska, iSgo-date. i89i-date. (United
States Education bureau.) r636.9i Ji2
ist report is a preliminary report transmitted Nov. 12, 1890. ist and
4th reports will be found in the sheep bound set of congressional docu-
ments, no. 28 1 8 and 3280.
2d report is a special report of progress from 1890 to Jan. 1893.
iooo DAIRY. MILK
637 Dairy. Milk
BAUMEISTER, Ferdinand.
Milch und molkerei-producte. 1895. (Hartleben's chemisch-
technische bibliothek.) 1*637 ^32
Illustrates the practice in butter- and cheese-factories. Contains a
section on milk testing and analysis.
PENNSYLVANIA STATE DAIRYMEN'S ASSOCIATION.
Transactions, 1876, 1878-1894. (In Agriculture of Pennsyl-
vania, 1878-1894.) r630.6 P399
Report of transactions for 1876 in Pennsylvania state agricultural so-
ciety. Annual report of the transactions, v.n, r63o.6 PZQ.
For later reports see Pennsylvania Agriculture, Department of. An-
nual report.
RICHMOND, Henry Droop.
Dairy chemistry; a practical handbook for dairy chemists
and others having control of dairies. 1899 637 R42
"List of useful books," p-357-358.
SNYDER, Harry.
Chemistry of dairying. 1897 637 S67
Bibliography at the end of each chapter.
Outlines the subject in simple language. Intended to instruct farmers
and dairymen in the chemistry of milk and milk-products.
UNITED STATES Foreign commerce bureau.
Cattle and dairy farming; reports from consuls of the
United States, on cattle and dairy farming and the
markets for cattle, beef and dairy products in their
several districts. 1887. (49th cong. ist sess. House.
Ex. doc. no. 51.) r637 U25
WING, Henry Hiram.
Milk and its products. 1897. (Rural science series.) 637 W78
"References to agricultural experiment station reports and bulletins,"
p. 2 5 9-26 7.
Discusses especially the manufacture of butter and cheese. Author is
(1897) assistant professor of dairy husbandry in Cornell university.
AIRMAN, C. M.
Milk; its nature and composition. 1895 637.1 A29
FARRINGTON, Edward Holyoke, & Woll, F. W.
Testing milk and its products; a manual for dairy stu-
dents, creamery and cheese-factory operators and dairy
farmers. 1898 637.1 F25
The methods are those which do not require an expert knowledge of
analytical chemistry. The use of the Babcock tester is given especial
attention.
638 Bees. Silkworms
ROOT, A. I.
A B C of bee culture. 1890 q638 R68
The same; revised by E. R. Root. 1903 q638 R68a
SOUDER, David.
Rural economist's assistant in the management of bees,
principally taken from the German writings of J. L.
Christ. 1807 r630 ?39
Bound with other pamphlets.
HAZZI, J. von.
Treatise on the culture of silk in Germany and especially
in Bavaria; or, Complete instruction for the plantation
and the management of mulberry trees and the rearing
of silkworms. 1828. (United States. 20th cong. ist
sess. [House. Doc.] no. 175, pt.2.) r633-57 U25
Bound with other pamphlets.
HOMERGUE, John d'.
D'Homergue upon American silk; report of the committee
on agriculture, on the growth and manufacture of silk,
to which is annexed Essays on American silk, with di-
rections for raising silk worms, by John d'Homergue
and P. S. Duponceau, May 24, 1830. 1830. (United
States. 2ist cong. ist sess. House. Doc. no.26.) r630.4 C6g
Bound with other pamphlets.
ROBERTS, Edward P.
Manual containing directions for sowing, transplanting
and raising the mulberry tree, also directions for the
culture of silk. 1839 ^33.57 U25
Bound with other pamphlets.
639 Fisheries
LONDON, INTERNATIONAL FISHERIES EXHIBITION,
1883.
Fisheries exhibition literature. I4v. 1884 1-639
For contents see contents book, p. 170; kept at the reference desk,
v. 14 is an index volume.
PENNSYLVANIA Fisheries, State commissioners of.
Fish, fishing and fisheries of Pennsylvania; comp. by
W. E. Meehan. 1893 r639
Prepared for Pennsylvania's fish exhibit at the World's Columbian ex-
position, Chicago, 1893.
Report, 1873/74, i879/8o-date. i875-date r639 P39
The report for 1873/74 will be found in Executive documents, 1874,
T328.74 P3pe.
Report for 1883/84 wanting.
THOMPSON, Lindsay G.comp.
History of the fisheries of New South Wales, with a sketch
of the laws by which they have been regulated. 1893. . . .r639 T38
UNITED STATES Fish commission.
Bulletin, v.i-date. i88.2-date qr639U2Sb
v. 1-4 will be found in the sheep bound set of congressional documents,
no.i996, 2127, 2213, 2310.
Fisheries and fishery industries of the United States; pre-
pared by G. B. Goode and a staff of associates. 5v.in 7.
1884-87 qr639 U2S
v.i. Natural history of useful aquatic animals.
pt.i. Text. pt.2. Plates.
v.2. Geographical review of the fisheries industries and fishing com-
munities for 1880.
v.3. The fishing grounds of North America.
v-4. The fishermen of the United States.
v.s. History and methods of the fisheries.
pt.i-2. Text. pt.3. Plates.
1002 DOMESTIC ECONOMY
Report ([ist]-date) of the commissioner, i87i-date. 1873-
date
The title-page of the ist report reads "Report on the condition of the
sea fisheries of the south coast of New England in 1871 and 1872."
Report of the commissioner on investigations in the Co-
lumbia river basin in regard to the salmon fisheries.
1894. (53d cong. 2d sess. Senate. Mis. doc. no.
200.)
BUND, John William Willis.
Handy book of fishery management. 1899 639.1 B88
McINTOSH, William Carmichael.
Resources of the sea, as shown in the scientific experi-
ments to test the -effects of trawling and of the closure
of certain areas off the Scottish shores. 1899 639.1 Mi7
UNITED STATES Special agents division.
Report on the salmon fisheries of Alaska, 1896-1900. 1897-
1901 r639.i U25
Report for 1896 is by G. R. Tingle; for 1897-1900, by H. M. Kutchin.
Reports for 1899-1900 will be found in the sheep bound set of con-
gressional documents, no. 3852 and 4042.
UNITED STATES State department.
Fisheries; England, France, Netherlands; message from
the president transmitting information on the subject
of the regulations of England, France and the Nether-
lands respecting their fisheries. 1832. (22d cong. ist
sess. House. Doc. no.99.) r639.i U253
639.2 Fish-culture
MATHER, Fred.
Modern fishculture in fresh and salt water. 1900 639.2 M46
Contains a chapter on whitefish culture, by Herschel Whitaker, and
one on the pike-perch, by James Nevin.
ROOSEVELT, Robert Barnwell, & Green, Seth.
Fish hatching and fish catching. 1879 639.2 R68
TRAHERNE, John Popkin.
Habits of the salmon. 1889 639.2 T68
640 Domestic economy
BIDDER, Marion Greenwood, & Baddeley, Florence.
Domestic economy in theory and practice; a text-book for
teachers and students in training. 1901. (Cambridge
series for schools and training colleges.) 640 647
Gives excellent outlines of lessons on food and domestic economy, with
practical directions helpful to every young housekeeper, though many
suggestions apply only to the English conditions for which it is written.
BUCKTON, Mrs Catherine M.
Comfort and cleanliness; the servant and mistress
question. 1898 640 685
Short practical directions, including an outline of each servant's work
in a small household. Adapted to English city conditions.
CAMPBELL, Mrs Helen.
Easiest way in housekeeping and cooking. 1893 640 CiSe
Bibliography, p.288.
DOMESTIC ECONOMY 1003
Household economics. 1897 640 15
Bibliography at the end of each chapter.
Practical chapters on house-building, furnishing, household management,
food, cleaning, sanitation, service, modern life, etc.
DEWING, Mrs Maria R. (Oakey).
Beauty in the household. 1882 645 DSI
Discusses questions of taste and beauty in household furnishings and
offers many suggestions as to artistic effects.
HERRI CK, Mrs Christine (Terhune).
First aid to the young housekeeper. 1900 640 H47
HOLT, Mrs Elizabeth F.
From attic to cellar; or, Housekeeping made easy.
1892 640 H74
Handbook on convenient and sanitary house-furnishing, servants' duties
and rights, washing, sweeping, fuel, care of lamps, woolens, silver, etc.
HUNTINGTON, Emily.
Kitchen garden; or, Object lessons in household work.
1893 qj640 H94
Author originated the kitchen-garden, which applies kindergarten methods
to teaching little girls to sweep, dust, answer the door, lay the table,
and other simple household duties. Miss Huntington's classes have
been successfully conducted for years at the Wilson mission, Avenue
A and St. Mark's place, New York.
MURCHfi, Vincent T.
Teacher's manual of object lessons in domestic economy;
adapted to meet the requirements of the education de-
partment in the class subject of domestic economy.
2v. 1808 640 M97
ORMSBEE, Mrs Agnes (Bailey).
House comfortable. 1892 640 O28
PARLOA, Maria.
Home economics. 1808 640 P24
Contents: Some essentials of the home. The water-supply. Furnish-
ing. Daily routine of household work. The laundry. Care of
lighting appliances. Fuel and fires. Table service. Marketing.
The art of carving. Food. Woods and polished floors. Treatment
of wood finishes. Oils, their use and behavior. Stains.
POWER, Mrs Susan C. (Dunning), (pseud. Shirley Dare).
Anna Maria's housekeeping. 1884 640 P87
Appeared first in the "Wide awake," v. 15 19, 1882-1884.
Practical suggestions for easy and economical housekeeping.
RICHARDS, Mrs Ellen Henrietta (Swallow).
Cost of living as modified by sanitary science. 1809 640 R39
"It is with the intention of starting a discussion of certain questions by
the intelligent young people just about to begin life on fifteen hundred
to three thousand dollars a year that these pages have been written."
Author.
RICHARDS, Mrs Ellen Henrietta (Swallow), & Elliott, S. M.
Chemistry of cooking and cleaning; a manual for house-
keepers. 1897 640 R39c
"Books of reference," p. 153-154.
Gives for non-scientific readers practical information as to the chemical
composition of the different foods, how they are changed by cooking,
and the proportion of the different elements needed in diet, also tells
what dust, grease and all sorts of spots and stains really are and what
will most effectually remove them.
SEAMAN, Hervey J.
Expert cleaner; a handbook of practical information for
all who like clean homes, tidy apparel, wholesome food
1004 COOKERY
and healthful surroundings. 1899 r64O 843
The same. 1899 640 843
STACPOOLE, Florence.
Handbook of housekeeping for small incomes. [1898.] 640 877
WILSON, Mrs Lucy Langdon (Williams), ed.
Domestic science in grammar grades; a reader. 1900. . . .640 W76d
Handbook of domestic science and household arts, for use
in elementary schools; a manual for teachers. 1900. . . .640 W76
Contents: Haggenbotham, May. The house beautiful. Marlatt, A. L.
The kitchen. Starchy foods and how to cook them. Wilson, Mrs
L. L. W. Foods. Advanced course. Principles of cooking. Beckler,
A. H. Fish, oysters and salads. Wilson, Mrs L. L. W. The dining
room. Norton, Mrs A. P. Bread, pastry and cake. Hunt, C. L. The
bedroom. Vail, M. B. The laundry. Elliott, S. M. Household pests.
Wilson, Mrs. L. L. W. House cleaning. McDougall, J. K. Mend-
ing and sewing. McNear, M. I. How to turn an ordinary school-
room into a workshop for the study of household arts.
Most of the chapters contain bibliographies.
"The course of study outlined in the following pages has already been
subjected to the test of practical application in the schoolroom, with
excellent results. I believe that it may be pursued with profit,
both to the teacher and to the pupil, in any or all of the grammar
grades, and in any school however poorly equipped." Introduction.
YOUMANS, Edward Livingston.
Hand-book of household science; a popular account of
heat, light, air, aliment and cleansing. 1898 640 Y35
640.5 Periodicals
AMERICAN kitchen magazine; a domestic science monthly.
v.S-date. i897-date r640.S ASI
April ipo3-date title reads "Home science magazine."
GOOD housekeeping; a monthly journal, May i88s-Dec.
1892, i896-date. v.i-15, 22-date. i88s-date qr64O.5 G62
HOME science magazine. See American kitchen magazine.
641 Cookery
ABEL, Mrs Mary Hinman.
Practical sanitary and economic cooking, adapted to per-
sons of moderate and small means. 1890 641 Ai4
Prize essay of the American public health association.
States clearly food values and proper methods of preparation; gives
receipts, bills of fare and prices.
BENTON, Mrs J. Rosalie.
How to cook well. 1886 r64i 644
Collection of tested receipts, with careful directions about mixing and '
cooking.
BERSCH, Wilhelm.
Die brotbereitung; nebst einem anhange, Die einrichtung
von brotfabriken und kleineren backereien. 1895. (Hart-
leben's chemisch-technische bibliothek.) r64i 6461
BOLAND, Mary A. aftenvard Mrs Pequignot.
Handbook of invalid cooking. 1893 641 659
BROWNE, Phyllis, (pseud, of Arthur Gay Payne).
Dictionary of dainty breakfasts. 1899 J64I B8r
COOKERY 1005
BURRELL, Caroline Benedict.
Gala-day luncheons; a little book of suggestions. 1901 643 694
Some of these chapters appeared first in "Harper's bazar."
CHURCH, Arthur Herbert.
Food; some account of its sources, constituents and uses.
1898. (South Kensington museum science handbooks.) . .643 C46
CORSON, Juliet.
Family living on $500 a year. 1887 641 C82
Practical American cookery and household management.
1885 641 C82p
Full of excellent receipts. Includes the care of children and invalids,
and careful instructions for marketing and carving.
CURTIS, Isabel Gordon.
Left-overs made palatable; a manual of practical economy
of money, time and labor in the preparation and use of
food. 1902 641 C93
Tells how to utilize foods which in an American household usually go
to waste. The book stands almost alone in its class and is so emi-
nently practical as to be of importance.
DAVIDIS, Henriette.
Praktisches kochbuch fur die gewohnliche und feinere
kiiche, bearbeitet fur die deutsch-amerikanische kiiche;
nebst einem anhang spezifisch amerikanischer koch-,
back- und einmach-rezepte; mit umrechnung der deut-
schen masse und gewichte in amerikanische. 1901 641 D29
DE LOUP, Maximilian.
American salad book. 1900 641 D4i
DODDS, Susanna W.
Health in the household; or, Hygienic cookery. 1895 641 D66
DUBOIS, Urbain.
Nouvelle cuisine bourgeoise pour la ville et pour la cam-
pagne. [1878.] 641 085
EWING, Mrs Emma (Pike).
Art of cookery. 1899 641 97
Marketing, care of food, methods of cooking; with receipts, bread and
pastry making, bills of fare, etc.
FARMER, Fannie Merritt.
Boston cooking-school cook book. 1896. 641 F24
Chafing dish possibilities. 1898 641 F24C
GALLIER, Adolphe.
Majestic family cook-book. 1897 641 Gi5
HARLAND, Marion, (pseud, of Mrs Mary Virginia (Hawes)
Terhune).
Breakfast, luncheon and tea. 1889 641 H27
Common sense in the household; a manual of practical
housewifery. 1898 641 H27c
"Chiefly a cookery book, including dishes for the nursery and sick-
room. A few directions for washing, cleaning, and the like are added.
Mrs. Terhune's cookery is distinctively American, of the Southern
school; her receipts are trustworthy, and the directions sufficiently '
clear to be followed successfully by the inexperienced housewife."
Gesunde vernunft im haushalte; ein handbuch praktischer
hausfrauenschaft. 1887 641 H27g
HAUPTMANN, Frederick D.
Bread and cake baking. 1877 641 H35
Receipts and directions for bakers, by a baker.
ioo6 COOKERY
HERRICK, Mrs Christine (Terhune).
Liberal living upon narrow means. 1891 641 H47
Offers an economical and carefully planned menu for every day of one
week during each month of the year. Includes hints for avoiding
waste.
HUNTINGTON, Emily.
Cooking garden. 1885 q6^i Hp4
Directions for simple cooking lessons. Author was a pioneer in teaching
cooking to children.
JAGO, William.
Text-book of the science and art of bread-making; includ-
ing the chemistry and analytic and practical testing of
wheat, flour and other materials employed in baking.
1895 641 Ju
Treats of the chemistry of baking, the design of bakeries, machinery
used, processes of commercial bread-making, technical and chemical
testing of materials, etc. A thorough, practical work for technical
chemists and bakers.
JAMES, Alice L.
Catering for two; comfort and economy for small house-
holds. 1898 641 Ji6
KELLOGG, Mrs E. E.
Science in the kitchen; a scientific treatise on food sub-
stances and their dietetic properties, with a practical
explanation of the principles of healthful cookery, and
a number of recipes. 1892 641 Ki6
KIRKLAND, Elizabeth Stansbury.
Dora's housekeeping. 1899 J64I K28d
Failures and successes of a little girl who cooks, and keeps house for
her father.
Six little cooks; or, Aunt Jane's cooking class. 1891 3641 Ka8
Easy receipts for little girls to try at home.
LARNED, Mrs Linda (Hull).
Hostess of today. 1899 641 L32
Designed to assist "in selecting a menu suitable for the most elaborate
repast or the simplest meal," with receipts and directions how to
serve each dish, and careful estimates of the cost.
"A culinary treatise worthy of as serious consideration as it is possible
to accord to literature of the kitchen. It merits encomium not only
for the novel manner in which the recipes are presented, but for the
piquant quality that pervades them." Nation, 1899.
LINCOLN, Mrs Mary Johnson (Bailey).
Boston cook book. 1894 641 L7i
Trustworthy guide in practical cookery. Arrangement of the topics is
systematic, and the directions for work so concise and exact that a
novice in following them is able to obtain good results. Though not
a scientific treatise, it gives a useful outline of the chemistry and
physiology of food.
MALLOCK, M. M.
Economics of modern cookery; or, A younger son's
cookery book. 1900 641 M29
Appeared first under the title, "A younger son's cookery book."
MANN, E. E.
Manual of the principles of practical cookery. 1899. (Do-
mestic science manuals.) 641 M33
NITSCH, Mrs Helen Alice (Matthews), (pseud. Catherine
Owen).
Ten dollars enough; keeping house well on ten dollars
COOKERY 1007
a week. 1896 641 N36
Describes the struggles and triumphs of a young housekeeper. Its
simple story gives a personal interest to household matters, and offers
good receipts not found in formal cook-books.
PARLOA, Maria.
Camp cookery; how to live in camp. 1878 641 P24C
Kitchen companion. 1887 641 P24k
"Exhaustive culinary treatise, and everything from the building of the
kitchen to the ferns on the dinner-table is discussed and explained."
Critic, 1887.
New cook book and marketing guide. 1880 641 P24
Young housekeeper. 1894 641 P24y
Economical receipts for a family of two or three, with elementary hints
on household management.
PAUL, Mrs Sara T.
Cookery from experience. 1875 641 ?3i
Receipts tested by personal experience of the author.
PIERCE, Ella A.
Hartley house cook book and household economist. 1901.
(Hand-books for practical workers in church and phi-
lanthropy.) 641 ?55
Hartley house, a department of the New York association for improving
the condition of the poor, is an industrial settlement whose resident
workers and volunteers live and labor among the poor. These receipts,
which are those used in the Hartley house cooking classes, are emi-
nently practical and economical.
RONALD, Mary, (pseud, of Mrs Augusta (Foote) Arnold).
Century cook book. 1896 641 R66
RORER, Mrs Sarah Tyson.
Colonial recipes. 1894 641 R6gc
Dainties. 1894 641 R6gd
Receipts for meat and fish sauces, curry and desserts.
Fifteen new ways for oysters. 1894 641 R69
Good cooking. 1898 641 R6gg
Hot weather dishes. 1888 641 R69ho
The same. .- j64i R6gho
How to use a chafing dish. 1894 641 R6gh
Left overs; how to transform them into palatable and
wholesome dishes; with many new and valuable
recipes. 1898 641 R6gl
New salads for dinners, luncheons, suppers and recep-
tions. 1897 641 R69ii
Sandwiches. 1894 641
Twenty quick soups. 1894 641
ROSS, Mrs Janet Ann (Duff-Gordon), comp.
Leaves from our Tuscan kitchen; or. How to cook vege-
tables. 1899 641 R73
SEELY, Mrs Lida.
Mrs Seely's cook book; a manual of French and American
cookery, with chapters on domestic servants, their
rights and duties, and many other details of household
management. 1902 641 845
Adapted to an expensive style of living. Has introductory chapters
devoted to the rights and duties of servants, and suggestions for the
arrangement of elaborate dinners.
SOUTHWORTH, May E. comp.
One hundred and one sandwiches. 1902 641 872
64
ioo8 COOKERY
SOWLE, Henrietta, (pseud. Henriette).
I go a-marketing. 1900 641 87.3
Cook-book for the experienced housekeeper. Takes for granted a knowl-
edge of general principles and suggests some attractive variations on
the cooking and serving of common articles of food.
TATE, Mrs Louisa S.
Child's cookery book. 1900 j64i T23
365 DESSERTS; a dessert for every day in the year, selected
from Marion Harland, Mrs Lincoln, Good housekeep-
ing, Table talk and others. 1900 j64i T42
The same. 1900 641 T42
THUDICHUM, John Louis William.
Spirit of cookery ; a popular treatise on the history, science,
practice and ethical and medical import of culinary art, with
a dictionary of culinary terms. 1895 641 T426
"Sketch of the historic literature of cookery," p.2o-si.
WELLS, Robert.
Bread and biscuit baker's and sugar boiler's assistant.
1896 641 W49
Pastrycook and confectioners' guide; for hotels, restau-
rants, and the trade in general; adapted also for family
use. 1892 641 W49p
WILLIAMS, Mary Emma, & Fisher, K. R.
Elements of the theory and practice of cookery; a text-
book of household science for use in schools. 1901. . . .641 W746
Bibliography, p. 13 15.
WILLIAMS, William Mattieu.
Chemistry of cookery. 1894. . . . ; 641 W74
Explains in simple terms the chemistry of boiling, roasting, grilling, fry-
ing and stewing. Discusses the nourishing qualities of various foods
and how these qualities are affected by cooking. Has a word of sense
on vegetarianism. Author \vas a chemist of eminence, and his chap-
ters are based on experiment and experience.
YSAGUIRRE, pseud. & LA MARC A, pseud.
Cold dishes for hot weather. 1896 641 46
641.1 Gastronomy
BRILLAT-SAVARIN, Anthelme.
Gastronomy as a fine art. 1889 641.1 675
Translation of the "Physiologic du gout." In this famous tribute to the
pleasures of the table the reader will find wit, humor, philosophy,
science, reflections, aphorisms, anecdotes and a very little cookery.
Physiologic du gout. 1860 r64i.i 675
CHILD, Theodore.
Delicate feasting. 1890 641.1 C43
"A kind of higher handbook to the kitchen and dining-room; it is written
with the science of a chef, with the colour of an artist." Athenaeum,
1892.
PENNELL, Mrs Elizabeth (Robins), ed.
Feasts of Autolycus: the diary of a greedy woman. 1896. .641.1 ?39
First published in the "Pall Mall gazette," under the heading, "Wares of
Autolycus."
"Mrs. Pennell discourses pleasantly of breakfasts, dinners, and suppers;
she eulogizes 'the subtle sandwich,' 'the incomparable onion,'. . .and
'the triumphant tomato' . . . To tourists from remote portions of the
United States. . .who are about to go abroad for the first time, Mrs.
Pennell's book, in its accurate knowledge ... of special local dishes
\
DRESSMAKING. SEWING 1009
and of the places where they may be procured in the various towns
of Europe, will prove of value." Nation, 1896.
SALIS, Mrs Harriet Anne de.
Art of cookery, past and present; with anecdotes of noted
cooks and gourmets, ancient foods, menus, etc. 1898. . .641.1 Si6
642 Confectionery
HAUSNER, A.
Die fabrikation der conserven und canditen. 1899.
(Hartleben's chemisch-technische bibliothek.) r642 [35
Methods for preserving meat, fruit, eggs, etc.; for preparing meat ex-
tracts and bouillon tablets, and for manufacturing candies.
RORER, Mrs Sarah Tyson.
Home candy making. 1889 642 R69
URBAN, Franz.
Das buch des conditors; anleitung zur praktischen erzeu-
gung der verschiedensten artikel aus dem conditorei-
fache. 1800. (Hartleben's chemisch-technische bib-
liothek.) r642 U2/
646 Dressmaking. Sewing
BANNER, Bertha.
Household sewing, with home dressmaking. 1898. (Do-
mestic science manuals.) 646 622
The same. 1898 J646 622
BROUGHTON, Mrs J.
Practical dressmaking for students and technical classes.
1897 646 B;8
CHURCH, Mrs Ella Rodman (Macllvane).
Home needle. 1882 646 C46
CUBAEUS, Paul.
Das ganze der kiirschnerei; griindliches lehrbuch alles
wissenswerthen iiber waarenkunde, zurichterei, farberei
und verarbeitung der pelzfelle. 1891. (Hartleben's
chemisch-technische bibliothek.) r646 Cgi
DAVEY, Richard.
Furs and fur garments. [1895.] 646 D2g
HAPGOOD, Olive C.
School needlework; a course of study in sewing, designed
for use in schools. 1893 646 H24
Teacher's edition.
JOHNSON, Catherine F.
Progressive lessons in the art and practice of needlework,
for use in schools. 1901 3646 J35
PATTON, Frances.
Home and school sewing. 1901 646 ?3i
Bibliography, p. 227-229.
Clear directions for all kinds of hand sewing. Intended for beginners.
Teacher's edition.
SMITH, Amy K.
Needlework for student teachers. 1897 646 864
ioio SERVANTS
WOOLMAN, Mrs Mary Schenck.
Sewing course; with models and directions as to stitches,
materials and methods. 1900 646 W87
Bibliography, apx. p.4.
Progressive course of sewing for the use of teachers in this branch of
manual training. Adapted for schools, mission-work and private
classes.
646.1 Millinery
HILL, Clare.
Millinery, theoretical and practical. 1900 646.1 H55
ORTNER, Jessica.
Practical millinery. 1897 646.1 028
647 Servants
SALMON, Lucy Maynard.
Domestic service. 1897 647 Si7
Bibliography, p. 287-291.
The same. 1901 647 Si7d
This edition contains an additional chapter on "Domestic service in
Europe."
Bibliography, p.3 17-322.
A history of domestic service, a study of its economic phases, the dif-
ficulties and the disadvantages from the employer's and the employ-
ee's standpoints, with some suggested remedies. The discussion is
based on the answers received to questions addressed to employers,
servants, and such institutions as women's exchanges and domestic
training schools. Author is (1902) professor of history at Vassar.
SPOFFORD, Airs Harriet Elizabeth (Prescott).
Servant girl question. 1881 647 876
Short essays treating in a general way some causes of difficulties.
WORTHINGTON, Mrs Elizabeth (Strong).
Biddy club, and how its members grappled with the ser-
vant question. 1888 647 W9I
An imaginary club whose members compared notes and gave practical
advice on all points of housekeeping.
648 Laundry
STIEFEL, H. C.
Die dampfwascherei; ihre einrichtung und betrieb; ent-
haltend beschreibung der dabei beniitzten maschinen,
waschprocesse und chemikalien, nebst anleitung zur
herstellung von bleichfliissigkeiten, waschpulver und
seifen, starkeglanzpraparaten, u. s. w. 1000. (Hart-
leben's chemisch-technische bibliothek.) ro48 885
649 Nursery. Children. Sick-room
ASHBY, Henry.
Health in the nursery. 1898 649 A82
BABYHOOD; the mother's nursery guide, devoted to the
care of children; monthly, Dec. i884-Nov. 1888, Dec.
i889-Nov. 1891, Dec. iSgo-date. v.i-4, 6-7, 13-date.
i88s-date r649 Bn
v. 1-6 title reads "Babyhood; a monthly magazine for mothers."
COMMERCE ion
HARRISON, Eveleen.
Home nursing; modern scientific methods for the care of
the sick. 1900 649 H29
Includes an appendix on diet in disease and convalescence, with receipts.
HOLT, Luther Emmet.
Care and feeding of children; a catechisjn for the use of
mothers and children's nurses. 1897 649 H/4
KERLEY. Charles Gilmore.
Short talks with young mothers on the management of in-
fants and young children. 1901 649 Ki9
Practical information in regard to the physical care of infants and young
children, the details of feeding, clothing, bathing, etc.
OPPENHEIM, Nathan.
Care of the child in health. 1900 649 Oa6
"It is not often that a book written to give household advice on matters
of health fulfils its function so well as... [this] small volume. We
would especially recommend the chapters on Habits, the Relation of
Parents to Children, and Education, to the young woman who finds
herself plunged of a sudden. . .into the duties of motherhood." Na-
tion, 1900.
STARR, Louis.
Hygiene of the nursery. 1895 649 879
Dr Starr is an eminent authority.
TUCKER, Genevieve.
Mother, baby and nursery; a manual for mothers. 1896 649 T8i
UFFELMANN, Julius.
Manual of the domestic hygiene of the child; ed. by M. P.
Jacobi. 1891 649 Ui6
Authoritative work, of value to the physician and medical student on ac-
count of the abundance of scientific data, but brought by translation
and careful editing entirely within the reach of the intelligent general
reader.
WHEELER, Marianna.
The baby; his care and training. 1901 649 W6i
Contents: The baby. Fresh air and ventilation. The nursery, its fur-
nishings; The nurse. The baby's bath and clothing. Sleep and
amusement. Infant feeding. Contagion; Measles and scarlet fever.
Diphtheria, whooping-cough, mumps and chicken-pox. Emergencies.
WOOD, Mrs Frances Fisher.
Infancy and childhood. 1897 649 W8s
YALE, Leroy Milton, & Pollak, Gustav.
Century book for mothers; a practical guide in the rearing
of healthy children. 1901 649 Yi;?
"Collection of extraordinarily sensible essays upon the general care of
young children, supplemented by a large number of anxious questions
and intelligent answers received and given by the conductors of a
magazine (Babyhood) devoted to that subject." Nation, 1901.
650 Commerce
Communication. Business
RICE, A. E.
Small talk about business; a banker's business hints for
men and women. 1900 . 650 Rjq
STODDARD, John Sidney, & Yendes, L. A.
What shall I do? fifty profitable occupations for boys and
girls. 1899 J6so S86
ioi2 WRITING. PENMANSHIP
650.7 Commercial education
HOOPER, Frederick, & Graham, James, of Wakefield, Eng.
Commercial education at home and abroad; a handbook
providing materials for a scheme of commercial educa-
tion for the United Kingdom, including suggested cur-
ricula for all grades of educational institutions. 1901. .650.7 H77
JAMES, Edmund Janes.
Address before the convention of the American bankers'
association, Sept. 3, 1890. 1892 650.7 Ji6a
Education of business men in Europe. 1893 650.7 Ji6
Plea for the establishment of commercial high schools; an
address before the convention of the American bankers'
association, Sept. 7, 1892. 1893 650.7 Ji6a
Bound with other pamphlets.
652 Writing. Penmanship
BECKER, George J.
Ornamental penmanship; a series of analytical and fin-
ished alphabets. [1899.] 652 636
Adapted for draftsmen and fancy penmen.
HICKOX, William Eugene.
Correspondent's manual; a praxis for stenographers, type-
writer operators and clerks. 1902 652 H52
Brief handbook containing practical information on typewriting and
business correspondence. Rules for punctuation, capitalization and
abbreviation are given, also lists of words frequently misspelled, for-
eign words and phrases often used in correspondence, and some sug-
gestions for letter-filing, indexing, etc.
JACKSON, John, F.E.J.S.
Theory and practice of handwriting. 1898 652 Ji2
Bibliography, p. 211-218.
Sets forth the claims of vertical writing and gives forms of capital and
small letters and directions for teaching the vertical hand. Presents a
brief history of the former use of upright handwriting, its decay and
NEWLANDS, A. F. & Row, R. K.
Teachers' manual to accompany the Natural system of
vertical writing. 1808 652 N28
PALMER, Orson R.
Type-writing and business correspondence; a manual of in-
struction, practice exercises and business forms and
expressions, for short-hand students and type-writer
operators. 1900 q652 Pi9
SPENCERIAN PEN CO.
The pen; its story from stylus to Spencerian. 1901 r652.i 874
FRAZER, Persifor.
Bibliotics; or, The study of documents; determination of
the individual character of handwriting and detection
of fraud and forgery, new methods of research. 1901. . .652.3 F8g
Bibliography, p.25o-2J3-
BAUGHAN, Rosa.
Character indicated by handwriting, with illustrations
from autographic letters. [1880.] 652.4 632
SHORTHAND. TELEGRAPHY 1013
653 Shorthand
GRAHAM, Andrew J. comp.
Standard-phonographic dictionary. 1890 r653 G76s
ROCKWELL, Julius Ensign.
Shorthand instruction and practice. 1893. (United States
Education bureau. Circulars of information, 1893,
no.i.) 653 Rs8s
The same. 1893 653 Rs8
Bound with his "Teaching, practice and literature of shorthand."
The same. 1893. (In United States Education bureau.
Circulars of information, 1893, no.i.) r3797 U25c v.27
Teaching, practice and literature of shorthand. 1884.
(United States Education bureau. Circulars of in-
formation, 1884, no.2.) 653 Rs8
Bibliography, p.6i-i5p.
The same. 1884. (In United States Education bureau.
Circulars of information, 1884, no.2.) i'379-7 U2$c v.i5
ANDERSON, Thomas.
History of shorthand, with a review of its present con-
dition and prospects in Europe and America. 1882. . . .653.09 A55
PERNIN, H. M.
Universal phonography in ten lessons. 1895 653.38 P43
BROWN, David Wolfe.
Science and art of phrase-making; practical and pro-
gressive lessons, designed to teach stenographic phras-
ing by principle, not by rote. 1902 653.5 ^78
GRAHAM, Andrew J.
Hand-book of standard or American phonography.
1894 653.52 G76
BISHOP, George Riker.
Exact phonography; a system with connectible stroke
vowel signs. 1887 653.74 649
654 Telegraphy
CULLEY, Robert Spelman.
Handbook of practical telegraphy. 1885 r654 Cgi
Treats of telegraph line construction and testing, and of apparatus for
and methods of signalling. Includes submarine telegraphy. Theoreti-
cal and practical.
HOUSTON, Edwin James, & Kennelly, A. E.
Electric telegraphy. 1897. (Elementary electro-technical
series.) 654 H83
Review of the underlying principles of the subject, arranged for non-
technical readers. American practice only.
LOCKWOOD, Thomas De Lisle.
Electricity, magnetism and electric telegraphy. 1890 654 L76
Catechism of electricity and magnetism, particularly as applied to
telegraphy. Intended as a text-book for home study.
LORING, A. E.
Hand-book of the electro-magnetic telegraph. 1878. (Van
Nostrand's science series.) r654 L8/
ioi4 TELEGRAPHY
The same. 1900 654 L8;
Clear, concise, practical manual.
MAVER, William, jr.
American telegraphy; systems, apparatus, operation.
1892 q654 MSI
Includes all systems actually in use in America at the time of publica-
tion. Includes such applications as fire-alarms, railway block-
signaling, printing telegraphs, police signals, etc.
POPE, Franklin Leonard.
Modern practice of the electric telegraph. 1892 .654 P8i
Includes the theory of electricity, the methods of electrical measurement,
and the principles and practice of the ordinary system of telegraphy.
Intended for practical telegraphers. Mathematics not used. Follows
American practice.
PREECE, Sir William Henry, & Sivewright, James.
Telegraphy. 1895. (Text-books of science.) 654 P8g
"Aims at providing such a general introduction to the art and science
of telegraphy as will enable the student to proceed to the study of
more advanced works, and give to the operator an intelligible expla-
nation of the apparatus with which he has to deal." Preface.
Preece has been for many years electrician to the British post-office,
and writes authoritatively on telegraphy and telephony.
PRESCOTT, George Bartlett.
Electricity and the electric telegraph. 2v. 1892 654 Pgz
Comprehensive work from both the theoretical and practical points of
SEW ARD, William Henry.
Communication of William H. Seward, secretary of state,
upon the subject of an intercontinental telegraph by
way of Behring's strait, in reply to Z. Chandler, chair-
man of the committee on commerce, of the U. S. Sen-
ate. 1864 r654 851
THOM, Charles, & Jones, W. H.
Telegraphic connections, embracing recent methods in
quadruplex telegraphy. 1892 654.2 Tj7
Treats of the methods in use in America, showing in detail how the
different forms of apparatus work, and how they should be connected.
Deals with duplex and quadruplex work, and with the applications of
the dynamo to telegraphy.
VAIL, Alfred.
Description of the American electro magnetic telegraph
now in operation between the cities of Washington and
Baltimore. 1845 r654 Vi3
Brief account published the year after this first telegraph line was com-
pleted.
TAYLOR, William Bower.
Historical sketch of Henry's contribution to the electro-
magnetic telegraph, with an account of the origin and
development of Prof. Morse's invention. 1879 654.09 T25
From the Smithsonian report for 1878.
654.1 Space telegraphy
BOTTONE, Selimo Romeo.
Wireless telegraphy and Hertzian waves. 1900 654.1 864
Popular and non-mathematical. Gives simple directions for making the
necessary apparatus for experimental use.
FAHIE, John Joseph.
History of wireless telegraphy, 1838-1899; including some
TELEGRAPHY. TELEPHONES 1015
bare-wire proposals for subaqueous telegraphs. 1899. .. .654.1 Fi4
"Succinct and well-informed account of the origin and development of
the idea of telegraphing without wires. The book is divided into 3
parts, corresponding to 3 periods the possible, the practicable, and
the practical." Literature (Eng.), 1899.
The same. 1900 r654.i Fi4
KERR, Richard.
Wireless telegraphy popularly explained. 1898 654.1 K2I
"Accurate account, with excellent illustrations, of the subject of electric
signalling without intervening wires, put in popular and readable form,
easy of comprehension even by those unfamiliar with electrical
phenomena."
LODGE, Sir Oliver Joseph.
Signalling across space without wires; a description of
the work of Hertz and his successors. [1900.] (Elec-
trician series.) .654.1 1^765
TUNZELMANN, George William de.
Wireless telegraphy; a popular exposition. 1901 654.1 T84
654.5 Submarine telegraphy
BRIGHT, Charles.
Submarine telegraphs; their history, construction and
working. 1898 qr654-5 &74
Founded in part on Wiinschendorff's "Traite de telegraphic sous-
marine."
FIELD, Henry Martyn.
Story of the Atlantic telegraph. 1893 654.5 F45
Popular history of the laying of the first Atlantic cables, by the son of
the promoter, Cyrus W. Field.
RUSSELL, William Howard.
Atlantic telegraph. [1865.] q6S4-5 Rgi
SMITH, Willoughby.
Rise and extension of submarine telegraphy. 1891 q654_5 S66
"I have. . .contented myself with merely setting down. . .many of the
incidents which have come within my personal experience, or have
been derived from sources for the accuracy of which I can vouch."
Preface.
WILKINSON, Henry D.
Submarine cable laying and repairing. 1896. (Electrician
series.) 654.5 W72
Detailed technical summary of the methods of manufacturing, laying,
testing and repairing cables.
654.6 Telephones
ALLSOP, Frederick Charles.
Telephones; their construction and fitting. 1900 654.6 A44
The same. 1895 r654.6 A44
BENNETT, Alfred Rosling.
Telephone systems of the continent of Europe. 1895. .. .654.6 64.3
DOBBS, A. E.
The inspector and the trouble man; an explanation of
telephone line construction, etc. 1900 q654.6 D6si
Published by the Electrical engineering publishing company.
Appeared first in the "Telephone magazine."
Treats especially of repair work in connection with small systems. Clear
and practical.
ioi6 TELEPHONES
DOLE EAR, Amos Emerson.
Telephone, with directions for making a speaking tele-
phone. 1877 r654.6 D6g
ROMANS, James Edward.
A B C of the telephone; a treatise for students and workers
in telephony. 1901 654.6 H75
Well-written manual covering the whole field of telephony in a general
way, intended for general readers and for beginners. Many illustra-
tions.
HOUSTON, Edwin James, & Kennelly, A. E.
Electric telephone. 1896. (Elementary electro-technical
series.) r654.6 H8j
The same. 1902. (Elementary electro-technical series.) . .654.6 H83e
Explanation of the principles and method of operation, written for
non-technical readers.
MILLER, Kempster B.
American telephone practice. [1899.] 654.6 M69
"Writer has endeavored to present in as clear a manner as possible the
general principles of telephony, the design and construction of com-
mercial apparatus, the circuits connecting such apparatus into opera-
tive systems, and the methods used in the construction, operation, and
maintenance of these systems. No attempt has been made to treat the
subject from its purely mathematical standpoint." Preface.
The same. [1899.] r654.6 M69
MONTILLOT, Louis.
Telephonic pratique. 1893. (Encyclopedic electrique.) . .r654.6 M86
PIERARD, fimile.
La telephonic. 1899 r654.6 PSS
Describes thoroughly and accurately both American and European appa-
ratus and systems. Well illustrated with diagrams and cuts of the
different forms of instruments.
PREECE, Sir William Henry, & Stubbs, A. J.
Manual of telephony. 1893. (Specialists' series.) 654.6 PSg
Covers thoroughly and accurately English practice prior to 1893.
PRESCOTT, George Bartlett.
Electric telephone. 1890 654.6 Pg2
TELEPHONY; an illustrated monthly telephone journal.
v.i-date. loxn-date qr654.6 T27
UNITED STATES Pan-electric telephone co. Com-
mittee to investigate charges relating to.
Testimony taken by the committee appointed to investi-
gate charges against certain public officers relating to
the Pan-electric telephone company, and to suits by
the United States to annul the Bell telephone patents.
1886. (49th cong. istsess. House. Mis. doc. 110.355.) ^654.6 U25
WEBB, Herbert Laws.
Telephone hand-book. 1894 654.6 W36
Practical work on the working and management of telephones. Ameri-
can practice.
WIETLISBACH, Victor.
Handbuch der telephonic; bearbeitet von Robert Weber.
1899 r654.6 W68
Treats of both theory and practice. A very thorough manual.
Telephony; tr. fr. the German. 1901 654.6 W68t
Biography of the author, p.2/7-279.
Series of articles contributed to "Electrical engineering" during 1895-
1898.
PRINTING. PUBLISHING 1017
AMERICAN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING ASSOCIATION.
Patented telephony; review of the patents pertaining to
telephones and telephonic apparatus. 1897 654.62 ASI
HOPKINS, William John.
The telephone; outlines of the development of trans-
mitters and receivers. 1898 654.62 H78
Contents: Sound. Historical. Development of transmitters. Early
successful types of transmitters. Systematic investigations. Granular
transmitters. Magneto instruments. Design of receivers.
MONCEL, Theodore Achille Louis, vicomte du.
Telephone, microphone and phonograph. 1879 r654.62 M8i
Entirely out of date as regards present practice.
DOBBS, A. E.
Practical features of telephone work. 1899 654.63 D65
Advice in regard to the starting of telephone systems, intended especially
to assist in the installation of small exchanges, and to aid those having
little knowledge of the business.
HOPKINS, William John.
Telephone lines and their properties. 1896 654.63 H78
Contents: Design and construction of city lines. Underground work.
Long distance lines. Wire. Insulators. Exchanges. Switchboards.
- The propagation of energy. The telephone current. Measurement.
Properties of city lines. Interferences from outside sources.
Properties of metallic circuits. Cables.
654.7 Electric bells
ALLSOP, Frederick Charles.
Electric bell construction; a treatise on the construction
of electric bells, indicators and similar apparatus. 1900. .654.7 A44
Practical electric bell fitting; a treatise on the fitting-up
and maintenance of electric bells and all the neces-
sary apparatus. 1899 654.7 A44p
HASLUCK, Paul Nooncree, ed.
Electric bells; how to make and fit them, including bat-
teries, indicators, pushes and switches. 1000 654.7 H33
Handbook for every-day use. Supplies concise information on the gen-
eral principles of the subject of which it treats.
WITTBECKER, William A.
Domestic electrical work; concise and practical expla-
nations for plumbers, tinners and hardware dealers on
how to wire buildings for bells, alarms, annunciators,
and for gas lighting from batteries. 1899 654.7 W82
655 Printing. Publishing
BOUCHOT, Henri.
The book; its printers, illustrators and binders. 1890 qr655 665
Condensed history of printing and tbe other arts involved in book-
making. The chapters on type and binding have been revised by
specialists. Has chapters on libraries and on collecting, describing
and cataloguing incunabula. This is an enlarged edition of Bouchot's
"The printed book."
The printed book; its history, illustration and adornment,
from the days of Gutenberg to the present time. 1887. . .655 665
Good short account, giving more attention to the artistic development
than the typographical. Includes a chapter on binding.
ioi8 PRINTING. PUBLISHING
GROWOLL, Adolf.
Profession of bookselling, v.i-2. 1893-95 q r 655 G94
Puts in accessible form, direction and information of a practical kind
that may be of service to the young recruit in the ranks of the book
trade. The chapter "Bibliography of literature," is excellent reading
for those who would become familiar with the literatures of the world.
v.2 contains an admirably condensed description of bookbinding from
a practical point of view, as well as a history of bibliopegic art from
its earliest beginning to the present; illustrated with 16 representative
bindings.
MacKELLAR, Thomas.
American printer; a manual of typography. 1893 r655 Mi7
This book is kept in the printing department.
SMITH, Adele Millicent.
Printing and writing materials. 1901 655 864
Contents: Printing: Ancient relief processes. Printing in Europe. In-
vention of typography. Early printing-presses. England and Amer-
ica. Type-founding. Typesetting. History of the printing-press.
Newspaper printing. Reproductive processes. Writing materials: Ma-
terials used by ancient peoples. Papyrus. Parchment and vellum.
Paper. Pens and lead-pencils. Ink. Bookbinding: Ancient covers,
Early bindings. Medieval bindings. Modern bindings. Commercial
bindings. Forwarding.
SOUTHWARD, John.
Modern printing; a handbook of typography and the aux-
iliary arts. 4v. 1898-1900 655 872
v.i. The composing room.
v.2. Book and jobbing composition. Machine composition.
v.3. Press and machine work. Colour printing.
v-4- Arts auxiliary to printing. Business management, etc.
PASKO, William Wesley, comp.
American dictionary of printing and bookmaking, contain-
ing a history of these arts in Europe and America.
1894 qr655.03 P27
655.05 Periodicals
INLAND printer; monthly. v.i3-date. i894-date qr65S.O5 124
QUADRAT; a typographical journal; ed. by J. F. Marthens.
v.i-u, in i. 1873-84 qr65s:os Qi 4
Published irregularly.
655.1 History of printing
BLADES, William.
Pentateuch of printing, with a chapter on judges; with a
memoir of the author and a list of his works by T. B.
Reed. 1891 q6ss.i 851
Clear, simple, non-technical account of the origin and development of
the art of printing.
QUARITCH, Bernard, comp.
Monuments of typography and xylography; books of the
first half century of the art of printing, offered for sale
by Quaritch. 1897 r655.i Qi8
SOUTHWARD, John.
Progress in printing and the graphic arts during the Vic-
torian era. 1897 qr65S.i 872
PRINTING. PUBLISHING 1019
HESSELS, John Henry.
Haarlem the birth-place of printing, not Mentz. 1887. .qr655.H2 H48
MORRIS, William, & Cockerell, S. C.
Note by William Morris on his aims in founding the
Kelmscott press; together with a short description of
the press by S. C. Cockerell, and an annotated list of
the books printed thereat. 1898 r655.i42 MQI
This was the last book printed at the Kelmscott press.
PLOMER, Henry Robert.
Short history of English printing, 1476-1898. 1900.
(English bookman's library.) 655.142 ?7i
GRESWELL, William Parr.
Annals of Parisian typography. 1818 ^55.144 G88
Account of the Paris printing establishments from the time of the
invention of printing to the introduction of the Greek press in 1507,
with a description of their most remarkable productions. Written
partly to show their influence on the early English press.
BROWN, Horatio Robert Forbes.
Venetian printing press. 1891 qr655.i45 878
"Historic study of first-rate importance, based on original researches...
There is scarce any subject connected with the production and dis-
tribution of literature on which new light is not thrown, but it is to
the most interesting and important of these that Mr. Brown devotes
the greater part of his investigations the regulation and censorship
of the press." Nation, 1890.
ONGANIA, Ferdinando, pub.
L'art de I'imprimerie a Venise. 1895-96 .'.qr655.i45 0253
Introductory chapter on "The art of printing at Venice during the
Italian renaissance" by Carlo Castellani. The library has copies of this
work in English, French and Italian.
L'arte della stampa nel rinascimento italiano Venezia.
1894 qr655.i45 O25ar
Introductory chapter on "The art of printing at Venice during the
Italian renaissance" by Carlo Castellani. The library has copies of this
work in English, French and Italian.
Early Venetian printing illustrated. 1895 qr655.i45 025
This beautiful volume consists of reproductions, in black and red, of
pages, initials, marks and illustrations of many of the best-known
printers of Venice, including Aldus, Jenson, Ratdolt and others, from
1469 to 1539.
Introductory chapter on "The art of printing at Venice during the
Italian renaissance" by Carlo Castellani. The library has copies of this
work in English, French and Italian.
HECKETHORN, Charles William.
Printers of Basle in the I5th and i6th centuries; their
biographies, printed books and devices. 1897 qr655.i49 H39
"Authorities," p. 7-9.
WEEKS, Stephen Beauregard.
Press of North Carolina in the eighteenth century, with
biographical sketches of printers, an account of the
manufacture of paper, and a bibliography of the issues.
1891 r655.i75 W4-2
This monograph contains all that was known at the time of its publication
(1891), of the :8th century North Carolina press. The bibliography
contains 130 titles of books, pamphlets and broadsides printed in the
state in the i8th century and gives a summary of the legal literature
of the period.
1020 PRINTING. PUBLISHING
655.2 Type and type-setting
DE VINNE, Theodore Low.
Treatise on the processes of type-making, the point sys-
tem, the names, sizes, styles and prices of plain printing
types. 1900. (Practice of typography.) 655.2 D49
The same. 1900. (Practice of typography.) ^655. 2 049
This copy is kept in the printing department.
The first of a series of treatises on the practice of typography, by the
founder of the De Vinne press. Contains an illustrated description of
the tools, processes and systems of type-making, the names and de-
scriptions of all sizes of book types, with specimens of each; numerous
exhibits of the more important styles of roman, italic, black and dis-
play-letter, including recent quaint styles designed for book-printing,
with tables of prices of types here and abroad, etc. It is a book which
will be needed in every printing and publishing office, for it contains
information not to be found in the ordinary grammars of printing nor
to be gleaned from the specimen books of the type-founders.
AMERICAN TYPE FOUNDERS' CO.
One hundred years, 1796-1896; MacKellar, Smiths and Jor-
dan foundry, Philadelphia, Pa. 1896 qr655.2i AST
URQUHART, John W.
Electro-typing; a practical manual. 1881 655.22 \]2~
655.24 Specimen books
AMERICAN TYPE FOUNDERS' CO.
Specimens of printing types. 1897 r655.24 ASI
BRUCE'S, (George) SON & CO.
Specimens of printing types made at Bruce's New-York
type-foundry. 1882 qr655.24 682
Contains "The invention of printing," by T. L. De Vinne.
FARMER, (A. D.) & SON TYPE FOUNDING CO.
Specimens, including complete price list. 1897 r655.24 F24
PAGE, (William H.) WOODTYPE CO.
Chromatic specimens of wood type qr655.24 Pi4
A pamphlet of specimens of ordinary wood type is bound with this
volume.
RALPH, Edmund Southpy, comp.
Book of designs from type; showing practical examples
selected from the catalogues and letter-press work of
various customers; studies in black and white. 1897.^655.24 Ri7b
Modern type display; examples of artistic type display,
also a brief treatise on type display. 1900 r655.24 Ri/
Published by the Inland printer co.
655.25-655.26 Composition. Proof-reading
DE VINNE, Theodore Low.
Correct composition ; a treatise on spelling, abbreviations, the
compounding and division of words, the proper use of fig-
ures and numerals, italic and capital letters, notes, etc. ;
with observations on punctuation and proof-reading. 1901.
(Practice of typography.) 655.25 049
The same. 1901. (Practice of typography.) r655.25 049
This copy is kept in the printing department.
PRINTING. PUBLISHING 1021
TEALL, Francis Horace.
Proof-reading; a series of essays for readers and their
employers and for authors and editors. 1899 r6s5.2S T26
Author was critical proof-reader and editor of the Century and Standard
dictionaries, and is (1901) editor of the Proof-room notes and queries
department of the "Inland printer."
VENN, Theo. J.
Manual of proofreading. 1897 655.25 V26
BISHOP, Henry Gold.
Specimens of job work for printers; suggestions for setting
up business cards, letter heads, bill heads, circulars and
all kinds of display advertising. 1896 qr655.26 649
TYPOGRAPHICAL UNION NO. 6, New York.
Printing exposition job contest; reproductions of 134 spec-
imens of job composition submitted in a competition
inaugurated by Typographical union no.6, New York,
in connection with the celebration of its soth anni-
versary, looo qr655.26
655-27 Imposition
WILLIAMS, T. B.
Hints on imposition; a guide for printer and pressman in
the construction of book-forms. 1895 655.27 W74
655.28 Linotype
BARCLAY, E. J.
Linotype operator's companion; contains a list of patents
issued on type-setting, distributing and matrix-making
machines, from 1841-1808. 1898 r655.28 623
This book is kept in the printing department.
COCHRANE, Charles Henry.
Proper fingering of the linotype keyboard. 1808 r655.28 C64
Reprinted from the "Inland printer," July 1898.
LINOTYPE manual; giving detailed instructions of the
proper adjustment and care of the linotype. 1898. . . .r655.28 L72
MERGENTHALER LINOTYPE CO.
Price list of linotype parts. 1898 r6ss.28 M63
This book is kept in the printing department.
STUBBS, William Henry.
Stubbs's manual; a practical treatise on linotype keyboard
manipulation. 1902 r655.28 893
Author is (1902) the holder of speed record. He 'explains clearly his
own method of fingering.
^55 -3 Practical printing
BISHOP, Henry Gold.
Job printer's list of prices and estimate guide, containing
prices to be charged for all kinds of job and book work.
1893 655-3 649
The practical printer, containing information on all the
various parts of the printing business. 1895 655.3
1022 PRINTING. PUBLISHING
JACOBI, Charles Thomas.
Printing; a practical treatise on the art of typography as
applied more particularly to the printing of books.
1893. (Technological handbooks.) r655-3 Ji3
This book is kept in the printing department.
MOXON, Joseph.
Mechanick exercises; or, The doctrine of handy-works ap-
plied to the art of printing. 2v. 1896 qr655_3 MQ4
Reprint of the edition of 1683.
WILSON, Frederick J. F. & Grey, Douglas.
Practical treatise upon modern printing machinery and
letterpress printing. 1888 q65S-3 Wj6
KELLY, William J.
Presswork; a practical handbook for the use of pressmen
and their apprentices. 1897 r655-32 Ki7
Appeared in the "Inland printer."
This book is kept in the printing department.
The same. 1902 ^55.32 Ki7p
LANGER, Wilhelm.
Die herstellung der abziehbilder (metachromatypie, decal-
comanie), der blech- und transparentdrucke. 1888.
(Hartleben's chemisch-technische bibliothek.) r655_32 L25
655.4 History of publishing and bookselling
PUTNAM, George Haven.
Books and their makers during the middle ages. 2v.
1896-97 655.4 P99
v.i. 476-1600.
V.2. ISOO-I/Op.
Treats of books in manuscript, of the invention of printing and the
history in some detail of the representative great printer-publishers,
including a list of titles of their more important publications. Dis-
cusses the beginning of property in literature, censorship and literary
privileges.
ARBER, Edward, camp.
List, based on the registers of the Stationers company,
of 837 London publishers (who were by trade, printers,
engravers, booksellers, bookbinders, etc.) between 1553
and 1640; a master key to English bibliography.
1890 qr655-442 A66
ROBERTS, William.
Earlier history of English bookselling. 1889 655.442 R53
Contents: Bookselling before printing. The dawn of English booksell-
ing. Bookselling in the time of Shakespeare. Bookselling in the I7th
century. Bookselling in Little Britain. Bookselling on London bridge.
Other bookselling localities. Jacob Tonson. Bernard Lintot. Ed-
mund Curll. John Dunton. Thomas Guy.
655.5 Publishing and bookselling
PUTNAM, George Haven, & John Bishop.
Authors and publishers; a manual of suggestions for be-
ginners in literature. 1897 655.5 ?99
WAGNER, Leopold.
How to publish a book or article and how to produce a
play. 1898 655.5 Wi3
TRANSPORTATION. RAILROADS 1023
WELSH, Charles.
Publishing a book; a few practical hints to authors as to
the preparation of manuscript, the correction of proof,
and arrangement with the publisher. 1899 655.5 Wsi
655.6 Copyright
BIRRELL, Augustine.
Seven lectures on the law and history of copyright in
books. 1899 655.6 649
PUTNAM, George Haven.
Question of copyright. 1891. (Questions of the day.) . . . .655.6 Pox)
The same. 1896 r655.6 P99Q
Comprises the text of the United States copyright law, a summary of
the copyright laws now in force in the chief countries of the world,
a report of pending legislation in Great Britain, and a sketch of the
contest in the United States from 1837 to 1891 to secure international
copyright, together with a paper on the results of the American act
of 1891.
WRIGHT, Carroll Davidson.
Report on the effect of the international copyright law in the
United States, made in compliance with the resolution of
the United States Senate of Jan. 23, 1900. 1901. (United
States. 56th cong. 2d sess. Senate. Doc. no.87.) r4O33
656 Transportation!. Railroads
See also Railroads, 385; Railroad and road engineering, 625
ALEXANDER, J. T. Burton-.
Runs in three continents; a short record of actual perform-
ances on some European, Canadian, Australian and
American railways. 1900 656 A376
COMMERCIAL & FINANCIAL CHRONICLE, comp.
Hand-book of railroad securities, Jan. 1900; description, in-
come, prices, dividends. 1900 r6s6 C73
DREDGE, James.
Record of the transportation exhibits at the World's Co-
lumbian exposition. 1894 qr6s6 D8ir
Partly reprinted from "Engineering."
GRAY, Thomas, 1787-1848.
Observations on a general iron rail-way, or land steam-
conveyance. 1825 r6s6 G8i
JEANS, James Stephen.
Railway problems; an inquiry into the economic conditions
of railway working in different countries. 1887 656 J22
MARINE REVIEW, pub.
Blue book of American shipping, iSgS-date. 3d annual
issue-date. iSgS-date qr6s6 M38
Issue for 1901 wanting.
MERCANTILE GUIDE AND BUREAU CO. pub.
C. and T. (Cavanagh & Townsend, commerce & trans-
portation) shipping guide, combining a railroad, ex-
press, postal and route guide. 1900 qr6s6 M63
65
1024 TRANSPORTATION. RAILROADS
PURCHASING AGENTS' DIRECTORY CO. pub.
Railway purchasing agents', master mechanics' and master
car builders' directory, 1891/92, 1895. 1890-95 r6s6.O2 Pg8
AMERICAN RAILWAY ASSOCIATION.
Proceedings, v.i-date. i886-date qr6s6.O5 ASI
The volume for 1886 to 1893 contains an appendix of the Proceedings of
the General time convention, 1872 to 1885, and of the Southern railway
time convention, 1877 to 1885.
In 1886 the Southern railway time convention united with the General
time convention, and in 1891 the convention became the American rail-
way association.
Proceedings for Oct. 1899 wanting.
RAILWAY magazine; monthly, v.2-3. 1897 r6s6.05 Ri5
RINGWALT, John Luther.
Development of transportation systems in the United
States. 1888 qr6s6.09 R47
Describes the leading features of advancement (from the colonial period
to recent times) in the various methods of transportation. Gives the
cost at various times and with the different systems, the various
questions which have arisen, and notable incidents in railway de-
velopment.
656.1 Railroad management
IVATTS, Edmund B.
Railway management at stations. 1898 656.1 133
Manual of instruction, with suggestions for improvements. Conforms to
the English system of railway working.
KIRKMAN, Marshall Monroe.
Railway service, trains and stations. 1878 656.1 K28
"Treats of the composition and movement of railway trains and the laws
governing the same, including an exposition of the duties of train
and station men." Preface.
656.2 Light railroads
COLE, William Henry.
Light railways at home and abroad. 1899 656.2 C68
Manual of information concerning light railways, both narrow and stand-
ard gage, in different countries. Pays particular attention to their
development in England.
FLEMING, Howard.
Narrow gauge railways in America. 1876 656.2 F62
Historical and practical sketch, including a directory of narrow-gage
railways in the United States in 1876.
656.31 Railroad accounting
EATON, James Shirley.
Railroad operations, how to know them; from a study of
the accounts and statistics. 1900 656.31 19
656.4 Accidents. 656.5 Safety appliances
ADAMS, Charles Francis, b. 1835.
Notes on railroad accidents. 1879 656.4 A2I
LANGDON, William Edward.
Application of electricity to railway working. 1897 .656.5 L24
TRANSPORTATION. RAILROADS 1025
The same. 1877 r6s6.S L24
Has no reference to railways in which electricity is the form of energy
used to move the trains, but deals with the application of electricity
to telegraphs, the block system of signals and train-lighting.
STRETTON, Clement E.
Safe railway working; a treatise on railway accidents,
their cause and prevention, with a description of
modern appliances and systems. 1893 656.5 891
656.51 Signals
MURPHY, W.J.
Stereopticon method of examining and instructing railway
employes. 1899 656.51 M97
A method of representing train signals in the lecture-room.
RAILWAY SIGNAL ASSOCIATION.
Proceedings, i897/98-date. v.i-date. i8o8-date r6s6.5i Ri5
From 1897-1903 called Railway signaling club.
WILSON, H. Raynar.
Railway signalling. [1900.] (Railway series of text books
and manuals by railway men.) qr656.5i W76
Treats only mechanical signaling, and describes minutely the appliances
representing sound British practice. Working drawings are given
for almost every device used.
ADAMS, Braman Blanchard.
Block system of signaling on American railroads; the
methods and appliances used in manual and automatic
block signaling, also descriptions of hand-operated and
power-operated interlocking machines. 1901 656.56 A2i
DERR, William Lloyd.
Block signal operation; a practical manual. 1897 656.56 044
ELLIOTT, W. H.
Block and interlocking signals. 1896 656.56 52
Construction, operation and cost of various systems.
PIGG, James.
Railway "block" signalling; the principles of train sig-
nalling and apparatus for ensuring safety. [1808.] . . . .656.56 P57
656.6 History of railroads
ENGLAND Steam carriages on common roads, Select com-
mittee on.
Report on steam carriages, by a select committee of the
House of commons, with minutes of evidence and ap-
pendix. 1832. (United States. 22d cong. ist sess.
House. Doc. no.ioi.) r6s6.6 64
Appendix contains "Documents in relation to the comparative merits of
canals and railroads," giving much information on cost of railway
construction, maintenance and operation in early times.
Committee inquired into the tolls which should be imposed, the tolls
which the laws then in force allowed, and "generally into the present
state and future prospects of land carriage by means of wheeled
vehicles propelled by steam or gas on common roads."
GILPIN, William.
Cosmopolitan railway, compacting and fusing together all
1026 RAILROADS
the world's continents. 1890 656.6 642
A plan for a railway system connecting the railroads of America, by
way of Bering strait, with those of Asia, Europe and all the world.
PANGBORN, Joseph Gladding.
Side lights on management world systems railways. 1901. .656.6 P2i
A practical railway man's views of the efficiency of the various systems
of railway management used in America, Germany, Australia, New
Zealand, India, England and Russia.
The world's rail way; historical, descriptive, illustrative.
1894 qr6s6.6 Pai
Accurate and extremely interesting survey of railroading, describing
particularly the early days of the industry. Contains many illustra-
tions of almost all the early types of locomotives.
England
ACWORTH, William Mitchell.
Railways of England. 1890 656.642 Ai8
Popular description of the leading railways, noting the most character-
istic features of each.
FINDLAY, George James.
Working and management of an English railway. 1891. .656.642 F49
GRINLING, Charles Herbert.
History of the Great northern railway, 1845-1895. 1898. .656.642 G$2
The railway in question is the Great northern of England.
PENDLETON, John.
Our railways; their origin, development, incident and ro-
mance. 2v. 1894 656.642 P39
Treats of English railways only.
United States
ADAMS, Charles Francis, b. 1835.
Railroads; their origin and problems. 1888 656.673 A2I
Discusses the necessity of governmental regulation of railway rates,
earnings, etc.
The AMERICAN railway; its construction, development,
management and appliances. 1893 qr6s6.673 AST
Contents: Introduction, by T. M. Cooley. Building of a railway, by T.
C. Clarke. Feats of railway engineering, by John Bogart. American
locomotives and cars, by M. N. Forney. Railway management, by E.
P. Alexander. Safety in railroad travel, by H. G. Prout. Railway
passenger travel, by Horace Porter. Freight-car service, by Theodore
Voorhees. How to feed a railway, by Benjamin Norton. Railway
mail service, by T. L. James. The railway in its business relations,
by A. T. Hadley. Prevention of railway strikes, by C. F. Adams.
Every-day life of railroad men, by B. B. Adams, jr. Statistical rail-
way studies, by F. W. Hewes.
AMERICAN street railway investments; a supplement to
the Street railway journal; annual. 6th annual volume-
date. i899-date qr6s6.6;3 A5I2
BALTIMORE AND OHIO RAILROAD CO.
Annual report (6th, 8th-9th, i6th-2Oth, 24th) of the presi-
dent and directors to the stockholders, 1832, 1834-35,
1842-46, 1850. 1832-50 r656.673 B2ia
The 8th and 9th annual reports will be found in a volume of pamphlets
numbered, r38o 024.
Laws, ordinances and documents relating to the com-
pany. 1840 r6s6.673 621
RAILROADS 1027
DREDGE, James.
Pennsylvania railroad; its organization, construction and
management. 1879 qr6s6.673 D8i
Chiefly reprinted from "Engineering."
PARIES, Robert.
Report on the surveys to avoid the inclined planes on the
Allegheny portage railroad. 1851 ^56.673 Ri5
Bound with other pamphlets.
HAGE, Mother.
Report relative to the survey of a rail road from Cham-
bersburg to Pittsburg, and the survey of the Raystown
branch of the Juniata river, with estimates of the cost
of the work, by Hother Hage; and a Report of a
survey and estimate of the cost of constructing a
m'adamized or block road from Laughlinstown to
Chambersburg, by Charles De Hass; read in Senate,
Jan. 28, 1839. 1839 r6s6.673 Ris
Bound with other pamphlets.
MOTT, Edward Harold.
Between the ocean and the lakes; the story of Erie.
1899 q6s6.673 M94
History of the New York and Erie railroad, including brief biographies
of the presidents of the road.
OHIO AND PENNSYLVANIA RAILROAD CO.
Annual report (ist, 3d) of the president and directors to
the stockholders. 1849-51 ^56.673 Ri5
The ist annual report is a report to the president and directors, by S. W.
Roberts, chief engineer.
Bound with other pamphlets.
PENNSYLVANIA Auditor general's office.
Reports of the railroad companies of Pennsylvania, com-
municated by the auditor general to the legislature,
1863-1874. 1864-75 r6s6.673 P399
Later reports include canals, telegraph and telephone companies.
By the constitution of 1873 railroad companies are required to report to
the secretary of internal affairs instead of to the auditor general.
PENNSYLVANIA Internal affairs department.
Annual report of the secretary; pt.4. Railroad, canal, navi-
gation, telegraph and telephone companies, i875-date.
i876-date ^56.673 P3992
Earlier reports were issued by the auditor general.
PENNSYLVANIA RAILROAD CO.
Annual report (ist-3d) of the directors, 1847-49. 1847-
50 r6s6.673 Ri5
Bound with other pamphlets.
By-laws of the board of directors, 1847, with the charter,
its supplement and other laws relating to railroads
projected from Cumberland to Pittsburg and from
Pittsburg east. 1847 ^56.673 Ri5
Bound with other pamphlets.
Catalogue of the exhibit at the World's Columbian ex-
position. 1893 qr6s6.673 P39
The illustrations consist of photographs of early rolling-stock, bridges,
etc., and of facsimiles of old advertisements, bills of lading, letters
and telegrams relating to early railroad operation in the United States.
1028 RAILROADS. ROAD TRANSPORTATION
Report of the investigating committee appointed by the
stockholders, Mar. loth, 1874. 1874 qr6s6.673 P3Qr
RAILROAD CONVENTION, Harrisburg, 1838.
Proceedings. 1838 ^56.673 Ri5
ROBERTS, Solomon White.
Report to the president and directors of the Ohio and
Pennsylvania rail-road company. 1849 ^56.673 Ri5
Being the ist annual report of the president and directors to the stock-
holders of the Ohio and Pennsylvania railroad company.
Bound with other pamphlets.
SIPES, William B.
Pennsylvania railroad; its origin, construction, condition
and connections; embracing notices of cities and ob-
jects of interest in Pennsylvania and New Jersey.
1875 q6s6.673 S6i
The same. 1875 qr6s6.673 S6i
UNITED STATES Interstate commerce commission.
Annual report (ist-date) on the statistics of railways, for
the year ending June 30, i888-date. i88o-date r6s6.673 U25
Fifth report is bound with 1385 Uzs v./.
VANOSS.S.F.
American railroads as investments. 1893 656.673 Vi9
Treats of railway conditions in the United States, giving financial and
statistical data, and historical and descriptive sketches, of all the
railways of importance. Written especially for English investors.
WARMAN, Cy.
Story of the railroad. 1898. (Story of the West
series.) 656.673 W23
Pictures the building of the earlier transcontinental lines across the
true West. Historically, the book is valuable because it gives a com-
prehensive sketch of a great subject in a brief compass, and, further-
more, the strange and picturesque phases of life which are depicted
are full of immediate interest.
The same. 1903 ^656.673 W23
WILSON, William Bender.
History of the Pennsylvania railroad company; with plan
of organization, portraits of officials, and biographical
sketches. 2v. 1899 656.673 W7/
The same. 2v. 1899 ^56.673 W77
656.7 Road transportation
KIRKMAN, Marshall Monroe.
Classical portfolio of primitive carriers; a picturesque ac-
count of the origin and evolution of transportation.
1895 qr6s6.7 K28
Contains many engravings portraying the primitive people of the world,
and their methods of carriage in every age and quarter of the globe.
MOORE, Henry Charles.
Omnibuses and cabs; their origin and history. 1902 656.7 M87
Entertaining, well-illustrated book which traces the history of omni-
buses from the time of the famous Shillibeer, and still more remotely
from the first conception of an omnibus in the brain of Blaise Pascal.
The development of the cab is illustrated by some capital pictures,
and there is much of interest about cab fares, cab strikes and cab
accidents.
NAVIGATION. SEAMANSHIP 1029
656.8 Navigation. Seamanship
FRY, Henry.
History of north Atlantic steam navigation. 1896 r6s6.8 97
Author is (1896) ex-president of the Dominion board of trade of Canada,
and is a high authority on steam-navigation. The book includes his-
tories of the principal north Atlantic lines of steamships.
HOLMES, George C. V.
Ancient and modern ships, v.i. 1900. (Victoria and Al-
bert museum science handbooks.) 656.8 H73
v.i. WOODEN SAILING-SHIPS: Ancient ships in the Mediterranean and
Red seas. Ancient ships in the seas of northern Europe. Mediaeval
ships. Modern wooden sailing-ships. Description of an archaic Greek
bireme. Tonnage and its measurement at different times.
KNOX, Thomas Wallace.
Life of Robert Fulton and a history of steam navigation.
1886 656.8 K35
NARES, Sir George Strong.
Seamanship. 1886 ' r6s6.8 Ni3
PREBLE, George Henry.
Chronological history of the origin and development of
steam navigation, 1543-1882. 1883 656.8 P89
The same. 1883 r6s6.8 P8g
"Professes to be nothing more than a mere epitome of history, and as
such is of value to ... students, but will hardly prove of interest to
general readers." Van Nostrand's engineering magazine, 1883.
UNITED STATES Statistics bureau.
Shipping industry of the United States; its relation to the
foreign trade. 1901. (Monthly summary of commerce
and finance, Dec. 1900, p. 1369-1428.) q6s6.8 U25
UNITED STATES coast pilot; Atlantic coast, pt.i-8. 1898-
1903. (United States Coast and geodetic survey.). . qr6s6.8 U25
pt.i-2. From the St. Croix river to Cape Ann. Ed. 2. 1903.
pt-3. From Cape Ann to Point Judith. Ed.2. 1903.
pt-4- From Point Judith to New York. Ed-3- 1899.
pt.5. From New York to Chesapeake bay entrance. Ed.2. 1898.
pt.6. Chesapeake bay and tributaries. Ed.2. 1902.
pt-7. From Chesapeake bay entrance to Key West. Ed.2. 1900.
pt.8. Gulf of Mexico, from Key West to the Rio Grande. Ed.2. 1901.
UNITED STATES coast pilot; Pacific coast, pt.i-2. 1901-03.
(United States Coast and geodetic survey.) qr6s6.8 U25u
pt.i. Alaska; Dixon entrance to Yakutat bay, with inland passage from
Juan de Fuca strait to Dixon entrance. Ed. 4. 1901.
pt.2. California, Oregon and Washington. 1903.
BARKER, David Wilson-.
Manual of elementary seamanship. 1896 656.81 624
BULLEN, Frank Thomas.
Men of the merchant service; the polity of the mercantile
marine, for 'longshore readers. 1900 656.81 687
"Affords. . .a clear account of the life, the work, the prospects, the quali-
fications needed, the conditions necessary to success in the merchant
service, reviewing every phase of the career, and working through
the whole ship's company from master down to ship's boy. . .The most
serious point in Mr. Bullen's. . .book [is] the deterioration in quality
of the English seaman, and he traces it without hesitation to its cause
in the relaxation of discipline." Spectator, 1900.
CHADWICK, French Ensor, and others.
Ocean steamships. 1891 656.81 C34
Contents: The development of the steamship, by F. E. Chad wick.
Speed in ocean steamers, by A. E. Seaton. The building of an ocean
1030 BOOKKEEPING. ACCOUNTS
greyhound, by W. H. Rideing. Ocean passenger travel, by J. H.
Gould. The ship's company, by J. D. J. Kelley. Safety on the At-
lantic, by W. H. Rideing. The ocean steamship as a freight carrier,
by J. H. Gould. Steamship lines of the world, by Ridgely Hunt.
Interesting articles by experts. Intended for general reading.
KNIGHT, Austin M.
Moclern seamanship. 1901 656.81 K34
Written when the author was at the head of the department of seaman-
ship at the U. S. naval academy, to supply a text-book which should
meet the modern naval conditions, giving most attention to the full-
powered steamer, but not neglecting the sailing vessel. It is as modern
in method as in scope, and a valuable manual for yachts and mer-
chant vessels as well as for men-of-war.
656.9 River navigation
GOULD, Emerson Willard.
Fifty years on the Mississippi; or, Gould's history of river
navigation. 1889 r6s6.9 G73
HABERMEHL, John.
Life on the western rivers. 1901 . . . '. 656.9 Hn
The author's personal experiences and observations of the boatmen, pas-
sengers, etc. on the Mississippi river and its tributaries 60 years ago.
LATROBE, John Hazlehurst Boneval.
First steamboat voyage on the western waters. 1871 r6s6.9 L36
Contains also "Pittsburgh pioneer steamboating ; some reminiscences of
an old captain (John Birmingham)."
Account of the voyage of the steamboat New Orleans (which was built
at Pittsburgh) from Pittsburgh to New Orleans in the fall of 1811.
LLOYD, James T.
Steamboat directory. 1856 r6s6.9 L75
Contains a history of the first use of steam as a motive power and of
early steam-navigation on the western lakes and rivers, descriptions of
steamboat disasters, short biographies of John Fitch and Robert Ful-
ton. There is a short sketch of Pittsburgh and some account of the
first steamboats built here. Many maps and illustrations.
MONONGAHELA NAVIGATION CO.
Annual report (2d-33d) of the president and managers,
presented Jan. 1840-1873; with accompanying docu-
ments. 1840-73 r6s6.9 M83
The ist annual report was not published.
The same; (2d-4th, 7th). Ed.2. 1871-73 r6s6.9 M83
Bound with the above.
Circular, and Opinion of the Supreme court on the ton-
nage tax. 1869 r6s6.9 M83 v.3
Bound with other pamphlets.
VEECH, James.
History of the Monongahela navigation company.
1873 -r6s6.9 M83 v.3
Bound with other pamphlets.
657 Bookkeeping. Accounts
ADGIE, William.
Modern book-keeping and accounts, v.i-2. 1901-02.
(Hooper and Graham's series.) 657 A23
v.i. Elementary. v.2. Intermediate.
ARNOLD, Horace Lucian, (pseud. Henry Roland), comp.
Complete cost-keeper; some original systems of shop cost-
keeping or factory accounting, with an exposition of
BOOKKEEPING. ACCOUNTS 1031
the advantages of account keeping by means of cards.
1900 657 A75c
BROAKER, Franklin, & Chapman, R. M.
American accountants' manual, v.i. 1897 657 675
v.i contains the examination questions prepared by the New York state
board of examiners of public accounts, with answers, 1897.
"Accountancy literature," p. 185-187.
DEWSON, Mary Williams, comp.
Twentieth century expense book, with an introduction by
Mrs E. H. Richards. 1900 r6$7 DSI
Blank cash-book and journal into which the cash-book items are to be
entered monthly. The journal is divided in such a way as to show at
a glance whether any side of the family life is absorbing more than its
proportion of the total income. The main divisions are "Housing,"
"Operating expenses," "Food," "Clothing," and "Higher life," each
subdivided as deemed necessary, with a page or two for a general
summing up.
DICKSEE, Lawrence Robert.
Auditing; a practical manual for auditors. 1900 657 D55
With appendixes of acts, reports of cases, etc.
The same. 1903 657
Bookkeeping for accountant students. 1900 657
DUFF, C. P. and others.
Book-keeping by single and double entry. 1877 657 D87
The same. 1877 r657 D8~
Beginner's text-book.
DUFF, Peter.
Book-keeping by single and double entry. 1899 657 0877
Treatise on mercantile, bank and railroad accounting.
FOSTER, Horatio A.
Central station bookkeeping and suggested forms, with an
appendix for street railways. 1896 657 F8l
GARCKE, Emile, & Fells, J. M.
Factory accounts; their principles and practice; a hand-
book for accountants and manufacturers. 1893 657 Gi7
Appendixes: Nomenclature of machine details, by Oberlin Smith. The
income-tax acts in their bearing on profits of manufacture. The rat-
ing of factories containing machinery. Notes on the law of fire and
boiler insurance. Summary of the factory and workshop acts. Table
for determining amortization of leases, etc. Glossary of terms.
"Systematic statement of the principles regulating factory accounts; and
of the methods by which those principles can be put into practice and
made to serve important purposes in the economy of manufacture."
Preface.
GOODWIN, J. H.
Improved book-keeping and business manual. 1900 q6S7 G63
The same. 1885 qr657 G63
HANAFORD, L. B. & Payson, J. W.
Book-keeping by single and double entry, for schools and
academies. 1868 657 H23
KEISTER, David Armel.
Corporation accounting and auditing; a practical treatise
on higher accounting. 1901 657 Ki6
LEWIS, J. Slater.
Commercial organisation of factories. 1896 q657 L67
"Practical handbook for the use of manufacturers who wish to adopt
modern methods of organisation. It is written throughout from the
point of view of an organiser and manager, rather than from that of a
professional accountant." Introduction.
1032 BUSINESS METHODS
Author has had much experience in the management of engineering
works in England.
MATHESON, Ewing.
Depreciation of factories, mines and industrial undertak-
ings, and their valuation. 1893 657 M46
Points out leading circumstances to be considered in fixing the pro-
vision for depreciation, and discusses the valuation of factories. Par-
ticularly a manual for accountants.
METCALF, Capt. Henry.
Cost of manufactures and the administration of work-
shops, public and private. 1894 657 M64
Containing chiefly estimates and suggestions for the equipment and suc-
cessful management of arsenals.
MONTGOMERY, James Louis.
Modern book-keeping, single and double entry. 1897 657 M86
Introductory handbook.
SMITH, J. C.
National accountant; a treatise on the theory and practice
of book-keeping by double and single entry. 1868 q6$7 865
SOULfi, George.
New science and practice of accounts, containing a full
exposition of double entry and single entry book-
keeping, with the most approved forms of merchandis-
ing, commission, manufacturing, mechanical, banking,
professional, planting and other lines of business.
1903 q6S7 872
The same. 1897 qr6$7 S/2
658 Business methods. Manuals
BROWN, Nicol.
Organization of gold mining business, with specimens of
the departmental report books and the account books.
1897 qr6s8 679
CROMWELL, John Howard.
American business woman; a guide for the investment,
preservation and accumulation of property, containing
full explanations and illustrations of all necessary
methods of business. 1900 658 C8g
The same. 1900 r6s8 C8g
EARLING, Peter R.
Whom to trust; a practical treatise on mercantile credits.
1890 658 Ei7
EATON, Seymour.
How to do business as business is done in great com-
mercial centers. 1896 658 19
EMERY, Mabel Sarah.
Every-day business; notes on its practical details, ar-
ranged for young people. 1896 658 58
FISHER, George.
The instructor; or, Young man's best companion. 1770. . . .r6s8 F53
GASKELL, G. A.
Compendium of forms; educational, social, legal and com-
mercial. 1892 qr6s8 G2i
CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY 1033
HILL, Thomas E.
Manual of social and business forms. 1895 qr6s8 HSS
HOOPER, Frederick, & Graham, James, of Wakefield, Eng.
Modern business methods; a guide to the operations in-
cidental to the trade of the United Kingdom, with the
customary documents and correspondence; import and
export trade. 1899 658 H77
"Specially designed. . .to show a would-be importer how to make the
necessary calculations to enable him to price his goods laid down at
the consumer's place of business (in foreign weights, measures and
money), and on receipt of orders. . .how to procure the goods, how
to forward, ship, insure and invoice them, and how to make arrange-
ments regarding foreign exchange and all the necessary subsidiary
operations." Preface.
KIRKLAND, Frazar, comp.
Cyclopaedia of commercial and business anecdotes. 2v.
1864 , r6s8 K28
PHILLIPS, Wesley B.
How department stores are carried on. 1001 658 PSI
Author writes from practical experience in running one of the largest
department stores in the United States. Discusses management, ad-
vertising, the buying organization, receiving goods, taking care of
stock, the mail order business, correspondence, employees, wages, etc.
659 Advertising
BATES, Charles Austin.
Good advertising. 1896 659 631
Practical suggestions for every one who advertises, with examples of
what to avoid as well as what to do in advertising.
LARWOOD, Jacob, (pseud, of L. R. Sadler), & Hotten, J. C.
History of sign-boards. 1866 r6S9 L33
SAMPSON, Henry.
History of advertising, from the earliest times; illustrated
by anecdotes, curious specimens and biographical
notes. 1875 ^ 659 Si9
BEAUTIFUL world; the journal of the Society for checking
the abuses of public advertising, Nov. i893-Oct. 1899.
no.i-8. 1893-99 r659.o5 635
Published irregularly.
660 Chemical technology
For General chemistry, see 540
ANDfiS, Louis Edgar.
Feuersicher-, geruchlos- und wasserdichtmachen aller ma-
terialien, die zu technischen und sonstigen zwecken
verwendet werden; mit einem anhang, Die fabrikation
des linoleums. 1896. (Hartleben's chemisch-technische
bibliothek.) r66o A55
ARTUS, Wilhelm Friedrich Willibald.
Grundziige der chemie in Hirer anwendung auf das prak-
tische leben. 1880. (Hartleben's chemisch-technische
bibliothek.) r66o A79
1034 CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY
BERSCH, Wilhelm.
Die moderne chemie; eine schilderung der chemischen
grossindustrie. 1900 r66o 646
Well-written general survey of the chief technical applications of chem-
istry. Does not enter deeply into details of individual processes.
BLOUNT, Bertram, & Bloxam, A. G.
Chemistry for engineers and manufacturers. 2v. 1896 660 656
v.i. Chemistry of engineering, building and metallurgy.
v.2. Chemistry of manufacturing processes.
Bibliography, v.2, p.438-44i.
"Information given is designed to be of so practical a character as will
enable an owner of machinery or user of power to detect causes of
bad economy, and to realize when saving may be effected by calling
in expert assistance." Preface.
The same. 1896 r66o 656
BOOTH, James Curtis, & Morfit, Campbell.
On recent improvements in the chemical arts. 1852 ^23.48 G73
Published by the Smithsonian institution.
Bound with Gould's "Report on the history of the discovery of Neptune."
C, W. T. ed.
History of the processes of manufacture and uses of print-
ing, gas-light, pottery, glass and iron, from the En-
cyclopaedia Britannica. 1864 r66o Cil
Contents: History and process of printing, by T. C. Hansard. Pottery
and porcelain, by Charles Tomlinson. Glass; its history and manu-
facture. History and process of making gas-light. Iron; history of
its manufacture.
DAMMER, Otto, ed.
Handbuch der chemischen technologic. 5v. 1895-98 r66o Di8
DAVIS, George E.
Handbook of chemical engineering. 2v. 1901-02 q66o Djt
v.i. Introduction. The technical laboratory. Materials used in plant
construction. Weighing and measuring. Steam production and dis-
tribution. Power and its application. Moving solids, liquids and
gases.
v.2. Treating and preparing solids. The application of heat and cold.
Separating solubles from insolubles. Absorbing and compressing
gases. Evaporation and distillation. Crystallisation and dialysis.
Electrolysis and electro-smelting. The construction of packages.
Organisation and building.
General treatise on the construction and operation of plants for utilizing
chemical reactions on a large scale.
FISCHER, Ferdinand.
Chemische technologic an den universitaten und tech-
nischen hochschulen Deutschlands. 1898 r66o.7 F$2
JOHNSTON, James Finlay Weir.
Chemistry of common life. 1894 660 J36
"Popular exposition touching the daily life of man which reveals to the
reading public a new world of interest. The book is most attractive
in style and thoroughly accurate." H. C. Bolton.
KNAPP, Friedrich Ludwig.
Chemical technology; or, Chemistry applied to the arts
and to manufactures. 2v. 1848-49 r66o K33
ROLLER, Theodor.
Die impragnirungs-technik; handbuch der darstellung aller
fausnisswiderstehenden, wasserdichten und feuer-
sicheren stoffe. 1896. (Hartleben's chemisch-technische
bibliothek.) r66o K36
Describes methods for the preservation of a wide diversity of sub-
stances from decay, dampness, fire, etc., by impregnation with chemi-
CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY 1035
cals. Waterproofing, fireproofing and wood preservation receive
special attention.
LASSAR-COHN, Dr.
Chemistry in daily life. 1896 660.4 L34
The same. 1899 660.4 L34C
MUSPRATT, James Sheridan, comp.
Chemistry; theoretical, practical and analytical, as applied
and relating to the arts and manufactures. 2v. in 7.
1860 qr66o Mg8
Encyclopaedia of chemistry; theoretical, practical and an-
alytical as applied to the arts and manufactures. 2v.
1877-80 qr66o Mo8e
Theoretische, praktische und analytische chemie in anwen-
dung auf kiinste und gewerbe; frei bearbeitet von F.
Stohmann und Bruno Kerl. v.i-8. 1888-1903 qr66o M98t
OST, Hermann.
Lehrbuch der chemischen technologic; mit einem schluss-
abschnitt "Metallurgie," bearbeitet von Friedrich Kol-
beck. 1900 r66o 029
Contents: Warme-erzeugung. Kalte-erzeugung. Technologic des was-
sers. Schwefel und schwefelsaure. Kochsalz. Soda, sulfat und salz-
saure. Kalisalze. Chlor, chlorkalk und chlorate. Elektrolyse.
Alaun und thonerdeverbindungen. Kunstdiinger. Explosivstoffe.
Kalk, mortel, cement. Glas. Thonwaren. Trockene distillation.
Fette. Zuckerindustrie. Starke und starkezucker. Zellstoff, cellu-
lose. Garungsgewerbe. Farbstoffe. Farberei und zeugdruck. Ger-
berei. Metallurgie.
Being a 4th edition of the "Lehrbuch der technischen chemie."
Good brief summary. Well illustrated.
OTTO, Friedrich Julius.
Lehrbuch der rationellen praxis der landwirthschaftlichen
gewerbe. 2v.ini. 1865-67. (Handbuch der chemischen
technologic; hrsg. von P. A. Bolley und anderen.) r66o 031
v. i . Das bierbrauen. Das branntweinbrennen und die spiritus fabri-
kation. Die liqueurfabrikation.
v.2. Die essigfabrikation. Die rubenzuckerfabrikation. Die starkefabri-
kation. Die fabrikation des starkegummis. Die fabrikation des
starkesyrups, starkezuckers und der zuckercouleur. Die bereitung
der butter und des kases. Die bereitung von cider oder obstmost.
Das kalkbrennen, camentbrennen und gypsbrennen. Die ziegel-
fabrikation und drainrohrenfabrikation. Das brotbacken. Das
seifeseiden. Rheinisches kraut.
SADTLER, Samuel Philip.
Hand-book of industrial organic chemistry. 1895 660 Si2
Bibliography and statistics at the end of each chapter.
The same. 1891 r66o Si2
The same. 1900 r66o Si2h
Takes up each of the important organic industries, treating of the raw
materials, processes of manufacture, products, analytical tests and
methods.
"Represents more thoroughly than any similar publication the practice of
the United States... and at the same time covers what is best in the
European practice." William McMurtrie.
THORP, Frank Hall.
Outlines of industrial chemistry; a text-book for students.
1808 660 T4i
The same. 1898 r66o T4I
Covers in outline the technological applications of chemistry, excepting
metallurgy. Accurate, but condensed to the last degree.
1036 CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY
WAGNER, Rudolf von.
Manual of chemical technology; tr. by William Crookes.
1892 qr66o
660.2 By-products
HAEFCKE, Hermann.
Die technische verwerthung von thierischen cadavern, cada-
vertheilen, schlachtabfallen, u. s. w. 1899. (Hartleben's
chemisch-technische bibliothek.) r66o.2
HUBBARD, Ernst.
Die verwerthung der holzabfalle. 1887. (Hartleben's
chemish-technische bibliothek.) r66o.2 H87
Use of sawdust for fuel, in making casts, explosives, artificial wood,
dyes, oxalic acid and various other products.
ROLLER, Theodor.
Handbuch der rationellen verwerthung, wiedergewinnung
und verarbeitung von abfallstoffen jeder art. 1900.
(Hartleben's chemisch-technische bibliothek.) r66o.2 K36
Collection of various processes in use or proposed for the utilization of
waste products, residues, etc.
SIMMONDS, Peter Lund.
Waste products and undeveloped substances; or, Hints for
enterprise in neglected fields. 1862 r66o.2 859
660.3 Dictionaries
DAMMER, Otto, comp.
Illustriertes lexikon der verfalschungen und verunreini-
gungen der nahrungs- und genussmittel, kolonialwaren
und manufakte, der droguen, chemikalien und farb-
waren, gewerblichen u. landwirtschaftlichen producte,
dokumente u. wertzeichen. 1887 r66o.3 Di8
THORPE, Thomas Edward, comp.
Dictionary of applied chemistry. 3v. 1891-93 r66o.3 T4I
660.5 Periodicals. Societies
CHEMIKER-ZEITUNG; [weekly and semiweekly]. v.3-date.
:879-date qr66o.5 421
With supplements entitled "Handelsblatt der chemiker-zeitung" and
"Chemisches repertorium."
Before 1879 this magazine was called "Allgemeine chemiker-zeitung."
CHEMISCH-TECHNISCHES repertorium; hrsg. von Emil
Jacobsen; [quarterly], v.i-date. i862-date r66o.S 4212
General-register, v. i-s, 1862-1866. 1867.
General-register, v.6-io, 1867-1871. 1873.
General-register, v.n-is, 1872-1876. 1879.
General-register, v.i6-2O, 1877-1881. 1883.
General-register, v.21-25, 1882-1886. 1889.
General-register, v.26-30, 1887-1891. 1893.
General-register, v. 31-35. 1892-1896. 1898.
CHEMISCHE Industrie; monatsschrift hrsg. vom Verein zur
wahrung der interessen der chemischen Industrie
Deutschlands. v.i-date. i878-date qr66o.S 4211
v.i2-date published fortnightly.
CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY 1037
JAHRES-BERICHT iiber die fortschritte der chemischen
technologic; hrsg. von J.R.Wagner, i855-date. v.i-
date. i8s6-date r66o.5 Ji5
Generalregister, v.i-3o. 3V. in i. 1866-89.
Generalregister, V.3I-4O. 1898.
v-5-io title-page reads "Jahres-bericht iiber die fortschritte und leistun-
gen der chemischen technologic."
v. ii 25 title-page reads "Jahres-bericht iiber die leistungen der chemi-
schen technologic."
v.26-28 title-page reads "Rudolf von Wagner's jahres-bericht uber die
leistungen der chemischen technologic; fortgesetzt von Ferdinand
Fischer."
v.29-date title-page reads "Jahres-bericht iiber die leistungen der chemi-
schen technologic; fortgesetzt von Ferdinand Fischer."
JAHRES-RUNDSCHAU iiber die chemische industrie und
deren wirthschaftliche verhaltnisse, 1893-94. 2v - 1894-
95 r66o.5
No more published.
Le MONITEUR scientifique du chimiste et du manufac-
turier; livre-journal de chimie appliquee aux arts et a
1'industrie, specialement consacre a la chimie generale
pure et appliquee, par G. A. Quesneville; [monthly],
v.i-date. i8S7-date qr66o.5
Preceded by "Revue scientifique et industrielle."
v.3-date title reads "Le moniteur scientifique; journal des sciences pures
et appliquees."
v.35-date contains as a supplement "Le mercure scientifique; memorial
de chimie industrielle, de pharmacie et d'hygiene."
v.39-date contains as a supplement "Choix de brevets pris en France
et a 1'etranger sur les arts chimiques, parus dans Le moniteur scien-
tifique."
REPERTOIRE de chimie appliquee; [monthly], 1858-63.
5v. 1859-63. (Societe chimique de Paris.) r66o.5 R352
In Jan. 1864 this united with the "Bulletin de la Societe chimique de
Paris."
SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
Journal, v.i-date. i882-date qr66o.5 867
Collective index; v.i-i4, 1882-1895. 1899.
v.i 20 monthly, v.2i-date semimonthly.
ZEITSCHRIFT fur angewandte chemie; [weekly], v.i-date.
i888-date qr66o.5 Z43
Formed by the union of the "Zeitschrift fur die chemische industrie" and
the "Repertorium der analytischen chemie."
ZEITSCHRIFT fitr die chemische industrie, mit besonderer
beriicksichtigung der chemisch-technischen untersu-
chungsverfahren; [bimonthly]. 2v. in i. 1887 qr66o.5 Z43I
United with the "Repertorium der analytischen chemie" to form the
"Zeitschrift fur angewandte chemie."
660.8 Receipt-books
CAPAUN-KARLOWA, C. F.
Chemisch-technische specialitaten und geheimnisse. 1894.
(Hartleben's chemisch-technische bibliothek.) r66o.8 Ci8
VOMACKA, Adolf.
Haus-specialitaten. 1888. (Hartleben's chemisch-tech-
nische bibliothek.) r66o.8 37
Receipts for the preparation of baking-powder, inks, glues, polishing
pastes, etc.
1038 CHEMICALS
661 Chemicals
ROLLER, Theodor.
Chemische praparatenkunde; handbuch der darstellung
und gewinnung der am haufigsten vorkommenden
chemischen korper, fiir techniker, gewerbetreibende
und industrielle. 1890. (Hartleben's chemisch-tech-
nische bibliothek.) r66i K36
SCHWARZENBERG, Philipp.
Die technologic der chemischen producte, welche durch
grossbetrieb aus unorganischen materialien gewonnen
werden. 1865. (Handbuch der chemischen tech-
nologic; hrsg. von P. A. Bolley und anderen.) r66i 841
Contents: Der schwefel. Die borsaure. Der borax. Das kochsalz.
Der natronsalpeter. Die natiirliche soda. Die pottasche. Die soda-
asche. Der kelp oder varech. Die salpetersaure.
Theory and practice of the methods of utilizing these raw materials.
661.1 Chemical elements
FISCHER, Ferdinand.
Die chemische technologic des wassers. 1880. (Handbuch
der chemischen technologic; hrsg. von P. A. Bolley und
anderen.) r66i.n 52
Contents: Vorkommen des wassers in der natur. Physikalische eigen-
schaften des wassers. Eis. Aufbewahrung des eises. Chemische
eigenschaften des wassers. Einfluss der bestandstheile eines wassers
auf seine verwendung.^Wasserversorgung. Mineralwasser.
JEHL, Francis.
Manufacture of carbons for electric lighting and other
purposes; a practical handbook, giving a complete de-
scription of the art of making carbons, electrodes, etc.,
the various gas generators and furnaces used in car-
bonising; with a plan for a model factory. 1899. (Elec-
trician series.) 661.126 J24
PRITCHARD, O. G.
Manufacture of electric light carbons 661.126 P95
Detailed description of a process for arc-lamp carbons which the author
claims to have worked successfully.
661.2 Acids
LUNGE, George.
Theoretical and practical treatise on the manufacture of
sulphuric acid and alkali, with the collateral branches.
3v. 1891-96 r66i.2 L97
The same, v.i in 2. 1903 r66i.2 L97t
PICK, Siegmund.
Die mineralsauren. 1879. (Hartleben's chemisch-technische
bibliothek.) r66i.2 P54
Brief statement of methods of manufacture, testing and uses.
STIEFEL, H. C.
Das raffiniren des weinsteines und die darstellung der wein-
steinsaure. 1894. (Hartleben's chemisch-technische
bibliothek.) r66i.2 885
CHEMICALS 1039
66
661.3 Alkalis
ARNOLD, R.
Ammonia and ammonium compounds. 1890 661.3 A75
The same. 1889 r66i-3 A;s
"Recent literature," p.i2i-i23; "Recent patents," p.i24-iz6.
Treats of the recovery of ammonia and cyanogen compounds from coal-
gas purification, the manufacture of ammonium compounds, and the
revivification of the "spent-oxide" of the gas-works.
LUNGE, George.
Handbuch der soda-industrie und ihrer nebenzweige fur
theorie und praxis. 2v. in i. 1879. (Handbuch der
chemischen technologic; hrsg. von P. A. Bolley und
anderen.) r66r.3 L97
The same. 3v. in 2. 1893-94. (Handbuch der chemischen
technologic; hrsg. von P. A. Bolley und anderen.). . .r66i.3 L97h
A standard treatise, covering this industry in detail.
PFEIFFER, Emil.
Handbuch der kali-industrie; die bildung der salzlager von
Stassfurt und umgegend, sowie von Kalusz und be-
schreibung dieser salzlager; die technische gewinnung
der kalisalze aus den naturlich vorkommenden salzen
mit ihren nebenzweigen und anwendung der kalisalze
in der landwirthschaft. 1887. (Handbuch der chemischen
technologic; hrsg. von P. A. Bolley und anderen.) r66i.3 ?47
Very complete monograph on the development of this industry in
Germany.
PICK, Siegmund.
Die alkalien; darstellung der fabrikation der gebrauch-
lichsten kali- und natron-verbindungen, der soda, pot-
asche, des salzes, salpeters, glaubersalzes, wasserglases,
chromkalis, blutlaugensalzes, weinsteins, laugensteins,
u. s. f. ; deren anwendung und priifung. 1894. (Hart-
leben's chemisch-technische bibliothek.) r66i.3 P$4
Methods of manufacture on a large scale.
661.4-661.7 Salts
JUNEMANN, Friedrich.
Die fabrikation des alauns, der schwefelsauren und der
essigsauren thonerde, des bleiweisses und des blei-
zuckers. 1882. (Hartleben's chemisch-technische bib-
liothek.) r66i-4 JS2
Brief description of machinery and processes used in factories.
KRATZER, Hermann.
Wasserglas und infusorienerde; deren natur und bedeu-
tung fur industrie, technik und die gewerbe. 1887.
(Hartleben's chemisch-technische bibliothek.) r66i.4 K4I
FEUERBACH, Friedrich.
Die cyan-verbindungen. 1896. (Hartleben's chemisch-
technische bibliothek.) r66i.7 F43
Describes the manufacture of the technically important compounds of
cyanogen, and their use in electroplating, gold extraction, etc.
1040 PYROTECHNICS. EXPLOSIVES
662 Pyrotechnics. Explosives. Fuel
662.1 Pyrotechnics
BROWNE, W. H.
Firework making for amateurs; complete and explicit in-
structions in the art of pyrotechny. 1888 662.1 B8i
ESCHENBACHER, August.
Die feuerwerkerei; oder, Die fabrikation der feuerwerks-
korper. 1897. (Hartleben's chemisch-technische bib-
liothek.) r662.i 79
Includes the chemistry of the chief materials and the methods used in
making fireworks for signaling and display.
WEBSKY, Christian Friedrich Martin.
Lustfeuerwerkskunst; leichtfassliche, bewahrte anleitung
zur anfertigung von lustfeuerwerken. 1891 r662.i W37
Intended particularly for amateurs. Gives directions for simple pieces.
662.2 Explosives
BERTHELOT, Pierre Eugene Marcellin.
Explosive materials; a series of lectures; tr. by Marcus
Benjamin, to which is added a short historical sketch
of gunpowder by Karl Braun. 1883. (Van Nostrand's
science series.) 662.2 6460
"Bibliography of works on explosives," p.i39~i8o.
Explosives and their power; tr. and condensed fr. the
French by C. N. Hake and William Macnab. 1892.. ..662.2 646
BOCKMANN, Friedrich.
Die explosiven stoffe; ihre geschichte, fabrikation, eigen-
schaften, priifung und praktische anwendung in der
sprengtechnik. 1895. (Hartleben's chemisch-tech-
nische bibliothek.) r662.2 657
General manual for users of explosives.
EISSLER, Manuel.
Handbook on modern explosives; with chapters on ex-
plosives in practical application. 1897 662.2 42
Modern high explosives; nitro-glycerine and dynamite,
pyroxyline, or gun-cotton, the fulminates, picrates and
chlorates. 1884 r662.2 42
Describes accurately the properties, methods of manufacture and analysis,
and the industrial uses.
GUTTMANN, Oscar.
Die industrie der explosivstoffe. 1895. (Handbuch der
chemischen technologic; hrsg. von P. A. Bolley und
anderen.) r662.2 Go8
"Literatur iiber explosivstoffe," p.6;3.
Manufacture of explosives. 2v. 1895 662.2 GgS
"Bibliography of explosives," v.2, p.4i 1-427.
Schiess- und sprengmittel. 1900 662.2 0983
"Erweiterter sonder-abdruck aus 'Muspratt's theoretische, praktische und
analytische chemie.' "
"Literatur," p.243.
Short description of the explosives now used, including methods of
manufacturing and testing.
EXPLOSIVES 1041
MEYER, Ernst von.
Die explosivkorper und die feuerwerkerei. 1874. (Hand-
buch der chemischen technologic; hrsg. von P. A. Bol-
ley und anderen.) r668.i DjS
Bibliography, p. 127.
Bound with Deite's "Die darstellung der seifen, parfumerien und cos-
metica."
Treats of guncotton, nitro-explosives, dynamite, fulminates, percussion-
caps and other igniters, colored fires, rockets, etc.
SANFORD, P. Gerald.
Nitro-explosives. 1896 662.2 822
Brief, interesting and trustworthy account of the manufacture of nitro-
glycerin, guncotton, dynamite and other nitro-explosives. Describes
the testing of raw and finished material. Written from the chemist's
point of view.
WISSER, John Philip.
Explosive materials; the phenomena and theories of ex-
plosion, and the classification, constitution and prepa-
ration of explosives. 1898. (Van Nostrand's science
series.) 662.2 W8i
"Authorities," p. 5-6.
BERNADOU, John Baptiste.
Smokeless powder, nitro-cellulose and the theory of the
cellulose molecule. 1901 662.3 645
Appendixes: Researches upon the nitration of cotton, by M. Vielle.
Pyrocollodion smokeless powders, by D. Mendeleef. The nitration of
cotton, by M. Bruley. The development of smokeless powder, by J. B.
Bernadon.
The useful portions of the book are the appendixes and the record of the
author's experiments. The theory of the cellulose molecule advanced
is not in agreement with the commonly accepted view among chemists.
UPMANN, J.
Das schiesspulver; dessen geschichte, fabrikation, eigen-
schaften und proben. 1874. (Handbuch der che-
mischen technologic; hrsg. von P. A. Bolley und
anderen.) r668.i 038
"Literatur," p. 214-219.
Bound with Deite's "Die darstellung der seiien, parfumerien und cos-
metica."
Theoretical and practical. Treats only of ordinary black powder.
662.5 Matches
FREITAG, Josef.
Die ziindwaaren-fabrikation. 1887. (Hartleben's chemisch-
technische bibliothek.) r662.5 Fgi
Brief descriptions of the machinery and methods used.
JETTEL, Wladimir.
Die zundwaaren-fabrikation in ihrer gegenwartigen aus-
bildung, mit beriicksichtigung der wichtigsten ma-
schinen zum hobeln der holzer, zum einlegen und
ausnehmen, zur spanschachtel- und salonbiichsen-
fabrikation, und der recepte zum zusammensetzen der
ziindwaaren. 1871. (Handbuch der chemischen tech-
nologic; hrsg. von P. A. Bolley und anderen.) r668.i 038
Bibliography, p. 77.
Bound with Deite's "Die darstellung der seifen, parfumerien und
cosmetica."
1042 FUEL
662.6 Fuel
CLARK, Daniel Kinnear, ed.
Fuel; its combustion and economy. 1879 r662.6 51
Consists of abridgments of "Treatise on the combustion of coal and the
prevention of smoke," by C. W. Williams, and "The economy of fuel,"
by T. S. Prideaux, with additions on "Recent practice in the com-
bustion and economy of fuel," by D. K. Clark.
FISCHER, Ferdinand.
Die chemische technologic der brennstoffe. v.i-2. 1897-
1901 662.6 F52
The same. v.i. 1880. (Handbuch der chemischen tech-
nologic; hrsg. von P. A. Bolley und anderen.) r662.6 FS2
JOHNSON, Walter Rogers.
Report to the Navy department of the United States on
American coals applicable to steam navigation and to
other purposes. 1844. (United States. 28th cong. ist
sess. Senate. Doc. no. 386.) . r662.6 ]$6
Jt)PTNER von JONSTORFF, Hanns, freiherr.
Die untersuchung von feuerungs-anlagen; eine anleitung
zur anstellung von heizversuchen. 1891. (Hartleben's
chemisch-technische bibliothek.) r662.6 J53
ROLLER, Theodor.
Die torf-indtistrie; handbucb der gewinnung, verarbeitung
und verwerthung des torfes im kleinen und grossen
betriebe, sowie darstellung verschiedener producte aus
torf. 1898. (Hartleben's chemisch-technische bib-
liothek.) r662.6 K3C
Practical manual of all branches.
MILLS, Edmund James, & Rowan, F. J.
Fuel and its applications; ed. by C. E. Groves. 1889.
(Chemical technology, v.i.) q662.6 M6g
The same. 1889 qr662.6 M6g
Describes the various fuels, their applications and their value. Has
sections on domestic heating, steam production, evaporation, distilla-
tion, on furnaces for metallurgical purposes, and kilns for brick, etc.
MUCK, F.
Die chemie der steinkohle. 1891 r662.6 M94
Second enlarged edition of "Grundzuge und ziele der steinkohlenchemie."
Studies the chemical properties of coal and their relation to its com-
mercial value/ Tables give composition of a number of European
varieties.
POOLE, Herman.
Calorific power of fuels; founded on Scheurer-Kestner's
Pouvoir calorifique des combustibles. 1900 662.6 P79
"Authorities consulted," p. 15 17.
The same. 1898 r662.6 P79
"Authorities consulted," p. 13-15.
Describes various calorimeters, and gives methods of determining the
heating effect of fuels and of making steam-boiler trials. Includes
very complete tables of the heating power and composition of the
fuels of the world.
SEXTON, Alexander Humboldt.
Fuel and refractory materials. 1897 662.6 851
Contains chapters on "Gaseous fuel," "Furnaces for metallurgical pur-
poses," "Supply of air to the furnace," "Removal of waste products,"
"Smoke," "Prevention of smoke," etc.
Bibliography, p. 337-341.
FUEL 1043
SLOCUM, F. L. comp.
Gas, coal and iron interests of western Pennsylvania, and
gas engineering tables. 1895 r662.6 863
Compiled for the Pittsburgh meeting of the Western gas association,
May 1895.
Illustrations and short descriptions of a number of plants.
662.7 Charcoal. Coke
BRECKON, J. R. comp.
"Facts and figures" concerning the manufacture of coke,
and the collection of bye-products by the Simon-Carves
process. 1884 r662.7 672
Written as an advertisement. Gives data concerning cost, economy,
production, etc.
DURRE, Ernst Friedrich.
Die neueren cokesofen unter beriicksichtigung aller
neueren arbeiten und studien iiber die brennstoffe und
ihre trockene destination. 1892 qr66a.7 Dp4
Summarizes progress in the study of natural fuels and of processes of
dry distillation during the period 1882-92. Includes descriptions and
drawings of a number of by-product coke-ovens.
FULTON, John.
Coke; a treatise on the manufacture of coke and the saving
of by-products, with references to the methods and
ovens best adapted to the production of coke from
American coals. 1895 662.7 Fg8
SVEDELIUS, Gustaf.
Hand-book for charcoal burners. 1875 r662.7 896
Written for a prize offered by the government of Sweden, was duly ap-
proved and published by the government.
'THENIUS, Georg.
Die meiler- und retorten-verkohlung; die liegenden und
stehenden meiler, die gemauerten holz-verkohlungs-
oefen und die retorten-verkohlung. 1885. (Hartleben's
chemisch-technische bibliothek.) r662.7 T34
Concise manual of the distillation and coking of wood. Treats especially
of the chemical products and their utilization.
WEEKS, Joseph Dame.
Manufacture of coke in 1894. 1895 q r S53-46 W42
Extract from the i6th annual report of the director of the United States
geological survey, 1894-95.
Bound with his "Production of manganese."
Report on the manufacture of coke. 1885 qr662.7 W42
Part of v.io of the Final report on the loth census, 1880.
662.8 Artificial fuel
JUNEMANN, Friedrich.
Die briquette-industrie und die brennmaterialien. 1881.
(Hartleben's chemisch-technische bibliothek.) r662.8 J52
THWAITE, Benjamin Howarth.
Gaseous fuel, including water gas. 1889 662.8 T43
The same. 1889 r662.8 T43
1044 BEVERAGES
663 Beverages
BLATTER fur gersten-, hopfen- und kartoffelbau; zugleich
organ des staatlichen versuchskornhauses in Berlin;
[monthly], v.2-3. 1900-01 r663.O5 654
Publication ceased with v.3.
JAHRBUCH des Vereins der spiritus-fabrikanten in Deutsch-
land, des Vereins der starke-interessenten in Deutsch-
land und der brennerei-berufsgenossenschaft. ler
jahrgang-date. ipoi-date r663-O5 JiS
Erganzungsband zur "Zeitschrift fiir spiritusindustrie."
ZEITSCHRIFT fiir spiritusindustrie; organ des vereins und
der versuchsstation der spiritusfabrikanten in Deutsch-
land; neue folge; [semimonthly and weekly], v.i-date.
i878-date qr663.os Z43
Zweite folge der "Schwarzwaller'schen zeitschrift fiir deutsche spiritus-
fabrikanten."
The same, erganzungsheft. v.i-date. i8o8-date qr663-O5 Z43C
663.1 Fermented beverages. Fermentation
EFFRONT, Jean.
Enzymes and their applications; English translation by
S. C. Prescott. v.i. 1902 663.1 33
v.i. The enzymes of the carbohydrates; the oxidases.
Contains numerous bibliographies.
Theory and practice of use of diastatic ferments in brewing and distilling.
GREEN, Joseph Reynolds.
Soluble ferments and fermentation. 1899 663.1 G82
Bibliography, p. 239-473.
HANSEN, Emil Christian.
Practical studies in fermentation. 1896 663.1 H24*
JORGENSEN, Alfred.
Micro-organisms and fermentation. 1900 663.1 J43
Bibliography, 9.277-318.
Their morphology and biology. Clearly written review of present
knowledge, by an investigator of high standing.
LAFAR, Franz.
Technical mycology, the utilization of micro-organisms in
the arts and manufactures; a practical handbook on fer-
mentation and fermentative processes, for the use of
brewers and distillers, analysts, technical and agri-
cultural chemists, pharmacists and all interested in the
industries dependent "on fermentation, v.i-2. 1898-
1903 663.1 Li4
v.i. Schizomycetic fermentation.
v.2. Eumycetic fermentation.
The same, v.i-2. 1898-1903 r663.i Li4
PASTEUR, Louis.
Studies on fermentation. 1879 663.1 P28
Translation of "Etudes sur la biere."
Valuable biological study of the diseases of beer, their causes and the
means of prevention.
SCHUTZENBERGER, Paul.
On fermentation. 1893. (International scientific series.). .663.1 839
"Clear and concise statement of our present (1876) knowledge of fer-
BEVERAGES 1045
mentation, and a brief history of the progress of opinion and research."
Douglas A. Spalding.
663.2 Wine
HENDERSON, Alexander.
History of ancient and modern wines. 1824 qr663.2 H44
MAIER, Karl.
Die ausbriiche, secte und siidweine; nebst einem anhange
enthaltend die bereitung der strohweine, rosinen-, hefe-,
kunst-, beeren- und kernobstweine. 1895. (Hartleben's
chemisch-technische bibliothek.) r663.2 M26
Describes the natural wines, and gives receipts and methods for the
manufacture of fortified and artificial wines.
MOHR, Friedrich.
Der weinbau und die weinbereitungskunde. 1865. (Hand-
buch der chemischen technologic; hrsg. von P. A.
Bolley und anderen.) r66o 031
Study of the theoretical principles underlying wine-making and of their
employment in practice.
Bound with Otto's ' Lehrbuch der rationellen praxis der landwirthschaft-
lichen gewerbe."
PIAZ, Antonio dal.
Die champagner-fabrikation und erzeugung impragnirter
schaumweine. 1892. (Hartleben's chemisch-technische
bibliothek.) r663-2 ?53
Practical handbook giving brief descriptions of methods and machinery
used in manufacturing natural and artificial effervescing wines.
Die obstweinbereitung nebst obst- und beerenbranntwein-
brennerei. I&94-. (Hartleben's chemisch-technische
bibliothek.) r663.2 P53O
Treats of the manufacture of wine and brandy from apples, pears,
berries, etc.
Die verwerthung der weinriickstande. 1895. (Hartleben's
chemisch-technische bibliothek.) r663.2 PS3v
Die weinbereitung und kellerwirthschaft. 1900. (Hart-
leben's chemisch-technische bibliothek.) r663-2 P53w
Brief practical manual of the manufacture of wine, by an experienced
wine-maker.
REDDING, Cyrus.
History and description of modern wines. 1836 r663.2 R27
Popular work, describing the qualities, sources and methods of manu-
facture of the various wines in use at time of publication.
REGNER, Alfred von.
Die bereitung der schaumweine; mit besonderer beriick-
sichtigung der franzosischen champagner-fabrikation.
1899. (Hartleben's chemisch-technische bibliothek.) . .r663.2 R29
Describes in detail the manufacture of champagne and of effervescent
wines made by impregnation with gaseous carbonic acid.
THUDICHUM, John Louis William, & Dupre, August.
Treatise on the origin, nature and varieties of wine. 1872. .663.2 T42
Comprehensive account of viticulture and wine-making in all its branches.
Discusses thoroughly the chemistry of wine. A standard work.
663.3-663.4 Brewing. Beer
Der BAYERISCHE bierbrauer. See Zeitschrift fur das
gesammte brauwesen.
1046 BEVERAGES
CASSIAN, Franz.
Die dampf-brauerei; eine darstellung des gesammten brau-
wesens nach dem neuesten stande des gewerbes. 1887.
(Hartleben's chemisch-technische bibliothek.) r663-3 26
Theoretical and practical. Vienna, Bavarian and Bohemian beers are
especially considered.
HABICH, G. E.
Handbuch der bierbrauerei, auf grundlage von Habich,
Schule der bierbrauerei; hrsg. von Conrad Schneider
und Gottlieb Behrend. 1891 663.3 Hn
Thorough manual of all branches of the German brewing industries.
LEYSER, Emil.
Die malz- und bierbereitung; ein handbuch zum selbstun-
terricht fur praktiker sowie zum gebrauche an brauer-
schulen. 1900 663.3 L67
The loth edition of "Die bierbrauerei," by Philipp Heiss.
A standard text-book of German methods and practice. Thorough and
accurate. Treats especially of thick mash beers.
WAHL, Robert, & Henius, Max, ed.
American handy-book of the brewing, malting and
auxiliary trades. 1901 r663_3 Wi3
Bibliography, p.i 157-1 185.
Pocket encyclopedia, giving concise information as to standard Ameri-
can practice in the various industries connected with brewing.
WEBER, Karl.
Die malz-fabrikation; eine darstellung der bereitung von
griin-, luft- und darrmalz nach dem gewohnlichen
und den verschiedenen mechanischen verfahren. 1887.
(Hartleben's chemisch-technische bibliothek.) r663-3 W37
Theoretical and practical handbook.
ZEITSCHRIFT fur das gesammte brauwesen; [monthly
and weekly], i866-date. v.i-date. i867~date qr663-3 Z43
v. 1-12 title reads "Der bayerische bierbrauer."
FRIED, Wilhelm.
Die keller der bierbrauereien. 1900 663.4 FQ4
Describes methods of construction, materials, heating and cooling ar-
rangements, etc. Clear and practical.
RUDINGER, Hermann.
Die bierbrauerei und die malzextract-fabrikation. 1887.
(Hartleben's chemisch-technische bibliothek.) r6634 R83
Practical handbook for brewers and brewery chemists.
663.5 Distilling
BRIEM, Hermann.
Die riibenbrennerei; dargestellt nach den praktischen er-
fahrungen der neuzeit. 1888. (Hartleben's chemisch-
technische bibliothek.) r663-5 674
"Die literatur der riibenbrennerei," p.i2-is.
Treats of manufacture of rum and alcohol from sugar-beets and beet
sugar molasses.
EIDHERR, Eduard.
Der chemisch-technische brennereileiter; populares hand-
buch der spiritus- und presshefe-fabrikation. 1898.
(Hartleben's chemisch-technische bibliothek.) r663-5 39
Concise explanation of the chemistry and technology of distillation.
Describes processes, machinery, etc.
BEVERAGES 1047
GABER, August.
Die fabrikation von rum, arrak, cognac und alien arten
von obst- und friichtenbranntweinen. 1898. (Hart-
leben's chemisch-technische bibliothek.) r663-5 Gn
Die liqueur-fabrikation. 1899. (Hartleben's chemisch-
technische bibliothek.) r663-S Gul
Describes the raw materials, processes, etc. used, and gives numerous
formulae for liqueurs, % cremes, brandies, etc.
Der praktische destillateur und spirituosenfabrikant; hand-
und hilfsbuch fur destillateure, liqueur- und spirituosen-
fabrikanten. 1901. (Hartleben's chemisch-technische
bibliothek.) r663-5 Gup
Pays special attention to the physical and chemical properties of the raw
materials and the products, giving methods of analysis, etc. Intended
primarily as a companion to treatises on distillation and liqueur manu-
facture.
GUICHARD, Pierre.
Traite de distillerie: Chimie du distillateur. 1895. (En-
cyclopedic de chimie industrielle.) r663-S Gg6tr
Summarizes the chemical properties of the various alcohols, sugars and
their derivatives of importance in commercial distillation, and gives
directions for their chemical identification and estimation.
Traite de distillerie: Industrie de la distillation; levures et
alcools. 1897. (Encyclopedic de chimie industrielle.) . .r663. 5 G96t
Considers the various steps in the manufacture of alcohol both theoreti-
cally and practically. Good brief summary of French practice.
Traite de distillerie: Microbiologie du distillateur; ferments
et fermentation. 1896. (Encyclopedic de chimie in-
dustrielle.) r663-S Gg6
Handbook of the chemistry and biology of ferments, for chemists, dis-
tillers, etc.
MAERCKER, Maximilian.
Handbuch der spiritusfabrikation. 1894 r663-5 M24
PIAZ, Antonio dal.
Die cognac- und weinsprit-fabrikation, sowie die trester-
und hefebranntwein-brennerei. 1891. (Hartleben's che-
misch-technische bibliothek.) r663-S ?53
Describes machinery and processes.
REIS, Josef.
Bereitung der brennerei-kunsthefe. 1883. (Hartleben's
chemisch-technische bibliothek.) r663-S R32
Brief theoretical and practical handbook for yeast-makers.
WILFERT, Adolf.
Die kartoffel- und getreidebrennerei. 1885. (Hartleben's
chemisch-technische bibliothek.) r663-S W7i
Practical handbook on the distillation of spirits from potatoes and grain,
. including maize and rice.
663.6 Soda-water
DUBELLE, George H. ed.
"Non plus ultra" soda fountain requisites of modern times;
a practical receipt book comprising all the latest novel-
ties and specialties for soda fountain beverages. 1893. .663.6 D85
MEITZ, Oskar.
Die fabrikation der moussirenden getranke; praktische
anleitung zur fabrikation aller moussirenden wasser,
1048 FOODS. PRESERVING
limonaden, weine, u. s. w., griindliche beschreibung der
hiezu nothigen apparate; neu bearbeitet und erweitert
von E. Luhmann. 1897. (Hartleben's chemisch-tech-
nische bibliothek.) r66$.6 MS7
WENDER, Max, & Neumann.
Praktische anleitung zur fabrikation kohlensaurehaltiger
erfrischungs- und luxus-getranke. 1898 qr663.6 Wsi
Handbook for the manufacturer and dispenser of carbonated beverages,
describing machinery and apparatus, chemicals used, etc.
663.9 Chocolate. Coffee
SALDAU, Ernst.
Die chocolade-fabrikation. 1881. (Hartleben's chemisch-
technische bibliothek.) r663-9i Si6
Directions for making the different commercial varieties, descriptions of
machinery used, properties of cacao and methods of analysis and of
testing for adulterants are given.
LEHMANN, Karl.
Die fabrikation des surrogatkaffees und des tafelsenfes.
1893. (Hartleben's chemisch-technische bibliothek.) . .r663. 93 L$5
Describes methods, materials and machinery used. Gives receipts.
664 Foods. Preserving
For Food adulterations, see 614.3; for Food analysis, see 543.1
CAPAUN-KARLOWA, C. F.
Unsere lebensmittel; eine anleitung zur kenntniss der
vorziiglichsten nahrungs- und genussmittel, deren vor-
kommen und beschaffenheit in gutem und schlechtem
zustande, sowie ihre verfalschungen und deren erken-
nung. 1879. (Hartleben's chemisch-technische bib-
liothek.) .r664 Ci8
RUPRECHT, Karl.
Die fabrikation von albumin und eierconserven. 1882.
(Hartleben's chemisch-technische bibliothek.) r664 R88
Describes the properties and manufacture of albumin, the methods of
preserving eggs and egg products and methods for analyzing albumin.
BERSCH, Wilhelm.
Die fabrikation von starkezucker, dextrin, maltoseprapara-
ten, zuckercouleur und invertzucker; ein handbuch fur
starke-, starkezucker- und ihvertzucker-fabrikanten.
1901. (Hartleben's chemisch-technische bibliothek.) . .r664.i 646
Good brief treatise. Describes chemistry and practice. Devotes con-
siderable space to methods of analysis for sugar laboratories.
REGNER, Richard von.
Die fabrikation des riibenzuckers; nebst einem anhange
iiber die verwerthung der nachproducte und abfalle,
etc. 1879. (Hartleben's chemisch-technische biblio-
thek.) r664.i R29
Brief description from practical point of view.
STEYDN, Ernst.
Die fabrikation des rubenzuckers. 1893. (Hartleben's che-
misch-technische bibliothek.) r664.
Text-book covering briefly both theory and practice.
FOODS. PRESERVING 1049
Die untersuchung des zuckers und zuckerhaltiger stoffe,
sowie der hilfsmaterialien der zuckerindustrie. 1893.
(Hartleben's chemisch-technische bibliothek.) r664.i 885
SYKORA, W. & Schiller, F.
Kurzgefasste chemie der rtibensaft-reinigung, zum ge-
brauche fiir praktische zuckerfabrikanten. 1881. (Hart-
leben's chemisch-technische bibliothek.) r664.i 898
Explains in simple language the chemistry of the processes used in pre-
paring beet juice for use in making sugar.
OERTEL, Friedrich.
Die teigwaaren-fabrikation; mit einem anhange, "Die
panier- und mutschelmehl-fabrikation." 1885. (Hart-
* leben's chemisch-technische bibliothek.) r664.2 Oi5
REHWALD, Felix.
Die starke-fabrikation und die fabrikation des trauben-
zuckers. 1895. (Hartleben's chemisch-technische bib-
liothek.) r664.2 R29
Describes the manufacture of all the commercial varieties of starch,
dextrine, glucose and other starch derivatives.
LANG, Victor.
Die fabrikation von kunstbutter, sparbutter und butterine.
1895. (Hartleben's chemisch-technische bibliothek.) . .r664.3 L2j
Outlines methods used for making butter and butterine in large factories.
UNITED STATES Agriculture and forestry committee.
Report, with the views of the minority, on oleomargarine
and other imitation dairy products, etc., Jan. 26, 1901.
(56th cong. 2d sess. Senate. Report no.2O43.) r664_3 U25
PURER, F. A.
Salzbergbau- und salinenkunde. 1900 r664-4 Fg8
Treats of the occurrence, properties and methods of obtaining and refin-
ing common salt. Thorough, up-to-date description of the subject.
BERSCH, Josef.
Die essig-fabrikation. 1895. (Hartleben's chemisch-tech-
nische bibliothek.) r664-5 646
Good practical description of various methods of manufacturing vinegar
and acetic acid.
Der rationelle betrieb der essig-fabrikation und die controle
derselben. 1901. (Hartleben's chemisch-technische bib-
liothek.) r664_5 B46r
Practical handbook for vinegar-makers. Describes the raw materials,
acetic acid bacteria, processes, etc.
WILFERT, Adolf.
Presshefe, kunsthefe und backpulver. 1890. (Hartleben's
chemisch-technische bibliothek.) r664.6 W/i
Practical manual of their manufacture. But little space is given to
baking-powders.
AND6S, Louis Edgar.
Das conserviren der nahrungs- und genussmittel; fabri-
kation von fleisch-, fisch-, gemuse, obst-, etc. conserven.
1894. (Hartleben's chemisch-technische bibliothek.) . .r664.8 ASS
Gives methods of preserving beer, butter, fats, tobacco, eggs, ice, vine-
gar, fish, meats, meat extracts, fruits, vegetables, grain, spices, yeast,
hops, cheese, coffee, tea, potatoes, malt, flour, milk, sauces, mustard,
fodder, water and wine.
BERSCH, Josef.
Die conservirungsmittel; ihre anwendung in den gahrungs-
OILS. GASES. CANDLES
gewerben und zur aufbewahrung von nahrungsstoffen.
1882. (Hartleben's chemisch-technische bibliothek.) . .r664.8 646
Elementary description of various processes and chemicals used as pre-
servatives, with practical directions for preserving foods, fermented
drinks, etc.
DUCKWALL, Edward W.
Bacteriology applied to the canning and preserving of
food products. 1899 ................................. 664.8 D86
Brief elementary treatise on bacteriology in relation to canning, and its
applications in the canning of corn, tomatoes, etc.
MERGES, Nicolaus.
Die internationale wurst- und fleischwaarenfabrikation.
1889. (Hartleben's chemisch-technische bibliothek.). .r664.9 M63
WENGER, Georg.
Chemie und technik im fleischer-gewerbe. 1898. (Hart-
leben's chemisch-technische bibliothek.) . . ........... r664-9 WS2
665 Oils. Gases. Candles
BOLLEY, Pompejus Alexander.
Das beleuchtungswesen; nebst einem anhang iiber elek-
trische beleuchtung, von Gustav Wiedemann. 1862.
(Handbuch der chemischen technologic; hrsg. von P.
A. Bolley und anderen.) .............................. r66$ B6i
Bibliography, p. 322-326.
Chiefly devoted to candles and gas-lighting; lamps for oil and electricity
are briefly considered. Treats of raw materials, methods of manu-
facture, value, etc.
BRANNT, William Theodore, ed.
Practical treatise on animal and vegetable fats and oils.
2v. 1896 .............................................. 665 671
The same. 1888 ......................................... r66s B;i
Contents: Fixed fats and oils. Volatile or essential oils. Lubricants.
Contains a list of United States patents on oils and fats, 1790-1896.
BRUNNER, Richard.
Die fabrikation der schmiermittel, der schuhwichse und
lederschmiere. 1897. (Hartleben's chemisch-technische
bibliothek.) .......................................... r66s 683
Chiefly a collection of formulae for lubricants for sewing-machines,
watches and wagons, and oils and greases for shoes, leather, etc.,
with some discussion of the raw materials and methods of extraction
CARPENTER, William Lant.
Treatise on the manufacture of soap, candles, lubricants
and glycerin. 1895 .................................... 665 22
Bibliography, p. 422- 424.
HURST, George H.
Lubricating oils, fats and greases; their origin, prepara-
tion, properties, uses and analysis. 1896 ............... 665 H95
KRATZER. Hermann.
Die fabrikation der deutschen, franzosischen und eng-
lischen wagen-fette. 1888. (Hartleben's chemisch-
technische bibliothek.) ............ .................... r665 K^i
Brief compilation of receipts and directions.
LEWKOWITSCH, Julius.
Laboratory companion to fats and oils industries. 1901. ..r665 L67
Contents: System and examination of fats and waxes. Fats, oils and
OILS. GASES. CANDLES 1051
waxes, and the commercial products derived therefrom. General tables.
Tables intended to contain all numerical values necessary in the exami-
nation of fats and oils.
LIGHTING. 1895. (Chemical technology, v.2.) q66$ L6g
Contents: Fats and oils, by VV. Y. Dent. Stearine industry, by J.
McArthur. Candle manufacture, by L. Field and F. A. Field. The
petroleum industry, and Lamps, by Boverton Redwood. Miners' safety
lamps, by Boverton Redwood and D. A. Louis.
The same. 1895 qr66s L69
Readable treatise on the application of fats, oils and waxes to lighting,
covering the various subjects in considerable detail.
PERL, Eduard.
Die beleuchtungsstoffe und deren fabrikation; ein hand-
buch fur fabrikanten, handler von leuchtmaterialien,
kaufleute und hauswirthe. 1876. (Hartleben's chemisch-
technische bibliothek.) r665 ?43
PRACTICAL compounding of oils, tallow and grease for lu-
brication, etc., by an expert oil refiner. 1898 665 P88
Numerous receipts for compounding oils for special uses are given, with
some hints and cautions. Treatment is superficial and of little value
to experienced oil-makers.
REDWOOD, Iltyd I.
Lubricants, oils and greases, treated theoretically and giv-
ing practical information regarding their composition,
uses and manufacture. 1898 665 R27
SEDNA, Ludwig.
Das wachs und seine technische verwendung. 1886.
(Hartleben's chemisch-technische bibliothek.) r66s 844
Describes the various animal, vegetable and mineral waxes of commercial
importance, methods of obtaining and preparing them, and of making
various specialties for technical and medicinal purposes.
THALMANN, Friedrich.
Die fette und oele; darstellung der gewinnung und der
eigenschaften aller fette, oele und wachsarten, der
fett- und oelraffinerie und der kerzen-fabrikation. 1892.
(Hartleben's chemisch-technische bibliothek.) r665 T33
WRIGHT, Charles Romley Alder.
Animal and vegetable fixed oils, fats, butters and waxes;
their preparation and properties, and the manufacture
therefrom of candles, soaps and other products. 1894. -665 W93
Bibliography, p.6.
Good general description of the oils and fats, and of their technological
applications. Does not devote much space to the chemical methods of
detecting adulterants.
NATIONAL oil journal; [monthly and semimonthly], Feb.
i873-Sept. 15, 1875. v.3-5, in i. 1873-75 qr665-O5 Ni5
v.3, no.i; v.s, no.i4-i9 wanting.
ENGELHARDT, Alwin.
Handbuch der kerzen-fabrikation. 1887. (Hartleben's
chemisch-technische bibliothek.) r66s.i 63
Concise manual of materials, machines and processes used in making the
various kinds.
665.2-665.3 Animal and vegetable oils and fats
ANDfiS, Louis Edgar.
Animalische fette und oele; ihre praktische darstellung,
reinigung, verwendung zu den verschiedensten
1052 OILS. GASES. CANDLES
zwecken, ihre eigenschaften, verfalschungen und unter-
suchung. 1897. (Hartleben's chemisch-technische bib-
liothek.) 665.2 A55
The same. 1897. (Hartleben's chemisch-technische biblio-
thek.) r665.2 A55
Among the more important subjects are butter, oleomargarine, lard and
tallow.
Die trocknenden oele; ihre eigenschaften, zusammenset-
zung und veranderungen, sowie fabrikation der firnisse
aus denselben zu anstrichen und fiir buchdrucker,
genaue darstellung der fabrikation aller anstrich-,
buchdruck-, stein- und kupferdruckfarben. 1882. (Hand-
buch der chemischen technologic; hrsg. von P. A. Bol-
ley und anderen.) r66i.n F52
Bound with Fischer's "Die chemische technologic des wassers."
Vegetabilische fette und oele; ihre praktische darstellung,
reinigung, verwerthung zu den verschiedensten zwecken,
ihre eigenschaften, verfalschungen und untersuchung.
1896. (Hartleben's chemisch-technische bibliothek.) . .r665.3 A55
Concise summary of information relating to this industry.
665.4 Mineral oils. Paraffin
ANDS, Louis Edgar.
Vegetabilische und mineral-maschinenole, (schmiermittel);
deren fabrikation, raffinirung, entsauerung, eigen-
schaften und verwendung. 1893. (Hartleben's che-
misch-technische bibliothek.) r6654 A55
Describes raw materials used, methods of manufacture and testing lubri-
cants, various special formulae, instruments for using lubricants and
oil filters.
BERLINERBLAU, Joseph.
Das erdwachs; ozokerit und ceresin; geschichte vorkom-
men, gewinnung und verarbeitung. 1897. (Handbuch
der chemischen technologic; hrsg. von P. A. Bolley und
anderen.) r6654 832
Descriptions apply especially to practice and conditions in Austro-
Hungary.
Bound with Scheithauer's "Die fabrikation der mineralole."
BRUNTON, Richard Henry.
Production of paraffin and paraffin oils, with an abstract
of the discussion upon the paper; ed. by James Forrest.
1881 , 665.4 683
Reprinted from the "Minutes of proceedings of the Institution of civil
engineers," v.66.
Describes methods used in Scotland for producing oil from bituminous
shale.
GESNER, Abraham.
Practical treatise on coal, petroleum and other distilled
oils. 1865 r6654 G33
The same. 1865 665.4 33
REDWOOD, Iltyd I.
Practical treatise on mineral oils and their by-products.
1897 665.4 R27
SCHEITHAUER, W.
Die fabrikation der mineralole und des paraffins aus
PETROLEUM 1053
schweelkohle, schiefer, etc., sowie die herstellung der
kerzen und des oelgases. 1895. (Handbuch der che-
mischen technologic; hrsg. von P. A. Bolley und
anderen.) r6654 832
Being v.2 of "Die industrie der mineralole."
Thorough technical description of the distillation of lignite, bituminous
shale, turf, etc., and of the preparation of the various products for use.
665.5 Petroleum
ANTISELL, Thomas.
Manufacture of photogenic or hydro-carbon oils. 1859 r665-5 A63
BRANNT, William Theodore, ed.
Petroleum, with the occurrence and uses of natural gas;
ed. chiefly from the German of Hans Hoefer and
Alexander Veith. 1895 r66S-5 671
Contents: History of petroleum; History of the petroleum industry in the
United States, Galicia, Roumania, Russia and other countries. Divi-
sion and nomenclature of bitumen.- Physical and physiological proper-
ties' of petroleum. Chemical constitution of petroleum. Occurrence
of petroleum. Origin of petroleum. Boring; Conveyance; Transporta-
tion. Crude oil. Manufacture. Manufacture of paraffin. Methods
of testing oils. Uses and properties of petroleum. Natural gas and
oil gas. Useful tables.
Compilation in simple form of matter relating to the history, geology,
mining, manufacture and use of petroleum.
BURGMANN, Arthur.
Petroleum und erdwachs; darstellung der gewinnung von
erdol und erdwachs. 1897. (Hartleben's chemisch-
technische bibliothek.) r665-5 691
HOFER, Hans, & Veith, Alexander.
Das erdol-industrie. 2v. in I. 1888-92. (Handbuch der
chemischen technologic; hrsg. von P. A. Bolley und
anderen.) r66s B6i
Contents: Das erdol und seine verwandten, by Hans Hofer. Das erdol
und seine verarbeitung, by Alexander Veith.
Bibliography, p. 5 78-586.
Being v. i of "Die industrie der mineralole."
Careful, thorough treatise covering the natural history, geology and
technology of petroleum.
Bound with Bolley's "Das beleuchtungswesen."
NEUBURGER, Henry, & Noalhat, Henri.
Technology of petroleum ; the oil fields of the world, their his-
tory, geography and geology, annual production, prospec-
tion and development ; tr. fr. the French by J. G. Mclntosh.
1901 q66s-5 Nas
Does not treat of methods of refining. Gives some useful data regard-
ing methods and cost of drilling.
REDWOOD, Boverton, & Holloway, G. T.
Petroleum. 2v. 1896 665.5 R27
v.i. General historical account of the petroleum industry. The geo-
logical and geographical distribution of petroleum and natural gas.
The chemical and physical properties of petroleum and natural gas.
The origin of petroleum and natural gas. The production of petro-
leum, natural gas and ozokerite. The refining of petroleum.
v.2. The shale oil and allied industries. The transport, storage and dis-
tribution of petroleum. The testing of crude petroleum, petroleum
and shale oil products, ozokerite and asphalt. The uses of petroleum
and its products. Statutory, municipal and other regulations relating
to the testing, storage, transport and use of petroleum and its products.
Statistics. Marine transport of petroleum. Import duties levied on
petroleum.
1054 ILLUMINATING GAS
The same. 2v. 1896 r66S-5 R27
The best book yet written (1901) on this subject. Author has been for
many years closely connected with the petroleum industries as a chem-
ical expert, and writes largely from personal experience.
ROSSMASSLER, F. A.
Lehrbuch der verarbeitung der naphtha oder des erdoles
auf leucht- und schmierole. 1886. (Hartleben's che-
misch-technische bibliothek.) r665-5 R74
THOMSON, Jocelyn Home, & Redwood, Boverton.
Handbook on petroleum; for inspectors under the pe-
troleum acts and for those engaged in the storage,
transport, distribution and industrial use of petroleum
and its products and calcium carbide, with suggestions
on the construction and use of mineral oil lamps. 1901 . .665.5
Especially devoted to a discussion of safe methods for the transporta-
tion, storage and distribution of petroleum. Includes a brief dis-
cussion of the technology of petroleum.
665.7 Illuminating gas
BROWN'S directory of American gas companies; gas sta-
tistics, 1890, 1894, 1899. 3\ r . 1890-99 r6657 682
BUTTERFIELD, William John Atkinson.
Gas manufacture, the chemistry of; a practical handbook
on the production, purification and testing of illumi-
nating gas, and the assay of the bye-products of gas
manufacture. 1898 665.7 698
Contains a chapter on acetylene, p.352-398.
CLEGG, Samuel.
Practical treatise on the manufacture and distribution of
coal-gas. 1866 qr665-7 C55
COGLIEVINA, Domenico.
Theoretisch-praktisches handbuch der gas-installation.
1889. (Hartleben's chemisch-technische bibliothek.) .. .r66s. 7 C66
Manual of theoretical and practical information for gas-engineers.
Treats of photometry, value of gas for various purposes, methods of
measuring, distributing, etc.
COOPER, Thomas, 1759-1840.
Some information concerning gas lights. 1816 r6657 78
GRAHAM, David Allan.
Treatise on the comparative commercial values of gas
coals and cannels. 1882 . .665.7 G/6
HORNBY, John.
Text book of gas manufacture for students. 1896. (Tech-
nological handbooks.) 665.7 H79
The same. 1896. (Technological handbooks.) r665-7 H79
Elementary resume of the subject.
HUGHES, Samuel.
Gas works; their construction and arrangement and the
manufacture and distribution of coal gas; rewritten by
William Richards. 1892 665.7 H8g
The same. 1885 r6657 H8Q
Small volume, giving a good general description of the subject.
HUMPHRYS, Norton Henry.
Chemistry of illuminating gas. 1891 665.7 H92
ILLUMINATING GAS 1055
Consists mainly of articles written for the "Journal of gas lighting."
The same. 1891 r6657 HQ2
"Record of the various gas-making processes that have been proposed
. . .with some account of the natural laws that govern the manufacture
and supply of illuminating gas." Preface.
HUNT, Charles.
Gas lighting. 1900. (Chemical technology, v.3.) q6657 Hg3
The same. 1900 qr6657 H93
Discusses in detail the manufacture of coal, oil and water gases for
illuminating, their purification, distribution and use. Covers the en-
tire industry in a general way.
INTERNATIONAL ENGINEERING CONGRESS, Glas-
gow, 1901.
Proceedings of section 8: Gas; ed. by J. W. Helps. [1901.] . .r6657 124
KING, William Boughton, pub.
Treatise on the science and practice of the manufacture
and distribution of coal gas; ed. by Thomas New-
bigging and W. T. Fewtrell. 3v. in 2. 1878-82 qr6657 K26
MATTHEWS, William, engineer.
Historical sketch of the origin, progress and present state
of gas-lighting. 1827 r6657 M47
Author saw Murdoch's first public exhibition in 1802 and was more
or less closely in touch with the later developments. Appendixes
contain accounts by Murdoch, Winsor and Clegg of their several
inventions.
MULLER, A.
Die gasbeleuchtung im haus und die selbsthilfe des gas-
consumenten. 1881. (Hartleben's chemisch-technische
bibliothek.) r66S7 M95
NEWBIGGING, Thomas.
Handbook for gas engineers and managers. 1898 6657 Nz6
O'CONNOR, Henry.
Gas engineer's pocket-book. 1898 r6657 Oi3
RICHARDS, William, civil engineer.
Practical treatise on the manufacture and distribution of
coal gas. 1877 qr66s7 R4i
Manual for gas-engineers. Treats of machinery and methods, giving
designs, plans and specifications for gas-works installations.
THENIUS, Georg.
Die fabrikation der leuchtgase nach den neuesten forschung-
en; nebst einem anhang ueber die untersuchung der
leuchtgase nach den neuesten methoden. 1891. (Hart-
leben's chemisch-technische bibliothek.) r6657 T34
Brief practical manual. Describes manufacture of gas from coal, lignite,
wood, petroleum and other carbonaceous materials, water-gas, etc.
Treats also of the utilization of by-products and residues from retorts,
and methods of distributing and consuming gas.
665.705 Periodicals
AMERICAN GAS LIGHT ASSOCIATION.
Report of proceedings of the semi-annual meeting held at
Washington, May I2th, 1875, and annual meetings held
at New York city, Oct. 2Oth, 1875, and Oct. i8th, 1876.
1877 r66S705 Asi2
AMERICAN gas light journal; weekly, 1888, Jan.-June 1890.
v.48-49, 52, in 2. 1888-90 qr6657o5 ASI
67
1056 ACETYLENE. CARBON DIOXIDE
ASSOCIATION OF GAS ENGINEERS AND MANAGERS,
England.
Report of proceedings, i8g3-date. i8g4-date r6657O5 A84
DEUTSCHER verein von gas und wasserfachmannern.
See Journal fur gasbeleuchtung.
INCORPORATED GAS INSTITUTE.
Transactions; report of the annual meeting (ist-39th).
1864-1902 r66S7O5 1242
1864-81 title reads "Report of the proceedings of the annual meeting"
and the association is called British association of gas managers. Be-
tween 1 88 1 and 1890 the association is called Gas institute.
Volume for 1902 contains "Subject-matter index of the proceedings at
the meetings of the British association of gas managers and the Gas
institute from 1863 to 1902 inclusive."
Merged, Nov. 29, 1902, with the Incorporated institution of gas engi-
neers to form the Institution of gas engineers.
INCORPORATED INSTITUTION OF GAS ENGINEERS.
Transactions, 1891-1902. I2v. 1892-1902 r6657O5 124
Merged, Nov. 29, 1902, with the Incorporated gas institute to form
the Institution of gas engineers.
JOURNAL fur gasbeleuchtung und verwandte beleuch-
tungsarten; [monthly and weekly], v.i-date. 1858-
date qr665705 J466
General-register, 1858-1873, v.i-i6. 1875.
General-register, 1874-1888, y.i7-3i. 1889.
v.33-date title reads "Schilling's journal fur gasbeleuchtung und ver-
wandte beleuchtungsarten sowie fur wasserversorgung; organ des
Deutschen vereins von gas- und wasserfachmannern."
SCHILLING'S journal fur gasbeleuchtung. See Journal
fur gasbeleuchtung.
665.8 Acetylene. Carbon dioxide
GIBBS, William E.
Lighting by acetylene; generators, burners and electric
furnaces. 1898 '. 665.8 Ga6
Popular exposition of methods and appliances used. Contains a list of
United States patents on calcium carbid and acetylene apparatus to
February 22, 1898.
LEWES, Vivian B.
Acetylene; a handbook for the student and manufacturer.
1900 665.8 L67
Most exhaustive and authoritative treatise on the subject, (1900).
THOMPSON, G. F.
Acetylene gas, its nature, properties and uses; also calcium
carbide, its composition, properties and method of
manufacture. 1898 665.8 T$8
The same. 1898 r66s.8 T38
Short popular work, dealing especially with the use of acetylene as an
illuminant.
LUHMANN, E.
Die kohlensaure; eine ausfuhrliche darstellung der eigen-
schaften, des vorkommens, der herstellung und der
technischen verwendung dieser substanz. 1885. (Hart-
leben's chemisch-technische bibliothek.) r66s.8i L97
CERAMICS. GLASS 1057
665.9 Incandescent gas-lighting
CASTELLANI, L.
Das gasgliihlicht, die fabrikation der gliihnetze ("striimpfe") ;
ubersetzung und bearbeitung von M. L. Baczewski. 1901.
(Hartleben's chemisch-technische bibliothek.) r665_9 26
Contains an historical sketch of incandescent gas-lighting, the sources,
chemical and physical properties of the chemicals used, and practical
directions for making the incandescent mantles.
PERROUX, Jules.
Maniere de fabriquer soi-meme les capuchons a incandes-
cence par le gaz. 1897 r66s.9 ?44
TRUCHOT, P.
L'eclairage a incandescence par le gaz et les liquides
gazefies. 1899. (Bibliotheque de la Revue generate des
sciences.) 665.9 T77
Describes the different systems, and the practical carrying-out of those
in common use.
666 Ceramics. Glass
SHAW, Simeon.
Chemistry of the several natural and artificial heterogeneous
compounds used in manufacturing porcelain, glass and
pottery. 1900 q666 SS3
Reprint of the edition of 1837.
While the theoretical part is exceedingly old-fashioned, and does not
conform to modern views of chemistry, there is much of value on the
practical side which has not been given elsewhere.
THONINDUSTRIE-ZEITUNG; fachzeitung fur die interes-
sen der ziegel-, verblendstein-, chamotte-, topferwaren-,
steingut-, porzellan-, gips-, kalk-, cement-, cement-
waren- und kunststeinindustrie sowie des betonbaues;
[triweekly]. v.22-date. iSgS-date qr666.O5 T39
v.22, no.i-3o; v.23, no.g; v.26, no. 50 wanting.
666.1 Glass
APPERT, Leon, & Henrivaux, Jules.
Le verre et ses nouvelles applications qr666.i A64
Extrait de la Revue technique de 1'Exposition universelle de 1889.
Verre etverrerie. 2v. 1894. (Encyclopedic industrielle.) . .q666.i A6"4
v.i. Texte. v.2. Atlas.
ARNOUX, L. and others.
Pottery; Glass and silicates; Furniture and woodwork. 1877.
(British manufacturing industries.) 666.1 A76
Contents: Pottery, by L. Arnoux. Glass and silicates, by F. S. Barff.
Furniture and woodwork, by J. H. Pollen.
BARBER, Edwin AtLee.
American glassware, old and new; a sketch of the glass
industo' in the United States, and manual for collectors
of historical bottles. 1900 666.1 623
Brief historical sketch of the industry with a list of all known designs
of historical bottles, or bottles designed to commemorate notable
events or persons.
ios8 - GLASS
BENRATH, H. E.
Die glasfabrikation. 1875 666.1 644
Bibliography, p.48s~487.
The same. 1880. (Handbuch der chemischen technologic;
hrsg. von P. A. Bolley und anderen.) r666.i 62
Bibliography, p.48s-487.
Bound with Fleck's "Die fabrikation chemischer producte aus thierischen
abfallen."
BISER, Benjamin Franklin.
Elements of glass and glass making; a treatise designed
for the practical glassmaker, comprising facts, figures,
recipes and formulas for the manufacture of glass, plain
and colored. 1899 666.1 649
The same. 1899 r666.i 649
Collection of notes. Follows American practice. Presupposes a knowl-
edge of the subject.
BOLAS, Thomas.
Glass blowing and working, for amateurs, experimentalists
and technicians. 1898 666.1 659
"Bibliography of glass," p.2O7~2og.
BONTEMPS, Georges.
Guide du verrier; traite historique et pratique. 1868 666.1 B62
CREMER, Ferdinand.
Die fabrikation der silber- und quecksilber-spiegel; oder,
Das belegen der spiegel auf chemischem und mecha-
nischem wege. 1888. (Hartleben's chemisch-technische
bibliothek.) r666.i C8/
Brief manual for practical workmen.
DRALLE, Robert.
Anlage und betrieb der glasfabriken, mit besonderer
beriicksichtigung der hohlglasfabrikation, mit einem
atlas. 2v. 1886 q666.i D;8
FALKE, Jakob von, & Lobmeyr, Ludwig.
Die glasindustrie. 1875 r666.i Fi9
Officieller ausstellungs-bericht herausgegeben durch die general-direc-
tion der Weltausstellung, 1873.
FIELD, Kate.
Drama of glass 666.1 F45
Little book of 46 pages on glass manufacture.
FISCHER, Franz, (pseud. Wilhelm Mertens).
Die fabrikation und raffinirung des glases. 1889 666.1 F52f
General treatise, covering the chief divisions of the industry briefly and
practically.
Die kunst der glasmalle-verarbeitung. 1892 666.1 F52
Das sandstrahl-geblase im dienste der glasfabrikation.
1891 666.1 F52s
Describes briefly methods of etching and decorating glass by means of
the sand-blast.
FLECK, Hugo.
Die fabrikation chemischer producte aus thierischen ab-
fallen. 1880. (Handbuch der chemischen technologic;
hrsg. von P. A. Bolley und anderen.) r666.i F62
Contents: Die phosphorfabrikation. Die leimfabrikation. Fabrikation
des blutlaugensalzes. Fabrikation von Pariser und Berliner blau.
Fabrikation von ammoniaksalzen. Fabrikation des salmiakgeistes.
Bibliography, p. 163-169.
Theoretical and practical description of the manufactures named.
GLASS 1059
GERNER, Raimund.
Die glas-fabrikation; eine iibersichtliche darstellung der
gesammten glasindustrie, mit anleitung zur herstellung
aller sorten von glas und glaswaaren. 1897. (Hartle-
ben's chemisch-technische bibliothek.) r666.i G32
GESSNER, Frank M. ed.
Glassmakers' handbook. 1891 r666.i G33
HENRIVAUX, Jules.
Le verre et le cristal; suivi d'un chapitre sur la legislation
et 1'hygiene des verreries, par A. Riche, avec un atlas.
2v. 1897 q666.i H44
HERMANN, Felix.
Die glas-, porzellan-, und eniail-malerei in ihreni ganzen
umfange. 1894. (Hartleben's chemisch-technische bib-
liothek.) r666.i H47
Describes colors used, methods of preparing them, use in painting glass
and porcelain, manufacture of enamels, methods of firing painted
glass, etc. Does not discuss questions from artistic point of view.
HOVESTADT, H.
Jenaer glas und seine verwendung in wissenschaft und
technik. 1900 r666.i H84
Jena glass is distinguished by its superior physical and optical properties,
which render it especially valuable for scientific purposes. Its manu-
facture resulted from a long and difficult scientific investigation into
the connection between the optical properties of various glass mixtures
and their chemical composition. .
The book contains a large amount of information as to the properties of
the various kinds of glass made at Jena, and of the optical instruments
manufactured from them.
JARVES, Deming.
Reminiscences of glass-making 1865 666.1 Jig
The same. 1865 r666.i Jig
Notes on early glass industries in America. Author was engaged in
glass-making in Massachusetts in the first half of the ipth century.
MILLER, J. B.
Die glasatzerei fur tafel- und hohlglas, hell- und matt-
atzerei in ihrem ganzen umfange. 1896. (Hartleben's
chemisch-technische bibliothek.) r666.i M6g
Brief manual of practical instruction.
Die verzierung der glaser durch den sandstrahl. 1882.
(Hartleben's chemisch-technische bibliothek.) r666.i M6gv
Brief manual of methods applicable to tableware, mirrors, etc.
NATIONAL glass budget; weekly review of the .American
glass industry, May 21, iSgS-date. v.i4-date. 1898-
date qr666.i
NESBITT, Alexander.
Glass. [1878.] (South Kensington museum art hand-
books.) 666.1
The same. 1879. (South Kensington museum art hand-
books.) 5666. r N23g
Condensed from the introduction to the "Descriptive catalogue of the
glass vessels in the South Kensington museum."
Carefully arranged and interesting essay on artistic glass-work from
the earliest times to the middle of the i8th century.
Notes on the history of glass-making; prepared as an in-
troduction to the catalogue of the collection of glass of
various periods, formed by Felix Slade and bequeathed
1060 GLASS
by him to the British museum. 1869 qr666.i N23
"Object. . .has not been to furnish an industrial history .. .but merely
to offer an outline from an historical and antiquarian point of view."
Introduction.
PELIGOT, Eugene.
Le verre; son histoire, sa fabrication. 1877 666.1 P376
Thorough description of glass manufacture and working in France at
time of writing. Gives considerable space to history.
PELLATT, Apsley.
Curiosities of glass making, with details of the processes
and productions of ancient and modern ornamental
glass manufacture. 1849 666.1 P37
Brief popular description of methods of making, working and ornament-
ing glass.
PORTER, George Richardson.
Treatise on the progressive improvement and present state
of the manufacture of porcelain and glass. 1832.
(Cabinet cyclopaedia, v.a6.) r666.i P83
Good description of the technical condition of these industries in England
in the early part of the ipth century.
POWELL, Harry J.
Principles of glass-making, together with treatises on
crown and sheet glass by Henry Chance, and plate
glass by H. G. Harris. 1883. (Technological hand-
books.) 666.1 P87
Bibliography, p. 179-180.
SAUZAY, Alexandre. .
Wonders of glass-making in all ages. 1893. (Wonders
of art and archaeology.) 666.1 826
The same. 1875 r666.i 826
Popular historical and descriptive account of the manufacture of vari-
ous common articles.
SHENSTONE, William Ashwell.
Methods of glass blowing. 1894 666.1 854
TSCHEUSCHNER, E.
Handbuch der glasfabrikation nach alien ihren haupt- und
nebenzweigen; mit einem atlas. 2v. 1885 q666.i T78
Thorough discussion of all branches of the industry. Atlas gives draw-
ings of machinery, furnaces, etc.
WEEKS, Joseph Dame.
Report on the manufacture of glass. 1883 qr666.i W42
Part of v.2 of the "Final report on the loth census."
WETZEL, Carl.
Die bearbeitung von glaskorpern bis zu den neuesten fort-
schritten. 1901. (Hartleben's chemisch-technische bib-
liothek.) r666.i Ws8
Describes modern machines, tools and processes for cutting, boring,
polishing, etching, etc.
Die herstellung grosser glaskorper bis zu den neuesten
fortschritten. 1900. (Hartleben's chemisch-technische
bibliothek.) 666.1 Ws8
Methods of blowing, drawing, casting, pressing and rolling glass.
666.2 Enamel
BROWN, William Norman.
Art of enamelling on metal. 1900 666.2 B/g
CERAMICS 1061
Explains simply and clearly the varieties of art enamel, the processes
used in their production, and the apparatus, colors and tools required.
Handbook on japanning and enamelling for cycles, bed-
steads, tinware, etc. 1901 666.2 B7Qh
Methods adapted for use in repair-shops and for work on a small scale.
CUNYNGHAME, Henry Hardinge Samuel.
On the theory and practice of art-enamelling upon metals.
1899 666.2 CQ2
For workmen and amateurs. Describes preparation and use of enamels
and discusses the craft from the artistic point of view.
FURNIVAL, William Jones.
Researches on leadless glazes. 1898 r666.2 99
Contains a number of formulae invented by the author and other investi-
gators, with a detailed description of the results of tests of each.
RANDAU, Paul.
Enamels and enamelling; tr. fr. the German by Charles
Salter. 1900 666.2 Ri8
Treats very thoroughly of the technical industry. Devotes but little
space to art work.
Die fabrikation der emaille und das emailliren. 1900.
(Hartleben's chemisch-technische bibliothek.) r666.2 Ri8
SCHMIDT, Christian Heinrich.
Die fabrikation der fur die glasmalerei, emailmalerei und
porcellanmalerei geeigneten farben; bearbeitet von Max
Miiller. 1880 666.2 835
Theory and practice of their manufacture and use.
666.3-666.6 Ceramics
AMERICAN CERAMIC SOCIETY.
Transactions, containing the papers and discussions of the
annual meeting (ist-date), i899-date. I9oo-date r666.3 ASI
BINNS, Charles Fergus, ed.
Ceramic technology; some aspects of technical science as ap-
plied to pottery manufacture. 1897 666.3 646
Contents: The chemistry of pottery. Analysis and synthesis. Potters'
clays and their components. The biscuit oven. Pyrometry. Glazes
and their composition. Colours and colour making.
Brief elementary manual.
LANGENBECK, Karl.
Chemistry of pottery. 1895 666.3 L 2 4
SCHAMBERGER, J. W.
Die keramische praxis; populare anleitung zur erzeugung
keramischer producte aller art, unter berticksichtigung
der einschlagigen maschinen und sonstiger hilfsap-
parate zur bereitung von massen und glasuren, nebst
den erforderlichen brennofen. 1901. (Hartleben's
chemisch-technische bibliothek.) r666.3 829
Brief manual, founded on the author's experience. Written in clear,
simple language.
SEGER, Hermann August.
Collected writings ; prepared from the records of the Royal
porcelain factory at Berlin, by H. Hecht and E. Cramer, tr.
by the members of the American ceramic society, ed. by
Albert Bleininger. 2v. 1902 qr666.3 845
v.i. Treatises of a general scientific nature. Essays relating to brick
and terra cotta. Essays referring to earthenware and stoneware.
io62 BRICKS. TILES
Articles treating of refractory wares.
v.2. Articles treating of refractory wares (continued). Reports of
travel and letters (polemics). Uncompleted work and communica-
tions from the records of the Royal porcelain manufactory.
Life of the author, by H. Hecht, v.i, p.n-2i.
Seger was for many years the head of the Chemical-technical experiment
station at the Royal porcelain factory. The writings give the results
of his numerous investigations into the technology of the ceramic in-
dustries, and are valuable to all workers in this field.
SWOBODA, Carl B.
Grundriss der thonwaaren-industrie oder keramik. 1895.
(Hartleben's chemisch-technische bibliothek.) r666.3 $97
"Fuhrer durch die keramische literatur," p. 189-193.
WIPPLINGER, Ludwig.
Die keramik; oder, Die fabrikation von topfer-geschirr,
steingut, fayence, steinzeug, terralith, sowie von fran-
zosischem, englischem und hart-porzellan. 1897. (Hart-
leben's chemisch-technische bibliothek.) r666.3 W79
Treats subject practically; describes machinery and processes; gives
receipts for mixtures, etc.
GRIMM, Hans.
Die fabrikation des feldspat-porzellans. 1901. (Hartleben's
chemisch-technische bibliothek.) r666.S Gg*
Treats of materials, and their preparation, modeling of wares, burning,
decorating, etc. Contains numerous illustrations of machinery and
SANDEMAN, Ernest Albert.
Notes on the manufacture of earthenware. 1001 666.6 821
Elementary treatise, paying particular attention to practical matters. In-
tended as an introduction to the study of larger works.
STEINBRECHT, Gustav.
Die steingut-fabrikation. 1891. (Hartleben's chemisch-
technische bibliothek.) r666.6 S8i
Brief popular manual on the manufacture of faience, for students and
workmen.
666.7 Bricks. Tiles
BRICKMAKER; [semimonthly]. v.o-i6, in 4. 1891-93 ... qr666.7 674
v. ii, Mar. is-June i, 1892, wanting.
CLAY record; [semimonthly], v.i-date. i8g2-date qr666.7 C54
DAVIS, Charles Thomas.
Practical treatise on the manufacture of brick, tiles and
terra-cotta. 1895 666.7 I>3i
American practice. Clay, fire, pressed and glazed brick, sewer pipe,
drain-tile, ornamental tile, roofing-tile and architectural terra-cotta
are included.
HARRIS, George F.
Science of brickmaking. 1897. (The "British clay-
worker" manuals.) 666.7 H29
LEFfiVRE, Leon.
Architectural pottery; tr. fr. the French by K. H. Bird and
W. M. Binns. 1000 qb666.7 L53
Contents: Clays. Preparation of the clay. Bricks. Tiles. Pipes.
Quarries. Terra-cottas. General remarks on the decoration of pot-
tery. Glazed and enamelled bricks and tiles. Decorated quarries.
Architectural decorated pottery. Sanitary pottery.
Bibliography, p.48s-486.
"Thorough, well-arranged and intelligent, account of all the materials,
processes and appliances used in the manufacture." American archi-
tect, 1901.
ARTIFICIAL STONE. CEMENTS 1063
ZWICK, Hermann.
Die natur der ziegelthone und die ziegel-fabrikation der
gegenwart. 1894. (Hartleben's chemisch-technische
bibliothek.) ........................................ r666.; Zp4
Treats especially of the chemical and physical properties of the clays
and of the theoretical side of brick-making.
666.8 Artificial stone
GILLMORE, Quincy Adams.
Practical treatise on Coignet-beton and other artificial
stone. 1871
urgs paens. e ore artca stone non stone company,
Boston, Mass.). Portland stone.
Report on Coignet-beton is no. 19 of the "Professional papers," Corps of
engineers, United States army.
Describes methods of manufacture, gives results of tests of strength and
estimates of cost.
666.9 Cements. Mortars
BROWN, Charles Carroll, ed.
Directory of American cement industries and hand-book for
cement users. 1902 ................................... r666.g By8d
Contents: Introduction. Testing of cement. Specifications for cement.
The uses of cement. Specifications for the use of cement. Data
for estimates of cement work. Cement laboratories. Lime and plas-
ter. Freight rates on cement. Descriptions of works and of processes
for the manufacture of cement. Directory of American cement indus-
tries. Directory of cement manufacturers. Directory of cement
brands. Directory of general sales agents. Foreign cement trade.
Dealers in cement. Contractors and large users of cement. Engi-
neers, architects and other supervisors of the use of cement. Work-
ers in cement. Cement tests and analyses; List of laboratories making
analyses and tests of cement and cement materials; Engineers who de-
sign cement plants. Machinery and supplies for cement plants, ma-
chinery and tools for cement users. Dealers in lime and plaster.
Manufacturers of lime. Manufacturers of plaster.
BUTLER, David Butler.
Portland cement; its manufacture, testing and use. 1899. .666.9 697
CANDLOT, E.
Ciments et chaux hydrauliques; fabrication, proprietes,
emploi. 1898 ....................................... r666.9 Ci7
"Index bibliographique," p. 449-450.
One of the best general treatises (1902).
ENGINEERING RECORD.
Cement industry; descriptions of Portland and natural
cement plants in the United States and Europe, with
notes on materials and processes in Portland cement
manufacture. 1900 ................................... 666.9 64
Selected reprint of articles from the "Engineering record."
FEICHTINGER, G.
Die chemische technologic der mortelmaterialien. 1885.
(Handbuch der chemischen technologic; hrsg. von P.
A. Bolley und anderen.) ............................ r666.g M53
Manufacture, properties, testing and uses of lime, gypsum, mortars,
cements and artificial stone.
Bound with Mayer's "(Siemische technologic des holzes als baumaterial."
1064 BLEACHING. DYEING. CLEANING
JAMESON, Charles Davis.
Portland cement; its manufacture and use. 1898 666.9 J : 6
LESLEY, Robert W.
History of the Portland cement industry in the United
States. 1900 r666.9 L64
REDGRAVE, Gilbert Richard.
Calcareous cements; their nature and uses. 1895 666.9 R 2 7
Concise accounts of the processes of manufacturing the various cements,
including descriptions of the machinery used, methods of analysing
and testing, mortar and concrete and their properties, and a short his-
torical account of the cement industry.
ZWICK, Hermann.
Hydraulischer kalk und Portland-cement, nach rohma-
terialien, physikalischen und chemischen eigenschaften,
untersuchung, fabrikation und werthstellung; unter be-
sonderer riicksicht auf den gegenwartigen stand der
cement-industrie. 1892. (Hartleben's chemisch-tech-
nische bibliothek.) r666.9 294
Kalk und luftmortel; auftreten und natur des kalksteines,
das brennen desselben und seine anwendung zu luft-
mortel. 1879. (Hartleben's chemisch-technische bib-
liothek.) r666.9 Z94k
Thorough practical discussion of methods, machinery, etc.
667 Bleaching. Dyeing. Cleaning
SOXHLET, V. H.
Die kunst des farbens und beizens von marmor, kiinst-
lichen steinen, von knochen, horn und elfenbein und
das farben und imitiren von alien holzsorten. 1899.
(Hartleben's chemisch-technische bibliothek.) r667 873
Practical manual of receipts and instructions.
JOCLfiT, Victor.
Die kunst- und feinwascherei in ihrem ganzen umfange.
1895. (Hartleben's chemisch-technische bibliothek.) . .r667.i J33k
Vollstandiges handbuch der bleichkunst; oder, Theore-
tische und praktische anleitung zum bleichen von baum-
wolle, flachs, hanf, wolle, seide, jute, chinagras und
tussarseide. 1895. (Hartleben's chemisch-technische
bibliothek.) r667.i J33
Includes also methods for bleaching feathers, bristles, bones, ivory, wax,
marble, paper, straw, shellac, etc.
BERGHOF, Albert.
Die organischen farbstoffe thierischen und pflanzlichen
ursprunges und deren anwendung in der farberei und
zeugdruckerei. 1902. (Hartleben's chemisch-technische
bibliothek.) r667.2 645
Methods of making and using, with description of their properties and
effects.
BRAUNER, Alfred.
Die farberei a ressort, das farben der schmuckfedern und
die bearbeitung der haare. 1887. (Hartleben's chemisch-
technische bibliothek.) . r667.2 671
BLEACHING. DYEING. CLEANING 1065
BRAUNSDORF, W.
Das trocknen, bleichen, farben, bronziren und vergolden
natiirlicher blumen und graser, sowie sonstiger pflan-
zentheile, und ihre verwendung zu bouquets, kranzen
und decorationen. 1888. (Hartleben's chemisch-tech-
nische bibliothek.) r667.2 6716
FARBER-ZEITUNG; zeitschrift fiir farberei, zeugdruck und
den gesamniten farbenverbrauch; [semimonthly], v.i-
date. iSgo-date ." qr667.2 F22
HUMMEL, John James.
Dyeing of textile fabrics. 1898. (Manuals of technology.) . .667.2 HQ2
Theoretical and practical. Describes the various fibers, their preparation
for dyeing, the various classes of dyes and the methods and machinery
employed in their application.
JOURNAL of the Society of dyers and colourists, and all
interested in the use or manufacture of colours, and in
calico printing, bleaching, etc.; monthly. v.i-date.
i88s-date qr667.2 J46
KNECHT, Edmund, and others.
Manual of dyeing; for the use of practical dyers, manu-
facturers, students, and all interested in the art of
dyeing. 3v. 1893 r667.2 K33
v.i -2. Text. v-3. Specimens of dyed fabrics.
LAU, Louis.
Praktischer unterricht in der heutigen putzfedernfarberei, lap-
penfarberei mit kupenfiihrung und chemischer und nass-
wascherei. 1890. (Hartleben's chemisch-technische biblio-
thek.) r667.2 L36
Brief manual on dyeing feathers and garments, and methods of cleaning,
with receipts for preparing dyes.
PATERSON, David.
Science of colour mixing; a manual intended for the use
of dyers, calico printers and colour chemists. 1900. . . .667.2 P29
Treatise on the theory, for practical workers.
JOCLfiT, Victor.
Die chemische bearbeitung der schafwolle; oder, Das
ganze der farberei von wolle und wollenen gespinnsten.
1877. (Hartleben's chemisch-technische bibliothek.) . .r667.22 J33
Describes the colors used and the special methods employed for various
classes of work.
LAU, Louis, & Hampe, Alwin.
Praktischer unterricht in der heutigen wollenfarberei, enthal-
tend wascherei und carbonisirung, alizarin-, holz-, saure-,
anilin- und waidkiipen-farberei fiir lose wolle, game und
stiicke. 1892. (Hartleben's chemisch-technische biblio-
thek.) r667.22 L36
Collection of receipts for various colors, with directions for their use.
HURST, George H.
Silk dyeing, printing and finishing. 1892. (Technological
handbooks.) 667.23
Contains an appendix of receipts and patterns.
Describes the physical and chemical properties of the silks in use, in-
cluding the "wild silks," the theory and methods of dyeing silk and
mixed silk fabrics, the printing of silk, the machinery used in dyeing
and finishing, and the methods of testing and assaying raw and dyed
silks.
io66 DYEING
667.26 Artificial dyes ,.
BERSCH, Josef.
Die fabrikation der anilinfarbstoffe und aller anderen aus
dem theere darstellbaren farbstoffe, (phenyl-, naph-
talin-, anthracen- und resorcinfarbstoffe), und deren
anwendung in der industrie. 1878. (Hartleben's che-
misch-technische bibliothek.) r667.26 646
Statement in simple form of the chemistry, manufacture and uses of the
coal-tar colors.
BOLLEY, Pompejus Alexander, and others.
Die theerfarbstoffe. 3v. 1867-97. (Handbuch der che-
mischen technologic; hrsg. von P. A. Bolley und
anderen.) r667.26 B6i
Valuable historically, owing to the long period covered in its preparation.
BRUNCK, H.
History of the development of the manufacture of indigo.
1900 .r667.26 683
By the managing director of the Badische anilin- und sodafabrik, manu-
facturers of synthetic indigo.
FRIEDLAENDER, P.
Fortschritte der theerfarbenfabrikation und verwandter
industriezweige, an der hand der systematisch geord-
neten und *mit kritischen anmerkungen versehenen
deutschen reichs-patente, 1877-1894. 3v. in 4. 1888-
96 qr66>.26 F95
Classified collection of the patents, with critical notes and explanations.
Numbers of corresponding English and United States patents are given
for such processes as were protected in those countries.
H5DL, E.J.
Die praktische anwendung der theerfarben in der in-
dustrie. 1885. (Hartleben's chemisch-technische bib-
liothek.) r667.26 H66
HURST, George H. comp.
Dictionary of the coal tar colors. 1896 qr667.26 H95
JAUBERT, George F.
L'industrie des matieres colorantes azoiques. [1899.]
(Encyclopedic scientifique des aide-memoire.) r667.26 J2i
NIETZKI, Rudolf.
Chemistry of the organic dyestuffs; tr. fr. the German
by A. Collin and W. Richardson. 1892 667.26 N33
SCHULTZ, Gustav, & Julius, Paul.
Systematic survey of the organic colouring matters; tr.
with additions by A. G. Green. 1894 qr667.26 838
Gives in tabular form the commercial and scientific names, formulae,
method of preparation, year of discovery, patents, literature, behavior
with reagents, dyeing properties, method of use, etc., for over 400
coloring matters.
The same. 1904 qr667.26 8383
667.27 Natural dyes
MIERZINSKI, Stanislaus.
Die gerb- und farbstoff-extracte. 1887. (Hartleben's
chemisch-technische bibliothek.) r667.27 M67
Treats of their constitution, properties and methods of manufacture.
DYEING 1067
RUPE, Hans.
Die chemie der natiirlichen farbstoffe. 1900. (Handbuch
der chemischen technologic; hrsg. von P. A. Bolley und
anderen.) r66y.2j R87
Summary of knowledge of the chemical composition, properties and
reactions of the natural dyestuffs.
667.29 Mordants
WOLFF, H.
Die beizen; ihre darstellung, priifung und anwendung.
1885. (Hartleben's chemisch-technische bibliothek.) . ^667.29 W83
Brief theoretical and practical discussion of their properties and uses.
667.3 Cotton-dyeing. Calico-printing
GROSSE, Eduard.
Der gold- und farbendruck auf calico, leder, leinwand,
papier, sammet, seide und andere stoffe. 1889. (Hart-
leben's chemisch-technische bibliothek.) r667-3 093
Largely devoted to methods used in book ornamentation. Gives practical
methods and discusses theory of design, etc.
HERZINGER, Eduard.
Die walkecht-farberei der ungesponnenen baumwolle. 1894.
(Hartleben's chemisch-technische bibliothek.) r667-3 H48
Collection of receipts for various colors.
ROMEN, Carl.
Die colorie der baumwolle auf game und gewebe, mit be-
sonderer beriicksichtigung der tiirkischroth-farberei.
1878. (Hartleben's chemisch-technische bibliothek.) . .r667.3 R66
Describes properties of the various dyes and the practical methods of
using them.
ROTHWELL, Charles Frederick Seymour.
Printing of textile fabrics; a manual on the printing of cot-
ton, woolen, silk and half-silk fabrics. 1897 667.3 R?6
Confined to practical description of machinery and processes, omitting
theory.
SOXHLET, V. H.
Die praxis der anilin-farberei und -druckerei auf baum-
woll-waaren. 1890. (Hartleben's chemisch-technische
bibliothek.) r667-3 873
Confined to discussion of the use of aniline colors. Omits theory.
WHARTON, B. F. & Soxhlet, V. H.
Die kattun-druckerei. 1892. (Hartleben's chemisch-tech-
nische bibliothek.) r667-3 W59
Brief practical manual covering the preparation of the material, colors
used, methods, etc.
667.4-667.5 Inks
LEHNER, Sigmund.
Manufacture of ink ; tr. f r. the German, with additions by W.
T. Brannt. 1892 r6674 Lssm
Contents: Introduction. The various kinds of ink. Writing inks.
The raw materials used in the preparation of inks containing tannin.
Chemical constitution of inks containing tannin. Directions for the
preparation of inks containing tannin. Logwood and tannin inks.
Ferric oxide inks. Alizarin inks. Inks from extractive matter.
io68 PAINTS. PIGMENTS
Logwood inks. Copying ink. The hektograph and hektograph inks.
Safety inks. Ink extracts and ink powders. Preserving agents for
ink. Change in the color of ink in old documents and methods of
making faded writing legible. Colored inks. Metallic inks. Solid
inks (India or Chinese ink). Lithographic inks and crayons. Print-
ing ink. Ink pencils or aniline pencils. Marking inks. Ink special-
ties. Sympathetic inks. Stamp and stencil inks. Wash-blue or laun-
dry-blue.
Die tinten-fabrikation und die herstellung der hekto-
graphen und hektographirtinten; die fabrikation der
tusche, der tintenstifte, der stempeldruckfarben, sowie
des waschblaues. 1899. (Hartleben's chemisch-tech-
nische bibliothek.) r6674 LSS
Receipts and directions for the manufacture of a large variety of inks.
ANDfiS, Louis Edgar.
Oel- und buchdruckfarben; praktisches handbuch fur
firniss- und farbenfabrikanten. 1889. (Hartleben's
chemisch-technische bibliothek.) ^667.5 A55
Treats chiefly of the manufacture and assaying of linseed-oil varnishes,
colors and printers' inks, describing in detail the processes, materials
used, etc.
667.6 Paints. Pigments
ANDfiS, Louis Edgar.
Der eisenrost; seine bildung, gefahren und verhiitung
unter besonderer berucksichtigung der verwendung des
eisens als 'bau- und constructionsmaterial. 1898. (Hart-
leben's chemisch-technische bibliothek.) r667.6 A55
Treats of various anti-fouling and anti-corrosive paints, their prepa-
ration, testing and applicability as preservatives of iron and steel
structures.
Iron corrosion, anti-fouling and anti-corrosive paints.
1900 667.6 ASS
Discusses at length the different varnishes and paints, their prepara-
tion, testing and applicability.
BERSCH, Josef.
Die fabrikation der erdfarben. 1893. (Hartleben's che-
misch-technische bibliothek.) r667-6 646
Die fabrikation der mineral- und lackfarben. 1893. (Hart-
leben's chemisch-technische bibliothek.) r667.6
Practical directions for their manufacture, methods of analysis and
testing, etc.
Manufacture of mineral and lake pigments; a text-book
for manufacturers, merchants, artists and painters; tr.
by A. C. Wright. 1901 r667.6
Practical directions for their manufacture, methods of analysis and
testing, etc.
FRIEDBERG, Wilhelm.
Die fabrikation der knochenkohle und des thieroles.
1877. (Hartleben's chemisch-technische bibliothek.) . .r667.6 F94
Brief manual of their manufacture and properties, and of methods of
testing.
FURSTENAU, Carl.
Das ultramarin und seine bereitung. 1880. (Hartleben's
chemisch-technische bibliothek.) r667.6 Fog
Brief practical manual on its manufacture, use, testing, etc.
HURST, George H. comp.
Dictionary of chemicals and raw products used in the
VARNISHES. POLISHES. LACQUERS 1069
manufacture of paints, colours, varnishes and allied
preparations. 1901 r667.6 Hgs
Brief statements of chemical and physical properties, methods of manu-
facture, tests for purity, uses, etc.
Painters' colours, oils and varnishes; a practical manual.
1892 667.6 H95
JENNISON, Francis H.
Manufacture of lake pigments from artificial colours.
1900 667.6 J26
Useful theoretical and practical treatise. Pays particular attention to
the chemistry of the subject.
LOWE, Houston.
Hints on painting structural steel, and notes on prom-
inent paint materials. 1900 667.6 L95
Monograph on the various causes of failure of the oils and pigments
used for painting steel, and on the right and wrong ways of using
them. Written in very plain, untechnical language.
MIERZINSKI, Stanislaus.
Handbuch der farben-fabrikation; praxis und theorie. 2v.
1898. (Hartleben's chemisch-technische bibliothek.) . .r667.6 M67
RENTZSCH, Otto.
Das gesammtgebiet der vergolderei nach den neuesten
fortschritten und verbesserungen. 1890. (Hartleben's
chemisch-technische bibliothek.) r667.6 R34
SMITH, J. Cruickshank.
Manufacture of paint; a practical handbook for paint
manufacturers, merchants and painters. 1901 667.6 $65
Describes methods of grinding the various pigments, machinery used,
etc.
667.7 Varnishes. Polishes. Lacquers
ANDES, Louis Edgar.
Die fabrikation der copal-, terpentinol- und spiritus-lacke.
1895. (Hartleben's chemisch-technische bibliothek.) . .r667. 7 A$5
Die fabrikation der siegel- und flaschenlacke; mit einem
anhange, Die fabrikation des brauer-, wachs-, Schu-
macher- und biirstenpeches. 1885. (Hartleben's che-
misch-technische bibliothek.) r667-7 ^.55!"
Practical manual describing raw materials and methods of manufacture,
and giving numerous formulae.
Die fabrikation der stiefelwichse und der leder-conser-
virungsmittel. 1893. (Hartleben's chemisch-technische
bibliothek.) r6677
Methods of testing raw materials, and receipts for preparation of
various blackings, polishes, greases, etc.
ANDRE6, Erwin.
Die fabrikation der lacke, firnisse, buchdrucker-firnisse
und des siegellackes. 1891. (Hartleben's chemisch-
technische bibliothek.) r667-7
Describes raw materials and their properties, methods of manufacture,
machinery used, etc.
BRANNT, William Theodore.
Varnishes, lacquers, printing inks and sealing-waxes; their
raw materials and their manufacture. 1893 667.7
Handbook of methods and receipts.
1070 SOAP
BROWN, William Norman.
Principles and practice of dipping, burnishing, lacquering
and oronzing brass ware. 1000 667.7 679
Elementary manual for beginners.
LIVALHE, Achille.
Manufacture of varnishes, oil crushing, refining and boil-
ing, and kindred industries; tr. and extended and adapted
to English practice, with original recipes by J. G. Mc-
Intosh. 1899 667.7 L74
Describes the sources and character of the raw materials, methods of
manufacture and testing, etc. Chief value is in section on raw ma-
terials, as the practical methods are not recent (1903), and the chemi-
cal statements are often erroneous.
STANDAGE, H. C. comp.
Practical polish and varnish maker; containing 750 prac-
tical receipts and formulae. 1892 667.7 ^78
WAHLBURG, Victor.
Die schleif-, polir- und putzmittel fur metalle aller art,
glas, holz, edelsteine, horn, schildpatt, perlmutter,
steine, u. s. w. 1808. (Hartleben's chemisch-technische
bibliothek.) r667
668.1 Soap
BRANNT, William Theodore, ed.
Practical treatise on the manufacture of soap and candles.
1888 668.1 B/i
Chiefly a compilation from standard German works. Contains a list of
United States patents relating to these manufactures, issued from 1790
to 1888.
CAMERON, James, ed.
Soaps and candles. 1896 668.1 Ci5
Bibliography, p. n.
Brief manual, for students, describing their manufacture. Contains a
chapter on soap analysis.
DEITE, Carl.
Die darstellung der seifen, parfiimerien und cosmetica.
1867. (Handbuch der chemischen technologic; hrsg.
von P. A. Bolley und anderen.) r668.i 038
Bibliography, p. 154-156.
Chiefly composed of receipts and instructions for use.
ENGELHARDT, Alwin.
Handbuch der praktischen seifen-fabrikation. 2v. 1896.
(Hartleben's chemisch-technische bibliothek.) r668.i E63h
Handbuch der praktischen toiletteseifen-fabrikation; prak-
tische anleitung zur darstellung aller sorten von deut-
schen, englischen und franzosischen toiletteseifen,
sowie der medicinischen seifen, glycerinseifen und der
seifenspecialitaten. 1888. (Hartleben's chemisch-tech-
nische bibliothek.) .* r668.i 63
Gives special attention to the mechanical equipment of factories.
GADD, W. Lawrence.
Soap manufacture; a treatise on the fabrication of hard
and soft soaps, and analytical methods for the de-
termination of their chemical composition. 1893. (Tech-
GLYCERIN. GLUE. GUMS 1071
nological handbooks.) 668.1 Gi2
Brief treatise on theory and practice, intended primarily for students.
GATHMANN, Henry.
American soaps; a complete treatise on the manufacture
of soap, with special reference to American conditions
and practice. 1893 q668.i G23
Processes, machinery, etc. are described in a clear, practical manner.
HURST, George H.
Soaps; a practical manual of the manufacture of domestic,
toilet and other soaps. 1898 668.1 H9S
"Author. . .has aimed at presenting. . .the principal processes ... with an
account of the raw materials used and the scientific principles which
underlie the various operations." Preface.
WILTNER, Friedrich.
Die fabrikation der toilette-seifen. 1884. (Hartleben's
chemisch-technische bibliothek.) r668.i W77f
Describes machinery and processes, and gives many receipts.
Die seifen-fabrikation. 1900. (Hartleben's chemisch-tech-
nische bibliothek.) r668.i W77
Brief practical treatise, describing machinery and methods. Includes
chapters on medicinal and toilet soaps, specialties and soap analysis.
668.2 Glycerin. 668.3 Glue
KOPPE, Siegfried Walter.
Das glycerin; seine darstellung, seine verbindungen und
anwendung in den gewerben, in der seifenfabrikation,
parfumerie und der sprengtechnik. 1883. (Hartleben's
chemisch-technische bibliothek.) r668.2 K38
Manufacture, analysis and properties of glycerin, manufacture of nitro-
glycerin and dynamite, and use of glycerin in various manufactures
are briefly treated. Chapters are given on the determination of
glycerin and nitro-glycerin.
RIDEAL, Samuel.
Glue and glue testing. 1900 668.3 R43
Practical treatise on the manufacture and uses of glue and gelatin, and
the methods of testing them.
STANDAGE, H. C. comp.
Cements, pastes, glues and gums. 1893 b668.3 878
Receipts for their manufacture and methods of application.
668.4 Gums. Resins
AND6S, Louis Edgar.
Gummi arabicum und dessen surrogate in festem und
fliissigem zustande. 1896. (Hartleben's chemisch-
technische bibliothek.) r668.4 ASS
Practical manual of the manufacture of gums, mucilages, pastes, etc.
DAWIDOWSKY, F.
Die leim- und gelatine-fabrikation. 1893. (Hartleben's
chemisch-technische bibliothek.) r668.4 032
Describes machinery and processes used in their manufacture, methods
of testing glue, uses, varieties, etc.
LEHNER, Sigmund.
Die kitte und klebemittel. 1892. (Hartleben's chemisch-
68
1072 ESSENCES. PERFUMES
technische bibliothek.) r668-4 LSS
Contains methods of making and using a large number of selected
cements and pastes adapted to all the requirements of various trades.
THENIUS, Georg.
Die harze und ihre producte; deren abstammung, gewin-
nung und technische verwerthung; nebst einem anhang,
Ueber die producte der trockenen destination des harzes.
1895. (Hartleben's chemisch-technische bibliothek.). .r668.4 T34
668.5 Essences. Perfumes
ASKINSON, George William.
Die fabrikation der atherischen oele. 1887. (Hartleben's
chemisch-technische bibliothek.) r668.5 A83
Perfumes and their preparation, with a description of aro-
matic substances. 1892 668.5 ^83
Directions for making a number of popular perfumes, information con-
cerning the origin and properties of the raw materials, and methods
for determining their genuineness and purity.
GILDEMEISTER, Eduard, & Hoffmann, Friedrich.
Volatile oils; tr. by Edward Kremers. 1900 r668.5 638
"Bibliographic notes," p. 693-707.
Written under the auspices of Schimmel & co. of Leipzig, the foremost
manufacturers of these oils, and embodies the results of their years
of work. Most exhaustive and critical treatise yet published (1901).
HORATIUS, Theodor.
Die fabrikation der aether und grundessenzen; nebst einem
anhange, Ueber die zusammensetzung von liqueuren,
branntweinen, rum, arrac, cognac und verschiedenen
weinen. 1895. (Hartleben's chemisch-technische bib-
liothek.) r668.5 H79
Receipts for artificial fruit essences, extracts and syrups, liqueurs, rum
and absinthe, with practical directions for their manufacture.
IDRIS, T. H.W.
Notes on essential oils, with special reference to their use,
composition, chemistry and analysis. 1900 668.5 I X 4
Brief statement of chemical and physical properties, occurrence, etc., for
use in the laboratory.
JAUBERT, George F.
Les parfums comestibles. [1900.] (Encyclopedic scien-
tifique des aide-memoire.) r668.5 J2i
Short descriptions of properties and manufacture of the more important.
Special attention is given to artificial extracts.
ROLLER, Theodor.
Die technik der kosmetik; handbuch der fabrikation, ver-
werthung und priifung aller kosmetischen stoffe und
der kosmetischen specialitaten. 1901. (Hartleben's
chemisch-technische bibliothek.) r668.5 K36t
Treats of the manufacture of toilet-soaps and waters, tooth-powders, etc.,
describing the materials used, methods of manufacture and tests for
purity. Gives formulae for each class of cosmetics, and states the com-
position of many well-known preparations.
LABBfi, Henri.
Essais des huiles essentielles. [1899.] (Encyclopedic
scientifique des aide-memoire.) 668.5 Ln
Contains general methods for determining the constants of the essential
oils; and special methods for testing the principal commercial ones for
DISTILLATION. COAL-TAR 1073
adulteration. Also gives a list of the essential oils with their constants
and principal constituents.
PARRY, Ernest John.
Chemistry of essential oils and artificial perfumes. 1899. .r668.S P26
Systematic presentation of our present knowledge of the properties and
composition of essential oils, and of the methods of artificial perfume
making.
PIESSE, Charles Henry, ed.
Art of perfumery and the methods of obtaining the odours
of plants, the growth and general flower farm system
of raising fragrant herbs. 1891 668.5 ?57
Describes flowers, gums, etc. used as raw materials, and methods of
preparing them for use. Gives formulae for numerous perfumes, fancy
soaps, mouth-washes, cosmetics, etc.
POPPER, Heinrich.
Die fabrikation der nichttriibenden atherischen essenzen
und extracte; nebst einem anhange, Die erzeugung der
in der liqueur-fabrikation zur anwendung kommenden
farb-tincturen. 1889. (Hartleben's chemisch-technische
bibliothek.) r668.S P8i
Contains process used and a number of receipts for various essences
and extracts.
POWER, Frederick Belding, comp.
Descriptive catalogue of essential oils and organic chemi-
cal preparations. 1894 r668.5 P8/
Synopsis of the physical properties, chemical composition, sources, method
of assaying, etc. of the more important, treating especially of those
manufactured by Schimmel & co.
SCHIMMEL & CO.
Semi-annual report on essential oils, April i897-date. 1897-
date r668.s 833
668.6 Fertilizers
See also Fertilizers, 631.5
FRIEDBERG, Wilhelm.
Die verwerthung der knochen auf chemischem wege.
1884. (Hartleben's chemisch-technische bibliothek.) . .r668.6 F94
PICK, Siegmund.
Die ktinstlichen diingemittel. 1898. (Hartleben's che-
misch-technische bibliothek.) r668.6 P54
668.7 Distillation. Coal-tar
BERSCH, Josef.
Die verwerthung des holzes auf chemischem wege. 1893.
(Hartleben's chemisch-technische bibliothek.) r668.7 646
KOHLER, Hippolyt.
Die fabrikation des russes und der schwarze aus abfallen
und nebenproducten; nach dem gegenwartigen stande
dieser Industrie und unter beniitzung der besten quellen
bearbeitet. 1899. (Handbuch der chemischen techno-
logic; hrsg. von P. A. Bolley und anderen.) r677 W82
Describes methods of manufacturing lampblack and boneblack on a
large scale, methods of testing, valuing, etc.
Bound with Witt's "Chemische technologic der gespinnstfasern."
1074 METALLURGY
LUNGE, George.
Coal-tar and ammonia. 1900 668.7 Lp7
Enlarged edition of his "Treatise on the distillation of coal-tar and
ammoniacal liquor."
The same. 1887 r668.7 LQ7
The same. 1900 r668.7 L97c
Die Industrie der steinkohlentheer-destillation und am-
moniakwasser-verarbeitung. 1882. (Handbuch der
chemischen technologic; hrsg. von P. A. Bolley und
anderen.) r662.6 F52
Bound with Fischer's "Die chemische technologic des brennstoffe."
The same. 1888. (Handbuch der chemischen technologic;
hrsg. von P. A. Bolley und anderen.) r66i.n F52
Title of the third edition is "Die Industrie des steinkohlentheers und
ammoniaks."
Authoritative treatise on all branches of these industries.
Bound with Fischer's "Die chemische technologic des wassers."
MELDOLA, Raphael.
Coal and what we get from it. 1891. (Romance of science
series.) 668.7
The same. 1891. (Romance of science series.) r668.7
Popular account of the history and mode of production of the coal-tar
colors.
MILLS, Edmund James.
Destructive distillation; a manualette of the paraffin, coal
tar, rosin oil, petroleum and kindred industries. 1892. .r668.7 M69
Bibliography, p. 190-196.
THENIUS, Georg.
Das holz und seine destillations-producte; nebst einem an-
hange, Ueber gaserzeugung aus holz. 1896. (Hart-
leben's chemisch-technische bibliothek.) r668.7 T34h
Physical characteristcs and uses of the woods of the world briefly
described, useful products of wood and of its dry distillation, and
the methods of preparing them.
Die technische verwerthung des steinkohlentheeres; nebst
einem anhange, Ueber die darstellung des natiirlichen
asphalttheeres und asphaltmastix aus den asphalt-
steinen und bituminosen schiefern, sowie verwerthung
der nebenproducte. 1899. (Hartleben's chemisch-tech-
' nische bibliothek.) r668.7 T34
Brief practical monograph on the manufacture of benzol, aniline colors,
lubricants and the other useful products of coal tar.
VINCENT, Camille.
Carbonisation des bois en vases clos et utilisation des
produits derives. 1873 qr668.7 34
Treats of the manufacture of acetic acid, methyl alcohol, gas, etc. .
669 Metallurgy
AGRICOLA, Georg.
De re metallica libri XII; ejusdem De animantibus subter-
raneis liber. 1621 qr669 A27
The pioneer work on the science of metallurgy. Parts of it were pub-
lished nearly a hundred years before this book was printed. But this
edition has the advantage in completeness and elaborate illustration.
Curious pictures, showing the ancient methods of managing ores, are
on almost every page. Pittsburgh metallurgists will be interested in
METALLURGY 1075
observing how many of the old processes are still in use, and how
others have been changed or superseded.
AUSTEN, Sir William Chandler Roberts-.
Introduction to the study of metallurgy. 1902 669 AQ3
The same. 1891 r66g Ag3
"Its especial value lies, not in mere descriptions of the processes and
appliances of metallurgy, but in the admirable systematic course of
study laid down... in the fundamental scientific principles on which
the appliances used in metallurgy are constructed, its processes based,
and the character of their products determined." Nature, 1894.
BEHRENS, H.
Das mikroskopische gefuge der metalle und legierungen.
1894 669 638
GREENWOOD, William Henry.
Manual of metallurgy. 2v. [1885.] 669 G85
v.i. Fuel, iron, steel, tin, antimony, arsenic, bismuth and platinum.
v.2. Copper, lead, zinc, mercury, silver, gold, nickel, cobalt and
aluminum.
HIORNS, Arthur Horseman.
Practical metallurgy and assaying. 1892 669 Hs8p
Principles of metallurgy. 1895 669 Hs8
HUNTINGTON, A. K. & McMillan, W. G.
Metals; their properties and treatment. 1897. (Text-books
of science.) 669 H94
KERL, Georg Heinrich Bruno.
Practical treatise on metallurgy; fr. the German by Wil-
liam Crookes and Ernst Rohrig. 3v. 1868-70 r66g Kig
v.i. Lead, silver, zinc, cadmium, tin, mercury, bismuth, antimony,
nickel, arsenic, gold, platinum, sulphur.
v.2. Copper, iron.
v.3. Steel, fuel; supplement.
OVERMAN, Frederick.
Treatise on metallurgy. 1892 669 033
PEPPER, John Henry.
Boy's book of metals; including narratives of visits to
coal, lead, copper and tin mines, with experiments re-
lating to alchemy and the chemistry of the metallic
elements. [1885.] J66g ?4i
PHILLIPS, John Arthur.
Elements of metallurgy. 1891 669 PSI
The same. 1874 r66g Psie
Gives in considerable detail an account of the metallurgical operations
relating to the principal metals. Well illustrated by drawings.
RHEAD, E. L.
Metallurgy; an elementary text-book. 1895 669 R38
RICHTER, Karl.
Zink, zinn und blei; eine ausfuhrliche darstellung der eigen-
schaften dieser metalle, ihrer legirungen untereinander
und mit anderen metallen. 1883. (Hartleben's che-
misch-technische bibliothek.) r66g R42
SCHNABEL, Carl.
Handbook of metallurgy. 2v. 1808 669 835
The same. 2v. 1898 r66c> 835
v.i. Copper. Lead. Silver. Gold.
v.2. Zinc. Cadmium. Mercury. Bismuth. Tin. Antimony. Arsen-
ic. Nickel. Cobalt. Platinum. Aluminium.
1076 IRON AND STEEL
STOLZEL, Carl, & Ledebur, A.
Die metallurgie. 2v. in 3. 1863-86. (Handbuch der che-
mischen technologic; hrsg. von P. A. Bolley und an-
deren.) r66g S8/
v.i. Gewinnung der metalle, by Carl Stolzel.
v.2. Metallverarbeitung, by A. Ledebur.
Contains several bibliographies.
Thorough manual, paying especial attention to the mechanical side, v.2
treats of alloys and metallic preparations, and the rolling, drawing,
forging, electroplating, etc. of metals.
WILLIAMS, William Mattieu, and others.
Iron and steel; Copper smelting; Brass founding, tin plate
and zinc working. 1876. (British manufacturing in-
dustries.) 669 W74
Contents: Iron and steel, by W. M. Williams. Copper smelting, by
J. A. Phillips. Brass founding, tin plate and zinc working, by Walter
Graham.
Short accounts of history and of manufacturing processes. For general
readers.
METALLURGICAL review; monthly. 2v. 1877-78 r66c).o5 M64
No more published.
SCHOOL of mines quarterly, i882/83-date. v.4-date. 1883-
date r66Q.05 837
Contents and index, v. 11-20, Nov. iSSp-July 1899. 1900.
Published by Columbia university.
BERGMANN, Heinrich.
Chemisch-technisches receptbuch fur die gesammte metall-
industrie. 1887. (Hartleben's chemisch-technische bib-
liothek.) r66g.o8 645
Collection of receipts for alloys for special uses, methods of working,
decorating, plating and preserving metals, varnishes, cements, etc.
ROSSING, Adelbert.
Geschichte der metalle. 1901 r669.O9 R74
Bibliography, p. 5- 8.
Occurrence in nature, discovery and history, methods of mining, metal-
lurgy, use, etc. are briefly given.
669.1 Iron and steel
AMERICAN IRON AND STEEL ASSOCIATION.
Statistics of the American and foreign iron trades; annual
statistical report, 1871-1890, i892-date. i872-date r669.i ASI
Reports for 1871-1873 title-page reads "Reports of the secretary;" in the
report for 1874 the annual report and the statistical report have sepa-
rate title-pages; report for 1875 title reads "American iron trade in
1876, by J. M. Swank; annual report to Jan. i, 1876."
ARNOLD, John Oliver, & M'William, Andrew.
Diffusion of elements in iron. 1899 669.8 H39
Reprinted from the ''Journal of the Iron and steel institute," May 1899.
Results of experimental investigations of the nature of this action.
Bound with other pamphlets.
BAUERMAN, Hilary.
Treatise on the metallurgy of iron. 1890 669.1 632
The same. 1868 r669.i 632
Condensed handbook for practical workers.
BELL, Sir Isaac Lowthian.
Iron trade of the United Kingdom compared with that of
the other chief iron-making nations. 1886 r669.i 641 i
On the American iron trade and its progress during six-
IRON AND STEEL 1077
teen years. (Iron and steel institute. Journal, v.38,
p.i-2o8*.) 669.1 I28j
The same. (In Iron and steel institute. Journal, v.38, p.i-
208*.) r66o.i05 128 v.38
Principles of the manufacture of iron and steel, with notes
on the economic conditions of their production. 1884. .669.1 B4ip
The same. 1884 r669.i B4ip
BRITISH IRON TRADE ASSOCIATION.
Annual report [ist-4th, 8th, I3th, i8th] of the secretary
to the members, 1877-1880, 1884, 1889, 1894. 1878-
94 r669.i 675
ist-4th reports have the title "Iron, steel and allied trades," 1877-1880;
i8th report has the title "Iron and steel industries in 1894."
CAMPBELL, Harry Huse.
Manufacture and properties of iron and steel. 1903 669.1 Ci5
The same. 1896 r669.i Ci5
Title reads "Manufacture and properties of structural steel."
Critical study of the subject. Describes the manufacture of the several
varieties of open-hearth and Bessemer steel, their physical properties,
and the effect on these of various other elements.
CARNEGIE STEEL CO. Pittsburgh.
Edgar Thomson steel works and blast furnaces. 1890. . . .r669.i C2i
DUNLAP, Thomas, ed.
Wiley's American iron trade manual of the leading iron
industries of the United States. 1874 qr669.i Dg2
Directories of the manufacturers of all lines of iron and steel in the
United States, with statistics of production, imports, exports, costs,
wages, etc., and a description of the iron ore regions. Some of the
larger plants, as the Keystone bridge works and Baldwin locomotive
works, are described at length and illustrated.
DUSSELDORF, VEREIN DEUTSCHER EISENHUTTEN-
LEUTE.
Gemeinfassliche darstellung des eisenhiittenwesens. 1901. .r669.i 095
Brief outline in popular language.
FAIRBAIRN, Sir William.
Iron; its history, properties and processes of manufacture.
1865 669.1 Fis
The same. 1869 r66g.i Fis
Gives considerable space to a discussion of the mechanical properties,
methods of testing, etc. of iron and steel.
GREENWOOD, William Henry.
Steel and iron. 1893. (Manuals of technology.) 669.1 G8s
The same. 1890. (Manuals of technology.) 669.1 G85s
The same. 1884. (Manuals of technology.) r669.i G8ss
Later editions are reprints of the edition of 1884.
"Aim... has been to produce, within moderate limits, a comprehensive
manual of practical information, and of the scientific principles upon
which the practice rests." Preface.
HIORNS, Arthur Horseman.
Iron and steel manufacture. 1889 669.1 Hs8
The same. 1889 r66g.i Hs8
Brief outline of the chemistry and metallurgy of iron, for the use of
beginners.
HORNE, Henry.
Essays concerning iron and steel; the first containing
observations on American sand-iron, the second, ob-
servations founded on experiments on common iron-
1078 IRON AND STEEL
ore, and an appendix discovering a more perfect method
of charring pit-coal. 1773 r66o.i H79
Describes experiments with black iron-sand from Virginia and gives
author's theories regarding the conversion of cast-iron into steel.
INTERNATIONAL ENGINEERING CONGRESS, Glas-
gow, 1901.
Proceedings of section 5: Iron and steel. (In Iron and
steel institute. Journal, 1901, v.6o, p. 1-340.) . . .r669.iO5 12863 v -
JORDAN, Samson.
Album to the course of lectures on metallurgy at the
Central school of arts and manufactures of Paris. 2v.
1878 qr669.i J42
v.i. Preparation of vegetable fuel. Preparation of coke. Blast fur-
naces. Steam boilers. Blowing engines. Hot air ovens. Varia
(blast pipes, tuyeres, etc.). Direct extraction of malleable iron from
the ore. Manufacture of charcoal bar iron. Manufacture of puddled
bars. Manufacture of merchant bars and rails. Manufacture of
sheets and plates. Ground plans of iron works. Manufacture of steel.
v.2. Plates.
JOYNSON, Francis Herbert, ed.
Iron and steel maker. 1892 669.1 J48
The same. 1892 r669.i J48
Tells in plain, every-day language the methods in use for making iron
and steel. Descriptions are practical and are given in detail.
JUPTNER von JONSTORFF, Hanns, freiherr.
Considerations on the solution theory of iron and steel.
1899 669.8 H39
Reprinted from the "Journal of the Iron and steel institute," May 1899.
Results of researches in the application of the laws of solution to iron
and steel.
Bound with other pamphlets.
Grundziige der siderologie; fur hiittenleute, maschinen-
bauer u. s. w., sowie zur benutzung beim unterrichte
bearbeitet. v.i-2. 1900-02 r669-i JS3
v.i. Die konstitution der eisenlegierungen und schlacken.
v.2. Zusammenhang zwischen thermischer und mechanischer bearbei-
tung, konstitution und eigenschaften der eisenlegierungen.
"Literatur," v.i, p.29i-3O7; v.2, p. 388-399.
Author defines siderology as the study which concerns itself with the
intimate morphological and chemical composition of the iron alloys,
and also inquires into the ways in which these alloys are changed by
outer influences (mechanical and heat treatment, etc.), and what con-
nection exists between their composition and their physical and me-
chanical properties.
KIRCHHOFF, Charles William Henry.
Notes on some European iron making districts ; a collection of
letters to the Iron age. 1900 r669.i K282
Contents: The iron industries of Germany. The Minette district of
Lorraine, Luxemburg and France. Glimpses of the British iron indus-
try. The German machine tool market. A flying trip to Remscheid.
Paternalism and industrial development.
KOHN, Ferdinand.
Iron and steel manufacture, with reports on iron and steel
in the Paris exhibition of 1867, and descriptions of the
principal iron and steel works in Great Britain and the
continent. 1869 qr669.i K36
Contains many good plates showing blast, puddling and Siemens fur-
naces, converters, rolling-mills, cranes, blowing-engines, etc. in use
at that time.
LEDEBUR, A.
Handbuch der eisenhuttenkunde, fur den gebrauch im
IRON AND STEEL 1079
betriebe wie zur benutzung beim unterrichte bearbeitet.
3v. in i. 1899-1900 r66g.i LSI
v.i. Einfiihrung in die eisenhiittenkunde.
v.2. Das roheisen und seine darstellung.
v-3. Das schmiedbare eisen und seine darstellung.
Bibliography at the end of each chapter.
The standard German work on the metallurgy of iron. Author is (1900)
professor in the Freiburg mining school.
MUSHET, David.
Papers on iron and steel, practical and experimental.
1840 r669.i Mg8
Author was one of the leading English metallurgists of the first part of
the 1 9th century. He introduced many improved methods for manu-
facturing iron and steel.
OSBORN, Henry Stafford.
Metallurgy of iron and steel, with special reference to
American materials and processes. 1869 r669.i 029
Very full account of the American iron and steel industry in the middle
of the 1 9th century.
OVERMAN, Frederick.
Manufacture of iron, with an essay on the manufacture of
steel. 1854 r669.i 033
Includes "Fuel," p.8o-i38.
PEARSE, John Barnard.
Concise history of the iron manufacture of the American
colonies to the Revolution, and of Pennsylvania until
the present time. 1876 r66"9.i P34
Particularly valuable for its notes on the Pennsylvania iron industries.
PERCY, John.
Metallurgy; iron and steel. 1864 r669.i P42
PETZHOLDT, Alphons.
Die erzeugung der eisen- und stahlschienen; eine hiitten-
mannische studie. 1874. (Handbuch der chemischen
technologic; hrsg. von P. A. Bolley und anderen.) . . .r66g 887 v.2
Describes briefly all steps in their manufacture from the ore to the
finished product, as carried out in South Wales about 1873.
Bound with Stolzel and Ledebur's "Die metallurgie," v.2.
PHILLIPS, David.
On the comparative endurance of iron and mild steel when
exposed to corrosive influences, with an abstract of
the discussion upon the paper; ed. by James Forrest.
1881 665.4 683
Reprinted from the "Minutes of proceedings of the Institution of civil
engineers," v.6s.
Results of tests showing comparative effect of various waters and salt
solutions.
Bound with other pamphlets.
SAINT-ANGE, Walter de, & Le Blanc, V.
Atlas zur practischen eisenhuttenkunde; 77 tafeln qr669.i 813
SKELTON, H.J.
Economics of iron and steel; an attempt to make clear the
best every-day practice in the heavy iron and steel
trades, to those whose province it is to deal with ma-
terial after it is made. 1891 669.1 S62
"Presents a clear view of the leading principles and practice of the
British heavy iron and steel trades, conditions governing quotations for
bar iron, extras payable for special lengths, etc." W . S. Sonnenschein.
1080 IRON AND STEEL
TENNESSEE COAL, IRON AND RAILROAD CO.
Description of plants and mines. 1900 r66g.i T29
VADOT, Napoleon.
Le Creusot; son histoire, son Industrie. 1875 r66g.i Vi2
Popular description of the most important of French iron-works.
VOSMAER, A.
Mechanical and other properties of iron and steel in con-
nection with their chemical composition. 1891 669.1 38
WEDDING, Hermann.
Grundriss der eisenhuttenkunde. 1901 669.1 W4i
Brief text-book of the metallurgy of iron, treating its metallurgical
chemistry and physics, the ores and their preparation, blast-furnace
practice, puddling, Bessemer and open-hearth working, forging, roll-
ing, etc.
Das kleingefiige des eisens; mikroskopische originalphoto-
graphien nach schliffen. 1890 r669.i W4i
WESTERN IRON ASSOCIATION.
Constitution and by-laws, and extracts from Minutes.
1863 r66g.i W56;
WESTERN NAIL ASSOCIATION.
Articles of association, by-laws and records. 1876 qr669.i W~>6
WILKIE, George.
Manufacture of iron in Great Britain. 1857 r669.i W72
WILLIAMS, William Mattieu.
Chemistry of iron and steel making. 1890 669.1 W74
AMERICAN IRON AND STEEL ASSOCIATION.
Directory to the iron and steel works of the United States.
2d edition-date. i874-date r66g.iO2 A$i
The samf, supplement, containing a complete list of the
consolidated iron and steel companies in the United
States, corrected to Aug. 1000. 1900 r66g.io2 ASIS
The same; supplement, containing a classified list of leading
consumers of iron and steel in the United States, cor-
rected to Jan. 1903. 1903 r66g.i02 Asis2
RYLAND'S iron, steel and allied trades' directory. 1884. .qr669.iO2 RgS
669.105 Periodicals
AGE of steel; weekly. v.83-date. iSgS-date qr669.ios A26
Vith v.92, no.24, Dec. 13, 1902, "Age of steel" was consolidated with
"Iron and steel" to form "Iron and machinery world."
AMERICAN manufacturer and iron world; weekly, Mar. 26,
i874-date. v.i4, no.2i-date. i874-date qr669.io5 A5I2
Being v.i4, no.2i-date of "American manufacturer and trade of the
West."
BULLETIN of the American iron and steel association. v.24~
date. iSgo-date qr669.ios 687
v.24, no.i, 47; v.2S, no.7, 34; v.26, no.i; v.27, no. 40 wanting.
IRON age; weekly, Jan. i882-Dec. 1886, July iSSg-date.
v.29-38, 44-date. i882-date qr669.io5 12862
IRON and machinery world. See Age of steel.
IRON AND STEEL INSTITUTE.
Journal, i869-date. v.i-date. i87O-date r669.iO5 12863
Name index to Proceedings (Transactions and Journal), 1869-
1896, v.i-so. 1898.
IRON AND STEEL 1081
-Subject-matter index to Proceedings, 1882-1889, v. 20-35. 1891.
-General index to Proceedings, 1869-1881, [v.i-ig]. 1883.
-General index, 1890-1900, v.36-s8; with "A history of the de-
velopment of the Iron and steel institute." 1902.
v.i title-page reads "Transactions."
Beginning with the year 1884, each volume contains a list of the prin-
cipal works relating to iron and steel published during the year.
The same; special volume of Proceedings; Iron and steel
institute in America in 1890 669.1 I28j
Being v.38.
IRON trade review; weekly. v.3i-date. iSgS-date qr669.io5 1286
JOURNAL of the United States association of charcoal iron
workers; bimonthly, v.i-8, in 4. 1880-90 r669.io5 J46
METALLOGRAPHIST; a quarterly publication devoted to
the study of metals, with special reference to their
physics and miscrostructure, their industrial treatment
and applications; ed. by Albert Sauveur. v.i-date.
iSgS-date r669.ios M64
STAHL und eisen; zeitschrift; [monthly and semimonthly].
v.i-date. i88i-date qr66g.io5 878
TIN and terne and the metal world; biweekly, 1896-1902. v.S-
ii. 1896-1902 qr669.ios T48
Publication ceased with v. n.
669.109 History of iron and steel
BECK, Ludwig.
Die geschichte des eisens in technischer und kulturgeschicht-
licher beziehung. 5v. 1891-1903 r669.iog 636
v.i. Von der altesten zeit bis um das jahr 1500 N. Chr.
v.2. Das 16. und 17. jahrhundert.
v.3. Das 18. jahrhundert.
v.4. Das 19. jahrhundert von 1801 bis 1860.
v.S- Das 19. jahrhundert von 1860 an bis zum schluss.
FRENCH, Benjamin Franklin.
History of the rise and progress of the iron trade of the
United States, 1621-1857. 1858 r669.iO9 Fg2
Deals with the condition of the iron trade, the obstacles encountered in
its development and the effect of free-trade legislation upon its growth.
Statistics of manufacture, importation, exportation and prices are
given.
SCRIVENOR, Harry.
Comprehensive history of the iron trade throughout the
world, with an appendix containing official tables and
other public documents. 1841 r669.iO9 843
But little information relating to the manufacture.
SWANK, James Moore.
History of the manufacture of iron in all ages and particu-
larly in the United States to 1891, also a short history of
early coal mining in the United States. 1892 q669.iO9 897
The same. 1892 qr66g. 109 897
Introduction to the history of ironmaking and coal mining
in Pennsylvania. 1878 669.109 897!
The same. 1878 r669.iO9 897}
io82 CAST-IRON. BLAST-FURNACE
669.12 Cast-iron. Blast-furnace
ALABAMA Geological survey.
Iron making in Alabama, by W. B. Phillips. 1898 669.12 A3!
The same. 1896 r669.i2 A3I
BELL, Sir Isaac Lowthian.
Chemical phenomena of iron smelting; an examination of
the circumstances which determine the capacity of the
blast furnace. 1872 r669.i2 641
Results of numerous investigations, by a noted practical ironmaster, of
the various chemical phenomena occurring in the blast-furnace; and
of the effect of various conditions of blast, furnace capacity, etc. up-
on the quality and quantity of iron produced and the economy of
operation.
CHURCH, Seymour R. pub.
Analysis of pig iron, v.i-2. [1900-02.] qr66g.i2 C46
Contains the names of the blast-furnace plants of the world, giving in
nearly all cases the number of stacks, ores used, yearly production
and average analysis.
GRUNER, Louis Emmanuel.
Studies of blast furnace phenomena. 1874 669.12 G94
JOHNSON, Walter Rogers.
Notes on the use of anthracite in the manufacture of iron,
with some remarks on its evaporating power. 1841. . .r669.i2 ]$6
Results of trials made at different Pennsylvania blast-furnaces, (1820-
1841).
KEEP, William John.
Cast iron; a record of original research. 1002 669.12 KiS
Results of numerous investigations of the effect of various elements
on the physical properties of cast-iron, with detailed descriptions of
the author's apparatus and methods. Of particular interest to the
foundryman.
NEEDHAM, M.
Manufacture of iron; reprinted from the Library of useful
knowledge, published under the direction of the Society
for the diffusion of useful knowledge. 1837 r66g.i2 Nig
TRURAN, William.
Iron manufacture of Great Britain. 1862 qr669.i2 T78
TURNER, Thomas.
Metallurgy of iron and steel, v.i. 1895 669.12 T86
v.i. Metallurgy of iron.
The same. v.i. 1895 r669.i2 T86
Assumes a general knowledge of iron-making, and attempts, by extreme
condensation and copious bibliographical references, to produce a
work standing between 'an exhaustive treatise and an elementary
text-book.
Volume 2 was never written. Its place is taken by Harbord's "Metal-
lurgy of steel."
WEST, Thomas Dyson.
Metallurgy of cast iron; a complete exposition of the pro-
cesses involved in its treatment, chemically and physi-
cally, from the blast furnace through the foundry to
the testing machine. 1902 669.12 Ws6
Devotes much more space to foundry practice than to that of the blast-
furnace. Author is a practical foundryman. Written in a practical
style, and is devoid of theory.
STEEL 1083
669.16 Steel
ANDREWS, Thomas, b. 1847.
Microscopic internal flaws inducing fracture in steel.
1896 669.16 AS;
Reprinted from "Engineering," July 10, 17 and 24, 1896.
Study of their causes and the means of prevention.
BARNES, Phinehas.
Present technical condition of the steel industry of the
United States. 1885. (United States Geological sur-
vey. Bulletin, no.25.) 669.16 625
The same. 1885. (In United States Geological survey.
Bulletin, v.4, no.25.) ^57.3 U2$b v.4
Good brief survey of conditions and practice at that time.
FITCH, Thomas W. comp.
Bessemer steel; ores and methods. 1882 r669.i6 55
Outlines methods of manufacture, cost, etc. in various countries, de-
scribing important works.
GRUNER, Louis Emmanuel.
Manufacture of steel; with an appendix on the Bessemer
process in the United States. 1872 .669.16 G94
Good general survey of processes used in the middle of the igth cen-
tury, by a well-known French metallurgist.
HALL, Joseph.
The iron question considered in connection with theory,
practice and experience, with special reference to the
Bessemer process. 1857 r66g.i6 Hi7
HOWE, Henry Marion.
Metallurgy of steel, v.i. 1890 qr66g.i6 H85
The same. v.i. 1895 q669.i6 H85
The same. v.i. 1890 q66c).i6 H8sm
Exhaustive critical discussion of steel-making.
JEANS, James Stephen.
Steel; its history, manufacture, properties and uses. 1880. .669.16 J22
The same. 1880 r669.i6 J22
Describes thoroughly the development of the steel industry to 1880,
giving notes on many processes used and proposed.
LANDRIN, Henri C.
Treatise on steel; its theory, metallurgy, practical work-
Ing and use; with an appendix on the Bessemer and
Martin processes for manufacturing steel, from the re-
port of A. S. Hewitt. 1868 r66g.i6 L22
MULLER, Friedrich C. G.
Krupp's steel works. 1898 qr669.i6 M95
Popular description of these famous works, well illustrated and in-
terestingly written.
RfiAUMUR, Rene Antoine Ferchault de.
L'art de convertir le fer forge en acier, et 1'art d'adoucir le
fer fondu. 1722 qr66g.i6 R25
ROTT, Carl.
Die Klein-Bessemerei fur den stahlformguss, temperguss
und feinguss. 1900 r66g.i6 R76
Sonder-abdruck aus "Uhland's technische rundschau, ausgabe fur metall-
industrie, bergbau und hiittenwesen."
Treats of the construction and uses of Bessemer converters for charges
of about 1500 Ibs. Gives plans, cost of installation and operation, etc.
1084 STEEL
UNITED STATES Navigation bureau. (Navy department.)
Papers and discussions on experiments with steel, reprint-
ed from various sources. 1883. (Naval professional
papers, no. 14.) r669.i6 U25
Contents: Experiments on steel. On the corrosive effects of steel on
iron in salt water. On the relative corrosion of iron and steel. On
the economical advantages of steel shipbuilding. On cracks and an-
nealing of steel. On the quality of material used in shipbuilding.
WEDDING, Hermann.
Basic Bessemer process; tr. fr. the German by W. B.
Phillips and Ernst Prochaska. 1891 r66p.i6 W4I
Contains a supplementary chapter on dephosphorization in the basic
open-hearth furnace, by Ernst Prochaska.
Full, reliable description by a famous German metallurgist. Well illus-
trated with drawings from actual practice.
WIBORGH, Johan Gustaf.
Use of hot-blast in the Bessemer process. 1899 669.8 H39
Reprinted from the "Journal of the Iron and steel institute," May 1899.
Bound with other pamphlets.
669.17 Working. Annealing. Tempering
EDE, George.
Management of steel. 1891 669.17 E26
The same. 1874 '. r669.i7 26
Deals in a practical manner with its manufacture, selection for tools,
forging, annealing, hardening, tempering, etc.
METCALF, William.
Steel; a manual for steel-users. 1896 669.17 M64
Treats of the properties of steel, effect of impurities, theory and methods
of hardening, tempering, annealing, etc. Pays especial attention to
crucible steel.
MILLER, METCALF & PARKIN.
Treatment of steel; a series of circulars on heating/ anneal-
ing, forging and tempering, issued by the Crescent steel
works, and a chapter on hardening and tempering of
steel, by Geo. Ede. 1884 669.17 M6g
Practical directions for workmen.
REISER, Fridolin.
Das harten des stahles in theorie und praxis. 1900 r66g.i7 R32
Concise, yet thorough, treatment, paying especial attention to the
practical application of the theory of hardening.
STROM EYER, Johann Philip Edmund Charles.
Injurious effect of a blue heat on steel and iron. 1887.
(United States Navigation bureau. (Navy department.)
Naval professional papers, no.2i.) r669.i7 892
Reprinted from the "Proceedings of the Institution of civil engineers,
London."
669.18 Roll-turning
DAELEN, R. and others.
Die kalibrirung der eisenwalzen; drei gekronte preisschrif-
ten eingereicht dem Verein zur beforderung des ge-
werbfleisses in Preussen, von R. Daelen, A. Hollen-
berg und Diekmann. 1874 qr669-i8 Di3
Three monographs upon the theory and practice of roll-turning for
various shapes, describing in detail the methods of calculating the
form of the roll for specified sections.
GOLD AND SILVER 1085
SPENCER, Adam.
Roll-turning for sections in steel and iron, with appendix.
2v. 1894 qr66o.i8 874
Series of drawings to scale, giving examples of rolls for the different
kinds of work which have proved satisfactory in use. All theoretical
discussion is omitted.
TUNNER, Peter.
Treatise on roll-turning for the manufacture of iron, with
atlas. 2v. 1869 qr669.i8 T84
v.i. Text. v.2. Plates.
669.2 Gold and silver
ADAMS, William James.
Hints on amalgamation and the general care of gold mills.
1899 669.2 A2i
"Results of the observations I have made ... demonstrated as correct by
application to several very difficult ores." Author.
BOSQUI, Francis Lawrence.
Practical notes on the cyanide process. 1899 669.2 664
DEL MAR, Alexander.
History of the precious metals from the earliest times to
the present. 1902 669.2 D4i
Bibliography, p.n-22.
Deals with the exploration of the world for gold and silver from the
earliest times to the beginning of the 2oth century. Maintains that
the desire for these metals has been the principal motive leading to
the dominion of the world by civilized races. Exhaustive, valuable
and very readable work.
EGLESTON, Thomas.
Metallurgy of silver, gold and mercury in the United
States. 2v. 1887-90 q66g.2 36
v.i. Silver. v.2. Gold and mercury.
The same. 2v. 1887-90 qr66g.2 36
Treats the subject quite exhaustively but is hardly up-to-date, and can
scarcely be accepted as representing the best American practice, even
at the date of publication.
EISSLER, Manuel.
Cyanide process for the extraction of gold; its practical
application on the Witwatersrand gold-fields and else-
where. 1898 669.2 E42c
Describes process and gives details of a few South African plants. In-
formation given is rather incomplete.
Metallurgy of gold; a treatise on the metallurgical treat-
ment of gold-bearing ores; including the processes of
concentration, chlorination, and extraction by cyanide,
and the assaying, melting and refining of gold. 1806. . .669.2 E42
While containing much of value, is to be used cautiously, as the
author's information is at times inaccurate.
Metallurgy of silver; a treatise on the amalgamation, roast-
ing and lixiviation of silver ores; including the assaying,
melting and refining of silver bullion. 1898 669.2 E42m
LOCK, Charles 'G. Warnford.
Gold milling principles and practice. 1901 669.2 L75
Comprehensive practical manual of the operations necessary in the
extraction of gold from its ores. Contains descriptions of the chief
processes now in use (1901).
io86 GOLD AND SILVER
LOUIS, Henry.
Handbook of gold milling. 1894 669.2 LQ2
Author summarizes his work as commencing with "an account of the
physical and chemical properties of gold and of mercury. Stamp mill
construction is considered in detail, the mechanical principles under-
lying the design of each part being throughout elucidated. The theory
and practice of concentration, as far as it refers to gold milling, is
next considered, together with the most approved modern methods of
treating the concentrates and the other products of milling. A chapter
on the economic considerations involved, and one on the assaying
of gold ores and mill products are also appended."
O'DRISCOLL, Florence.
Notes on the treatment oi gold ores. 1889 r669.2 Oi4
Outline of methods for those having no knowledge of the subject.
PARK, James.
Cyanide process of gold extraction. 1897 669.2 P23
Die cyankalium-laugung von golderzen ("Cyanide process
of gold extraction") ; frei bearbeitet, vermehrt und ein-
geleitet von Ernst Victor. 1902. (Hartleben's chemisch-
technische bibliothek.) r669.2 P23
Concise exposition of the practice and theory of the cyanide process.
Illustrated.
PERCY, John.
Metallurgy; silver and gold. pt.i. 1880 r66g.2 ?42
No more published.
Treats only of silver. Gives a clear, accurate review of the subject as
developed previous to 1880. Describes the chemical properties, methods
of assaying and smelting, etc.
PHILLIPS, John Arthur.
Mining and metallurgy of gold and silver. 1867 qr66g.2 P^6
Describes the various producing districts of the world, with statistics
as to their yield and importance, and the methods of extraction, re-
fining, etc. in use at the time of publication.
ROSE, Thomas Kirke.
Metallurgy of gold. 1898 669.2 R71
Bibliography, p.5o3~5i4-
The same. 1898 r66g.2 R7i
Concise review of methods of treating ores, recovery of gold, refining,
assay of ores and bullion, etc. Deals with principles of procedure
rather than mechanical details. Especially good for the chemistry of
processes.
WILSON, Eugene Benjamin.
Chlorination process. 1897 669.2 W76
Cyanide processes. 1897 669.2
The same. 1896 r669.2
"Authorities," p. 111-112.
Chiefly a compilation from the periodical and patent office literature.
Gives the theory, and points out the factors which have a special bear-
ing in successful operation, but does not go into details of the me-
chanical arrangements necessary.
669.3 Copper
JAPING, Eduard.
Kupfer und messing, sowie alle technisch wichtigen kupfer-
legirungen, ihre darstellungsmethoden, eigenschaften
und weiterverarbeitung zu handelswaaren. 1883. (Hart-
leben's chemisch-technische bibliothek.) r669-3 Ji8
Copper-reducing and refining, casting in copper and its alloys, forging,
rolling and drawing are included.
COPPER. LEAD. ALUMINIUM 1087
LAMBORN, Robert H.
Metallurgy of copper; an introduction to the methods of
seeking, mining and assaying copper, and manufactur-
ing its alloys. 1869 669.3 Li8
"Authorities," p.6.
Rudimentary treatise for students and artisans.
PETERS, Edward Dyer.
Modern copper smelting. 1901 669.3 ?45
The same. 1895 r669-3 P45
The standard American work on the subject, (1901).
669.4 Lead
COLLINS, Henry Francis.
Metallurgy of lead and silver; ed. by Sir W. C. Roberts-
Austen. 2v. 1899-1900 669.4 71
v.i. Lead. v.2. Silver.
The same. 2v. 1900 r6694 C?i
Trustworthy, modern and fairly complete. Author has had large prac-
tical experience in mining and metallurgical work.
EISSLER, Manuel.
Metallurgy of argentiferous lead; a practical treatise on
the smelting of silver-lead ores and the refining of lead
bullion; reports on various smelting establishments and
descriptions of modern smelting furnaces and plants in
Europe and America. 1891 669.4 E4 2
Chiefly devoted to blast-furnace practice, especially as developed in the
United States.
HOFMAN, Henry O.
Metallurgy of lead and the desilverization of base bullion.
1893 r6694 H68
PERCY, John.
Metallurgy of lead, including desilverization and cupella-
tion. 1870 r6694 P42
Very complete resume up to the time of publication. A standard
reference work, although antiquated in accounts of practice.
669.7 Aluminium
ALUMINUM world; monthly, Oct. i8o4-Dec. 1902. 8v.
[1895-1903.] qr6697 A47
Incorporated with "Metal industry," Jan. 1903.
BLAKE, William Phipps.
Note on the use of aluminum in the construction of instru-
ments of precision. 1890 r669-7 H93
Reprinted from the "Transactions of the American institute of mining
engineers," v. 18, Feb. 1890.
Bound with other pamphlets.
COWLES, Eugene H.
Aluminum bronze and brass as suitable materials for pro-
pellers. 1890 r6697 H93
Reprinted from the "Transactions of the American institute of mining
engineers," v.i8, Feb. 1890.
Bound with other pamphlets.
Physical properties of some of the alloys of manganese, copper
69
io88 ALUMINIUM
and aluminum. 1890 r66g.7 HQ3
Reprinted from the "Transactions of the American institute of mining
engineers/' v. 18, Feb. 1890.
Bound with other pamphlets.
DROWN, Thomas Messinger, & McKenna. A. G.
Direct determination of aluminum in iron and steel. 1891 . . r66p7 Hg.3
Reprinted from the "Transactions of the American institute of mining
engineers," v.2O, June 1891.
Bound with other pamphlets.
HUNT, Alfred Ephraim.
Manufacture of aluminium by electrolysis at Niagara, with
an abstract of the discussion upon the paper;- ed. by
James Forrest. 1896 665.4 683
Reprinted from the "Minutes of proceedings of the Institution of civil
engineers," v. 124.
Description of the process and plant of the Pittsburgh reduction company,
by its president (1896).
Bound with other pamphlets.
Properties, uses and processes of production of aluminum.
1891 r66g.7 H93
Reprinted from the "Technology quarterly," v.4, Apr. 1891.
Bound with other pamphlets.
HUNT, Alfred Ephraim, and others.
Chemical analysis of aluminum. 1892 r669-7 HQ3
Reprinted from the "Journal of analytical and applied chemistry," v.6,
Jan. 1892.
Properties of aluminum, with some information relating to
the metal. 1890 r6697 H93
Reprinted from the "Transactions of the American institute of mining
engineers," v.i8, Feb. 1890.
Bound with other pamphlets.
MIERZINSKI, Stanislaus.
Die fabrikation des aluminiums und der alkalimetalle.
1885. (Hartleben's chemisch-technische bibliothek.) . .r6697 M67
NEUHAUSEN, ALUMINIUM INDUSTRIE ACTIEN
GESELLSCHAFT.
Die producte; deren behandlung und verwendung r66g.7 H93
Bound with other pamphlets.
PITTSBURGH REDUCTION CO.
Aluminum and aluminum alloys. 1897 r66g.7 P67
RICHARDS, Joseph William.
Aluminium, including its alloys. 1896 669.7 R4 1
The same. 1887 r6697 R4 1
The same. 1896 r6697 R4ia
Most complete and authoritative work yet written. Author is (1901)
assistant professor of metallurgy at Lehigh university.
The aluminium problem. 1891 r6697 H93
Reprinted from the "Journal of the Franklin institute," v.i3i, Mar. 1891.
Historical account of discovery, methods of reduction of ores, etc.
Bound with other pamphlets.
SMITH, Oberlin.
Aluminum in search of a nickname. 1890 r6697 H93
Reprinted from the "Transactions of the American institute of mining
engineers," v.i8, Feb. 1890.
Note suggesting the adoption of a shorter name for every-day use.
Bound with other pamphlets.
Aluminum in the drawing-press. 1890 r6697
Reprinted from the "Transactions of the American institute of mining
engineers," v.i8, Feb. 1890.
Points out its adaptability and advantages for stamping.
Bound with other pamphlets.
FUELS. FURNACES. ALLOYS 1089
669.8 Fuels. Furnaces
DISDIER, Enrique.
Use of blast-furnace and coke-oven gases. 1899 669.8 H39
Reprinted from the "Journal of the Iron and steel institute," May 1899.
Discusses briefly their value as fuel for gas-engines, and the best
methods of using them.
Bound with other pamphlets.
FISCHER, Ferdinand.
Feuerungsanlagen fur hausliche und gewerbliche zwecke.
1888 r669.8 F$2
HEAD, Archibald Potter.
On tilting open-hearth furnaces. 1899 669.8 H39
Reprinted from the "Journal of the Iron and steel institute," May 1899.
Brief description of the Wellman and Campbell furnaces.
JtlPTNER von JONSTORFF, Hanns, freiherr, & Toldt,
Friedrich.
Chemisch-calorische untersuchungen tiber generatoren nnd
Martinofen. 1900 qr66g.8 J53
Detailed report on a series of tests of the chemical reactions and heat
distribution in gas-producers and open-hearth furnaces. Conclusions
are drawn as to the relative efficiency of concave and convex roofs
for furnaces.
LEDEBUR, A.
Die gasfeuerungen fur metallurgische zwecke. 1891 669.8 LSI
PERCY, John.
Metallurgy; refractory materials and fuel. 1875 r66g.8 P42
STEGMANN, H.
Gasfeuerung und gasofen; eine darstellung ihres wesens
und ihrer beziehungen zu den pyrotechnischen pro-
cessen der thonwaaren-industrie, der kalk- und glas-
fabrikation, sowie verwandter industrieen. 1881 r669.8 857
Concise and well illustrated. Good account of the theory and of practice
at the time of publication. Treats especially of furnaces used in the
ceramic industries.
669.9 Alloys
BRANNT, William Theodore.
Metallic alloys; a practical guide for the manufacture of
alloys, amalgams and solders. 1896 669.9 671
BUCHANAN, John F.
Brassfounders' alloys; a handbook containing tables, notes
and data, for the guidance of manufacturers and trades-
men. 1901 669.9 684
Directions for the use of various metals in making foundry -alloys.
Tables give many practical mixtures.
HIORNS, Arthur Horseman.
Mixed metals; or Metallic alloys. 1891 669.9 Hs8
The same. 1890 r66g.9 Hs8
Treats of the various commercial alloys, methods of manufacturing them,
their chemical and physical properties and their uses.
KRUPP, Alfred.
Die legirungen. 1894. (Hartleben's chemisch-technische
logo MANUFACTURES
bibliothek.) r66g.g K42
Formula: for a large number of useful alloys, description of their
properties and uses, and practical directions for their manufacture.
LEDEBUR, A.
Die legierungen in ihrer anwendung fur gewerbliche
zwecke. 1890 r66g.9 LSI
670 Manufactures
CHASE, Annie, & Clow, E.
Stories of industry. 2v. 1891 J6;o C38
v.i. About coal, petroleum, mining and manufactures of gold, silver,
tin and iron, sewing-machines, ship-building, gas-making, etc.
v.2. About cotton-spinning, calico-printing, carpet-weaving, whale-fish-
eries, printing, the manufacture of hats, leather, butter and cheese,
candy, paper, etc.
AMERICAN trade index; descriptive and classified member-
ship directory of the National association of manufac-
turers of the United States, arranged for the convenience
of foreign buyers. 1899 r67O.2 ASI
ANNUAIRE-ALMANACH du commerce, de 1'industrie, de la
magistrature et de 1'administration; par A. F. Didot et
Sebastien Bottin. loie annee, in 3v. 1898 qr67O.2 A6i
Trade directory, including full list of Paris firms and selected list for
the remainder of France and for foreign countries.
GOLDEY, James H. ed.
Reference book containing a list of buyers of hardware
and metals throughout the United States. 1881 r67o.2 G57
RfiPERTOIRE du commerce et de 1'industrie de la Belgique.
6e annee. 1892 r67O.2 R35
SEEGER and Guernsey's cyclopedia of the manufactures and
products of the United States. 1899 qr670.2 845
TESCH, Wilhelm, ed.
Catalogue of Swedish exports. 1892 qr67O.2 T3I
TUGMAN & CO. pub.
Classified directory of the manufacturing interests of
Pennsylvania. 1000 r67O.2 T82
Text in English, French, German, Spanish and Portuguese.
Contains also a key to the symbols used.
UNITED STATES industrial directory. 1876 r67O.2 U25
WRIGHT, George, pub.
Australian, India, China and Japan trade directory and ga-
zetteer. 1891 r670.2 W93
Includes also Canada, South America, Central America, West Indies,
Mexico and South Africa.
The same. 1899 r67O.2 W93a
BISHOP, James Leander.
History of American manufactures from 1608 to 1860. 2v.
1864 r670.973 649
MASSACHUSETTS Labor statistics bureau.
Annual statistics of manufactures (ist report-date), 1886-
date. i889-date ^70.974 M45
MANUFACTURES 1091
671 Articles made of metals
BLINN, Leroy J.
Practical work-shop companion for tin, sheet-iron and copper-
plate workers. 1893 671 655
HARTMANN, Friedrich.
Das verzinnen, verzinken, vernickeln, verstahlen, und da&
ueberziehen von metallen mit anderen metallen iiber-
haupt. 1899. (Hartleben's chemisch-technische bib-
liothek.) r6ji H32
Includes mechanical and electrochemical processes.
HIORNS, Arthur Horseman.
Metal-colouring and bronzing. 1892 671 H$8
The same. 1892 r67i Hs8
Formulae for coloring metals by chemical, electrochemical and mechanical
means. Directions and the results of personal tests are given.
LARKIN, James.
Practical brass and iron founder's guide; a treatise on
brass founding, moulding, the metals and their alloys,
etc. 1899 671 L32
Receipt-book, containing short practical directions for various processes
of molding, casting, etc. Out of date in many places (1899).
LETHABY, William Richard.
Leadwork, old and ornamental, and for the most part,
English. 1893 671 L6$
"Lead work has been an important branch of decorative architecture.
American roof-fittings in tin and copper give no idea of the truly orna-
mental uses to which lead has been applied in Europe for seven cen-
turies. Some attempt is being made in these days to revive the ancient
art, and upon this, and upon the ancient practice, this is an excellent
essay." Russell Sturgis.
MILLIS, Charles Thomas.
Metal-plate work; its patterns and their geometry; also
notes on metals, and rules in mensuration, for the use of
tin, iron and zinc plate workers, coppersmiths, boiler-
makers, plumbers and others. 1899 671 M6g
ROWELL, Harvey.
Manual of instruction in hard soldering, with a chapter on
soft soldering. 1895 671 R79
WARN, Reuben Henry.
Sheet metal worker's instructor, containing geometrical
problems, also practical rules for describing various
patterns. 1895 671 W23
AMERICAN metal market; weekly, Aug.-Dec. 1890, July
iSgi-Dec. 1892, Jan.-June 1894, 1896. v.is, 17-19, 22,
26-27. 1890-96 qr67i.o5 AST
CHICAGO journal of commerce and metal industries; weekly,
July iSgi-Dec. 1893. v.so-63. 1891-93 qr67i.os C43
v.6o, Jan. 7-June 30, 1892, wanting.
IRONMONGER; weekly. v.74-date. i896-date qr67i.os 128
METAL worker; a weekly journal of the stove, tin, plumbing,
and house furnishing trades, Feb.-Dec. 1876, i9O3-date.
v.5, no.6-27, v.59-date. i876-date qr67i.o5 M64
IOQ2 MANUFACTURES
MARKS, Edward Charles Robert.
Manufacture of iron and steel tubes. 1897 671.1 M39
"Of interest especially on account of bicycles. Compiled almost entirely
from patent specifications, the treatment is, in consequence, somewhat
superficial. As a record of the general features of the invention, it is
an interesting and valuable little book." Engineer, 1897.
ANDfiS, Louis Edgar.
Blattmetalle, bronzen und metallpapiere; deren herstellung
und anwendung. 1902. (Hartleben's chemisch-tech-
nische bibliothek.) r67i.2 ASS
Practical handbook giving details of the methods used.
JAPING, Eduard.
Blech und blechwaaren. 1886. (Hartleben's chemisch-
technische bibliothek.) r67i.2 Ji8
WAGNER, Alexander, goldsmith.
Gold, silber und edelsteine; handbuch fur gold-, silber-,
bronze-arbeiter und juweliere. 1895. (Hartleben's che-
misch-technische bibliothek.) r67i-
672 Articles made of iron and steel
GARDNER, John Starkie.
Ironwork. 2v. 1893-96. (South Kensington museum art
handbooks.) 672 Gi8
v.i. From the earliest times to the end of the mediaeval period.
v.2. From the close of the mediaeval period to the end of the
1 8th century, excluding English work.
History of artistic iron-working. Contains many illustrations.
IRON.
Price lists of manufactured goods and hardware from
Birmingham and district, selected and reprinted from
"Iron," the journal of science, metals and manufactures.
v.i. 1876 qr672 12862
JAPING, Eduard.
Die darstellung des eisens und der eisenfabrikate. 1881.
(Hartleben's chemisch-technische bibliothek.) r672 Ji8d
pt. i of his "Eisen und eisenwaaren."
Popular description of methods of obtaining iron, casting, rolling bars
and sheets, wire-drawing, tube-making, plating and working hot and cold.
Especially for iron merchants and consumers.
French and English equivalents of the technical terms used are given.
Der praktische eisen- und eisenwaarenkenner. 1882. (Hart-
leben's chemisch-technische bibliothek.) r672 Ji8p
pt.2 of his "Eisen und eisenwaaren."
Statistics, prices, properties, forms, etc. of rods, sheets, wire, tubes, cast-
ings, tools and other commercial forms of iron and steel. For iron
merchants and consumers.
MORGAN, Charles H.
Some landmarks in the history of the rolling mill; presi-
dential address delivered before the American society
of mechanical engineers, New York meeting, December
1900. 1900 q672 M8o
Brief history of its development.
OIL WELL SUPPLY CO.
Illustrated catalogue. 1892 -. qr672 19
The same. 1900 qr672 Oigi
MANUFACTURES 1093
ROWNSON, DREW & CO.
Rownson's iron merchant's tables and memoranda, weights
and measures, etc. 1899 r672 Rjg
Weights of flat, square and round bar-iron, of steel angles and tees,
rivets, bolts, sheets, etc.
672.1 Tin-plate. Galvanized iron
AYER, Ira.
Special report to the secretary of the treasury, showing
the production of tin and terne plates in the United
States during the year ended June 30, 1892. 1892 r672.i A9~
Treasury department document, no. 1528.
DAVIES, James, of London.
Galvanized iron; its manufacture and uses; a detailed de-
scription of this important industry and its manufac-
turing process. 1899 672.1 031
Advice on the organization of works, cultivation of markets and other
commercial matters, intended for those starting in the manufacture.
Description of technical processes is disjointed and only outlines the
manufacture.
FLANDERS, W. T.
Galvanizing and tinning; a practical treatise on coating
with tin and zinc, with a chapter on tinning gray iron
castings. 1900 672.1 F6i
Treats only of methods for cast-iron, and small articles of wrought-iron
and steel.
FLOWER, Philip William.
History of the trade in tin; a short description of tin min-
ing and metallurgy, a history of the origin and process
of the tin-plate trade, and a description of the ancient
and modern processes of manufacturing tin-plates.
1880 r672.i F66
WEEKS, Joseph Dame.
Tin and tin plate; their history, production and statistics.
1892 : qr672. r W42
Supplement to the "American manufacturer."
672.3 Wire
JAPING, Eduard.
Draht und drahtwaaren. 1884. (Hartleben's chemisch-
technische bibliothek.) r672.3 Ji8
Raw materials for wire-making, methods of rolling and drawing, classifi-
cation and properties, wire rope, cables, wire for electrical uses,
insulated wire, wire nails, screws, needles, etc.
SMITH, J. Bucknall.
Treatise upon wire; its manufacture and uses. 1891 q672.3 S6s
The same. 1891 qr672.3 $65
673 Articles made of bronze and copper
FULLER, John.
Art of coppersmithing; a practical treatise on working
sheet copper into all forms. 1894 r673
Covers all classes of wrought work, both light and heavy, illustrating
tools and patterns, and describing in detail the methods of construction.
1094 COOPERAGE. LEATHER
MULLER, Ludwig.
Die bronzewaaren-fabrikation. 1877. (Hartleben's che-
misch-technische bibliothek.) r673
Composition of various brasses and bronzes, directions for casting bells,
statues and other objects, for finishing castings and for bronzing wood
and various metals.
674 Cooperage
VOIGT, Otto.
Fabrikation, berechnung und visiren der fasser, bottiche
und anderer gefasse. 1893. (Hartleben's chemisch-
technische bibliothek.) r674
Chapters on tools, wood, methods of manufacture, manufacture with
machines, description of various designs, methods of designing and
laying out, calculation of contents, gaging, calculation of dimensions
for a given capacity.
675 Leather
DAVIS, Charles Thomas.
Manufacture of leather. 1897 675 031
List of patents relating to the manufacture of leather, issued by the
United States, Jan. i, i884~Aug. 31, 1897, ^.639-654.
Describes processes, tools and machines used in tanning, currying, finish- ,
ing and dyeing leather.
HEINZERLING, Christian.
Grundziige der lederbereitung, mit besonderer beriicksich-
tigung der neueren fortschritte auf diesem gebeite; ein
handbuch fur gerber, techniker, etc. 1882. (Handbuch
der chemischen technologic; hrsg. von P. A. Bolley
und anderen.) r675 H42
JETTMAR, Joseph Bernhard.
Das farben des lohgaren leders; theorie und praxis des
bunt-, weiss- und schwarzfarbens, nebst einer abhand-
lung iiber die einschlagigen naturlichen und kiinstlichen
farbstoffe, materialien und hilfsmaschinen, sowie das
gerben und zurichten des farbleders. 1900 r675 J3I
KNAPP, Friedrich Ludwig.
Mineralgerbung mit metall-salzen und verbindungen aus
diesen mit organischen substanzen als gerbemittel.
1892. (Handbuch der chemischen technologic; hrsg.
von P. A. Bolley und anderen.) r66i.n FS2
Bound with Fischer's "Die chemische technologic des wassers."
LELAND, Charles Godfrey.
Leather work ; a practical manual for learners. 1892 675 L57
Simple methods for molding, carving and stamping.
PROCTER, Henry Richardson.
Leather industries; laboratory book on analytical and ex-
perimental methods. 1898 675 P96
STANDAGE, H. C
Leather worker's manual; a compendium of practical
recipes and working formulae for all persons engaged in
the manipulation of leather. 1900 675 878
Methods of preparing and using the various currying, dyeing and finish-
PAPER 1095
ing compounds, blackings and polishes used by saddle and boot
makers, etc.
VILLON, A. M.
Practical treatise on the leather industry ; tr. by F. T. Addy-
man. 1901 q6;s V33
Treats of materials used in tanning, methods of tanning and currying,
special methods of preparing skins, testing of leather, theory of tan-
ning, and uses of leather. Methods are chiefly those of the French
tanners.
WATT, Alexander.
Art of leather manufacture; a practical handbook. 1897. . . .675 W32
Bibliography, p. 4 14.
WIENER, Ferdinand.
Die lederfarberei und fabrikation des lackleders. 1806.
(Hartleben's chemisch-technische bibliothek.) r675 W681
Die lohgerberei; oder, Die fabrikation des lohgaren leders.
1890. (Hartleben's chemisch-technische bibliothek.) . .r675 W681o
Die weissgerberei, samischgerberei und pergamentfabrika-
tion. 1877. (Hartleben's chemisch-technische biblio-
thek.) r67S W68
676 Paper
ANDfiS, Louis Edgar.
Die fabrikation der papiermache- und papierstoff-waaren.
1900. (Hartleben's chemisch-technische bibliothek.) . . .r676 Assf
Practical treatise for manufacturers.
Papier-specialitaten; praktische anleitung zur herstellung
von den verschiedensten zwecken dienenden papier-
fabrikaten. 1896. (Hartleben's chemisch-technische
bibliothek.) r676 ASS
Includes parchment, fireproof, waterproof, enamelled, reagent, gummed,
photographic, copying, and medicinal papers, fly papers, imitations of
ivory and leather, and many other papers for special uses.
BUTLER, (J. W.) PAPER. CO.
Story of paper-making; an account of paper-making from
its earliest known record. 1901 676 697
Interesting, non-technical description, intended for general reading.
CROSS, Charles Frederick, & Bevan, E. J.
Text-book of paper-making. 1900 676 C8g
Bibliography, p.3ii-3i2.
Explains the principles, but does not give an exhaustive review of the
subject nor a minute description of the methods used in manufacture.
DUNBAR, James.
Practical papermaker; a guide to the manufacture of paper.
1887 1 676 D89
Collection of notes on various points, receipts, etc.
HOYER, Egbert von.
Die fabrikation des papiers, nebst gewinnung der fasern
aus ersatzstoffen, insbesondere aus holz, stroh und alfa;
und anleitung zur prufung des papiers auf seine eigen-
schaften und zusammensetzung. 1887. (Handbuch der
chemischen technologie; hrsg. von P. A. Bolley und
anderen.) r676 H86
"Literatur," p-492.
IOQ6 TEXTILE FABRICS
[KOOPS, Matthias.]
Historical account of the substances which have been used
to describe events and to convey ideas from the earliest
date to the invention of paper. 1800 r6j6 K3/
Chiefly a repetition of Wehrs' "Vom papier." Is "printed on the first
useful paper manufactured solely from straw," which the author claims
to have invented and for which he received an English patent.
MIERZINSKI, Stanislaus.
Handbuch der praktischen papier-fabrikation. 3v. 1886.
(Hartleben's chemisch-technische bibliothek.) r676 M67
Complete treatise, describing raw materials, machinery and methods.
Printed on various kinds of paper, of which the percentage composition
is given. ,
MUNSELL, Joel.
Chronology of the origin and progress of paper and paper-
making. 1876 676 Mp6
Covers period 670 B. C. 1877 A. D.
PARKINSON, Richard, teacher at Harris institute.
Treatise on paper, with an outline of its manufacture,
complete tables of sizes, etc. 1896 676 P24
Handbook of manufacture and characteristics of paper, for printers and
stationers.
SCHUBERT, Max.
Manufacture of cellulose; a practical treatise for paper and
cellulose technologists, managers and superintendents;
specially tr. for the American paper trade by Andrew
Geyer. 1899 .* 676 838
UNITED STATES Foreign commerce bureau.
Paper in foreign countries; uses of wood pulp. 1900.
(Special consular reports, v.ig.) 676 U25
The same. 1900. (In its Special consular reports, v.ig.) . .r3&2 U25s v.i9
General reports on the paper industry.
677 Textile fabrics
ASHENHURST, Thomas R.
Design in textile fabrics. 1899. (Manuals of technology.). .. .677 A8a
Brief manual of the principles, including a discussion of the proper
structure of the fabric and its suitability for the intended use.
BEAUMONT, Roberts.
Colour in woven design. 1890. (Specialists' series.). ..... .677 635
Explains the theory of coloring woven fabrics, and illustrates its practi-
cal application in producing fancy shades.
BOTTLER, Max.
Die animalischen faserstoffe; ein hilfs- und handbuch fur
die praxis, umfassend vorkommen, gewinnung, eigen-
schaften und technische verwendung, sowie bleichen
und farben thierischer faserstoffe. 1902. (Hartleben's
chemisch-technische bibliothek.) r677 6643
Die vegetabilischen faserstoffe; ein hilfs- und handbuch fur
die praxis, umfassend. vorkommen, gewinnung, eigen-
schaften und technische verwerthung, sowie bleichen
und farben pflanzlicher faserstoffe. 1900. (Hartleben's
chemisch-technische bibliothek.) r677 664
COTTON 1097
ESSLINGER, Rudolf.
Die fabrikation des wachstuches, des amerikanischen leder-
tuches, des wachs-tafiets, der maler- und zeichen-lein-
wand. 1880. (Hartleben's chemisch-technische biblio-
thek.) r677 84
POLLEYN, Friedrich.
Die appreturmittel und ihre verwendung. 1897. (Hart-
leben's chemisch-technische bibliothek.) r677 P?6
Materials and methods employed for linen, cotton, silk and woolen
fabrics, also methods for incombustible and waterproof finishing.
ROCK, Daniel.
Textile fabrics. 1876. (South Kensington museum art
handbooks.) 677 R57
Popular account of their history, illustrated with numerous woodcuts of
fine examples of artistic weaving. Intended as an introduction to the
study of textiles.
SEEMANN, Theodor.
Die tapete; ihre asthetische bedeutung und technische dar-
stellung, sowie kurze beschreibung der buntpapier-fab-
rikation. 1882. (Hartleben's chemisch-technische bib-
liothek.) r677 845
WINSHIP, Albert Edward.
Our industries; fabrics. 1897 677 W78
Contents: Sheep, wool and woolens. Carpets. Wool supply. Cotton.
Silk. Linens.
WITT, Otto N.
Chemische technologic der gespinnstfasern; ihre ge-
schichte, gewinnung, verarbeitung und veredelung.
1888-1902. (Handbuch der chemischen technologic;
hrsg. von P. A. Bolley und anderen.) r677 W82
General review of all the fibers commonly used.
677.1 Cotton
MARSDEN, Richard.
Cotton spinning; its development, principles and practice.
1899. (Technological handbooks.) 677.1 M4i
Contains an appendix on steam-engines and boilers.
"Writer has endeavoured to give... a concise view of the origin and
present extent of this great trade; the material it deals with; the
general principles that contribute to its successful conduct; the proper
location and construction of a mill, and arrangement of the machinery;
and the various processes. . .In connection it has been attempted to
trace the development, describe the function of the leading parts,
and show the working of the various machines employed." Preface.
NASMITH, Joseph.
Student's cotton spinning. 1896 677.1 Ni4
Describes concisely, yet thoroughly, all the various operations in the
manufacture of cotton yarn, and the maehinery in practical use.
TAYLOR, John T.
Cotton weaving and designing. 1808 677.1 T25
Text-book dealing with mechanical details.
WHITE, George Savage.
Memoir of Samuel Slater, the father of American manu-
factures; connected with a history of the rise and prog-
ress of the cotton manufacture in England and Amer-
ica, with remarks on the moral influence of manufac-
1098 WOOL. SILK
tories in the United States. 1836 r677.i W63
Samuel Slater (1768-1835) was the first successful cotton-manufacturer
in America. This industry he started in 1790 at Pawtucket, Rhode
Island, using machinery designed entirely from his memory of that
used in England, the laws of which country at that time forbade the
exportation of drawings or models of the machines.
677.2 Wool
BEAUMONT, Roberts.
Woollen and worsted cloth manufacture; a practical treatise
for the use of all persons employed in the manipulation
of textile fabrics. 1809. (Technological handbooks.) . .677.2 635
Intended to cover in a concise, yet comprehensive manner the whole
routine of the manufacture of woollen textiles.
BOWMAN, Frederick H.
Structure of the wool fiber in its relation to the use of
wool for technical purposes. 1885 677.2 B66
Lectures delivered to the students of the Bradford (Eng.) technical
college and the members of the Dyers' and colourists' society.
FORD, Worthington Chauncey.
Wool and manufactures of wool. 1894 r677.2 F76
Report upon the production, commerce and consumption of wools and
manufactures of wools in the leading nations of the world. Chiefly
statistical.
JOCLfiT, Victor.
Die woll- und seiden-druckerei in ihrem ganzen umfange.
1879. (Hartleben's chemisch-technische bibliothek.) . .r677.2 J33
Describes machinery employed, gives receipts for colors, and details of
processes used.
McLAREN, Walter Stowe Bright.
Spinning woollen and worsted; a practical treatise for the
use of all persons engaged in these trades. 1809.
(Manuals of technology.) 677.2 Mrg
McMURTRIE, William.
Report upon an examination of wools and other animal
fibers. 1886. (United States Agriculture, Department
of.) qr677.2 M2I
Results of an examination of the "minute structure of the fiber of dif-
ferent breeds, its length, crimp, fineness, strength, and elasticity, and
discussion of the relation of each of these properties to the other,
and to the breed, sex, age, and portion of fleece represented."
677.3 Silk
BROCKETT, Linus Pierpont.
Silk industry in America; a history prepared for the Cen-
tennial exposition. 1876 677.3 676
Contains the fourth annual report of the Silk association of America.
SUVERN, Carl.
Die kiinstliche seide; ihre herstellung, eigenschaften und
verwendung, unter besonderer beriicksichtigung der
patentlitteratur. 1900 r677_3 $96
Compilation describing the various patented processes and the properties
of the silk produced by each, with a chapter on its use. Contains
samples of the silk, showing effect of various dyes.
WYCKOFF, William Cornelius.
Silk goods of America; a brief account of the recent im-
RUBBER. CELLULOID 1099
provements and advances of silk manufacture in the
United States. 1879 ^77.3 Wg8
Contains the seventh annual report of the Silk association of America.
Essay, for consumers, on the merits of American silk, with an appendix
giving statistics and a directory of American silk manufacturers,
dealers, importers and brokers.
678 Rubber
BRANNT, William Theodore.
India rubber, gutta-percha and balata. 1900 678 671
"Aim. . .is to give the reader a knowledge of the raw materials as well
as to present the industry in all its various branches as carried on by
the most progressive manufacturers." Preface.
HEINZERLING, Christian.
Die fabrikation der kautschuk- und guttaperchawaaren,
sowie des celluloids und der wasserdichten gewebe, mit
besonderer berucksichtigung der neueren fortschritte
die in diesen industriezweigen gemacht worden sind;
ein handbuch fur techniker, fabrikanten, gelehrte, etc.
1883. (Handbuch der chemischen technologic; hrsg. von
P. A. Bolley und anderen.) r675 H42
Bibliography, p. 232.
Bound with his "Grundziige der lederbereitung."
HOFFER, Raimund.
Kautschuk und guttapercha. 1892. (Hartleben's chemisch-
technische bibliothek.) r678 H67
OBACH, Eugene F. A.
Gutta percha. 1898. (Cantor lectures.) q678 Oi2
Delivered before the Society for the encouragement of arts, manufac-
tures and commerce, Nov. 2g-Dec. 13, 1897.
Well-illustrated monograph on all branches of the industry. Contains the
results of long experience and of much research carried out in the
laboratories of Siemens brothers and company.
PEARSON, Henry Clemens.
Crude rubber, and compounding ingredients; a text-book
of rubber manufacture. 1899 r678 ?35
Gives the varieties, substitutes, methods of manufacture, vulcanizing,
etc. Contains a chapter on gutta-percha.
SLOANE, Thomas O'Conor.
Rubber hand stamps and the manipulation of rubber. 1900. .r678 863
Includes chapters on glue stamps, the hektrograph, special cements and
inks.
STEFAN, August.
Die fabrikation der kautschuk- und leimmasse-typen, -stem-
pel und druckplatten, sowie die verarbeitung des korkes
und der korkabfalle. 1900. (Hartleben's chemisch-
technische bibliothek.) r678 S8i
First part forms a practical handbook of all branches of stamp-making.
Second part treats of cork-cutting, methods and machines, manufacture
of linoleum, cork paper and other waste cork products.
679 Celluloid
ANDES, Louis Edgar.
Die verarbeitung des homes, elfenbeins, schildpatts, der
knochen und der perlmutter. 1885. (Hartleben's che-
i zoo MECHANIC TRADES
misch-technische bibliothek.) r679
Occurrence of raw materials, uses, methods of coloring, polishing, decor-
ating, utilizing waste material, etc.
BOCKiu.nvIN, Friedrich.
Das celluloid; seine rohmaterialen, fabrikation, eigenschaf-
ten und technische verwendung. 1894. (Hartleben's
chemisch-technische bibliothek.) r679 657
LEHNER, Sigmimd.
Die imitationen; eine anleitung zur nachahmung von na-
tur- und kunstproducten. 1893. (Hartleben's chemisch-
technische bibliothek.) r679 L55
Among the more important subjects are imitations of ivory, marble, pearl,
wood, amber, various stones, silk and leather. A practical handbook,
giving receipts, methods of casting, mixing and using.
679.1 Rattan and straw- weaving
ANDfiS, Louis Edgar.
Praktische handbuch fur korbflechter. 1887. (Hartleben's
chemisch-technische bibliothek.) r679.i A$5p
Die verarbeitung des strohes zu geflechten und strohhiiten,
matten, flaschenhiilsen, sielen, in der papierfabrikation
und zu vielen anderen zwecken. 1898. (Hartleben's
chemisch-technische bibliothek.) r679.i ASS
680 Mechanic trades
AMATEUR work, illustrated. TOY. 1882-91 q68o A48
Titles of the different volumes vary.
CASSAL, Hans J. S.
Workshop makeshifts. 1898 680 25
Contents: Lathes and lathe appliances. The home manufacture of tools
for metal work. The home manufacture of tools for wood-working.
Miscellaneous tools and recipes.
The same j68o 25
HOW to make and how to mend, by an amateur mechanic.
1900 J68o H84
The same. 1900 680 H84
LELAND, Charles Godfrey.
Manual of mending and repairing. 1896 680 L57
Best methods of repairing broken china, books, ivory, metal-work, leather-
work, etc.
LUKIN, James.
Boy engineers; what they did and how they did it. 1893. .j68o L,97b
True story of two boys who became engineers; describes making tools,
building workshop and constructing machines.
Young mechanic, containing directions for the use of all
kinds of tools. 1894 J68o L.97
Also directions for use of lathe, construction of steam-engines, mechan-
ical models and metal-working.
SCHOFIELD, Robert James, and others.
Home mechanic and complete self-instructor in carpentry,
painting, horse-shoeing, soap making, candy making,
baking, taxidermy, tanning, etc. 1897 r68o 836
WATCH AND INSTRUMENT MAKING
WAITE, Henry Randall, cd.
Boy's workshop. 1884 j68o Wi4
Outlines in a very practical way the care and use of tools and the mak-
ing of useful articles.
Contains among other things: "How to make a tool cabinet," "How to
build a portable wooden tent," '"A boy's railway and train," "How to
bind magazines," "How to photograph," "Archery for boys."
681 Watch and instrument making
BRITTEN, Frederick James.
Old clocks and watches and their makers; an historical
and descriptive account of the different styles of clocks
and watches of the past, in England and abroad; to
which is added a list of eight thousand makers. 1899. . .681 6750
Interesting, readable and well illustrated.
On the springing and adjusting of watches. 1898 681 675
"Intended for those tolerably conversant with watchmaking generally. . .
Knowledge of many elementary facts is assumed." Preface.
Watch and clock makers' handbook, dictionary and guide.
1896 r68i 675
Combination of dictionary, encyclopedia and handbook. Written in a
clear style and well illustrated.
KEMLO, F.
Watch-repairer's hand-book; a complete guide to the be-
ginner in taking apart, putting together and thoroughly
cleaning the English lever and other foreign watches,
and all American watches. 1891 681 Ki7
Directions are scarcely full enough to warrant title.
SAUNIER, Claudius.
Treatise on modern horology. 1887 qr68i 825
Standard treatise on theory and practice.
WOOD, Edward J.
Curiosities of clocks and watches from the earliest times.
1866 r68i W8s
Compilation of interesting facts regarding curious clocks and watches,
those which have belonged to noted persons, and others which are
famous or unusual.
ZEITSCHRIFT fur instrumentenkunde; organ fur Mittheil-
ungen aus dem gesammten gebiete der wissenschaft-
lichen technik; [monthly], v.i-date. i88i-date. . . .qr68i.os Z43
From Jan. 1896 there has been issued and bound with the "Zeitschrift,"
a supplement, having a separate title-page, which is at first called
"Beiblatt zur Zeitschrift fur instrumentenkunde; vereinsblatt der
Deutschen gesellschaft fur mechanik und optik," and later "Deutsche
mechaniker-zeitung. ' '
682 Blacksmithing. Metal-working
COMPTON, Alfred George.
First lessons in metal-working. 1890 r682 C7.3
Text-book for classes in manual training.
RICHARDSON, Milton Thomas, cd.
Practical blacksmithing. 4v. 1889-95 682 R4i
Compilation of articles contributed to the "Blacksmith and wheelwright."
Forms a fairly complete manual of tools and methods.
1 102 LOCK AND GUN MAKING
SCHLOSSER, Edmund.
Das lothen und die bearbeitung der metalle. 1891. (Hart-
leben's chemisch-technische bibliothek.) r682 834
682.1 Horseshoeing
HUNTING, William.
Art of horse-shoeing; a manual for farriers. 1898 682.1 Hp4
"An endeavor has been made to be as simple and clear as possible in
expression, to lay down correct general principles and to point out
the technical details which are essential to good shoeing." Preface.
LUNGWITZ, Clemens Anton.
Text-book of horseshoeing; for horseshoers and veterina-
rians. 1808 682.1 L97
RUSSELL, William, of Cincinnati.
Scientific horseshoeing. 1895 r682.i Rgi
Considers the use of shoes in correcting the action and gait of horses
and in remedying diseases of the foot. A practical manual.
683 Lock and gun making
ESSAY on shooting. 1791 r683 84
Includes a non-technical description of the methods of manufacturing
gun-barrels, essays on recoil and bursting, on the cause determining
the range, instruction in shooting and in training pointers, and de-
scriptions of English game and the methods of hunting.
GREENER, William Wellington.
The gun and its development. 1899 683 G84g
The same. 1896 r683 684
Treatise on small arms, by a leading English manufacturer. Treats of
military rifles, but pays particular attention to sporting arms and
especially to shot-guns.
RIVERS, Augustus Henry Lane Fox Pitt-.
On the development and distribution of primitive locks
and keys. 1883 qr683 RS2
Description of the author's collection, with illustrations of a large number
of forms.
YALE & TOWNE MANUFACTURING CO.
Catalogue no. 14; locks and hardware. 1893 r683 13
684 Cabinet-making. Wood-working
ARKWRIGHT, John P. ed.
Cabinet-making for amateurs. [1899.] 684 A72
Requires some knowledge of the use of tools.
BARTER, S.
Manual instruction; woodwork, (the English sloyd).
1892 684 627
For teachers. Follows the course required in the examinations of the
City and guilds of London institute.
BOWER, John A.
How to make common things; for boys. 1892 J684 B66
Describes simple forms of toys, furniture, woodwork, electric apparatus,
wirework, ironwork, etc.
DENNING, David.
Art and craft of cabinet-making. 1891 684 D43
For amateurs and young furniture-makers.
CABINET-MAKING. WOOD-WORKING 1103
GOSS, William Freeman Myrick.
Bench work in wood; a course of study and practice, de-
signed for the use of schools and colleges. 1899 684 G6p
Author is (1899) professor of practical mechanics in Purdue university.
Treats of bench tools and their use, and the elements of wood-construc-
tion. Simple and practical.
HODGSON, Frederick Thomas.
Hand saws; their use, care and abuse, how to select and
how to file them. 1896 684 H66
"Authorities," p.4.
HOFFMAN, B. B.
Sloyd system of wood working; with a brief description of
the Eva Rodhe model series, and an historical sketch of
the growth of the manual training idea. 1892 684 H67
JOURNEYMEN cabinet and chair-makers' Philadelphia book
of prices. 1795 r684 J46
KILBON, George B.
Elementary woodwork. 1893 J684 K25
LUKIN, James.
Picture frame making for amateurs. [1882.] 684 Lg?
NYE, Alvan Crocker.
Furniture designing and draughting; notes on the ele-
mentary forms, methods of construction and dimensions
of common articles of furniture. 1900 q684 NS4
Intended for students of design, architects, etc. Does not treat of
methods of construction except as they relate to draftsman's work.
RICKS, George.
Manual training, woodwork; a handbook for teachers, with
an appendix on modelling in cardboard as an introduc-
tion to woodwork. 1808 q684 R43
SHERATON, Thomas.
Cabinet-maker and upholsterer's drawing-book; revised
and prepared for the press by J. M. Bell. 1895 qr684 $55
Reprint of the edition of 1802.
"Sheraton was the apostle of the severer taste in English cabinet-making
which followed upon the rococo leanings of his great predecessor,
Thomas Chippendale. . .The central doctrines of all his work and
writing are that ornamentation must subserve utility, that the lines of
construction, if sound, connote beauty, and that a successful simplicity
is harder and more worthy of attainment than the highest development
of Louis-Quinze superfluity. That his principles were not the outcome
of a mere vague intuiti<Hi is evidenced by the admirable treatises on
geometry, architecture, and perspective with which he introduces
his monumental 'Cabinet-maker and Upholsterer's Drawing-book." "
Dictionary of national biography.
UN WIN, William Cawthorne.
Exercises in wood-working for handicraft classes in ele-
mentary and technical schools; [plates]. 1892 qr684 U25
Set of graduated drawings of suitable pieces of work.
WHEELER, Charles Gardner.
Woodworking for beginners. 1900 684 W6i
The same J684 W6i
"Aim is to suggest to amateurs of all ages many things which they
can profitably make of wood, and to start them in the way to work
successfully. . .Great care... has been taken to include only what can
be profitably done by an intelligent boy of from ten to eighteen or
by the average untrained worker of more mature years." Preface.
70
H04 BOOKBINDING
WOOD-WORKING tools; how to use them; a manual.
1896 684 W8;
Prepared for the Industrial school association of Boston, by one of its
committees.
686 Bookbinding
BOECK, Josef Phileas.
Die marmorirkunst. 1896. (Hartleben's chemisch-tech-
nische bibliothek.) r686 658
Theoretical and practical. Describes apparatus and processes in detail.
Includes description of machinery for manufacturing marbled paper in
large quantities.
BRASSINGTON, William Salt, ed.
History of the art of bookbinding, with some account of
the books of the ancients. 1894 q686 671
Well illustrated with colored plates and drawings in the text.
COCKERELL, Douglas.
Bookbinding and the care of books; a text-book for book-
binders and librarians. 1901. (Artistic crafts series of
technical handbooks.) ; f . L) . 1 . i; j i . : -. : . :'. :: . si : ; : .\~ 686 C64
Useful handbook' of workshop practice. Describes minutely every proc-
ess and tool connected with bookbinding. Fully illustrated.
DAVENPORT, Cyril.
Royal English bookbindings. 1896. (Portfolio mono-
graphs.) qr686 D29
Describes the bindings of books, chiefly those in the British museum
which have been bound for rulers of England. Numerous plates, some
of which are colored.
FLETCHER, William Younger.
Bookbinding in England and France. 1897 q686 F6^
Consists of "Portfolio monograph" no.io, entitled "Bookbinding in
France," and minor articles on bookbinding in England.
Bookbinding in France. 1894. (Portfolio monographs.) . .qr686 F6j
Brief, accurate account of the history and growth of the art in France.
Numerous illustrations, some in colors.
HALFER, Josef.
Progress of the marbling art. 1894 686 Hi6
HORNE, Herbert Percy.
Binding of books. 1894. (Books about books.) 686 H79
Essay in the history of gold-tooled bindings in France, Italy and England.
Includes a well-written description of the technical methods of book-
binding.
MATTHEWS, Brander.
Bookbindings, old and new. 1895 s.^^.L -~ - -686 M47
"The Grolier club of New York," p.289-335-
Pleasant and very readable account. Contains many illustrations.
PRIDE AUX, Sarah Treverbian.
Historical sketch of bookbinding. 1893 '. . . . .686 P94
Bibliography, p.25 1-294.
"Miss Prideaux is a practical bookbinder; one of those persons who
in England have devoted themselves to handwrought, specially de-
signed binding in the spirit of ancient handicraft. The book is capable
of giving a close and very intimate sense of the essential characteristics
of the art as it was practiced in the past, when it was a decorative art
as important as most others." Russell Sturgis.
SOCIETY FOR THE ENCOURAGEMENT OF ARTS, MAN-
UFACTURES AND COMMERCE.
Report of the committee on leather for bookbinding. 1901. . . .q686 867
BUILDING - 1105
Appendixes: Hints to owners and keepers of libraries. Circular to li-
brarians and replies.
The same. 1901 qr686 867
Inquiry into the durability of modern leather bookbindings, the com-
parative durability of various leathers and causes of deterioration.
Suggests methods of binding and preservation.
ZAEHNSDORF, Joseph William.
Art of bookbinding. 1890. (Technological handbooks.) . . . .686 Zi~
Describes the various processes of binding in a clear and practical man-
ner, giving directions for trade binding, and also for more elaborate
and artistic work. Of value to those who are in the trade, as well as
to amateurs.
689 Weaving. Basketry
BOWLING, Tom, pseud.
Book of knots; a complete treatise on the art of cordage,
describing the manner of making every knot, tie and
splice. 1899 j68g B66
FIRTH, Annie.
Cane basket work; a manual on weaving useful and fancy
baskets. 1899 689 52
Practical elementary directions for teachers and amateurs. Fully il-
lustrated. Adapted specially to English conditions.
LATTER, Lucy R.
Cane weaving for children. 1900 689 Ls6
Instruction book for teachers. Gives exercises suitable for children from
six to ten years of age.
WALKER, Louisa.
Varied occupations in weaving. 1895 689 Wi7
Gives exact descriptions of all sorts of weaving that can be done in
schools, from the paper mats of the kindergarten to quite elaborate
baskets, with suggestions for articles to be made. Many illustrations.
Written by an English teacher and adapted to English conditions.
WHITE, Mary.
How to make baskets. 1901 689 W6j
Practical guide, giving descriptions of materials and tools, and detailed
directions for the different kinds of weaving. Includes a chap-
ter on "What the basket means to the Indian," by Neltje Blanchan.
Many illustrations, particularly of fine specimens of Indian work.
690 Building
BERG, Louis de Coppet.
Safe building; rules and formulae used in the construction
of buildings. 2v. 1892-94 690 845
BURRELL, Edward J.
Elementary building construction and drawing. 1899 690 694
Gives the elements of building construction in simple form. Contains
a large number of examples of structural details, and many exercises
in drawing.
DAVIS, (James T.) CO. pub.
Architects' and builders' directory of Pennsylvania, 1901.
1901 r690 03 1
KIDDER, Frank Eugene.
Building construction and superintendence. 2v. 1902 690 K24
iio6 BUILDING
The same. 2\. 1896-99 qb69O K24
v.i. Masons' work. v.2. Carpenters' work.
Guide to the materials used and the most approved methods of doing
the various kinds of work. Points out some of the ways in which
work should not be done and methods of slighting which are frequently
met. Thorough and practical.
NOTES on building construction. 4v. 1892-93 b69O N47
v.i. First stage; elementary course.
v.2. Second stage; advanced course.
v.3. Materials.
v-4. Calculations for building structures.
POLK, (R. L.) & CO. comp.
Architects, builders and contractors' directory of Pitts-
burg, Allegheny and western Pennsylvania, 1896. 1896. .b69O P76
RILEY, J.W.
Building construction for beginners. 1899 690 R45
Simple treatment of the subject, avoiding higher mathematics.
BYRNE, Austin Thomas.
Inspection of the materials and workmanship employed in
construction. 1902 690.2 690
"List of authorities consulted," p. 514-515.
Defines the duties of inspectors, and describes the characteristics of ma-
terials, the methods of preparing them, and ways of slighting work.
The same. 1898 r6oo.2 699
SYLVESTER, W. A.
Modern house-carpenter's companion and builder's guide.
1883 b6oo.2 898
YOUNG, William, architect.
Spons' architects' and builders' price-book; with useful
memoranda and tables. 1899 r6oo.2 Y4i
690.5 Periodicals
BUILDERS' magazine; monthly, Jan.-Aug. 1899. v.i. 1899. .qr69O.s B86
In Sept. 1899 combined with "Architecture and building" to form "Archi-
tects' and builders' magazine," qb72o.s A673b.
CARPENTRY and building; monthly, 1879-82, i896-date.
v.i-4, i8-date. [i879-date.] qb69O.5 C22
HOME study for the building trades; monthly, July 1897-
Oct. 1899. 3v. in 2. 1897-99. r690.5 H7S
Feb. Oct. 1899 title reads "Building trades magazine."
Nov. 1899 united with "Steam electric magazine" and "Mechanic arts
magazine" to form "Science and industry."
STONE; an illustrated magazine; monthly, Dec. i8g3-May
1896, Dec. i899-date. v.8-12, 2o-date. i894-date r69O.5 S87
691 Materials. Processes. Preservatives
KEIM, Adolf Wilhelm.
Die feuchtigkeit der wohngebaiide der mauerfrass und
holzschwamm nach ursache, wesen und wirkung be-
trachtet. 1882. (Hartleben's chemisch-technische bib-
liothek.) r6gi Ki6
Describes methods which have been used for prevention, and gives an
original and improved process.
BUILDING 1107
THURSTON, Robert Henry.
Materials of engineering. 3v. 1893-94 691 T43
v.i. Non-metallic materials.
v.a. Iron and steel.
v.3. Brasses, bronzes and other alloys.
The same. 3v. 1883-1901 r69i T43
Text-book of the materials of construction; abridged from
"Materials of engineering." 1895 691
The same. 1895 r6gi
691.1 Wood
ANDfiS, Louis Edgar.
Das conserviren des holzes. 1895. (Hartleben's chemisch-
technische bibliothek.) .r69i.i ASS
Contains a list of the various substances which have been tried, and
describes a large number of processes proposed and used. Gives draw-
ings of apparatus, etc.
BOULTON, Samuel Bagster.
Preservation of timber by the use of antiseptics. 1885.
(Van Nostrand's science series.) 691.1 B6s
Short account of the history and development of these processes, with
results from the author's experience and research.
MAYER, Adolf.
Chemische technologic des holzes als baumaterial. 1872.
(Handbuch der chemischen technologic; hrsg. von P. A.
Bolley und anderen.) r666.g M53
Bibliography, p. 182-184.
Describes the chemical and physical composition of wooi
properties of the different varieties, and the methods
them from decay.
if wood, the peculiar
-M-- J - p reserv i n g
691.2 Stone. 691.3 Concrete
GILLMORE, Quincy Adams.
Notes on the compressive resistance of freestone, brick
piers, hydraulic cements, mortars and concretes. 1888. .691.2 041
The same. 1888 r69i.2 641
Results of tests made at the Watertown arsenal. Contains very complete
tables.
KRUGER, Richard.
Die natiirlichen gesteine; ihre chemisch-mineralogische
zusammensetzung, gewinnung, priifung, bearbeitung
und conservirung. 2v. 1889. (Hartleben's chemisch-
technische bibliothek.) r69i.2 K42
Theoretical and practical. For architects, engineers, stone-masons,
quarrymen, etc.
POTTER, Thomas.
Concrete; its use in building, and the construction of con-
crete walls, floors, roofs, etc. 2v. 1891 691.3 P8s
The same. 2v. 1891 r69i.3 P8s
REID, Henry.
Practical treatise on natural and artificial concrete; its
varieties and constructive adaptations. 1879 691.3 R29
Describes methods of manufacture, use, etc. in England at the time of
publication.
iio8 BUILDING
SUTCLIFFE, George L.
Concrete; its nature and uses. 1893 691.3 896
691.5 Lime. Cement. Plaster
For the manufacture of cement, see 666.9
BURNELL, George Rowdon.
Rudimentary treatise on limes, cements, mortars, etc.
1850 691.5 892
On the theory of their action and the methods of manufacture and use.
A compilation, chiefly from French authors, now out of date.
CEMENT; [bimonthly], May igoo-date. v.i-date. 1900-
date qr69i.S C3i
CUMMINGS, Uriah.
American cements. 1898 691.5 Cgi
GILLMORE, Quincy Adams.
Practical treatise on limes, hydraulic cements and mortars.
1890. (United States Engineers corps. Professional
papers, no.g.) 691.5 641
The same. 1890. (United States Engineers corps. Pro-
fessional papers, no.g.) r6g\.$ G4i
Best treatise on American practice to the time of the last revision (1872).
Gives localities where cements are found, describes various plants,
methods of manufacture, testing, use, etc.
GOLINELLI, L.
How to use Portland cement. 1899 691.5 Gs8
Translation of his "Das kleine cement-buch."
PEDROTTI, Marco.
Der gips und seine verwendung ; handbuch fur bau- und mau-
rermeister, stuccateure, modelleure, bildhauer, gipsgiesser, u.
s.w. 1901. (Hartleben's chemisch-technische bibliothek.) -rogi.s P36
Describes the preparation of the stone and its use for cement, artificial
marble, castings, etc.
SPALDING, Frederick Putnam.
Hydraulic cement; its properties, testing and use. 1897. . . .691.5 873
691.7 Iron. Steel
BELGIUM Commission pour 1'etude et la recherche des
moyens d'etendre 1'emploi du fer par de nouvelles ap-
plications industrielles.
Rapports et documents; atlas. 1880 qr6gi.7 639
Text wanting.
CAMBRIA IRON CO. pub.
Cambria steel; a handbook of information relating to struc-
tural steel, containing tables, rules, data and formulae
for the use of engineers, architects, builders and me-
chanics. 1898 r69i-7 Ci4
The same. 1901 r69i.7 Ci4c
CARNEGIE STEEL CO. Pittsburgh.
Description of the Union iron mills, with miscellaneous
information for engineers, builders and mechanics. . .r69i. 7 C2id
Pocket companion containing information appertaining to
BUILDING 1109
the use of steel as manufactured by the Carnegie steel
company. 1895 691.7 C2I
The same. 1896 r69i.7 21
The same. 1900 , r69i.7 C2ip
Pocket companion of useful information and tables apper-
taining to the use of wrought iron as manufactured by
Carnegie bros. & co.; for engineers, architects and
builders. 1884 r69i-7 C2ipo
JONES & LAUGHLIN STEEL CO.
Standard steel construction; a manual for architects, engi-
neers and contractors. 1898 "Wl". ."'. .r69i.7 J39
JORDAN, Charles H. comp.
Tabulated weights of angle, tee and bulb iron and steel,
and other information for the use of naval architects.
1896 r69i-7 J42
NEWMAN, John.
Metallic structures; corrosion and fouling and their pre-
vention. 1896 691.7 N28
ROBERTS, (A. & P.) CO.
Steel in construction; convenient rules, formulae and tables
for the strength of steel shapes used as beams, struts,
shafts, etc., made b}' the Pencoyd iron works. 1898. . .r6gi.7 R53
[SPENNRATH, I.]
Protective coverings for iron r69i.7 874
The original article, of which this is a translation, was published in the
"Sitzungsberichte des Vereins zur beforderung des gewerbfleisses,"
1895, and was awarded a silver medal.
Deals chiefly with oil paints. Contains the results of numerous investi-
gations by the author.
692 Building specifications. Estimates. Laws
BOWER, W. Frank.
Specifications; a practical system for writing specifications
for buildings. 1898 qr692.3 B66
Includes specification forms for masonry, carpentry, electrical work,
painting, plumbing and heating.
"Not a treatise on specifications, nor instructions in writing them...
[but] an arrangement of the matter commonly used in specification
writing, in a form from which specifications for most buildings may
be prepared with more than usual facility and with a reasonable de-
gree of certainty that nothing has been omitted." Preface.
FARROW, Frederic Richard.
Specifications for building works, and how to write them.
1898 692.3 F25
Mainly a reprint of articles in the "Builder."
FERRY & CLAS.
Specifications for the completion of the library and mu-
seum building for the State historical society of Wiscon-
sin. 1897 r6g2.3 42
MACEY, Frank W.
Specifications in detail. 1898 b6g2.3 Mis
HODGSON, Frederick Thomas.
Builder's guide and estimator's price book ; a compilation of
current prices of building materials, also prices of labor and
1 1 io MASONRY. PLASTERING. FIREPROOFING
cost of performing the several kinds of work required in
building; appended building rules, data, tables and useful
memoranda, with a glossary of architectural and building
terms. 1890 692.5 H66b
CLARK, Theodore Minot.
Building superintendence. 1903 692.6 52
The same. 1895 r6g2.6 52
BASEL, Switzerland.
Gesetz iiber hochbauten, vom 27 Juni 1895. 1895 r692.9 628
WAIT, John Cassan.
Engineering and architectural jurisprudence; a presenta-
tion of the law of construction. 1898 692.9 Wi4
"Not intended to enable [the lay reader] to go into court to defend an
action at law or to prosecute a claim, but is written primarily to assist
him in avoiding trouble and litigation, and to assist him in protecting
his employer's and his own rights when they are assailed." Preface.
Law of operations preliminary to construction in engineer-
ing and architecture; rights in real property, boundaries,
easements and franchises. 1900 r692.9 Wi4
The same. 1901 692.9 W 14!
Intended to give to the engineering professions a general knowledge of
legal engineering.
Author was formerly assistant professor of engineering at Harvard
university, and is now (1900) assistant corporation counsel to the city
of New York.
693 Masonry. Plastering. Fireproofing
BAKER, Ira Osborn.
Treatise on masonry construction. 1894 .693 617
The same. 1898 r693 B 17
"The most valuable and complete treatise ... ever published." Engineer-
ing news, 1899.
BANCROFT, Robert M. & Francis J.
Tall chimney construction; containing details of upwards
of eighty existing mill, engine-house, brick works, ce-
ment works, and other chimneys in England, America
and the continent, constructed in brick, stone, iron and
concrete. 1885 q693 B22
CHRISTIE, William Wallace.
Chimney design and theory; a book for engineers and
architects. 1899 693 C46
"Theoretical portion deals with area, height, draft, fuel consumption,
etc., and the relations of the several portions are given in tabular
form. Numerous other tables and formulas are given. The character
and construction of the foundations are also considered . . . Index is
lengthy, but not well compiled." Engineering news, 1899.
LANG, Gustav.
Der schornsteinbau. pt.i-3, in iv. 1896-1901 qi"693 L23
Contents: Geschichte und lichtabmessungen der schornsteine. Quer-
schnittsformen, spannungsvertheilung, warmespannungen und wind-
druck. Anordnung gemauerter schornsteinschafte.
Thorough and authoritative discussion of theory and practice. Contains
considerable material from American sources.
MAGINNIS, Owen B.
Bricklaying. 1901 693 M25
Handbook of every-day brickwork, for practical bricklayers.
CARPENTRY mi
HODGSON, Frederick Thomas.
Plaster and plastering, mortars and cements ; how to make
and how to use. 1897 693.6 H66
KEMP, Wilfred.
Practical plasterer; a compendium of plain and ornamental
plaster work, with .useful recipes and a glossary of
terms. 1893 693.6 Ki7
693.8 Fireproofing
ELECTRIC FIREPROOFING CO. pub.
Record of fireproofed wood; tests, fireproof warships, etc.
1900 r693.8 44
EXPANDED METAL CO.
Expanded metal and its uses in fire-proof construction,
with Tables and notes on architectural engineering, by
G. S. Hayes and J. E. Boatrite. 1896 b693.8 98
FREITAG, Joseph Kendall.
Fireproofing of steel buildings. 1809 693.8 Fgi
Subjects covered: Introductory and development. Fires and tests. Ma-
terials. Planning. Details. Equipment.
"As good a treatise. . .as is practicable in the present experimental state
of the. . .art." Engineering news, 1899.
ROEBLING CONSTRUCTION CO. pub.
Tests of the Roebling system of fire-proof construction.
1809 r693.8 RS9
Detailed reports of tests made by the New York building department.
WOODBURY, Charles Jeptha Hill.
Fire protection of mills and construction of mill floors.
1895 693-8 W86
Contents: Apparatus. Mill fires. Electric lighting. Miscellaneous.
Mill construction. Mill floors. Strength of storehouse floors. Stiff-
ness of mill floors. Construction of floors. Summary of formulae.
Strength of wood mill columns.
Considers those matters of equipment and general management which
experience has proved efficient, and the restriction of injury by means
of slow-burning construction.
694 Carpentry
BURN, Robert" Scott, ed.
Carpenter and joiner. 1892 694 692
Compiled from articles in an English trades paper. Covers all important
points in timber-construction.
COLLINGS, George.
Circular work in carpentry and joinery. 1890. 694 C6g
Directions for laying out and finding the molds for various forms of
curved door-frames, walls, arches, etc.
FLETCHER, Banister Flight, & Herbert Phillips.
Carpentry and joinery; a text-book for architects, engi-
neers, surveyors and craftsmen. 1808 694 F63
GOULD, Lucius D.
Carpenter's and builder's assistant, and wood worker's guide.
1897 . 694 G73
HODGSON, Frederick Thomas.
The carpenters' steel square and its uses. 2v. 1890-93 694 H66c
1 1 12 CARPENTRY
Title-page of v.2 reads "Steel squares and their uses."
Shows how to use the different scales on squares to solve the problems
and make calculations which arise in construction.
Practical carpentry. 1883 694 H66
Simple directions for ordinary carpentry and joinery, with a collection of
useful tables.
MELOY, D. H.
Progressive carpentry; fifty years' experience in building,
many valuable improvements made which are fully ex-
plained, with a system of framing roofs. 1900 694 M59
Describes the author's plumb and level line system of roof-framing.
Does not consider other branches of carpentry.
MOLONEY, Thomas, comp.
Carpenter's and joiner's pocket companion, consisting of rules
and memoranda. 1888 694 M/9
Bibliography, p.7~8. r tr V
PRICES of work, adopted by the house carpenters of Pitts-
burgh r694 PQ4
Published early in the ipth century.
RICKEY, H. G.
Guide and assistant for carpenters and mechanics. 1894. . . r6g4 R42
"Simple methods of doing every-day work. . .intended. . .as a guide to
the artisan." Preface.
SYLVESTER, W. A.
Modern carpentry and building. 1896 694 898
Revision of his "Modern house-carpenters' companion and builders' guide."
TREDGOLD, Thomas.
Elementary principles of carpentry. 1895 694 T?i
YOUNG, Francis Chilton-.
Every man his own mechanic. 1896 694 Y37e
Contents: Household carpentry and joinery. Ornamental and construc-
tive carpentry. Household building art and practice.
Tells what tools the amateur needs and how to use them.
Home carpentry for handy men. 1896 694 Y37
Contents: Carpentry and joinery for the house. Carpentry for the
garden. Carpentry suitable for the farmstead. jfm 1r
Companion to "Every man his own mechanic."
MAGINNIS, Owen B.
How to frame a house; or, Balloon and roof framing; a
practical treatise on the latest and best methods of
laying out, framing and raising timber houses on the
balloon principle, together with a complete and ^easily
understood system of roof making. 1896 q694.2 M25
The same. 1901 q694-2 M25h
Roof framing made easy ; a practical and easily comprehended
system of laying out and framing roofs, adapted to modern
construction. 1896 694.2 M25r
Originally published in the "Carpenter."
How to join moulding; or, The arts of mitring and coping;
a complete treatise on the proper modern methods to
apply practically in joining mouldings. 1892 694.6 M25
694.8 Stair-building
GOULD, Lucius D.
Art and science of stair building. 1885 694.8 C'73
For practical carpenters.
ROOFING. PLUMBING 1113
HASLUCK, Paul Nooncree, ed.
Practical staircase joinery. 1899 694.8 H33
The same. 1899 r694.8 H33
"Contains, in a form convenient for every day use, a comprehensive
digest of information, contributed by experienced craftsmen, scattered
over the columns of 'Building world.' " Preface.
HODGSON, Frederick Thomas, ed.
Handrailing simplified, sectorian system; a novel method
of finding curves, twists, wreaths, ramps and cuts for
handrailing over circular and elliptical stairs, by an
experienced architect. 1900 694.8 H66h
[HODGSON, Frederick Thomas.]
New system of hand-railing, cut square to the plank, with-
out the aid of falling moulds; a new and easy method of
forming hand-rails, by an old stair-builder. 1885 694.8 H66n
Stair-building made easy; a full and clear description of
the art of building the bodies, carriages and cases for
all kinds of stairs and steps. 1892 694.8 H66
MO WAT, William, & Alexander.
Treatise on stairbuilding and handrailing. 1900 qb694-8 M94
SHERRATT, R. J.
Elements of hand-railing; showing how to lay out stairs
of all kinds. 1880 qb694.8 S$5
695 Roofing
HART, John W.
External plumbing work; a treatise on lead work for roofs.
1896 695.4 H3i
JOHNSTON, Sidney Paine, comp.
Cornice work manual; an exposition of cornice work in
all its branches. 1900 695.4 J37
Laying out, making and erecting sheet metal cornices.
LUHM.rt.NN, E.
Die fabrikation der dachpappe und der anstrichmasse fur
pappdacher in verbindung mit der theerdestillation.
1883. (Hartleben's chemisch-technische bibliothek.) . .r695.7 Lg/
Treats of the raw materials, manufacture and methods of use.
696 Plumbing. Gas-fitting
See also House drainage, 628.6
DAVIES, Philip John.
Standard practical plumbing; a history and encyclopaedia
for practical plumbers. 2v. 1895-96 r6g6 031
Describes methods for all kinds of internal and external work. English
practice and apparatus.
HELLYER, Samuel Stevens.
Principles and practice of plumbing. 1893. (Technologi-
cal handbooks.) . . . . ! 696 H42
LAWLER, James Joseph.
Modern plumbing, steam and hot water heating. 1899. . . .q696 1,41
Practical treatise on these subjects, written in clear, plain language and
supplemented by numerous drawings and sketches.
1 1 1 4 HEATING AND VENTILATION
SMEATON, John, C.E.
Plumbing, drainage, water supply and hot water fitting.
1893 696 863
Practical treatment, following British standards.
ENGINEERING RECORD.
American plumbing practice. 1896 q696.i E6.4a
Reprint of articles from "Engineering record."
Describes actual plumbing installations in a number of dwellings, hotels,
hospitals, office buildings, theaters, etc., and gives the solutions of
problems which have occurred in practice.
REVILL, Alfred.
American plumbing; a compendium of practical plumbing
from solder making to high-class open work. 1894 696.1 R36
HASLUCK, Paul Nooncree, ed.
Practical gas-fitting, (including gas manufacture). 1900. .696.2 H33
Includes also chapters on gas-burners, incandescent gas-lighting, and
gas-stoves for heating and cooking.
697 Heating and ventilation
BALDWIN, William James St. John.
Outline of ventilation and warming. 1899 697 6190
BOX, Thomas.
Practical treatise on heat as applied to the useful arts, for
the use of engineers, architects, etc. 1900 697 B66
Contents: General principles and data. Combustion. Steam-boilers.
The efflux of air, etc. Chimneys. Vapours. Evaporation. Distilla-
tion. Drying. Heating liquids. Heating air. The transmission of
heat and laws of cooling. Laws of cooling at high temperatures. Ven-
tilation. Examples of buildings heated and ventilated. Wind, and its
effects on ventilation, etc. Appendix.
CARPENTER, Rolla Clinton.
Heating and ventilating buildings; an elementary treatise.
1903 697 C22
The same. 1896 r697 C22
Bibliography, p-353-354-
Treats of the principles which apply, and of the methods of construction
used in all the practical methods now employed (1903).
HAUSBRAND, E.
Das trocken mit luft und dampf; erklarungen, formeln und
tabellen fur den praktischen gebrauch. 1898 697 H35
Practical discussion of theoretical principles of drying. The mechanical
part of the question is omitted.
JOHNSTON, Sidney Paine, comp.
House warming manual; essays on steam heating, hot
water heating, warm air heating. 1898 697 J37
These essays received prizes in a competition for the best method of
heating and ventilating a specified dwelling. Gives complete plans and
detailed estimates of cost for each system and affords a good com-
parison.
KITTREDGE, A. O. ed.
Metal worker essays on house heating by steam, hot water
and hot air. 1892 r6g7 K3i
Contains a chapter on proportioning radiating surfaces, by J. J. Hogan.
Plans for the application of each system to the same house, with esti-
mates of cost and criticisms of the designs.
LAWLER, James Joseph.
Practical hot water heating, steam and gas fitting. 1895. -697 L4I
Intended for plumbers. Omits theory and any discussion of relative ad-
HEATING AND VENTILATION 1115
vantages of different systems, but treats of practice in detail.
MORRISON, Gilbert Burnet.
Ventilation and warming of school buildings. 1892. (In-
ternational education series.) 697 MQI
For school-teachers, janitors, etc. Discusses various systems, their ad-
vantages and disadvantages, and their correct use.
STURTEVANT, (B. F.) CO.
Ventilation and heating; principles and application. 1896. . .697 893
Primarily an advertisement of the Sturtevant system. Gives a number
of useful tables, methods of calculating, etc.
AMERICAN SOCIETY OF HEATING AND VENTILAT-
ING ENGINEERS.
Transactions, v.i-date. i895-date r697.O5 A$i
PUTNAM, John Pickering.
Open fireplace in all ages. 1886 697.1 P99
Describes the development, attempts at improvement, and suggests
further steps in this direction. Contains a number of plates showing
decorative fireplaces and mantels.
JOHNSTON, Sidney Paine, comp.
Furnace work manual; an exposition of furnace work in all
its branches; comp. from files of the American artisan.
1895 r697.3 J37
Practical guide to the instalment of warm air house-heating plants.
SNOW, William G.
Furnace heating; a practical and comprehensive treatise on
warming buildings with hot air, with an appendix on
furnace fittings. 1900 697.3 $67
BALDWIN, William James St. John.
Hot-water heating and fitting; or, Warming buildings by
hot-water; a description of modern hot- water heating
apparatus, the methods of their construction and the
principles involved. 1891 697.4 619
HOOD, Charles.
Practical treatise upon warming buildings by hot water
and upon heating appliances in general; rewritten by
Frederick Dye. 1897 697.4 Hj6
Thorough, detailed treatise. Deals with English practice.
BALDWIN, William James St. John.
On heating; or, "Steam heating for buildings" revised; a
description of steam heating apparatus for warming
and ventilating large buildings and private houses.
1897 697.5 Big
The same. 1882 r697-5 B 19
Title reads "Steam heating for buildings; or, Hints to steam fitters."
A standard work. Treats the subject thoroughly and in a practical
manner.
KINEALY, John Henry.
Charts for low pressure steam heating. 1896 qr697.5 K26
Aids in properly designing and proportioning the parts of such systems
for dwellings and other small buildings.
McNEILL, Thomas E.
Steam and hot water fitters' text book, with supplementary
chapters on house heating, specifications and surface
estimating. 1896 697.5 M2i
Catechism intended for beginners. Describes systems, tools and fittings,
and their uses, etc.
in6 PAINTING. VARNISHING. GLAZING
HOUSTON, Edwin James, & Kennelly, A. E.
Electric heating. 1895. (Elementary electro-technical
series.) .' j .' . . ? 6977 H83
RAFTER, George W.
Mechanics of ventilation. 1878. (Van Nostrand's science
series.) r697.9 Ri4
The same. 1896. (Van Nostrand's science series.) 697.9 R T 4
Condensed treatise on the leading principles. Favors the vacuum method.
698 Painting. Varnishing. Glazing
BRANNT, William Theodore, comp.
Painter, gilder and varnisher's companion. 1894 698 671
DAVIDSON, Ellis A.
Practical manual of house-painting, graining, marbling and
sign-writing. 1000 698 029
Treats chiefly of sign-painting and interior work. Gives useful plates
for grainers and marblers. Includes a course in drawing for decor-
ators and sign-painters.
PEARCE, Walter John.
. Painting and decorating. 1898 698 ?34
Practical handbook for house-painters and decorators, the substance being
a course of lectures delivered at the Manchester (England) technical
school.
The same. 1898 r6g8 P34
MASTER CAR AND LOCOMOTIVE PAINTERS' ASSOCI-
ATION OF THE UNITED STATES AND CANADA.
Proceedings of the annual convention (3ist-date), 1900-
date. igoo-date r698.o5 M46
PAINTING and decorating; a journal of house, sign, fresco,
car and carriage painting and of wall paper and decora-
tion; monthly, Oct. :895-Sept. 1897. v.n-12. 1896-
97 qr698.05 Pi6
Publication ceased with v. 12.
ANDfiS, Louis Edgar.
Praktisches handbuch fiir anstreicher und lackirer. 1892.
(Hartleben's chemisch-technische bibliothek.) r698.i A55
Treats of the properties of the various raw materials, their preparation,
and of the theory of the various processes of using them.
HILLICK, M. C.
Practical carriage and wagon painting, with many tested
recipes and formulas. 1900 698.1 Hs6
KEIM, Adolf Wilhelm.
Die mineral-malerei. 1881. (Hartleben's chemisch-tech-
nische bibliothek.) r698.2 Ki6
ANDfiS, Louis Edgar.
Die technischen vollendungs-arbeiten der holz-industrie;
das schleifen, beizen, poliren, lackiren, anstreichen und
vergolden des holzes. 1895. (Hartleben's chemisch-
technische bibliothek.) ^98.3 ASS
Process and receipts, for practical workers.
HODGSON, Frederick Thomas, comp.
Hardwood finisher; finishing, filling, staining, varnishing
and polishing, also rules for dyeing, gilding and bronz-
CAR-BUILDING. BOAT-BUILDING 1117
ing. 1892 698.3 H66
Bibliography, p.3.
Treatment is practical throughout; all the woods ordinarily used in inside
work are treated separately.
GEDDE, Walter.
Booke of sundry draughtes, principally serving for glasiers,
and not impertinent for plasterers and gardiners, and
also the true forme of the fornace and the secretes
thereof. 1898 qrGgS.s 626
Facsimile of the edition of 1615.
Drawings for decorative leaded glass.
HAGEN, Robert.
Praktische anleitung zur schriftmalerei; mit besonderer
beriicksichtung der construction und berechnung .von
schriften fur bestimmte flachen, sowie der herstellung
von glasglanzvergoldung und versilberung fur glas-
firmentafeln, etc. 1885. (Hartleben's chemisch-tech-
nische bibliothek.) r6g8.9 H 13
699 Car-building
CAR-BUILDERS' dictionary; an illustrated vocabulary of
terms which designate American railroad cars, their
parts and attachments; comp. for the Master car-build-
ers' association, by M. N. Forney and others, 1879.
1879 r699 Ci8
The same; comp. by J. C. Wait and others, 1898. 1898. . . .qr699 Ci8c
The same; comp. by Rodney Hitt and others, 1903. i9O3..qr699 Ci8c2
VOSS, William.
Railway car construction; a work describing in detail,
and illustrating with scale-drawings, the different va-
rieties of American cars. 1892 q699 V38
MASTER CAR-BUILDERS' ASSOCIATION.
Report of the proceedings of the annual convention (ist-
6th, 9th, I4th-24th, 26th-date), 1867-72, 1875, 1880-90,
i892-date. i875-date r699-O5 M46
Index, 1867-1900, v. 1-34. 1902.
Title-page of ist-6th report reads "History and early reports."
Previous to 1867 the society was called the National car masters' associ-
ation, and meetings were held of which no record was kept.
699.1 Boat-building
For Naval architecture, see 623.8
HIGHBORN, Philip.
Standard designs for boats of the United States navy;
specifications, schedule of material, weights and costs;
[plates]. 1900. (United States Construction and re-
pair bureau.) qr699.i H52
HOPKINS, Nevil Monroe.
Model engines and small boats; new methods of engine
and boiler making, with a chapter on elementary ship
design and construction. 1898 699.1 H78
"While the author deals with only the direct-acting screw type of ma-
iii8 BOAT-BUILDING
rine engine, and gives directions for the making of shell and water-
tube boilers only, the introduction of the writer's system of construct-
ing small steam cylinders without patterns and castings, and boilers
without the use of special tools, will enable one with mechanical
ability to apply the methods in a general manner, embracing almost
any type of model engine and boiler." Preface.
MARTIN, Thomas Commerford, & Sachs, Joseph.
Electrical boats and navigation. 1894 699.1 M42
Contents: Electrical boats. Storage battery boats. Storage launch
fleets and passenger boats. Special features of storage launch oper-
ation and charging. Special electrical craft. Submarine electric tor-
pedo boats. Dirigible electric "torpedoes" for warfare and life saving.
Some general consideration on electric launch requirements. Canal
boat propulsion. Conditions entering into canal boat propulsion.
Methods of applying electricity to canal boat propulsion. Methods of
electric canal boat propulsion with motor exterior to boat. Generating
plant and distribution. Resistance of canal boats. Propulsion. Mis-
cellaneous uses of electrical power. Storage batteries, motors and dy-
namotors.
MOWER, Charles Drown.
How to build a motor launch. 1901 q699.i M94
Plans and directions for building a cheap twenty-foot launch.
NEISON, Adrian.
Practical boat building for amateurs; ed. by Dixon Kemp.
1900 699.1 N2i
Contents: Designing. Tools and materials. Punts. Clench-built skiffs.
The Rob Roy canoe. The sailing boat. Canadian bateau. Canvas
canoe. American shooting punt.
PRITCHETT, Robert Taylor.
Pen and pencil sketches of shipping and craft all round the
world. 1899 699.1 P9S
RUDDER PUBLISHING CO.
How to build a racer for $50, (Lark). 1899 q699-i R83
Reprinted from the "Rudder."
How to build a skipjack. 1901 q699.i R83h
Reprinted from the "Rudder," Jan. -March 1897.
STEPHENS, William P.
Canoe and boat building; a complete manual for amateurs.
2v. 1898. (Forest and stream library.) 699.1 883
v.i. Text. v.2. Plates.
Errata
Page
22 For Harper, Francis Parego read Harper, Francis Perego.
88 Mill, J. S. In first line of contents, for utilimate read ultimate.
104 Hobbes, Thomas. For call number 192 H6g read 192 H64.
247 Great religions. In fifth line of contents, for Postivism read
Positivism.
2 S3 ' Far Anderson, Rasmus Bjorn read Anderson, Rasmus Bjorn.
302 For Anderson, Rasmus Bjorn read Anderson, Rasmus Bjorn.
347 Women's clubs of Pittsburgh, etc. For call number 331.85 W8s
read ^31.85 W8s.
431 In second line on page, for (r336.i U25de) read 0336.1 U25r).
519 Cancel the entry Railway age.
540 Baldwin, James. For call number r398Bi9s read J398Bi9s.
646 Remsen, Ira. Introduction to the study of chemistry. Transfer
note to p.6?6 under Remsen, Ira. Introduction to the com-
pounds of carbon.
653 Nernst, Walther. In third line of note, for meiner read meinen.
681 Caillaux, Alfred. For call number r620.6 8678 read r62O.s 8678.
700 Hopkins, T. C. First line of title, for Pennyslvania read Penn-
sylvania.
708 In second line on page, for v.9 read v.io.
708 In fourth line of note under first title, for v.9 read v.n.
708 In first line of note under second title, for v.9 read v.i2.
710 New Jersey Geological survey. (2d survey). File before New
Jersey Geological survey. (3d survey) on same page.
724 Holmes, W. H. In note, for Bibliography of the Yellowstone
national park, p.427~449 read Bibliographical appendix, p. 427-
449-
781 Rydberg, P. A. comp. For call number qrsSo Na6 v.i read
N26 v.i.
817 Holland, W. J. In last line of note, for North American read
North America.
865 For Blakie, William, read Blaikie, William.
869 * Analyst. In second line of title, for analysis read analysts.
871 In class heading, for 614.5 read 614.4.
913 Dynamic electricity. In third line of title, for Schoolbred read
Shoolbred.
Page
917 The same. 1897. For call number 621.312 T38d v.2 read
62i.3iT38d2v.2.
937 For Barringer, David Moreau read Barringer, Daniel Moreau.
951 Watson, T. H. For call number r623.8 W32 read q623.8W32.
978 Billings, J. S. For call number b628.8 648 read 628.8 648.
984 United States Hawaii agric. ex. station. In second line of
contents, for Van Dyne read Van Dine.
1032 For Metcalf, Capt. Henry read Metcalfe, Capt. Henry.
1056 For Association of Gas Engineers and Managers read Associa-
tions of Gas Engineers and Managers.